ee Te
ys
%
Lu
Semey Bs)
a 2)
<A
-———
Zz =
es ii
if
? sw $3
ees
Fg ee
wy
4 4zk2
S Wah At dhe,
es i | p Spat
' wy, pyr So eae
SA
@)
2 eS 23. £
== =o =, PO Oy and
ee j . <y SS a
es A TUTE Fs: oft! | it thts
ae ei jl i f H if '
Us| |
%
Se at
| ALTO.
tint on ‘ On
| a
b,
on G BP ash
: e 1 : — e Figs \ . - | ani {Ph
_
i
ra
7
‘
ti)
_
Bs
*
'
=
9
+
(
Y
—s
1 ee
; 4
7
( SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
UNITED stapes NATIONAL. MUSEUM.,
PROCEEDINGS
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
WITHDRAWN
AG FRrewon Annoy Pm eine ore ee
; KT —-— = 8 eS)
SMITHSONIAN INGiiUTION LIBRARIES
Wolmmme XOX VE
WASHINGTON: -
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.
1905.
ADVERTISEMENT.
The publications of the National Museum consist of two series:
Proceedings and Bulletins.
The Proceedings, the first volume of which was issued in 1878, are
intended primarily as a medium of publication for newly acquired
facts in biology, anthropology, and geology, descriptions of new forms
of animals and plants acquired by the National Museum, discussions of
nomenclature, etc. A volume is issued annually or oftener for distri-
bution to libraries, while in view of the importance to science of the
prompt publication of descriptions of new species, a limited edition of
each paper is printed in pamphlet form in advance.
The present volume is the twenty-eighth of the series.
The Bulletin, publication of which was begun in 1875, is a series
of more elaborate papers, issued separately and based for the most
part upon collections in the National Museum. They are mono-
graphic in scope, and are devoted principally to the discussion of
large zoological groups, bibliographies of eminent naturalists, reports
of expeditions, ete.
A quarto form of the Bulletin, known as the ‘* Special Bulletin,” has
been adopted in a few instances in which a larger page was deemed
indispensable.
The Annual Report of the National Museum (being the second vol-
ume of the Smithsonian Report) contains papers chiefly of an ethno-
logical character, describing collections in the National Museum.
Papers intended for publication by the National Museum are usually
referred to an advisory committee, composed as follows: Frederick
W. True (chairman), William H. Holmes, George P. Merrill, James
KE. Benedict, Otis T. Mason, Leonhard Stejneger, Lester F. Ward,
and Marcus Benjamin (editor).
S. P. LANGLEY,
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
Ill
Ie Or se ON TEINS:
: Page.
Asumrab, WiuttamM H. Additions to the Recorded Hyme-
nopterous Fauna of the Philippine Islands, with Deserip-
tions of New Species.—No. 1413. July 8, 19054 ._____-- 957-971
New tribe: Nesomesochorini.
New genera: Nesolyn«, Nesomesochorus.
New species: Bombus mearnsi, Prosopis tagala, Notoglossa banksi, Pison
punctulatus, Pisonoides browni, Trypoxylon elongatum, Leionotus
xanthozonatus, Trogaspidia bicolor, T. minor, Macroteleia manilensis,
Scelio philippinensis, Anopedias luzonicus, Chalcis banksi, Eurytoma
banksi, E. albotibialis, Nesolynx flavipes, Chiodes oculatus, Mesoste-
nus leucozonatus, Nesomesochorus oculatus, Meteorus brownti, Chelo-
nus albicinctus, Phanerotoma albiscapa, Pseudapantales agilis, Bio-
steres longicaudatus, Rhyssalus unicolor, Rhogas melanosoma, Bracon
vau, Paraselandria initatrix.
. Descriptions of New Genera and Species of Hyme-
noptera from the Philippine Islands.—No. 1387. Novem-
‘secre TOC a Tee i eal es Pua ce ae rae i ee eee 127-158
New genera: Pseudosalius, Polistella, Taftia, Stantonia.
New species: Megachile robbii, Halictus philippinensis, Dasyproctus phil-
ippinensis, Rhopalum albocollare, Notogonia manile, Pison lagune,
Pisonitus argenteus, Megalomma quadricinctum, Agenia cingulata,
Dissomphalus tibialis, Goniozus philippinensis, Dryinus stantoni,
Mutilla semperi, Ceraphron manile, Chalcis prodenix, Arretocera
stantom, Taftia prodenix, Elasmus philippinensis, Closterocerus
brownti, Asecodes elasmi, Aspidiotiphagus aleyrodis, Evania annu-
lipes, Otacustes alboannulus, Astomaspis metathoracica, Bathrythrix
striatus, Paraphylax fasciatipennis, Diatora prodenix, Agrothereutes
unifasciatus, A, albicovis, Mesostenoideus octozonatus, Atropha clype-
aria, Atrometus minutus, Mesochorus philippinensis, Pristomerus fld-
vus, Macrocentrus philippinensis, Euscelinus manilx, Chelonus semi-
hyalinus, Cremnops collaris, Stantonia flava, Glyplapanteles maniliv,
Eurytenes nanus, Opius philippinensis, Bracon ricinicola, Spathius
plhilippinensis.
Banks, NATHAN. A Treatise on the Acarina, or Mites.—
Nomlg82. eptember 24190422 .* Yio ole es se 1114
New name: Greeniella.
Bean, Barton A. Notes on an Adult Goblin Shark (Mitsu-
kurina owstoni) of Japan.—No. 1409. July 6, 1905¢____- 815-818
@ Date of publication.
VI TABLE UF CONTENTS.
CAUDELL, ANDREW NELson. On a Collection of Orthoptera
from Southern Arizona, with Descriptions of New Spe-
cles: — Nos 1403) -Jumesh2 100 52 ee oe ee
New species: Spongophora apicidentata, Arphia aberrans, Lactista
oslari, Tomonotus ferruginosus, Mestobregma gracilipes, Heliastus ben-
Jamin,
Dyar, Harrison G. A Descriptive List of a Collection of
Karly Stages of Japanese Lepidoptera.—No. 1412. July
ood ES 10 Se ee a dee: Rann Ea ele) fe per ee 8 Se
New genus: Acanthocampa.
New species: Acanthocampa excavata, Illiberis pruni, Pyrausta poly-
goni.
New variety: Porthesia similis, var. xanthocampa.
GILBERT, CHARLES H., and JoserpH C. THompson. Notes on
the Fishes of Puget Sound.—No. 1414. August 8, 1905¢_-
New genus: Stelgidonotus.
New species: Stlelgidonotus latifrons, Malacocottus kincaidi.
GILL, THrEoporE. Labracinus the Proper Name for the Fish
Genus Cichlops.—No. 1384. October 5, 1904¢.___.-___--
Note on the Genera of Synanceine and Pelorine
Fishes.—No: 1394:. Hebruary 23, 1905% 2. 2920 2
New genera: Simopias, Rhinopias.
Note on the Genus Prionurus or Acanthocaulos.—
Nosi385.> “October io 1 9045 i ee ee
. On the Generic Characteristics of Prionotus stearn-
Ssi1.—_- Now 1396, .Hebruary 15, 19002 oe ee
New genus: Colotrigla.
New subgenus: Fissala.
On the Systematic Relations of the Ammodytoid
Fishes.—No. 1888. November 12, 1904¢........_-..-..-
-——., The Life History of the Sea-horses (Hippocam-
pids):—-No. 14084 -July.©,1000¢ 5) =. = = eee
The Scorpenoid Fish, Neosebastes entaxis, as the
Type of a distinct Genus.—No. 1393. February 15, 1905 ¢
New genus: Sebhastosemus.
JORDAN, Davip Starr. Note on the Salmon and Trout of
dapan.—No.- 13899. May 95090507 eas ee ae eee
Page,
461-477
937-956
973-987
119
159-163
805-814
300
@ Date of publication.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
JORDAN, Davip Starr, and Atvin SEALE. List of Fishes
Collected by Dr. Bashford Dean on the Island of Negros,
Piukippimes:— No. 1407, July 3;°19059: 22222. +2 ans
New genera: Eleria, Foa, Drombus.
New species: Eleria philippina, Caranx deani, Amia gilberti, Mionorus
mydrus, Foa fo, Pomacentrus delurus, Halicheres cymatogrammus,
Stethojulis zatima, Sebastapistes nivifer, Prosopodasys gogorze, Butis
leucurus, Gnatholepis calliurus, Drombus palacky, Glossogobius agles-
tes, Salarias deani, S. undecimalis, Petroscirtes eretes, Hypleurochilus
loxias.
Jorpan, Davip Starr, and Epwin Cuapin Srarks. ‘On a
Collection of Fishes made in Korea, by Pierre Louis Jouy,
with Descriptions of New Species.—No. 1391. February
2S, LG O se Sage 2 Sei ae See ee eee Eee pe Oe esa ered eae
New genera: Longurio, Coreius, Fusania, Larimichthys.
New species: Setipinna gilberti, Ochetobius lucens, Longurio athymius,
Fusania ensarca, Leuciscus semotilus, Parapelecus jouy, Elais core-
anus, Larimichthys rathbune, Coryphopterus bernadoui, Parapercis
snyderi, Zoarces gilli.
JorpDAN, Davip Starr, and JOHN OTTERBEIN SNYDER. De-
scription of a New Species of Fish (Apogon evermanni)
from the Hawaiian Islands, with Notes on other Species.—
iNow iso. October 6, 1904%.._.2-- PAS arash 2 ade BS Hea
New species: Apogon evermanni.
Kearrorr, Winu1AM DunHam. Descriptions of New Species
of Tortricid Moths, from North Carolina, with Notes.—No.
Smee til 2. VO0oo: See sa de oe ine ees
New species: Evetria gemistrigulana, Eucosma graciliana, EF. pallidi-
palpana, BE. minutana, E. sombreana, E. rusticana, E. fiskeana,
Ancylis albacostana, A. diminuatana.
New varieties: Hucosma robinsoniana var. tryonana, EF. dorsisignatana
var. confluana, E. dorsisignatana var. diffusana.
Linton, Epwin. Notes on Cestode Cysts, Teenia chamis-
sonii, New Species, from a Porpoise.—No. 1410. July 14,
Se emer eee 25 ee sai te MR ee ee
New species: Tenia chamissonii.
Mack aruang, R. Notes on Mammals Collected and Observed
in the Northern Mackenzie River District, Northwest Ter-
ritories of Canada, with Remarks on Explorers and Explo-
rations of the Far North.—No. 1405. June 22, 19054 .__-
McGreeor, Ricuarp C. Notes on Hawaiian Reptiles from
the Island of Maui.—No. 1383. September 24, 19044 .- --
« Date of publication.
Vil
Page.
769-803
1938-212
123-126
349-364
819-822
673-764
115-118
VEL TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Mearns, Epe@ar A. Descriptions of New Genera and
Species of Mammals from the Philippine Islands.—No.
AOD Sy May TB OT O08 Ghee ee ee ee
New genera: Urogale, Podogymnura, Bullimus, Limnomys, Tarsomys,
slpomys.
New species: Cynomolgus imindanensis, C. suluensis, C. cagayanus,
Pteropus lanensis, P. cagayanus, Urogale cylindrura, Podogymnura
trueil, Mus tagulayensis, M. albigularis, M. magnirostris, M. minda-
nensis, M. zamboange, M. kelleri, M. todayensis, M. vulcani, M.
pantarensis, M. commissarius, Bullimus bagobus, Limnomys sibu-
anus, Tarsomys apoensis, Apomys hylocetes, A. petreus, A. insignis.
New subspecies: Cynomolgus mindanensis apoensis, Mus vulcani
apicis.
OBERHOLSER, Harry C. Birds Collected by Dr. W. L.
Abbott in the Kilimanjaro live)eatei East Africa.—No. 1411.
ULV Se LOOS So oo Oe 2 eal Be ee, peng eee ee
New genera: Tachynautes, Viridibucco, Odontospiza, Arizelopsar, Pone-
ropsar, Notiocichla, Anteliocichla, Cichlomyia, Arizelomyia, Helio-
nympha.
New species: Lissotis notophila, Apalis thescela, Platysteira cryptoleuca.
New subspecies: Astur sparsimfasciatus aceletus, Gina capensis anony-
ma, Chalcopelia chalcospila acanthina, Asio maculosus Armerimnus,
Melignothes exilis meliphilus, Pycnonotus layardi micrus.
New name: Arocephalus orinus.
Ricuarpson, Harrier. Descriptions of a New Genus of
Isopoda belonging to the Family Tanaide and of a New
Species of Tanais, both from Monterey Bay, California. —
Noml400. Mayes iO 0 DG ris ok ies te en oe eee ee
New genus: Pancolus.
New species: Pancolus californiensis, Tanais normant.
Scumipr, Prerer. On the Liparis (Trismegistus) owstoni
Jordan and Snyder.—No. 1390. November 29, 1904 ¢. _---
SEALE, ALVIN. (See under JORDAN, Davip STARR) ---- ----
SNYDER, JOHN OTTERBEIN. (See under JORDAN, DAVID
STARR) S200 le Sess Geet ao ls Pe eee oe
Srarks, EpwIN CHAPIN. (See under JORDAN, DAVID STARR) -
STEJINEGER, LEONHARD. Description of a New Toad from
Cuba.—No. 1406:° June 242 190542 eee eee
New species: Bufo longinasus.
Three New Frogs and One New Gecko from the
Philippine Islands.— No. 1397. February 15, 19054_.. _- --
New species: Rana mearnsi, Cornufer worcesteri, Philautus woodi,
Lepidodactylus ALE
Page.
367-370
123-126
193-212
765-167
343-548
a Date Hi: einiveanent
TABLE OF CONTENTS. IX
Page.
Tassin, Wirt. The Mount Vernon Meteorite.—No. 1392.
Bemunmiyea gl o0) Gees Woe CaN ee tobe 213-217
Tompson, JOSEPH C. (See under GILBERT, CHARLEs H.)._ 973-987
VaucHan, Waytanp T. A Critical Review of the Litera-
- ture on the Simple Genera of the Madreporaria Fungida,
with a Tentative Classification. —No. 1401. May 10, 1905¢_ 3871-424
New family: Micrabaciidee.
New genera: Antilloseris, Physoseris.
New name: Family Leptophyllide.
Watcorr, CHaries D. Cambrian Brachiopoda with De-
scriptions of New Genera and Species.—No. 1395. Feb-
TSTUYES Ty EG aS Ya eee yea ae eee ee: Se 227-337
New genera: Nisusia, Swantonia, Iphidella, Rustella, Curticia, Que-
becia, Schuchertina.
New species: Billingsella? anomala, B. appalachia, B. dice, B. har-
lanensis, B. major, B. obscura, B. plicatella, B. pumpellyi, B. richt-
hofeni, B. saffordi, B. striata, Nisusia (Jamsella) amii, N. (J.)
argenta, N. (J.) errecta, N. (J.) utahensis, Strophomenta (Eostro-
phomena) elegantula, Plectorthis daunus, P. diablo, P. doris, P.
hastingsensis, P. iddingsi, P. indianola, P. kayseri, P. pagoda,
P. papias, P. tullbergi, P. wichitaensis, P. wimani, Orthis ( Finkeln-
burgia) finkelnburgi, O. (F.) osceola, Protorthis helena, P. levis,
P. nautes, P.? nunnebergensis, P. spencei, P. wingi, P. (Loperia)
dougaldensis, Syntrophia abnormis, S. alata, S. billingsi, S. nundina,
S. orientalis, S. rotundata, S. texana, Polytoechia? montanensis,
Swantonia weeksi, Obolella asiatica, Acrotreta? cancellata, A.
emmonsi, A. liani, A. neboensis, A. nox, A. pacifica, A. shantun-
gensis, A. spinosa, Acrothyra minor, Acrothele (?) minuta, A. rarus,
Iphidella major, I. nisus, Kutorgina perugata, K. sardiniaensis,
Rustella edsoni, Dicellomus appalachia, D. parvus, Curticia elegantula,
Elkania bellula, Schuchertina cambria, Obolus acadica, O. ismene,
O. minimus, O. nundina, O. obscurus, O. shensiensis, O. tetonensis, O.
pheres, O. (Lingulella) chinensis, O. (I.) damesi, O. (L.) isse, O. (L. )
orus, O. (L.) pelias, O. (L.) quadrilateralis, O. (L.) septalis, O.
(L.) upis, O. (Lingulepis) eros, O. (L.) rowei, O. ( Westonia) alan-
densis, O. (W.) baltica, O. (W.) blackwelderi, O. (W.) iphis, O.
(W.) themis, O. (W.) wimani.
New subgenera: Otusia, Jamesella, Eostrophomena, Orusia, Finkeln-
burgia, Loperia.
New varieties: Billingsella exporrecta, var. rugosicostata, Plectorthis
desmopleura nympha, P. remnicha sulcata, P. r. texana, P. r.
winfieldensis, P. wichitaensis leviusculus, Orthis ( Finkelnburgia)
osceola corrugata, Syntrophia primordialis argia, S. texana levius-
culus, Iphidella labradorica orientalis, I. 1. utahensis, I. pannula
maladensis, I. p. ophirensis, Obolus tetonensis ninus.
Wituiamson, Epwarp Brucr. The Dragonflies (Odonata)
of Burma and Lower Siam.—I. Subfamily Caloptery-
gine.—No. 1389. April 22, 19054
New species: Mnais earnshawi.
« Date of publication.
x TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Page.
Wrtson, CHARLES Brancn. North American Parasitic Cope-
pods belonging to the Family Caligide. Part I, The Cali-
gine.—N6., 1404, “June 23, 1905 4 =e ye ee 479-672
New genus: Homoiotes.
New species: Caligus rufimaculatus, C. schistonyx, C. mutabilis, C.
aliuncus, C. chelifer, C. latifrons, C. bonito, Caligodes megacephalus,
Lepeophtheirus longipes, L. edwardsi, L. dissimulatus, L. parviven-
tris, L. bifurcatus, Caligus teres, Lepeophtheirus innominatus, LD.
chilensis, Homovotes palliata.
« Date of publication,
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS:
TEXT FIGURES.
PA memo Man VlIte =m ets: qoristoet ke ose toe e nose Ose Soe Scie) sein cis cod acer ee
PURLUTPEIT LN igp COE NG N's ea ac ec ee a
He lyah OL NyuTGUOe) THO ATS es one ee eg EE
RGSS, iE Va ATON ES) AD 8 Co) Ve Sp iio Spe eA ee eee ee
SE Pen EP UR Veal GQ SUIS > ahen yn eye sen Oho Ge Hoke epee ee
PEPE MEISECORCNIN CHL IIT SUS RO Oe er ec Rc ak ag ne A Neve A Sg eS le
ean MmO mre UpO Ce Wasa u nae ee eit At SOTA ee es SIL Sate
eT EL SEL TEI ULC ICS, ic pe Be PE SI Re APIS REG BETS Se RY Sear a
PER AR ROLICS ODI I EO (eee te ee fea ee AI 8 Ss as fa A 2
Mmmesmbedke ances i trom. below 2-2-6 s2<S<cdece cele Sse eee BL i.e:
MURR IRTEO EEE Ace eo tsa oe me Soe ans ee ern he Vea eins ae ASE Ee
EADY 1) Bu VGA) as eS By ease aa Ran a lt
ron estan apa ps iOL SCUUS eta oo cos oo eis co le Sia ces Sem cp ncnte Sa a Oa ae
bia ale REG TERE EEE ONG VE ee ca ee ea eee eae
Cheyletus pyriformis; beak and palpus, tip of leg I, and claws of leg IT......_-
Be oar MECC LONGO E OW sage cce os ac. Seca aes cab k Weems aac oo SOL eee
PPE EMENURCLUS LONGUS, LEMIAl Cs 5 cho. sea be eS sk recs eceebccca od da bee
ee UEEUI CUS LONOUDUUS) LALN A Sco Gece ow ce we Deicide oP e d Shwe cw okae ce
LSU GTSS TREE CO pest RGR EI Ce AR AT oO SR cee Pt
{VATU ESATA ES CSU TOU Les tn a eae OD pc Pe Ey Ee
© RTTIGTP CAL AMI CT pee rls es Dae ws ea Sa RS a
EE ITI GID SCOTCH IS Cae es GCE et pea eae BT Eee gE OY Te ge ee
eV CELT Sipe ts pak ees See eR AMET aN ee oe LIS aie Sot! SE fasts, Spek
LEV OITA DES ALICE Ss ee eA IO ey eR ip, eet es a Oe ER
Tetranychus, mandibular plate, dorsal and lateral views...........-.--------
mrnomuycius, cephalotniorax from abOVe.2.55-2.22¢ -s-Sj-s. ad fe Sena cow cee ces
Oh Vhs TUS NRIs Us Sa a SES Se BRE ip trang 5a OO in oe cea Ann Oa
Bano ere OCIUILAL OLOAMS ae) 8 on Neonat ance ee ese eect aad
nmecrsimles Of claws OF tetnOnyChUs 5 <,<.2non Jem=socine 22 Ske oe 2 Ue Seen ed el ee
Tetranychus gloveri, palpus and mandibular plate ...................----.---
EPR GOONG), PIO IN ES, igo Sic pO ae ree ae OR ie Ra et eRe CEO RET eS
RRM ESIC) 1) OUTECUOS Beet asia, ea Sa Ie A Sak oe lee ed Job au eee
Pe LOGE ISROTCTICO NMG a ae net ie SEI ope Lo sey ssl ees cache ates Lowi os Biol
LP is ex GL EOLDIOU IES she Ds Seg ae 9S Se ERNE ROR AI SS Tn
IME INEL PDT) ONES COMPUT AS ISIS © ae tot gee ae 2 ap RP SP Oe
VME OLOpUS Siler ANGUS 2 ao2 ahh oe aoe Sosa o.c'shina obs Sects wees Sen sino
XI
=)
bo bo
(OE ST SST as
=
bo bo bo be be
—
25
bo bo bo
a ON
C bo bo bh b&b bs bt
COrcS <O) Oo ST 7) ST
XIL LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
Page.
Venterol smarts. oo cere eee one Oe A OS Cee ee ee ee eee 30
Eee Ole lL OMDiCUUINE a - cro epee eters eee cee a ee ee ne eee = eee 30
ye ot “rombidiunt=a. esac oe eee eee eee ne ee ee eee 31
Glawsiot drombiadvumn sa eee eee ee ee ee ee eee 31
Ib ereal Wop tew boy Mee UN ter Gereeno aaa aenORROB SCS eC ober onGoRaest Aci neesancnae 31
Mandibleroteliom bi aitiiria ses te tee eee ae ee eee ee 31
ihejlanvar(beptus)Rotda elon bisa see ee ae me ee ee 32
LOT DUO LO CUSEOUT UT :TN) GUC pace tetera ee a 32
Ralpusiol, Lrombidiumgiganteuniae see ee ee eee = eee eee 33
Balpusiol lrombidiumsmagniicun seen ee eee eee eee ee ee 39
CLCULUS ATEN UCONVIUS = A Oo are OE a ee 33
URMNOCNATES* uN CTLGCR oes wees oie ee eer ee ee ae eee 34
iimnochanes: eyesiand dorsally plate == eee eee eee 34
TE OASIS ane ne ae ee Re ee eS es REE Se Se re oes Soe 35
Eye=plate iol Mylais: oases soon we Nees ee oe ee eee ee 35
Arrenuris sp. male. e227 225 se en cece eae oe ee ee en 30
Ar enSeS).., (PALPUS!.2o se sics cere e 2 aoe ee aE ee eee ee eee ee ee ee 36
Arrentisisp:;temalestromsbelowe-seeess Sees see eee ae eee eee eee ee 36
Larva of an hydrachna attached to leg of an insect; nymph inside ----.----- 36
Lomnesia’sp:, palpus:and:coxal-platesis 2-2. sn ee eee ee 37
Pirelli Culanisic Hoses oa cee os ie Se Se ee ee ee 37
Venter-of leberttia...-...---- ee ES Se eee eee san BS roc 38
‘Piona:sps, and jpalpus abOvelse2=--- Ss. cere see ee eee eee eee 39
Larva of Piond. 2 22-552 Seb eo occ et ee ee eee See 39
ALOU SPis:- Se55 Fes dine Sosa Set oe esto aie See ee 40
Coxal platestof:Altamceer. Ss Se ee ee ee 40
ClawsiofHalacaruss 222 fe 3. eS ee ee ee 40
EL OLOCONUSISD. 2.22 n Oe eee oe ee ee 41
Scaptognathus sp. (atter Trouessart) 222.2% 2 24cac oe a eee eee eee 41
Argasiminiatus, sro! DELO Ws sass - see ee oe eee ee 42
Ornithodoros megnini; nymphal form, and details (Marx) .......-.---------- 42
Booplilus annulatus, emales 5-35-25 < sso nee ee ee ee 43
Boophilus annulatus, males = 2252s 2co. so. ane ee ee 44
banvarot sbo00piilusiannulatuss es 6) ee eae ee ee eee 44
Stigmaliplate of -Boophitus annulatus 22220. 2a | ee eee 45
Clawsvot sBoophilustannulatus2 2-2-2 2-56 ao sees eee eee eee 46
Be osOlebOopiilus annUlatus = 2 cae syste eee te 46
HVermacentor variaorss: maletrom: Welow s-asss.- 2 ee eee eee oe eee eee 46
Wermacentor variabwisy shieldiot female: so ese eee eee ee eee ee 47
Jxzodescrucianius, temale, and stiemaliplatesss-2--.--- = eee eee 48
lead ot: Javodes. - 28 2: - Seas ee cae een ee Soe ee ee 48
Theol of Trodes: 3. shee cc soe oe oe Seals Be ee ee ee 48
Amblyomma americana, shield oftemaless2-- 2222 - a2 +e a eee eee eee 49
Amblyomma americana, stigmal platess: ----es scene =e eee eee 49
Wenter Of Gdindasusie eee nee eeteg. nosed had Soke soe ee 50
Side.wiew. ol a Gamasus’< 225. - scence ee eee 50
Per optus: AMETICANUS - was see ee an eee oe ee ee 51
Venter of Pieropius -.. 22222 sa22 so sees eee 51
Dermanyssus:galuind << 2 - cele c oe See ee oe ee eee 52
Dermanyssus galling <. =o <.cecwe cies = eee peo ee ee eee 52
TAPONYSSUS AQMETICANUS 52 - sees ee ao ee oe ee 53
Traponyssus;.anal plate;and mandible s=-s2ssesss= eee ee eee eee 53
Pneumonyssus sumicola, trom below: 2-cens- ee ee ee ee eee eee 53
Larva of Prewmonyssus simicola. . 2 aaasse ee eee ee ee ma 8 53
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
Pseumonyssus; beak, claws, and stigmal plate .-.--...22.22.----------------
LMU CGI MOMILE LGC? Crt aera tt aainta a) oer ee eee ona ciicls cia ciciaisrat= jai = sl =
emogomasus Gmercanus and anal platers os 22.422 Je0 ene. sess este + es Ss
GTC TESRS Ditters ees te ie rata aoa areal ae os false = Salie os ee Ss a5 3/Sia inl
SF MTEL ENS sy WO LITHO SS Ee oe SE OBES RA eee an Oe ge ede ree eat
EARS SUT AIN Ae see te tee oe io fa eS (ae Sees So ceese ese
Yl WARTS thee ENaC 0] A eee eB ee ae
MN CumsicsIOUIS CE GUSANOC): fn sents teed ros joer ace eens eet atlee een eee
SEO Qe EOL DE So i lg ed Oe ea ere
weaapes mexicanus, mandible, and enlarged hair. s-:... 22502 c2.-...+.------+-
ipa mncropuis, and: caronele.@f tarsus, LV 2252. se 2 a sss Sea is sb nas
WIGGROGIElLESICOROLTCTSIS TCIM DLC a oes isa ein a2 ee eet Pe ini eee anise eel
Macrocheles carolinensis; venter of female.................-...---.----------
Macrocneles spinatus; legs [land TV.of maleo._ i205 2.2 Jol oo Se eet ee
BVA eU NT LORBUS LONUAO sents tae erence Sai ia aoa ati tcila sao k ewe weluiam «es oe ces 2s
Prnnopnerus unmannt (aiter Haller) =. 3224: 2. casctdieesc- 23-2 ect le
CARSIOINS. CHOTMGT DI Base beS bees SoO Sod See SAD SEL ORe ADE Bet On Dae be Seer Ea aoeee
LTE ETAT AGES EAE SOE a Ee een eee
Ma at PearOncle ANG PELILECIN Gs sansa fo eo Soe laia es os cnt nl ew wie
REGO RS Meee eta as ete ae age ta Soar a Saas Ha te oan s os sjnse pees
Mesa a tOIl: DELOW eons a= aos = fe ain as Sate Kole we hook sie alain
Guiligom mnsicon tome De lOWeer ae weet eee ne noe ee eons Sen seise ce
NGL SMI CLIC WS joe St soatae <> Neen ctelene a te Sada Ss at ao ck es be FSen eens
Leg, mandible, and pseudostigmatic organ of an Oribatid .....-...-.---.-.----
REM CRIN CISTIEEN ULL. aos 2 face = Sessa cS 2 So haw ate ates Sas nis oe one alae
RIMACArUss\i., Closed. Up; veltral VieW - 222 =. fosu-2- 5225-2265 22 Suicse seas
er Case OMG WOLOWeone Soc sas as ocee Mo Sse wae Sano e tose e Sense eee
Reaeanrn PEER Chie e GIL) TION eee ets 2 oe eee moe iets ae Ree erste coe.
BMG MUDUUCLO Uae Ae cre Bence Ne ie a crcictol aioe aicle Sh aan Sci a s Sante Seles
Om DGLCllORO TIN OL ee sean are a oe Se Se ete Sapa e aes alee See ae ce Sefer &
OL GAL DANO VE Si e800 CS) ec os ea cae a ae a
JLAGGCRUS (ONCE CBSSBE SORE CHOBE OTE Ie CeCe Ae OE eee tees ea eer
LLG OUG CIES) Dye kas a 0) Ol a EE my Se cee oe a a eo ny eg
eee GLOBUS ( CTPANGe) PS ool co ne SoS ae cicictns s o,5)S iota oe Sues ele e:
OF MODOO TROUGH US eaeobe tee os eneooe Fe ra een armies SEPM ease nts
AVI Bie ON OO & ete es eae a ce ee i ee
Leste it 2ibe Ge Leyte oe ee aR ae i oe a ee eee ele
eM mT OR LE OTL Ane te Se oe a Sal ns soa latina at aicte a a!s oles Bae SS cee
LUE: GEE TIIET TS Pg re Pl a aE SR ET a a Re a
COAL UOTIES CULO RSE ROS EEO A REE EE AEE OP eee ee es
Meteor Galan (be CTOANGG ins ean sao sa see tata ds cnon- see cc Ossie oes cle ees
COROEDEES WRGUS HAS o ee CORSE EE OEE DESO ED EER SEES E DASE See eres
BOPIRCLENCUE NOR TUIOUNS sake eae ome testis oes ot Ane cs cet sates os
BN COMOGCS CONRCETUPICUS ann ao Soko ae ate se eee asc e see we ara eae At ae he
Bemperiice NOLOEUS sesee ao oo. ee So os Sa crags noo eee ot odie ot Ae us =
DVO TIM SROCTUKS Pama ya ete te eas Sores Sao ee ae tals a te oem ent eee
IRCORILOULES, VENLTCOSUBS TEMAlO saa Sassoon of se oes ses e ee sees aesee sae es oes
EEO IGULOUACSELENUCL COSTS mIIN All Cesare paar eleeis nore eae oie nis ie eee ee ee cise coe:
Pediculoides ventricosus, gravid female (Bureau of Entomology) Were: aes
SR OITENTULLS 0 LLL UOLLLS an ae Re ton eye tera) See ape te eens af relate S sisiok
ROT SONCINULSILOLUS RIC IAL Mato Salta Sa ae Sees oe ato oes se auc ce owes oc eeee
OW ow
— oS Sy
GH Ol Ot Hm HB WH
lon)
XIV
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
Tarsonemus latus, male...-- BOON Se Soe Aa Ree SEE OSE AES MNS ORB Ee ae. 2
Pigmeophorus americanus, from above, and tarsus enlarged. ............------
Pigmeophorus:americanus, trom Welow, seo. see seen eee a eee
Disnaripes americanus, from below, and Claw ees sess = 2 ee eee
Tyrogliphus'sp.:(Pergande) 2 oess_ 6 se ee ee eee eee ee eee 233
Elypopus| ot at Tyroglypiius, roma, DCO wae eet eee ere gee
PELUstiOStOMNG: QMETICONAS 2 eae eee ee ee ee eee
BealkonEistiostonvas Q1iten UC Cae seein etre ee
Leg I and tip of mandible of Mistiostoma americana...........---------------
Glyciphagus obesus . -
Carpoglyphus passularum,malece <2 sees ae 2 eee
Aleurobius farine . - -
ashiogaster malus, female 22 222s soos 2et Seca soe ee ees eee ae eee
Hastiogoster malus, mandible-andventer= ss. cei oe se ee ee
Tyroghohus ininert, female: 222 25. aes. eee ee ee ee eee ee
RnisoglypNUs ThiZOphaGuys.. 2a ors sateen aia eo ae ee eee eee
Trichotarsus xylocopx; nymph, and claw enlarged..-...-...------2-----<----
Canesirimia’sp., femalefrom, below.2-o2s-5-e oes ee
Amal eSid sence eee.
@aroncle.of Pterolichuss2) 2a tees. ee ee ee ee
Leg of Analges ---..-
‘Pierolichus sp.-(near Delibatus),“on/Condors. 22422 t2< eo ee
Hypoderas columbex, a stage of falculifer (Kellicott) .:2 222-222-5424. =e eee
Alloptes microphxthon, and) caroncle: “225 cece = 5 -2se a ee eee
Analges passerimus, femaleses osc 2.25 asses ee ee
Analges passerinus; Male so 2se 3. tose cek ses ss eee ee ee
Megninia tyrrelli ..--
Megnimaalbida (alter, Tyrrell) 2 s8ue Be. see ae ee oe ee
Pieronyssus tyrreli, (atter Haller )ee2230 222 ee eee: eee
Allanalges oracilepinnatuse a= == ase ee ee ee eee ee
Schizocarpus miungaude, iemale, side view .-c =. see. se ee eee ee
Schizocarpus mingaudi, male and female together..........--...--...-- sities
Sarcoptes hominis, male oo. 2 sss2 act cocses See Sees oe cee es eee
Sarcoptes NOMMISHTCMAlG Hanae eae oe es ele te ee ao one
Leg of a Sarcoptes - -
Sarcoptes inher burrow, andieggs.) 2255-02852 eee eee ee eee
Cnemidocoptes mutans, temale Nae see ee eee ee ee ee eee
Otodectes cynotis, female ss.2. 2-2 sea Se ae eee ee eee eee
Otodectes cynotis, tip of male abdomen and hind legs.-.-..---.-----.--------
Psoroptes communis, var. ovis, female and caroncle enlarged .........---------
BOrOples:COMIMUNTS; VAY. OVIS, Maer ee ett ae ee
Cytoleichus nudus - . -
Rib-galls of an: Eriophyes:t----22-se- -e is 2 ee eee eee eee ae
Round-galls.of an, Mriophiyes-<s.25 222 52 - e ee eaters ete ee ere re
Section‘of an Hrimeum on) leaiis 22. eee eae ee
Eriophyes vitis ...---
Phleocoptes sp., side
Demodex folliculorum
VACW oss Sener eres oe
WJ ST TO
©)
a is i io as a
co CO
80
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
oD Gok NERS TLEIS CL EU I SIS ey ee A A
Hemerocetes acanthrorhynchus (after Richardson) .......---..-----.-----.---
Ammodytes tobianus (after Benecke)
FHyperoplus lanceolatus (after Benecke)
Diagrammatic wing of a Dragonfly of the Subfamily Calopteryginze showing
the nomenclature of the venation
Wings of female Devadatta argyoides from Siam -.---..........---:----------
Wings of Micromerus lineatus from Siam
Color pattern of the dorsum of abdomen of Micromerus lineatus from Siam. . . -
Color pattern of the abdomen of a male Micromerus aurantiacus from Siam... -
Wings of male Rhinocypha quadrimaculata from Burma .......--------------
Wings otmale Rhinocypha fenestrella trom: Burma. ...5..522-5-3--+-+5---
Wings of male Rhinocypha fenesirella from Burma ............--------+-----
Winesiot male Ahinocypha fenestreila. trom: Peralk ..2. +22 ..22-2-:--45--2-2 22
MWyinesiof male Rhinocypha biforata trom Siam... s-....-.s22--522+5-s5scee2-
Wings of female Anisopleura furcata from Burma..-.......---.--------------
Minortotmale Munkea, ochracea from! Siam 2222.22 ieee esis eeloee oe sake
PuinoraiemaleVesiaus graciis irom BUunMa=:.2-..- 22-25 jo35--0.c0eee ene ceases
Wings of female Mnais earnshawi from Burma........-..-------------------
Wings of Climacobasis modesta from Siam. ---- SSE OS eee ee
Wings of male Neurobasis chinensis from Siam ---- - - - Pia re Seer ea alae eee thor,
TSE SLOT IRE oat nae ke Bale Sake oe Se Sol Se cine Seis as/s scares old aie Mal Dateline 2
OTIS OWStONI. SKIN, WAL PTICKICS: Sates tone asa soae abe wa aoc Shee s
JARO (HOLD BS Oro Se RS Ee SG a SS ECE CEN eae
(OMEORWE DIET ae ae Bate a oe ee a el eC eee
LORD GOP TIO BASRA SS OA e es SOOO OR pe S OSC SEO AEBS enema ee
UB EITCCEPIESIUN CHa neers rae a Aaa a aicjateia aight a wyimphs Lavette Sele ahameeibrareisla nie ia wake eee
LUGS CUS: SCO S558 aa ae See re Ee eee OnE AH ee EE See Aa
PERO CLECUS JOUYC Siam Sue ae Saas ee PES Set Nees shins ape eee home Wy Oe SLY haste Se
LEEECS: COP COLES. SS BISA Go Oro eC OEE OEE EE Se IO eee EL
SMITE RENO S ER OLILOUM EE 3) 2 tate yee cle asaleinin ac enatats aia!a 6, wFo a, apnate a/ala isla aalwafe,nieacle =
Coryphopterus bernadout
PURO CRCISISTUY OL Chie = aN ae ee RN Syne ee Se) eee Saha n ceiae weeeOS eee
LGOMRCB GONE 5 SSSA EAE GS AAR SOROS ASS SE PP aS a iy at ree
Section of Mount Vernon Meteorite, showing structure of the metallic portion -
Neosebastes scofpaenoides (after McCoy)
INEGORRECRIAS CMI ESE S SSE ES a SG ae I ee ee Se ee eer a
Rhinopias frondosa (after Gunther)
Colotrigla stearnsu (after Jordan and Evermann) -..........----------.------
Prionotus carolinus (after Storer)
Prionotus strigatus (atter Cuvier and Valenciennes) .....-:-2-2---s.---5---
Streaked Gurnard (Trigla lineata) in characteristic Trigloid attitude (after
Spe SavillLemicenit) i, Soe ee cere omer meme cite See ete eis oS iiss a ojontbys lo nee
PB OTUCOUUSACOMMORTUCNS US mars) pales tal- fet ers ee etais Si maletae tec ioiysis ie sso ateiel elo Sayers
Pancolus californiensis.
Pancolus californiensis.
Pancolus californiensis.
Pancolus californiensis.
Pancolus californiensis.
Pancolus californiensis.
Pancolus californiensis.
Pancolus californiensis.
Pancolus califormensis.
First gnathopod
instrandase condvantennser eye eee eee ee
Mandible ...---
Maxilliped -..--
Epionath of maxillineds “2 eel tee ascents casos.
Posterior lip ---
First maxilla ---
First pleopod. - -
Second pleopod
XV
Page.
160
161
162
162
168
170
Ital
171
172
176
178
178
179
179
181
182
185
185
186
187
189
191
194
196
196
199
200
201
202
204
207
211
212
215
219
220
225
339
340
341
341
368
368
368
368
368
368
368
369
369
369
XVI LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
TOTS TOV UY Sree at aw a eee
Tanus norman. “Hirst cnathopod 2. see see e eee eee nee ee ree
Tanais norman. Mirsthand secondiantennee soees seni eee eee ee ae
Spongophora apicidentata, and terminal segment of abdomen of S. brunneipennis.
Vates townsendi; side:view.2.5- <2 Sac e eee eee ae aero eee Sates
Vatestownsends, top NieWs .s-2ess--eee eae ae SL Sap SetoBeareeesss sHSc5-
TomoOnotus. ferruguvosusy LOPE We <n nee = oa nemeieneanie iat a ee eee eee eee
Mestobregma. gracilipes, top VICW. ~~ sss = eee ae oie eee see ae mise = ee eee
Heliastus CenjOMinisa ==. 2 lence osen saa ee oer ieee ae ee
Young female of Lepeophtheirus edwardsi, showing the fifth pair of swimming
legs at the posterior corners of the genital segment..........--...---------
Adult female of Caligus mutabilis, showing the body regions and the areas of
WeXSRCHb a?) ORK a einen soem AS ace Anns Soa Seno SauoousSSonts dee SaaScodaGossce
ihesmedian suckenotiCalqusirapda saeeese ee ceee ee eee eee eee
Ventral surface and appendages of an adult female Lepeophtheirus edwardsi. - -
Ventral surface and appendages of an adult male Lepeophtheirus edwardst. - - - -
The second antennz and the first maxillee of the adult Caligus bonito. Upper
fisure:-the male; lower, the female 2 22222-2022 eo sae eee 500 |
Mouth parts of Lepeophtiheirus hippoglossi..2- 2.22 eee oe ose eee ee 500 |
Second antenne, first and second maxillee and mouth tube of adult Caligus
rapax, highly magnified to show exact position, relations, and structure.... 501 |
Ventral surface of the mouth tube of an adult Caligus curtus. (After Pickering |
an Ge Dam a) oss sat pata ate sre ie ee epee ere eee siete ee eee ee 502 |
Ventral view of the mouth tube of Caligus rapax in a late chalimus stage... -. 502 |
Dorsal surface of the mouth tube Caligus rapax in an advanced chalimus stage... 503 |
First maxillipedof Lepeophtherus edwardsi 22-2 3-62 2-3-2 = 4 ee 504
The second maxillipeds of the adult Caligus bonito. Upper figure, the male, |
with a large bony plate on the basal joint; lower figure, the female... ----- 504
First swimming leg of adult female Caligus bonito, ventral view.....-..------ 506
Second swimming leg of adult female Caligus bonito, ventral surface. -.--...---- 507
Third swimming leg of adult female Caligus bonito, ventral view ..----.------- 508 |
Section of body wall of Lepeophtheirus pectoralis. (After Claus) ....-..----.-- 510
Longitudinal section of Lepeophtheirus showing relation of internal organs.
(AftersAS Scott)l o23. jfeses so cee oie en See eee secs ee een eee 511
The digestive system of Caligus rapax; chalimus fully grown ...-...--.------ 511
Transverse section of Lepeophtheirus in the region of the second maxillipeds. |
(AtterwA Scott) SoS. eet ee le os See Sarees ane ie ceeiaers ee 512
Cross section of the genital segment of a Lepeophtheirus. (After A. Scott).... 512
Digestive glands in Lepeophtheirus. (Aifter A. Scott).....-...---...-=--2-2-- 513 —
Posteriondicestive clands of Calious rapamseecss: oo eee eect ee eee eee 514
Oblique muscles which operate the rectum in Caligus rapax during respiration. 517
Musculature of a male Caligus curtus. (After Pickering and Dana)......---- 518
Musculature of a male Homoiotes:palhiata 2. =-2 22 -==s- 4 = - eee 519
Musculature of the second maxillipeds of Caligus rapax .-.-...-------------- 520
Nervous system ‘ofa Depeophtheirus 22- seen. eee eee ee eee eee 521
Nervous system obat@aliguss= 2 oe: = pee oe ee ee 522
Female reproductive organs of Caligus bonito ....---.-----.----------------- 524
Ovary.oi: Caligus bonito enlarged ese = te see ee ee ee eee eee 525
Genital segment of Lepeophtheirus edwardsi just after the hatching of the eggs
and the throwing. off oltthe egg cases]. se. see 525
Genitalisegmentiot Caliqusirapavieeea- =e = eee eee eee nee ee eee 526
Semen receptacles and vagina of a female Lepeophtheirus ....-----.---------- 527
Sexual organs of a male Lepeophtheirus edwardst ...:...--------+------------ 528
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XVII
Page.
Ennion aivamexo ctnime Ol: COlQUS DONTILO <2 sala .< cine s ecco minor e' aoe esos ee se 53
Newly hatched nauplius of Caligus rapax, pigment of bright rust color ..-..- - 536
Paeimaplins or Calgus oonit7, dorsal WieW 22-222.2----2--<.-92---5---+--- 537
Nauplius of Caligus bonito nearly ready to moult into a metanauplius....--.-- 539
A nauplius of Lepeophtheirus edwardsi just ready to moult intoa metanauplius. 540
iaemetanauplins-of Cahgus bomto, dorsal View + .<2---< 2-0... ece ee ew 541
Anal lamine of the metanauplius of Caligus bonito.............--2.--------- 542
The second antennez of the metanauplius of Caligus bonito.........-.-------- 542
Mouth parts of the metanauplius of Caligus bonito ........-.---..0------=-+-- 543
First swimming legs of metanauplius of Caligus bonito...........-.----------- 544
Second swimming legs of metanauplius of Caligus bonito.........------------ 544
eatin oMChe TNS OL OMMGUS TOPOL <a 2 dace tis ean oeuclnucle so ewionse dese sac 545
Lee NIA GVM CMLL TI RODIN os os See eS ete ete acc SS ial onha.s ain fae aoe tas diate a mies cl 546
(Clove llr ey Git (CWC IS (Rot (ORE eo Oe ces Ben Genes Ieee oo ee Onan Samer ae 549
Fully developed chalimus of female Caligus rapax frora flounder.......--.---- 590
Appendages of the early chalimus stage, showing mode of development. .-.- - 55]
IKE hC MEO IMO EAM Endo mys enya eter eee tere ine ts Seelam oe ee ete th 674
TER OM CenEsP AT CHIC HYLCCallueyetes = sie pelle ee renee eee oe ie ee ee aie 675
Reaper MATTIAS Us Nee LISLE ED SUZ Cera See oe ers sree s.- site Mic ia aya. tink ees Sle whe eels = 766
Re OMOnomOsUs AUTO AL AMC: C MMe els octet se = oie ecco eene cot onesies eee 766
Lae onomwasus top, Ol. NeAd and paratoids’.2.255-% sacccsu seco wo aetsoeees 766
nom OnOriiastes MCA NeLCOMESIC Cres eto ook hg a aes ceeiae c SSn a Gos tel sss 766
Ro onommasue. Tig Mt toot, UNF Sider... <2 '..02.2 5.002... 252 2-2 tseche- ces see 766
Pomononomasus, right hand, under side .22..2..-2-22-sesesece de obo nec e ee 766
LENG) (HOON Dis Se SESAGE & BOSSE es eee a ea ree a eo ee 775
(CUIiROUTTIE: OUGGUNO: 3 es Pe EEO Re ee En ee ee 776
Alii GUND: 5 See Se age sede GBs dee See re Oe ee eee ee ee eee 778
JMCODOOD OCW sero oe Sacto 6 RS IE IO OS SSO IC eee 779
ARETE MC DUO MOI IUCR Pann Notch pees apy eS Nas cleeene cts See aie aes = cha oie 780
eA GCUURUSHCLC LUGS mmestersns Naa Vie je eps aA Nols ce Nias) Sisrys =o 2s Seba aoe oun 783
CIGRODS SAMUCUN Goan paSaGoSS Conon bree ee SESS ee Eee ee eee 784
LEANER COTO ITHOUIED S Se oS car ao pao a OS EL SE OnE eR pOo eon ee ere eee 787
SAU Oy UML OHH ITTANGTE se SAS ks nV cI eee ca ee a ce en ee ca 788
LL ES GAC ee Be OS, Is Ge CE ge aE eae og Ee Sa 792
L7RDSO/ DOA GODOERE 63 eRe ION GEO COCOA 6 AE DEO ee ee ee ee 793
Sai WAlerO® CHES BS ee ee er Oe et ey eee eee eee 794
LENS WAU CUPUR: 25 SoG B SS RES SRO es Oe EE Or ek rh eS ee ee 795
REDIRECT EISSN, eS SRT a ae ne eg ee eR Se 797
LORRI DOM ONT cee are Sa ee SOS CREE EAC RRR Sel a 798
oS SE OSI GRE et a TPR ee ee 799
SN GGR OCDE SZ eee Bo Ses OR Be oe ee eee ee al ee Ee 800
Saltanims wmareignie. Se maSiest sneha Sen Ses ae ee ee ee 801
JEL DOCOMO: TRAVIS RG eB AEA ES Sa ES a NE I eae Cre te se a eee 802
LEP CLUE AL IGLOS CTE GIS Re eg Spee OSE GER Te 2 Ee ee 803
Broad-nosed Pipe-fish (Siphonostoma typhle). Skull from side showing elonga-
tion of facial bones, small mouth and jaw bones, and absence of preopercle.. 805
Sea-horse (Hippocampus ramulosus). Skull from above..............------- 806
Broad-nosed Pipe-fish (Siphonostoma typhle). Skull from aboye, showing dif-
Peete SBR OM Sed MOUSeter ne bess tty he eo a He loereaye ee. Seen SS Ske She 806
Sea-horse (Hippocampus ramulosus). Two middle side-shields, showing man-
Memo mMmreni oe kino WUtresses: sa-..f2 2524520582. Si ces. ewe ee eee oe eae 807
Sea-horse (Hippocampus hudsonius). Male with dilated pouch
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04——1
So SeCa Saaeee 809
XVIIT LIST
Sea-horse (Hippocampus hudsoniu
OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
Page.
s). Wery young with yelk-sac....-...--... 810
Sea-horse (Hippocampus hudsonius). Male discharging young from pouch ... 810
Sea-horse (Hippocampus hudsonius). Young, viewed from side as atransparent
(10) (30 (a ee Aen se rere SAA Saori eoo mame Cason See = 811
Sea-horse (Hippocampus hudsonis))... Bennale 22s assess apes ae eee 813
Sea-horse: Hippocampus zosierz) Demale 22s.20-2 a ee as ae eee ae 815
Sea-orsesWainpocampsnatenniniis))s me alle aera area ete eee ee een sree 814
Sea-horse. (Alippocampus sindonis) «yale se soe eee se Ser a ee ree 814
Goblin shark, Whtsukurinavowstonie= seen ee oe eee aoe ae eee eee 816
Miisukunina owsion Jordan, young males ss sse acs eee ne ee eee 817
POMULO SAN MERONS AAT VE se oe ee cain ae oe wee raat ete er et ee ee 937
Porniliorateinois,. larvacs. 2 Sc toe tee eee ee eae ae 938
Papilio demetrauss Larva: oases seat = = ake pet ere Pe ee re ene 938
PApilio Guthus larva sass ce See he eee ser ee eae oe ee ene eee 939
Camptolomanntentonata, larvajs=eaee ste tee eee ee eee eee ee eee 943
Dicerisiawnipariis, \anvarss ols 2 oes ees hee Seen =e es ae eee eee 944
LEST CRAY SUVs LAIN Bice 2 ape arth ee ete Se ctr ela er re ee 946
OTS: CALOMULAMIC: LAV VAe- ee eee ee ae ee ee ee 947
Phalend flavescens; larvan-s ssc oe oon eee oe ae eee eee eee eae eee 947
PUPNOCISICONSPCTSMy IAL VOi: em se ceccie a ee ps etary senna eee Sere eee rere eee 948
Porthesia.vanthocampa. Nana o-6 2 eee he eae eee ee eee eee Eee 948
Mealacosomaithestaceay larvae eo oon i = ne nn eee ee 949
GisldiGCOURQGOTIOM AN Vas ocr Set ee en eee ee eee 950
PAANONANUTIC GTI ITC CLO eNATN ay eye ee ete 950,
Plhithenosema tendinosavia, clay vay 2.0 sa-2 ae fee ees eee eee ee 951
PTURONOSETLGETEILG IVOSC IC ACUI Gate = eee ee 951
Acanthocamipa excdvata, larvae: ease cee eee 2 een eee 951
Acanthocampa excavate .adul tse = Sep. se ee eee eee 951
CGnidocampoviavescens, lanvar (e2a2 2 ee erect erate eee ae 953
Cnidacanipa ficwescens \COCOOMSS.-4 tee ee aes ee eee eee ee eee 953
LP Ubber is prunes Aa eee eee aia s aia eI ape no rete a eee ee 954
EBAMLRORCHUNENISIS: MEY Veer cscee ie oats aces RE ore ea 955
Par stor poly Gon, AdM92 5s fee oe eB Oe ee a ee eee 956
MtELOAONOLUSNOLYTTONSS Maas aoe eee ten Se ee Er ee eee ee ee 978
MOLACOCOULUSIKUTCOLAL =e So ey eae cha sien rte eee cas ere ee 979
PeleGlaGranCRUSseurd C8 Piano see en 3 ee eye ete ee ee 985
PLATES.
Facing page.
lis ePolistellawmanillensis:Saussure =. s2ens=n eee eee ee eee ae eee 158
Stanionia flava; Mew Species: ss. 2s - we Santee = ere ee 158
2 afliapmrodenie AShmea dace s <5 ne 22 eee See mere eee ee 158
3.0 Lhe MounteV.ernonPallasites 225-7 -tt2 ee eee eee eee eee 218
4. The Mount Vernon Pallasite. Cross section, showing structure .....---- 218
5- The malevand temaleot Caligus rujiniaculatus =. 222-2 +e ee ee eee 672
6. The male and female of Caligus schistonyx .......---.-<2----------+-sces 672
7 lhe maleandilemaleiottCaliqusranpigs- mens eo ee eee eee eee 672
8. -Ehenmaleiand-ftemaleiot Caligusinuiabilis =: sss -- eee eee eee eee 672
Oa Thesemale of Caliqussaluneuses see as- eee eree oe eee eee 672
10. The male, female,'and chalimus-of Caligus curtus —......-.2225---2-----~ 672
iil hestemale of Galiqus:chelijier. 322 = eee ee ee 672
12. The females of Caligus belones and Caligus latifrons .......-..------------ 672
13: Caligusibonito.and Caliqus pelamiydis 3. 2 sane ee ee eee ee 672
L4 \Galious productustand: Caligus (sonyt essa oer eee eee eee eee eee eee 672
Z —,
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
XIX
Facing page.
mcalions species trom. the West Indies: .- 22.25. .2. 22 5. 5 seen sen cinnnee aes
eine temalevoOrmCaligodesmegaccohaluss saeco == ee 2s asin Sona ds eo ae.
ieReMiMlerOleMclclUstypleUsin saat eee en eases oo teks Se cicc so ote
Lepeophtheirus longipes and Lepeophtheirus thompsoni..........-..---.----
The male and female of Lepeophtheirus nordmannii ............-.--------
. The male and female of Lepeophtheirus hippoglossi................-------
. The male, female, and nauplius of Lepeophtheirus edwardsi...........----
The male and female of Lepeophtheirus dissimulatus........:...----.-----
Lepeophtheirus parviventris and Lepeophtheirus bifurcatus.............-----
. The male and female of Lepeophtheirus salmonis ..............-----------
Mepeoplithemus species and Amuncics beckett... .2 6 522. case on ae ee 2
eebacwmalcanduenmale of Caligus terest 4s. ee eo es De a ee sips ake
itiremmalerandstenrale otiCaligusycentrodontie a= s28 ssn. oe ees Se
Lepeophtheirus innominatus and Lepeophtheirus chilensis.........-..-------
methemalejandiemale of Homoiotes palliata 2. 2-02s2 2222-22 bos ee
apuitc hatpants. Mackenzie River. «so. ossc82o.-s25 = Jose ce aec S e e eee
Honig MCHECESOM Oph COL RIVED. can soe ae Soo cee ates as See eee
Honiz@hipew yan, Abia basca lakers. 20 Joho ceke Sock ash scsse noes ote
Honiekesolution Great olaveda kena ss sae. yes 2 oe etn eee Sas
IROTAS AG OISIC A yee) eh ene gee eae ean gp ar eet ner ae ee eee ene
Bladder worm ( Tenia chamissonii) from Porpoise...............0..-----
672
672
672
672
bo bo
bo bo
Ss
1 Se
on
bo
on
bo bo
688
702
734
790
822
|
|
A TREATISE ON THE ACARINA, OR MITES.
By Natuan Banks,
Custodian of Arachnida.
PREFACE.
The mites have always attracted considerable interest, both from
their minute size and because of the remarkable habits of many spe-
cies. Although many have examined them in a desultory way, but
few have really studied them. Consequently there is a great amount
of literature by many persons, much of which is not reliable. Too
often entomologists have considered that their knowledge of insects
in general was a suflicient basis for the description of mites. Prob-
ably the lack of general works on mites has been responsible for many
errors. For years the only work treating of the mites as a whole
that has been accessible to American naturalists is Andrew Murray’s
Economic Entomology; Aptera. In this book, nearly 300 pages are
devoted to Acarina. Unfortunately Murray’s treatment is far from
satisfactory and abundantly stored with mistakes, many, however,
taken from other writers.
Since that book was published several European specialists have
been at work on the European fauna and produced monographs which
are of great accuracy. Not only have many new facts been discovered,
but many of the old facts have been given quite new interpretations.
Such a belief as the parasitism of the Uvopoda on the Colorado potato-
beetle seems hardly as yet to have been eradicated. ‘To present a reli-
able text to the American reader is my intention. Very frequently I
have obtained many facts of importance and interest from the European
literature; particularly is this true with those parasitic groups with
which I am not so well acquainted. Errors will, of course, be found,
but great care has been exercised in choosing the sources of information.
I have given tables to all the known American genera, and in some
families added other well-known genera which will doubtless occur in
our fauna when it is more thoroughly explored.
Practically the only door through which one may enter into the
systematic study of mites in general is Canestrini’s Prospetto dell’ Aca-
rofauna Italiana.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VoL. XXVIII—No. 1382.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04——1 Z 1
bo
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
INTRODUCTION.
The Acarians form an order in the great class Arachnida. They are
thus related to spiders, daddy-long-legs, and scorpions. A few writers
at various times have claimed that the mites were a separate class, but
the best sense of modern authors is that they are genuine Arachnids,
and in many ways closely related to Solpugids and Phalangids.
Although quite easily recognized at sight, it is not so easy to give
definite characters whereby to distinguish a mite from other Arach-
nids. The abdomen and cephalothorax are broadly united to each
other, and often there is no distinction between these parts. Usually
there is no trace of segmentation, but in some forms it is quite dis-
tinct. Eves are often present, but rarely only a median pair as we
find in Phalangids and Solpugids. The
Pan)
mouth segments have become united to
forma beak, rostrum, or capitulum. How-
ever this is not easily made out in some
forms. Commonly the larva at birth has
but three pairs of legs, and obtains the
fourth pair only after a molt and meta-
morphosis. In the Eriophyide, how-
ever, there are but two pairs of legs in
both adult and young, and in Pteroptus
the young have eight legs at birth. The
adult mite has (except in the Eriophyide)
four pairs of legs; often arranged in two
) groups, the hinder pairs apparently arising
; from the abdomen. However it is not
probable that such is the case; rather the
Frat ue a ey, Cememn eCOMLeSC ORES of the abdomen and cephalo-
MANDIBLES; 0, PALPI; c, LEG I; a, thorax has effaced the true outlines of these
ee en re eee ene ee portions. It is probable that the abdomen
of mites is more than the abdomen of other
Arachnids. If one examines a So/puga, he sees that the cephalo-
thorax is divided into several portions, and it may be that the ceph-
alothorax of mites represents only the anterior of these, while the
abdomen of mites represents the abdomen of So/puga plus the two
posterior divisions of the cephalothorax. In Zursonemus, and some
other genera, the abdomen shows on the dorsum distinct traces of
segmentation. On the venter there is still less distinction between
parts, and in several groups, as Ixodide and some Gamaside,
the genital segment is pushed forward between the legs so far that
the genital aperture is close to the mouth. In other forms the geni-
tal opening is at the extreme tip of the body, and the anus is upon
the dorsum.
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 3
The cephalothorax, or anterior part of the body, ‘commonly ha as one
or more pairs of simple ocelli-like eyes. They are usually sessile, but
sometimes elevated on pedicels.
The mouth-segments form typically a truncate cone or beak. Some-
times it is partially or completely retracted into the body. The mouth
parts are the mandibles and palpi. Frequently there are other parts,
as a hypopharynx, a lip, or definitely separated maxille, as will be
mentioned under each family. Several investigators have claimed that
there are three or four mouth appendages, and there are structures in
some forms that indicate three. The mandibles generally are of two
joints. The last is often opposable to a projection of the preceding,
so as to become chelate. However, in many forms the mandibles are
slender, needle-like, and suited for piercing. In eech of the three
large families (Oribatidee, Gamasidee, and Tyroglyphide) which typi-
cally have chelate mandibles there is one genus with styliform piercing
mandibles. The palpi have never more than five joints; the last is
frequently provided with peculiar sensory hairs. In some cases the
palpi have a geniculate attitude. The various forms of palpi may be
grouped into four classes. (1) Where they are simple, filiform, and
have a tactile function; (2) where they are modified for predatory pur-
poses, being provided with spines, hooks, or claws; (3) where the last
joint is papreanlc to the preceding, so that the mite may by its palpi
cling to some object; (4) where they have become obsolete, and are
more or less united to the rostrum. The basal joints of the palpi are
at times differentiated to form maxille.
In several families there is a distinct lingula, tongue, or hypostome,
which arises from the inner base of the beak, and may be divided or
simple. It may have a groove above, called the vomer. The hypos-
tome is usually not visible except by dissection, but in the ticks it is
very large and roughened with sharp teeth.
Sometimes the basal joints of the palpi unite to form a lip, or labium.
_ Above the mandibles in many forms is a thin corneous plate, known
as the epistoma. Its sides may be partly united to the beak or lip
below and thus form a tube, called the oral tube, for it is aeodes it
that the mandibles are protruded.
The pharynx, or sucking portion of the alimentary tract, is some-
times prolonged forward into a sort of cone between the mouth-parts.
The opening of the body into which the mouth-parts are inserted
is known as the camerostome. In one group (Uropoda) the anterior
legs are also inserted into this camerostome.
_ The adult mite generally has four pairs of legs, and the larva three
pairs. It has been shown that the embryo of certain forms (Gamasus
and /odes) has four pairs of legs before birth, but one pair is aborted
to be again developed at the ny mphal stage. This is an indication that
the six-legged larva is a secondary development, and lessens the
|
4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
apparent difference between Acarina and other Arachnida. The legs
are composed of from five to seven segments; in some forms the
apical joints are subdivided, but do not form genuine segments. The
length and character of the joints vary in the different families, but
usually there are distinguishable the following parts: coxa, trochanter,
femur, patella, tibia, and tarsus. In some cases the femora are
divided into two parts. The legs are provided with hairs and spines,
sometimes modified for some particular function. In several groups
there are organs on the anterior legs which appear to have an auditory
function. The last joint or tarsus is commonly terminated by from
one to three claws or ungues. In some groups there is a difference in
this respect between the young and the adult. The claws are not
often toothed. In many cases there is a median cup-shaped sucker,
pulvillus, caroncle, or ambulacrum between
the claws or bearing them.
The reproductive organs, as in other
Arachnids, open on the ventral surface of
the abdomen near the base. The female
aperture (vulva or epigynum) is of various
shapes, and sometimes closed by flaps or
folding-doors. The male aperture (epian-
drum) is usually smaller than that of the
female. The body is often provided with
hairs, bristles, or scales, which are of char-
acteristic nature and arrangement in each
species.
In many of the soft-bodied forms there
rio GEN oer Seale eee eee ge chitinous plates, scutee, or shields, some-
& BEAK? D, TRANSVERSE FURROW: , LIMeS SO/lalee or so DUMeTOUS acmosaimoct
¢, GENITAL APERTURE; d, ANAL completely cover the mite. These shields
eee are often sculptured or pitted in a charac-
teristic manner. Frequently there are secondary sexual differences
both of color and structure, as will be noticed under each family.
The male is often a little smaller than the female, but in many cases
there is no apparent difference in size.
The internal anatomy of mites is marked by great centralization of
parts, the various organs being much more crowded together than
with other Arachnids. The alimentary canal, when fully developed,
consists of the pharynx or sucking-organ; the cesophagus; the stomach
or ventriculus, with its coeca; the hind gut or intestine, and the Mal-
pighian vessels which enter the latter near the rectum.
The pharynx is a partially chitinous tube, convex below, concave
above; to its upper , °rt or roof are attached the muscles, which, upon
contracting, elevate the roof. A series of muscles, each moving just
after the one in front, produces a steady flow of food to the stomach.
.
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 5
The cesophagus is a long simple tube; the stomach is of varied size and
shape, according to the food-habits. Sometimes there is an enlarge-
ment of the esophagus near its end, thus forming an ingluvies or crop.
In some forms the ececa are extremely long or numerous. The Mal-
pighian vessels, when present, are two in number, and enter the short
intestine near its end. The latter is sometimes provided with an
enlargement, the colon. In many mites the digestive system is much
simplified. In many, if not all, of the forms allied to Zrombidinin,
and the water-mites, there is no certain connection between the stomach
or ventriculus and the anus. The ventriculus ends blindly; the anus
opens into a large tube, supposed to have an excretory function.
Many of these forms feed on animal juices, so probably have no
excreta.
FIG. 3.—PALPI OF VARIOUS FORMS. d, BDELLA: b, CHEYLETUS; ¢, GAMASUS; d, SCIRUS; €, HISTIOSTOMA;
f, EUPODES; g, SARCOPTES; h, ARRENURUS; 7, TROMBIDIUM.
The nerve ganglia are united into one mass of considerable size,
pierced by a hole for the cesophagus. This brain doubtless is formed
of the supra and sub-cesophageal ganglia and their commissures, but
so closely are the parts united that all trace of demarcation is com-
monly lost. The principal nerves arise from this brain. There is one
unpaired nerve, and nine or more pairs of nerves. ‘Three sets of
paired nerves and the unpaired one arise from the supra-cesophageal
ganglion and are of small size. The other six or more sets of paired
nerves arise from the sub-cesophageal ganglion and are mostly of
larger size. The unpaired, or medium nerve, goes to the pharynx.
The paired nerves of the supra-cesophageal gang'ion go to the eyes,
the mandibles, and the large vertical muscles nea. the base of the ros-
trum. Of the nerves of the sub-csophageal ganglion, one pair goes
to the palpi, four to the legs, and one to the genital and other abdomi-
6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVUI.
nal organs. Sometimes there are other nerves that extend to the
posterior part of the body.
The reproductive system is often highly developed, and frequently
occupies a considerable part of the body. The male testes are large,
lobate, and open into two tubes, the vasa deferentia, which, uniting,
form the ductus ejaculatorius, which may open through a penis. The
testes are often united. The ovaries of the female (sometimes united)
are situate in the middle part of the body, of varying shape, and
open into two tubes—the oviducts—which unite to form the vulva.
The latter may have a spermatheca attached, and may open through
an extensible ovipositor. In some families the vulva is not a bursa
copulatrix, bat there is a special copulatory opening near the anus.
In other forms the female organs are very different, as will be
mentioned under the families.
Fic. 4.—LEGS OF VARIOUS MITES.
In the Gamaside, Tyroglyphide, and Oribatidee there are a pair of
glands in each side of the abdomen, each opening by a pore in the
skin. They contain a yellowish, oily liquid, and are considered excre-
tory glands; Michael has called them expulsory vesicles. In most
mites there are several glands in the head region, some of them
evidently of a salivary nature, but others are often present whose
function is unknown. Some of them open into the mouth, or pharynx,
and others may open at the base of the mandibles.
In some mites there is a well-developed dorsal pulsating organ or
heart, but in most mites it is not present. In these latter there is an
irregular motion of the body-fluids kept up by the action of the
muscles in other movements. Many mites have an elaborate tracheal
system for breathing. These trachez open in various parts of the
No, 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 76
body; in many common forms they open near the mandibles. In
ticks and Gamasids they open near the hind legs. In other forms
they open in the acetabula or coxal cavities. The openings of the
trachee are through stigmata or spiracles which vary in different
forms. Commonly there are one or two main tracheal trunks in each
side of the body, each giving off many branches. In some forms there
is a short tracheal trunk which at its tip gives rise to a great number
of fine long trachesw, each of which is unbranched. A great many
mites, however, have no internal respiratory system whatever. In
these forms the skin is soft, and they absorb oxygen by osmosis through
the general surface of the body.
The muscular system of mites varies greatly in the different genera.
Strong muscles are attached to the mandibles for extending and moy-
ing these organs. Still more powerful ones are attached to the legs,
and those for the pharynx and organs of generation are often promi-
Fig. 5.—ANATOMY OF GAMASUS. dG, MANDIBLE; }, SALIVARY GLAND; ¢, RETRACTOR ROSTRUM; d, MUS-
CLES OF MANDIBLES; €, VENTRICULUS; f, SACCULUS FGEMINEUS; g, LYRATE ORGAN; /i, OVA; 7, LEVATOR
ANI; k, FAT. CELLS; 1, CLOACA; m, ANUS; n, EMBRYO; 0, HIND GUT; p, VAGINA; S, VULVA; f, BRAIN;
v, HSOPHAGUS; 7, PHARYNX.
nent. There are also muscles connecting various parts of the integu-
ment and in some cases one or two pairs attached near the middle of
the dorsum. These latter often produce tbe depressions in the dorsal
surface which are commonly found in many of the soft-bodied mites.
The life histories of mites are extremely variable, and will be
described under each family. There are typically four stages—ege,
larva, nymph, and adult. Many mites, however, have developed a
complicated arrangement of forms that almost obscures this funda-
mental simplicity. Most of these additional phases occur during the
nymphal stage, the growing stage of the acarian.
Nearly all mites deposit eggs, but there are a few forms known to
be viviparous, or at least ovoviviparous, and one, Pedieuloides, brings
forth adult males and females.
The general plan of development is as follows: The egg is usually
8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVHI.
deposited by the female. Often within this egg, while the embryo is
developing, an inner membrane is formed which incloses the young
mite; this stage is the **deutovum.” The outer shell may be cracked
so as to show this membrane, or it may be wholly discarded. The
larva at birth has but six legs. It feeds for awhile, then passes into a
resting stage which in time discloses the eight-leeged nymph. The
added pair of legs is the fourth, at least usually. During the nymphal
period the mite may molt one or more times and change its appear-
ance, but is always destitute of true genital orifices. At the end of
the nymphal stage it passes again into a quiescent condition, and in
due time molts into the adult mite. During these resting stages
much of the internal anatomy of the mite may undergo histolysis,
each new stage being rebuilt from the disintegrated tissues of the
preceding stage. The genital organs are, however, not affected by
these histolytic processes.
The common impression that most mites are parasitic is entirely
erroneous. About half of the known species are not parasitic in any
stage, and many which are found attached to insects and other animals
are not true parasites thereon. Most mites
ordinarily move quite slowly, but when dis-
turbed some can travel at an astonishing pace.
A very few species are fitted for leaping.
Aquatic mites occur in both fresh and sea water.
Ticks occur on mammals, birds, and even on
snakes and turtles. The bird-mites live on the
Fig. 6.-EMEryo or Gamasus, Leathers and skin of birds: the itch-mites bur-
row within the skin of man and other mam-
mals. Other species live in the cellular tissue of birds; a few occur
in the tracheal passages of seals, and one has been found Jiving within
the lungs of a monkey. Many species feed on living plants, and the
gall-mites produce curious deformations on leaves and twigs.
Mites are distributed throughout the globe, but appear to be most
numerous in temperate regions. Many are abundant in high latitudes.
Single species are sometimes widely distributed; however, as a whole,
mites are subject to the usual rules of geographic limitation. Most of
the parasitic forms follow the distribution of the host. A few of the
free mites are common in widely separated regions, but many,
especially the myrmecophilous ones, are very local. Most of the
free-living species and those parasitic on plants spread by their own
wanderings, but many have developed, for the purpose of migration,
a peculiar nymphal form (the //ypopus), which clings to other animals
that will visit places similar to the mite’s birthplace. Most mites are
not readily destroyed by cold or moisture, and through this hardiness
can extend their distribution.
Most mites have but few enemies outside of their predatory relatives.
No. 1382. THE ACARINA Ok MITES—BANK, 9
There are, how ever, Various cases sof protective resemblanc ‘e, especially
among the immature forms. No examples of mimicry, I think, are
known.
A great many mites are more or less injurious to the property of
man. Three, at least, can be ranked as pests of great importance,
namely, the cattle-tick, the sheep-scab, and the pear-leaf blister-mite.
The classification of mites has in recent years been developed to a
considerable degree. The group is usually held to be an order, includ-
ing about thirty natural groups. An excellent historical review of
the classification of Acarians has been presented by Trouessart.“ The
value of these natural groups of mites has been variously estimated
by different authors as tribes, subfamilies, and families. Kramer in
1877 originated an ingenious scheme, which has been extended by
Canestrini, whereby the mites are arranged according to the position
of the opening of the tracheal system. By this method there are six
main divisions of the Acarina.
Canestrinv’s classification is as follows:
AstTiGMATA—Vermiformia and Sarcoptina.
Hypracartna— Water mites.
Prosticgmata—The Trombidoidea and Eupodoidea of this paper.
CryprosTiGMAta—The Oribatid mites.
MerasticmMata—The ticks.
Mesostigmata—The Gamasoidea of this paper.
Trouessart has modified this scheme somewhat. He divides the
mites into two orders, Acarina and Vermiformia; the latter group
again into Octopoda (Demodicide) and Tetrapoda (Eriophyide). The
true Acarina he divides into three suborders, the Prostigmata (includ-
ing the Hydracarina of Canestrini), the Metastigmata (including the
Mesostigmata and Cryptostigmata of Canestrini), and the Astigmata
(including only the Sarcoptina). In the writer’s opinion the Oribatide
and Tyroglyphide are more closely related than indicated in either of
these classifications. .
In the arrangement used below, the main divisions are about the
same, although based largely on other characters. These characters
will be found defined under the various families; and although there
are exceptions to the tables they are not prominent, and to have pro-
vided for them would heavily incumber the synopses. The characters
used in defining genera and higher groups vary greatly according to
the group. In some cases genera are based on very minute structures,
which in other families are of no value. In several groups the habi-
tat is the best clew to the systematic position. About three hundred
and fifty species are known from this country, where there are doubt-
less a thousand or more, so that the pbudenty must not be surprised to
“ Reyue des Sciences meee de l’Ouest, 1891, pp. 289-308; 1892, pp. 21-56.
10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
find forms that do not fit into tables. Several of the families are not
natural, and future study will greatly modify existing systems.
I have not made many new genera in the American mites. I believe
in keeping genera as broad as possible. Division of a genus should
be made only on grounds of convenience or those of zoological neces-
sity. Because a group of species in a genus differs from the other
forms by some structural character, there is not, 1 think, sufficient
reason for anew genus. But whenever a species or group of species
differs from the others by several disassociated points of structure,
together with differences in life history or habits, then a new genus is
advisable. However, in using an adopted classification it is sometimes
not easy to place a new form without either making. a new genus or
modifying the characters of existing genera. The history of Acarol-
ogy warrants the.student in using much caution in the creation of new
eenera or higher groups.
In regard to nomenclature, I have not departed, save in a few cases,
from that in common acceptance among acarologists. In some fami-
lies there has been much difference of opinion, and lately Doctor
Oudemans, an able Dutch acarologist, has revised the nomenclature,
It is difficult to escape some of these changes, but others I can not
accept, nor go back of 1758 for generic names. The larger groups I
have called superfamilies, in accordance with the custom of the best
zoologists, and these divisions are practically the same as I used
in 1895.
To the ordinary person mites do not exist. Occasionally he may have
painful evidence of their presence, but he has no idea of the number
of specimens and species around him. Yet a little careful searching
will reyeal a world of these tiny creatures. Although Miller early
described many water-mites and Hermann (1804) and von Heyden
(1816) had gathered a few, yet this world of mites was practically
unknown until discovered by C. L. Koch about 1840. Since then a
number of naturalists have partially explored its shores, and some-
times penetrated into the interior. Now there are about a dozen
persons who seriously study acarology and nearly as many more who
devote themselves to the water-mites.
SYNOPSIS OF SUPERFAMILIES.
1. Abdomen annulate, prolonged behind; very minute forms; often with but four
Jeg oc al Gace Sy Se eee ee ee nb See ee ee ee ae ete DEMODICOIDEA
Abdomen not annulate nor prolonged behind; always with eight legs ...-..---- 2
2. With a distinct spiracle upon a stigmal plate on each side of body (usually below )
above the t fail or fourth cox: or a little behind; palpi free; skin often coria-
ceous or leathery: tarsiioften wath a sucker Soe saat ae eer ores 3
No such distinct Srna} in a stigmal plate on this part of body.-..-----.------- 4
3. Hypostome large, furnished below with many recurved teeth; venter with fur-
rows; skin leathery; large forms, usually parasitic. ......--.---- IXODOIDEA
Hypostone small, without teeth; venter without furrows; body often with coria-
ceous shields, posterior margin never crenulate; no eyes ...--GAMASOIDEA
NO 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. et
4,
=.
Body usually coriaceous, with few hairs; with a specialized seta arising from a
pore near each posterior corner of the cephalothorax; no eyes; mouth-parts
and palpi very small; ventral openings of abdomen large; never parasitic;
(BEM MOVE Tl AYCOCK bee oe ocohe erases Hees reece ORIBATOIDEA
nod yisoier awiLhout such specialized seta. 22225-5025... ols ese ep esas ees 5
VLadinho eee re re HYDRACHNOIDEA
NUE. Ma TaNe TU, TET Se he ts Seen Bl IAS SCE IR ae a de ee 6
Palpi small, three-jointed, adhering for some distance to the lip; ventral suckers
at genital opening or near anal opening usually present; no eyes; tarsi often
end in suckers; beneath the skin on the venter are seen rod-like epimera that
support the legs; body often entire; adult frequently parasitic.
SARCOPTOIDEA
Palpi usually of four or five joints, free; rarely with ventral suckers near genital
or anal openings; eyes often present; tarsi never end in suckers; body usually
divided into cephalothorax and abdomen; rod-like epimera rarely visible;
SMM ESRAT EMV SALAS Gas oor acyaicin oe iin. ce las aa sis eceseees bese ccaecee cnn
Last joint of palpi never forms a ‘‘thumhb’’ to the preceding joint; palpi simple,
or rarely formed to hold prey; body with but few hairs.-.,-.-HUPODOIDEA
Last joint of palpi forms a thumb to the preceding, which ends in a claw (a few
exceptions); body often with many hairs...-.-..-...------ TROMBIDOIDEA
SYNOPSIS OF FAMILIES.
DEMODICOIDEA.
With but four legs, of five joints each; living on plants, often in galls... ER1opHy1p.&
With eight legs, of three joints each; living in skin of mammals. _..DEMopICcID.&
SARCOPTOIDEA.
With trachez; no ventral suckers; legs ending in claws; body divided into cephalo-
thorax and abdomen; the female with a clavate hair between legs I and II—
HOt parasiticion-pirdsior mammals 5.522 2-4-0 2e2c Sodas sews TARSONEMID-E
Watroutmachecs) nosuchiclavatesaalr Sh. 526 cce cc csctes sees sae sess ese 2
Genital suckers usually present; not parasitic on birds or mammals; skin usually
MT OMUMMN ero Arall Clalines = seeem nen ot een ohh Leben See. oe 3
Genital suckers absent; parasitic on birds or mammals; skin with fine parallel
SET CS Seen ere ee ere eee NaC p nm teen Cire Se La TO Del. iaeyia det oe Ss eS |
Legs short, without clavate hair on tarsi Land II; living on insects. -CANESTRINID®
Legs longer, with clavate hair on tarsi I and II; not parasitic (except on bees)
TYROGLYPHIDE
Possessing some specially developed apparatus for clinging to hairs of mammals
LisTROPHORID.E
WY TER OTEE SLUG ON EN) OORT PTE Saperstein es 5
Pivinowongthe plumace Oimbirdsss = se csees. koeeu se sey Sees he el ANALGESID.E
ING One MuMace of binds Dut imelivimetissuesses.-s2- 052 25se8seos52-55 oases ee 6
Vulva longitudinal; in skin and cellular tissue of birds...-...----- CyTOLEICHIDE
Miulval transverse; im skiniof manumals and birds - 2322222... 25.22-.- SARCOPTID.E
GAMASOIDEA.
Parasitic on vertebrates; mandibles fitted for piercing; body sometimes constricted
DERMANYSSIDE
Free, or attached to insects, rarely on vertebrates, never on birds.....--...----2
First pair ot legs inserted within the same body-opening as the oral tube; genital
apertures surrounded byithestermum --52-2---.------5-22-2--5--- Uropopip&®
First pair of legs inserted at one side of the mouth-opening; male genital aperture
usually on the anterior margin of sternal plate.....-. Spon onoooScore GAMASIDE
Wy PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL, XXVIII.
ORIBATOIDEA.
Cephalothorax movably attached to the abdomen; palpi four-jointed.. HopLoDERMIDE
Cephalothorax not movable; palpi five-jointed _.......-.--.----.------- ORIBATID.E
IXODOIDEA.
No seutum; no yentral shield; mouth-parts of adult not prominent from above;
MOO Wlival Mstitos tems urs vray el Cl ual seeps eee ee ARGASID®
Scutum present; sometimes ventral shields; mouth-parts of adult prominent from
above;.pulvillus to tarsus of adits. eee ee ees Ixopip&®
EUPODOIDEA.
Palpi often geniculate, or else fitted for grasping prey; mandibles large and
snout-like; cephalothorax with four long bristles above, two in front, two
behind; last joint of leg I longer than preceding joint, often twice as long
BbELLID®
Palpi never geniculate, nor fitted for grasping prey; beak small; cephalothorax
with bristles in different arrangement; last joint of leg I shorter or but little
longer than preceding joint; eyes when present near posterior border. Eupop1p®
TROMBIDOIDEA.
1. Legs I and II with processes bearing spines; skin with several shields; coxze
CONntIgUOUS y= 2) aa eee ee eee ee See eee ee eee eee CECULIDE
Legs I and Il without.such processes; few.if any shields| 22-2 22-5-- 22s s5seeee 2
2. Palpi much thickened on base, moving laterally, last joint often with two pecti-
nate bristles; no eyes; leg I ending in several long hairs, adult sometimes
DANASIUTG SS SoS See rere ects severe ee te en re CHEY LETID-E
Palpi less thickened, moving vertically; eyes usually present; leg I not ending in
long: hairs. 2.) 2 sch os heles Rs ea eee eet eee 3
3. Cox contiguous, radiate; legs slender, bristly; body with few hairs; no dorsal
groove: tarsi mever swollent. 22 s-2 sees aoe eee ee eee ERYTHR EIDE
Coxee more or less in two groups, legs less bristly -..2..2-..---2.---------+22e- 4
4. Body with fewer, longer hairs; often spinning threads; no dorsal groove; tarsi
never swollen; mandibles styliform (for piercing) ......------ TETRANYCHIDE
Body with many fine hairs or short spines; not spinning threads; often with
dorsal eroove: tarsy-olten;swollen\ 22 22-eee ee eee See eee eee eee 5
5. Mandibles chelate (for biting) ...-.--- Bee pees See ees as E sae SS a au TROMBIDID®
Mandublesistylitoxmy: (foripiercine) = see e= eee eee seen RHAYNCHOLOPHIDE
HY DRACHNOIDEA.
Mouth-parts carried upon a distinct beak; no ventral suckers; living in the sea
HALACARIDE
Mouth-parts not carried upon a beak; usually suckers near the genital openings;
usually im treshiv waters: son. 2es sce see ene nee eee HypDRACHNID&
Family EUPODID.
The Eupodide is a small family of small mites, several species of
which are among our most common acarians. They are soft-bodied,
delicate mites, with moderately long to very long legs. The body
shows more or less distinctly the division into cephalothorax and
abdomen; the former usually bears an eye each side; the latter carries
ad
NO. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 13
a few simple hairs. The palpi are short and simple, four. jointed, aul
with only a few hairs. The mandibles are rather small, but distinctly
chelate; in one genus they are very large. The legs are six or seven
jointed and terminate in two simple claws, and often with a median
plumose pulvillus. The venter has the usual openings, but in .Vofo-
phallus the anal aperture is on the dorsum of the abdomen. These
mites can run rapidly, and Fwpodes can make considerable leaps.
Most inhabit the ground, but some are found on the leaves of trees.
All are predaceous and feed on various smnall insects or insect eggs.
They seem to delight in cold, damp places, and can be found in winter
still active among and under fallen leayes. They are among the
most common acarians in high latitudes, and are
also frequent in caves, both of this country and
of Europe, where their simple and primitive
structure is well suited to the conditions. Their
internal anatomy has lately been investigated
by Nordenskidld, who finds that Rhagid/a is
among the most primitive of the Trombidoidea.
The cescphagus, which opens near the tip of
labium or underlip, is very slender, and after
passing through the large ‘‘brain,” enters a
very large stomach. From the upper part of
this arises the intestine, which soon expands
intoa very large colon, opening at the tip of
body. The eggs, as far as known, are laid upon
the surface frequented by the adult. The larve
resemble the parent, while the nymph differs we ee
: : : : c FIG. 7.—VENTER OF AN
only in size. There is no sexual dimorphism. Sa
Most of the common species vary a great deal
in markings, the consequence being that Koch described each of the
common European species under many different names, several having
from ten to twenty synonyms. Our forms have been collected only in
the northeastern States.
Five of the described genera occur in the United States; these may
be tabulated as below:
1. Legs extremely slender, anterior pair much more than twice as long as body
a
Linopodes
AAmlerrore eas) TMD POKOH Ke a Sooae SocaGSne sonac GoGdas aace cee ae Doe SON epOoeHe 2
2. Hind femora much thickened; anterior legs much longer than others -..upodes
indstemonasmotyuhicken ede: Saaen eae sor sects see yen ccetis necie as sa gcisisicw rates 3
S2anal opening on the dorsum; mandibles small ....-..........--.---- Notophallus
Pane BO PENN OMEVEMtGE 22 mame ea Jen ania. canine om Stelle coe cie= fees scesace 4
4. Mandibles very large; legs longer than body .....-..-.---.------------ Rhagidia
Mandibles small; legs scarcely as long as body -...-.-..----.------+------ Tydeus
Our one species of Lénopodes is a very pretty pale yellowish or
reddish mite, with some white marks, one on the back is in the form
3-t
14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
of a T. It is common on the ground under pieces of wood, bark, ete.,
that have lain there sometime. The first pair of legs is used as
Fic. 8. —LINOPODES
NEPES,
has described a species of 7ydeus(Z. molestus)
as attacking man, much on the ‘* red-bug”
style. Rhagid/aisaremarkable genus. The
Fig. 10.—TyYbDeEvs,
BEAK AND LEG I
FROM BELOW.
ANTEDN-
feelers. Usually the mites walk slowly, but
when disturbed run very rapidly. We have
several species of xpodes, all more or less
marked with red. The common one, /. waria-
hilis Banks, is found in the same places as
Linopodes. Another species occurs on the
seashore between tide-marks.
The species of Votophallus are blackish,
with a red spot above, and red legs. They
occur in damp fields, under stones, or in moss.
But one species of Zydeus is known from the
United States, 7) glover? Ashmead. It occurs
on orange leaves in
Florida, and feeds on
the young and eges
of scale insects (J/y-
tilaspis spp.). It is
pale reddish or yel-
lowish in color and
has a subpyriform
body, with rather
short legs. Moniez
species are pale or whitish
in color, and occur under
damp, fallen leaves and on
moist soil. Itis much larger
than the other species of
this family, and sometimes
fully one millimeter lone? Fig. 9. -RHAGIDIA PALLIDA,
Its structure is in many
ways very similar to that of certain Solpugida and
suggested to Thorell its generic name, which is a
diminutive of Rhazv, a genus of Solpugida. It is
probable that it is the most primitive of all existing
mites; and points to the close relationship of the
Acarina to the Solpugida. Our common species, 72.
pallida Banks, is found throughout the country, but
more commonly in the north. Other species are found in Europe,
Japan, Kerguelen, Chile, and the arctic regions.
A European mite of this family, Zrynetes Umaceum Koch, some-
NO, 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 15
times occurs upon certain species of slugs (Z7mar), and sometimes
attached to a fly (Sarcophaga). In this country a mite (//ypopus con-
color Haldeman) has been recorded by Binney as found upon a snail.
It may belong to this genus, Avynetes. Pen-
thaleus embraces several species, having a
black body, with a red spot behind, and red
legs. Here we may also refer to the genus
Alyeus, which is placed in a separate family.
It looks much like a minute Zrombidium, but
has simple palpi. Two forms are known in
Europe.
Family BDELLID®.
The members of this family are known as
**snout mites,” from the appearance of the
beak or rostrum. The body shows distinetly
the division into cephalotho-
‘ax and abdomen, the two
hind pairs of legs apparently arising from the latter.
The cephalothorax is subtriangular, with a few long
bristles above and usually one or two eyes on each
side, commonly near the pos-
Fic. 12.—EGG OF terior corner. The mandi-
BDELLA.
Fic. 11.—VENTER OF A BDELLA.
bles are large, slender, taper-
ing, more or less united along the median line,
and together form a prominent cone in front.
They are chelate in the typical genus, but in
some of the other genera end in one claw. The
palpi arise apparently from near the base of the
mandibles, but really from a part of the body
below them. They are either three or five
jointed, the second joint being the longest. In
some forms they are provided with spine-like
bristles, but usually with fine hairs, the ter-
minal oncs often of great length. The antenne
are frequently elbowed between the second and
third joints. The abdomen is usually broadest
at the shoulders and tapering, but rounded
behind; it bears only a few hairs or bristles.
The venter has the usual two apertures near the posterior part, the
genital usually the larger. The legs are quite long and slender, with
a few scattered small hairs. They terminate in two claws with a
median hairy brush beneath. The hind coxe are well separated from
the anterior pairs. °
Fic. 13.—BDELLA PEREGRINA.
16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
The internal anatomy has been studied by both Karpelles and
Michael. It is peculiar in several respects. There is a large sac or
diverticulum connected to the esophagus above. Michael has termed
it the receptaculum cib7, and believes its purpose is to store the food
for a short time. The ventriculus ends blindly; there being no com-
munication to the anus. There are three pairs of
glands in the anterior part of the body, besides
one large median gland. One pair opens at the
base of the mandibles and their function is un-
known. Two pairs open into a common duct
which leads to the mouth; they are probably
salivary glands. The supra and sub-cesophageal
ganglia are more distinctly separated than in
other mites that have been examined. The phar-
yngeal nerve (which in other mites is single)
in Bdella is split in two parts. The male organs
are remarkable for possessing two single and one
pair of accessory glands, whose function is little
understood. In the female there is but one ovi-
duct.
Mr. Triigardh has figured the egg of B. arctica;
it is nearly spherical, and with a number of long
spines scattered over the surface. The larva and
nymph have much resemblance to the adult.
They are never parasitic, and there is no sexual
dimorphism.
The species are usually red in color, but some
are blackish. They are predaceous in habit and
wander about in search of food—any small creature they can find.
The palpi serve as tactile organs in most genera, but in Sc7rus they
are used to capture and hold the prey. These mites can run quite fast,
and move backward as well as forward. Several species are known
from the Arctic regions. Four genera have been recognized in this
country, and one more (Se/ru/a) is known in Europe. They may be
separated by the following table:
Fic. 14.—BDELLA TENELLA.
1. Mandibles chelate; two eyes each side; palpi geniculate, and ending bluntly with
two or more long: bristles 0.2.5.2. 5.222 S22es- ee eee eee eee yy
Mandibles ending in one claw; no eyes, or only one each side; palpi not geni-
culate; andsendinointaclaw a. 23-8 sees eee eee eee eee eee 3
2. No median eye on front margin of cephalothorax; tip of tarsus with one or two
plum ose -hairseach side: .o22s20 2 sere ee eee eee Bdella
A median eye on front of cephalothorax; tip of tarsus without plumose bristles.
Cyta
3. Palpi of three joints, and without spine-like bristles, one eye each side on ceph-
alothorax: 225. ood soba Se oc ene eee Eupalus
Palpi of five joints; and with spine-like bristles; no eyes.......-.----....- Scirus
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. cy
Trouessart has separated the group of Scirus from the Bdellidee
and placed them as a family of the Trombidoidea; this does not appear
natural tome. Of Se7rus but one species has been described in the
United States; it lives in damp places, and is very active. Of Bde//a
we have a number of species, and some are com-
mon. They usually inhabit moist places, moss,
rotten bark, etc. One species (LB. marina Pack-
ard) is common along the north Atlantic shore
between tidemarks. 2. card/nalis and B. per-
egrind are common on damp soil; B. tenella,
under rotten bark. Michael has recorded tind-
3 z a FIG. 15.—MANDIBLES AND
ing a species of Bdella abundantly on the web sy aa
of a tube-weaving spider, Amaurobius ferow.
The mites were not disturbed by the spider and evidently felt much
at home. They doubtless fed on some of the small insects disdained
by the spider. The genus Cyta is very similar to della; our one
species (C. americana) occurs in damp fields; it was formerly known
as Ammonia, Which name is not only later, but also preoccupied.
Family CHEYLETID.
The Cheyletide are a small family of tiny mites, differing consider-
ably in habits and structure among themselves. The typical forms
are distinguished by the enormous palpi attached to a distinct beak.
ViG. 17.—CHEYLETUS PYRIFORMIS; BEAK
AND PALPUS, TIP OF LEG I, AND CLAWS
F1G. 16.—CHEYLETUS sP. (PERGANDE). OF LEG II.
The palpi are three to five-jointed, and frequently haye a minute moy-
able tubercle or papilla near the tip on inner side, which in some forms
is tipped with one or two pectinate bristles. This papilla is evidently
homologous with the ‘t thumb” of the Trombidide. The beak is plainly
Proc. N. M. vol. xxvili—04———2
18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
separated from the body by a deep constriction, and in front has the
circular mouth-opening or camerostome, through which the mandibles
may be extended and retracted. The body is usually oval; the skin soft,
occasionally with chitinous plates, and in many forms finely striate.
The division between the cephalothorax and abdomen is rarely present.
The body bears a few hairs, sometimes in the form of scales. The
legs are generally short, five-jointed, and usually end in two claws,
with a bunch of hairs or a pectinate bristle between them. In some
species the front legs terminate in bristles, and appear to have a tactile
function; in others the front legs are transformed into clasping organs.
Sometimes there is an eye on each side of the cephalothorax, but it is
not often distinct. The mandi-
, _y/ bles are commonly long and
“ /, needle-like, titted for piercing tis-
sues; inone genus, however, they
N // have two points, indicating their
| y chelate origin. The female geni-
iy Zp tal aperture is just in front of the
= ; anus, Which is at tip of the ven-
On “is ter. The male aperture is behind
NAC the anus, and often near the mid-
Ne dle of the dorsum. The penis is
Son 1 ~~ very prominent, long, slender, and
| WN . a a
A) &, curved, and is often found par-
‘ ey, OK Pp
?) Ss tially extruded. The internal
gy o—~ e \ anatomy of the Cheyletide has
{/ % not been thoroughly examined.
, 0 \\ \ The digestive tube is simple; the
K A | stomach is provided with four
large ceca. In one genus, Sar-
N { copterus, there is no anus; the food
of this mite is of such a nature as
to be completely digested. The
respiratory system is perhaps more complete than that of other fami-
lies. There are two large tracheal trunks starting from the beak and
extending back to near the tip of the body, each giving off many
smaller branches which ramify throughout the body. From some
accounts it appears that the main trunks are composed of two or
three separate trachee. These main trunks are connected to each other
near their origins. The spiracles are at the sides of the beak, and in
Fic. 18.—CHEYLETUS AUDAX, FROM BELOW.
some cases there are two also near the median line. These spiracles
are sometimes trumpet-shaped. The nervous system consists of a
civele around the cesophagus and ten branches from it, four in front
and six behind. Two of these branches go to the beak, others to the
legs, and two to the posterior part of body.
NO. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 19
The eggs are deposited singly or in clusters, and by some species a
web is spun over them, or at least a few threads to hold them in place.
In a few species the mother remains to guard the cluster for some
time. The larva, upon hatching, has much resemblance to the adult,
but, of course, with only six legs. The nymph looks still more like
the parent, and there are but few differences between the sexes, save
that the male is smaller. Several authors have noted the existence of
parthenogenesis in some species. Cheyletidee feed on animal life,
some being predaceous, others parasitic. A few may be said to belong
to both groups, inasmuch as they occur upon certain animals only to
prey on the parasites of the host.
Only a few genera are known, and of these but four have been
recorded from this country.
1. Anterior leg fitted to clasp hair; hind legs with but one claw; palpi small... Myobia
Anterior legs not so modified; hind legs with two claws, or else leg I with two
TENG: a SESS RE BES GOS OS Ae SES eae ea pe ele ere, 2
2. Body elongate, at least three times as long as broad, palpi not swollen at base, no
Gist GE Sidokouaal ey nego) oN ee ee es ee aa Ae ee eee ea 3
Body not twice as long as broad, the papilla usually present..............-.--. 4
3. Anterior legs much larger than posterior pairs, and ending in a long bifid pul-
Will S552 Se 8 ee ark eke ee ren ned ey eg ee Picohia
Anterior legs barely longer than others, without such pulvillus....-- Syringophilus
4. Body about as broad as long; legs very short and stout; palpi not swollen on
ulLoM nao atgbAses Paractile tOTmis: “.b 8oe Wie Se Ae ous oe 5
Body plainly longer than broad; legs more slender; palpi usually swollen on outer
side at base; hind legs with claws; not true parasites ................---.-.- 6
Em iiindmlescredehawithbntwosclawSeo2.-a.2-54252aea.sa+c ce oes seece ee cee Psorergates
Hind legs without claws; with several long hairs............-.--- Harpyrhynchus
6. Tubercle, or papilla, of palpus with one or two pectinate bristles......-- Cheyletus
Tubercle, or papilla, of palpus with only simple hairs...........---.-- Cheyletiella
Cheyletus contains about one dozen species. They are very small
(about one-half millimeter in length), live freely, and prey upon other
mites and small insects. They seize the prey with their big palpi,
insert the mandibles, and suck it dry. Some have thought that there
must be poison glands in the palpi, since the prey ceases movement
very soon after capture. Several species have some fan-shaped hairs
or scales on the body and appendages. These constitute the subgenus
Cheyletia Haller. Two species, one of them, (. clavispimus Banks,
have been found attached, in adult condition, to Hemiptera of the
genus Aradus. They are evidently not parasitic, but use the insect
only for transportation. Another of our species, (. pyriforiis, was
found feeding on a scale insect on grapevine, another on C/cada eggs,
and a third, C. audax, attacking Tyroglyphids among cabbage seed.
Cheyletiella includes several species in which the palpi are not as
large as in Cheyletus. They usually occur on birds where they feed
on the other mites present. They have been called auxiliary parasites.
One species, C. paras¢tivorax, uses the rabbit’s fur as a hunting forest,
20) PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
where it destroys the Z/strophorus mites. No species have as yet |
been recorded from this country. //arpyrhynchus (formerly Sar-
copterus) is represented by a few species that have a very short, broad
body, with very short legs, the hind
pairs ending in a bunch of bristles.
BA | LLY They occur in the hair follicles of
KY several birds, where they form tu-
Hes mors. The eggs are very large for
AE
)
Fic. 19.—HARPYRHYNCHUS LONGIPILUS, Fig. 20.—HARPYRHYNCHUS LONGIPILUS,
FEMALE. LARVA.
the size of the mite. One species, //. /ong/pilus Banks, has been taken
in the United States in a tumor under the wing of a eross-bill. The
aN
Fic. 21.—MYOBIA MUSCULI. Fic. 22.—PSORERGATES SIMPLEX.
genus Psorergates was described by Tyrrell from Canada. It lives |
parasitically on the house and field mouse, in cavities or little cells
just beneath the surface of the skin. It has a nearly round body,
NO. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. Al
with very short, stout legs, each ending in two stout claws. It has
since been found in various parts of Europe, and was described by
Michael under the name of Gondoimerus niusculinus.
The genus Jyobia was based on a species from the head of the
house mouse. AJl the legs are very short and thick, but the first pair
is heavier than the others and transformed into an organ fitted to
grasp the hair. The eggs are fastened to the hair of the mouse. The
nymph differs considerably from larva and adult in legs and beak.
The palpi are atrophied. In this stage it burrows into the hair folli-
cles, feeds there, and transforms. It is not supposed to suck blood, but
to feed on matter secreted by the skin cf the host. Several other
species are found on allied mammals, and one infests bats. Osborn
has recorded the presence of J/. aiuscud¢ in this country.
Picobia and Syringophilus are closely allied. They have elongate
bodies provided with long bristles. They live in the quills of the
feathers of various birds, coming out only for breeding and migration.
One of these was recorded from Arizona by Hancock as /%cob/a villosa,
which Trouessart states is the same as S. b/pectinatus Heller of Europe.
Trouessart also claims that this is not an adult mite, but that it is a
stage (which he calls ‘‘syringobial”) in the life of a Cheyletiella.
Norner, however, describes and figures the male and egg of this species.
Family ERYTHRAID.
There are few species of mites in this family, but one is very com-
mon and beneficial. They are at once separated from all other Trom-
bidoidea in that the cox are close together and arranged in a radiate
manner. The body shows no complete division
between cephalothorax andabdomen, although
in the typical genus the division is often indi-
cated just behind the third pair of legs. The
body, which is usually short and broad, is
provided with many stout bristles. In front
on each side are one or two simple eyes. The
mandibles are quite large and prominent and
taper to a point which is tipped by a curved
claw. The palpi are prominent, but slender;
in Lrythreus with a long ‘*thumb,” but in
Anystis the last joint is terminal. The lees
are large and long, gradually tapering and
provided with many long hairs cr bristles.
They are six or seven jointed, and terminate in two or three claws.
In some species the tarsus is divided into a number of small joints.
On the venter are genital and anal openings, both quite elongate.
The young resemble the adult, except in having but six lees.
FIG, 23.—VENTER OF ANYSTIS,
22
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.
VOL. XXVIII.
There are four genera, three of which, Lrythreus, Anystis (formerly
Actineda),and Gekobia, are known from the United States.
Anystis
and Arythreus are free and predaceous, feeding on any small insects
or acari that they may come across.
Fig. 24.—ERYTHR-EUS SPINATUS.
live on trees.
white spots and stripes.
but two species have been described.
various reptiles, especially
lizards. Three species are
known from Europe, and
one, G. tevana, is found on
Sceloporus floridanus in this
country.
The typical species is very
broad, broader than long, and
the coxe all close together;
in G. tevana and one Euro-
pean species the body is longer
than broad and the hind cox
separated from the anterior
pairs. The mandibles have a
peculiar structure; they con-
sist of a stout rod with a
short, acute, stout Spur near
the tip. They are supposed to
Their movements are excessively
rapid and erratic, sometimes whirling
about in a zigzag course like a particle
of dust blown by the wind. In Anyst/s
the body is triangular and the palpi are
four-jointed. In Arythreus the body is
more elongate, and the palpi five-jointed.
Our one species of Anystis, A. agilis
Banks, is commonly found running over
the leaves of herbs and shrubs in the
search for prey. Itisredin color. I
have seen it feed on aphids, on small
raterpillars, and on the young larvee of
the currant saw-fly. The young before
transformation spins a white silken web
on a leaf, or crevice of bark, and be-
neath it changes to the adult form.
Species of Lrythreus are known to
occur about houses, but most of them
They are usually red in color, but some are marked with
They are not very common in our country,
Gekobia is found attached to
Fic. 25.—GEKOBIA TEXANA. (, BEAK ABOVE; 0D, BEAK BE-
LOW; ¢C, TIP OF MANDIBLES; (, PALPUS; @€, TARSUS WITH
CLAWS.
suck blood from the lizards; nothing is known of their earlier stages.
Berlese has recently changed Lrythreus to Lrythacarus, claiming
that the type of Arythreus isa Rhyncholophus.
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. oS
Family TETRANYCHID.
oe
The members of this family, commonly known as ‘‘red spiders,”
have for many years attracted attention, owing to their ravages to
cultivated plants. Since many of the species can spin a silken thread,
they have also been called ‘spinning mites.” ‘Their structure presents
few remarkable characters. The body is
ral or elliptical, provided with a few,
mostly long, hairs, arranged in four rows.
The cephalothorax is separated from the
abdomen by a furrow, and bears on each
side one or two simple eyes. The palpi
are short, the penultimate joint ending in
a claw. The last is ‘*thumb-like” and
bears one or more appendages called
‘*fingers.” In some species the palpus of
the male has a short curved spine at the
tip on the upper side of the third joint.
The mandibles have their basal joints
united in a plate; the apical joint, being
very long and flexible, is fitted for pierc-
ing plant tissues, and is known as the
stylet. The legs are moderately slender,
the first pair the longest, with scattered
hairs, and ending in one or two claws.
In many species of Zetranychus the claw
is split into four pieces, whence the name.
On the under side of the abdomen are two
simple openings, the basal the genital, the other the anal. The former
in the female is usually transverse. In the male it is longitudinal and
often shows the slender curved penis.
The genera recognized in our country may be separated as follows:
FIG. 26.—TETRANYCHUS BIMACULATUS.
1. Front margin of cephalothorax with four scale-like projections, body with scale-
iveshalns above; les longer thame body 2. --- 2-20. Scococe cen ace Bryobia.
No scale-like projections on front of cephalothorax.................----------2.
2. All the legs much longer than body, which is short and broad; rostrum not prom-
NCTE ROMINA DO MCN samen senate IE te ets ee ee eed Neophyllobius
Heweoutne less sbuteittlelonper than. body..5...2272..-4--.tsoce- saesse~se--- 3.
oy ealpy ending in @ distinct ““thumb;”’ not very slender. ....-.2...2-..-i.:..-:- 5.
edpinotendinosin: adistimetes thumb.” ‘22. osoe.. eiecos pe eee te oeee oe eeere 4.
4. Palpi very small and slender; legs short and heavy, usually rugose; eyes distinct
Tenwipalpus.
Palpi of moderate size, legs longer, not rugose; eyes indistinct or absent
Tetranychoides.
iebody twice as: long’as broad; legs very short..-2!.2..220..--..24.5.--% Stigmeus.
Body one and one-half times as long as broad; leg I longer than body
Tetranychus.
24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Two coiimon European genera, Caligonus and Rauphignathus, have
not been found in this country. They are very small and of a bright
red color. In the genus Bryobia we have but one species, B. pra-
tensis Garman, known as the clover-mite. It is very abundant in
many localities. In the West it is injurious to fruit trees; in the East
Fig. 27.—TETRANYCHUS, MANDIBULAR PLATE, DORSAL AND LATERAL VIEWS. a, PLATE; b; STYLED
SPINA; d, PALPUS.
it more commonly affects clover and annual plants. The eggs are laid
in the autumn in great numbers, attached to the branches and twigs
of trees. They are red, very small, and round, and are often mis-
taken for the eges of plant-lice. The adults in the autumn often seek
winter quarters in houses and may become a great nuisance. Both
the mites and their eggs
can be killed by a spray of
kerosene emulsion.
In Tetranychus the body
is subpyriform, and pro-
vided above with about
twenty-four to thirty-six
bristles arranged in four
rows. The species of this
genus can spin a thread,
which, when they are very
ey,
-
FIG, 28.—TETRANYCHUS, CLPHALOTHORAX FROM ABOVE. 4, abundant, becomes a dense
PALPUS; b, MANDIBULAR PLATE; ¢, FRONTAL BRISTLE; d, yesh or web. visible at a
SUBFRONTAL BRISTLE; €, EYES. 3 = : an r
considerable distance. The
spinning organ is not definitely located, but the thread arises from or
near the genital or anal opening. The web does not appear to afford
the mites any protection, but at times seems to serve to hold the eggs
in place. It may be either on the upper or lower surface of the leaf.
The mites are supposed to hibernate under or among fallen leaves, in
the spring ascending trees to start new colonies.
NO. 1382 TELE, 4, A RIN: { OR MITES— B: ANKS. 95
Each female may lay from five to fon eggs 2 ‘ie for a period of aio ht
to twelve days; the young hatch in from three to five days, and i
about five days more are adult. A succession of broods 1s ee
Fig. 29.—TETRANYCHUS LEG. 4, COXA; }, TROCHANTER; ¢, FEMUR; d, PATELLA; €, TIBIA; f, TARSUS;
g, ONYCHIUM; fl, CLAWS.
’
greatly
e
throughout the summer, but wet weather is apt to stop or
retard their development.
The mites ordinarily move slowly, but when disturbed can run quite
rapidly. For the greater part of the time they remain in one place
Fic. 30.—TETRANYCHUS, GENITAL ORGANS.
sucking the juices from the leaf. In the spring some species attack
the buds. Several of our species are very abundant and destructive.
The common greenhouse species, known as ‘*the red-spider,” and
which also occurs on many outdoor cultivated plants, is 7) bémaculatus
FG. 31.—THREE STYLES OF CLAWS OF Fic. 32.—TETRANYCHUS GLOVERI, PAL-
TETRANYCHUS. PUS AND MANDIBULAR PLATE,
Harvey; it is probably the 7. eucwmer’s of Boisduval. Specimens of
this species often vary greatly in coloration; the members of each
colony, however, usually being alike. 7. mytilaspidis Riley is abun-
dant on orange leaves in Florida. In this species the abdominal
bristles arise from warts or tubercles, and the tarsus has two simple
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
claws. The most abundant species on orange is a yellowish form,
T. sexmaculatus Riley. At times it is a very serious pest to orange
culture, and an article upon it is found in the Report of the Ento-
Fic. 33. BRYOBIA PRATENSIS—d, FEMALE FROM ABOVE; b, FEMALE FROM BELOW; ¢ AND d, TARSAL
CLAWS; €, BEAK FROM BELOW; f, BEAK FROM ABOVE; g, PALPUS; h, 7, j, k, 1, m, SCALES AND SPINES
OF VARYING SHAPE (BUREAU OF ENTOMOLOGY).
mologist for 1889. They occur on the under surface of the leaves; the
eggs are colorless or pale greenish-yellow.
In 7 bfcolor Banks, a species common on the leaves of oak and
chestnut, the tarsus has but one claw. The form occurring on cotton
is known as 7) gloverd Banks; it is bright red, and greatly resembles
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. i
the common greenhouse species. There are several remedies for red
spider. One is to keep the plants moist, spraying them with water
once a day. But the best remedy is flowers of sulphur applied either
as a dry powder, or asa spray. Bisulphide of lime is also an effective
remedy, and tobacco water
is sometimes used. The
species of Sfigmexus are
Fic. 34.—BRYOBIA PRATENSIS, LARVA Fic. 35.—STIGMAEUS FLORIDANUS; MITE, MOUTH PARTS,
(BUREAU OF ENTOMOLOGY). AND CLAWS.
elongate and have short legs. They are smaller than Zetranychus,
but live in the same manner. Our one species, S. fori7danus Banks,
occurs upon the bases of the imbricated leaves of the pineapple. It
Fic. 36.—TETRANYCHOIDES CALIFORNICA, AND PALPUS EN-
LARGED.
is of considerable economic importance owing
to the fact that its punctures give certain de-
structive fungi access to the tissue of the leaf.
The remedy, Prof. Rolfs found, is to place a F'6. 37.—Tenurpatpvs cat-
small quantity of tobacco dust in the bud of ieee
the plant, the dew and rain washing it down upon the mites. One
application is usually sufficient.
In Weophyllobius the body is short and the legs are very long; the
_ tarsal joint slightly swollen in the middle and Snaeie | in two claws.
Our only known species was taken on oak leaves in Alabama.
28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
In Zenuipalpus the palpi are very small and slender, and end in two
or four short bristles. The species are smaller than Zefranychus, and
red in color. I have seen one species from our country, namely,
Ten uipal pus CULL FOrNICUS. It appears
aw to be very numerous on the oranges in
\ \ California, and doubtless causes some
\ injury. Inasmuch as it is very small,
and does not breed very fast, it will
probably never be a pest of prime im-
portance. It may be destroyed by the
treatment used against ‘* red-spider.”
Tetranychoides is based upon one
species, 7. californica, which occurs
in small colonies on the leaves of orange.
Each colony is usually in a slight de-
pression, and is evident to the naked
eye as a snow-white patch, this appear-
ance being due to the fact that the
molted skins are retained attached to
the leaf. The mites, which are almost
colorless, and their eggs, are located
among these molted skins. They do
=a x fo en hearg aes aurricanus, Ob appear as yet to be numerous
enough to do any appreciable damage.
Three other genera have been recorded in Europe, /upalopsis,
Cryptognathus, and Tetranychopsis, each with but one or two species.
Red-spider damage is common in nearly all foreign countries, but
the generic positions of the mites that cause it are not easily discerni-
ble from the meager descriptions. In India and Ceylon one species,
called Zetranychus bioculatus, is a very serious pest to the tea plant.
Family RHYNCHOLOPHID®.
=e
N
_ These common mites are similar in many ways to the harvest-mites
(Trombidiide) and by many authors have been united to them. They
are much like Zrombidium in appearance, but nearly all are of more
slender proportions and more rapid in motion. The body is usually
divided, although not so plainly as in the Trombidiide, into two parts.
The cephalothorax is quite large and on the same plane as the abdo-
men. Along the middle of the cephalothorax is a line or furrow,
known as the dorsal groove or crista. It is usually enlarged at the
posterior end, sometimes in the middle, and also at the anterior end,
where it often includes a frontal tubercle. There are one er two.
simple eyes on each side of the cephalothorax; they are always sessile.
In one genus (Sarvs) there are also two eyes close together near the
middle of the anterior margin. The palpi are prominent,. five-jointed,
the last forming a ‘*thumb” to the preceding, which ends in a claw.
|
|
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 29
~
The mandibles are slender, needle-like, and retractile, thus differing
greatly from those of Zrombidium, and forming the warrant for a
separate family.
The legs are commonly quite slender, the hind pair sometimes more
than twice as long as the body. They are seven-jointed and terminate
in two small claws. The last joint, or tarsus,
is nearly always shorter than the preceding
joint, and in the first and fourth pairs often
swollen. The body and legs are densely cov-
ered with bristles or hairs, sometimes both.
The hinder pair of legs are always quite re-
mote from the anterior pairs. The genital
opening is between the hind cox; the anal
opening is usually close behind it.
They are usually found on the ground,
sometimes in very hot situations, and run over
the surface or on low plants with great ra-
pidity. Other species occur in moss or under
fallen leaves in woods,
and one is abundant
g among the rocks near
\
i the top of Mount
i Washington. Several
f i species appear to live
% m colonies, but most FIG. 39.—RHYNCHOLOPHUS. 4,
AEXR are solitary nN habit. PALPUS; Db, MANDIBLES; C, BEAK;
d, TRACHEAL PORES; €, DORSAL
The eggs are deposited GROOVE; jf, TARSUS.
on the ground or un-
der stones, often in clusters. The larva is a
2 PN six-legeed mite attached to insects. When full
i fed they drop to the ground and become qui
ip fed they drop to the ground and become qul-
| Wy yan
ciple
UTE \ escent, and after a varying time transform to
ee A \ the adult.
iM There are several genera in the family, but
| only three are so far known from the United
States. In Smar7s the mouth-parts are retrac-
i tile, and so are often invisible; the palpi are
Fic. 40.—RuyNcHotoruts — four-jointed and there is commonly an extra
See pair of eyes near the anterior margin, making
six in all. In Smaridéa the mouth-parts are less retractile than in
Smaris, and there are but four eyes. The palpi are five-jointed and
the dorsal groove is sometimes swollen in the middle.
Thor, who has recently published on this and allied families, makes
Smuris the type of a special family. He finds that in this genus there
are no spiracles near the beak, as in other Prostigmata, and that there
are no large tracheal trunks inthe body. There are a great many fine
30) PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
trachee in this mite, and Thor believes that respiration is effected
through the skin, the structure of which is rather peculiar. Upon
these differences he bases a family; however, in my opinion, this is
but more evidence (if such is needed) of the uselessness of a classifi-
cation based on the respiratory system.
In Rhyncholophus the mandibles only are re-
tractile; there are but four eyes, and the palpi
are five-jointed. We have many species of this
genus, and several of them are common and
widely distributed. They are predaceous and
suck the juices from any small insect that they
are able to catch. One
species has been found
preying on the gloomy
scale (Aspidiotus tenebri-
cosusyand othersare found
feeding on the San Jose
scale and other scale in-
sects. In these situations
they are often the prey of
aphis-lions (Chrysopd).
Most of our species are
uniform red in color, but
PR. cinctipes Banks has
prettily banded lees, and fig. 49 —venner on euler
PR. maculatus Banks has
several large pale spots on the dorsum. One of our species, 2. long?- |
pes, Was so extremely long legs that it resembles a minute Phalangid. |
The genus Avton/anu occurs in southern Europe and northern Africa; |
it is remarkable on account of the plume of hairs on the hind legs.
Fic. 41.—RHYNCHOLOPHUS
SIMPLEX AND PALPUS.
Family TROMBIDIID.
The ‘‘haryest mites,” as they are popularly called, are recognized
by the body being divided into two portions, the anterior (cephalo- |
thorax) bearing the two anterior pairs of legs, the palpi, |
mouth-parts, and eyes; the posterior (abdomen) is much |
larger and bears the two posterior pairs of legs. The
mandibles are chelate, at least there is a distinct jaw or |
curved spine-like process. They also differ from the |
allied Rhyncholophide in that the last joint of leg IV _
is not or very slightly shorter than the penultimate, and
in that the last joint of leg IV is not swollen. The last joint of leg I
usually is swollen, often more so than in the Rhyncholophide. They |
are always red in color, some, however, being much darker than others. |
The body is covered with bristles or feathered hairs according to the
species. The palpi are five-jointed, quite prominent, often swollen in
FIG. 43.—EGG OF
TROMBIDIUM.
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. oul
middle, the penultimate joint ending in one or two claws, the last joint
(often clavate) appearing as an appendage or ** thumb” to the preceding
joint. The legsareseven-jointed; the tarsi terminate in twosmall claws.
The legs are clothed in the same manner as the body. There are two
eyes upon each side of the cephalothorax, quite frequently borne on a
distinct pedicel. Along the median line
of the cephalothorax there is commonly a
crista or dorsal groove similar to that of
the Rhyncholophide. This crista is en-
larged at the middle or posterior end intoa
triangular area, called the areola, in which
are two pores from which arise bristles. \
Doctor Oudemans terms these pseudo- peer em cee oe
stigmata and pseudostigmatic organs. The latter are sometimes cla-
vate at or near tip. There is no proof that these are homologous with
the organs of the same name in the Oribatidee, although it is possible.
Sometimes these organsare present, although
the crista is absent, and in one species there
are two pairs of the organs. The function
of these organs is entirely unknown. The
genital aperture is situate between the hind
cox; the anal opening is smaller than the
genital and placed a little behind it.
The larve are six-legged mites and para-
sitic on various insects. They, with other larval forms, were formerly
supposed to be adult and to constitute a distinct family under the name
of Microphthiride. Three of the genera of that family, Leptus,
Ocypetus, and Atoma (or Astoma), are
now known to be larval Trombidiids.
Some of these larve are, in certain
localities, very numerous, and will
attach themselves to man, causing in-
tense itching, soreness, and even more serious complications. They
have received the popular name of *‘ red bug.” In parts of the South-
ern States the ‘red bug” is often a source of great annoyance. They
burrow beneath the skin and produce
inflamed spots. It isan unnatural situ-
ation for the mites, and they soon die,
but the waiting is not pleasant. They
can be killed by anointing the affected
spots with an ointment or salve con-
Fic. 45,.—CLAWS OF TROMBIDIUM.
Fic. 46.—LEG I OF TROMBIDIUM.
Fic. 47.—MANDIBLE OF TROMBIDIUM. p, oar eerie a
TA ere taining sulphur. Some recommend
sponging with a weak solution of car-
bolic acid (an ounce toa quart of water) after a soap bath. Allied spe-
cies occur in most warm countries. In France, where they are often
very troublesome, they are called “ rouget” or ‘‘aodtat,” and are the
32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
cause of the ‘*erythema autumnale.” In parts of Germany a severe
infestation is known as ** Stachelbeerkrantheit.” In England and Scot-
land it is called the ** harvest mite” and ‘* gooseberry bug.” In Mexico
red bugs are known as ** Tlalsahuate,” in Japan as ‘* Akamushi,” and in
parts of the West Indies as the ‘* béte-
rouge.” In all these countries they
have at times been a serious annoyance
to the peasantry and hindered or pre-
The female deposits the eggs in or upon
the ground, sometimes as many as 400
together. They are usually brown and
ers considered to be fungi. The outer
skin or chlorion soon splits, dividing the
eee into halves and exposing the pale
vitteline membrane. This stage is the
‘*deutovum” of Claparede.
The newly-hatched larva is circular or ovoid in outline, with three
pairs of legs, each tipped with two or three prominent claws. After
becoming attached to the insect the larva becomes elongate and swollen
with food. When full fed it drops off, seeks shelter, and gradually
changes in shape, but does not molt. The new parts are formed under
the larval skin, which ina few weeks cracks
and discloses the adult Zrombidiuin.
The mature mite is not parasitic, but
wanders about feeding on small insects,
as plant-lice, young caterpillars, and one
species, 7. locustarum Riley, is known to
destroy a great many grasshopper eggs.
A French species has been found destroy-
ing the root-forms of the dreaded Phy/-
loxera. The adult hibernates in sheltered
places, or in the soil; the eggs are laid in
the spring, and there appears to be but one
brooda year. Only afew forms have been
bred; the larvee of one of them is common
on the house fly in autumn, and a similar
form occurs on mosquitoes.
Ourspeciesare all practically congeneric,
but those forms that have two claws at the tip of the palpi fall in the
genus Microtrombidium Ualler. Kolenati’s genera Ofonyssus and
Peplonyssus, parasitic on bats, appear to be larval Trombidions. The
genus Zrombidium contains a great many species—in the United States
about ten. Several of our species are very common, and are often seen
Fic. 48.\—THE LARVA (LEPTUS) OF A TROM-
BIDIUM.
Fic. 49,—TROMBIDIUM LOCUSTARUM,
MALE,
|
|
vented the harvesting of certain crops. —
spherical, and were by some early writ- |
-
NO. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 33
crawling about in early spring, their bright red color and silky vestiture
attracting the attention of even the most casual observer. Inthe South-
west there is a very large, hairy species, 7) magnificum Le Conte; it
appears at times in enormous numbers, and in parts of Arizona is called
‘‘angelitos” by the Mexicans. Most of the species are of good size,
some among the largest of the mites. In the Tropics there is a group
e
Fie. 50.—PALPUS OF TROMBIDIUM Fig. 51.—PALPUS OF TROMBIDIUM
GIGANTEUM. MAGNIFICUM.
of large species, of which 7. ténctor/win Linneus is perhaps the best
known; it attains a leneth of about one-half inch, and occurs in the
yarmer parts of Africa. It was supposed to be used as a dye in olden
times, but does not seem to be so used now. One of our species,
T. niaritimum Banks, lives under stones between tide marks on the
seasnore, and feeds sometimes on a maritime Coceid (Ripers/a mar/-
tima Cockerell). Our most common species in
the Eastern States is 7. ser’ceum Say; it occurs
in moist woodlands, and feeds upon small in-
sects, frequently upon springtails.
The genus 7rombel/a is founded on a curious
South American species, and Chyzeria repre-
sents a form from New Guinea which has pro-
jections along the sides of the body.
Family CAXCULID.
A few mites of peculiar appearance, somewhat
like Wothrus of the Oribatidee, but structurally
allied to Zrombidium, constitute this family.
They are rather large mites, of somewhat rectan-
gular shape, and of a leathery texture, the legs
are very rough, and the anterior pais provided
with a row of long spines. They terminate in
two claws. The coxe are arranged close to-
gether in a radiate fashion. The dorsum shows a transverse furrow,
indicating the separation of cephalothorax and abdomen. The former
is provided with a median shield, and from each posterior side arises
Proc. N. M. vol. xx viii—04——3
Fic. 52.—C£CULUS AMERI-
CANUS.
34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
a pedicel bearing two eves similar to those of Zrombidium. The abdo-
men is provided with two or more shields, according to the species.
The ventral openings are very large and close together, each closed by
flaps or valves. The mouth-parts are small and obscure, but the palpus —
is stout, five-jointed, the first and third joints very small, the penulti-
mate ending in a curved spine, the last forming a ‘*thumb.” The
mandibles are stout and terminate in a curved claw. They are con-
cealed in the large conical rostrum. The species are brown in color.
Very little is known regarding their habits and nothing as to life his-
tory. They occur in moss, among fallen leaves, or in moist places.
They move very slowly and feign death when disturbed. But one
genus, Ceveulus, is known. Several species occur sparingly in southern
Europe and northern Africa. One, Ceeulus americanus Banks, was
discovered by Hubbard in southern California.
Family HY DRACHNID.
Since O. F. Miiller described the Danish species in 1781, the water
mites have attracted more attention and study than any other family
of Acarina. A large number of important papers have been published,
particularly on the European fauna,
and a recent number of ‘* Das Tier-
-reich” (fascicule 13) is devoted to
them. The body is commonly short,
usually high, and sometimes nearly
spherical. It is en-
tire, there being no
division into ceph-
\ alothorax and = ab-
\ domen. The legs
arise close together
FIG, 53, —LIMNOCHARES; VENTER, on theanterior part
of the venter, and often in a radiate arrangement.
They have one or two simple eyes each side; in
some cases these are situate close to the median line.
The tegument is often soft, but sometimes provided
with dorsal shields or covered with a pitted cuirass. — Fie. 54—Lrocnares;
The mouth parts are often hidden undertheanterior — F*"* “SD BOHSAL
margin of the cephalothorax. The beak (rostrum
or capitulum) is usually elongate pyriform, and the mandibles are two-
jointed, with a claw-like terminal joint; sometimes they are elongated
into needle-like piercing organs. The palpi (maxillary) are of four
or five joints, the basal one often very small, the apical one sometimes
folding against the penultimate. The palpi vary greatly in shape
and are of great value in classification. The legs are usually of seven
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 35
joints, rather subequal in length, although the fourth pair is com-
monly the longest. The coxe are often broad and entirely united to
the venter and frequently to each
other. The coxe or epimera thus “Sy KE
form coxal or epimeral plates— oN a
‘sometimes four, sometimes three, XY ROU ES
and in a few genera they are united as <
into one plate. The tarsi often ter- NN
minate broadly, and usually have ZA I \
two claws. They are provided with
hairsand bristles. Sometimes there
are rows of hairs for assistance in
swimming; these are most numerous
onthe posterior legs. On the venter
are the genital and anal openings;
sometimes the former is very far back, nearly or quite on the poste-
rior margin. ‘There is usually a group of sucking disks each side of
the genital aperture, the number and position of which
are quite characteristic of each species. On the dor-
sal side of the rostrum (capitulum) are two spiracles
that lead to the trachew; in some forms there are no
tracheze.
The adult mite lives free in the water as a rule, but
ec 0. Everiate in Ataz they are parasitic in the gills of mollusks.
a The young are frequently parasitic on insects or mol-
lusks. Many of the species are red or bluish-green in color; often
they are prettily marked .
with yellow or black, and
vary considerably in mac-
ulation. Hydrachnids are
rather above the average
size of mites, some species
being fully 8 millimeters
long and most of them
over | millimeter.
There are frequently
differences in structure
between the sexes; in
Arrenurus and some other
genera the male has an
elongated abdomen tipped
with a median projection
ealled the petiolus. In
some forms the males have some of the joints of the legs especially modi-
fied. The female lays spherical eggs on water-plants, stones, or in the
Fig. 55.—EYLAIS sp.
Fic. 57.—ARRENURUS SP., MALE.
36 PROCEEDINGS OF. THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
mantle-folds of Lamellibranch mollusks. During the course of devel- |
opment a membrane is separated from the embryo while yet inclosed
in the egg-shell; the egg in this condition is the deutovum. After the
ege-shell is broken the embryo continues to develop within this
OS
deutovum. The larva on hatching is six-legged, and
in some cases IS parasitic in the respiratory system of
mollusks or attached to aquatic insects. Neumann
has claimed that in one species of Léimaes/a the form
hatching from the egg is eight-legged, and therefore
a nymph, as in Pferoptus. Kramer has arranged the
larvee in three series, which he considers is the basis
of classification. As a whole, the larve differ greatly
from the adults and many were described as different
creatures. Some were the basis of the genus Ach/ysia.
The larva usually has very small mouth-parts; it fas-
tens to an insect by means of hooks at the tip of the short, stout palpi,
inserts its jaws and proceeds to feed. ‘Gradually the body becomes
swollen, the legs shrink, and the creature looks like an elliptical egg.
The pupa is formed within this sac-like body,
and from it in time issues the adult mite.
Nearly all Hydrachnide live in fresh water,
a few forms occur in brackish water, and sey-
eral are known from the littoral zone of -the
sea. They are sometimes parasitic, as already
noticed, but usually free, and feed on any
Fig. 58.—ARRENU-
RUS SP., PALPUS.
small animals they can catch, such as small
crustacea, infusoria, and minute Insect larvee.
The water mites are found throughout the
globe, but appear to be most numerous in tem-
Fic. 59.—ARRENURUS SP., FE-
; . B ; ; MALE FROM BELOW.
perate regions. Many species inhabit rapid
streams and very cold water. About 60 genera.and 600 species have
been described. The species are often widely distributed and found
amid very differing surroundings.
Various classifications have been
made, one of which arranges them in
14 families. However, it may be bet-
ter in this paper to use a less complex
system. Some writers have kept the
Hydrachnidee quite distinct from all
Fig. 60.—LARVA OF AN HypRacHNA AT- Other mites, but they are now generally
passe’ recognized to be closely related to the
Trombidiide. Nordenskiold believes
the family to have two separate origins, and therefore not natural.
In the following table are found several common European genera
which are not yet recognized from this country, and doubtless other
———
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 37
European genera will also be found to occur in North America. A
German, Doctor Koenike, published a valuable paper on some Cana-
dian forms, and lately Dr. R. H. Wolcott, of Nebraska, has issued
several excellent articles on our native species.
FIG. 61.—LIMNESIA SP., PALPUS
AND COXAL PLATES.
lPeeleiaincsinnetineseant se foe 2 oye A eec alos aces ce hoc
ikwin ceineinesmwiaterie sets ae Sese coer nce acon seo xe neste ese eee oe
Eyes-close together near the median line 5_..2/..23-...2---- 522 -s5+eee eee ee 3
DV ESRWACE lyase DanatenOMMb MG =c1CleS te ere me ee ay sa se eos eee epee See ee 4
3. Hind legs far from frent legs, and without swimming hairs; tips of tarsi obliquely
truncate; body somewhat divided into cephalothorax and abdomen; in fact,
the whole creature is trombidiform .........--- (Limnocharins ) Limnochares
Hind legs not far from front legs, with swimming hairs; tarsi pointed; no indi-
CAM ODOMAVASTONeOle DO diy, see eee = noes ae ae ee ae se see (Eylainse) Hylais
4. Penultimate joint of palpus prolonged beyond base of last or with a tooth or
Spune-likeyprojection means OL aiitlpeases- 5452-24 seees 2. (Hydrachninee ) 5
Penultimate joint of palpus not prolonged beyond base of last, nor ending in a
SONNE es = es eee aat onset ee pe eet a ee ean ee (Hygrobatinze ) 10
Dee\iandibles;,one-jointed, meedle-like_..--.2-5-5-2-2-----24----+-s0-2- Tydrachna
Man diibles of two oimtssswath claw atiend= 22-2 422222222252 5526-- 22-22 e 6
DemplbatercalneneSuarea Dantes sates 4 ei se ee oern ere ac Ae Ee ore crars ees Diplodontus
HE HSMM CCH CLOSCRLOMCUNET RS A= Noscnt ac eee ou Ses Le Sowetcs dec sstetoaas. 7
ME MLMOUL Swimming hairs to: legs: 222822253 ee oe st Scien Soe een hs 8
AWVatt ness vagina Ta glnA Sete per tees te eee kine i A ee I Ce Se bo een 9
8. Wi-h a median eye on front part...........----- hata t chs ain ee eS Thyas
PMBENGUAINCCIAUL CVC = ma eure sense ae setae aceite eee ose Se ae Panisus
Pa aUba mMecianvevie OM trombipant i sass a.2. ose e) Seas occ Sle cue Fydryphantes
RUM InO UPC CLANS Y Cts en cred Spe we SES Bet eae is eae Sul ll Tancognathus
10. Fifth joint of palpus forming a claw opposable to the apical part of the fourth
joint; males frequently have the abdomen extended behind .........-.-. 1]
Fifth joint of palpus not forming a claw opposable to the apical part of fourth
HOUR 5% oe SSRN pe ORS or ee aia alee SO ane fo PR ire mc Peg nr ene ee 13
11. Capitulum or rostrum elongate, of two joints; palpi very small... -.- Krendowskia
AoUOU MIMESh OnteNbINe ete eae a eee eee ee Mae ee 12
12. Dorsum with a furrow, following somewhat the outline of body; in male open
loelaniavdl | Soe Sas ts ey OR me Sere De eS ee nk frrenurus
Warrsurimuvaali Guta nul O Waser eee ee ey ee RR ee 2S Steganaspis
i. pimera of both sexes united into one plate ......2.........-2:.----------- 14
Epimera (at least of female) not united into one plate..........--....------ 17
38 PRCCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
14. Fourth joint of palpus with a projection below .......-=..-:.---------4 Vystonolus
Fourthjoint.of palpus without projection sess. oe eee eee eee 15
lb; Dorsum withouta. bowedshurrow. ss s2-oe5 sees a eee a eee ene Lebertia
Dorsum: with a: bowed turrow2 ser oascoe see oats toes eee eee 16
16. Second joint of palpus with a projection below; genital aperture at tip of
Ody yer. Sasa Fa ees es a ee eee Aturus —
Second joint of palpus without projection; genital aperture much before tip of
odio 2 oo. oe cet onc pone ise as See See ee eee: Sane eel Mideopsis |
17. Fourth tarsus without claw; a long bristle at tip ................-.-.-- Limnesia
Fourth tarsus with claw as others: 222-2 222.0202 - 22.2 52- eee 18
18. Genital opening with lip each side nearly covering the disks; palpi with spine ©
below OnyOMN 2.2 oe A gare Sete Se ree ee ae oe Sperchon
Disks near-cenital-opening Tully exposed:-2-. 22-222. eascecc see eee 19
19. Epimera of femalein two eroups'- 22 <2o2<- scree. ee oe oe eee Konikea
Jpimera of female in three groups; genital opening usually with three disks each
SIMO. Sasa ae Rae Cote eee ere ee Oe Cee ae 20
Hpinera oftemaleantourieroupsics se se cme eee eae ee 21
20), -Apical-joints ofleo dl normal”. 2 30 Ses. ece ae oe ac eee Hygrobates
hiith andisixth joints of leo I curveds-245 22 ae eee ee eee ({tractides
ZL. Genital opening with three disks eachiside: 222.2252 sss ae eee Tyrrellia
Genital opening with more than three disks each side......-.......-.-.---- 22
22, ers Ioandell with spirally aineed bristlesss22 92 esses aes eee Neumannia
Lees without such: bristles... #82562 22s ase i ee 23
23. Genital openine at tiprol bodyu-225--2-. 5 eee eee eee ee eee 24
Genital opening much betore ithe tips. <2 = 22 see sss eee ee eee 25
24. Without swimming hairs on legs; fourth joint of palpus without three spurs
below; cemitaltareal large... 7.0)... ae. ee cae = cones ee ie ne ee Feltria
With a few swimming hairs; fourth joint of palpus with three spurs, or papillee,
below; .cenitalvarea:smallers 22... osha oe ea eee eee eee Atax
25, Hind epimera with a pointed projection below; palpi larger than leg I... Najadicola
Hind epimera without a projection; palpi smaller, and end in two or three small
claws; the fourth joint has two papille below..-...:...-...2..----..-- Piona
The genus Limnochares is practically an aquatic Trombidian; the
body is of the same shape, and red in color. It can not swim, but
creeps over the mud and plants under water.
The young are parasitic on water-skaters
(Gerride). Our species is very like the
European.
We have three species of Zylais. They
are distinguished by having four simple
eyes situate close together on a plate near
the median line. They are most frequently
found in ponds. A larva of this genus has
been found on mosquitoes. The genus 7/yas,
of which we have afew species, has no swim-
ming hairs on the legs, and beside the lateral
eyes there isa median eye in front. Several
speciesof Arrenurus have been described from North America,and doubt-
FIG. 68.—VENTER OF LEBERTIA.
less many more occur. They are often green in color, and have a chiti-_
nousdorsum. Thedorsum hasacircular furrow in the male open behind.
ee en
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 39
The males have the body extended behind, and there is a small median
petiolus. They live most commonly in lakes and ponds. Avrendowshia
and Steganasp7s are each represented by one species.
In Aturus the epimeral plate covers nearly the entire ventral sur-
face; one species is known froma small river in Canada. Of ysto-
notus and Mideopsis but one species
is known in each; the latter is also a
common European water-mite.
The species of Sperchon are often
found in cold and rapid mountain
streams. Three species are known
from Canada. They have the palpi
enlarged at base, and the second joint
bears a strong spur below. The suck-
ing disks each side of the genital open-
ing are nearly concealed by lateral
flaps. The legs have no special swim-
ming hairs.
- Limnesia is a large genus; three
species have been recorded from Can-
ada, two of them European. They
have a soft body; the hind legs are
Fic. 64.—PIONA SP., AND PALPUS ABOVE.
well provided with swimming hairs, and the fourth tarsus lacks the
claws, but is provided with a bristle at tip. The palpi have the basal
joints enlarged and often with a spur below. They usually occur in
lakes.
Koentkea is represented by one species widely distributed in the
northern parts of our country. The
Se species of //ygrobates have soft bodies,
— he z—~__ theslender legs destitute of trueswim-
See Goer ming hairs, and the palpi have a spur
SF | AIX) O« or tooth below. There are three
BE YS sucking disks each side of the genital
\\ orifice. Four species are known from
A ii\* Canada.
Fic. 65.—LARVA OF PIONA.
Ataris one of the largest genera,
and Doctor Wolcott has worked out
some twelve species, and another has
since been added from Texas. The
genital opening is situate at the tip
of body, and the sucking disks each side are ten or more in number.
The legs have swimming hairs and the first pair is thicker than usual.
The palpiare enlarged at base, and the fourth joint bears three papille
orspurs below. Most of the species occur, forat least a time, in certain
fresh-water mussels, particularly of the genera Un/o and Anodonta.
x
40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
They are found on the mantle-folds or gills of the mussel, and feed on the
minute animals drawn in by the mussel. The late Doctor Haldeman
described a number of species under the generic name of Undonicola.
The genus Veumannia is closely allied to Atar, but peculiar on
account of the spirally ringed bristies on legs I and II.
The genus Pion (Curvipes) is also a large genus, and about 19 spe-
cies are now known in North America. They occur chiefly in lakes
FIG. 66.—ATAX SP. Fic. 67.—COXAL PLATES OF ATAX.
and ponds. The fourth joint of the palpus usually has two papille
beneath, and the legs are well provided with swimming hairs. The
genital aperture is much in front of the hind margin, and each side of
it are a great number of sucking disks, often of two sizes.
Family HALACARIDZ.
This is a-small family of marine mites. They have a leathery skin,
frequently granulate or striate, but commonly destitute of bristles.
Sometimes there are coriaceous plates or shields. The body usually
shows the division into cephalothorax and
abdomen, both above and below. The ros-
trum is often quite prominent, sometimes as
largeas in the Bdellidee. The cephalothorax
usually has three eye-spots, one on the
middle in front. The palpi are three or
four-jointed, the last article sharp-pointed
at tip. The mandibles are rather promi-
nent, and end in a single straight, or recurved claw. The legs are mod-
erately long, rather widely separate at base, lateral or sub-lateral in
origin, and end in two claws. They beara few scattered bristles. The
genital opening is quite large and far back; the anus is small and at the
tip of abdomen. ‘These mites have no trachez, but do not appear to be
related to other atracheate Acarians, but rather to the Bdellide and
Oribatidee. It is, perhaps, not a natural family, but derived from
several groups. The Halacaride are found crawling slowly over alge,
FIG. €8.—CLAWS OF HALACARUS.
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 41
frequently in shallow water, but some have been dredged at consider-
able depths. The adults are free, and feed on diatoms and other
minute vegetation. The young of some forms feed on the eges of
Copeopods, while others are attached to various animals. One is
known to occur on a C/iton. They are from one to two millimeters
in length, and their colors depend largely on the nature of their food.
The young have the general appearance of the adults, and nymphs
sometimes possess rudimentary genital organs. The legs of the
nymphs have each one less joint than in the adults. They have been
FIG. 69.—HALACARUS SP. FIG. 70.—SCAPTOGNATHUS SP. (AFTER
TROUESSART).
found in nearly all seas, and about seventy species are now known.
The forms along the coasts of North America have not been studied.
The principal genera may be tabulated, as below.
leeostrumeclonraterand constricted at hases22=-ss2.-22-c2+seessse see ssc sees Ze
ROSinuITMEnOmcOnstrictedsat, baseheresatece aa see eet ceases oe oar ese coo. Soe
2. Palpi apparently three-jointed, separate..........-.--------------- Scaptognathus.
Ralpiomtotln-|Olmbted connate at Wastes.) soe oes. S-oe-e ieee sees ae Trouessartella.
Saostrum elongate, palpi separated at base... -.--22-.2-2.0..-cece-2--s2c-c': 5.
PeenmUMEVe ny SHOrt (UMANOUlal ot. «sme a nee natok eee woos cse es eee st ee 4.
PEA Ese pArAbeO alm DAScs sseemaw sn (ae an neta caer as Se ccc Rhombognathus.
Ralhiisconmeateratavase tema ser. Seat ces cacmade-- eines So Se Sct bese Simognathus.
deel plecppakenthy buteshneejomted = o----.-..5-++--++-s-cocc sees Coloboceras.
EeT Roe ye LOU OMMteC es enya ea ee Reece ante eile no wee ce ee sSs0 setae 6.
Selinrd joint of palpus nearly as long as fourth. -.-22:-2....-..--.----.02222 Iyaue.
Dhird-joint of :palpus much-shorter than-fourth ....-......----------- Halacarus.
49 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. asa
Most of the species come from the French coasts or the Atlantic
Ocean; one.was described from fresh water. A few are from other
regions, and doubtless, as they aremore collected, the family will be
of considerable size. J/alacarus, the largest genus, contains about
fifty species, several of which bear some resemblance to Scvtovertes in
the Oribatide. Most of them are marked with brown, reddish, or
black. Dr. E. Trouessart, of Paris, has published very largely upon
them. Packard described, under the name of 7halassarachna verrill,
a species of ZZalacarus from the coast of Maine; it was found on alge.
Superfamily IXODOIDEA.
The members of this group, commonly known as ticks, are of all
Acarians the most familiar to ordinary people. Their body is covered
by a tough, leathery skin, which in the female is capable of great
extension. The ticks (before distention) are of a somewhat triangular
Fic. 71.—ARGAS MINIATUS, FROM Fig. 72,—ORNITHODOROS MEGNINI; NYMPHAL FORM, AND
BELOW. DETAILS (Marx).
outline, moderately flat, with prominent, slender legs and a beak-like
rostrum in front. On the anterior part of the dorsum there is a cor-
neous piece or shield that may represent the cephalothorax. This is
known as the scutum, and is absent in the family Argaside. With
the male this scutum covers the greater part of the dorsum. Articu-
lated to the anterior margin of the scutum, usually within an emargi-
nation, is a small, transverse piece, the capitulum or head. The
posterior corners of the capitulum project backward in spines. In the
female ticks there are on the dorsum of the capitulum two pitted areas,
known as the porose areas. The capitulum bears the palpi on each
side and the mandibular sheaths. The latter include the mandibles
|
NO. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 43
and the hypostome. These are sometimes called the proboscis, haus-
tellum, or rostrum. The hypostome is a central piece, bearing many
recurved teeth or denticles. The number of rows of these denticles is
used as a specific character in classification. At the tips of the man-
dibles are two or three processes known as the apophyses. They also
have been used in classification, but are variable. The palpi are
always very short and stout and composed of four articles, not, how-
ever, very distinctly. Some species have eyes situate one at each
lateral angle of the scutum. The posterior margin of the body,
especially of the male, is usually somewhat lobate, these lobes being
known as the posterior marginal festoons. The stigmata or spiracles
are above and usually behind the coxe IV. Each is surrounded by a
reticulated or pitted plate of varying outline, and called the peritreme
or stigmal plate. It is oftén of
large size. Upon the venter there
are several furrows characteristic
in position and of value in classi-
fication. The anal opening is a
small, circular hole some distance
behind the coxe IV; the genital
pore is situate on the front of the
sternal area, slightly behind the
mouth-orifice. The legs arise
close together, but in the dis-
tended females the coxee become
quite widely separated. There
are six joints in the leg—coxa,
trochanter, femur, tibia, protar-
sus or metatarsus, and tarsus; the
latter is sometimes divided, while
the femur often presents a basal
distinct portion, which may be the
trocbantin. Upon the tarsus of the first pair of legs is a depressed
circular area, supposed to be an organ of hearing; it is known as Hal-
ler’s organ, in honor of its discoverer. The tarsus terminates in a short
stalk that bears the two claws and the pulvillus or caruncle. The
body of a tick is usually dull colored, but some forms are mottled
with brown and yellowish or reddish.
Ticks are parasitic on mammals, birds, and reptiles. But at times
they may leave their host, and are not confined to one host, although
some species show a preference: Most of them do but little damage
to their hosts while sucking blood, but several closely allied species
belonging to the genus Boophilus transmit an organism, the Pyrosoma
bigemminum, that causes a disease in cattle known as Texas fever,
Southern cattle fever, red-water, heart-water, ete. Asa result of ber
bloodthirsty nature the female tick becomes enormously distended,
F1G. 73.—BOOPHILUS ANNULATUS, FEMALE.
44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
and is then ina mature condition. The life history of ticks has been
described by Curtis, Morgan, Lounsbury, and others. Ticks pair
during parasitism, the male remaining beneath the female for some
days, the latter finally dropping to the ground to deposit her eggs.
These may be as many as 10,000 to 20,000, and issue as elongate
masses in front of the tick.» During the operation the head is with-
drawn into the body, so that the
neck behind tbe capitulum is close
to the genital pore. As the ege's
issue they are coated with a vis-
cous substance secreted from
glands in the neck. These eggs
lay upon the surface of the soil,
or just beneath it, and the larvee
hatch in a few days. The young
ticks, known as ‘‘seed_ ticks,”
ascend the nearest support of
Rotel nO GrTnUS NN Ieee grass or herb, and patiently await
the coming of someanimal. Delay
and disappointment must often end in starvation and death. How-
ever, Many secure an attachment to some animal, often, perhaps, not
the desired one. In a few days the young tick is rapidly distended by
the blood it has sucked from its host, and drops to the ground. Here
it seeks a cavity or hiding place, and rests. In three or four days
the skin splits and from it the nymph issues, and begins the same
waiting process that'it experienced as a larva. As it has already had
a good meal of blood, it can wait
for many days without fear of
death. When it secures hold of
an animal, the abdomen distends
as before, and it soon falls off
again to hide and molt. After
this molt the tick isadult; it waits
again fora host, and when secured
starts the life-cycle anew. The
Texas cattle-tick and its allies do
not drop off for molting, but cast
the skin while upon the host.
They drop to the ground, however, for the purpose of laying eges,
as the other ticks.
Fig. 75.—LARVA OF BOOPHILUS ANNULATUS.
In the true ticks there is a considerable difference in the abdomen
of males and females. In the latter the dorsal shield does not cover
the entire abdomen, while in the male this shield extends to the tip.
The males of some species have spines upon some of the cox, and
sometimes an extra pair of shields on the venter.
NO. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 45
The internal anatomy of the Ixodide has been examined by Heller
(1848) and later by Pagenstecher (1861). The pharynx soon contracts
into a slender cesophagus, which, as usual, passes through the ** brain”
and into the stomach. The latter is not very large, but has several
diverticula or ceeca, some in front, and usually four large ones behind
and one longer on each side. The color of the food in the caca often
shows through the integument, so that the same species at different
times exhibits different markings on the body.
Upon this basis the earlier authors often de-
scribed one species under several names. The
intestine is short and straight, enlarging some-
what before theanus. The breathing apertures
- or spiracles open into a large sac, which soon
divides into a host of small trachezw that spread
Sucimeethe, bodyscavity....Invthe anterior part ''-76—Sticman Pate oF
i , BOOPHILUS ANNULATUS.
of the body are two large, botryoidal salivary
glands, opening through a duct each side of the mouth. The female
genital organs consist of two elongate ovaries, each with a slender oy1-
duct, which unite shortly before the yulva. The male organs consist
of the two slender testes, each emptying into a large median sac, from
which a slender duct leads to the opening.
The Ixodoidea are readily divided into two families.
No scutum; no ventral shield; mouth-parts of adult not prominent from above; no
pulvillus to tarsus in adults; stigmal plate between coxve IT and IV... Argasidw
Scutum present; sometimes ventral shields; mouth-parts of adult prominent from
above; pulvillus to tarsus of both adults and young; stigmal plate behind
(ORGS, MANY Gee AS ON A Ie a ae es Poets, Seed Se ee ee ee ee Trodidx
The Argaside, containing but few genera, are in some ways inter-
mediate between the true ticks (Ixodide) and the Dermanysside.
The skin is. usually covered with granulations or deeply pitted and
the head and mouth-parts are hidden beneath the anterior part of the
body. They are nocturnal in habit and feed on the blood of mammals
(including man) and birds. Unlike the true ticks, the females of this
family do not become so greatly distended with blood. There are
two genera in our fauna.
Capitulum at least its length from the anterior margin................-------4 {rgas
Capitulum under a beak-like projection, close to anterior margin... ..-- Ornithodoros
It is to the genus Avgas that the famous Miana Bug of Persia belongs
(A. persicus). It lives in houses, and its puncture was declared by the
early travelers in those regions to produce startling results; conyul-
sions, delirium, and even death following its attack. Specimens kept
in Europe for experiment have failed to produce these dire conse-
quences, but there is such a wealth of testimony as to the dangerous
effect of the bite in Persia that possibly in that country the Miana
Bug may at times carry the germs of some disease. The European
46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
species, Argas reflerus, commonly infests pigeons, but hes been
known to attack man, not however with serious results. Our species,
the **chicken tick,” Argas mniata Koch (ameri-
cand Packard) is not uncommon in the southern
parts of the United States from Texas to Cali-
poultry. Chickens, badly infested, droop, re-
fuse to eat, in a few days drop down, and finally
die. It is of a dull reddish color, and the body
granulate. The eggs are laid in masses of 30 to
100 and deposited in cracks of the chicken house.
Perhaps the best remedy is to spray the inside
of the chicken house with kerosene or benzine,
then whitewash or. dust with carbolated lime,
and finally daub the ends of the roosts with coal
tar. Isolating the roosts, by suspending them
on stout wire, or by placing a barrier of cotton-
waste soaked in oil around each end, will also be helpful.
It is now claimed that the chicken-tick in Brazil transmits the blood-
parasite of a disease fatal to fowls. A similar species
(A. sanchezi Dugeés) is found in houses in New Mexico
and Arizona and is there called the ** adobe tick.”
In the allied genus, Ornithodoros, we have two spe-
cies, both known to attack man. OQ. turicata Duges is Fig. 78.—BcG oF
the most dangerous. The Mexicans call it ‘‘turicata.” B0OPHILUs aN:
In southern California they are known as ** pajahuellos” cane)
to the cattle herders. Their bite will cause large swellings that remain
for some days, and are very painful. The other species, O. megnini
FIG. 77.—CLAWS OF BOOPHI-
LUS ANNULATUS.
Dugés, is a serious pest to cattle
and of much more common occur-
rence. It infests the ears of
horses, cattle, sheep, and some-
times man, and has been called the
**spinose ear tick.” The nymphal
stage is quite unlike the adult tick
and was figured by Marx as Rhyn-
choprion SPINOSUIN. [t smo a
brown or blackish color, and in
the nymphal stage is clothed with
many stout spines. It has been
FiG. 79.—DERMACENTOR VARIABILIS, MALE FROM known to cause death in cattle.
Sas They can usually be removed by
an application of linseed or olive oil. Like the preceding it is a Mex-
ican species, which occurs only in the southern parts of our country,
but is sometimes found as far north as Nebraska. The adult is known
to Mexicans as the ** garrapata,” and the young are called *‘* pinolias.”
2
fornia, and often does a great deal of injury to
—————e
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 47
The Moubata bug, (. savign//, is an African species whose puncture
is reported to produce effects almost as dangerous as those ascribed to
the Miana bug. It attacks both man
and beast, sometimes occurring in
houses. The pain of the puncture is
not felt until several hours after it is
inflicted, but gradually the spot be-
comes inflamed and irritable.
The Ixodide, or true ticks, are repre-
sented by a large number of species in
tropical countries, but in the temperate
regions they are much less common.
However, there are about twenty-five
species in the United States, and one of
these, the Texas cattle tick, isa pest ot Fic. 80.—DERMACENTOR VARIABILIS,
prime importance. Our ticks are ar- Sapage Ng teens |
ranged in about seven genera, which may be tabulated as follows:
1. Palpi short, not or only slightly longer than broad; capitulum short ......---- 2
Palpi plainly longer than broad; capitulum longer ................--.-------- 5
2. Dorsal surface of capitulum hexagonal, the sides projecting in angles; male with
CENTLY PAN ers a gem a Re EO ee en am eo wen Poo 3
Dorsal surface of capitulum rectangular, sides straight; male without anal plates. 4
8. Second and third palpal joints extend laterally into sharp points; stigmata nearly
emeulan.- = - oo ee eS ee a ne en aah ger es Boophilus
Second and third palpal joints even; stigmata comma-shaped -..--- Rhipicephalus
4. Eyes present; external border of palpi straight; coxze I bidentate... . Dermacentor
Eyes absent; external border of palpi uneven; coxee I not bidentate. Haemaphysalis
5. Anal groove surrounds anus anteriorly and opens posteriorly; eyes absent; stigmal
placemeanlveciec Ul aly ers eee alee ee ee aa Saye oe Ne eee ae Ixodes
Anal groove surrounds anus posteriorly and opens anteriorly; eves present; stig-
PUERTO et Us REECE ite ate ats ee OS ey Se Nala Saosin Se Se ae 6
Pree ANU LaALesnaloSCMibe so ene el aie ere Seo are eidiensle bin ine oe Boe ecto SA timblyomma
Ama Usp lAtesHOLeSen bene AlCl wan ee sae estes cee clef nei aoe eee ee Hyalomma
Our one species of Boophilus (B. annulatus Say) (bovis Riley) is
the distributer of Texas fever, a disease of cattle that causes enormous
losses in the South, particularly in cattle imported there from the
North. The southern cattle tick is found only in the Southern States
and the Government maintains a quarantine line where cattle brought
North may be cleansed of their ticks. The female tick is of a dark,
dull brown color, with reddish scutum and legs; the male is reddish
brown, the legs paler at articulations. The cause of Texas fever is a
minute Protozoan parasite, Pyrosoma bigemminum. This is taken up
with the blood by the Boophilus, which then inoculates each animal
that it attacks. And even the young that have not infested any
animal may produce the disease. The young ticks, called ‘‘seed ticks.”
are born on the ground; they climb upon grasses or bushes, and await
the coming of cattle. Each attaches itself at the first opportunity, and
begins to draw blood. In about a week it molts, remaining on the
pf
OG
female becomes enormously swollen and in about a month she is ready
to drop off and deposit eves.
W, WAG P Once in the blood of cattle the
4s 2 EY parasite destroys the red blood
Ben ee corpuscles, and causes a thinness
of blood, the heemaglobin of which
appears inthe urine. After death
the spleen and liverare found to be
greatly enlarged. The most prom-
ising preventive seems to be the
removal of cattle from pasture for
onevear. This pasture disinfection
may be hastened by cultivation for
one year, or grazing it to sheep.
It has been noticed that southern
cattle may become immune, and
with this hint a method of vaccina-
tion was devised for treating north-
ern cattle when taken South.
There are several other species
of ticks often found on cattle, but
Fic. 81.—IXODES CRUCIARIUS, FEMALE, AND STIG-
MAL PLATE.
none are known to carry the parasite of Texas fever.
Of Dermacentor there are three or four species in this country, all
with the seutum more or less variegated with white and brown. The
most common one is the ** dog tick,” Denimacentor
viriabilis Say, and is our most widely distributed
species. It is found on eattle, dogs, horses, rab-
bits, andsometimes on man. Onthe latter it causes
no serious consequences, but is a source of much
irritation. They are so tightly attached that it is
often impossible to remove them without either
leaving the head in the flesh or else tearing out a
piece of the skin. The other species are similar to
the dog tick, but are less common. One occurs on
the moose, and others on cattle, deer, and sheep.
DPD. reticulatus Linneus, a European species, is perhaps more fre-
quent in California than 2. vardabilis.
Fic. 82.—HEAD OF IXODES.
In the genus /lemaphysulis
(formerly R/Aip/stoma) we have
one or two species that occur on
rabbits and other small mammals.
FIG. $38.—LEG I OF IXODES; SECTION THROUGH TAR- In /rodes there are several spe-
Se ee eee cies; one isa European species, /.
ricinus Linneeus, that occurs occasionally on cattle. In Scotland this
species often attacks sheep, and appears to distribute the germs of a
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM: VOL.. XXVIII. §}
—————
NO. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 49
disease similar to Texas fever, that is known by the name of ‘*loup-
ing-ill” or ‘‘trembling.” The parasite is at present unknown. The
loss to Scottish herdersis sometimes very heavy. It is said that sheep
in moist meadows are not as subject to ticks as those in drier pastures.
A pale yellowish or almost white species, with a brighter yellow scu-
tum, /. cructardvus Fiteb, occurs on squirrels, gophers, rabbits, ete. In
Florida a reddish species, /. scapularis Say, is common.
Of Amblyomma there are a number of species, particularly in the
Tropies. A. americana Koch is often found on cattle, and is called the
** one-star tick” on account of a prominent yellowish spot on the scutum.
On some species the markings become intricate; a series of yellow and
brown sinuate stripes variously interlaced. One of these, A. crenata
Say (maculata Koch) is very common in the Southern States, attacking
almost any mammal, including man. One large species, A. tiherculata
Fig. 84.—AMBLYOMMA AMERICANA, FIG. 85.—AMBLYOMMA AMERI-
SHIELD OF FEMALE. CANA, STIGMAL PLATE.
Marx occurs on the Floridan gopher. The exotic genus Ophiodes
infests snakes; the various species are handsomely marked with brown,
red, and yellow. The genus /Zemalastor occurs on bats in Europe.
It has lately been shown that a South African tick, /Zemaphysalis
leacht Audouin, is thé carrier of a blood-parasite that causes malignant
jaundice, or distemper, in dogs in South Africa. The young stages
do not communicate the disease, but if an adult tick feeds on infectious
blood, her descendants, when adult, may transmit the disease.
Superfamily GAMASOIDEA.
The Gamasid mites are among those best known to collectors of
insects, since many species are very common, and others spend part
of their life attached to beetles and other insects. Typically these
mites have a hard coriaceous integument, but there are many excep-
tions to this rule. They are quite flat, broad, and with rather short
legs. They have no eyes, but the sense of touch is very highly devel-
oped through many hairs on legs and body. Some species are slow
in movements, and are apt to feign death when disturbed, but others
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04——4
5O PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
‘an run with considerable rapidity. The mouth-parts, in many species,
may be completely withdrawn into the body of the mite. The mandi-
bles are normally chelate, and the fingers toothed. Sometimes they
are greatly elongate and styliform, so fitted for piercing; in a few
‘ases the movable finger is lacking. In
many species there is a projection or append-
age arising near the base of the fingers
known sometimes as the ‘* spur,” sometimes
as the ** flagellum.” Beneath the mandibles
isa large piece, the hypostoma. — It is bitid,
and each side ends in an elongate corneous
point. Between the two corneous points
isa long fleshy part, the lingula. The palpi
are prominent and usually five-jointed.
Above the mouth there is in many forms
a thin plate, often toothed, known as the
epistoma. In the Uropodide, the palpi are
scarcely visible, as the body projects so
much in front. The legs are of moderate
length, usually slender, and arise close to-
gether, in a row each side. In the Uro-
podidee the anterior pair is separated from
er RST yeh ape others and their coxe are nearly con-
PERITREML; 0, JUGULARIA; ¢, STER- tiguous. The body is commonly provided
se ee eae ote SFS- with coriaceous plates or shields, the posi-
tion and shape of which are characteristi¢
of each species. These plates sometimes nearly cover the entire body.
Their position and names may be observed from the accompanying
illustrations. There are some small shields or pieces which are often
of importance; a pair just behind the fourth coxe are called the ** meta-
podia;” a pair just behind
coxe I are known as the
*sjugularia,” and a pair
behind sternal plate, the
‘‘metasternalia.” There are
frequently differences be-
tween the sexes in the ar-
rangement of the plates, and
in the males of many species FIG. 87,—SIDE VIEW OF A GAMASUS. €, EPISTOME; p, PERI-
? TREME; UV, ANAL PLATE,
the ventral plates are mostly
coalesced. The female genital opening is commonly under the ante-
rior margin of a plate (the genital) which ends near the cox of the
third legs. The male genital aperture is usually at the anterior mar-
vin of the sternal plate, only a short distance back of the mouth. In
some groups, notably the Uropodide, the genital aperture of the
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 51
male, or of both sexes, is situate in the middle of the sternal plate.
The anal opening is small and placed near the tip of the venter; it
is often surrounded by a plate. There is a spiracle or breathing
pore on each side of the body, above and slightly in front of the
fourth coxa. It is surrounded by a chiti-
neus ring, the peritreme, which usually
extends forward for a long distance, often
in a slightly sinuous line. The legs are of
six joints—coxa, trochanter, femur, patella,
and tibia, of subequal length, and a long
tapering tarsus. In some species there are
indications of a division of the tarsus. The
tarsi terminate in two claws, and sometimes
a sucker or ambulacrum. In several forms
the anterior lees are destitute of claws, and
seem to act more as antennee. In many spe-
cies the males have the second pair of legs
enlarged and provided with teeth and projec-
tions, and sometimes the hind legs are also
armed. These legs are used to hold the
a g female during pairing.
gee The internal anatomy of the Gamaside has
been studied perhaps more than that of any other family. It differs
in various ways from what may be called the typical acarid anatomy.
Kramer has shown that in some forms there is a tendinous framework
in the middle of the body, a sort of internal skeleton, to which are
attached many of the larger muscles. The male sexual organs are
usually on the common plan. There is, how-
ever, a large accessory gland lying between
and beneath the vas deferens. There is no
intromittent organ; and sometimes there are
two testes. The female generative organs
usually differ much from that in other fami-
lies. Often there is a semiglobular or botry-
oidal ovary, opening into one (sometimes
two) oviducts, that lead to the vagina; above
the vagina is a domed chamber, the sperma-
theca. At times there are two small glands
that open into the vagina. In many forms
there is nospermatheca, in which case Michael
has discovered the existence of other organs of a most curious nature.
Attached to the top of the ovary are two rather clavate arms, known
as the lyrate organs; and above is a large sac, the saceulus Femi nes,
connected at one end to the ovary and at the other by two annulate
tubes to the acetabula of the cox of the third pair of legs. After
FIG. 89.—VENTER OF PTEROPTUS.
52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
the eggs are all deposited the sacculus becomes very small. Some-
times it is wanting, but the annulate tubes are present and connect
direct to the ovary. The significance of these organs is not fully
known, but the sacculus contains sper-
matocysts which are supposed to reach
it through the annulate tubes.
Some, if not all, of the Gamaside
have a most remarkable method of
coition, which Michael has discovered
and described in detail. The male,
which is commonly a little smaller
than the female, clasps the latter by
the legs of one side and crawls under
her. His abdomen extends back be-
yond that of the female, and he grasps
her by his legs. Then a clear sac
emerges from the genital aperture of
the male, gradually enlarging until
it is of full size and shape, which is
constant for each species. Usually
this sac or bubble is flask-shaped,
with a long
neck. It
incloses the
spermatozoa floating in a clear viscid liquid
(sometimes within spermatocysts). The
male clasps this bubble with his mandibles,
which -are often modified apparently for
such purpose. The male then apples the
small end of the bubble to the vulva of the
female, often inserting his mandibles for
some distance. Here the small end of the
bubble bursts and the liquid and sperma
tozoa are discharged into the spermatheca
of the female. The-bubble is rather firm,
and when empty does not collapse, but
shrinks somewhat. After the male leaves
the female he proceeds to clean his mandi-
bles. In those species in which the female
has no spermatheca, but has annulate tubes
connecting to the acetabula of the third Fic. 91.—DerManyssvs GALLIN®. 9,
pair of legs, itis probable that the bubble Cuvvnctt) ™ BEAR: % “ANAL
is applied to these apertures, and not to the
vulva. The spermatozoa thus passing into the sacculus fcemineus,
from which they may pass into the ovary as occasion demands. In
Fic, 90.—DERMANYSSUS GALLINE.
NO. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 58
the male of one species there is a hole in the jaw, through which the
bubble is blown, part hanging down on either side.
Trouessart has shown that in PRua////etia there is a true parthenogen-
esis; agamic generations are found
in spring and summer, the male ap-
pearing only in the autumn or winter.
He also found that this form has no
nymph, the larva changing into the
adult female.
Gamasids deposit eggs which
hatch into pale, soft-skinned, six-
legged larvee, often very different
()
ees rae
Fig. 93.—LIPONYSSUS; ANAL PLATE
ae were ey sa Se aee
Fig. 92.—LIPONYSSUS AMERICANUS. AND MANDIBLE:
from the adult. There is a remarkable exception in Pteroptus and
allied genera of the Dermanysside; the young of these mites hatch
with eight legs. In time the larva molts into an eight-legged nymph.
FIG, 94.—PNEUMONYSSUS SIMICOLA,
2 FIG. 95.—LARVA OF PNEUMONYSSUS
FROM BELOW.
SIMICOLA.
In this stage they have shields, the dorsal often transversely divided.
The nymphal stage is often the longest and most active period of their
54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
life—the stage of growth and development. After one or two molts
in this stage some forms approximate closely in appearance to the adult
condition. Hence there are names for the various portions of the
nymphal mite, the earlier part being the protonymph, then the deuto-
nymph, and sometimes a tritonymph. These terms
are applied in the true Gamaside. In the nymphal
stage some Gamasids are attached to various insects
for the purpose of transportation. In fact, some
genera (as V/ropoda) are chiefly known to us in this
muigratorial nymphal condition. Various writers
have claimed that the mite was a parasite of the
insect, but such is not the case. The insect is used
only as a means of transportation. In some cases
FIG. 96.—PNeumonyssus; the mite is attached to the insect by an anal pedi-
wt nat" cel formed of excretions. Such a one is known as
a**nympha pedunculata.” In some cases the nymph
may pair and produce eges; these are called **nympha pedogenica.”
The nymph from the larva is often more like the larva in many ways
than like the adult. This first nymphal stage is called ‘* nympha hete-
romorpha.” The nymph after molting may look like the adult; this
second nymph is the **nympha homeo-
morpha.” These latter two terms are Y 4
applied only in the Uropodidee. Some
Gamasids live in decaying substances,
Fic. 97,.—HALARACHNE AMERICANA. §, STERNUM FIG. 98.—H ZMOGAMASUS AMERICANUS,
OF MALE; t, STIGMATA AND COX; x, MANDIBLE. AND ANAL PLATE.
either animal or vegetable. It has been shown that certain Uropodidee
live on minute plants, bacteria, and small fungi. Most species prey
on small insects, Thysanurans, other mites,as Tyroglyphide and Erio-
phyidee, and occasionally they will eat one another.
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 5
qn
There are a few parasitic forms; the entire family Dermanyssidee is
parasitic on birds, bats, rodents, etc. Two genera of the true Gamasidie
are parasitic — /Temogaimasus
on moles, and Lazl/ietia in the
ears of various animals. A
great many occur amone de-
caying fallen leaves. A num-
Fic. 100.—GAMASUS SP., NYMPH,
Fic. 99.—GAMASUS SP.
her of species have been taken in ants’ nests. Some of these live
attached to the ants and obtain food from them. One species is so
found ona Scolopendra. The relationship of the
other forms to the ants is not clear inall cases. It
has been shown by Michael that some species of
Lelaps feed upon the dead ants. It is therefore
probable that most, if not all, of these myrme-
cophilous forms are scavengers, and their pres-
ence useful to the health of the colony. Theants
sometimes take care of the mites when the nest is
disturbed, and carry them to a place of shelter.
One species of Lalaps, L. equitans, was frequently
observed to jump up on an ant and ride about for
a while, the ant taking no notice of its rider. It
appears that each species of mite prefers to live
with a certain species of ant, but several kinds
of mites have been found in the same nest. The oe eT oe
mites disappear when the ants desert the nest. LARVA, |
The superfamily Gamasoidea is divisible into
several natural groups, the relative importance of which has been yari-
ously estimated by different writers. I shall consider that there are
©
56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
They are not, however, as distinct as one could wish. They may best
be separated as follows:
1. Parasitie on vertebrates: mandibles fitted for piercing; body sometimes con-
3 5 d
stricted) S22 24. has goo ee ce See eee eee Dermanyssidie
Free, or attached to insects (rarely on vertebrates, never on birds)........---- 2
to
First pair of legs inserted within the same body-opening (camerostome) as the
oral tube; dorsum of body projects beyond the camerostome; genital apertures
surrounded: by therstern Uni sc 24s ee eee eee Cropodide
First pair of legs inserted at one side of the mouth opening; dorsal surface of
body does not project in front of the camerostome, male genital aperture usu-
ally on the anterior margin of sternal plate (sometimes in the middle).
Gamaside
The true Gamaside are divided into a great number of genera. The
family has not been carefully studied in the United States, so that the
following table to the more prominent known genera includes several
not yet recorded from the United States:
I. Living in the ears of cattle, horses sei@= 2a... ds. cace seas esas Raillietia
Living upon moles, orin their nests: 22. sosecace= a eee Temogamasus
Not found on vertebrates. - 22-2 .2c.-2-s25--4- 4 ofa Denote Aaa 2
2. No peritreme, only the spiracle; leg I without claws; dorsal shield entire ...-. 3
Peritreme present: 22.22.2055 25023. ac8t cone se eee eee ae ee ene 4
3. Spiracle elliptical; male genital aperture in anterior margin of sternal plate.
Iphiopis
Spiracle, circular; male genital aperture in middle of sternum.......--- Tpicrius
4. Peritreme very short, about twice as long as wide; dorsal shield entire; leg I
with claws; living in a cavity of the abdomen of certain bees (.Yylocopa).
Greeniella &
Peritreme more than twice as long as broad; not parasitic on bees.......------ 5
5. Lee L-without claws: dorsal’shield undivided 25222-22225 eae eee oes eee 6
eo I with) Claws. 22.28.22 kbs got Aes See eee ee eee 10
6. A post-anal plate; genital aperture of female between second and third coxe,
and opening by two hinged plates; male with ventral plates united, and leg IT
UNnarm edy2.- ee eae ee ee 3s See se cee ee eee eee ae Celenopsis
No post-anal plate; female genital opening normal, and farther back .-......-.- 7
7. Hind femora with several distinct teeth behind; leg II of male unarmed; male
genital opening in middle of sternum g2.0-5..222-225-ce ee eee Megisthanus
Hind femora unarmed, or, if so, then leg II is enlarged and armed in male, and
male genital aperture on anterior margin of sternal plate..............----- 8
&. Peritreme not extending in front of coxve III; body short; legs short; male with
leg IT unarmed; male genital aperture opens in middle of sternum, attached
tO ‘Arthropods se: = hese ye ea re ee eee Antennophorus
Peritreme extending much in front of coxve III; male genital aperture on anterior
Maren ol stenmume 2s .5. Se 2 Shee SE ee ee 9
9. Male with leg IT enlarged and armed with teeth; female often with metasternalia;
peritreme often curved at base; body more elongate .........----.1 Mucrocheles
Male with leg II unarmed; all legs very long; female without metasternalia.
Podocinum
10. Middle of dorsum with two small shields each side, a larger one at tip, and a very
large. one infront » 22.5.2..925.. 4052 Beene ee ee eee Liroaspis
Dorsum without such arrangement of shields, usually one, or one transversely
divided): .2.. 22524. occ fneks -2t20 Sg cee ee ee ee ee 11
« New name to replace Greenia Oudemans (1900), preoccupied by Kirby in 1896.
)
NO. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 57
11. Male genital opening in middle of sternal plate; body rather short and usually
TPaliGe TNZiNTS! (ore (2) ov bn Cesare) se ener Rea ae oe ae Ne 12
Male genital opening on anterior margin of sternal plate.............---.-... 13
12. Peritreme rather short; dorsal shield divided; leg II of male unarmed... .Zercon
Peritreme long; dorsal shield entire; leg II of male armed with teeth... .Seiodes
13. Leg II of male unarmed; body usually egg-shaped; dorsal shield entire ...... 14
Leg II of male armed with teeth; body usually longer ....-..........-....-- 16
14. Male with ventral plates all united; anal plate separate in female; female genital
Miatemomanoilatern front fo22 esas tions sos ceeke Poses eck -u- Lelaps
PAMIleplaterseparateninubotn Sexes 42-02 secs cme ee ce se cece eee ceiccec ee 15
15: Anal-plate broad; epistoma scarcely pointed .........:.........-.-------- Seius
Anal plate small and narrowed behind; epistoma usually with a mucronate
tie O Lae ea eee (ss ee teen anc sey ene EN Se ecco aes atch Smale Hiyletastes@
16. In female the sternal plate reaches behind hind cox:e; the ventral and genital
placestumitedsthermanaliseparates 2.3. 2s <2.2-- 22-55-4225 e- 222 Pachylelaps
In female the sternal plate scarcely reaches hind coxze; the ventral plate often
AMiEcdetoranale Dut MOLTO eemital= 225. ec seta cjecd Sen tise somes hc ale fo See 17
17. Female genital plate triangular; angulate in front -...-..-...-----.----- Gamasus
Wemalegenital plate rounded im front... <----.-:-2-222---S5s2-4- eee eeesiees 18
SB Dorcwesnieldremtinessss =. =o ker «es UE eae ee ee Hydrogamasus
Warsapsnicl a morevor less divided: 220.02 tec assess soa ee aeec den cf se 19
omeAna lemlatenmmitedetowentrallecn = 2 sts jac seec sack sess eee aces Gamasellus
NTOWEUL Fey EWS) Ste SYS ee aes ae a ne Cyrtolelaps
in
The genus Padllietia is based on P. auris, which was found by Leidy
the ears of cattle in this country. Of /phiopsis and Epicrius no
FiG. 102.—HYLETASTES SP, AND ANAL PLATE. F1G. 103.—HYLETASTES OVALIS (PERGANDE).
species have been found in this country; the latter often has a regular
pattern of tubercles on its dorsum. <A species of Celenops/s has been
4Gistl’s genus (1848) to replace Jphis Koch, antedates Emeus Mégnin.
58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
taken in Indiana and the District of Columbia on a Histerid beetle,
HTololepta. Megisthanus includes a number of large tropical Gama-
sids, recognized by their large size and toothed hind femora. One
species, M. floridanus Banks, has been taken in Florida. _Antenno-
phorus has a very short, broad body, with short, stout legs. The first
species was found in Europe abundantly attached to certain ants, and
its habits have been studied by Wasmann and Janet. One species,
A. owrheeler’ Wasmann, has veen recorded, from the United States on
ants. Jacrocheles includes some of our most common species, but
they have not been described, except one (J/. mastus Banks) which
Fic. 104.—SEJUS QUADRIPILIS.
occurs in the nest of an ant.
Lasius americanus, Liroaspis
is a strange form found in the
northern part of the country.
Several species of Le/aps have
been described, one from the
nest of an ant, another, Z. pla-
cidus Banks, from wet sphagnum moss. Of Gamasus we have a
number of species that occur among fallen leaves, on the ground, in
rubbish, ete. The genus //Zzemogamasus is found on moles and in
their nests, both in Europe and America. All stages are found at the
same time, and evidently suck blood from the mole. I have taken
one species in the United States. The other genera tabulated are
known in Europe, and several others have been described from South
America.
FIG. 105,—LLAPS MEXICANUS, MANDIBLE, AND EN-
LARGED HAIR,
Berlese has recently divided Za/aps into several genera, one of
them, Myrmonyssus, from forms on ants. Ribaga has also divided
Sevulus or Sevus into four subgenera.
No. 1382. : THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 59
The Dermanysside, though differing much in general appearance
from the Gamaside, are closely allied by structure, and their para-
sitic habits are the best character for the separation. Probably it
would be better to abandon the group. The principal genera can be
arranged as follows:
Lis Aimgill FONE TERS SIO Sites Se el rea re ae ara Sr ae (Dermanyssinee ) 2
ATTEN MEME A SASS 2S ortot Se boo te See eee eee eee (Halarachnine ) 5
2. Body short; legs very stout, hind pair reaching much beyond the tip of body.
Pteroptus
Body longer; hind legs not reaching beyond the tip.............-......-...-- 3
3. Peritreme on the dorsum, very short; body very distinctly constricted. Ptilonyssus
Peritreme on venter, longer; body not distinctly constricted....---......----- 4
4. Mandibles in both sexes chelate; parasitic on bats and mice ...-.-.--- Liponyssus
Mandibles in male chelate, in female long, styliform; parasitic on birds.
Dermanyssus
5. Dorsal shields present; coxee close together; living in seals........--- Halarachne
No dorsal shields; hind coxze separated from the fore; living in monkeys.
Pneumonyssus
Pteroptus, which is parasitic on bats, is remarkable on account of
(
Fic. 106.—L#®LAPS MACROPILIS AND CARONCLE OF
TARSUS IV.
Fic. 107.—MACROCHELES CAROLINENSIS,
FEMALE.
its curious shape, dorsal position of the stigmata, and also on account
of the young hatching with the full complement of legs, the larval
60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
stuge having been passed in the mother. The abdomen is practically
wanting in the male, and in the female it is ex-
C) ; tremely small. The short, thick, bristly legs are
oman’s set at about equal distances around the body.
Although the stigmata are on the dorsum, the
@) peritreme extends down over the sides and upon
QO ee the venter. Doctor Oudemans has deseribed an
a
accessory nymphal stage in one species of this
genus. It occasionally issues from the second
nymphal stage, and differs particularly in the
© nature of the vestiture. Its use is unknown.
One species has been described from our country.
ide hee he nooo ae - Loe allnedieennss/2c.
CAROLINENSIS; VENTER OF riglischrus differs
ot in having the dor-
sal shield divided, and the peritreme does Vv
not extend down on the venter. The fa
female has a wrinkled fan-shaped expan-
sion to tip of body, by which she retains
hold of the skin of the bat. Kolenati de- I
scribed several allied genera, but most, if
not all of them, are stages of P’feroptus.
The venus Pivlonyssus differs in haying “71: 1 setae
a large abdomen, separated by a constric- se a 55
tion from the cephalothorax; it occurs on sparrows. The species of
Liponyssus ave parasitic on mice and
similar mammals. They are pale-
colored, but otherwise much like
Dermanyssus. The latter genus oc-
curs on birds, especially those kept
in domestication. 2. galline is a
serious pest of poultry in many
parts of the country. They hide
in cracks and crevices by day, but
at night crowd upon the fowls and
suck their blood. They are more
injurious in the Southern States
than elsewhere. Sometimes they
attack man and cause itching and
soreness. Chickens endeavor to get
vid of the mites by a dust-bath,
but when the mites are numer-
ous, it will be best to spray or
Fic. 110.—MEGISTHANUS FLORIDANUS.
wash the hen-house with kerosene, benzine, or gasoline. Whitewash-
ing with carbolated lime will destroy a great many of them. If the
NO. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 61
ends of the roosts are daubed with coal-tar the mites will be unable to
reach the fowls. A mixture of kerosene and sulphur plastered upon
the roosts and in bottoms of the nests is also very useful. The same or
an allied species occurs on cage birds. The species of //alarachine are
very elongate, and look some-
what like ticks; they inhabit the
branchial passages of — seals.
Preumonyssus occurs in cayi-
ties in the lunes of a Javanese
monkey.
Doctor Trouessart has erected
a subfamily, Rhinonyssine, to
include Lhinonyssus, Ptilonys-
sus, Sternostomum, and possibly
Halarachne. The group is based
on the dorsal position of the peri-
. treme. The species of Rhi-
nonyssus and Sternostomum are found in the nasal cavities of various
birds, one species, S. r//nonlethrum, thus infesting the domestic fowl.
They have retractile claws, comparable to those of cats, which enable
Fic. 111.—ANTENNOPHORUS UHLMANNI (AFTER
HALLER).
Fig. 112.—CELHNOPSIS AMERICANA. Fig. 118.—LIROASPIS AMERICANA.
the mite to retain its position. Their feeding may cause a catarrhal
inflammation, but no remedy has been suggested. f am not aware
that any of these forms have yet been taken in the United States.
Berlese states that in Sternostomum and Ancystropus the anterior
cox are contiguous above the rostrum. The latter genus was found
on bats.
62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
The Uropodide are divisible into comparatively few genera. In_
general appearance they are quite different from most of the Gamasidee,
being shorter und their legs more or less _
hidden under the body. They are familiar |
: to most entomologists when attached to
beetles and other insects. Besides the char-
acters given in the table for the separation —
of these forms from the Gamasidie, it may _
be added that the mandibles are very long _
and slender, ending in delicate chele. In
fact the mandibles in some
species are twice the length
of the body, and when re-
tracted the bend near the
middle is near the posterior
walls of the body. Most of
Be eee 8 thee. Miropedides that ate
found on insects are there
for the purpose of transportation and not as para-
sites, but in certain forms found on ants the mite is a
true parasite. The species that use the insect as an aid
to migration
are attached
thereto by a
pedicel of excrement; those
that are true parasites are not
so attached. Most of those
that are attached by this anal
pedicel are not adults, but ina
nymphal stage, and are called ¢
“nympha pedunculata.” The
mite can detach itself by a
fresh excretion. They occur
on insects that breed in places
suitable for the mites. There-_
fore the mites are sure to be carried to a spot where they can drop off
and find the desired breeding grounds—decayed wood, humus, manure,
or fallen leaves. Sometimes the insect is so completely covered by
the mites that it can not be seen.
The genera may be tabulated as follows:
Fie, 115.—UROpODA
SP. p, PEDICEL.
Fic. 116.—UROPODA SP., FROM BELOW.
1. Venter provided with impressed foveze for the reception of the legs. ........-.-- 2
No Such fOVGi Lac. bcc.cictee 2C Le oo te see ee ee ee ee eee eee +
2. Bodyurrecular;, dorsum sculptured: 23 seas oe eter eet eee roto Glyphopsis
3ody regular in form; dorsum evenly convex; no sculpture, except punctuation. 3.
3:, Ibex: I providediwithiclaws:. .....3.-- 22-3 eee eee er eee eee eee eee Uropoda
Lee T withouticlaws -c<. 08.0008 4..055, sc Oe eee ee ee eee aw... Culiba
No. 1382. THE ACARINA. OR MITES—BANKS. 63
4,
three of the above genera are known in this
country.
attached to various beetles. One of these
is common on the Colorado potato beetle,
and it was formerly supposed by many eco-
Thin I) Spr oin hese os 2k Se SAS Ae joke Sess Sep e One eee eet eee eer 5
MeomlavatIClaws ccc ons So i Pi ie Re Shes Sean eee eo ean 6
Legs with scale-like hairs; dorsal and ventral plates separate and distinct. - Polyaspis
Merci tout suchubaind no ventral plate- 92. 22222.) oe ee Uroseius
Dorsum covered by one plate fused to the ventral plate; peritreme sinuate; ante-
Gir @OSEB®. COMTI WOO (Ss Se Sea el ae A ee eRe ee ee eee Dinychus
Dorsum with several plates, not fused to the ventral plates; peritreme but little
CUAL HiNgKERIOIP Cope ReyeNeh es seco amos eehe oben ASaheas Ceo neecode Trachytes
Our species of the family have been but little studied, and only
Species of Uropoda are frequently found
nomic entolomolo-
gists that the mites
fed upon the beetle.
It has lately been
claimed that some Fi. 117.—CILLIBa HIRSUTA, FROM
BELOW.
species feed on bac-
teria and small fungi. The species are very
numerous; some are smooth, others hairy;
nearly all of a red-brown fawn color. The
species of Glyphops/s have usually been found
in ants’ nests, and seem to live on good terms
with the ants, although their exact status Is
not known. Uvoseius and Polyaspis are based
on a few forms, and not well known.
Trachytes contains two or three pyriform
species found in moss; the genus was formerly
ralled Celeno. Cilliba (formerly known as
Discopoma) is similar in appearance to Urop-
oda. Some species have been found in moss,
but others occur parasitically upon ants, at-
tached to the thorax or abdomen. One of our
species, C. c/reularis Banks has been found
thus fastened to the thorax of Cremastogaster
lineolata. Another species, (. Acrsuta Banks,
was taken upon a species of Las/us in Arizona.
The relations existing between the /scopoina
and the ant has formed the subject of several
w/
Lo
7”
Post
ES
°
re.) er. a0 9
Fig. 118.—DINYCHUS AMERI-
CANUS.
recent investigations, both by Wasmann and by Janet. The mites
which cling to the abdomen of the ant do not seem to be disturbed by
the ant, but if a mite was placed on the ground of the nest it was
seized and destroyed by the ants. The mites bite through the soft skin
situated between the segments, and thus draw blood from their hosts.
64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII, ]
The genus P/nychus is peculiar in having enormously long extensile,
flexible mandibles. The mandibles are more than twice as long as the
entire animal, and can be retracted so that
the bend in them is close against the poste-
rior walls of the abdomen. The tips of
these mandibles are distinctly chelate. We
have one species in this country.
From New Guinea, Canestrini has de-
scribed several species of a remarkabie
\ genus—Deraiophorus. They have a pair
of plate-like projections over the head, and
from these arise long bristles, and there are
also bristles at tip of abdomen. Two other
genera, Uvopodella and Fedrizzia, have
been described from tropical countries.
Superfamily ORIBATOIDEA.
The Oribatid mites may usually be recog-
nized by the presence of a single character,
a hair or seta arising from a small pore
é3 near each posterior corner of the cepha- |
lothorax. This pore was formerly con- |
Fic, 119.—Lrc, manpretz, ann Sidered a spiracle, but it is now known not
PSEUDOSTIGMATIC ORGAN OF {og be such. Its function, however, is un- |
Sn eae! certain, and it is called a pseudo-stigmata,
while the hair arising therefrom is known as the pseudo-stigmatic
organ. .
With the great majority of the Oribatide the tegument is coriace-
ous; it is because of this that these mites have been called ** beetle
mites.” This name is some-
what misleading, as members
of another family, the Gama-
side, are often attached to
beetles, and therefore some-
times termed ** beetle mites.”
The body of an Oribatid is
short, broad, and usually high.
There is always more or less in-
dication, usually very plain, of
the division into cephalothorax
andabdomen. There is at this
point a constriction on the sides, FIG. 120.—HopLoperma SPHERULA,
a line or suture on the venter,
and a break in the continuity of the dorsal outline. The posterior pairs
of legs are apparently attached to the abdomen. The cox of the legs
NO. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 65
are arranged ina somewhat radiate manner, and the hind pairs are never
remote from the anterior pairs. Each leg is composed of six joints,
namely, coxa, trochanter, femur, patella, tibia, and tarsus. Sometimes
there isa plate-like expansion near base of cox, knownas atectopedium.
The cox are usually entirely united to the ventral surface of the body
to form a sternal, or, more properly, a coxal plate, each coxa usually
being margined by a short furrow. In Vothrus,
however, the coxw may be seen to be quite dis-
tinct from the body. On the first two pairs of
legs the trochanter is extremely small and usu-
ally indistinct, while this joint is often very large
on the hind pairs. So it follows that the hind
legs have, apparently, one more joint than the
front pairs. The tar-
sus Is terminated by
one or three claws, |
but without a sucker
or pulvillus, The ric. pee erent
legs beara few hairs, SP., CLOSED UP; VENTRAL
= VIEW.
but never many; one
at the tip of the tibia is often much longer
than the others. The tarsus is commonly
more hairy than the other joints.
On the dorsum of the cephalothorax
there are often narrow ridges or lamellee;
the position, shape and development of
tiege, ein
characteristic of
each species. Generally there is an erect
lamella each side, extending in a point (some-
times bifid) in front of the cephalothorax.
Frequently there is a trans-lamella connect-
ing the lateral lamelle. There are also on
the cephalothorax usually two pairs of bris-
tles, the pair near and between the pseudo-
stigmata are the superior bristles; the pair
toward the tip and often at ends of the
lamelle are the inferior bristles. There is
also a pair of smaller bristles at the apex of
the cephalothorax. Around the sides of the abdomen there is a line
Separating the dorsum from the venter. In the Hoplodermide this
line is often far down on the under side of the body. The dorsum
of the abdomen is often devoid of hairs, but sometimes there are :
few, usually arranged in rows. On the venter are two openings, the
basal the genital one as usual. These openings are circular, elliptical,
or rhomboidal, and are closed by folding doors opening outward,
Proc. N. M. vol. xxvili—04
Fig. 122.—GALUMNA SP., FROM BELOW.
Fic. 1283.—NYMPH OF A GALUMNA.
t
66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
and hinged to the outer margins of the apertures. In many forms
these apertures are very large and occupy the greater part of the
venter, in other and more highly organized species the openings are
much smaller and quite remote from each other.
The mouth-parts of the Oribatidee
are obscure. The palpiare very small,
five-jointed, and arise from the labium.
They are usually in motion while the
mite is walking. The mandibles are
chelate in all save the genus Serrar7us. °
The limbs of the chele: are commonly
toothed on the inner sides. In Serra-—
rius the mandibles are elongated and
rod-like, and there is no movable limb
at tip; the sides are serrate, so that the
mandibles act asa saw. The maxillee
have their basal joints united into one
transverse piece, the labium, which
partly and sometimes wholly closes the
mouth-orifice. The maxille incline
MALE a Ris Gea slightly toward each other; their tips
are broad and toothed. The Oribatidee
deposit the eggs in crevices of wood, moss, fungi, or on the ground.
The six-legged larva remains for a few weeks in this stage, when, by
a molt, it becomes an eight-legged nymph. The nymph passes through
three molts, increasing in size at each, the third molt bringing it to
Fig. 125.—ORIBATELLA ARMATA,.
the adult condition. In some cases the eggs are not deposited, but
ripen in the body of the parent mite, the mother then dies and dries
up, her old shell remaining as a protection for the eggs till they hatch.
In some species the egg has a hard shell; the growth of the embryo
splits the shell and shows the pale vitelline membrane as a white band
around the egg.
NO. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 67
The larve and nymphs are always monodactyle—that is, with one
claw to tarsus. Their skin is soft and
flexible.
Fic. 126.—ORIBATELLA SP. (PERGANDE).
There are few creatures more
bizarre or remarkable than the nymphs
of certain Oribatidee. “Some bear upon
the back concentric rings of beautifully
Fig. 127,—LIACARUS NITIDUS.
iridescent, membraneous, fan-shaped scales. Others carry a collection
of their molted skins, eggshells, bits
of dirt, moss, etc.—a veritable ped-
dler’s pack of trash. Many species
have rows of serrate hairs on their
backs. The skin of the back of many
nymphs is wrinkled so as to allow
for growth. Many of these nymphs
were described by early writers on
Acari as distinct species.
When a nymph is about to become
an imago, it seeks some sheltered
spot and fixing its legs firmly in the
‘substance upon which it rests, it grad-
ually becomes inert and apparently
dead. It remains in this condition
about ten days. When about to
transform to the adult the skin
splits behind and shows the imago
beneath; this split increases without
any perceptible movement of the
mite, until it is quite large, when
the mite begins to back out of its
old shell. It may then be seen that
the legs of the adult are not with-
We ds
Fig. 128.—LIACARUS SP., NYMPH.
drawn from the legs of the nymph, but were folded beneath the adult.
68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
The internal anatomy of the Oribatidee is quite well known, having
been inyestigated by Nicolet and later and more thoroughly by
Michael. The alimentary canal is composed of a pharynx, cesopha-
eus, stomach or ventriculus, intestine, colon, and rectum. The
cesophagus has, near its posterior part, an enlargement or ingluvies
of varying size, according to the species. The stomach is a large sac
in the upper part of the abdomen, provided with two large ceca, one
rach side, reaching back to near the tip of the abdomen. The small
intestine is very short and enlarges to the colon, which is separated
from the rectum by a constriction. In most, if not all, forms there
are two large glands, the preventricular glands, which open into the
ventriculus near the ceca.
They are supposed to secrete
some fluid useful in diges-
tion. The male organs of
generation consist of one
central testis, usually large,
two vasa deferentia, uniting
into a ductus ejaculatorius,
which opens through an ex-
tensile penis. In the female
‘there is a median ovary
(sometimes showing traces
of division) opening into
two oviducts which unite in
a vagina; the latter opens
through a protrusible ovi-
positor. It is possible that
the ovary is connected by
two fine tubes to an aperture
near the anus, and that this
is the* bursa copulatrix.
Coition, however, has not
been observed, so it is not certain that the male does not use the vagina.
The trachezee when present vary much in shape and size. They epen
at the acetabula of the legs; one or two trachez proceed from each
acetabulum; sometimes very long, and wind about in the body;
sometimes short, and again may be enlarged to form air sacs. In
FTloploderma there are no trachee, and in Nothrus they are rudimen-
tary, and they are lacking in the larve and nymphs of all forms.
There are various excretory organs; one pair, the supracoxal glands,
open near the acetabula of the second legs; others, the expulsory
vesicles open on the sides of the abdomen. The Oribatide have a
delicate sense of touch, which resides apparently in the long hairs or
sete upon the legs, particularly a very long hair on the tibia. They
Fic. 129—EREMEUS PILOSUS (PERGANDE).
_ ae Sc
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 69
have no eyes, yet have a quick appreciation of light and darkness,
and prefer the latter. It is quite possible that the pseudo-stigmata
are organs of hearing.
>| The food of the Oribatidie
W is usually of vegetable na-
ture, but a few species affect
decaying animal matter; one
| of our common species 1s
pb usually found on bones.
4 Many feed on lichens and
fungi, andsome bore into de-
‘aying wood. Several kinds
are found on the bark of liy-
ing trees, and others under
dead bark. Many species
Fic, 130.—ORIBATA GRACILIPES. FIG. 131.—VENTER OF ORIBATA.
occur in moss, but do not necessarily feed upon it. Most species are
slow in traveling, and often, when disturbed, feign death. Many of
the adult mites carry their molted skins and other rubbish on their back.
Fic. 132.—CLAW OF AN ORIBATA. Fic. 138.—LARVA OF AN ORIBATA.
Practically none of the Oribatide are of economic importance. A
few have been recorded as damaging grass; but as a whole they prob-
70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
ably are slightly beneficial. There are doubtless 200 species of this
family in the United States, but only about fifty or sixty, mainly from
AA
Fic. 154.—ORIBATA MINUTA.
the Eastern States, have been described. On
account of their minute size, obscure habits,
and small economic value they are not favorites
with collectors.
The superfamily Oribatoidea includes two
iw
NS
well-marked families. One, the Hoploder- — Fr6.135—Gymyopates GraBER.
mide, are separated from the genuine Oriba-
tide in having the cephalothorax movably attached to the abdomen.
By this means the animal is able to roll up, concealing the legs. The
legs of the Hoplodermid are attached to the body, close together,
Fig. 136.—ORIPODA ELONGATA (PER-
GANDE).
and the whole sternal structure is soft and
membranous, instead of coriaceous as in
the Oribatide. The palpiare four-jointed.
The dorsal plate of the abdomen extends
down upon the sides, so that the venter is
very narrow and almost wholly occupied
by the large genital and anal apertures.
We have two genera of this family— //op-
loderma, with one claw to tarsus, and
Phthiracarus, with three claws to tarsus,
and a narrower venter. We have a few
species in each genus; Phthiracarus gla-
brata Say is one of our largest and most
common forms, and is found on moist
eround. The species of //oploderma are
most common in decaying wood or moss.
When disturbed they roll up, play ‘* pos-
sum,” and are then not easily discerned. One of the species described
by Doctor Riley was supposed to feed on the Phy/loxera, but such is
not the case.
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 71
In the true Oribatide there are a great many genera, and there
appears to be much doubt as to the proper names of several of them,
owing to the work of old authors who had no idea of the rules of
modern nomenclature. The forms, as far as known, can be grouped
as follows:
1. Abdomen with wing-like expansions at the anterior sides -............--..-- 2
ANbdomen without wane-lkeexpansiong22e seseeee ess 122 - Seco saa s eco. 6
2. Superior bristles spatulate; mandibles elongate..........-....-.-------- Pelops
SUPE OGG St ESM ObSpabulaLels am eee ss sere ey ee ae tere ela cre neres ser 6 3
SelarcmoLoadeatuuyps thineerclawisias = scsecece eas oeceecss oe meses acces = Gumnobates
IRENE Wao aKe? KONO) See BOR ere eRe oe ann een ee ee eee een eee |
BPA AGM LC CEG AWS LO LATSUSs nc)ls- 25 Ss coin ae Solan sce teas cess Sees tetas 5
Nath Om iON. clawrtG tarsus. sis. os. 5. 0 25e5-s500 se soot o-oo soe Oribatodes
5. Cephalothorax with lamellze large, and attached to cephalothorax for only part
@imtlneiTple mp tienes een ae teres er nore yt a eee ee ee ee Oribatella
Cephalothorax with smaller lamelle, attached for nearly their whole length,
Galumna
Gacconialothorax-withulamellse: sees cs. soto eos ese ese Sase-- oe Sde cesses fi
Cepnalothoraxawithoutlanelllee setae soe rete oom as ean eee Secon eee 1]
Fi, LBXONSISG SyeaNGy ON a eee ee ee erage ees ee oN ge dS a me 8
Bodiam Otel lesserOUe Mi sea es a meres One ee aor. ate eS ues 9
Semlecosnbi pir randinveimsenrtedtuned eribodys- sass s0sess2.-seccss-2 5 ee Liacarus
lkegshimcertedumoreronside on bOdye. ae marche sae ee eee ae neem ee Evemeus
9. Cephalothorax and abdomen plainly separated on dorsum..........-------- 10
Cephalothorax and abdomen more or less united ......---......---- Scutovertex
10. Claws three; femora I and II not pedunculate....-_.........---....-- Notaspis
Claw one; femora I and II pedunculate ...................-.-..--.-- Carabodes
Wiemiers'slender, longer than body .2% =--.2.-.-.22---..-224- 205. Seer ee See 12
WES SES nore teeom Clit lin G kgeee ey are eo eee eee eat etn ey Co ech Rak Se peasy 3
U2, CUI ASI ATT OW eS SS ge se Ne sa a de Br Gymnodameeus
(CHI ime FES ees ta neg oe ene ee gg oe ae ae Oribata
13. Abdomen transversely segmented ..-.-.22....---.--.--------.-- Hypochthonius
Abdomenmot transversely. seomented 55254-45552 45-+5556- 02 -5---sse5 see 14
ee Glawgole) GOrcum: COMVEXee sone sees ee eee eee eee eee ae Hermannia
(CHONTS WOW 5 Sa ARES SES EAE ose ete ne Seer yet ae ae oe ee i er se ec ier 15
15s Dorsum: very convex, with concentric rings --.-..--...-.---2----.-2- Neoliodes
Dorsumyquitertiat without concentiel rinas 225. --..25-5 2222255202282 2 16
16. Leg II with tectopedia; dorsum coriaceous; body elliptical ......- Cymberemeus
Leg II without tectopedia; dorsum softer; body more rectangular... ..- Nothrus
Most of our common forms belong to either Galumna or Oribatella.
They are usually shining black in color, sometimes with a pale spot at
lwase of abdomen, and rarely with hairs or bristles above. They have
the anterior sides of the dorsal integument extended downward in a
wing-like expansion. The shape of this ‘‘ wing” is characteristic in
each species. Many species can be sifted from moss. They at first
remain quiescent, but after a few moments start to crawl away.
(, pratensis Banks may be swept from meadows in great numbers,
and doubtless injures grass to some extent. O. aquatica Banks lives
on aquatic plants, and can readily walk on the surface of stagnant
water, yet there seems to be nothing peculiar in the structure of the
rey PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII. |
tarsi. @. arborea Banks and G. afinis Banks occur on the bark of
trees. (. hirsuta Banks is a pale yellowish form, with a bristly body,
occurring in dry sandy places.
One of our common forms and one of the largest of the family,
being fully one millimeter long, is Liacarus nit/dus Banks. It occurs
on the ground under pieces of wood,
bark, stones, and fallen leaves. A
species of Lremeus, 1. pilosus Banks,
is common in the crevices of bark of
living trees. There are four rows of
bristles on the abdomen. A species
of Scutoverter, S. marinus Banks, is
not uncommon on rocks between tide
Fig. 187.—CARABODES BREVIS. FIG. 138. —CYMBEREM-EUS MARGINALIS.
marks on the Atlantic seashore. It appears to lack the pseudo-
stigmatic organs and is otherwise peculiar. otuspis punctulatus
Banks is a pretty species, with a deeply pitted dorsum, and is found
in decaying fungi.
Of Carabodes we have several species, some of which are found in
fungi. Our most abundant species, CL n/ger Banks, which occurs in
fungi, has four rows of spatulate hairs on
dorsum. ©. oblonga Banks was found
boring under the bark of a stump, and it
looks much like a tiny scolytid beetle.
A species of Oribata, O. minuta Banks,
occurs in moss and on decaying animal
substances. It is pale yellowish-brown in
colorand appears to be widely distributed.
The largest Oribatid we have is Veoliodes
concentricus Say, a black species’ with
concentric rings on its elevated abdomen.
It occurs in crevices of bark of living
trees throughout the Eastern States, and also in Europe. Our one
species of Cymberemeus, C. marginalés Banks, occurs under lichens
on the bark of trees in the Eastern States.
We have various species of .Vothrus. They are very rough-looking
FiG. 139.—NEOLIODES CONCENTRICUS.
; :
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. Nae
creatures, with a squarish body and short, rough legs. .V. truncatus
Banks occurs in sphagnum moss and on the ground
in wet fields. LV. evc?sus Banks occurs on the bark
of spruce trees, where it is much protected by its
color. Another species, WV. sémpler Banks, was
found among lichens on dry rocks. VW. rugulosus
Banks is a common form under loose bark; it can
scarcely be distinguished from the bits of dirt
among which it lives.
The genus //ypochthondus has not been found in
this country. It has a soft skin, which usually
shows traces of segmentation. They occur in
moss and damp places. The genus Pelops, closely
related to Galumna, is likewise not yet known in
this country.
Asanappendix to the Oribatoidea may be added
the genus Vieoletvella Canestrini, a genus repre-
sented by two European and one Central American
species. It differs from the other Oribatide in the
large and prominent chelate mandibles, by the indefinite pseudostig-
matic organs, the complete union of cephalothorax and abdomen, and
Fic. 140.—VENTER OF A
NOTHRUS.
by having but one large aperture on
the venter near its tip, which includes
both anal and genital openings. The
coxe are all close together, and touch
on the median line. The palpi are
very short and simple. Legs I and I]
end in two claws; legs II] and IV end
in three claws. The species occur on
Fic. 141.—NOTHRUS BANKSI. Fig. 142.—NOTHRUS TRUNCATUS.
the ground, under stones, dead leaves, and in moss. They have much
resemblance to some Gamaside.
“I
TN
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII. >
Family TARSONEMID 2.
This is a small family, but of much biological and economical inter-
est. They are soft-bodied mites, and in some ways resemble the
Tyroglyphidee, but the females dif-
fer from them, as well as from all
other acarians, in having between
legs I and II a prominent clavate
organ of uncertain use. The mouth-
parts are formed for sucking, and
the mandibles are very slender and
needle-like. The palpi are minute
and barely visible. There are tra-
chev which open on the ventral sur-
face near the base of the rostrum.
The legs are short and composed of
five or six joints: the anterior tarsi
terminate in one claw, the others
usually have two claws and often a
Fic, 143.—BEAK AND CLAW OF PEDICULOIDES. sucker, The posterior pairs of legs
are quite remote from the anterior
pairs; in the males of Zarsonemus they are almost at the tip of the
body. In some species the abdomen shows traces of segmentation by
the presence of a few transverse lines on the dorsum. The anal open-
ing is at the end of the body; the genital
opening in 7arsonemus is a small, elongate NT Ny:
aperture near the hind coxe. The body ‘Rie LK)
and legs are provided with a few simple Nz
hairs. In several genera of the family, See
enue ane ; in Aa
notably in Zursonemus, there is a marked oO ECS
difference in the structure of the sexes. a WS
In the male Zarsonemus the body is much ° NY i ae
shorter than in the female, the hind legs SY (IN [yes
S
are thick and heavy, and end in a very = A
large claw. In the female the hind legs 7 1) (\
are very slender and delicate, and termi- ; ('
nate in two long hairs, one of them often see 4
as long as the entire leg. In the mature \\ {/
female of Ped/euloides the abdomen be- ‘ f!
comes enormously swollen so that it is 20
to 100 times greater than the rest of the
body; the whole animal appearing as a
white spherical grain, with a tiny scar on one side. The male of
Pediculoides has almost no abdomen at all; the body being very short,
antl angulate behind. The head in this genus is almost a distinct
FIG. 144.—PEDICULOIDES VENTRICOSUS,
FEMALE.
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES:
BANKS. 15
portion of the body. Brucker has studied the anatomy of Ped/eu/o/des,;
there is a large stomach, connecting to the mouth by a slender ceso-
_phagus; to the latter isattached a blind phar-
ynx. He found no anus (but I believe one
exists in 7Zarsonemus) the intestine ending
blindly near tip of body. The genital open-
ing is at tip of the body; above it is a short
spermatheca. In the females there are a
pair of air reservoirs in the front part of
body; behind them are tufts of trache,
which, when the female becomes swollen
by eggs, extend into the swollen part.
The Tarsonemide have not long held
any one position in the system of Acarina.
They have been associated with Oribatide
and Cheyletide, and Berlese has recently
elevated the family into one of the princi-
pal groups of the order. The dimorphism
Fic. 145.—PEDICULOIDES VENTRICO-
SUS, MALE.
in certain forms seems to suggest affinity to the Tyroglyphide.
The family has been divided into two groups.
Hind legs of female ending in claw and sucker as in other pairs ....-.- Pediculoidine
Hind legs of female end in long hairs --...._-.
Fic. 146.—PEDICULOIDES VENTRICOSUS, GRAVID FEMALE
(BUREAU OF ENTOMOLOGY ).
ARE An) ae ee eee Tarsonemine
In the first subfamily are
two or three genera, the most
prominent is Pedieuloides.
In 1850 Newport gave the
name //eteropus ventricosus to
a mite found on the larva of
a wasp. Since then the same
mite has been found on various
insects, both alive and dead.
The generic name was _ pre-
occupied, and was changed
to Pediculoides by Targioni-
Tozzetti in 1875. The spe-
cies has become of much eco-
nomic importance since it is
frequently parasitic upon in-
jurious insects. The abdo-
men of the pregnant female
swells to an enormous size,
this being due to the develop-
ment of the eggs. These not
only hatch within the parent, but obtain their entire development
there, and issue as sexually mature males and females. These may
wander about for atime on the body of the mother and soon pair.
76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE-NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
The body of the male ends in a broad sucker, wherein is situated the
penis. The tip of the female is grasped by this sucker. PP. ventri-
cosus occurs commonly in this country, and another species has been
found on the larve of scolytid
beetles. Professor Herrera, the
Mexican entomologist, has en-
deavored to breed a Mexican
species to kill the grubs of the
cotton-boll weevil.
Several other species have been
assigned to this genus which feed
on grain and grasses. One would
suspect that they would fall in a
separate genus, for which the name
Siteroptes Amerling is available.
One is P. trtict, found. in wheat
which Reuter has described as
partly responsible for **silver-top”
in certain e@rasses.
Pigmeophorus is closely allied to
diculoides. It hasamigratorial
form, which in one case was found
éb
Fic. 147.—TARSONEMUS PALLIDUS.
ona mole, and in another ona fly. We have
observed a species in this country attached in
some numbers toa fly—Platycnemis tin per-
Secta. The genus
Podapolipus has been
found upon grasshop-
pers. The male is re-
ported to have but
three pairs of legs, and
the female but two
pairs.
In the Zursonemine
are two genera— Zur-
sonemus and Disparc-~ “6 Ts — TARson ams a aus
FEMALE,
pes. The species of
Tursonemus affect. various plants, sometimes
producing galls upon them. They live in col-
onies upon the leaf or stem, or in the culms
of grasses. One species, 7. oryzex, infests rice in Italy; another, 7:
culmicola, produces **silver-top” in certain grasses of Finland; a
Fig. 149.—TARSONEMUS LATUS,
MALE.
similar form produces the same appearance in some grasses of New
Mexico. One grass-stem may contain several million mites. Another
species. does considerable damage to tea in Ceylon. Tryon has
heads; another is 2. graméinis-
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. Ce
described a species, 7) anase, as injuring pineapples in Australia. I
have described one, 7) /atus, which causes galls on the main shoots
of mango plants. Another species, 7) pallidus, has been found on
various greenhouse plants in this country. Karpelles described a
species, 7. dntectus (apparently identical with
the Chrithoptes monunguiculosus of Geber), as
attacking men in the Danube region of Hungary y
and Russia. The men had been handling barley =
and the mites spread from this to the hands,
where they caused an irritating inflammation of
the skin so intense as to force the men to leave
their work. Michael has recorded a species, 7:
bancrofti, as the cause of serious damage to
sugar cane in Queensland and also in Barbados.
T. canestrinii produces small, rounded galls on
several European grasses; 7: spirifex forms
elongate swellings on oats. But few remedies yy. 150,—Piemzoruorvs
have been proposed for these mites; a mixture 4MERICANUS, FROM ABOVE,
of powdered sulphur in soap and water has been ve Ee y Nee ag:
suggested for the one on sugar cane. Probably the remedies for
**red-spider” will be found applicable to them.
The curious genus, )/sparipes, has a migratorial nymphal stage much
like the /Zypopus of the Tyroglyphide. This stage has been found on
Fic. 151.—PIGMEOPHORUS AMERICANUS, Fig, 152.—DISPARIPES AMERICANUS, FROM
FROM BELOW. BELOW, AND CLAW.
bumblebees and ants. The adults occur on plants. I have seen spec-
imens of an American species taken from a bee of the genus //alictus.
Berlese has recently described a number of species taken from ants, and
proposes to divide the genus into three groups, the two new ones being
Diversipes and Imparipes; the characters, however, are very slight.
aT
| CO
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.
VOL. XXVIII.
Family TYROGLYPHID.
The Tyroglyphidee (Sarcoptides deétricoles of Mégnin) are not a
large family of mites, but many of them are of considerable economic
FG. 153.—TYROGLYPHUS SP. (PERGANDE).
and often a sucker.
broadest behind the middle.
importance, since several of them
affect stored foods and the roots and
bulbs of living plants. They have
been known to naturalists from the
time of Linneus. In the adult con-
dition they are usually free, but dur-
ing one stage of their life, known
as the bypopial, they are attached
to yarious insects and sometimes
small mammals. This hypopial
stage, or hypopus, is a migratorial
condition; the mite during this pe-
riod takes no food, so it is not a
true parasite. However, in some
vases where they occur in enormous
numbers they may injure the insect,
owing to their weight or position.
The Tyroglyphide are pale-col-
ored, soft-bodied mites, devoid of
trachee, usually with prominent
chelate mandibles, small palpi, mod-
erately long legs, ending in one claw
The body is about twice as long as broad, and
There is commonly a distinction between
the cephalothorax and abdomen.
There are no eyes (unless certain
organs in a few Hypopi are eyes).
The dorsum bears a few, mostly
long hairs, and the legs have scat-
tered hairs. One hair near the end
of the penultimate joint of legs Iand
II is very long, and there is usually
a clavate hair near the base of the
tarsi of legs I and II. It may bea
sense organ. It is always in this
position although authors sometimes
figure it as arising from the preced-
ing joint. On the venter are the
usual apertures. The genital is usu-
ally elongate, and situate between
Fic. 154.—HYPOPUS OF A TYROGLYPHUS, FROM
BELOW.
the hind cox; there are often two U-shaped marks each side of it,
known as the genital suckers.
te
The anal opening is usually much
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 79
before the tip; it is often but an elongate slit, with a sucking-disk
each side. In Glyciphagus the openings are much larger, and the
genital sometimes occupies the entire area between the coxe.
The internal anatomy of the Tyroglyphide has been carefully
studied by Nalepa and Michael. The digestive system is of the usual
type; the ventriculus is very large, with two short cceca, the colon is
globose, the rectum very large, and opens close to tip of body.
Behind the anus is a small opening—the copulative aperture. In
Glyciphagus the bursa copulatrix projects externally in a small cone.
So in the Tyroglyphide, as in the Analgesidee, copulation is not per-
formed through the vulva, but by this special opening. This opening
leads to a receptaculum seminis, which
connects by a small duct to the ovaries.
The nervous system is chiefly concentrated
in the very large ‘* brain” which surrounds
the esophagus. The most powerful mus-
cles of the mite are those attached to the
mandibles, the legs, and the stomach.
As a rule there is little difference in
size between the sexes, but Michael has
described one form with the male not half
as large as the female. In several cases
there are well-marked secondary sexual
characters, such as the enlargment of the
first or third pair of legs in the male.
The transformations of the Tyroglyph-
ide are among the most marvelous of the
animal kingdom. All Tyroglyphide
(except Carpoglyphus) appear to lay eges,
Sometimes;of large size. The young On ~~ re 155teriosroma AMERICANA.
hatching are six-legged, and, molting,
obtain two more. Thenceforward their life-history may take the
simple and direct path to the adult condition, but often it passes
through what is called a //ypopus. This HIypopus is very different
from the creature from which it has developed—the octopod nymph.
Its body is hard and chitinous; there is no mouth-orifice and no dis-
tinct mouth-parts. The legs are short and ill adapted to walking.
On the ventral surface of the body near the tip is an area distinct
from the general surface and provided with several circular marks or
sucking disks. By means of these sucking disks the Zypopus attaches
itself to an insect or other creature and is transported to some other
locality, where it may find a suitable breeding place. The //ypopus is
thus a stage in the life of Zyroglyphus for the purpose of migration.
The //ypopus, on finding a suitable locality, molts into an octopod
nymph, which will feed and develop into an adult mite. The causes
S80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
that will induce a nymph to transform to a //ypopus are not known.
Méenin supposed that the dryness of the air or the scarcity of food
were necessary causes. But Michael has shown that //ypopi are
developed in the absence of these conditions, and that the //ypopus
is the natural and normal means of distributing the species.
In the early days of the science of acarology this connection was
unknown; therefore //ypopus stood for a separate
genus, allied more to Gamasus than to Tyroglyphus.
Dujardin in 1850 concluded that //ypopus was the
pupal stage of Gamasidie. As investigation proceeded
[Typopus was so frequently found in association with
Tyroglyphus that views were advanced as to their rela-
tionship. One was that //ypopus was a ferocious
parasite devouring the Zyroglyphus from within;
another, that //ypopus was the male of Zyroglyphus,
Fic, 156—Beax or anda third, that //ypopus was the real adult of cer-
a tain species of Zyroglyphus. The ‘* Hypopus ques:
tion” disturbed acarologists for a long time, but
through the work of Mégnin and Michael it has been settled. In
some species of Glyctphagus the //ypopus is not fully developed and
does not escape from the nymphal skin.
Most of the Zyroglyphide differ but little in general appearance,
and the characters that separate species are often few and minute.
The family is usually considered to have aftinity to the Sarcoptide and
Analgeside, but there is more resemblance to the nymphs of the
Oribatide; in fact, Oribatid nymphs
have been described as Tyroglyph-
idxe, and wice versa.
The Tyroglyphidie feed mostly on
vegetable matter; a few live on ani-
mal food. They are partial to stored
foods, and so are often of much eco- CATT
nomic interest. A long list of arti-
Fic. 157.—LEG JI, AND TIP OF MANDIBLE OF
cles attacked by them could be HISTIOSTOMA AMERICANA.
compiled. It would include cheese,
flour, hams, dried meats, hair in furniture, cereals, many drugs, dried
fruits, seeds of all kinds, bulbs, feathers, hay, and entomological spec-
imens. Their ravages are due to the enormous number of individuals
developed from a few inashort time. Materials attacked by them are
often ina few-days swarming with millions of the tiny creatures. *° How
togetridofthemis oftenadiflicult problem. Since they have no trachee,
they are not very susceptible to fumigation, although some of them will
succumb to such treatment. Flowers of sulphur and carbolic acid are,
at times, of much use. But in many cases destruction of the material
No. 1382. ; THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 81
Peinoked 4 is the aay iene Since many are carried in the hypopial
stage on flies, it is advisable to have the windows screened in all fac-
tories where cereals, drugs, dried meats, and fruits are prepared.
When very abundant the Tyroglyphids are attacked by various pre-
daceous mites, chiefly Cheyletus and Gamasus, which greatly reduce
their numbers, and in some cases entirely destroy them.
Various species have at different times been recorded as temporarily
parasitic on man, causing itching and soreness of skin. Persons han-
dling infested products are apt to become attacked,
The genera known to occur in the fauna of the United States may
be distinguished as follows:
1. Dorsal tegument more or less granulate; claws very weak, almost invisible; some
hairs of body are plainly feathered; ventral apertures large. ...-.-. Glyciphagus
Dorsal tegument not granulate; claws distinct; no prominent feathered hairs;
VEMEA eA MeLUNCES Mia Chl aan weer ite eee awa cinco s Sess 2
2. Mandibles not chelate, elongate, and toothed below; body without long hairs;
SD ’ . 5S
palpi enlarged at tip, and provided with two divergent bristles; body often
GCHMANCOS Ss 6 Se Rees CERO SEE Eee Soe Gee OR ce Saco ranean Flistiostoma
Mandibles chelate, not elongate; body usually with some long hairs; palpi not
very distinct, not enlarged at tip, nor with the two bristles ...........---- 3
3. No suture between the cephalothorax and abdomen; male lacking sucking disks
near anal aperture; claws arising from a membraneous plate, or else associated
Wa: eS): See 8 ee es ee econ ie et ee eee pee ee emnieere e 4
Aesupurespresent; male with paranal sucking disks: ..../s--..---2-2--.---25=: 5
4. Body short; no clavate hair on base of tarsi I and II, a coriaceous piece on
anterior margin of cephalothorax, or with a dorsal shield; living on bees, or
in their nests; epimera of legs I and II not connected. .....------ Trichotarsus
Body not short; with clavate hair on tarsi I and II; no coriaceous shields or
pieces; epimera of legs I and II are connected; claws arising from tip of a
membraneous extension of the tarsus; living on dried fruit... -.-- Carpoglyphus
5. Body elongate; hind pairs of legs arising much behind the anterior pairs; the
Figpopusawilbhkeye-UKeSpOtse. oso aece call 2 wise ve sis asieccic aio ~ HHistiogaster
Body not elongate; hind pairs of legs much nearer to anterior pairs......----- 6
6. No sucker at_ tips of tarsi; leg I never thickened; in some males leg HT is thick-
ened erarclevw lubes tOUurs ples es ae er ee see ee cere reia ce erarstsaslala Rhizoglyphus
A sucker at tips of tarsi, although sometimes weak; leg III never thickened; no
Spomavess: ((Ciall\7-orMStI Ks) ON, eid a oases seer nse a Ane ReaD ese ces eeee sc 7
7. Leg I of male thickened; palpi quite distinct and separate ......---.---. {lewrobius
Leg I of male not thickened; palpi less distinct and more appressed to rostrum.
Tyroglyphus
The Hypopi of the various genera, as far as known, can be separated
by the following table:
1. A pair of clasping organs on venter near tip of body, margins not sharp-edged.
Labidophorus
INOFclaspiIncsongans= bUbaNl anearOMSUGKersa-a2 een osn ce esos ocee ee ee eee 2
2. Anterior legs end in very large claws; margins of body not sharp-edged . Trichotarsus
iiwarsinid omolnoniMalsiZerss 4.2) -e rae so ena eet Ss oe fsck. eee be 3
3. An eye-like spot each side on anterior PATO DOME ree sens cc 22 as Tistiogaster
SG) GILG) o) iS NE Shoo SPE eB a eee 4
Proc. N. M. vol. xxvili—04——6
82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
4. Venter behind with a submarginal crescentic plate; tarsi rather long...--- Flevicia
Notsuchicrescentic, plate. 2222-2 ce 2 oe see ee ts ee ee eee ee eee 5
5. Legs very slender, especially the tarsi; hind legs often bent forward . . Histiostoma
bess much shorter the tarsimotslender= saa. see= 4 se oe ee a eee 6
6. Four pairs of suckers in the plate arranged 2—2-2-2 ._....-.-.-.-------/ Aleurobius
Suckers not in such arrangement.-.-.-.------------- Rhizoglyphus and Tyroglyphus
Of the genus ///st/ostoia we have at least two species. The hypo-
pial stage of one (//, muscaruim) is often attached to house flies; the
other species, //. americanum, was taken under bark, which was also
infested with a RA/zoglyphus. This species has a number of humps
on the dorsum of the body, and upon the summit of each is a small
hair. In Europe one species lives
in mushrooms, and spreads a dis-
ease that causes the decay of the
FIG. 158, —GLYCIPHAGUS OBESUS. FIG. 159.—CARPOGLYPHUS PASSULARUM, MALE.
pileus. Nearly all the species occur in decaying materials, but Jensen
has recorded that one species (/7. berg?) lives parasitically in the
ege-capsule of a horse-leech in Denmark. The eggs hatch into six-
legged larve, which soon molt into the nymph. The latter devours
the embryonic leech and then passes into a //ypopus. This escapes
from the capsule, attaches itself to an insect, and, on reaching suit-
able locality, molts into a full-grown nymph. The latter cuts through
the capsule, enters, and there transforms to the adult mite. Here
reproduction takes place, and the life-cycle begins anew.
The genus Glyciphagus does not appear to be as common in this
country as in Europe, possibly owing to their minute size. Two
species are known to me, both of rather modest appearance. One has
long plumose hairs on the body, and was found in seeds. In Europe
several species appear to be common in houses and buildings. Some
species are provided with many broad scale-like hairs. In all the forms
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 83
the skin is finely granulate, which character serves to distinguish it from
all other Tyroglyphids. The original species of the genus (as indicated
by the name) and some others
have been foundinsugar. The
mites sometimes spread to the
hands of those handling such ©
materials, and produce a skin
disease known as ‘grocers’
itch.” Michael has described
two remarkable forms which
he discovered in the nest of the
mole. The body is broad, flat,
and the margins crenulate and ya
provided with spines. They
do not occur in deserted nests,
but their relation to the mole
is unknown. They may, per- \
haps, form a distinet genus, 779,405Azrenones ranmsns a. veren ov att: 8
The curious genus Lih/do-
phorus has not been found in this country. The genus was based on
a Hypopus that is found attached to moles. Michael bas worked out
its life history, finding that the adult is much like Glyciphagus. The
male has several curious comb-like projec-
tions from the under side of the first and
second pairs of legs, and some plumose
bristles on the other legs.
The genus Aleurobius contains one spe-
cies, A. furine, which appears to be well-
nigh cosmopolitan. It is the species most
commonly found in flour, grain, and stored
foods. The greatly enlarged anterior legs
of the male are a unique character in the
family. The body has a few rather short
hairs. Cleanliness, window screens, and
frequent handling of the grain will be the
best preventives for the protection of mills
against this pest. Fumigation with hydro-
cyanic acid gas is the best remedy.
Tyroglyphus, the typical genus, is known
Fig. 161. —Histiocaster Mavs, —_ in this country by three or four species, two
at of which are very common. One, a species
in grain and stored foods, appears to be the true cheese mite, 7. s/ro
Linneus. Our specimens, however, have rather longer hairs on the
body than the European specimens. Our other common species is the
mushroom mite, 7. /énéneri Osborn. It is very close to the European
|
84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVHL
7. longior Gervais, byt the bristles are smooth. ‘This species at times
is very destructive to cultivated mushrooms, and once ina bed it is very
difficult to eradicate. Buseck“ has givenan account
of experiments against it which serve to show
the difficulty of dealing with the pest. Severely
infested beds should be destroyed, and perhaps
if the earth was steam-heated (as is done for root-
species has been taken by Hubbard on oranges in
OO Florida.
.
wok y worms), the eggs would be killed. Another
can
It is found among the J/yt7/aspis scales,
and is supposed to feed on them. Moniez has
Fic. 162—Hisrioeaster described a species, 7) wasmanni, as occurring
MALUS, MANDIBLE AND
VENTER.
abundantly in nests of certain ants.
The genus ///stiogaster was based on the Euro-
pean J/, carpio, and JT. entomophagus. Our species, JL matus,
described by Shimer and Riley, is evidently a different species. It is
found on trees infested with
scale insects, and particularly
in company with the oyster-
shell bark-louse. It feeds on
the scale, possibly, however,
only after the latter is dead.
The body is more elongate than
in Zyroglyphus, and the hairs
are quite short. In England a
species feeds within decaying
reeds. The //ypopus of Llisti-
ogaster has a glassy, eye-like
spot on each anterior side of
the body; it may be an organ
of vision, but there is no defi-
nite evidence for this view.
To the genus P/izoglyphus
belong a number of species,
found on the ground, in decay-
ing matter, on roots of plants,
and in bulbs. The body is
slightly more pyriform than in
most Tyroglyphids, and the
species are of rather large size.
We have several species in the
United States. One of them is
the R. hyacinthi Boisduval (2.
echinopus Fumouze et Robin).
Fic. 1683.—TyYROGLYPHUS LINTNERI. FEMALE,
This is the ‘‘ bulb mite” or ‘* Eucharis
@ Bull. No. 38, n. s., Div. Entom., U. 8. Dept. Agric.
7
|
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 85
mite” of the horticulturists, and is responsible for an enormous
amount of damage. It burrows into healthy tissue, thereby giving
entrance to destructive fungi and bacteria. It is especially common
in hothouses, where its ravages on orchids have long been known.
No one appears to have found a successful treatment. The best way
is to burn the affected bulbs as soon as discovered. Some growers,
however, secure good results by the following treatment: The soil
of the pots of infested plants is allowed to become dry, then the
bulbs taken out and washed in a solution of tobacco water and soft
soap, with a small amount of washing soda. Then they are sprinkled
with freshly slaked lime and left for two days. Then they are washed
with the same solution as be-
fore, to which a little petro-
leum has been added. They
are then re-potted and often
do well. Mr. Woods has
shown that this mite, when
infesting Bermuda lilies, can
not be destroyed, but much
good is accomplished by the
use of commercial fertilizers,
and rotation of crops.
In Europe it has lately been
proved that this, or an allied
species, does great damage to
the roots of grapevines, and
that it may be destroyed by
the use of carbon bisulphide
injected into the soil above
the infested roots.
Dr. E. P. Felt has described
a species, 2. heteromorphus,
which caused injuries to the
stems of carnations grown in
greenhouses. We have seen the same, or closely allied species, on the
roots of asparagus. Another species has been found to eat through
the grafting wax on budded plants, bore beneath the bark, and so
prevent the union of graft and stock. A species described by Riley,
LR. phyllovere, was supposed to feed on the Phylloxera, but it doubt-
less fed on the grape roots.
The typical species of Carpoglyphus, C. passularum, has been found
on dried figs in California. It infests dried fruit in Europe. In this
genus there is no furrow separating the cephalothorax and abdomen.
The position of the long hair on the tibia of legs I and II is different
from that of any other Tyroglyphid. This hair is normally near the
FIG. 164.—RHIZOGLYPHUS RHIZOPHAGUS.
86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
tip of the tibia, but in this genus it arises near the middle of the joint.
There are only short hairs on the dorsum of body, but at the tip are two
long hairs each side. The //ypopus of this
genus is unknown. It is claimed that the
female is ovoviviparous. The species of
the genus Zichotarsus (formerly Tricho-
dactylus) are peculiar in that they occur in
hypopial form on bees. They have a broad
body, without division into cephalothorax
| and abdomen, and provided with a few short
j hairs. Two species, 7: xylocope and T.
osmie, are common in Europe, and both
have been recorded from this country. The
/ \
| adult of one species was found in the bee’s
nest, and has much the appearance of the
| ) \ ordinary 7yroglyphus.
The European genus //ericia is allied to
Trichotarsus, and is found in the sap flow-
ing from wounds on trees. Two other
European genera, Chortoglyphus and Fusa-
caurus, have coriaceous bodies, and the
Fig. 165.—Tricnotarsus xyto- mouth-partsare not visible fromabove. The
oe ae aNp eS" former has been taken in old hay and similar
substances, and the latter from moles’ nests.
The genus Lentungula, found on marine alge in Englandand Heligoland,
is peculiar in having a slender hook-tipped process near the tips of
tarsi I and II.
Family CANESTRINIID i.
This family, named in honor of the famous Italian acarologist, Gio-
ranni Canestrini, comprises only a few
forms of very small size and parasitic on
insects. They are related to the Sarcop-
tide, and also apparently to the Tyro-
elyphide. The body is entire, although
there is usually an indication of the trans-
verse furrow on the dorsum. The legs
are rather short, with few hairs, and ter-
minate in a sucker like that of the Listro-
phoride. The mouth-parts are small and
concealed in the rostrum; the mandibles
generally chelate. The palpi are simple
and filiform. There are sometimes two
suckers on the hind part of the ventterdor — 414) 40-— CAN Stn
copulatory purposes. The dorsum bears eee
a few hairs or bristles and some longer ones at tip. Their life history has
not been investigated. Most of the species occur on beetles, some under
NO. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 87
the elytra. One species that has been recorded from this country, //e//-
sarcoptes coccisugus Ligniéres, is said to live among the eggs of J/yt/-
laspis pomorum. The principal genus is Canestrinia, represented by
five or six species.
Family ANALGESIDZ.
7 .
The bird-mites (Sarcoptides plumicoles of Mégnin) form one of the
largest and best-known groups of the Acarina. Since the specimens
ean be found on the skins of birds, collections have been made in
various Museums, so that many species occurring in tropical countries
are described—a condition not existing in other groups of mites,
except the Ixodide. The species in the United States, however, have
been but little studied. The body
of an Analgesid is more or less elon-
gate; the skin is soft and trans-
versely wrinkled; in many forms
there are finely granulate dorsal
shields, one anterior, and a longer
posterior one; there are neither
eyes nor stigmata; there is usually
a distinction between cephalothorax
and abdomen. In front there is a
conical projection, the rostrum; the
upper part of this is known as the
epistoma, and is continuous with
the dorsal surface of the body.
Beneath the epistoma is a pair of
triangular simple mandibles, which
often project beyond it. The man-
diblesmare commonly chelate. and merie7;Anatansip:@ PALeus: b, CARONCLE:
finely toothed at the tip. Belowthe © =P!MERA; d, GENITAL OPENING; ¢, PROCESS;
. . a . . Lf ANAL SUCKERS; g, LOBE.
jaws are a pair of maxille, which
bear on their outer side the simple three-jointed palpi. Below this is
the lower lip, and between the two isa ligula or tongue. The legs
are commonly short and stout; they are arranged in two groups, the
anterior pairs close to the mouth-parts, the posterior pairs toward the
end of body. From their insertion on the venter there extend chitinous
brown rod-like pieces, the epimera, which form a framework or skel-
eton for the attachment of muscles and support of the legs. The legs
are of five joints, the last ending in a cup or saucer-shaped sucker or
ambulacrum. Sometimes there are one or two claws. The legs bear
a few hairs or bristles, in a definite arrangement. The two hind
pairs of legs often differ in the two sexes, and in the male one is often
enlarged or longer than the other, and used as claspers. Sometimes
there are projections or apophyses on the legs. In some forms there
88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII. |
is a backward projection from some of the basal joints of leg 1; these
are the olecranon processes. On the dorsum are stiff bristles, the
size and arrangement of which afford good spe-
cific characters. The vulva is situated between
the bases of the third and fourth pairs of coxe;
it is usually marked by a curved line, which is
termed the lyra. In the male there is a smaller
U-shaped mark. The copulatory opening of the
female is, however, a small aperture behind the
anus. The anal aperture is a simple slit at the tip
of the body. Each side of it in the male there
Fig. 168.—Caroncte oF is a circular mark or sucking disk; these are the
eae mating or copulatory suckers. The tip of the
abdomen is frequently of a different shape in the two sexes. In many
genera the male abdomen is deeply bifid or bilobed
at tip, while the female has the tip entire. In
some forms it is more bifid in the female. In
some cases the tip is provided with foliaceous
plates or lamelle. Ina few genera there are two
forms of the male; in one the mandibles and ante- yy¢. 169.—Lec oF axal-
rior legs are enlarged. GES), 0) OLEORANONEERS.
The development and life history of the’ bird. 9°)? ***"*mous
mites are replete with remarkable facts—facts which have puzzled
investigators for years, and even now
& g not thoroughly understood. The
ego is comparatively large, elongate,
and slightly curved. The newly-
hatched larvee have six lees, but in
some forms apparently but four. It
has been claimed that it is the third
pair of legs that is added when the
larva transforms to the nymph. The
nymph has the general form of the
adult, but lacks the genital organs.
In certain species there is a hypopial
stage developed from the nymph. It
is distinguished from the nymph by
the absence of mouth-parts, and by
having long hairs, instead of a claw,
at the tip of leg IV. This stage has
ge aan ate te haat A ae aed the venter an area of sucking disks
TUS), ON CONDOR. similar to that of the //ypopus of the
Tyroglyphide. The adult male is
developed from the nymph. But in the case of the female there is a
passage form between the nymph and the true adult female. It has
3)
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. Sd
been called the nymphal or copulating female ( femmina accoppiata), for
it is in this stage that pairing occurs. The male mates with the
nymphal female, but pairing is prolonged for several days or until the
true adult female is fully developed within this nymphal female.
Pairing is performed through a small aperture behind the anus, and
not by the vulva, which latter is not developed in the nymphal female
and only appears in the adult. The oviduct opens by the vulva.
When the true female escapes from the nymphal
female, an ege, already of considerable size, is
seen within her body.
The Analgesidee live upon birds, feeding on the
feathers, epidermal scales, etc. They rarely do
any damage to the birds, but are usually of serv-
ice in keeping the skin and feathers clean. They
remain on the host after death, often leaving the
feathers and congregating on the skin. Although
many of the species are now known from but one
host, there are some common forms that occur on
a considerable number of birds, frequently of
different genera. Likewise several species of
mites sometimes occur on the same bird.
These mites were for a long time kept in the
genus Dermaleichus Koch, but this has been
shown to be a synonym of Ana/ges Nitasch, 1818.
Many other genera have been formed in recent pee ie agente
years, and a revision of the family by Canestrini, — cunirer; a,b, ¢, primera
‘Das Tierreich,” in 1899, includes 31 genera ‘S*’400TT)-
and 7 subgenera. Several, however, are based on very slight char-
acters, and do not appear advisable.
But few species have been recorded from this country. Mr. Tyrrell
and Professor Haller described several from Canada, and Doctor
Trouessart has taken some from American birds in the Paris museums.
In the following table I have included all known from the United
States and Canada, and most of the larger genera that are apt to be
found here.
1. Hind legs of the male not lengthened nor enlarged...............-.--..----- 2
Some of the hind legs larger or longer than the anterior legs...........------ 8
2. Hind legs situate more under the body, very short; the fore legs of male with
processes on some of the joints, body usually quite broad ........-.-- Freyana
Hind legs more lateral; legs I and II without projections in male.........--- 5
3. Tip of the male with foliaceous appendages; that of the female bifid, and with
SOULE EIStlesge epeeyamers Mee tee ihre ns) amet 2 Ne Soi MS Soe E Proctophyllodes
Maleiwithomtmaneimanpendacesss-- sais 8o:. See lee se Sele ele sats 4
4. Female with tip of abdomen bifid, and provided with stout bristles... Pterodectes
Hemale with tini@ieapd OMenentire. =o. sk) 2022 see nc Jase etc ee eee 5
5. Body broad, legs very short; in male two hook-like projections from each side
OMoMeMosunUmMtALsMeNncdamiclawSeeee sees eae ee oe ee od Wicrolichus
No such projections on rostrum; tarsi rarely end in claws .......------------ 6
90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
6. Legs and II of male longer than the others, and end in claws; two forms of
male, one with very large mandiblest2 22 222222 (sees ee ee ae Faleulifer
Legs I and II not longer, not ending in claws; one form of male only ....---- 7
We Body sott, weakly, éhitinized,; palevcolor 222 245 eee on. eee eee Rivoltasia
Body harder, more strongly chitinized; more or less brown in color. . Pterolichus
8. Legs I and II of male with distinct spine-like processes _.........-.--------- 9
eos land) Ll -withoutisuch: processes’ 92 cece cee ra ee eee 12
9, Leg IIL without a sucker, ending in a stout claw; rarely spines on tarsus. Analges
Leolle with a.sucker at tip.2s2 25324 sate es eee oe ee ee ee ee 10
10. Leg III larger than IV, with spineson tarsus .22..-..:--2..2 sj t2- Megninia
Leo Lil scarcely agthick as TV ..25s... 2252 cease ste te eae 11
Li Leo il plainly longer than 3 Ve. 2c. eee ee ee es eee Protalges
ee LT plamly shorter than WV... jcccckene ao secen tessa ee Pteralloptes
12: ee TV larger than- Doc's. acto se gecd cca Set ee ae ee eee 13
Les V-smallerithandL) 222.8 4-22s 02 See eee eee ere cee eee 15
13. Tip of abdomen of female entire, and usually of male; leg IV very short. .-.. 14
Abdomen of female and usually of male bifid at tip, often deeply so; body slen-
der; lee TV vather-slendets 5... 22-252 ss eee ee eee eee Alloptes
ia) Suckers ob tarsi smallleess 2ee-cecee acces See seen ee eee Noloptes
Suckers/of tarsi large es 5552252 ween. Bee ace ee eae eee nee Syringobia
15. Abdomen of male more or less bilobed at tip; leg III usually reaches beyond
body, and-has no teeth. near base 235.29 2ceseccs oeeee seo ee Pteronyssus
Abdomen of male entire; leg III usually does not reach the tip of body, and
has one or two teeth near base on inner side.....-.-.-.-------- Dermoglyphus
Fila.
In /reyana some males have one
“ 2 of the anterior legs, sometimes the
left, sometimes the right, greatly en-
larged to aid in holding the female.
The hind legs arise nearer the middle
of the venter than in other genera,
andareveryshort. Twospecies have
been recorded from this country,
one, 2. anserina Koch, on the snow
eoose, and the other, /. caput-
meduse Trouessart, on the booby.
The latter species is sometimes over
1 millimeter long, one of the largest
species of the family. In Prerodectes
the body is elongate and slender, the
lees all of about equal development,
and in both sexes the tip of the abdo-
men is bilobed, in the female with
two stout bristles. There are dis-
tinct shields upon the dorsum. The
genus Allanalges (Pterocolus) 1s
scarcely different. Professor Hal-
ler recorded one species, A. gracéle-
pinnatus, from Canada.
172.—ALLOPTES MICROPHETHON, AND CaA- In Proctophyllodes the body isalso
oe slightly elongate, and the legs of
subequal size. The abdomen in the female is bifid at tip and with two
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 9]
stout bristles; in the male it is scarcely bifid and provided with
two prominent foliaceous appendages. 7. 7e-
ticulifer comes from California.
In Pivoltasia the species are rather short and
broad, all legs of about equal size; the male body
is deeply bilobed at tip, each lobe provided
with a very long hair. They are very small
species, and some occur on domestic fowls.
In Microlichus the species are similar to /7-
voltasia, but the legs are shorter, and end in
distinct claws, and there are two hook-like pro-
jections each side of the rostrum near its tip.
In Perolichus the legs are all subequal in size.
There is much variation in the shape of the.
body, which in the male is bilobed at tip and in
the female more or less entire.- It is a very
large genus, and three species are known to
occur in the United States. 2. aquilinus
Trouessart has been taken on the golden and
bald eagles; P. buchholzi Canes-
trint on the godwit and golden
He
At
iN
il
TMU
=
=
-—
=
S
i
ii
Fic. 173. —ANALGES PASSERI-
NUS, FEMALE.
OF
- Fic. 174.—ANALGES PASSERINUS, MALE. Fic. 175.—MEGNINIA TYRRELLI.
plover; and P. longiventer Mégnin and Trouessart on the barred owl.
92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
The genus /uleul/fer (formerly Fule/ger) has but few species, but
one of them, / rostratus Buchholz, presents:several interesting points.
The adult stage differs but little from the normal bird-mite, except
that there are two forms of the male—one which has considerable
resemblance to the female and the other which has several secondary
sexual characters, the anterior pairs of legs being long and heavy and
the immovable finger of the mandibles being greatly enlarged and.
lengthened. There is, however, an hypopial stage in the life of this
mite which has been the theme of much discussion among acarologists
for many years. This hypopial form was described in 1861 by Filippi
as [ypodectes and by Nitzsch as [ypoderas. [ypodectes is found in
various parts of the internal anatomy of birds, generally in the areolar
a Fal 7 ay are Ge ene
3,
“Ula
FIG. 176.—MEGNINIA ALBIDA (AFTER Fig. 177.—PTERONYSSUS TYRRELLI (AFTER
TYRRELL). HALLER).
and peritracheal tissues. It is of an elongate form, rounded in front
and behind, and with eight short legs, two pairs in front and two
other pairs toward the posterior end. There are no mouth-organs,
and Slosarsky, who examined the anatomy, found no internal struc-
tures save a few muscles attached to the legs. From this it was evi-
dent that /Zypodectes was a nymph in the state of histolysis. Mégnin
soon made a more extended study, and found that the mite was a
stage in the life-history of a Pterol/chus (now placed in the genus /a/-
culifer). Mégnin considers that when the /icu//fer finds it is being
deprived of shelter and food, by the birds pulling out their feathers,
certain normal nymphs transform into the hypopial //ypodectes. This
then crawls into the respiratory organs, or into the hair-follicles, bur-
rows some distance, and there remains until normal conditions are
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 93
reestablished when it reappears on the outside. However, it is prob-
able that more is to be learned regarding these subcutaneous forms.
In this country //ypodectes has been taken from the pigeon and blue
heron, while Mr. Beebe has recorded a similar form from various
birds in the New York Zoological Park. This latter form is supposed
to have caused the death of a number of birds.
In Pteralloptes the males have the third legs but little larger than
front legs, and end in asucker. They have usually been taken from
tropical birds.
In Preronyssus the male has the third pair of legs much longer than
the fourth, which is very small. The tip of the abdomen is nearly
truncate in both sexes, but in the
male there is often some indication
of two lobes. Three species have
been deseribed from Canada: /%.
simples, on the red-breasted wood-
pecker; 24. speciosus, on the sap
sucker, and 24. tyrrel/i Canestrini
(fuscus Tyrrell), on the white-
breasted swallow. J/egninia is sim-
ilar to Pteronyssus, but there are
several spinesnear the tip of the third
legs, and the tip of the male abdomen
is distinctly bifid. They are usually
brown in color, and many species
are known. Several are described
from our birds, as follows:¢ J/.
aculeatus, on the blue jay; J/. tyr-
rell’, on the eat-bird; J/. gladiator,
on the wild pigeon; M. Sorcipatus Fic. 178.—ALLANALGES GRACILEPINNATUS.
on sand-pipers; J/. pie?-majoris, on
the big sap-sucker, and J/. albidus on the white-breasted swallow. In
Analges the male has the third pair of legs not only longer than the
others, but usually very much enlarged in the middle, sometimes
enormously so. On legs I and II there are one or ‘two spur-like pro-
jections from the tibie and tarsi, and on the base of the femur there
isa reflexed spur, the olecranon process. The tip of the male abdo-
men is often pointed, and never deeply bilobed; the female has a
rounded tip and elongate body. The tarsal suckers are smaller than
in Megninia and Pteronyssus. Five species have been described from
American birds: 4. fyrann7, on the king-bird; A. long/sp/nosus, on the
snow-bunting; A. tr/dentulatus, on the horned lark; A. cremidonotus
aSeveral of these species, namely, those described by Prof. Haller in the Zeitschr.
_ f. wiss. Zoologie, 1882, are not mentioned in Prof. Canestrini’s treatment of the world
species in Das Tierreich, Lief. 7, 1899.
OF PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
Trouessart from California; A. d/g/tatus Haller, on the Canadian war-
bler; and the European ut. passer7nus Linneus recorded from several
small birds.
Family LISTROPHORIDE.
The members of this family (Sarcoptides gliricoles of Mégnin) are
closely related to the bird-mites, but live upon many of the smaller
mammals, including bats. They are small, soft-bodied, and with short
and stout legs, terminating in
Yyjypyr a sucker and often a slender
$f claw. The body usually tapers
YY YY i A . . i
SY YU Ze alittle behind, and the legs are
Y] Vij i =
Uy TR = widely separate, one from the
other, sometimes each pair is
at an equal distance from the
adjoining ones. The dorsum has a few short hairs, with longer ones
at tip. The surface is usually transversely striate. The rostrum
or beak forms a distinct cone on the front of the body; the palpi are
simple, filiform, and lie close to the underside of the beak; they are
three-jointed. The mandibles are com-
monly chelate, but very small. The gen-
ital apertures are situate between the third
and fourth cox, and the anus at the tip
of the body. The males, which are usu-
ally of a different shape than the females,
have a pair of copulatory suckers near the
tip of the venter.
These mites feed on the hairs of small
manunals, and each genus has some special
apparatus wherewith to hold onto the hair.
In Listrophorus the under lip is expanded
on each side into a flexible plate which
curls around the hair. They occur on
rabbits, squirrels, and mice. In J/yocoptes
the hind pairs of legs are enlarged, the
apical joints provided with a few large
spurs, and these joints can fold back on
the basal joints as a knife-blade. By this F!. 180—Scuzocarrus Mrncavpt,
arrangement they cling to the hair of i i com (Ob) ae
mice. In Zr/chwcius the hind tarsal joint is flattened, curved, and
provided with a spine, which enables the mite to grasp the hair of
mice. In Labidocarpus, which occurs on bats, the anterior legs are
very short and the last joint enlarged and concave below. By these
they clasp hairs. The hind legs are normal. Scehczocarpus has a
similar arrangement; it occurs on the beaver. In Ch/rod/scus the
anterior legs have the apical joints flattened and curled, but destitute
of claws and sucker.
FIG, 179.—SCHIZOCARPUS MINGAUDI, FEMALE, SIDE VIEW.
NO. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 95
Little is known regarding their life history. In Lahidocarpus the
male mates with a nymphal female (as in the Analgeside), which
moults, and the true female issues only to deposit eggs. Some spe-
cies of Listrophorus are preyed upon by a species of Cheyletus that
uses the rabbit’s fur as a hunting forest.
This family is based on the pilicolus habit and the possession of
some apparatus to cling to the hair. Since this apparatus is very dif-
ferent in the various genera it has been surmised that the family is
not a natural one, but includes forms really belonging to the Anal-
geside, Tyroglyphide, and Sarcoptide.
The American forms, with the exception of Schizocarpus mingaud?
on the beaver, have not been investigated. That species is, however,
very peculiar in many ways. The male has the third pair of legs
large, the fourth very small, and mates with a nymphal female,
which possesses but one pair of legs. The adult female is of normal
appearance. It has been taken in Texas, California, and Washington,
and also occurs in Europe.
Labidocarpus has an elongate, tapering body, annulate with many
narrow ridges, and at once reminding one of the Eriophyide, to which
there is, doubtless, some affinity.
Family SARCOPTID.
The itch mites (Sarcoptides psoriques of Mégnin) have long been
familiar through their disgusting parasitism of the- human subject.
They often burrow within the skin of
man and other mammals, and thereby
produce intense itching, and a diseased
condition known as scabies, mange, or
more properly acariasis. The mites are
very small, white, and semiglobular in
shape. The body is entire, and the sur-
face transversely striated and provided
with a few bristles, often short, stout,
and sharp-pointed. The legs are short
and stout, arranged in two groups. The
anterior legs are usually larger than the
others. The tarsi commonly terminate
ina stoutclaw. There is generally a long
pedicellate sucker,sometimes with a joint-
ed pedicel. The claw or sucker may be
absent and in its place a long bristle. The
legs often show a chitinous framework of rings, both transverse and
oblique. On the front of the body isa prominent beak. The palpi
are small, three-jointed, and appressed to the sides of the beak beneath.
Fic. 181.—SARCOPTES HOMINIS, MALE.
96 PROCEEDINGS OF ‘THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
The mandibles are chelate“ and vary in length with the genus. The
ventral openings are in the usual position, and in the male there is
often a pair of copulatory suckers near the tip. There are frequently
sexual differences; some males have the third pair of legs very large
and long, while the fourth pair is very small. Sometimes there are
plate-like lobes at the tip of male abdomen, and the tarsi may termi-
nate differentiy in the two sexes. The Sarcoptide live in the skin of
mammals, including man and a few birds. The female burrows into
the skin, depositing eggs on the way. The young, on hatching, start
24
burrows of their own, so that a host is infested in patches. These
burrows or cuniculi are close to the surface, and sometimes result in
loosening pieces of the epidermis so as to produce a scaly effect or
ge
= - f4
as NUT oy a
SNE oS
<a 7 Parad
1
Ls
,
So VP
44 > P bi
eS
sy
BN
FIG. 182.—SARCOPTES HOMINIS, FEMALE. Fic. 183.—LEG OF A SARCOPTES.
crust. Frequently there are vesicles, papules or pustules, which may
become ulcerated by scratching. The different species produce dif-
ferent effects, and even the same species when on different animals.
When upon a hairy animal, the hair usually falls out in the affected
portions. The young Sarcoptes, when newly hatched, has but three
pairs of legs; the last ending in a long bristle; and there are no chiti-
nous bands. Some species moult four times before maturity. When
adult they pair, and the female wanders a little in search of a good
burrowing place. At this time the mites can exist for a long period
if removed from their hosts and kept in a moist situation; but if
exposed to dryness, they soon die. The burrow is made by eating
“Furstenberg in his great work, Die Kratzemilben der Menschen, figures two
pairs of chelate mandibles; this is a manifest error, and weakens one’s faith in his
fine figures.
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 97
she leaves behind her a row of from ten to forty large eggs and a
considerable amount of ‘‘frass.” The female, having deposited her
complement of eggs, dies at the end of her burrow. As the skin of
the host is always wearing off, and constantly being renewed from
below, the eges, when ready to hatch, will be close to the surface, so
that the mites may readily escape. Above each burrow there is often
a little pimple, containing a watery fluid. There appears to be no
Fic. 184.—SARCOPTES IN HER BURROW, AND EGGS.
means of distribution from individual to individual except by contact.
Many of the species that are normally confined to one host can live
on other animals and on man. The eggs if kept moist may retain
their vitality for a week.
There are but a few genera; the better-known ones may be tabu-
lated as follows:
il, ANropnll @yarerautioyes Cora Woven C Kons\0000) eo eee coer SOSs sae On SCOR anes seer ees 2
ASTWEA Cyst ae GTO A Og Oe CeO ee Oe eee ee ees 3
2. On small mammals, not bats; third pair of legs in male without apical suckers.
Notoedres
Ongbate-ihnirddlegs insmale with suckers... 2a. 4s sais esis aie ose Prosopodectes
3. Pedicel of suckers jointed; mandibles styliform and serrate near tip... .- Psoroptes
Redicelanotsolmtedramancnbles;ehelater a= se = case see ieese ee eee s eee 4
4. No suckers to legs of females; parasitic on birds..-....---.-------- Cnemidocoptes
Suckers at least on legs I and II; parasitic on mammals --......-.------------ 5
5. Legs very short; in male the hind pairs equal in size; body usually short. Sarcoptes
Legs more slender; in male the third pair is much larger than the fourth; body
MM ORCLALOM OAC ear eee seers eee eles a Sete easier emis icieiteiaacseciscciss 6
6s Hemalewith suckers’ to fourth pair of legs: s-2--..--------.-----+----- Chorioptes
Namal Wand aonb: GUE ais: rosKoNAD A ese Se Goer oo Conoco ereeEe ee nerecueoeeeS 7
fe tlind part of male abdomen with two lobes: ~.--2- =. ...+.-.-.4.---s-- Caparinia
Eling: part of male‘abdomen: without,lobesi.-= 2522-52222 52---~2522.- Otodectes
Sarcoptes includes the species parasitic on man, although some oth-
ers may also occur. The human species is S. scabe?. This pest was
formerly more common than now, particularly in armies. The intol-
erable itching caused by the presence of these mites leads to wild and
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04——_7
98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
incessant scratching, which only serves to spread the infection and
increase the inflammation. Cleanliness is the best preventive. The
best remedy is the use of an ointment con-
taining sulphur. If the affected parts are
freely bathed in hot water and soapsuds
the scaly portions of the skin will be re-
moved, and then the ointment can be ap-
phed with a certainty of reaching the
mites. The application should be re-
peated two or three times, eacha few days
apart, inorder to kill any mites that may
have hatched since the first application.
All underclothes and bedding should be
washed in boiling-hot water. The Norwe-
gian itch mite is S. scabe/-crustose ; it pro-
duces a coarse leprous crust infested on
the inner surface with myriads of the
mites. It is much less common than the
other species.
Nearly all of the domestic animals may harbor a species of Sircoptes
peculiar to them. The more com-
mon are those of the hog, horse,
and sheep. They work like the
human species, and are amenable =»
to the same treatment, or that
used for sheep-scab.
The species of the genus /so-
ropteshave piercing mandibles,and
do not burrow. One species, 7.
COMMUNES Var. OviS, Is the cause of
sheep-scab, a serious disease of
this animal throughout the world.
The fleece of scabby sheep presents
a rough appearance, the wool in
places being stuck together in
greasy masses. The mites are most
abundant around the edges of an
infested patch, and increase very
rapidly. The eggs hatch in two or
three days, and in fifteen days they
become mature. The female lives
for several weeks and deposits a
great number of eggs, commonly
in patches of about twenty each.
By rubbing against posts, trees, and fences wool containing mites and
eges is removed which may infect healthy sheep rubbing against the
Fig 185.—CNEMIDOCOPTES MUTANS,
FEMALE.
Fig. 186.—OTODECTES CYNOTIS, FEMALE.
NO. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 99
same places from other causes. The loss is usually heaviest in autumn
and early winter. Sheep if not treated may soon become so enfeebled
through fatigue and lack of rest as to die. The best remedy is to dip
the sheep in some poisonous solution. Various dips are in use, mostly
based on tobacco, sulphur, tar, or lime. The fa-
mous Rutherford dip, which has heen very suc-
cessful, is prepared by using one pound of tobacco,
one pound of sulphur, and four gallons of water.
The tobacco is steeped for some time in the water, oi
the sulphur is added to this tobacco water, and then = 7 7
the mixture is diluted by the requisite amount of. 5
water. It is best used warm. It is customary to Saag
give another dip about six or eight days after the é
first, so as to catch the mites that have hatched since
the first dip was applied. Gillette has used an |
per cent kerosene emulsion, and considers it
cheaper than anything ie
else. It is said that — Fic. 187—oropecres cy-
in Europe shepherds S'S 70" wet ae
apply a salve contain-
taining mercury and oil of turpentine.
If theshep have been kept in stables, these
should be cleaned, the surface soil re-
moved, and the woodwork whitewashed
to a height of four feet.
The species of Chorioptes do not bur-
row in the skin, but produce a seab similar
to sheep-scab; but it is restricted to cer-
tain parts of the animal, as the feet, the
ears, or neck. They are amenable to the
same treatment as the /’soroptes. Species
occur on the horse, ox, sheep, and goat.
The genus Wotvedres, differing from Naz-
coptes in the dorsal anus, occurs on cats
and rabbits. Prosopodectes is limited to
bats, and burrows in the tissues of the
ears. Caparinia occurs on a few wild
animals, and Ofodectes lives in the ears of
Meee Psanories commune yar cogs and cats: O: cygnotis Hering has
OVIS, FEMALE AND CARONCLE EN- heen taken in thiscountry. Animals may
— be so tormented by these parasites that:
they have convulsions or fits. The purulent matter should be care-
fully removed, and the ears bathed and injected with olive oil contain-
ing one-tenth part of naphthol.
The genus Cnemidocoptes contains a number of species that occur
on various birds, including poultry. Some live at the base of the
100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
feathers, others produce a crust of loosened tissue and dead skins
similar to that of Norwegian itch. They may begin on the comb or —
skin of the feet, but gradually spread down —
the neck or up the legs. The species are all
short and broad, with short legs and with
very few hairs above, and these small. They
give birth to living six-legged larvee, which,
however, appear to have hatched from eges
while in the body of the parent. C. mutans
Robin is the itch mite of domestic fowls, at
times a very serious pest. The disease it
produces is known as ‘*sealy leg,” since the
mites are most abundant on the legs. The
best remedy is to soak the legs in warm
soapy water until the crusts are loosened;
then apply sulphur ointment. Bathing the
affected portions in a5 to 10 per cent solu-
tion of creolin is also a good remedy; the
treatment should be repeated in a few days.
The infested fowls should be isolated until
cured. Another species, C. gal/ine Railliet,
occurs at the base of the feathers, where
it burrows and produces a mass of loosened
Si iad ci ae aia scales. The itching induces the hens to
VAR, OVIS, MALE, pluck their feathers.
Family CYTOLEICHID i.
This family (Sarcoptides cysticoles of Mégnin) contains but two
species—-Cytoleichus (formerly Cytodites) nudus and Laminosioptes
(often Symplectoptes) cysticola—hoth of
economic importance. They were dis-
covered in 1870 by Francesco Vizioli
in the common fowl. Both are very
small, soft-bodied mites, much like a
Surcoptes, but differing in having the
vulva longitudinal and the smaller and
less prominent mouth-parts. The legs
are very short, the anterior pairs the
larger, and all separate at base. The
tarsus ends in a long sucker, but with-
‘out. claws. = Lamdnosioptes sometimes
occurs on the skin, but often bores into
the subcutaneous tissue, where it gives
rise to a ealeareous cyst. Cytoleichus Fic. 190.—CyTOLEICHUS NUDUS.
has been found in various parts of the common fowl, but most
commonly in the air-passages and air-cells. Here its presence in
NO. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. LOW
great numbers may produce asphyxia in the host. It has also been
suspected of producing peritonitis and enteritis, but Wilcox has shown
its presence in perfectly healthy fowls, so that it is not certain that the
mite necessarily produces any disease. The mites are probably taken
up by the fowl with its food. Although appa-
rently clumsy the mite is exceedingly active,
and can penetrate most of the tissues of the
body. It is viviparous, and the young at birth
have six legs. They also occur on most of the
birds related to or associated with poultry.
Both species have been taken in this country,
Family ERIOPHYID.
The members of this family, long known as
Phytoptidee,“are among the most curious forms"
of the Acarina. They are extremely minute,
but make up by their great numbers. They
are strictly plant-feeders, and many of them
cause galls, fuzzy spots, or other deformations
on plants. These galls, unlike many insect
galls, have an opening through which the mites
may pass. The adult mite has but four legs, F'6- 191—Lamnostorres cys-
all near the anterior part of the body; the pos- ae
terior pairs being wholly lacking or represented by fine hairs. The
body is divided into two parts—the anterior, short and broad, is the
cephalothorax; the posterior, long, tapering, and multi-annulate, is
FIG. 192.—ERIOPHYES SP., SIDE VIEW
the abdomen. There isa pair of free three-jointed palpi, and between
them the rostrum, from which may project the needle-like mandibles.
“The change of name of this well-known group of mites seems inevitable, although
much to be deplored. Eriophyes Siebold has a year’s priority over Phytoptus Dujar-
din. But Siebold did not carefully study these mites at all, and supposed them to
be immature creatures. Dujardin recognized their true nature and made many care-
ful observations upon them. European authors, however, have recently adopted
Eriophyes.
102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Near the base of the abdomen, beneath, is the genital opening, the
female epigynum being quite large and prominent; the male epiandrum
is much smaller. At the apex of the abdomen is a truncate piece, the
telson, from which arise two lone hairs, and sometimes other shorter
ones. There are also a few other hairs on the body. At the tip of the
abdomen is a sucker, which can be extended or retracted at the will of
the animal. The legs are five-jointed, short,
and end in a single tarsal claw, beneath which
isa plumose hair, known as the ‘** feather hair.”
The cephalothorax often shows various lines or
ridges. The number of rings or annulations
on the abdomen varies according to the species,
and in some forms there are more divisions
above than below. In size few of the Erio-
phyide reach one-hundredth of an inch, and
many are not half as long.
The Eriophyidee have had a checkered history. The early botanists,
unable to see the minute creatures, supposed that the galls and fuzzy
spots were fungi, and so described them, the genus Cephaloneon
being founded on distinct galls, Volvolifer on rolled edges of leaves,
and Lrnewm and Phyllerium on the fuzzy patches.
Dugés in 1832, who was the first to carefully look into these galls,
supposed that the mites were immature, since they had but two pairs
of legs. He saw the eggs, but supposed
that the adult mite had come in the gall to
lay the eges and then went out to deposit
egos elsewhere. In 1851 Dujardin examined
some gealls, found the mites, and noticed
within some of these, objects which he
took to be eggs. Therefore he believed
these mites to be adults, and named them
Phytoptus. A few years later Scheuten
examined the pear-leaf blister, found the
mites, and decided that they were immature
forms, and that the full-grown creature was
an eight-legged mite that he found associ-
ated with them. This supposed adult he
figured and proves to be a Gamasid, which
was doubtless feeding on the Zriophyes. Since then many observers
have examined these mites and confirmed Dujardin, that they are adult
and constitute a separate group of Acari.
The deformations produced by mites on plants have been called
acaro-cecidi/, Nearly all such deformations are produced by members.
of this family. The relation of the mite to the gall or erineum is not
fully known. An erineum is practically a dense mass of deformed
FIG. 193.—EGG OF AN ERIOPHYES
IN GALL.
Fic. 194.—ERIOPHYES GOSSYPII, AN-
TERIOR PART OF BODY.
NO. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. LOS
hairs. These hairs are usually thickened and twisted, and the whole
mass is of an even height. The mites live among these deformed
hairs, sucking the juices of thé leaf. As the juice becomes exhausted
the erineum becomes reddish or rusty brown
in color, and is a very prominent object.
At this stage, when the erineum is most
easily noticed, one is apt to find few if any
mites, as they have left for fresh pastures.
The galls may be on either surface of the
leaf, Shore commonly above. The form
is quite characteristic of the species, though
there is usually some variation. These
galls always have an opening through which
the mites can pass. This character will dis-
tinguish these galls from those of Diptera
and Hymenoptera, but not from Homop-
terous galls. The opening is often very
small and concealed by tufts of hairs.
within, thet gall issotten partly filled up *17 Py SACs OF AN Eato-
with folds and projections, and sometimes
with hairs. In color the gall is at first like the leaf, but gradually
turns yellow or reddish, and then brown or black. Sometimes the
gall covers a great deal of space, but does not swell up much, in ap-
pearance much like a blister.
Galls are formed while the leaf is growing rapidly. It is supposed
that the puncture of the plant-cells by the mite
induces an increased flow of sap in that direction,
which causes the spot to grow faster than the
surface around it, so that this spot must swell up
in the form of a gall. This, however, does not
account for the diversity of form of the galls,
and why each gall is characteristic of the are
that made it. Sanne species of Eriophyide live
in plant-buds, and their feeding prevents the
opening of the bud, which after a time dries up
and dies. With other species the buds swell to
a great size, but never open. Other mites pro-
duce a curling or rolling of the edge of the leaf,
or a slight folding of the surface. Some live on
the surface of fruits, as the orange-rust mite.
Pe ee er i Ds few species produce galls or excrescences on
ERIOPHYES. twigs, especially near the base of terminal buds.
The diseased condition produced by these mites
has been termed phytoptose or erinose.
The eggs of the Eriophyide are laid upon the surface of the leaf
104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
They are attached singly, are nearly spherical in shape, and pale yel-
lowish or grayish in color. The eggs are quite large as compared
with the mite. The young, at birth, are helpless and without tarsal
appendages, but soon molt and obtain them. The mites can move
quite swiftly, considering their size, and sometimes they spread over
a tree with wonderful rapidity. The anal sucker aids them in holding
on to a surface, but not in locomotion. They molt four times, it Is
said, before becoming adult, but pass through no changes in structure,
except the development of the genital apertures. At each molt there
is a resting period when the mite is within its old and now loose skin.
With the drying up of the food-plant in the fall the mites seek winter
quarters within the buds or beneath the bud-scales. | Sometimes,
doubtless, they winter under pieces of bark. When in a bud they
begin to feed on the leaf, and produce the gall before the bud is fully
open.
The Eriophyide have usually been supposed to have some affinity
with the Sarcoptide; however, I think they show far more relation to
the Tarsonemide and Tyroglyphide. There is not much diversity of
form in the family, and generic classification is based on few and
rather simple characters. Quitea number of galls have been collected
in the United States, but the mites have not been studied except by
Professor Garman, who described a few species. Several European
acarologists have carefully studied these mites in recent years, but the
work of Alfred Nalepa, of Linz, has been preeminent.
The better-known genera maybe separated as follows:
1. Number of abdominal rings on dorsum and venter nearly equal.......- Priophyes
Number of abdominal rings on venter nearly twice as many as on dorsum ...-- 2
29. Dorsum:with the middlearea highly arched_-2.-: - <2. 3222-322 -- see eae 4
Dorstim, of an even curves s2s--5..0ssco-S22ees cs ec eee see eee eee 3
3.. End piece of abdomen plainly separated: 2-225: 2-2-2 eee Anthocoptes
End piece of abdomen not plainly separated ..........---- Siena Phyllocoptes
4. Some of the dorsal abdominal rings extend backward spine-like on the side
Oxypleurites
Dorsal rings Not. Sos... Se ee eres ee a ee 5
5. Dorsum of abdomen with two longitudinal furrows......--.-.-------- Epitrimerus
Dorsum without turrows) <= 3226 252-5 - eee eee ee Tegonotus
The species, so far known from the United States, have been
referred to Lriophycs, but several of the other genera occur here.
Most notable of all our species is the pear-leaf blister-mite,
Eviophyes pyri, a European species whose introduction into this
country seems to have been accomplished before 1870, It is now
widely distributed throughout most of the pear-growing region, and
also occurs in Australia. It appears to be more injurious in this
country than in Europe, and in some cases it is so abundant that the
tree sheds nearly all its leaves before the fruit is ripe. The mites
pass the winter in the buds, and begin to feed before the leaves are
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 105
unrolled. They form red-blister-like spots nearly one-fourth inch
across. These spots become green by June, and then turn brown,
and the tissue becomes hard and corky. The opening is on the
Fic. 197,—SECTION OF AN ERINEUM ON LEAF.
under side. As mites often start galls
close together, they soon coalesce and
form large blotches. Professor Slin-
gerland has found that they can be
practically exterminated by spraying
the trees in winter with kerosene
emulsion diluted with
from five to seven parts
of water. This mixture
reaches the hibernating mites in the buds, and kills
them there.
Another species of considerable economic impor-
tance is Eriophyes oleivorus Ashmead, the rust mite of
the orange and the silver mite of the lemon. It occurs
in Florida and California, and lives on both leaves
and fruit. On the foliage the mite causes the leaves
to become curled and lose their gloss. On the fruit
of the orange the mite produces a hardening of the
rind, which becomes brownish in color. The infested
orange, although injured in appearance, is better able
to stand long shipment, and more juicy than the clean
fruit. Upon the lemon the mites cause the rind to
become whitened or silvered. The fruit is better for
shipment, but the rind is injured for commercial
purposes. The circular eggs are deposited on the
leaf or fruit, generally in clusters. They hatch in
five to ten days. It takes about two weeks to reach
maturity. Its food is the essential oil, found in the
epidermal cells. Mr. Hubbard, who studied this mite
more carefully than anyone else, estimated that there Fis. 199.—Exio-
may be 75,000 mites and eges ona single leaf. The aeer yok
best remedy is flowers of sulphur; this may be applied dry, or mixed
in with a spraying solution, as kerosene emulsion.
Another injurious species in this country is the plum-twig gall
mite, Lriophyes phlwocoptes Nalepa (also known as Cecidoptes pruni
Amerling).
Fia. 198.—ROUND-GALLS OF AN ERIOPHYES.
Fate He NIGER SN
= pf Ee eee =
106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
It is an European species that has been imported into this country
in recent years. The mites form small subspherical galls at the base
of the buds. A cluster may surround the twig. The mites hibernate
within the galls, leaving them in the spring to form new ones. The
galls are at first plump and smooth, but later become dry and wrinkled,
and sometimes crack. Pruning and burning the infested twigs in
winter will keep the mites in check. An application of sulphur in
the spring, when the mites are active, will, doubtless, destroy many
of them.
The black-currant gall mite, A7éophyes ribis, is very injurious to
the currant in England. ‘They penetrate the buds, causing them to
swell, and badly infested buds die before opening. The mites breed
throughout the year. They
migrate in the spring when
the buds are opening, and
may ‘be destroyed at this
time by a wash of soft soap
and sulphur. It has been
observed that this species can
stand upright and even jump
into the air and be carried
some distance by the wind.
In California the Ar/ophyes vitis Landois often seriously injures the
leaves of the grape. The mites produce an erineum on the under
surface of the leaf that causes swellings on the upper surface.
The mites pass the winter in the buds or under the bark of the vine.
Applications of sulphur will destroy this as well as other species of
Eviophyes. Walnut trees in California are also affected by an “77o-
phyes which produces blister galls and erineum on the leaves. It
appears to be the /1 ¢ristriatus Nalepa, of Europe, which has similar
habits.
Fic, 200.—PHLGOCOPTES SP., SIDE VIEW.
One of our most common species is Lriophyes quadripes Shimer,
which produces roundish galls on the leaves of the soft maple. The
galls are at first green, but later become purplish and finally black.
There are often several hundred galls on one leaf.
Lriophyes gossyp?. Banks occurs injuriously upon cotton in Mont-
serrat and some other West Indian islands. The mites produce galls
which were so numerous as to cover many leaves with a mass of irreg-
ular, roughened swellings, curled and distorted. The damage in places
was so severe that the cotton had been thrown into the sea. The galls
within are densely clothed with lone hairs.
Two species are very injurious to the leaves of the tea plant in India
and Ceylon, and no good remedies have yet been devised for them.
No, 1382. TWEE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. 107
Family DEMODECID i.
To this family belongs but one genus, Vemodex, found in the seba-
ceous glands and hair-follicles of various mammals, including man.
The mite is very small, elongate, with eight short, three-jointed legs,
and in front a short, median, sucking rostrum. The palpi are
appressed to the under surface of the rostrum. The abdomen is
tapering, transversely striate above and below, and
rounded at tip. There isa large vulva situate at
base of the abdominal venter. The egg is fusiform,
and gives birth to a hexapod larva, which moults
and becomes octopod. Two more moults brings it
to maturity. The nymphs greatly resemble the
adults, and the sexes differ but little.
D, folliculorum Simon, the species found on man,
was long supposed to be the cause of ** blackheads”
and comedomes on the face. Medical authorities
claim that the mites do not cause ‘* blackheads,”
and that they occur in healthy as well as diseased
follicles. The mites migrate over the skin to enter
new glands. They occur on children as well as
adults, and in all parts of the world.
D. phylloides Csokor has been found in Canadian
swine, causing white tubercles on the skin, from the
size of a pin-head to that of a pea. Within each
of these abscesses a number of the Demodexr were
crowded together. They did not appear to affect
the health of the animal. 7). bovis Stiles was
recorded from hides of cattle in the United States. They formed
swellings, about the size of a pea, on the skin. Within each there
were a great number of mites. The presence of these tubercles
lessens the value of the hide to a considerable degree. Herds could
doubtless be cleaned by dipping in some liquid similar to the sheep
and cattle dips now in use against other mites.
Fig. 201.—DEMODEX
FOLLICULORUM.
LIST OF WORKS USEFUL IN THE STUDY OF AMERICAN ACARINA.
N. Banxs. Some new American Acarina. Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc., X XI, 1894,
pp. 209-222.
On the Oribatoidea of the United States. Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc., X XII,
1895, pp. 1-16.
The red Spiders of the United States. Bull. no. 8, Techn. ser., Div. Entom.,
U.S. Dept. Agric., 1900, pp. 65-77.
A. Beruese. Acari, Myriopoda et Scorpiones hucusque in Italia reperta. Patavia,
1880. [Issued in mixed fascicles; the parts on Prostigmata (Trombidiide ), Gama-
sidee, Oribatidee, and Sareoptoidea are finished. ]
108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII,
G. CANESTRINI. Tee tto del?’ Acarofauna Italiana, Padova, 7 parts, 1885-1897.
and P. Kramer. Demodecidee et Sarcoptidee. Das Tierreich, 7 Lief., 1899,
pp. 195.
FE. CLraparEpe. Studien an Acariden. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool., X VIII, 1869, pp. 445-
546, 11 pls.
A. LL. Donnaprev. Recherches pour servir i l’ histoire des Tétranyques. Ann. Soe.
Linn. Lyons, X XII, 1875, pp. 29-180, 12 pls.
A. Ducks. Recherches sur ordre des Acariens. Ann. Sci. natur. (2), I, 1836, Zool.,
pp. 18-63.
E. Enters. Die Kriitzmilben der Végel; Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Sarcoptiden.
Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool., X X1I, 1873, pp. 228-253, 2 pls.
H. F. Fiérsrenperc. Die Kriitzmilben der Menschen und Thiere. Leipzig (Folio).
1861, 240 pp., 15 pls.
H. Garman. The Phytopti and other injurious plant-mites. 12th Rept. State
Entom., Illinois, 1883, pp. 123-143.
P. Gervais. Histoire nat. des Insectes Apterés, III, Paris, 1844. pp. 132-288.
G. Hauer. Zur Kenntniss der Tyroglyphiden und Verwandten. Zeitschr. f.-
wiss. Zool., XXXIV, 1880, pp. 255-295, 3 pls.
Die Milben als Parasiten der Wirbellosen, insbesondere der Arthropoden.
Halle, 1880, 90 pp.
L. Karpevies. Beitrige zur Naturgeschichte der Milben. Berl. Entom. Zeitschr.,
1884, pp. 1-34.
*, Kornrkp. Die Nordamerikanische Hydrachniden. Abh. Verein Bremen, XIII,
1900, pp. 167-276.
P. Kramer. Beitriige zur Naturgeschichte der Milben. Archiy. f. Naturgesch.,
XLII, 1876, pp. 28-45.
——- Zur Naturgeschichte einiges Gattungen aus der Familie der Gamasiden.
Archiv. f. Naturgesch., XLII, 1876, pp. 46-105, 2 pls.
Die Familie der Bdelliden.. Archiv. f. Naturgesch., X LIT, 1876, pp. 183-196,
lps]
1 pl.
Grundziige zur Systematik der Milben. <Archiy. f. Naturgesch., XLII,
1877, pp. 215-248.
Pe Risen Mémoire sur l’organization et la distribution zoologique des Acariens
de la famille des Gamasides. Journ. Anat. et Physiol., 1876, pp. 288-336, 2 pls.
Mémoire sur les Métamorphoses des Acariens en général, et en particulier
sur celles des Trombidions. Ann. Scie Natur. (6), IV, 1876, pp. 20, 2 pls.
Monographie de la tribu des Sarcoptides Psorique. Rev. et Mag. Zool. (3),
V, 1877, pp. 46-213; 7 pls. in VI, 1878.
Mémoire sur les Cheylétides parasites. Journ. Anat. et Physiol., 1878, pp.
416-441, 2 pls.
Les Acariens parasites du tissu cellulaire et des réservoirs aériens chez les
oiseaux. Journ. Anat. et Physiol., 1879, pp. 123-153.
Les parasites et les maladies parasitaires. Paris, 1880, 478 pp., 26 pls.
A.D. Micuart. British Oribatide. _Ray Soc., I, 1883, 333 pp., 29 pls.; II, 1887, 324
pp., 31 pls.
The Hypopus question, or the life-history of certain Acarina. Journ. Linn,
Soc., Zool., X VII, 1884, pp. 371-394, 1 pl.
British Tyroglyphide. Ray Soe., I, 1901, 291 pp., 12 pls.; I, 1903, 183
pp., 17 pls.
Oribatidee.. Das Tierreich, 3. Lief., 1898, 95 pp.
R. Montez. Notes sur quelques espéces de Tyr eM, phides qui vivent aux dépens des
maticres alimentaires et des produits pharmaceutiques. Revue Biol. Nord
France, VI, 1894, pp. 442-460.
en
|
No. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. . 109
H. A. Morgan. Ticks and Texas fever. Bull. No. 56, La. Agric. Exp. Station,
1899, pp. 14, pls. 9.
A. Murray. Economic Entomology, Aptera. South Kensington Museum Science
Handbooks, London, 1897, pp. 93-374.
A. Nauera. Beitrige zur Systematik der Phytoptiden. Sitz. Akad. Wien, Math.-
Natur. Cl., XCVIII, 1889, pp. 112-156, 9 pls.
Zur Systematik der Gallmilben. Sitz. Akad. Wien, Math.-Natur. Cl.
XCIX, 1890, pp. 40-69, 7 pls.
Eriophyide (Phytoptide). Das Tierreich, 4 Lief., 1898, 74 pp.
G. Neumann. Révyision de la famille des Ixodidés. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, 1896,
pp. 1-44; 1897, pp. 324-420; 1899, pp. 107-294.
H. Nicouter. Histoire naturelle des Acariens qui se trouvent aux environs de Paris.
Archives du Muséum d’hist. nat. de Paris, VII, 1854-55.
E. Norpenskiéup. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Morphologie und Systematik der
Hydrachniden. Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn., XXIV, No. 5, 1899, 74 pp., 2 pls.
C. Nérner. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Malbenfanvilie der Dermaleichiden. Verh.
zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1883, pp. 91-106, 2 pls.
H. Osporn and L. M. Unperwoop. Preliminary list of the species of Acarina of
North America. Can. Entom., 1886, pp. 4-12.
A. C. Oupemans. List of Dutch Acari. 7 parts. Tijdsch. voor Entom., XX XIX
and XL, 1896-97; and supplements, XLIII to XLY, 1900-1902.
R. Prersia und H. Lonmann. Hydrachnidie und Halacaridee. Das Tierreich, 13
Lief., 1901, pp. 336.
C. Rosin et P. Mreanitx. Mémoire sur les Sarcoptides plumicoles. Journ. Anat. et
Physiol., 1877, pp. 209-248; 391-429; 498-520; 629-656; 10 pls.
D. E. Saumon and C. W. Stites. The cattle ticks of the United States. 17th Rept.
Bureau Animal Industry, U. S. Dept. Agric. (1902), pp. 380-491, 257 figs.
E. Trovessart. Revue synoptique de la famille des Halacaridee. Bull. Sci. France,
Belgique, XX, 1889, pp. 225-251.
Considérations générales sur la classification des Acariens. Reyue Sci. Nat.
de Ouest, Paris, 1891, pp. 289-808; 1892, pp. 20-54.
J. B. Tyrrett. On some Canadian ectoparasitic Sarcoptidee. Journ. Ottawa Field
Nat. Club, III, 1882; pp. 43-48, 1 pl.
R. H. Woxcorr. On the North American species of the genus Atar. Trans. Amer.
Mier. Soc., XX, 1899, pp. 193-259, 5 pls.
On the North American species of the genus Curvipes. Trans. Amer. Micr.
Soe., 1901; pp. 201-256, 5 pls.
On the North American species of Limnesia. Trans. Amer. Micr. Soc., 1903,
pp. 139-161, 2 pls.
,
Abrolophus = Rhyncholophus.
Acanthonotus = Oxypleurites.
- Acarellus = Hypopus.
PNGATIASIS) «Seen sams iieieinyxioi= Seia's;a\es sisi 3S ies
INGATO=COCIGIse Ay \ejscies eh aislslecinte sles ens w=
MOOK Ghse socose bodetecasTes ioetpaacseorrgos
Achorolophus = Rhyncholophus.
Actineda = Anystis.
BN GOW CmitlGkeae tae et emcee meee seeee scien
AGIOS Rood sae cegearE poe On ee can peeOr noe daeee
BMC UIEO DUN Susser reser ne ee a oe iaeici= ave eis aire
PANO DCES eee eae ce Sek ose ewiejsnisie crestewicis
FANUC USt nee ee esile aaa cise sins eecieneie ayes eciemsics
Jim ROWAN) Gosaapebad eae cere Eee a none
PASTY WR ON UMN 9 yare Aacine wise cece emiaow eats <=
Ameronothus = Scutovertex.
Ammonia = Cyta.
PAST ENC Siete memtecy eestor eleieee itiais oe citois nsienciare
JNIGUES S10 bas oe Senco e Be Caer er pea racre
Analloptes = Pteralloptes.
PANTS ULO RUS eee rateroete ele sia’siaiciesote!atels/ais.eicisteisievele
Angelia = Nothrus.
PAIS CLIbOS areas eracccciene ccc cee = eelevelelsinsicoc aie
Apectolophus = Rhyncholophus.
PATEOM Diners slate se ciate ale lo sais is clases apes cle Sicte, aims aaae
PANT EX RS eemneta eel etelatele nein ia ceca cme nian cic hciclniets
INV ESRIGIG Pete ee eee eee eee
ANTNSTADOAOS core sc ccs pSéecuoeSnoecenrocgdar ogc
FAS HL ON Siblrs a= ccieise so oc neisne seems ce asia
AGONOG) .coeesogeecacens perso eceEbesoceEensen
PANG UIGUS js afnneaicisicrsteceie Sic aici esc cieein eretelsis aces
IS GO aes ser ciettie <t-iais 0 Pe pegneaonsocqaeEsec
ICE LIe-miteS eens sms ars aes ce ecisielsrecisisiaye caress
Belba = Oribata.
Birdamiit CSHese<secisccscwis seewasecinsees sess es
IB aGkahGadsee emi ce cn caeaosconcacnes.ceses.s cls
Boop MUS sas 425s occas cece ocelecisccccics
Bradybates = Thyas.
Breyipalpus = Tenuipalpus.
Bryobia
PES CALF) INU GO earepale ataleyale one craralal aya Cra ie'ohe renters aieisiai ears
BS UTSAN COP Wl BGR <n cee nis ce 2 este nte eieine iets,
WeCUidee rs Hs. senso cise dese: dec sie ss ste
WE CULUS emer e cacm cc ccc ccs desaas cis icteric.
Ceepophagus = Rhizoglyphus.
WRITS ONUS esses ceisissicee wlsisia sinc cicieisiecie <(ereis
INDEX.
Page.
Page.
CAMMERGSLONIG Seetcmeiee es ae cnc wiewicinicin atoms 2.5 = 0 3
Campognatha = Hygrobates.
Caestrinial soceeemeees =.c\as hae easiest 87
Games trimid caesar os oe eee aa seise 86
Capariniducsen se casceee ee recetecticctscecser 99
Capit ume rece seem toe e caeeecniskioccs 2
Waralb OM estates Ste aye coaeie am ncess/aeuciels 72
Garon Cle geass screen ieice eeeiecie aie/ste soley: 4
Carpais = Gamasus.
Gain o p liv US bee oe eeteterc rarer sete ero eielare sie eters sete 85
Cattlerti@ki: semen sees to nema ccsecieseseae's 47
Cecidoptes = Eriophyes.
Celeno = Trachytes.
@eleenOpsiSie: cemeshe cece sandoee snes ec estes 57
Celeripes = Pteroptus.
Cellularia = Hypoderas.
@ephaloncon me ec-c samacmenies sceeee ae etic 102
Cepheus = Notaspis.
Cheyletiaer seo je. aceasta cece eee 19
Cheyletidaerts es. as .5 Ass senses cee ne sect icicieeae 17
Ghevyletiellawys = ato. sasa osc jeenonseeosee 19
Cheyletus: Waseem ace ls soe sosicie see caine 19
Chicken-mibess peescaacs cece ceca nce eee 60
@hickembtie@ke soe sce ce ctorstaicterere wiaiselatarate reieter 46
CHITOGISCUS seme eee ce seem nee eine 94
WIOTLO PLES ides a cyercie sreleleiete sisiorsie.e,alelere seals efeitos he)
Chrortoclivpliusmes sec octets erie ence 86
OHrithoptes ier creer tee seaee nears 77
OHy Zen at assee sS acerca seein dde se riceiseecr 33
Cilia REA e ae arcs reg thee oe Castncaceencm ae 63
Claviceps = Galumna.
@nemidocoptcsemssessseeeree eae cose ae ccee 99
Cochleophorus = Neumania.
GOlODOCETAS eS: = seseca ce ea ae rome emieters 41
Criniscansor = Myocoptes.
CTISUAS eae oe eee caste cee eee cians 28
Cryplogmathiisteeseccn cer seercsctiseeies cis. ar 28
GRY PLOSU OM Abas sesrete c= sete siclersere ie ale mtelelclo.ei= 9
Curvipes = Piona.
Cymibere m eusksesagecemssacce cacicrna assets 72
Cyntolvelapsessemerermecm soci leneceiaises «n'a 57
(ONAIE ose ocor cae SSS OBESE bE SSO bene aSebspocacc 17
Cytodites = Cytoleichus.
Gytoleichid ees. e200 eo siaic, jecaaeaeecsiciesecte 100
@ytolei@huss ssa soo ec cincreiae cesietinssectc 100
Dameus = Oribata.
Dameosoma = Oribata.
DEMO G Okt ee cae cee: soe see ease ease sss 107
Wemodieidserreaa cee nee er eee = 107
MDeraophoruss 2.22422 5- A HOS CSCO UE OES 64
DermMacCentOPess- sae ate eeseasese oes e nee <= oie 48
Dermaleichus = Analges.
WEIN AMY SSG es eeetee = see e eee eee soe oss 59
IDSA TN SOS — 5 socosadecaneeenoocoousssuos 60
Dermatocoptes = Psoroptes.
Dermatodectes = Psoroptes.
Ibi
at PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. you. XXVIII.
Page. Page.
Dermatophagus = Chorioptes. FLAIR GArUst yc nt ooeeee Senne cee inclecacmae 420
Dermatoryctes = Chemidocoptes. Halarachme: ee ctee acs a csccete ee oe ameter 61
DETIMOPIMpPNMSs sceceseceaesaotiwacaas seeeeeic GO") EL aT eriSvOrg em es centers = seca sielosiar sists eterno 43
Meutonymp hss wesc cesar a wisleala tence 54 | Haptosoma = Schizocarpus.
TP) CIULO WALI se Se a= Ste teers sae eee eee ees 8) Harp yrlyncChuss-csee cicccieesetieceeeecaecee 20
Dimorphus = Megninia. HanveSiamulite emacs tseclersisiwierels see ae Sneeee 30
IDibah (el 1b Clans warhiGnrremeem sans sopcadasedeace G4 | SHCA Tt-WA leer sacisc ae a niateinlsniseteteiete ster iatersta 43
IDyHoiKolskopolAbishe ak has Abeba ee one sASeUs bess 37 | Hemialges = Megninia.
Discopoma = Cilliba. HemisarcOptes v= <sccs cose sseeameeeemeete 87
WIspAripeS: <= olce assoc ee eee cemwece ih WAELC TI Claeatanss. sen isciee sesoe cee een aeceeeicit 86
Distigmatus = Tetranychus. Hermannia tas eh oe. to. oeeee ce eeeee eee 71
IDIVETSIDCSRemceciecer toaseetiece seaeeesee es 77 | Heteronychus = Tetranychus.
DOP TICKS Sasori seesec tee eases 48 | Heteropus = Pediculoides. ;
DorssilleTvooves seee-e 2 seers eater ee ee eer 28; || MELISUOpaStertic.ce seen -eeinees se eee 84
Ductus:¢)} cul atOrius = 2s. ee=steccine e's a clem ee 6 J IStiOStOMa tee coses cece ccekecistet meee 82
Dugesia = Smaridia. Holostaspis= Macrocheles.
PNA TAUI Cece 2) shearers nse sis sialeiesta wie orale orale otenete resi 46 | Homopus = Glyciphagus.
Ma tONisil dices os ones ae cses Sect clebieseeriste 30: | “Hoplodermat 7 seececece cece eee eeee 70
Emeus = Hyletastes. Hoplophora = Hoploderma.
Entozoon = Demodex. Hoplopus = Ceeeulus.
PIANO GUIs ce mene ceaasereoae = seen 45 | eEbvalomimia 32 ec ees occ cc ese cct eee cieee 47
PICTUS Pas. soko eee secee pace ses e ease heanieee 57) ey Gracarine, so... sence cence een ee eee eee 9
PIP VM eee oo scceee teeta yeisees simi 4. | Wy drachnal ccc -csactsie seen aeneeeeeeeeecer 37
INPISLOM Sees emesis ce = ar eeieepeees a= errr 8: || Hydrachmides 2... .2)-c-c. eee see 34
HI PILEIDIOTNS eee ae as seein acne aie etaare 104 Hydrodroma = Hydryphantes.
PGMS. - ot ee ae Are ec oie erate Te MV GrOPaMASUSso= .scceeecee se eee heer eee 57
PIMC UNMe ates oarees cles sae are cee cinae aie 102. | Bydryphantes\5222. 322... 25- ss see ees 37
PORINOSGee seco s seeded cance atone receeon ae 103 | Hiyprobates::..scsecesassc ese lees ae eee eee 39
MIO PUY CSe sen sommes a sieeaee ote se ee eas 104) ||| Hyletastes...:csccs sce ceniemeee neta nese ay
Hinio DhVidte: Semen sso steele tele = tee roa= 101 | Hypoaspis = Lelaps.
Erviietes 4. mses ste sete ec eeece escent. 14, | Hy pochthonius#:s-.4-.22oeene one meeeeeeee 73
Erythema autumnale. .........--..-------- 82) || “Hiypodectess.c--< 2 ssce ee oee en een Ooo 92
Erythracarus = Erythrieus. LY POMeCLras..dacce ce ciscscca eet jeaceeeeeceneee 92
RVG Teel Gee ses slosteyais soscic l= mistesisree eine cree eaters 21 | Ey pOpusss. .cccece- cept aceme eso eee 79 |
BLY tH ReUS 2222 de asics crorers are stein e eesce's cis meimsate 22)"|| Sly posbomle S. sisSee o seo ee mine cee ae ee eens 3
Eschatocephalus = Heemalastor. Imparipes ioss.542 ssc sdes none see eee eee 77
NPE O PSI Se aan sega tere eases aise siais.cyee)sjeisre ws 28. IphiOpis: seen. sse-cSeccse Seca cine + tocemeeemer 57
AVA PDHI AS! e=jrciecrcretse SOS oe eee see ans crelSials epeisiiecels 16 | Iphis = Hyletastes.
ISM POMS: 2 28h cocoate mete here cen sce eseace 14: | Iteh=mites:..-2.ticccsscees cess cloueeeeeeeee 95
12) b oYoyoO ek: - wee Weep ReNE are pe SIS 1D) 4), TXOGES 223622 aaceeeeeeecene Te OREN eee 48
Eusarcoptes = Sarcoptes. TR OGIGG;2 yo at tee eects lees ce: <a eee 42
Pxpulsory vesicles... .8t.20-s222-c-2 ec see 6.) Jupularias. (222 20se.cc bee vase eee eee 50
HVA Oi Seeks alae tareiets) aie, ciee oe eee eee 38.4) KON Keays ss ya-ceeon.: see seen oe ee oeeeee eee 38
Wal Gudrher ncs.2)sc:c:e'imorace -jslew eect ore ees oetarerersiols 92 | Krameria = Pterolichus.
WOOLZZ ais o0. concen sk wcttias sesiasoememew ee 64) erendowskia.-.--..-52-2ceesoe eee eee 39
Weltaice -<.c2a82 cess stsiaacmcwasises sesame 88' |, Labidocarpus: --t2.52. 25-25 sce eee eeeeeeee 94
Fowl] tick = Chicken tick. Wa bidOPHOTUs: aeasccesc meee co eee 83
FICYANG, -.cccigascacctocsescswee~ acess ese 90.) Theela pss ac ijacee cee estes aie nes See eee 58
PUSHCATUS scccs. oecke oe eeeee cee ase o eee 86. ||) Goamellares< cee oct c nlm cr ec aee eee eee 65
alum See eee gees a ee eres eee are ee dil 4 MLV OS1O PLES e<stetrais Sea cceretate = eines ee eerie 100
Gamasellus......... BN ne Vo ee seas 57 ||Gluebertiaw setae sca osses ns eee eee eee 38
(GAMASIOE Saceaneoanee soe Ceee mee ee cee mae 49 | Leiognathus = Liponyssus.
GaMASUS>..2cinccscea esses Rose em sas soseoeet 58 | Leiosoma = Liacarus.
GATTAD ATA sh sae esececie aoe eee ase sm sce resicls 467 Abentun pula see cesses sane eee ete 86
GEKO Daas cance ests narcaeee eas iaeieieraeial Pi xaMOG) \HURR Seon So ene Scope peace coacedsocecedes 31
Gly CIPNASUS's este cts slateic a cs/aforc esis csalelclaraisla wis 825 || Mba Canuise essen sce seees sneer Sees hee eee 72
Glycyborus = Glyciphagus, WimMMNesia 22-2 a caeece Se seek ocho ee eee 39
GDH ODSIS:- ook tse eisisacsioe seis eles oes iniae 63s) Gaimnocharesiss-ce- esos oe onset eee 38
GOnLGM CRUSS eecme atsamictsemisteine oc cee ye seca DN WAT OP OCS Bem tee ratscter alee eter oe ere ieee 13
(GPECIICL aeesteee ne pete aaeaaens cc Seas 56 | Liodes = Neoliodes.
Grocer Sitc hese. ota einstein © e-em ere 83. | TTP ORV SSUS eo eeetea as aie siais erate telelo etniete asta aerate 60
GymmMobateSies secs cetioc sans cece seeeaee 7p\ \pelbjbRoetS KP SAO Seep osnuecossaceppoEoedooSotsnc 58
GyMNodamceuskesasee se eeae selene aces see 71 | Listrophoride ..... Ba PADROenadoane Sac UloD 94
Memalastoriscnssoer tees see ons cesis weioe 49 WelistrophOLrus se aasscee see eee eee eee 94
Meemap hiySalig= ce ae cee eee cee sea ee eee * 7148") Lone:startick2s 2" o-asseeeeaecee eee ees 49
Fie MOP AMASUS Se sss jseceseceac ccceicscee 58h Wow pin pall esses eee seceieeteeeeae eee 49
Halacarid tsk sosnetseesate coe cs eee eee 40") Macrocheles2 2: s2asccacssccc =~ sess cose eens 58
am
NO. 1382. THE ACARINA OR MITES—BANKS. lal
Page. Page.
Meahigiant jaumoice.......4---...-c2--+---- 408 Be plOnyScUsmereeee nate nee eet soe ole - 32
VEST Omer eet ee ates care Sinicicts cs asec ns OOm Crroui S@hmn Spereeee eas eee 60
Mediolata = Eupalopsis. PELLOLGING ees ne ce erian cece aoe ee ne once 51
Megamerus = Eupodes. Petrobia = Bryobia.
Megapus = Atractides. BH TDIPA CATS eee eese seer scot eee an mee sere 70
ING OS UM ATV et oreratate Jae a Seraraieietes a acer ora 58 | Phycobius = Carpoglyphus.
IMte tii terse aerate terete leet alec ye ee cera Sm | melivileritineess sss escent. Sen it 102
IMesOsilomataeeess=-a-eecca: as selon sec Seas trsie Oh | PE hivllo Gop tespanseaes cee ce nes test ele 104
BCL PO CIE ces eee trace eeioe oc eieieeisince/steistes arate 50 | Phyllostoma = Histiostoma.
Ne tASteTM All aes= = = fees sk oe focas cetneacies 50 | Physogaster = Pediculoides.
INIGUER Ree O55 5 oceseesonseocuos sobsSEceor 9 | Phytocoptes = Phyllocoptes.
INTENT [ODES Sees eh ee en a ag eee ee 157 EMV LOD LOSC essa os ace soe ete eea ce ccs fe ce 108
Michaelichus = Freyana. Phytoptus = Eriophyes.
Microcheles = Zercon. IBICO Dames Rosset aes ce ee ces ene ae 21
BENHEGROMIC MISH = oe nae ee oes oe ne eet cece SIF PPinmeonhonisess sseeeee seen see ee eee 76
Microspalax = Freyana. IMO AS pee eth sien sete Re dees wesc Face e ae 46
MUL GROUONUDI GUUS ao ye see eee iieiecieinin 32,9 | En ONL element aa eee eee ee ee cra 40
RVI CODSI Seems sacks fee oe basco ee che cislois BH) || Tener NAPUS Ooea Anos scons oteaeenecebeee abe 61
Molgus = Bdella. IBOGR POD Sees ee cae cases ee 2 | eee 76
Monieziella = Histiogaster. ROdOCIDUMIR sees ae ese see eee bce Ie 56
MOU ALAN U Sy ae seems seas cece cesses 27S ROW ASPs ease eee eee. aes BRASS aSRAA CREB DEE 63
Murcia = Galumna. Bontarachin ava-ccsmccaniee sates sae wae coe oe 37
NBC) .ohce Baepee> Sen Deb Gane ao ee ren teee eee 21) BPOYOSCMBCAS)., 5 jaa. severe s sie ee nee Seeks 42
INGVOCOD LES Sener eer ieee omni sce seem 94 | Porrhostaspis—Gamasus.
INSHORE 5 a5 See qaeCAeHns sem seSmoBacceds Doe ELOCtOpMyWlOodegmnees a saee crear eee eee £0
INGNGHOOIE... o eaencosococes pobeeopeearoacus 30 Me EOSOPOG CCLESie- casos ores maseeer ecm c et een 99
IN eNtuanea Chil Messe seme sti seccise 2s = ax estes e Silke (PETOSHIO MN Alaiye ceee ss sae ae eae ere cee 9
INGO IIOCESinemetee cnet este secon wee ocistyecrais G2 EBrO tal SeSaasaeeceeae ene ere em ac cleetes eee 90
NZ oyOAV ANG) ONE oo. 565 seen oS aaouenoUeeoUsnaES 27 | Protolichus = Pterolichus.
Neozetes = Serrarius. Provomym phe sees sos sear seee se ee eeeee 54
INGUIN NTI Apress els Soa elo cretoteisjcce nore s 40 | Pseudalloptes = Pterolichus.
INTC OLGCIGH Sia setereteteittanaciaciaeiec ciqinisentee nse fon eeSeudo-shismatle Orzaniaasss eae eee eee 64
Nodipalpus = Histiostoma. PROMS TENET a Oo conesooasbebodaaneoecosonese- 20
Norneria = Rhagidia. PSOLO PLES sess ne aye c eon aa dense coer eee 98
INOLAS DIS ieee rosie eae Saco cians eciscocsecseee WoaW eterall OPtes: oon asa s2 soem acieas oe occas 93
IN GUMGUS Waar a joecs Sema s)oeeci sos oscceee se 72 | Pterocolus ="Trouessartia.
NU LOCO TCS watson ts aloes ernst ie srale 99) | PPterodectesa. acc sss: sins eto eecscgnaee sees 90
BN OLOp LeU aap are = aya iainine sate alaiats aye alata we = = A PE CEKOUCHUS rac 15212 2 sees oats Sener 91
Nycteridocoptes = Prosopodectes. IRGEROMYSSUSee soem ee ee sae Ta 2 ee eR 93
Nivimp heer tocccs wees cceciciscnca eee tiecne Ss cee 8), | Pteroptuse. 52 sssjosscs secs ccesnoces ce ceecimceee 59
OLN OEE 4 S645 SaeR ona Sa céea ore Shans enorae an ake CNL OILY SSUSteretstere (iets servers ciel sieiers ices eee 60
ONE CTAM OM PLOCESS eye sa. eee a eons see eee SSa aR allie tia sean ntneee rae aa elace ose iciyacercre 57
Oligonyechus = Tetranychus. Rap Wig maths aaa Ae ote ye es= sere ce cienissi<icc 24
OPNIOMES! jose nSare2 oe cjoccacnjsiee 2 soe soc cose 497) ReGDUe tess ct 2 2 sa 2 scm ays sein ciao ales eieicie.~ 31
Oppia = Eremeeus, ROGESPIGENS ie aetec <2 sie = alslosiaictsle sisraleresisisia see « 23
Oven A ay Sa eece Be elo wato. oa eens Sears Oia PAR CO- WALCO l eia- se et iciesietst site eisoiechs clea mare 3
Orig eee eset eee oem w cee a mieeee obey ECG Chi ter me ere iets ete ere eismioess oats 14
Onibaellae: see esse cere eicee staccaecscececws el PRAM OMVSSUS Safe cess see se cea ee ose se ae < 61
Onibati deere ss. sess sees <ciseeies sie tee 647) PRihipice phallus sense sacecetzc as cme ees ctee 47
OTP ALOMES eo oi. p siesitaescxis swsssiss sitet ce Wile ER MipistoMmales Hess ass eee aon nace e ces. 48
Oribatula = Eremeus. Rhizoglypuuseccces esas seen aoe ees er 84
ONIPOM Awe ce Ne,s.<0)s)s)-c152 ses eect ce ceee sence 71 | Rhombognathus......-....-. Seer DOR Gane are 41
OrmiihOd Oros\eses cei sss lees one se ceeces ee 46d eRhyneholophiGee res sess. ee eee anaes 28
WLODECLESES nase cme etnccen cee oe ccme secs ls)" |) TRveWANVelOVONG) OIONNS, se cod eceootey os edodedeacse oc 30
TOMY SSUSteecceeies aac see eae ee beac amcoe cn 32 | Rivobates = Hygrobates.
Ottonia = Microtrombidium. IRV, OL LAST eeyareretctctartie ats ccsie oie e heehee citereweiclbicre 91
Oustaletia = Pterolichus. INOUE Giese mene strate ee ts ia te niciesic eae 31
OSSVIPLGUTILES cscs sete dese Seen ese Sere 104 | Sarcoborus = Harpyrhynchus.
Pekan bol bs: Gas aenee aac cv eSSee conte Se eses ae Sim Oar COplLenser wesc seca ioe smccca access cece 20
28) uN OL OS serene ere poree e caylee seemless AGM | ROULCOPLCSty ascents Seca. eo aeeemc cet ccs sec 97
IBADNSUS Pee ea as Ree teense nce ceins c Bie lBOALCOD UG Soyaeeaa ere coe ease Soe ce 2 <neeee 95
Paralges = Dermoglyphus. SCablesmeeence ete sore eee oe easements 95
Parasitus = Gamasus. SOS COlliv= | COLUM Nanna A sins aeeict ales Saya 100
Be BirsTMNC Gee tancysleie tere Sane eee ee cee one (Os Scaptogmathisessesanqcasseeces cc deere ase 41
IREGIGUIOIG St eewince eta an oe sosetineele oe meee (Da EGMIZOCEMPUS ese nee sees snc eas <scce ces see 95
POLO DS ore se Tae renee sine ce eas Soe oe ees 73g MOCINUGHE Ay nae seein er aim sonics wa Bie Se clei aoe 17
GMD al GUS ieee] ecictossmies soe omeee eat eetes LE SCULOVERLES saemcos sicte coms sciswsicce ee seca 72
Proe. N. M. vol. xxviii—04——8
114
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Page.
Seyphius = Rhagidia.
BelOd eS a esiaclas stharetee sme as ons sos ee eerioeine 57
Seiulus = Seius.
S@MUISte ma cuerite cn tee oe ee eee eas ioe eater 57
SOLA US es serie cee tee coe ree ee tseepeioeiat ete s 66
Serrator = Histiostoma.
SNES D=SCHD Pe cersictae pict ete siait see cis ister ne 98
Simopnathus ae.-2- cease cseeee assets 41
Simonea = Demodex.
DLtETOPlLES Sse ss miei nein oe ence soeee as 76
SMATIGIO 2 502 seis oscieces cae sain cee aoe 29
SMA Sie aseicmcceteee ees oes ee ee reece ee 29
Sperchon oss. 8.5 sese ck ca eck ek co ernistcietscetetare ciate 39
Spermathech fax. oo sceceeoe see sees 6
Spheerogyna = Pediculoides.
Spinturnix = Pteroptus.
Steatozoon = Demodex.
Stesanaspis)) 3. scsstoc cece csteeee eeiekeseee 39
SteErmostomumal: <a. jeeece Aece ee stelecls cies eleisel= 61
Stigmeeodes = Stigmzeus.
DSUSIM BUST Secs emocee = see ces eee eee ieee 27
Stilochirus = Lelaps.
Sugarmite tc. -2ccss 2s. sesceccoesac sacha. 83
Symbiotes = Chorioptes.
Symplectoptes = Laminosioptes.
SyLinvobial-. 4-285. ook shee sae eeeciness 90
Syringobial stages <2...) 42.sesceeecceneneaes Pal
Syringophilusisssetegeseecrec eee ssesee heres 21
Manaogenathusei....cocse eeess ect ere eee 37
TParsoOneMide 5.2.2. a sete eee sesame Seine 74
ARATSONEMMUS Saat ects Senne coe ee Se ecesiace 76
PEctopediuIM s22ee cases een ee ee ee ees 65
Tegeocranus = Carabodes.
TESONOCUS j.dctec.2% cle cos oa, cieisein.c aie = setae taietarcie 104
Tenui pal puss. 2-- sie seme ecce seca. waste 28
Tetrany@hide: ces. see. t Bee ee neon tesco 23
NetranyChoid es... scn..0 shen cese sec cee ace 28
PetranmvyiChOpsistaccater ect slot a elets secciaciecls 28
Page.
Metranychusiiat=; sscascte nate eee sees 24
TEXAS TeVerer ae casas cee sees ae eee eC eeee 47
‘Rhalassarachn alesse -ereene cease sees 42
Thecarthra = Pterolichus.,
PHY AS Neos tegden ee eelne eee ce toch rien 38
f De) dee am meme MME Ee Cnt trict enee 42
Tlalsahuaterss cece ees eC ec eeee eee 32
Trachytesieseeasec ce aee Bed Sine Se eee 63
Trichobius = Trichcecius.
Trichodactylus= Trichotarsus.
ADTIGhOeCiUSH ee pser | nee sere nC Eee ete 94
‘DrichOtarSush.-so-c eceeee eee eer Cee ee 86
Trimerus = Epitrimerus.
Tritia = Phthiracarus.
Triton yMphi ses sesec soccer ce tees steer 54°
‘Trombellatess.- ses sae seasns tee ee 33
Mrombididesyc. esse. saoeas ee 30
TrombidiuMepecasssce sce cee eee eee ee 32
Trouessartellats sre csc see ce eee eeee 41
Trouessartia = Allanalges.
Turicatacssssilceceemas os cee ecenee cere 46
TV GGUS sein Osc amsee soe ee cee eee ee Coe 14
‘Tyroglyphidwe:. sss oasc facets oct s eee eee 78
DPyrog ly phHus shes Soe ca steerer eee 83
Tyrrelliat.- 2s eee sencc ee se ice eee eae 38
Unionicola = Atax.
Uropoday.; tac. 32scesscme sec e eee eee 63_
Uropodellawss. jcc case eee eee eeeoee 64
Wropodidte: 22 -eseu cnet soe ee eee 62
WLOSCIUS < oiS ss see ces eee ece ee oe eon 63
Wasa Geferentia: S22 scone os-ccc eee eee 6
Vermiformiak 226-3 sososoe seen ese 9
Viol yolifex:. S:4: ic mene teenie eecenmaer eee 102
Weater-mites 2 csc ciccicc ce seine ee seis aero 3
MOlOptess ia. ooo eceinaaiedaces eatsee eee eee 90
MVStTONOCUS st ae teaecer a eees eee mene 39
ZeLCOM IAA ae eer eisc ise teeinsciscicte seein 57
Zetes = Galumna.
VOL. XXVIII. —
é
)
?
NOTES ON HAWAIIAN REPTILES FROM THE ISLAND OF
MAUL.
By RicHarp C. McGrecor,
Of the Philippine Musewm, Manila, Philippine Islands.
As there has been no report on the lizards of Maui, the following
notes on specimens, collected by the author during the winter of
1899-1900, may be of interest. The names are taken from the paper
on Hawaiian Land Reptiles,¢ by Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, who has
kindly verified my identifications. All measurements are in inches
and hundredths.
The specimens are in the U. S. National Museum.
HEMIDACTYLUS GARNOTII Dumeril and Bibron.
Hemidactylus garnotit StEJNEGER, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., X XI, 1899, p. 792.
One specimen (Cat. No. 31268 U.S.N.M.) was taken at Maalaea
Landing, March 8, 1900. Colors in life: Back marked with brown,
black, and white; the white in regular rows of spots from snout to
near end of tail; underside of body light lemon yellow, becoming
very pale, almost white on throat and chin; underside of tail salmon,
darker distally.
Another specimen (Cat. No. 31267 U.S.N.M.) was taken in February
from beneath loose stones on summit of a hill near Lahaina. The
egos were first found at about 1,000 feet elevation in Iao Valley, where
eight were taken from beneath small stones. They are nearly spheri-
cal in shape, being thus easily distinguished from those of the skink.
The pure white shell is firm and brittle and of fine texture. Six
examples measure as follows:
40 by .36 .43 by .38 .40 by .36 inches
41 by .37 45 by .40 40 by .34 inches
Of seven incubated eggs taken December 27, one was found hatched
on January 13, about one-third of the shell having been broken away
@ Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X XI, 1899, p. 783.
PROCEEDINGS U.S. NATIONAL MuSEuM, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1383.
116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
at one end. Color of young in life: Above, sprinkled with yellowish
black and brown points, and regularly marked with white dots; on
the head and body the white dots are grouped at regular intervals,
forming longitudinal rows—one row in middle of back, one row on
rach side of that, and one on each side of body; on snout these rows
become less regular. On the tail the three dorsal rows are united,
forming bars, which are still evident in the preserved specimen. The
lateral spots are continued on sides of tail, occurring about twice as
often as the bars. Spots on the legs are yellowish and produce an
irregular pattern. Below, very pale greenish yellow, colored by
internal organs; a red median streak in thoracic region; darker and
brownish over the intestines; underside of tail salmon pink, darker
toward the tip.
A young one just hatched measures as follows:
Inches
Total eine thes ood es ee re ee ie eer ec te a eee ae
Menititostip.o Litas soe ei eect, See tere carom yo ge nl nett eee ee 1.10
SinOwt tocar 1 sak k hoe Tae aire ol att Seep eerie ne see ae . 30
Moreiimbpme ste cr oe epee fecete pe eee or ee epee Se ee ee 34
Tetinidh tian 2 are er ee erage 2 ane ae ee gece ee 45
The young gecko is exceedingly active and able to spring for some
distance. One which I put in a water glass clung to the side, either
head or tail up, and even moved backward up the side of the glass. I
noticed that the long, slender tongue was often thrust out and around
to angle of the mouth, the tip extending over the eye, no doubt to
moisten the eyeball.
PEROPUS MUTILATUS (Wiegmann).
Peropus mutilatus SrEJNEGER, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., X-XI, 1899, p. 796.
One specimen (Cat. No. 31270 U.S.N.M.) was taken near Lahaina
under stones; same locality as the specimen of //emdactylus. Decem-
ber 27 a small specimen was taken in Tao Valley at about 1,000 feet
elevation (Cat. No. 31270 U.S.N.M.).
EMOIA CYANURA (Lesson).
Emoia cyanura StEJNEGER, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., X XI, p. 807.
This lizard is contined to the woods of the higher hills, my speci-
mens being taken at about 1,000 feet elevation in Iao Valley. Two
specimes had their mouths packed with small insects and larvee. One
has a curious malformation of the tail; a minute sprout growing from
one side midway between vent and tip of tail. There is little variation
among the head shields of my twelve specimens. In one (Cat. No.
31257 U.S.N.M.) the frontal and prefrontals are united to form a
single shield. In another (Cat. No. 31256 U.S.N.M.) the frontal and
right prefrontal are united with but an indication of the suture.
NO. 1383. NOTES ON HAWAIIAN REPTILES—McG REGOR. 1
| ee
~I
ABLEPHARUS BONTONII PQ@:CILOPLEURUS (Wiegmann).
Ablepharus bontonii pecilopleurus STEINEGER, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., X XI, 1899,
p- 811.
This skink was abundant near Kahului in a pit cattle guard of the
Maui railroad and among the sand hills a little back from the beach.
It is confined to the lowlands, never being seen near the other species
here listed. In the sand hills I found it an easy matter to capture
plenty of specimens. Among the rocks it was useless to bother with
them. Among my specimens there is considerable variation in the
head shields, and these are given in tabular form.
Normal. I have designated as normal those specimens in which the
prefontals meet in a suture between the frontal and front nasal. This
is the commonest condition, although the suture may vary in length.
Variation 1. The four above-mentioned shields meet at their corners,
the sutures forming a flattened X.
Variation 2. A small, triangular shield in front of frontal, the apex
pointing forward.
Variation 3. A small truncated triangular shield in front of frontal,
the smaller end pointing backward.
Variation 4. Among the adults there is one specimen which is normal
as to the shields under consideration, but some of the small post ocular
shields of the left side are united, forming a long shield which over-
laps the frontoparietal to its middle and covers part of the left parietal.
This specimen is listed under normal and variation 4. Among the
young are two with variation 3 and the frontonasal divided bisymmet-
rically. These are listed under variations 3 and 4. 5;
The following table gives the variations among 32 adults and 24
young recently from the egg.
| Variations.
Age. Normal. =) = ;
ule oe 3. 4,
| : 7a cE Ta = ; ;
ACIUUITS ER Ree eta ne ee ess. 22 3 6 1
NOUMP Ss sae aes Soe ses eres 12 | 1 7 4 2
| ~
ADO tells eae eee hese | 32 | 4 13 He
While collecting specimens of this lizard in the cattle guard men-
tioned above, large quantities of its eggs were found deposited in
damp earth. In some instances they were stuck together in bunches
of four or five. One ‘‘set” consisted of over seventy eggs in all stages
of incubation. From some the young escaped as I held the eggs in
my hand. Dozens of empty shells were found among the good eges.
The shell is dull, dirty white, soft and leathery. In shape the eges
resemble those of hummingbirds, but may be much rounder, and
others are noticeably pointed at one or both ends. One example is
118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
oo
lopsided, measuring 0.55 by 0.383 by 0.30. The following measure-
ments, selected from over fifty taken in the field, show some of the
rariations:
OFieby, 0.3% 0.57 by 0.34 inches.
(Oy 83 .56 by .37 inches.
.69 by .24 .55 by . .389 inches.
.68 by .35 49 by .30 inches.
.60 by .38 AT by .32 inches.
-It may be seen that the length varies from 0.47 to 0.71 inch, and the
short diameter from 0.24 to 0.39 inch.
While fresh the eggs are pink as any dove’s egg, and, as might be
expected, they become dark as the embryos develop. In the older
ege’s there is a reduction of the difference between the two diameters,
the shell is more tense and the calcareous (?) matter is distributed in
stellate spots.
The young escapes through a longitudinal slit a quarter of an inch
long near one end of the egg, or the slit may be across one end.
Occasionally there are two convergent slits, which meet near the end
of the egg, forming a flap. The embryo lies in the shell with the
body and tail coiled in snail fashion, the yolk being at the head end.
Within 10 to 20 seconds after the envelope cracks the young lizard is
out and away, being able to take care of himself at once. The follow-
ing measurements are of a just-hatched young:
Inches.
Totdllenothys! 224 2S eae eee ee) See See eee 1.80
Vent to tip OL tal he Aes re a eS 2 ged ee Eps ee tae ee 1.00
SNOUE COGAN Ss .22 522 oes Re cree ah Sie ee eet eee ee a . 24
Oven ma eace, ee, ee ee ee 8 eee 0 ee aa a ere 30
fanart Se See ae eS ee ae ae 3
A few fresh eggs taken December 19 and kept on shipboard, resting
on damp earth, hatched January 30, The head shields of the embryos
show the same variations as the adults.
LABRACINUS THE PROPER NAME FOR THE FISH GENUS
CICHLOPS.
By THropore GLi1,
Fonoray Associate in Zoology.
In 1849 Miller and Troschel, in the Hore Ichthyologice (III, p. 24),
gave the name (%ch/ops to » well-known genus of the family called by
them Pseudrochromides or, as now named, Pseudochromidz. The name
has been universally retained for the genus ever since, and last by
Jordan and Snyder (1902) in a Review of the Trachinoid fishes and
‘their supposed Allies found in the Waters of Japan.* The identical
name Cichlops, however, had been used several years previously (in 1844)
for a genus of birds by Hodgson and published in Gray’s Zoological
Miscellany (p. 83). The avian genus is now regarded as a synonyin of
Anthus, but the early use of the name precludes its retention for the
fisheenus. For that genus Labracinus may be used; it was apparently
originally given by H. Schlegel, without description or reference to a
type, and simply to specimens in the Leyden Museum. At least this
is the legitimate inference from the only known notice of the name,
which occurs in the memoir of Bleeker. Bleeker, at the head of the
genus Cichlops, has the reference ‘* Cichlops M. Tr. = Labracinus Schl.
(Muss E.cb.5.”%
As the facts thus indicated have not been noticed in late works, a
new name might be given and the synonymy thus unnecessarily added
to; to avoid this the present note is given.
“Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XXIV, 1902, p. 491.
>The first publication of the name Labracinus appears to have been made in Van
der Hoeven’s ‘‘ Handboek der Dierkunde.’’ Aftera diagnosis of ‘‘GlaucosomaSchl.”’
a note is appended, viz: ‘‘Annor. Hic etiam collocandum videtur genus novyum e
mare indico prope Celebes, Labracinus Mus. L. B., cujus descriptionem a Doctissimo
Schlegel exspectandum puto.”’ Thisis translated in the English edition (II, p. 177):
‘‘Norr.—Here also would seem to be the place for a new genus from the Indian Sea
near Celebes, Labracinus Mus. L. B., of which I think the description may be ex-
pected from Doctor Schlegel.’? The expectation was never realized, and no one could
have imagined what genus was intended, as Labracinus has no resemblance or affinity
to Glaucosoma.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1384.
119
NOTE ON THE GENUS PRIONURUS OR ACANTHOCAULOS.
By THropore GILL,
Honorary Associate in Zoology.
In the Records of the Australian Museum for June, 1900 (II], p.
206), Mr. Edgar R. Waite has substituted *\Acanthocaulos, gen. nom.
nov.” for the familiar name Prionurus of Lacépede. ‘The name is
suggested to replace Prionurus, Lacépede, 1830, preoccupied by
Ehrenberg, in Arachnida, 1829.” The data are erroneous.
The name Pr/onurus was first given by Lacépede in the Annales
du Muséum National d@histoire naturelle, IV, p. 208, as indicated
in the Synopsis of the genera of the superfamily Teuthidoidea.@
The article was presented to the museum in 1803 (an. XI) and pub-
lished in 1804 (an. XII). An extended description was given under
the name Prionure microlepidote (pp. 205, 206), and a diagnosis under
the latin name Prionurus microlepidotus (p. 211). The case is thus
perfectly clear.
It is probable that Mr. Waite overlooked the information given by
his predecessors and was misled by Scudder’s Nomenclator Zoologicus.
Therein the only references to Prionurus are the following: Prionu-
rus Ehr. Arachn. 1829. A. and Prionurus Less. Pisc. 1830. A. The
reference is to Lesson 1830 and not Lacépéde 1830. The letter ‘*A”
indicates Agassiz’s Nomenclator Zoologicus.
«Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII, 1884, p. 277.
PROCEEDINGS U.‘S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1385.
—"
w)
4
;
= a, al all fe
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF FISH (APOGON
EVERMANNI) FROM THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, WITH
NOTES ON OTHER SPECIES.
By Davip Starr JORDAN AND JOHN OTTERBEIN SNYDER,
Of Stanford University.
A small collection of fishes from the market of Honolulu, lately
received by the United States Bureau of Fisheries from Mr. E. L.
Berndt, contains several specimens of interest, one species being new
to science. The present paper contains the description of this species,
with notes on some of the others.
APOGON EVERMANNI Jordan and Snyder, new species.
Head exclusive of opercular flap, 23 in the length; depth, 34; depth
of caudal peduncle, 2% in head; eye, 33; snout, 33; maxillary, 14;
interorbital space, 64; D. VI-I, 9; A. IJ, 8; pores in lateral line, 25.
The head is conspicuously large, snout pointed, mouth large, the
maxillary extending to a point midway between pupil and posterior
margin of orbit. The interorbital space is concave, viewed either
from the side or from before, its width equal to that of the posterior
edge of maxillary. Edge of suborbital and lower edge of preopercle
with large, thin, membranous flaps; anterior edge of preopercle
smooth; upper part of posterior edge finely serrated. Branchioste-
gals, 7. Teeth villiform, in broad bands on the jaws, a V-shaped patch
on the vomer, and in narrow bands on the palatines. Gillrakers,
5+16, the length of the longest contained 38 times in longitudinal
diameter of eye. Pseudobranchiv present.
Head naked, except on interopercle, preopercle, and upper part of
opercle, where there are a few large smooth scales. Scales of body
ctenoid, the number in a longitudinal series immediately above the
lateral line 54, between lateral line and spinous dorsal 3, between lat-
eral line and anal 15. Lateral line complete, its curve closely follow-
ing that of the dorsal contour of body; located on middle of caudal
peduncle posteriorly.
Third and fourth dorsal spines longest, 23 in head; first and sixth
of equal length, half as long as the third. A slight space between
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1386.
1! PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
dorsals, the spines when depressed just reaching base of second dorsal;
spine of second dorsal measuring 3} in head, longest ray 1£; distance
between soft dorsal and base of caudal equal to width of space between
anterior margin of eye and posterior edge of opercle. First anal
spine minute, the second 3% in length of head; longest ray 2... Ventral
reaching a point midway between anal opening and base of anal fin.
Pectoral fin rather pointed, its tip reaching a vertical through middle
of anal. Caudal forked.
In alcohol the color is very light (in life probably red), the body
with five rather indistinct dark bands, none of which reach the ventral
surface; the first on nape, second triangular in shape extending from
base of spinous dorsal to near middie of body, third passing from
base of second dorsal to a point near base of anal, the fourth located
just behind the second dorsal, fifth at base of caudal; a narrow, dusky
band passing from tip of snout to eye; a similar band from posterior
margin of eye to edge of opercle.
A single specimen measuring about 142 mm., from the market at
Honolulu. The condition of the tissues indicates that the example
came from deep water. Type No. 51487, U. 8. National Museum;
collector, E. L. Berndt.
The species is named for Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, of the
United States Bureau of Fisheries.
The following measurements of the type are expressed in hundredths
of the length to base of caudal fin: Head, exclusive of opercular flap,
0.388; depth, 0.32; depth of caydal peduncle, 0.145; snout, 0.12; eye,
G.12; interorbital space, 0.06; length of maxillary, 0.21; tip of snout
to spinous dorsal, 0.42; tip of snout to soft dorsal, 0.62; tip of snout
toanal, 0.66; length first dorsal spine, 0.09; second, 0.13; sixth, 0.08;
seventh, 0.12; length of first anal spine, 0.02; second, 0.11; length of
pectoral, 0.28; length of ventral, 0.22.
CHANOS CHANOS (Forskal.)
A singular-looking fish, extraordinarily short and deep. It is
apparently an abnormal dwarf or hunchback specimen of this species.
It has a much shorter and deeper head and body than is usual and the
scales are narrower, but in other respects it differs only slightly from
the ordinary type. The head is contained 32 times in the length to
the base of caudal; depth, 23; depth of caudal peduncle, 73; length of
caudal, 14; pectoral, 4; ventral, 5; eye, 3 in head; interorbital space,
23; snout, 33; number of dorsal rays, 12; anal, 9; scales in lateral
line, 76; in series between ventral and dorsal, 26; between occiput
and base of dorsal, 21. A normal example measures as follows:
Head, 4 in length; depth, 44; depth of caudal peduncle, 11; length of
3; eye, 4 in head; interorbital space,
; snout, 32; number of dorsal rays, 12; anal, 9; scales, 80-26-38.
No, 1386. A NEW HAWAIIAN FISH—JORDAN AND SNYDER. 25
SYNODUS VARIUS (Lacépede).
An example remarkable for its size, 850 mm. long; differs in no
way from smaller specimens.
SARDA CHILENSIS (Cuvier and Valenciennes).
A specimen about 600 mm. long, belongs without doubt to this spe-
cies. The head is contained 33 times in the length; the maxillary
extends to a vertical through posterior edge of orbit. There are six
dark oblique stripes on the body, the uppermost and lower ones
being indistinct. Dorsal with eighteen spines. This is the first rec-
ord of the species from Hawai. Apparently the identification of the
Japanese Sarda orientalis and the California Sarda lineolata with
Sarda chilensis from Chile is fully justified. |
NOVACULICHTHYS KALLOSOMA (Bleeker).
One specimen, the second recorded from the Hawaiian Islands.
Ground color, @rass g@reen, as In an example from Samoa.
he) (=)
CALLICANTHUS METOPOSOPHRON Jenkins.
One specimen, 284 mm. long. Head, 43 in length; depth, 23: eye,
34 in head; snout, 14.
‘OSTRACION SEB Bleeker.
Ostracion camurum JENKINS, Bull. U. 8. Fish Com. for 1899, p. 396, fig. 9,
Honolulu.
Five specimens, measuring from 85 to 120 mm. in length; differ in
no way from specimens collected by Dr. Jordan in Samoa. Two
examples have the ventral surface without spots, while two others
have the same area spotted like the back. In one specimen the spots
extend inward along the edges of the ventral surface of the carapace.
Some have the caudal peduncle with spots only, while others have
elongate white bands of irregular shape, no two being alike in this
regard. The largest individual has a transverse white band between
the eyes.
TROPIDICHTHYS PSEGMA Jordan and Evermann.
One specimen, measuring 118 mm. The dorsal has 12 rays; the
snout measures 12 in head; the dorsal prominence is equally distant
between tip of snout and base of last dorsal ray. This is the second
specimen recorded, but several others were taken in Samoa by Jordan
and Kellogg in 1901.
CHEILODACTYLUS VITTATUS Garrett.
Two specimens, measuring 175 and 245 mm. long, respectively:
larger and more deeply colored than any of the few specimens hitherto
known.
126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
IRACUNDUS SIGNIFER Jordan and Evermann.
One specimen, 100 mm. long; agrees perfectly with the original
description of the species, this being the second specimen known.
DENDROCHIRUS CHLOREUS Jenkins.
One specimen. Dorsal rays, 10; anal, 6; the last ray double in each
case.
DENDROCHIRUS BARBERI (Steindacher).
Dendrochirus hudsoni Jordan and Evermann is without doubt iden-
tical with Ptero/s barber Steindachner. An examination of two of the
cotypes of the former shows that they differ from the latter species, as
described and figured by Steindachner, only in the length of the pec-
toral, the difference however not being greater than the diameter of
the pupil.
CEPHALACANTHUS ORIENTALIS (Cuvier and Valenciennes).
Renewed examination of the common flying gurnard of Hawaii con-
vinces us that this species is the original or/enta/is. The same species
occurs in Japan, as also a second species, Cephalacanthus petersent
(Nystrom), in which the second free spine of the dorsal is lacking.
ANTENNARIUS COMMERSONI Lacépéde.
Two specimens, typical in character.
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF
HYMENOPTERA FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.
By Witiiam H. AsHMeEap,
Assistant Curator, Division of Insects.
In a paper” entitled A List of the Hymenoptera of the Philippine
Islands, with descriptions of New Species, I recorded 183 species of
these insects from the Philippines, although several doubtful species
mentioned by Fr. Castro de Elera in his Catalogo de todo la Fauna
Filipinas were cited but not included in this number. Two genera
and thirty-one species were described as new to science in this first
paper.
Since the list appeared, however, I have found references to five
species overlooked by me. These are: (1) Ampuler levigata Kohl,
(2) Pompilus graphicus Smith, (3) Chaleis xerrene Walker, (4) Pimpla
(Luxorides?) furcifer Bingham, and (5) Stephanus indicus Westwood.
Mr. P. Cameron, the eminent English hymenopterist, has also kindly
called my attention to two species described by Gribodo,’ viz, Sphevr
sulciscuta and Temipepsis tagala, from the island of Mindoro.
Father W. A. Stanton continues to send me the Hymenoptera col-
lected by him in the Observatory Garden at Manila, and I am now
able, with the new material received from him and from Father
Robert Brown, to contribute further toward.advancing the knowledge
of the hymenopterous fauna of the archipelago. Below I describe
four new genera and forty-five new species of Hymenoptera, many of
the latter in genera and families not before known to have represent-
atives in the Philippines.
The new genus Stantonia, named in honor of Father Stanton, is of
special interest, as it is a true Agathine, but departs somewhat in the
characters of the venation from all other known genera in the group.
The paper terminates with a check list, systematically arranged, of
the Hymenoptera now known to occur in the Philippine Islands.
@Jour. New York Ent. Soc., March, 1904, pp. 1-22.
> Miscellanea Entomologica, II, 1894, p. 2.
PROCEEDINGS U.S. NATIONAL MuSEuM, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1387.
128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
Undoubtedly, however, hundreds still remain unknown to us, and if
these insects were systematically collected in the islands the list could
be greatly increased by many of the described species known in India,
Ceylon, Java, Borneo, and other islands of the Malayan region.
The author would be glad to receive and determine Hymenoptera
from any part of the Philippines.
Family IX. MEGACHILIDA.
Subthmily Il. MEGACHITILIN 4.
Genus MEGACHILE Latreille.
MEGACHILE ROBBII, new species.
Female.—Length, 10 mm. Black, the head above (the only portion
to be seen on account of the dense pubescence) closely punctured, the
thorax sparsely punctured, the abdomen smooth; the first, second, and
third dorsal segments are sparsely microscopically punctate toward
base, smooth toward apex; the front of the head and the clypeus, the
sides of the thorax, the mesothorax laterally, the metathorax, and
the basal segment of the abdomen are clothed with rather a dense
fulvous pubescence; the legs with a griseous pubescence, the scopa of
the tarsi ferruginous, the apical margin of the second abdominal seg-
ment and the third, fourth, and fifth laterally with a dirty whitish or
griseous pubescence; the ventral scopa is long and dense, and tinged
with vellow. Wings subfuscous; the stigma and veins black. Anten-
nee wholly black.
Type.—Cat. No. 8028, U.S.N.M.
Manila. Described from a single specimen captured by Mr. M. L.
Lobb.
Family XII. ANDRENID/.
Subfamily Il. HALICTIN 2z.
Genus HALICTUS:Eatreiie.
HALICTUS PHILIPPINENSIS, new species.
Female.—Length, 5.5 mm. Aeneous black, the thorax above dull
bronzed, minutely punctate, clothed with a whitish pubescence, which
is rather dense on the face, pronotum above, post-scutellum and the
plura; the clypeus is somewhat produced anteriorly, trapezoidal, and
sparsely punctate; the face below the ocelli is closely, minutely,
opaquely punctate; the vertex is almost smooth and shining; the
antenne are black, the flagellum at apex beneath brownish; the funicle
joints, after the first, wider than long, the first joint obconical, hardly
longer than thick; the wings are hyaline, with the tegule, the stigma,
and the veins, except the subcostal vein, testaceous; the subcostal vein
i,
No. 1387. HYMENOPTERA FROM THE PHILIPPINES—ASHMEAD. 129
is black; the second cubital cell is small, a little wider (higher) than
long and receives the first recurrent nervure very near its apex; the
third cubital cell is larger and receives the second recurrent neryure
at its apical third. Legs black, the scopa whitish, the hind tarsi with
joints 2-4 at apex, the last joint and the claws testaceous. The
abdomen is oblong-oyal, smooth, and shining, with the dorsal segments
2 and beyond microscopically shagreened, the terminal segment
fringed with short, stiff, black hairs; otherwise the abdomen is clothed
with a whitish pubescence, the first and second dorsal segments with
tufts laterally.
Type.—Cat. No. 7994, U.S.N.M.
Manila. Described from a single specimen taken by Father Stanton.
Family XVI. CRABRONID 4.
Subfamily V. RHOPALIN 4“.
Genus DASYPROCTUS Lepeletier and Brullé.
DASYPROCTUS PHILIPPINENSIS, new species.
Female.—Length 8 mm. Black, subopaque, finely, closely punc-
tured, the clypeus and lower part of the cheeks clothed with a silvery
white pubescence; scape, pedicel, mandibles, except the teeth, the
upper margin of the pronotum, the prothoracic tubercles, the scutel-
lum, two small spots at the apex of the abdominal petiole, a large
transverse mark on each side of the second dorsal segment, a small
spot on each side of the third segment, a stripe at the base of the
fourth segment, interrupted at the middle, and the fifth segment,
except narrowly at apex, and the legs, except the cox, trochanters,
the hind femora entirely, the basal two-thirds of the front and middle
femora above, and a spot on the hind tibie beneath toward apex,
which are black, are yellow; the two or three apical joints of the
hind tarsi are more or less fuscous. Wings hyaline, the stigma and
veins blackish.
Male.—Length 6mm. Agrees well with the female, only the pedicel
is black, not yellow; the yellow margin on the pronotum is inter-
rupted at the middle, the seutellum wholly black, the abdomen black,
except a yellow spot on each side of the second dorsal segment, a
minute yellow spot on each side of the fourth, and a yellow stripe on
each side at apex of the fifth, while the legs are mostly black, with the
apices of the front and middle femora, their tibiz outwardly, and their
tarsi, except the two or three terminal joints of the middle tarsi,
yellow; the three terminal joints of the middle tarsi and the hind tarsi,
except at base, are usually fuscous.
Type.—Cat. No. 7909, U.S.N.M.
Manila. Described from specimens found by Father Stanton, form-
ing cells in the pithy stems of various plants.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviili—04 9
130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII. 7 7
Genus RHOPALUM Kirby.
RHOPALUM ALBOCOLLARE, new species.
Female.—Length 4.5 mm. Black and shining, impunctate, the pro-
notum above, the scutellum, the apex of the postscutellum, the middle
tarsi, and a broad annulus at base of the hind tarsi, snow-white; scape
honey-yellow; flagellum filiform, black; eyes large, strongly conyer-
event anteriorly; metathorax smooth, with a median g
which is strongly impressed on the truncature. Wings hyaline, the
stigma and veins blackish, the recurrent nervure received by the first
cubital cell a little before its middle. Abdomen clavate, longly petio-
lated, the petiole highly polished and shining; clavate fully two-
thirds as long as the body of the abdomen.
Type. —Cat. No. 7995, U.S.N.M.
Manila. Described from a single specimen taken by Father Stanton
in the Observatory Garden, at Manila.
Family XIX. LARRIDL.
Subfamily I. LARRIN 4.
Genus NOTOGONIA Costa.
NOTOGONIA MANILZ&, new species.
Female.—Length 6.5 mm. Entirely black, pruinose, the pubes-
cence on the face, clypeus, and temples denser and silvery-white, that
on the pygidium tinged with ferruginous; head and thorax finely
minutely punctured, the scutellum smoother, polished, the metathorax
finely rugulose, subopaque, the abdomen polished, shining, the pubes-
cence a little denser and more distinctly silvery at apex of first, second,
and third dorsal segments, especially laterally. Wings hyaline, the
front wings faintly fuscous at the apical margins, the stigma and
veins brown-black. Antenne 12-jointed; the flagellum is filiform,
the joints subequal in length, the first being nearly twice as long
as the pedicel. The tarsi are spinous and much longer than their
tibie; the joints 3 and 4 of front and middle tarsi are short and
united scarcely longer than the fifth or last joint; the fourth joint of
the hind tarsi is much shorter than the third, the last joint being
about as long as the third.
Male.—Length 5 to 5.5 mm. Hardly distinguishable from the
female except in being smaller and by the structure of the antenne
and abdomen. ‘The antenne are 13-jointed, the first joint of the flagel-
lum being nearly thrice as long as the pedicel, which is shorter than
in the female, while the terminal abdominal segment is without a
pygidial area.
Type.—Cat. No. 7996, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father W. A. Stanton.)
erooved line ~
NO. 1387. HYMENOPTERA FROM THE PHILIPPINES—ASHMEAD. 131
Subfamily IV. PISONIN &“.
.
Genus PISON Spinola.
PISON LAGUNA, new species,
Male.—Lenegth 7 mm. Black, clothed with a sparse silvery-white
pubescence, rather dense on the clypeus, the head and thorax some-
what closely punctured, the scutellum shining and sparsely punctate,
the metathorax truncate behind, its posterior face with a median sul-
cus, transversely rugulose, the upper surface with a slight median
depression posteriorly, the depression with about four transverse
raised lines beyond a short median raised line that extends from the
base of the postscutellum, the surface on either side to this line
with oblique raised lines; tarsi brownish piceous, somewhat reddish
beneath. Wings hyaline, the stigma and veins black, the areolet tri-
angular, petiolate; the first recurrent vein is interstitial with the first
transverse cubitus; tegulze testaceous posteriorly, blackish anteriorly.
Abdomen smooth and shining, the first and second segment sparsely
and minutely punctate.
Type.—Cat. No. 7989, U.S.N.M.
Bay Laguna. (Dr. P. A. Stangl.)
Genus PISONITUS Shuckard.
PISONITUS ARGENTEUS, new species.
Female.—Length 5.5 mm. Black and shining, the temples posteri-
orly, the cheeks, face, mesopleura, and metathorax, except medially,
clothed with a dense silvery-white pubescence; the head and thorax are
subopaque, coriaceous, not distinctly punctate, the metathorax some-
what rounded, not distinctly truncate posteriorly, but with a short
median sulcus; the upper face has a distinct long median carina that
extends from the postscutellum to near the beginning of the median
sulcus, the upper surface without oblique raised lines, but laterally it
is clothed with a silvery pubescence; legs black, the front tibiz and
tarsi beneath testaceous. Wings hyaline, the stigma and veins piceous
black, the areolet triangular, petiolate, receiving the second recurrent
neryure slightly beyond its middle; the first recurrent nervure joins
the median vein before the first transverse cubitus. Abdomen smooth
and shining, but the first segment is microscopically punctate, the
depression at apex being clothed with a silvery pubescence; the second
and third segments at apex, and especially laterally, are also more or
less clothed with a silvery pubescence.
Type.—Cat. No. 7940, U.S.N.M.
Bacoor. (Dr. P. L. Stang.)
oe PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
Family OE MELLINID.
Genus MEGALOMMA Smith.
MEGALOMMA QUADRICINCTUM, new species.
Female.—Length, 7mm. Black; face, clypeus, a line on inner orbits
opposite the insertion of the antenne, a spot at base of mandibles,
the palpi, scape, pedicel, the first joint of the flagellum beneath, the
two terminal joints of antenne beneath, a line on the pronotum above
and enclosing the tubercles, or the hind angles of the pronotum, the
tegule, a spot on each side of the mesonotum next the tegule, the
postscutellum, the apices of femora, all tibie, except the hind tibie
beneath and the last joint of the hind tarsi, two spots on first segment
of abdomen at apex, and bands at apex of dorsal segments 2, 3, 4, and
5, yellow. Wings hyaline, the stigma and veins black.
The flagellum is strongly clavate; the eyes are very large, strongly
facetted, and converge anteriorly; there is no malar space; the thorax
above is rather coarsely punctured, the metathorax less strongly
punctured, with a smooth median space at base above, the posterior
face with some silvery pile.
Type.—Cat. No. 7997, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Stanton.)
Family XX VII. CEROPALID.
Subfamily I. PHPSIN &.
PSEUDOSALIUS, new genus.
This genus is proposed for a ceropalid found in the Philippines, in
our catalogues under the name Sa//us bipartitus Lepeletier. A study
of a specimen shows that it is not a Sa/7us, but comes much closer to
the genera Calicurgus and Ferreolomorpha, but is easily separated by
having the submedian cell in the front wings distinctly shorter than
the median. The claws, too, are also different from those in Sa/l/us;
in the female they are cleft. The metanotum is transversely wrinkled
or striated, the labrum subexserted, the mandibles bidentate, the
maxillary palpi 6-jointed, the third joint, the longest, as long as the
first and second united, while the labial palpi are 4-jointed, the second
joint being the longest.
Genus PALLOSOMA Lepeletier.
To this genus belongs Salius fulgidipennis Saussure, which is
reported from the Philippines. It agrees perfectly with the structural
characters given for this genus, although the wings are not margined
with black at apex, as in other species.
No. 1387. HYMENOPTERA FROM THE PHILIPPINES—ASHMEAD. 133
Subfamily II. AGHNIIN 4.
Genus AGENIA Sehiddte.
AGENIA CINGULATA, new species.
Male.—Length, 6 mm.-. Black, clothed with a glittering pile, sil-
very on the face, the clypeus, the mesosternum posteriorly, and the
hind coxe; the tips of the front femora, their tibiz and tarsi, the
apical half of the middle femora, and the apical two-thirds of the hind
femora rufous; the first segment of the abdomen has a yellowish-
white band at the middle, while the pygidium is pure white. Wings
hyaline, the tegule testaceous, the stigma and veins black.
Type.—Cat. No. 7998, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (W. A. Stanton.)
Family XXVIII. VESPID.
Subfamily Il. POLISTIN 4.
POMS TH ElAS new, Genus:
Plate I, Fig. 1. :
This is a new generic term proposed for the smallest social wasp
known in the world, named Polistes manillensis Saussure.
My generic table of the Vespide “ may be modified to include it as
follows:
3. Metathorax transversely striate or aciculate; abdomen long fusiform or elongate
ovate, sessile; second cubital cell not small, along the cubitus as long as the third,
receiving both recurrent nervures widely separated; eyes not extending to base
Olathemmeam duly lesmeam steer repo me Nery nee Bere ee ea eck BE ae Polistes Latreille
(Type, Vespa bighwmis Linneeus. )
Metathorax smooth, not transversely striate; abdomen fusiform, subpetiolate;
second cubital cell very small and narrow, along the cubitus hardly one-third
the length of the third, receiving both recurrent nervures close together; eyes
Exten ain onwo base Olemam Gillol Coley a= eee een ee ees 2 Polistella Ashmead
(Type, Polistes manillensis Saussure. )
Family XXIX. EUMENID®.
Subfamily IV. XO MBHNIN A“.
Tribe II. ODYNERINI.
Genus LEIONOTUS Saussure.
LEIONOTUS PUNCTUM Saussure. Manila.
Genus ANCISTROCERUS Westwood.
ANCISTROCERUS BIZONATUS Boisduval.
Odynerus bizonatus BotispuvaL, Fn. entom. de Vocéan Pacif., p. 658.
«Canadian Entomologist, June, 1902, p. 165.
134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
Family XXXII. BETHYLID Ai.
Subfamily Il. BH THY LIN_A.
Genus DISSOMPHALUS Ashmead.
DISSOMPHALUS TIBIALIS, new species.
Female.—Length, 2.8 mm. Black, highly polished, impunctate.
The scape and pedicel are yellow, the flagellum brownish yellow, the
joints transverse, submoniliform. The mandibles, except at apex, are
reddish. The tibizw and tarsiare yellowish white. The head is oblong,
about 14 times as long as wide, without ocelli; the eyes oval, placed on
each side anteriorly, while the abdomen is long, conically produced,
more than twice as long as the thorax.
Type.—Cat. No. 7999, U.S.N.M. .
Manila. (W. A. Stanton.)
Genus GONIOZUS Forster.
GONIOZUS PHILIPPINENSIS, new species.
Female.—Length, about 2 mm. Polished black, shining; the head
and thorax faintly pubescent; the oblong head with some minute punc-
tures. The antenne entirely, and the legs, except the front and hind
coxe and their femora, which are blackish or brownish piceous, are
brownish yellow. Wings hyaline; the parastigma and stigma dark
brown; the veins pallid or hyaline. The branch from the basal vein is
fully as long as the first abscissa of the basal vein, or possibly a little
longer. _ All the flagellar joints after the first are moniliform.
Male.—Length, 1.6mm. Agrees well with the female, except that
the head is proportionately smaller, and the legs are wholly brownish
yellow; the tibiew and tarsi a little paler, more yellowish white.
Type.—Cat. No. 7910, U.S.N.M.
Manila. Described from specimens bred by Father Stanton from a
larva of a small Lepidopteron.
Subfamily III. DRYININ&.
Genus DRYINUS Latreille.
DRYINUS STANTONI, new species.
Female.—Leneth, 3.5mm. Black and shagreened, but clothed with
a fine sericeous pile; scape except at base, the pedicel at apex, the
clypeus except at apex, the legs except as hereafter noted, and the
apex of the abdomen rufo-testaceous. The base of the pedicel, the
bidentate apex of the clypeus, and the apex of front coxe and trochan-
ters are whitish, while the middle and hind cox and the extreme tips
No. 1387. HYMENOPTERA FROM THE PHILIPPINES—ASHMEAD. 185
of femora are more or less blackish or fuscous. Wings hyaline, but
with a narrow fuscous band across the basal vein and a broad fuscous
band across from the apical half of the stigma and enclosing the
stigmal vein.
Type.—Cat. No. 8000, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father W. A. Stanton.)
Family XLII. MUTILLID.
Sb famarwloy- ie, IVE@a erie nIONe An.
Tribe II. MUTILLINI.
Genus MUTILLA Linneus.
MUTILLA SEMPERI, new species.
Male.—Length, 6mm. Black, except the first and second segments
of the abdomen, which are red, clothed with glittering white hairs.
The pubescence is denser on the face and clypeus, pronotum above,
mesopleura anteriorly and narrowly at the base of the metanotum.
The head and thorax are distinctly punctured, the metathorax being
coarsely reticulated. The abdomen is punctate, but the punctures are
finer and less distinct on the apical three or four segments. Wings
hyaline, but broadly margined with fuscous at apex: the veins dark or
biackish.
Type.—Cat. No. 8001, U.S.N.M.
Manila. Dedicated to Mr. George Semper, the author of Die
Schmetterlinge der Philippinschen Inseln, published during the years
1886 to 1892.
Family LV.. CERAPHRONIDE.
Genus ChRArPHRON Jurime.
CERAPHRON MANILZ, new species.
Female.—Length, 1 to 1.2 mm. Black and shining, the head and
thorax microscopically shagreened; the antenne, except the last three
joints, which are black, and the legs are brownish yellow. The last
three joints of the flagellum are large and form a club, the first joint
of which is only a little longer than thick, the last being fusiform
and twice as long as the first, the funicle joints preceding the club,
being small, transverse or submoniliform.
Type.—Cat. No. 7911, U.S.N.M.
Manila. Described from 10 specimens, 9 females and 1 male, received
from Father Stanton. The single male has lost its head, but is easily
recognized by its smaller size and the different shaped abdomen.
136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVHI.
Family LXII. CHALCIDID.
Subfamily Il. CHALCIDIN A.
Tribe I. CHALCIDINI.
Genus CHALCIS Fabricius.
CHALCIS PRODENIZ, new species.
Male.—Length, 1.5 mm. Black, with whitish colored eyes, the
ocelli pale, the head and thorax closely and distinctly punctate, faintly
pubescent; the abdomen highly polished, impunctate; the legs are
black, but there is a small spot at base of the tibiz, and all tarsi are
yellowish white; the antenne are black, but the flagellum is brownish
at apex and is not quite thrice as long as the scape.
Type.—Cat. No. 7912, U.S. NM.
Manila. Described from a single specimen bred by Father Stanton
from the larva of a Prodenia sp. It is probably the smallest species
in the genus.
Tribe III. CHALCITELLINI.
Genus ARRETOCBERA Kirby.
ARRETOCERA STANTONI, new species.
Temale.—Lenegth, 2 mm. Black, the thorax distinctly punctate,
the metathorax rugulose; the abdomen is longly petiolated, the petiole
cylindrical, fully as long as the long hind cox, and furrowed above;
the body of the abdomen is compressed, highly polished; seen from
the side it is ovate, the first segment occupying most of its entire
surface; the scape, pedicle, tegule, and most of the legs, except the
tarsi, the hind coxe, and femora, are flayo-testaceous, the flagellum
light brown, the hind cox black, the hind femora reddish with an
obscure dusky tinge outwardly, the tarsi white. Wings hyaline, the
long, slender, marginal vein brown, the stigmal vein subsessile, the
postmarginal vein not developed.
JMale.—Length, 1.8 to 2.1mm. Agrees well with the female, except
that the flagellum is filiform, longer, yellowish, or with three or four
terminal joints black; the petiole of the abdomen is longer and more
slender than in the female, longer than the hind cox; the body of
of the abdomen, as seen from the side, pear-shaped, testaceous at base,
the hind femora more obscured, in one specimen almost black.
Type.—Cat. No. 7913, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father W. A. Stanton.)
NO. 1887. HYMENOPTERA FROM THE PHILIPPINES—ASHMEAD. 137
Family LX VIII. ENCYRTID®.
Tribe I. ECTROMINI.
TAFTIA, new genus.
Plate II, figs. 1 and 2.
It is interesting to detect a genus in this tribe in the Philippines,
and that it should prove to be new, although closely allied to Anagyrus
Howard, described from Ceylon. The two, however, may be sepa-
rated as follows:
Lateral ocelli close to the eye margin; scape in female usually broadly compressedly
dilated beneath, the flagellum slender, cylindrical; axillee not quite meeting at
inner basal angles; front wings with a hairless line extending obliquely inward
POMPE Me tSUISM A aveimed sae ewoee Ae fils leer tee, eee esky tnagyrus Howard.
Lateral ocelli at least their width from the eye margin; scape in female long, sub-
clavate, the flagellum clavate, the club much enlarged, the funicle joints a little
longer than thick; in the male the flagellum is filiform; axillee transversely
wedge-shaped, meeting at inner basal angles; front wings without the hairless
line extending obliquely inward from the stigmal vein; stigmal vein strongly
cunved, whe marcinal, veimesnOrt os-4 5.0 sos 2 a ene eee te Taftia Ashmead.
(Type, 7. prodenix Ashmead. )
This genus is named in honor of the first governor of the Philip-
pines, Hon. William H. Taft, now Secretary of War in President
Roosevelt’s Cabinet.
TAFTIA PRODENIZA, new species.
Fremale.—Length, 1.5 mm. Robust, metallic brown, shagreened;
the head in front purplish; the eyes whitish, hairy; the ocelli pale; the
scape and legs are flayo-testaceous; the flagellum is long clavate, brown-
black, the pedicel nearly twice as long as thick, obconical; wings
hyaline, the veins brown. The head is nearly twice as wide as thick
antero-posteriorly, as wide as the thorax or a little wider, the eyes
only slightly converging above; the pronotum is very short, trans-
verse linear; the mesonotum is much wider than long, hardly as long
as the convex scutellum; while the metanotum is very short. Abdo-
men broadly oval, sessile, not longer than the thorax, above depressed,
beneath subcompressed, the hypopygium subprominent.
Male.-—Length, 0.8 mm. Smaller and less robust, the head above
and the thorax bronzed green, the head in front and beneath dark blue,
the flagellum filiform, nearly of a uniform thickness throughout, the
legs (except the hind legs, which are brownish piceous) are more yel-
lowish, with all tarsi white or yellowish-white.
Type.—Cat. No. 7914, U.S.N.M.
Manila. Seventeen female and seven male specimens bred by Father
Stanton from a Prodenia sp.
1388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
family LXX. ELASMID.
Genus ELASMUS Westwood.
ELASMUS PHILIPPINENSIS, new species.
Female.—Length, 1 mm. Blue-black, the abdomen mostly red,
with its pointed tip black, the postscutellum waxy-white, the scape
pale yellowish, the flagellum brown-black, pubescent; legs yellowish
white, the middle and hind femora dark or blue-black; the black hairs
on the hind tibiz are arranged to form nine or ten oval areas. Wings
hyaline, the veins brown.
Type.—Cat. No. 7915, U.S.N.M.
Manila. Four female specimens (Father W. A. Stanton).
family LX XI. EQDLOPHID 4.
Subfamily Il. HNTHEDONIN ™.
Tribe II. OMPHALINI.
Genus CLOSTEROCERUS Westwood.
CLOSTEROCERUS BROWNII, new species.
Female.—Length, 0.8mm. Aeneous black, smooth and shining, the
mesonotum metallic greenish and very delicately microscopically re-
ticulated; the scape and pedicel are yellow, the rest of the antennz
being black; the legs, including the coxe, are yellowish-white, while
the abdomen is pointed ovate, sessile. Wings hyaline, the nervures
light brownish.
Male.—Length, 0.65 mm. Agrees well with the female, except that
it is smaller, the abdomen smaller and oval, the middle mesothoraeic
lobe with a median furrow posteriorly, while the flagellum is slender,
the joints with some long, sparse black hairs.
Type.—Cat. No. 8041, U.S.N.M.
Manila. Described from specimens, representing both sexes, re-
ceived from Father Robert Brown, and in honor of whom the species
is named.
Tribe II], ENTEDONINI.
Genus ASE CODES Forster.
ASECODES ELASMI, new species. s
Male.—Length, 0.6 mm. Uniformly dark blue, except the tarsi,
which are snowy white with the last joint dark brown or fuscous, the
head on the vertex and the mesothorax and the scutellum with a
metallic greenish tinge; joints of the flagellum loosely joined, monili-
form; wings hyaline
Type.—Cat. No. 7916, U.S.N.M.
Manila. Four specimens bred by Father Stanton, from //usivus
ph 11 PpPinensis.
NO. 1387. HYMENOPTERA FROM THE PHILIPPINES—ASHMEAD. 139
Subfamily J. ACP N TNA.
Tribe I. APHELININI.
Genus ASPIDIOTIPHAGUS Howard.
ASPIDIOTIPHAGUS ALEYRODIS, new species.
Female.—Length 0.6 mm. Head and thorax above, brownish-vellow;
the face, cheeks, thorax beneath and at sides, and the scape of the
antenne yellowish-white or milky-white; the eyes, the incision or
suture on each side of the scutellum, the metanotum, and the abdomen
are brown-black; the flagellum is pale brown, with some sparse dark-
colored hairs, while the wings are clear hyaline, iridescent, with a long
marginal fringe, the marginal vein being pale or yellowish, the stig-
mal vein not at all developed.
Male.—Length 0.4 to 0.5 mm. Paler colored than the female, the
head, except the eyes, the thorax, scape of antenne, legs, and the base
of the abdomen being yellowish-white; rest of the abdomen and the
eyes brown-black; the flagellum is slender, tapering at tip, and brown-
ish; otherwise it is similar to the female, but with a much smaller and
shorter abdomen.
Type.—Cat. No. 7324, U.S.N.M.
Manila. Described from 3 female and 2 male specimens bred by
Father W. A. Stanton from an Aleyrodes affecting the sugar cane.
Family LXXIV. EVANIIDZ.
Subfamily I. HV ANIIN AC.
Genus EVANIA Fabricius.
EVANIA ANNULIPES, new species.
Male.—Length 4.5 mm. Black; the head and thorax coarsely
rugosely punctate: face below the insertion of the antennz and the
cheeks anteriorly longitudinally striate; the cheeks posteriorly smooth
and highly polished, but with a row of punctures along the eye mar-
gin; a spot at base of mandibles, the trochanters (except the hind tro-
chanters), the tibial spurs, and a broad band at base of the hind tibic
are white or yellowish-white; the base of the front and middle tibiz
and their tarsi are yellowish, their femora, except at apex, are fuscous
or dark rufo-piceous; rest of the legs, except as noted, black. The
antenne, except the first five joints, which are honey-yellow, are
black; the scape is long, as long as the pedicel, and joints 1 to 5 of the
flagellum united; the flagellum is thickened toward the apex from
the fourth joint, the first joint being the longest and slenderest—-
about as long as joints 2 and 3 united; the third joint is the shortest,
being only a little longer than thick. The abdomen is very small,
polished black, longly petiolated; the petiole yellow beneath at basal
140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
half, with some punctures above. Wings hyaline, with a cloud across
from the stigma, the veins blackish, the parastigma separated from
the stigma by a white spot.
Type.—Cat. No. 8002, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father W. A. Stanton.)
family LXXVI. ICHNEUMONID ®.
Sulbfamaly Ie (GRY PENeAg.
Tribe III. HEMITELINI.
Genus OTACUSDTES Hoerster:
OTACUSTES ALBOANNULUS, new species.
Female.—Length + mm. Black, the apex of the abdomen with a
white spot; eyes very large, occupying the whole side of the head and
whitish in color; temples very flat; the head and thorax are finely
punctured, the metathorax finely rugulose, the areas distinct, the two
basal lateral areas almost smooth, shining, the apical transverse carina
acute at the angles; the basal three joints of the antennz and the legs
are ferruginous, the hind cox, tips of hind femora and the hind
tibiv (except a narrow white annulus at base), are dark fuscous; the
flagellum, except joints 4 to 6, is black; joints + to 6, and the palpi,
are white. Wings fuscous, with the base and a band across from
before the stigma, white or hyaline.
ZType.—Cat. Nos 8003; USN. M.
Manila. (Father Stanton.)
Genus ASTOMASPIS Forster.
ASTOMASPIS METATHORACICA, new species.
Female. —Leneth 4.2 mm.; ovipositor only about half the length of
petiole. ~ Black; eyes large, dirty white; ocelli pale; the clypeus, man-
dibles, the hind angles of the prothorax, the scutellum, the metathorax,
the mesopleura, and the first and second segments of the abdomen,
are red; the other segments of the abdomen are black, but narrowly
margined with white at apex; the scape of the antenne beneath, the
tegule, and the costal veins, are yellowish-white; the flagellum is
blackish or dark brown above, ferruginous beneath, and very slender;
legs red, the apex of the hind femora black, the hind tibiz with a
white annulus at base, outwardly and at the apex, and the hind tarsi,
fuscous. Wings hyaline, with a fuscous cloud across from the stigma.
The head above and the mesothorax are transversely rugulose, the
metathorax completely areolated, rugulose. The abdomen has a
NO. 1387. HYMENOPTERA FROM THE PHILIPPINES—ASHMEAD. 141
peculiar sculpture, the first three segments being more or less striato-
rugulose and punctate, the second and third with a transverse impres-
sion or furrow near the middle, similar to the Tryphonine genus
Bassus.
Type—Cat. No. 8047, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (W. A. Stanton.)
Genus BATHRYTHRIX Forster.
BATHRYTHRIX STRIATUS, new species.
Female.—Length 5mm. Ovipositor hardly as long as the abdomi-
nal petiole. Head black, the thorax and abdomen, except segments 4
to 6, pale ferruginous; the third segment above is more or less dusky;
the fourth and following, except narrowly at apex, are black; the face
and clypeus are clothed with silvery white hairs; the first and second
joints of the antenne and flagellar joints 1 to 7 beneath are honey-
yellow, the rest of antenne brown black; legs pale ferruginous, the
hind tibie with a white annulus at base; the rest of tibie, the apex of
hind femora, and the hind tarsi black or dark fuscous. Wings hyaline,
with a broad fuscous fascia across the front wings from the stigma;
the stigma and veins dark brown or blackish, the parastigma whitish.
The abdomen is longitudinally striated.
Type.—Cat. No. 7917, U.S.N.M.
Manila. One specimen. (W. A. Stanton.)
Genus PARAPHYLAX Forster.
PARAPHYLAX FASCIATIPENNIS, new species.
Male.—Length 3.5 mm. Polished black, shining ; the first joint of
the antenne and the legs, except as hereafter noted, honey-yellow;
palpi and trochanters ivory-white; hind coxe black, the apical two-
thirds of hind tibiz and more or less of their tarsi fuscous. Wines
hyaline, with a broad fuscous band across the front wings from the
stigma.
Type.—Cat. No. 7918, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (W. A. Stanton.)
Genus DIATORA Forster.
DIATORA PRODENIZA, new species.
Female.—Length 2.5 mm. Head, thorax, and first segment of abdo-
men polished black, shining; the metathorax above rugulose, com-
pletely areolated; the rest of the abdomen ferruginous, dusky at sides
toward apex, the second and third dorsal segments yellowish; the
|
142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
flagellum is fuscous or blackish, the first joint beneath, the scape and
pedicel, and the legs, except a spot at base of hind tibiee and the hind
tarsi, which are fuscous, are bright brownish-yellow. Wings hyaline,
the stigma and veins brown.
Type.—Cat. No. 7919, U.S.N.M.
Manila. Two specimens. (Father W. A. Stanton.)
Tribe VI. CRYPTINI.
Genus AGROTHEREUTES Forster.
To this genus I should relegate Cryptus verticalis Bingham, which is
not a true Cryptus. Cryptus praepes Bingham is unknown to me and
very difficult to place generically from the description; it is certainly
no Cryptus and belongs evidently in the tribe Phygadeuonini. It
may be placed temporarily, or until I can secure a specimen for exam-
ination, in Mcrocryptus Thomson, where | think it belongs.
AGROTHEREUTES UNIFASCIATUS, new species.
Female.—Length 8.5 mm. Head, prothorax and mesothorax, basal
two-thirds of second dorsal abdominal segment, and the third, fourth,
fifth, and sixth segments, black; the scape beneath, the mesopleura pos-
teriorly, the metathorax, and the legs, except as noted, are ferrugi-
nous; the palpi, the base of mandibles, the tegule, a spot beneath
them, the scutellum, the front coxe, except at base, the hind tarsi,
except base and apex of the first joint and the apices of the following
joints, the apex of the first and second dorsal abdominal segments, and
the seventh and eighth segments ivory-white. Wings hyaline, the
front wines with their apices, and a band across from the apical half
of the stigma, fuscous.
Type.—Cat. No. 7920, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Stanton.)
AGROTHEREUTES ALBICOXIS, new species.
Female.—Length 7.5mm. Ovipositor about one-third the length of
the abdomen. Black, marked with white as follows: Antennal joints
6 to 14 beneath, the inner orbits broadly, the face below the antenne,
the clypeus, the mandibles except teeth, the palpi, the upper ridge of
the collar, the hind margin of the pronotum to the tegule, narrowed
medially; the tegule, a spot beneath, the scutellum, the postscutellum,
the apex of the metathorax, a broad stripe on each side; the front |
and middle coxe and trochanters, tibial spurs and hind tarsi, except
the last joint, bands at apex of dorsal abdominal segments 1 to 4, a
streak on each side of the fifth, a streak at apex of the sixth, the
seventh and eighth entirely, and the ventral segments, except black
a
No. 1387. HYMENOPTERA FROM THE PHILIPPINES—ASHMEAD. 148
lateral marks, all ivory-white. Wings hyaline, the stigma and veins
black, the areolet rather small, pentagonal.
Type.—Cat. No. 8004, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (W. A. Stanton.) Allied to A. watfasetatus in structure,
but differs decidedly in color of thorax and abdomen, and in having no
fuscous band on the front wings.
Tribe VII. MESOSTENINI.
Genus MESOSTENOIDEUS Ashmead.
MESOSTENOIDEUS OCTOZONATUS, new species.
Female.—Length 9.5mm. Ovipositor a little shorter than the abdo-
men. Black, marked with white as follows: Joints 7 to 11 of antenne,
the palpi, a spot on the mandibles, the clypeus and the face to the
insertion of the antenne, the inner orbits, the cheeks and hind orbits
interrupted above, a transverse line on the collar, the upper margin of
the pronotum broadly interrupted medially, a spot on the middle
mesothoracic lobe posteriorly, a streak on the lateral ridges of the
scutellum, a spot on the scutellum and the lateral ridge from its apex,
the post-scutellum and its lateral ridges, the tegule, a spot beneath,
two spots on the mesopleura, a lateral spot on the mesosternum, the
front cox more or less, two spots on the metapleura, a spot near the
middle of the metanotum, a spot enclosing the metathoracie teeth, and
bands at the apex of dorsal segments 4 to 8 of abdomen, white; the
white bands on segments 4 to 8 are interrupted at the middle; the ven-
tral segments are also white at apex; legs yellowish-red; the hind tarsi
with joints 2 to 5 fuscous. Wings hyaline, the stigma and veins black,
the areolet small, closed, longer than wide, the second recurrent
nervure interstitial, or very nearly, with the second transverse cubitus.
Type.—Cat. No. 8005, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father W. A. Stanton.)
Subfamily I1fl. PIMPLIN™®.
Tribe III. LISSONOTINI.
Genus ATROPHA Kriechbaumer.
ATROPHA CLYPEARIA, new species.
Female.—Length 6 to 8 mm. (very variable in size); ovipositor
about as long as the abdomen. Black and shining, marked with white
as follows: The mandibles, except the teeth, the clypeus, a small spot
on the malar space, a line on the face next to the eyes, a triangular
spot on inner orbits above the insertion of the antenne, the scape
beneath, basal joints of palpi, a wedge-shaped spot on each side of the
mesonotum anteriorly, the tegule, a spot beneath, a spot at the inser-
144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
tion of the hind wings, the scutellum, a spot on metathorax just above
the hind coxr, the front coxe and trochanters, an annulus at base of
hind tibizwe and tarsi, the base of the first abdominal seement, a band
at base of the second and third segments, and a band at apex of the
third, all white; rest of the legs, except the hind femora toward apex,
the hind tibie, the tibial spurs, and the tarsi, which are fuscous, red.
Wings hyaline, with a large fuscous blotch just before apex, the
stigma and veins blackish or dark fuscous. ‘The thorax anteriorly is
finely punctate, shining; the metathorax coarser and more closely
punctate, without carine, and opaque.
Male.—Differs in having the white line on the face dilated and con-
nected with the spot on the upper orbits, leaving a triangular black
spot beneath the antennze, while the apices of abdominal segments 2 to
5, as well as a band at the base, are white.
Type.—Cat. No. 8006, U.S.N.M.
Manila. Described from 2 female and 2 male specimens (W.~A.
Stanton).
Subfamily Vo OPEIONIEIN AS:
Tribe IV. ANOMALINI.
Genus ATROMETUS Forster.
ATROMETUS MINUTUS, new species.
Male.—Length 3.5 to4 mm. Polished black; first four joints of
antenne, the palpi, the tegule, the apices of the cox, the trochanters
and middle tibie, and the base of the abdominal petiole, ivory white;
rest of legs, except the hind legs, honey-yellow, the hind legs black
or fuscous, the hind coxe beneath and toward apex, and the hind tibize
beneath and more or less medially, ferruginous; the hind femora
medially are also sometimes ferruginous. The abdominal segments
1, 2,3, and 4 at base are pale yellowish, or whitish; otherwise, except
the ventral segments 1 to 4, the abdomen is black or blackish.
Type.—Cat. No. 7921, U.S.N.M.
Manila. ‘Three specimens (W. A. Stanton).
Tribe VIII. MESOCHORINI.
Genus MESOCHORUS Gravenhorst.
MESOCHORUS PHILIPPINENSIS, new species.
Female.—Lengeth 1.9 mm. Luteous, the head above tinged with
reddish, the ocelli on a black spot, the mesonotum, except a spot just
in front of the scutellum, blackish; palpi, coxe, trochanters, tibial
spurs, and the hind tibiz, except at base and apex, whitish, the base
and apex of the hind tibiz fuscous; abdomen aboye blackish, the apex
|
No. 1387. HYMENOPTERA FROM THE PHILIPPINES—ASHMEAD. 145
of the petiole, a large oval spot on the second and third segments, and
the apical three segments luteous or yellowish white. Wings hyaline,
the costal vein and stigma dark brown.
Type.—Cat. No. 7922, U.S.N.M.
Manila. One specimen (W. A. Stanton).
Tribe X. PRISTOMERINI.
Genus PRISTOMERUS Holmgren.
PRISTOMERUS FLAVUS, new species.
Male.—Length 6 mm. Uniformly brownish yellow, except the
apex of the metathorax and the base of the abdominal petiole, which
are slightly whitish; the flagellum, the costal veins, except at base,
and the stigma are brown-black; eyes greenish; hind tarsi fuscous.
Wings hyaline, the internal veins brownish.
Type.—Cat. No. 7923, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (W. A. Stanton.)
amily LX XVIII. BRACONIDA.
Subfamily V. MACROCHN TRINA.
Tribe I. MACROCENTRINI.
Genus’ MACROCENTRUS Curtis.
MACROCENTRUS PHILIPPINENSIS, new species.
Female.— Length 7.5 mm.; ovipositor longer than the abdomen.
Black and shining, the scape beneath, the palpi, front coxe and tro-
chanters, a broad band at base of hind tibiz, a band at base of meta-
thorax and enclosing most of the metapleura, and a band at base of the
first and third abdominal segments, yellowish white; legs ferruginous,
the hind femora, their tibizw, except the white band at base, and their |
tarsi, except the annulus at base of the first joint, black or fuscous.
Wings hyaline, the stigma and veins, except the apex of the para-
stigma, and the poststigmal vein, which are pale or whitish, brown-
black.
Type.—Cat. No. 8007, U.S.N.M.
Manila. One specimen (W. A. Stanton).
Subfamily VI. HELCONIN 2%.
Tribe I. HELCONINI.
Genus EUSCELINUS Westwood.
EUSCELINUS MANILAZA, new species.
Female.—Length 2.8 mm. Black, the mesonotum brownish; basal
two or three joints of the antenn, the tegule, the legs, except the
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04——_10
146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
apical two-thirds of the greatly swollen and finely serrated hind
femora and an annulus on the hind tibie, which are black or dark
fuscous, and the second abdominal segment, testaceous; the front legs
and the base of the hind tibiz are yellowish; the flagellum is brown,
becoming blackish toward apex; the ovipositor is yellowish, with
the apical third black anda little longer than the abdomen. Wings
hyaline.
Type.—Cat. No. 8009, U.S.N.M.
Manila. One specimen. (Robert Brown.)
Subfamily IX. CHELONIN 2.
Genus CHEEONUs Jurine:
CHELONUS SEMIHYALINUS, new species.
Female.—Length 3.5mm. Black, rather coarsely punctured, the
abdomen with a transverse white bandat base; the front tibie basally,
all tibial spurs, and an annulus on the hind tibize near the base are
white: the basal half of the front wings and the hind wings entirely
are hyaline, the apical half of the front wines being fuscous.
Type.—Cat. No. 7924, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (W. A. Stanton.)
Subfamily X. AGA'THIDIN 2%.
Tribe I. AGATHIDINI.
Genus, CREMNOPs Forster:
CREMNOPS COLLARIS, new species.
Female.—Leneth 6.5 mm.; ovipositor the length of the abdomen.
Black, but with the head anteriorly from the antennze, the prothorax,
the front legs, except the tibix and the middle cox, honey-yellow;
the apices of the second and third ventral segments are pale. Wings
blackish fuscous, with a hyaline spot at the apex of the submedian
cell, another across from the first cubital cell, and another across before
the apex of the front wing.
Male.—Length 6 mm. In this sex the head and prothorax are
sometimes wholly black or only yellowish anteriorly; the legs darker,
wholly black, or with only the front coxe and tarsi yellowish-white;
the front wings, too, are darker, with usually only a hyaline spot
across from the first cubital cell.
Type.—Cat. No. 7925, U.S.N.M.
Manila. Several specimens. (W. A. Stanton.)
Tribe II. MICRODINI.
STANTONIA, new genus.
This interesting new genus falls naturally in this tribe, but shows
some aflinity with the genus J/eteoridea Ashmead.
The marginal cell is very large, lanceolate, and extends to the apex
of the wing, an unusual character in the subfamily Agath/idine,; the
length; otherwise, in the structure of the head, thorax, and in the
sessile abdomen, it is similar to J//crodus. The mouth parts, number
of palpial joints, etc., can not be made out in the single specimen,
and will have to be described. when more specimens are received.
The abdomen is compressed toward apex, as in Ze/e Haliday, but the
ovipositor is nearly as long as the abdomen, the first and second
segments being long, subequal in length, while the following are
short, united not longer than the first. If the areolet were removed
the front wings would be very similar in venation to that found in
the subfamily Llacine.
The genus is dedicated to Father W. A. Stanton, whose discoveries
have done so much toward advancing the knowledge of the Philippine
hymenopterous fauna.
STANTONIA FLAVA, new species.
Plate I, fig. 2.
Female.—Leneth 4.5 mm.; ovipositor about as long as the abdomen.
Wholly brownish-yellow, the eyes purplish in certain lights, the
flagellum brownish; the apices of the hind tibiwe, the hind tarsi
except the first joint basally, and the sheaths of the ovipositor are
black. Wings hyaline, smoky at apex; the stigma and veins are
blackish fuscous, and there is a small rounded black spot at the apex
of the tegule. The thorax is normal, with the parapsidal furrows
distinct, but that converge and meet just before the base of the
scutellum; the metathorax is smooth and without carine.
Type.—Cat. No. 8008, U.5S.N.M.
Manila. One specimen.
Subfamily XII. MICROGASTERIN-#.
Genus GLYPTAPANTELES Ashmead.
GLYPTAPANTELES MANILA, new species.
Female.—Length 1.9 mm. Black and shining, faintly sericeous,
the head and thorax smooth and impunctate, the metathorax short,
without a median carina; the first and second ventral segments and
the legs are brownish-yellow, the tips of hind tibize and the hind tarsi
only faintly dusky; the abdomen above is polished, impunctate, the
second segment with two oblique grooved lines that converge anteriorly ;
the plate of the first segment is a little longer than wide, with the
sides parallel. Wings hyaline, the stigma brown, the internal veins
pallid or hyaline.
Male.—Leneth 1.5mm. Scarcely distinguishable from the female,
except by the smaller abdomen, which Jacks the prominent hypopygium,
and by the antenne, which are longer.
Type.—Cat. No. 7926, U.S.N.M.
Manila. Two female and one male specimens. (W. A. Stanton.)
148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
Subfamily 2ebDVvis © PEENEAGs
Genus HURYTWENES Hoerster:
EURYTENES NANUS, new species.
Female.—Length, 1 mm. Honey yellow, smooth, and shining, the
head above testaceous, the mesonotum and the apical half of the abdo-
men, black; the eves, the antenne, except the scape andan annulus at
apex of the pedicel, the tips of the hind femora and their tarsi, are
fuscous; scape of antenn, the annulus on pedicel, and the legs are
yellow. Wings hyaline, the stigma and veins dark brown. ‘The
antenne are very long, much longer than the whole insect, and
28-jointed.
Type.—Cat. No. 8011, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (W. A. Stanton.)
Genus OPIUS Wesmael.
OPIUS PHILIPPINENSIS, new species.
‘
Male.—Length, 1.6mm. Uniformly brownish yellow, the eyes and
antenne brown, the stemmaticum and the apical two-thirds of the
abdomen black; the scape beneath and the pedicel are yellow.
Wines subfuliginous, the stigma and veins brown, the tegule pale
yellowish.
Type.—Cat. No. 8012, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (W. A. Stanton.)
Subfamily XV. BRACONIN 45.
Tribe II. BRACONINI.
Genus BRACON Fabricius.
BRACON RICINICOLA, new species.
Female.—Leneth, 3 mm.; ovipositor about the length of the abdo-
men. Brownish-yellow, the sutures of the metathorax, a line down
the metanotum, and oblong spots at the base of dorsal abdominal seg-
ments three, four, and five, black; the flagellum is fuscous; the meso-
pleura medially below are dusky. Wings subbyaline, the stigma and
veins brown. The abdomen above is finely shagreened.
Type.—Cat. No. 7927, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (W. A. Stanton.)
Subfamily XVII. SPATHIIN AS.
Tribe II. SPATHIINI.
Genus’ S PATEL Ss Nices.
SPATHIUS PHILIPPINENSIS, new species.
Length, 2.6 mm.; ovipositor about two-thirds the length
of the abdomen. Black; the middle mesothoracic lobe, the cheeks,
Yemale.
a ee ee ee eee
ee) ee es
»
|
0.1387. HYMENOPTERA FROM THE PHILIPPINES—ASHMEAD. 149
the apical third of the petiole of the abdomen, and most of the legs
are reddish brown; the tarsi, except last joint, whitish; the hind tibie,
dark fuscous; the antenne are very long and slender, much longer
than the body, yellowish, but becoming dusky or brown at apex.
Wings subfuscous, with the extreme tips, a transverse band at basal
third, and another at the apical third, hyaline or whitish; the second
band on the wings starts from and includes the basal half of the
stigma.
Type.—Cat. No: 8010, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (W. A. Stanton.)
CHECK. LIST OF THE PHILIPPINE HYMENOPTERA.
Suborder 1. HETEROPHAGA Ashmead. | Famity VII. CERATINID®.
SUPERFAMILY I. APOIDEA. | Genus Ceratina Latreille.
Famity I. APID. C. compacta Smith.
C. hieroglyphica Smith.
Subfamily I. Merron x, C. philippinensis Ashmead.
Subfamily I. Apinx. Genus Allodape Smith.
Genus Megapis Ashmead. A. philippinensis Ashmead.
M. zonata Smith. Famity VIII. XYLOCOPIDA.
M. dorsata Fabricius.
Genus Xylocopa Latreille.
Genus Apis Linneeus. z a
X. bryorum Fabricius.
A. mellifera Linneeus. X. dissimilis Lepeletier.
A. unicolor Latreille. NX. ghilianii Gribodo.
A. nigrocincta Smith. X. philippinensis Smith.
X. bombiformis Smith.
Genus Micrapis Ashmead. X. trifasciata Gribodo.
M. florea Fabricius. Genus Platynopoda Westwood.
Famizy Il. BOMBID AK. P. latipes Drury.
x - . tenwicornis Westwood.
Fay II. EUGLOSSID&. P. tenuicornis Westwood
Faumy IV. PSITHYRIDE. Famity IX. MEGACHILID.
Cinuilke le (Omae ees
Famity V. ANTHOPHORIDZ. aL ear eS OISEiaike:
f Subfamily I]. Mrcacniin®.
Genus Anthophora Latreille. ; :
Genus Megachile Latreille.
A. zonata Linneeus.
A. cingulata Fabricius. M. atrata Smith.
: M. laticeps Smith.
Famity VI. NOMADID A. M. vobbii Ashmead.
Genus Crocisa Latreille. Famity X. STELIDID&.
C. lamprosoma Boisduyal. Subfamily I. Sreripin ®.
C. nitidula Fabricius. “ : s
Subfamily II. CoBLiox1n».
Genus Nomada §S il = : ‘
2 DEO ISO 2 Genus Coelioxys Latreille.
N. lusca Smith. C. philippinensis Bingham.
150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Famity XI. PANURGIDA.
Famity XII. ANDRENIDA.
Subfamily I. ANDRENINE.
Genus Hoplonomia Ashmead.
H, quadrifasciata Ashmead.
Genus Paranomia Friese.
P. stantoni Ashmead.
Subfamily I]. Havicrin.
Genus Halictus Latreille.
H. robbii Ashmead.
Subtamily IIT. SpHecopin &.
Famity XIII. COLLETIDA.
Famity XIV. PROSOPID.
SUPERFAMILY II. SPHECOIDEA
Ashmead.
Famity XV. OX YBELID.
Famity XVI. CRABRONIDA.
Subfamily I. ANACRABRONINE.
Subfamily Il. Linpenrine.
Subfamily III. CraBronrinx.
Subfamily IV. THYREOPIN=.
Subfamily V. RHopaLine.
Genus Dasyproctus Lepeletier.
D. philippinensis Ashmead.
Genus Rhopalum Kirby.
R. albocollaris Ashmead.
Famity XVII. PEMPHREDONIDZ.
Famity XVIII. BEMBICID.
ee XIX. LARRIDA.
Subfamily I. Larrinz.
Genus Notogonia Costa.
N. laboriosa Smith.
N. manile Ashmead.
Subfamily IV. Pison1n©.
Genus Pison Spinola.
P. lagune Ashmead.
Genus Pisonitus Shuckard.
P. argenteus Ashmead.
Famity XX. PHILANTHIDA.
Subfamily I. Cercerin®.
Genus Cerceris Wesmael.
C. vafra Bingham.
Famity XXI. TRYPOXYLIDA.
Genus Trypoxylon Latreille.
T. bicolor Smith.
Famity XXII. MELLINIDA.
Genus Megalomma Smith.
M. quadricinctum Ashmead.
Famity XXIII. NYSSONIDA.
Famity XXIV. STIZIDA.
Famity XXV. SPHECID/.
Subfamily I. SpHecinz.
Genus Sphex Linnzeus.
S. aurulentus Fabricius.
a. var. ferrugineus Lepeletier.
aa. var. /ineolus Lepeletier.
S. sericeus Fabricius.
S. umbrosus Christ.
a. var. rufipennis Fabricius.
aa. var. plumiferus Costa.
S. sulciscuta Gribodo.
Genus Chlorion Latreille.
C. lobotum Fabricius.
Subfamily I]. AmMopuHiLin 2.
Genus Ammophila Kirby.
_ A. atripes Smith.
| A. corinata Costa.
| A. superciliaris Saussure.
VOL. XXVIII.
NO. 1387.
HYMENOPTERA FROM THE PHILIPPINES—ASHMEAD.
Subfamily [I]. SceripHRONIN®.
Genus Sceliphron Smith.
- S. violaceum Fabricius.
S. madraspatanum Fabricius.
var. S. conspicillatum Costa.
Genus Chalybion Dahlbom.
C. violaceum Dahlbom.
Famity XX VI. AMPULICID.
Subfamily I. DoLicnurin»®.
Subfamily I]. Ampuricin».
Genus Ampulex Jurine.
A, compressa Fabricius.
A. levigata Kohl.
SUPERFAMILY III. VESPOIDEA.
Famity XX VII. CEROPALIDA.
Subfamily I. PEpsinx.
Genus Salius Fabricius.
S. flavus Fabricius.
S. graphicus Smith.
Genus Hemipepsis Dahlbom.
HH, tagala Gribodo.
Genus Pallosoma Lepeletier.
P. fulgidipennis Saussure.
Genus Pseudosalius Ashmead.
P. bipartitus Lepeletier.
Genus Calicurgus Lepeletier.
C. sericosoma Smith.
Subfamily I. AGEnune.
Genus Macromeris Lepeletier.
M. violacea Lepeletier.
Genus Pseudagenia Kohl.
P. unifasciata Ashmead.
Genus Agenia Schiddte.
A. cingulata Ashmead.
Subfamily III. Apormn®.
Tribe I. ANOPLIINI.
Famiry XXVIIE VESPIDZ.
Subfamily I. Vesprn.
Genus Vespa Linnzeus.
J. deustra Lepeletier.
J. cincta Fabricius.
V7. luctuosa Saussure.
TV. nigripennis Saussure.
V. philippenensis Saussure.
Genus Provespa Ashmead.
P. dorylloides Saussure.
Subfamily II. Poxtstrn ».
Genus Polistella Ashmead.
P. manillensis Saussure.
Genus Polistes Latreille.
P. dubius Saussure.
P. philippinensis Saussure.
P. hebreus Fabricius.
Genus Icaria Saussure. —
I. philippinensis Saussure.
Famity XXIX. KUMENID®.
Subfamily I. IscHNoGASTERIN-®.
Subfamily II. Discasuinx.
Subfamily LIL. RapaiG Losstne
Subfamily IV. Eumenrin®.
Tribe I. EUMENINI.
Genus Eumenes Fabricius.
E. conica Fabricius.
E. curvata Saussure.
LE. fulvipennis Smith.
I. gracilis Saussure.
aL onl
ji
|
bo
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.
VOL. XXVIII.
Tribe II. ODYNERINI.
Genus Rhynchium Spinola.
R. atrum Saussure.
Genus Leionotus Saussure.
L. dyschirus Saussure.
LL. punctum Saussure.
Genus Ancistrocerus Saussure.
AA. bizonatus Boisduval.
Famity XXX. MASARIDA.
Famity XX XI. CHRYSIDID.
Subfamily II. Curysipinx.
Genus Stilbum Spinola.
S. amethystinum Fabricius.
S. splendidum Fabricius.
Genus Chrysis Linnzeus.
C. fuscipennis Brulleé.
Genus Trichrysis Lichtenstein.
T. aspera Brulle.
Famity XXXII]. BETHYLID.
Subfamily I. Berayune.
Genus Dissomphalus Ashmead.
D. tibialis Ashmead.
Genus Goniozus Forster.
G. philippinensis Ashmead.
Subfamily Il. EmBoutemin.n,
Subfamily Il. Dryixinm.
Genus Dryinus Latriélle.
D. stantoni Ashmead.
Famity XXXII. TRYGONALIDA.
Genus Trigonalys Westwood.
T. lachymosa Westwood.
Famity XXXIV. SAPYGIDAE.
Famity XXXV. MYZINIDA.
FamiInty XXXVI. SCOLIIDAL.
ede tage 32M,
Subfamily I. Sconiin x.
Genus Discolia Saussure.
D. erratica Smith.
D. aureipennis Lepeletier.
D. modesta Smaith.
Genus Scolia Fabricius.
_S. capitata Guérin.
S. whiteheadii Bingham.
S. procera Uliger.
S. manile Ashmead.
Subfamily II. Enipin.
Genus Elis Fabricius.
EF. aureicollis Lepeletier.
FE. annulata Fabricius.
Eh. grossa Fabricius.
FE. luctuosa Smith.
EE. quadrifasciata Fabricius= E.
Lepel.
EF. albicollis Christ=E. thoracica Smith. |
E.. reticulata Cameron. |
lindenii
Ce
Genus Liacos Guérin.
L. analis Fabricius.
Famiry XX XVII. TIPHIID.
Genus Tiphia Fabricius.
T. compressa Smith.
Famity XX XVIII. COSILIDA.
Faminry XX XIX. RHOPALOSOMID.
Famity XL. THYNNID.
Famity XLI. MYRMOSID.
Famiry XLII. MUTILLIDA.
Subfamily I. Marri».
Tribe I. PHOTOPSIDINI.
Tribe II. MUTILLINI.
Genus Mutilla Linnzeus.
M. nigra Smith.
M. philippinensis Smith.
M. semperi Ashmead.
M. suspiciosa Smith.
Pitt e
HYMENOPTERA FROM THE PHILIPPINES—ASHMEAD. 1538
No. 1387.
SUPERFAMILY IV. FORMICOIDEA. Genus Polyrhachis Swainson and
Famity XLITI. DORYLIDA.
Famity XLIV. PONERID.
Genus Diacaunna Mayr.
D. versicolor Smith.
Genus Odontoponera Mayr.
O. denticulata Smith.
Famity XLV. ODONTOMACHID A.
Genus Odontomachus Latreille.
O. infandus Smith.
Famity XLVI. MYRMICIDZ.
Genus Sima Roger.
S. allaborans Walker.
Genus Pheidologiton Mayr.
P. diversus Jerdon.
Genus Plagiolepis Mayr.
P. longipes Jerdon.
Genus Tetramorium Mayr.
P. guinensis Talrimis.
Faminry XLVII. CRYPTOCERID 2.
Famitry XLVIII. DOLICHODERIDA.
Genus Dolichoderus Lund.
D. bituberculatus Mayr.
Genus Technomyrmex Mayr.
T. allipes Smith.
Famity XLIX. FORMICIDA.
Genus Camponotus Mayr.
C’. cinerasceus Fabricius.
C. gigas Latreille.
C. pallidus Smith.
Genus Formica Linnaeus.
F. rubra Fabricius.
Shuckan.
P. aciculata Smith.
P. abdominalis Smith.
P. armata Le Guillon.
P. bellicosa Smith.
P. bicolor Smith.
P. bihamata Drury.
P. cyaniventris Smith.
P. dives Smith.
P. maligna Smith.
P. mayri Roger.
P. philippinensis Smith.
P. rastellata Smith.
P. sexspinosa Latreille.
SUPERFAMILY V. PROCTOTRY-
; POIDEA.
Faminy L.. PELECINID.
Famity LI. HELORIDZ.
Famity LIT. PROCTOTRYPID.
Famity LIT. BELYTIDA.
Famiry LIV. DIAPRIIDZ.
Famity LV. CERAPHRONIDZ.
Genus Ceraphron Jurine.
C. manile Ashmead.
Famity LVI. SCELIONID.
Subfamily I. TeLenomin ®.
Subfamily Il. Barn».
Subfamily III. TeLrasry 2.
Subfamily IV. ScEeLionin®.
Genus Hadronotus Forster.
HH. philippinensis Ashmead.
Famity LVII. PLATYGASTERID.
SUPERFAMILY VI. CYNIPOIDEA.
Famity LVIII. FIGITIDA.
Subfamily VI. Xystinx.
Genus Loboscelidia Westwood.
L. rufescens Westwood.
Faminy LIX. CYNIPID.
id4
SUPERFAMILY VII.
DEA.
Famity LX. AGAONID.
Famity LXJI. TORYMIDAE.
Famity LXII. CHALCIDID.
Subfamily lL. Levcosprpin®.
Genus Leucospis Fabricius.
L. regalis Westwood.
Subfamily IT. CHavcrmpin®.
Tribe I. CHALCIDINI.
Genus Chalcis Linnzeus.
* albotibialis Ashmead.
. argentifrons Ashmead.
. prodeniv Ashmead.
. pulchripes Holmgren.
’ vervena Walker.
fam emia Gah Gun Ge.
Tribe II. SMICRINI.
Tribe III. CHALCITELLINI.
Genus Arretocera Kirby.
A, stantoni Ashmead.
Tribe IV. HALTICHELLINI.
Genus Neochalcis Kirby.
N. tarsalis Walker.
Genus Haltichella Spinola.
H. nasuta Holmgren.
H. validicornis Holmgren.
HI. ludlowx Ashmead.
Tribe V. DIRHININI.
Genus Dirhinus Dalman.
D. anthracia Walker.
Famity LXIT. EURYTOMIDA.
Tribe I. AXIMINI.
Tribe II. ISOSOMINI.
Tribe III. EURYTOMINI.
Genus Eurytoma Illiger.
E. manile Ashmead.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.
CHALCIDOI- |
Tribe IV. RILEYINI.
Tribe V. DECATOMINI.
Famity LXIV. PERILAMPIDA.
Famity LXV. EUCHARIDA.
Genus Chalcura Kirby.
C. aegineta Walker.
C. nasua Walker.
Famity LX VI. MISCOGASTERIDA.
Subfamily I. Prrenin=.
Subfamily I]. TrrpyMine.
| Subfamily II1. MiscoGasTERIN&.
| Subfamily IV. LeLarrn®.
Famity LX VII. CLEONYMIDA.
Subfamily I. CHALCEDECTIN®.
Subfamily Il. CLronyMIn®.
Genus Epistenia Westwood.
_&£E. ania Walker.
| E. feretius Walker.
Famity LX VIII. ENCYRTIDA.
Subfamily I. EvpELMIN®.
Tribe I. EUPELMINI.
Genus Metapelma Westwood.
| M. gloriosa Westwood.
Genus Calosoter Walker.
C. amenetus Walker.
Genus Anastatus Motschulsky.
al. stantoni Ashmead.
Tribe II]. TANAOSTIGMINI.
Subfamily If. Encyrrinx.
Tribe I. ECTROMI I.
Genus Taftia Ashmead.
T. prodenix Ashmead.
Tribe II. ENCYRTINI.
VOL. XXVIII.
ee
et
No. 1387. HYMENOPTERA FROM THE PHILIPPINES—ASHMEAD. 155
Tribe III, MIRINI.
Genus Coccideneyrtus Ashmead.
C. manile Ashmead.
Genus Aphidencyrtus Ashmead.
A, pallidipes Ashmead.
Genus Exoristobia Ashmead.
E. philippinensis Ashmead.
Famity LXIX. PTEROMALID.
Subfamily I. PrERoMALIN®.
Famity LXX. ELASMIDZ.
Genus Elasmus Westwood.
E. philippinensis Ashmead.
Famity LX XI. EULOPHIDA.
Subfamily I. ENrEpoNIN»®.
Tribe I. TETRACAMPINI.
Tribe II. OPHELININI.
Genus Closterocerus Westwood.
C. brownii Ashmead.
Tribe III. ENTEDONINI.
Genus Asecodes Forster.
A, elasmi Ashmead.
Subfamily 11. ApHELININ».
Tribe I. APHELININI.
Genus Aspidiotiphagus Howard.
A, aleyrodis Ashmead.
Subfamily III. TerrasricHin®.
Tribe I. CERATONEURINI.
Tribe II. TETRASTICHINI.
Genus Tetrastichus Haliday.
T. philippinensis Ashmead.
Subfamily IV. EvacuEerrin 2.
Tribe I. EUPLECTRINI.
Genus Euplectrus Westwood.
E. manilie Ashmead.
E. philippinensis Ashmead.
SUPERFAMILY VIII. ICHNEUMO-
NOIDEA.
Faminy LX XIV. EVANIID A.
Genus Evania Fabricius.
I. annulipes Ashmead.
EF. appendigaster Linnzeus.
i. impressa Schietterer.
E. verrucosa Schletterer.
Famity LX XV. AGRIOTYPIDA.
Famity LXXVI. ICHNEUMONID®.
Subfamily I. IcHNEuMONIN».
Tribe I. JOPPINI.
Tribe II. ICHNEUMONINI.
Tribe III. LISTRODROMINI.
Tribe IV. HERESIARCHINI.
Tribe V. ALOMYINI.
Tribe VI. PHHOGENINI.
Subfamily II]. Cryprinz.
Tribe I. STILPNINI.
Tribe II. PHYGADEUONINI.
Genus Microcryptus Thomson.
M. prepes Bingham.
Genus Astomaspis Forster.
A. metathoracica Ashmead.
Genus Coryphus Holmgren.
C. apicalis Holmgren.
Tribe III. HEMITELINI.
Genus Otacustes Forster.
>)
~
. alboannulus Ashmead.
Genus Bathythrix Forster.
B. striatus Ashmead.
Genus Paraphylax Forster.
-
P. fasciatipennis Ashmead.
Genus Diatora Forster.
Dd.
ss
prodeniw Ashmead.
156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.
VOL. XXVIII.
Tribe IV. PEZOMACHINI.
Tribe V. HEMIGASTERINI.
Tribe VI. CRYPTINI.
Genus Agrothereutes Forster.
A. unifasciatus Ashmead.
A, albicoxis Ashmead.
A. verticalis Bingham.
Tribe VII. MESOSTENINI.
Genus Mesostenoideus Ashmead.
M. octozonatus Ashmead.
M. philippinensis Ashmead.
M. literatus Brullé.
M. marginatus Brullé.
Subfamily III. Power ®.
Tribe I. ACHNITINI.
Tribe II. LABENINI.
Tribe III. LISSONOTINI.
Genus Atropha Kriechbaumer.
A. clypearia Ashmead.
Tribe IV. PIMPLINI.
Genus Pimpla.
P. punctum Brullé.
Tribe V. XORIDINI.
Genus Calliclsis Forster.
C. furcifer Bingham.
Subfamily IV. TrypHonin x.
Tribe I. MESOLEPTINI.
Subfamily V. OpHIoNINI.
Tribe I. HELLWIGIINI.
Tribe II. OPHIONINI.
Genus Enicospilus Curtis.
E. ashbyi Ashmead.
Tribe III. NOTOTRACHINI.
Tribe IV. ANOMALINI.
Genus Atrometus Forster.
A. minutus Ashmead.
| Tribe V. CAMPOPLEGINI.
Tribe VI. PANISCINI.
Tribe VII. BANCHINI.
Tribe VIII. MESOCHORINI.
Genus Mesochorus Gravenhorst. |
M. philippinensis Ashmead. |
Tribe IX. PORIZONINI.
| Genus Leptopygus Forster.
L. stangli Ashmead.
Genus Temelucha Forster.
T. philippinensis Ashmead.
Tribe X. PRISTOMERINI.
Genus Pristomerus Holmgren.
P. flavus Ashmead.
Tribe XI. CREMASTINI.
Tribe X. PLECTISCINI.
Faminy LXXVII. ALYSIIDA.
Famity LX XVIII. BRACONIDA.
Subfamily I. ApHrIpIN1.
Subfamily Il, PaAxyLLomMIN2.
Subfamily III. EvpHorine.
Subfamily [V. Merrror1nx.
Genus Meteorus Haliday.
| M. hacoorensis Ashmead.
Subfamily V. MacrocenTrin&.
Tribe I. MACROCENTRINI.
Genus Macrocentrus Curtis.
M. philippinensis Ashmead.
Tribe II. ZELINI.
Subfamily VI. HELcoNIN»E.
Tribe I. HELCONINI.
Genus Euscelinus Westwood.
| BE. manile Ashmead.
Be El
No. 1387. HYMENOPTERA FROM THE PHILIPPINES—ASHMEAD. IG
Tribe II. DIOSPILINI. © | Tribe I. APHRASTOBRACONINI.
Subfamily VII. Biacin. Tribe II. BRACONINI.
Subfamily VIII. SigaLpHiIn». Genus Iphiaulax Forster.
Subfamily IX. CHELONIN®. I. luteifrons Brulle.
; , I. nigrifrons Brullé.
Genus Chelonus Jurine. es wae hae
I. deceptor Smith.
C. semihyalinus Ashmead. : par
y Genus Bracon Fabricius.
Genus Phanerotoma Wesmael. Be reimicolaesehnieal:
P. philippinensis Ashmead. eee =e
Subfamily XVI. RHoGapin®.
Subfamily X. AGATHIDIN#.
Tribe I. EXOTHECINI.
Tribe I. AGATHIDINI. Tribe II. RHYSSALINI.
Genus Cremnops Forster.
Tribe III. RHOGADINI.
~
collaris Ashmead. :
Tribe IV. DORYCTINI.
Tribe Il. MICRODINI.
Tribe V. HECABOLINI.
Genus Stantonia Ashmead.
5. 4 Keimend Subfamilv XVII. Sparnin».
. ava Ashmead, :
Stes 2 i : INI.
Subfamily XI. CarpiocHiLin©. Pathe 1 EA MBOLEN
: . Genus Monolexis Forster.
Subfamily XII. MrcroGasrerin®.
s M. manilensis Ashmead.
Genus Glyptapanteles Ashmead.
G. manile Ashmead. Tribe Il. HORMIINI.
Genus Apanteles Forster. Tribe III. SPATHIINI.
A. philippinensis Ashinead. Genus Spathius Nees.
A. manile Ashmead. S. philippinensis Ashmead.
Genus Urogaster Ashmead. = Sf ieldet ges aia :
- Famiry LXXIX. STEPHANID.
U. philippinensis Ashmead.
hes Genus Stephanus Jurine.
U. stantoni Ashmead. i P
; ar Dare S. coronator Fabricius.
cous ae roplitis: Horster. S. indicus Westwood.
S. nigricaudus Sichel.
S. sulcifrons Schletterer.
M. manile Ashmead.
M. philippinensis Ashmead.
S. tarsatus Schletterer.
Subfamily XIV. Opunx. S. unicolor Sichel.
Genus Eurytenes Forster. Suborder I]. PHYTOPHAGA.
E. nanus Ashmead. SUPERFAMILY IX. SIRICOIDEA.
Genus Opius Wesmael. Faminy LXXX. ORYSSIDA.
O. philippinensis Ashmead. Genus Oryssus Latreille.
Subfamily XV. Braconrn®. O. maculipennis Smith.
158
Famitry LXXXI. SIRICIDA.
Genus Tremex Jurine.
T. nigricollis Westwood.
Famity LXXXII. XIPHYDRIID.
Famity LX XXIII. CEPHIDA.
SUPERFAMILY X. TENTHREDIN-
OIDEA.
XY ELID.
LYDID.
Famiry LX XXIV.
Famity LXXXV.
Famity LXXXVI. HYLOTOMID A.
Fay LXXXVII. LOPHYRIDZ.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.
VOL. XXVIII.
Faminry LXXXVIII. PERRYIIDA.
Famity LXXXIX. PTERYGOPHORI-
DA.
FamMity LXC. SELANDRITDA.
Genus Senoclia Cameron.
OS. albocerulea Bingham.
Faminy LXCI. NEMATID AL.
Faminy LXCII. DINEURID AL.
Famity LXCIIL TENTHREDINIDA.
Faminy LXACIV. CIMBICIDA.
j
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII PL. [
1. POLISTELLA MANILLENSIS SAUSSURE. (SEE PAGE 133.)
2. STANTONIA FLAVA, NEW SPECIES. (SEE PAGE 147.)
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII
TAFTIA PRODENIZ ASHMEAD.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 137.
Proc. N. M. vol. xx viii—04——11
RES
ON THE SYSTEMATIC RELATIONS OF THE AMMODYTOID
FISHES.
By THEODORE GILL,
Honorary Associate in Zoology.
There are few fishes respecting whose affinities there has been so
much diversity of opinion, especially in later years, as the Sand Launces
or Ammodytids. By Artedi, the genus embracing them (Amimodytes)
was referred next to Coryphena, and by Linneus it was naturally
placed in the unnatural order of Apodes, no ventral fins being devel-
oped. For the same reason it was referred by later ichthyologists
who adopted families to the same family as other apodal fishes with
long dorsal and anal fins. By all except Bonaparte, during the first
half of the nineteenth century, it was associated with Ophcdium in the
same family.
In 1846 Bonaparte first separated the genus from the family of
Ophidiids, but retained it near that group.
In 1861 Gill adopted the family under the name <Ammodytoide,
modifying the name in accordance with the principle promulgated by
Agassiz, who insisted that all family names derived from the Greek
should have the termination ‘‘-oide.” The family was removed from
association with the ** Ophidioidx” and placed next after Atherinoide,
which succeeded Mugtloidex and Polynematoide. Subsequently (1872)
he reverted to the current views, approximating it to the Ophidiids, but
isolating it as the representative of a distinct superfamily—Amo-
dytoided.
In 1896 Jordan and Evermann (p. 832) isolated the Ammodytide as
a ‘‘eroup Ammodytoide’” after the Sphyrenide and Polynemide and
before the Berycoide’, adding that the group ‘is of unknown rela-
tions.” ‘*In the character of the mouth and gill structures it resembles
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1388.
160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
the Atherin/de rather than the Ophidioide:.” ** The family is placed
by Jordan and Gilbert between the Percesoces and the Scombroidet.
Knowing no better place for it we leave it next to the Percesoces.”
In 1901 A. Smith Woodward, acting under the advice of A. Boulen-
ger,” referred the family to the Percesoces, next before the Scombre-
socide and after the extinct Crossognathide, in the first section of the
suborder, the second embracing those having ** pelvic fins with anterior
spine.”
In 1903 David Starr Jordan isolated in a distinct genus (Aimbolichthys)
a fish previously described by Jordan and Evermann (1902) as Bleekeria
mitsikurd?. So similar is it to Bleekeria, and therefore to Ammodytes,
that the existence of jugular ventral fins was at first overlooked.
Later they were discovered and the bearing of their existence on the
question of relationship of the family considered. Their presence,
Jordan declared, **shows that the Ammodytide have no affinity with
the Percesoces, nor with the extinct family of Cobitopside. Their
Fic. 1.—EMBOLICHTHYS MITSIKURII.
place must be near the Ophidiidee, as supposed by earlier and some
recent writers.”
In 1904 Boulenger reiterated the views published by Woodward,
combining Scombresocide and Ammodytidee alone in a first section of
the suborder Percesoces.
The discovery of jugular ventrals in “imbolichthys is extremely
important and conclusively demonstrates (that genus being undoubt-
edly related to Ammodytes) that the family is not at all related to the
Percesoces and that the affiliation, with the family, of the extinct
Cobitopsis was misjudged. The question then recurs, What is the rela-
tionship of the family? An examination of various species of Ammo-
dytids reminded the writer of the genus //emerocates, of New Zealand.
That remarkable genus has a form considerably like an Ammodytid’s;
all the dorsal rays are simple but articulated, and curiously the supra-
maxillaries are produced into anterior spiniform tips. The condition
of the scapular arch, however, appears to be different; nevertheless
the resemblance in many respects is so great as to demand a compara-
tive anatomical investigation.
«For the determination of the systematic position of this genus, the writer is
indebted to Mr. G. A. Boulenger.’? (A. Smith Woodward, IV, p. 354.)
NO. 1388. ON THE AMMODYTOID FISHES—GILL. 161
The genera //emerocetes and Trichonotus have been associated by
all authors except the writer in the same family—Trichonotide—but
their relationship, if such it be, requires verification.
Fie. 2,.— HEMEROCETES ACANTHORHYNCHUs. (After Richardson.)
A partial synonymy of the family Ammodytidee follows:
AMMODYTID&.
Family names.
Ammodytide BonapartsE, Cat. Metod Pesci Europei, 1846, pp. 7, 40.
Pantopteres (idiapodes) DumeErit, Ichthyologie Anal., 1856, p. 213.
Ammodytoidx GiLL, Cat. Fishes KE. Coast N. Am., 1861, p. 40.
Ammodytids Richarpson, Museum Nat. Hist., Zool., 1865, p. 112.
Ammodytx Frrzincmr, Sitzungsber. k. Akad. Wissensch. (Wien), LX VII, 1. Abth.,
1873, p. 48.
Ammodytide Morrau, Hist. Nat. Poissons France, III, 1881, p. 215.
Ammodytide Smirr, Hist. Scand. Fishes, 1895, pp. 462, 557, 567.
Ammodytide Woopwarp, Cat. Fossil Fish B. M., TV, 1901, p. 354.
Ammodytide JoRDAN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX VI, 1903, p. 693.
Ammodytidx BouLENGrErR, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XIII, 1904, p. 175.
Subfamily names.
Ammodytine Bonapartr, Nuovi Annali delle Se. Nat., II, 1838, p. 133; IV, 1840
p. 276.
Ammodytiformes BLEEKER, Enum. Sp. Piscium Archipel. Indico, 1859, p. xxv.
Ammodytina Gtnruer, Cat. Fishes B. M., IV, 1862, p. 384.
162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
As the illustrations of Sle Tenner: are published in a work te be
found in very few libraries, figures representing the entire fish, the
head from above and laterally (with mouth opened to show jaws), and
a scale are reproduced. The originals were published in the ** Ichthy-
ology of the Voyage of H. M.S. Zrebus and Terror,” ete., by Sir John
Richardson, 1844-1848, on plate 54
Vd Ml rte LEE.
rate Sas
hit; ZA),
Ki
ee
Fic. 3.—AMMODYTES TCBIANUS. (After Benecke.)
The illustrations of the typical Ammodytids are derived from the
excellent figures in Benecke’s Fische, Fischerie und Fischzucht in Ost-
und Westpreussen (p. 100, fig. 80, and p. 101, fig. 8L), reproduced also in
Smitt’s Scandinavian Fishes (pp. 570, 574). That of Himbolichthys was
originally published in the Proceedings of the United States National
Sn Ser ere
WW x= SSSA
SSX SS
oe t
TUTOR
WOKS
Fig. 4.—HYPEROPLUS LANCEOLATUS. (After Benecke. )
Museum for 1902 (XXYV, p. 334), and reproduced in the Proceedings
for 1903 (XX VI, p. 693).
The figures of the typical Ammodytids are added to show how simi-
lar they are to Ainbolichthys in form, the development of the jaws,
characteristic opercular apparatus, and form and proportions of the
fins. In all these respects they appear to contrast with the Cobitop-
NO. 1388. ON THE AMMODYTOID FISHES—GILL. 1638
sids. A reexamination of the questions involved and especially com-
parison of the anatomical peculiarities of the Ammodytids and the
Hemeroccetids are greatly to be desired. Lack of material prevents
the writer from entering upon the task.
The figures of the opened mouth show how distinct the northern
Ammodytids are—enough so to warrant recognition of the genera
Ammodytes and [Hyperoplus, suggested by Giinther and admitted by
Gill, as well as by Jordan and Evermann. In the typical Amsmodytes
(tobcanus) the intermaxillaries are protrusile and the supramaxillaries
have peculiar dentiform tubercles connected with the vomer; in //ype-
roplus (lanceolatus) the intermaxillaries are not protrusile, at least in
the old, and the vomer is armed with a pair of teeth which have been
confounded with the supramaxillary tubercles of Aimmodytes.
As to Cobitopsis, 1am unable to appreciate the reasons for the refer-
ence of the genus to the ‘* Percesoces.” The ventral fins are said to
have ‘only about 6 divided rays,” and it has short ‘*dorsal and anal
fins similar and directly opposed, close to the caudal.” On the evidence
presented I should have referred the genus to the neighborhood at least
of the Esocide and Poeciliide, if not with one of them—the latter if
the jaws really do agree. The distinctive characters of the Cobctopsidx
are not evident. There may have been unpresented reasons, however,
which led the very distinguished and able ichthyologists of London to
the conceptions they have published. The jaws are not represented
in the figure of Cobztopsis acutus published in the Catalogue of the
Fossil Fishes in the British Museum (IV, p. 355).
THE DRAGONFLIES (ODONATA) OF BURMA AND LOWER
SIAM.—I. SUBFAMILY CALOPTERYGIN.E.
By Epwarp Bruce WILLIAMSON.
Of Bluffton, Indiana.
This series of papers is based on three collections: First, a collection
belonging to the United States National Museum made by Dr. W. L.
Abbott in Lower Siam; second, a collection owned by the Philadel-
phia Academy of Natural Sciences made by Mrs. A. V. B. Crumb,
presumably in the vicinity of Toungu, Burma; and third, a collection
made for me by Mr. R. A. Earnshaw in the Karenni and Toungu
districts, Burma. Mr. Earnshaw writes that his specimens were
mostly taken along mountain streams and at elevations of from 4,000
to 6,000 feet. In the future I hope to receive from Mr. Earnshaw
some notes on seasonal distribution of the dragonflies of these districts
for publication in this series of papers.
The first two collections mentioned above I have received for study at
the suggestion of Dr. Philip P. Calvert, to whom the Siamese collec-
tion had already been loaned, this loan being transferred to myself.
I am indebted in the preparation of this paper to Prof. James G.
Needham, in whose laboratory and under whose direction the wing
photographs, reproduced in this article, were made from material taken
from the collections before me.
The purpose of this study is twofold: First, to identify and record
the species in the three collections, offering such notes as may sug-
gest themselves and describing any forms that appear to be unknown.
The bibliographical references to be found in Kirby’s Catalogue” and
in more recent papers, especially Kriiger’s Odonaten von Sumatra?
and papers by Laidlaw on dragonflies of the Malay Peninsula,’ make
«A Synonymic Catalogue of Neuroptera Odonata, or Dragonflies. With an Appen-
dix of Fossil Species. By W. F. Kirby. London, Gurney & Jackson. 1890.
bStett. Ent. Zeit., LIX, 1898, pp. 64-139, 267-331; LX, 1899, pp. 321-338; LXIII,
1902, pp. 58-193; LXIV, 1903, pp. 248, 292.
¢On a collection of dragonflies made by the Skeat expedition in the Malay Penin-
sula in 1899-1900, by F. F. Laidlaw. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1902, I, pp. 63-92,
pls. v, vi; II, pp. 381-389; Fasciculi Malayenses, Zoology I, 1903, pp. 189-200.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1389.
165
166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
other than occasional references in this matter unnecessary. Second,
to incorporate in the papers keys and, if necessary, other descriptive
matter sufficient to enable anyone interested to determine for himself
the species known to occur in the regions under consideration. How-
ever, but comparatively few localities have been visited by collectors;
consequently in these papers great incompleteness, when compared
with the list of species eventually to be found, must be expected.
**May its incompleteness be soon shown by a multitude of new
discoveries.”
De Selys in 1891¢ recorded 88 odonates from Burma, based on col-
lections made by Leonardo Fea, and numbering more than 750 speci-
mens. The localities visited by Fea are as follows: Teinzo, a village
about 24° 30’ north latitude, northeast of Bhamo, on the Moolay
River, a tributary of the Irawadi; Bhamo and Shwegoo on the Irawadi;
Mandalay on the Irawadi, 22° north latitude; Rangoon and Palon,
between 16° and 18° north latitude, on the Irawadi; Toungu, 19° north
latitude, on the Sittang River; Leitd, Cobapo, Puepoli, Meteleo, Iado,
Tad, and Chiala, villages in the mountainous regions between the
Sittang and Salwin valleys; Moulmein, Kokarit, Meetan, Thagata, and
Malewoon, towns between 10° and 17> north latitude. As mentioned
elsewhere, the material studied by myself from Burma comes only
from the neighborhood of Toungu. Doctor Abbott’s collecting in
Siam was all done in the province of Trong, Lower Siam.
This paper deals with the subfamily Calopterygine. De Selys in
1891 listed 11 species from Burma. Twenty-one species are now
known from Burma and Siam. The collections before me include 17
of these. This subfamily includes many of the most beautiful dragon-
flies of the world, iridescent and metallic effects glowing on wings and
bodies with the brilliancy of gems. In size they vary from pigmies
to giants, but all are delicate insects and often the body is extremely
slender. Undoubtedly the study of their habits should attract those
to whom the beauties of nature are a continual delight, revealing
much of interest and value. In collections of dragonflies from Burma
gardless of
5S
and Siam, as in all collections almost without exception re
locality, males are much more numerous than females. In the geners
Kuphea and Dysphea, for example, De Selys has commented on the
ereat rarity of females, attributing this to the fact that they have not
attracted collectors as have the brighter males. Mr. Laidlaw? thinks
**that this scarcity in collections is not due to their being overlooked
by collectors. I can safely say that I never saw a female of this spe-
cies (Dysphexa limbata) or of Luphea dmpar, while the males were at
times abundant.” But Mr. Laidlaw’s argument in no wise invalidates
aQdonates de Birmanie, Ann. del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova,
Serie 2a X (XXX), 1891, pp. 433-518.
b Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond., Feb. 4, 1902, p. 88.
xo. 1880, DRAGONFLIES OF BURMA AND SIAM—WILLIAMSON. 167
De Selys’s statement, since it is not shown that he, Laidlaw himself,
did not overlook the females. His failure to discover them may have
been because of one or both of two possible reasons: They may con-
ceal themselves in the vegetation near the haunts of the males, appear-
ing on the wing rarely and then at hours of the day not suspicioned
by the dragonfly collector; or they may habitually frequent retreats
in the jungles far from the localities where the males are conspicuous
with brilliant wings to attract the collector to the most favorable
hunting grounds. There may be other reasons, too, why the females
are less known in collections, but the above remarks will indicate that
original observations are possible and desirable. In the present paper
only imagoes are discussed. Nothing could be more desirable in this
connection than a collection of nymphs suflicient to at least allow of
the definition of generic characters in immature stages.
KEY TO THE ORIENTAL GENERA OF THE SUBFAMILY CALOPTERYGINE® (IMAGOES).4@
ORDER ODONATA (Neuroptera Odonata, Paraneuroptera).
a. Fore and hind wings similar in venational structure; quadrangle present; wing
membranule wanting; supplements (veins across wing membrane opposed to
principal veins) wanting. Head wide, eyes separated. Males with 2 inferior
abdominal appendages; females with genital valves. ..-SuBorpER ZYGOPTERA
b. M, separating from M,+, nearer the nodus than the arculus.
Famity AGRIONIDA
bb. M, separating from M,+, nearer the arculus than the nodus, or at not more
than half the distance from arculus to nodus-_.-_---- FAMILY CALOPTERYGID.E
One TICE OU cSt cee ee oe ae ee eee ee ee SUBKAMLYS IDES TING
COPAMLeNOU AIS 40 Or MOneCs sees sees eee eee ee ee SUBFAMILY CALOPTERYGINE
d. M,-, and M, rising from the middle or near the middle of the arculus, not
together from its extreme anterior end.
e. Antenodals of first series not coinciding with those of second series beyond
the level of the arculus; M,+, and M, forming a symmetrical fork, or
M,+, continuing the direction of M,—,; wings petioled at least one-
half way to the arculus; subquadrangle bent at the arculus.
jf. Antenodals of second series wanting beyond the level of the arculus;
normally 4 antenodals continuous in the first and second series;
wings petioled and narrowed nearly to the level of the arculus and
half way to the level of the nodus; distance from base of front wing
to nodus less than 4 wing length; M, arising beyond the nodus at
about the fourth postnodal of the second series; quadrangle about 4
as long as basal space and with 2 cross veins; M,, parallel to M,;
SU Sam APO aULOy eeeees See eS 89S hee pieeaecs © oe GR ee aS ot Devadatia
Jf. Antenodals of second series present beyond the arculus; wings less
petioled and the nodus not so retracted.
g. Second antenodal over arculus; M,—, and M, arising from a single
point; quadrangle wider proximally.._............--.-J Micromerus
“Two genera, Caliphxa and Philoganga, known to me only from descriptions, are
omitted. Neither genus is known from Burma or Siam.
168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
A,anal vein (postecostal vein); antenod cos sp, antenodal costal space (antecubital costal space) ;
an ar, anal area (posteostal space); AR, arculus; bas rad, basal radial space; bas sp,, basal space
(basilar space, upper basal cell or median
space); br, bridge; C, costa (costal vein);
: i ie Cu, cubitus (submedian vein); Cu, first
> branch of Cw (first sector of the triangle);
= Cus, second branch of Cu (second seetor
of the triangle); Cuso,, branch of Cu,a
i “ (inferior branch of second sector of the
& 1°) é triangle); M, media (upper and lower
= VENATION
AD
R
Q :
rs sectors of the areulus); M4, first branch. —
S z
AS
B
of M (apical part of principal sector2 {>
extending from subnodus, S, to apex of
OD RAD SP
PR
wing); JGa, long sector between J, and
My (ultranodal or postnodal sector); Ms,
aS second branch of Me (nodal sector);
M1+2,> trunk from which arise the first
THE NOMENCLATURE OF THI
and second branches of J (basal part of
principal sector—extending from its ori-
gin to subnodus, 8); M,, third branch of
M (median sector); M,, fourth branch of
M (short sector); ma, medioanal link; N,
nodus (eross vein at end of Sc, between
Cand R); O, oblique vein; postnod cos sp,
postnodal costal space (postcubital costal
CALOPTERYGIN.X SHOWING
g B, space); postnod rad sp, postnodal radial
a ~ a space; quad, quadrangle (quadrilateral) ;
o = R, radius; R+M, radius+media (median
Fy vein); R,, first branch of Rk; Rs, radial
O ie sector (subnodal sector); S, subnodus;
| = Se, subeosta (subcostal vein); St, stigma
i = (pterostigma) subcos sp, subcostal space;
~ subquad, subquadrangle (median space
| Pe E or lower basal cell); 1, antenodal of first
g series (antecubital of first series); 2, ante-
5 nodal of second series (antecubital of
A
second series or subcostal cross vein); 3,
postnodal (postcubital); in fig. 1 the ante-
= nodals number about 15 and the post-
a = nodals about 17. In fig. 2 the basal radial
a space is open—that is, Mi+2 beyond the
a ul arculus does not approach FR; in fig. 1
the basal radial space is partly closed—
BAS RAD
that is, Mi+2 beyond the arculus ap-
proaches Rk; and in fig. 3 the basal
=
x
radial space is closed—that is, 11+2 be-
yond the arculus reunites with R. In
figs. 1 and 3, M, continues the direction
of Mi—3¢; in fig. 2, 34+2 and M; form a
© a symmetrical fork, or 4 1+2continues the
Og = Oo J
oe
ANTENOD, COS SP
BAS SP
Fies. 1-3.—DIAGRAMMATIC WING OF
direction of Mi—3.
aThe question arose whether this vein is a branch of 4 or Cuz. The opinion expressed above is
that of Professor Needham, to whom I am also indebted for other suggestions in terminology.
bNot labeled on fig. 1.
ce Mi—3 is the upper sector of the arculus. It is the trunk from which arise the first, second, and
third branches of M, and extends from AR to the origin of W142.
NO. 1389. DRAGONFLIES OF BURMA AND SIAM— WILLIAMSON. 169
gg. Third antenodal over arculus;“ M,-, and M, separate at their origin;
quadrangle uniform in width. ;
h. Venation simple; secondary sectors reduced in number and length,
the longest on either side of M,, not rising before the inner side
of the stigma; quadrangle with 1 cross vein ..-.-..---- Libellago
hh. Venation more complex, the longest secondary sector on anterior
side, and usually on posterior side of M,, rising before the
inner side of the stigma; more than one cross vein in the quad-
TAT On| Cerrar arcs ayo eee cyenaie et Wee ete te ens Atlee SC we St SicgeiSs Rhinocypha
ee. Antenodals uniform and undifferentiated (usually more than 20), those
of first series largely coinciding with those of second series; M, continu-
ing the direction of M,; wings slightly or not at all petioled; sub-
quadrangle straight or slightly bent at the arculus.
f. Subquadrangle slightly bent at arculus; basal space at least 1} times as
long as quadrangle; quadrangle with less than 4 cross veins.
g. Cu,, not present; nodus before middle of wing; wings petioled for a
short distance; postnodals more numerous than antenodals.
h. Cross veins reduced, quadrangle and basal radial space free, and
subquadrangle with a single cross vein; basal space more than
twice as long as quadrangle.
MAB ASASAC MG SVACCICLOSEMS 2 Ses me ato sas oie cele ca alates Bayadera
ii, Basal radial space partly closed .........-..----.---2 Anisopleura
hh. Quadrangle and basal radial space crossed and subquadrangle with
2 or more cross veins; basal space about twice as long as the
CiuUaclraAn ClGt ae sete ce wee aor ee eens nei eims Euphea
gg. Cu,, present; nodus at middle of wing; wings not petioled; anteno-
dals more numerous than postnodals ......-...-------- Dysphea
ff. Subquadrangle straight; basal space shorter than or only very slightly
longer than quadrangle; basal radial space with cross veins; quad-
rangle with 4 or more cross veins.
g. Arculus not angled, oblique; M,-, and M, arising from a single point
near posterior end of arculus; quadrangle widest at its distal end;
Cu, curved strongly posteriorly, Cu,, wanting; M,, M,, Cu, and
Cu, forked; basal space free; basal radial space closed; stigma want-
TGS cops ay a Sk Ae ee Vestalis
gg. Arculus distinctly angled; M,-, and M, separate at their origin;
Cu,, present.
h. Basal space free; stigma present.
i. Basal space and quadrangle about equal in length, the quadrangle
USUAL yy Wallet OO CLOSs VEINS 4-3 <2 See e eS eae cme Mnais
ii. Quadrangle narrow, about 13 times as long as basal space, with
IO) oye WaeIRey COTS NEWS) ococe osoaseneomsesS Asa se Psolodesmus
hh. Basal space crossed.
i. True stigma present; radial sector in hind wing not strongly waved.
j. Neuration complex; anal area wide, and the hind margin of
the wing along this area broadly convex; in the hind wing
the area between Cu, and Cu, at their origin is reticulate.
Archineura (from Kirby’s figure ) ?
a The middle one of the 3 antenodals in Rhinocypha and Libellago is not present
in the wing of Micromerus, and is not coinciding in the first and second series, unless
accidentally.
> McLachlan has described both sexes of Archineura incarnata from western China,
and he questions the correctness of Mr. Kirby’s type locality, Fuchau, ‘‘although it
may have been brought to that port from the interior.”’
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
jj. Anal areasimpler, narrower, the hind margin of the wing near
the wing base straight or slightly concave; one row of cells
between Cu, and Cu, at their origin.
k. Nodus at a point less than 3 the distance from wing base to
SU NA he ee ee ee eee Echo.@
kk. Nodus placed beyond the point midway between wing base
ANG SUS TOA tose ee ee ee here Climacobasis. /
ii. Stigma wanting or only a false stigma present; racial sector
in hind wing strongly waved. (Subdivided by Forster as
follows: )
j. Four wings of male opaque.
k. Cells of basal space for the most part divided ......1 Matrona
kk. Only one or two cells of basal space divided... ./ Matronoides
4). Front wings of male hyaline..............-.-.-.-.-Neurobasis
1. DEVADATTA ARGYOIDES (De Selys).
I have seen a single female, collected by Doctor Abbott, Khow Sai
Dow Mountain, 1,000 feet, Trong, Lower Siam, January-February,
Fig. 4.—WINGS OF FEMALE DEVADATTA ARGYOIDES FROM SIAM.
1899. This specimen has the abdomen 34 mm. in length and the hind
wing 31. The species has been recorded from the Malay Peninsula
and Borneo.
“Echo is known to me only from descriptions and figures, but such differences
between it and Climacobasis appear to exist in the anal region and in the stigmas of
the males that, in so far as the two names have been. published, their separation
seems to me desirable, at least till a more critical study can be made.
No. 1389. DRAGONFLIES OF BURMA AND SIAM—WILLIAMSON. imal
Fig. 5.—WINGS OF MICROMERUS LINEATUS FROM SIAM.
2. MICROMERUS LINEATUS (Bur-
meister).
Material studied: Trong, Lower Siam,
collection U.S.N.M., 25 males, 34 fe-
males. Burma, collection P. A. N. S.,
4 males; collection Williamson, 2
males,
Abdomen with the pale areas more ex-
tensive in younger individuals. De
Selys has questioned the specific distinct-
ness of J/. obscurus Kirby from Hassan
Abdal. The dull coloration of the body
and basal coloration of the wings in
Kirby’s specimen certainly indicate a
teneral condition, but in the material
examined by myself, though a number
are very teneral, in all the color pattern
of the abdomen indicated in my figures
is plainly discernible. So far as 1 am
able to judge from Kirby’s figure and
description, obscurus seems distinct from
lineatus, though it may not be different
from some of the species with abdo-
mens largely pale in color. JL line-
atus has hitherto been recorded from
Penang, Java, Burma, Ceylon, and
India.
a, MALE; b, FEMALE.
Fic. 6.—COLOR PATTERN OF THE DOR-
SUM OF ABDOMEN OF MICROMERUS LIN-
EATUS FROM SIAM.
b, MATURE MALE.
ad, TENERAL MALE;
—
“I
bo
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
3. MICROMERUS AURANTIACUS De Selys.
The collection made by Doctor Abbott contains a single male from
Khow Sai Dow Mountain, Trong, Lower Siam, January—February,
1899. Abdomen, 13.5 mm. in length; hind wing, 16.5; opaque spot on
front wing, 3.5 in length. Abdomen basally yellow, passing into red
apically. Probably the predominance of one of these colors over the
other is entirely a matter of age. J annandali Laidlaw, described
from a single male from Mabek, Hulu Jalor, seems scarcely distinct
from aurantiacus originally described from Malacca.
Fic. 7.—COLOR PATTERN OF THE ABDOMEN OF A MALE MICROMERUS AURANTIACUS FROM SIAM.
a, DORSAL VIEW; b, LATERAL VIEW.
=o)
Since the publication of Kirby’s catalogue four species of Micromerus
have been described as new: J/. martinez Karsch,” from Sumatra;
M. signatus Kriger,’ from Java and Penang; JL affin’s Laidlaw,’
from Kwala Aring; JZ. annandali Laidlaw,’ from Mabek, Hulu Jalor.
Nineteen specific names have been proposed in this genus, and of
these it is remarkable that only one is certainly a synonym.
@ Ent. Nach., X VII, 1891, p. 248.
bStett. Ent. Zeit., 1898, p. 86.
¢ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., Feb. 4, 1902, p. 90.
@ Fasciculi Malayenses, Zoology, I, Oct., 1903, p. 197.
No. 1389. DRAGONFLIES OF BURMA AND STAM—WILLIAMSON. ses:
- =
4. LIBELLAGO VITTATA De Selys.
‘*Bhamo en juin et juillet (Fea).” No specimens of this species are
represented in collections before me.
RHINOCYPHA Rambur.
Dorsal mesothoracic triangular area long, reaching the antealar
sinus. Male: wings expanded, anal area beyond the level of the medio-
anal link at its widest part at least 3 times as wide as at its narrowest
part; Cu, not zigzagged before half its length; hind wings with 3 rows
of vitreous spots. Fenestrella group.
Male. Middle series of vitreous spots on hind wing consisting of 2 spots, the posterior
one 7-9 cells wide; apical spot about 10 cells wide........-.--- cuneata, adamantina
Male. Middle series consisting of 3 spots (often a fourth between the middle and pos-
terior one), the 2 posterior ones homologous with the posterior spot of cuneata;
apical spot 8 cells or less wide.
Apical spot 4-6 cells wide, entirely under stigma; stigma red, surrounded with
blackwdankersimmoldeira cial cual Ses sae re re eye at aa fenestrella
Apical spots 8 cells wide, basally not under the stigma; stigma black, obscure
Vellowishain une mm We ara s eon tose oe cies ee quadrimaculata and spuria
Dorsal mesothoracic triangular areashort. Male: wings less expanded,
anal area less widened; Cu, zigzagged for more than half its length.
Male. Apical third of the hind wings dark colored........---..------------ hiforata
Male. Apical dark color on hind wings beginning at the nodus ...-----.-- ignipennis
Male. Apical dark color on hind wings beginning at the level of the medio-anal
Irate eas 5 sk Be Tey ee Pe ee es a ee a er ee ete ipidea
Since the publication of Kirby’s catalogue the following species have
been described:
R. turconii De Selys,“ ‘*Patrie: Panay pay (Ile de Zebu).” Described
as related to heterostigma and anisoptera.
R. iridea De Selys.’ Burma: ‘* Leitd en mai; puepoli en juin (Fea).”
Described as related to fenestruta.
R. stygia Forster,’ ** Patrie: Le mont Kina, Balu, au nord de Vile de
Borneo.” In wing coloration this species is described as related to
tmmaculata.
R. pagenstecheri Forster,” ‘* Heimat: die Insel Lombok.” Related to
terminata.
R. pagenstecher’ subrasse sumbana Forster,’ ** Heimat: Patadalu,
Sumba-(Sandelholz-) Insel.”
R. apicalis Kriiger.’ Described as ** Rhinocypha bisignata Hagen?
or)
apicalis n. sp.” ‘*Heimath: Sumatra, Sinabong (Dohrn)
aAnales de la Soc. Esp. de Nat. Hist., XX, 1891, p. 215.
bAnn. del Museo Civico di Storia Nat. di Genova, Serie 24, X (XXX), 1891, p. 492.
cAnn. Soc. Ent. Belg., X LI, 1897, p. 210.
d Ent. Nachr., X XIII, 1897, p. 333.
éIdem, p. 335.
J Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1898, p. 79.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04 12
174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
R. selysi Kriiger,” ** Heimath: Nur Sumatra, Soekaranda (Dohrn).’
** Diese neue art gehort zur Gruppe heterostigina.”
R. harschi Kriger,’ ** Heimath: Nur Sumatra, Soekaranda (Dohrn).”
**Diese neue art bildet eine neue Gruppe bei RAcnocypha zwischen
heterostigima und tincta.”
PR. brauer? Kriiger,’ ** Heimath: Nur Sumba (Grelak).” Described
as related to watmaculata and stygia.
R. hageni Kriiger,” **‘ Heimath: Nur Jolo (Standinger).” Described
as belonging to the group ¢/ncta.
PR. whitehead Kirby,’ Hainan. Allied to perforata.
PR. inas Laidlaw,’ Gunong Inas. ‘*Closely allied to perforata.”
‘The marks of the hind wing resemble most closely those of 2. white-
headi Kirby.”
PR. adamantina Forster’ ** Heimath ebenfalls Sikkim, ohne genaue-
ren Fundort.” Described as most closely related to guadrimaculata.
R. aurulenta Forster” ** Heimath: Die Siidmolukken-Insel Buru der
sie endemisch zu sein scheint.” “SR. aurulenta gehort zur terminata-
Gruppe, die sie mit der sem7tincta verkniipft.”
No less than 49 specific names have been proposed in this genus.
The tendency recently seems to be to regard many of these as local
races, if distinct at all.’ 2. znas and whiteheadi seem identical with
apicalis. I can not distinguish cxneata and adamantina nor quadri-
maculata and spuria so far as descriptions go.
Speaking of the fenestrella group, Forster says:
Rh. quadrimaculata, adamantina von Nord Indien, spuria yon den Khasia Hills,
cuneata von Thibet und fenestrella yon Malakka sind Rassen des fenestrella-Typus
und gehoren zu den brillantesten Insekten der Erde.
To one at all familiar with North American fresh-water fishes, these
dragonflies, with gorgeous males and sober females, diminutive mem-
bers of a family containing many giants, can not but suggest the dart-
ers (Etheostominxe) of whom Professor Forbes has written:
Although diminished in size * * * they have developed * * * a vigor of
life and a glow of color almost unknown among the easier dwellers of the lower
lands. * * * Notwithstanding their trivial size, they do not seem to be dwarfed
so much as concentrated fishes.
“Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1898, p. 81.
bTdem, p. 83.
‘Idem, p. 133.
dTdem, p. 135.
¢Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., V, June, 1900, p. 536, pl. xu, fig. 4.
J Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., Feb., 1902, p. 88, pl. v1, fig. 6.
g Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, 1903, p. 547.
4Tdem, p-: 547.
‘Selys, Ann. Soc. Esp., XX, 1891, pp. 213-215, and Forster, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hun-
garici, 1903, pp. 546, 547. .
no. 1389. DRAGONFLIES OF BURMA AND SIAM— WILLIAMSON. 175
The dense chalky white pruinescence of the under surface of the
tibia of adult males has evidently to do with sex attraction. Laidlaw “
records the following note for fenestrella:
Dances in the air before the female, displaying white surface of tibize.
In the North American Calopteryx maculata there is a definite ven-
tral apical abdominal spot which is shining white in living, fully adult
males. This area is displayed by a male at rest by curving the abdo-
men so that the apex is brought upward and forward, the hind wings
meanwhile being fluttered rapidly while the front wings are held
motionless. The pruinose white spot thus turned dorsally becomes
conspicuous, especially as held between the brilliant black fluttering
wings. The extent of pruinescence is often a matter of age, old males
of some species being almost entirely pruinose, but the first appear-
ance of this is usually on the dorsum of the thorax and the dorsum of
the last abdominal segments, and in many species these areas alone
become pruinose. In the Agrvonine, where pruinescence is rarer than
in the subfamily under consideration, these parts, i. e., dorsum of
thorax and last abdominal segments, are in the males usually the most
conspicuously colored portions of the insects, while the abdomen of
the females of the same species may not be strikingly colored. In
species. of Hinallagma, for example, the thoracic markings are very
similar in the two sexes, while the abdomen is conspicuously different.
It may be noted that the male of these species captures the female by
seizing her thorax with his legs, and so holds her till he has fixed his
abdominal appendages on her prothorax. The male of Arya putrida
soon after emergence has the dorsum of the abdomen black. Its con-
geners in Indiana have the apical segments brightly colored, and when
putrida reaches sexual maturity the apical segments have become
pruinose. The prothorax of many of these species is brightly colored;
and the second abdominal segment of the male, which bears the acces-
sory genitalia, has a striking and conspicuous color pattern, serving
possibly as aguide to the female in bringing her vulva in contact with
the male genitalia. The auricles of the second abdominal segment of
males in other subfamilies may serve a similar purpose. In some of
the Caloptery gid the basal abdominal segments early assume a decided
pruinescence. The pruinose spot on the vertex of the adult male of
Climacobasis modesta is conspicuous, and an exactly similar spot
appears in other species when the pruinescence has come to largely
occupy the entire body. In the Lbellulinwe the male and female of
many species are nearly identical in color at the time of emergence,
while with age the male becomes largely or entirely pale bluish or
white pruinose, thus distinguishing the two sexes at the time of their
maturity.
@ Fasciculi Malayenses, p. 169.
—
~I
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
5. RHINOCYPHA QUADRIMACULATA De Selys.
Material studied: Burma, collection Williamson, 1 male.
This single specimen, which I was disposed to regard as belonging
to an undescribed race, has been examined by Professor Forster who
writes that it agrees perfectly with specimens from Sikkim in his col-
lection, pronounced guadrémaculata by De Selys. This specimen is
smaller, rather than larger, than fenestrella. It may be described as
follows: Abdomen 19 mm.; hind wing 21. Head in front clear shining
black, eyes chestnut brown; head above shining black; lateral ocelli
orange, a closely adjacent spot external to each ocellus, same size as
the ocellus, yellow, and behind these spots, at either end of the pos-
terior ridge of the occiput, is an orange spot; these two last-described
spots and the anterior ocellus are at the three angles of an equilateral
triangle; tip of second joint of antennz dull yellow. Prothorax black,
Fig. 8.—WINGS OF MALE RHINOCYPHA QUADRIMACULATA FROM BURMA.
posterior lobe with a narrow, sharply defined, longitudinal median
yellow stripe; thorax black, median triangular area reaching the
antealar sinus, pink in color, narrower than in fenestrella, the sides
slightly concave. Lateral sclerites with reduced yellow stripes below;
these stripes together give the impression of a nearly continuous
longitudinal line parallel to the coxx and extending posteriorly to the
first abdominal segment; the stripe on the metepisternum is placed
just before the second lateral suture and extends from the metinfrae-
pisternum two-thirds of the distance to the base of the hind wing;
humeral suture with the merest yellow streak above. Legs black,
femora of the two last pair lighter beneath apically; tibize of two last
pair with heavy chalky-white pruinescence beneath; pectus black.
Wing markings as figured; in the hind wing 3 rows of vitreous spots;
no. 1389. DRAGONFLIES OF BURMA AND SIAM—WILLIAMSON. ik ye
“I
the first row consisting of 2 spots, the anterior spot one-cell wide,
lying between R, and M,, the posterior reaching from M, to the hind
margin of the wing. The second row consists of 3 distinct spots, the
anterior lies between M, and M,, the middle spot between R, and M.,,
and the posterior between M, and Cu,; an imperfect spot is present
between the middle and posterior spots; undoubtedly in some indi-
viduals this disappers and in others a well-marked spot is present,
variable as in the case of fenestrella. The third and apical row con-
sists of a single large spot lying between M,, and the first secondary
sector anterior to M,. Stigma of front wings black, median portion
subapically yellowish brown, not sharply defined; of hind wings dor-
sally black, with nearly half subapically pale yellowish brown, ven-
trally with the pale area more sharply defined, pale yellow in color.
Abdomen black.
Distinguished from fenestrella by having the anterior of the median
row of spots decidedly nearer the nodus (beginning before M,,), with
the result that the spot is narrower, and its anterior edge is more
bounded by M,, while in fenestre//a the basal anterior border of this
spot is more or less formed by M,,. In fenestre//a, moreover, the three
spots of the median row are about equal in length, while in guad-
rimaculata the middle spot is abbreviated basally about half the
length of the other two spots. The large apical spot is, in guad-
rimaculata, not entirely under the stigma as in fenestrella, and it is
decidedly larger, although this last point will be found undoubtedly
subject to great variation since the anterior and posterior borders of this
spot in the specimen before me are formed by secondary sectors in both
cases; for this apical spot to increase or decrease one cell’s width either
anteriorly or posteriorly should not be unexpected. Differences in
the stigma also exist between fen-strella and quadrimaculata as pointed
out in the key above. In qguadrimaculata the yellow stripe on the
metepimeron is longer than in fenestrella and more continuously
parallel to the latero-ventral metathoracic carina. Quadrimaculata
has hitherto been described as larger than fenestrella; the now known
range in size is abdomen 19-23 mm., hind wing 21-25. I believe
quadrimaculata is specifically distinct from fenestrella, but indistin-
guishable from spurva.
178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
6. RHINOCYPHA FENESTRELLA Rambtr.
Material studied: Siam, collection U.S.N.M., Trong, Lower Siam,
13 males, 2 females; Khow Sai Dow Mountain, 1,000 feet, Trong,
Lower Siam, January-February, 1899, 6 males, 5 females. Burma,
Fig. 9.—WINGS OF MALE RHINOCYPHA FENESTRELLA FROM BURMA.
Fic. 10.—WINGS OF MALE RHINOCYPHA FENESTRELLA FROM BURMA.
collection P. A. N. S.. 9 males; collection Williamson, 19 males, +
females.
In this species the vitreous area on the front wings of males behind
the opaque area occupies from one-fifth to nearly one-half the wing
width. In specimens from Burma and Siam one-fifth to one-third is
NO. 1389. DRAGONFLIES OF BURMA AND SIAM—WILLIAMSON. js,
— = - _
most usual. The triangular dorsal area of males is red or blue, or
both colors in the same individual. This red and blue are very deli-
‘ate, comparable almost to the reflections of the vitreous areas of
the wings.
2 #4
i] ITF
ie bs aetese! a
Fic. 11.—WINGS OF MALE RHINOCYPHA FENESTRELLA FROM PERAK.
7. RHINOCYPHA BIFORATA De Selys.
Material studied: Siam, collection U.S.N.M., Khow Sai Dow Moun-
tain, 1,000 feet, Trong, Lower Siam, January-February, 1899, 5
Fic. 12.—WINGS OF MALE RHINOCYPHA BIFORATA FROM SIAM.
males, 2 females. Burma, collection Williamson; a very teneral male
seems to belong here.
8. RHINOCYPHA IGNIPENNIS De Selys.
Material studied: Burma, collection Williamson, 1 male.
This single specimen, with the male of guadriémaculata described
above, was sent to Professor Forster. My opinion was that it repre-
sented an undescribed species closely related to ¢gnipennis. Protes-
180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII,
sor Forster writes of this specimen, ** Wings not in full color, but
perhaps the coloration of the body may indicate a species distinct
from the races of ¢gnipenn/s; but this is a very difficult matter to set-
tle.” Because of the very scanty material before me I content myself
with referring it to 7gu/penn/s for the present. A description of the
single male follows: Abdomen 21 mm.; hind wing 25. Labium yel-
lowish white, black tipped; a large greenish-white spot on either side
of labium, between labium and eye; a spot on the outer side of each
posterior ocellus and two on the posterior ridge of the occiput, green-
ish white. The triangle formed by lines connecting these 2 posterior
spots and the anterior ocellus has the line between the 2 spots as the
longest side; an oblong spot on the rear of the head between the 2
posterior spots. Eyes bronze with purplish reflections above. Rest
of head black, shining in front, velvety above.
Prothorax black, anterior lobe with 2 pale bluish spots on either
side; middle lobe with 2 larger pale bluish spots on either side; hind
lobe with its: anterio-dorsal surface crescent-shaped and rust red in
color. Thorax black above, mid dorsal triangular area short, dark
rust-red in color, its base about one-half as long as its sides; on either
side of the dorsum is a stripe reduced to an antealar spot above, an
ovate spot below, and just below the ovate spot a small round spot, all
blue in color. Metepisternum largely blue, this blue variegated below
and behind with orange; mesepimeron with a blue stripe just behind
the humeral suture, widening below to fuse with the pale color of the
metepisternum opposite the metastigma; metepimeron with a large
triangular blue spot occupying nearly its entire surface, the blue
variegated behind and below with orange. Metasternum black with
two lateral longitudinal yellow stripes and apex pale yellowish.
Wings hyaline, apically with the merest trace of brown, which has
bronzy reflections; this dark area begins on the front wings between
the nodus and stigma and on the hind wings at the nodus. Hind
wings with 2 rows of vitreous spots, which are of a pale bluish milk
color by transmitted light, and a light iridescent red by reflected
light. So slight is the trace of brown on the four wings, as described
above, that in this specimen the vitreous spots are the least trans-
parent portions of the wings. This lack of density in the brown is
probably due to immaturity, though I detect no other condition in the
specimen to indicate this, unless it be the color of the stigma. The
vitreous spots are located as follows: first row, consisting of one spot
9 cells long, has its basal end just beyond the nodus and is placed
between Roand M,, which sectors bound anteriorly and posteriorly the
middle spot of the 3 spots of the second row of vitreous spots; anterior
spot of second row placed between M,, and M,; and the posterior spot
between M, and Cu,. All four of the spots are similar in size and
shape, the middle one of the second row somewhat the largest, all
xo. 1389. DRAGONFLIES OF BURMA AND STAM—WILLIAMSON. 181
about 8 to 12 cells long; the second row is placed at about two-fifths
the distance from nodus to stigma; stigma with basal half black,
apical half white, bounded by black veins. Legs black. Abdomen
black; segment 1 with a large blue spot on either side; segments 2-1
each with a lateral basal blue spot, relatively larger anteriorly where
it is ovate in shape extended forward on the side of the segment, pos-
teriorly becoming successively smaller and more rounded; segments
2-7 each with a small short pale streak below on the side near the
middle of the segment. This specimen differs from /yn¢pennis as
described by having the brown area on the wings less extensive, in
the position of the first vitreous spot, in the color of the stigma, and
in body markings; it differs less from /gn/penn/s than from any other
species known.
9. RHINOCYPHA IRIDEA De Selys.
This species is not represented in the material before me. De Selys
has recorded it from Leitd in May and Puepoli in June.
10. ANISOPLEURA FURCATA De Selys.
Described from a single male taken by Fea at Puepoli, in June.
My collection from Burma contains a crushed teneral female of a
_ —— OEE
a eee
2
K
Os
Se raen
Fic. 13.—WINGS OF FEMALE ANISOPLEURA FURCATA FROM BURMA.
species of Anisopleura. This female has the abdomen 30 mm. in
length and the hind wing 30. Its condition is such as to make a
description impossible.
11. EUPHAZA OCHRACEA De Selys.
Material studied: Burma, collection P. A. N. S., 1 male. » Siam,
collection U.S.N.M., Trong, Lower Siam, 3 males, 1 female; Khow
Sai Dow Mountain, 1,000 feet, Trong, January-February, 1899, 4
males, 3 females.
This species is distinguished from the next, mason/, by having the
wings more or less yellow or reddish yellow, and the anal area behind
132) a PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
cell wide. Teneral males have the slightest tinge of yellow on thé
wings; females have a tinge of color in the costal and subcostal
Fig. 14.—WINGS OF MALE EUPH#A OCHRACEA FROM SIAM.
spaces. The single male from Burma has the hind wings slightly
wider and more distinctly hyaline (without yellow) at the apex than
specimens from Siam. De Selys recorded this species for Puepoli and.
Leitd (April, May, and June), and Cobapo (September).
12, EUPHAZA MASONI De Selys.
In the Burmanese collection belonging to the Philadelphia Academy
of Natural Sciences is a single male of this species, which sex is at once
distinguished from the preceding species by having the wings largely
brown or black, and the anal area behind the medio-anal link 2 cells
wide. This male has the abdomen 34 mm. in length, and the hind
wing 27. A male from Tonkin, in my collection, has these parts
respectively 38 and 32mm. The Burmanese specimen has the costal
space of the front wings half way to the nodus and the basal space of
the hind wings largely hyaline. Mr. Kirby has recorded the species
for Upper Burma.
13. DYSPHAZA LIMBATA De Selys.
Trong, Lower Siam, 1 male, collection’ U.S.N.M.
Wings with about the basal half black, the apices black tipped; the
opaque on the front wings reaches to the nodus in the costal and sub-
costal spaces, the area posterior to the subcostal space reaching to
within about 3 cells of the nodus; edge of opaque area straight. till
near the hind border, when it turns basally; postnodal costal space
shghtly tinged; hind wings opaque to 9 or 10 cells beyond the nodus,
continued in the costal space to the wing tip, edge of opaque area
straight, turned basally near the hind margin as in the front wings;
tips of all four wings, to 1 or 2 cells under the stigma, black; edge of
black tip straight, parallel to the edge of the basal opaque areas.
no. 1389. DRAGONFLIES OF BURMA AND SIAM—WILLIAMSON. 183
Abdomen 37 mm.; hind wing 31. The species has been recorded from
Malacca, Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Sumatra.
14. VESTALIS SMARAGDINA De Selys.
This species has been reported from the Khasia Hills, Burma, and
eastern Thibet. In Burma De Selys has recorded it for Cobapd and
Meteleo (September and October), [add in December. It is about the
same size as amend, from which it may be distinguished by having the
sides of the thorax posteriorly yellow, the same parts being metallic
green in amena. Smaragdina is known to me only from descriptions.
15. VESTALIS AMOCENA Hagen.
Material studied: Siam, collection U.S.N.M., Khow Sai Dow Moun-
tain, 1,000 feet, Trong, Lower Siam, January—February, 1899, 4 males;
Trong, lower Siam, 2 males, + females.
Abdomen, male 46 mm.; female 40; hind wing, male and female 35.
One row of cells between Cu, and Cu,, excepting near their termina-
tion at the wing margin. The color of mouth parts and antennx vary
greatly, apparently with age and sex, younger individuals and females
having the pale areas more extensive. The species occurs also in the
Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, and Borneo.
16. VESTALIS GRACILIS (Rambur).
Material studied: Burma, collection, P. A. N. S., 1 male; collection
Williamson, 2 males, 5 females. Siam, collection U.S. N. M.. Trong,
Lower Siam, 1 male, 1 female.
ez -
J Fee FE" ea
a: Siseg
SE
ree
&.
~
}
Ep
Fic. 15.—WINGS OF MALE VESTALIS GRACILIS FROM BURMA.
Abdomen, male 56 mm., female 49; hind wing, male and female 40.
Two rows of cells between Cu, and Cu, for at least a short distance
184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
from their origin, followed by one row, this single row breaking up
near the wing margin as in a@mana. De Selys records the species for
Palon (August and September) and Leité (May). He states that the
species occurs also in India, Thibet, and Cochin China.
MNAIS De Selys.
The Palearctic and Oriental species of this genus may be separated
as follows: pe
Abdomen slender; stigma small, squarish, less brilliant, similarain
adults of both sexes; wings more expanded, Cu, ending about? or
before the level of the nodus; stigma followed normally by one row
of cells. Oriental.
Abdomen more robust; stigma twice as long as wide, red in the
male, white in the female; wings less expanded, Cu, ending beyond
the level of the nodus; stigma followed by 2 rows of cells. Paleearctic.
17, MNAIS ANDERSONI McLachlan.
Material studied: Burma, collection P. A. N. S.,2 males, 2 females.
This species was originally described from Yunan from 2 males,
one of which, the first described, had the venation black and the
wings slightly tinged with olivaceous, the other having the wings yel-
lowish red. :
De Selys” writes that conditions exist intermediate between the
olivaceous and yellow forms. I have before me 28 specimens of
Mnais from Burma, and there are no intermediate forms. I there-
fore retain the name anderson’ for the black-veined species, which
may be described as follows: Abdomen, male 42 mm., female 37;
hind wing, male 33. mm., female 32. Venation black, wing membrane
very slightly tinged with olivaceous. The 2 males before me have
the last 3 segments of the abdomen pruinose, the dorsum of the:
thorax not pruinose; the second segment of the antennz is less than
half yellow, and the stigma is smaller than in the yellow-winged
species. The 2 females listed under ‘* material studied” are referred
to this species solely because they were associated with the males.
They are green, bronzy, especially on the thorax and last abdominal
segments; the second segment of the antennz is largely yellow and
the stigma is dull red.
«Odonates de Birmanie, p. 485.
no.1389. DRAGONFLIES OF BURMA AND SIAM—WILLIAMSON. 185
18. MNAIS EARNSHAWI, new species.
Material studied: Burma, collection Williamson, 22 males, 2 females.
Abdomen, male 40 mm., female 34; hind wing, male 33 mm., female 30.
Male.—Venation yellowish red throughout, excepting that the costa
becomes darker toward the wing base, wing membrane throughout
tinged with bright yellow, slightly paler basal to the arculus and slightly
denser along the anterior half of the wing on either side of the nodus,
throughout with bright pink and violet reflections. The last 3 seg-
ments of the abdomen not pruinose in 6 of 17 specimens; the dorsum
of the thorax pruinose in 1 specimens, but not pruinose in 1 very
teneral individual. So far as my material goes this difference in prui-
nescence seems to clearly indicate specific differences between ander-
soni and earnshawi; in the case of andersoni the pruinescence is first
Fic. 16.—WINGS OF FEMALE MNAIS EARNSHAWI FROM BURMA.
clearly marked on the last abdominal segments, and if it appears at
all on the thorax it is at a stage of maturity not reached by the 2
apparently mature males I have seen; earnshaw/, on the other hand,
becomes pruinose first on the thorax, and it is only in more mature
individuals that the pruinescence appears on the abdomen. Of 40
antennee of earnshawi examined 13 had the second segment about 4
yellow, while 27 had this segment more than $ yellow. Of 70 wings of
this species 7 wings had two rows of cells for at least a short distance in
the poststigmal costal space. A very teneral male has the wings and
stigma pale salmon in color. The 2 females in this case, as in the case of
andersoni, are referred to ceurnshaw?i only because of their association
with the males. One of them, somewhat teneral, has the body colors
bright green throughout; the second segment of the antenne is yellow,
excepting an apical point; and the stigma is dull white. In the other
female the stigma on one front wing is all but wanting, being reduced
186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, XXVIII.
toa mere irregular speck of opaque tissue on either side of a postnodal
cross vein. This female has the stigma dull reddish-brown in color,
The species is named for Mr. R. A. Earnshaw, Toungu, to whose
friendly interest in obtaining material for me it isa pleasure to testify.
In discussing J. anderson’, De Selys” says:
Leit} en ayril et mai, Cobapd en septembre, octobre et novembre, Meteled et
Puepoli en septembre et octobre. Les exemplaires 4 réticulation et ailes sofranées
viennent de Cobapo au commencement de juin et d’octobre, un exemplaire moins
prononeé de Tado le 12 avril (Fea).
Male specimens of J/na/s strigata, costalis, andersoni and carnshaws
placed side by side indicate beautifully the parallel development of the
genus in the two zoogeographical areas, andersond suggesting strigata
(from Japan), and carnshaw? suggesting costalis (from Japan). With
this parallelism in mind the coloration of the wings in this genus
becomes an important specific character.
19. CLIMACOBASIS MODESTA (Laidlaw).
Material studied: Siam, collection U.S.N.M., Khow Sai Dow Moun-
tain, 1,000 feet, Trong, Lower Siam, January-February, 1899, 2 males,
3 females; Trong, Lower Siam, 3 males.
goeee
moot
sssene gone
250 Bs a azz
ag ke OR
Haaerersee pit
Pe ee
i S9088
Eaagag \] o>
maa aeaary aN
To
Fic. 17.—WINGS OF CLIMACOBASIS MODESTA FROM SIAM. @, MALE; 0, FRONT WING OF FEMALE.
In Mr. Laidlaw’s description of Cl/macobasis lugens (= modesta) the
male is described as having the hind wing 47 mm. in length. Doubt-
“Odonates de Birmanie p. 486.
No. 1389. DRAGONFLIES OF BURMA AND STAM—WILLIAMSON. 187
less this is a mistake, 37 being intended. A male and female from
Siam measure as follows: Abdomen, male 54 mm., female 46; hind
wing, male 39 mm., female 41. Wings of both sexes have the violet
and green reflections almost universal in this subfamily. .
20. NEUROBASIS CHINENSIS (Linneus).
Material studied: Burma, collection P. A. N.S., 2 males; collection
Williamson, 3 males. Siam, collection U. 8. N. M., Trong, Lower
Siam, 6 males, 3 females; Khow Sai Dow Mountain, 1,000 feet, Trong,
Lower Siam, January-February, 1899, 1 male.
= 2 ——
=s>
4 8
a8
Tr eS rh
guBeseacnaasenil
Fr entre ere pee
Fig. 18.—WINGS OF MALE NEUROBASIS CHINENSIS FROM SIAM.
De Seltys in Odonates de Birmanie records chinens/s from ** Monts
Carin en avril; Puepoli en juin; Bhamo en juillet (Fea). Mr. Kirby
has recorded the species for Upper Burma and Hassan Abdal. Mr.
Laidlaw took the species on the Aring River, in Kelantan; and De Selys
in 1897 (Causeries Od.) gives as ‘* Patrie: Inde, Thibet, Khazya Hills,
Cochinchine, Sumatra, ile du Prince-de-Galles.”
21. MATRONA NIGRIPECTUS De Selys.
This species is not represented in the material before me. De Selys
has recorded it from the Khasia Hills, Puepoli (June) and Leito (Sep-
tember).
SUMMARY.
Twelve genera and twenty-one species of the subfamily Caloptery-
gine are known from Burma and Lower Siam. In the preparation
»»
of this paper a total of 233 specimens have been studied,
ON THE LIPARIS (TRISMEGISTUS) OWSTONI JORDAN
AND SNYDER.
By PETER SCHMIDT,
Of the Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg.
There was recently described by Prof. David Starr Jordan and J. O.
Snyder” a new Liparidid from the deep waters of Japan, which
they believed to represent a new genus and species, namely, 77/sme-
gistus owstoni. By chance a second specimen of this interesting and
undoubtedly new form is in a collection of Japanese fishes which I
brought home from my journey to Japan in 1901, and so J can in some
respects complete the description given by the previously mentioned
authors.
FIG. 1.—LIPARIS OWSTONI.
A minute comparison of my specimen with the original description
has shown that it is undoubtedly the same form as that described, but
I can not agree with the opinion of President Jordan and Mr. J. O.
Snyder that it must be regarded as representing a new genus, differing
from Liparis. This new genus differs from Z/par/s, according to these
eminent American ichthyologists, only ‘tin having the skin rough with
prickles, with broad, rounded bases like thumb tacks.” This pecul-
larity can of course be regarded as a generic one, but I must call
«On a Collection of Fishes made by Mr. Alan Owston in the Deep Waters of Japan.
Smiths. Miscell. Coll., XLV, 1904, p. 238, pl. Lvut.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1390.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04 13 189
190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
attention to the following facts: We know another Z¢parés which has
the same peculiarity. It is covered, and often very densely covered,
with osseous prickles. It is regarded as a variety of a very common
Arctic species, Liparis fabricti Kroyer (= L. tunicata Reinhardt).
Long ago this form was described by C. F. Liitken“ as Liparis fab-
ricdt Kroyer forma leprosa’ and figured by him on his Plate XV, fig. 5.
In the zoological museum of the Imperial Academy of Sciences of St.
Petersburg we have some still undescribed specimens of this variety,
brought by Mr. N. M. Knipovitch from Murman, on the coast of
Lapland. By the kind permission of Mr. Knipovitch I have compared
the structure of the prickles of both forms. The prickles of Léparis
Jabricii leprosa are exactly like those of the Japanese form. They
are also armed each with a sharp spicule, but the plate is not so flat as
in Lipar/s owstont. It is more conical, though of the same character.
It has even the same radiating striations. I believe that if a peculiarity
is not even of a specific value (other varieties of the same Liparis fab-
ricii have no such prickles at all) it can not be taken as the distinction
of a genus. In all other respects the new Japanese form is a true
Liparis, of course of gigantic dimensions, but entirely like—for
instance, Liparis agassizii Putnam—as already mentioned by Prof.
D. 8. Jordan and J. O. Snyder.
My specimen is a little larger than the type; its total length is 457
mm.; length to base of caudal fin, 417 mm.; it is a full-grown female
filled with eges, which was purchased by me in the fish market at
Nagasaki, in April, 1901, and is now catalogued in the ichthyological
collections of the zoological museum of the Imperial Academy of
Sciences in St. Petersburg as No. 13173. Japanese fishermen have
informed me that it is a very rare form, with no Japanese name.
The fin formula of my specimen is D. 42, A. 34, P. 48, C. 10; head
41 in length measured to base of caudal fin; depth 5; eye 10 in length
of head; snout 2445; width of mouth 12; width of interorbital space
2,'>. It differs from the described species by the width of the inter-
orbital space, which is a little larger (2415 instead of 14), but I have no
doubt that this is a difference of individual or possibly a sexual char-
acter (the sex of the described species is not given by the authors).
Interorbital space flat; gill rakers 1+ 7, like warts covered with
sete, placed in a double row on the inner and on the outer side of a
gillarch; width of gill opening contained 2! times in the length of
head; origin of dorsal at a vertical passing through a point about one
@Ohr. F. Litken. Et Bidrag til Kundsgab om Kara-Havets Fiske. Dijinphna
Tagtets Zool.-Bot. Udbytte: Kjobenhayn, 1886.
6 Apparently Liparis fabricii belongs to the same group ( Trismegistus) as L. owstoni.
To settle finally the question of the generic value of these prickles, we should know
under what conditions L. fabricii is without prickles; whether these structures be
seasonal, sexual, dimorphic, rudimentary, or on localized individuals. In other
words, what is the real significance of Lutken’s ‘‘ forma leprosa.’’—D. 8. J.
No. 1390, ON THE LIPARIS OWSTONI—SCIIMIDT. 191
diameter of eye behind base of pectoral; origin of anal below tenth
dorsal spine; both fins united with the caudal, but their tips reaching
to the end of second third of the length of caudal, and not as described
and figured by Messrs. Jordan and Snyder. The caudal tin of the
American specimen (see fig. 1) conveys the impression that it has been
broken on the tip and restored by the artist.
Skin thick and loose, in irregular folds, covered with thumb tack-like
plates which make it rough; a broad longitudinal band on the side in
-the middle between dorsal and anal smoother. These plates cover
also the outer side of basal parts of pectoral fins; caudal not convex
Fic, 2.—LIPARIS OWSTONI, SKIN WITH PRICKLES.
posteriorly, the posterior margin of the fin completely truncate; pec-
torals as described by Messrs. Jordan and Snyder. Disk oval, with
thin margins; its longitudinal diameter contained 2? times in the length
of head. The distance of the anal opening from the hind margin of
the disk is equal to the width of the mouth. Color gray-yellowish,
clouded with darker gray and blackish on the dorsal side; margin of
the hind part of dorsal, caudal fin, and anal with base of them black-
ish; pectoral dark gray, on the inner or posterior side blackish.
I believe that all of these slight discrepancies noted above do not
indicate specific difference, and that my specimen belongs to the species
Liparis or Trismegistus owstoni,
ON A COLLECTION OF FISHES MADE IN KOREA, BY
PIERRE LOUIS JOUY, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW
SPECIES.
By Davi Starr Jordan and Epwin CHAPIN STARKS,
of the Stanford University.
In 1885, the late Mr. Pierre Louis Jouy, then an assistant to the
United States National Museum, visited Korea from Japan, making
a considerable collection of fishes for the United States National
Museum. We give in this paper a list of the species contained in that
collection and those obtained by Ensign J. B. Bernadou, U. 5. N., in
the vicinity of Chemulpo, where he collected from September, 1854,
till April, 1885, with descriptions of those new to science. It is
evident that the marine fauna of Korea is essentially that of Japan,
while that of the rivers is different as to species, and is as yet practically
unknown. The plates accompanying this paper are drawn by Mrs.
Chloe Lesley Starks. For the opportunity of studying the collection
we are indebted to the courtesy of Mr. Richard Rathbun, Assistant
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
Family EPTATRETIDE.
1. EPTATRETUS BURGERI (Girard).
Fusan.
Family CLUPEIDZ.
2, HARENGULA ZUNASI (Bleeker).
Gensan.
Apparently the name Sardinella was first used for a species, prop-
erly referable to the genus later called Sardinia by Poey. The name
Clupanodon should, in our present view, be restricted to the first
species named under it, in which case it is equivalent to Conos/rus of
Jordan and Snyder.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1391. 193
194
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Family ENGRAULIDID.
3. ENGRAULIS JAPONICUS Schlegel.
Grensan.
4. TRICHOSOMA HAMILTONII (Gray).
Anal 38. Gill-rakers nearly as long as eye; 16 on lower lmb of
arch. Maxillary reaches to base of lower pectoral ray. Ventral
seales 15+ 10.
A single specimen in the collection labeled ** Korea.”
5. SETIPINNA GILBERTI Jordan and Starks, new species.
Dorsal I, 11; anal 57; scales 44 (7). Head,“ 5 in length; depth, 34.
Eye, 41 in head; snout, 5$; maxillary, 1,5; interorbital width, 34.
Snout short, projecting but slightly beyond mouth. Maxillary
reaching to within a little less than the diameter of the pupil of the
Fic. 1.—SETIPINNA GILBERTI.
edge of the opercle; its end dilated into a thin semicircular lamella
behind. Teeth on maxillary a little larger than those on mandible.
Gill-rakers slender, their number 13-+16. :
Seales nearly all missing on our specimens. A series of 4 on the
posterior part of the body of the type occupy about the same space as
a like number just behind the pectoral. Measuring with these as a
standard there would be 44 scales in a longitudinal series. There are
18 ventral scales before the ventrals and 8 behind.
Dorsal with short stout spine, scarcely attached to the dorsal rays.
Base of first dorsal ray nearer tip of snout than base of caudal by a
distance equal to the postorbital part of head, or to the length of dorsal
base. Pectoral filament longer than the head by one diameter of the
eye; its tip reaching very slightly past tips of ventrals.
Ventrals inserted midway between front of anal and base of pecto-
rals. Ventrals contained 34 times in head. Front of anal under the
«All of the measurements pertaining to the head in this group are taken obliquely
from the tip of the snout to a little above the pectoral fin, the greatest length of the
head.
No. 1391. KOREAN FISHES—JORDAN AND STARKS. 195
first or second dorsal ray. Anal base shorter than half entire length
(without caudal) by half the diameter of eye.
Color uniform silvery on head and sides, shading into light brown
on back. Fins all colorless.
The body of this species is more slender than in either S. melanochir
or S. taty; the height being nearly a fourth of the length rather than
a third, or less than a third. The origin of the anal is under the
anterior dorsal rays and the pectoral filament is short as in the former
species, but the origin of the dorsal is nearer the snout than base of
‘audal and the number of anal rays is greater as in the latter species.
The type is 145 mm. in entire length and labeled ** Korea.” It is
numbered 37766, U.S. National Museum, and was collected by Ensign
J. B. Bernadou, U. S. N., at Chemulpo, 1884-1885.
A cotype from Ninsen, Korea, was presented by the Imperial
Museum, Tokyo, Japan. It is numbered 8659, Ichthyological collec-
tions, Stanford University.
Named for Dr. Charles H. Gilbert.
Family SALMONID ZA.
6. PLECOGLOSSUS ALTIVELIS Schlegel.
Korea.
Family CYPRINIDZ.
7. CYPRINUS CARPIO Linreus.
Common.
8. CARASSIUS AURATUS (Linnzus).
Common.
g. OCHETOBIUS LUCENS Jordan and Starks, new species.
Dorsal 11; anal 11; seales 65; 9 from dorsal and 4 from anal to
lateral line. Head 5 in length; depth 6%. Eye 44 in head; snout 4;
maxillary 35; interorbital space 3%.
Body elongate and compressed; head pointed. Snout rather sharp,
scarcely longer than eye, jaws even when mouth is closed; the lower
with a slight projection on upper edge at symphysis. Maxillary
reaching to below anterior margin of eye. Interorbital space evenly
rounded; large supraorbitals forming its outer edges. Gill-rakers
numerous, long and slender, those near the angle of the arch half as
long as eye; 6+22 in number. Pharyngeal teeth rather slender and
slightly hooked, 5, 4, 2—2, 4, 4 in number.
Scales moderate in size, thin and not very firmly attached. Lateral
line bending downward and running along lower half of side and
through middle of caudal peduncle; no abrupt bends in it anywhere.
Dorsal nearer tip of snout than base of caudal by a distance equal
to 1} times the eye; its posterior outline very slightly concave; length
196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
of anterior rays contained 1? times in head; when fin is depressed the
anterior rays reach beyond the tips of the last. First anal ray is
nearer base of caudal than base of first ventral ray by one diameter of
eye. Insertion of ventrals directly under first dorsal ray; length of
ventrals 13 in head; that of pectoral 13. Caudal forked.
Color bright silvery, blue brown on back, shaded rather abruptly to
the silver below. Fins all colorless. Peritoneum white.
XX
Cx
poeeee
> X
oY
x
ay
yy
x OOO
RSS
FIG. 2.—OCHETOBIUS LUCENS.
This species is close to (. elongatus (Kner.). The eye is larger, the
maxillary reaches farther back, the snout is shorter as compared with
the eye, and the interorbital space is narrower.
The type and sole specimen was collected by Jouy at Chemulpo,
Korea; it is 20 em. in entire length, and is numbered 51496, U.S.
National Museum.
1. LONGURIO Jordan and Starks, new genus.
Body very elongate and nowhere compressed. Snout rounded and
projecting beyond an inferior V-shaped mouth. <A barbel present at
Fig. 3.—LONGURIO ATHYMIUS.
the end of maxillary. Pharyngeal teeth 5, in a single row, some of
them molar-like. Scales moderately large. Lateral line running
through middle of caudal peduncle. Dorsal without osseous ray,
placed rather anteriorly, its anterior half or more in advance of ven-
trals. This genus seems to have some affinity with Pseudogobio, but
the relationship is not at all close.
No. 1391. KOREAN FISHES—JORDAN AND STARKS. 197
10. LONGURIO ATHYMIUS Jordan and Starks, new species.
Head, 6,5 in length; depth, 93. Dorsal, 9; anal, 8; scales, 55.
Eye, 53 in head; snout, 24; maxillary, 34; interorbital space (bone
only), 3¢.
Body elongate; not compressed; the back not at all elevated; taper-
ing very slightly and gradually to the caudal peduncle. Snout blunt
and rounded, projecting beyond the mouth a distance equal to three-
fourths the diameter of the eye. Mouth broadly V-shaped, entirely
inferior, the tips not thickened. Maxillary reaching to below pos-
terior nostril, its end with a barbel nearly equal in length to the eye.
Eye elliptical; its length contained 1#in snout. Gill-rakers short and
weak, 3X14 in number. Pharyngeal teeth 5 in single row; the ante-
rior 2 blunt and rounded, the others with a concave surface.
Scales large, rather firmly attached and regularly arranged; an en-
larged scale at base of ventral. Lateral line slightly bending down
anteriorly and running straight backward through middle of caudal
peduncle.
First ray of dorsal placed at the beginning of the anterior third of
the distance between base of caudal and tip of snout. Posterior edge
of dorsal concave; the height of its anterior rays exceeds the length
of the head by half the diameter of the eye. Length of pectoral
equal to length of head. Insertion of ventrals below sixth or seventh
dorsal ray; length of ventrals 14 in head. First anal ray from base
of caudal a distance equal to that between base of pectoral and base of
ventral. First ray of anal and .dorsal unbranched, shorter than the
second, to which it is rather closely attached; last ray branched to
base. Caudal broken, but apparently it was slightly forked.
Color silvery, brownish on back. The type is a badly faded speei-
men and no markings are evident.
The type and sole specimen is from Chemulpo, Korea; it measures
25cm. in entire length, and is numbered 51495, U.S. National Museum.
2. COREIUS Jordan and Starks, new genus.
This genus is related to Zezera and Rohitu. It differs from the
former in having the dorsal anteriorly placed, the snout blunt and
projecting beyond the mouth, and the eye with a broad, thin, annular
eyelid; from the latter, in having large barbels, teeth in one row, lips
without a horny cutting edge, and dorsal short.
11. COREIUS CETOPSIS (Kner).
Two specimens collected at Chemulpo, Korea, by Jouy. The follow-
ing description is of the larger one, 10 cm. in length.
Dorsal 9; anal 8; scales 52; transverse series 6 from first anal ray,
7 from first dorsal ray in oblique series to lateral line. Head 5 in
198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
length; depth 42. Eye inside of adipose eyelid 8 in head; orbit 64;
snout 24; maxillary 34; interorbital width 33; height of caudal
pedunele 13.
Body moderately elongate, compressed, tapering slightly in nearly
straight lines from behind dorsal to a very broad thin caudal peduncle.
Anterior dorsal profile rather steep from dorsal to end of snout;
slightly depressed above eyes. Snout blunt, overhanging the small
mouth by a distance equal to the distance between edges of adipose
eyelid. Mouth wholly inferior and with very thick lips. Maxillary
reaching to space between the large nostrils; a long barbel at its end
equal to half the length of the head. Eye with a thin annular eyelid.
Interorbital evenly convex. Gill-rakers very small, 3+ L0 on first arch.
Pharyngeal teeth in a single row of 5 on a side; they are coarse, some-
what compressed, and have an elongate flap or shghtly concave grind-
ing surface.
Scales rather elongate posteriorly, many of them with an angle
behind. Lateral line almost perfectly straight everywhere.
First dorsal ray placed midway between tip of snout and base of last
anal ray. Length of dorsal base, 1? in head. First anal ray one
diameter of eye nearer base of caudal than base of ventrals. Insertion
of ventrals under fourth or fifth dorsal ray. Pectoral barely reaching
base of ventral. Caudal badly broken, apparently forked.
Color so faded little of it can be made out. Back dark brown or
slate brown, lighter below; dorsal dusky, pectoral growing dark
toward tip; ventral slightly dusky; anal colorless.
12. ZACCO TEMMINCKII (Schlegel).
Several specimens from Fusan. They seem to differ from specimens
from Kawatana, Japan, only in being a little darker in color, and in
having the lateral band more diffused.
38. FUSANIA Jordan and Starks, new genus.
Form slightly compressed; moderately deep. Mouth terminal. No
barbels present. Gill-rakers short and few in number. Pharyngeal
teeth in two rows. Scales large; lateral line wholly absent. Dorsal
without an osseous ray; placed behind the ventrals. Caudal slightly
forked. Dorsal and anal with short bases. Abdomen not compressed
to a sharp edge.
13. FUSANIA ENSARCA Jordan and Starks, new species.
Dorsal, 9; anal, 9; scales, 32; transverse series, 9. Head, 3? in
length; depth, 33. Eye, 3% in head; snout, 44; maxillary 23; interor-
bital space, 24; height of caudal peduncle, 2.
Snout blunt, shorter than eye. Mouth terminal; the lower jaw
slightly projecting; maxillary reaching to below front of pupil. Inter-
No. 1391. KOREAN FISHES—JORDAN AND STARKS. 199
orbital space broad, and evenly convex. Gill-rakers very small, 5 on
lower limb of arch. Pharyngeal teeth slender and pointed; in two
rows; 5, 3-3, 4 or 5, in number.
Seales large, thin, and firmly attached. Lateral line wholly absent.
Dorsal with a short base, its first ray midway between tip of snout
and tips of middle caudal rays; when fin is depressed its tip reaches to
opposite last anal ray. First anal ray distant from the caudal base
once the length of the head.
Fig. 4.—FUSANIA ENSARCA.
Insertion of ventrals in front of the dorsal a distance slightly
exceeding the length of the eye. Pectoral reaching to within half the
diameter of the eye of the ventral. Caudal moderately forked; the
outer rays exceed the length of the middle rays by one diameter of the
eye. Color: under parts silvery, back brown blending gradually
downward. A much-diffused lateral band is present, growing darker
posteriorly. Dorsal and caudal slightly dusky, other fins colorless.
The type and several cotypes were taken by Jouy at Fusan, Korea.
They are from 40 to 58 mm. in length. The type is numbered 45265,
U.S. National Museum.
14. LEUCISCUS HAKUENSIS Giinther.
Gensan.
15. LEUCISCUS SEMOTILUS Jordan and Starks, new species.
Dorsal 9; anal 9; scales 66; 9 scales from anal and 12 from dorsal
to lateral line. Head 33 in length; depth 43. Eye 43 in head; snout
34; maxillary 23; interorbital space 3; height of caudal peduncle 25.
Body moderately elongate, the head wide and very blunt. Snout
blunt; as viewed from the side the outline is continuous with the
nearly straight profile of head to above the nostrils where it curves
rather steeply downward. Mouth broad and terminal, the lower jaw
included. Maxillary reaching to below anterior margin of pupil.
Interorbital space wide and evenly curved. Gill-rakers scarcely
developed.
200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Pharyngeal teeth long, bet not very sharp; the longer row of four
or five teeth, the shorter usually with only one tooth, though some-
times with two.
First dorsal ray midway between base of caudal and front of eye;
posterior margin of dorsal not concave, the long anterior rays do not
reach past the posterior ones when fin is depressed. First anal ray
distant from caudal base a third the length of body without caudal.
Insertion of ventrals a little in front of the dorsal. Caudal forked or
lunate when fin is extended.
Color brown mottled with darker scales. Belly dusky brown. A
black streak along median line of back, and a diffused lateral streak,
more conspicuous posteriorly. A large dark brown very conspicuous
spot on base of dorsal rays; a lighter more diffused spot at base of
‘audal rays. Other fins slightly dusky.
This species somewhat resembles ZL. jouye but is without the deep
‘caudal peduncle.
RY
, Sih}
OOK
Fig. 5,—LEUCISCUS SEMOTILUS.
Several specimens taken in a fresh-water stream near Fusan, Korea,
by Jouy.
The largest specimen is 125 mm. in length. The type is numbered
51500, U. S. National Museum.
Cotypes are numbered 8562, Ichthyological collections, Stanford
University.
16. LEUCISCUS TACZANOWSKII Steindachner.
Gensan.
17. PARAPELECUS JOUYI Jordan and Starks, new species.
Dorsal 9, the first ray short unbranched; anal, 24, counting two
short anterior rays; scales 40, 35 from first anal ray, 7} from first
dorsal ray to lateral line. Head, 45 in length without caudal; depth,
42, Kye, 43 in head; snout, 34; interorbital space, 32; maxillary, 3.
Body moderately compressed and deep; the ventral outline more
strongly convex than the dorsal; the entire ventral outline from
isthmus to anal trenchant. Snout pointed, a little longer than eye.
Posterior nostril long and narrow, its length contained 23 times in the
No. 1391. KOREAN FISHES—JORDAN AND STARKS. 201
eye. Maxillaries strongly curved, reaching to below anterior margin
of eye; a slight notch between them anteriorly to receive a sharp
symphyseal knob. Jaws even in front when closed. Interorbital
space rising obliquely from eye to the flattish median area. Gill-
rakers small and sharp 2+10 in number. Pharyngeal teeth long,
sharp, and slightly hooked; 5, 4, 2-2, 3, 4, in number.
Scales large and thin. Lateral line apparently as in 2. macherdus.
Its course anteriorly can not be traced as the scales are absent in that
region.
First ray of dorsal nearer base of caudal than tip of snout by :
distance equal in length of second dorsal ray, which slightly exceeds
combined length of snout and eye. Posterior edge of dorsal is
straight: when fin is depressed all rays except the first are coter-
minous. First anal ray under tip of depressed dorsal. Anal base is
contained 14 in head. Ventrals inserted entirely in front of dorsal,
their tips are under the fourth dorsal ray.
Color of an old faded alcoholic specimen, bright silvery, dark brown
on back; fins all light.
Fic. 6.—PARAPELECUS JOUYI.
This species differs from both P. argenteus and P. macherius in
having much larger scales and a larger head.
The type and sole specimen is 20 cm. in length. It was taken at
Chemulpo, Korea, by Jouy, for whom it is named. It bears the
number 51497, U. S. National Museum.
18. CULTER RECURVICEPS (Richardson).
Chemulpo.
Family COBITID.
19. MISGURNUS ANGUILLICAUDATUS (Cantor)
Fusan.
20. COBITIS T4ENIA Linnezus.
Fusan and Gensan.
21. ELXIS COREANUS Jordan and Starks, new species.
Head 4; in length; depth, 5$. Dorsal, 8; anal, 7; scales, 84. Eye,
5% In head; snout, 3; interorbital width, 3%.
Head narrower than in F7/r7s nikkonis, the snout slightly more
pointed. Barbels 8, about equal in length; a pair at nasals, 4 above
202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
snout and one at end of each maxillary; no mandibular barbels present.
Gill openings wholly lateral; joined to isthmus just below lower pec-
toral ray.
Scales small and eycloid, running in more or less definite oblique
series, but the series are irregular and crowded, many of them extend-
ing only a short distance. Head entirely naked.
Front of dorsal midway between tip of snout and tip of caudal.
Ventrals a very slight distance anterior to dorsal. Front of anal mid-
way between insertion of ventrals and base of middle caudal rays.
Caudal with many small axillary rays, which forma long keel on caudal
peduncle above and below.
Color brown speckled, and spotted with darker brown. <A dark
blended lateral band extending at base of caudal in a conspicuous black
spot, which runs out on caudal rays. A narrow dark streak through
eye to tip of snout. Dorsal slightly spotted with brown. Wavy dark
streaks across caudal rays; other fins light. Belly and under parts of
head white. Other specimens are scarcely mottled, and have a dark,
Fic. 7,—ELIXIS COREANUS.
clear-cut, broad, brown, lateral band in sharp contrast with the other
body color.
This species may be known at once from “£2 nzkkonis by the much
smaller, more crowded scales. It is the best represented species in
this collection, there being a couple of hundred specimens from Gen-
san and a few from Fusan.
The type is from Gensan, Korea, and is 63 mm. in length. It is
numbered 45243, U. S. National Museum. Cotypes are numbered
8061 Ichthyological Collections, Stanford University.
Family POECILIIDZ.
22. APLOCHEILICHTHYS LATIPES (Schlegel).
Many specimens were collected at Fusan. They have been compared
with specimens from Wakanoura, Japan, and are apparently identical.
The ventrals are not nearer to the operculum than to the vent, as
described by Giinther, nor midway between those points, as described
by Schlegel, but nearer to the vent than to the operculum, as shown
in Schlegel’s figure.
No. 1391. KOREAN FISHES—JORDAN AND STARKS. 203
Family SYNGNATHID i.
23. SYNGNATHUS SCHLEGELI Kaup.
The dorsal covers 10 or 11 rings. Gensan.
Family AULORHYNCHID.
24. AULICHTHYS JAPONICUS Brevoort.
Fusan.
Family GASTEROSTEID 2.
25. PYGOSTEUS SINENSIS (Guichenot).
Pygosteus steindachneri JorpAN and Srarxs, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XX VI,
1903, p. 61.
Gensan.
A single specimen, having but 7 spines. As Gasterosteus sinensis
is described from ‘**‘ China” as having 7 dorsal spines, it is, without
much doubt, identical with Pygosteus steindachner?.
Family EXOCOETID.
26. HYPORHAMPHUS SAJORI (Schlegel).
Gensan and Fusan.
"Family MUGILID.
27. MUGIL CEPHALUS Linneus.
Gensan.
Family SCOMBRID.
28. SCOMDEROMORUS SINENSIS (Lacépéde).
Chemulpo.
Family CARANGIDZ.
2o. TRACHURUS TRACHURUS (Linnzus).
Gensan.
Family STROMATEID.
30. STROMATEOIDES ARGENTEUS (Euphrasen).
Chemulpo.
Family APOGONIDZ.
31. APOGON LINEATUS Schlegel.
Fusan.
Family SPARID/.
32. PAGRUS CARDINALIS (Lacepéde).
Fusan.
33. SPARUS SCHLEGELI (Bleeker).
Gensan.
204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Family HA MULID.
34. POMADASIS HASTA (Bloch).
A specimen 12 em. in length.
Family SCLANIDA.
35. COLLICHTHYS LUCIDUS (Richardson).
A small specimen from Korea, Bernadou coll. D. IX-27. A. H,
12. Scales 60.
4. JA RI MIGH TEAMS: Jordan-anc: Starks: ev 7gemuise
This genus is close to Larimus, differing in having cycloid scales,
unequal teeth, weak anal spines, and more cavernous head.
Fic. 8.—LARIMICHTHYS RATHBUN.
36. LARIMICHTHYS RATHBUN£Z Jordan and Starks, new species.
Dorsal IX, 37; anal II, 10; few scales remaining, about 47. Head
+ in length; depth 33. Eye 34 in head; snout 4; interorbital space
1; maxillary 13; height of caudal peduncle 4.
Body compressed, deepest at the nape, tapering quickly backward
toa rather narrow caudal peduncle; the outline under the dorsal fins
forming a straight line. Mouth oblique; lower jaw projecting and
with a low broad knob which fits into a shallow notch between pre-
maxillaries. Anterior end of premaxillary on a level with middle of
eye. Maxillary broad posteriorly reaching to below posterior margin
of orbit; its whole length slipping under the transparent sheath pro-
jecting downward from suborbitals. Teeth in narrow bands, small
and rather uneven, at intervals a curved tooth extends beyond the
others, but they are scarcely long enough to be called canines. No
teeth on vomer or palatines. Top of head and preopercular region
rather cavernous. Gill-rakers long and slender, the longest 4 the
diameter of the eye.
c
‘
3)
a
No. 1391. KOREAN FISHES—JORDAN AND STARKS. 205
Seales cycloid. A few scales on base of anal; no scales remaining
on other fins. Lateral line curved up anteriorly and following the
curve of the back.
Origin of spinous dorsal a little in front of pectoral base. Spines
rather weak and low; the first spine scarcely half the length of the
second and third which are the highest spines. They are scarcely
longer than the orbit and not so long as the soft rays. The last spines
are but little decreased in length making but a shallow notch between
the spines and rays. The soft dorsal is long; the base of the last ray
is one diameter of the orbit from the base of the caudal. Anal spines
rather weak; the second 24 times the length of the first; the second
about half the length of the soft rays and contained 34 times in the
head. Length of anal base 3 times in head. Ventrals inserted a little
in front of pectorals and reach half way from their insertion to the
front of anal. Tip of pectoral opposite that of ventral. Caudal badly
broken, apparently the middle rays were the longest as in Lar/mus,
they were at least as long as the head posterior to the middle of the
eye.
Color plain silvery, dark on back. Fins without markings or color.
The type and sole specimen was collected somewhere on the coast
of Korea, by Jouy. It is 90 mm. in length and is numbered 45299,
U.S. National Museum.
Named for Miss Mary J. Rathbun.
Family SILLAGINID.
37- SILLAGO SIHAMA (Férskal).
Family EMBIOTOCID.
38. DITREMA TEMMINCKI Bleeker.
Fusan.
Family LABRID.
39. HALICHCERES PCECILOPTERUS (Schlegel.)
Fusan.
Family TETRAODONTID.
40. SPHEROIDES ALBOPLUMBEUS (Richardson).
Chemulpo.
Family MONACANTHID.
41. STEPHANOLEPIS JAPONICUS ( Tilesius).
Fusan.
Proce. N. M. vol. xxviii—04——_14
206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Family OPHICEPHALID
42. OPHICEPHALUS ARGUS Giinther
Chemulpo.
Family ANABANTID
43- ANABAS OLIGOLEPIS Bleeker,
Fusan.
Family SCORP ANID
44. SEBASTISCUS MARMORATUS (Cuvier and Valenciennes).
Fusan. :
45. SEBASTODES FUSCESCENS (Houttuyn).
Grensan.
Family COTTIDZ.
46. TRACHIDERMUS ANSATUS (Richardson).
Chemulpo.
47. PSEUDOBLENNIUS PERCOIDES Giinther.
Fusan.
48. FURCINA ISHIKAW Jordan and Starks.
Fusan.
49. PARACENTROPOGON RUBRIPINNIS (Schlegel).
Fusan.
Family TRIGLID/.
50. LEPIDOTRIGLA GUNTHERI Hilgendorf.
Fusan.
Family GOBID.
51. BOLEOPHTHALMUS CHINENSIS (Osbeck).
52. PERIOPHTHALMUS CANTONENSIS (Osbeck).
** Korea.”
53- CORYPHOPTERUS VIRGATULUS (Jordan and Snyder).
Fusan and Gensan.
As the type of Ctenogobius (fasciatus) is said to have the tongue
emarginate, the species with the tongue rounded, called Ctenogobius
by Jordan and Snyder, and lately J/ugdlogobius by Professor Smitt, of
Stockholm, may retain the name Coryphopterus, given to one of them
by Doctor Gill. No type is assigned to Mnugilogobius by Smitt, but
the author of the genus informs me that the species on which it was
based is Ctenogobius abet of Jordan and Snyder,
No. 1391. KOREAN FISHES—JORDAN AND STARKS. 207
54. CORYPHOPTERUS BERNADOUI Jordan and Starks, new species.
Head 3$ in length; depth 5; eye 34 in head; snout 33; maxillary 2%.
Dorsal VI-II; anal 11; scales 25.
Body robust; the head rather large and scarcely compressed; caudal
peduncle deep, 24in head. Snout rather short and blunt. Eyes large,
separated by a narrow concave interspace; preorbital margin pro-
duced. Mouth oblique; lower jaw projecting; maxillary extending
a little past the anterior margin of orbit, tongue rounded. Simple
teeth in bands on jaws, the outer ones enlarged, a strong canine at each
side of lower jaw. Gill openings not extending very far anteriorly;
the isthmus broad, 3 in length of head. Gillrakers short and blunt,
2+10 on first arch.
Nape top of head behind the posterior margin of the eyes closely
covered with small eycloid scales in about 24 series; similar scales on
upper part of opercles. Scales on body finely ctenoid; the free edge
Fic. 9,—CORYPHOPTERUS BERNADOUI.
of most of them forming a right angle with the point directed back-
ward; rather large cycloid scales on breast.
Dorsals well separated; when depressed the tips of the longest
spines reach the base of the first soft ray; none of the spines produced;
the soft dorsal slightly higher than the spinous. Origin of anal under
third soft dorsal ray; anal rays a little shorter than those of dorsal.
Pectoral scarcely reaching to vertical from vent, its tip slightly
pointed. Caudal rounded.
Color of a rather faded alcoholic specimen, light, with 5 brown
blotches on back and 5 similar ones on side below the interspaces of the
former ones; the last spot at base of caudal; faint traces of longitud
inal streaks on side. Spinous dorsal with a faint blotch posteriorly;
soft dorsal with a brown streak down the membrane in front of each
ray; the posterior ones narrowly divided into 2 or 3 spots. Anal light
at base, growing dark toward tips of rays; 3 rows of conspicuous
white spots across the posterior rays. Pectoral with a slight dusky
tinge below; ventral rays dusky toward tips; caudal without color,
208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, XXVIII.
This is the only other Coryphopterus in the vicinity of Japan besides
C. abet having scales on the upper part of the opercles. It does not
otherwise resemble that species, being closer to C. wirgatulus and C.
praum?, from which it differs, in addition to the scales on the opercle,
in color, and in having the scales on nape and top of head smaller and
much more numerous.
The type and only specimen 13 cm. in length collected by Jouy
and labeled ‘‘ probably Korea.” It is numbered 51499, U. S. National
Museum.
55- CHA NOGOBIUS MACROGNATHOS (Bleeker).
Gensan and Fusan.
56. CHLOEA SARCHYNNIS Jordan and Snyder.
Gensan.
We may here call attention to a mistake in the description and key of
Chloca castanea in Jordan and Snyder paper on the Goboid fishes of
Japan.@
Head 2% in length should be 33, or, as given in their tabulated meas-
urements, 25 to 28 hundredths of length.
57- CHASMICHTHYS GULOSUS (Sauvage).
Chasmias misakius JORDAN and Snyper, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X XIII, 1901, p. 761.
Fusan and Gensan.
The larger specimens do not have the white spots on sides arranged
so conspicuously in cross series as in specimens from Japan, and the
dark spot at base of caudal is absent.
Two others are a uniform brown without markings. The fins dusky.
58. CHASMICHTHYS DOLICHOGNATHUS (Hilgendorf).
"Korea:
59. PTEROGOBIUS ELAPOIDES (Giinther).
“* Korea.”
60. ACANTHOGOBIUS FLAVIMANUS (Schlegel).
Fusan.
The maxillary in the species reaches variably from below the anterior
edge of orbit to below the posterior edge of pupil.
61. ACANTHOGOBIUS HASTA (Schlegel).
Dorsal IX—20; anal 16; scales 60. Head 44 in length without caudal;
depth 8. Eye 9 in head; snout 3; maxillary 23; interorbital space 7;
height of caudal peduncle 44.
Snout rather blunt, its upper outline turning at an angle at about its
middle and steeply descending. Mouth large, lower jaw slightly
@Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXIV, 1902, p. 79,
NO. 1391. KOREAN FISHES—JORDAN AND STARKS. 209
included; maxillary reaching slightly past front of eye. Interorbital
slightly concave, a ridge on each side of it which converges with its
fellow posteriorly, turns at a sharp angle and is continued downward
a short distance behind eye. Teeth irregularly placed in one or two
series on the side, in three or four on front of jaws; the outer series
enlarged. Tongue truncate at tip. Gillrakers short, 4+ 9 on first
arch.
No scales remain on body of our specimen. Nape and occipital
region closely covered with small cycloid scales. Pectoral base and
region in front of yentrals with similar, but thinner and less conspicu-
ous scales. A small region near middle of cheek, another at upper
part just behind eye and the upper half of opercle with circular scat-
tered scales,“ nowhere in contact with each other; the naked areas on
cheek are of much greater extent than the scaled areas.
First dorsal spine placed 13 times the length of the eye behind tip
of opercular flap; the last spine connected by membrane to back, its
‘base above tip of pectoral; base of spinous dorsal half length of head.
Distance from base of last spine to first dorsal ray is shehtly less than
length of snout. Front of second dorsal nearer the snout than base
of caudal by the length of snout; length of dorsal rays near mid-
dle of fin, 24 in head and only a little longer than the posterior rays.
Origin of anal under fourth or fifth dorsal ray, under next to last dorsal
ray. Length of ventral equals combined length of snout and eve.
Caudal somewhat broken, but at least as long as head.
Color uniform brown on back, white below, spinous dorsal, ventral
pectoral, and anal coloriess; caudal dusky; each ray of soft dorsal is
crossed by 5 or 6 spots, as shown in Schlegel’s plate.
Length of specimen, 25 cm. It was collected at Chemulpo, Korea,
by Jouy.
62. ACANTHOGOBIUS STIGMOTHINUS (Richardson).
Form and general appearance of A. hasta, but resembling 4. flavi-
manus in number of fin rays and the markings on dorsals and caudal.
The anal is edged with black and the ventrals are black edged with
white. It may be at once known from A. flavimanus by the smaller
mouth and more slender head and body; the spinules and the scales
are finer and more regular, the scales much smaller.
A single specimen from Fusan.
@ Jordan and Snyder in Gobioid Fishes of Japan (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIV,
p. 102), suppose that this species has a naked head from Schlegel’s picture. Schlegel
says nothing on this point in his description, and they had no specimens. Gill’s
genus Synechogobius can not be retained, as hasta (the type) does not differ materially
from Acanthogobius except in having 5 or 6 more dorsal rays. A. stigmothinus, though
having the number of dorsal and anal rays of A. jlavimanus, is similar to A. hasta in
form and general appearance.
910 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVMt.
63. TRIDENTIGER OBSCURUS (Schlegel).
Gensan.
64. TRIDENTIGER BIFASCIATUS (Steindachner).
Fusan and Chemulpo.
The longitudinal stripes are not conspicuous.
Family PLEURONECTID4.
65. PLEURONICHTHYS CORNUTUS (Schlegel).
Korea.
66. PLATICHTHYS STELLATUS (Pallas).
Gensan.
67. KAREIUS BICOLORATUS (Basilewsky).
Pleuronectes scutifer STEINDACHNER.
Gensan.
Family PTEROPSARID.
68. PARAPERCIS SNYDERI Jordan and Starks, new species.
Dorsal v-21; anal 17; scales 40; transverse oblique rows 3+ 10.
Head 32 in length; depth 43. Eye 33 in head; snout 33; interorbital
space 94; maxillary 24; height of caudal peduncle 24.
Body moderately elongate, a little compressed, head pointed as deep
as wide; the anterior profile descends in a regular curve from dorsal
to tip of snout. Jaws even, or the lower very slightly projecting.
Teeth fine, set ina rather broad band on each jaw, the outer series
enlarged. Small sharp teeth in narrow bands on vomer and palatines.
Maxillary reaching to below front of pupil. Interorbital space narrow
and flat, its width two-fifths of eye. Opercle with two. spines on its
posterior edge, the upper one larger than the lower, these on one or
both sides may be divided at the tips irregularly into 2 or 3 points.
Gill-rakers short 3+9 on first arch. Pseudobranchia large.
Scales everywhere roughly ctenoid; the spinules very numerous on
each scale and close set. Cheek closely covered with 4 longitudinal
rows of large scales; about three-fourths as large as those on the body.
Lateral line arched for the greater part of its length; the arch slightly
greater than the curve of the back.
Distance from tip of snout to first dorsal spine equal to distance
from tip of snout to pectoral base; distance from first dorsal spine to
first dorsal ray equal to distance from tip of snout to middle of eye.
Third dorsal spine the longest, contained three times in head. The
membrane of the last dorsal spine is slightly connected to base of first
ray. The last dorsal rays when depressed reach to base of caudal rays.
——
No. 1391. KOREAN FISHES—JORDAN AND STARKS. DAA
First anal ray half the diameter of the eye nearer tip of snout than
base of caudal. Anal coterminous with soft dorsal. Tip of inner
ventral ray reaches to base of second anal ray; its length 1) in head.
Length of pectoral equals length of caudal, which is 1} inhead. Caudal
truncate, its upper angle sharper than its lower.
‘olor light brown with 5 V-shaped dark blotches on back. A color-
less lateral band, below which are 8 or 9 blended elongate cross spots.
Head with several dark spots; a series of 3 or 4 white spots following
lower edge of subopercle. Lips dark brown, and a dark spot at tip of
mandible. Spinous dorsal dusky, soft dorsal opaque white with 3 or 4
small round transparent spots between each ray appearing like holes
in the membrane. Caudal similarly marked, but the colorless spots
are not confined to the membrane. A dark brown spot on base of
lower pectoral rays. Other fins colorless.
NNN
VQVvs
Fic. 10.—PARAPERCIS SNYDERI,
A specimen from Nagasaki, Japan, differs in having dark spots on
dorsal and caudal, and the anal dusky. A light band extends down-
ward from each eye.
This species differs from Parapercis cylindrica in having 40 instead
of 50 scales in lateral line, the ventrals and spinous dorsal shorter, and
the color markings different.
The type is labeled Korea without more definite locality. It is 97
mm. in entire length, and is numbered 51498, U.S. National Museum.
A cotype is in the collections of the Stanford University Museum.
It was collected at Nagasaki, by Jordan and Snyder.
Family CALLIONY MIDE.
69. CALLIONYMUS VALENCIENNESI (Schlegel)
Fusan.
Family BLENNIID.
70. PHOLIS TACZANOWSKI (Steindachner).
Gensan and Fusan.
2A PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
Family ZOARCID/E.
71. ZOARCES GILLII Jordan and Starks, new species.
Dorsal 84, XIX, 14; anal 80+. Head 53 inlength; depth10. Eye
5 in head; maxillary 24; snout 33.
Head not at all compressed, as wide as deep. Snout very blunt, its
upper surface on same curve with top of head, but toward its tip
bluntly angulated and turning steeply downward. Eye at extreme
upper profile of head. The interorbital space flat and wide; the
extreme width is contained 3% times in head; the bone, only 6% times;
the interorbital bone, is rather deeply concave for its full width, not
channeled along its middle.
Maxillary reaching to below posterior margin of pupil. Lower
jaw included. Teeth sharp and more irregular than in Z. clongatus, in
a single row except in front where 3 or 4 teeth on each side form a
double row. Gillrakers short and sharp; 3+14 on first arch.
Seales small, circular, and partially embedded; front of anal and
dorsal naked; breast behind base of ventrals with scales.
Second ray of dorsal is directly above gill opening
i
Fic, 11.—ZOARCES GILLI.
Front of anal twice the length of the head from tip of snout. Pee-
toral broad and rounded; its length 13 in head. Length of ventrals
% diameter of eye; tips of ventrals just reach to base of pectoral rays.
Color: Back light brown, abruptly changing to white at middle of
sides; a narrow, light band along back a little distance below base of
dorsal posteriorly separates the greater portion of the black color in
this region into a lateral band. Twelve large inconspicuous blotches,
larger than the spaces between them, along sides. Top of head dark
brown, the sides light brown with white spots marking the position of
small pores, lower part of head white. Dorsal, light dusky brown; a
very conspicuous large, dark-brown spot on front of dorsal, the dorsal
margined above it with white. Anal dusky, berdered with lighter
posteriorly; its greater part white. Other fins white.
This species differs from Z. elongatus in having a wide, flat inter-
orbital space; the eyes placed at the upper profile of head; in having
a longer spinous dorsal and particularly in color. A specimen of Z.
elongatus from Iwani in Shiribeshi, Japan, in the ichthyological col-
lection of Stanford University has the head compressed, the interorbital
strongly convex, the bone narrow, and high above the eyes.
The type and sole specimen is 24 em. in length. It was taken at
Fusan, Korea, by Jouy, and is numbered 453855, U. S. National Museum.
Named for Dr. Theodore Gill.
THE MOUNT VERNON METEORITE.
By Wirt TaAssiIn
J 9)
Assistant Curator, Division of Mineralogy.
The meteorite here described was found on the farm of Capt. S. T.
Fruit, in Mount Vernon Township, about 7 miles northeast of Hop-
kinsville, Christian County, Ky. Although known for some thirty-
five years, its meteoric origin was not suspected until 1902, and the
first published account and preliminary description was given by Dr.
George P. Merrill,“ in the American Geologist in 1903, from which
the following is taken:
The meteorite, which is a pallasite, has been known for some thirty-five years by
the occupant of the premises, where it served as a convenient stone on which to
clean boots after crossing the muddy fields. Although recognized as of a peculiar
type of stone, no suspicion of its meteoric nature was entertained, and it was only
when the zine and lead mining excitement of 1902 caused a sample of it to be sent to
Mr. E. O. Ulrich, of the United States Geological Survey, with a request for infor-
mation, that its true nature became known. It is through the influence of Mr.
Ulrich that the specimen was obtained for the National Museum.
Prolonged exposure has, naturally, brought about a great amount of oxidation
to the exterior portion of the material. More than that, the rough usage to which
the exposed portion was subjected and the breaking away of small masses by the
curious and the prospector, have so obscured the original form that little of value on
this subject can be said. The mass [Plate IIT], as it came to the Museum, is in the
form of a rude prism some 55 centimeters in height, with sides measuring 33 centi-
meters and 36 centimeters, respectively. Although badly oxidized, two of the sides
show rough pittings. The weight, as received, was 351 pounds (159.21 kilos).
GENERAL STRUCTURE AND COMPOSITION.
A cut surface (Plate IV) shows the mass to be a pallasite of the Kras-
nojarsk type (Pk), consisting essentially of nickel-iron occurring in
cohering spongiform or reticulated masses containing olivine and
varying amounts of troilite, schreibersite, carbon, chromite, and law-
rencite.
“Merrill, George P. A Newly-found Meteorite from Mount Vernon, Christian
County, Ky. American Geolcgist, xxx1, March, 1903, p. 156.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1392.
213
214. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXV=il.
The nickel-iron constituent comprises about one-third of the mass of
the entire surface as cut, and serves as & matrix in which are contained
rounded blebs of olivine varying in size from 1 to 30 millimeters in
diameter. Dislodging the olivine blebs will in general disclose a very
thin, black, specular film more or less completely lining the entire
cavity, and which is rich in carbon and usually contains some chlorine
as chloride, together with more or less sulphur as sulphide. Next to
this is frequently found a more or less continuous layer of sehret-
bersite or troilite, or both. These in turn are followed by the nickel-
iron constituent made up of kamacite, tenite, ete.
The olivine blebs are quite commonly penetrated by cracks in all
directions. These cracks may or may not be filled with other sub-
stances. In the former case they are charged either with metallic
iron, the black, specular chlorine-containing material above referred
to as commonly surrounding the olivine, and which often contains
chromite; with limonite (probably resulting from the oxidation of the
specular substance), and which also contains chromite; or, and this
but rarely, with schreibersite or troilite.
The mass contains, approximately, the following percentage com-
position, calculated from the results of several analyses:
CLI Vany Casas ee eee eee 63. 15
NBO ee Eigoieemee ee Sela as Sper ae Bd be
Schreibersiies a4 e422 see eee eee 195
MRP GUAGG ats goes eee ee oe . 69
Chromite] 4.22s25 eee ee eee eee eae 1. 00
Carbon.taccot 3-2 eoee es eee ae . 09
Chiorn@s <2 soc oc ee eee Trace.
This agrees fairly well with the composition of the mass as deter-
mined by the measurement of the areas of its constituents, the mean
of some three hundred measurements giving the following values:
Olivine: 2-202. 2.25 ese. Se eee eee 61. 75
Nickeél=irom 2.522 s255 oe eee 36.02
Schreibersites 2... 2a26. 45542 1.35
IRrOlites fesse eactae eee .38
THE MINERALOGICAL COMPOSITION.
Some 400 grams in all of the mass were taken for separation and
analysis, and in the several portions of this the following were
separated:
The nichel-iron alloy.—TVhis constituent approximates one-third of
the whole. It occurs in coherine spongiform masses of irregular
shapes, some of them measuring a centimeter along their greatest
diameters, while others are merely hair-like filaments.
Etching shows that the mass of the iron constituent is made up of a
darker colored alloy in which is seen fine lines of a tin-white color
(see figure), which are in part oriented and in part penetrate the mass in
NO, 1392. THE MOUNT VERNON METEORITE—TASSIN. 215
zigzag shapes. Bounding this eutectic is seen a band of bright, white
iron, which varies in width from a line to a millimeter.
Examined under the glass the mass of the iron constituent appears
to be made up of minute
octahedrons arranged in
fine lamellae, and consid-
ered as a unit may be de-
fined as a granular octahe-
drite containing more or
less numerous troilite and
schreibersite areas.
Two portions of this con-
stituent, each weighing 10
grams, were taken for
analysis, and after treating
with dilute acid for the
separation of schreibersite,
teenite, etc., were examined
as follows: In one the sili-
con, iron, aluminum, cop- SECTION (MAGNIFIED) SHOWING STRUCTURE OF THE
per, cobalt, nickel, and sul- me Re ee
phur were determined; in the other the carbon and phosphorus, with
the following results:
IOs SEO Rae ss oe ames ee ees 82. 520
INI Ck cls sean toes At ot Se cere 14. 044
Cola toes eee sree ce Nome ec aecehic . 949
(OOo Ne8 Se eRe eeerotes a See eee . 104
Sule uey teers See oe ee eae . 288
Sie ae ae segs 8 ee ace ace ees pee . 808
ANTI ONe oases ee eseo eos eeos es . 410
Carnhonvess se sacece ee aise ao . 465
Rinosplonusep ase ses] asec. seep ese ce . 390
Cinlgruineetes sae ose ete ee Trace.
Texnite occurs in very thin, brittle, tin-white lamelle, with a specific
gravity of 7 at 20.1° C., and having the following composition:
VOY 0s es tes, eee eae Se Mah te 63. 99
INTC Ke] Co ESE Ee as Se ee yeas = SOLUS
(Copallizaeees 2 aa coe ere ee cannes . 10
Coppen tees. arena eee ena 2 Trace.
ROS PH OnUS asec ae eee es . 04
The material was strongly magnetic, but did not possess polarity.
Schreibersite occurs fairly abundantly, approximating as it does 1.35
per cent of the mass by measurement and 1.95 per cent by analysis.
It is found bounding the olivine areas and occasionally penetrating or
contained in them. The more common occurrence is, however, as
blebs, veins, or filaments in the nickel-iron constituent. The mineral
has a brilliant tin-white color, is strongly magnetic, possessing polarity,
916 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
and in one meenee was mmidounrediye cry erie: ain “unfortunately,
the specimen was so brittle that it fell to pieces on attempting to
measure it.
An analysis gave the following:
ITON 2k onscreen mod Bee eee eee 64. 990
Nickel é2.sc< asec Si cer eco tee See 18. 905
Gobalt23. 2 ee a eee ae ee . 105
Phosphorusi.2 222 os acoso eee ae 15. 700
Coppers 222225522 co. se ee ee eee Trace.
Troilite occurs commonly associated with the black specular mate-
rial lining the cavities containing the olivine in the nickel-iron con-
stituent. It varies in its dimensions from a coating a line in thickness
to masses 2 or more millimeters thick by 10 millimeters in length.
Grains and flakes of troilite are occasionally contained in masses of
the nickel-iron alloy and may then be associated with schreibersite
areas. Further, it may occur as isolated grains or flakes and filling
cracks in the olivine areas.
The material analyzed was obtained by treating the metallic portion
with mercury bichloride, and after its solution separating the troilite
and schreibersite from carbon, silicates, etc., with the magnet and
from each other by lixiviation. The material thus obtained had a
specific gravity of 4.759 at 18> C. and the following composition:
IPon. os eosecae seek Joe tee eee 62. 99
es SET TA pe a eee ee ae Se apy > © eae rai lk . 79
CODaIts soo ecadctoe saute See oes Cee ee j
IPNOsphoruse.2 es eee seer eee ee Trace.
SulpbUT eae -2 ] -eeeeeee eee eee 36. 35
The specular material lining the olivine. cavities is essentially a
graphitic iron containing sulphur and chlorine. ‘The material analyzed
was far from being homogeneous, as it was separated mechanically
with the aid of a glass. The composition was as follows:
IitOii a. fot ce ae ee ee 84. 900
Nickel Ao tSs then eee eee eee ee oe
Ohiaifse a ee eee \ 5. O39
S1Ca. =. c.n 2s Sees ee 2. 990
Carbon s23 22 ae Se eee 2. 810
SUphUe = 25 << ace ee ees 1. 750
Phosphorus. s2a22 secures eeee eae 1.470
Chilonmneé: 52%. 6). ec ae2 eee eee . LOO
Alumina: osc325232 8 eee . 940
Chromite occurs quite abundantly, varying in size from microscopic
grains to a crystal 1 millimeter in diameter. The crystals are more
or less perfect octahedrons, rarely modified by other forms, and then
only by « 0 (110), as noted in one instance. They are brilliant black
No. 1392. THE MOUNT VERNON METEORITE—TASSIN. PG
in color with a metallic luster; nonmagnetic; have a specific gravity
of 4.49 at 18° C., with the following composition:
Chromicroxtde@messscee aoe. eee one. 64. 91
AUT al sees eee ee rar ee ers Sees fees 9. 85
IN SINGS agree eae ates ae en ete 4.96
HEEROUSIONIC GPa teen es ee ee 17. 97
SIL Came ep ae eer RE SCG te arly. 1.38
Olivine occurs in more or less rounded masses which, when care-
fully extracted, show well-marked facets. These facets are probably
not to be referred to any crystal forms, since no zonal relations could
be established after repeated measurements. The mineral is com-
monly brownish in color and only occasionally honey yellow. The
blebs are more or less cracked and the cracks filled with foreign mate-
rial, as graphitic iron, limonite, chromite, etc. Some of the clearest
grains, which under the glass were quite free from impurities, were
selected for analysis, with the following results:
SU Cay eee ee ae eae Ts ee oe ee 35. 70
ADE YES OVINE hee er ee, a ere Pent Meee 42. 02
IRETNOUSTO Xd C Cpe nee eee ee ee (a7)
Reni Conall Cape. te ee ee ee .18
PAN UNTO aes eet ents hoe Ree op .42
Mancvanese eta seas ao do oo Se oe eee 14
INiekeltomi deme ase ashe sees oe Si
INOS pMORUS aes sacs eee se eee Trace.
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII PL. III
THE MOUNT VERNON PALLASITE.
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII PL. IV
THE MOUNT VERNON PALLASITE.
Cross section, showing structure.
A Naka
ete
Cos aa
a
THE SCORPAINOID FISH, NEOSEBASTES ENTAXIS, AS
THE TYPE OF A DISTINCT GENUS.
By THEODORE GILL,
Honorary Associate in Zoology.
The description and figure by Jordan and Starks of their eoschastes
entawis” recalled the interest which the description of the typical
Neosebastes aroused in me many years ago. I have consequently exam-
ined the newly added species, and the examination has convinced me
of the aptness of the authors’ suggestion that their species ‘‘may rep-
resent a new genus.”
FIG. 1.—NEOSEBASTES SCORPHNOIDES. (AFTER McCoy.)
In most respects there is essential agreement between JV. scorpe-
noides and NV. entaxis, but the latter does not possess those characters
which were used to differentiate the genus. An excellent. figure and
description have been published by Sir F. McCoy,’ and they give the
means of comparison between the two.
The Neosebastes scorpenoides has thebody most convex near the nape,
and the rest of the back nearly rectilinear tailwards; the pectoral fins
have the ‘Supper rays longest” and the ‘‘lower rays branched, the
aProc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX VII, 1904, p. 120.
>Natural History of Victoria (pl. cxerrr).
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1393. 919
220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
lower one nearly or quite simple;” the spinous part of the dorsal has
the anterior spines slowly graduated (third longest), and the connect-
ing membrane between all the rays is only slightly emarginated and not
notched; the membrane between the anal spines is also merely notched.
The Neosebastes entaxvis has the body most convex far behind the
head and above the stomachal area, the back with only the last half
rectilinear tailwards; the pectoral fins have rounded margins (the
seventh and eighth rays being longest), and the lower ones (8) are
unbranched; the spinous part of the dorsal has the first three spines
rapidly graduated, and the connecting membrane between all is more
or less deeply notched; the membrane behind the first and second
anal spines is also deeply notched.
a
oP gg wks
Ran
Yh
é
Wise
we
we we
LF
aD
FIG, 2.—NEOSEBASTES ENTAXIS.
In fact, the difficulty of discrimination between the 1. entaas and
its relatives is not so much between it and V. scorpeno/des as between
it and Sebastodes and its near affines. From all such, however, the
species is separated by characters which it shares with .V. scorpxnoides
and which, indeed, led Jordan and Starks to refer it to the same genus:
** Suborbital stay and preopercle with a row of strong hooked spines;
dorsal spines very strong and long.” The combination of all these
characters, however, isolates the fish in question as the type of an
independent genus.
The genus thus indicated may be named Sebastosemus, from G&fBa0T Os,
august, elevated, and o7a, battle banner, in allusion to the high
ranked dorsal spines. The name is thus assimilated to many other
genera of the family.
The only known species is the Sehastosemus entaxis,
NOTE ON THE GENERA OF SYNANCEINE AND PELORINE
FISHES.
By THreopore GILL,
Honorary Associate in Zoology.
For a long time I have been in doubt respecting the application of
the name Synanceia and the consequent nomenclature of some other
genera of the same group. Complication has resulted by reason of
the intrusion of the incompetent Swainson into the field.
In 1801 Bloch and Schneider’s name Synanceja was published
(p. 194) with a definition, and the only species mentioned were named
as follows:
1. Horripa Synanceia horrida.
2. URANCSCOPA Trachicephalus uranoscopus.
3. VERRUCOSA Synanceia verrucosa.
4. DipacryLa Simopias didactylus.
5. RuspicunDAa Simopias didactylus.
6. PAprLLosus Scorpxna cottoides.
Two of the species having been withdrawn from the genus by Cuvier
to form the genus (lor (1817), and one to serve for the genus 7rachi-
cephalus (1839), the name Synanceja was thus restricted to the horrida
and werrucosa.
In 1839 Swainson attempted to reclassify the Synanceines and
named three genera, but on each of the three pages of his work (II,
pp. 61, 180, 268) in which he treats of those fishes he has expressed
different views.
On page 61 the names of Synanchia, Pelor, Erosa, Trichophasia, and
Hemitripterus appear as ‘‘ genera of the Synanchine” and analogues
of five genera of ‘* Scorpeenine.”
On page 180 the following names are given under the head of
Synanchine:
Agriopus.
Synanchia, with three subgenera, viz:
Synanchia.
Bufichthys.
Trachicephalus.
Trichodon.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. XXVIII—No, 1394.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04——15
bo
to
~—
922 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
On pages 267 and 268 another arrangement of the Synanchine or
** Hogfish” is given with quasi-definitions and designation of types, viz:
Agriopus.
Pelor.
Synanchia, with three subgenera, viz:
Synanchia (erosa)
Bufichthys (horrida).
Trachicephalus (elongatus).
Trichodon.
The definitions are, in a couple of cases, practically exchanged with
those on former pages, so that the equivalents are as follows:
P. 268. P. 61. Pp. 180, 181.
Synanchia. Arosa Bufichthys.
Bufichthys. Synanchia. Synanchia.
Trachicephalus. Trichophasia. Trachicephalus.
Which has priority ¢
The mutations being published at the same time, it may justly be
considered that we may have the right to accept the fullest expression
of opinion as the determining one. Still more, the data on the pre-
vious pages are too meager and defective otherwise to determine what
Swainson meant. It is only by comparison with the last exposition
that we are able to ascertain what was intended by his former schemes.
The preceding ones may be thus canceled, and the last is left to adopt
or otherwise, as the history of the nomenclature may indicate.
In 1874 P. Bleeker published a ** Révision des especes insulindiennes
de la famille des Synancéoides,” in which he recognized four genera,
exclusive of one not occurring in the region under consideration.
The four corresponded essentially to the Swainsonian (pp. 267, 268), as
follows:
Bleeker. Swainson.
Pelor. Pelor.
Synanceia. Bufichthys.
Leptosymanceia.
Polyeaulus. Trachicephalus.
The remaining genus was named Syndnchia after Swainson, and its
type was S. erosa.
In 1904 Jordan and Starks admitted four genera, having had no
occasion to mention the others. The four may be thus correlated with
genera admitted by Bleeker.
Jordan and Starks. Bleeker.
Synanceia. Synanceia.
Erosa. Synanchia.
Pelor. i
: \ Pelor.
Inimicus. f
The conclusions forced on the present writer agree essentially with
those reached by Jordan and Starks. As indicated by them, ‘* Syv-
NO 1394. ON SYNANCEINE AND PELORINE FISHES—GILL. Doe
anchia Swainson ” was little more than ‘a mere , misprint or vagary
of spelling for Synanceca.” It was, however, something more, for it
was the form which the old Romans would have adopted if they had
been called to latinize such a derivative from the Greek word ovvayyn.
In fact, they did so in the form synanche or cynanche, the source of the
English word quinsy. Therefore Synanchia was rather a proper cor-
rection of Synanceva than ‘‘a vagary of spelling.” Nevertheless, as the
original form Synanceta may be retained, and inasmuch as Swainson
merely used Synanch/a in place of Synaneccia, Bleeker’s usage was
quite illegitimate. Such being the facts, the synonyms of the several
genera apparently should be spread | in the following ‘manner:
SUBFAMILY SYNANCHIN 4.
Synanceinae Kaur, Archiv f. Naturg., 1873, I, p. 79
Synanceinae Gitt, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., VI, 1896, p. 135.
Synanceiinae JORDAN AND Starks, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,. XX VII, 1904, p. 93.
SYNANCEIA.
Synanceia Buocuu Syst. Ich., Schneider ed., p. 194.
Synanceia CuVIER AND VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., IV, 1829, p. 440.
Synanchia Swainson, Nat. Hist. Fish, ete., I, 1839, p. 180.
Bufichthys Swainson, Nat. Hist. Fish, etc., I], 1839, p. 268.
Synancidium Mtuier, Abhandl. k. Mead: Berlin, 1844, p. 163.
Synanceichthys BLEEKER, Onz. Not. Ich. Ternate in Ned. T. Dierk, I, p. 234.
Synanceia BLEEKER, Rev. Synanceoides, 1874, p. 10.
The genera Synanceia and Synancidium have been separated solely
on the ground that the former was supposed to have no vomerine
teeth while the latter had some. Bleeker has expressly declared that
the S. horrida sometimes has and sometimes has not vomerine teeth,
and that such variation may occur in old as well as young; consequently
the character has not even specific value and therefore the genera based
on such a character are worthless. There are differences in the struc-
ture of the head which might justify generic separation but, according
to Bleeker, the S. platyrhynchus is intermediate and nullifies the sig-
nificance of such characters.
EROSA.
Erosa Swatnson, Nat. Hist. Classif. Fishes, etc., II, 1839, p. 61.
Bufichthys Swarnson, Nat. Hist. Classif. Fishes, etc., II, 1839, p. 180.
Synanchia Swarnson, Nat. Hist. Classif. Fishes, etc., II, 1839, p. 268.
Synanchia BLEEKER, Rev. Synancéoides, p. 4, in Nat. Verh. Holl. Maatsch Wetensch.,
(3) I, No. 3, 1874:
Erosa JoRDAN and Starks, Proc, U. 8. Nat. Mus., X X VII, 1904, p. 156,
994 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVUI.
LEPTOSYNANCEIA.
Leptosynanceia BLEEKER, Rey. Synanceoides, 1874, p. 17.
A very distinct genus based on the Synanceia astroblepa of Rich-
ardson.“@
TRACHICEPHALUS.
Trachicephalus Swainson, Nat. Hist. Class. Fishes, ete., I1, 1839, pp. 181, 268.
Trichophasia Swainson, Nat. Hist. Class. Fishes, etc., I1, 1839, p. 61.
Polycaulus GGNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., II, 1860.
Uranoblepus Guu, Cat. Fishes E. C. N. Am., 1861.
The name Trachicephalus was rejected and substitutes proposed at
nearly the same time by Giinther (late in 1860) and Gill (early in 1861)
because of the similarity of Zrachicephalus and Trachycephalus. The
two, however, are etymologically distinct, the one referring to the
rough head (reayus, rough) and the other to the similarity of the head
to that of a Zrachinus, Swainson expressly declaring that ‘* Zrachicepha-
us” has the ‘* shape and general aspect of Zrachinus.” In other terms,
the two names are as distinct as MJacrocephalus and Microcephalus,
which have opposite meanings. — 7rachicephalus is therefore retained.
SUBRFAMILY INIMICIN 2.
Pelorine Gitu, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., VI, 1896, p. 135.
Pelorine JORDAN AND Starks, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XX VII, 1904, p. 93.
SIMOPIAS.
Les Synancées (Synanceia) §, Cuvier, Régne Animal, II, 1317, p. 286.
Les Pelors, Cuvirr, Régne Animal, II, 1829, p. 168 (not ‘‘ Pelor, Bonelli Mem. Acad.
uns LSl3? 7)
The name P¢/or can not be retained for this genus inasmuch as it had
been appropriated, in 1813 by Bonelli, for a genus of caraboid beetles;
this genus, though long regarded as a synonym of Zabrus, has been
revived by Ganglbaur as a subgenus under Zabrus.
The name here proposed as a substitute is a compound of the Greek
o1mos, snub-nose, oy, eye, with the suffix—zas; allusion is made to the
elevated supraorbital ridge and snout—the snubnosed high-orbited fish.
INIMICUS.
Inimicus JoRDAN AND Srarks, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX VII, 1904, pp. 93, 158.
Pelor sp. AUCT.
This group, established at the expense of or for those species
with the upper pectoral rays not prolonged, as in the typical species,
may be regarded as a mere subgenus of the old /%/or, and in that case
should be considered as the generic name, while S7mopias would fol-
low as a subgeneric designation for /’/or filamentosus.
« Zoology of the Voyage of the Sulphur, p. 69, pl. xxxrx.
NO. 1394. ON SYNANCEINE AND PELORINE FISHES—GILL. 995
NOTE ON SCORPANA FRONDOSA.
Inasmuch as much emphasis has been laid on the peculiar elevation
of the snout and orbits of the Pelors, it is in place to refer to a form
originally described as Scorpena frondosa,* which has analogous
characters. That species evidently does not belong to the genus Scor-
pena, and may be isolated as the type of a new one to be named
Rhinopias. It is well distinguished hy the excavated crown and ele-
RHINOPIAS FRONDOSA. (AFTER GUNTHER.)
vated nape and orbits, as well as by the elongated profile and upturned
snout; the pectorals have narrower bases, the ventrals more advanced,
and the vertical fins more elevated than in the typical Scorpene. The
Rhinopias frondosa of Mauritius is the only known species.
The figure accompanying the original description is here reproduced.
@Ginther, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1891, p. 483, pl. xxx1x.
ty
CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW
GENERA AND SPECIES.
By Cuaries D. Watcort,
Honorary Curator, Division of Stratigraphic Paleontology.
q , i Gray gt
The following genera and subgenera are referred to in this paper,
either in describing them or in referring new species to them: i
Protremata: Billingsella; Billingsella (Otusia); Nisusia; Nisusva
(Jamesella); Strophomena (Eostrophomena); Orthis (Plectorthis),;
Orthis (Orusia); Orthis (Finkelnburgia); Protorthis; Protorthis
(Loperia); Syntrophia, Polytachia; Swantonia.
Neotremata: Obolella; Acrotreta; Acrothyra,; Acrothele.
Atremata: [phidella; Hutorgina; Rustella; Dicellomus, Curticea,;
Quebeciay Elkania; Schuchertina; Obolus; Obolus (Lingulella); Obo-
lus (Lingulepis); Obolus ( Westonia).
This is the sixth paper resulting from the preliminary studies for
the monograph on the Cambrian Brachiopoda. These notes,” like
those that have preceded, are published in the hope that they may be
of service to students prior to the appearance of the monograph.
Genus BILLINGSELLA Hall and Clarke.
1857. Orthis Bittrnes, Report Geological Survey of Canada, p. 297.
1860. Orthis SHumarpD, Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci., I, p. 627.
« Note on the genus Lingulepis, Amer. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., III, 1897, pp. 404, 405.
Cambrian Brachiopoda: Genera Iphidea and Yorkia, with descriptions of new
species of each, and of the genus Acrothele, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XIX, 1897, pp.
707-718.
Note on the brachiopod fauna of the quartzitic pebbles of the Carboniferous con-
glomerates of the Narragansett Basin, Rhode Island, Amer. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., VI,
1898, pp. 327, 328.
Cambrian Brachiopoda: Obolus and Lingulella, with descriptions of new species,
Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., X XI, 1898, pp. 385-420.
Cambrian Brachiopoda: Obolella, subgenus Glyptias; Bicia; Obolus, subgenus
Westonia; with descriptions of new species, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X XIII, 1901, pp.
669-695.
Cambrian Brachiopoda: Acrotreta; Linnarssonella; Obolus; with descriptions of
new species, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., X XV, 1902, pp. 577-612.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1395. eee
a
998 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
1861. Orthisina Bituines, Geology of Vermont, I, p. 949, figs. 850-352.
1861. Orthisina BruLinas, Paleozoic Fossils, I, p. 10, figs. 11, 12.
1862. Orthisina Bruuinas, Paleozoic Fossils, I, p. 1388, fig. 115.
1863. Orthis HAL, 16th Rept. N. Y. State Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 184, pl. v1, figs. 23-27.
1863. Orthisina Bruuines, Geology of Canada, p. 284, fig. 289.
1867. Orthisina Haun, Trans. Albany Institute, V, p. 113.
1868. Orthis Harrr, Dawson’s Acadian Geology, Second Edition, p. 644,
fig. 2338.
1882. Orthis WuiTriIeELp, Geology of Wisconsin, IV, p. 170, pl. 1, figs. 4, 5.
1883. Orthis (Orthisina ?) Haut, Report of State Geologist, N. Y., pl. xxxvu,
figs. 16-19.
1884. Orthinina WuirrieLp, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., I, p. 144, pl. xiv, fig. 6.
1884. Orthis Waucott, Bull. No. 10, U. 8. Geol. Survey, p. 17, pl. 1, figs. 1, la-d.
21884. Orthis Waucotr, Mongr. U. 8. Geol. Survey, VIII, p. 22, pl. 1x, figs. 8, 8a.
1886. Orthisina Waucotr, Bull. No. 30, U. S. Geol. Survey, pp. 120-122, pl. vn,
figs. 5-7.
1886. Orthis Matruew, Trans. Roy. Soc. of Canada, Sec. IV, p. 43, pl. v, figs.
20a-c; (?) p. 42, pl. v, figs. 18a-c.
1892. Billingsella Hatu and CiarKe, Pal. New York, VIII, Pt. 1, p. 280.
1896. Orthis (Billingsella) Sarprson, Bull. Minnesota Acad. Nat. Sci., IV,
p. 96.
1897. Billingsella ScHucHERT, Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey, No. 87, p. 158.
Diagnosis.—Shell subquadrate or subsemicircular in outline. Con-
tour unequally biconvex or plano-convex. Shell punctate. (4) Surface
striate or plicate. Ventral valve with the greatest convexity; cardinal
area moderately high, slightly inclined outward; delthyrium covered
by a convex plate which in the tvpe species B. coloradoensis has a
minute perforation near the apex; teeth well developed, with dental
plates extending to the bottom of the umbonal cavity and forming the
sides of a small area opposite the delthyrium, where the pedicle mus-
cle was probably attached. In the dorsal valve the cardinal area is
strongly inclined, but less than 90° to the plane of the valve. The
delthyrium is partially covered by a convex chilidium, or it may be
altogether absent. Cardinal process single.
Type.— Orthis coloradoensis Shumard.
Observations. —Messrs. Hall and Clarke founded the genus on Orthis
pepina Hall, which is a synonym of Orthis coloradoensis Shumard.
The material from the limestones of Texas in the collections of the
Survey show the form of the teeth in the ventral valve, also the delti-
dium and the minute perforation near its apex. Messrs. Hall and
Clarke state in their diagnosis that ‘‘in rare instances [it] may be
minutely perforated at the apex,” but do not name the species in
which the perforation occurs or where the specimens showing it are
to be found. All the species known to me are biconvex or plano-
convex; none are concavo-convex as defined by Messrs. Hall and
Clarke.
The genus is essentially orthoid, but it differs in the presence of the
arched deltidium and its general aspect.
No. 1395.
CAMBRIAN aos CHIOPODA— WALCOTT.
229
The species may be Erouped: on ee pene. into ok ceine
as follows:
1. Costate:
. 2appalachia.
. coloradoensis.
dice.
. exporrecta.
hicksi.
. Lindstrom.
major.
. obscura.
. orientalis.
. pumpellyt.
. richthofent.
. romingert.
. striata.
2. Smooth costate:
B. plicatella.
3. Smooth striate:
B. highlandensis.
4. Smooth:
B. ? anomala.
B. harlanensis.
B. saffordi.
B. salemensis.
B. whitfieldi.
Hobe h dbase ess
Of the species referred to the genus, Bi//ingsella exporrecta is one
that departs from the typical species in the absence of a convex delti-
dium; whether this is owing to the absence of a deltidium originally
or to its accidental removal from the specimens studied, is undecided.
The species referred to Billingsel/a are:
Cambrian.
Name. SSS Ord.
L. on U.
1. PaMOMALA, NEW SPECIES ..-- 2... 2c eeee sens cece erence nee s cence neem seen ee en [ene e ne XS | |pecseslies ce
2. ?appala achia, Wew SPOClES senate setae eis eee heon «setae chanics Jecisec loses ca ense Xe | Pesce
CMM, CLOGS TSI S MUTILATI 998 8S cratareie oe wialc's <i siatneteisisjesiai= aeisiai sic Seleise Saisisis aeisicless!| ciaiseieis x > iil aces
BRC EMC WAS DE CICS Sate Neem ae a noe n= Foe neee nce Cannine Sob ee semmacece+|seecec|seeced|e ena x
FOLD OLNCCI URC eT Ae ete toi epee na) fie tare Sera ele nie cele eieinle cinieine Dicieloete nicl alee [Sys nate > i eae i See
exporrecta var. rugosicostata, new variety ..........-.--.--.---------------]------ St | Seen | cee
Cm OTLONCNSTS mle Wi SPECIES aseismic eee cele Seicteco sence eenescemise siciceeiewccse ie scnc >. ial eee cseeaees
7. hicksi (Salter) ELVA SOM eee aeteisie seine a ceretere re eeicisiay- wie claleleiea atstoeieie eis sitinetsicni| sissies 5 X allbtoceoleesees
Ren LPONLOUNACTSTSAW BG Ole ee neni hae teins se cols cers siete OSI ic neinice lel ee s|ieete craic > ql esoerss| eae
PEALE SLY ONC LAL TAT SSO UM ae Seis ea acioe, ina asec isis iersecclersiw es Sees is ale Seicietmvacie cwicwsisie |e aen's Xe slliesemata| esas
RTI OU OIE TLC WAS DCCIOR tei riela atatmreleelelo etetare stars ele als laletaiel aici eain tee metal imieiele(etewieis oll ale <iel=|| i= -/=i= = Roe | cise
IE OUSCIMON ME WAS PECICN cman Ge cae cater eecu scence et tcmae ac etteccebbesec| secede Xi Sscace| eee
Lay GEST HAS Ny WETUTT SI Cala sO i eR CC AC: Weal eG Ra >. a ea ests beeeeee
Heep LECOLCILG E11 © WAS PC CLES (a atatatat relat lola atatalelarayatetel= a aye laieyal= loins ehayeceletersiaial«isteleininleiaiwieie'==/-|'='ein=t= =| in =e > Gn a neee
BEM DCU YLANG WAS DECIOSI secceee oe tose cne cnc mee ne cae oaceine 2 steie siccisic|e.cicce > Gad OEE Cera
ee TeCEL0/ CNT CWiSPCClOSEY. = Soe/-coniaets «lon aaa le aare nce cbisscng eenwe cwaceecce a [eoecen KP 4 |e see
MOM OCTUD ATED a (SPs) eaccieces os satiscciss osc ttecielectemetia acon eace cesses sass |coses Xs [peters lees
MES COONCUMILG WASP CCIES IS ane te since Sas crcnine inetd cine rials Sena eee cia chiswickeicwes|seesce By 4|sceoan|eesese
MSPESOLCNLETISTS! Wis CO biases = am.- snacein cs ce cacee cseminnee canines cscs sameccetcsa sees 3 WW hesoosl b6ases| Sseosce
ROMENEN OL RL) CWESPCClOS re ole issn inis.<loeiceatee aes coterie nieacinseem aatinaiscins oaae|ase- <i KX) [5-c25slts 2225
PE ELOLCLO CaN ECO Use een sat eennra es semaine sleieinie eiceracielecieisiieniesie/eeivis Sabenons 36 {sbeesel Saadsal bSo085
Otusia, new subgenus of Billingsella.
HERO IESTC) RSOUTUCU CHOU ViRTLC LL Cll trepeitere pe niseteteletata te ss aes te eee crer eee einiate eis cise cisicieis | isla miclellia «sacs Bo | beside
930 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
—————
BILLINGSELLA ? ANOMALA, new species.
Shell subquadrilateral, with the dorsal valve transverse. On the
ventral valve the cardinal line slopes toward the beak at an angle of
from 15° to 20°, while in the dorsal valve it is nearly straight. The
greatest width of the valves is about the middle of the shell. Owing
to compression and consequent distortion there is considerable varia-
tion in the relative proportions of length and breadth. The cardinal
angle is acute, in some instances extending out some distance beyond
the widest portion of the shell, resembling in this respect the cardinal
angles of some of the Stromphomenide. All of the specimens are so
compressed in the shale that little is preserved of their natural con-
vexity. A low, broad, mesial sinus occurs on the dorsal valve, and
there is a slight flattening of the anterior central portion of the ven-
tral valve.
The surface is marked by fine, radiating striz that are increased in
number toward the front by the addition of interstitial strive, giving
a fasciculate appearance to the surface. The radiating striz are
crossed by concentric lines of growth and fine strie. The surface as
described occurs in one specimen, all other specimens being nearly
smooth. This, however, may arise from maceration and flattening
out of the surface characters by compression. The interior of the
shell appears to have been covered by minute puncte.
The largest specimen of the collection has a transverse diameter of
14mm. The average size of the ventral valve is about 8 mm. in
height by 8 mm. in width.
Cardinal area about one-fifth the height of the shell. It is marked
by transverse strive of growth that cross it parallel to its base.
Delthyrium rather broad. No traces of the deltidium have been
observed. Cardinal area of the dorsal valve short. It is divided
midway by a strong delthyrium. Nothing is known of the interior
characters except the presence of short crura in the dorsal valve.
Observations. —TVhis shell occurs quite abundantly in the very tine,
butf-colored, argillaceous shales of the Coosa Valley Cambrian section.
There is doubt as to its surface characters, as only one specimen found
in the same beds has radiating strie. All others appear to be nearly
smooth. Its strongest character is the extension of the cardinal angle.
Owing to the imperfection of the material the generic reference is
doubtful.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian, Coosa Valley shales.
Cowan Creek section. Edwards farm, near Craigs Mountain, Chero
kee County, Alabama.
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 231
BILLINGSELLA? APPALACHIA, new species.
The outline of the dorsal valve is rounded subquadrate. The height
and width of the ventral valve are about the same. Dorsal valve
slightly transverse.
The surface is marked by round, very fine, radiating coste, and
lines of growth, with very fine interstitial concentric strive.
The average size of the ventral valve is about 10 mm. in height
with an equal width. The largest shell observed was a ventral valve
with a width of 14 mm.
Cardinal area of the ventral valve rather low. It isdivided midway
by a rather strong delthyrium.
Observations.—This shell in form and size is much like that of 2?
anomala. It differs in strongly marked surface characters. All the
specimens are flattened in the shale by compression, and nothing is
known of the interior characters.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Rogersville shales.
Four miles northeast of Rogersville, on roadside just east of Harlan’s
Knob, Tennessee.
BILLINGESLLA COLORADOENSIS Shumard.
Orthis coloradoensis SHUMARD, Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci., I, 1860, p. 627.
Orthis pepina Haru, 16th Rept. N. Y. State Cab. Nat. Hist., 1863, p. 134, pl. v1,
figs. 23-27.
Orthis pepina Hau, Trans. Albany Institute, V, 1867, p. 113.
Orthis pepina WuitTFIELD, Geol. Wisconsin, IV, 1882, p. 170, pl. 1, figs. 4, 5.
Orthis? (Orthisina?) pepina Hatt, 2d Ann. Rpt. N. Y. State Geologist, 1883,
pl. xxxvu, figs. 16-19.
Billingsella pepina Hatt and CriarKke, Pal. New York, VIII, 1892, Pt. 1, pl.
vil, figs. 18-19; pl. vita, figs. 7-9.
Orthis (Billingsella) pepina Sarpeson, Bull. Minnesota Acad. Nat. Sci., IV,
1896, p. 96.
Billingsella coloradoensis ScuucHeErt, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Sur., No. 87, 1897, p. 158.
Billingsella coloradoensis Waucorr, Mongr. XXXII, U. 8. Geol. Survey, Pt. 2,
1899, p. 450, pl. Lx1, figs. 1, 1 a-d.
Shell usually transverse, but in many examples the ventral valve is
longer than wide. The general outline is irregularly subquadrate to
subsemicircular. On the ventral valve the hinge line slopes toward
the beak at a low angle, while in the dorsal valve it is nearly straight.
' In some individuals the greatest width is at the hinge line. In others
it is at about the middle. There is considerable variation in the rela-
tive proportions of length and breadth.
The ventral valve is slightly more convex than the dorsal. The
degree of convexity of the two valves varies considerably in specimens
from different localities. Some of the ventral valves from the Hudson
beds at Franconia, Minnesota and the young shells from Trempealeau,
Wisconsin are strongly convex.
932 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII,
A low, broad, mesial sinus occurs on nearly all specimens of the
dorsal valve, being strongest in the young shells, and occasionally ¢
shallow sinus is clearly defined on the ventral valve. It is quite rare
to find a well-marked median fold on the ventral valve.
The surface is marked by sharply rounded, fine, radiating coste,
crossed by fine, concentric lines of growth, and very fine, slightly
undulating concentric striz. The size and sharpness of the radiating
costs vary greatly in specimens from the same bed at the typical
locality in Texas. Shells occur with strong, rounded costie, and no
traces of fine, elevated lines between, while others show from one to
four or more lines that start at varving distances from the beak. The
imbricating lines of growth give a concentrically ridged aspect to
some shells, while others are nearly smooth from beak to frontal
margin. The increase in the number of coste is by interpolation, not
by bifurcation.
There is considerable variation in the size of the shell. The largest
specimens from Texas have a transverse diameter of 19 mm., with a
heighth of 14 mm. for the dorsal valve,and about 18 mm. for the ven-
tral valve. Specimens of the ventral valve from the Yellowstone
National Park have a height of 14 mm. with a width of 15 mm.
Cardinal area of ventral valve moderately high. It is marked by
transverse strie of growth that cross it parallel to its base and arch
over the convex deltidium. The plane of the area extends backward
at an angle of about 10° to the plane of the margin of the shell. The
delthyrium is strong and covered by a convex deltidium, the front
margin of which arches back about one-fifth the length of the del-
thyrium; the deltidium is marked by concentric strie of growth and
fine radiating lines and a minute perforation near its apex. The cardi-
nal area of the dorsal valve is short as compared with the ventral
valve. It extends backward at an angle of about 45° to the plane of
the margin of the valve. It is divided midway by a strong delthyrium,
which is covered about half its distance by a convex chilidium.
In the interior of the ventral valve the hinge teeth appear to be sup-
ported by dental plates that extend down to the bottom of the valve
and bound the tripartite umbonal space opposite the delthyrium, into
which the vascular sinuses extend on each side of the diductor muscle
impressions, or their path of advance. The traces of the vascular sys-
tem are confined to the main vascular trunks, which extend forward
nearly to the front margin, where in some examples they are bifur-
cated. The inner branch extends in toward the median line, disap-
pearing in the numerous radiating depressions near the margin. The
lateral branches appear to connect with the peripheral canal.that arches
about the space, probably occupied by the ovarian areas, between
itself and the main vascular trunks. The spaces for the attachment of
the muscles between the main vascular trunks appear to have been
NO. 1395, 'AMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA—WALCOTT. Joo
quite large, extending forward to the anterior fifth of the length of the
valve, but no subdivisions indicating the points of attachment of the dif-
ferent muscles have been detected. The pedicle muscles were prob-
ably attached to the elevated posterior portion of this central area. In
some casts this posterior area is scarcely elevated above the plane
of the interior. In others it is quite prominent.
In the interior of the dorsal valve the interior of the deltidial cavity
supports a small, well-developed cardinal process or callosity, and a
slight, narrow, median ridge occurs just in advance of the deltidial
cavity. The crura are short and well defined, with relatively shallow
dental sockets beside them. The cardinal process and crura vary in
size and length in shells from the same locality. The only traces of
the muscle scars observed show the anterior adductor impressions.
The vascular trunks of the dorsal valve diverge from the central line
about the center of the shell after passing around the adductor muscle
impressions.
Observations.—The average size of the typical specimens from Texas
is from 10 to 14 mm. in height for the ventral valve, the width being
about the same. At one locality on Morgan’s Creek several dorsal
valves were found that have a width of 18 mm., with a height of
12mm. This may possibly indicate a variety or distinct species, but
with the material in the collection it is impossible to determine it
definitely. The shells from the upper Mississippi Valley in Wisconsin
and Minnesota average about the same size as the typical forms from
Texas. The young shells are much more convex. The material from
the Gallatin Range, Yellowstone National Park, is also much like that
from Texas, but that from the limestone near Malad City, Idaho,
while containing typical shells, also has specimens as large as those
from Morgan’s Creek, Texas.
Billingsella major differs from B. coloradoensis in the character of
the surface striation, also in its larger size. LB. plicatel/a is a unformly
smaller and more convex shell, and also has distinct surface characters.
The same is true of B. striata.
This species has a wide geographic range that extends from Texas
to Missouri, Minnesota, and Wisconsin, and westward into Montana,
Wyoming, and Idaho. Its vertical range in Texas is limited to the
upper portion of the Middle Cambrian, and in Wisconsin and Minne-
sota to the St. Croix sandstone from the upper portion of the zone of
the Middle Cambrian horizon nearly through the zone of the Upper
Cambrian fauna; in Idaho to the Middle Cambrian; in the upper Gal-
latin Valley of Wyoming to the Upper Cambrian; and probably the
same horizon in the Gallatin Valley below in Montana. There does
not appear to be any specific variation in the shells from Texas, the
upper Mississippi Valley, and the Upper Cambrian of Wyoming.
Formation and locality. —Middle and Upper Cambrian.
934 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. xxvun
In Texas abundant in the limestones of the Middle Cambrian, at
Packsaddle Mountain, Llano County; at Morgan’s Creek, Honey
Creek, and Coal Creek Canyon in Burnett County.
In Wisconsin, Middle Cambrian at Trempealeau, below the fifth trilo-
bite bed; also in the uppermost horizon of the Upper Cambrian at
that locality; Middle Cambrian zone at Hudson, at bluff near city and
4 miles from Readsburg; Osceola Mills quarry in suburbs of village
near St. Croix River; Berlin; Winona; Alma; and Menominee.
In Minnesota, 4 miles southeast of Lake City; River Junction,
Houston, 20 miles below Dresbach; Red Wing; Reads Landing, foot of
Lake Pepin; Minneiska.
In Missouri, casts of this shell occur in the thin-bedded magnesian
limestones 50 feet above the conglomerate series in St. Francois County,
collected by Dr. Frank Nason; at about the same horizon in Iron
County, in sec. 22, T. 85, R. 1 E., collected by Mr. D. K. Gregor.
In Montana, Spring Hill Canyon, west side of Bridger Range; east
and west sides of Dry Creek above Pass Creek, Gallatin Valley; north
and east Gallatin River, near Hillsdale.
In Idaho, Gallatin limestone 3 miles southeast of Malad City; also,
2 miles southeast of Malad City in limestone resting on the Flathead
sandstones.
In Wyoming, Gallatin limestone on the divide at the head of Sheep
Creek, Teton Range; Crowfoot section, Gallatin Range; also on the
north stope of the Crowfoot Ridge on the south side of the Gallatin
Valley, and on the divide between Panther Creek and the Gallatin
River.
As far as known the species occurs in association with the Middle
Cambrian fauna in Texas, Wisconsin, Minnesota, and Idaho. In the
Teton and Gallatin Ranges, Wyoming, however, it occurs at the upper
limit of the Cambrian.
BILLINGSELLA DICE, new species.
In general formand surface this shell is related to B. romingert. It
differs from the latter in its strong dental plates.
Formation and locality.—Lower Ordovician (7?) The specimens of
this shell are from a drift bowlder found near St. Albans, Vermont.
The lithological characters of the matrix point to the arenaceous lime-
stones of the Phillipsburgh formation just north of the United States
and Canadian boundary as the source of the bowlder.
BILLINGSELLA EXPORRECTA Linnarsson.
Orthis exporrecta Linnarsson, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet. Acad. Handlingar,
III, 1876, No. 12; Brach. Paradoxides Beds of Sweden, p. 12, pl. u, figs.
13-19; pl. 111, figs. 20, 21.
Orthis exporrecta Kayser, Cambrische Brach, von Lian Tung, China, Richthofen,
IV, 1893, p. 35,
No. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 935
Shell transversely subsemicircular; with the hinge line usually a
little shorter than the greatest width. In a few examples it is a trifle
longer; the cardinal angles are obtusely angular. The proportions
between the length and breadth vary. The ventral valve is consider-
ably more convex than the dorsal. It is evenly rounded while the dorsal
valve usually has a flattening of the median area, and sometimes a slight,
broad sinus: The surface is marked by numerous radiating costz and
very fine concentric striz between the cost, and a few visible lines of
growth. The cost are rounded, usually, but not always, broader than
the interspaces and continuous from the umbo to the front and lateral
margins; they appear to be quite regular, although varying much in
size, and increasing somewhat irregularly by interpolation of new
coste; this usually occurs near the umbo, but may occur near the middle
of the valve. The largest ventral valve in the collection has a length
of 9 mm. and breadth of 11 mm. Dorsal valve, length 7 mm., breadth
10 mm. Cardinal area of ventral valve high and overhanging the
posterior margin. The delthyrium is large and appears to have just
a trace of a deltidium about its sides. Cardinal area of dorsal valve
short and slightly inclined forward; it is divided midway by a broad
delthyrium, which is divided by a strong cardinal process.
In the interior of the ventral valve, strong, main, vascular sinuses
extend well forward toward the front margin; the cast of the umbonal
cavity opposite the delthyrium shows a tripartite division, the center of
which is the area of the path of advance of the diductor muscle impres-
sions, and those on each side appear to be the posterior portion of the
main vascular sinuses. The anterior edge of the cavity is marked by a
sharp, elevated, forward arching ridge that extends to the teeth on either
side; the dental plates appear to have extended to the bottom of the
valve, and to have bounded the sides of the triangular umbonal cavity
opposite the delthyrium.
The interiors of the dorsal valves are beautifully preserved. The
cardinal process, crura, crural plates, area, anterior and posterior
adductor muscle scars and vascular sinuses are very distinct; the dental
sockets are shallow, but clearly shown. In one specimen there appear
to be two lateral supporting septa to the thickening before the crural
plates that bound the spaces occupied by the point of attachment of
the diductor muscles. Doctor Linnarsson describes the cardinal proc-
essas triangular. 1 find it both :traight, subtriangular, and triangular.
A short median septum is shown in some shells, but usually the strong,
slightly rounded, flattened, median ridge does not carry it.
Observations.—This is one of the most variable species of the genus
both in external, and, as far as known, internal characters. It is very
abundant but interiors of the ventral valve are rarely met with in good
condition.
236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Doctor Linnar sson compares QO. exporrecta with Orthis hickst which
appeared to be the most nearly related, pointing out that it differed
in having fewer and coarser ribs, less pointed beak and lower area.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Zone of Paradoxides
forchhammert. Jinnarsson’s localities are Kinnehulle, Lovened and
Gudhem in Westrogothia; also at several places in Nesike; at Sddra
Mockleby in Oland; and in loose stones at Lillviken in Jemtland. In
strata with Agnostus laeviqgatus at Carlstors in Westrogothia, Sweden.
The specimens I have illustrated were collected by M. Schmalensee
in Westrogothia.
BILLINGSELLA EXPORRECTA, var. RUGOSICOSTATA, new variety.
Orthis hicksi Lrnnarsson, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet. Acad. Handlingar, III,
1876, No 12; Brach. Paradoxides Beds of Sweden, p. 13, pl. 11, figs. 22, 23.
Doctor Linnarsson recognized that this shell was not the same as his
Orthis exporrecta and placed it provisionally under Orthis hicks7, call-
ing attention to the fact that it was nearly related to O. exporrecta.
With a fine series of specimens for comparison I place the shell as a
variety of 2. exporrecta. It is characterized by its strong irregular
coste. Doctor Linnarsson indicated as the most important differences;
‘**ventral valve less convex; cast of diductor muscle scars less distinct;
dorsal valve more convex and muscle scars more strongly marked;
radiating ribs in the casts fewer, stronger, and more angular.” All
of the differences exist when we compare the extreme forms, but with
a good series of specimens most of them pass gradually into forms that
are typical of B. exporrecta.
Formation and locality. —Middle Cambrian. Zone of Paridoxides
Jorchhammert. Doctor Linnarsson found this shell at Kinnekulle and
Lovened in Westrogothia and at Sddra Méckleby in the island of
Oland, Sweden. The specimens I have illustrated were collected by
M. Schmalensee in Westrogothia.
BILLINGSELLA HARLANENSIS, new species.
The general form and convexity of this shell is similar to that of 2.
plicatella. It differs in having a nearly smooth surface marked only
by fine concentric striae and a few traces of sharp radiating coste.
The interior of the ventral valve has very strong main vascular sin-
uses and a deep, sharply defined, tripartite umboral area opposite the
delthyrium; the tripartite area is much like that in B. coloradoensis
and BL. exporrecta. ‘The main vascular sinuses pass directly back across
the ridge in front of the tripartite area and occupy the two lateral
divisions of the area. The interior of a dorsal valve, shows an abnor-
mal arrangement of the vascular markings and muscle scars.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Limestone layers in
Rogersville shale, 4 miles northeast of Rogersville and 11 miles north-
west of Knoxville, Tennessee.
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. Dork
BILLINGSELLA HICKSI (Saiters( Davidson. )
Orthis hicksi (Salter MS.) Davipson, Geol. Mag., V, 1868, p. 314, pl. xvi, figs.
17-19.
Orthis hicksi Davipson, Brit. Foss. Brach., III, 1871, p. 230, pl. xxxiu, figs.
13-16.
Orthis hicksi Kayser, Cambrische Brach. y. Lian Tung, China, Richthofen, IV,
1893, p. 35.
Original description.—Shell small, transversely oval; hinge-line shorter than the
greatest breadth of the shell; cardinal angles rounded. Dorsal valve semicircular,
moderately convex, slightly longitudinally depressed along the middle. Ventral
valve convex, deeper than the opposite one. Area triangular, moderately wide; sur-
face of valves ornamented by about ten principal, narrow, radiating ribs, with wide
interspaces between each pair, in the middle of which is situated a shorter rib.
Length about 4, width 5 lines.
Obs.—Orthis hicksi is a scarce fossil, and very rarely found, even in a passably com-
plete condition. It was discovered by Mr. Hicks in the middle (sandstone) beds of
the Menevian group at Ninewells and Porth-y-rhaw, near St. Davids, and is the oldest
species of the genus on record. It has not been hitherto found in North Wales, nor,
to my knowledge, in any other locality.
This shell is most nearly related to B. exporrecta. It differs in its
more rounded form, fewer radiating ribs and muscle area of ventral
valve.
Formation and locality.x—Middle Cambrian. Menevian sandstone,
as stated above.
BILLINGSELLA HIGHLANDENSIS Walcott.
Orthis ? highlandensis Waxcort, Bull. U. S. Geol. Sur. No. 30, 1886, p. 119, pl.
vill, figs. 3, 38a, 3b.
Orthis highlandensis Watcotr, Tenth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Sur., 1891, p. 612,
pl. uxxu, figs. 5, 5a, 5b.
Shell transversely oval or subrotund. Front broadly rounded and
nearly straight in the dorsal valve. On the ventral valve the cardinal
line slopes toward the beak at an angle of about 20°, while in the dor-
sal valve it is less than 10°. The greatest width is about the middle of
the shell. The ventral valve is moderately convex, being most ele-
vated toward the beak, which is slightly arched over to the cardinal
margin.
A dorsal valve associated in the same hand specimen of limestone is
more convex than the ventral valve. The cardinal line is shorter at
the greatest width of the shell. The median fold is but slightly raised
above the general surface, although the front margin has a low, broad
_ arch for the reception of the fold of the ventral valve.
There is a slight flattening in the central portion of the ventral valve
that in some specimens forms a low, broad, mesial sinus toward the
front margin. :
The surface is marked by concentric lines of growth; otherwise it
appears to be smooth. Interior casts of the valves show fine, radiat-
Proc. N. M. vol. xx viii—04——16
238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
ing stria toward the front. ina number of partially exfoliated shells
the shell is shown to be thick and apparently solid, having been replaced
by calcite.
The average sized ventral valve has a heighth of 13 mm. with a
width of 16 mm. One dorsal valve is 17 mm. in width.
Cardinal area of the ventral valve unknown except that its plane
extends backward at an angle of about 10° or 15° to the plane of ee
margin of the shell.
Casts of the interior of the ventral valve show that the dental plates
extend down to the bottom of the valve, supporting distinctly defined
hinge teeth. The traces of a vascular system are limited to the main
vascular trunks, which extend forward well toward the front margin,
very much as in 2. coloradoensis. In one cast there is a strong fur-
row extending from a median furrow obliquely outward to each main
vascular sinus. The median furrow extends backward to the apex of
the cast that filled the space beneath the umbo and the deltidium.
This portion of the cast is also marked by fine vertical venation. In
another cast there is a very narrow median furrow. These median
furrows probably indicate the beginning of a septum that in later
forms connected the deltidium with the shell. Nothing is known of
the interior of the dorsal valve.
Ohservations.—The original description of this species was based
upon material from which the preceding description is taken, also a
specimen now referred to another species in which the area is nearly
perpendicular.
This species is strongly characterized by its nearly smooth surface,
in having the dorsal valve more convex than the ventral, and the
presence in the ventral valve of a sharp ridge beneath the umbo,
indicating the beginning of the growth of a median septum.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. In the limestone with
Olenellus gilberti, Olenoides levis, ete., at Pioche, and also on the west
side of the Highland Range, 11 miles north of Bennett’s Springs, and
at the south end of the Timpahute Range, Groome District, Nevada.
BILLINGSELLA LINDSTROMI Linnarsson.
Orthis lindstromi Linnarsson, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet. Acad. Handlingar,
III, 1876, No. 12; Brach. Paradoxides Beds of Sweden, p. 10, pl.1, figs. 1-8;
pl. u, figs. 9-12.
The general description of B. coloradoensis applies to this species.
The casts of the interior have the same general flatness of appearance
and the exterior surfaces are not unlike. In detail the two differ
materially. The radiating coste of B. /éndstrumi are usually stronger;
the umbo of the ventral valve is more prominent and the beak more
incurved. The interior of the ventral valve shows shorter main vas-
cular sinuses and more limited ovarian areas.
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 239
Doctor Linnarsson gives a fine series of illustrations of the interior
of the ventral valve, which shows that there is considerable variation
in the position of the vascular markings. He states that the small
cardinal process appears to be bifid. I find it single in a natural cast
in the limestone from Alunbruk. There is also a narrow median sep-
tum as in the dorsal valve of 2B. coloradoensis.
Doctor Linnarsson writes:
I do not know any species with which this can be confounded. At least the adult
specimens are always easily recognized. In the young ones the characters are less
marked, especially in the dorsal valves. The interior and the internal cast of the
ventral valve is in all stages of growth easily recognized.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Zone of Paradoxides
Sorchhammer?. WKinnekulle and Lovened in Westrogothia, Island of
Oland, at Sédra Méckleby and Alanbruk, Sweden. Doctor Linnars-
son also found it in loose stones at Lillviken Jemtland. The speci-
mens I have illustrated were collected by M. Schmalensee at Alanbruk.
BILLINGSELLA MAJOR, new species.
In general form and convexity this shell is related to 2B. coloradoensis.
It differs from it in being larger and in having coarser radiating ribs.
It is the Upper Cambrian representative of the latter species.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Fine grained, buff
colored sandstone in excavation on Wells’ farm, 2 miles west of Bar-
aboo, Wisconsin.
BILLINGSELLA OBSCURA, new species.
This species is founded on a single dorsal valve that occurs in the
form of a cast in sandstone. It is transverse, width 18 mm., height
13 mm.; moderately convex with a slightly defined mesial flattening
that broadens out nearly to three-fifths the width of the shell at the
front margin. The surface of the cast is marked by a few faintly
defined, rather broad coste.
The shell is much like the large dorsal valves of B. coloradvens’s.
It differs in its broader frontal margin and median flattening.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Thin bedded sand-
stones just above the massive Tonto sandstone near the head of Nun-
koweap Valley, Grand Canyon of the Colorado, Arizona.
BILLINGSELLA ORIENTALIS Whitfield.
Orthisina orientalis Wuirrietp, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., I, 1884, p. 144,
pl. x1v, fig. 6.
Orthisina orientalis Waucorr, Bull. U. S. Geol. Sur.. No. 30, 1886, p. 120,
pl. vu, fig. 6; Tenth Ann. Rept. U.S. Geol. Sur., 1891, p. 613, pl. Lxxtt, fig. 8.
Billingsella orientalis HALL and CLiarKk, Pal. New York, VIII, 1892, Pt. 1, p. 230.
Original description.—Shell quadrangular in outline, somewhat higher than wide,
with vertical and subparallel lateral margins and broadly rounded base. Cardinal
240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
ine rapidly feeue from the apex to the extremities, Sinan are fon Focudea:
Hinge line straight, as long as the greatest width of the shell. Cardinal area broad
and high, divided in the middle by a triangular foramen, which is about as high as
wide. Surface of the ventral valve moderately convex, marked by very fine radiat-
ing strive and also by several concentric lines of growth. Filling of the rostral cavity
and foramen large and prominent. Specimen, a cast in shale, of the ventral valve
only.
Observations. —Vhe type specimen as described above is flattened in
the shale, and also appears to be compressed laterally. Uncompressed
specimens referred to this species from the siliceous limestones east of
Swanton show the ventral valve to have been rather strongly convex,
and the dorsal valve moderately so. The outer surface as shown in
the cast, indicates that it was somewhat like that of . coloradoensis,
but that it differs in having finer and more numerous thread-like
coste. A few traces of concentric striz and lines of growth are pre-
served. The material is very unsatisfactory, but it 1s sufficient to
indicate that the genus occurs in association with Olenellus thompsone
in the upper beds of the Lower Cambrian section.
Formation and locality.—Lower Cambrian. Georgia terrane.
Silico-argillaceous shales; Parker’s quarry, town of Georgia; and in
a gray siliceous limestone lentile, 2 miles east of Swanton, Vermont.
BILLINGSELLA PLICATELLA, new species.
Shell irregularly subquadrate in outline. In the ventral valve the
cardinal line slopes toward the beak at an angle of from 5” to 10°,
while in the dorsal valve it is usually about 1° to 3°. The greatest
width of the shell is about the middle. There is some variation in the
relative proportions of length and breadth. Usually, however, the
ventral valve is fully as high as wide, while in the dorsal valve it is
slightly transverse. The ventral valve is rather strongly convex, the
dorsal valve being less so. A low, broad, mesial sinus occurs on nearly
all specimens of the dorsal valve, and sometimes a distinct sinus on the
ventral valve.
The surface is marked by cost that gives it a plicated appearance
in many specimens; also concentric lines of growth and very fine,
slightly undulating striz. On some shells the coste and surface
markings have been almost entirely removed by abrasion, while in
others they are clear and distinct. There is quite a wide range of
variation in the strength and form of the surface markings.
When the shell is exfoliated, fine, radiating lines occur toward the
front margins. The average size of the shell gives a width of about
8 mm., and in the ventral valve a nearly equal height. One specimen
has a width of 11 mm.
Cardinal area well defined. It is marked by transverse strie of
growth parallel to the base. The plane of the area extends backward
over the cardinal line at an angle of 10° to the plane of the margin of
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 24]
the shell. The delthyrium is well defined and covered by a convex
deltidium, the extent of which, however, is unknown. The cardinal
area of the dorsal valve is short. No details of the structure have
been observed.
The cast of the interior of the ventral valve indicates short hinge
teeth supported by dental plates. The markings left on the shell by
the vascular system, as shown in casts, are two main vascular trunks
which extend nearly in a straight line from the side of the cast of the
deltidial cavity obliquely outward to the anterior fourth of the valve,
where they bifurcate. The inner branch extends in toward the median
line, while the lateral branches extend outward, appearing to unite
with the peripheral canal. The latter arches about the space that was
probably occupied by the ovarian areas, between itself and the main
vascular trunks. The spaces for the attachment of the muscles between
the main vascular trunks appear to have been large. No subdivision
indicating the points of attachment of the different muscles have been
detected. At the posterior portion of the central area there is a
narrow, elevated space that posteriorly passes into the deltidial cavity.
The pedicle muscles were probably attached to the front part of this
elevated space. Short, radiating striz near the margin indicate the
presence of minute vascular canals.
In the interior of the dorsal valve the interior of the deltidial cavity
supports a small, well-developed cardinal process or callosity. The
crura are short and small, with rounded dental sockets beside them.
Nothing is definitely shown of the vascular trunks or mesial impres-
sions in the dorsal valve.
Observations.—This very pretty little species occurs in large num-
bers in the Gallatin limestone, Montana. In form it is not unlike the
convex forms that have been referred to B. coloradoensis from Trem-
pealeau, Wisconsin. It differs from the latter in having strongly
marked surface plications and a narrower deltidium. From B. striata
it differs in surface characters; also in having a more convex dorsal
valve.
Formation and localities.—Upper Cambrian. Gallatin limestone,
east side of Dry Creek, above Pass Creek, Gallatin Valley; west side
of Dry Creek not far from mouth of Pass Creek; north of East Gal-
latin River near Hillsdale; on ridge between Churn and Cottonwood
canyons, west side of Bridger Range, Montana.
All representatives of this species were cellected by Dr. A. C. Peale,
of the Hayden survey, except some obscure specimens I found at the
base of the limestone above the Flathead shales 6 miles north of York,
in the Big Belt Mountains, Montana.
9492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
BILLINGSELLA PUMPELLYI, new species.
General! outline subsemicircular, greatest width at the hinge line or
a little in advance of it; considerable variation exists in the relative
proportions of length and width; a ventral valve 8 mm. long bas a
width of 9 mm.; the dorsal valve is more transverse, length 5.5 mm.,
width 8 mm. The ventral valve is strongly convex with the umbo
arching over to the apex, which is a little above the plane of the mar-
gins of the valve; avery slight median fold occurs near the front mar-
gin; dorsal valve slightly convex and with a shallow median sinus.
The surface is marked by low, sharp ribs with wide interspaces, on
which fine radiating strize occur. Concentric lines and striz of growth
cross the radiating striz and ribs.
The characters of the cardinal areas of the valves are almost
unknown; that of the ventral valve appears to have been of moderate
height and inclined but a little from the plane of the valve; one inte-
rior of the dorsal valve shows a low cardinal process. The cast of the
interior of the ventral valve shows the presence of a tripartite elevated
umbonal space into which the strong main vascular sinuses extend, as
in Billingsella coloradoensis; the sinuses extend forward nearly to the
front margin of the valve. Of the interior of the dorsal valve only
the presence of a strong median ridge is known.
Observations.—This species is one of the costate forms of the type
of B. coloradoensis and B. romingert. It differs from them in surface
characters. It may be considered the trans-Pacific representative of
LB. coloradoensis.
The specific name is given in recognition of the work of Raphael
Pumpelly upon the geology of China.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Chao Mi Tien lime-
stone. Three miles southwest of Yen Chuang, also Chao Mi Tien,
Shantune, China. Collected by Eliot Blackwelder and Bailey Willis,
of the Carnegie Institution Expedition, 1903.
BILLINGSELLA RICHTHOFENI, new species.
This species is represented by two specimens of the exterior of the
ventral valve. They vary from 4 to 5 mm. in length and width, the
length and width being about the same. The outer surface is marked
by fine, obscure, radiating ribs and very fine concentric strix. The
general form is much like that of the ventral valve of Bdlingsella
pumpelly?. It differs from the latter in having a shorter hinge line
in proportion to the width, the more uniform and stronger convexity
of the surface, and the more elevated apex.
The species is named after Dr. Ferdinand von Richthofen.
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 943
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Chang Hsia limestone.
Two and one-half miles south of Yen Chuang, Shantung, China.
Collection of Mr. Eliot Blackwelder, Carnegie Institution Expedi-
tion to China.
BILLINGSELLA ROMINGERI Barr.
Orthis romingeri Barr, Ueber die Brachiopoden der Sil. Schi. BOhmen, II, Abth.
Haidingers Naturw. Abhandl., II, 1848, pp. 203, pl. xvuny, fig. 8.
Orthis romingeri Barr, Syst. Sil. Boheme., V, 1879, pl. ux, figs. 1-4.
Orthis romingeri PompEcKs, Die Fauna des Cambrium von Tejrovie und Skrej in
Bohmen, Jahrbuch der k. k. geolog. Reichsanstalt, 1895, XLV, 1896, Pts.
2 and 3, pp. 513, pl. xv, figs. 1-5a.
Shell transverse, the general outline being irregularly subquadrate
to subsemicircular. On the ventral valve the cardinal line slopes
toward the beak at a low angle, while in the dorsal valve it is approxi-
mately straight. In some shells the greatest width is at the hinge
line, while in others it is about the middle of the valve. There is con-
siderable variation in length and breadth.
The ventral valve is rather strongly convex and the dorsal valve
moderately so. The dorsal valve is slightly flattened from the umbo to
the frontal margin, the flattening sometimes taking the form of a shal-
low depression. A low, broad, mesial sinus occurs on the dorsal valve
that is strongly marked in the young shells. The surface is marked
by rounded, bifurcating, radiating coste, crossed by concentric lines of
growth and undulating concentric striz. The radiating costs vary in
size and character in specimens from the same locality. In some speci-
mens they are very regular, while in others there will be wider inter-
spaces or a variation in the manner of interpolation. The ridges of
growth also vary in strength and elevation in different shells.
The largest shell in quite a large quantity of material has a height
in the ventral valve of 13 mm. and in the dorsal valve of 10 mm., with
a width of 15 mm. Cardinal area of ventral valve rather high and
slightly incurved; it is marked by transverse strive of growth that
cross it parallel to its base; the plane of the area extends backward at
an angle of about 10° to the plane of the margin of the shell; the
delthyrium is rather large; a deltidium is indicated in some of the
casts, but none of the specimens show it clearly. The cardinal area
of the dorsal valve is about one-half the length of that of the ventral
valve. It extends backward at an angle of more than 45° to the plane
of the margin of the valve, and is divided midway by a strong delthy-
rium, which is covered, for a part of its distance at least, by a convex
chilidium.
The traces of the vascular system in the ventral valves are seen in
the main vascular trunks which extend well forward toward the front
margin, where they appear to bifurcate, the inner branch extending
toward the median line, and the lateral branches apparently connect-
944 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
ing with the peripheral canal that arches backward about the ovarian
areas between it and the main vascular trunks. No points of attach-
ment of the various muscles in the ventral valve have been observed.
The area in which the diductor muscles are attached is well marked in
some specimens, andthe cardinal process of the dorsal valve in others.
There are also shown in the dorsal valve the anterior adductor impres-
sions. In the interior of the dorsal valve the deltidial cavity separates
a small cardinal process or callosity, which is straight or subtriangular.
The crura are relatively long and very prominent, with distinctly
defined dental sockets beside them.
Observations. —This species was well illustrated by M. Barrand.
In the material of the collections of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts, there is a fine series illustrating
the interior of the ventral and dorsal valves, that through the kindness
of Dr. Alexander Agassiz 1 was enabled to study.
The species in its external and internal shape varies so decidedly
from all described forms that it is not necessary to point out differ-
ences between them.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Argillites and fine-
grained sandstone near Skrej, Bohemia.
BILLINGSELLA SAFFORDI, new species.
General outline of ventral valve subsemicircular and of dorsal valve
transversely broad oval; greatest width of valves at about the center;
hinge line straight and a little shorter than the greatest width of the
shell. A typical ventral valve has a length of 9 mm., width 9 mm.
Dorsal valve, length 10 mm., width 12 mm. _ Biconvex, the ventral
valve being more elevated at the umbo than the dorsal. Surface as
far as known smooth or marked by concentric striz and lines of
growth.
Ventral valve with umbo curving over and terminating in the small
apex that incurves a little over the area; area about one-half the ele-
vation of the valve, a broad delthyrium is partially covered by a
convex deltidium; casts of the interior indicate a low, tripartite
pseudospondylium, and one cast shows strong main vascular sinuses
extending from the lateral divisions of the pseudospondylium nearly
to the front margin. Dorsal valve with low area and small pseudo-
cruralium; the casts are too imperfect to show any other details.
Observations.—This species occurs in the same region as BL. harlan-
ensis and also has a smooth shell; it differs in being of equal length
and breadth and in having less strongly marked interior characters.
The species is named after Prof. James M. Safford, former State
geologist of Tennessee.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Rome sandstone, along
First Creek Gap, 4 miles north-northeast of Knoxville, Tennessee.
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 945
BILLINGSELLA SALEMENSIS Walcott.
Orthis salemensis Wavcorr, Amer. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., XXXIV, 1887, p. 190,
pl. 1, figs. 17, 17a; Tenth Ann. Rept. U.S. Geol. Sur., p. 612, pl. Lxxt11; figs.
6, 6a.
Shell about the average size of the Cambrian species of the genus.
Transversely subquadrilateral; front broadly rounded and _ slightly
sinuate midway; hinge line as long as the greatest width of the shell.
Ventral valve convex, most elevated about one-fourth the distance
from the beak to the anterior margin; beak small and incurved to the
margin of the medium-sized area; the surface of the area and the
foramen have not been observed; mesial sinus broad and shallow.
marked by a low median rib and laterally by two cost on each side,
a third appearing just outside the sinus.
The dorsal valve, associated in the same hand specimen of limestone,
is slightly more convex; frontal margin with a rather deep sinuosity
to receive the projection of the ventral valve; median fold broad and
but slightly elevated, marked by two or three low cost; the beak
appears in the broken specimen in the collection to be scarcely elevated
above the surface of the shell, and to terminate at the cardinal margin;
area unknown.
The surface of both valves is marked by fine concentric lines of
growth, and low, rounded cost, varying in number from six to seven.
In the broad costz and the general aspect of the shell this species is
unlike any known to me from the Cambrian, with the exception of
L. whitfieldi, from which, however, it differs in strength and character
of costee and outline of valves.
Formation and localities.—Lower Cambrian; limestone interbedded
in the shaly slates 13 miles south of Salem; 1 mile south of Shushan,
and near Rock Hill school house (No. 8), Greenwich, Washington
County; bedded limestone of Olenellus zone on north side of Beman
Park, Troy, New York. It isalso present in limestone bowlders of the
Cambrian conglomerate at Metis, on the St. Lawrence, below Quebec.
Olenellus sp. Hyolithellus micans, ete., occur in association with it.
Cat. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 17443.
BILLINGSELLA STRIATA, new species.
The form of the ventral valve of this species is much like that of
B. plicatella. It differs in having a finely striated outer surface, and
in the strong development of the main vascular sinuses and the broader
deltidial cavity. The only two specimens of the dorsal valve are
nearly flat.
kormation and locality.—Middle Cambrian? The character of the
matrix indicates that the specimen came from the Flathead formation.
Forks of Pole Creek above Cherry Creek Valley, Madison County,
Montana.
246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. von. XXVIII.
BILLINGSELLA WHITFIELDI Walcott.
Kutorgina whitfieldi Waucotr, Mong. U. 8. Geol. Sur., VIII, 1854, p. 18, pl. rx
figs. 4, 4a.
Billingsella whitfieldi Scnrucnert, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Sur. No. 87, 1897, p. 159.
rh
Shell convex, hinge line straight and a little less than the greatest
width of the shell, sides rounding regularly into the slightly convex
frontal margin.
Ventral valve quite convex, elevated along the center to form a flat
depressed fold, and sloping quite rapidly from this to the lateral and
cardinal margins; median elevation with about five rather faintly
defined, simple plications, that reach up to the higher portion of the
valve; beak small, a little depressed, and rising above the area; cardinal
margins straight and diverging from the beak at an obtuse angle;
character of area unknown.
Dorsal valve depressed convex, with a rather wide, shallow, median
depression, and two short plications on each side of it toward the
front, which are obsolete in some of the specimens; the area between
the cardinal edges and the elevation of the sides of the mesial depres-
sion is depressed and corresponds to the flattened lateral slope of the
ventral valve.
Surface marked by fine, very clearly defined concentric strizw that
are crowded together into narrow ridges and are subparallel to the
front and lateral margins of the shell.
B. whitfieldi belongs with the group of species including 3. sa/e-
mensis or shells with coarse plications and very fine concentric strie.
The latter species occurs with the Olenellus fauna in eastern New York,
and B. whitfieldi in the Middle Cambrian of Central Nevada.
Formation and locality.—Lower Cambrian. Prospect Mountain
group, beneath the Secret Canyon shale, on the west side of Secret
Canyon, Eureka District, Nevada.
OTUSIA, new subgenus of BILLINGSELLA.
This name is proposed to include Orthis sandbergi of N. H. Winchell,
which is the only species known at present. The subgeneric and spe-
cies characters are included in the description of the species.
BILLINGSELLA (OTUSIA) SANDBERGI Winchell.
Orthis sandbergi N. H. Wixcueti, Fourteenth Ann. Rep. Geol. Nat. Hist. Sur.
Minnesota, 1886, p. 318, pl. 1, figs. 8, 9.
Orthis ? sandbergi Waucorr, Mong. XXXII, U. 8S. Geol. Sur., 1899, p. 452, pl.
LXI, figs. 2, 2a-d.
Shell small, transverse, subquadrate in outline, exclusive of the
acute cardinal extremities. Valves slightly convex, with a straight
hinge line longer than the greatest width of the shell; cardinal area
narrow but well developed on each valve and divided by a rather large
open delthyrium.
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 247
The ventral valve slightly flattened at the cardinal extremities, rising
toward the center with a convex triangular swelling, broadening from
the narrow beak to the front; beak small, rounded, and extending
slightly beyond the hinge line. Dorsal valve flattened at the cardinal
extremities, with well-marked rounded ridges rising between them,
and a rather broad, well-defined median sinus; beak very small, slightly
encroaching upon the hinge line.
Surface marked by fine, regular, radiating striz, between which
one or more faint intermediate strie are sometimes visible; under
favorable conditions very fine concentric strie can be seen, and there
are also usually present more or less distinctly marked lines of growth.
Very little is known of the interior of the ventral valve. Two frag-
ments of the posterior portion show a broad delthyrium, strong teeth,
and a broad umbonal cavity opposite the delthyrium. In the ventral
valve the area is narrow and divided by a broad delthyrium, which
has a strong cardinal process that extends forward nearly three times
the length of the area. Anteriorly, it rests on a broad ridge that
extends forward, gradually broadening out and disappearing at the
anterior margin of the shell.
In my former description’ I stated that ‘*‘ the generic character of
this species has not been fully ascertained, but the material from the
Yellowstone National Park and specimens from the typical locality at
Red Wing, Minnesota, lead me to think that this can not be referred
to the genus Billingsella. It appears to be an Orthis of the Plector-
this group of Hall and Clarke.” A more thorough study of this spe-
cies and the forms referred to Billingsella leads me to place it in a
subgenus of Billingsella on account of its surface character, the char-
acter of the delthyrium in the two valves, and the strong cardinal
process and median ridge in the dorsal valve.
A comparison of the specimens of this species from a typical locality
at Red Wing, Minnesota, with those from the Yellowstone National
Park, shows the two shells to be specifically identical as far as the
comparison of casts in sandstone can be made with well-preserved
shells on the surface of limestone. This is the only species of this type
known to me in the Cambrian fauna.
Formation and locality. —Upper Cambrian. St. Croix sandstone,
Red Wing, Minnesota. Upper Gallatin limestone, north side of Elk
Pass, between Buffalo and Slough Creeks, Yellowstone National Park,
Montana.
NISUSIA, new genus.
Form subquadrate to transversely semioval. Shell substance fibrous;
surface with narrow, radiating ribs that support irregularly distributed
spines on their crests.
aMong. XXXII, U.S. Geol. Sur., p. 453.
248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Ventral valve elevated and usually much more convex than the
dorsal, and in most species a mesial sinus appears on it. Area high,
vertical, or inclined backward; delthyrium large and partially closed
with a convex deltidium; teeth strong and supported by dental plates
that extend outward, also inward forming on the inside a shallow spon-
dylium. Dorsal valve moderately convex with only a trace of a median
elevation; usually the surface is convex, but it may be slightly concave
from the umbo to the margins; crura well developed with the crural
plates extended so as to form a shallow cruralium.
‘ardinal process have been observed in the dorsal valve.
No traces of a
Type of genus.— Orthis festinata Billings. Lower Cambrian. Only
one other species is now known, Wsusta alberta from the Middle
Cambrian horizon.
The species referred to Visusca and the subgenus /amesella are:
Cambrian.
Name. <== aia ea
ase a eM U.
I alberta, MEW: SPCGCIES. ..osc.cd sec gudidss cenisinwc twins ceed eae wucamexcn saeencm oeercmecee osaleieeese x. SSsees
2 sfestinata, Bilin gS 5). 6.1.56 cise aioinletsisieia = alsiae 2)5 boremiesmersiauisia ees oielseuisin omic ceioiwsesieiiesiae KP Mlasreee ose
festindia Var. (raNnSversa-NVAlCOUb. 22-22 eo eee eters ue neeeenee sence ccs ieee eetincce Ip} EK: | revere eee
Jamesella, new subgenus of Nisusia.
1s CIQMESELIG)' GMitt = WE W SPCCLES = cradrcte = ore a1 ateioicin a 's\e nici eieists ins oteleleieleioslo elsletalnieisicimicimiereivions > ENS EEE alec
QE is) Ongentd; NOW SpeCleSi- 2222 ).c ues an eas tase cae sence eeeesee eee rate ee ae. ee Sl le
3. \(Ts:) C7 ecta NOW SPECLOS=2 5. saeco ae nee ee see Ne emma mcs eeeeees lasamiste |i occur | eres
Aes) kuthant Pompeck) < 2.2 fccacincesais serene sisi win oicis states a Siten's soeesileecl| XK | ettae | sete
5; J.) perpasta, POMPeCK)) 2226... sce we se cetcmnins ers Soa sceminces calcio oeecemoceeel| 0 | eset al nae
MeErpasta Vars Mach” ROMPeCCk)). cs seasons eesemoeancesiae se ese XI | Prarie | eer
PEMDUSCA VAL SUUQUCATAL LOMPCCK) ie ae se aa, «1sjape a eiatalaiclctaisaial=re = iatelereieter= 2. | Rasoon sarees
6. (J..) ULANENSIS; NEW: SPCClES.. 2....Lcc08 ~-scaceee cons signee ce cme ceceeewme see fesoaoe WP ee. poses
Te eB) speclesiundeterminea:. 22 a2 fece'ste ste wisiesies aniee lewis el cree seteemececies | x | Be a Saceos
NISUSIA ALBERTA Walcott.
Orthisina alberta W aucott, Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, XI, 1888, p. 442.
Billingsella alberta ScuHucHeErR?T, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Sur. No. 87, 1897, p. 158.
Orthisina alberta MarrHew, Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada (ser. 2), VII, 1902, Sec. 4,
p. 109.
Shell transversely suboval, front broadly rounded; the straight hinge
line is shorter than the full width of the valves. Surface of shell with
numerous radiating ribs that increase by interpolation; on a shell
19 mm. in width there are four ribs near the front margin in a distance
of 3mm.; the ribs are rather narrow and sharp crested, the inter-
spaces being wider than the ribs.. A cast of the outer surface of a
shell in silicious shales shows numerous strong spines irregularly dis-
tributed on the ribs very much as in J. festinata.
Ventral valve elevated at the umbo and apex in some shells, convex
and rounded over toward the area in others; area varying in height
in different shells, usually elevated and overhanging the hinge line, it
is divided by a strong delthyrium that is covered by a convex deltidium
of varying length, arched at its front margin and divided by longi-
tudinal lines into three parts.
NO. 1395. YAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 249
Dorsal valve gently convex; area low and a little inclined over the
hinge line; delthyrium broad with a narrow chilidium. Casts of the
interior show a broad, well defined pseudocruralium, and just in
advance of it the adductor muscle scars.
Observations. —This species recalls at once WV. festinata by its ele-
vated ventral valve and spinose surface; it differs from it by its trans-
versely suboval outline, large umbonal muscle cavity (pseudocruralium)
in the dorsal valve, and sharp-crested ribs. V. (/amesella) perpasta
has the general form and surface characters of this species. A
marked difference in appearance is caused by JV. alberta occurring
in a silicious shaly matrix and JV. (/Jamesella) perpasta as casts in a
quartzitic sandstone and the strong surface spines of V. alberta are
sparingly represented on the latter.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Mount Stephen shale,
9,000 feet above Olenellus zone, Mount Stephen section. British
Columbia.
The original specimens were from the collection of Dr. Karl Romin-
ger. I now have material belonging to the Geological Survey of Can-
ada, United States National Museum, and Mr. Byron E. Walker, of
Toronto, Canada.
NISUSIA FESTINATA Billings.
Orthisina festinata Brtuines, Geol. Sur. Canada, Pal. Foss., I, 1861, p. 10, figs.
11, 12; Geol. Vermont, II, 1862, p. 949, figs. 350-352; American Jour. Sci.,
2d ser., XX XIII, 1863, p. 105; Geol. Canada, p. 284, fig. 289.
Orthisina festinata Waxcorr, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Sur. No. 30, 1886, p. 120, pl. vit,
figs. 7, 7a, 7b; Tenth Ann. Rept. U. 8. Geol. Sur. 1891, p. 613, pl. Lxxt,
e
figs. 7, 7a, 7b.
Billingsella festinata Haut and CiarKkek, Pal. N. Y., VIII, 1892, Pt. 1, p. 230.
General form subquadrate to transversely semioval, with the cardi-
nal extremities subacute to obtusely angular. Hinge line straight,
usually equal to or greater in length than the width of the body of the
shell. Shell substance fibrous.
Surface with narrow, rounded, radiating ribs, that increase by both
bifurcation and interpolation; the ribs are roughened by concentric
lines and ridges of growth that arch about the base of strong, acute
spines; the spines are located on the ribs, usually just back of a ridge
of growth; they are in more or less irregular, concentric rows
toward the front of the shell, but on the central portions they may be
scattered without any system of arrangement; each spine is larger at
the base, tapering rapidly, and curving gradually backward at about
one-half its length.
The ventral valve is more or less elevated at the umbo and apex; in
some examples it is subpyramidal, where the height is to the length as
3 to 6, and width 9 mm.; in other shells the proportion is 4 to 11, and
width 17 mm.; the slopes from the apex to the margins are nearly”
straight or slightly convex; the form of the umbo and apex varies from
250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. von. XXVIII,
a broad rounded umbo, terminating in a minute beak curving over the
area, to an erect, vertical, more or less rounded apex, with a broad
base rising abruptly from the elevated umbo; a shallow, rounded,
median sinus occurs on most individuals, but it is sometimes absent.
Area high, and crossed by transverse lines of growth; it is usually
inclined over the hinge line, but it may be vertical or inclined for-
ward; it is divided by a strong delthyrium, which is covered by a con-
vex deltidium that the author of the species, Doctor Billings, describes
as perforate at the apex.”
I have not been able to verify this ina large collection of material from
various localities; casts of the interior of the extended beak indicate
but do not prove that there was a perforation; the front edge of the
deltidium 1s arched so as to leave a space of variable height between it
and the plane of the hinge line; in three examples the area is divided
into three parts by longitudinal lines, two of the lines bound the del-
thyrium, and one on each side corresponds in position to the ** flexure ”
lines in Qbolus and Hipparionys. A cast of the interior of alow ven-
tral valve showsa broad delthyrium, strong teeth, and supporting den-
tal plates, which are produced on the inside, so as to form a short,
elevated base (pseudospondylium), probably for the adductor muscles,
and on the outside the plates are continued partially about the space
occupied by the points of attachment of the diductor muscles.
The dorsal valve is moderately convex at the umbo, sloping gently
from there to the margins; usually the slope is convex, but in one
example it is slightly concave; area narrow and vertical or slightly
inclined over the hinge line; casts of the interior show the crura,
points of attachment of posterior adductor scars, and area of attach-
ment of diductor scars. Vascular and ovarian markings unknown.
Observations.—This shell has a wide geographic distribution. I have
collected it at the type locality in the township of Georgia, Vermont;
at Bic on the lower St. Lawrence River, and near the city of York at
Emigsville, in central Pennsylvania. The matrix at Bic is a finely
granular, slightly arenaceous limestone, in which the outer form of
the shell is well preserved, but the spines are rarely seen; at Swanton
and Georgia, Vermont, the shell occurs in siliceous limestone and are-
naceous shale, and a cast of the outer surface shows the spines; the
material from the finely arenaceous limestone at the Emigsville locali-
ties, discovered by Mr. E. Wanner, of York, is the best preserved,
and affords excellent casts of the interior and exterior of the valves.
In all of the localities the variation in the form and elevation of the
« Through the courtesy of Dr. J. F. Whiteaves, of the Geological Survey of Canada,
I had the opportunity of examining the types of Orthisina festinata. None of them
preserve the apex of the deltidium, so it is impossible to determine upon what Mr.
Billings based his statement that the deltidium is perforate.
No. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA—WALCOTT. ya |
ventral valve occurs, specimens of the ventral valve from Bic show a
shorter deltidium than is usually present.
A number of exfoliated shells occur in the collection from the dark
gray compact limestone of eastern New York that are somewhat
doubtfully referred to this species.
Nisusia festinata is a strongly marked species that appears to have
but one near representative in WV. (Jamesella) perpasta. The latter
differs in the absence of spines and form of the ventral valve.
Formation and locality —Lower Cambrian. Upper portion of
Olenellus zone, Georgia formation. In limestone ‘‘lentile” about 2
miles east of Swanton; in silico-argillaceous shales, with Olenellus
thompsoni, Parker’s quarry, town of Georgia; and in arenaceous
magnesian limestone about 2 miles east of Highgate Springs, Franklin
County, Vermont. Also in dark gray limestone interbedded in silic
eous shales 2 miles south of Middle Granville, Washington County,
New York.
In limestone bowlder of the conglomerate on the east side of the
entrance to Bic Harbor, Province of Quebec. Fragments of Olenellus
and Microdiscus occurred in association with V. festinata in the lime-
stone bowlders.
Emigsville limestone, on left bank of Codorus Creek, below Meyers
Mill, near Emigsville, 4 miles from York, Pennsylvania.
NISUSIA FESTINATA TRANSVERSA Walcott.
Orthisina ? transversa W acort, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Sur. No. 30, 1886, p. 121, pl. vr,
figs. 5, 5a.
Original description.—Shell small, transversely subquadrangular in outline, front
broadly rounded, angle formed by the union of the cardinal slopes of the ventral
valve 155° to 165°, hinge line straight and as long as the width of the shell. Area of
the ventral valve of moderate height, bent back from the hinge line, divided by a
triangular foramen that is higher than wide, and covered by a convex deltidium; the
area of the dorsal valve is bent back at more than aright angle to the hinge line;
foramen higher than wide, covered by a deltidium.
Surface marked by numerous radiating, fine, even cost, eight in a distance of
3mm., on the frontal margin of the ventral valve; a few concentric lines of growth
cross the radiating costae, but not so as to give them a nodose character.
Interior characters unknown. The fine radiating strie and transverse form dis-
tinguish this from other described species known to me.
Since 1886 I have obtained a much larger series of specimens, and
do not think that this form should be considered more’ than a variety
of V. festinata.
formation and locality.—Lower Cambrian, Georgia formation.
Silico-argillaceous shales of Parker’s quarry, town of Georgia, Frank.
lin County, Vermont.
252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
JAMESELLA, new subgenus of NISUSIA.
There are several species of Lower Cambrian brachiopods that differ
from Visusra festinata in the absence of the strong spines on the radi-
ating ribs. This character is so marked that I separate the species
without it as a subgeneric group. The subgeneric name is in memory
of Dr. Joseph F. James.
Type of subgenus, Orthis perpasta Pompeck}.
NISUSIA (JAMESELLA) AMII, new species.
Ventral valve convex, elevated at the umbo, with the beak slightly
incurved; area high, vertical, slightly incurved; delthyrium triangular,
higher than its greatest width and covered by a convex deltidium,
which is imperforate. Surface of shell marked by numerous fine,
rounded, equidistant ribs that increase by interpolation; about 8 ribs
in a distance of 2 mm. at frontal margin. Size: Length, 8 mm.;
width, 10 mm.; elevation at umbo, 4 mm.
The front margin of the deltidium broken so that it is impossible to
state whether it was arched as is the deltidium of Visusia festinata.
There is no trace of a foramial aperture in the deltidium. The fine,
regular ribs and high area serve to distinguish this from other species
of the genus. Dorsal valve unknown.
The specific name is that of Dr. H. M. Ami, of the Canadian
Geological Survey.
Formation and locality. —Lower Cambrian. I found this shell in a
limestone bowlder of the Sillery conglomerate in association with frag-
ments of Olenellus, 4 miles below Quebec, on south shore of St. Law-
rence River, Canada.
NISUSIA (JAMESELLA) ARGENTA, new species.
Only the ventral valve is known of this species. Its outline is sub-
rectangular with hinge line a little shorter than the greatest width.
Strongly convex with a keel-like median elevation extending from the
incurved beak over the elevated umbo to the front margin, with gradu-
ally increasing width. Surface marked by fine, concentric strix of
growth and about five sharp, elevated radiating ribs on each side of
the two ribs on the median ridge. Area low, with the minute beak
curving down to and possibly slightly over it.
This shell is represented by two specimens that have such strong
characters that I unhesitatingly give them a specific name. The only
form known to me that resembles them is JV. (-/.) Awthanz of Bohemia.
Formation and locality.—Lower Cambrian. In shaly limestone
containing fragments of Olenel/us. Three miles southeast of Barrel
Spring. one-half mile east of road, Silver Peak District, Nevada.
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. AS)
NISUSIA (JAMESELLA) ERECTA, new species.
General form transversely semioval; hinge line a little shorter than
the greatest width; valves subequally convex. Surface marked by
strong, broad, sharply rounded ribs, three at the frontal margin in a
distance of 2 mm.; the ribs appear to be simple and unbifurcated from
the umbo to the margin, but owing to the small size of the shell this
statement may be modified by discovery of other specimens.
Ventral valve convex; elevated at the umbo, apex worn by attrition,
but marginal. Area high, very slightly inclined backward; delthy-
rium large, triangular, length and width equal; deltidium convex,
imperforate, and nearly covering the delthyrium. Dorsal valve regu-
larly convex, most elevated at the umbo and curving over to the rather
low area.
This species is distinguished by its strong, regular ribs and the
regular convexity of the dorsal valve.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Limestone at the
south end of Timpapute Range, Groome District, Nevada.
NISUSIA (JAMESELLA) KUTHANI Pompeckj.
Orthis kuthant Pomprecks, Jahrbuch k. k. Geol. Reichsanstalt, X LV, 1896, p. 514,
pl. xv, figs. 8-13.
( Orthis romingeri Kresct, Novak, K. Feistmantel, Kusta, Katzer, Wentzel, Jahn. )
Original description. —Outline subrectangular, hinge edge straight with angles pro-
tracted but a short distance; length to breadth as 3:4, often less.
Ventral valve highly arched. Apex drawn forward, but not curved toward the
dorsal] valve at all, or in rare cases but slightly. Area high, steep, with sharp areal
edges and high, triangular foramen. Owing to the state of preservation, the details
of the inside of the valves can not be well observed.
Dorsal valve flatter, with rather decided arching on side edge and frontal edge, with
sinus always distinct, which corresponds to a faint swelling at the frontal edge of the
ventral valve. The area is very low with a small triangular foramen. Crural proc-
esses narrow, considerably divergent.
The surface is ornamented with narrow sharp ribs, increasing by interpolation.
The ribs are divided by interspaces which are considerably broader than the ribs.
In the interspaces there is frequently seen a lower, thread-like rib. The number of
ribs is 30 to 36. The ribs are mostly very distinct on the internal casts also. Some-
times internal casts are found which show remarkably few ribs, and which in this
respect and also by their greater breadth approach Orthis perpasta var. macra.
The present species has thus far been called, after Kusta’s example, Orthis romin-
geri, but it differs from that species («) in the ventral valve, its apex never being so
strongly curved as in Orthis romingeri, and in most cases not curved at all; (/) in
the dorsal valve, which in the present species is more strongly arched with a more
decided sinus; (c) in the sculpture, inasmuch as the ribs are narrower, sharper,
fewer in number, and separated by wider interspaces than in Orthis romingeri Barr.
This species, eminently characteristic of the lower conglomerate zone of the
Kamenna hirka near Tejrovie, was found in thousands of specimens (impressions
and internal casts) at the locality mentioned, in conglomerate-like, quartzitic sand-
stone and in the greywacke intercalations. I saw the species in similar rock from
Gross Lohovie southwest of Skrej. (Collection of the Bohemian University at
Prague. )
Proc. N. M. vol. xxvili—04——-17
254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Observations.—In the material of this species Doctor Pompeck]
sent me, there is one cast of a ventral valve that shows that a convex
deltidium covered about two-thirds of the delthyrium; its front mar-
gin was arched so as to leave considerable space open between it and
the place of the hinge line.
There is a decided mesial sinus in most specimens of the dorsal valve,
but in some it is flattened so as to scarcely break the uniform low con-
vexity of the valve; the strength of the mesial elevation of the ventral
valve also varies from a marked ridge to a flattened median space.
The species appears to be quite distinct from any described Cam-
brian form.
Formation and localities.—Lower Cambrian sandstone of lower con-
glomerate zone. Localities in Bohemia as mentioned above.
NISUSIA (JAMESELLA) PERPASTA Pompeckj.
Orthis perpasta Pompecks, Jahrbuch k. k. geol. Reichsanstalt, XLV, 1896, p.
515, pl. xv, figs. 15-18.
Original description. —Outline subrectangular, with straight hinge line and slightly
bent frontal margin; cardinal angles slightly drawn in; the length is little more than
half the breadth, the greatest breadth being in the middle of the valves. Both valves
are very strongly arched.
The ventral valve has a high, steep area, with a large, triangular foramen, and the
areal edges are rather sharp. The apex is not drawn forward beyond the hinge
line. From the apex to the frontal edge there is a sinus which gradually increases
to a considerable breadth. The dorsal valve, which is also strongly arched, has a
very low and indistinct area, with a low, broadly triangular foramen. On the
frontal margin a strong, broad swelling of the edge of the valve corresponds to the
sinus of the ventral valve.
Judging by some internal casts and impressions, the shell is ornamented with
some 40 broad ribs, of which about half are inserted between the primary ribs at
various distances from the apex. Concentric lines of growth cross the ribs. On the
top of the shells, along some of those lines of growth (1 or 2) the sections of the
shell are found to be imbricated; near the frontal edge such imbrication is present
more frequently in very short intervals.
Orthis perpasta differs from Orthis Kuthani by its greater breadth, by the almost
uniform and much stronger arching of both valves, and also by the fact that in the
former species the ventral valve bears a sinus, while in Orthis Kuthani the sinus is on
the dorsal valve.
About 30 internal casts and impressions of dorsal and ventral valves were found in
the conglomerate-like, quartzitic sandstone, and more rarely in the greywacke sand-
stone of the lower conglomerate zone on the ‘‘ Kamenna hurka’’ near Tejrovic.
Observations.—Doctor Pompeckj very kindly sent me several frag-
ments of sandstone containing casts of the interior and exterior of the
valves. The specimens illustrated by Doctor Pompeckj are smoother
than most of those sent to me, but the description corresponds to the
ribbed specimens, and a few nearly smooth interior casts occur in asso-
ciation with the more strongly ribbed shells. The convexity of the
ventral valve is quite variable but is usually considerable. One of the
‘
No. 1395, CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA—WALCOTT. 255
marked characters of the dor sal valve is the large tra ansverse space—
pseudocruralium—beneath the umbo. In one example it is crossed ver.
tically by the main vascular sinuses. What may be a trace of a low,
simple, rounded cardinal process is shown in one cast. The crura were
strong, with small dental sockets beside them.
NV. (J.) perpasta resembles Nisusca alberta in form and convexity,
but it does not have a spinose surface.
Formation and locality.—Lower Cambrian. Quartzitic sandstone
of the ‘‘Skrej- band.” Kamenna htrka near Tejiovic; also Skrej
(Slapnicky) Bohemia.
NISUSIA (JAMESELLA) PERPASTA MACRA Pompeckj.
Orthis perpasta macra Pomerecks, Jahrbuch k. k. zool Mei hsanstalt, XLV, 1896,
p. 516, pl. xv, fig. 14.
Original description.—Some internal casts and i impressions of dorsal valves agree in
outline perfectly with the dorsal valves of Orthis perpasta, but differ from the type
form by much less arching and ribs farther apart.
Occurs in the same localities as Orthis perpasta.
Observations.—The gradual increase in the width of the interspaces
between the ribs, from a very narrow space to several times the width
of the rib, makes this variety of doubtful value.
NISUSIA (JAMESELLA) PERPASTA SUBQUADRATA Pompeckj.
Orthis perpasta var. subquadrata PomprcKs, Jahrbuch k. k. geol. Reichsanstalt,
XLV, 1896, p. 516, pl. xv, figs. 19, 20.
Original description.—As compared with the type form, this variety is distinguished
by less breadth, the length being to the breadth as 3 to 4. The anterior angles of
the straight hinge edge are drawn in somewhat more than in Orthis perpasta f. typ.
The ventral valve is higher, with higher and steep area, pierced by a large triangular
foramen. The sinus, which extends from the high vertical apex to the frontal edge,
is bordered by obtusely rounded edges. Dorsal valve proportionally more bulged
than in the type form. Sculpture as in Orthis perpasta f. typ.
‘The outer form strikingly recalls Orthisinae; but the pseudodeltidium, the median
septum, and the spondylium of the ventral valve are lacking.
Orthis perpasta var. subquadrata was found in several internal casts and impressions,
together with Orthis perpasta f. typ., more rarely in greywacke sandstone than in
the conglomerate-like, quartzitic sandstone.
Observations.—This variety apparently is not constant, as ventral
valves occur in the material before me that have the subquadrate form
with relatively less convexity than the convex forms of the species
perpasta.
NISUSIA (JAMESELLA) UTAHENSIS, new species.
Ventral valve transverse, strongly convex; most elevated at the
umbo, which is surmounted by the upward pointing apex at the edge
of the area; area slightly inclined forward from the hinge line; delthy-
rium large and covered by a convex deltidium. Surface marked by
956 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
several strong, rounded ribs irregularly alternating with smaller ribs;
fine, radiating strix occur on the ribs and interspaces.
Only two specimens of somewhat imperfect ventral valves are known
of this species. The description is of the best preserved specimen.
The second specimen has a greater number of more regular ribs that
increase by interpolation of short ribs. One specimen has a width of
8 mm. and a length of 4.5 mm. from the apex to the front margin,
which is about the distance from hinge line to front margin.
The nearest related species is Visus7a alberta, from which it differs
in surface ribs, forward inclination of the area, and prominent convex
deltidium.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Limestone about 50
feet above top of upper greenish shales, Rock Canyon, back of Provo,
Utah.
NISUSIA (JAMESELLA), species undetermined
This doubtful species is based on an interior cast of a broken ventral
valve. The width of the shell is 15 mm., and length 8 mm., with apex
broken off. A broad, shallow sinus arches the frontal margin, and
narrows toward the umbo. Radiating ribs narrow, about 5 in a space
of 2 mm.
Formation and locality.—Lower Cambrian. Pinkish-colored lime-
stone of Olenellus zone, coast of Labrador on Straits of Belle Isle.
EOSTROPHOMENA, new subgenus of STROPHOMENA.
The description of the type species gives all that is known of the
subgenus. It differs from Strophomena in having the cardinal process
in the dorsal valve merged into a ridge formed by the extension of the
crural plates along the posterior margin, so as to cover the delthyrium
and unite at the median line.
Type.—Strophomena (Kostrophomena) elegantula, new species.
Observations. —The cardinal process is more like that of Orthothetes
than that of Strophamena, it differs from both in being more simple
in its construction. It is probable that there is a group of shells hav-
ing the characters of S. (4) elegantula, but owing to the difficulty of
obtaining interiors of the valves, it is impossible to designate them.
Strophomena aurora Billings” is one of these; also Leptena decipiens.”
STROPHOMENA (EOSTROPHOMENA) ELEGANTULA, new species.
General form transversely subsemicireular or subelliptical, greatest
width at the straight hinge line. Surface concayo-convex, and marked
by fine, radiating, even strizx, separated into flat bands by stronger
and more prominent strive or ribs; fine concentric striz, and more or
less prominent lines of growth cross the radiating strize. The ventral
«Pal. Foss., I, p. 218. bIdem., p. 74.
NO, 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 957
valve is slightly convex, with low umbo and small, incurved apex. The
dorsal valve is flattened in the umbonal region and concave toward the
margins; the interior shows a narrow, rounded median furrow, also
rounded crural plates that unite with the cardinal process to form a
continuous ridge covering the anterior portion of the delthyrium; the
dental sockets appear to have been relatively large and deep; the
adductor muscle sears are a little to the front. .
A ventral valve 6 mm. wide has a length of 4 mm., and a dorsal
valve 5.5 mm. wide is 3 mm. in length.
Observations. —The concayo-convex valves and the ridge represent-
ing the cardinal process place this little shell with the Strophomenoid
forms, but as no described genus possesses the characters shown, a
subgenus of Strophomena is made to receive it.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Ceratopyge limestone
associated with Plectorthis daunus, Oland, Borgholm, Sweden.
ORTHIS Dalman
Subgenus PLECTORTHIS Hall and Clarke.
Plectorthis HALL and CuarK®e, Pal. N. Y., VIII, 1892, Pt. 1, p. 194.
In their subdivision of the genus Orthis Dalman, Messrs. Hall and
Clarke restricted the genus OU7th7s to the group of which Orth7s cal-
lactis Dalman is the type, and, among American forms, Orthis trice-
naria of the Trenton and Hudson faunas. These forms show the
existence of a transverse apical plate in the delthyrium of the pedicle
valve. A second group was placed under the name of Plectorthis
and called the group of Orthis plicatella, and of this the authors say:
This is a persistent form, which in American faunas, so far as known, is limited
to the Trenton and Hudson River formations. While it retains the strong external
ribs of the typical Orthis, these are not invariably simple (0. fissicosta, Hall; O. trip-
licatella, Meek; O. xquivalvis, Hall, not Davidson; O. Jamesi, Hall); the cardinal area
of the pedical-valve is comparatively low and the valves are subequally convex. In
the interior the character of the muscular scars, dental lamellee and cardinal process
is essentially the same as in Group I (Orthis), and the minute structure of the shell
appears to be in precise agreement with that of O. calligramma, though no evidence
of tubulose costae has been observed. In Orithis Jamesi, which is placed in this
association, there is occasionally a deviation toward the resupinate contour exempli-
fied in the Groups IV ( Orthis subquadrata) and V ( Orthis sinuata).
In the Cambrian faunas | find a group of species intermediate
between the typical forms of L7//ingsella and of Orthis, as limited by
Hall and Clarke, which appear to belong to the subgenus Plectorthis.
This Cambrian group of shells may be defined as follows, the type of
the subgenus being Orthis plicatella Hall, and its Cambrian represent-
ative, Orthis remnicha Winchell:
Diagnosis.—Shells subquadrate to transversely elongate; with or
without median fold and sinus; valves subequally convex. Hinge
line straight, usually forming nearly the greatest diameter of the
258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
shell. Cardinal extremities broadly angular, rarely acuminate. Sur-
face with radiating ribs and striae which may be crossed by concentric
growth lines and striw. The ribs increase as the shell
interpolation. —,
The ventral valve has the umbo more or less elevated over the hinge
line, the apex acute and usually incurved. The area is rather broad,
flat or incurved and transversely striated. Teeth short and supported
by dental plates that extend to the bottom of the valve, bounding a
space (pseudospondylium) including the main vascular sinuses and
area of attachment of the adductor muscle scars. Delthyrium open or
partially closed by a convex deltidium. The adductor muscle scars
are included within a narrow median area beneath the umbo on each
side of the median line, and the diductors ina more or less flabelliform
area outside of the main vascular sinuses. Pedicle scars unknown.
Dorsal valve with low umbo and slightly incurved apex; area well
developed with a broad delthyrium. Deltidial cavity with a straight,
simple cardinal process. Dental sockets small with short crura. The
adductor muscle sears are small, the anterior being nearer the median
ridge, which usually extends forward from the base of the cardinal
process. Shell structure impunctate, and fibrous as far as known,
Type of subgenus.— Orthis plicatella Hall.
Observations.—The Cambrian species referred to /lectorthis have
relatively thin shells that retain on the interior surfaces but slight
traces of the muscle scars and vascular markings, except in the
umbonal cavity.
The geological range of this subgenus in the Cambrian rocks is from
the upper portion of the Middle Cambrian through the Upper Cam-
brian, and into the Ordovician, where it terminates in the Hudson
River formation.
Two of the species from strata referred to the Middle Cambrian are
represented by material too imperfect for specific description; they
oceur with Paradowvides in Bohemia, and it is not improbable that they
will be found to belong to some other genus. PP. vetroflewa Matthew
occurs in strata referred tentatively by Matthew to his Division E2 of
the Cape Breton Cambrian section. He first referred the strata to the
Ordovician. Of the remaining six species referred to Middle Cam-
brian strata 2. wichitaensis occurs in the upper portion of the Middle
Cambrian and base of the Upper Cambrian, and P. ¢ndianola also
occurs in both Middle and Upper Cambrian.
From the above statements it will be seen that the first representa-
tives of Plectorthis in the Cambrian appear in the Middle Cambrian,
and that the greater number of species, 14 out of 21, are Upper Cam-
brian forms.
grows, by
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 959
The species referred to the subgenus are as follows:
| Cambrian.
Name. aay
hm | M. | U
ls $C INTENTION? emacaneocsecs o@68n5 6006 bebe on oan aa Goa sbUS= eoeae eecosconsoaace leer estes ae x
2. christianize Kjerult......-.----.-- +--+ 2222-2 e ee eee eee eee eee eee eee cence jaeeese 2 x
RENCLELTLTULES pl] GES DCCLOS erent a tet tee iia otc lae egle eee teo fe asain wits ala ate aicloe wine sic lel laiellic iw = mince mice ae, «
4, desmopleura WE ao sane se coder ebos ep ab eC aban scene oe sSec bE Scddue Beso HE OBE OoEens Seesco| acense x
desmopleura nympha, new variety -...---.----------------- +++ +2222 e eee eee eee eee eee | Etarctotere 5
5. diablo, MEW SPECIES... ....-..-- 2-2-2 eee ee ee ee eee tee teeter e eeepc eens |apobce X
GE COTIS MC WASDCCICS meee seat nina isle see eae ate a) ela let lat= le emfeimnisy-[a(—'s eiaie een =e ai Keanleacece
7. hastingsensis, MEW speCcies...-..-..----------------- +--+ +22 eee eee eee eee cere lee eee >. eae aee
8. iddingsi, mew species .....-..-..------------+------ SeuR SESS Oda bo CUS nnSSEESaeeEeeS |paeeee (eae re
GEE TLL TLOLO TLE WAS PCCLER ia esas sae oleae eal aes oe ota ln ate alolcinie ia Sm ininiainlnloe materniee|i>' === eel Di¢ Dd
10. johannensis Matthew... ..---..--.. 22.22.2000. cece een een n etn en nen net ee ece ee e| eee locee ee x
Th, (ane WOW UOESs obese ban boce abe Seo aa 5no AOC ARON pSe Seen SScOebe esd soesceesed eae Bee peeeee
OL TENETSSOTU LG WAS PC CIOR passat oe ae aise eisiala fee iois oni cease ear = anes ee aise
13. newtonensis Weller.....------
14. pagoda, new species
SSO DTS MC WESC CIOS a wiamta soe cineiminio oie (eimai elo)a ai stele |= = atmo ela lete | =cel=i=l=1= l=) ciataieieie=
EMRCTUTICIGRWANC Helloween tree amare fede nee SER eS, Senate een ea seaesceiic steeie|oosecrs pedece x
METIUTLECILOASULC ALON CNVAV LI O UY fe retec ete siete atete = ra raa ani sie alee Sice is 2) alata ei atelate lee, olel=inie elete amin efeicr=in ie seats x:
remnicha texana, MEWayaNlelyiensces-2- =e Se Ree eee Sa SIN RCH ier Ener ny [neg aes |}. Bs
WHATOOR OLE. OM OAL ADS ED, ING\ \ Ela) hse ne co qob Soe pone ae eens ass ae Seca a Sen eeereessoa||sc0eds Weisieioae x
Win FRAAR Oe) WI RAMON) G24 6 oo Spee cco se sages 25S] sane ES Sees Guano abe Dor eae ceueseEaoed|pepese > al Resi oe «
UBL GUUEIDRID ISD eso cee ac sae sooo socc on eee p abo nose Soe onecs Coda sons asco Senses ee noesson eveses aecorc x
OMT LID en eT e waSPCCIEBYSsee oan corset eon eae oe eee ena te bane tedeeworels|neeccs [os eeee Vex:
2). WAGGA NEDS, WO EWE OES a cob cane ~ see na on oe cddsoS cues tapBaabe cn soot crepeeace ceed lseeace Ki || eax
ADICHILAEMELS LACULUSCILLUSH MG WIV ULL CU Vo oe eal ale ate sialniel= <inleicjeioicin\sinicisle/ataia'=\aisjal= = \ata o/=jajniail alt= /=iala >. ey el feloe.<
SIMETTLONE TL WASPDE CICS Rear eee ere ee eats le nears ine rion nese ote enim claclawier ae nioys elarais aisle eceicin| atelsinrais |) ><
DOO Species UNG CLELMIN COs meee er eae ee ei aise sin wieG/stesss ocr 2 ines ecleee oman ee cel eee) mca peaeee
PLECTORTHIS? ATAVA Matthew.
Strophomena atava Marragw, Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, X, 1893, p. 102, pl.
vu, fig. 8a-t.
Rafinesquina ? atava Scuucnert, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Sur. No. 87, 1897, p. 338.
Description by Doctor Matthew.—Narrowly semicircular. Valves slightly arched,
rather wider than the hinge line, compressed at the cardinal angles; sides of the
valves nearly straight behind, regularly rounded in front.
Ventral valve moderately convex, highest and somewhat angulated at the middle
of its length; umbo inconspicuous and appressed to the very narrow area.
Dorsal valve somewhat concave, especially toward the umbo, which is depressed
to the general level of the valve.
The interior of the ventral valve has characters intermediate between those of
Orthis and Strophomena. The ridges inclosing the cardinal muscles are shorter and
closer at their extremities than in Strophomena, and the scar of the adductor muscle
is broader and shorter, but extends half way to the front of the valve. There is a
low sharp ridge at the umbo, between the branches of the posterior cardinal muscle,
and the ventral cavity is faintly outlined in front. Another cast of the ventral valve
of a larger individual, perhaps of this species, shows the impressions of the muscles
more distinctly; in this the impression of the adductor muscle is much nearer to the
hinge, being about two-thirds from the front of the valve; there is a low callus in
front of the imprint of the adductor muscle.
A partly decorticated example of the dorsal valve exhibits a small bifid scar at the
hinge line, due to the adductor muscle. There is no median ridge, such as is found
in Orthis, the median sinus being almost obsolete. In front of the impression of the
adductor muscle is a small, low callus.
Sculpture.—This consists of sharply raised, rounded, radiating ridges, slightly
crenulated by obscure, transverse lines. These ribs are of varying size, every third
or fifth rib being larger than the others; these large ribs extend outward from the
umbo, and the smaller ones are intercalated between them, or spring from them.
On the dorsal valve there are two main ribs in the sinus of the valve and three others
260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
extending to the lateral margins; smaller ribs are intercalated between these. On
each side of the group of ribs on the middle third of the shell are four fainter, but
more strongly arched groups of ridges, which throw off minor ridges at the back,
directed toward the lateral margins. On the ventral valve the small ribs are almost
all intercalated and do not spring from the back of the primary ribs, as in those of
the dorsal valve.
Size: Length, 12 mm.; width, 14 mm.; height of area of dorsal valve, 3 mm., of
ventral valve, 1 mm. <A valve supposed to be of this species is 15 mm. long and 19
mm. wide.
Horizon and locality. —In dark shales of division 3a, at Navy Island.
Observations.—With the available data this species appears to be
quite as near to Plectorth’s as to any described genus. It does not
appear to belong with the typical forms of Strophomena or Rafines-
quina. The surface ribs, increasing by interpolation, and possibly
bifurcation, and form of the pseudospondylium in the ventral valve,
strongly suggest relationship with Plectorthis. It will probably
require better preserved material to satisfactorily determine the cor-
rect generic reference for the species.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Division 3a of Matthew
section, St. John terrane, Navy Island, St. John Harbor, New Bruns-
wick.
PLECTORTHIS CHRISTIANI Kjerulf.
Orthis christianie Kseruur, Veiviser ved. geol. Exk, i Christiania, 1865, pp. 1, 3,
figs. 8a, b, ¢.
Orthis christianix Broaacer, Die Sil. Etagen 2 und 3, 1882, p. 48, pl. x, figs. 14a,
b, ¢.
Orthis christianiv GAGEL, Physik. Oekon, Gesellschaft-Konigsberg. Brach. Camb.
und Sil. Diluvium Ost und Westpreussen, 1890, p. 34, pl. 1, figs. 22a, 22b.
Orthis christianie PomprcKs, Neues Jahrbuch, Min. Geol. und Pal., I, 1902,
Tremadoc der Mont. Noire, p. 7.
This shell appears to differ from any described species by the pecul-
iarity of the bifurcation of the radiating ribs. In all the species I
have referred to /ectorthis the increase in the number of ribs is by
interpolation and not by true bifureation. In QO. christianixe the
increase is by both methods. The reference to Pectorthis is some-
what doubtful, as there is not sufficient data to base a reference on the
characters of the interior, cardinal areas, or convexity of the valves.
I have received a large number of specimens from Norway and
Sweden labeled Orthis christianix. After a study of all available
material only the shells from the argillaceous shale of Russelékken,
Norway, and Oland, Borgholm, Sweden, appear to belong to the
species. The shells in the Ceratopyge limestone (0. daunus) have
ribs that increase in number by interpolation of ribs in the interspaces
between the older ribs, and a second species (?. wimanz) that occurs
in both the shale and limestone has simple ribs with few interpolated
beyond the umbo. Another transverse form has simple strong ribs
that increase in number by interpolation of a few new ribs.
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA—WALCOTT. 961
Doctor Brogger’s illustration of this species suggests QO. dari
more than the typical form of O. christéanie, as 1 understand and
interpret it. ‘* Orthis parva” Dalman, has sometimes been referred
to O. christian.
Dr. Curt Gagel described the form usually found in the limestone,
stating that the surface is covered with strong dichotomous ribs. He
found it in drift blocks of the Ceratopyge limestone near Belschwitz,
also in glauconitic limestone near Preussinch, Holland, and Weblau.“
Dr. Ferdinand Roemer calls attention in his description of the drift
in the North German plain to the fact that Remelé was the first to
identify with certainty blocks of the Ceratopyge limestone of Sweden
in the drift, the presence of a form like Orthis christianix being part
of the evidence.’ This shell was probably Pectorthis daunus. Doctor
Roemer states in his description of the Ceratopyge limestone that a
small Orthis (4 Orthis christianiex) predominates.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Ceratopyge shale,
Russelékken, Christiania, Norway. Borgholm, Oland, Sweden.
PLECTORTHIS DAUNUS, new species.
This species differs from 0. christianie by having simple ribs that
increase in number toward the front and lateral margins of the shell
by interpolation of new ribs; no true bifurcation of the ribs was
observed. A strong median sinus occurs on specimens of the dorsal
valve in both shale and limestone. The shell is fibrous and impunctate.
No traces have been seen of the fine, rounded, radiating striz that
occur on the broader ribs and interspaces of P. christianix. This
species differs from P. wemanz. by its more transverse form and less
simple ribbing of the shell.
Formation and locality.--Upper Cambrian. Ceratopyge limestone,
Toren, Christiania; Slemenestad west of Christiania, Norway. Oland,
Borgholm, Sweden.
PLECTORTHIS DESMOPLEURA Meek.
Orthis coloradoensis Mrrx (not Shumard), Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., I, 1870,
p. 425.
Orthis desmopleura MrrK, U. 8. Geol. Sur. Wyoming, Hayden, 1872, p. 295.
This shell has the general form and external characters of O. wichi-
taensis. It differs in being less convex and in the details of the radi-
ating ribs. O. desmopleura differs from O. remnicha in its uniformly
smaller size, less convexity, and in the details of the radiating ribs.
The ribs have a wide range of variation, but when from the same
character of matrix they are all of the same type, and the shells grade
from one to the other.
«Brach. Camb. und Sil. Geschiebe in Diluvium Proy. Ost und Westpreussen, p. 34.
b Lethea Erratica in Pal. Abbordl., II, Pt. 5, 1885, p. 36.
262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Nothing is known of the interior of the valves beyond an imperfect
cast of the area of a dorsal valve. Orthis hamburghensis Walcott” is
a closely related species and it may be identical.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian to Lower Ordovician.
The Upper Cambrian locality is on Wolf Creek, 15 miles west-south-
west of Sheridan, Wyoming, on the eastern slope of the Big Horn
Mountains.
The type specimens are from near the base of the Ordovician rocks
at Glen Eyre, canyon of Camp Creek, near Colorado City. The species
has also been found on west side of Front Creek, below Beyer Park,
Colorado.
PLECTORTHIS DESMOPLEURA NYMPHA, new variety.
This variety is based on strongly convex ventral valves in which the
surface is marked by fine, radiating striz, separated into bands of 3 to
6 striae by stronger and more elevated striz; concentric lines and often
ridges of growth occur that on some shells give an imbricated appear-
ance to the shell beyond the umbo.
Formation and locality.—In passage beds between the Upper Cam-
brian and Ordovician, on north side of Tepee Creek, Big Horn
Mountains, Wyoming.
PLECTORTHIS DIABLO, new species.
This species is founded on a small, transverse shell that is marked
by a few prominent radiating costve that extend from the umbo to the
margin of the shell. In the cast the coste have a sharp summit and
slope evenly to a narrow space between them.
A ventral valve 9 mm. in height has a width of 14 mm., which is
about the average proportion of the specimens in the collection. The
casts of the ventral valve show a rather low area divided by a delthy-
rium, the inner angles of which have a rather strong tooth on each
side. The dental plates extend backward farther than in most species
of the genus, becoming attached to the bottom of the valve only near
the teeth, and not extending forward as in P. remnicha to form a
pseudospondylium. None of the specimens in the half dozen shells in
the collection show the muscular or vascular markings. There may
or may not be a mesial depression on either valve.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. St. Croix sandstone of
Trempealeau, Wisconsin.
PLECTORTHIS DORIS, new species.
Of this species a ventral and dorsal valve occur in the collection.
The general form is rounded subquadrangular. The ventral valve is
strongly convex with the greatest height at the umbo, from which the
«Mong. VIII, U. 8. Geol. Surv., 1884, p. 73, pl m, figs. 5, 5a.
NO. 1395, CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 2638
beak arches over a high, backward inclining area. The dorsal valve is
much like the ventral in form, except that it is less convex and less
elevated at the area. Surface of both valves with numerous radiating
ribs that have an angular summit and an angular depression between
them. The ribs increase in number toward the front by interpola-
tion. The ventral valve has a length of 7 mm.; width 8 mm. The
dorsal valve is a little shorter than the ventral.
This shell is not unlike Plectorthis indianola in form and surface
characters. It differs in being more convex and in the absence of a
sinus or median fold on either valve.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Chang Hsia limestone.
Two and three-quarters miles southwest of Yen Chuang, Shantung,
China.
Collection of Mr. Eliot Blackwelder, Carnegie Institution Expedi-
tion to China.
PLECTORTHIS HASTINGSENSIS, new species.
Shell transversely subelliptical. Surface with numerous strong,
rounded, radiating ribs increasing in number by interpolation. The
ribs appear to be broader and with narrower interspaces on the ventral
valve; concentric ridges and fine strie of growth are a marked feature
of the surface. A ventral valve 4 mm. in length has a width of 6 mm.;
a dorsal valve 6 mm. long is 10 mm. in width.
Ventral valve strongly convex, most elevated on the umbo, and
without mesial fold; apex incurved slightly over the delthyrium area
well detined, and divided midway by a large delthyrium, it is inclined
but little from the vertical.
Dorsal valve slightly convex in young shells, and becoming more so
as they increase in size; area lowand inclined backward over the hinge
line.
Observations.—This species is unlike other described forms in the
character of its ribs, with the exception of Plectorthis johannensis,
which it resembles very closely. Doctor Matthew describes the latter
species as having a very thin shell, and it is found in the Upper Cam-
brian at St. John. No interior features have been seen. Dr. G. F.
Matthew mentions having found fragments of Protorthis or Orthes in
the phosphate nodules at Hastings Cove, too imperfect for description. “
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Upper Paradoxides
zone. Hastings Cove, Kennebecasis River, at base of Paradoxides
zone, Hanford Brook, in limestone and superjacent shale, St. John
County, New Brunswick.
«Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, 2d ser., III, 1897, p. 180.
264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. xxvii.
PLECTORTHIS IDDINGSI, new species.
General form and convexity much like that of some varieties of 2.
indianola. Its surface characters also approach those of the more
reoularly ribbed shells of the latter species. ‘The principal difference
is in the less convexity, lower umbo, and lower area of /?. ¢ddings/.
The interior of the ventral valve shows a short, well-defined umbonal
cavity, with a strong vascular sinus on each side of it that extends well
forward into the valve.
The species is named after Prof. Joseph P. Iddings of the Univer-
sity of Chicago, formerly of the U. S. Geological Survey, who col-
lected the specimen. —
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Gallatin terrane, south
side of Gallatin Valley, Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming.
PLECTORTHIS INDIANOLA, new species.
Shell small, transverse, with the cardinal extremities rounded, angu-
lar, and in some specimens almost alate. Valves moderately convex,
the ventral nearly twice as much so as the dorsal; the hinge line varies
in length from slightly less than the greatest width of the shell to
where, in the shells with extended cardinal extremities, it is one-fifth
greater than the width of the shell across the center.
The ventral valve may or may not have a mesial depression. In
some examples the depression is broad and rounded, and in others it
is shallow with stronger ribs at each margin; umbo somewhat elevated,
and curving over toward the hinge line, beyond which it projects, ter-
minating in a small, incurved beak; dorsal valve considerably less
convex than the ventral; beak small and projecting slightly over the
hinge line. The median sinus in the dorsal valve varies from a broad,
shallow depression to a narrow, rather deep furrow that gives a
bilobed appearance to the valve.
The surface is quite variable in the strength and arrangement of the
strong and minor radiating elevated ribs and striz. On some shells
they are very fine and of nearly equal size, separated by grooves of
about the same width as the ribs or striz. In other examples every
third or more widely separated rib is stronger and elevated above a
more or less broad interspace marked by fine ribs or coste.
Almost nothing is known of the interior of the valves. A few
specimens show a well-marked umbonal cavity beneath the umbo that
is much like that of O. remnicha. The area of the ventral valve is
inclined backward at an angle of about 65° to the plane of the margin
of the valve. It is rather low and broken midway by a strong delthy-
rium. The area of the dorsal valve is low and inclined well out over
the hinge line.
Observations.— Plectorthis indianola is almost as variable in its form
and surface markings as P. awichitaens/s, with which it is associated at
a number of localities. It differs from the latter in the bilobed dor-
No. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA—WALCOTT. 265
sal valve, more strongly incurved umbo and apex of the ventral valve,
and the general appearance of convexity and rotundity of the ventral
valve. When the specimens of the two species are imperfect, or the
young shells of 7. wichitaensis occur in association with the shells of
P. indianola it is difficult to determine positively to which species they
belong.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Top of Reagan forma-
tion, west side of Honey Creek, near SE. corner sec. 35, T. 1 5.,
R. { E., Ardmore quadrangle,, northwest extremity of Arbuckle
Mountains, about 4 miles east of Homer, Indian Territory, Reagan
ereensand, two-thirds of a mile east of Canyon Creek, 15 miles north-
west of Fort Sill, SE. + NE. + sec. 2, T. 4 N., R. 18 W., Wichita
Mountains, Oklahoma Territory.
Middle Cambrian. Reagan Formation, SW. 4 sec. 17, T. 4 N., R.
12 W., Wichita Mountains, 11 miles northwest of Fort Sill, Okla-
homa Territory. Potosi limestone, near Potosi, Missouri. Limestone
on Cold Creek, north end of gorge, opposite north end of Sponge
Mountain, Llano County, ‘Texas.
PLECTORTHIS JOHANNENSIS Matthew.
Orthisina (?) johannensis MarrnEw, 1891, Trans. Roy. Soe. Can., IX, 1891, p.
49, pl. xxu, figs. 13a-e.
Original description.—Shell subquadrate, doubly convex, rather flat, very thin.
Dorsal valve depressed at the sides and front, and having a broad, shallow median
sinus. The valve is about one-quarter wider than long, and the hinge line is nearly
as long as the length of the shell. Umbo slightly elevated, hinge plate weak and thin.
Ventral valve depressed at the sides, and having a few median ridges running from
the umbo to the front of the shell. This valve is somewhat geniculated at two-fifths
of its length from the umbo, and from the bend faintly raised ridges diverge to the
anterior angles of the shell; behind the geniculation the surface of the shell ismarked
by faint undulations similar to those of Strophomena rhomboidalis.
The umbo is not prominent, but the back of the valve is regularly curved and the
area rather low.
Sculpture.—Closely set strive radiating from the umbo and faint concentric strie
mark the shell.
Size.—Length of the ventral valve, 9 mm.; width, 10 mm. Length of dorsal, 8
mm.; width, 10 mm.
Horizon and locality.—[ Upper Cambrian C. D. W.] Limestone lentilles in the
black shales of division 3a, Germaine street, St. John.
This species has a low umbo for an Orthisina, and in its form recalls the genus
Strophomena, as also do the concentric undulations that are found on the back of the
ventral valve. The dorsal valve, however, is convex, and the area of this and the
ventral valve too high for a Strophomena. It does not appear to agree with any
described species of Orthisina. It resembles O. orientalis White, somewhat in form,
but is not so long nor so wide at the hinge. From 0. pepina Hall, it differs in its
lower umbo and area, shorter hinge, and smoother surface. It approaches more
closely to the form from the Potsdam sandstone of the West, figured by Professor
Hall, but not named, except as a Strophomena or Strophodonta.”’ @
“Preliminary Notice of the Fauna of the Potsdam Sandstone. Sixteenth Rep.
N. Y. State Cab. Nat. Hist., pl. v1, fig. 22.
266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Doctor Matthew very kindly sent me the types of this species.
There is little that can be added to his very complete description. As
far as known, the characters of the shell are those of the group of
species referred to, Plectorthis.
PLECTORTHIS KAYSERI, new species.
This isa larger shell than P/ectorthis linnarssoni, with which it is
associated. Its surface is marked by numerous fine radiating strie, 4
to 5 in a distance of 1 mm., and the inner layers of the shell appear to
be minutely punctate. The ventral valve is more convex than the
dorsal, the latter being nearly flat in young shells. Nothing is known
of the interior except one cast of the pseudospondylium of the dorsal
valve, which is larger in proportion than that of P. /énnarssond.
The largest ventral valve has a length of 14 mm.; width, 20 mm.
This species belongs in the group of Plectorthis represented by
P. desmopleura and P. linnarssoni.
The species is named after Dr. Emanuel Kayser.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Lower part of Chao
Mi Tien (4%) limestone, 2.7 miles southwest of Yen Chuang, and
Chao Mi Tien, Province of Shantung, China. Collected by Eliot
Blackwelder and Bailey Willis of the Carnegie Institution Expedi-
tion, 1903.
PLECTORTHIS LINNARSSONI Kayser.
Orthis linnarssoni Kayser, Cambrische Brach., von Liau-Tung, China, Rich-
thofen, IV, 1888, p. 34, pl. 11, fig. 1.
Original description.—Shell semielliptic in outline, broader than long, with hinge
edge straight, corresponding to the greatest breadth of the shell. Large [ventral]
valve moderately convex. Small [dorsal] valve slightly arched, with a sinus devel-
oping already at the umbo, and growing quite broad and deep toward the edge.
Umbo of ventral valve small, area very low. Surface of shell covered with rather
sharp ribs, very variable in strength, separated by narrow furrows. By reason of
repeated splitting, beginning close to the umbo, the ribs appear rather as bundles of
ribs. On the matrix these bundles appear as broad, obtuse-angled folds, which,
owing to repeated marginal splitting in even a higher degree than on the shell
itself, appear as bundles of ribs of very unlike strength. When the surface is well
preserved, a delicate concentric growth striation is perceptible.
Doctor Kayser compares this shell with Orthds hicksi Salter, and
). exporecta Linnarsson, on account of the surface characters. It does
not appear to be very closely related to either species, but it is in
many respects allied to Plectorthis desmopleuraand P. wichitaensis. P.
linnarssoné differs from both in being more transverse.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Lower part of Chao Mi
Tien (4) limestone, 2.7 miles southwest of Yen Chuang, Province of
Shantung, China. Collected by Eliot Blackwelder and Bailey Willis,
of the Carnegie Institution Expedition, 1908,
No, 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA —WALCOTT. 267
PLECTORTHIS NEWTONENSIS Weller.
Orthis newtonensis WELLER, Geol. Sur. New Jersey, Pal., II], 1903, Pal. Faunas,
p. 113, pl. 1, figs. 3-5.
This little shell occurs in the form of casts in a sandstone that is too
coarse to preserve the details of the outer surface. The cast of the
interior shows fine, simple, radiating ribs that increase by interpola-
tion and that are coarser on the ventral than on the dorsal valve.
Ventral valve slightly flattened at the front; dorsal valve with a broad
mesial sinus. The shell appears to have been thin. The cast of the
pseudospondylium of the ventral valve shows it to have been clearly
defined; the area is low and not sharply defined from the curve of the
cardinal margin; it is nearly vertical to the plane of the margin of the
valve. The cast of the area beneath the umbo in the dorsal valve is
more triangular and less transverse than usually occurs; unfortunately
the material is too imperfect to determine any details.
This species is the eastern representative in the Upper Cambrian of
Plectorthis indianola and iddingst. As far as can be determined by
the material available for comparison, it is closely related to them, but
it is not probable that they are specifically identical.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian sandstone, Hardyston
quartzite of Weller, Newton, New Jersey.
PLECTORTHIS PAGODA, new species.
Shell transverse, subsemicircular; a ventral valve 11 mm. in length
has a width of 15 mm., and a dorsal valve 8 mm. in length has a
width of 18 mm.; hinge line a little shorter than the greatest width of
the shell; cardinal angles vary from 75° to 111°; valves moderately
convex. Cardinal area narrow in both valves and inclined backward
from the hinge line. Surface marked by equidistant, narrow, low
ribs, 8 in a space of 2 mm. near the front margin of a shell 10 mm.
long, with fine, radiating striz between them; the radiating ribs and
striz are crossed by fine, concentric striz, and lines of growth.
Ventral valve with a strong, somewhat angular, median fold, rising
from a well defined depression on each side of it, or it might be
designated as a very strong rib rising above the general surface of
the valve from a broad, median depression; the lateral slopes are
gently convex. Dorsal valve with a strong, angular, median depres-
sion, beginning at the posterior margin and vradually widening to the
front; the sides of the depression rise above the general surface of the
valve, and form with the outer slope a well defined, low ridge on each
side that extends a little forward on the front margin to fit into the
depressions on each side of the median fold of the ventral valve.
The interior of a small dorsal valve has a broad, strong median ridge
corresponding to the depression on the exterior surface; amain vascular
268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
sinus starts on each side of the base of the median ridge and arches
outward and then forward about a depressed oval space on each side of
the ridge; lateral branches extend from the main sinus toward the
sides; the impressions of the anterior and posterior adductor muscle
sears occur on the slopes of the median ridge and the oval depressions;
somewhat obscure radiating lines mark the anterior portion of the
surface.
Observations. —This shell is distinguished by its strongly marked
median ridge on the ventral valve and sinus on the dorsal valve. In
general form and surface markings it is not unlike Plectorthis desmop-
leura and Plectorthis wichitaensis.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Chao Mi Tien lime-
stone, two-thirds miles west and Pagoda Hill, one mile west-southwest
of Tai An Fu, Shantung, China.
Collection of Eliot Blackwelder, Carnegie Institution Expedition to
China.
PLECTORTHIS PAPIAS, new species.
This species is founded to receive a form represented by two small
dorsal valves from the Paradoxides zone of Newfoundland. They are
moderately convex, with a low area divided by a broad delthyrium;
surface marked by numerous, rounded, depressed ribs, crossed by con-
centric striz and ridges of growth. Length of shell 4 mm.; width,
> mm.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Paradoxides zone.
Shales with /aradoxides davisi and 40 feet lower in the section.
Manuels river, Conception Bay, Newfoundland.
PLECTORTHIS REMNICHA Winchell.
Orthis remnicha N. H. Wincueuy, Fourteenth Ann. Rep. Geol. Nat. Hist. Sur-
vey Minnesota, 1886, p. 317, pl. u, fig. 7.
Orthis? remnicha Waucott, Mong. XXXII, U. 8. Geol. Survey, 1899, pp. 461,
452, pl. Lx1, figs. 3, 3a; pl. Lx, figs. 1, la-d.
Shell of medium size, usually slightly transverse, with an oblong,
oval outline for the ventral valve, and a subquadrate to semicircular
outline for the dorsal valve. Valves moderately convex, with an
almost straight hinge line that varies in length from nearly the great-
est width of the shell to two-thirds the greatest width; cardinal angles
varying from 90° or less in the extreme forms, with extremities some-
what angular, to the other extreme, where they are very obtuse and
have the appearance of being almost rounded, their angle being not
less than 120°. Cardinal area narrow, but well developed on each
valve, and divided by a rather large delthyrium.
The ventral valve has in some specimens a shallow mesial depres-
sion, and in some examples it is flattened toward the cardinal angles;
beak small and curving down toward the hinge line, beyond which it
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 269
projects slightly. Dorsal valve slightly less convex than the ventral;
beak small, scarcely projecting beyond the hinge line.
Surface marked by bifurcating, radiating coste, that vary on shells
of similar size from 16 in the space of 5 mm. to 3 in the same space.
This variation is shown in the specimens from Texas, Wisconsin, and
Wyoming. In well preserved specimens very fine, radiating, raised
strie occur both on the coste and on the intervening depressions.
These are shown on the casts of the shells from the St. Croix sand-
stone of Winfield, Wisconsin, and on the larger shells from the lime-
stones of Indian Territory and the Yellowstone National Park.
The interior of the ventral valve shows a slightly raised, rather
small tripartite umbonal cavity beneath the umbo, which is the only
trace of interior markings of this valve observed. The interior of the
dorsal valve has a slightly elevated area upon which occurs a narrow,
short median septum. The crural plates are also well shown. In
casts of the interior from the St. Croix sandstone of Wisconsin the
dental lamelle of the ventral valve are finely shown, and in the dorsal
valve the median septum and crural plates.
This is one of the most variable shells that occur in the Cambrian
fauna. Its range of variation is such in all of the widely separated
localites in which it occurs that one would scarcely hesitate, if in pos-
session only of the extremes, to identify two well-marked species.
The variation is not only in the radiating coste, but also in the gen-
eral form of the shell. This variation is expressed in three varieties
that receive names, and others might be designated if more minute
variations were given consideration.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. St. Croix sandstone,
Red Wing, Minnesota. Four miles north of Reedsburg and at Win-
field, Wisconsin.
Near base of Upper Cambrian, on ridge eight miles east of Yellow-
stone River, three miles north-northeast of Mount Delano, Park County;
Gallatin terrane, Crowfoot section, Gallatin Range, Yellowstone
National Park. It also occurs at a slightly lower horizon on the south
side of the Gallatin Valley, and specimens were collected farther to
the north by Dr. A. C. Peale, opposite the mouth of Pass Creek, in
the Gallatin Valley, Montana.
Upper division of Reagan formation, NW. } sec. 1, T.28., R. 1 E.
West side of Honey Creek, near SE. corner sec. 35, T. 1 S., R. 1 E.
Ardmore quadrangle; northwest extremity of Arbuckle Mountains,
about 4 miles east of Homer, Indian Territory.
PLECTORTHIS REMNICHA SULCATA, new variety.
This variety is founded on the strongly suleate dorsal valve. The
ventral valve shows only a slight flattening of the median portion.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. St. Croix sandstone,
Winfield, Taylors Falls, and four miles north of Reedsburg, Wisconsin.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04——18
270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
PLECTORTHIS REMNICHA TEXANA, new variety.
The rounded, subquadrate form, and the arrangement of the radi-
ating cost serves to differentiate this variety. This coste vary con-
siderably on different shells, but the tendency of the larger number
is toward a surface characterized by narrow, evenly spaced, radiating
ribs; fine radiating strie occur on the ribs and interspaces. A shell
that is doubtfully referred to this variety occurs in the silicious Middle
Cambrian limestones, 50 feet above the conglomerate series, St. Francis
County; also in section 22, township 35 of Iron County, Missouri.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Cold Creek Canyon,
Burnett County; on Cold Creek, north end of Sponge Mountain, 2
miles south of San Saba County line in Llano county, Texas. Arbuckle
limestone, NE. i sec. 2, T. 2. S., R. 1 E., Ardmore quadrangle,
Indian Territory.
PLECTORTHIS REMNICHA WINFIELDENSIS, new variety.
This variety is characterized by having finer and more uniform
coste than any of the shells referred to 7. remnicha. The costz
increase by interpolation rather than bifurcation in the true sense of
the word. The shorter cost begin as very narrow, sharp ridges,
merging into the sides of the larger coste below the summit of the
latter, or they may arise entirely on the interspaces between the cost.
The pseudospondylium is less strongly developed than in P. remnt-
cha. The young shells are usually narrower at the hinge line than the
adult; but this feature is sometimes present in large shells.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. St. Croix sandstone,
Winfield, Pilot Knob, and doubtfully Trempealeau, Wisconsin.
PLECTORTHIS RETROFLEXA Matthew.
Gonambonites plana var. retroflexca DE VERNEvIL, Beitrage zur Geognosie des
Russischen Reiches, 1830, p. 77, pl. xxv, figs. 1, 2.
Clitambonites (Gonambonites) plana var. retrofleca Marruew, Trans. Roy. Soe.
Canada, 2d ser., I, 1896, p. 266, pl. m1, figs. la-c.
Clitambonites planus retroflecus ScuvucHErT, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Survey No. 87,
1897, p. 184.
Billingsella retrofleca Marrnuew, Geol. Sur. Canada, Rep. Cambrian Rocks, Cape
Breton, 1903, p. 148, pl. x, figs. 2a-e.
This species is distinguished by the fine radiating coste on the ven-
tral valve and coarser cost on the dorsal. The fine, longitudinal
striz are similar to those of P. remnicha. Ina specimen of the ven-
tral valve, the pseudospondylium, area, and base of the main vascular
sinuses are shown. Specimens of the dorsal valve show the cast of
the strong cardinal process, dental sockets, and crura, and the ovarian
areas and visceral area between. Doctor Matthew describes other
features of the interior of the valves.
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. Def eal
The character of the coste and general features of this shell, as far
as known, appear to class it with ?. remnicha and allied forms.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Sandstone and sandy
shales, McFees Point, near George River station, Cape Breton, Nova
Scotia.
PLECTORTHIS SALTENSIS Kayser.
Orthis saltensis KAysER, Paleeontographica, Primord, und Sil. Foss. Argentinischen.
Rep., 1876, p. 8, pl. 1, fig. 16.
Doctor Kayser’s description of the figures lead me to refer this spe-
cies to the genus Plectorthis. The general form of the valves, the
casts of the interior of the ventral valve, with the strong umbonal cavity
and the radiating ribs, increasing in number by intercalation of new
ribs, appear to sustain the reference.
Formation and locality. —Upper Cambrian. Sandstone of Salta and
Nevado de Castillo, and at Tileuya, Argentine Republic.
Doctor Kayser also described and illustrated the dorsal valve of a
shell that he referred to Orthis sp. It suggests Orthis (Orusia)
lenticularis.
PLECTORTHIS TULLBERGI, new species.
This shell occurs in the passage beds to the Ordovician at the top of
the Ceratopyge zone. Its transverse outline and simple, strong ribs
serve to distinguish it from P. christianie and 2. daunus.
The specific name is given in memory of Sven Axel Tullberg.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Ceratopyge zone,
Olands, Borgholm, Sweden.
PLECTORTHIS WICHITAENSIS, new species.
In general form and outline this shell is related to P. desmopleura
and P. remnicha. It is more convex and differences in the radial rib-
bing and striation separate it from the former species, and it occurs in
an older geological formation. Its convexity and surface characters
distinguish it from P. remnicha.
_A considerable number of relatively smooth shells occurs in the col-
lections that may be designated as a variety, but it is often difficult
to separate them from the more finely ribbed specimens that are
typical of the species.
Formation and locality.—Upper part of Middle Cambrian and base
of Upper Cambrian.
Middle Cambrian, Reagan formation. A little south of W. 3 of sec.
2,T.4.N.,R.13 W. One-quarter mile south of Canyon Creek Camp,
15 miles northwest of Fort Sill, Wichita Mountains. Also in same
\area near middle of west half of sec. 13, T. 4 N., R. 183 W.; 2 miles
south and 1 mile east of Canyon Creek Camp; also in SW. 4 sec. 17, 4
miles east of Canyon Creek Camp, 11 miles northwest of Fort Sill,
~
oT? PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Oklahoma Territory. Cold Creek, north end of gorge opposite north
end of Sponge Mountain, Llano County, Texas, Conglomerate series
and 50 feet above, St. Francis County, Missouri. Upper Cambrian.
Lower part of Arbuckle limestone. At small hill 2 miles southwest of
Signal Mountain, Wichita Mountains, Oklahoma Territory. Reagan
ee top beds, nee side of Honey Creek near SE. corner sec.
5,T.18., R. 1 E.; NW. $sec. 1,T.28., R. 1 E., Ardmore quadrangle.
ores BY: extremity of reasnse Mountain, poor 4 miles east of
Homer, Indian Territory.
PLECTORTHIS WICHITAENSIS LAEVIUSCULUS, new variety.
A variety with small, narrow, numerous ribs is given the above
name. Many graduations exist between it and the typical forms of
P. wichitaensis.
Formation and locatity.—Same as P. wichitaensis in Oklahoma and
Indian Territories.
PLECTORTHIS WIMANI, new species.
This shell is distinguished from 7%. christianie and P. daunus by the
rounded, narrow, simple ribs, less transverse and more rounded out-
line. A ventral valve shows a well-defined pseudospondylium with
the tripartite division as seen in /7ectorthis remnicha. Two strong
main vascular sinuses extend forward from the lateral divisions of the
umbonal cavity nearly to the front of the valve, corresponding in
position to those of the dorsal valve. The cast of the dorsal valve
indicates the presence of rather strong crura, crural plates, teeth
sockets, and delthyrium.
The ventral valve is rather ‘strongly convex and dorsal valve about
one-half as much so. ‘The average size is 6 mm. to 7 mm. in diameter,
the ventral valve being about 1.5 mm. larger than the dorsal. The
largest ventral valve in the material available for study has a length
of 9 mm.
The species is named after Dr. Carl Wiman in recognition of his
excellent work on the cambrian faunas of Sweden.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Ceratopyge zone.
Limestone at Oland, Borgholm, Sweden. Limestone at Slemenstad
west of Christiania; black argilaceous shale, Christiania, Norway.
PLECTORTHIS 2 Sp.?
Dr. J. F. Pompeckj“ mentions two species of Orthis from the
Middle Cambrian green Paradoxides shales of Bohemia which appear,
from the illustration, to belong to the genus / ‘lectorthas. The mater-
aJahrbuch k. k. geol. Reichsanstalt, XLV, p. 514, pl. xv, fig. 6 ae Te ff
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 273
ial is too imperfect to base specific determinations upon. Doctor
Pompeckj describes them as follows:
(Plate xv, fig. 6.)
Orthis sp.—In the green Paradoxides slate of the Dlouhé hora above the brook of
Zbiroy near Skrej there were found some impressions of dorsal valves, which depart
from Orthis romingeri. The ribs are remarkably broad, flat, and separated by
narrow interspaces; ribs may be observed to be split several times.
(Plate xv, fig. 7.)
Orthis sp.—The impression of a dorsal valve from green Paradoxides slate in the
gorge above Luh near Skrej also departs from Orthis romingeri by its greater breadth
and less distinct ribbing.
ORUSIA, new subgenus of ORTHIS.
Orthis lenticularis of authors is not an Orthis as restricted by Hall
and Clarke.“ It appears to belong more nearly to the group of species
assembled under Pectorthis. It departs from Plectorthis in its very
thin shell, subequally convex valves, small umbonal cavity, and wide
variation in form and surface characters, and is here placed under a
new subgenus.
The only species of the subgenus Orusia is O. (O.) lenticularis
which occurs in the Upper Cambrian. Another species that is doubt-
fully referred to the subgenus is 0. (0. 4) ewrekensis a Middle Cambrian
form that appears to be nearer (. ( 0.) denticular?s than to other known
species of the genus Orthis.
The species referred to Orusza are:
Name. M.C. | Wace:
=— |
(Orusia ienticulansiatrypordes Matthew, osc cc sess ose se eine ese sence wecne se neceulaa neces
(ORUStO NLENECULATISILYMCLOLACS NAULIG Wise cee. e ee are ie ce inietin eh atse vee scan oh anges ses |eea eens
Dem (COIUSILE) MEUNEKCISTO WV Bl COGU ca tesiaricia ote ciniciine see lee te aeanie se Anca we sieroninectlaee toeeelen x |
nAwmn
ile lone LENTECULOTIS NV DULETA DET Be rae erecta acacia oie aR ype cic ao peercratein a ea ee ent |
ORTHIS (ORUSIA) LENTICULARIS Wahlenberg.
Anomites lenticularis WAHLENBERG, Nova Acta Upsala, VIII, 1821, Petr. tell.
Suec., p. 66.
Atrypa? lenticularis DALMAN, Kongl. Utenskaps Acad. Hand., 1827, p. 132.
Spirifera lenticularis Von Bucn, Abhand1 d. Berl. Akad., 1834, p. 48, pl. 1, figs.
13, 14.
Atrypa? lenticularis Histncrer, Lethzea Svecica, 1837, p. 76.
Atrypa lenticularis Ksgruir, Geol. d. stidl. Norw., 1857, p. 284; Veiviser ved.
geol. exc. i. Christiania omegn., 1865, p. 3, fig. 7; Syd. Norges geol. atlas,
Msi), jolly xaan.
Orthis lenticularis SautER, Mem. Geol. Sur. Great Britain, IIT, 1866, p. 339, pl.
Iv, figs. 8-10.
Orthis lenticularis Davipson, Geol. Mag., V, 1868, pl. xvi, figs. 20-22; British
Foss. Brach., III, 1871, p. 230, pl. xxx1n, figs. 22-28.
aPal. N. Y., VILL, Pt. 1, pp. 192-194.
bo
74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Orthis lenticularis? Kayser, Palscontographica, Primordiale und untersil. Foss.
Argentinischen Republik, II, 1876, p. 9, pl. 1, figs. 11, 12.
Orthis lenticularis Broacer 1882, Die Sil. Etagen, 2 und 3, p. 48.
Orthis lenticularis Marranw, Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, IX, 1891, p. 46, pl. xm,
figs. Ya-d.
Orthis lenticularis var. strophomenoides Matthew, Trans. Roy. Soe. Canada, IX,
1841, p. 49, pl. xu, figs. 12a, 12b.
Dr. George F. Matthew in his excellent review of the descriptions
of this species gives a translation of Wahlenberg’s original description,
together with the Latin; also Dalman’s, Leopold von Buch’s, and
Salter’s descriptions.
He calls attention to the fact that if the reader will compare the sev-
eral descriptions of this species by the authorities named he will be
surprised at the diversity they exhibit. This diversity, Doctor
Matthew thinks, is due partly to the imperfect descriptions of the
earlier writers, but chiefly to the remarkable variability of the species.¢
Doctor Matthew recognized the species in the Upper Cambrian, St.
John, New Brunswick, and he also distinguished three varieties.
Through Doctor Matthew’s kindness I had the opportunity of studying
the types of the varieties.
Through M. Schmalensee, collector of the geological survey of
Sweden, I secured a large and fine series of this species from thin
bands of limestone in the Olenus and alum shales at Olands and Nunne-
burg. I also collected a quantity of the shells from the Upper Cam-
brian of Manuels River, Newfoundland. From this material an
attempt has been made to select a series illustrating the great range of
variation in form and surface markings; first, from Sweden; second,
Newfoundland, and third, New Brunswick. I was not able to obtain
satisfactory material from Wales, but Mr. Davidson’s figures illustrate
fully the peculiarities of the species as it occurs there. These illustra-
tions will appear in the completed monograph on the Cambrian
brachiopoda.
Only one specimen was found in which the two valves were united.
The convexity of the two valves is subequal, the ventral being a trifle
ereater.
A very careful search has been made of casts of the interior to illus-
trate the muscle scars and vascular markings. In a few instances
traces have been found. One of these shows the area (pseudospondy-
lium) beneath the umbo of the ventral valve; also the main vascular
sinuses. Doctor Matthew illustrates some traces of the vascular
markings and muscle scars, but they are almost too indefinite to be of
value.
In a single specimen of the ventral valve from Olands, the cast of
the umbonal cavity is nearly as sharp as in some specimens of Plec-
torthis remnicha. The cavity is tripartite, the central division being
“Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., IX, 1891, pp. 46-47.
No, 1895. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 975
occupied by the diductor muscle scars, and the two lateral divisions are
continuous with the ridges representing the casts of the main vascular
sinuses. I have been unable to determine positively whether there is
a deltidium present or not. The delthyrium is clearly shown in sey-
eral specimens. Casts of the interior of the dorsal valve from New-
foundland show the presence of crural plates that extend to the bottom
of the valve; also short, but very definite, crura and small depressions
beside the latter for the reception of the teeth of the ventral valve. A
cast of the ventral valve shows that the ventral plates extend to the
bottom of the valve, and specimens from Sweden show that the dental
plates and a transverse arching ridge sharply define, in certain ind1-
vidual ventral valves, the umbonal cavity.
The average size of the specimens from Olands is about 5 by 6 mm.
One dorsal valve is 7 by 9mm. ‘Those from Nunneberg average from
5 to 6 mm., with occasional shells 7 by 8. In Newfoundland great
numbers occur 4 by 5 mm., but there are also examples having a
height of 10 mm., witha width of 12mm. Doctor Matthew states that
the medium size of the shell is about 5 by 6 mm. in the Acadian rocks.
Doctor Brégger mentioned an example from Téien, Vestfossen, 10.5
by 12.5 mm.
I have now attempted any detailed description of the species, as
it is so variable in form and surface markings. An attempt was
made to discriminate varieties in the material from Sweden and
Newfoundland, but there was sucha gradation in all of the characters
upon which such differentiation might rest that it was finally aban-
doned. Doctor Matthew considers that he has reason for establishing
varieties among the New Brunswick forms. Whether these would be
of value if a large amount of material were available for comparison
is doubtful.
Dr. E. Kayser® illustrates a shell that is apparently identical with
O. (O.) lenticularis, which occurs in the sandstone at Tileuya, Argen-
tine Republic, in association with Olenus, Agnostus, etc. He also
illustrates on Plate I, fig. 18, a dorsal valve of a small Orthzs that in
many respects looks more like Q. /enticular/s than figs. 11 and 12. I
very much doubt if they represent this species; in fact Doctor Kayser
questions his identification by an interrogation mark. He says of the
shell:
Another much smaller Orthis species occurs in the fine-grained sandstones of Til-
cuya, associated with Olenus, Agnostus, Arionellus, Theca, and Orthis saltensis,
which has just been described. The smaller Orthis species is transversely oval in
outline, with straight hinge edge, corresponding to the greatest breadth of the shell.
The ventral valve is moderately arched, the dorsal somewhat less. The surface of
both valves is covered with comparatively strong ribs, arranged in bundles. On the
middle of the ventral valve there is an especially well-marked rib or bundle of ribs.
« Paleontographica, Primordiale und untersil. Foss. Argentenischen Rep’b., p. 9,
ploi, fips. 11, 12:
276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
To it Core c orden on the Ace valve: a Ww Tele sence sinus, limited on each side by a
strong bundle of ribs.
The form just described agrees in the main so well with the figures given by Salter
and Davidson of the small English form identified with Wahlenberg’s lenticularis,
that I can hardly doubt its specific identity with the latter.
Of Orthis sp. he remarks:
Before me lies a cast from Tileuya, representing a third Orthis species. It is almost
equal in size to O. saltensis, but differs from it by its outline, which is greatly pro-
longed transversely, the greatest breadth at the hinge edge, and the feebly wing-like
projection of the hinge corners. This last-named characteristic and the much larger
dimensions distinguish this fossil also from O. lenticularis. The surface of the shell
has been covered with very strong bundles of ribs.
Formation and localities.—Upper Cambrian. Olenus schists, Nunne-
burg; Olands; alum shales, Andrarum; many localities in West Got-
land, Sweden.
a Norway Doctor Brégger describes it from Vestfossen in associa-
tion with Peltura SE Peo
In Wales it occurs at the following localities, according to Davidson.¢
Orthis lenticularis seems to be confined to the Upper Lingulaflags (Dolgelly groups
of Belt, or upper portion of the Ffestiniog group of Sedgwick), and occurs at Pen-
morfa Church, near Tremadoc; near Criccieth, at Ogof-ddu Cliff, BWOrnyN -Barcud,
Khiwfelyn, and in several ened Welsh localities.
In New Brunswick Dr. G. F. Matthew states that it occurs in great
numbers and all sizes in limestone lentiles, inclosed in the black shale
of division 3a, at Germaine street, St. John.
In Newfoundland I found the separated valves covering the surfaces
of shaly limestone, also in the body of the thin limestone layers, about
300 feet higher in the section than the zone of Paradowxides hicksi,
Manuels River, Conception Bay.
The following varieties of Orthis lenticularis have been named by
Doctor Matthew. I find essentially the same forms present in the col-
lections from Sweden and Newfoundland. The variety strophomenoides
does not appear to be of varietal value. Many such occur in the Swe-
dish material.
ORTHIS (ORUSIA) LENTICULARIS ATRYPOIDES Matthew.
Orthis lenticularis var. atrypoides Marrnew, Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, IX, 1891,
p. 48, pl. xu, figs. lla, 11b.
Original description. —This form is comparatively smooth, though the ventral valve
is sometimes concentrically wrinkled. This valve is distinguished by a median ridge
and somewhat flattened sides, and the dorsal valve has an unusually deep sinus.
Size of the known examples, 6 by 6 mm. and 5 by 6 mm. for the two valves.
Formation and loc al aty.—Same as O. lenticularis in oN ew Brunswick.
aBrit. Foss. Brach., “IH, p. 232.
NO. 1395, CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. WE,
ORTHIS (ORUSIA) LENTICULARIS LYNCIOIDES Matthew.
Orthis lenticularis lyncioides Marrnnw, Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, IX, 1891, p. 49,
pl. x11, figs. 10a-c.
Original description.—Distinguished by its sharp, strong, radiating ribs, large umbo,
and high cardinal area. In some of the larger examples the radaiting ribs become
subordinate to and are replaced on the newer part of the shell by concentric striz,
reversing the usual position of the ribbed and the smooth parts of the shells of this
species. Size of the valves, about 6 by 8 mm.
Formation and locality.—Same as O. lenticularis in New Brunswick.
ORTHIS (ORUSIA ?) EUREKENSIS Walcott.
Orthis eurekensis Waucott, Mong. U. 8. Geol. Survey, VIII, 1884, p. 22, pl. 1x,
fig. 8.
Protorthis ? ewrekensis Haut and CuaRKE, Pal. N. Y., VIII, 1892, Pt. 1, p. 282.
Orthis ? ewrekensis ScHucHERT, Bull. U. S. Geol. Sur. No. 87, 1897, p. 286.
General form rounded subquadrate; strongly convex. Surface
marked by fine, rounded, radiating ribs, five in the distance of a mil-
limeter. Length of ventral valve, 4 mm., width, 4.5; dorsal valve a
trifle shorter.
Ventral valve with a high median fold over the umbo, that widens
and flattens toward the front margin, which is arched to receive the
projecting median depression of the dorsal valve. The umbo curves
over to the apex, which overhangs the hinge line. Area low, and
strongly inclined backward. ‘The interior cast shows that there was a
thick pseudospondylium, but no details of it are preserved. Dorsal
valve with a deep, gently curved, median sinus or depression, that
extends from the umbo to the front margin. In the cast strong ante-
rior adductor muscle scars are shown on the sides of the median
depression, and just back of them in the sinus what may be the smaller
posterior adductor scars.
Observations.—This strongly-marked shell suggests some of the more
convex shells of QO. (0.) denticularis; it differs in its fine ribs; deep
median sinus of dorsal valve and sharp fold of ventral valve; also in
the presence of a thickened shelf beneath the umbo of the ventral
valve that suggests a spondylium; this character, however, is some-
times indicated in O. (O.) lenticularis.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Prospect Mountain
limestone just beneath Secret Canyon shale. East slope of Prospect
Mountain, Eureka District, Nevada.
FINKELNBURGIA, new subgenus of, ORTHIS.
This subgenus is based upon two species that differ from Plectorthis
in having thick shells and strongly marked vascular trunks in the
ventral valve. The type of the subgenus, / jinkelnburgi, with its
acuminate and sometimes alate cardinal extremities and subequally
convex valves, is a very strongly marked type; the second species,
978 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
—. (£2) osceola, has obtuse cardinal extremities, and most of the exam-
ples closely resemble in form //ectorthis remnicha. It is only when
the specimens from the fine-grained sandstone of Trempealeau are
studied that one finds the thick shell and strong interior markings that
are unknown in species of /7ectorthis.
This subgenus is named after Mr. W. A. Finkelnburg, of Winona,
Minnesota, who has been one of the most intelligent and enthusiastic
collectors of Cambrian and Ordovician fossils in Minnesota in recent
years.
The species referred to /inkelnburgia are—
Cambrian.
Name. Teen | U
1. O. (Finkelnburgia) jinkelnburgt, MEW SPECIES .-.--.----- 25-22 0ees eee ne ew erates ene|s--s22|ecce=- } - Xx
2.0: (hinkelnburgia Osceola, MEW, SPECIES) 20. <a cise joe am ciatslos ae Bae a olny cinta 2 eee Sseee x
Os (Finkelnburgia) osceola.corrugata, NEW VaTIeLy << ..c.20- s2 cece gence esses asec aoe exe
ORTHIS (FINKELNBURGIA) FINKELNBURGI, new species.
Shell transverse with the cardinal angle extremities acuminate and
in some examples almost alate. In the ventral valve the hinge line
slopes toward the beak at a low angle; in the dorsal valve it is nearly
straight. There is considerable variation in the height and width of
the shell, this feature depending upon the extension of the cardinal
angles. The convexity of the valves is subequal. In some examples
the ventral valve is much more elevated and convex than in others,
and the same is true of the dorsal valve. A low, clearly defined,
mesial sinus occurs on the dorsal valve, being strongest in young shells,
and there is frequently a flattening of the mesial area on the ventral valve.
The surface is marked by fine, rounded, radiating coste, crossed by
concentric lines, and, occasionally ridges of growth. In a ventral
valve 7 mm. in height, 11 mm. in width, there are two cost in a dis-
tance of 1 mm.
The largest specimen of a ventral valve in the collection has a height
of 10 mm. with a width of 18 mm. The average shell is less than 8
mm. in height.
The cardinal area of the ventral valve is relatively high. It extends
backward over the hinge line at an angle varying from 15° to 45° from
the plane of the valve. The delthyrium is of moderate width and
apparently partially covered by a deltidium. The cardinal area of the
dorsal valve averages about one-half the height of that of the ventral
valve, although in some shells it is fully two-thirds as high. It extends
backward at an angle of about 70° to the plane of the valve. It is
divided midway by a strong delthyrium. None of the specimens in
the collections show whether there was a chilidium present or not.
In the interior of the ventral valve the strong teeth are supported
No. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA—WALCOTT. 279
by dental plates that extend to the bottom of the valve and bound the
umbonal cavity (pseudospondylium). The only traces of the vascular
system are the bases of strong vascular trunks. The adductor muscle
scars appear to have been carried into a very narrow space on an ele-
vated ridge between the deep impressions made by the main vascular
trunks; in another specimen the points of attachment of the muscles
are well advanced into the valve.
In the interior of the dorsal valve a cast of the pseudocruralium
appears to have a small, cardinal process, or callosity, but it is too
doubtful to serve as basis for a statement that the cardinal process is
present; there are traces of a median septum shown on the central
ridge toward the center of the valve. The cardinal process occurs
in the anterior half of the umbonal cavity. The casts of the interior
show that the crura are short and well defined, with relatively strong
dental sockets beside them. The only traces of the muscle scars
observed are those of the adductor.
Observations.—The exterior surface and size of this shell recalls 0.
(Finkelnburgia) osceola. It differs, however, in the accuminate ventral
angles and strongly convex dorsal valve. In form the elongate cardi-
nal angles relate this species to Billingsella ( Otusia) sandberg?, bat in
surface and interior markings it materially differs from the latter.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. St. Croix sandstone at
Trempealeau, Devils Lake, Osceola Mills, Wisconsin. Minneiska,
Minnesota.
ORTHIS (FINKELNBURGIA) OSCEOLA, new species.
The general form of this species is similar to that of P. remnicha,
except that it is usually more transverse. It is a smaller shell, aver-
aging for the ventral valve a height of 8 mm. and width of 11 mm.,
while P. remnicha averages 12 mm. in height and 14 to 16 mm. in width
in the adult shell. The radiating coste are more uniformly rounded
and regular and more numerous, except when compared with the
variety tevana. The shell of 0. (7°) osceola is thick like other forms
of the genus with a result that the vascular markings are definitely
outlined. In one specimen the anterior and posterior diductor scars
are beautifully shown; also the large main vascular sinuses so charac-
teristic of many species of Be/lingsella. The adductor scars, cardinal
process and median septum are well brought out in a cast. Some of
the dorsal valves approach quite closely to those of P. remnicha
sulcata.
formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. St. Croix sandstone,
Trempealeau; Menomonie, one-half mile southeast of court-house;
Mazomanie; Osceola Mills; Lodi, about one-third of a mile west of
railroad station, Wisconsin. Just below Dicellocephalus minnesotensis
bed, Winona, Minnesota.
280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
ORTHIS (FINKELNBURGIA) OSCEOLA CORRUGATA, new variety.
At two localities of O. (7) osceola a few specimens occur which
have strong concentric ridges formed by the piling up of lines of
growth. The shell has a corrugated appearance that is very distinc-
tive and it is designated as a variety.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. St. Croix sandstone,
Osceola Mills, Wisconsin. Just below D7cellocephalus minnesotensis
beds, Winona, Minnesota.
PROTORTHIS Hall and Clarke:
Protorthis Hatt and CuarKe, Pal. N. Y., VIII, 1892, Pt. 1, p. 231, pl. vira,
figs. 14-21; Eleventh Ann. Rep. State Geologist New York, p. 273, pl. vim,
figs. 3-7.
Billingsella ScuucHeErt, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Sur. No. 87, 1897, p. 334.
Original diagnosis.—Shells small, transversely subquadrate or semicircular. Hinge-
line straight, its length being equal to the greatest width of the valves. Valves
unequally biconvex, or subplanoconvex, the pedicle-valve being the larger. The
cardinal area is narrow on both valves, but is higher on the [ventral] pedicle-valve,
and is transected by a broad delthyrium, which is closed below by a concave plate
apparently produced by the union of the dental lamellse, which are not continued to
the bottom of the valve; teeth distinctly developed. In the [dorsal] brachial valve
the cardinal area also bears an open delthyrium; the dental sockets are obscure and
the crural plates small; the latter appear to unite and form a low elevation across
the base of the delthyrium. Cardinal process absent or rudimentary in all the speci-
mens examined. Muscular markings in both valves extremely obscure.
Surface marked by distinct plications, with interstitial finer radii, which are crossed
by delicate concentric strize; these are usually accompanied by a low sinus and fold
on the brachial and pedicle-valves, respectively; interior very finely papillose.
Shell-substance fibrous and apparently punctate.
Type.—Orthis Billingst Hartt. St. John group.
The characters of the St. John species are eminently comprehensive; first, the
form of the shell is one more frequently met with among the strophomenids
than among the orthids; the concave plate formed by the union of the dental
lamellee is never found in Orthis proper, though occurring in Scenidium. In Orthisina
or Clitambonites this plate is always present, but always supported by a median
septum and invariably accompanied by the convex deltidium, which, so far as
known, does not exist in Protorthis; while in the group typified by Orthis Pepina,
Hall (here designated by the term Billingsella), the convex deltidium of Clitam-
bonites is present and the concave or dental plate absent. The apparent absence of
a cardinal process in Protorthis may be due to the imperfections of the fragile shells
studied. The specimens of the St. John shells are preserved as external and inter-
nal casts, and from some of these there is reason to infer that the substance of the
shell was punctate.
Observations.—A. study of the various species here described under
the genus Protorthis has not given data that will add to the above
generic description. All of the species have evidence of puncte of
greater or less depth on the inner and outer surfaces of the shell, but
in none of them have puncte been found that penetrated through the
shell; this may be owing to the fact that all of the species are pre-
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 281
served as casts in the sandstone or shale, and none of them have the
original shell substance, or a calcareous or siliceous replacement of it.
A careful examination of a large number of specimens of the dorsal
valve fails to reveal a true cardinal process.
The genus ranges from the Middle Cambrian well up into the Upper
Cambrian. The Middle Cambrian species are: Protorthis billings‘,
Protorthis latourensis, Protorthis nautes, Protorthis quacoensis, Pro-
torthis spencer. Upper Cambrian: Protorthis? nunnebergensis, Pro-
torthis wing?, Protorthis, species undetermined.
The subgenus Loperia has one species P. (L.)dougaldensis from the
Middle Cambrian.
PROTORTHIS BILLINGSI Hartt.
Orthis billingsi Harrr, Acadian Geology, Dawson, 1868, 2d ed., p. 644, fig. 223.
Orthis billingss Waucort, Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey No. 10, 1884, p. 17, pl. 1, fig.
1, la-d.
Orthis billingsi MarrHEw, Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, III, 1886, p. 43.
Orthis ? billingsti Marrnew, Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, VIII, 1891, p. 131.
Protorthis billingst Haut and CuarKe, Pal. N. Y., VIII, Pt. 1, pp. 219, 282, pl.
vir A, figs. 14-20; Eleventh Ann. Rep. State Geologist, New York, 1892,
p. 273, pl. vit, figs. 3-7.
Billingsella billingsi ScuucHert, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Sur., No. 87, 1897, p. 158.
The generic description follows very closely that of the type species
P. billingst in its main features. All of the specimens are compressed
in the embedding shale, which renders it difficult to get a true concep-
tion of the convexity and forms of the valves. The outlines may be
transversely quadrilateral or subsemicircular or subquadrate. Usually
the area is inclined backward over the hinge line, but it may be distorted
by pressure so as to appear to incline forward. Young shells have a
well-defined median sinus on the ventral valve that shows as a flattened
space on the larger shells. A slight sinus sometimes appears on the
dorsal valve. The surface of the shell varies in the number and size
of the radiating ribs; sometimes they are scarcely visible toward the
cardinal margin, and in other shells they are clearly defined all over
the surface; the increase in number is by bifurcation and interpola-
tion; fine, thread-like concentric striz and strong squamose lines of
growth cross the ribs.
Ventral valve moderately convex, with the umbo and apex slightly
curved over the area or erect above the area. Area appears to be
slightly concave, divided midway by a triangular delthyrium, which
is more or less closed by a concave plate that Hall and Clarke consider
to be formed by the uniting of an extension of the dental plates or
lamelle; from the casts it appears that the teeth were well developed
and supported by dental plates that united at the center opposite the
delthyrium, but did not reach the bottom of the valve or a median
septum; the free spondylium varied in length from a narrow rim
982 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
opposite the head of the delthyrium to a plate two-thirds or more of
the length of the delthyrium.
Dorsal valve uniformly and moderately convex, with the apex
curved over to the edge of the low area; area divided by a broad
delthyrium; casts of the interior show that the crura were strong,
dental sockets shallow, and that the crural plates extended across
the umbonal cavity, uniting to define what may be called a pseudo-
curalium. No trace of a cardinal process has been seen in a large
number of casts of the interior, and Messrs Hall and Clarke did not
find any in a large amount of material.
The casts of the interior show that the shell was minutely punctate,
and a shell preserving some of the inner layers has every appearance
of punctate structure,
Observations.—This species differs from all recognized species of
the genus by its surface ribs and striz.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Paradoxides zone.
Dark argillaceous shales of division 1c, Seeley street, St. John, Port-
land Brook and Ratcliffs Millstream, New Brunswick.
PROTORTHIS HELENA, new species.
This species is founded on the cast of a ventral valve associated with
Protosiphon kempanum. The form of the spondylium and area is
like that of Protorthis latourensis, but the smooth shell with a broad,
rounded mesial sinus is unlike that species and also other species
of the genus. The shell appears to have been thicker than that of
P. latourensis. Only traces of growth lines are preserved on the cast.
The ventral valve is 10 mm. long with a width of 14 mm. The cast
shows that the teeth and dental plates were unusually strong.
This species differs from all others of the genus by its smooth or
nearly smooth surface and strong median sinus. It suggests Syntro-
phia barabuensis at first sight, but there is no evidence of a median
septum supporting the spondylium.
The specitic name is that of Mrs. Walcott who collected the specimen.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. St. John formation,
Kennebecasis River, St. John County, New Brunswick.
PROTORTHIS LATOURENSIS Matthew.
Kutorgina latourensis Marruew, Trans. Roy. Soe. Canada, III, 1886, p. 42, pl. v.
figs. 18, 18a-c.
Kutorgina latourensis Haut and CLARKE, Pal. N. Y., VIL, 1892, Pt. 1, pp. 93, 95,
233, pl. iv, figs. 18, 19, 20.
Original description.— Valves narrowly semicircular, broader than long, flat; umbones
low; greatest thickness in the posterior third; hinge line shorter than the width of
the shell.
Dorsal valve with a distinct median depression extending from the umbo to the
front margin, and with low ridges diverging from the beak toward the lateral third
of the front of the valve. Umbo not elevated above the hinge area, which is exceed-
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 283
ingly narrow or absent. Hinge line with two sharp, slightly projecting teeth near
the umbo [crura?].
Ventral valve with a narrow median ridge extending two thirds of the length of
the valve toward the front margin; also with a fainter ridge on each side diverging
toward the lateral third of the border of the valve; umbo very low; hinge area per-
ceptible but very narrow, longitudinally striated, and having a minute tooth on each
side of the very narrow and small foraminal opening.
Surface ornamented with about forty or fifty fine, faint, radiating strive; those of
the middle fifth are close, continuous, and straight; a few on each side of these are
more divergent, while those near the beak of the shell are fainter, closer than the
last, and moderately arched outward toward the lateral borders. The surface of the
valves is also marked by very fine but distinct concentric striz; and at somewhat
regular intervals by about twelve more distinct lines of growth. The concentric
strize are usually as distinct as the radiating. Casts of the interior of the valves
exhibit a smooth surface with some irregular, sinous, radiating striz.
Length 7 mm., width 11 mm. Length of hinge line, 8 mm.
Observations. —Doctor Matthew kindly sent me the types and cotypes
of this species, and from them and collections in the United States
National Museum, sufficient data was obtained to clearly show that his
opinion that the species belong to Protorthis and not Autorgina was
correct. As far as known the characters of the area, teeth and free
spondylium are the same as in 2. di//ings¢. The smooth casts suggest
Kutorgina® but the ribbed shells recall P. guacoensis and the area with
open delthyrium and free spondylium place the species in Protorthis.
Its very fine surface ribs differentiate P. /atourensis from all other
described species.
Formation and locality..—Middle Cambrian. St. John shales, divi-
sion le, Portland, New Brunswick.
PROTORTHIS LAVIS, new species.
Ventral valve transversely semicircular, moderately convex; surface
of cast smooth; area overhanging the hinge line at about 30° from the
plane of the margin of the valve. The cast shows a very clearly defined
free spondylium. Shell about 6 mm. in width and 4 mm. in length.
This is the only representative of the genus known outside of the
Atlantic basin Cambrian fauna. All other species occur in New
Brunswick and Cape Breton. Its smooth surface and inclined area
distinguish it from other species of the genus.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. St. Croix sandstone,
one-half mile southeast of county court-house, Menominee, Wisconsin.
PROTORTHIS NAUTES, new species.
This species has the same type of punctate interior surface as P.
billingsz, and casts of the exterior are marked by minute, closely set
papille that are casts of the puncte in the shell. Traces of the shell
284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
was punctate. The exterior form is like that of 2. d¢//ingsz, but in
the surface ribs it differs from the latter and other described species
of the genus.
A ventral valve hasa length of 5 mm.; width,8 mm. A dorsal valve,
length, 7 mm.; width, 10 mm. There is considerable variation in the
relative proportions between length and width.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Dark argillaceous
shales, Wasatch Range, near Montpelier, Idaho.
A similar shell occurs in the shaly limestone of the Middle Cambrian,
3 miles east of Antelope Springs, Utah.
PROTORTHIS (?) NUNNEBERGENSIS, new species.
Shell transversely semielliptical, plano-convex. Surface with very
fine ribs that increase by interpolation and bifurcation; on some shells
bands of slender ribs are delimited by stronger ribs, usually 2 to 5
between 2 more prominent ribs; fine concentric striz give a crenulated
aspect to the radiating ribs. Casts of the interior and exterior appear
to be minutely papillose, indicating puncte in the shell.
Ventral valve moderately convex, with the apex curved down to the
margin of the area; area and interior unknown. Dorsal valve flat or
very slightly concave between the umbo and margins; apex slightly
elevated above the plane of the surface and cardinal line; a median
sinus is present in some shells.
Observations.—It is a little hazardous to refer this species to Protor-
this, as only the general form and surface are known. The nearly
plano-convex valves and surface relate it more nearly to Protorthis
than Plectorthis, and it does not appear to fall within Leptena,
Rafinesquina, or Strophomena. The specimens were collected by Mr.
Von Schmalensee in a dark, argillaceous shale above the Ceratopyge
limestone and below the lower graptalite shale.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Mossebo, Nunneberg,
Vestergotland, Sweden.
PROTORTHIS QUACOENSIS Matthew.
Orthis quacoensis Marrurew, Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, III, 1886, p. 43, pl. v,
figs. 20, 20a-c.
Orthis ? quacoensis Marrnew, Trans. Roy. Soe. Canada, VIII, 1891, p. 131.
Protorthis quacoensis HALL and CLARKE, Pal. N. Y., VIII, Pt. 1, p. 232, pl. vir
A, fig. 21.
Billingsella quacoensis ScnucHeErt, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Sur., No. 87, 1897, p. 159.
Original description.—A small species. Subquadrate to semielliptical in outline,
broader than long, widest near or at the hinge line, which is not produced; moder-
ately convex, highest in the posterior third, flattened toward the front and sides.
Umbones not prominent. :
The dorsal valve rises rapidly from the hinge line, and has but a narrow, flattened
space at the angles. It is about one-third as high as it is long. The hinge plate has
a narrow area, which is striated lengthwise, and bears two tooth-like processes close
to the umbo, the point of which is bent down to the hinge line.
NO, 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 285
The ventral valve is somewhat more elevated than the dorsal. Hinge area trian-
gular, sloping backward to the umbo, and bearing fine striz parallel to the hinge
line. Umbo elevated above the hinge line to a height fully equal to one-third of the
length of the valve. Foramen [delthyrium] large, truncate-pyramidal in outline.
Surface of the valves ornamented by about twenty rounded plice, radiating [in
the ventral valve] from the edge of the hinge area, opposite the foramen [delthyrium ]
and not from the beak alone; those on the middle fifth of each valve are crowded
together, those outside of these are more prominent, and are continuous from the
umbo; those toward the hinge line are faintly marked and widely separated. The
radiating plicee do not [or rarely] increase by bifurcation. Both valves bear numer-
ous concentric striz, and are also marked by a few distinct squamose lines of growth.
The mold or cast of the interior of the valves of this species is nearly smooth
or is marked by faint radiating strive; the margin of the mold, however, often
exhibits a crenulated appearance corresponding to the plicee of the outer surface.
There is a wide, smooth median depression at the top of the mold of the dorsal valve
near the umbo.
Length of the valve in O. quacoensis, 5 mm.; width, 8 mm.
Observations.—Doctor Matthew very kindly sent me his types of this
species. A comparison of them with P. dzd/ingsi shows that the two
species are quite distinct, and P. guacoensis is unlike any other shell
referred to the genus.
As far as seen the free spondylium of the ventral valve is short; the
teeth are clearly shown in the cast. The pseudo-cruralium of the dor-
sal valve is much more clearly defined than in P. d7//ings7, the area is
higher, and traces of the adductor muscle scars are preserved.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Paradoxides zone,
division 1c, Portland and at Porter’s Brook, St. Martins, New Bruns-
wick.
PROTORTHIS SPENCEI, new species.
This is a strongly marked species despite the fact that only a few
specimens have been found, and these are flattened in the shale. It is
distinguished by its rounded, subquadrate outlines and narrow, sharp
ribs with strong interspaces—six ribs in a distance of 5 mm. at the front
margin. The area of the ventral valve has a broad delthyrium with
a concave plate or free spondylium, covering the greater part of it.
The interior surface of the shell is finely punctate. A flattened ven-
tral valve has a length of 17 mm.; width, 18 mm.
This shell is associated with P. nautes. It differs from it in its
larger size, sharper ribs, and broader interspaces between the ribs.
The species is named for Mr. R. S. Spence, of Montpelier, Idaho, a
gentleman who made large collections from the Middle Cambrian shales
of Idaho.
Formation and locality.x—Middle Cambrian. Argillaceous shales,
Wasatch Range, near Montpelier, Idaho. Shaly limestones, 3 miles
east of Antelope Springs, House Range, Utah.
Proc, N. M. vol. xxvili—04
19
286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
PROTORTHIS WINGI, new species.
General form transversely subelliptical. Surface marked by about
20 sharply ridged ribs with interspaces equal and usually greater than
the width of the rib; shell with numerous small and many larger and
scattered puncte on the inner and outer surfaces. The largest ventral
ralve has a length of 6 mm.; width, 9 mm.
Ventral valve convex, elevated at the umbo and beak; area high
and divided midway by a strong delthyrium which is partially closed
by a concave free spondylium as in /?. b2//7ngs7, teeth strong, dental
plates extended toward the center to unite and form the free spon-
dylium.
Dorsal valve slightly convex, with a broad median sinus that is
usually bounded by one or two large ribs; casts of the interior show a
narrow area, broad delthyrium, and the cast of a small, broadly trian-
gular, elevated area opposite the umbo that probably served as the
‘ardinal process for the attachment of the diductor muscles.
Observations.—This species is most nearly related to Protorthis
nautes,; it differs, as far as known, in the character of the interior of
the dorsal valve, the large puncte scattered among the fine puncte,
and the sharp ridged ribs. One cast of an interior of a ventral valve
appears to indicate that that shell was without the free spondylium.
It not infrequently occurs in Protorthis billings¢ that the free spondyl-
ium is reduced to a narrow rim about the margin of the delthyrium,
and it may be that in this shell it was absent.
The specific name is given in memory of Rey. Augustus Wing, who
did so much excellent work in the vicinity of Swanton, Vermont,
which was utilized by Mr. Billings and Sir William E. Logan.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Dark argillaceous
shales, about one-half mile south of Highgate Falls, Vermont.
PROTORTHIS, species undetermined.
Ventral valve convex, elevated at the umbo, apex incurved. The
rast of the umbonal cavity (pseudospondylium) indicates well devel-
oped teeth and dental plates. On the cast 6 radiating ribs occur in
the distance of 1 mm.; area about vertical. The surface of the cast
indicates that the interior layer of the shell was finely punctate.
Length of valve 4.5 mm., width 5.5 mm.
Only one specimen of a cast of a ventral valve of this shell was
found. It suggests by its convexity and surface some of the more
convex forms of Protorthis quacoensis.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Tonto terrane. Thin
bedded siliceous limestone at mouth of Kanab Canyon, Grand Canyon,
Arizona.
bo
CO
~j
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT.
LOPERIA, new subgenus of PROTORTHIS.
This subgenus is characterized by the form of the valves. The ven-
tral valve is elevated at the umbo and flat or slightly concave from the
umbo to the margins; the dorsal valve is strongly and regularly convex.
The description of the type species, Protorthis (Loperia) dougaldensis,
is that of the subgenus and species, as it is the only species thus far
known of the subgenus.
PROTORTHIS (LOPERIA) DOUGALDENSIS, new species.
General form rounded subquadrate. Hinge line straight and
shorter than the greatest width of the shell; cardinal extremities
obtusely angular. Relative convexity of the valves reversed, as in
Dinorthis pectinella of the Ordovician fauna. Surface of the dorsal
valves with strong, simple, rounded ribs that increase by interpola-
tion; fine concentric striw and lines of growth that sometimes form
ridges, cross the ribs, curving in the interspaces and over the ribs;
these ribs are more prominent and numerous (30 to 40) on the dorsal
than on the ventral valve; on the latter the ribs are broad, with nar-
row interspaces, and about 20 to 25 in number; casts of the exterior
and interior surfaces have numerous fine, thickly set, elevated papille
that appear as the casts of the puncte in the layers of the shell; on
some specimens the papille are cylindrical and elevated, which indi-
cates that they penetrated deep into the shell substance. All indica-
tions point to a punctate shell; in all the material representing the
species the shell has been removed by solution, only the casts of the
inner and outer surfaces remaining.
The largest ventral valve in the collection has a length of 18 mm.,
width 25 mm.; dorsal valve, length 22 mm., width 27 mm.
Ventral valve elevated at the umbo and gently concave from the
umbo to the front margin and flat to the cardinal extremities. Area
relatively low and overhanging the hinge line at an angle of about 45°;
it is divided midway by a broad delthyrium that is more or less closed
by a deeply concave plate, across which the transverse strike of growth
of the area pass. The concave plate appears to be identical in form
and position with the free spondylium of the genus Protorthis. A cast
of the interior shows very strong teeth and supporting dental plates;
the edges of the dental plates appear to be continuous with the concave
plate or free spondylium.
Dorsal valve strongly and regularly convex, with a slight flattening
of the median line and sometimes a shallow sinus. Casts of the
interior show a strong area with a triangular delthyrium; the umbonal
cavity is strongly outlined by the crural plates so as to form a pseu-
docruralium; crura well developed, with clearly defined teeth sockets
back of them. No traces of a cardinal process have been seen in ten
288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
specimens showing fine casts of the area, delthyrium, and umbonal
cavity.
Observations.
This fine species is unique among Cambrian brachi-
opods in having a depressed, flat, or convex ventral valve and strongly
convex dorsal valve. In its, punctate shell, free spondylium, and
absence of cardinal process, it is allied closely to Protorthis; the
depressed ventral valve and convex dorsal valve serve to distinguish
it as a subgenus of Protorthis, which I have called Loperia in recog-
nition of the effective work of Mr. 5. Ward Loper, who collected
the material representing this and many other Cambrian fossils in
Cape Breton and New Brunswick.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Division 2—probably
2b—of Matthew’s section. Dougald Brook, tributary to Indian River;
one-fourth mile from lower bridge, Escasonia, Cape Breton, Nova
Scotia.
SYNTROPHIA Hall and Clarke.
Syntrophia HaLu and CLARKE, Pal. N. Y., VIII, 1892, Pt. 1, p. 270; 1893, Pt. 2,
p. 216; Thirteenth Ann. Rep. State Geol. N. Y., 1895, p. 836.
Original description.—Shell transversely elongate, biconvex, with straight hinge-
line, whose length nearly equals the greatest diameter of the valves; each valve
medially divided by an open delthyrium. External surface smooth, with fine con-
centric lines visible only about the margins; the inner shell-layers show a strongly
fibrous radiating structure without punctation. The pedicle valve bears a more or
less clearly developed median sinus and the brachial valve a broad, indistinct fold.
On the interior the teeth are very small, lying at the extremities of the delthyrial
margins and supported by dental plates, which converge and unite before reaching
the bottom of the valve. Thus is formed a deep but short spondylium, which is sup-
ported, near its apical portion, by a median septum, but is free for fully one-half its
length.
In the brachial valve there are also two convergent plates bounding the deltidial
cavity, larger and stronger than those of the opposite valve. These plates may rest
upon the bottom of the valve and, toward the posterior extremity, probably always
do; but anteriorly they become free, forming a spondylium, which is supported by a
median septum extending beyond the anterior edge of the plate. Thus these two
valves, which are very similar in exterior, the pedicle-valve being only slightly the
more convex and with alow median sinus, are also closely alike on the interior, each
being furnished with a spondylium.
Type.—Syntrophia lateralis, Whitfield (sp. ).
Observations.—Messrs. Hall and Clarke referred Orthis barabuensis
and Triplesia primordialis among Cambrian species to Synthrophia
and of Ordovician species, 7?iplesia lateralis, Stricklandinia ¢ arethusa,
S. 4 arachne and Camarella caleifera.
Orthis ? armada Billings, of the Lower Ordovician, certainly has a
close resemblance in the spondylium of the ventral valve to this genus,
and it may represent a radially striated form, as suggested by Messrs.
Hall and Clarke.“ Of the relations of the shells referred to Syn-
No, 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 289
trophia, to Stricklandinia, they consider that the points of structure
may represent the structure which is represented by the Stréchland/-
nias of the later Silurian and Devonian. Mr. Billings noted the rela-
tionship existing between his Camarella calcifera and Stricklandinia.“
It is probable that S. arachne, S. arethusa, and similar forms should
be referred to a distinct genus. They are not typical Stréchlandinias,
and they differ in surface and shape from Syntrophia lateralis.
The Cambrian type of Syntrophia is S. rotundatus of the Upper
Cambrian. It has a spondylium in each valve supported by a median
septum, and ashort area divided by a large open delthyrium.
The Middle Cambrian species, S. tewana, and Upper Cambrian
species, S. abnormis difter from the type species in having the greater
portion of the bottom of the spondylium of each valve attached to the
bottom of the valve, no evidence of median septum having been found
except in a cast of a dorsal valve. S. primordialis has no median
septum in the dorsal valve, in this respect resembling the dorsal valve
of Camarella volborthi. There is considerable variation of form in the
different species, but this is not much greater than the varieties of the
type species, S. lateralis.
The species referred to the genus may be divided into two groups,
the plicate and nonplicate. The plicate species begin with S. terana,
and includes S. abnormis, S. orientalis, and S. billingsi, all of the
Upper Cambrian. The nonplicate or smooth species are S. alata, WS.
rotundata, S. barabuensis, and S. primordialis, of the Upper Cam-
brian, and S. calcifera, S. lateralis, S. nundina and allied forms, of
the Ordovician.
SYNTROPHIA ABNORMIS, new species.
Camerella caleifera MeEEK, Sixth Ann. Rept. U. 8. Geol. Sur. Terr., 1873, p. 464.
The general form varies from transverse to elongate. Valves bicon-
vex, with dorsal very convex in some specimens. Hinge line straight.
Surface marked by concentric strize and imbricating lines of growth
crossed by fine, rounded, radiating strize and a variable number of
rounded ribs; specimens occur with four ribs in the sinus of the ven-
tral valve and four on each slope outside the sinus; in other ventral
valves only a trace of ribs can be seen. On the dorsal valve there are
shells without a sign of ribs, and others with a trace of rib on the
median fold to three ribs on the fold and traces on the lateral slopes.
The largest shell has a length of 7 mm.; width 9 mm.; there is great
variation in the proportion of the length to the width.
The ventral valve has a broad, strong sinus that depresses the front
of the valve; area well defined, with a large, open delthyrium. Casts
of the interior of the ventral valve show a well-marked spondylium
— = 7 —=
@ Pal. Foss., I, p. 84.
290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
and very ron main Vase vular sinuses; Doth spoudelian and sinuses
recall those of B////ngsclla plicatella. Sections of the ventral valve
cut across the umbo show the spondylium attached to the bottom of
the valve. The flabelliform diductor and adductor muscle scars are
clearly shown outside of the vascular sinuses.
Dorsal valve with an elevated median fold that gives a strong con-
vexity to the valve; area low, with a strong, open delthyrium; the
interior of the valve shows a shallow spondylium attached to the bot-
tom of the valve posteriorly, and probably supported by a low median
septum toward the front, and well defined anterior and posterior
adductor muscle scars; narrow main yascular sinuses oceur, and slender
vascular lines radiate forward from the muscle scars.
Observations.—This species differs from all allied forms by its vari-
ation in outline, convexity, ribs and internal markings. Some shells
approach closely to those of S. tevana, but each species has a majority
of shells that are quite unlike those of the other. Another point of
resemblance is the form of the spondylium as shown by cross sections.
A variety of S. terana from Cold Creek Canyon, Texas, has some
shells that approach those of S. a@bnormis in the extravagant develop-
ment of the fold on the dorsal valve and sinus on the ventral valve,
but in other respects they differ from it. The form of the spondylium
and plications or ribs, suggests the genus (urastrophia Hall.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Head of Deep Creek
Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming. North of East Gallatin
River, near Hillsdale, Dry Creek, Gallatin Valley, Montana.
SYNTROPHIA ALATA, new species.
This species is characterized by its transverse form and extended
‘ardinal angles. Exterior surface marked by concentric strie and
lines of growth and interior surface by fine, radiating striz. A trans-
verse section of the ventral valve at the umbo shows the spondylium
with a strong median septum supporting it. The interior of the ven-
tral valve was marked by two strong main vascular sinuses starting
from the sides of the spondylium.
Formation and locality..—Upper Cambrian. Honey Creek, Burnett
County, Texas.
SYNTROPHIA BARABUENSIS A. Winchell.
Orthis barabuensis A. Wincnetit, Am. Jour. Sci., 2d ser., XXX VII, 1864, p. 228.
Leptiena barabuensis Wiirrietp, Ann. Rep. Geol. Survey Wisconsin, 1877, p. 60.
Leptena barabuensis Wurreretp, Geology of Wisconsin, IV, 1882, pp. 171, 195,
Plan ios Oss pl. Tio. 6.
Syntrophia barabuensis HALL and CLARKE, Pal. New York, VIII, 1893, Pt. 2, p. 216.
Description (by Mr. Whitfield).—Shell of medium size or smaller, measuring about
half an inch or less than half an inch along the hinge line; form semielliptical, long-
est on the hinge and more than half as wide again as long; extremities of the hinge
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 291
often submucronate; front of the valves rounded or slightly emarginate in the mid-
dle. Ventral valve the most convex, and marked by a strong, angular mesial eleva-
tion, nearly one-fourth as wide on the front of the valve as the width of the shell;
area moderately high and nearly in the plane of the valve; cardinal borders very
gradually sloping from the center to the extremities of the cardinal line. Dorsal
valve less convex than the opposite, and marked by a subangular mesial depression,
corresponding to the fold of the opposite valve; area linear. Surface of the shell
apparently smooth, or at least so far as can be determined from either the internal
casts or from the matrix.
I had some doubt regarding the positive identity of this species with that described
by Professor Winchell in consequence of the following remarks which occur in his
description: ‘‘Surface with 16 or 18 ribs visible on the casts, the strongest of which
limit the mesial sinus,’’ and again, ‘‘apparently of the type of Orthis biforta.’’ In
examining a number of specimens I had not been able to detect any strive or ribs,
and felt somewhat inclined to regard it as a distinct species from that one. I have,
however, through the kindness of Professor Winchell, been able to make a direct
comparison with one of his original specimens, and should consider them as identi-
cal. The specimen sent me has the mesial fold (of the ventral valve) remarkably
strongly defined by a depressed line on each margin, the center appearing tumid,
which I think is in part due to accident. The specimen corresponds closely with the
ventral valve we have figured, except in the strongly defined mesial fold.
Observations.—This is the same type of Syntrophia as 8. primord/-
alis. It differs in its more rounded outlines, shallow, rounded sinus
in ventral valve, and usually a less pronounced fold on the dorsal
valve. Evidence of a short median septum at the end of a very short
spondylium in the dorsal valve is shown by one cast.
Formation and locality.—St. Croix sandstone, north end of Devils
Lake near Baraboo and Trempealeau, Wisconsin.
SYNTROPHIA BILLINGSI, new species.
General form transversely subquadrate; rounded; biconvex, with
the dorsal valve elevated on the median fold. Surface marked by a
few imperfectly developed ribs on some shells, while others have only
concentric striz and lines of growth. Ventral valve with a relatively
shallow median sinus, in which obscure, narrow ribs sometimes occur:
none of the specimens in the collection show the area, but from the
profile of the valve it must have been of moderate height, with the
rather sharp apex curving slightly over it; a single poor cast of the
interior shows the outline of a spondylium much like that of S. pr/-
mordialis, the evidence of the presence of a median septum is a dark
line in front of the end of the cast of the spondylium, which indicates
that the shell substance extends down into the limestone and that it is
the median septum. Dorsal valve with a small umbo and apex that
extends forward into a prominent median fold that inay be plicated or
smooth; one partially exfoliated shell shows three plications on the
fold and three or four on each lateral slope of the valve.
Observations. —This species belongs to the plicate group of the
genus represented by S. tevana and S. abnormis. It differs from S,
292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
texana in being less convex and in having a shallower ventral sinus,
less prominent dorsal fold, and more obscure plications.
The specific name is given in memory of Elkana Billings.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. In lentile of limestone
interbedded in silicious shales above the Olenellus shales, 1 mile east
of Parker’s quarry, Georgia Township, St. Albans County, Vermont.
SYNTROPHIA NUNDINA, new species.
Triplesia calcifera Waucorr, Mong. U. 8. Geol. Sur., VIII, 1886, p. 75, pl. u,
figs. 7, 8.
The nonplicate, convex species that is found in the Lower Ordo-
vician of the western United States has usually been referred to
Camerella or Triplesia calcifera. It is much like the latter, but dif-
fers in being less convex, with apex of valves less pointed and incurved.
Formation and locality.—Lower Ordovician. Pogonip formation.
Spur on ridge extending out southwest from Wood Cave; lower east-
ern slope of ridge, east of Hamburg Ridge, facing Secret Canyon
road; west side of Goodwin Canyon; base of Pogonip limestone north-
east of Adams Hill, Eureka District, Nevada.
Pinkish colored limestone 30 to 75 feet above Algonkian rocks,
Williams Canyon, above Manitou, Colorado.
SYNTROPHIA ORIENTALIS, new species.
This species is closely related in form and surface characters to
Syntrophia terana and some forms of S. abnormis. It differs from
them in details of surface ribs. On the dorsal valve there are two or
three faintly defined radiating ribs on each side of the median fold,
which has obscure ribs upon it. Corresponding ribs occur upon the
mesial depression of the ventral valve and the side slopes adjoining the
depression. The material representing it is too limited to warrant an
identification with any described species. S. orzentalis is the trans-
Pacific representative of S. texana.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Lower part of Chao
Mi Tien (7) limestone, 2.7 miles southwest of Yen Chuang, Province
of Shantung, China. Collected by Eliot Blackwelder and Bailey Wil-
lis of the Carnegie Institution Expedition, 1903.
Syntrophia, sp.—Three specimens of a ventral valve, very much like
that of S. primordialis Whittield, occur at the same locality as S.
orientalis.
SYNTROPHIA PRIMORDIALIS Whitfield.
Triplesia primordialis WuirrreELD, Ann. Rep. Geol. Sury., Wisconsin, 1877, p. 51.
Triplesia primordialis WHUTFIELD, Geology of Wisconsin, IV, 1882, p. 172, pl. x, figs.
1, 2.
apples primordialis Hatu, Pal. New York, VIII, 1892, Pt. 1, p. 271.
Syntrophia primordialis Haut and CLarKE, Pal. New York, VIII, 1892, Pt. 2, p. 218.
Original description.—Shell small, measuring less than half an inch in width; trans-
versely oval in outline, and quite ventricose in profile; hinge line straight and about
No. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 293
strongly depressed, rather narrow and rounded mesial sinus. Dorsal valve with a
narrow, sharply elevated fold not extending quite to the beak; side of the valve
rounded. Surface smooth in the casts, but presenting the appearance of having been
externally striate. Processes in the interior of the dorsal valve apparently forming
a small spoon shaped pit at the beak.
Observations.—Casts of the interior show the form of the spondy-
lium and supporting median septum in the ventral valve; also the
small, short spondylium in the ventral valve, which appears to be
attached to the bottom of the valve without a median septum.
This species differs from S. barabuensis in its smaller size, less trans-
verse outline, and more pronounced mesial depression on the ventral
valve. Examples occur of the dorsal valves of the two species that
are very similar. Some of the shells approach certain forms of S. cad-
cifera, but the larger number are less convex and more transverse and
with more obtuse cardinal angles. A shell closely allied to S. primor-
dialis, and apparently identical, occurs in the Reagan limestone. Only
the exterior is known.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. St. Croix sandstone,
Taylors Falls, Adams County, Wisconsin. Abundantly at Minneiska,
and more rarely at River Junction, Houston County, and near Winona,
Minnesota.
Numerous examples of a closely related shell occur in the upper part
of the Reagan limestone in the SE. corner, NE. 4 sec. 2,7. 4 N., R.
13 W., 15 miles northwest of Fort Sill, Wichita Mountains, Oklahoma
Territory.
A single ventral valve of the nonplicate shell with a deep sinus
comes from the Upper Cambrian, Reagan limestone, Indian Territory,
NW. tsec. 1, T.25., R. 1 E. Specimens of the ventral valve of a
shell apparently identical with S. pr/mordialis occur in the limestone
passage beds between the Upper Cambrian and Ordovician on the north
side of Tepee Creek, east side of Big Horn Mountains, Wyoming.
SYNTROPHIA PRIMORDIALIS ARGIA, new variety.
This specimen is separated as a variety of S. primordialis on account
of its less convexity and more shallow median sinus which has three
rudimentary plications in it.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. St. Croix sandstone,
Reeds Landing, foot of Lake Pepin, Minnesota.
SYNTROPHIA ROTUNDATA, new species.
General form rotund, unequally biconvex; hinge line short. Sur-
face marked by fine, concentric strie and low, imbricating varices of
growth. The longest shell observed has a width of 13 mm.; length
11mm. Ventral valve convex at the umbo and beak, but depressed
toward the front by a strong, broad, and deep median sinus. Area low,
294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII,
short, i divide d rte ay bya Sap Ais aly ee ee triangular deinen
Transverse sections of the umbo near the beak done the cross section
of a well developed spondylium supported ona medium septum. Dorsal
valve about as convex as the ventral on the umbo but the strong,
broad median fold makes it more strongly convex anteriorly. Cross
sections at the umbo show a spondylium and supporting septum very
much like that in the ventral valve.
Observations. —This species is taken as the Cambrian type of the
genus Syntrophia. It has a spondylium in each valve supported by
a median septum in the same manner as in the Ordovician type of the
genus SN. /ateralis. Its rotund form, deep ventral sinus, and strong
dorsal fold serve to distinguish S. votundata from other species of the
genus.
Formation and locality.x—Upper Cambrian. Limestone on Wolf
Creek, Big Horn Mountains, 14 miles west-southwest of Sheridan,
W voming.
SYNTROPHIA TEXANA, new species.
Camerella sp.? SHuMARD, Am. Jour. Sci., 2d ser., XXXII, 1861, p. 221.
This may be called the plicate species of the group of forms referred
to Syntrophia. It is intimately connected with the smooth forms by
aseries of shelis that vary from 16 ribs on a valve tol. In form
S. tevana is much like S. abnormis; also in the cross section of its
spondylium. They differ in the extravagant development of the pli-
cations of S. abnormes, a feature characteristic of a large series of
specimens.
S. tevana occurs in great numbers in one of the upper limestone
beds of Packsaddle Mountain.
The average size of the larger shell is, width, 8 mm., length
6 to 7 mm.
It is probable that this is the shell referred to by Doctor Shumard
as Camerella sp.¢ He said of it—
There are several specimens of small brachiopod in the Texas State collecfion from
the Potsdam sandstone of Morgan’s Creek, Burnet County, which appear to belong
to the genus Camerella recently created by Mr. E. Billings. Unfortunately, however,
they consist merely of detached and imperfect valves, too much weathered for satis-
factory determination and description. ¢
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Packsaddle Mountain,
Llano County, Texas.
SYNTROPHIA TEXANA LAEVIUSCULUS, new variety.
A variety occurs in Texas with few traces of plication in the sinus;
with one, two or three strong plications on the dorsal fold, or none at
alll it appr oaches S. enon mis In some of its extreme jouie veineine the
«The Benoni Zone of Tex xas, with dese Ete of nee Posi Banene an Shans
Sci., 2d ser., XXXII, 1861, p. 221.
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 295
ribs are large on a prominent mesial fold; in most young shells the
sinus and fold are inconspicuous, the convexity is very moderate and
the shell smooth; nearly all the characters of the adult are missing.
A group of young shells from Honey Creek shows only the smooth,
slightly convex forms with only slight ventral sinus and dorsal fold.
One larger shell associated with the young shells has a relatively deep
sinus and a trace of a plication.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Cold Creek Canyon
and Honey Creek, Burnet County, Texas.
Genus POLYTOECHIA Hall and Clarke.
Polytoechia Haut and CuarKe, Pal. N. Y., VIII, 1892, Pt. 1, p. 239, pl. vir a,
figs. 26-30.
Original diagnosis.—Shell small, subtrihedral in contour. Hinge line straight,
about equaling the diameter of the shell. Pedicle [ventral] valve with a high,
nearly vertical cardinal area marked with oblique striations parallel to the lateral
margins. Delthyrium covered by a narrow, convex plate; the presence of a foramen
not determined. On the interior the dental lamelle are widely separated and
descend along the umbonal cavity for a short distance vertically, thence bending
sharply inward and meeting at a low angle in the median line, thus forming, with
the deltidium, a conspicuous subrostral vault. This inner spoon-shaped_ plate,
spondylium, is supported by a stout median septum, and two smaller iateral septa,
which meet at the lines of angulation; the former of these extends for the entire
length of the plate, while the latter is free from the accessory septa near its anterior
edge. The umbonal cavity of the valve is thus divided into five chambers, and in
the lateral chambers there is still another septum, lower than the rest and not
extending to the spondylium. The brachial [dorsal] valve is shallow and depressed-
convex, with a narrow cardinal area. The delthyrium is very broad, with a par-
tially developed covering, the dental sockets are widely separated, the crural plates
narrow and nearly parallel to the hinge line. The cardinal process is simple, linear
and quite prominent, and at its union with the crural plates is a subtriangular thick-
ening which is supported by a low median septum. Surface covered with fine, ele-
vated radiating striz, without evidence of median fold and sinus.
Type.— Hemipronites apicalis, Whitfield.
Observations.—This genus is known only in the Lower Ordovician
strata of Vermont and Montana. The type species is described as
having a convex deltidium covering the delthyrium of the ventral valve;
this character and the additional septa supporting the spondylium and
cruralium are the distinguishing characters between it and Syntrophia.
There is still less difference from Clitambonites, as in the latter the
convex deltidium is present. It is quite probable that representatives
of the genus will be found in the Upper Cambrian formations when
they are searched more thoroughly.
POLYTOECHIA ? MONTANENSIS, new species.
This shell was placed with Camerella calcifera until sections were
made showing the numerous septa supporting the spondylium and
cruralium. In general form it is close to Syntrophia rotundata, dit-
fering in the numerous supporting septa of the spondylium which
for study does not show the area in very good preservation; a delthy-
rium exists in the area of the ventral valve which is all that can be said.
This species appears to bea direct descendant of the smooth, convex
forms of Syntrophia like S. rotundata.
Formation and locality.—Lower Ordovician. Limestone east side
of Gallatin River above Gallatin City, Montana.
SWANTONTA, new genus.
The description of the type species includes that of the genus, as
there is only one other species now referred to the genus and that is
very imperfectly known.
Type.— Camarella antiqua, Billings.
SWANTONIA ANTIQUATA, Billings.
Camerella antiquata Bituinas, Pal. Foss., I, 1861, p. 10, fig. 18.
Camerella antiquata Biuuincs, Geol. Vermont, II, 1861, p. 949, fig. 353.
Camarella antiquata BrLuines, Geol. Canada, 1863, p. 284, fig. 290.
Camarella antiquata Watcorr, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Survey, No. 30, 1886, p. 122,
pl. vu, fig. 8.
Camarella antiquata Waxcotr, Tenth Ann. Rept. U. 8S. Geol. Survey, 1891,
p- 6138, pl. Lxx1, fig. 3.
Camarella ? antiquata Hatt and CuarKer, Pal. New York, VIII, 1893, Pt. 2,
p. 220.
Protorhyncha ? antiquata ScnhucueErt, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Survey, 1897, No. 87,
p. 334,
Ventral valve ovate, moderately convex ; apex pointed and incurved
over thearea nearly to the plane of the margins of the valve; surface
marked by from 8 to 12 or more rounded ribs that extend back well
toward the apex; a slight flattening of the median portion suggests
that a shallow median sinus may be found on old shells. The shell
illustrated has a length and width of 11 mm.
A cast of the interior of a ventral valve shows no traces of muscle
scars or vascular markings; two strong teeth are indicated, also a
narrow, strong, concave shelf or area; the area shelf is free from con-
tact with the bottom of the valve, a recess or chamber existing
beneath it.
Observations.—The area or shelf may be considered a short, free
spondylium, corresponding to the short spondylium of Camarella vol-
borthi as illustrated by Hall and Clarke.“ It differs from the latter in
the absence of a supporting median septum.
Swantonia is closely related to Camarella, but it differs in the
absence of a supporting median septum beneath the spondylium of the
ventral valve. No specimens of the dorsal valve have been observed.
a@Pal. New York, VIII, Pt. 2, pl. 1x, fig. 18.
‘
No. 139. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA—WALCOTT. 297
Formation and locality.—Lower Cambrian, in sandy shales with
Olenellus thompsoni, Kutorgina cingulata, and Iphidea labradorica.
One and a half to 2 miles east of Swanton, Vermont.
SWANTONIA WEEKSI, new species.
This shell has the general form of Swantonia antiquata, but the ribs
are finer, more numerous, and crossed by fine, sharp concentric striz.
Only the exterior of the ventral valve appears to be represented in the
collection made by Mr. F. B. Weeks.
Formation and locality.—Lower Cambrian. In an argillaceous
shale with fragments of Olenellus, Awtorgina spinosa, etc. Three
miles north of Volealdi Spring, or 4 miles northwest of Drinkwater
mine, Silver Peak District, Nevada.
OBOLELLA ASIATICA, new species.
General form broad, oval, with the ventral valve showing a tend-
ency to become bluntly acuminate. Valves gently convex. Surface
of shell marked by concentric, raised lines of growth that form
the front edge of narrow lamelle of varying width; the raised lines
are highest on their front side, which gives an imbricated appearance
to the surface; fine concentric strive occur on the interspaces between
the raised lines. Shell strong, calcareous.
The specimens occur in a compact, bluish-gray oolitic limestone.
None of them show the area or interior of the valves. The reference
to Obolella is based on the general form and calcareous shell. The
shells vary in size from 3 mm. to 5 mm.
Obolella asiaticu may be compared with young shells of O. crassa.
Its broadly elliptical form and slight convexity distinguish it from
other species of the genus.
It may be that if material is found showing the interior of the valves
the generic reference will be changed; but with the data now avail-
able the reference is to Obolella.
The geological horizon is in some doubt as the specimens were
found in a block of river drift limestone. The associated fragments
of trilobites are two indefinite for determination. Oholel/a is a Lower
Cambrian genus as far as known, and other blocks of river drift lime-
stone at the same locality contained fragments of Olenellus, so the
reference of the species is made to the Lower Cambrian.
Formation and locality.—Lower Cambrian. River drift on the Lan
Ho River, 1 mile south of Chen Ping Hsien, Southern Shensi, China.
Collection of Bailey Willisand Eliot T. Blackwelder, Carnegie Insti-
tution of Washington, expedition to China.
298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
ACROTRETA ATTENUATA Meek.
Acrotreta attenuata Merx, Sixth Ann. Rep. U. 8. Geol. Sur. Terr., 1873, p. 463.
Acrotreta gemma Wartcort, Monog. U. 8. Geol. Sur. VIII, 1884, p. 17; Bull.
U.S. Geol. Sur. No. 30, 1886, p. 98; Monog. U.S. Geol. Sur., XX XII, 1899.
Pt. 2, p. 449.
The species is characterized by its elevated ventral valve and narrow,
incurved false area. Some of the forms of A. /dahoens?s alta look
like A. attenuata, but the false area is different. A. kwtorgad has ¢
somewhat similar false area and elevation, but it is a less robust shell
and the apex of the ventral valve is nearer the posterior margin. The
reference to A. gemma is explained under the description of the genus.
A shell with a distinctly marked false pedicle groove in the ventral
valve, occurs in the Buthyuriscus wheeler’ zone of the Middle Cambrian
of Utah that shows fine interiors of both valves. The interiors of the
ventral valve are much like those of A. hutorgai.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Flathead terrane.
Valley of East Gallatin River near Hillsdale. North of Gallatin
River. Base of limestone series resting on Flathead shales, Beaver
Creek, 6 miles north of York, Big Belt Mountains, Montana. On
divide at head of Sheep Creek near the north end of Teton range,
Wyoming. South slopes of Marjum Pass, west of divide, House
range, Utah. Above Bathyuriscus wheeler’ zone 2% miles east of
Antelope Springs, House range, Utah.
Upper Cambrian. In the Hamburg shale, a little south of the
Hamburg mine, Eureka district, Nevada.
ACROTRETA ATTENUATA, variety?
A shell with a distinctly marked false area is separated as a variety
ot A. attenuata. It is associated with the type specimens in the east
Gallatin Valley.
ACROTRETA BISECTA Matthew.
Acrotreta baileyi Marrnew? Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, IX, 1892, p. 48, pl. x1,
fig. 7d. -
Acrotreta bisecta Marrurw, Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. New Brunswick, IV, 1901, p.
275, pl. v, figs. 5a-g; IV, 1902, pl. v, p. 394; pl. xvi, figs. 2, 2a-g.
Acrotreta sipo MarrHew, Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. New Brunswick, IV, 1902, Pt. 5,
p. 406, pl. xvi, figs. 1 and 2.
Acrotreta sipo Matrrurw, Geol. Sur. Canada, Rep. Cambrian rocks, Cape Breton,
1903, p. 185, pl. xvin, figs. 1 and 2. :
Acrotreta bisecta MarrHew, Geol. Sur. Canada, Rep. Cambrian rocks, Cape
Breton, 1903, p. 186, pl. x1, figs. 5a-g.
Nearly all the ventral valves of this species are more or less com-
pressed in the shale, thus decreasing the true elevation. Mr. Matthew
illustrates a pointed, high ventral valve, but does not state whether
the figure is diagramatic. Some of the casts in the shale indicate a
NO. 1895. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA—WALCOTT. 299
- —— ——= = —
sharply conical ventral valve. When the apex is broken off the cast
of a median apical callosity is seen,Avith the base of the cast of a
medium-sized foraminal tube. Thy’cardinal scars are small and nearly
concealed by the cast of the strong main vascular sinuses. There is
considerable range of variation in the size and length of the median
ridge of the dorsal valve. One specimen shows a strong median ridge,
cardinal and central scars, and deeply excavated false deltidium. Sur-
face marked by fine concentric striz and lines of growth and very fine
undulating striw, that give the concentric striz a fretted appearance
when examined by a strong lens.
The most nearly related species appears to be A. sabrine of the
Shineton shales. Dr. G. F. Matthew has described a shell as Acrotreta
s/po that occurs with the Asaphellus fauna. Iam unable to detect any
specific differences between it and A. dzsecta from the same area.
Formation and locality. —Upper Cambrian. Barrachois Glen, 4
miles south of Little Bras D’Or Lake, Cape Breton. Mr. Matthew’s
types came from McLeod Brook, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia, and he
also identifies it from division C, 3c., at Navy Island, St. John Harbor,
New Brunswick. Mr. 5. Ward Loper found many specimens at sey-
eral horizons in the shales on both sides of the Barrachois River near
the Boisdale road and for some distance north, also on the east branch
of the Barrachois River, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia. On the west
bank it is associated with Asaphellus homphray? var. as identified by
Dr. G. F. Matthew.
ACROTRETA? CANCELLATA, new species.
The only specimen of this species in the collection has more the
form of /phidea than Acrotreta. In its overhanging false area it sug-
gests Acrothyra. Whatever the genus may be to which it belongs,
its cancellated surface serves to distinguish it from forms to which it
might otherwise be compared. This surface is formed by very fine,
‘aised, concentric lines or ridges of growth, crossed by sharp radiat-
ing lines which are seen only between the concentric lines.
Formation and locality.—Ordovician Pogonip limestone, Round
Top Mountain, Eureka District, Nevada.
ACROTRETA EGGEGRUNDENSIS Wiman.
Acrotreta eggegrundensis WIMAN, Bull. Geol. Institute, Upsala, No. 2, VI, 1905,
Pt. 1; Studien Nordbaltische Silurgebiet, p. 55, pl. u, figs. 23-29.
This species is of a characteristic Middle Cambrian type of Acro-
treta, represented in America by A. 7dahoensis and A. kutorgai. The
surface is marked by unusually strong lines and ridges of growth and
the false area is well defined. It is quite distinct from other species
of the genus in European formations,
300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
Formation and locality.—Middle? Cambrian, Coarse grained, some-
what friable, glauconitic sandstone. Drift bowlder No. 3 on Egge-
grund Island, North Baltic region, Sweden.
For note on the geological horizon see description of O. ( Westonza)
bottnica.
ACROTRETA EMMONSI, new species.
Only the interiors of the two valves are known of this species. One
of them shows the distinct character of the vascuiar markings and
muscle scars. The only shell with which it can be compared is the
dorsal valve of Acrotreta idahoensis. At first sight I was inclined to
refer this shell to Obolel/a, but its corneous test, cardinal muscle scars,
and absence of area of the Obolel/a type, prevented. Fragments of
Oenellus occur in the layer of limestone from which the specimens
were obtained.
The specific name is given in memory of Dr. Ebenezer Emmons,
who studied and wrote of the Bald Mountain section.
Formation and locality. —Lower Cambrian. Limestone interbedded
in shales on upper part of the west slope of Bald Mountain, township
of Greenwich, Washington County, New York.
ACROTRETA LIANI, new species.
Shell small, about 1.5 mm. in diameter; outline of aperature sub-
circular, the posterior side being slightly transverse. Ventral valve
conical with the apex a little in advance of the posterior margin;
false area indefinite, except for a rather strong, flat furrow that
extends from the apex to the margin; the elevation of the valve is
about two-thirds its diameter at its aperature. Dorsal valve slightly
convex, apex marginal. Surface of shell marked by fine, concentric
strize and lines of growth that on the dorsal valve tend to form low
ridges toward the outer margins.
Observations.—This species is the representative of the American
Acrotreta idahoensis sulcata. It has the same type of false area, and
the ventral valve is of average height. The specific name is given in
recognition of Lian, Mr. Willis’s faithful Chinese interpreter.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Chang Hsia limestone
in upper oolitic portion, Chang Hsia, Shantung, China.
Collections of Mr. Eliot Blackwelder, Carnegie Institution of Wash-
ington, expedition to China.
ACROTRETA NEBOENSIS, new species.
This is one of the Acrotreta idahoensis forms of the genus. The
ventral valve is moderately elevated, the apex projecting slightly over
the nearly vertical false area. The latter is marked midway by a very
narrow false pedicle furrow,
No. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. B01
The transverse dorsal nave has at strong median depression, which
starts on the umbo and widens out rapidly toward the front. The sur-
face of the shell is marked by concentric ridges and lines of growth
and very fine concentric strie.
This species differs from other described forms in the strong median
depression of the dorsal valve
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Limestone above quart-
zite, Mount Nebo Canyon, 3 miles southeast of Mona, Utah.
ACROTRETA NOX, new species.
This minute shell, 1 mm. in length, is characterized by its low ven-
tral valve, nipple-like apex, and apparently smooth surface.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Argillaceous shales in
St. Croix sandstone, 8 miles east of Baraboo, Wisconsin.
ACROTRETA PACIFICA, new species.
Ventral valve a high cone, with the apex a little in advance of the
posterior margin; base circular, with the exception of a slight flatten-
ing on the posterior side; apex acute and pointing upward; false area
only a slight flattening of the shell from the apex to the margin. The
largest ventral valve has a diameter and height of about 1.5 mm. Sur-
face marked by fine concentric strie that continue without noticeable
deflection across the false area.
Observations.—Only two specimens of the ventral valve of this
species occur in the collection. One of these has a slightly transverse,
broadly oval base, and a more definite false area. The species is closely
related to Acrotreta idahoensis alta, except that the ventral valve is not
quite as elevated.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Chang Hsia limestone
at Yen Chuang and 33 miles southwest of Yen Chuang; 3 miles south-
west of Yen Chuang in limestone nodules at base of green shale phase
of the Chang Hsia oolitic formation; Shantung, China.
Collections of Mr. Eliot Blackwelder, Carnegie Institution of Wash-
ington, expedition to China.
ACROTRETA SHANTUNGENSIS, new species.
Shell small. Ventral valve a low cone with the apex a little forward
of the posterior margin, which is slightly flattened; apex minute,
directed backward and projecting slightly over the faintly defined
false area. The cast of the interior shows that the apical callosity was
rather hace and the main vascular sinuses well defined on each side of
it; the cardinal scars are small and not prominent.
Dorsal valve slightly convex; apex marginal; surface marked by a
rather broad shallow median depression that begins on the umbo and
“ae widens toward the front margin. The interior of the dorsal
Proc. N J. M. vol. xxvlli—04——20
302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
valve has a strong median ridge extending from the posterior margin
two-thirds the distance toward the front. A small elevated cardinal
scar occurs on each side of the median ridge a little in advance of the
posterior margin. Main vascular sinuses rather strong; they start
beneath the apex and extend forward a short distance from the outer
lateral margin of the shell. Surface marked by fine concentric striz
and lines of growth.
Observations. —This shell in size and general form is closely related
to Acrotreta microscopica of the Middle Cambrian fauna of the United
States. It occurs quite abundantly in a chocolate-colored limestone
associated with Obolus (Lingulella) chinensis.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Chang Hsia limestone.
Yen Chuang and 25 miles south of Yen Chuang, Shantung, China.
A shell apparently identical with A. shantungénsis was collected
from a fine-grained bluish-black limestone river drift block 1 mile
south of Chen Ping Hsien, on the Lan Ho River.
Collections of Mr. Bailey Willis and Mr. Eliot Blackwelder, Carnegie
Institution of Washington, expedition to China.
ACROTRETA SPINOSA, new species.
The general form of this shell is much like that of Aecrotreta idaho-
ensis. It differs in having a straighter posterior margin. The main
character of the species is the spinose outer surface. The surface is
marked by fine concentric lines of growth at irregular intervals, with
numerous, very fine, thread-like strize between. On some shells
radiating, more or less irregular, fine, rounded ridges occur that are
formed by the elevated elongate spine bases. When these elongate
bases are irregularly arranged, the radiating ridges are not present.
Owing to their minute size the spinules are rarely seen.
Formation and locality. —U pper Cambrian, Hamburgh shale. Ham-
burgh Ridge; east side of Sierra Canyon opposite Pinnacle Peak and
also opposite the Jackson Mine, Eureka District, Nevada.
ACROTRETA UPLANDENSIS Wiman.
Acrotreta uplandensis Wiman, Bull. Geol. Institute, Upsala, No. 2, VI, 1903-
Pt. 1; Studien Nordbaltische Silurgebiet, p. 54, pl. 1. figs. 15-18.
This species recalls at once A. ¢dahoensis sulcata. It differs from
it in having a broader false area. The surface is marked by fine
thread-like strive that cross the false area and false pedicle groove.
Formation and locality.._Middle ¢ Cambrian. Gray bituminous
sandstone in drift bowlder No. 2 on Biludden Island. Also in glau-
conitic sandstone, bowlder No. 1, at Héganas Commune of Borstil,
Sweden.
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA—WALCOTT. a0S
ACROTRETA UPLANDICA LIMONENSIS Wiman.
Acrotreta uplandica limonensis Wiman, Bull. Geol. Institute, Upsala, No. 2, VI,
1903, Pt. 1; Studien Nordbaltische Silurgebiet, p. 54, pl. 11, figs. 19-22.
Doctor Wiman states that this species is quite like A. wplandica,
but lower, as the height is only one-third of the diameter. It is so
close in all other respects that [ do not think that more than a varietal
value should be given to the differences mentioned.
Formation and locality.—Middle 4 Cambrian. Bluish caleaneous
sandstone. Drift bowlder, Limon Island, Gefle Bay, Sweden.
ACROTHYRA MINOR, new species.
This species differs from others referred to the genus by its broad
form and very strong vascular sinuses. The elevated callus between
the sinuses is high and oval in outline, somewhat like that of Acrotreta
inflata. It may be that this species belongs to a different genus, but
with the material available for study it is referred to Acrothyra on
account of its low, overhanging false area and elongate visceral area.
Formation and locality. —Middle Cambrian. Two miles southeast
of Malad City, Idaho.
ACROTHELE (?) MINUTA, new species.
Shell minute, 1.5 mm. in diameter, subcircular in outline, gently
convex, with a slight median depression from the umbo to the anterior
margin; back of the umbo there is a sharp median depression between
minute ridges, on each of which there are two points or nipples.
Surface marked by fine concentric striz. Substance of shell appar-
ently phosphatic.
This interesting little species is represented by a single specimen.
The generic reference is somewhat doubtful.
Formation and locality.— Middle Cambrian. Chang Hsia limestone.
Two and one-half miles southwest of Yen Chuang, Shantung, China.
Collection of Eliot Blackwelder, Carnegie Institution of Washing-
ton, expedition to China.
ACROTHELE RARUS, new species.
Of this shell only the interiors of the valves are known. Shells of
average size are about 3.5 mm. in diameter. The outline of the valve
is subcircuiar, the transverse diameter being slightly more than the
length of the valve. The interior of the ventral valve shows that the
ralve was moderately convex with a perforated apex about one-half a
millimeter from the postericr margin. A short, broad median ridge
extends for a short distance in front of the foraminal opening and
short, narrow ridges extend obliquely forward from each side of the
opening. What may be lateral muscle scars occur close to the postero-
lateral margins. In the dorsal valve a strong median ridge extends
304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
from the posterior margin to the center of the valve; this ridge is
aneular at the summit and broadest toward its anterior end. A vascu-
lar sinus starts on each side of the base of the median ridge and
extends obliquely forward.
The dark interior surface of the valves is marked by concentric lines
that give a somewhat laminated appearance to the surface. From the
manner in which the shell adheres to the limestone matrix, it is prob-
able that its outer surface is roughened by raised lines, somewhat as
on Acrothele subsidua.
The data for comparison of this species with described species from
America and Europe are too limited to be of value. A comparison with
Acrothele (mobergia) granulata, Redlich, of the Salt Range, India,
shows a strong similarity in the interiors of the dorsal valves; but I
do not think it is probable that the two forms are specifically identical,
as the interiors of the valves of several species of Acrothele appear
very much alike.
Formation and locality. Middle Cambrian. Chang Hsia limestone.
Three miles south of Kao Chia Pu, Sbantung, China.
Collected by Mr. Eliot Blackwelder, of the Carnegie Institution of
Washington, expedition to China.
PSD MweAS neva Gens:
Iphidea Biiurnes, Can. Nat., new ser., VI, 1872, p. 477, fig. 18, and of AuTHoRs.—
Not Iphidea Bay.ery, 1865.
For synonomy and description of Iphidea=Iphidella, see Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., XIX, 1897, p. 707.
IPHIDELLA MAJOR, new species.
Ventral valve subconical, with the apex slightly in front of the
posterior margin. A minute beak appears to incurve over the pseu-
dodeltidium. Cardinal slope rather abruptly rounded so as to indi-
cate a rather narrow area. Pseudodeltidium broad, convex, with its
lower margin arched so as to leave a space between it and the hinge
line of the shell. Dorsal valve slightly convex, with a narrow area
and broad, apparently open delthyrium.
Surface, as far as can be determined from the badly preserved
material, marked by very fine concentric strie.
The material representing this species is more or less compressed
and distorted in the argillaceous shales in which it occurs. In general
form it is not unlike that of /. dubradorica, but it differs in its nearly
smooth surface and the position of the apex. From J/. superba it
differs in its much greater size, although resembling it in the narrow
and perfectly defined area of the ventral valve, and the large, broad,
conyex pseudodeltidium.
Formation and locality.—Lower Cambrian. Argillaceous shales, 4
miles south of Helena, Shelby County, Alabama.
NO. 1895. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA—WALCOTT.
805
IPHIDELLA NISUS, new species.
Ventral valve rather low, with the apex overhanging the posterior
margin. Surface marked by very fine lines of growth with still finer
bands of strie between them. About 10 very fine, radiating ridges
extend from near the apex to the front and lateral margins.
This little shell is represented by a single specimen of the ventral
valve from the conglomerate limestones near Bic. The associated fauna
included fragments of Olenellus.
I was at first inclined to refer this shell to /. seulptilis or L. peali; but
the overhanging apex and strongly marked surface, and the fact that
there is an interval of 2,000 miles between the species, led me to sepa-
‘ate them. Stratigraphically the two latter species occur in the Middle
Cambrian and n7sus in the Lower Cambrian. I think the two forms
forms should not be included in one species.
Formation and locality.—Lower Cambrian. In a bowlder of the
limestone, 2 miles west of Bic Station, Province of Quebec, Canada.
IPHIDELLA, species undetermined. aes
Iphidea, sp. undet. Watcorr, Mong. U. S. Geol. Sur., XX XII, 1899, p. 449, pl.
LX, fig. 6.
Dorsal valve, semicircular, slightly convex. Hinge line somewhat
shorter than the width of the shell below; nearly straight, the rostral
angle about 180°. Beak small, not elevated. Surface ornamentation
consists of extremely fine radiating and undulating concentric strize
that can be seen in detail only with a strong magnifying glass. Shell
substance horny.
This form is associated with /. scu/ptilis and, judging from external
characters, is closely related to it. The surface ornamention is of the
same character, and in the absence of the ventral valve it is difficult to
distinguish any specific characters on which to base a new species,
although the shell is much larger than that of typical 7. sew/ptilis.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Flathead terrane (low-
est fossiliferous bed); Crowfoot section, Gallatin range, Yellowstone
National Park, Wyoming.
IPHIDELLA LABRADORICA ORIENTALIS, new variety.
Only one dorsal valve of this shell occurs in the collection. Its gen-
eral form and surface characters are very much like those of /phidella
labradorica swantonensis. The varietal name is given more on account
of the fact that this shell occurs in China and the variety swantonensis
on the eastern side of the North American continent than from any
marked differences between the shells from the two localities. It may
be that with a good series of shells from China differences would be
found that are not to be determined with only the single shell for
comparison.
306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Chang Hsia oolitic
limestone, Yen Chuang, Shantung, China.
Collections of Mr. Eliot Blackwelder, Carnegie Institution of Wash-
ington, Expedition to China.
IPHIDELLA LABRADORICA UTAHENSIS, new variety.
The general form of this variety is much like that of /phidella labra-
dorica. It differs from it in the fine thread-like concentric striz of
the outer surface, in this respect approaching /. a/abamaensis and
I. superba.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Concretionary lime-
stone above quartzitic sandstone, Ophir City, Oquirrh Range, Utah.
IPHIDELLA PANNULA MALADENSIS, new variety.
IPHIDELLA PANNULA OPHIRENSIS, new variety.
In collections from the Middle Cambrian limestones of northern
Utah and southern Idaho, material has been selected for illustration
which represents variety of form and surface markings of /phidella
pannula that might be given specific names were it not for the inter-
mediate phases which occur at the same locality with the varieties.
The specimens from near Malad City, Idaho, show a wide variation
in outline and surface. Another series from near Ophir City, Utah,
illustrate the entire evolution of the ** pannula” type of surface, from
the concentric strie to the fine network of oblique, raised lines
dividing the surface into minute, diamond-shaped depressions. In
some examples the ridges are so sharp and clear that the surface has
a honeycomb-like appearance.
For convenience of reference the species might be subdivided into
three varieties:
Variety A.—Surface with pore-like pits, formed by obliquely crossing, elevated
lines.
Variety B.—Surface with elevated, sharp ridges that give it an irregular honeycomb-
like appearance.
Variety C_—Surface formed by raised, concentric lines and ridges that inosculate
and become more and more irregular until a typical surface represented by variety
A is developed.
The first variety, A, is typical of the species. For the second
variety the name ma/adens/s is proposed, and for the third variety
the term ophirensis.
Genus KUTORGINA Billings.
Kutorgina Biuuines, Pamphlet; and Geol. Vermont, II, 1861, p. 948, footnote,
figs. 347-349; Geol. Surv. Canada, Pal. Foss., I, 1865, p. 9, figs. 8-10.—Davip-
son, Brit. Foss. Brach., III, 1871, p. 342.—Daut, Bull. U. 8S. Nat. Museum,
VIII, 1877, p.40.—Watcorr, Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey, No. 30, 1886, p. 101.—
Brecuer, Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., X LI, 1891, p. 345.—Hannt and Ciarke,
Pal. New York, VIII, 1892, Pt. 1, pp. 90, 166, 183; Eleventh Ann. Rept.
New York State Geologist, 1894, p. 247, pl. rv, figs. 11-13.
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 307
Mr. Billings proposed the genus Autorgina in a footnote accom-
panying the description of the type species AY cingulata. He says:
Since the above was written I have examined many casts of the interior of this
species, and am inclined. to the opinion that it is generically distinct from Obolella
chromatica. From the very considerable elevation of the beak the dorsal valve must
have an area and probably a foramen. In one specimen there are two large oval
impressions faintly impressed, but still distinctly visible. There is no trace of the
lateral scars; and the form, notwithstanding the characters of the surface, conveys
the idea of an Orthisina. Should, upon further examination, my suspicions turn out
to be well founded, I shall call the genus Autorgina, after the celebrated European
naturalist, Kutorga.
From our present information of the genus the following diagnosis
is prepared:
Shells inequivalve, transverse or elongated. Ventral valve convex,
with apex marginal or incurved over the pseudoarea. Cardinal area
rudimentary, without delthyrium or well-defined pseudodeltidium.
The latter usually extends one-half the distance from the apex to the
plane of the posterior margins of the valve. Interior of the ventral
valve with well-defined main vascular sinuses, with a visceral area
between the sinuses. Dorsal valve flat or slightly convex, rising to a
small, elevated umbo; apex marginal and usually pointing upward;
cardinal area short, rudimentary, and without well-defined pseudodel-
tidium. Interior of ventral valve with median septum between the
central and posterior lateral muscle sears.
Observations.—Vhe short cardinal areas of the valves leave a broad
open space between them for the passage of the pedicle. The areas
are more than the reflected posterior margins of the valves, as they
have transverse lines of growth and a suggestion of a pseudodeltidium.
These features are more rudimentary than in /phddella. Nutorgina
includes the larger calcareous shells, and /phzdella the somewhat more
specialized, smaller, corneous shells. The exterior form of the valves
of Autorgina suggest Nisusia festinata, with which the type species,
K. cingulata, is associated in Vermont and at Bie Harbor.
The following species are now referred to Autorgina:
K. cingulata Billings, AY perugata Walcott, A. sardiniaensis Wal-
cott, and A. sp. undet. All the species are from the lower Cambrian
horizon, with the possible exception of A. sardiniaensis.
Of species heretofore referred to the genus the following disposition
is made:
hy. labradorica Billings= [phidella.
Ly. labradorica swantonensis= Iphidella.
Ky. latourensis Matthew = Protorthis.
A. minutissima Hall and Whitfield = /phidella sculptilis.
KY. pannula White= [phidella.
Ky. prospectensis Waleott= [phidella.
308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
KY. sculptilis Meek= [phidella.
Ky. stissingensis Dwight= [phidella.
K. whitfieldi Walcott= Billingsella.
KUTORGINA CINGULATA Billings.
Obolella (Kutorgina) cingulata Brutincs, Geol. Vermont, II, 1861, p. 948, figs.
347-349; Pal. Foss., I, p. 8, figs. 8-10.
Obolella cingulata Bruuinas, Geol. Canada, 1863, p. 284, fig. 287.
Obolella? phillipsi Hott, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., X XI, 1864, pp. 101, 102, figs.
10a, b.
Kutorgina cingulata Davipson, Geol. Mag., V, 1868, p. 312, pl. xvi, fig. 10;
Brit. Sil. Brachiopoda, 1871, p. 342, pl. L, fig. 25.
Kutorgina cingulata Waucorr, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Survey, 1886, p. 102, pl. 1x,
fig. 1.
Kutorgina cingulata Brecuer, Amer. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., XLI, 1891, p. 345.
Kutorgina cingulata Waucorr, Tenth Ann. Rept. U. 8S. Geol. Survey, 1891, p.
609; ply uxis, fos 1:
Kutorgina cingulata Hau and CuarKe, Pal. New York, VIII, 1892, Pt. 1, p. 92,
figs. 47-49; pl. iv, figs. 10-17.
Kutorgina cingulata von Tout, Mem. de l’Acad. Imp. des Sci. de St. Peters-
burg, VIII ser., 1899. I, Beit. zur Kenntniss des Siberischen Cambrium, p.
26, pl. 1, fig. 28.
General form transversely or longitudinally oval; biconvex, with the
ventral much more convex than the dorsal valve. Surface marked by
concentric lines and ridges of growth and the edges by imbricating
lamelle of growth. Shell substance calcareous and fibrous. The shell
is formed of a thin, dark, compact outer layer and a thick, fibrous,
calcareous inner layer. It is possible that the thin outer layer is chi-
tinous, but it does not appear to be so. The L’Anse au Loup and Bic
Harbor shells average about 15 mm. long by 17 mm. in width. At
the Swanton locality, in Vermont, ventral valves occur 24 mm. in
height and with a width of 80 mm., and one large dorsal valve is 20
mm. in length with a width of 30 mm.
Ventral valve in young shells moderately convex, becoming more
and more convex with increase in size and age. In young shells the
slope from the front margin to the apex is nearly straight, and the
apex terminates at the posterior edge of the valve above the more or
less elevated pseudodeltidium. In old shells the curvature from the
front to the apex is nearly a semicircle, and the apex terminates in
a pointed beak overhanging the pseudodeltidium. A mesial sinus of
varying strength occurs on many shells, and in others it is entirely
absent. The pseudo area is concave on the outer parts. Toward the
center it becomes slightly flattened or convex and thus forms a very
rudimentary pseudodeltidium. It extends beneath the apex at an
angele of about 45° to the plane of the margins of the valve. The
central portion of the pseudo area extends about one-half the distance
from the apex to the plane of the valve and forms a gentle arch.
A partially exfoliated shell shows four dark lines radiating forward
No. 1399. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA—WALCOTT. 309
from the umbo and two near the sides that may have something to do
with the muscle scars or vascular sinuses. I thought so in 1886,” but
am not sufficiently confident of it now to state it as a settled conclu-
sion. Fine puncte occur on the inner layer of the shell; also numer-
ous radiating lines about one-half a millimeter apart.
Dorsal valve gently convex in young shells. With increase in size
the umbo becomes more elevated and the apex points upward or termi-
nates at the union of the pseudo area and the upward slope of the shell
on the umbo. In some shells there is a tendency for the valve to
become slightly concave in the space between the margins and the
elevated umbo. The pseudo area of the valve is narrow and with little
character; on some shells it slopes beneath the apex, and on others it
slopes backward, forming a low angle with the surface of the valve.
The interior of the dorsal valve shows a median septum, with two
central scars, and the anterior lateral scars. Numerous small vascular
canals radiate from central concave area toward the flattened anterior
and lateral half of the valve. A cast of the interior shows two vascular
canals radiating forward from near the apex. Radiating lines occur
on the interior of the same character as those of the ventral valve.
Observations.—Since writing on this species in 1886 I have collected
specimens showing the character of the pseudo areas of the valves, and
also obtained further information relative to the interior of the dorsal
valve. The rudimentary or pseudo areas are less advanced in develop-
ment than those of /phédella, and the muscle scars of the dorsal valve
are much like those of Obolella and Obolus.
The specimens from Bic Harbor and east of Swanton, Vermont, are
better than those from the type locality at L’Anse au Loup. Many of
the Vermont shells are larger and more fully developed, but specimens
of the same size as those from L’Anse au Loup and Bic Harbor are
identical in the characters available for comparison.
Formation and locality.—Lower Cambrian. L’Anse au Loup lime-
stone with Olencllus thompsoni at L’? Anse au Loup, on the north shore
of the straits of Belle Isle, Labrador. In bowlders of limestone con-
taining fragments of Olenellus, in Cambrian conglomerate, at Hast
Point, Bic Harbor, Province of Quebec, Canada. The species is
abundant in lenticular masses of limestone intercalated in argillaceous
and arenaceous shales carrying Olenellus thompsoni on the Bullard
farm, about two miles east of Swanton, Vermont.
Dr. Eduard von Toll, identifies and illustrates as A’utorgina cin-
gulata Billings a dorsal valve that occurs with other forms that may be
referred to the Lower Cambrian fauna of the Cambrian of Siberia.
Locality.—Near the Tschurskaja Station, on the Lena.
@Bull. U. 8. Geol. Survey, No. 30, p. 103.
> Beitrage zu Kenntniss des Sibirischen Cambrium, I. Mém. de l’ Acad. Imp. des
Sci. de St. Pétersbourg, VIII sér., 1899, pp. 26-27.
310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
KUTORGINA PERUGATA, new species.
General form ovate, biconvex. Surface marked by concentric lines
of growth and more or less strong concentric corrugations; the outer
surface is ornamented by a fine network of oblique, depressed lines,
that leave minute rhomboidal elevations between them that look like
fine papille under a moderately strong magnifier, and the cast of the
surface has much the same appearance in a transverse light. Shell
substance calcareous.
A large ventral valve has a length of 14 mm.; width, 16mm. A
dorsal valve 11 mm. in length has a width of 14mm.
The ventral valve is strongly convex in adult shells, with the highest
point near the umbo or at the apex. The apex terminates at or over-
hangs a rudimentary pseudo area that slopes beneath the shell at an
angle of 45° to 60° to the plane of the margins of the valve. The
pseudo area is concave and about half the length of the space between
the apex and the plane of the valve. Casts of the interior show well-
defined main vascular sinuses, with the outline of the visceral area
between them.
The dorsal valve is transverse, nearly flat in some examples, and
slightly convex in others. The surface slopes gradually from the
margins to near the umbo, where the slope increases and extends to
the upward-pointing apex. A rudimentary pseudo area slopes back-
ward from the apex. In some examples the pseudo area appears to
be little more than a bending over of the posterior margins of the shell;
in others it has the outline of a slightly convex pseudodeltidium.
Observations. —This species, in its reticulate surface ornamentation,
recalls [phidella pannula ‘and Mickwitzia monilifera. In form the
young shells are not unlike Awtorgina cingilata. A large, imperfect
ventral valve, 24 mm. by 24 mm., of this genus, was collected by Mr.
J. EE. Clayton from the Cambrian limestone of the Silver Peak dis-
trict. It may belong to A. perugata, and it is so referred for the
present. From the shales of the Olenellus zone in Silver Canyon,
White Mountain range, a series of compressed specimens were col-
lected. Some of these show a concave pseudo area on the ventral
valve, also strong main vascular sinuses. Some of the shells from
the shales north of Red Mountain have lost all traces of surface char-
acters, only a faint, smooth impression remaining.
formation and locality.—Lower Cambrian. Calcareous shales
beneath Archeeocyathus limestone, 3 miles north of Valeadi Spring or
4 miles northwest of Drinkwater Mine; summit on road 10 miles
southwest of town of Silver Peak; also on divide between Clayton
and Fish Creek valleys, north of Red Mountain, Silver Peak Range;
Silver Peak District, Esmeralda County, Nevada. About 1,000 feet
above quartzite, Silver Canyon, White Mountain Range, Nevada.
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA—WALCOTT. 3% bl
KUTORGINA SARDINIAENSIS, new species.
Kutorgina cingulata BoRNEMANN, Nova Acta der Ksl. Leop-Carol. Deutsch. Acad.
Naturf., LVI, 1891, No. 3, p. 440, pl. x1x, figs. 22, 23.
Lingula rouaulti BorNeMANN, Nova Acta der Ksl. Leop-Carol. Deutsch. Acad.
Naturf., LVI, 1891, No. 3, p. 439, pl. xrx, fig. 21.
Transversely oval, more or less arched, with straight margin which
isa little shorter than the greatest breadth of the shell. Surface shows
strong concentric lines of growth.
Found quite commonly in the slates with Olenopsis and Metadow-
ides near Canalgrande, solitary also in sandstone with Archeocyathus
on Punta Pintau. The specimens in slate are always pressed very
flat, and are imperfect; in the sandstone are found impressions of the
outer surface.
Here belongs perhaps also the shell designated above as Lingu/u
rouaulti (%).
The specimens of this species are all more or less flattened in the
argillaceous shale. It appears to be congeneric with Awtorgina cin-
gulata, but not specifically identical with it.
Formation and locality.—Middle? Cambrian shales near Canal-
grande, and in sandstone on Punta Pintau, Island of Sardinia.
KUTORGINA, species undetermined.
Ventral valve transverse, moderately convex; length 6 mm., width
8 mm.; pseudo area short and sloping beneath the apex at an angle of
about 45°.
A single cast from a coarse sandstone is all that is known of this
species. It may bea young shell of AY e¢ngulata, but the means ot
comparison do not justify such a reference.
Formation and locality.—Lower Cambrian sandstone of Sollings
Mountain, 2 miles east of Natural Bridge, Virginia.
RUSTELLA, new genus
All that is known of this genus is the type species, Rustella edson’.
It appears to be the most primitive form of brachiopod known.
The generic name is given in memory of William P. Rust, of Tren-
ton Falls, New York, whose collections from the Lower Cambrian
strata of Georgia, Vermont, were most extensive and the material the
finest obtained there.
RUSTELLA EDSONI, new species.
General form, subcircular, biconvex. Ventral valve moderately
convex, with the apex at the posterior margin immediately above a
low arch in the posterior margin. Surface smooth except for concen-
tric growth lines and low ridges that in some shells are quite prominent.
A shallow, broad, rudimentary pedicle groove occurs beneath the apex
O12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
and ona slightly flattened space adjoining the posterior margin. Dor-
sal valve about as convex as the ventral and with the apex marginal.
The interior of the valve shows two rounded depressions beneath the
umbo with a slight, narrow groove between them; a little in advance
the outlines of the central muscle scars occur; originally stronge but
faintly indicated radiating lines occur toward the front.
Observations.—This shell was identified as the dorsal valve of Avwtor-
gina cingulata by My. Billings* and myself.’? They were considered
as distorted, flattened shells. Better material shows them to represent
one of the simplest forms of brachiopod known; with the exception of
the rudimentary pedicle furrow and the area there is nothing more
than the gaping valve, a form near to Dr. Charles EK. Beecher’s ideal
Paterina.
The specific name is given in recognition of the excellent work Mr.
George Edson, of St. Albans, Vermont, is doing in collecting the
Lower Paleozoic fossils of his region.
Formation and locality.—Swanton shales, justabove Parker’s quarry,
Georgia, associated with Olenellus thompson?,, and also two miles east
of Swanton, Vermont.
Genus DICE LLOMUsS Halt
Dicellomus Hatu, Twenty-third Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 246.
Dicellomus Haut and CuarKE, Pal. New York, VIII, 1892, Pt. 1, p. 72.
Dicellomus Wautcorr, Mon. U.S. Geol. Survey, XXXII, 1899, Pt. 2, p. 446.
Shell small; general form ovate to subsemicircular, biconvex, with
apices marginal. Surface of outer shell tinely punctate in all species
where it is preserved uninjured. Interior or middle lamellz marked
by radiating striz and minute puncte; inner surface finely punctate.
The shell is thick in all the species now known, and is built up of a
thin, outer, scabrous layer, numerous inner layers or lamelle, and a
thin inner layer. Shell substance apparently calcareo-corneous.
The interior of the ventral valve shows a short area with a median
pedicle groove; an elongate visceral area; well-marked main vascular
sinuses; large, composite scars where the posterior muscles, i. e.,
transmecian and anterior laterals, were attached; and a short shelf or
embryo spondylium that extended into the valve from each side of the
pedicle groove. This plate corresponds to the dental plate in the
articulate brachiopods, and it has a thickness at the antero-lateral
margin that suggests a short tooth.
The interior of the dorsal valve has a well-defined but very narrow
area in one species, 2). politus, that is hollowed out so as to form a
shallow groove on each side, apparently for the reception of the short
tooth of the ventral valve. No good posterior margins of the valve
@Pal. Kos., 1, p. 9. “
bTenth Ann. Rept. U. 8. Geol. Survey, p. 609, pl. Lxrx, figs. 1, la—-h.
NO. 1395, CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 313
could be found of the other species of the genus. The composite scar
is large, and in one shell it is subdivided into three small scars that
were the points of attachment of the transmedian, outside, and middle
laterals. The central and anterior lateral scars are arranged as in
Obolus; the eentrals are large and located on the sides of the visceral
area; the anterior laterals are small and located at the arterial end of
the visceral cavity.
Obeervations.—W hen referring to Dicellomus, in 1899, I said: “
When proposing that the genus Dicellomus? include Obolella polita, Professor Hall
stated that the grooving or emargination of the apices of both valves and the
thickening of the edges of the shell on each side below the apex, together with the
form and character of the muscular impressions, would separate the species from
Obolella. Again in 1892 Messrs. Hall and Clarke gave a fuller description of
Dicellomus politus, bat owing to the poor character of the material they did not feel
confident that it should be recognized as generically distinct from Obolella chromatica.
Material now in the collections of the Geological Survey clearly shows that Professor
Hall’s provisional conclusion was correct, and that Dicellomus politus is generically
distinct from Obolella chromatica.
The presence of the large, composite, cardinal muscle scars in each
valve suggests that a search be made for a foraminal opening, as in
Obolala, Linnarssonella, and Acrotreta. No trace has been found
externally, and the interior of the ventral valve does not show evi-
dence of it. Décellomus appears to include characteristics of Obolus
and Obolella, and on the presence of the incipient dental plates, teeth,
and dental grooves an articulate shell is suggested. In Meehina prima
a step further is taken in the development of the spondylium and in
the approach toward articulating brachiopods.
The stratigraphic range of Dicellomus is from the Middle Cambrian
to the latter part of the Upper Cambrian. Its geographic distribu-
tion includes the Appalachian area in Tennessee and Alabama, the
Mississippi basin from Wisconsin and Minnesota on the north to
Oklahoma on the south and South Dokota, Montana, and Utah on
the west. The Arizona locality appears to be an extension to the
southwest of the upper Mississippi Valley species, 2). politus. The
only form from Europe is suggested by the unidentified shell from the
Paradoxides forchhamert zone of Anduarum, Sweden.
The species now referred to the genus are:
Dicellomus appalachia, Middle Cambrian.
D. parvus, Middle Cambrian.
D. pectenoides, Middle Cambrian.
D. politus, Middle Cambrian.
D. species undetermined, Middle Cambrian.
D. nanus, Upper Cambrian.
@Mon. U.S. Geol. Survey, X XXII, Pt. 2, 1899, p. 446.
> Twenty-third Ann. Rept. New York State Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 246.
¢Pal. New York, VIII, Pt. 1, p. 72.
314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
DICELLOMUS APPALACHIA, new species.
This shell has been identified with Y. polctus in the preliminary
studies of the genus Dicellomus. I find that while it has the same
type of shell structure and general form, it differs in being less elon-
gate proportionally, and in the details of the form and positions of the
muscle scars and vascular markings of the interior of the valve; it
differs in the latter respect from ). nanus. The outer thin layer has
a dull, slightly roughened surface that is minutely punctate. When
the outer layer is exfolinned the surface of the layer beneath is highly
polished and marked by exceedingly fine radiating strise and concen-
tric striw and lines of growth. The interior of the dorsal valve shows
the larger central muscle scars with the minute antero-lateral scars
almost in contact with them. A composite scar shows the separate
points of attachment of the transmedian, outside, and middle lateral
sears. The variation in the length of the visceral cavity of the dorsal
valve is very great.
This species occurs in great abundance in both limestones and shales.
It is the representative of the widely distributed politus - of the
interior of the continent. Leek
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. lLimestones beneath
the upper shale of the Cambrian section at many localities in Jefferson
and Hawkins counties; limestone layers in Conasauga shale, 2 miles
south of Coal Creek, Anderson County; in shale on road from Rogers-
ville to Dodson Ford; limestone at Bull Run, Copper Ridge, 11 miles
northwest of Knoxville, southwest of Mey unedevillc: and? 5 miles
southeast of Greenville, Tennessee.
Coosa shale, Cowan Creek and Cedar Bluff, Cherokee County, Mur-
phees Valley, and Blountsville Valley, Alabama.
DICELLOMUS NANUS Meek and Hayden.
Obolella nana Meek and Haypben, Proc. Acad. me Sci. Philadelphia, 2d ser.,
V, 1861, p. 485.—Bruiines, Pal. Foss., I, 1862, 67.—HaypEN, Am. Toure
Sci., 2d ser., XX XIII, 1863, p. 73.—MEEK zl Haypen, Pal. Upper Mis-
souri, Pt. 1, 1864, p. 4, pl. 1, figs. 83a-d.—Wuirrietp, U. 8. Geog. and Geol.
Sury. Rocky Mountain Region, 1880, p. 340, pl. um, figs. 14-17.—Haxt and
CiARKE, Pal. New York, VIII, 1892, Pt. 1, p. 69.
Dicellomus nanus Waucotr, Mon. U. 8. Geol. Survey, XX XII, 1899, p. 447, pl.
LX, figs 3, 3a-d.
The principal characters of this species are the same as D/cellomus
politus. The two forms differ exteriorly in D. nanus being more con-
vex on the umbones and less elongate. The interior of the ventral
valve shows a less elongate visceral area, a relatively larger composite
muscle scar. The interior of the dorsal valve of ). nanus has a much
larger composite muscle scar, a broader visceral area with the central
muscle scar farther from the median line.
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 315
One of the types of D. nanus is the interior of a ventral valve, on
which there is a subtriangular depression that appears to have been
the path of advance of the area, on each side of the median space, in
which the central muscle, middle, and outside lateral muscles were
attached. Another shell from the Big Horn Mountains shows some-
thing of the same character.
| The area of the ventral valve is short, and divided midway by a
shallow pedicle furrow; area of dorsal valve unknown.
The exterior of the shell appears to be smooth and slightly polished,
except for fine concentric striz and lines of growth and what appear
to be scattered puncte.
The average size of the adult shells is from 3 mm. to 4 mm., the
length and width usually being nearly the same.
The exact horizon of the type specimens is unknown. They occur
in a somewhat friable, purplish sandstone, unlike any beds of the
Middle Cambrian Deadwood sandstone that I met with. The speci-
mens from the limestones of the Big Horn Mountains, etc., appear
to belong to the Uppper Cambrian terrane.
Formation and locality.— Upper Cambrian. Shaly sandstone, Black
Hills, North Dakota. Limestone above shales, about 10 miles south-
southeast of Bald Mountain, Big Horn Mountains; Gallatin limestone,
Crowfoot section, Gallatin Range, Yellowstone National Park, Wyo-
ming. \Limestone of the Little Rocky Mountains, west side of Dry
Creek, below Pass Creek, Gallatin Valley.
Two specimens of a shell apparently identical with 2. nanus were
broken from a diamond drill core, taken from a fine sandstone 20 feet
above the La Motte sandstone, St. Francois County, Missouri.
DICELLOMUS PARVUS, new species.
General form ovate, with the ventral valve subacuminate and dorsal
valve broad oval to subcircular. Valves moderately convex. Surface
of outer shell dark and polished; it is marked, when not abraded, by
fine, clearly defined, concentric striz and occasional lines of growth.
The largest ventral valve has a length of 2.5 mm. and a width of
2mm. The shell is strong but not thick. Shell substance apparently
calcareo-corneous.
Ventral valve uniformly convex, except that the slopes toward the
cardinal margins are more abrupt than elsewhere; apex appears to be
marginal. The interior of the valve shows a short, low, median ridge
in the center of the visceral cavity; on each side, and a little in front
of the end of the median ridge are the trapezoidal areas for the attach-
ment of muscle scars; rather small, composite cardinal muscle scars
occur close to the cardinal margins.
Dorsal valve somewhat less convex than the ventral; apex marginal.
The interior of the valve shows well defined composite cardinal muscle
316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
scars, 2 narrow median septum, and faintly impressed main vascular
sinus that curves outward and forward at about one-third the distance
from the outer margin to the median septum; the central muscle scars
are small and situated back of the center of the valve on each side of a
low median swelling on which the median septum oocurs; the position
of the anterior lateral muscle scars is indicated at the end of the median
septum a little in advance of the center of the valve
Observations. —This minute shell has the generic characters of D)/cel-
lomus politus, but it differs specifically in minute size and the positions
of the muscle sears in the dorsal valve.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Chang Hsia limestone.
Two and one-half miles southwest of Yen Chuang, Shantung, China.
Also from a river drift block one mile south of Chen Ping Hsien, on
the Lan Ho River, southern Shensi.
Collections of Bailey Willis and Eliot T. Blackwelder, Carnegie
Institution Expedition to China.
DICELLOMUS PECTENOIDES Whitfield.
Obolus pectenoides Wuirrie.p, Ludlow’s Rept. Reconnaissance Black Hills of
Dakota, 1875, p. 103, figs. 1, 3.
Obulus? pectenoides WHITFIELD, Geol. and Geog. Surv. Rocky Mountain region,
Powell, 1880, p. 328, pl. 11, figs. 18, 19.
Obolella pectenoides ScuucHert, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Survey, No. 87, 1897, p. 275.
This is the largest shell of the several species of the genus. <A
ventral valve 9 mm. long has a width of 11 mm. All that is known of
the structure of the shell indicates that it was like D. politus. This
species differs from all the other species by the anterior position of
the central muscle scars of the dorsal valve, and its larger size.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Deadwood sandstone,
Castle County, on west side of the Black Hills; also at Deadwood, in
the cliffs on the east side of the valley, South Dakota.
DICELLOMUS POLITUS Hall.
Obolus appolinus OwEN (not Eichwald), Geol. Surv. Wisconsin, Iowa, and
Minnesota, 1852, pl. 1B, figs. 9, 11, 15, 20.
Lingula ? polita Haut, Ann. Rept. Geol. Surv. Wisconsin, ee p. 24; Geol.
Rept, Wisconsin, I, 1862, pp. 21, 485.
Obolella ? polita Hauy, Sixteenth Ann. Rept. New York State Cab. Nat. Hist.,
1863, p. 133, pl. v1, figs. 17-21; Trans. Albany Institute, V, 1867, p. 112.
Lingulepis prima Meek and Haypen, Smithsonian Contrb. to Knowl., XIV,
1864, No. 172, p. 3, pl. 1, fig. 2.
Dicellomus polita Haut, Tw ane -third Ann. Rept. New York State Cab. Nat.
Hist., 1873, p. 246.
Obolella ge WHITFIELD, Geol. and Geog. Surv. Rocky Mountain Region, 1880,
p. dos pl. II, figs: 12; 13.
Obolella es Watcorr, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Survey No. 30, 1886, p. 111.
ay
No. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA—WALCOTT. B17
Obolella polita Hatt and CuarKeE, Pal. New York, VIII, 1893, Pt. 1, pp. 72, 73,
ple mings o/—tle
Dicellomus politus Watcorr, Mon. U. 8. Geol. Survey, XXXII, 1899, Pt. 2,
p. 446, pl. ux, figs. 4, 4a.
General form ovate, with the ventral valve subacuminate; biconvex,
the ventral valve usuallly more convex than the dorsal. Surface
smooth as the specimens usually occur, but a few examples show that
there is a thin outer layer covered with fine papille and puncte that
appear to be placed on very fine, more or less inosculating ridges.
Concentric lines of growth of varying strength show on the outer sur-
face, also on the various inner layers or lamelle. When the outer
layer is exfoliated or worn off by attrition of the sand, the surface of
the inner layer is marked by radiating strie and concentric lines of
growth that are a marked feature of the species. The radiating striz
may be uniform in size, or with from 4 to 6 very fine striz between
two stronger elevated strie. Inner surface smooth to the eye, but a
strong lens shows that it is finely punctate, with exceedingly fine,
irregular, raised lines all over the surface. The intermediate layer
is more coarsely and irregularly punctate.
The shell is thick and is built up of a thin, scabrous, outer layer, a
middle layer made up of several highly polished lamelle, and a thin
inner layer. The numerous inner lamelle are oblique to the outer
surface over much of the shell, and thus give it thickness. Shell
substance caleareo-corneous. The usual size of the Wisconsin shells
is about 6 mm. long, width 5 mm., for ventral valve, and same width
and length for dorsal valve. Specimens from the Black Hills average
a trifle larger than those from Wisconsin.
Ventral valve with a uniform convexity over the central portions,
from which the surface slopes gently to the margins. Apex nearly,
if not quite, marginal. Casts of the interior indicate a short cardinal
area that extends out on the cardinal margins of the shell, and that
appears to merge into the margins. On each side of the pedicle fur-
row a thin plate or shelf extended into the valve on the plane of the
margins of the shell. Some of the casts indicate that these plates had
a projecting boss or tooth that articulated in a rude manner with the
depressions on the posterior, flattened, inner margin of the dorsal
valve. If this interpretation is correct, the teeth and plates corre-
spond to the teeth and dental plates of the articulate brachiopods, and
the plates mark the beginning of a spondylium. The posterior mus-
cles, transmedian and anterior laterals were undoubtedly attached
within the area of the composite scar. The visceral area and poste-
rior portions of the main vascular sinuses are well outlined, but no
muscle scars or details of the vascular system have been preserved in
the material studied.
Dorsal valve most convex back of the center. Apex marginal. The
Proce. N. M. vol. xxviii—04 21
818 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
interior of the valve shows shallow depressions in the flattened pos-
terior margin that suggest dental cavities for the reception of the den-
tal projections of the ventral valve. The composite muscle scar prob-
ably formed the point of attachment of the posterior muscles, trans-
median, outside, and middle laterals. The central muscle scars are
shown a little back of the center of the valve, where a low median
ridge bifureates. In some shells a sharp median septum is shown; also
narrow main vascular sinuses.
Observations. —The specimens of this shell from Wisconsin, Minne-
sota, and North Dakota occur in fine-grained, more or less friable
sandstone; those from Montana in a compact limestone in the Gallatin
Valley and a siliceous shale at Helena. The reference of the speci-
mens from Helena is rather doubtful, as the shells are compressed and
distorted.
The beds in which the specimens are found at Taylors Falls, Minne-
sota, are said to be Upper Cambrian. If this is correct 2. politus
ranges from the Middie to the Upper Cambrian. Shells agreeing with
D. politus in all points available for comparison occur in the basal,
probably Middle Cambrian, sandstone beneath the great limestone
series of Arizona. The material is abundant and preserved very much
in the same condition as that from the Deadwood sandstone of the
Black Hills of South Dakota.
In the sandstones at the base of the Middle Cambrian Reagan forma-
tion a few shells were found that appear to be identical with D. politus.
They have the elongate form of that species, which is unknown in any
other species of the genus.
In the collections made by the fortieth parallel survey there are
specimens so closely resembling 2). polctus that they are identified as
such, although the dorsal valve is rather transverse.
Dicellomus politus differs from PD. nanus and LD. pectenoides in being
more elongate; also in the details of the interior markings of the valves.
From 2). appalachia it differs in interior markings and, as specimens
average, in being more elongate.
. Lormation and locality. —Middle Cambrian. St. Croix sandstone,
middle beds of the sandstone, at Eau Claire, Wisconsin. Deadwoed
sandstone, 9 miles west of Custer City; head of Red Water Canyon
and several other localities in the Deadwood standstone of the Black
Hills, South Dakota. Gallatin limestone, near Gallatin, and also in
Silurian shales with Obolus (Lingulella) helena and O. (Westoria) ella,
on the southern slope of Mount Helena at Helena, Montana. Basal
sandstone, Ash Creek, Pinal County, Arizona. Basal sandstone of the
Reagan formation, Wichita Mountains, 11 miles northwest of Fort
Sill in the SW. 4 sec. 17, T. 4 N., R. 12 W.,-Oklahoma Territory.
Upper (4) Cambrian. Upper beds of St. Croix sandstone at Taylors
“alls, Minnesota.
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. 319
DICELLOMUS, species undetermined.
A single specimen of a ventral valve very much like that of /)/ce/-
lomus appalachia occurs with material from the Laradoxides forch-
hamert zone at Andrarum. <A series of specimens would probably
prove that it is the representative of an undescribed species.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Andrarum, Sweden.
CURTICUVAD new, qenus.
The description of the type species, Curticia elegantula, includes all
that is known of this genus.
The generic name is given in recognition of the excellent work of
Dr. Cooper Curtice, of Moravia, New York, both as a field collector
and laboratory assistant for several years.
CURTICIA ELEGANTULA, new species.
General form, subcircular, biconvex. Surface of exterior of shell
marked by fine concentric, slightly undulating striz, and lines and
varices of growth. When the thin, exterior layer is exfoliated, the
inner layers are ornamented by numerous fine, radiating lines, very
much as in Dicellomus and Obolus, also more or less imbricating con-
centric lines. The inner surface shows radiating and concentric lines
without the visceral area. Shell substance corneous and probably cal-
‘areous. The shell is built up of a thin, outer surface layer and sev-
eral inner layers or lamelle, slightly oblique to the outer surface on
the umbo and central parts of the valves. The lamelle are more
oblique and numerous toward the front and sides, and thus thicken the
shell over those parts. The average ventral valve has a length of
5 mm., width 6 mm.; dorsal valve, 5mm. by 5 mm.
Ventral valve strongly convex, most elevated at the umbo, and
arching over to a minute, slightly incurved apex; area rudimentary,
with a high, triangular, open delthyrium occupying most of it. A
cast of the interior of the valve shows that a narrow elevated ridge
occurs just in advance of the apex.
Dorsal valve evenly convex, apex marginal. The interior shows ¢
median ridge and septum, with small rounded depressions beneath the
umbo on each side of the median ridge and a little in advance of the
apex. Ventral muscle scars small and clearly defined. Anterior lat-
eral scars small, and situated in advance of the central scars close to
the median ridge and at its anterior extremity. Main vascular sinuses
broad and slightly defined.
Observations.—This shell was labeled Dicellomus politus. In exter-
nal form it resembles it, but the open delthyrium of the ventral valve
and the absence of area on dorsal valve distinguish it. It appears
to be a form intermediate in development between /?ustel/a and Dicel-
320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
lomus. It occurs in large numbers and is a very striking object, with
its dark, smooth shell in the buff-gray sandstone.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. St. Croix sandstone,
Taylors Falls, Minnesota.
QUEBECIA, new genus.
The description of the species includes that of the genus as there is
only one species now known.
Type.— Obolela circe Billings.
QUEBECIA CIRCE Billings.
Obolella circe Brutineas, Canadian Nat., n. ser., VI, 1872, p. 219; Am. Jour.
Sci., 3d ser., III, 1872, p. 357.—Watcorr, Bull. U. 8S. Geol. Survey No.
30, 1886, p. 118, pl. x, fig. 8a; Tenth Ann. Rept. U. 8. Geol. Survey, 1891,
p- 611, pl. Lxx1, fig. 3a.
General form broad ovate, with front and sides uniformly rounded;
planoconvex. Surface marked by fine concentric strie of growth.
A ventral valve 3.5 mm. in length has a width of 4.5mm. A dorsal
valve 4.5 mm. in length has the same width; a larger dorsal valve,
11 mm. in length, has a width of 10.5 mm. Shell rather thick, and
composed of calcite in its present condition.
The ventral valve has an elevated umbo terminating in a sharp,
upward pointing apex that may be perforate: from the umbo the sur-
face, in young shells, slopes so rapidly that the central and outer por-
tions of the shell are nearly flat, but in older shells moderately convex;
area short and divided midway by a relatively broad delthyrium that
is nearly covered by a convex deltidium; the inner surface is marked
by fine, elevated, rather widely separated, radiating striz and very
fine puncte; a pair of very broad main vascular sinuses arch forward
from a point beneath the umbo and inclose a small, sightly elevated
visceral area; a strong cardinal tubercle occurs on each side of the
pseudo area, which was probably the point of attachment of the
posterior muscle, 1. e., transmedian and anterior laterals.
Dorsal valve gently convex in young shells, becoming strongly con-
vex in old shells; no traces of an area have been observed—if present
it must have been short and very low, as the beak is nearly at the
plane of the margins of the shell; casts of the interior show that the
valve was thickened beneath the umbo by a ridge that separated what
may be called the umbonal cavity from the main cavity of the valve.
On the cast of an old shell a rounded, narrow, longitudinal, median
ridge divides the umbonal cavity; on each side of the cavity and beyond
it there is the strongly marked path of advance of the transmedian
muscle scars; in front of the transverse ridge two strong ridges that
extend toward the center of the valve occupy the position of the main
vascular trunks; in one specimen a narrow groove extends from the
central muscle scar along the inside margin of the ridge.
No. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIGPODA— WALCOTT. 321
The muscle scars now known are the transmedian and central: the
former are situated close to the margin of the valve, and the space
assigned them may also include the posterior laterals; the central scars
are well indicated in several specimens, but no trace has been found of
the antero-laterals. The cardinal tubercle includes the space that was
occupied by the several points of attachment of the posterior muscles,
i. e., transmedian, outside, and middle laterals; the cast of the tubercle
is an elongate depression just inside the margin of the shell.
Observations. —By incorrect interpretation both Mr. Billings and
myself identified the dorsal valve of the species as the ventral, and I
followed him in illustrating a dorsal valve of Obolella crassa as the dor-
sal valve of O. circe. When studying some material representing the
species in the collections of the United States National Museum I
noticed the edge of a shell that, on working it free from the matrix,
proved to be a ventral valve; two dorsal valves occur on the same bit
of rock. Subsequently Dr. J. F. Whiteaves sent me a tablet from the
collections of the Geological Survey of Canada, on which six specimens
were labeled Obolella circe. No. 1 is a cast of the interior of the dor-
sal valve of Obolella crassa, and No. 2 the exterior of same. Nos. 3 and
6 are ventral valves of Quehecia circe, and Nos. 4 and 5 dorsal valves.
With the ventral valve identified, it appears that the shell is not an
Obolella but is the type of an undescribed genus, in which the ventral
valve is elevated at the apex, and with strong cardinal tubercles for the
attachment of the posterior muscle scars, very much as in Acrotreta.
This feature, and the presence of what appears to be the base of the
cast of a foraminal tube, suggest that the ventral valve was perforate.
Quebecia appears to be on the line of evolution from Obolclla to the
calcareous, perforate, inarticulate shells represented by York/a.
Obolella, (Quebecia, and Yorkia are all strong, calcareous, perforate
shells of the older Cambrian fauna, and are evidently closely related.
Formation and locality.— Lower Cambrian. Limestone bowlders in
conglomerate at Trois Pistoles, on the St. Lawrence River, below
Quebec, Canada.
Genus BLKANTIA Ford.
Billingsia Forp (not de Koninck, 1876), Amer. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., X XXI, 1886,
p. 466.
Elkania Forp, Amer. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., XX XII, 1886, p. 325.
Elkania Haut and CiarKke, Pal. New York, VIII, 1892, Pt. 1, pp. 75, 165;
Eleventh Ann. Rep. New York State Geologist, 1894, p. 241.
General form ovate, biconvex; shell substance corneous and made
up of several thin layers or lamelle that increase in number toward
the front and lateral margins. Surface marked by fine concentric
strie of growth. Apex of both ventral and dorsal valves marginal.
The interior of the ventral valve has a thickened posterior section which
has a central pedicle furrow, and two flexure lines running obliquely
899 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
forward and outward from the apex, a little inside of the grooves of
the main vascular trunks; this structure is apparently the result of the
union of the area with the bottom of the shell, so as to bring, as the
shell grew, the path of advance of the pedicle groove, main vascular
sinuses, and lateral muscle scars all on one surface instead of on the
area and the shell beneath it, as in Obolus.
The muscle sears are arranged as in Oholus. The transmedian and
anterior laterals occur well out toward the margin, and the space
inclosing the central scars, middle and outside laterals, is in the central
area, on the front of the slope of the thickened posterior portion of
the valve; the points of attachment of the individual muscles can not
be distinguished. In the dorsal valve the central and anterior lateral
scars are clearly shown in several specimens. The transmedian and
outside laterals are situated just outside the main vascular sinus. Our
knowledge of the vascular markings is limited to the main vascular
sinuses, except in one ventral valve where the inner branches have been
preserved. In both valves the main trunk rises near the apex and its
path is outlined across the reversed area.
The preceding description differs materially from that of Messrs.
Ford and Hall and Clarke. I find the muscle scars as described above,
and am compelled to consider them as indicating the same muscles as
in Obolus, That the genus is an advance on Ododus in the evolution
of the inarticulate brachiopods, I quite agree with Hall and Clarke;
also that it is a stage in the transition from Obolus to Trimerella and
its allies. The stage, however, is not far along, as nothing is seen of
the platform in advance of the area, and the area is merged into the
body of the shell. AVAandéa is an Obolus with the cardinal areas within
the plane of the margins of the valves. In the type species, /. des¢d-
erata, the area of the ventral valve is entirely within the valve, while
that of the dorsal valve has been nearly obliterated in the process of
change from an open backward-facing area to an inclosed forward-
facing area. A comparison of the interiors of Obolus (L.) calatus
and Obolus apollinis with those of A’hania desiderata and Hlhania
beliia illustrates that little change is necessary to convert the exterior
cardinal areas of Oholus into the inclosed reversed areas of /Vkania.
As the beaks of A’/hania are marginal, the pedicle passed out
though an opening made by the gaping of the valves.
The four known species of the genus are the type species, //7hania
desiderata, i. ida, £. ambigua, in which the shell is very thick, and
FE. balulu, a minute shell in which the form and tendency is towards
Lingulella rather than the thick oval forms of Obolus.
Lingulasma Ulrich, has an inclosed cardinal area, and is a more
advanced stage than A/hania in the transition from Odolus and its sub-
genera to the true Trimerelloid forms.¢
aSee Pal. New York, VIII, Pt. 1, pp. 24-28, 30-33.
:
j
i
4
No. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA—WALCOTT. ae
Authors have referred frequently to the resemblances between
species of Obolella and Hlhania desiderata. These do not appear to
exist except in a superficial manner. Obdo/el/a is a stage in the evolu-
tion toward the Siphono-tretide, while A’/hanza is toward the Tri-
merellide.
ELKANIA BELLULA, new species.
General form elongate oval; biconvex; beaks marginal. Surface
marked by fine concentric strive of growth that occasionally form
raracies and small ridges near the umbo; the inner layers or lamalle
have radiating striz in addition to concentric striz.
The shell is relatively thin and small. It rarely exceeds 2.5 mm.
in length and a little less in width; the dorsal valve is a somewhat
shorter than the ventral.
Ventral valve subacuminate, moderately convex; the interior shows
a reversed cardinal area attached to the bottom of the valve and below
the plane of the margins of the valve; the pedicle groove is strong;
the line of demarcation between the cardinal area and the bottom of
the valve is indefinite, as the margin of the area and the body of the
shell have been merged into each other; the transmedian and antero-
lateral muscle scars are outside the main vascular sinuses and near
the margin of the valve; the central scars and middle and outside
lateral scars are supposed to have been attached within an area which
is largely on the front slope of the thickening of the umbonal portion
of the valve.
The dorsal valve has a short reversed area; the antero-lateral muscle
scars were probably well advanced toward the front, judging from
traces of the length of the visceral cavity.
The vascular markings include the main vascular sinuses in the ven-
tral valve and traces of the visceral area in the dorsal valve.
This pretty little shell is much like a small species of Zzngulella in
its exterior appearance; the interior connects it with E/kanda. I know
of no species closely related to it.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Limestone about 3
miles south of Benders Pass, Silver Peak Range, Nevada.
SCHUCHERTINA, new genus.
The description of the type species is that of the genus and species,
as but one species is known of the genus.
Type.—Schuchertina cambria.
The generic name is given in recognition of the admirable work that
Prof. Charles Schuchert has done on the fossil brachiopods.
SCHUCHERTINA CAMBRIA, new species.
Shell subovate, with valves obtusely acuminate; biconvex. Sur-
face marked by concentric lines and strive of growth and fine radiating
324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
strie. The innerand outer surfaces of theshells have very fine puncte,
but no traces of puncte penetrating through the shell have been
observed.
The largest ventral valve has a length of 22 mm., width 23 mm.;
dorsal valve, length 17 mm., width 18 mm. Shell substance caleare-
ous, rather thick on the umbonal region and thin towards the margins.
Ventral valve subacuminate, moderately convex; on some of the
larger shells a broad mesial fold and arching of the frontal margin are
present; apex terminates at the margin above a triangular opening or
delthyrium; area small and within the plane of the margins of the
valve; it is attached to the bottom of the valve and divided midway by
a very slight pedicle groove; the margins of the delthyrium-like open-
ing sustain an angle of about 45° to the plane of the valve, and the
reversed area within is at its center nearly on the plane of the valve;
the anterior margins of the area extend upward to meet the margins
of the shell, thus forming a reversed arched area. ‘The interior of the
valve is marked by radiating, shallow, narrow furrows that vary in
number and strength in different shells; just in front of the area on
each side of the median line oval depressions occur which correspond
in position and shape to the diductor muscle scars of the ventral valve
of the Orthide, and they are so interpreted. Traces of the adductor
sears are found on each side of the median line. Dorsal valve obtusely
acuminate, about as convex as the ventral valve; apex marginal on
the broad, low, median arch of the posterior margin; no traces of an
area have been observed. A broad, shallow mesial sinus and project-
ing front margin occur on adult shells. The position of the anterior
and posterior adductor muscle scars is indicated, also the umbonal
thickening in which the diductor muscles were probably attached, as
there is no trace of a cardinal process. Radiating furrows like those
in the ventral valve are strongly marked in adult shells.
Observations.— Schuchertina cambria is a shell that, as far as I know,
is unique. In its exterior form it suggests a biconvex Orthoid genus,
and this likeness is further increased by the flabelliform scars of the
ventral valve; the smooth surface and reversed areas suggest //hania,
while the interior umbonal portion of the ventral valve points to
Quebecia. It may be said that Schuchertina isa type derived from
some early Cambrian form allied to Q@uebecia and that its general
aspects affiliate it with the Orthide.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian limestone. Thirteen
miles south of Neihart, 1 mile below divide on road to Woolsey post-
office, Montana.
OBOLUS ACADICA, new species.
Only interiors of the dorsal valve of this species occur in the col-
lections made by Mr. 8S. W. Loper on MeNeils Brook in 1900. The
No. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA—WALCOTT. 325
material was provisionally referred to QO. (L) concinnus, but the
broadly rounded subquadrilateral form of the dorsal valve seems to
distinguish it from that species and also from Obolus (Paleoboius)
bretonensis.
The visceral area is narrow, extending a little in advance of the
center of the valve. The main vascular trunks are narrow and widely
separated. They belong to the submarginal group and are thus quite
unlike those of O. (P.) bretonens’s. The exterior surface and ventral
valve are unknown. :
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Etage 3 of Matthew,
MeNeils Brook, 14 miles east of Marion Bridge, Cape Breton, Nova
Scotia.
OBOLUS ISMENE. new species.
This species is characterized by its elevated umbo, flattened posterio-
lateral margins, and relatively thin shell.
All that is known of the exterior surface indicates that it was nearly
smooth, marked only by fine concentric strie of growth. The inner
layers of the shell are beautifully marked by fine concentric and radi-
ating striz that give the surface a cancellated appearance. The shell
is built up of several layers or lamelle that become more oblique to
the outer surface toward the front.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Potosi limestone, Flat
River, Missouri.
OBOLUS MATINALIS Hall?
Lingulepis matinalis Hawi, Sixteenth Annual Report N. Y. State Cab. Nat. Hist.,
1863, p. 130, pl. vi, figs. 12, 13.
A form indistinguishable from this species occurs in a gray lime-
stone of Upper Cambrian age. Only the general form of partially
exfoliated shells is known.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Chao Mi Tien lime-
stone. Two-thirds of a mile west of Tai An Fu, Shantung, China.
Collection of Eliot T. Blackwelder, Carnegie Institution Expedition
to China.
OBOLUS MINIMUS, new species.
This is a small shell of the general form of Obolus shensiensis. The
ventral valve is obtusely accuminate and the dorsal nearly circular;
valves gently convex. Surface marked by rather strong concentric
lines of growth and numerous very fine concentric striz. The inner
layers of shell are shiny black and ornamented with numerous fine,
radiating striz and concentric lines. Shell built up of several thin
layers or lamelle that form a thin shell over the umbonal region that
gradually thickens as the short, oblique lamellee become more numer-
ous toward the front and side margins. The three specimens in the
326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
collection average 3 mm. in transverse diameter; the ventral is a little
longer than the dorsal valve.
A partially exfoliated ventral valve shows a well-marked visceral
area, extending forward about one-third of the length of the shell;
also narrow main vascular sinuses starting near the apex and extend-
ing obliquely forward well into the valve, about midway between the
median line of the valve and the lateral margins. This neat little shell
is distinguished by its nearly circular outline, low convexity, and
small size.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Chang Hsia limestone,
Yen Chuang, Shantung, China.
Collection of Eliot T. Blackwelder, Carnegie Institution Expedition
to China.
OBOLUS NUNDINA, new species.
This little shell differs from QO. anceps, to which it appears to be
most nearly related, by its more nearly circular dorsal valve, and its
strongly concentrically-ridged surface. Its surface is formed by ele-
vated, rounded, concentric ridges that are somewhat irregular. Very
fine concentric striz occur both on the ridges and on the interspaces
between.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Cold Creek, Llano
County, Texas.
OBOLUS OBSCURUS, new species.
This species is represented by one interior of a small dorsal valve
which is very distinctive, the exterior of a crushed dorsal valve, and
numerous fragments of the shell scattered through the hard, dark
eray, shaly sandstone. The large dorsal valve has a length of 9 mm.,
width 7mm. The shell is strong and marked on its inner layers by
radiating and concentric striz; the outer surface has numerous fine,
elevated, slightly irregular concentric striz that, with a strong lens,
give it a roughened appearance.
An interior of a dorsal valve shows a well-developed area, the
ereater portion of which is taken by the broad pedicle groove; a deep
umbonal cavity with a narrow median septum and obscure main vas-
cular sinuses on the outer margins of the eavity. Outside the sinuses
on the postero-lateral slope, relatively large muscle scars are indicated.
With the data available no satisfactory comparisons can be made
with other species. OQ. obscurus is a large strong shell of the general
type of Obolus rhea of the Middle Cambrian of Wisconsin. .
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Ku San shale. Three
and one-half miles southwest of Yen Chuang, Shantung, China.
Collection of Eliot T. Blackwelder, Carnegie Institution Expedition.
SU)
bo
~I
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT.
OBOLUS SHENSIENSIS, new species.
General form ovate, with the ventral valve broadly subacuminate
and dorsal valve obtusely rounded. Valves moderately convex in the
specimens embedded ina fine-grained, dark limestone. Surface marked
by fine, sharp, concentric striw and traces of irregular, obscurely
defined, low, radiating ridges; the interior layers show fine radiating
striz and concentric lines. The shell is strong and built up of numer-
ous lamellae oblique to the outer surface. The largest ventral valve
has a length of 9mm., width 7mm. Nothing is known of the interior
of the valves. The form, surface markings, and shell structure are
much like those of Obolus matinalis and O. tetonensis. In outline
O. shensiensis is more elongate than O. mat/nalis and less so than
QO. tetonensis.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Chao Mi Tien lime-
stone. Eight miles south of Ting Hsiang Hsien, and one mile south
of Chen Ping Hsien, Shensi, China.
Collections of Bailey Willis and Eliot T. Blackwelder, Carnegie
Institution Expedition to China.
OBOLUS TETONENSIS, new species.
The general form, convexity, and appearance of this species is so
much like that of Obolus matinalis that a general description is
unnecessary. It varies from that species in the shorter, more trans-
verse dorsal valve, and the narrower outline of the ventral valve
toward the beak.
This species occurs in great abundance in the thin-bedded limestone
in the upper portion of the Cambrian section of the Teton Range,
Wyoming, in association with Billingsella pepina and Obolus (Lingu-
lepsis) acuminatus var. meeki. What appears to be the same species
occurs nearly 700 feet lower in the section in a thin-bedded sandstone.
The dorsal valve from this horizon is broader and more transverse
posteriorly than the dorsal valve from the upper horizon.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian, on the divide at the
head of Sheep Creek, near north end of the Teton Range, Wyoming.
Thin-bedded limestones, Belt Park, 6 miles out from Neihart, Mon-
tana. Three miles southeast of Malad City, Idaho, a smaller form,
collected by Dr. A. C. Peale in Bostwick Canyon, Bridger Range,
Montana, may belong to this species. It occurs in a fine-grained
sandstone low down in the Paleozoic section.
Dark gray limestone, Ophir City, Utah.
328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
OBOLUS TETONENSIS NINUS, new variety.
This variety differs from the parent species and from QO. matinalis
by the more elongate form of the dorsal valve and the more acuminate
form of the ventral valve, the cardinal slopes of the latter extending
much further forward in the variety 2¢vs than in the two species.
The advanced position of the visceral area in the ventral valve may
be compared with the visceral area of Obolus (L.) crassus.
Middle Cambrian. Reagan formation,
one-half mile east of Canyon Creek, 15 miles northwest of Fort Sill,
Oklahoma Territory; also on west side of Honey Creek, near SE.
corner, sec. 35, I. 1S:; R. 1 HE. }) NE. 4 see. 2,7. 2°S.. Rt BE. Arde
more map, Geological Survey, Indian Territory.
Formation and locality.
OBOLUS PHERES, new species.
This is one of the smallest of the Obolus species known to me. It
recalls at first sight O. (Z.) wimona converus,; but it differs in having
a thick, lamellated shell, and in being more rounded on the cardinal
angles. The exterior surface is marked by concentric lines of growth.
The shell is built up of thin layers or lamelie, those toward the front
and sides being arranged obliquely to the surface, as in all of the
thick-shelled species of Odolus.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian. Argillaceous shales,
interbedded in sandstone at Fox Glen, 8 miles east of Baraboo,
Wisconsin.
OBOLUS (LINGULELLA) CHINENSIS, new species.
General form broadly subovate with the ventral valve broadly sub-
acuminate and the dorsal valve oval with the postero-lateral slopes
somewhat straightened. There is some variation in the proportions
of width and length in different shells. Valves rather strongly convex
for so thin a shell, in this respect resembling species of Décellomus.
Surface marked by fine concentric striz and lines of growth and very
fine undulating concentric lines; this outer surface is usually a dull
black and adheres to the matrix; when the outer layer is exfoliated
the surface is shiny black and marked by numerous radiating strize in
addition to concentric striz; the inner surface shows a few scattered
puncte in addition to radiating and concentric strive outside the vis-
ceral area. The shell is of medium thickness and formed of a thin
outer layer and several inner layers or lamelle that are slightly oblique
to the outer layer; the lamelle are more numerous and more oblique
to the outer layer over the anterior and antero-lateral portions of the
shell. The ventrai valves average 3 mm. in length, with width vary-
ing from 2 mm. to 2.5mm. The dorsal valve is slightly shorter than
the ventral when the two valves have the same width.
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA—WALCOTT. 329
The interior of the ventral valve shows that the area is short and
divided midway by a narrow pedicle furrow that merges into the vis-
ceral area, which extends forward about one-third the length of the
valve; on each side of the anterior central portion of the visceral area
there are two small trapezoidal areas within which the central scars and
the middle and outside lateral muscle scars were attached; the small trans-
median and antero-lateral muscle scars are situated close to the main
vascular sinus opposite the anterior portion of the central visceral
area. A partial cast of the interior of the dorsal valve shows a rather
wide visceral area with the antero-lateral scars about the center of
the valve and the central scars about one-fourth of the distance back
from the center to the posterior margin. Of the impressions left by
the vascular system only the main vascular sinuses of the ventral valve
have been seen; these are situated about midway between the central
visceral area and the margins of the valve.
Observations. —Vhis species occurs abundantly in association with
Acrotreta shantungensis. It is closely related in form to O. (Lingu-
lella) prindeli of the upper Olenellus zone of eastern New York, and
belongs with a group of small shells that have a wide vertical and
geographical range, as is noted under the description of O. L. prindel:.
With the data available for comparison it differs from O. L. prindeli
in its shorter cardinal area and visceral area in the dorsal valve.
From (. (Lingulella) damesi it differs in being broader in proportion
to its length.
Formation and locality. —Middle Cambrian. Chang Hsia limestone.
Two and one-half miles south of Yen Chuang, on NNE. spur of Hu
Lu Shan, China.
Yollected by Mr. Eliot T. Blackwelder, of the Carnegie Institution
Expedition to China.
OBOLUS (LINGULELLA) DAMESI, new species.
The general descriptions of O. Z. chinensis and O. L. primus apply
so closely to this species that it does not appear necessary to do more
than call attention to the points in which they differ. From (0. ZL.
chinensis this species varies in having a more elongate, acuminate
ventral valve and ovate dorsal valve; the valves are also less convex.
From 0. Z. primus it differs in the more gradual curvature of the
sides from the apex to the front margin, in this respect resembling
some varieties of O. L. ferrugineous. The average size of the ventral
valve is about 5 mm. in length by 3.5 mm. in width.
The species is named after Dr. Wilhelm Dames, who first described
the Cambrian faunas of China.
Formation and locality.x—Middle Cambrian. Chang Hsia limestone.
About 3 miles southwest of Yen Chuang, Shan Tung, China.
Collected by Mr. Eliot T. Blackwelder, of the Carnegie Institution
Expedition to China,
330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
OBOLUS (LINGULELLA) ISSE, new species.
In form and size this shell recalls O. (Z.) pogonipensis, it differs
from it in the form of the dorsal valve and the character of the outer
surface. The shell is rather strong and made up of several thin layers
or lamelle. Its outer surface is marked by concentric lines of growth,
sometimes grouped in more or less elevated bands, and over all there
isa thin enecrusting or scabrous layer that has a minutely granular,
dull surface, somewhat like that of O. (Zingulepis) gregwa but very
much finer in its granulations or points. The inner layers of the shell
are dark, shiny, and marked by concentric lines of growth and radiat-
ing’ strive.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Near Cave Spring,
Fish Creek Range, Utah.
OBOLUS (LINGULELLA) ORUS, new species.
This is a shell of the O. (L.) manticulus form, but differs from it in
being more elongate; ventral valve more acuminate and dorsal valve
proportionally larger. Its nearest allies in form are among the group
of narrow, elongate shells occurring across the continent at Cape
Breton. It differs from all of them 0. (Z.) collicia, O. (L.) flumensis,
O. (L.) cantvus, ete: in having a thick, strong shell and usually more
acuminate dorsal valve. The exterior surface bears rather strong
concentric lines of growth, and very fine, irregular, undulating, ele-
vated strizw that suggest the surface of O. ( Westonza) ella, when seen
ina reflected light with a strong magnifier.
This little shell occurs abundantl: , but good interiors have not been
found. The main vascular sinuses appear to be submarginal in both
valves, and the visceral area of the dorsal valve narrow, extending a
little beyond the centre of the valve.
Formation and locality. —Middle Cambrian. Limestones of the
Reagan formation, interbedded in the middle part of the Reagan green-
sand, 15 miles north of Fort Sill, one-half mile east of Canyon Creek,
Wichita Mountains, Oklahoma Territory.
OBOLUS (LINGULELLA) PELIAS, new species.
This shell most nearly resembles QO. (Z.) des¢deratus. It differs in the
squareness of the dorsal valve caused by the slightly curved sides and
cardinal slopes. The ventral valve suggests the broader forms of
O. (L.) desideratus, and the dorsal valve those of O. (L.) mosca and O.
(L.) winona of the St. Croix sandstone.
The outer surface of the shell is marked by clearly defined con-
centric lines that are slightly irregular, and narrow, fine radiating
undulations or coste toward the frontal margins. When unusually
well preserved, the surface also shows very fine, irregular concentric
tres es
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA—WALCOTT. 3031
strie between the concentric lines. The inner lamelle of the shell are
marked by fine radiating striz and the inner surface by more or less
numerous puncte, very much as in O. (L.) punctatus. For its size the
shell may be considered as relatively thin.
A single specimen of a ventral valve that is doubtfully referred to
this species was collected 3 miles south of Antelope Springs, Utah, in
limestone forming a spur of the House Range.
Formation and locality.x—Middle Cambrian limestones of Fish
Spring Range near north end; also a little south of the middle of the
range, Utah.
The exact stratigraphic horizon of the limestones carrying this
species is unknown. It is well up in the Middle Cambrian or in the
Upper Cambrian.
OBOLUS (LINGULELLA) QUADRILATERALIS, new species.
General form rounded, quadrilateral; moderately convex. Surface
marked by concentric lines and ridges of growth, with fine striz
between. The surface of the inner layers of the shell is shiny and
marked by fine radiating strie in addition to the concentric lines.
The shell is rather thin; it is built up of several layers.
This species differs from other described species by its subquadri-
lateral outline. In this respect it may be compared with @. ( Westonza)
chuarensis, from which it differs in having a thinner shell and different
surface markings.
Formation and locality..—Middle Cambrian. Coosa Valley shales,
Cedarbluff, Cherokee County, Alabama.
OBOLUS (LINGULELLA) SEPTALIS, new species.
The dorsal valve is all that is known of this little shell. There are
two specimens in the collections of the United States National Museum
and three in the collection of Mr. Bryan E. Walker, of Toronto,
Canada.
The general form of the valves is much like that of O. (Z.) rotunda-
tus. It is distinguished from the latter and other described species by
the strong median ridge and septum of the dorsal valve. The outer
surface is marked by concentric striz and lines of growth and very
fine irregular concentric striz that give a minutely rough surface.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Silicious shales, Mount
Stephen, British Columbia.
OBOLUS (LINGULELLA) UPIS, new species.
This is a small, elongate shell of the group to which (. (L.) orus
belongs. It differs from the latter in being more elongate and in its
marked surface characters, and from O. (Z.) collicia, O. (L.) flumensis,
O. (L.) canius, and allied forms, in having a thick, strong shell and
highly characteristic exterior surface.
oe PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
The shell is thick, the anterior portions being made up of numerous
lamellee oblique to the exterior surface, in this respect resembling
some of the species of Obolus having thick shells. The exterior
surface is marked by concentric lines of growth, with very fine,
somewhat irregular strie between them. These show very distinctly
on the anterior portion of the shell. Farther back they become very
irregular, giving a crenulated appearance to the strie and lines of
erowth, and the surface looks as though it were formed of thin,
imbricating scales or lamelle.
The surface of O. (Z.) ups suggests that of O. ( Westonia) euglyphus,
but I have been unable to find traces of the transverse lines character-
istic of Westonia.
Formation and locality. —Middle Cambrian. One mile west of
Cherokee, San Saba County, Texas.
OBOLUS (LINGULELLA) FUCHSI Redlich.
Lingulella fuchsi Repuicn, Pal. Indica, new ser., I, 1899; Cambrian Fauna,
Eastern Salt Range, p. 7, pl. 1, figs. 10a-e.
In the collection received from Doctor Noetling I find that there
occurs in association with O. (Z.) wannieché a small, elongate form that
appears to be identical with ZL. fuchst of Redlich. Doctor Redlich
states that his Z. fuchs? occurs in hard clay above the lower magnesian
sandstones which rest on the shales containing QO. (L.) wanniech?. Tf
my identification of the species is correct, O. (L.) wanniecki has a
greater vertical range, or there may have been some error in identifi-
‘ation and in the labeling of the zone from which the original speci-
mens were obtained. The identification of the species in the material
before me is based on the form of the ventral valve, as shown by
Doctor Redlich’s figure 10ce. Dorsal valves differ materially from his
illustration; but in another specimen a little pit mentioned by Doctor
Noetling is shown, also two ridges that leave a concave furrow in the
central portion of the cast of the valve. These-are the lines of the
main vascular sinuses.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Zone of Jloeferia
noetling/, in dark argillaceous shales, Khussak, Salt Range, India.
OBOLUS (LINGULELLA) WANNIECKI Redlich.
Lingulella wanniecki Repurcn, Pal. Indica, new ser., I, 1899; Cambrian Fauna,
Eastern Salt Range, p. 7, pl. 1, figs. 9a-d.
General form broadly ovate, with the ventral valve obtusely accu-
minate and the dorsal valve rounded subtriangular; convexity moderate
in the specimens embedded in argillaceous shales. There is consider-
able range of variation in the outline of the valves. The surface of
the shell is marked by concentric lines of growth and very fine, closely
undulating raised striz that inosculate so as to give the surface a
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA— WALCOTT. oae
granulated appearance. This type of surface occurs on 0. (L.) ésse
and 0. (L.) upis. The anterior layers of the shell are marked by radi-
ating and concentric striz, and the interior of the shell has scattered
puncte in addition to the radiating and concentric striz. The shell is
relatively thick and formed of several layers or lamella in addition to
the very thin, outer, ornamented layer.
The visceral area of the ventral valve is short, and the main vascular
sinuses are about half way between the center of the shell and the
lateral margins. In the dorsal valve the visceral area is well developed
beyond the center of the shell, and the vascular sinuses are farther
out proportionally than in the dorsal valve. The central and anterior
lateral muscle scars are placed on an elevated central ridge, on each
side of a sharp median septum.
Observations.—This very pretty little shell occurs in great numbers
in the dark argillaceous shales with //oeferia noetlingi Redlich.
Doctor Redlich states that it is the only species of the genus in the
collection sent to him. In the collections made by Dr. Fritz Noetling
I find associated with /loeferia noetlingi, O. (L.) wanniecki, O. (L.)
Suchsi, ** Mobergia-Acrothele granulata” Redlich; also specimens of a
species of Hyolithes undescribed.
Among the American species of Lingulella, O. (L.) wanniechi may
be compared in form with 0. (Z.) zefus and O. (L.) owent. Its surface
is much like that of O. (Z.) wpis and O. (L.) orus. It is distinct from
all described species when its form and surface are taken into consid-
eration, as there is no species with its subtriangular form that has its
granulated surface.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Zone of Loeferia noet-
ling’. Dark argillaceous shales, Khussak, Salt Range, India. The
formations containing this fauna are referred to the Middle Cambrian,
as there is no evidence that the Cambrian fauna of India above the
upper Annelid sandstone, as described by Dr. Fritz Noetling and Doctor
Redlich, is older.
OBOLUS (LINGULEPIS) EROS, new species.
Ventral valve elongate with rostral slopes gradually converging so
as to form an accuminate beak. Surface marked by fine concentric
lines of growth and very fine, somewhat irregular, concentric strie.
Rather large scattered punctz occur on the interior surface.
This species is represented by fragments and two broken ventral
valves; these indicate a length for the ventral valve of from 7 to 10 mm.
It is allied to 0. (Lingulepis) acuminatus weeksi of the Middle Cam-
brian fauna of the Teton Mountains of Wyoming.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Chang Hsia limestone.
Three miles southwest of Yen Chang, Shantung, China.
Collected by Mr. Elliot Blackwelder of the Carnegie Institution
expedition to China.
Proc, Novis vol, xxvin—04——22
334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII,
OBOLUS (LINGULEPIS) ROWE, new species.
In outline and convexity the valves of this species are closely related
to those of O. (Léngulepis) acuminatus. It differs from the latter
and other described species by the strong, raised, concentric lines,
with very imperfectly defined fine strize between them.
The specific name is given in memory of Mr. R. B. Rowe, assistant
geologist, who collected the material representing this species a short
time before his death.
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Reddish-brown sand-
stone. Resting Springs, Inyo County, California.
OBOLUS (WESTONIA) ALANDENSIS, new species.
Lingula? sp. No. 2. Lingulella? sp. Nos. 3and 5. Wiman, Bull. Geol. Institute,
Upsula, No. 2, VI, 1908, Pt. 1; Studien Nordbaltische Silurgebiet, p. 52,
Dll, HOS) Bo, GO, Ove
This species is characterized by its broad form when compared with
O. ( Westonia) bottnica, O. ( Westonia) wimani, and O. ( Westonia) bal-
tica. Its surface is marked by fine concentric lines of growth, with
very fine, thread-like, concentric strie between them. Under a strong,
reflected light, almost microscopic, transverse, very irregular lines
can be seen that give the surface somewhat the appearance of that of
O. ( Westonia) ella.
Formation and locality.—Middle? Cambrian. Gray, bituminous
sandstone in drift bowlders on Aland and Biludden shores of Gefle
Bay, Sweden.
For reference to geological horizon, see description of O. ( Westonza)
bottnica.
OBOLUS (WESTONIA) BALTICA, new species.
Lingulella ? sp. No. 4 and 6. Wiwan, Bull. Geol. Institute, Upsala, No. 2, VI,
1903, Pt. 1; Studien Nordbaltische Silurgebiet, p. 52, pl. 1, figs. 34, 37, 38.
This species is characterized by its elongate form, with the sides of
the dorsal valves regularly rounded from the back to the rounded
frontal margin. The dorsal valves are also more regularly and
strongly convex than in other species occurring in the Cambrian
sandstones of Sweden. The outer surface is marked by concentric
and radiating strizw, crossed obliquely by very fine, irregular trans-
verse striw. The latter are only to be seen with a strong magnifier
and favorable light.
Formation and locality.—Middle 4 Cambenty Gray, bituminous
sandstone. Drift bowlders at Biludden, shore of Gefle Bay, and
Skilstenarne. Also near Ofverby in the ‘‘Gemeinde of Jomala
Aland.”
No. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA—WALCOTT. 3 35
OBOLUS (WESTONIA) BLACKWELDERI, new species.
General form elongate, with the width about one-half the length;
front margin broadly rounded; sides slightly arched up to the lateral
slopes which are quite straight in the ventral valve and curved toward
the rounded posterior end of the dorsal valve; the beak of the ventral
valve is pointed and marginal. The convexity of the valves is mod-
erate, that of the dorsal apparently being the greater. Surface
marked by concentric striz and lines of growth which are crossed by
irregular, fine, imbricating, more or less transverse lines; the trans-
verse lines trend slightly backward toward the sides of the valves.
A dorsal valve 8 mm. in length has a width of 5 mm.
Obsern alves.
When the shell is broken from the limestone, the outer surface usu-
ally adheres to the matrix. The best exteriors are those of shells on
the surface of the layers. Of the known species of Westonia, O.( W.)
wimani and O. (W.) ba/tica are most nearly related to O. ( W.) black-
welder’. The latter is a larger shell and also less narrow proportion-
ally where the gently arching sides pass into the postero-lateral slopes.
Formation and locality. —Middle Cambrian. Chang Hsia limestone.
Two, and two and one-half miles south of Yen Chuang, Shantung,
China.
Collected by Mr. Eliot Blackwelder of the Carnegie Institution
expedition to China.
OBOLUS (WESTONIA) BOTTNICA Wiman,
Lingula bottnica Wiman, Bull. Geol. Institute, Upsala, No. 2, VI, 1903, Pt. 1.
Studien Nordbaltische Silurgebiet, p. 51, pl. 1m, figs. 40-44.
The description of O. ( Westonia) jfinlandensis so closely applies to
the description of this species that it is only necessary to point out the
difference between the two.
The surface of O. ( Westonia) bottnica has the same concentric and
radiating lines, with the irregular transverse lines terminating at right
angles to the margins, curving inward and backward in such a manner
as to obliquely cross the radiating lines that extend from .the umbo
forward to the anterior and antero-lateral margins. The central scars
of the dorsal valve are much further forward in O. ( Weston?a) bottnica.
Formation and locality.x—Middle? Cambrian. Coarse grained,
somewhat friable, glauconitic sandstone, drift bowlder No. 3 on
Eggegrund Island, North Baltic.
Dr. Carl Wiman refers this species to the Olenellus sandstone series.
The bowlder containing it also carried Aparchites? anderssoni, Hip-
ponicharior matthewi, Acretreta eggegrundensis, gail: Sige torellella
levigata, and fragments referred to Qlenellus. This fauna is essen-
tially Middle Cambrian in its facies, and unless the fragments referred
336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
to Olenellus are indisputably of that genus, I am inclined to refer the
bowlder and its contained fossils to the Middle Cambrian. The fact
that O. (Westonia) bottnica is nearly identical with O. ( Westonza)
jinlandensis of the Paradowides tessini series of Finland, also points
to the Middle Cambrian age of the fauna.
OBOLUS (WESTONIA) IPHIS, new species.
This shell differs from all other species of Westonza in having a more
elongate and accuminate ventral valve, and in the presence of a marked
mesial depression on the dorsal valve. The shell is rather thin and
made up of several very thin layers or lamelle. The outer surface is
marked by fine radiating strie, concentric strize, and lines of growth,
and fine more or less undulating, transverse lines that cross both the
radiating and concentric lines. The transverse lines appear to be the
edges of slightly elevated imbricating lamelle of the shell.
Formation and locality.—Upper Cambrian and Ordovician. Lower
Ordovician Pogonip formation, Hamburg Ridge; also near the Bull-
wacker Mine, in the Upper Cambrian Eureka District, Nevada.
OBOLUS (WESTONIA) THEMIS, new species.
General form subsemicircular, with the ventral valve subaccuminate
and the dorsal valve broadly ovate in outline. Valves rather strongly
convex. Surface of the shell marked by strong concentric lines of
growth with finer intermediate strive; in addition there are very fine,
irregular, raised, more or less transverse strive that inoscuiate, form-
ing a minutely papillose or granular surface much like that of O. ( W.)
ella. It often occurs that the outer surface has been removed by attri-
tion in the sand, so that the shell has a smooth, polished surface.
Owing to the condition of preservation, the markings of the inner
layers are not preserved. The shell is strong and thick in advance of
the center. It is made up of the thin, outer surface layer and several
inner layers, as lamelle, in the posterior portions that are slightly
oblique to the outer surface. After the shell has attained a size of 2
or 3 mm., the lamelle are more oblique to the outer surface and form
a thick, strong shell, the outer edges of which often produce a rather
rough surface.
The largest ventral valve in the collection has a length and breadth
of 10 mm.; a dorsal valve 10 mm. in length has a width of 11 mm.
The only interior portion of the shell known is on a fragmentary ven-
tral valve, in which the visceral area does not reach the center, and
the main vascular sinuses are about halfway between the center and
the lateral margins of the valve.
~ Ohservations.—The general form and character of the shell is much
like that of O. loperi. It differs from the latter in surface characters.
NO. 1395. CAMBRIAN BRACHIOPODA—WALCOTT. Brow
Formation and locality.—Middle Cambrian. Solomon Formation,
235 feet above Tonto sandstone, Grand View Trail, southern side of
Grand Canyon, Arizona.
OBOLUS (WESTONIA) WIMANI, new species.
Lingula ? sp. Nos. land 2. Lingulella ? sp. No. 7, Wiman, Bull. Geol. Institute,
Upsala, No. 2, VI, 1903, Pt. 1; Studien Nordbaltische Silurgebiet, pp. 51,
52; pl. 1; figs. 30, 31, 32, 36.
The general form of this species is not unlike that of O. ( Westonza)
bottnica. The cardinal slopes of the ventral valve are more rounded,
which makes the valve broader near the center. All of the specimens
are also smaller. The surface markings are of the same character as
those of VO. (Lingulella) finlandensis and O. ( Westonia) bottnica.
It is not improbable that with the discovery of a large series of
‘specimens the three species may be combined, or 0. ( Westonda) bott-
nica and O. ( Westonia) wimant placed as varieties of O. ( Westonza)
Jinlandensis.
The species is named after Dr. Carl Wiman.
Formation and locality.— Middle ? Cambrian. Fine gray sandstone,
drift bowlders at Biludden, shore of Getle Bay, Sweden. For reference
to geological horizon refer to description of O. ( Westonia) bottnica.
ON THE GENERIC CHARACTERISTICS OF PRIONOTUS
STEARNSIL.
By THroporeE GILL,
Honorary Associate in Zoology.
During an examination of various species of Triglids, undertaken
to ascertain their most salient characters, I was struck by the differ-
ences from others manifest by the Préonotus stearnsii. A more
detailed comparison convinced me that it represented an independent
generic group which may be named Colotrigla on account of the
curtailment of the pectoral fins and free rays. The following com-
parative diagnosis, relieved of all superfluities, has been prepared
with the species of Prionotus and Trigla before me.
COLOTRIGLA.
Prionotus sp. GoopE, Bran, JORDAN and EVERMANN.
Triglids with the scales uniform, head with almost smooth bones,
jaws exserted and even or lower prominent, supramaxillaries exposed,
FIG. 1.—COLOTRIGLA STEARNSII. (AFTER JORDAN AND EVERMANN.)
teeth on jaws, vomer and palatines, spinous dorsal weak, pectorals
very short, and free rays weak and not specially formed for use in
progression or sensation.
The brevity of the pectoral fins or ‘* wings,” which so contrasts with
the elongation in the true Pr/onoti, at once arrests attention, but
would not perhaps be suflicient alone to. demand recognition by
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1396.
*,
340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. you. xxvm.
generic differentiation were it not accompanied by others entirely
independent of teleological adaptation. The comparatively unarmed
and smooth head and the prominent jaws are such irrelative deviations
from the typical Trigline type. The most noteworthy character, how-
ever, is that manifest not only in the pectoral fins and rays, but in
their mode of insertion: the basis of insertion is much reduced, so that
the free rays are quite removed from the under thoracic surface as
well as ventral fins. In striking contrast with this is the condition in
the Prionoti as well as Zrigle, which have the free rays thickened
and differentiated from the others by the tendency to decurvature
forward, the wide base of attachment, and the insertion of the lower-
most yay in front of the ventral’s base.
The comparatively unarmed head is one of the most observable
features. The only distinctive spines are the opercular and preoper-
cular; the postorbital ridge is spineless and truncated behind and the
other spines obsolete or not represented even by vestiges. It is the
obsoleteness of the preorbital spines that gives the peculiar physiog-
nomy of Colotrigla.
The only species is the Colotrigla stearnsi’ originally described by
Jordan and Swain in 1884¢@as Prionotus stearnsi?. In contrast with
the characteristics of Co/otrig/a are those of Prionotus as now limited.
PRIONOTU'S.
Fic, 2.—PRIONOTUS CAROLINUS. (AFTER STORER.)
Prionotus Lackpkpe, Hist. Nat. Poiss., III, 1802, p. 37 (evolans).
Ornichthys Sw AiNson, Nat. Hist. Fishes, ete., II, 1839, p. 262 ( punctatus).
Chriolax JoRDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., I, 1878, p. 374 (evolans).
Gurnardus JoRDAN and EverMANN, Syn. Fishes N. A., p. 2148 (gymmnostethus).
Merulinus JORDAN and EverMann, Syn. Fishes N. A., p. 2149 (carolinus).
Trigla sp. Linnxvs, 1758.
Triglids with the scales uniform, head with deeply sculptured bones,
jaws mostly concealed under the projecting preorbitals and lower
«Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., VII, 1884, p. 541.
NO. 1396. ON PRIONOTUS STEARNSI—GILL. 341
shortest and closing within upper, supramaxillaries mostly retractile
under preorbitals, teeth on jaws, vomer and palatines, spinous dorsal
strong and highest at third or fourth spines, pectorals more or less
elongated and extending half way or more to caudal, and free rays
thickened and modified for progression as well as sensory functions.
Fic. 3.—PRIONOTUS STRIGATUS. (AFTER CUVIER AND VALENCIENNES.)
The thick free pectoral rays are used in progression and their ordi-
nary position is well illustrated in a figure published by Saville Kent
in 1883, the best to be found in any work; it is an illustration of the
Fic. 4.—STREAKED GURNARD ( Trigla lineata) IN CHARACTERISTIC TRIGLOID ATTITUDE,
(AFTER T. SAVILLE KENT.)
‘**Streaked Gurnard” of England (7rigla lineata) and exactly repro-
duces the attitude of Prionoti as observed by myself, both in nature
(along Long Island and Woods Hole) as well as inaquaria. The figures
of Triglids here reproduced have been all conventionalized and give
no idea of the carriage of the rays in life. That of P. strigatus is
342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
here given, as no original illustration of it has been published in any
American work.
The free rays of Colotr/gla, inserted high up as they are and quite
slender, could not be used in this manner.
There is another species of Triglid, referred to Prionotus by pre-
vious authors and much more nearly related to the typical species than
the 2. stearns77, which exhibits a remarkable deviation from all the
other species of that genus; it is the 7. dlatus. Each pectoral fin
is divided into two parts, an upper of 7 or 8 rays diminishing down-
ward, and a lower of 6 or 7, whose uppermost ray is very long and
the lower rapidly graduated downward. This singular character is
worthy of subgeneric recognition at least, and the subgenus may be
named /%ssala.
THREE NEW FROGS AND ONE NEW GECKO FROM THE
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.
By LEONHARD STEJNEGER,
Curator, Division of Reptiles and Batrachians.
Dr. E. A. Mearns, U. S. Army, has recently returned from the
Philippines with large collections, which he has generously placed at
the disposal of the United States National Museum. Among the
herpetological material, which contains many valuable additions of
genera and species to our collection, and sheds considerable light on
many obscure points relating to this part of the fauna of the islands,
there are a few undescribed species which it has been thought desira-
ble to define and name in advance of a general report on the collection.
RANA MEARNSI,/ new species.
Diagnosis.—Tip of digits developed into regular disks, those of
the fingers very large; a narrow, glandular dorso-lateral fold; vomerine
teeth behind the level of the choanz; interorbital space broader than
upper eyelid; tympanum more than three-fourths the diameter of eye;
first finger much shorter than second; tibio-tarsal articulation reaches
considerably beyond the snout; a distinct tarsal fold; skin of belly and
femur glandular.
Habitat.—Mindanao, Philippine Islands.
Type.—Cat. No. 35258, U.S.N.M.; Baganga River, East Coast Range
Mountains, Mindanao; altitude between 1,000 and 5,000 feet; Dr.
EK. A. Mearns, collector; April 28 to May 7, 1904.
Description of type.—Vomerine teeth in two oblique groups, com-
mencing on a line with the hinder edge of the choanw; head moderate,
elongate, rather pointed, the snout considerably longer than the diam-
eter of the orbit; nostrils near tip of snout, their distance from eye
equaling the diameter of the latter; interorbital space broader than
upper eyelid; canthus rostralis well marked; lores concave; tympanum
very distinct, about five-sixths the diameter of the eye; fingers very
@ Named in honor of its discoverer, Dr. Edgar A. Mearns.
PROCEEDINGS U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1397.
nag
oo
344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
long, the length of the third finger, including the metacarpal bone,
equals the length of the third toe from tarsal joint; fourth finger much
longer than second, which is much longer than first; disks on second,
third, and fourth fingers very large, pointed anteriorly, that ‘on first
finger much smaller, not larger than the disks of the toes; hind legs
long, the tibio tarsal articulation of the extended leg reaching consider-
ably beyond the snout; length of tibia more than one-half the total
length of head and body; toes nearly entirely webbed; disks well
developed but small, about the size of those of first finger; a feeble
inner metatarsal tubercle about one-fourth the length of the first toe;
a slight indication only of an inner metatarsal tubercle; the sharp outer
dermal edge of the fifth toe continued along the tarsus as a distinct
fold; a distinct, but very narrow dorso-lateral glandular fold; no fold
behind tympanum; skin smooth above, with a distinct patch of minute
pointed pustules on the posterior two-thirds of the upper eyelid, and
a similar one, with the pustules somewhat wider apart, above the tym-
panum; throat and breast smooth, but sides, belly, and posterior lower
surface of femurs rather coarsely granular. Color (in alcohol) above
uniform olive green; a very strongly contrasted narrow yellow stripe
beginning on the tip of the snout, following the canthus rostralis,
outer edge of upper eyelid and the whole length of the dorso-lateral
fold to the groin; underneath this yellow band, on the snout and lores,
a dark purplish-brown band, which widens behind the eye so as to
include the whole tympanic region; whole edge of upper lip to behind
angle of mouth yellowish; a narrow yellowish line, following a slight
glandular fold on the outer lower edge of the forearm; a narrow yel-
lowish line, sharply marking the outer dermal edge of the fifth toe and
the tarsal fold tothe heel; posterior aspect of femur obscurely dark
purplish gray, sending upward a triangular projection to include the
vent; below the latter, in the dark area, two sharply defined and
strongly contrasting pale yellow round spots, one on each side of the
middle line; indications of obscure, dusky crossbars on the hind limbs;
lower surface uniform pale yellow.
Dimensions.
mm
Total length, tip of snout to, vénh=. 225s s0e 2 ee ee 32
Wadth ofshead: 222s... 2h coc8 8 05 Se ee 19
Length of longest finger, including metacarpal ................--- 20
Kemur, tromeventito knee : 2232525 eee eee ee ee 32
Mibia eek os 2 oc 3. Loe cae cee 35
Length of hind foot from heel to tip of longest toe...........----- 46
Lemarks.—The unique type is exceedingly brittle, so much so, in
fact, that it has actually been broken in two, but is otherwise in excel-
lent condition, and the characters are shown very distinctly. Doctor
Mearns, on the trip across the East Coast Range unfortunately had no
other fluid which he could usein preserving the few specimens he was
men seem to have kept very well.
This new species appears to be nearly related to Rana temporalis.
Several other species belonging to the same group have recently
been described from other Philippine islands. From these it differs
in several marked structural and color characters.
CORNUFER WORCESTERI,/@ new species.
Diagnosis.—Disks of fingers well developed; tibio-tarsal articula-
tion reaching the nostril; tongue without papilla; occiput flat; whole
underside, including throat, granular; tympanum about one-half the
width of the eye; first finger shorter than second.
Habitat.—Mindanao Island, Philippine Islands.
Type.—Cat. No. 34784, U.S.N.M.; Mount Apo, Mindanao; Dr.
E. A. Mearns, collector.
Description of type specimen.—V omerine teeth in two oblique series
behind the level of the hinder edge of the choanz; orbital diameter
slightly less than distance of orbit from tip of snout; interorbital space
considerably wider than upper eyelid; canthus rostralis rounded;
lores concave; crown flat; tympanum nearly circular, about one-half
the diameter of the eye; finger free, first considerably shorter than
second, which is shorter than fourth; disks rather large; toes webbed
at the base; disks well developed, though not quite so large as on the
fingers; hind limb being carried forward, the tibio-tarsal joint does
not reach the tip of the snout, only to about the nostrils; skin smooth
above (possibly with some longitudinal folds, but that can not he
decided on account of the state of the specimen), coarsely granular on
the whole underside, including the throat; a distinct tubercle on the
upper eyelid. Color above pale brownish gray with small, irregular
dark brownish spots; snout decidedly brownish; a very distinct blackish
brown band across the top of the head at the anterior end of the upper
eyelids, involving them and continuing below the eye to the edge of the
lip; tympanic region dark, but loreal region pale brown as the snout
and without dark stripe; underside pale, finely dusted over with
brownish; limbs with traces of dark cross bars.
Dimensions.
mm
{OWEN hake 1 Aenean eee eo ee oe Ee bee eS, GS ee a ee 28
\HVSTVG Ue ete (oy BA) 6 (50216 ener pee Ae nee ee Res ey Ce ee ae gn 12
Neen ethhotetore ling peer sere oe eee ee ees ees sek 8 kee 17
Length of hind limb from vent to tip of longest toe...........----- 45
Remarks.—TVhe unique type specimen is in an indifferent state of
preservation, but its many distinct characters make it imperative to
recognize it as a new species.
4Named in honor of Hon. Dean C. Worcester, secretary of the interior of the
Philippine government.
S400. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. _ vou. xxvutt.
In some respects it seems to come closest to C. gagorii of Peters,
from Samar Island. It differs from it in many important respects.
The disks of fingers and toes appear to be larger, those of the
fingers being particularly large, though not quite so large as in
C. dorsalis from Fiji; the webbing between the toes is also more
extended, being fully as large as in the latter species; the hind legs
are also shorter, and the skin of the upper parts is smooth, though
whether there are longitudinal glandular folds on the back can not be
decided on account of the condition of the specimen.
The coloration seems also to be characteristic, since no mention of
the distinct frontal cross band is mentioned in the description of any
other species of this genus.
PHILAUTUS“ WOODI,? new species.
Diagnosis.—Fingers free; toes webbed at base only; tibio-tarsal
articulation reaching beyond tip of snout; snout pointed, conical, pro-
jecting, longer than diameter of eye; skin shagreened above, coarsely
granular below, even including the under surface of limbs and feet;
tympanum scarcely distinguishable; a strong glandular fold from eye
to shoulder; no dorso-lateral fold; disks of digits large.
Habitat.—Mindanao, Philippine Islands.
Type.—Cat. No. 34781, U.S.N.M.; Mount Apo, 6,000 feet altitude,
Mindanao; June 30, 1904; Dr. E. A. Mearns, coll.
Description of type specimen.—Snout longer than diameter of eye,
with a pointed conical projection forming a distinct ‘‘ nose;” nostrils
located nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; canthus rostralis
sharp; lores very concave, the concavity continued forward beyond
the nostrils; interorbital space wider than upper eyelid; tympanum
scarcely distinguishable, apparently not larger than half the diameter of
the eye; fingers free, first considerably shorter than second, which is
to the same extent shorter than fourth; disks of fingers rounded,
large, especially those of third and fourth fingers; toes webbed at base
only; disks well developed, about the size of those of second finger;
subarticular tubercles well developed; a small oval inner metatarsal
tubercle, no outer; no tarsal fold; hind legs being carried forward
along the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches a considerable
distance beyond the tip of the snout; skin finely shagreened above,
coarsely granular on the entire lower surface, including the throat,
underside of limbs, and even the hands and feet; a strong glandular
Duméril and Bibron, 1841, which is preoccupied by Ogilby, 1836, for a genus of
mammals,
> Named in honor of Major-General Leonard Wood, U. 8. Army, president of the
Philippine Scientitic Association.
No. 1397, NEW FILIPINO FROGS AND GECKO—STEJNEGER. 347
fold from eye to shoulder; no dorso-lateral fold. Color (in formalin
and transferred to alcohol) above dark chocolate brown, with a hair-
fine pale line from tip of snout along the entire middle line of the body;
snout from tip to a line across the middle of the upper eyelids pale
cinnamon in strong contrast; a large dusky mark behind this pale area
on the interorbital space and involving the upper eyelids, though
visible only with difficulty on account of the dark color of the rest of
the upper surface; whole loreal and temporal area dark brown, appar-
ently a shade darker than the back; flanks, anterior and posterior
aspects of thighs, underside of tibia and foot with a strong suffusion
ot a deep saturated burnt sienna; underside whitish with a number of
irregular spots or patches of brown; a few irregular white spots on
the sides of the body.
Dimensions.
mm
Motalsensthtinomeatiplor snout to) venbiss----ee see aese see cee- 2s) 29
Wacthvoteincad erase arma ur yee Mom irs Ole! ce eee oe 1255
TFT Coe lita | ene ce Pes ay rahe hae ere balan See ay ye eI os eyo Sane 19
Hind limb, from vent to tip of longest toe ...................... 595
Variation.—A second individual (Cat. No. 34782, U.S.N.M.) from
the same locality agrees with the above in all essential structural char-
acters. It differs in color, however, in so far as the entire dorsal
surface is of the same pale color as the prefrontal area, so that the
sides are marked by a very broad dark brown band from the nostrils
backward. The transverse dark frontal band comsequently also stands
out in strong contrast.
Remarks.—In some respects this new species resembles Lralus
levtensis of Boulenger, with which it is probably most nearly related.
It differs in many points, however, especially inthe long, acuminate,
and projecting snout and the lesser extent of the webbing of the toes.
The color is also different in many essentials.
The following species of the genus Phi/autus are now known from
the Philippine Archipelago:
. Philautus schmackeri (Boettger), from Mount Halcon, Mindoro.
. Philautus longicrus (Boulenger), from Palawan.
. Philautus acutirostris (Peters), from eastern Mindanao.
. Philautus bimaculatus (Peters), from the upper course of Argu-
san River, Mindanao.
5. Philautus lettensis (Boulenger), from Leyte.
6. Philautus mindorensis (Boulenger), from Mount Dulangan,
5,000 feet altitude, Mindoro.
7. Philautus woodi Stejneger, from Mount Apo, Mindanao.
st
H Co bo
348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
LEPIDODACTYLUS PLANICAUDUS, new species.
Diagnosis.—Closely allied to Lepidodactylus lugubris, but tail much
more depressed, broader, less tapering, with a lateral flap-like free
margin and less distinct verticillate arrangement of the caudal scales;
digits wider in proportion to their length.
Habitat.—Mindanao, Philippine Islands.
Type.—Cat. No. 34746, U.S.N.M; Mount Apo, Mindanao, between
4,000 and 6,000 feet altitude; Dr. E. A. Mearns, collector; June—July,
L904.
Remarks.—Peters has already described a Lepidodactylus labialis
from Mindanao, which is also said to be closely allied to LZ. /ugubris.
It has, however, a ‘‘ cylindrical tail,” and differs from it, consequently,
in just the opposite way of our new species. In the latter the tail is
unusually depressed and instead of tapering gradually toward the tip,
the edges are practically parallel for quite a distance and then taper-
ing off inuch more quickly. Instead of the ‘‘sharpish” lateral edge
of the Polynesian Z. /ugubris, our specimen has a lateral free margin
edged with a series of nearly uniform small spines which show no
definite verticillate arrangement. The digits are wider and clumsier,
hence look shorter that in Z. /ugubris, and the laminz under the basal
joints are better defined. There are 12 upper and 11 lower labials,
much as in L. dugubris, consequently less than in ZL. labialis. The
first series of slightly enlarged chin scales which join the mental and
the anterior lower labials are rather smaller than the next row, while
in L. lugubris the proportion is reversed, those nearest the mental
being the largest.
Dimensions of type specimens.
mm
Total lenoth: 22. Sos Pae ee eee ee Se eee eee ne one 78
Tip of snout: to. vents 32282 se eee Cee eee ee eee eee 41.5
Vent to tip of tail (extreme end reproduced) ..-.-.---.---------- 36.5
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF TORTRICID MOTHS,
FROM NORTH CAROLINA, WITH NOTES.
By Witii1am Dunnam KeEaRFOTT,
Montclair, New Jersey.
I am indebted to my friend, Dr. Harrison G. Dyar, for the oppor-
tunity of working up a most interesting and remarkable collection
of Tortricids, made by Mr. W. F. Fiske during the summer of 1904
in Tryon, North Carolina. In a total of only 80 specimens there
are nearly 50 species, of which about a dozen are, to the best of my
belief, new to science. The specimens were taken at light, flying into
the open windows during the evenings.
This list covers the entire collection made by Mr. Fiske, excepting
a single specimen each of two species. I think both are new, but as I
am unable to find duplicates in my unnamed material I hold them back
for next year’s catch, as it is undesirable to make species from single
examples, if it can possibly be avoided.
EVETRIA GEMISTRIGULANA, new species.
Head, palpi, and thorax light gray, speckled with fuscous and black;
the darker shades predominating on outer sides of palpi and patagia.
Antenne light gray, annulated with black, very shortly ciliated in
male. Palpi short, scarcely extending beyond face, porrect; outer
joint short, black, exposed; tuft on second joint flattened, neither
compressed or loosely scaled, longer on upper than lower side. Fore-
wing pale, rather lustrous gray, crossed transversely by many inter-
rupted lines and narrow bands of black. The gray appears to be laid
ona black ground rather than the reverse, and the gray lines are
usually in pairs. In basal area, which is not very distinctly defined,
occupying the inner quarter, three geminate white lines are more or
less fused together; beyond, to the outer margin, they are more dis-
tinctly in pairs, of which, between inner fourth and apex, are about
six on costa, extending a third or half the width of wing; below these
other abbreviated pairs continue to the dorsal margin, but, excepting
one line just before the outer marginal lines, none continue unbroken
from costa to dorsum. There is a tendency in several specimens for
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. XXVIII--No. 1398.
349
IEerocs Ne Vie viola xocvi1i—04-——-93
350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
the plack ‘to overrun ‘the gray in ‘three rather distinct spots, two on
costa, one beyond middle, and one before apex, and on dorsum half
way between the two costal spots. A rather large triangular black
spot on the extreme apex, and between it and the base the costa is
rather evenly marked by alternate gray and black, about twelve to fif-
teen of each. This number is reduced on the specimens with large
black costal blotches. Of the four specimens before me no two are
exactly alike in the proportions of light and dark colors, nor is the
lineation sufficiently duplicated to describe one in detail as the type.
Cilia gray. Hind wing, upper and lower sides dark gray, cilia paler.
Under side front wing dark fuscous, with whitish costal and dorsal
marks repeated from above. Abdomen and anal tuft gray. Expanse
19 to 21mm. Four male specimens May 17 to 25; collected by Mr.
Fiske, Tryon, North Carolina.
Cotypes.—Cat. No. 8238, U. S. Nat. Mus., and in my collection.
I place this species temporarily in /vetria, as it seems nearer to it
than any other familiar tome. Veins IV and V of front wings are
not connate; they arise separately, but very close together. Veins
III and IV of hind wings are stalked for half their length. No costal
fold in the male. The frenulum fold on under side of forewings
extends to outer three-fifths.
POLYCHROSIS LIRIODENDRANA Kearfott.
One female, August 8. Exactly like type and easily recognized by
the reddish-ocherous appearance of the forewings.
OLETHREUTES HEBESANA Walker.
Three specimens, May 9 and August 13.
PSEUDOGALLERIA INIMICELLA Ragonot.
One male, July 7.
EUCOSMA QUINQUEMACULANA Robinson.
One male, no date of capture.
EUCOSMA ROBINSONIANA Grote.
One female, June 4.
EUCOSMA ROBINSONIANA Grote var TRYONANA, new variety.
Head and thorax pure white; a collar of olive brown divides head
from thorax, crosses shoulders of patagia and runs into the ground
color of forewings on the costa. Palpi white, inwardly and above,
fuscous outwardly. Antenne pubescent, light gray, narrowly darker
between joints, enlarged basal joint pure white. Forewing pale olive
brown, with two white spots on outer half of costa, each inclosing a
No. 1398. NEW TORTRICID MOTHS—KEARFOTT. 351
small dot of ground color; two vertical white fascia arising from inner
half of dorsal margin, but reaching only to upper vein of cell; a
large white spot in anal angle with a small round white spot before
and beyond it, these two being sometimes joined to the large spot; a
a small white spot on outer margin below apex and a tiny white patch
at extreme base, a continuation of the white scales of thorax. These
white spots are all narrowly bordered by darker-blackish lines. Cilia
dull fuscous. Hindwing fuscous, cilia paler. Underside: forewing
dull smoky fuscous, with white spots on costa faintly repeated from
above, cilia same; hindwing slightly paler than fore wing. Abdo-
men fuscous, anal tuft cinereous. Lees white, annulated with olive-
brown. Expanse 16.5 to 17.5mm. Three male specimens. Tryon,
North Carolina, collected by Mr. Fiske, May 17 to June 1.
Cotypes.—Cat. No. 8239, U. S. Nat. Mus., and in my collection.
It differs from robinsoniana in larger size, paler ground color, and
especially in the white spot at anal angle, which is, in this variety, a
cluster of three or four smaller spots, more or less joined, while in
robinsoniana this spot is simple and covers less than one-third of the
area. In Bulletin 52, U. S. National Museum, rohi/nsoniana is made a
synonym of guénquemaculana Robinson. Buta study of the types at
the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, and the possession of
a long series of both forms convinces me of their distinctness.
Quinquemaculana differs from either of the above by: Head, thorax,
and palpi brown, not white; position of two inner bands not the same;
_ the inner is a basal patch and the second one is double the width and
reaches to the costa. The outer costal spots do not inclose a dot of
ground color and are of different shape and size, which is also the case
with the spot on anal angle, and most notably all the spots of gucnque-
maculana are silvery white, while those of robinsoniana and tryonana
are dull white. I have male and female of both Robinson’s and
Grote’s species, and they show no sexual difference.
EUCOSMA ADAMANTANA Guenée.
Three specimens, September 1. Both Mr. E. Daecke and I have
taken this species early in September, near Hammonton, South New
Jersey, and I believe these and Mr. Fiske’s captures are the first that
have been made since Guenée’s time; as his description” is not readily
accessible, it will be of interest to add that the species can be at once
recognized by the almost perfect rusty-red cross on each fore wing,
on a bright silver background. The longer limb of the cross arises on
dorsal margin, close to base, and continues into apex, the cross-bar
begins at center of costa and goes to anal angle. There is no other
species of “vcosma, known to me, at all near this style of ornamen-
tation. Mr. Daecke has most thoroughly worked this South New
@Ann. Ent. Soc., Fr. (2), III, 1845, p. 303. (Type, from New Jersey. )
352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
Jersey region, from earliest spring to late in the autumn, and, except
in September, has never seen the species, it is therefore reasonable to
assume that it is one-brooded, and I venture the assertion that the
larvee of this, as well as the majority of other silver-marked Aucosima’s,
are bores or internal feeders.
EUCOSMA CIRCULANA Hubner.
One male, August 1. Exactly like Hubner’s figure. Type was
from Pennsylvania.
EUCOSMA PERGANDEANA Fernald.
One male, May 31.
EUCOSMA GRACILIANA, new species.
Head, palpi, thorax, and fore wings pale fawn brown. Outer ends of
scales of palpi stained with fuscous.
Forewing.—Inner two-thirds of costa alternate short oblique lines
of white and fuscous brown, in outer third same formation is continued,
but ground color replaces the fuscous brown, and silvery metallic over-
lay the white. A vertical white line occupies the extreme apex, and
on costa before and close to it are two other lines; the length of these
three lines is nearly one-third the width of wing; the central one is
most heavily metallic, while that on apex is simply dull white. Before
this group of three vertical lines, and counting toward base, with apical
spot number one, the fourth, sixth, and eighth are prolonged obliquely,
then horizontally outward, the outer ends of the two former coming
together, the extensions heavily overlaid with metallic. The ocellic
spot is large, its inner side formed of a vertical metallic bar over one-
third the width of wing; a similar bar defines the outward edge, but it
is broken near lower end and slightly turns inward toward anal angle.
Between these two bars are two narrow horizontal black lines, con-
necting them together at the top; a third line is indicated below by a
few black scales. Above the ocellic spot on outer margin is a small
metallic spot. All of the interior of the wing, below the costa and
before the ocellic spot, is rather evenly dotted with metallic, arranged
in rather straight horizontal lines, of which three lines are above and
three below the fold. The dots in the subcostal line have a tendency
to run together in groups of two or three; all others are separate. A
scale or two of fuscous usually accompanies the metallic scales wher-
ever they occur.
Male costal fold closely compressed, about one-fourth length of wing,
a shade or two more tawny than general ground color. Cilia pale cine-
reous, heavily powdered basally with tiny black dots. Hind wing
fuscous, cilia white, underside same, but a shade paler. Underside
fore wing smoky fuscous, costa marked with dark blackish dots, cilia
NO. 1398. NEW TORTRICID MOTHS—KEARFOTT. 353
pale cinereous. Abdomen fuscous, anal tuft cinereous. Legs pale
cinereous, shaded with brown, tarsi annulated with brown. Expanse
16.5 to 19 mm.
Four males, Tryon, North Carolina. Two, May 20-22; two, July
3-24.
Cotypes.—Cat. No. 8240, U. S. Nat. Mus., and in my collection.
I have hesitated some time before describing this species, as there
are several already described similar to it, and it seemed as though a
place could be found for it. The nearest to it and their differences
are as follows:
EF. irroratana Walsingham is fawn colored, and is dotted with shin-
ing scales, but the interior scales are arranged in wavy lines, the
ocellic spot contains a number of black dots—not bars, no reference
in the description to the very distinct costal markings; 50 per cent
or more larger; habitat California.
Li. atomosana Walsingham is milk white, reticulated with fawn and
irrorated with fuscous (not shining), only 10 to 20 per cent larger, but
hailing from California.
LE. cataclystiana Walsingham. ‘This isa common Eastern species of
about the same shade of brown, but the interior lustrous dots are
entirely absent.
7 monogrammand Zeller is much paler, less dots, different ocellic
and costal arrangement, and more nearly resembles afomosana.
E. albiguttana Zeller is very close, the marking is almost identical,
but is only about half the size, the interior dots are arranged in four
or five vertical rows and are far less numerous proportionately; the
hind wings are paler, and the metallic lines around the ocellic spot
somewhat different. Additional study may prove graci/iana nothing
more than a gigantic race of albiguttana, hence it should be placed
next to it in the list.
EUCOSMA PALLIDIPALPANA, new species.
Head with long loose scales in front and on top, pale ochreish at
base, pure white at tips; second joint of palpi clothed with long loose
white scales, concealing third segment, shaded basally and outwardly
with pale ochreish. Thorax dull ochreish. Fore wing pale fawn or
dull ochreish. The ground color only in patches along dorsal margin,
streaks along outer half of costa and before outer margin. The
costa from base to apex is white, evenly marked with about sixteen
short oblique grayish-brown dashes, arranged in eight geminated
spots; a little beyond base a white transverse line is overlaid on its
middle by brownish-fuscous. From about the inner third of costa
another such line goes obliquely to the anal angle; at about the middle
of the wing a right-angled spur from this to dorsal margin; half-way
between this first spur and anal angle a second points toward costa, but
brownish scales on the upper half of outer quarter. A narrow line
of brown scales runs through upper half of cell from oblique line
to outward patch. From the third from costa geminated spot a
lustrous white line runs below the costa and before apex turns down
to ocellic patch; from second spot before apex a shorter line of the
same scales runs into the first line. Ocellic patch large, lustrous
white inwardly, with two or three black dots on each side, a smalier
white spot just below middle of outer margin and a smaller white dot
below this, the latter only separated from the large white patch by
a black line; above the latter and between the large patch and
outer margin is a small round spot of ground color, nearly surrounded
by narrow black lines; above it are three horizontal black dashes.
There is a broken line of black scales dividing the upper white spot,
thence running into anal angle through outer margin. The dorsal
margin is narrowly, for its entire length, marked with white and
fuscous scales, increasing to a triangular patch in the middle (where
first spur runs into dorsum). The apical spot is flat triangular inclosed
in white. Cilia and outer margin light gray, closely speckled with
light brown. Hind wings fuscous, cilia paler, same beneath. Under-
side forewing fuscous, with white costal dots repeated. Abdomen
fuscous, legs whitish, tarsi annulated with light brown. Expanse
11.5 to 13.5 mm.
Nine specimens: Tryon, North Carolina (Fiske); Washington,
District of Columbia, June and July (Busck); Fortress Monroe, Vir-
ginia, July 19 (Kearfott).
Cotypes.— Cat. No. 8241, U. S. Nat. Mus., and in my collection.
1 should place this species in the cataclystiana group, and close to
‘mbridana Fernald, which it somewhat resembles, but is much smaller.
EUCOSMA GIGANTEANA Riley.
Four specimens, August 5 to 27.
EUCOSMA JUNCTICILIANA Walker.
One male, August 13. Agrees with the Eastern form of this species,
in which the oblique median line has a small outward hump about its
middle, while all of the Northwestern and Californian specimens I have
seen has this line perfectly even on its outer edge.
EUCOSMA ABRUPTANA Walsingham.
Three specimens: June 2, July 5, and August 18. These dates show
a rather long period of emergence. The insect is probably single
brooded and the larvee borers or internal feeders like allied species.
sy)
Ou
On
NO, 1398. NEW TORTRICID MOTHS—KEARFOTT.
EUCOSMA SCUDDERIANA Clemens.
One male, April 24 at hght. Larve make round galls on stems of
golden-rod.
EUCOSMA OTIOSANA Clemens.
One male, June 30. In the winter time, in all parts of northern New
Jersey, the larvee of this species can be found in the dried, previous
summer’s stalks of Bidens frondosa Linneeus or beggar ticks, pupating
within the stalk in May and issuing during June.
EUCOSMA DORSISIGNATANA Clemens var. CONFLUANA, new variety.
Dorsisignatana is deep chocolate brown, overlaid with grayish scales,
except on two bold distinct separate spots—one on dorsum before
middle and one on costa beyond middle. In variety confluana the
two spots are joined together; the dorsal end is narrower, the whole
representing rather an inflated comma. The ground color is also more
of a reddish brown, and the hind wings are much paler. I have about
forty specimens of the two forms in my collection, and the difference
is constant; the spots are either entirely separate or joined. Clemens
had this form before him when describing dorsisignatana, and described
it under the name of s/m/ana, adding that it might be the female of
the preceding. S/m7/ana is preoccupied in this genus, hence Clemens’s
name can not represent the variety; it is quite possible, however, after
more is known about the Tortricids, that Hiibner’s species and Clem-
ens’s species may fall into different genera, when confluana will be
superseded by s¢mzlana Clemens. Expanse 18 to 21 mm. Twelve
specimens, male and female. Essex County, New Jersey, August 24
to September 5 (Kearfott); Winchenden, Massachusetts, August 24 to
September 1 (Merrick); New Brighton, Pennsylvania, August 28 to
September 1 (Merrick).
Cotypes.—Cat. No. 8248, U. S. Nat. Mus., and in my collection.
EUCOSMA DORSISIGNATANA var. DIFFUSANA, new variety.
In separating the above another variety seems to be constant; it is
of the dark chocolate form, but so heavily overlaid with gray scales
that only the lower half of the dorsal spot is distinctly defined, all the
balance of the forewing being an almost fuscous brown. Expanse 15
to 22 mm. Eleven specimens: Tryon, North Carolina, August 8
(Fiske); New Brighton, Pennsylvania, August 30 (Merrick); Vernon
Parish, Louisiana, August (G. Coverdale); Newark, New Jersey, Sep-
tember 19 (Weidt); Charleroi, Pennsylvania, September 1 (Merrick);
Essex County, New Jersey, September 16 (Kearfott).
Cotypes.—Cat. No. 8249, U. S. Nat. Mus., and in my collection.
356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
EUCOSMA MINUTANA, new species. ©
Face and palpi cinereous, tuft on second joint outwardly rounded,
third joint concealed; top of head, thorax, and forewing dark gray,
minutely and closely dotted with cinereous. An oblique paler shade,
from inner third of dorsal margin, defines the basal area; the line of
demarcation is sinuate, with three outward and two inward indenta-
tions to middle of wing, where it disappears. Ocellic spot small,
rounded, cream white, with a black horizontal dash about its middle
which cuts through its outer side; another black dash on the upper
edge, immediately above the lower. These two black dashes are so
arranged that, under a glass, the white ocellic spot has the appear-
ance of a compressed interrogation mark, or comma laid on its side,
with the straight end pointing to the outer margin. Several other
black dots partly surround the white spot—one, a dash, before it, and
above the dash a smaller dot; another vertical dash defines the outer
end of the comma. The costa—from inner third to apex—is marked
with gradually increasing in size triangular oblique dark-brown
dashes, each edged with cream white, irregularly arranged as four sets
of geminate spots. The apical spot is cream white, divided by brown |
line; the costal spot before the apical sends a long, dark-bluish line
obliquely to outer margin, then turns downward to top of ocellic spot,
where it unites with a similar line out of apex. Cilia same as ground
color, and with the space beyond the ocellic and subapical marginal
lines forming quite a wide marginal band. Hind wing and cilia smoky
brown, a shade paler beneath. Underside forewing dark brown, with
whitish marks repeated on costa. Abdomen and legs gray, speckled
with light brown, tarsi annulated with cinereous. Expanse, 9 to
14mm. About forty specimens. Tryon, North Carolina, May 24-25,
Fiske; Cincinnati, Ohio, May 21 to August 17, Miss Braun; New
Brighton, Pennsylvania, May 20, Merrick; Plummers Island, Mary-
land, July, Busck; Belvidere, Illinois, August, Snyder; Smith County,
Tennessee, June, Kemp; Anglesea, New Jersey, June 22, and Essex
County Park, New Jersey, May 18, Kearfott.
Cotypes.—Cat. No. 8242, U. S. Nat. Mus., and in Miss Braun’s, Mr.
Merrick’s, and my own collection.
I have long had these specimens mixed with /. strenuana Walker,
which it is superficially much like, excepting very much smaller
size. But, in addition to the size, it can be separated by grayer
eround color, difference in ocellic spot, and arrangement of costal
spots. Structurally, the forewings are more than three times as long
as wide, much narrower than strenuana. The outer margin of fore-
wing of both species is sinuate, thus differing from 7. e¢rculana, which
is the type of the genus; and therefore when this cumbersome genus
is divided, both of these species will fall into a different genus.
———
NO. 1398. NEW TORTRICID MOTHS—KEARFOTT. Si
EUCOSMA SOMBREANA, new species.
Head very pale brown or bleached straw color, palpi brown, speckled
with minute paler atoms, tip of third joint not exposed, thorax same
as palpi. Forewing reddish brown, heavily dusted on inner half with
cinereous. From middle of costa the cinereous scales form a straight
line pointing to anal angle, but interrupted before middle, then con-
tinued to anal angle as golden metallic scales; at angle the metallic
line is continued up along the outer margin to its middle, thence
inward, and almost meets a spur of the middle line, altogether inclos-
ing a vertical ovate section of the red-brown ground color. On costa
beyond middle line are six more or less obscure oblique short lines of
cinereous, the lower end of each becoming metallic. Entire length of
costa cinereous speckled with brown and a preciliate line of the same.
There is a very obscure broad paler transverse fascia beyond middle
of wing, defined more clearly on the lower half, where it contrasts
with a darker shade before it; other specimens are better described
by saying that a darker shade rising from inner fourth of dorsum
obliquely toward costa, but on cell coalescing with outer ground
color. This dark shade is caused by the absence of the cinereous dots.
Male costal fold very wide and three-fifths the length of wing. Cilia
fuscous, speckled with whitish. Hind wing dark smoky brown, cilia
paler, preceded and divided by paler lines. Under side forewing clay-
brown basal and central part of wing, dull ocherous around edges. Hind
wing dull ocherous. In other specimens the ground color of upper
side of forewing is darker red-brown, almost purple brown, and the
cinereous dusting less in evidence; the under sides of these darker
specimens is almost a uniform dark brown, with slightly paler cilia.
The females seem to be less cinereous and to have more metallic lines
on outer half of costa and below apex, but as all before me are rather
badly rubbed, this may not be true in fresh specimens.
Abdomen, fuscous mixed with cinereous scales. Legs dull ocherous,
tarsi annulated with brown. Eight males, expanse 20 to 25 mm., four
females expanse 20 to23 mm. Tryon, North Carolina, July 14, Fiske;
Chicago, Kwiat; Cincinnati, Ohio, August 2, Miss Braun; Seranton,
Pennsylvania, July 26, Lister; Plummers Island and Cabin John
Bridge, Maryland, August 1-10, Buseck; Montclair, New Jersey, Elec-
tric Light, August 4, Kearfott.
Cotypes.—Cat. No. 8243, U.S. Nat. Mus., and in collections of Miss
Braun, Mr. Lister, and my collection.
I think the larve of this species will be found to be a borer in the
stems of possibly an annual plant, there seems to be a small race with
both males and females about 20 mm., and a large race with both sexes
from 23 to 25mm. This can be accounted for by the supposition that
some larve have lived in small and others in large stems. I would
place this species close to 4. dorsisignatuna Clemens, which it rather
resembles in size, shape, and general robust appearance, superficially
much like a moderate sized noctuid.
EUCOSMA RUSTICANA, new species.
Head, palpi, and thorax, shades of brown; face, inner and upper
sides of palpi, light fawn brown; lower and outer edges of palpi and
ends of scales on top of head, dark smoky brown; thorax and patagia
light fawn, overlaid, especially anteriorly, with darker brown, Fore-
wing the same shades of brown as above, the costal half dark smoky
or blackish brown, the dorsal half and outer margin light fawn brown.
The shades are not sharply divided and differ more or less in different
specimens. The costa is darkest, and is marked by nine or ten black
dots; between those on outer half are geminated streaks of a lighter
shade. Below the costa the dark shades are in irregular horizontal
lines from base to beyond end of cell, the dark color is rather concen-
trated at end of cell, and at the upper end is a small ovate pale line
inclosing a black dot. The ocellic space is large, pale fawn, with one
horizontal dark streak on its upper side in the’male and two streaks
in the female. Before this spot, running obliquely inward toward
dorsal margin, is a line of dark scales. The dark shades almost
entirely overlay the light shades on the dorsal half of the female from
hase to ocellic spot. Apex marked with a small rectangular pale fawn
dot, with black dots before and below it. Cilia pale fawn, with three
or four darker dots on upper half. Hindwing very dark smoky brown;
cilia pale fawn, with a slightly darker line at its base. Under sides of
both wings much like the upper sides, but the shades are more diffuse.
Abdomen dark brown, anal tuft ight brown. Legs pale brown, first
and second pairs and tarsi of third, annulated with dark blackish
brown. The male costal fold is rather narrow and not quite half the
length of the wing.
Six specimens: Tryon, North Carolina, Fiske, May 13 and 22,
August 1; Kerrville, Texas, Doctor Barnes; Algonquin, Illinois,
June 4, Doctor Nason.
Cotypes.—Cat. No. 8244, U.S. Nat. Mus., and in my collection.
EUCOSMA FISKEANA, new species.
Head, thorax, and palpi cinereous brown, palpi with black tip of
third segment visible, although scales of second joint project beyond
it below, scales of palpi shaded with dark brown at tips and an oblique
streak of same close to base on outer side.
Forewing ashy gray with dark brown fascia and spots. Basal area
dark brown, overlaid with gray above dorsum, and striguiated with
darker transverse lines, covers inner fourth of costa, angles outward
to middle of wing, thence obliquely inward to dorsum, between latter
and middle slightly indented. Beyond is an irregular oblique fascia
NO. 1398. NEW TORTRICID MOTHS—KEAR 359
of ground color sharply defined only on upper half, strigulated with
darker transverse lines. This shade really covers all of the wing beyond
basal area, but interrupted as follows: In the middle of costa a triangu-
lar dark brown patch, its lower point reaching to median line; it is
interrupted on costa by a pair of ground color lines, the inner curling
inward and blocking off a rectangular costal spot of the dark color.
Before the anal angle a triangular brown spot extends to middle of
wing; it is separated from the costal patch by a broad band of ground
color; it is darkest at its upper end and outwardly and upwardly de-
fined by a paler luteous line. Arising from the anal angle and follow-
ing outline of outer margin to middle, thence curving evenly inward
beneath the costal spots, is a broad line, swelling out into a flattened
ovate spot above, pale brown on its lower half, gradually becoming
darker to the lunate spot, which is jet black. The ocellic spot between
this and the dorsal triangular spot is luteous gray, with the flattened
black dots in a vertical line; the upper one is the most constant and
largest. The apical spot is moderate on costa, but extends down to
nearly middle of wing on outer margin; between this spot and the
rectangular brown spot on middle of costa are three large brown
costal spots, separated from each other by geminated luteous lines,
the line between third and fourth spots from apex (counting apical
spot as number one) borders the outer spots below and runs into the
outer margin, thence upward to apex, outlining the apical spot.
Cilia gray.
Hindwing smoky-brown, cilia gray, divided by a slightly darker
line. Under side forewing, dark smoky brown with paler geminations
along costa and a paler shade before cilia which is cinereous. Under
side hind wing grayish brown, reticulated transversely over its entire
surface with darker brown lines. Cilia grayish brown with an outer
and middle line of fuscous. Abdomen grayish brown, anal tuft dark
brown. Legs same annulated and shaded with dark smoky brown.
Expanse, male 23 to 24.5 mm.; female 29mm. Two males, one fe-
male, Tryon, North Carolina, August 2-11. Collected by Mr. W. F.
Fiske, whose name I take pleasure in giving to this species.
Cotypes.—Cat. No. 8245, U. S. Nat. Mus., and in my collection.
EUCOSMA CONSTRICTANA Zeller.
Two specimens, August 8. Differing from Texan specimens in my
collection, the shades of which are reddish brown, in being shades of
steel gray and black. Further material may prove these specimens to
be a good variety or different species.
THIODIA RADIATANA Walsingham.
One male, May 1. Quite badly rubbed, but probably this species,
or one of the closely allied, of which I have five awaiting opportunity
for description.
360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII,
ANCYLIS ALBACOSTANA, new species.
Head, on top, cinereous, mixed with ferruginous scales, a collar of
whitish next to thorax, in front brown. Palpi cream white; ends of
scales of second joint, which conceal the third joint, dark brown; a few
scales of this color on outer sides of palpi. Antenne cinereous.
Thorax next to head a transverse band of lead color, another band of
this color crosses the middle, each followed by a band of whitish.
Patagia and thoracic tuft lead color at base, tips white. Fore wing
lead color, rather heavily overlaid on inner two-thirds below the costa
with brownish and blackish scales. From the base to the apex on the
costa is a pure white band, widest at end of cell, where it is nearly a
a quarter the width of wing; continuing to base with only a trifle less
width, and lower edge curving evenly into costa and ending in a point
at apex. Below the white streak, on the inner half, are a number of
small black dots; three below the fold are well defined, close together
in a line in the second quarter; the inner one is single, the middle has
a slight projection on the fold, and the outer one is double, its upper
half being above the fold. Another black dot is on the upper gray
edge, and is conspicuous against the white background above its upper
half, before the inner fourth, and is connected by a darker streak with
the inner of the three dots below the fold. Many other darker trans-
verse streaks or strigulations cross the lead-color area. The ocellic
area and outer margin below apex are dusted with white, a small,
round, lead-color spot at anal angle and above it a vertical flattened
ovate spot of same color; each are encircled by a line of whitish scales.
The apex and the streak between this paler area and the white costal
band is dark brown; in the apex is a small ocellus, a circle of black
inclosing a dot of lead color and surrounded by dull ocherous. Cilia
at apex cinereous, tinged with ferruginous, below apex pure white.
Hind wings brownish fuscous above, pale fuscous below. Underside
fore wing fuscous, whitish streak repeated along costa, cilia white
below apex. Abdomen and legs fuscous, tarsi annulated with dark
brown. Expanse 19mm. Two female specimens: One Tryon, North
Carolina, May 11, Fiske; one Colorado, National Museum, Accession
Catalogue No. 45.
Cotypes.—Cat. No. 8246, U.S. Nat. Mus., and in my collection.
In describing this species from two females I run the risk of a
generic error, but the falcate apex and venation agree with our
definition of Ancylis.
ANCYLIS SEMIOVANA Zeller.
One male, May 20.
ANCYLIS DUBIANA Clemens.
One male, May 25.
No, 1398, : NEW TORTRICID MOTHS—K EA RFOTT. 361
ANCYLIS GOODELLIANA Fernald.
One male, May 7.
ANCYLIS DIMINUATANA, new species.
Head and thorax white, speckled with fuscous. Palpi white, tips
of scales above and two spots on outside fuscous. Antenne golden
brown. Fore wing creamy white; a seal-brown shade from base, over
middle of wing to end of cell, thence to apex. The lower edge of this
brown shade is sharply defined below, but diffuse and running into
ground color above. Its lower edge begins at base close to dorsal
margin and tends slightly upward to beyond middle of wing, thence
acutely upward in a nearly straight line into apex. The lower edge is
roundly indented twice on its inner half, where it turns up to apex and
opposite the outer margin. It is outlined outwardly by a luteous-
grayish line. This, opposite the ocellic spot, is succeeded by a light-
brown line, and beyond and defining the ocellic spot is a short
luteous-gray line. The ocellic spot is but a shade of brown. All the
space along the dorsal margin and before the outer margin below the
middle brown streak is ground color, overlain with gray and ferrugi-
nous scales. The dorsal margin is dotted with black. Above the
brown shade on the inner half of costa is a streak of ground color, on
which are three black dots in a line on upper vein of cell. At middle
of costa a faint brown line runs obliquely into the brown shade; just
below the apex, six other -pale-brown lines on costa, between it and
apex, start obliquely, but are all separated from the first by a paler
line just below costa. These spots are separated by short gray or
leaden lines, one just before apex being the best defined, and it is
shaded on both sides by whitish brown. Cilia white immediately
below apex, with a fuscous dot, below light fuscous with ferruginous
tinge, preceded by a dark-brown line, and divided by a slightly darker
fuscous line. Hind wing smoky fuscous; cilia paler. Underside fore
wing smoky fuscous, whitish along costa, with a black apical dot and
dash of white in the cilia below it. Hind wing pale gray; cilia same.
Abdomen fuscous, anal tuft dull ocherous. Legs creamy white,
washed with light brown on tarsi. Expanse 13.5 to 15 mm.
Twelve specimens: Tryon, North Carolina, May 12, Fiske; Winchen-
den, Massachusetts, May 26 to June 2, F. A. Merrick; Plummers
Island, Maryland, and Washington, District of Columbia, May 19 to
June 1, A. Busck; Ramapo, New York, May 27, Kearfott; Caldwell,
New Jersey, May 17-22, Kearfott; Wellington, British Columbia,
June and July 4, Doctor Taylor and Bryant; Denver, Colorado,
April 23, Oslar. | .
Cotypes.—Cat. No. 8247, U. S. Nat. Mus., and in my collection.
In the National Museum there is a specimen of this species labeled
‘*diminuatana Wlsm.,” but I have not been able to find the name or a
8362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
description in any of Walsingham’s writings. Should it, however, be
on record, this additional description will not affect his title to priority.
This species is close to goodelliana Fernald, which latter is very
close to European b/areuana Stephens, which is probably wrongly
accredited to America. Goodelliana differs from d/minuatana in its
larger size (28 mm.), the brown streak narrower and almost obliquely
to apex, and an additional brown line from base nearly to middle below
the middle streak. My comparison is made from a specimen of good-
elliana identified by Professor Fernald. I can not detect sufficient
difference between Eastern and British Columbian specimens to war-
rant separation. The ground color of the latter is more of a silvery
white, and the browns a shade darker; otherwise the maculation is the
same,
ENARMONIA AMERICANA Walsingham.
Four specimens, May 25 and July 4-5. Agrees very closely with
Walsingham’s figures and description, except that the hind wings of
the male are dark brown, the same shade as female. In Edward’s
collection, American Museum of Natural History, New York, are
specimens from California, labeled wmerzcana, by Fernald, which are
not the same as Walsingham’s figure or these eastern species. I am
under the impression that amerécana is found both East and West,
while there is a closely allied but distinct additional species in Cali-
fornia, which has been mistaken for it.
ECDYTOLOPHA INSITICIANA Zeller.
One male, May 26. Larve in September in galls on the twigs of
cS
common locust.
GYMNANDROSOMA PUNCTIDISCANUM Dyar.
One male, July 3; one female, May 14. The condition of the former
is that it may have been on the wing for a month or more, which may
account for the considerable difference in dates.
CARPOCAPSA TOREUTA Grote.
One male, June 1. This is a particularly interesting capture, as, so
far as I know, the species has never been taken since Grote described
it. It is not represented in any of the public or private collections
that I have seen.
EPAGOGE SULFEREANA Clemens.
One male, June 4. Of the medium size northern form, with pale
hind wings.
SPARGANOTHIS IRROREA Robinson.
One male, July 14.
NO. 1398. NEW TORTRICID MOTHS—K@#ARFOTT. 366
ARCHIPS ROSACEANA Harris.
One male, August 8; one female, no date.
ARCHIPS PURPURANA Clemens.
One female, August 8.
PLATYNOTA FLAVEDANA Clemens.
One specimen, August 14.
PANDEMIS LIMITATA Robinson.
One male, June 3.
TORTRIX PERITANA Clemens.
One female, August 12.
TORTRIX FUMIFERANA Clemens.
One female, May 7.
TORTRIX CONFLICTANA Walker.
One male, May 2.
EULIA VELUTINANA Walker.
One male, August 14.
PHALONIA FERNALDANA Walsingham.
Two specimens, May 5-29.
PHALONIA BUNTEANA Robinson.
Two specimens, July 16.
PHALONIA NANA ? Haworth.
One specimen, August 14.
PHALONIA DUBITANA ? Hubner.
One specimen, August 12. I add an interrogation mark to this and
the preceding species, as Iam not by any means convinced that these
European species occur in America.
PHALONIA ANGUSTANA Clemens.
One male, May 20. There is certainly no reason why Clemens’s name
should not have been restored long ago. Robinson made it a synonym
of his dorsimaculana, supposing that angustana was preoccupied in
this genus in Europe. The European species is not a /a/onia, but
belongs to an allied genus Awranthis Hubner. Besides other differ-
3864 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
wines stalked in Luwxanth/s and separate in Phalonia, and gives figure
of venation of this particular species, showing the stalked median vein.
I also have eight European specimens in my collection, in all of which
this vein is either short-stalked orconnate. Inthe American angustana,
as in all true Phalonéa, veins II and 1V are widely separated at base.
I think there is another mix up between angustana Clemens and
dorsimaculana Robinson and promptana Robinson. The two latter
were described at the same time, with very little difference either in
descriptions or figures. I have not seen Robinson’s types, but have
carefully examined Clemens’s type in Philadelphia, and from my present
knowledge I would make promptana the synouym of angustana and
leave dors/maculana as a good but very closely allied species. I have
long series, both male and female, of what I believe to be both species,
and the most constant marks for separating them are the black dots
on outer margin. Angustana has a single small dot just above the
middle and a tiny one below the apex, while dorstmaculana has a mar-
ginal row of four horizontal black dashes. If further study should
prove this analysis wrong, then both of Robinson’s species may become
synonyms of angustuna and the species with the row of marginal
dashes will have no name.
PHALONIA DORSIMACULANA Robinson.
Two specimens, July 10. See note above.
NOTE ON THE SALMON AND TROUT OF JAPAN.
By Davin Srarr JORDAN,
Of Stanford University, California.
In these Proceedings for 1902, Jordan and Snyder@ have given a
review of the species of salmon and trout in Japan. Recently, Mr.
T. Kitahara has published’ some useful criticisms on this paper,
derived from his experience in the Imperial Bureau of Fisheries.
Mr. Kitahara is certainly right in thinking that the Salmo perry?
of Brevoort is the trout called /to, Salo blachistoni of Hilgendortf.
That species must therefore become /Zucho perry? instead of Lucho
blackistoni.
I think that Mr. Kitahara is also right in identifying the Sa/mo
masou of Brevoort and the Oncorhynchus yessoens’s of Hilgendort
with the common trout of Japan called Ame-no-uwo, Kawa-masu, or
Yamabe, in its different stages of growth. This is the Sa/mo macro-
stoma of Ginther, the species wrongly called Sa/mo perry? by Jordan
and Snyder. This species should stand as Salmo masou.
Mr. Kitahara states that the humpback salmon (Karafuto-masu) in
Japan as in America have black spots on the caudal fin. This species
was not seen by Jordan and Snyder in Japan. The supposed humpback
salmon or Yezomasu, figured by Jordan and Snyder as Oncorhynchus
masou, Was probably a dwarfish spawning female of Oncorhynchus
keta.
My. Kitahara is probably right in regarding the Iwana, Salvelinis
pluvius (Hilgendorf), the common charr or red-spotted trout of
Japan, as inseparable from Sa/velinus malma. Salvelinus kundsha,
of the Kurile Islands, is however a different fish. The name Sa/io
milktschitch of Walbaum is earlier than Salmo kisutch Walbaum, and
is based also on the silver salmon.
@Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X-XIV, 1902, p. 567, et seq.
> Annotationes Zoologicae Japonenses, V, Pt. 3, 1904, pp. 117-120.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1399.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04 24 365
8366 PROCEEDINGS. OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
The species of Salmonide in Japan are therefore the following:
Oncorhynchus nerka (Walbaum); Beni-masu.
Oncorhynchus milktschitch (Walbaum); Gin-masu.
Oncorhynchus keta (Walbaum); Shaké or Saké.
Oncorhynchus gorbuscha (Walbaum); Karafuto-masu.
Salmo masou (Brevoort); Masu, Ame-no-uwo, Yamabe.
Tlucho perryt (Brevoort); Ito.
Salvelinus malma (Walbaum); Iwana, Ame-masu.
Salvelinus kundscha (Walbaum).
Plecoglossus altivelis (Schlegel); Ayu.
The king salmon Oncorhynchus tschawytscha (Walbaum) is not yet
known from Japanese waters.
DESCRIPTIONS OF A NEW GENUS OF ISOPODA BELONG-
ING TO THE FAMILY TANAIDA AND OF A NEW SPECIES
OF TANAIS, BOTH FROM MONTEREY BAY, CALIFORNIA.
By Harrier RicHarpson,
Collaborator, Division of Marine Invertebrates.
About eight specimens of the two new species to be described were
collected at Monterey Bay, California, by Mr. Harold Heath and sent
to the United States National Museum. One of these species repre-
sents a new genus, /ancolus, the diagnosis of which is given below.
PANCOLUS, new genus.
Eyes present, distinct. First pair of antennee composed of three
articles. Second pair of antenne composed of five articles. First
thoracic segment permanentiy united with the head to form a cara-
pace. The following six segments are free and distinctly separated.
The abdomen is composed of only three segments, two segments
anterior to the terminal segment. There are but two pairs of well-
developed pleopoda. The uropoda are single branched and consist of
a peduncle and a branch composed of a single article. The first pair
of legs are chelate. All the following six pairs are ambulatory.
PANCOLUS CALIFORNIENSIS, new species.
Body narrow, elongate, 54 mm. long, and almost 13 mm. wide.
Head as wide as long, 1} mm. : 14 mm., with the anterior margin
somewhat triangular between the eyes, which are placed in the
extreme antero-lateral angles. The head anteriorly is about half as
wide as it is posteriorly... The first pair of antenne have the first
article large and robust, about half as wide as long; the second article
is half as long as the first; the third is a little shorter than the second
and terminates ina bunch of hairs. The second pair of antennz are
shorter than the first, reaching only to the end of the second article of
the first pair of antenne. The first article is longest, being three
times longer than the second; the third is about twice as long as the
second; the fourth is more than one and a haif times longer than the
second; the fifth is minute and terminates in a bunch of hairs.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1400.
367
368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
The first segment of the thorax is coalesced with the head to form
aw carapace. The second or first free segment is a little shorter than
any of those following. The third and fourth or second and third
free segments are subequal; the last three are subequal, and each is
a little longer than either of the two preceding segments.
The abdomen is composed of three segments, two short ones followed
by the terminal segment, which is rounded posteriorly. The uropoda
L, y
Gs bd.
F
FIG. 1.—PANCOLUS ‘IG. 3.—PANCOLUS CALIFORNIENSIS. 4,
CALIFORNIENSIS. FIG. 2.— PANCOLUS CALIFORNIENSIS. FIRST ANTENNA. 44. b, SECOND AN- |
x 9. FIRST GNATHOPOD. X 20. TENNA. X 44.
|
¢ |
|
es Fic. 6.—PANCO-
LUS CALIFORNI-
Fic. 4.—PANCOLUS CALI- Fic. 5.—PANCOLUS CAL- ENSIS. EPIG- FIG. 7.—PANCOLUS CAL-
FORNIENSIS. MANDIBLE. IFORNIENSIS. MAxX- NATH OF MAX- IFORNIENSIS. POSTE-
44, ILLIPED. x 44. ILLIPED. x 44. RIOR LIP. xX 44.
are single branched. The peduncle is short. The branch consists of
a single article, tipped with long hairs. There are but two pairs of
well-developed pleopoda.
The first pair of legs or gnathopods are chelate. The second pair
of legs are long and feeble, but similar to those following, which are
ambulatory, but more robust. The dactyli in the last three pairs are
curved,
No. 1400. TWO NEW ISOPODS—RICHARDSON. 369
Six specimens of this species were collected by Mr. Harold Heath
at Monterey Bay, California.
The types are in the U. S. National Museum. Cat. No. 30614,
U.S.N.M.
Fia. 8.— PANCO- ms ae Fig. 10.—PANCOLUS CAL-
; Fig. 9.—PANCOLUS CAL- an z
LUS CALIFORNI- : IFORNIENSIS, SECOND
S IFORNIENSIS. FIRST
ENSIS. FIRST PLEOPOD. X 44.
PLEOPOD. x 44.
MAXILLA. x44.
TANAIS NORMANI, new species.
Body narrow, elongate, 4 mm. long. : # mm. wide.
Head as wide as long, with the anterior margin triangulate between
the eyes, which are situated at the extreme antero-lateral angles.
a b
FiG.11.—TANAIS FIG.12.—TANAIS NORMANI. FIRST Fig. 13.—TANAIS NORMANI. a, FIRST
NORMANI. GNATHOPOD. X 44. ANTENNA. X 44. 0D,SECOND ANTEN-
x 11d. NA. X 44.
The head is half as wide anteriorly as it is posteriorly. The eyes are
small, but distinct. The first pair of antenn are composed of three
articles, and have the first article longest, about two and a half times
longer than wide; the second article is half as long as the first; the
third is a little shorter than the second, and terminates in a bunch of
370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
long hairs. The second pair of antenne are composed of five articles
and have the first article about three times as long as the second; the
third is twice as long as the second; the fourth is one and a half times
longer than the second; the fifth article is minute and terminates in a
bunch of hairs.
The first segment of the thorax is united with the head to form a
carapace. The second or first free segment is the shortest of all; the
third and fourth or second and third free segments are nearly equal in
length, the third being perhaps a little longer; the fifth and sixth or
fourth and fifth free segments are subequal and are the longest; the
sixth or seventh free segment is about equal in length to the third free
segment.
The abdomen is composed of six segments. The first three are sub-
equal in length and carry on the ventral side three pairs of well-
developed pleopoda. The two following segments are subequal, and
each about one-half as long as any of the three preceding segments
and about one-half as wide, being abruptly narrower. ‘These seg-
ments do not carry pleopoda. There are thus only three pairs of
pleopoda. The sixth or terminal segment is as wide as the two pre-
ceding segments and is rounded posteriorly. The uropoda are single
branched; the peduncle is followed by a five-articulate branch.
The first pair of legs or gnathopods are chelate. The following six
pairs of legs are ambulatory.
Only three specimens of this species were collected by Mr. Harold
Heath at Monterey Bay, California.
The types are in the U.S. National Museum. Cat. No. 30615,
U.S.N.M.
This species differs from Zanais alascensis Richardson in having the
abdomen composed of six segments, while in 7. alascensis it is com-
posed of five segments; in having the uropoda composed of a peduncle
and five articles, while in 7. alascens/s the uropoda are composed of a
peduncle and six articles; and in the smaller size of the specimens.
A CRITICAL REVIEW OF THE LITERATURE ON THE SIM-
PLE GENERA OF THE MADREPORARIA FUNGIDA, WITH
A TENTATIVE CLASSIFICATION.“
By T. WayYLanp VAUGHAN,
Custodian, Madreporian Corals.
INTRODUCTION.
CAUSES THAT LED TO THIS COMPILATION AND THE ATTEMPTED
CLASSIFICATION.
The following paper has grown out of the necessities of my work
on the fossil corals of North America and the study of the recent
Fungid corals in the United States National Museum. In my Some
Cretaceous and Eocene corals from Jamaica? I had to describe simple
Fungid corals belonging to three different genera; other species of
Fungids had to be considered in my Corals of the Buda Limestone
(Texas)°; and they are well represented in collections of Tertiary
corals that I am at present studying for the United States Geological
Survey.?
The last comprehensive attempt at the classification of these corals
is that of Duncan, in his Revision of the Families and Genera of the
Madreporaria.© This work is very faulty, and is often insufficient
for the determination of the genera described in it. I was therefore
unable to identify the genera to which some of the specimens referred
to me belonged, even after I had collected the descriptions of those
proposed since 1884. Furthermore, the original generic diagnoses
were often inadequate and type-species had not been designated—in
fact, it not only seemed, but actually is, hopeless, to find in the litera-
ture the differential characters of many of the proposed genera.
«Published by permission of the Director of the U. 8. Geological Survey.
> Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XX XIV, 1899, pp. 242-246. ?
¢U. 8S. Geol. Surv. Bull., No. 205, 1903, pp. 39, 40.
@ Tertiary corals of North America. Part II. Faunas of the Post-Kocene forma-
tions of the eastern and southeastern United States and the Tertiaries of the West
Indies, U. S. Geol. Sury. Mon., vol. (In preparation. )
é Journ. Linn. Soe. London, Zool., X VIII, 1884.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1401.
371
a 02 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
OBJECT OF THIS WORK.
I therefore decided to make a compilation of the original diagnoses
of the various genera, to fix the type-species wherever possible, to sup-
plement the original diagnoses by subsequent observations based pri-
marily upon the type-species, to make a tentative classification, and,
where the information concerning
sufficient for purposes of classification, to point out what should be done
in order to make the genera recognizable. After having given the
original diagnosis of a genus, designated its type-species, and stated
its distribution, under ‘* remarks” a historic sketch of the increase in
knowledge concerning it and critical notes on itare given. The method
is cumbersome, but, as this paper is primarily a critical review of lit-
erature, it seems to me to be the correct one.
wv genus or a group of genera is not
THE NECESSITY FOR THE DESIGNATION OF TYPE-SPECIES.
Most modern systematic biologists will probably be surprised to see
stated in a heading a principle that is all but universally recognized.
Several of the older zoophytologists recognized the necess/ty of type-
species for genera. Leuckart in 1841 did, Milne Edwards and Haime
invariably designated a type-species, and Laube erected monotypic
genera. Many of the later workers have not done this, making st
extremely difficult to find out precisely how the genera should be
defined. Investigations subsequent to the founding of a genus have
frequently been based on some other species than the geno-type, and
often not even the name of the species investigated is given. These
studies have not infrequently been used in redefining a genus, giving
rise to extreme confusion. The failure to base redefinitions of genera
primarily upon type-species and the failure to give the names of the
species upon which studies were based have invalidated some of the
most painstaking work that has been done on corals.
The genus Thamnasteria” Le Sauvage furnishes an excellent illus-
tration. This venus was established for Thamnusteria lamourouct Le
Sauvage = 4 Astrea dendroidea Lamouroux.’ The spelling of the
name was subsequently changed to 7hamnastrea, and is now usually
spelled Thamnastrea. Pratz, in his Ueber die verwandschaftlichen
Berziehungen einiger Korallengattungen,’ gives an elaborate descrip-
tion of the finer structure of a coral referred by him to Thamnastred,
but he does not give the name of the species. Duncan, in his Revi-
sion of the Families and Genera, utilized Pratz’s work. Ogilvie,
in her Korallen der Stramberger Schichten, did the same. Koby
a Mém. Soc. d’ Hist. nat., Paris, I, 1822, p. 248.
b Expos. méthod. Genres Polyp., 1821, p. 85, pl. Lxxvin, fig. 6.
¢ Paleontographica, X XIX, 1882, pp. 92-98.
No. 1401, GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS—VAUGHAN. 313
says, in his Monographie des Polypiers Jurassiques de la Suisse:
‘Je prends pour type des véritables Thamnastrées la Zhamnastrea
arachnoides.” Felix, in his Anthozoen der Gosauschichten in den
Ostalpen, follows Pratz’s characterization of Thamnastrea. Gregory
was the first one to make a careful study of Le Sauvage’s type-species,
and published a description and figure of the septa.“ He says: **Three
septa of this specimen are shown on Plate 11, figure 8. The septa
are laminar and not trabicular. The figures which Pratz gives to
represent the septal structure of Zhamnastrea agree with those of
Dimorpharea continua. * * * Hence the Thamnastrea of Pratz
is an altogether different coral from the Zhamnastrea of Le Sauvage.
We must retain the name for the corals placed in it by Le Sauvage,
and for those later described species, which have the same septal
structure. Pratz’s Thamnastrea must be relegated to another family.”
To another family! And every species referred by Felix in his beau-
tiful work on the corals of the Gosau Cretaceous to the genus 7ham-
nastrea is generically wrongly identified.
Blunders brought about by work like that of Pratz, in which type-
species and specific names are ignored, are numerous. T7hammnasterva
is given as an example.
It can not be too strongly emphasized that @ correct understanding
of genera ts impossible unless the definitions are based primarily upon
a single type-spectes.
REVIEW OF WORK ON THE GENERAL CLASSIFICATION OF THE FUNGIDS.
Dunean published, in 1883,’ two articles on the /wagida—(1) Obser-
vations on the Madreporarian family (the /ungide), with especial
reference to the hard structures, and (2) On the structure of the
hard parts of the Lophoserinx. In the first-mentioned article a his-
tory of the development of the knowledge of the /wngide is given.
At the time of writing these articles Duncan apparently did not
know of Pratz’s Ueber die verwandschaftlichen Beziehungen einiger
Korallengattungen, which was published during the previous year.
Pratz’s work is among the finest that has been done on the hard
parts of corals, and can be regarded as of epoch-making importance.
He unfortunately did not realize the importance of type-species and
fixing the particular species that he investigated.
Pratz divided the Fungidx into five subfamilies— /’%seudoastracine,
Pseudoagaricine, Agaricine, Fungine, and Meruline. The Pseudo-
astrueine were divided into the Regulares and [rregulares. The fol-
lowing is the classification that he proposed:
> Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., X VII, pp. 137-162, pls. v, v1; pp. 802-319,
jl xag0
374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
I. Subfamily Pseudoastraeine: **Corallum simple or compound.
Septal apparatus trabecular, porous. Calices in the compound forms
confluent, not separated by walls or by true coenenchyma, but united
by radial septo-costee. Pseudosynapticula, or true synapticula, pres-
ent alongside dissepiments.”
la. Pseudoastreine Regulares (= Thamnastrexine Zittel + Cycloli-
tine Verrill): ‘*Trabeculee composed of regularly (symmetrically)
grouped calcareous nodules, which are in contact at quite regular
intervals, thus forming more or less uniformly distributed rows of
pores that run perpendicular to’ the septal margins. Faces of neigh-
boring septa united by pseudosynapticula and dissepiments. ”
The Pseudoastreine Regulares are divided into two groups:
|. Group: ‘‘With a pronounced tendency to form more or less
compact septa through subsequent deposition of sclerenchyma. Septa
not always and then only partially perforate.”
GENERA: CYCLOLITES, LEPTOPHYLLIA, THAMNASTRAFA, ETC.
2. Group: ‘‘ No tendency to fill the intertrabecular spaces through
subsequent deposition of sclerenchyma. Septa fine, and regularly
fenestrated.”
GENERA: TROCHARAEA, MICROSOLENA, ETC.
Ib. Pseudoastreeine Irrequlares: **Trabeculee composed of numer-
ous irregularly grouped calcareous nodules, which are irregularly
fused. ‘Therefore, the intertrabecular spaces (pores) are of very dis-
similar size and are irregular in arrangement. Septa united by both
true synapticula and dissepiments. The basal part of the septa is
often compact.”
GENERA: HAPLARAEA, COSCINARAEA, ETC.
HL. Subfamily Pseudoagaricine: ‘*Corallum compound, massive or
incrusting, never foliaceous or lobed. Septal apparatus compact.
Septa of neighboring calices confluent. Wall absent or rudimentary.
No ceenenchyma. Well-developed dissepiments and true synapticula
present.”
GENERA: ASTRAEOMORPHA, MESOMORPHA, ETC.
II. Subfamily Agaricine Verrill (Lophoserine Milne Edwards and
Haime): ‘*‘Corallum simple or compound, in the second instance;
always more or less foliaceous or lobed, never massive. Septa solid,
united by synapticula and sometimes by dissepiments. Common
[basal] wall not spinose.”
IV. Subfamily /ungine Milne Edwards and Haime: ‘‘Coralkam
simple or compound. Septa solid, united by synapticula, Common
[basal] wall spinose.”
No. 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS—VAUGHAN. 875
V. Subfamily Ierulininze Milne Edwards and Haime: ‘*Corallum
compound, foliaceous. Septa confluent, united by dissepiments.
Wall rudimentary. Common [basal] wall perforate.”
The principal value of the contribution of Pratz is that it showed
that valuable information could be obtained from a more detailed
study of the septal structure. The terms proposed by him are cum-
bersome, and they do not conform to modern nomenclatorial rules;
it is, therefore, inadvisable to use them at the present time.
The specimens that Pratz considered Thamnastraca have been shown
by Gregory not to be Thamnastraea at all (see p. 373). ZThamnastraea
Lesauvage (originally 7hamnasteria) belongs in Pratz’s ‘* Pseudoagari-
cine.” The distinction between the ‘* Pseudoagaricine” and * Agari-
cine” is probably not valid, as shown by a species of Agaricia, A.
crassa, recently described by Professor Verrill.“ The septa of the
Fungime are often, the smaller one normally, perforate.
Pratz laid much stress on whether synapticula are what he calls
true or false (‘‘ true,” where a calcification center joins opposed granu-
lations; ‘‘false,” where they fuse directly). Such a division of these
structures is of no systematic importance.’
Dunean, in his Revision of the Families and Genera of the Madre-
poraria, divided the Madreporaria Fungida into five families, as follows:
“*T. Family PLESIOFUNGID.
‘*This family unites more or less the Aporosa and Fungida.
‘*Fungida simple or colonial, with synapticula in the interseptal
loculi, besides endothecal dissepiments. Septa solid and imperforate,
occasionally irregularly perforate and trabeculate.”
“TI. Family FUNGID.
“(Subfamily Fungine (part), Epwarps and Harms, Hist. Nat. des Corall., ITI, 1860,
p. 4.)
‘**Simple or colonial forms, usually depressed, with the septa solid
or occasionally porous. Synapticula crossing the interseptal loculi
and uniting the septa without the presence of dissepimental endotheca.
Wall more or less synapticulate or special, perforated and echinulate.
Calices with radiating septa in the simple forms; with or without radi-
ating lamelle, along a central axial line, or scattered in the colonial
forms. Tentacles short, scattered, sometimes obsolete.
‘*This family stands very much by itself, and its genera are remark-
able for their calicular structures and developments.”
@Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., XI, 1902, p. 145, pl. xxx, fig. 6; pl. xxxiv, fig. 2.
6Von Koch, Das Skelett der Steinkorallen, Gegenbauer Festschrift, 1896, p. 260;
Vaughan, Eoc. and Lower Oligoc. Corals, Mon. U. 8. Geol. Sury., XX XIX, 1900,
pp. 47, 48.
376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
“TIT. Family LOPHOSERID Z.
‘(Subfamily Lophoserinew Epwarps and HaAtIME. )
‘*Fungide in which the wall is neither perforated nor echinulate.
Synapticula exist, but not endothecal dissepiments. Septal lamin
usually solid, but occasionally with ill- defined perforations, remote
from the bottom of the septa.
‘Very considerable changes have taken place in the old subfamily
of Milne-Edwards and Jules Haime, the Lophoserinze, owing to the
introduction of new genera and the elimination of old ones in conse-
quence of the necessity of founding the family Plesioporitidee.
‘“‘There are two suibfatnilies the GE ride simplices and Lopho-
seride aggregate.”
“TV. Family ANABACIADZE.
**Madreporaria Fungida simple or colonial. Septa trabeculate and
fenestrated. Synapticula small. Dissepiments absent. Wall indis-
tinct.”
“V. Family PLESIOPORITID.
‘*Fungida with trabeculate and regularly perforate septa. Synap-
ticula between the septal lamin in the interseptal loculi. Schleren-
chyma trabeculate. Dissepiments may or may not exist. Wall
existing or not, and imperforate. Epitheca may exist and be well
developed.”
M. Koby divided the Fungids described by him from the Jurassic of
Switzerland into two families, Thamnastréides and Microsolénides.@
He unfortunately used the wrong species, Thamnastrea arachnoides,
as the geno-type of Thamnastrea.
Frech, in his Korallen der juvavischen Triasprovinz,’ recognized
among his material two families of Fungids, 7hamnastreide, with two
subfamilies, Thamnastreine and Astreomorphine, and a new family,
Spongiomorphide. Frech was misled concerning the septal structure
of the real 7Thamnastrea.
Ogilvie, in her Systematic study of the Madreporarian types of
corals,° considered the Madreporaria Fungida of only family impor-
tance and recognized three subfamilies, namely, Hungine, Thamna-
streeine, and Lophoserine. Her Thamnastreine is based on Pratz’s
misconception of Thamnastrea.
A decided advance in the classification of the F ungida was made by
“Schweitz. Pal. Gesellsch., Abhand., X VI, 1889, pp. 568, 569.
> Paleeontographica, XX XVII, 1890, pp. 59-79.
cPhil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, ser. B, CLX XX VII, 1897, pp. 342-34
No. 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS—VAUGHAN. Sle
Gregory in his Jurassic corals of the Cutch.” One reason for this
advance of Gregory was, he carefully determined the type-species of
each genus and was thus able to give reliable generic diagnoses. He
proposed the following classification to cover the genera represented
by the Cutch Jurassic corals.
“@Order FUNGIDA.
‘**Madreporaria in which the walls and septa are perforate or imper-
forate. The septa consist of lamelle or of palissades of trabicule.
The septa are united by wbundant synapticule. Dissepiments unim-
portant or absent.
‘*Kamily THAMNASTRAEID, Koby, em.
‘*Simple or compound Fungida, with lamellar septa, which are solid
or perforated only along the upper or inner margins, owing to the
fusion of trabicular projections from the septa. Synapticule and
dissepmments both present.
**Subfamily 1: THAMNASTRAEINZ.
‘**In compound coralla the septa of adjoining corallites are confluent.
The corallites are not separated by collines or synapticular walls.
“Genera: Thamnastraea, LE SAuVAGE (not PRAtTz).
““Genera: Dimorphastraea, dD’ ORBIGNY.
““Genera: Centrastraea, D’ ORBIGNY.
“*Genera: Stibastraea, ETALLoN.
‘“Genera: Latomaeandra, Epwarps and Hatmr.
‘«Subfamily 2; COMOSERINZ.
‘* The corallites are surrounded by compact synapticular walls. The
corallites may be free laterally at their distal ends or united into long
series, externally bounded by collines.
““Genera: Archaeoseris, GREGORY.
““Genera: Comoseris, D’ORBIGNY.
‘*Family ETHMOTID, Gregory.
‘*Simple or colonial Fungida, in which the septa are lamellar; they
are cribriform but not trabicular.
““Genera: Protethmos, GREGORY.
“Genera: Metethmos, GREGORY.
“Genera: Frechia, GREGORY.
““Genera: Sematethmos, GREGORY.
““Genera: Kobya, GREGORY.
« Paleeontologia Indica, Ser. IX, Jurassic Fauna of Cutch, II, 1900, Part 2—The
Corals, pp. 29, 30.
378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
‘Family MICROSOLENIDA, Koby, em.
**Simple or colonial Fungida in which the septa are palissades of
more or less vertical, disconnected, regular or irregular trabiculee.
“Genera: Anabacia, Epwarps and Hater.
“Genera: Genabacia, Epwarps and HAIME.
“Genera: Trocharaea, ErALion.
‘‘Genera: Trochoplegma, GREGORY.
‘“‘Genera: Microsolena, LAMOUROUX.
“Genera: Tricycloseris, THOMES.
“Genera: Dimorpharaca, DE FROMENTIL.
‘“‘Genera: Thamnaraea, EraLion.”
BASIS OF THE CLASSIFICATION HERE PROPOSED.
Following the lines of the investigations of Pratz, Gregory, and
others, the larger divisions are based upon septal structure; that is,
whether the septa are solid or perforate; if perforate, whether they are
more pronouncedly laminar or trabecular in composition, and I have
also utilized in defining the families the character of the wall, whether
normally perforate, even if only slightly, or whether normally solid.
The genera are separated by columellar characters, the relative com-
pactness of the septa, the presence or absence of paliform processes,
costal characters (whether corresponding or alternating with the
septa), and the epitheca. The value of the epitheca in separating
genera has been severely attacked.“ Gregory says, ‘‘ There is no part
of a coral skeleton over which more time has been wasted than over
the epitheca.” From a study of large numbers of species belonging
to the same genus, I am inclined to believe that the so-called complete
epitheca is, in some instances at least, a generic character. There are
genera in which epitheca is normally absent, and others in which it
may exist in an imperfectly developed condition. Epitheca can not
be considered to possess the importance once attached to it, but I
believe that its supposed value as a classifactory character has not been
entirely disproved.
TENTATIVE CHARACTER OF THIS CLASSIFICATION.
I have distributed the genera, considered in this paper, among four
families, and have five headings for genera that are not referred to
families. This classification, which embodies nothing new, except
making a family, Wcrabacdide, is only an attempt, and should be sub-
jected to the most searching criticism to determine the validity of the
characters used in differentiating the families. The Leptophyllidz?
«Gregory, Jurassic Fauna of Cutch—the Corals, p. 11.
>The same as Gregory’s Lthmotide, which is abandoned, as it was not derived from
a genus name.
No. 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS— VAUGHAN. 379
is very doubtfully s separable from Gregory’s 5 Thomnustrae ide, though
they probably should be kept separate. The Mcrabactide have solid
septa and perforate walls. The Anabraciidex are characterized by hav-
ing a very pronounced and regular trabecular ne structure, but in
some genera the basal pores between the trabeculie are filled with stereo-
plasm, bringing this family and the ie Re very close together.
Before the synonymy of the proposed genera can be determined,
they must be accurately defined, and here I will repe: at that the generic
definitions must be based primarily upon a type species. After this has
been done the study of variation can be undertaken, in order to deter-
mine the value of characters supposed to be of generic importance.
The present paper, it is hoped, will aid in the undertaking and
sarrying out of the studies that must be done before we can understand
the Fungid corals.
CLASSIFICATION,
Family FUNGIIDA Dana (emend. Duncan).
1846. Fungide (part) Dana, Zooph. Wilkes Expl. Exped., 283.
1849. Fungine Mitxe Epwarps and Haimer, Comptes aa Acad. Sci., Paris,
MON 71
1884. Fungide Duncan, Jour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., XX VIII, p. 141.
Diagnosis of the family.—Corallum simple or colonial, depressed
or mitroid in form, septa of higher cycles perforate, those of the lower
cycles perforate or solid. Synapticula, but no dissepiments, present.
Wall usually perforate in young, free individuals; subsequently more
or less perforate or compact. No epitheca
The above diagnosis of the family probably should be supplemented
by the following: The embryo becomes attached and forms a tropho-
zooid,” which gives rise to buds (anthoblasts); these become detached,
dosti free individuals (anthocyathi). The anthocyathi may remain
simple (the genus /wagia), or by asexual reproduction become colonial.
The mode of formation of the ‘tanthocyathi” of Fungia has been
known for many years, Stutchbury first describing it in 1830.2 Bourne
has made the mode of reproduction of /wngia the subject of very
detailed investigations. It has been proven for nearly every known
species of the genus that the free disks are produced by buds becom-
ing detached from a parent stock (originally a trophozooid).
J. Stanley Gardiner, in his ‘*‘ Fungid corals” collected in the South
Pacific,’ published the extremely interesting observation concerning
Tlalomitra (1. trreqularis Gardiner), that ‘*the free corallum seems,
from my specimens (2), to have been formed in a somewhat similar
aG. ne. anna On the Post- Snir onic aoe Suamevine of Fungia, Sci. Trans. Row
Dublin Soce., V (2d ser.), 1893, p. 206.
> Trans. Linn. Soc. London, X VI, 1830, pp. 493-498.
¢ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1898, pp. 527-528.
330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
manner to that of the genus /ung/a—by the breaking off of disks
from an attached stock. At first there is one large central polyp with
radiating septa; then, as growth proceeds, a number of calicular fossze
appear around this. On becoming free the central polyp may perhaps
persist or, as in my specimens, may become indistinguishable from
the daughter polyps, the septa gradually losing their regular radiating
arrangement in the center of the colony.”
I have examined specimens of five of the compound genera of the
Fungide, hoping to gain more information concerning young stages,
and obtained the following results:
Halomitra philippinensis Studer, young. Shows a very distinct
scar of detachment.
Loopilus echinatus Dana. (Probably type specimen.) Shows avery
distinct scar of detachment. This genus is scarcely more than a //a/o-
mitra with very few calices, and these are near the central corallite.
Cryptabacia talpina (Lamarck). There is some suggestion of a
detachment scar, but the evidence is not positive.
Tlerpetolitha limax (Esper) and //. stricta Dana. Evidence for
detachment scar very vague.”
Lithactinia galeri forms (Dana) (one of Dana’s specimens). Found
no evidence of a detachment scar.
Sufficient evidence, of course, is not presented to warrant a conclu-
sion, but there is at least a suggestion that the free coralla of all of
these corals may originate in a manner similar to that of /ungia.
Genus FUNG LEA Tamarel:
1801. Fungia LAMARCK, Syst. Anim. sans Vert., p. 369.
Original generic diagnosis.—** Corallum stony, free, orbicular, or
hemispherical, or oblong, convex, and lamellate above, with a furrow
or depression in the center, concave and rough below.
**A single lamellate, subproliferous star. Lamelle dentate or spi-
nose laterally.”
Type species.—Fungia agariciformis Lamarck= Madr. agaricites
Linneeus.’? Lamarck originally referred six species to the genus,
namely:
1. Fungia agariciformis LAMARCK=Madrepora fungites LINN £vs.
2. Fungia scutaria LAMARcK, based on Seba, Mus., III, pl. cxn, figs. 28, 29, 30.
»
3. Fungia limacina LAMARCK = Madrepora pileus ELiis and SOLANDER, pl. XLY.
«Since the above was written, I have unpacked a box of Fungid corals from the
east coast of Africa, kindly sent to me for determination by Dr. Charles Gravier, of
the Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle, Paris. There is a good suite of Herpetolitha foliosa
Ehrenberg. The young specimens show as distinct a detachment scar as any species
of Fungia. Therefore the young of Herpetolitha is a trophozooid, and the adults
are formed by further growth of freed anthoblasts, or anthocyathi.
>See Déderlein, Senckenb. Naturforsch, Gesellseh, Abhandl., XX VII, 1902, pp.
36-156, pl. XxX-xxv.
No. 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS—VAUGHAN. 381
4. Fungia talpina Lamarck, based on Seba, Mus., III, pl. ext, fig. 6, and pl.
GX Ose.
5. Fungia patellaris LAMARCK= Madrepora patella ELLs and SoLaNpDER, pl. XXvIu,
figs. 1-4.
6. Fungia pileus LAmMARcCK=Mitra polonica Rumpuivus, Herb. Amb., VI, pl.
LXXXVII1, fig. 3.
Lamarck confused in his /wngia, corals that are now considered to
represent four different genera.
Fungia limacina Lamarck, now= erpetolitha limax (Esper) Esch-
scholtz, 1825.
Fungia pileus Lamarck, now = Halomitra pileus (Pallas) Dana, 1846.
Fungia talpina Lamarck, now = Cryptabacia talpina (Lamarck)
Milne Edwards and Haime, 1849.
This leaves in /ungia proper, 1. agariciformis Lamarck (= fung7-
tes Linneeus), /. scutaria Lamarck and /” patella (Ellis and Solander).
Leuckart in 1841% cites Hungia agariciformis Lamarck as ‘* Ty pus,”
fixing the type.
Milne Edwards and Haime in 1849? cite under Pungia, FE. agari-
ciformis and patellarts Lamarck. In 1850, in their Monograph of
the British Fossil Corals,¢ Fungia patellaris Lamarck is definitely
given as the type-species. /” patellaris Lamarck (Madr. patella Ellis
and Solander) can not be the type-species, as /. agariciformis Lamarck
had already been so designated. In the third volume of the Histoire
naturelle des Coralliaires, pages 6, 7, Milne Edwards accepts the
latter species as the type, using for it the Linnean name Madrepora
Fungites.
Remarks.—Prof. Ludwig Déderlein has published an elaborate
monograph, Die Korallengattung Fungia,’ in which the various skeletal
parts of the genus are described in much detail. A bibliography is
also given. <A discussion of the genus will not be attempted here, as
the work of Professor Déderlein can be consulted.
Fungia has several synonyms, which are as follows:°
CyciosEris Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes rend. Acad., Paris,
X XIX, 1849, p. 72. :
The genus was placed by its author in their ‘* Lophoserine,” which
was characterized by having ‘‘the plateau without epitheca or echinu-
lations, and with imperforate tissues.”
Original generic diagnosis.—**Corallum simple, free. Septa very
numerous, uniting by their inner margins.”
Type species.—Fungia cyclolites Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans
@Obsery. Zoolog. de Zooph. Corall., spec. de Gen. Fungia, p. 42, pl. 1v, figs. 1-4.
5 Comptes rend. Acad. Paris, X XIX, 1849, p. 72.
¢ Introduction, p. xlvi.
@Senckenberg. naturfor. Gesellsch., Abhandl., X VII, Pt. I, 1902, pp. i-iii, 1-162,
pls. L-xxv.
“All of these excepting Actinoseris d’Orbigny are discussed by Déderlein, in his
Die Korallengattung Fungia. For further discussion consult that work.
Proce, N. M. vol. xxviii—04
25
382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Vertabres, vic p- 236: Daderlein, Kor allengat. Fungia, | pp: 77-19 phi IV,
figs. 7-9, pl. v, figs 5, 5a.
Distribution.—Recent, China Seas and Philippines eastward to the
mid-Pacific.
Actrnoseris d’Orbigny, Note sur des Polyp. foss., p. 12, 1849.
Original generic diagnosis. —‘* It is a circular Cycloseris, whose col-
umella is central, round, and not in an elongated furrow.”
Type species.— A, cenomanensis VOrbigny, Note sur des Poly p. foss.,
nom. nud.; Prod. de paléontol., II, p. 180; Milne Edwards and Haime,
Hist. nat. Corall., LI, p. 53.
Distribution. —* Groupe de la craie tuffeau, Le Mans.’
Milne Edwards® refers Act/noseris cenomanensis to the genus Cyclo-
seris, making V@Orbigny’s Actinoser’s a synonym of their C selene 18.
The septal structure of @Orbigny’s genus should be investigated. It
may be well to reinvestigate the Tertiary and Cretaceous species of
Cycloseris, they may not be congenerte with Fungia (Cycloseris) ceyclo-
lites Lamarck. It is of especial importance to determine whether the
free disks of these corals placed in Cycloser/s originate as anthocyath?,
as in Iungia.
DiasErts Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes rend. Acad., Paris,
X XIX, 1849, p. 72
This genus was al iced by its nore in their ‘* Lophoserine,” char-
acterized by having ‘tthe plateau without epitheca and echinulations,
and with imperforate tissues.”
Original generic diagnosis.—** Differs from the preceding [ Cycloseris|
in that, when young, it is composed of separate parts that unite later.”
Type species.—Fungia distorta Michelin, Mag. de Zool., 2d ser., V
Année, Zooph., pl. v; Déderlein, Korallengat. Fungia, pp. 74-77, pls.
I, V, figs. 3, 3a.
Distribution. Philippines.
Remarks.—Dunean in his *‘ Revision of the Genera and Families of
the Madreporaria””’ places Ecmesus Philippi’ and //lemicyathus Seg-
uenza” in the synonymy of lasers. emesus is a doubtful coral, but
probably is an imperfect specimen of a Trochocyathoid species. The
LHemicyathus of Seguenza certainly belongs in that group.
Prievuractis Verrill, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., I, 1864, p. 52.
Type species.—Fungia scutaria Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans
Vert., II, p. 236; Déderlein, Korallengat. Fungia, pp. 91-97, pl. vin,
fies. 1-6.
A type species was designated, but no description was published.
The genus was intended to embrace more or less elongate, flat, /“w-
gie, without tentacular lobes on the septa.
@ Hist. nat. Corall., III, p. 53.
> Jour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., X VIII, 1884, p. 150.
¢ Neues Jahrb. fiir Mineral., Jahrg. 1841, p. 665, pl. x1 B, ee ifaSes
4 Corallarii fossili del. rocce terz. del ee Messina, 1864, Pt. 2, p. 67.
No.1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORAIS— VAUGHAN. 383
LoBactTIs preamil Bull. Mus. Comp. Look, l, 1864, paow:
Type species. —Fungia dentigera Leuckart, De Zooph. Corall. et spec.
Gen. Fungia, pp. 48-49, pl. m1, figs. 1, 2, ef. Déderlein, Korallengat.
Fungia, pp. 91-97.
There was no original description; only a type species was cited.
This group is composed of somewhat elongate, flat species, in which
the tentacular lobes of the septa are greatly developed.
‘TENACTIS, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., I, 1864, p. 51.
Type species. epora echinata Pallas, Elench. Zooph., p. 284:
Fungia echinata, Déderlein, Korallengat. Fungia, pp. 101-105, pl. x,
fies. 1-5.
No diagnosis of the genus was published. It was established for
the very large, elongate, Mwngix, the largest known, in which the
septal margins are strongly dentate, the dentations resembling, as the
name implies, the teeth of a comb.
Haiciossa (part) Ehrenberg, Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, Abhandl.,
1832, p. 274, 1834.
Original generic diagnosis.—|Fungids| compound (polystomatous),
base expanded, stoloniferous, extended in two directly opposite direc-
tions (its oblong form recalling a tongue= Manicine libere).
i this genus he refers five species:
1. Madrepora echinata Pallas.
2. Bungialimacina Lamarck= Madrepora pileus Ellis and Solander.
3. Haliglossa interrupta Ehrenberg= Madrepora pileus of Linneus
and Pallas= ungus pileus oblongus, Seba, 11, pl. ext, fig. 5.
4. Haliglossa foliosa Ehrenberg= Madrepora pileus Linneus and
Pallas; Seba, III, pl. cx1, fig. 3.
5. Haliglossa stellaris Khrenberg= Madrepora pileus var. Esper,
[1 B.c.4 007
No. 1 was considered by Leuckart to be wrongly identified, and was
named /ungia ehrenbergi by him.“ Professor Déderlein, in his Die
Korallengattung Fungia,’? places Leuckart ungia ehrenbergi in the
synonymy of Hungia echinata (Pallas). Milne Edwards and Haime
refer the four others’ to the synonymy of /lerpetolitha limax (Esper)
Eschscholtz, 1825.
Therefore the genus //a/iglossa contained two genera, one part of
which belongs to Fungia Lamarck, 1801, the other to /erpetolitha
Eschscholtz, 1825,¢ Pas eu neeg ten must lapse.
aDe Zooph. corrall. et gen. Fungia, 1841, p. 52 74, 1s dare
bSenckenberg. Naturfor. Gesellsch.., Abhandl , XOXGVAT, 19025 yp. 101.
¢ Am. Sci. nat., 3d ser., Zool., XV, p. 94.
@ Eschscholtz’s Herpetolitha (Isis, XVI, 1825, p. 746), originally contained two
species, Fungialimacina and Pungia talpa, of Lamarck. Milne Edwards and Haime,
in 1849 (Comptes Rend., X XIX, p. 71), restricted Herpetolitha to the first mentioned
species (citing Madrepora pileus Ellis and Solander, pl. xtv) and proposed the genus
Cryptabacia for the second.
384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Family AGARICIIDA# Verrill.
1849. Lophoserine MitNe Epwarps and Haimp, Comptes rena, Acad. Sci., Paris,
XXIX, p. 72.
1865. Lophoseride VeERRILL, Proc. Essex Inst., IV, p. 146.
1870. Agaricide Verriwu, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., I, p. 542.
1884. Lophoseride Duncan, Jour. Linn. Soc., Zool., London, X VIII, p. 146.
Diagnosis of family.—Simple or colonial Fungids, with solid septa@
and solid walls. Synapticula present; dissepiments present or absent.
Three genera are placed in this family, Zvrochoseris M. Edwards
and Haime, //eeoser/s Duncan and Bathyactis Moseley. Hungiacya-
thus, though probably not a Fungid, is given here, because Moseley
thought that it might be closely related to Bathyactis.
TABLE OF DIFFERENTIAL CHARACTERS OF THE GENERA.
I. Corallum trochoid or turbinate, pedicellate.
Columella papillary, no epitheca.
1. Trochoseris Milne Edwards and Haime.
Columella rudimentary, complete epitheca -.....----- 2. Palxoseris Duncan.
Il. Corallum discoid, free, not attached in the young stages.
Columella variable in development, no epitheca.
Septa in deltas, distant, wall thin. ..........-...3. Bathyactis Moseley.
[Columella none, no epitheca.
Septalvends notunitineye.222) 22 6eeeeeee aaa 4. Fungiacyathus Sars].?
1. Genus TROCHOSERIS Milne Edwards and Haime.
1849. Trochoseris, MitNe Epwarps and Haime, Comptes rend. Acad., Paris,
SXIX, p.. 72. |
Genus placed by its authors in their ‘* Lophoserinx,” which have the
plateau without epitheca and echinulations, and have nonperforate
tissues.
Original generic diagnosis.—Simple species, trochoid and fixed.
Type species.—Anthophyllum distortum Michelin, Iconog. Zoophy-
tol., p. 149, pl. xin, figs. 8a, 8b.
Remarks.—Vhe description published by Milne Edwards and Haime
in their Recherches sur les Polypiers®’ is practically the same as the
one in the Histoire naturelle des Coralliaires.” The salient characters
are well covered in both. The following is the description given in
the second work: **’The corallum is simple, trochoid or cylindrical and
attached. The wall is naked and shows throughout its height tine
costal strike. Columella papillary. Septa very numerous and laterally
strongly granulate.”
“1 think that the young septa in some species of Agaricia may occasionally be per-
forated.
’The reason for inserting this genus here will appear under the description of
Bathyactis. Moseley thought that they might be the same. I do not see how it is
possible, and think that Mungiacyathus is one of the Turbinolid corals.
¢ Ann. Sci. nat., 3d ser., Zool., XV, 1851, p. 118.
4 Vol. ILI, p. 57.
No. 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS—VAUGHAN. 385
2. Genus PALAOSERIS Dunean.
1870. Palxoseris DuNcAN, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., London, XX VI, p. 301.
Genus referred to the Lophoserine.
Original generic diagnosis.—** The corallum is simple, turbinate, and
pedicellate. The septa are numerous. The epitheca is complete and
dense, covering the costee. The columella is rudimentary.”
Type species.— Trochoseris woodsi Duncan, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
3d ser., XIV, p. 164, pl. vi, figs. 2a-2c, 1864. Also Quart. Jour.
Geol. Soc., London, X XVI, p. 301, pl. xx, figs. Ta, Tb.
Locality and geologic horizon.—Tertiary, Muddy Creek, South
Australia.
Remarks.—Dunean does not describe in detail the structure of the
septa or the wall. The original figures of Zrochoser/s woods: indicate
that both the septa and the wall are imperforate. Therefore this genus
apparently is an epithecate Zrochoseris with a reduced columella.
Dunean, in his Revision of the Families and Genera of the Madre-
poraria,“ makes Pa/xoser/s a subgenus of Turbinoseris Duncan.
3. Genus BATHYACTIS Moseley.
1881. Bathyactis MosELny, Deep Sea Corals, Challenger Reports, p. 185.
Genus referred to the Lophoserine.
Original generic diagnosis.—** Corallum free, discoid, not attached
or cup-shaped in the young condition, thin and fragile; primary septa
free, the others united so as to form six deltoid combinations; upper
margins of the septa usually coalescent over the apices of the deltas.
Septa deeply toothed; synapticule sometimes abundant, sometimes few,
arranged in a series of concentric circles. Columella well developed.”
Type species.—Fungia symmetrica Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Il.
Cat., No. IV, p. 46, pl. vu, figs. 5, 6; Moseley, Deep See Corals,
Challenger Reports, p. 185.
Distribution.—Recent, almost universal in deep water.
Moseley remarks: ‘*I am not sure whether Fung/acyathus fragilis
of Prof. M. Sars? will not prove identical with Bathyactis sym-
metrica. If so, the name /ungiacyathus will take priority. /ungia-
cyathus fragilis agrees with Bathyactis symmetrica in all respects
excepting that it has no synapticule. In some of the Challenger
specimens there are very few synapticulz indeed, but in none are these
structures entirely absent. I therefore hesitate to place the two forms
together at present. There can be little doubt that they are closely
allied, and what little I have seen of the soft parts of Bathyactis sym-
metrica goes to confirm such an opinion.”
@Jour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., X VII, 1884, p. 148.
’Onsome remarkable forms of animal life from the great depths off the Norwegian
Coast, I, p. 58, pl. v, figs. 24-32, Christiania, 1872.
886 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
4. Genus FUNGIACYATHUS M. Sars.
1872. Fungiacyathus M. Sars, Remarkable forms of animal life from great depths
Giac! ) =
off the Norwegian coast, Pt. I, p. 60, pl. v, figs. 24-32.
Original generic diagnosis.—Corallum simple, free, without any
sign of attachment, discoid, base horizontal, flat, beneath radially
finely costate, no wall (theca) strictly speaking.” Calice subcircular,
upper margin conyex (septa tall), crispate. No columella, no pali.
Septa numerous, 6 systems, forming 6-8 orders, primaries and secon-
daries much elevated, arched, transversely finely folded, upper mar-
gin faintly undulate, extending to the center, there irregularly lobed
and flexed, throughout their length extremely thin, prominent above
the outer margin of the calice. Calicular fossa rather large and uni-
formly depressed.
Type species.—Fungiacyathus fragilis M. Sars, Remarkable forms
of animal life, ete., p. 58, pl. v, figs. 24-32.
Distribution.—Deep water, off the Norwegian coast.
Remarks.—Moseley (see p. 385) has raised a doubt regarding the sys-
tematic affinities of this coral, suggesting that it may be the same as
his Bathyactis. Judging from the very careful description of G. O.
Sars?’ I am inclined to believe it a Turbinolid, and not a Fungid.
MICRABACIID/, new family.
Diagnosis of fumily.—Simple fungids with solid septa and perfo-
rate wall.
Five genera are referred to this family: J&crabacta Milne Edwards
and Haime, Diafungia Dunean, Microsmilia Koby, Podoseris Duncan,
and Antilloseris, new genus.
TABLE OF DIFFERENTIAL CHARACTERS OF THE GENERA.
I. Costze corresponding to intercostal spaces:
Corallum circular, lenticular, broader than high.
1. Micrabacia Milne Edwards and Haime.
Corallum with triangular piece extending to the center.
2. Diafungia Duncan.
II. Cost corresponding to the septa:
Columella strongly developed, corallum with narrow base, mural pores reg-
Wlar-epithecaithin’= si 254228 se. eee ee 3. Microsmilia Koby.
Columella small, base variable, mural pores irregular, epitheca present, vari-
ables.dissepiments/present 2.-- =. eee ee eee eee eee 4. Podoseris Duncan.
Columella, s.s., absent, mural pores irregular, epitheca absent, dissepiments
F OFS( 8) OU eas ace a a Re ee SA cs i Bs 5. Antilloseris Vaughan.
«This must not be taken literally. There is a wall, but it is horizontal.—T. W. V.
b Remarkable forms of animal life, ete., pp. 58-60.
sl
No. 101. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS—VAUGHAN.
387
1. Genus MICRABACIA Milne Edwards and Haime.
1849. Micrabacia, Minne Epwarps and Haimr, Comptes rend. Acad., Paris,
RENIN, 7.
Genus placed by Milne Edwards and Haime in their /ungine,
defined as having ‘‘the plateau without epitheca, usually strongly
echinulate, tissues perforate.”
Original generic diagnosis.—‘** Septa moderately numerous and
straight. Wall scarcely echinulate, costz alternating with the septa.”
Type species.— Fungia coronula Goldtuss, Petref. German., 1, p. 50,
pl. xiv, fig. 10; MMcrabacia coronula, Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat.
Corall., ITI, p. 29.
Distribution.—Cretaceous, Craie tuffeau, Europe.
Remarks.—Milne Edwards and Haime, in their Recherches sur les
Polypiers,“ elaborated their characterization of this genus, and Milne
Edwards gave additional detail in the third volume of the Histoire
Naturelle des Corallaires (p. 29). Duncan, in his Revision of the
Families and Genera of the Madreporaria,’ gives a still fuller
description, which I have verified by a study of the type species. It
is as follows: ‘*Corallum simple, free, lenticular, broader than high,
convex above, slightly concave at the base, which has a circular out-
line. Calice with a small shallow axial depression, filled by a false
columella, from which the principal septa radiate, being joined with
those of the higher orders toward the circumference. Septa numer-
ous, solid, imperforate, arched above, with a perpendicular outer edge.
Cost distinct on the base, bifurcating at the edge, a process from two
coste forming a septum. Intercostal spaces continuous with the line
of direction of the septa, crossed by synapticula in concentric rows,
and perforate between the synapticula. Interseptal loculi crossed by
large and small synapticula, which radiate from the base in discontinu-
ous lines, bounding canalicular spaces continuous below with the inter-
costal openings, and above with the interseptal loculi high up. Coste
granular. Septa crenulate or minutely denticulate.”
2. Genus DIAFUNGIA Dunean.
1884. Diafungia Duncan, Jour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., X VII, p. 417.
Original generte diagnosis.—** Corallum discoid, free, without trace
of adhesion, not quite circular in outline, much broader than high.
Base with a triangular piece extending beyond the center, slightly
projecting downward, the rest of the coral grouping from its sides
and apex, so that there is an appearance of former fracture and subse-
quent mending. Calice unsymmetrical from the prolongation of the
larger septa of the primary piece beyond the center, and from the
aAnn. Sci. Nat., 3d ser., Zool., XV, 1851, p. 88.
bJour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., X VIII, 1884, p. 143.
388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
radiation of septa from the sides and apex of the primary piece to
the edge of the disc or the margin.
*Columella absent. Septa numerous, order confused; many join
others near to and remote from the margin. Larger septa exsert,
arched near the margin, from which they rise perpendicularly, and
low near the septa of the primary piece. Septa dentate and strongly
granular near their free edge, solid and stout.
“Coste broad, unequal, often bifurcating, variously directed. At
the margin each costa gives off a branch on either side to forma
septum with the corresponding offshoot of the next costa. Hence
the septa correspond with the intercostal spaces. Intercostal spaces
regularly furnished with equidistant synapticula, presenting a regu-
larly perforated appearance. Synapticula discontinuous, strongly
developed between the septa, some reaching high up in the interseptal
loculi. There is no true wall, the septa-costal structure being united
by synapticula alone.”
Type species.—Diafungia granulata Duncan, Jour. Linn. Soc. Lon-
don, Zool., xvi, pp. 418, 419, pl. xx.
Distribution.—Corean Sea, shallow water, recent.
3. Genus MICROSMILIA Koby.
1888. Microsmilia Kopy, Schweiz. paleeontol. Gesellsch., Abhand:, XV, p. 414.
Original generic diagnosis.—** Corallum small, simple, cylindrical,
conical or discoid, attached by a narrow base. Calice circular or
elliptical, superficial or more or less deep. Septa numerous, narrow,
dentate on their inner margins, finely granulated on their faces.
Columella strong, fasciculate. Wall well developed, membraniform,
folded, pierced by equal and equidistant perforations. No dissepi-
ments, but synapticula are present.”
Type species.— Anthophyllum erquelense Thurmann, Abram. Gagne-
bin,® p. 137, pl. u, fig. 23; Koby, Schweiz. paleeontol. Gesellsch.,
Abhand., XV, p. 415, pl. cxm, figs. 1-15. M. Koby places three
species in his Microsmilia, Anthophyllum erquelense Thurmann, Tur-
binolia delemontana Thurmann, and Microsmilia matheyt Koby, but
designates no type species. I have selected the first one, as it is quite
elaborately described.
Distribution.—Jurassic, Oxfordian, Switzerland.
Remarks.—In describing JM. erguelense (Thurmann), Koby gives
several other interesting characters. He says that the septa are not
perforate, that the wall is covered by a thin epitheca, and both
describes and figures quite a number of specimens attached by the
base to the inner side of a broken older corallum, reminding one very
much of the budding of Schizocyathus jissilis Pourtaleés.?
“1 have not examined this work. The reference is copied from Koby.
bMus. Comp. Zool. Cambridge, fll. Cat., VIII, Mem. IV, 1874, p. 36, pls. v1,
figs. 12, 13.
No. 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS— VAUGHAN.
5389
4. Genus PODOSERIS Dunean.
1869. Podoseris Duncan, Mon. Brit. foss. Cor., Sup., Pt. 2, No. 1, p. 25.
Genus. placed in the Lophoserine.
Original generic diagnosis.—** The corallum has a large concave
base, by which it is attached to foreign bodies. The epitheca begins
at the basal margin, and is stout and reaches the calicular margin.
The height of the corallum varies. The calice is generally smaller
than the base and is convex. The septa are numerous and unequal,
the largest reaching a rudimentary columella. The central fossula is
circular and small. The costv are seen when the epitheca is worn;
they are distinct, connected by synapticula, and are straight.
‘*The genus has been created to admit J/¢crabacie with adherent
bases and more or less of a peduncle.”
Type species.— Podoseris mammiliformis Duncan, Mon. Brit. foss.
Cor., Sup., Pt. 2, No. 1, p. 25, pl. rx, figs. 2-15; also Ann. and Mag.
Nat. Hist., 6th ser., IV, 1889, pp. 28-31, pl. v, fig. 9.
Duncan originally referred two species, P. mammiliformis and LP.
elongata, to the genus without designating either one as the type.
In his paper On the Cretaceous species of /odoser7s,” however, he
says, concerning the former: ‘* This species was the type of the genus
» * * .” It therefore must be considered the type.
Distribution.—Red Chalk, Hunstanton, England.
Remarks.—Dunean gives in the paper just quoted much more infor-
mation concerning the structural characters, and publishes the follow-
ing more detailed diagnosis of the genus:
‘*The corallum has a narrow or wide base of permanent attachment,
the height varies from very low, plano-convex to high; stem more or
less cylindrical. Calice more or less circular, with a small axial fossa
or projecting there; a columella formed by the septal ends, with or
without other structure, small; septa numerous, uniting much, stout,
or very slender, solid, largely granular at the free convex edge,
minutely acicular at the sides; cost as continuations of septa, in the
direct line, usually the most numerous. Synapticulse numerous,
oblique, continuous with septal nodules, interseptal loculi also with
recurved hook-like processes; a delicate arched dissepimental structure
scanty. Epitheca exists on the sides and at the periphery.
‘* Fossil: Red Chalk, Oolite, England.” ?
Duncan does not make a positive statement concerning the structure
of the wall except that in his original diagnosis he says the coste ‘* are
distinct, connected by synapticule.” Plate rx, fig. 3, of the original
figures, shows that the wall is perforate.
a Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser., IV, 1889, p. 28.
bIdem, p. 36.
390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
Tomes” places Duncan’s /%doseris in the genus Lhizangia, basing
his identification on specimens labeled LA/zangia sedgwickt Reuss,
from the Gosau, sent to him by W. Bélsche. As the type species of
Rhizangia is the Astrea brevissima Deshayes,’ the generic characters
must be based primarily upon that species. The Rhizangia sedqwick+
of Reuss may belong to /’doserés Duncan without affecting the
validity of Duncan’s genus. Tomes makes two observations that
deserve consideration, namely, that there is asexual reproduction by
gemmation from basal stolons in /’odoseris, and that dissepiments are
present. ‘Tomes’s figures (Plate xiv, figs. 7 and 8) do not look as if
there was budding from stolons, and Duncan, in his reply to the criti-
cism of Tomes,’ says: ‘* The form is not a social one, and never springs
from stolons like RAczangia.” Tomes has more recently reiterated
his identification of Podoser/s and Rhizangia,’ but has not adduced a
particle of evidence to show that they are the same.
I should like to call attention to Felix’s opinion on /?Adzangia
sedgwicki. He leaves it in the genus RAczangia in his Anthozoen
der Gosauschichten in den Ostalpen,’ referring the genus to the
Astrungiacee of M. Edwards and Haime. Most probably the speci-
mens of Tomes are wrongly identified, or he has misinterpreted them.
5. Genus ANTILLOSERIS, new genus.f
1873. Turbinoseris Duncan, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soe. London, X XIX, p. 558.
[? Turbinoseris Duncan, 1870. ]
1884. Turbinoseris (part) Duncan, Jour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., X VIII, p. 148.
1899. Turbinoseris VAUGHAN, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXXIV, p. 248.
Generic diagnosis.—Corallum simple, cuneiform, or depressed,
may be discoid, base narrow. No epitheca. Wall perforate, synap-
ticulate. Cost present as the distal terminations of the septa.
Septa solid, septal margins dentate (dentations rounded in the type
species), septal faces granulate. In cross section the granulations
are usually directed inward and hooked. Synapticula out of the
thecal ring rare; dissepiments appear to be entirely absent. Colu-
mella, strictly speaking, absent. When the more perfect calices are
viewed from above, a narrow furrow is seen to occur in the axis; a
thin section shows that lower down in the corallum the inner ends of
opposed longer septa fuse directly across the axis; lateral fusion of
the inner septal ends may, or may not, be complete in the axis.
a Geol. Mag., new ser. (Dec. III), H, 1885, p. 548.
>’ Comptes rend. Acad. Sci., Paris, X X VII, 1848, p. 496.
¢ Geog. Mag., new ser. (Dec. III), III, 1886, pp. 53, 54.
dTdem (Dec. IV), VI, 1899, p. 306.
é Paleeontographica, X LIX, 19038, p. 268.
/llustrations will be published in my forthcoming Tertiary Corals of North
America, Part II, U. 8. Geol. Sury. Mon., vol. —. (In preparation. )
No, 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS—VAUGHAN. a9
Type species.— Turbinoseris cocenica Duncan, Quart. Jour. Geol.
Soc. London, X XIX, p. 558, pl. xx1, fig. 12, 19a—12c.
Distribution.—Older Tertiaries of the Antilles.
Remarks.—Dunean referred the corals for which I am proposing
Antilloseris to his Turbinoseris,“ but it seems probable that 7Zurbino-
seris isasynonym of Leptophyllia Reuss. As will be pointed out later,
Turbinoseris has never been properly defined (see p. 410). Rather
than leave the West Indies species in the uncertain state in which they
have been for many years, I have erected a new genus for them.
Antilloseris is very closely related to Podoseris Duncan. The
former differ from the latter (1) by being devoid of epitheca, (2) by
the absence of dissepiments, (3) by the absence of a columella. /’odo-
seris appears to possess a small, but papillate columella.
Family LEPTOPHY LLUITD A, new name.
1900. Ethmotide Greaory, Jurassic Fauna of Cutch—The Corals, p. 30. (Syn-
onymy given by Gregory on p. 161.)
Diagnosis of the family.—Simple or colonial Fungids, in which
the septa are perforate lamelle; perforations exist principally near
the top or the inner ends of the septa, the pores below filled with
stereoplasm.
I have placed nine of the described genera in this family, namely:
Gyroseris Reuss, Leptophyllia Reuss, Haplarexa Milaschewitz, Proteth-
mos Gregory, Metethmos Gregory, Frechia Gregory, Placoseris de
Fromentel, Lithoseris Koby and Procyclolites Frech. I have appended
under the heading ‘‘Septa as in Leptophylliide,; condition of wall
unknown,” Myriophyllia Volz, Omphalophyllia Laube and Craspe-
dophyllia, subgenus, Volz.
I think it very probable that the number of these genera will be
considerably reduced.
TABLE OF DIFFERENTIAL CHARACTERS OF THE GENERA,
Wall solid:
iN orcolumella, thick epitheca= 23-522. 22s2-22-.2222 1. Gyroseris Reuss.
Wall perforate:
2. Leptophyllia Reuss.
Septa perforateabove,
solid below, cl
SUDCRIUCLAl a= oe =e
Il. Columella Sen tee | 3 Pp iaiiea eee
absent or| Epithecaincom- vy 1d below, real . Procyclolites Krech.
rudimen-{ plete or thin- ea pare
Septa with large irreg-
ular pores, fusing
with synapticula to
form an irregular
mesh-work .....--
4. Haplarea Milasche-
witz.
“For a discussion, see p. 410 of this paper.
a |
392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL sR VOL. XXVIII.
Septa perforate 2 near 5 Pp }
». Prote s Gregory.@
axis and top ..---. f otethmos Gregory.
II. I scare Si Lae ae absent}|Septa largely gee]
6.
~
spongy,, or rudimen-, rate; no dissepi-+
parietal a tne ee Ments = see. Gaseee |
Dissepiments highly| - sian
oI any } 7. Physoseris Vaughan. ?
I'rechia Gregory.
developed ......--
IV. pera
s ‘ itheca com-/Septa little ¢ AC 5 iy
pongy, {Epitheca com pdepta little onto ae PUT Te)
pLomu-|, splete<-.-22-2 ( (‘‘peucompactes’’ ) J :
EMG =a
V. Columella) Epitheca mnie ee perforate sas
9
spongy,p or a axis and near sur- Metethmos Gregory.
|
papillary, ie tanyeeen ce ..' face, solid below- . -
VI. Columell:
cl
‘Septa apparently per- |10.
forate along upper
of com-]|Epitheca appar- Placoseris Ae Fro-
pressed{ entlyabsent- mentel.
3 CU Ce ea eee ee
fused tra- ,
beecula_.
1. Genus GYROSERIS Reuss.
1854. Gyroseris Reuss, Denkschrift. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Mat. Naturhist. Cl.,
Vidvips 126: ;
Genus referred to the Lophoserine of Milne Edwards and Haime.
Original generic diagnosis. —** Corallum free, simple, discoid or low-
conical. Septa numerous, united by synapticula. Papillary columella.
Wall low, conical, with thick, concentrically wavy epithee:
Lype species.—Gyroseris patellaris Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss.
Wien, Mat. Naturhist. Cl., VII, p. 126, pl. vit, figs. 12-15.
Remarks.—By neither Milne Edwards and Haime nor Dunean is
anything additional given regarding this genus. Felix, however,
in his Anthozoen der Gosauschichten in den Ostalpen,’ says: ‘*1
should like to remark in addition to the description of Reuss that
columella either is absent or remains rudimentary. Isolated dissepi-
ments, as well as synapticula, occur between the septa. The septa
originally are porous (* werden péros angelegt’), but appear to become
compact.”
This genus appears very closely related to Leptophyllia. If the
wall should be perforate the only means of differentiation is the thick,
Cone ously wavy epIunE Ca, a ge aracter of doub une on agnostic value,
“ It is possible that ie Ww all of Ne genus is solid. TH that case it would pelone
near Gyr oseris.
> This genus may have a papillary columella.
¢ Paleeontographica, X LIX, 1903, p. 226.
No. 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS—VAUGHAN. 393
2 Genus ak TOPE E TA Reuss.
1854. Leptophyllia Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Mat. Naturhist. Cl.
WAM jos OL
bd
Original generic diagnosis.—** Corallum simple, more or less coni-
cal or turbinate, attached by the base. No columella. Very numerous,
crowded, thin septa that fuse directly in the center, upper free mar-
gins furnished with very distinct, regular, pointed, short teeth. The
outer wall without epitheca, ribs distinct and covered with strong,
pointed, grain-like teeth.
‘Is separated from the very nearly related genus Montlivaltia by
the absence of epitheca, from Zrochosmilia by the dentation of the free
margins of the septa.”
Type species.—Leptophyllia clavata Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss.
Wien, Mat. Naturhist. Cl., VII, p. 101, pl. v1, figs. 3-6.
Distribution.—Cretaceous, Senonian, Gosau, Austria.
Pratz, in his Ueber die verwandschaftlichen Beziehungen einiger
Korallengattungen mit hauptsiichlicher Berucksichtigung ihrer Sep-
talstructur,” made a careful study of the septal structure of Lepto-
phyllia clavata, and showed that the septa of that species are composed
of trabecule which stand more or less perpendicular to the septal
margin. The trabecule consist of rows of nodules (Knétchen), which
are regularly grouped, quite often spirally, as in Cyclol’tes. The
lateral granulations of neighboring trabecule often fuse and form
vertical rows of pores. In the bottom of the calice the pores are filled,
the rows of pores are mostly seen on the upper part of the septum,
while on the lower part they usually disappear. The wall is described
as dissepimental.”
Ogilvie, in her Korallen der Stramberger Schichten.° redefined the
genus and followed the data of Pratz in drawing up her definition.
Felix, in his Anthozoen der Gosauschichten in den Ostalpen,” merely
refers to Pratz’s work for an account of the microstructure of the
genus. He combines the Leptophyllia irregularis and L. clavata
Reuss, thus making the genus monotypic. Several other forms not
originally referred to Leptophyllia are also placed in the synonymy of
L.. clawata.
« Paleeontographica, X XIX, 1882, pp. 90-92.
» Gregory, in his Jurassic Corals of Cutch, p. 162, makes a statement that is difficult
to understand. In discussing the affinities of his Ethmotidx, he says: ‘‘They form the
chief part of the alliance Leptophyllioida of Duncan. But uncertainty as to the struc-
ture of true Leptophyllia of Reuss renders it inadvisable to take that genus as the type
of the group.’’ I do not see how the description of Pratz, based on one of Reuss’s
original species, could have been overlooked. There is scarcely any coral whose
septal structure is more thoroughly known than that of Leptophyllia.
¢ Paleeontographica, Sup. I], VII Abtheil., 1897, p. 218.
dTdem, XLIX, 1903, pp. 200-202.
394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. Vou. XXVIII.
The following is Ogilvie’s recharacterization of Leptophyllia : “
**Corallum simple, conical, or cylindro-conical, with superficial
calice. Septa numerous, thin, margins regularly toothed, on the faces
rows of granulations that run perpendicular to the septal margin and
form pseudo-synapticula. Septa not always, and then only partially,
perforate. Dissepiments thin, numerous, vesicular, thicker toward
the periphery and with the septa forming a pseudotheca. Costal ends
of the septa finely toothed. Thin epitheca present.”
As full a discussion of the relations of Leptophyllia and Turbinoseris
as is at present possible is given on pp. 410-412.
3. Genus PROCYCLOLITES Frech.
1890. Procyclolites Frecu, Paleeontographica, XX NVII, p. 64.
Original generic diagnosis.—** Simple, more rarely composed of two
fused individuals. Calice deep. Inner structure partly similar to
Cyclolites. However, the septa rather quickly become solid lamellee,
the number of pores that remain open is small and they are confined
to the youngest parts of the septa (fig. LL A). On the faces of the
septa are horizontal, elongate dissepiments, but they almost never
unite with those of the neighboring septa. True synapticulaare rare.
Dissepiments fine and numerous. ”
Type species. —Procyclolites. triadicus Frech, Paleontographica,
XXXVII, p. 64, pl. xvii (all figs. except 17), text fig., p. 65.
Distribution.—Triassic, Fischerwiese, Gosau, etc., Austria.
Remarks.—Frech says that ‘‘The external differences (the deep
calice) are scarcely sufficient to separate the genus from Cyclolites,
especially as Cyclolites undulata possesses much external resemblance.
However, the presence of synapticula alongside of dissepiments, also
the relative rarity of septal pores, constitute sufficient differences.
Procyclolites probably represents, as its name indicates, a predecessor
of Cyclolites. There is no nearer relationship to //aplarea Milas-
chewitz (Upper Jurassic) (with which )/p/larea belongs), as the septa
of the Jurassic corals are distinctly porous. The septal structure of
Leptophyllia’® shows only a remote resemblance. In it the septal
spines originate separately, and are covered with numerous, regularly
arranged nodules.”
Frech published no observation on the wall, columella, or epitheca.
However, information on these structures can be obtained from his
figures. The distal ends of the septa are represented as free—they
probably are united by synapticula. Fig. 7 represents a specimen,
‘‘wohlerhaltene Aussenseite mit Theka.” Apparently there is an
incomplete epitheca. Fig. 5, a section across the axis of a specimen,
shows no vestige of a columella, nor does fig. 4 show any.
>
aPaleontographica, Sup. II, VII Abtheil., 1897, p. 218.
bIdem, X XIX, pl. x1v, fig. 9.
No. 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS—VAUGHAN. 395
4. Genus HAPLARAA Milaschewvitz.
1876. Haplarea Mivascnewirz, Paleontographica, X XI, p. 228.
Original generic diagnosis.—** Corallum simple, cylindrical, attached
to the object of support by a broad surface, outside covered by ¢
smooth, wavy epitheca. The septa are rather strongly developed,
with large pores scattered without order. The younger septa unite
with the older, and all the septa are united by numerous and well-
developed synapticula. Columella absent.”
Type species.—Haplarxa elegans Milaschewitz, Paleeontographica,
XXI, p. 229, pl. Li, figs. 2, 2a, 2b.
Distribution.—Jurassic, Nattheimer Schichten, Germany.
Remarks.—Pratz“% describes a coral, that he refers to /aplarea,
from the Cretaceous of St. Gilgen, on Wolfgangsee. Unfortunately
this coral can not be used in defining the genus /Haplarea.
Ogilvie in her Korallen der Stramberger Schichten, pages 250,
251, apparently bases her remarks on //aplarea on the work of
Pratz, a procedure that is unfortunate, but her redefinition of the
genus (p. 261) does not differ specially from the original definition of
Milaschewitz.
Ogilviesredefinition.—*Corallum simple, cylindrical. Septa numer-
ous, very perforate, irregularly curved, and abundantly fusing by their
sides. Septa often resolved into short, thick trabecule, and forming
with the synapticula an irregular, perforate mess work. Pseudosyn-
apticula not numerous. Dissepiments numerous and vesicular. Colu-
mella not recognizable. No true wall present, only a pseudothecal
thickening of the septal and interseptal skeletal parts near the outer
wall. Epitheca thin, wrinkled, reaching to the calicular margin.”
Milaschewitz referred //aplarea to the Poritide; Zittel? placed it
with Calostylis in the Hupsammide. Odgilvie followed Zittel. Greg-
ory’ places it in his Athmotide.
5. Genus PROTETHMOS Gregory.4@
1900. Protethmos, Gregory, Jurassic Fauna of Cutch, The Corals, p. 162.
Original generic diagnosis.—‘* Ethmotide in which the corallum is
simple and short; conical, turbinate, or pedunculate. Septa perforate
near the axis and near the top; granulate laterally, and coarsely den-
ticulate above; rather stout, numerous, and usually straight. Synap-
ticule, scarce. Columella, parietal, spongy; well developed. Calice
shallow or of medium depth.”
Type species.—Protethmos oldhami Gregory, Jurassic Fauna of
Cutch, The Corals, p. 164, pl. xvi, figs. 10-13.
« Verwandscaittliche Beziehungen einiger Korallengattungen, pp. 102, 105.
>Handb. Palaontologie, I, 1880, p. 242.
¢ Jurassic Corals of Cutch, p. 162.
“Tf the wall of this genus is imperforate it should be placed near Gyrosesis.
396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Distribution.—Jurassic of India.
Remarks.—Gregory gives a lengthy discussion of the affinities of
Protethmos.© \t is separated from Lpistreptophyllum Milaschewitz,
Lithoseris Koby (probably a synonym of the former) and 7urbinoseris
Duncan by these genera probably having imperforate septa. I have
pointed out in the present paper that none of them is adequately
described. odoseris Duncan is said positively to have imperforate
septa.
Gregory does not describe the wall, nor does he state whether epi-
theca is present or absent. Figs. 10c and 12c (Plate xvii) show a
thick, imperforate wall—such is at least the condition below the upper
edge of the calice. Epitheca appears from the figures to be absent or
only vestigial.
6. Genus FRECHIA Gregory.
1900. Frechia Grecory, Jurassic Fauna of Cutch, The Corals, p. 167.
Original generic diagnosis.—** Lthmotide, with a small, simple cor-
allum, which is free or pedunculate, trochoid, ‘or cylindrical. Calice
variable in depth; generally fairly deep. Septa largely perforate;
synapticule scarce; no dissepiments. Columella parietal, but well-
developed.”
Type species.—Frechia cornutiformis Gregory, Jurassic Fauna of
Cutch, p. 168, pl. xxi, figs. 1-3.
Remarks.—This genus is separated from Protethmos Gregory by its
more abundantly perforated septa, and from Leptophyllia Reuss by
its possessing a well-developed parietal columella.
Gregory in his generic diagnosis gives no information on the char-
acter of the wall, nor as to the presence or absence of dissepiments
and epitheca. However, in the description of the type species, /” cor-
nutiformis, he says, *‘near the margin of the coral the septa may be
united by secondary thickening into an apparent wall.” This would
indicate an abundantly perforate wall. Judging from Plate xx1, fig.
3b, near the base the septa are distally much thickened, forming a
thick pseudotheca. Plate xx1, fig. 2, apparently shows dissepiments
alongside synapticula. If epitheca is present, it is only vestigial.
7. PHYSOSERIS, new genus. ?
1873. Trochosmilia Duncan, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., London, X XIX, p. 552,
pl. xrx, figs. 2, 2a, 3, (not Trochosmilia Milne Edwards and Haime).
Generic diagnos’s.—Corallum simple, subeylindrical or compressed.
Epitheca entirely absent or rudimentary. Wall composed of pseudo-
thecal thickenings of the septa, or of dissepiments; it is mostly dissepi-
“Jurassic Fauna of Cutch, The Corals, p. 163.
»Tilustrations will be published in my forthcoming Tertiary corals of North
America. Part IJ. U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon., vol. —. [In preparation. ]
No. 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS— VAUGHAN. 397
mental. In fact, the dissepiments are so arranged as to give the
appearance of an imperforate wall in many, if not most, cases. Coste
present, representing the peripheral ends of the septa; rather promi-
nent and distant, often with definite girdling exothecal rings, the dis-
sepiments in these rings extending to the costal ends. Between the
rings thinner dissepiments can often be seen. Septa irregularly per-
forate, the first and second cycles thicker and not so perforate as the
higher cycles, however they show distinct perforations; in three
polished sections I found about three thicker septa that seemed to be
imperforate. The septa of the higher cycles are thinner and more
perforate. There is no regularity in the perforations—they may
exist near the columella, in the median portion of a septum, or near
the peripheral (costal) end. A longitudinal section shows that the
trabeculz may be interrupted. The septal pores do not fill up near
the base, probably due to the highly developed dissepiments cutting
off the base of the corallum from the soft parts of the polyp. There
is a tendency, but not a very striking one, to form septal groups.
Synapticula scarce, present near the base, and probably also near the
inner ends of the septa. Dissepiments well developed, curving out-
ward, one set above another. In a cross section of a corallum they
show as several definite rings—usually three or four rings occur
hetween the columella and the peripheral or mural zone. Columella
distinctly developed, shows in transverse section as a number of axial
trabeculee, which may be more or less fused among one another, and
to the inner ends of the septa. Its upper surface is probably, though
not positively, papillate.
Type spectes..—Trochosmilia insignis Duncan (= 7. tnsignés Duncan
+7. arguta Duncan (not Reuss)), Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London,
KOEN. p. 052,. pla xine fies. 25 2a: also fig. 3.
Distribution.—Old Tertiaries of St. Bartholomew, West Indies.
Remarks.—How Dunean ever referred his Zrochosmilia insignis to
Trochosmilia passes comprehension. As Prof. A. G. Hégbom, of the
University of Upsala, has kindly loaned me Dunecan’s type, I have
been able to base a large portion of the above description on the type
specimen. Two thin sections, two polished transverse sections, and
one polished longitudinal section of other specimens were prepared.
Duncan’s type (which had been cut) shows nearly every character, given
in the preceding diagnosis, that can be seen on a transverse section.
His figure of the transverse section (Plate x1rx, fig. 2a) clearly indi-
cates perforate septa. The specimen identified by Dunean as 7. arqguta
Reuss is precisely the same thing. It also has perfectly distinct septal
perforations, and there are hints of columellar papill.
This genus, I think, is most closely related to /rech/a Gregory, but
can be immediately separated by its highly developed dissepiments.
The genus seems to be unusually distinct from any of those previously
described.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04 26
398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
S. Genus LIPRHO@SERiSFeoby-
1886. Lithoseris Kony, Schweiz. Paleeontol. Gesellsch., Abhand., XIII, p. 338.
Original generic diagnosis. —** Corallum simple, more or less ele-
rated and turbinate. Septa numerous, crowded, little compact (per
compactes), free margin divided into irregular granulations, septal
faces covered with irregular granulations. Columella spongy, prom-
inent. Epitheca complete. Pseudo-synapticula numerous. —Dissepi-
ments rare.”
Type species. — Lithoseris gracilis Koby, Schweiz. Paleontol. Ge-
sellsch., Abhand., XIII, p. 338, pl. xcrtr, figs. 832, 32a. M. Koby in
establishing this genus placed two species init, Z. gracilis and L.
compressa, both named by himself. He did not designate a type spe-
cies. I have therefore arbitrarily selected the first.
vassic, St. Ursanne, Switzerland.
Remarks. —M. Koby does not take up this genus in his Remarques
paléontologiques sur les Polypiers jurassiques de la Suisse.” The
structure of the walland septa is not adequately discussed. However,
from his placing it near Leptophyllia, one may be justified in thinking
that it differs from that genus by possessing a complete epitheca and
a well-developed, prominent columella.
Ogilvie, in her Korallen der Strambergerschichten,’ places L/tho-
servis in the synonymy of “/pistreptophyllum Milaschewitz.
The Nattheim specimens of /p/streptophyllum have not, I believe,
been sufficiently studied for us to know positively the characters of
that genus. Z/thoseris also needs further study. However, I will
say that an examination of the plates of Milaschewitz and Kone fur-
nishes support to Ogilvie’s view, but her conelusion can not be
accepted as proven. Gregory” makes observations on the relations
of Lithoseris and Epistreptophyllum of practically the same import as
what is said above.
9. Genus METETHMOS Gregory.
1900. Metethmos Grecory, Jurassic Fauna of Cutch, the Corals, p. 165.
Original generic diagnosis.—* Ethmotide in which the corallum is
simple, short, conical, and pedunculate. Calice shallow. Septa per-
forate near he axis and near the surface, but near the base the pores
are closed by stereoplasm. Septa fairly straight and crowded. Den-
tate. Synapticulee scarce. Columella well developed, papillary.”
Type species.—Metethmos blanfordi Gregory, Jurassic Fauna of
Cute os p. 165, pl. xvim1, figs 4-6, 8, 11.
aSe ne elz. an entol. Gesellsch., Abhand., X VI.
b Paleontogr., Sup., II, p. 255.
¢ Jurassic Fauna of Cutch, the Corals, p. 163.
No, 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS—VAUGHAN. 399
Remarks.—Gregory says Metethmos is most closely allied to Pro-
tethmos, differing from that genus by possessing a well-developed pa-
pillary, instead of a parietal columella. JM/crosmilia Koby differs in
having a regularly perforate wall.
The structure of the wall is not given, nor is anything said concern-
ing the epitheca. Fig. 64 (Plate xvi) indicates that below the bottom
of the calice the wall is compact; fig. 8) seems to show a few perfora-
tions. Epitheca, if not altogether absent, is only vestigial.
10. Genus PLACOSERIS de Fromentel.
1860. Placoseris de FRoMENTEL, Paléontol. frang., Crétacé, VIII, Pt. 24, p. 329.
Original generic diagnosis. —** Corallum attached by a wide base,
wall cylindrical. Coste granulated and well marked. Septa synap-
ticulate, numerous and unequal, columella elongate, composed of a
series of trabeculae fused together and laterally strongly spinose.”
Type species.—Placoseris patella de Fromentel, Paléontol. frang.,
Crétacé, VIII, p. 330, pl. xxx, fig. 4.
Distribution. —Cretaceous, Cenomanian, Saint Croix, France.
Remarks.—M. de Fromentel says nothing about the structure of the
wall or septa, nor does he make any statement regarding the epitheca.
According to his enlarged figure of the calice (Plate xirx, fig. 44), the
wall appears perforate in places; the septa seem to be interrupted
along the upper margins, strongly suggesting pores. Epitheca is not
indicated in the upright view of the corallum, fig. 4. However, the
type species needs to be carefully restudied.
SEPTA AS IN LEPTOPHYLLIIDH; CHARACTER OF WALL UNKNOWN.
Myriophyllia Volz.
Omphalophyllia Laube.
Subgenus Craspedophyllia Volz.
Genus) VO YRIOP Even elA Volz.
1896. Muriophyllia Vouz, Paleeontographica, XLII, p. 64.
**Corallum simple, with numerous
instances of transitions to compound or compact mode of growth.
The septa are extremely fine and numerous. They are composed of
distinctly differentiated trabeculx (Balken), are mostly compact, but
pores may be present. Especially characteristic are the long, jagged,
macroscopically scarcely visible septal granulations, with which the
septal faces are covered. Columella spongy. Synapticula numerous.
Endotheca, and usually also the pseudotheca, well developed. Cen-
tral fossa round or elongate, sunken.”
Original generic diagnosis.
400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
jo Spectes. — Myriophyita Mae Sic Paleontographica,
SLAW, p.. 1d, pl. ax, hie: OF text es.5 pp: iA iow
Volz places ee sas ies in) Myriophyllia, namely: Myriophyllia
badiotica Volz, new species, Omphalophyllia gracilis Lauhbe (= O. gra-
cilis+ OJ cyclolitiformis Laube), Myriophyllia miimsteri, new species,
Montlivaltia dichotoma Wiipstein and Myriophyllia mojsvari, new
species, without designating a type species.
Distribution.—Trias, Schichten von St. Cassian, South Tyrol.
Remarks. —According to Volz,’ the Omphalophyllia of Laube con-
tained two genera, both very closely related, but distinguishable
through differences in their columella. Some of the species origi-
nally placed in Omphalophyllia by Laube possess a compact columella;
these Volz retains in Omphalophyllia, Others possess a spongy and
often very scant (sehr spdarlich entwickelt) columella; for these he pro-
posed the name Jyriophyllia.
Volz does not describe the wall under the generic diagnosis, nor
does he make any remarks on the epitheca. Under the description of
the type species J/. badiotica, however, he says: ‘* The wall is very
thin, not thickened by stereoplasmic deposit. Externally it appears
solid. It is beset with coarse, often strongly projecting collarlike
processes, between which are fine wrinkles. The septa are visible
externally as longitudinal ribs.” Therefore, apparently the wall is
imperforate, and there is no epitheca.
Genus OMPHALOPHYLLIA Laube.
1865. Omphalophyllia LAausE, Denkschr. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, Mat. Naturhist.
Cl., XXIV, p. 251.
Original generic diagnosis: ** Corallum simple, attached; epithece
strong; columella prominent, styliform; septa numerous, slightly
unequal, dichotomous, curved, granulated, serrate; calice, subplane.”
(Translation of Latin diagnosis. )
**Corallum simple, attached, sometimes pedicellate; the columella
distinctly developed, styliform, forming a buttonlike projection in
the bottom of the calice. Septa numerous, slightly arched, serrate
on the sides, granulate on the upper margin [s7c, auf den Seiten
gesiigt, auf dem obern Rande gekérnt!],° straight or curved, anastom-
ing and radiating dichotomously or trichotomously from the calicular
fossa. Epitheca strongly developed, always ees ale reaching to the
aThis i is the same as the Montlivaltia? new species Loretz, Zeitsc one foe h. alsa
Gesellsch. 1875, p. 825, pl. xxu, fig. 9; the label of the original specimen bearing,
according to Volz, the name Montlivaltia badiotica Loretz. Apparently Loretz never
published the name, therefore the species must be credited to Volz.
» Paleeontographica, XLII, p. 63.
eT think Laube must have meant auf dem obern Rande gesigt, auf den Seiten
gekornt, 1. e., byt a printer’s error the words ‘‘ Seiten’’? and ‘‘ have been
transposed.
Rande’’
No. 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS—VAUGHAN. 401
margin of the calice. Calice shallow, discoid.” (Translation of Ger-
man diagnosis. )
Type species: Omphalophyllia boletiformis (Minster) = Montlivaltia
holetiformis Minster (Beitr. Geognos. und Petref. siidést. Tirols, PI.
u, fig. 9)¢= Omphalophyllia gracilis, e. p. Laube. (Synonymy after
Volz.)
Laube cites,’ Omphalophyllia gracilis Minster as the type. Volz,
in his Korallen der Schichten von St. Cassian,’ says that Laube
confused three different species under the name Omphalophyllia
gracilis. Laube gives, on Plate III of his work cited, three figures,
5, da, and 5b. In the explanation of the figures, he says: ‘* Fig. 5.
Omphalophyllia gracilis Minster from the side, « from above, 6 very
much enlarged cross section of a calice, diagrammatic.” According
to Volz:
(1) Fig. 5 = Omphalophyllia boletiformis Minster not Laube.
**(2) Fig. 5a = Craspedophyllia gracilis Laube.
(3) Fig. 5b = Wyriophyllia gracilis Laube. (The septa are repre-
sented as black. There is no columella.)”
From a study of Laube’s figures I believe that figs. 5 and 5a are two
views of the same specimen and that the ** black” in fig. 5b can not
represent the septa. If such were the case there would be no wall, no
columella, and the septa would be as perforate as in Anubracia. It is
my opinion that Laube’s figures all represent the same species. The
type-species of the genus is represented by Plate rm, figs. 5, 5a, 5b,
or, if Volz’s contention is true, by fig. 5.
Distribution.—Triassic, St. Cassian beds, southern Tyrol.
Remarks.—V olz, in his Korallen der Schichten von St. Cassian (p.
64), undertook to redefine Omphalophyllia. He, however, makes no
reference to a type-species. His diagnosis is as follows: ** Zhanmas-
tracide of simple (fungioid, discoid, conical, or cylindrical form) or
compound growth. The septa are composed of distinctly differenti-
ated trabecule; pores are rare. On the septal faces are more or less
distinctly horizontal rows of granulations, sometimes also compact
dissepiments. The columella firm and compact; more rarely are small
holes recognized in its structure. Synapticula present.” Although
Volz does not say it, his description applies to his 0. boletiformis
(Miinster), Plate vim, figs. 1-8.
The wall is not satisfactorily described. Under (. boletiformis he
says: ‘The wall is very thin; when preserved it appears externally to
be solid. Covered with numerous weak transverse wrinkles.” One
is led to suspect that only the epitheca is described.
« This reference is taken from Volz. I have not been able to consult Munster’s
work.
»bDenkschr. Akad. Wis. Wien., Math. Naturhist. Cl., X XIV, p. 251.
¢ Paleeontographica, XLII, p. 66.
402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Genus OMPHALOPHYLLIA Laube.
Subgenus CRASPEDOPHYLLIA Volz.
1896. Craspedophyllia Vouz, Palaeontographica, XLIII, p. 64.
Generic diagnosis. —** The new subgenus Craspedophyllia is sepa-
rated from Onphalophyllia by possessing a primitive septum (U/rsep-
fun) and horizontal endothecal dissepiments.”
Type-species.— Craspedophyllia cristata Volz, Palaeontographica,
XLII, p. 65, pl. vir, figs. 10-14, 22, text fig. 15, p. 15.
Volz referred three species to this subgenus, namely: Awosmilia
alpina Loretz, Craspedophyllia cristata, new species, and Omphato-
phyllia gracilis Laube, designating no type-species. As Volz lays so
much stress on the ‘* Urseptum,” I have selected as the genotype the
species for which the ‘‘ Urseptum” is figured (p. 15, fig. 15). How-
ever, the horizontal dissepiments appear to be more typically devel-
oped in Craspedophyllia gracilis (Laube) Volz.
Listribution.—Triassic, St. Cassian beds, south Tyrol.
Family ANABRACIIDA Duncan (spelling emend.).
1884. Anabaciade Duncan, Jour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., X VIII, p. 165.
1900... Microsolenide Grecory, Jurassic Fauna of Cutch, the Corals, p. 30 (syn-
onymy, p. 173).
Original diagnosis of family.—* Madreporaria Fungida simple or
colonial. Septa trabeculate and fenestrated. Synapticula small.
Dissepiments absent. Wall indistinct.
The family must be extended to include genera in which dissepi-
ments exist. :
Gregory’s Microsolenide” becomes an exact synonym. His defini-
tion is ‘* Simple or colonial Fungida in which the septa are palissades
of more or less vertical, disconnected, regular, or irregular trabecule.’
Four genera, Anubracia VOrbigny, Trochophlegma Gregory, Cyclo-
lites Lamarck, and Trocharea Etallon are placed in this family.
TABLE OF DIFFERENTIAL CHARACTERS OF THE GENERA.
Septa very thin, trabe-
culze mostly separate,
fusing very little.
li . Anabracia dd Or-
Septa “externally a
\4
aS)
bigny.
No epitheca. - +
Trochophlegma
2 € AD > SO i 1
equal, trabeculee some Gregory.
I. Columella—none -
what fused below.
pees Dee externally some|3. Cyclolites La-
larger. marck. ;
‘yy. al
2 2 ocharxa— Ktal-
II. Columella—parietal. No epithec aS eptal trabeculee united\4. Trocharzea tal
| below into short series. lon.
a teen pea v of ¢ ak the Gomis 1900, p- 30.
No. 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS—VAUGHAN. 408
1. Genus ANABRACIA QOrbigny.
1849. Anabracia dD’ ORrBIaNy, Notes sur des Polyp. foss., p. 11.
Original generic diagnosis. —** Form circular, depressed, convex, and
covered above with small radiating, unequal septa; base horizontal,
with radiating, granulated, dichotomous ribs.”
Ty pe-spectes. —A, bajociana VOrbigny = Fungia complanata De-
france, 1820, Dict. Sci. Nat., XVII, p. 217.
Distribution.—Inferior Oolite of Europe.
Remarks.— Milne Edwards in 1860¢ changed the spelling of the
name from <Anabracia to Anubacia, redetined the genus in much
greater detail, and placed VOrbigny’s A. bajoctana in the synonymy
of the Pungia complanata of Defrance.? This characterization holds
good for to-day and is as follows: ‘*The corallum is simple, free, and
without trace of adhesion; it has the form of a small plano-convex
lens. The upper surface shows in the center a small, shallow fossa,
where no trace of a columella can be distinguished. The septa are
subtrabecular (subpoutrellaires), very numerous and thin, finely and
regularly crenulate; they terminate on the lower face of the corallum
in crenulate costal edges similar to those of the upper surface, without
there being a distinct basal wall. The septa of the last cycle unite by
their inner margins to the neighboring primaries.
“The Anabaciz differ from the other species of this subfamily
[| Fungine|, the Fungie and Mrerabaciex, by the absence of a wall,
properly speaking, and the much less perfectly developed septa.”
The septa of Anabracia are formed by palissades of small rods (tra-
becule) connected with one another so as to forma regularly fenes-
trated network. Duncan makes the genus the type of his family
Anabaciade.” Gregory places it in his MWicrosolenide.”
PaGenusmiin@© Cr@© PLE GMA ‘Gregory:
1900. Trochophlegma Greaory, Jurassic Fauna of Cutch, the Corals, p. 179.
Original Generic diagnosis.—** Microsolenide, in which the corallum
is simple or composed of a few corallites united by lateral gemmation;
it is fixed or free, and may be pedunculate or have a rounded convex
base. Calice small, but well marked. Columella absent; the calicular
fossa is small, but rather deep; it is central or excentric in position.
Septa very numerous; trabicular. The septal elements consist of
upright rods, which slope slightly outward as they are followed from
the base; they are connected by two sets of cross rods at right angles
to each other. The concentric horizontal bars are very conspicuous
@ Hist. nat. Corall., III, pp. 31, 32.
6 Dict. Sci. nat., X VII, 1820, p. 217.
e Jour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., X VII, 1884, p. 165.
d@ Jurassic Fauna of Cutch, the Corals, 1900, p. 174.
404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
in vertical sections. The rods are often connected by stereeplasmic
deposits, which give rise to an appearance of continuous plates in
transverse sections (Plate xxtir, figs. 9¢ and 9d).
Type Spectres. = Trochophlegima tenuilamellosa Gregory, AJ ULASSIC
‘auna of Cuteh, p. 80, pl. xx, figs. 3-10.
Distribution.—Jurassic, Upper Putchum beds, Kach, India.
Remarks.—Gregory says: “ Trochophlegma is nearer to Cyclolites
[than to Leptophyllia|, in which I first placed it. But the type species
of Cyclolites is C. elliptica Lamarck, with which the characteristic
species of the genus such as C. undulata (Goldtuss), C. polymorpha
(Goldfuss), and (. d/sco/dea (Goldfuss) agree in all essential particulars.
The main difference between Zrochophlegma and Cyclolites is that in the
latter the septa are not subequal. In C. e///ptica, for example, after every
four or five equal thin septa, there is one much thicker than the rest.
This feature is conspicuous both on the external surface and in thin
horizontal sections. The feature is stated in Edwards and Haime’s
diagnosis of the type species and illustrated in Pratz’s figures. It is true
that in transverse sections of Zrochophlegma an apparent inequality of
the septa is produced by stereoplasmic union of some lines of trabecu-
lee; but in all the Indian specimens the septa externally appear sub-
equal, as shown on Plate xxxuir, fig. 3a or 4c. In Cyclolites, more-
over, the calicular fossa is a deep, elongated trench, extending nearly
across the corallum, whereas in Zrochophlegma it is small and circular.
The more lamellar aspect of the septa of Cyclol7tes is illustrated by
Dunean’s figures“ of the Sind series of corals belonging to this genus.
The same character separates Procyclol/tes Frech, in which the septa
are said to develop ‘ziemlich schnell zu compacten lamellen; die Zahl
der offen bleibenden Poren ist sehr gering und auf die jiingsten Theile
der Septa beschriinkt.’”
3S. Genus CY CLOLIGVEStWamarck.
1801. Cyclolites LAMARCK, Syst. Anim. sans Vert., p. 369.
Original generic diagnosis.—‘* Corallum free, orbicular or elliptical,
convex and lamellate above, flattened below, with concentric circular
lines.
‘*Tt forms a single lamellate star.”
Type species.—Cyclolites elliptica Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans
Vert., LI, p. 234.
The following species are placed in the genus:
1. Cyclolites numismalis Lamarck.
We Cyclolites hemispherica Lamarck.
Cyclolites lliptica Lamarck.
“ Gregory overlooked that Duncan, because of the imperforate septa of these corals,
erected a new genus, Zittelofungia, for them. See Zittelofungia, p. 408, of the present
paper.
No, 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS—VAUGHAN. 405
4. Cyclolites cristata Lamarck.
However, they are first described in 1816.“
Of these species Milne Edwards and Haime left (. nwmismalis,
C. hemispherica, and C. elliptica in the genus Cyclolites, referring
C. hemispherica to the synonymy of C. edliptica.”
The fourth species, C. cristata, belongs to an entirely different
genus, Aspidiscus Koenig,’ 1825. Therefore the type-species must be
C. numismalis or C. elliptica. Milne Edwards and Haime in 1849 4
selected the latter.
Distribution.— Upper Cretaceous, Senonian of Europe.
Remarks.—Pratz in his Verwandschaftliche Beziehungen einiger
Korallengattungen describes in detail the septal structure of a coral
said to be a Cyclolites, but unfortunately does not give the name of
the species nor does he give any clew by which it can be determined.
I broke a specimen of C. e//iptica, from Gosau, identified by Prof. J.
Felix, and find that the septal structure, so far as can be distinguished
by means of a hand lens, agrees with Pratz’s figure, Plate x1v, fig. 1.¢
Therefore I believe that the structure given by Pratz for Cyclolites is
correct.
The septa of Cyclolites (elliptica) are composed of quite small trabe-
cule, that in general run at right angles to the free edge of the septum.
The trabecule show equally spaced thickenings, those of neighboring
trabeculee fusing, leaving regularly arranged pores between them; the
septa present a strikingly regular mesh-work appearance. Apparently
very near the base the pores tend to be filled. According to Pratz,
the pores may be obliterated in the thicker septa. Unfortunately the
specimens at my disposition do not permit so thorough a study as I
should like to make, but examination of the edges of the thicker septa
leads me to believe that this part of the description of Pratz also
applies to C. elliptica.
The basal wall of C. e/iptica is perforate and synapticulate beneath
the epitheca.
According to Pratz,/ the genus possesses
und sehr zahlreiche Traversen.”
The following is a synonym of Cyclolites:
Eptserts de Fromentel, Introd. 4 ’Etude Polyp. foss., 1858-1861,
p. 125.
Original diagnosis.—** The fossil to which Mr. Reuss has given the
name C'[yclolites| macrostoma differs from Cyclolites by having a wall
at first horizontal, but which later becomes vertical, thus assuming the
Ge
ausserordentlich feine
@ Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., II, pp. 233, 234.
>See Hist. nat. Corall., III, pp. 40, 44.
¢ See Idem, II, p. 387.
@ Comptes rend. Acad. Paris, X XIX, p. 71.
é Palaeontographica, X XIX, pl. xry.
f idem, XG:
406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
form of certain Montlivaultix,; therefore we believe that this species
belongs to a different genus. This fossil has a height of 60 mm., a
length of about 70 mm. Its sides are covered by bands of epitheca,
through which the costs can be seen here and there, There are about
380 rather strong and thick cost.”
Type species. — Cyclolites macrostoma Reuss.
Distribution.—Cretaceous, Turonian of Gosau.
Felix, in his Anthozoén der Gosauschichten in den Ostalpen,” takes
no notice of p/seris de Fromentel, leaving Cyclolites macrostoma
Reuss in the genus to which it was originally referred.
4. Genus TROCHARAZA Etallon.
1864. Trocharewa Eratton, Letheea bruntrutana, p. 411.
Original generic diagnosis.—* Corallum simple, without epitheca,
with the structure of Microsolena.
‘Very near the genus Anabacea; but its septa are more distinctly
trabecular, and it differs further by the large attachment of its base.”
Type species. ~Trocharea actini formas Etallon, Letheea bruntrutana,
p- 411, pl. vim, fig. 4.
Distribution.—Jurassic (Hypovirgulian), Switzerland.
Remarks.— Apparently only two species have been referred to this
genus, the type species of Etallon and 7! patelliformis Gregory,” from
the Jurassic, Upper Putchum beds, northwest of Jumara, India.
Gregory rediagnoses the genus as follows: **d//crosolenide with
corallum simple, pedunculate, or sessile, with a broad base. Septa
numerous, thin; the trabecule are isolated above, but united near the
base into short series. Calice superficial. Columella parietal; may
be well developed.” Under the heading ‘*Affinities,” he remarks:
‘This genus is allied to Anabacéa by its simple corallum, but differs
in its shape and in the character of the septa. The trabicule fuse
near the base to a greater extent than in Anabacia.”
GENERA NOT REFERRED TO FAMILIES.
The data obtainable concerning quite a number of genera are not
sufficient to refer them to families. The type-species of each of these
genera must be subjected to thorough study. I have divided them
into four groups.
I. WALL SOLID, CONDITION OF SEPTA UNKNOWN.
II. SEPTA SOLID, CONDITION OF WALL UNKNOWN.
[LI. WALL PERFORATE, CONDITION OF SEPTA UNKNOWN.
IV. ConpirioN OF NEITHER WALL NOR SEPTA KNOWN.
«@ Paleeontographica, X LIX, 1905, p. 189.
» Jurassic Corals of Cutch, p. 178, pl. 1 a, figs. 15-20.
a
No. 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS—VAUGHAN. - 407
I. WALL SOLID, CONDITION OF SEPTA UNKNOWN.
1. Phegmatoseris.
2. Microseris.
3. Asteroseris.
1. Genus PHEGMATOSERIS Milaschewvitz.4
1876. Phegmatoseris MitascHEwitz, Paleeontograph, X XI, p.212. Genus referred
to the ‘‘Lophoserinx.”’
Original generic diagnosis.—** Corallum simple, fan-shaped, pedicel-
late attached by a narrow base. Calice longitudinally compressed,
septa not exsert. Columella absent. The wall is not porous, but
beginning at the base is covered with ribs, which correspond to the
septa.”
Type species.— Phegmatoseris flabelliformis Milaschewitz, Paleeonto-
graphica, X XI, p. 212, pl. L, figs. 5, 5a.
Geologic horizon and locality.—Jurassic of Nattheim.
PRemarks.—! have been unable to finda more detailed account of
this genus than that given in the original diagnosis and in the descrip-
tion of the type species.
2. Genus MICROSERIS de Fromentel.
1870. Microceris DE FROMENTEL, Paléontol. frang., Crétacé, VIII, Pt. 25, p. 367.
Original generic diagnosis.—* Corallum hemispherical; the wall
horizontal, naked, covered with scattered granulations which are not
arranged so as to form ribs. Septa large, arched, uniting, fusing in
the center, where there is a small, round columellar fossa. Synapti-
cula rare, but well developed.”
Type species.— Microseris hemispherica de Fromentel, Paléontol.
fran¢c., Crétacé, VIII, p. 368, pl. Lxxx, figs. 1-1d.
Distribution.—Cretaceous, Cenomian, Mans, France.
Remarks.—This genus, according to de Fromentel, differs from
Cycloseris ** by its general appearance and the absence of costve on the
lower surface, they being replaced by scattered granulations.” He
gives no data on the structure of the wall or septa, but his consider-
ing it so closely related to Cycloseris would indicate an imperforate
wall and imperforate septa. The irregularly arranged granulations on
the base could scarcely occur on a perforate wall, where the granula-
tions would naturally follow the courses of the septa.
@Puncan, Jour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., X VII, p. 148, misspells this name, giving
it as Phragmatoseris.
408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
38. Genus ASTEROSERIS de Fromentel.
1867. Asteroseris DE FROMENTEL, Paléontol. francg., Crétacé, VIII, Zooph., Pt. 24,
p. 328.
Original generic diagnosis. —*'The corallum is hemispherical, basal
wall imperforate, discoid, slightly concave and covered with granula-
tions, which are radially arranged on the margins. The columella but
shehtly developed, reduced to three or four scarcely visible points.
Septa large, unequal, strongly granulated on their upper margins.
Pali well developed.”
Type species.— Asteroseris coronula de Fromentel, Paléontol. frang.,
Crétacé, VIII, Zooph., Pt. 24, p. 328, pl. xivi11, figs. 3—-3c.
Distribution.—Neocomian of Mans, France.
Remarks.—By a mistake, the name is given at the bottom of Plate
xLviit (which was published in Livraison 12) as Stephanoseris.
De Fromentel does not describe the structure of the septa. It can
only be inferred from the character of the septal margins—such an
inference, of course, is doubtful.
IL. SEPTA SOLID, CONDITION OF WALL UNKNOWN.
Zittelofungia.
Genus ZITTELOFUNGIA Duncan.
1884. Zittelofungia Duncan, Jour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., X VIII, p. 150.
Original generic diagnosis. —** Corallum free, plano-convex, circular
or elliptical in outline, with a flat or slightly concave base, and a con-
vex calice with a circular or oval fossa. Columella absent. Septa
very numerous, close, thin, unequal, uniting, crested denticulate or
moniliform at the free edge, granular at the sides, imperforate.
Synapticula numerous. Dissepiments wanting. Epitheca of base in
concentric folds, stout or thin.
** Distribution.—Fossil. Eocene: Sind.”
Duncan in his Sind fossil corals and Aleyonaria, pp. 52-55,
describes nine species which he refers to Cyclol/tes, namely: C. alpina
(VOrbigny), C. ranikoti Duncan, C. crenulata Dunean, CL vicary?
Haime, C. anomala Duncan, C. superba Duncan, C. hatmec Duncan,
C. altavillensis Defrance, and C. striata Duncan. Duncan separated
these corals from Cyclolites because of their imperforate septa, and
proposed for them the generic name Zttelofungia. But no type spe-
cies was designated. The septal structure of not even one of the
species is described. Whether it is the same for all can be determined
only from an examination of his original material. Until this is done
a type species that will fit the original generic diagnosis can not be
selected with certainty.
III. WALL PERFORATE, CONDITION OF SEPTA UNKNOWN.
Cyclabacia.
No. 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS— VAUGHAN. 409
Genus CYCLABACIA.
1866. Cyclabacia Botscuer, Zeitsch. deutsch. geolog. Gesellsch., X VIII, p. 473.
Original generic diagnos’s.—* Corallum simple, free, discoid, arched
above, underside more or less flat. Wall perforate. Ribs radiating
from the center outward, granulate; the separate granulations some-
times fuse with one another, forming concentric striations. Coste not
alternating at the margin with the septa, but passing directly into
them. [pitheca absent. Septa of the first and second cycles straight;
those of the other cycles more or less curved and to a great extent
uniting with one another. Septal margins dentate. Septal faces
strongly granulate, the granulations drawn out into fine points, which
show a tendency to unite with those of the neighboring septa.
Columella strongly developed or rudimentary.”
Type species.— Cyclabacia stellifera Bolsche, Zeitsch. deutsch. geolog.
Gesellsch., XVIII, p. 474, pl. rx, fig. 3. .
Distribution.—Cretaceous, Senonian, North Germany.
Remarks.—Bolsche states that Cyclabacia is separated from Anabacia
by the presence of a perforate wall;¢ from J/icrabacia by the cost
not alternating with the septa, i. e., the cost and septa are continuous
in Cyclabacia.
Three species, Cyclabacia semiglobosa, C. stellifera, and C. fromen-
tel, all of Bélsche, were described and placed in the genus at the
‘time of its publication, and no type species was designated. I have
selected the second as the geno-type, because both the description and
the figures are satisfactory.
Bélsche unfortunately does not describe the septal structure.
Duncan,’ in his Revision of the Genera and Families of the Madre-
poraria, placed Cyclabacia in the ‘*Stephanophyllioida” of the
Eupsammide, remarking that ‘‘This is probably identical with
Fungia, and is therefore a link between Micrabacia and Fungia.”
It is difficult to see why he should have placed it systematically so far
from where he says it belongs.
IV. CONDITION OF NEITHER THE WALL NOR THE SEPTA KNOWN.
1. Turbinoseris.
2. Elliptoseris.
3. Gonioseris.
4. Epistreptophyllum.
~
5. Theecoseris.
a‘**Von Anabacia trennt diese Gattung das Vorhandensein einer durchborten
Mauer.”’ This supposed difference is of no value, as the wall of Anabacia is synap-
ticular, abundantly perforate. See p. 403.
> Jour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., X VIII, p. 174.
410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
1. Genus TURBINOSERIS Dunean.
1870. Turbinoseris DUNCAN, Paleeontograph. Soc., Monog. Brit. Foss. Corals, Sup.,
Pts 2; INO?2, p42:
Original generic diagnosis.—** The corallum is simple, more or less
turbinate, or constricted midway between the base and calice. The
base is either broad and adherent or small and free.
‘There is no epitheca, and the cost are distinct.
“There is no columella, and the septa unite literally [s/c] and are
very numerous.”
Type species.—Turbinoseris defromentels Duncan, Paleontograph.
Soc., Monog. Brit. Foss. corals, Sup., Pt. 2, No. 2, p. 48, pl. xv, figs.
13-18.
Geologic horizon and locality.—Athertield, England, in the Lower
Greensand.
Remarks.—Vhe following additional characters apparently can be
deduced from Duncan’s description and figures of 7!) defromentel,
He says *‘the synapticule are well developed, and the costz are well
developed, and often not continuous with the septal ends.” The septa
are not positively stated to be imperforate, but figures 15 and 18 so
represent them. No discussion of the wall is given, but both figures
3 and 14 represent it as of perforate or synapticulate composition.
Figure 18 illustrates what Duncan says is ** the unusual appearance of
septa ending in intercostal spaces, magnified.” Figure 16, natural size
of a calice, shows an apparently imperforate wall, though not of uni-
form thickness, and the septa in most instances correspond in position
with the coste. Although Duncan says there is no columella, one
would judge from his figure that a poorly developed, false one is
present. A comparison is made with Zyochoseris in the following
words: ** The necessity for forming a new genus for this species is
obvious. It is the neighbor of Zrochoser/s in the subfamily of the
Lophoserinw. This last genus has a columella and the new has none.”
There is quite a large literature on Zurbinoseris, but no one has as
yet published an account of the structure of the type species. The
following is a review of the literature:
Dunean, in his On the Older Tertiary Formations of the West
Indies,” republishes his original description, adds a note to the effect
that it is separated from Zrochoseris by the absence of a columella,
and describes seven new species from the Tertiary of St. Bartholomew.
In his Sind fossil Corals and Aleyonaria,’ he describes four more
species that he places in Zirb/noser/s, but gives no additional informa-
tion on the characters of the genus.
#Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, X XIX, 1873, pp. 558-561.
b Paleeontol. Indica, Ser. XIV, I, 1880, Pt. 2, pp. 49-51.
it is stated that the septa are solid und that the wall is stout, but
whether those characters are based on the type species or on a species
subsequently referred to the genus can not be determined.
R. F. Tomes, in an article entitled Observations on some imper-
fectly known MJadreporaria from the Cretaceous Formation of Eng-
land,? declares that Zurb/noseris is a synonym of Leptophyllia Reuss,
but as he does not describe the structural details of the wall or septa,
he can not be considered to have proven his contention.
Dunean, in the next volume of the same journal, published An
Answer to Observations on some imperfectly known Madreporaria,
ete., by Tomes, in which he denies the identity of Zurb/noseris and
Leptophyllia, and says positively that ‘‘the septa [of the former] are
solid.”® But Duncan does not state explicitly that this is the condi-
tion in Turbinoseris defromentelr.
Ineeuly,. £899. Mr: Tomes published an article, Observations on
some British Cretaceous Madreporaria, with the Description of two
new Species, in which” he not only places Zurbinoseris in the syn-
onymy of Leptophyllia, but refers Turbinoseris defromentel: to the
synonymy of Leptophyllia clavata Reuss, the type species of the latter
genus, but he does not present evidence of a convincing kind to sus-
tain hisconclusion. Tomes identifies another specimen from the Lower
Greensand, at Sandown, Isle of Wight, with Leptophyllia irreqularis
Reuss.
In September, 1899, my paper on Some Cretaceous and Kocene
Corals from Jamaica was published. In it’ I pointed out the unsat-
isfactory definition of the genus, and added a few remarks based on
Dunean’s original figures. Two additional species, closely related to
those from St. Bartholomew, were described. There I made the state-
ment, ‘‘I have referred the two Jamaican corals to Zurbinoseris on the
strength of their resemblance to the species from St. Bartholomew, but
whether Duncan was correct in referring the latter corals to that genus
must be left to future work.”
Gregory, in The Corals, Jurassic Fauna of Cutch,/ makes some
remarks on 7urbinoser?s, basing them on Duncan’s description, figures
and subsequent notes. He contributes no observations of his own.
Felix, in his Anthozoen der Gosauschichten in den Ostalpen,’
expresses doubt as to the correctness of Tomes’s identification of the
a Jour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., X VII, 1884, p. 148.
bGeol. Mag., New Ser., Dec. III, I, 1885, pp. 550, 551.
¢Idem, Dee. ILI, III, 1886, pp. 54, 55.
dTdem, Dec. IV, VI, 1899, p. 306.
é Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXXIV, pp. 243, 244.
f Paleeontol. Indica, Ser. IX, II, Pt. 2, 1900, p. 163.
g Paleeontographica, X LIX, 1908, pp. 201, 202.
412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. Vou. XXVIII.
Enelish Lower Greensand species with the Austrian Gosau forms.
Felix says:
Tomes is inclined to refer to Leptoph. clavata Rs., the species ‘first described by
Duncan as Turbinoseris defromenteli from the Lower Greensand of Atherton, and later
designated by himself [Tomes] as Leptophyllia anglica. He determines still another
coral from the Lower Greensand of the Isle of Wight as Leptophyllia irregularis Rs.,
which is separable from the Gosau form only by its somewhat thicker septa and
coste; but unfortunately the number of these is not given. However, one obtains
the impression, from an inspection of the accompanying figure, that the number of
septa would be essentially smaller than on a specimen of the same size of L. irregu-
laris from Gosau. Furthermore, the specific identity of the forms would be very
surprising when there is so much difference in geological horizon and so great a
distance between the localities.
The genus Zurbinoser’s has been discussed in the literature at least
ten different times, but as yet no adequate description of it has been
published. A detailed description of the septal and mural structure
of Turbinoser’s defromenteli must be published, and should be accom-
panied by figures, before it can be known whether the genus should
be considered valid or should be referred to the synonymy of some
other.
>. Genus ELLIPTOSE RIS) Dunicanr:
1880. Eiliptoseris DuNcAN, Sind foss. Corals and Aleyonaria, Paleeontol. Indica,
Ser. XIV, I, p. 48.
Genus referred to Lophoserine.
Original generic diagnosis.—* The corallum is simple, conical, com-
pressed, with a largely open, elliptical calice. There are coste, but
no epitheca; there is no columella, but an elongate and deep axial
space. The septa are numerous, and the smaller join those between
them near the axial space. There are pali before the joined septa.
Synapticule are numerous in the calice.”
Type species.—Elliptoseris aperta Dunean, Sind foss. Corals and
Alcyonaria, Paleeontol. Indica, Ser. XIV, I, p. 48, pl. vim, figs. 3-6.
Geologic horizon and locality.—Lower Eocene (Ranikot group),
Jhirk, India.
38. Genus GONIOSERIS Dunean.
1872. Gonioseris Duncan, Brit. foss. Corals, Sup., Pt. 3, p. 21.
Original generic diagnosis.—** The corallum is simple and free.
The base is polygonal in outline and the projecting angles are formed
by groups of cost terminating in septa. Between the angles the
margin is concave externally. The center of the base is concave.
The cost are numerous and they cover the base. Many converge at
each angle along a line leading from the large septum to the center.
The upper surface of the corallum is convex, and is divided by masses
of septa which are continuous with the angles of the base, and which,
No. 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS— VAUGHAN. 413
after projecting there, become exsert and pass to the axial space where
they meet. There is a large, prominent, primary septum in each
mass. The calicular wall is invisible. The synapticule are broad
and numerous.”
Type species.— Gonioseris angulata Duncan, Brit. foss. Corals, Sup.,
Bie pel. pi vil, Messi).
Distribution..—Jurassic, Inferior Oolitic, Cloughton Wyke, near
Scarborough, England.
Remarks.—Dunean does not give any detailed information regard-
ing the character of the wall or the structure of the septa. His figure
(Plate vir, fig. 5) of G. angulata represents the septa as solid. The
type species of this genus needs a thorough investigation.
4. Genus BPS PRE GOP rir UM Milaschewitz.
1876. Epistreptophyllum MiLascHewirz, Paleeontographica, X XI, p. 211.
Original generic diagnosis.—** Corallum simple, conical or cylin-
drical, firmly attached to some object, columella well developed, spongy.
Calice excavated, septa numerous, not exsert. Outer surface of the
wall covered with equal ribs. Low down in the interseptal loculi
besides endothecal dissepiments are numerous synapticula; in the
upper part numerous pointed or wart-shaped granulations occur on
the septal faces.”
Milaschewitz remarks: ‘*This remarkable genus can be referred
either to the family Astree7dex or the /ung/de, as it unites the charac-
teristic features of both families. In consequence of the presence of
synapticula it would belong to the wngzde, because of the presence
of endothecal dissepiments, also because of its tall, sometimes perfectly
cylindrical form and its excavated calice it appears more nearly related
to the Astre/dxe. However, according to the rows of granulations on
the septal faces being parallel to the free margins of the septa, instead
of being vertical as in the /ung/de, the genus shows a greater rela-
tionship to the subfamily Ausmlinw, which have septa with entire
margins, than with the subfamily Astreénx, which have dentate septa
with vertical rows of granulations.”
Type species.—Three species are referred to Lpistreptophyllum by
its author, 4. commune Milaschewitz, -. cylindratum Milaschewitz,
and #. tenue Milaschewitz, all from the Jurassic of Nattheim. No
species is designated as the geno-type, nor are the details of the struc-
ture of the wall or of the septa given. Without making a careful
study of Milaschewitz’s original material it is not safe to designate
a type species.
Epistreptophyllum was made by Zittel? the type of his Apistrepto-
phylline, a subfamily of the Astraede.
“Handb. Palaontologie, I, 1880, p. 249,
Proc. N. M. vol. xxvili—04——27
414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
ae ee ie eee eraeee
Ogilvie in her Korallen der Stramberger Schichten” attempted to
give more detail concerning the genus. She remarks (p. 252):
Unfortunately the Nattheim specimens of Lpistreptophyllum do not permit a
minute, microscopical investigation. However, many conclusions concerning the
finer septal structure can always be drawn from the superficial sculpture of the septa.
It isimportant that the septa are often interrupted and that the separated pieces form
in the center a spongy columella. The synapticula likewise occur irregularly and
give to the septa more often a Eupsammid septal appearance. The Stramberg speci-
mens, Which agree in all external characters with the Nattheim forms, are better
preserved and show the finer septal structure characteristic for the Hupsammidz.
Thus the systematic position of the genus Hpistreptophyllum is made clear, and at the
same time its near relation to the synchronous simple //aplarxa and the compound
Diplarwa is shown. \
Ogilvie does not mention on which of Milaschewitz’s species she
based her remarks. However, she identified one of her Stramberg
species with 7. commune. If we could assume her identification as
correct, /. commune would become the geno-type.
Ogilvie’s recharacterization of the genus:
Corallum simple, conical or cylindrical, calice rather deep; septa
very numerous and thin, separated now and then into individual tra-
becular members. Granulations on the septal faces not regularly
arranged and of very dissimilar size, many developed as pseudosynap-
ticula. True synapticula and numerous vesicular dissepiments present.
Columella spongy, large, composed of free and interlacing trabecular
members of the longer septa. No true wall, only a pseudothecal
thickening of the septal and interseptal skeletal parts near the outer
edge. Epitheca thin, wrinkled, extending to margin of the calice.
Ogilvie regards Lithoseris Koby as a synonym of Lpistreptophy!-
lum. Gregory thinks her opinion ** probably correct.” For a fuller
discussion see Lithoseris, p. 398.
5. Genus THECOSERIS de Fromentel.
1870. Thecoseris DE FROMENTEL, Paléontol. frang., Crétacé, VIII, Pt. 25, p. 367.
Original generic diagnosis.—** Corallum elevated and regularly tur-
binate; columellar fossa, when present, round; usually the septa meet
in the center, where they fuse and simulate a papillary columella, but
which really does not exist. The septa are thin, numerous, often
anastomosing and finely denticulate; they are never exsert, and the
calice is usually concave. The epitheca is strong, well developed, much
folded, and extends to the edge of the calice.”
Type species.—Thecoseris patellata de Fromentel and Ferry, Palé-
ontol. frang., 1st ser., Jurassique, Pt. 18, pl. Lviu, fig. 2, 1869.
Distribution.—Jurassic, Lias, France.
Remarks.—The structure of neither the wall nor the septa is
described. The figures of the type species indicate an imperfect,
“Paleontogr., Sup., II, 1897, pp. 248-255.
No. 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS—VAUGHAN. 8) 5)
SV synapticulate wall, and the septa probably are somewhat perforate
rear their upper edges. But to determine these points positively the
ae species must be restudied.
M. Koby,@ in his Monographie des Polypiers jurassiques de la
Suisse, refers six species to this genus, but gives no data based on the
type species.
GENERA PROBABLY ERRONEOUSLY PLACED IN THE FUNGIDA.
Corallum discoid or low (with a parasitic worm in the base); columella papillary, no
epitheca:
With pali (before all septa except the last cycle).
Stephanoseris Milne Edwards and Haime
Without pali- SE ee Oe oe Psammoseris Milne Edwards and Haime
1. Genus STEPHAMOSERIS Milne Edwards and Haime.
1851. Stephanoseris Minne Epwarps and Haime, Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris,
Why 10s Ae
Placed in the Lophoserine.
Original generic diagnosis.—**Corallum short, attached to a shell
which it completely surrounds; wall naked, strongly granulated,
scarcely striate below; columella papillary, slightly developed; septa
much elevated, subentire, very granulated laterally, those of the penul-
timate cycle more developed than those of the last; pali before all
the cycles except the last.”
Type spectes.—Heterocyathus rousseanus Milne Edwards and Haime,
Mens. Meat.. od ser. LX, p. 324, pl. x, fies. 9, 9a.
Distribution.—Recent, Zanzibar
Remarks.—Von Marenzeller? says, in his Ueber einige Japan-
ische Turbinoliden, that ‘*The investigation of the preceding //etero-
cyathus |H. japonicus (Verrill) v. Marenz.= Stephanoseris japonica
Verrill] leads me to make some remarks on the earlier described
species. It should be emphasized that the genus Sfephanoseris, erected
by Milne Edwards® for /leterocyathus rousseanus” because it possesses
synapticula, is not valid. It must be assumed that the pointed gran-
ules of two neighboring septa fuse and produce the impression of synap-
ticula. The whole structure of the corallum, which is reported to be
attached to a eastropod shell indicates /etero¢ -yathus. Tenison-W oods‘
and Moseley’ are of the same opinion, and it is surely only a /apsus
calami when the latter says in another place’ that //eteropsamiia and
Stephanoseres should be united in one genus. Certainly, instead of
echeein pal. Goose ; pied XIIl, 1886, pp. 332-338.
ob. K. Naturhist. Hof-Museum, Wien, Ann., III, 1888, pp. 17-18.
¢ Hist. nat. Corall., III, p. 56.
d Ann. Sci. nat., 3d ser., zool., IX, 1848, p. 324, pl. x, fig. 8.
€Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, I], 1878, p. 297.
J Deep Sea Cor., Challenger Repts., 1880, p. 145.
g Idem., p. 197.
416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Stephanoseris it should be ‘/’sammoseris. Psammoseris bears the
same relation to the Kupsammid genus //eteropsammia as Stephano-
seris to the Turbinolid genus //eterocyathus. In this genus, also, only
false synapticula are present, and it, also, must fall.”
Von Marenzeller considers that two of Milne-Edwards and Haime’s
species belong to Heterocyathus, namely, /7/. aequicostatus and /7/. | Steph-
anoseris| roussacanus. Nerrill added one species of //eterocyathus,”
7, alternatus ; and von Marenzeller places the three species of Steph-
anoseris, S. lamellosa,? S. japonica,’ and S. sulcata,“ in the same
genus. Other species of //eterocyathus have been described, but they
need not be noticed here. ;
From an examination of the literature, I am inclined to believe that
Tenison-Woods, Moseley, and von Marenzeller are correct in consider-
ing the type species of Stephanoseris a Fleterocyathus, but unfortu-
nately the studies on the relations of these genera are based only on
literature; before certainty can be obtained the type species must. be
studied.
Professor Verrill says, concerning Stephanoseris lamellosa, ** Wall
rudimentary, represented near the margin only by trabicular pro-
cesses.” As Professor Verrill described one species of //eterocyathus,
and differentiated his species of ** Sfephanoseris” from that genus, I
am inclined to believe that none of the species referred by him to the
latter genus belong to the former. I strongly suspect that von Maren-
zeller’s /leterocyathus japonicus (Verrill) is incorrectly identified.
What final disposition must be made of the Verrill species must be
left to future work.‘
«Proc. Essex Inst., IV, 1865, p. 149; also, V, 1866, p. 41, pl. 11, figs. 6, 6a.
»TIdem, IV, p. 149; V, p. 46, pl. m1, figs. 4, 4a.
¢Idem, V, p. 47.
d1dem, V, p. 48.
¢Since this manuscript was sent to press I have been able to study in the Yale
University Museum the types of Professor Verrill’s species of Stephanoseris. I made
the following notes:
Stephanoseris japonica Verrill. Type, No. 767, Yale Univ. Mus. Wall perforate,
distinctly costate, costee alternating in size. Septa perforate, with typical Eupsam-
mid arrangement.
Stephanoseris sulcata Verrill. Type, No. 764, Yale Univ. Mus. Wall perforate, dis-
tinctly costate, costze alternating in size. Septa perforate, with typical Eupsammid
arrangement.
Stephanoseris lamellosa Verrill. Type, No. 766, Yale Uniy. Mus. Wall perforate,
distinctly costate, costee alternating insize. Septa perforate, with typical Eupsammid
arrangement.
The genus, to which these species belong, is not closely related to Heterocyathus.
They are Eupsammids, very close to Balanophyllia, from which they are separated
by their apparent commensalism with a Sipunculid worm. Every specimen is
attached to a small gastropod shell, and has a small wormhole in its base. The
genus is separated from Heteropsammia by its well-developed costze. Most probably
Verrill’s Stephanoseris is not the Stephanoseris of Milne Edwards and Haime, it may
be an undescribed genus.
No. 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS—VAUGHAN. Ae
2. Genus PSAMMOSERIS Milne Edwards and Haime.
1851. Psammoseris MitNe Epwarps and Haime, Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris,
Vieepe Zi
Placed in the Lophoserine.
Original generic diagnosis.—**Corallum discoid, attached to a shell
which it completely surrounds; wall naked, strongly granulate, scarcely
striate below; columella papillary; septa slightly elevated, very thick,
covered on their free edges and their faces with very prominent and
extremely crowded granulations, those of the penultimate cycle much
more developed than those of the last.”
Type-species.— Heterocyathus hemisphericus J. EK. Gray, Proc. Zool.
Soc. London, for 1849, p. 77, Feadzata, pl. 11, figs. 3, 8a, 4; also Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., V, 1850, p. 410.
Distribution.— Recent, China seas.
Remarks.—The systematic position of this genus is in doubt.
Moseley was evidently of the opinion that //eteropsammia and Psamo-
seris should be united,“ although, probably by a dapsus calami, he says
Heteropsammia and Stephanoseris. Non Marenzeller has expressed
the same opinion.’
Family STYLOPHYLLID Volz.°¢
1896. Stylophyllide Vouz, Paleeontographica, X LIII, pp. 85, 86.
Volz gives” a careful description of the septa, endotheca, wall, and
mode of growth. His description will not be repeated here.
The following two genera, Stylophyllum Reuss and Stylophyllopsis
Frech, can scarcely be referred to the /ungida, but, as they are very
interesting forms to study in connection with a possible phylogeny of
the Fungids and Eupsammids, they are included in this paper.
i wGenmus! Say OPE YE LUM Reuss:
1854. Stylophyllum, Reuss, Denksch. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, Mat. Naturhist.
Cl, Vill, palis2:
Original generic diagnosis.—** The form of the corallum unknown;
but its upper surface must have been plain or only slightly arched.
“The thick prismatic, irregularly polygonal corallites are directly
grown together. The thick walls are compact and entire, without a
trace of pores or perforations. In both the transverse and longitudi-
nal sections the line along which the walls of neighboring corallites
have fused can be seen.
« Deep Sea Corals, Challenger Reports, p. 197.
b> K. K. Naturhist. Hof-Museum, Wien. Ann., III, 1888, p. 18.
¢These corals are not considered to belong to the Fungida. They are included
because of the interest in comparing them with the Fungida and the Hupsammide.
@ Paleeontographica, XLII, pp. 85-86,
418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
**’The corallites are divided by numerous thin tabulke, which are close
together and are not horizontal, but concave upward and bowl-shaped,
The tabule are not regular, but are curved and crumpled, the verti-
‘al section (Plate xx1, fig. 3) and the horizontal cross section (Plate
XX1, fig. 2) show their irregular form. From the tabule, shorter and
still thinner partitions originate, which run irregularly, obliquely from
one tabula to another, joining them together, and thus forming smaller
vesicular spaces.
“The development of the radial lamelle is very rudimentary. They
are built up of thin spine-like pillars of very uneven height, which
stand in numerous, but in only slightly regular radial rows on the
tabulee. Some of these stand so near together in the same row that
they fuse; others are so long that they extend through several plat-
forms of the tabule, the latter appearing to be spread out between
them.”
Ogilvie, in her Korallen der Stramberger Schichten,” expresses the
opinion that Stylophyllim and Stylophyllopsis are probably related to
the Hupsammide. She says: ‘* Hupsammia is, because of the irregu-
lar structure and arrangement of the trabecule especially remarkable.
Pratz has already described a similar irregularity of the trabecule in
the Jurassic genera //aplareu and Diplarea, also in the recent Cosci-
nareda. Also the Triassic genera Stylophyllum and Stylophyllopsis
show in their septal structure great agreement with //aplarea, ete.,
i. e., the single trabecula-members are separated more and more toward
the center of the calice and form there a loose, spongy tissue.”
Volz, in his Korallen der Schichten von St. Cassian in Siid-Tirol,?
elevates Frech’s Stylophylline to family rank, calling them the Sty/o-
phyllide. We describes a new compound genus, //erastrea,” which
he places in that family, and also refers to it Duncan’s Cyathocoenia.“
This family of the Stylophyllide shows some suggestive resem-
blances to the simple fungid genera, such as /rechia Gregory.
Frechia, however, has no dissepiments and a few synapticula.
Type spectes.—Stylophyllum polycanthum Reuss, Denksch. Akad.
Wissensch. Wien, Mat. Naturhist. Cl., VII, p. 133, pl. xx1, figs. 1-3.
Distribution.—Triassic, Gosau district, Austria.
Remarks.—¥ rech, in his Korallen Fauna der Trias,’ referred Sty/o-
phyllum to his Astraeide and placed it with Stylophyllopsis Frech
(new genus) in a subfamily, the Stylophylline. He emended Sty/o-
phyllum as follows: ‘*The corallum forms simple calices, with or
without lateral buds, as well as massive stocks, which possess a simi-
« Palzeontographica, Supp., I, p. 85.
bIdem, XLIII, 1896, p. 85.
¢Idem, p. 90
d Tdem, p. 92.
€Idem, XX XVII, 1890, p. 42.
No. 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS—VAUGHAN. 419
larly developed internal structure. Septa proper are not present.
The septal spines grow together at the bottom, but they are free
above. Traces of a bilateral arrangement of the septal spines was
sometimes observed in the simple corals. The endotheca is in the
form of concave, rather regular dissepiments or convex vesicles,
without there being a distinct boundary between the two forms of
development. In the case of small species (also in those of large
species that have remained small) the dissepiments appear as tabule.”
The stratigraphic distribution is given as ‘* Upper Musselchalk,
Zlambach beds, Hallstiitter Chalk, Hauptdolomit, and the Rhaetic.”
2 Genus Sr YLOPRPEYLE@GEPSIS Hreeh:
1890.° Stylophyllopsis Frecu, Paleeontographica, XX XVII, p. 48.
Original generic diagnosis. —** Simple or only slightly branched; in
cross-section agreeing quite closely with Montlivaltia, in longitudinal
section agreeing with Stylophyllum.”
Distribution.—Norian stage, Rhaetic, lower and middle Lias.
Type species.—Stylophyllopsis polyactis Frech, Paleontographica,
XXXVII, p. 48, pl. x11, fig. 3, pl. xiv, figs. 17-23, text fig., p. 49.
Frech refers six species to this genus: Stylophyllopsis polyactis
Frech, S. zittelli Frech, S. rudis (Emmerich) (as Fungia), S. caes-
pttosa Frech, S. mojsvart Frech, and S. lindstrémi Frech, but
designated no type species.
Remarks.—Regarding this genus, Frech says: ‘‘The septa forma
transition between the isolated spines of Sty/ophyllum and the compact
lamelle of Montlivaltia (bezw. Thecosmilia). The septal spines ina
cross-section are seen near the center (Plate x, figs. 10a, 12), quite
exceptionally in other places. In a longitudinal section they appear
in an isolated condition in the same place; furthermore, as can be
especially well seen on weathered surfaces, the spines of the upper
portions of the septa are only loosely fused with one another. The
upper margins of the septa are distinctly and deeply toothed.”
OUTLINE OF THE CLASSIFICATION.
The following outline, which is accompanied by page references, will, it is hoped,
facilitate the use of the classification.
Page
iStearaal Wel phaveciik obeys Sake EE ek TI ets A AN ee a ee ee 379
GhEMULS Hin Od cpp ae een ee ree Seems Sen! oi ole oe be Sia 380
RemmanilivaeAte ancl Cll C come eemerr a ee re eee enna WT Ee teen ee OS aoe one 384
Table of differential character of the genera ............--.------------- 384
(Genser OohOse tomes ere eee oc < Sad Pele Seen a 384
2a S2OSE TS eee es eee ee ee ee ee ee ee es ons Lt ee 385
ISENV OK WOE oes co aee SH oeoke cobs ce bee a a ee see 385
IR Sy Ae aul see ete eee tye ad Noe asa 386
Page.
386
A 386
387
387
388
389
390
391
391
»
392
393
294
395
39D
396
396
398
398
309
399
399
400
402
402
402
403
403
404
406
406
407
407
407
408
408
408
408
409
409
410
412
412
415
414
415
415
417
417
420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Family Micrabaciides 2222/2. 252 Stecos sect e tte eee ee ee ele eee rere :
Table of differential characters.of the cenera_ 22224-52252 se ee ee
GenusiMicrabacia< 2aasacss2 eee = a eee Seer i PS ieee aan ie
Diahueta 22 Pte sine SSE eee tere eis ae ere See
Macrosmiulia, 320 2.22 atest ee Sie eae nie Pee cee cette are
POGOSEF IS 22.256 oosG me AeA Ss eee ee nen eaten en ae
Antilloseris. 22..<2idels2c2c: oceen ee os- shee eee ee ee eee
Hamuily eptophylltidte:2.2..0 22232222 2 ee eee ee eee eee
Table of ditferential ‘characters of the genera... 3° 25-25 52 se eee
Genus Gyroseris..2:¢ be ose eee eet te eee eee eee ee eee
Leptophiy lla 02.5 c2c. come ate Oa oe ee pee enero eee
Procyclolites, << <.2c2 =e eerie Peace eee eee eee
Haplaream sca ets. 2st es eee see ee ee eee
Protethimosss.282 2% 2224 cnc 3h. ees oe eee ee ee
PYre@Ghia's: 22. 23,5. Se sod ccna ase ee eee eee ane ae er
Physoseris:) 222 Sicco3 36 cc dreemiocwlewigs sense ae ae ee ee
Lithoseris:s::2.c2s25 8.22 Sothek eteeese ees cone ese eee
Metéthmos Joss. 22.222 252k i oat diccs ogee tees aeeee
PlaGOS@Visi.1 oe 2h vide os eae detec eee oes eee
Septa as in Leptophyllia; character of wall unknown............-...----
Genus Myriophy tha .52 2.820092 oe 2 cine He eile cer eee
Omphalophwillia: 22.2022. sess ae cemem eames see ee tere er
Subgenus Graspedophydlial..2 22226-3222 ee oe eee
Family Anabraciites: 2.232220 5252. 0222 ste tae act te oe eee rere
Table of differential characters of the genera «.2-2.22222. se essen es eee
Genus Amabraciaz..c.c. 0 otis cares ac ccc caeitg ea bee ee eee
Trochophilépmds.:..22.2 224m aea eee toe aoe ee eee
Oyclolites:s..3.<2t20 2. coke otis hetero eee
Trocharsea: .no5. 4 2. as Se te eoe eee eee eee ee ae eee
Genera mot referred to: families 22 22 as5.20- 22 cess ene eee eae ee eee
Wall solid, -condition-of septa unknowi=s222s2s oe ssaee- ae eee eee
Genus Phegmatoséris'.c222 sf 526 has seoee ae eee eee ses eee eee
Micnoserissvac: 22:02 S28 26 beac eee ee ee eee eee
ASt@LOSELIS': < 2o.c%.2 Sai. Salata cle o's nas eee oe eer eee
Septa solid, condition of wall unknownt-225-<-2--<25 = ee
Genus Zittelofuneiay 22. jen oe ee ee eee eee ee eee
Wall perforate, condition of septa:unknown .......-.----2-+----ss-55=-
Genus Ovclabacia (22% 6.2 een bee onee eee eee bie cece
Jondition of neither the wall nor the septa known-....---.--------------
Génus Turbinosers-- 225. 22525) 32. See ee | eee ee eee
Hlliptoseribece'ss- 22 2scecotGestect aetea. See eee ee
GONLOSeriSi Sa. 5.2 Se ose ste bs ek eee eee
Epistreptoph yllum': 452... 2002s osoes eee eee eee eee
ThECOSENIS. 2. 22.5252 S55 3ts6 2 eee ese eee ee
Genera probably erroneously placed in the Fungida............-------.-----
Genus'Stephanoseris.<.< 2922-553 2e2 eee eee eee eee eee
PsaminiOseris:\: 36 2.ss2skc sles a= ete ee ee
Family Stylophyllid@tess 2a: 22... 28 ose See ee ee ee ee eee eeeee
Genus. Stylophyllum: =o... 2252.20 ec pee ee ee ee eee eee
417
419
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
The publications whose titles are preceded by an asterisk (*) have not been con-
sulted in the preparation of the foregoing paper.
Béuscue, W. Die Korallen des norddeutschen Jura- und Kreidegebirges. Zeitsch.
deutsch. geolog. Gesellsch., X VIII, 1866, pp. 489-486, pls. vii—-1x.
Bourne, G. C. On the post-embryonic development of Fungia. Sci. Trans. Roy.
Dublin Soe. (2d ser.), V, 1898, pp. 205-238, pls. xx1I-xxv.
Dana, J. D. Zoophytes. U.S. Exploring Expedition, VII, 1846, vi+-740 pp., with
Atlas, pls. LXx1.
Derrance, M. Fongie (Fongia). In Dict. sci. nat., X VII, 1820, pp. 215-218.
D6vERLEIN, Lupwic. Die Korallengattung Fungia. Senckenberg. naturforsch.
Gesellsch., Abhand., X VII, 1902, Pt. I, pp. i-iii, 1-162, pls. -xxv.
Duncan, P. Martin. <A description of some fossil corals and echinoderms from the
South Australian Tertiaries. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., XIV, 1864, pp.
161-168, pls. v, vr.
A monograph of the British fossil corals. Second series, Supplement, in 4
pts. Paleeontograph. Soc., 1866-1872.
On the fossil corals (Madreporaria) of the Australian Tertiary deposits.
Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, XX VI, 1870, pp. 284-318, pls. xrx—xxu1.
On the older Tertiary formations of the West Indian Islands. Quart. Jour.
Geol. Soc. London, X XIX, 1873, pp. 548-565, pls. x1x—xx11.
Sind fossil corals and Aleyonaria. Paleeontol. Indica, Ser. XIV, I, 1880,
Pty 2; pp: 1110, pls: xxx var.
. Observations on the Madreporarian family—the Fungidie, with especial ref-
erence to the hard structures. Jour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., X VII, 1883, pp.
137-162, pls. v, vr.
On the structure of the hard parts of the Lophoserinee. Jour. Linn. Soc.
London, Zool., XVII, 1888, pp. 802-319, pl. x1.
On a new genus of recent Fungida, family Mungine, Ed. & H., allied to the
genus Micrabacia, Kd. & H. Jour, Linn. Soc. London, Zool., XVII, 1883, pp.
417-419, pl. xx.
Revision of the families and genera of the sclerodermic Zoantharia, Ed. &
H., or Madreporaria (M. rugosa excepted). Jour. Linn. Soc. London, X VIII,
1884, pp. 1-204.
. An answer to observations on some imperfectly known Madreporaria from
the Cretaceous formation of England. Geol. Mag., new ser., Dec. ITI, III, 1886,
fom)
pp. 52-55.
. On the Cretaceous species of Podoserig. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser.,
IV, 1889, pp. 24-36, pl. v.
Epwarps, H. Miine. Histoire naturelle des coralliaires, III, 1860, 560 pp.
Epwarps, H. Minne, anp J. Harwe. Notes sur la classification de la deuxiéme tribu
de la famille des Astréides. Comptes rend. Acad., Paris, XX VII, 1848, pp.
490-497.
. Recherches sur les polypiers. Monographie des Eupsammides. Comptes
rend. Acad., Paris, XX VII, 1848, pp. 538-541.
———. *Monographie des Turbinolides. Ann. Sci. nat., 3d ser., Zool., IX, 1848,
pp. 211-344, pls. vi—x.
421
422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Epwarps, H. Minne, anp J. Hatme. Mémoire sur les polypiers appartenant a la
famille des Oculinides, au groupe intermédiaire des Pseudostréides et a la famille
des Fongides. Comptes rend. Acad., Paris, X XIX, 1849, pp. 67-73.
A monograph of the British fossil corals. Paleeontograph. Soc., 1850-1854,
Ixxxv + 322 pp., Lxx11 pls.
Monographie des Fongides. Ann. Sci. nat., 8d ser., Zool., XV, 1851, pp.
73-144.
Monographie des polypiers fossiles des terrains paléozoiques. Arch. du
Mus. d’Hist. Nat., Paris, V, 1851, pp. 1-502, pls. 1-xx.
EXRENBERG, C. G. Beitriige zur iG eiolOeike hen Kenntniss der Corallenthiere im
alleemeinen, und besonders des Rothen Meeres, nebst einem Versuche zur
physiologischen Systematik derselben. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, Abhandl.
1832, 1834, pp. 225-380.
Euuis, Joan, AND Dante, SoLANDER. The natural history of many curious and
uncommon zoophytes, collected from various parts of the globe by the late John
Ellis, esq., F. R. S. Soec., Reg. Upsala Soc., ete., systematically arranged and
described by the late Daniel Solander, M. D., F. R. 8., ete. London, 1786,
208 pp., Lx pls.
Escuscuourz, Fr. Bericht uber die zoologische Ausbeute wiihrend der Reise von
Kronstadt bis St. Peter und St. Paul. Isis, Jahr. 1825, Pt. 6, pp. 734-747, pl. v.
*Esper, E. J.C. Die Pflanzenthiere in Abbildungen nach der Natur mit Farben
erleuchtet, nebst Beschreibungen. Nurnberg, 1789.
Eratton, A. Letheea bruntrutana, ou Etudes paléontologiques et stratigraphiques
sur le Jura bernois et en particulier de Porrentruy, par J. Thurmann. (éuvre
posthume terminée et publiée par A. Etallon. 1861-1864, 500 pp., Lx, A-c pls.
Feiix, J. Anthozoen der Gosauchichten inden Ostalpen. Paleeontographica, X LIX,
1903, pp. 163-359, pls. xviI-xxv.
Frecu, Ff. Korallen Fauna der Trias. I. Korallen der juvavischen Triasprovinz.
Paleeontographica, XXX VII, 1890, pp. 1-116, pls. 1-xx1.
FROMENTEL, K. pe. Introduction a étude des polypiers fossiles. Paris, 1858-1861,
307 pp.
Paléontologie pence Crétacé, VIII, Zoophytes, Pt. 24, 1867, pp. 289-336, pls.
LXXHI-LXXXIv; Pt. 25, 1870, pp. 337-384, pls. LXxXxVv—XxCvVI.
FROMENTEL, E. DE, AND DE Ferry. Paléontologie francaise. Jurassique, Pt. 18,
1869, pp. 198-240, pls. 49-60.
GARDINER, J. STANLEY. Fungid corals collected by the author in the South Pace:
Proc. Zool. Soc. London for 1898, pp. 525-539, pls. x~mI-xLy. 1898.
Goupruss, A. Petrefacta Germaniee. pee, 1826-1833, 224 pp., pls. CxLvI
Gray, J. KE. Description of some corals, including a new British coral discovered
by W. MacAndrew, esq. Proc. Zool. Soe. London for 1849, pp. 74-77, Radiata,
pl. 1; also, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., V, 1850, pp. 407-411.
Greacory, J. W. The corals, Jurassic fauna of Cutch. Paleeontol. Indica, IX ser.,
IT, Pt. 2, 1900, pp. 1-195 4-ix, pls. m a-xxvi.
Kopy, F. Monographie des polypiers jurassiques de la Suisse. Schweiz. pal.
Gesellsch., Abhand., VII-X VI, 1881-1889, 582 pp., cxxx pls.; Supplément,
idem., X XI, 1894 (1895), 20 pp., Iv pls.
Monographie des polypiers crétacés de la Suisse. Schweiz. pal. Gesellsch.,
XXII-FXXIV, 1896-1898, pp. 100, pls. xxrt.
Kocu, G. von. Das Skelett der Steinkorallen. Gegenbauer Festschrift, 1896, pp.
251-276, pl. 1, 23 text fig.
*KornNrIG, Cuarurs. Icones fossiles sectiles. London, 1828.
Lamarck, J. B. P. Systeme des animaux sans vertébres. Paris, 1801, 432 pp.,
Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertebres, II. Paris, 1816, 568 pp.
No. 1401. GENERA OF SIMPLE FUNGID CORALS—VAUGHAN. 493
iD aucune dl Eepecion Prcnonace des genres ae IF ee des polypiers. Paris,
1821, 115 pp., LUXxxtv pls.
Lauper, Gustay ©. Die Fauna der Schichten von St. Cassian. Denkschr. Akad.
Wissensch. Wien, Mat.-naturhist. Cl., XXIV, 1865, pp. 228-296, pl. x. .
Le Sauvaae, —. Mémoire sur un nouveau genre de polypier fossile. Mém. Soc.
d’ Hist. Nat., Paris, I, 1822, pp. 241-244, pl. xiv.
Leuckart, F. 8. Observationes zoologicas de zoophytis coralliis, speciatim de genere
Fungia. Freiburg, 1841, 60 pp., Iv pls.
LiInNwuUS, CaroLtus. Systema nature. Tenth Edition, I. Holm, 1858, 1380 pp.
Lorerzt, H. Einige Petrefacten der alpinen Trias aus den Stidalpen. Zeitsch.
deutsch. geolog. Gesellsch., vol. for 1875, pp. 784-841, pls. xx1—xxu, 1875.
MARENZELLER, EK. von. Ueber einige japanische Turbinoliden. K. K. Naturhist.
Hofmuseum, Wien, Ann., III, 1888, pp. 15-22.
Micueuin, Harpourn. Fungia distorta. Mag. de zool., 2d ser., v° année, pl. v,
Iconographie zoophytologique. Paris, 1840-1849, 348 pp., Lxx1x pls.
Minascuewitz, C. Die Korallen der Nattheimer Schichten. 2nd pt. Paleonto-
graphica, X XI, 1876, pp. 183-243, pls. xLi1m—-.t.
Mosetrby, H. N. Deep sea Madreporaria. Challenger Reports, Zoology, II, Pt. 7,
1881, pp. 127-248, pls. I-xvi.
* Minsrer, Graf. Beitrige zur Geognosie und Petrefacten Kunde des sitidéstlichen
Tirols yorzuglich der Schichten yon St. Cassian yom Grafen Munster, herausge-
geben in Gemeinschaft mit Dr. Wissmann und Dr. Braun. 1841.
Oaitvig, Marta M. Korallen der Stramberger Schichten. Paleeontographica, Sup.,
II, 6th-8th pts., 1897, pp. 41-353, Atlas, pls. vi-xx1.
Sytematic study of Madreporarian types of corals. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soe.
London, ser. B, CLX XX VII, 1897, pp. 83-344.
Orpiany, A. dD’. Notes sur des polypiers. Paris, 1849, 12 pp.
Prodrome de paléontologie, Il. Paris, 1850, 428 pp.
Pauuas, P. 8. Elenchus zoophytorum. Haga, 1766, 451 pp.
Priippr, R. A. Kemesus und Phyllodes, zwei neue Genera fossiler Korallen. Neues
Jahrb. fiir Mineral., Jahrg. 1841, pp. 662-668, pl. x1 B.
Pourtratks, L. F. Zoological results of the Hassler xpedition, Deep-sea corals.
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., IV, 1874, IH. Cat. No. VIII, pp. 33-49, pls. vi-rx.
Prarz, E. Ueber die verwandschaftlichen Beziehungen einiger Korallengattungen
mit hauptsiichlicher Beriicksichtigung ihrer Septalstructur. Paleeontographica,
XXIX, 1882, pp. 81-124, pl. xiv.
Reuss, E. A. Beitriige zur Charakteristik der Kreideschichten in den Ostalpen,
besonders im Gosauthale und am Wolfgangsee. Denkschr. K. Akad. Wissensch.
Wien, Mat.-naturhist. Cl., VII, 1854, pp. 1-156, pls. I-xxx1.
Rumpuius, GeorGc Everarp. Herbarium amboinense, VI. Amsteleed., 1750, 256
Ds x pls!
Sars, G. O. On some remarkable forms of animal life from the great depths off the
_ Norwegian coast, I. Christiana, 82 pp., vr pls., 1872 (see M. Sars).
Sars, M. In G. O. Sars, On some remarkable forms of animal life from the great
depths off the Norwegian coast, I. 1872, p. 58, pl. v, figs. 24-32.
Sepa, AtBertus. Locupletissimi rerum naturalium Thesauri accurata descriptio et
iconibus arteficissimis expressio per universam physices historiam, III. Amster-
dam, 212 pp., cxv pls. 1858. :
SEGUENZA, G. Disquisizioni paleontologiche intorno ai corallarii fossili delle rocce
terziarie del distreto di Messina, 2 pts. Torino, 1863-1864, 156 pp., xv pls.
Sturcupury, SAMUEL. An account of the mode of growth of young corals of the
genus Fungia. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, X VI, 1830, pp. 495-498, pl. xxx1r.
Tentson-Woop, J. E. On the extra-tropical corals of Australia. Proc. Linn. Soe.
N.S. Wales, II, 1878, pp. 292-341, pls. 1v—vr.
1845.
p. 137, pl. 1, fig. 23, Porrentruy.¢
See Etallon.
Tomes, R. F. Observations on some imperfectly known Madreporaria from the
Cretaceous formation of England. Geol. Mag., n. s., Dec. IIT, LH, 1885, pp. 541-
553, pl. xiv.
Observations on some British Cretaceous Madreporaria, with the description
of two species. Geol. Mag., n. s., Dec. IV, VI, 1899, pp. 298-307, pl. x11.
VauGHan, T. WayLanp. Some Cretaceous and Eocene corals from Jamaica. Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zool., XX XIV, 1899, pp. 227-250, pls. xxXvI-xLI.
The Eocene and Lower Oligocene coral faunas of the United States, with
descriptions of a few doubtfully Cretaceous species. U. 8. Geol. Sury., Mon.
XX XIX, 1900, 263 pp., xxrv pls.
Corals of the Buda limestone, Texas. U. 8. Geol. Sury., Bull. 205, 1903,
pp. 37-40, 89-92, pls. XxvI, XxXvU.
Tertiary corals of North America. Pt. I]. Faunas of the post-Kocene for-
mations of the eastern and southeastern United States and the Tertiaries of the
West Indies. U.S. Geol. Surv., Mon., vol. —. (In preparation.)
Verritt, A. KK. List of polyps and corals sent by the museum of Comparative
Zoology to other institutions in exchange, with annotations. Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., I, 1864, pp. 29-60.
-——. Coralsand polyps of the North Pacific Exploring Expedition. Proc. Essex.
Inst., IV, 1865, pp. 145-196, pls. 1v, v; Idem, V, 1866, pp. 17-50, pls. 1, 11.
Review of the corals and polyps of the west coast of America. Trans.
Conn. Acad. Sci., I, 1870, pp. 3877-558, pls. 1v—x.
Variations and nomenclature of Bermudian, West Indian, and Brazillian
reef corals, with notes on various Indo-Pacific corals. Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci.,
XI, 1902, pp. 63-168, pls. x—xxv.
Vouz, WitHELM. Die Korallen der Schichten von St. Cassian in Stid-Tirol. Pa-
leeontographica, XLII, 1896, pp. 1-124, pls. xt.
Zrrrer, Karu A. von. Handbuch der Palaeontologie, I. Miinchen and Leipzig,
1876-1880, 765 pp.
“Reference from Milne Edwards and Haime, Hist. nat. corall., LH, p. 327.
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF MAM-
MALS FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.
By Epear A. Mrarns,
Major and Surgeon, United States Army.
Karly in the year 1903, the Philippine Scientific Association was
formed for the purpose of making known the physical resources of
the Philippine Islands and gathering materials for the Government
Museum of the United States. The author undertook the study of
mammals, and on a part of his collection the present paper is based,
the greater part having been identified, and the remainder forwarded
to Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, jr., Assistant Curator, Division of Mammals,
U.S. National Museum, for determination. Mr. Miller is now engaged
in studying types of East Indian mammals at the British Museum,
where the most difficult forms can be identified by actual comparison
with Philippine types. The collection is still so meager that a general
report on the mammals, even of the southern islands of the Philippine
group, would be premature.
I am indebted to the authorities of the U. S. National Museum for
affording me every facility and convenience in working up the collec-
tion. My thanks are especially due to Dr. R. Rathbun, Assistant
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution, and to’ Mr. G. 8S. Miller, jr.; and
I received much direct assistance from Mr. Walter L. Hahn, Dr.
Marcus W. Lyon, jr., and Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, of the Museum
staff. to each of whom I express my sincere and grateful appreciation.
The new genera described are as follows:
Urogate (p. 485). Type: Urogale cylindrura, new species.
Podogymnura (p. 436). Type: Podogymnura true/, new species.
Bullimus (p. 450). Type: Bullimus bagobus, new species.
Limnomys (p. 451). Type: Limnomys sibuanus, new species.
Tarsomys (p. 453). Type: Tarsomys apoensis, new species.
Apomys (p. 455). Type: Apomys hylocwtes, new species.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1402.
425
426
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.
VOL. XXVIII.
The new species and subspecies described are as follows:
Cynomolgus mindanensis, p. 428.
Cynomolgus mindanensis apoensis, p. 429.
Mus kelleri, p. 444.
Mus todayensis, p. 445.
Mus vulcani, p. 446.
Mus vuleant apicis, p. 447.
Mus pantarensis, p. 448.
Mus commissarius, p. 449.
Bullimus bagobus, p. 450.
Cynomolgus suluensis, p. 430.
Cynomolgus cagayanus, p. 431.
Pteropus lanensis, p. 452.
Pleropus cagayanus, p. 433.
Urogale cylindrura, p. 485.
Podogymnura truei, p. 437. Limnomys sibuanus, p. 452.
Mus tagulayensis, p. 439.
Mus albigularis, p. 440.
Mus magnirostris, p. 441.
Tarsomys apoensis, p. 453.
Apomys hylocetes, p. 456.
‘Apomys petricus, p. 458.
Mus mindanensis, p. 442. Apomys insignis, p. 459.
Mus zamboange, p. 445.
CYNOMOLGUS Reichenbaeh. (18638.)
MACAQUES OR LONG-TAILED GREEN MONKEYS.
Meyer, in his valuable work on the mammals of the Celebes and
Philippine archipelagoes, expressed the opinion that when a sufficient
number of specimens of these monkeys shall have been assembled
from the various islands of the Philippine group characters may be
discovered to separate races or species from certain islands or groups
of islands. The U. 8. National Museum has now acquired 21 speci-
mens from five different islands, and a study of this material has con-
vinced me that the constant differences found in specimens from the
islands of Luzon, Mindanao, Sulu, and Cagayan Sulu entitle the forms
from these islands to be considered as distinct from each other and
from the old species, Cynomolgus fascicularis (Macacus cynomolgus of
authors). A single immature specimen (Cat. No. 125326, U.S.N.M.)
from Basilan Island does not show any characters to separate it from
the Macaque of the neighboring island of Mindanao. The forms which
I recognize are as follows:
CYNOMOLGUS PHILIPPINENSIS Isidore Geoffroy.
MANILA MACAQUE.
Chongo (native Tagalo name).
Macacus philippinensis Istbore Grorrroy, Archiy. du Mus., I, p. 568, pl. v;
Catal. des Primat., 1851, p. 29 (based on an albino from Manila, Luzon,
Philippine Islands).
Macacus palpebrosus IstporE Grorrroy, Catal. des Primat., p. 93; Archiy. d.
Mus., V, p. 543 (based on normal coloration; specimen also from Manila).—
Waaner, Schreb., 8. Suppl., 1855, V, p. 64.
The U. S. National Museum has recently acquired four good speci-
mens of the Luzon Macaque from the province of Batangas, Luzon,
Philippine Islands (Nos. 114139 to 114142, U.S.N.M.). The following
description is based on these specimens:
No. 1402. NEW PHILIPPINE MAMMALS—MEARNS. 427
Color.—Like all the species of this group the pelage of the upper-
parts and outer surface of limbs is annulated with light and dark. The
light rings and glossy texture of the hair give these parts a changing
hue when viewed in different lights. The general effect is as follows:
Upperparts mummy brown, the hairs everywhere annulated with
blackish; top of head strongly tinged with chestnut; sides of head
grizzled yellowish olive; forehead ornamented with a brow of stiff
black hairs, scarcely separated from the naked orbits by a narrow
rim of short, brown hair, which is cut off by intervening black in the
center; underparts, including inner surface of limbs, scantily clothed
with pale drab-gray hairs of a very silky texture; genitals, broccoli
brown; outer surface of limbs, mummy brown, mixed with smoke
gray on wrists, ankles, feet, and hands; tail, grayish black above,
hair brown below, with a gradual blending of these colors on the sides
of the tail.
Cranial measurements of two adult females from Batangas, Luzon.
No. 114140, No. 114141,
| U.S.N.M. | U.S.N.M.
Measurement.
mine. num.
FLeMesh lengthy (CXCIISIVeVORINCISOIS) = o-oss ceejaa 22 osien a= = aia eal ee miele ix nisin i= 110 110
Basallalemothpeer sees tae ct eee tremt eri Se) ale eean tot cence scatter bce Se saeacce | 83 81
Basilar length .......-. | 79 76
Least palatal length 5 dd 2
Palatalebreadths(betweemdiromt molars). ose<.5- cee sie ses sei ic-s cle 18 | 19
Hix ROVEN MALO 1ONGEKG OU OES eae erie eee Se Re Uae eee mes meee aa Sean AP eae 70) | 66
WISSTOLGUDTE AGG Mee See oor ee eps 2 2 a bs pcytie ecm ayes oats aides and Sel eibite aeerejeeie 58 55
Greatest breadth of braincase above roots of zygomata....-.....------------- 56 55
Least breadth of braincase immediately behind orbits .........---.-------.-- 40 | 40
(Grelanienl fonceescoh Parents nese er a Ome ree eee SIRO RM sy a i encom ae MAE C p eNe H 57 55
Least distance from orbit to alveolus of inner incisor..........-----.-----...-- 37 32
Greatest depth of braincase (exclusive of sagittal crest) .........-.----------- | 43 | 43
aim Glillol eye ee oe cee Se fee eee 2a Le Bs tcse are heats sine Sialslaybiate ils aiele w Sterete icy 80 78
Grestesidenthroie ram see yee noc ee ences eae oh ele ne ot eictete ian stieeyens asec GH) 16
Maxilaryatoothrowiexclusive Of iMCisOrs) 2-2 2csose-.25=6 5 sn5-5>se cose ee eee = 36 37
Mandibular toothrow (exclusive orimeisors)-<. <2 2. 2e.- occ ese caresses en eee ce 39 410
Crowds md aletippernnOl Asse ceases sore eee ie ne ela laevis alsin afetewinictel=in cic sje miele de Dox leak Oded
Crownrok middlejlowermolarias..tee ac seteee sce e cee fa cccce ees sce scisess es sicse | 7.6x6 7.8X6.1
Remarks.— Measurements taken from skins of monkeys are so unsat-
isfactory that I have omitted them. Skulls indicate that the size of
the Luzon form is about the same as that from Mindanao, but the
smaller size of the foramen magnum in all of the Luzon skulls would
indicate a more slender animal.
Specimens examined.—Four, two adult females and two immature
males, all from Batangas, Batangas Province, Luzon, Philippine
Islands.
428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. Vou. XXVIII.
CYNOMOLGUS MINDANENSIS, new species.
MINDANAO MACAQUE.
Chongo (Visayans of Mindanao).
Ahm/-mo (Moros of Mindanao).
Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), Cat. No. 123450, U.S.N.M. Col-
lected at Pantar (altitude 1,900 feet), Mindanao, Philippine Islands,
August 26, 1908, by Edgar A. Mearns. (Original number, 5620.)
Characters.—Stouter than Cynomolgus philippinensis, and different
in color.
Color. —Upperparts raw umber, the hairs everywhere annulated
with blackish; top of head strongly washed with burnt umber; sides
of head pale grayish olive; forehead with grizzled brown front, orna-
mented with long, stiff, black hairs, forming a bushy brow; under-
parts pale drab-gray; genitals broccoli brown; outer surface of limbs
tawny-olive, becoming drab-gray on the fingers and toes; tail slaty
black at base above, becoming paler toward the extremity, and olive- »
drab below, with a few tawny annuli to the hairs of the upper side
near the base. The young are grayer and less brownish.
Skull and teeth. Comparing skulls of adult females, the foramen
magnum is larger than in Cynomolgus philippinensis; and the lamb-
doidal crests are more arched and wider, showing less posterior expan-
sion of the braincase. Teeth similar.
Cranial measurements of six specimens from Pantar, Mindanao.
J 92457 | |
No. 123449, | No. 123455, | No. 123448, eeceane No. 123453, | No. 128456,
Measurement. U.S.N.M., | U.S.N.M., | U.S.N.M., fe ats “| USN: M.; | ULSSNeM:
female. female. male. ras of) male. male.
ype. |
mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. | mm.
Greatest length (exclusive of
PICISOYVS) . . cia sac ante seine cee 105 110 121 125) 11 122 -| 121
Basal Tene th! ..2.0c<eesccecnice 78 82 93 97 92 | 91
Basilardengthe es. --ceeseeee 72 80 90 94 sie | 87
Least palatal length -........ 42 44 52 56 49 | 50
Palatal breadth (between
frontanOlars)se ee See cokes 20 20 | 2] 24 21 23
Zygomatic breadth ........-.. 68 70 82 83 198 # 83
Mastoid breadth ............-- 53 55 65 64 64 65
Greatest breadth of brain-
case above roots of zygo-
Tae eee cist seas sect ere ant 5b 59 57 LY 59
Least breadth of brainease | |
immediately behind or-
Dits aoe c as eeciecke oe cere 39 | 40 10 41 40 | 39
Orbital breadthi. 2-5 290-2 5D 55 | 65 62 | 61 | 65
Least distance from orbit to
alveolus of inner incisor... ay 35 40 45 42 41
Greatest depth of braincase |
(exclusive of sagittal crest) - EB 45 47 45 45 | 46
Mandible’ sj2ai* coecatec cocoate 78 | 80 | 88 91 89 90
Greatest depth of ramus ...-. 1625) | 17 17 17.5 18 | 18
Maxillary toothrow (exclu- | | |
sive OPiImcisors)ic. 2-2 sees. 34 36 40 | 38 40 43
Mandibular toothrow (ex- |
clusive of incisors)......... 38 4] 48 46 45 49
Crown of middle upper molar 7.1X6.9 Cie gr 8x8 7.5X7.8 7.5X7 8x8
Crown of middle lower molar. 72X00 7.5X5.9 8.3x6.3 7.9X6 TD XOSO 8x7
|
NO. 1402. NEW PHILIPPINE MAMMALS—MEARNS. 429
Eirternal measurements of type (weight 15 pounds avoirdupois).—
Total length, 1100; tail vertebra, 600; tail hairs, 633; hind foot, 137;
head, 148; ear above crown, 32; ear above notch at base, 39.
Remarks. —The cecum had the human three folds, but lacked an
appendix vermiformis.
Specimens examined.—Eleven skins, 10 with skulls (one skull, Cat.
No. 123451, U.S.N.M., missing), 9 from Pantar, Mindanao (Nos.
123448-123456, U.S.N.M.); 1 from the mouth of the Sulug River on
the east side of the Gulf of Davao, southern Mindanao (No. 125323,
U.S.N.M.); and 1 (No. 125326, U.S.N.M.) from the island of Basilan
(off Zamboanga, Mindanao).
CYNOMOLGUS MINDANENSIS APOENSIS, new subspecies.
MOUNT APO LONG-TAILED GREEN MONKEY OR MACAQUE.
Loo’-toong (Bagobo natives of Mount Apo).
Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), Cat. No. 125321, U.S.N.M.
Collected on Mount Apo at the altitude of 6,000 feet, southern Min-
danao, Philipine Islands, June 25, 1904, by Edgar A. Mearns. (Origi-
nal number, 5670.)
Characters. —Similar to Cynomolqus mindanensis, but paler and dif-
ferent in color.
Color.—Upperparts yellowish olive, the hairs everywhere annulated
with blackish; top of head slightly washed with burnt umber; sides of
head pale olivaceous gray, annulated with darker; forehead pale oliv-
aceous gray, separated from the crown by a strong fringe of stiff black
hairs; face gray; underparts whitish smoke gray; genitals bistre;
outer surface of limbs pale yellowish olive, changing to olive-gray on
lower portion and on hands and feet; upper side of tail slate-black at
base, fading to mouse gray on terminal half, and smoke gray on under
side. Young, and nearly mature specimens, are colored almost exactly
like the two old females.
Skull and teeth.—Compared with C. mindanensis mindanensis the
rostrum is shorter, and the braincase wider, the zygomatic arches more
expanded, orbital breadth slightly greater, and the molariform teeth
shghtly narrower.
Specimens examined.—Four skins with skulls, all from Mount Apo
at 6,000 feet altitude, June 25 to 29, 1904. Females not pregnant,
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04 28
430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Cranial measurements of adult female from Mount Apo, southern Mindanao.
No. 125321,
Measurement. U.S.N.M.,
type
mm.
Greatest length (ex clusiveOr In CisOrs) a. Gee eset ciel te cee elena sleet ciaierein = eiclaleteleialereisie wie vie epee 107
| SYNTH LIY=) 09 610 oe ee ees See en Se reer r Ty AM SONS a Sae seen c ode cHeces En HahdeUS 80
Basile Wen othe ccc ok clove ©cccyels £:ne iw S creators a Pelee ate eatin reed een le et cee eel 75
eastpalatal Lemp thy & 2s. Soc 5 Ne cvieics es wie otete elaretetererepeie lejetnisie tele re atetene l= aise atelnhay eh fateete ieee rafters 39
Palatal breadth (between froutmolars).c2. 525.222 .eceee rece sete spaces eee See eee ae 19.5
“LyVSOMAtiC bread the: = <<< - s.csces ce sels Haw ie Sele ea itie wlan aw wee wien foie gaye ieee ee eee elie eel hz
Mastold: breadth ocncc ccc dood Sa nee se cate alelote orslelelsioteneleisier enamine ierce mee <a eae ena 58
Greatest breadth of braincase above roots of zygomata........-.-...----------------- eee eee 56
Least breadth of braincase immediately behind orbits.............----.-----------++------ 41
Orbital breadth. A225 asec se ce Ss cae cies ele aictare so era crereleleielelersteialatta Sale ce a Ian Soe eee eee 56.5
Least distance from orbit to:aliveolus:of inmer IN Cisore-. 222 2. - 2 <5. eens sss sine ene 30
Greatest depth of braincase (exclusive of sagittal crest) ..........-..-.-..2--------0------- 45
Mandible'c.; sc acct aseecobose ogee en ccc cee seep enmiesiniteeeiae oe Raye a a8 ee Cee ae 78
Greatest) Qe p tlvOn reams ayers eee cates ce ower o orm ree ieee ee a were aero 15.5
Maxillary toothrow. (exclusive Oh InCisOrs)i2..22- seceueee ce ane ce eeeeeeree ern ase seers cae 35
Mandibular toothrow (@XClusive: Of INCGISOTS) 02. se. semisee es ete = eee Bra ers 40
Crowmiokmiddlenipperamolartcccsos-< othe soccer eseence se ee nee aaa = eee erence mere Tele 1624
GrowiOf middle Jower Moles ae sis cieeiciefeteiste oases eiee ee ee toe eiea eee earner em eeeee L XanDne
External measurements of two adult females from Mount Apo, southern Mindanao.
No. 125321, | No. 125322,
Measurement (from fresh specimens). USN. Mey | UES Neo.
type. topotype.
mm. mm,
Ue k=b year a Rear Sere eee ene Sn Caen tern om ere ee ee OEP eis Or eo eae os | 900 910
TAILVETCEDTEGE cic ssc ese oe nee aioe slo eee os alata fe So eress pans lore rai aleeetarae ae mm rereteeectene 455 445
13 Gh avo lio 10] Meee ener ener Seek ta oen Oe Merten err eA RS aA a ee 128 120
13 \:\ 0 (eee eee sereSinrs, So eveveMiort cerSGicsi sive ee eee oe ae eee 117 120
ATH DOMOICT OWA > s1s.ore.c:e ye fro. oy6 Sysincs Fa reralt ie enase's,alasatehate avsherers octane clovern eeistel oreiaimjoaeteree mien 31 30
Ear above notch at base............------- W cle, ea apanaiauain Siete es Paeeees Sere Seni aoeees 85 BE
Measurements of two specimens from Mount Apo, southern Mindanao.
N. €
aCe No, 125320,
Measurement (from fresh specimens). immature t ‘S.N.M..,
female |Young male
tototype. | fPotype.
mm. mm.
Total len pth); sas. c.at cohes-tas sere eons ser eaeaeeteac cmsccieme cece messmo ce Saeeeee 780 690
Marliverte bree. ae o&.0 cc We cig tees aw tepciare aera Sele ree are gee serail eer Soahsee 400 350
ENG tOOt 22-228 coseeen eons Bes ehh oe FA in at Bs eee Ss eae ee eee 111 103
RG ies oof cis icorerc aon rece a ees Snare ya eS A oe ees Seen 106 98
CYNOMOLGUS SULUENSIS, new species.
SULU MACAQUE.
Type.—Adult male (skull without skin), Cat. No. 125324, U.S.N.M.
Collected at the foot of Crater Lake Mountain, on the island of Sulu,
Philippine Islands, November 16, 1903, by Edgar A. Mearns. (Orig-
inal number, 5750.)
Characters. Larger than Cynomolgus mindanensis or C. philippi-
nensis, With different coloration (from my recollection) and cranial
characters.
Skull and teeth.—Compared with C. mindanensis the skull is larger,
with relatively wider frontal and zygomatic arches; rostrum shorter
No. 1402. NEW PHILIPPINE MAMMALS—MEA RNS. 431
and broader; audital bullae more rounded; molariform teeth smaller,
without marginal tubercles on inner border.
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult male, from Sulu. .
No. 125324,
Measurement. U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm.
Greatestalengihn(Gxclushve/Of INCISOTS)\) «c26 seewloscce sa cases cites secisees soe tiasisesesewosesswe 126
Basalel empties se eee alas saline citer Sera eascee ce seine oe skate cies Gmesacenices cers cleaercern | 96
Basil a rel Om ei eeeieee save = cistetal cle ao )s «mais 6s dis Sete a Se eS eres Sie nisin d aiiseisio ad eGindeice ie cis sialsicier 92
MCAS tala LAlGLEN SUM eee xis cee sc eos ns clte Sareeisielqnartseis nee oe atiet sec oasaerieae ostwaeStcos 51
Palatalpres dthudbetwmecnmront mMOlars)\ ss. sen aeeeniaemee scniscn teres esesee sacmeces caeee 22
AY SOM ALL CIOLCAG Gilastncciycnicte cctiemete saicias cae eee oe some ede ne wecisto alanis dou aes sieecisloscecaigcic 91
Wastordgnrend these: sae ces asec cen snack alesis noire Sete Rote Ise meets ocle Hom arssme Gis Mace eece 64
Greatest breadth of braincase above roots of zygomata ............-.---.------------------ 58
Least breadth of braincase immediately behind orbits...........-..-----.-------.---+-e0- 41
Orbitalebredd Uhpseen see ete os Se econ ae soc ceren ee tote mama ere nss oe sees een sige 73
Least distance from orbit to alveolus of inner incisor.........--..----------.---.....+----- 44
Greatest depth of braincase (exclusive of sagittal crest) .......-..--.-.-.---s-2-2eeee sees 49
Nia cio lemaeemeetees sept ree le ace ela tote oe cise oe atte cick ie meee mie dcm eieicctic eee teem Se citc 93
Grea testid eptimonramusesiaja ces sect oer coset wees cceGne Aecceasesoenss San ceeoa sec emesis 20.5
Misixcl anyetOOtnnro wa CXCIUSIV. GLO 11 CISOUS))caisiclerare crete elec ie eietsictete cs ermte == ree = lsim)s)-telore eo <inistere clei 40
Mancdibularatoothrows (Exclusive Or INCISOMS)lsescesesceee ces nee cclee cee eee asecenccececieccce | 43
Crownrotmadletpperm Olas sac sas meee os wa eciceie eae cls oatacietels Yas oe eem nisterele eieieleeieinic\slewree 7.9X6.1
CrowmiotmiddlelLowerimolans 22225, secre cic cers ysiwimsisisinicrejayetee = vie creistole ois elisleySere siete eicleies.c/e asi 8 x5.3
Specimens examined.—Only the type.
CYNOMOLGUS CAGAYANUS, new species.
CAGAYAN SULU MACAQUE.
Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), Cat. No. 125325, U.S.N.M.,
collected on Cagayan Sulu Island, Sulu Sea (near Borneo), February
25, 1904, by Edgar A. Mearns. (Original number, 5771.)
Characters.—Size, the smallest of the Philippine Macaques; about
three-fifths the bulk of C. philippinensis or C. mindanensis.
Color.—The fresh skin was put in alcohol, in which fluid it was
shipped to the Museum. From my recollection I should say that its
color is now considerably paler than when fresh. At present the
upperparts are olive-brown, with scarcely a trace of chestnut or burnt
umber on the head; sides of head brownish gray, face smoke gray;
forehead grayish in front, behind which a crest of stiff black hair
arises; underparts pale drab-gray; outer surface of limbs like the back
above, but fading at the knee and elbow joints to drab-gray upon the
forearms, hands, legs, and feet; tail above slate-black at base, fading
to mouse gray toward the end, and drab-gray on the under side.
Skull and teeth.—The skull of the type is similar to that of the
male of (. mindanensis, but is only as large as the female of that
species, the proportion of weight in the sexes being as 9 to 15. The
size would be, therefore, only three-fifths of that of C. méndanensis.
In form the skull quite closely resembles that of C. su/wensis; but the
dentition is relatively much heavier. The audital bulle are small,
but inflated and prominent apically.
432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII,
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult male, from Cagayan Sulu Island.
| No, 125325,
Measurement. U.S.N.M.,
type.
4 mm.
Greatest ensth (exclusive Of iImGisOrs) <222 S25, < oom ett wie ete tae eer te eel aloe eee eee 110
Basalileneth 22. o0 ease Bei cede Se esate tes o ones Peet ee eee een eee eee eee 81
Basilarelene Glee ssacicss ose cee eect oleh tate cal tet ea pa oo gee ne ett 77
om palatal length 2222 pees cnc ce sete oar eee asec tne pete ae eet te een ae ee 46
Palatal breadth (between: trontimolars) A-cjsseccte ose eerie tee ae eee cee eee a eee etetatets 20.5
Zygomatic breadth : 77
IMaStOlde DLO AGthy ‘ace c:ractcee sect ey ese erat nate leit aiaeeienetane 60
Greatest breadth of braincase above roots of zygomata.....--....-..----------------- ue 55
Least breadth of braincase immediately behind orbits.........-..-..-.------------- aN aes 38
(Oy daykish ll oivch Kohn ete nnerS ea, ene Seem Se Or ance ee rer amr amc ap Abia emma Seo coop Stic 59
Least distance from: orbit to.alyeolus of Inner inelsOress-. see sae- e eeee ee 41
Greatest depth of braincase (exclusive of sagittal crest).......--.---.-.----- eosin eee 44
WER oye hie) (ce eee a enn ete en eee a Ne teal a Se Orme aoc CaP SHORE AA nUSaCOdanE Cass 81
GreatestidepthOt TAMUSs. 2 csc ats fos. asa oo aptetateljalraleicte a fote ate hel patentee Sars! Mee erste sero ncrers 16
Maxillary toothrow (exclusive Of incisors) .....-----+--+-.-+--+2- eee eee eee eee eee eee eee 39
Mandibular-toothrow. (exclusive Of incisors) 2220. 5-2. cee cnet eee nee ee erate teers 44.2
Crow Of MIdALENIp PET MOAN. se creo c5 am ace ars sietal mS lala sete! ete ote a wit tte le te are ete aioe hte eons Goce)
CrowalOLrimidale TOW erm O1AT sac scr.c < oSecc sete era fetes ara te ieee eer eiieere TAXS9
Upper’ Camime froma: alveolus ee east (eta nae sre case is clei eat ttate tm ol araiea ole refa apa arte el interac Bee 20
Lower canine: trom alveolus sc ase os nce s ase sae cata joel te ye Nee era etn eee oto aerate 14
Specimens examined.—Only the type.
PTEROPUS LANENSIS, new species.
LAKE LANAO FRUIT-EATING BAT.
Kah-hoog’ (Moros of Pantar and Lake Lanao).
Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), Cat. No. 128291, U.S.N.M.
Collected at Pantar (near Lake Lanao, altitude 1,907 feet), Mindanao,
Philippine Islands, September 7, 1903, by Edgar A. Mearns. (Origi-
nal number, 5626.)
Characters. —A member of the subgenus /%eropus, and similar to
Pteropus vampyrus (Linneeus) except in color. Ears long, and sharply
pointed; thumb short compared with that of 2. vampyrus from Jav
and the tibia and forearm are less hairy above.
Membranes.—The uropatagium, as in vampyrus, is concealed by fur
between the knee and body above, but only partially so below; propa-
tagium naked above, furry below; wing membranes naked above, but
furred below next to the body and along the border of the forearm.
Color. Wing membranes blackish. Pelage black, above and below,
faintly washed with seal brown on upper side of neck, and with burnt
umber across shoulders and on rump. A few brownish-gray hairs are
intermixed; but these are lacking on the chin, throat, under side of
neck, and front of chest, where all of the hairs are black. Viewed in
acertain light, the belly shows a tinge of seal brown. The pattern
of the russet area of the neck of vampyrus is just perceptibly indi-
cated above, but there is no trace of it on the under side of the neck.
Skull and teeth.—Similar to those of 7. vanpyrus.
Specimens examined.—Only the type.
ie
No. 1402. NEW PHILIPPINE MAMMALS—MEARNS. fSe
Remarks.—Colonies of these large bats surrounded Lake Lanao,
Mindanao, which occupies a basin 2,000 feet above the sea at water
level of the lake, whence many of them regularly passed over our
camp at Pantar, 5 miles distant, on the Agus River, which drains Lake
Lanao. Several were shot and examined at Bacolod, on the northwest
shore of the lake; but these specimens were lost in transportation dur-
ing a military expedition. Ido not remember that they varied from
the type.
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult male, from Pantar, Mindanao.
No. 123291,
Measurement. U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm.
(PROTEGE NDS se deeae bee aS So ee ao ene SRE aedo sn cea ae KE ttle DRE ae Ree EO On aioe ney 76
SR SeS Len Pilea erat torsion cies Se Mew oe cru ee ee Hoots Cea et ere ee ee etn BAe Mad oaths 74
SSI E GTN Ee Bae ee Ree aiee ere ya are sees : 72
Medianipalatalleneth =. 22 -6-.--s0.csecesces 43
Palatal breadth (between anterior molars) : PY |
PASEO TEN ANG, LEV REENG TD Ose Se es eee TIE a CI tT a ena nes re 43.5
Least interorbital breadth in front of postorbital processes ...........-.....--------------- 10.2
Least interorbital breadth behind postorbital processes ..................-------------+-+ 9
BreadthibeLweenitipsioL postorbital) proeessess . -< os. cs-cee sea ueksee ses ceeces + acces sescdaecn 34.9
Greatest breadth of braincase above roots of zygomata ............-..-..---.-----...---0-- 25.3
Greatest depth of braincase (exclusive of sagittal crest)...........-.....-....-----.:------ 19
OC eipltaliG enthie sae esac cc ennces laise seis seo close cies aac acec nemece secs cas sameness 15
Greatestidepth of rostrum at middleiof diastema, -....---22-<.--2-2-<--s2-6-2-+<- seen eens ns 11.5
Greatest breadth of rostrum at middle/of diastema --.--..--.-....--.-..--:-<c-------2---s- 13
Mandiblexesons oer moc csc ce tocsueccemoueeee ON ete ces ec Se SUA eee Bees See Ne rece 62
Maia yacoopnnowa (@XelUSiVveyOludmM CISOTS) re smascecacs ancicltemie ce asia cise eisiniiars Selcie oe eieersiete see 29
Man dibulamtoothro wi (Exclusiv.e.or inGisors) so. ose. . cs- 5 case coe e see ae es Sens se cmne eee eeee 33
CLOWIUOMATSE UppPereMOlaTs sascsa ann ceeee ee sae acne = WOR ee Spe nt 3 cee et ee eee 5.6
CLOW MEO tahun OWEN OAM emce sett ccpsisers ool iaeeinsnelebees Comal siecle wiemeeiceme He Se oeler seie=t 5
External measurements of adult male from Pantar, Mindanao.
No. 122291,
Measurement (taken from fresh specimen). WESsINe Mee
type.
mm.
ee eC OGivereteermette et mictae eteeie state nia ieiolaielernieteicieie sie tinialelsiniaaate cd emiemiacrnscece ccc sacri ae 350
ANEW? Go OE NOR CY Sere teeta e SOS BN CSS AEE SE CIE EO AcE RSE Teor yaa Sore aera 555 1885
Distance from tip of nose to end of outstretched hind limb......................--....... 500
FASC ee ere ao mae a css eee nice See SGM? Se etib heieie Satie vince Neen £8 89
PRIN awit ll tC LANWemer ese erinma sae maar Nase s ses cece eine Sec Nea deeceeS on tenc soaks cas 69
TPE NCTE OVE ENO Ute CLAN ee torre eee tater ae Societe nico Rok ome Acct nicecee he acescahe te 55
STE ORUE EES etl INC Teer ee err a Mee ors SIRS is SRS Sorin = weak Rr bevels ete sie 370
MDGS 4 Scene cSudensne Boe eeuE Bets Ie SES SEER ene poe aa oe ae a ate a er ee 90
SER repartee eet elo fatter tte ee ae ieee yy I Me SNS io wa ia cictalvlose. eg cleis eicjeiere-esic 65
CINIGEIN 26S. Gasca den ES ere Da O eS On GOS On Bets CR a nie EE nan ies he cee aes eee 30
BEML OME CALUS Mayas ene eae eee eras seme eae nes Zane ea cease ae aek aes Semis: aw eeSosscas 36
IDEN? URC IOL (CRD AN SB AAC eA Se oeeaes CASS a SAE A acee GaROC CRE OOD OL CE Seat Gan a aaa nen ae eee 33
\RAGIUN OU GA oe spooee nen ncepooedenas ca sctisee SOE OR aS Ee ar CHa TOGO SHC C Cee ee EE eens 18
PTEROPUS CAGAYANUS, new species.
CAGAYAN SULU FRUIT-EATING BAT.
Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), Cat. No. 125289, U.S.N.M.
Collected on Cagayan Sulu Island, near the west side of the Sulu Sea,
Philippine Islands, February 25, 1904, by Edgar A. Mearns. (Origi-
nal number, 5755.)
45-4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
Charac tors. — A “member of the subgenus Se WIL aS defined by
Matschie. Similar to Pteropus hypomelanus Temminck, but different
in color; skull with osseous orbital ring complete in old individuals;
teeth smaller than in 2. hypomelanus.
Color. » skins were temporarily preserved in formalin, but the
colors have not been materially changed. Head blackish brown all
round but slightly paler on crown, with a few whitish hairs intermixed
above; upper side of neck and shoulders wood brown, becoming
tinged with tawny posteriorly, where it ends abruptly in a straight
transverse line; remainder of upperparts grizzled blackish. Under
side of body russet brown, becoming blackish brown on the sides; feet
and wing-membranes blackish.
Skull and teeth.—Save in the type, which is younger, all of the
specimens have the postorbital and jugal processes united, completing
the osseous orbit of the eye. Except in this respect, the skull closely
resembles that of 72 hypomelanus from the Natuna Islands, but the
latter has the teeth slightly more robust. The same is true of 7”.
lepidus. The skull and teeth of 7. cagayanus are decidedly smaller
than in Steere’s specimens from Panay, which he called ‘* Pferopus
hypomelan us.”
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult male, from Cagayan Sulu Island.
No. 125289,
Measurement. U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm.
Greatest Tem GEA sic ces.s.e xiors-a}sisre.o'nls efaislevatare/svaia,ete aavaleratavalavasara a e’aia/eiate avaieieyeteimieela aiminia are aiaraavetete eerie 63
Basal lengthy .22s53 25.92 sceiesis Segue se cec sede shee eC amen ae eins ee eae nace See eeeeee 61.5
Basilarilen eth ssccc-2d cece o Atascosa gue ce oes we cie ree ere 2 ee Oe See ee ene nee eee 59.5
Median palatal lenght. sasccr sisjncis pete Ste stays ore ale orsiors wimarevciac ere ateteta dis = svete eterajatermictoselete oat elseieioeiete 37
Palatal breadth (between anterior molars) cess... ceaste esses eee ose ee eee eee 11.3
Zygomatie cede tek peers aso Seria ae eee a OSE OCIS eS SSO SR oOo eatnieis tla Secor eee 35
Least interorbital breadth in front of postorbital PIOCESSES whaiscdais Fee sse east Sect eee eee ee 8.2
Least interorbital breadth behind postorbital processes...........--.---------------------- 6.2
Breadth between: tips of postorbital processes: 2.22. i S2sci 2222 2cheecnc ones cease neceseene te 26.5
Greatest breadth of braincase above roots of zygomata..............-.-..----------------- 22.5
Greatest:depthior Draimcase: st a. sao neee cece ee ea eee cre oee seecee =e jaibue S22 eee 18
Occipitalidepthivasd. 24252 sot casters oe siete e 2 ciscatsicee Ream eee nicer Sore nie eo aes eae ane ek eee 13
Greatest depth of rostrum at middle of diastema ......-...-.-...-- 4)
Greatest breadth of rostrum at middle of diastema 11.6
MAM Gib lessor oS sce te ice a ereeae Sects rca AG lettres nfo Secretar Se eae Sree ee a ee 52
Maxillary toothrow (@xelusive.Of iMCisOrs)) 2. fos. tose ece cis ac iw cc eianeicis cinsteisiejsnee ese reine 24
Mandibular toothrow (exclusive.of incisors) 2.20. -a5.-c cscs cee eee sane eeee eee eee 27.5
Crown offirstiupper molamitt. -csscccscetestcssoce~tseee cs stead cna te oe erec ees aeeatets 5
Crown Of firstJowermolar. 4 f22.23. 8 soecc8 Foee sk ce eicie esa e see aeee Sete eee fsemaeatoneare 4.3
Eaternal measurements of well-made skin.
No. 125289,
Measurement. ULSINUMe,
type.
mm.
15 K=1:16 Utzh ALOU] 8168 RCA RNR HOA COREROCAAO COREA SOTO COSCO O NOD TO DOOCCOOnHOOnaounnon6apsseaosdac 230
J tb 0) t: ee es ont ee a a ae rt sii, Nee an SHC ons EShonA 64
BOO U cdo occ oaicre cree we oenars rarer mye wi seige. 0-5 (oS ow Sree rarer AS Oa tae ry eet ee eee Peer 45
EH (G7) geen ee neh ten, te RES SAE eee et IS Se Sen Gore Gn adn C OO IRS 15
ROLPCATIM 24 wis's sachs cere ciokiee geared ore Sead Ssislere sje Sia winis BSS Seteee eivioe Se SEee sees Saat ae eee eeartetere 138
PUM D Withiela wise cee sss s bk oe ew cain vente yee ee Re eee tote eee 53
Second. (longest)! digits. cia. 8a. css 2c 2 sc Sood coe see eae coe nema ee see eee ee eee 250
Ha? TOM: MCAtuUS:. aocios esos ie spate yoru aia ic os tsiels a crcreo eee sell Sethe eee ne ae eee Mae eee PAL
Har ftrom:CPOW I ic sec nize Sic o1std. 6 swe a cis Siw aie cievaie ale ele ae agate ake saee States are eee eee 17.5
Width Of @arss. 2285. 22% ssw sod cawie dances a ce ee eee BOE Ee ere Cee eens 16
No, 1402. NEW PHILIPPINE MAMMALS—MEARNS. 435
Specimens Aen three (gins ond dmillgn al Aan lieing
to midrib of cocoanut-tree leaves, on Cagayan Sulu Island, Philippine
Islands, near the west side of the Sulu Sea, February 25, 1904.
UROGALE, new genus.
ROUND-TAILED TUPAIAS.
Type.— Urogale cylindrura, new species.
Characters. —Size large; feet and claws relatively large; tail short-
haired and cylindrical. Braincase narrow and elongate; zygomatic
vacuities obsolete; rostrum produced, enlarged, and greatly swollen
for the accommodation of enormous second incisors; second upper
incisor caniniform; third lower incisor minute and erect; lower canines
enormous.
UROGALE CYLINDRURA, new species.
MOUNT APO ROUND-TAILED TUPAIA.
Tahr’-rah Bah/-boo-ey (Bagobo name, meaning Ground-Pig).
Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), Cat. No. 125287, U.S.N.M.
Collected on Mount Apo at the Bagobo village of ete a, altitude
4,000 feet, southern Mindanao, Philippine Islands, July 12, 1904, by
Edgar A. Mearns. (Original number, 5727.)
Characters.—Those of the genus. Similar to Uvrogale everetti
(Thomas), but slightly larger and darker and different in color.
Color.—Entire upperparts blackish seal brown, variegated by mi-
nute tawny-ochraceous annuli to the hairs; a very indistinct fer-
ruginous stripe over each shoulder; underparts broadly tawny-ochra-
ceous in the median line, this color gradually merging into that of the
upperparts; feet clove brown; tail colored like the back above, largely
mixed with ferruginous below; naked skin of ears, surrounding eyes,
snout, and under surface of feet dusky purplish; iris dark brown.
Skull and teeth.—Skull flattened above, and straight, backward to
the junction of the parietal ridges, then sharply decurved posteriorly;
orbital ring slender posteriorly; occipital crest and ridges very prom-
inent; braincase and postpalatal notch narrow; teeth as in U/rogale
everetti (Thomas).
486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE'NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Cranial measurements of two adult males (type and topotype) from Mindanao, and of the
type of Urogale everetti (Thomas).
Urogale cylindrura. | Urogale
Fie aa eae Date everett
Measurement. No. 125287, | No. 125288, | (Thomas),
UISSNeM: U.S. N.M., type.
type. | topotype. x
mm. mim. mim.
Basler Len Pb Misses erecta 2 wee areas etela eon teen heieree tee ee 56 54 54
Occipito-masal length oicet eee esa eecke eee ee eee eee 63.5 61 64.5
Greatest breadth of skulls 2 5253228252552 ed Sre es eae oe 29.5 29 29
Nasal tip to trom tied ee Om Orbits: ace octane cteetare merece eee eter 31 29 30.7
Interorbital breadth jos 8 eee aceasta ce cetec eee ae ae eee 16.4 1L5e7 ye)
Intertemporal brend theses foc: 82 scene ncc ccc en sccm aes eael eee eee 21 20.5 18
ev entell GM OG iets er iatetetotateret= BAe GaN B eR AR AaB wea nd BAGS aa ee 35 32.5 34
Palatal dpresd Chee oe Soe Sects See cicch cle Neon tee eo 17 17 16
Palatalltpred ath’ sO SiG Gye ase syste sateen cre ereciea seaate eee eee SY) 9.5 8.2
Distance from front of first upper incisor to back of third upper
WMO] Aiesos seek ceeteas Seaee sees cet Ue Sac sarale ere ae eee 34 32.5 33.3
Diastema between second upper incisor and canine............-- 4.8 4.2 4.4
Diastema between canine and the most anterior premolar.....-- 1.4 Le si)
Seeond upper incisor, height above bone behind ......-..--.----- 4.8 5 4.8
Second upper incisor, anteroposterior diameter at base......-..-- 2.5 2.5 past
Upper.camine Nel ehiticc..s secs occceaisice oh sinecepote noe uote rrecho ee eers 3 83 3
Uppericanine: diameters... 255222 afeceo snes nass ese neee eee 2 19, 1
(Thirdiower inGisor (Gia merentas== see. <c5, so eee cee aoe ees uO) bee aeyaee mi .6
MhindTOwer im Cison Meets seen. cic see coe re ere eee 1 Ee: a ee ee 1.5
Lower canines Wei pit 228 a. oc. eee sae es Cee eee. ae eee 5.4 Had BY 7
Lower canine, diameter ...-....:.-..---...-.- EY ae 2.6 2.6 2.5
Combined lengths of three upper molars .....................---- 10 9.8 10.6
Combined lengths of three lower molars-2 3422 -2cce>- em eeene oseee lee seeen- see 10.2 10.8
|
External measurements of two adult males from Mindanao.
No. 125287,| No. 125288,
Measurement (from fresh specimens). USS Nem... caNeewie.
type. topotype.
mm. | * mm.
Motallenge th acisasdeae cece cas sacasseeos Se ee Cee aeee Re eee ee ne ee eee 363 360
Ta Verte vee leks iaia ieee Sashes 32 ks Macnee ic ao tolors Doe oe ete ele rane oa oe eee 163 | 155
Tail tovendroMh airs wes ccs se ee eee ee ee eee ee eee 182 185
BELUING TOO boa tect ane nese stan ie Seer eee een ees ein et ee Ae . 54 51
Length or heada. sev. cceaSe ca cc cae cee ae 2 5 ae ee oe eee een 74 68
Height-of cariabove crownl: 2.25226. .225 4. oo seen eeeee eee oar Ae ene shit 9.5
Bana boyveimotel ait DASGy esa ms. ce acre sr eee cee ea ec ner 21 18
Kron tip.Of nose tO ansleolLmoutheie: 228 eee ee ee ee ee 37 35)
Krom tip Of NOSse tO CVC iss. 5.28 ecece occa cecmamccee Sota ane aca ee eae 40 | 36
ErOMtip iol Mose: LOCA 2.0.5 meses nee See Sooners see ee eee eee 61 58
Specimens examined.—The type and one topotype.
Remarks. —The only ones seen were two that the Todaya Bagobos
brought in to me alive. They called it Zahe'-rah Bah'-boo-ey, mean-
ing Ground-Pig. At Tagulaya, on the shore of the Gulf of Davao,
the Bagobos called it Aoh-lagh-chew'-ey, saying that it is common in
the mountains, but not found in the low country by the sea.
PODOGYMNURA, new genus.
LONG-LEGGED WOODSHREWS.
Type.— Podogymnura true, new species.
Characters.—Related to Gymnura and Hylomys. Dental formula:
ES fore | ee! 3—3 3—d
- 1—1 323.
= 40 teeth; second incisor the
NO, 1402. NEW PHILIPPINE MAMMALS—MEARNS. 437
smallest; tail robust and moderately hairy, more than one-third the
leneth of head and body; hind foot seminaked, three-fourths the
length of head; whiskers long, reaching shoulders; diameter of eye
one-sixteenth the length of head; head less than one-fourth of total
length; ears large, seminaked, height from meatus more than one-
third the length of head; fore foot seminaked above, entirely so below,
with four tubercles, one at the base of the second digit, one at the
base of the fifth, a large vase-shaped one at the junction of the third
and fourth, and a very prominent one at the base of the palm; hind
foot 5-tuberculate, a small one at the base of the first digit, a large
one at the base of the second, a vase-shaped one at the junction of the
third and fourth, a medium-sized one at the base of the fifth, and a
prominent one about midway between the heel and middle digits
toward the inner side. Pelage long, full, and soft, with fur of differ-
ent lengths.
PODOGYMNURA TRUEI, new species.
LONG-FOOTED WOODSHREW.
Tah’-rah Bah’-boo-ey (Bagobo).
Type.—Adult female (skull, with remainder in alcohol), Cat. No.
125286, U.S.N.M. Collected on Mount Apo at 6,000 feet. altitude,
southern Mindanao, Philippine Islands, June 25, 1904, by Edgar A.
Mearns. (Original number, 5667.)
Characters.—Those of the genus.
Color (from fresh specimen).—Nose, toes, and claws flesh color;
snout, lips, ears, tail, and feet purplish flesh color; pelage of upper-
parts slate-gray mixed with coarse reddish-brown hairs; underparts
hoary, slightly mixed with brown hairs; claws horn color, with a
reddish-brown spot at middle.
Skull and teeth.—Compared with //ylomys suillus Miller and
Schlegel, the rostrum is more elongate, and the lower border of max-
illa straighter (less arched); narial opening more oblique, sloping
backward; nasal bones narrower; ramus of mandible much broader;
first upper incisor largest, much smaller than canine; second upper
incisor smallest; first upper premolar larger than second or third
incisor, unicuspidate, and canine-like; second upper premolar appar-
ently 2-rooted and flattened, with a prominent cingulum; third upper
premolar externally similar to second, but with more prominent
cingulum, and with the addition of a broad inner step with two tuber-
cles, giving the tooth a quadrilateral form and molariform appearance;
first and second upper molars quadrilateral, with four prominent
cusps, one at each angle, and a minute central tubercle; third molar
smaller, triangular, having three prominent cusps, one at each angle,
and an antero-external step. In the mandible the incisors, as in
438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
Gynnurd, are progressively smaller from before backwards, with
laterally expanded cusps, very different from those in the upper jaw;
single-rooted lower canines much smaller than upper; lower pre-
molars flattened, apparently 2-rooted, cingula prominent; molars
decreasing in size from before backward, essentially 4-cuspidate.
This species is named in honor of Dr. Frederick W. True, head
curator of the department of biology in the U.S. National Museum.
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult female, from southern Mindanao.
| No. 125286,
Measurement. | U.S.N.M.,
| type.
mim,
Zygomatic breadth (about) @....... ie PERE Ree Pre Ae eo SALE eR ASI AoA r 18
Leastiunterorbital breadth s2.2 Sa.922- 226 seek Sacee See onic eee ani ere tee eete ee eeeriaceee 9
Median length of palate: . 2... 02.eo5. Sean tae te tens Soe a ees areal eee ae neil aeee | 21
Lengthrofiinternasalisutures.: 20.22 2a.4-n 2 en eee oe ee ae ee ee eee eee 13.6
Greatest length ok nasal bone vee esses Sens secant cc csi epi Sac ie ee eS yale ole = ee ana 15.1
Greatestibread th Ofmiasals: 224-8 oe a5 alas ote ana cm eee teen ca aah nero ne See eae eee 255
Heithtor naniaWwopenin pie. eects eee ae ata ineraal Ee ey rea nese ene APE ay eae On Ee 8 | 4.9
Breadth ofmarialtopemin ete Mar ieee Ss es a ce em eeks a reteact aye aceasta ere Bein
Breadthrotpalateibetweenram terior Ola nse oe =e eters eles cele cecereeestepa a ae lel pete ate ere 5
Greatest. breadthrof palate outsideroiteeth= 22.6 22s ieee yee ce ee oe eee eee | 10.3
Diastema between first upper INGIsOrs=2 2S. fo ssa le Leone Setateeitotsy pape sate Safar ctehege ers ene eee y)
Distance between outer border of first upper incisors: 3. 2-- 4-2 ss5+-2 2-2 22ec- sees —- fa Sue
BEtWeEN UP DELiGANIN CS rie asia se tote aes sts pcrae te arate areas ee eer ee ee eee rer tae 4.1
Between-outeriborder ou pperi Gamimesiss sae = cen o tereeiae eae = stelteietes cies = ee seas seers 6.1
From anterior border of first upper incisor to posterior margin of last molar .......-..---- 20
From anterior border of upper canine to posterior margin of last molar.............-.---- 15
Kromianterior Dorderiof first Upper INCiSOMtOIGAMIMes 5-8 fas oes 2/66) -f= meatal eee 5
Unitedilenoths of three uppermolans. <a. soc ee sa ates ee le eet a ee | 6.5
ene thotsirstUpperwmolan ss =.= eee ee sets RAO IRE he ae Oe A POE ER eA ea A 2:5
Breadth ofifirstiupperjmolan so.-s 2st tect 2 ecase< a2 cece sab careisinn =e ee eee eres are 2.6
Length ormrstupperdncisontrom: all V.cOlUge eens = oe ee tsa eee 253)
Lensth:ot first upper canine from alveolus: 3.2225. 2a lesion a eeinctein joes goo eek ee 3.1
From anterior border of first lower incisor to posterior border of last lower molar........- 18
Combine Jengthsiof threelower molars: 2. . 252 seas ce tictewists seme se ese lees ieee 7.5
Mirstilowermolanriccs <cosecs ences coee cw sene ois cae he scerise-n parce ore ey anece: eee eniae Seer 3x1.8
a Braincase of type and only specimen smashed by trap.
External measurements of the type, an adult female, from southern Mindanao.
(Taken from fresh specimen. ]
| No. 125286,
Measurement. | U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm.
Totalleme th. .<is/rsie a seiacta tek sersle tess sears che alec uste ciate seec ernest a = cyte Oe ates ote noe eee oraee se 210
UUW ty daig 62) Oa oe ee ee Ne ees ERAS MVS A AEN OhGor a SAaiacd done coseas aces = 62
12 bue\o ki 0;0| eee ee Se ane a Ae Pee ae er RE ote ee neem e a oe Ei natione coos Sose 36
INO) ooh 0010] See ee oe Oe te ta Pee RP a Minn in tiie er SOIC aaa oon cceGnoneeTcoucs 23.5
Meda (about) esatackdee atls soe asec: Se ow otc eee Marc sates cleats rae ee meaner co onto 49
Bar fPOIM CLOW. Soe esiere sys a este citeicinis slotche ere. siciers. Sse Siero eiayos eles ele een te fe facets atte ole Poteet rel teeeterer= 13
Barirom notch iat Wases see cca ac at Ae craton ere oye rene ee ae tee ee ts 19
rom: tip) Of MOS tO \C VC eas Se ace aio ms 2 0e wie oie a ete orn a ae teeta ale gaa a= tate aret arora ieee rath ore talolteeatetatale 26.5
Erom tip ofmose toanele:ormouth 222. 2. oe ot te een eects lela eae Meee ee ero 17.5
Prom tip Of Noseto, eames. ected 2222 2s - re Sainynie = iec ore Peles ee eae ete eteie eset aot 32
Diameteriol Gye cases sec cnieiasctasckes oie soars iata aera tata ale ee eee ates eta ao) teenie ee eet 3
MH ey: Uno) 00 REN neers ta arr pea aeR aCe een Ss Reeer nmr soon mano rne or Hor oeunAoscuestogaSsaasatoor 33
lite) (2: hacia wie Ae er te ao rn Serene es aA eee nse be sree GcmouTe eb pucdorudoc atsigih syatzis ior seees 25
No, 102. NEW PHILIPPINE MAMMALS—MEARNS. 439
MUS TAGULAYENSIS, new species.
TAGULAYAN WHITE-TAILED RAT.
Ahm/-bough (Visayans of Baganga).
Umb/-boh Tah-koo’-bung (Bagobos of Tagulaya).
Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), Cat. No. 125264, U.S.N.M.
Collected from sea-level, at Tagulaya, on the Gulf of Davao at the
foot of Mount Apo, southern Mindanao, Philippine Islands, July 15,
1904, by Edgar A. Mearns. (Original number, 5732.
Characters.—A member of the Mus wanthurus group, resembling
Mus everetti Giinther and J. duzonicus Thomas, but larger, and other-
wise different from either. Tail white on terminal half, nearly naked,
with short, stiff hairs between the verticelli; caudal annuli ten to the
centimeter; ears nearly naked; pelage of upperparts mixed through-
out with spiny hairs.
Color.—Upperparts yellowish brown (general effect raw umber),
the pelage gray at base except for a mixture of whitish spines, darkest
in the vertebral area; sides drab-gray, shightly mixed with raw umber
tips to some of the hairs; underparts drab-gray, strongly washed with
cinnamon and isabella color on the throat, chest, inner aspect of limbs,
and genitals; feet bistre above, with grayish-white tufts at base of
nails; claws flesh color tipped with horn color; ears dark drab, fleshy
within; tail purplish black all round on basal half, whitish on terminal
half.
Skull and teeth. —Resembling those of Mus wanthurus J. EK. Gray.
Specimens examined.—Two, the type, and Cat. No. 125266, U.S.N.M.,
from the Baganga River, southeastern Mindanao, April 80, 1904, col-
lected by the author.
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult male, from Mindanao.
| No. 125264,
Measurement. | U.S.N.M.,
| type.
mim.
Basia empthwe (Hensel ses secseac as a aimcteteleins cos scielnie iam eciicnc einsiccm cme seine. sence ee 44
OCEUELOTM ASAE CTY Oilers eye etek oe aren te etcetera ac oge fate = estan caer ce chee lo iare etovesoiels 54
Interparietal breadth (from outer edge of beaded upper margins) ..........-..----------- 17.2
Mens invOiin Corn ASAIRS WEUTC sae ees aise seme ire wien eee Serle reieeis sce maicie cape eee 21
GMENTSS aD REAGELMONROS ED UNIS eens earn nasa teem ea eave enya ates Oyo ee eat ie eto 9.6
MENTO MUP PEL LOO UMNO Wrote cctenettees eet ccf citi tint eminence tae = soc nisracis ce emeaee ts 10.1
440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
External measurements, the type.
No, 125264,
Measurement (from fresh specimen). U.S.N.M.,
type.
Mmm,
Motalilengthicc< sae sssee=Gsacencessececs he Oe Rh tera cine oh coos aint eee eee mee ae reer 522
Tailleventebree sot acaae nce ee eee a ee een Sareea ee eee eee pmetiiet beets 260
Tail tO; CLG. PITS. = sce ce cere a ee ee Pete ae a ra et ae aoa eee ee eee terete 264
HUInGHoOt-s--2. sec. asec oe oe a nae ee Cen ee Se EA Stas cee en eee 52
|S 0:0 een ES rE re er a pea DS I iat beets oP > BE SS a Cate ene eo aoe EE a OAS Sic 64
WAT ADOVE CLO WI Gass cae eee ao ee eel Orr Sate ae sole ele ree erent 23
HATTADOV.E;sMOtCH = occ cis ctetcoe ee cee errors onic cme OT at en sea a Ae ttre 28
Mongest whiskers: ...<4 a2 ce oseecee soe ete eae = ae telaisecte = ae ia ee ee eee ci ret 88
Comparative measurements of three species of the Mus xanthurus group.
are Type (No. | Type (No.
Ey PEL 125264) of | 125258) of
< ett Mus tagu- | Mus albigu-
: layensis. laris.
mm. mm. mm.
hengthorheadsand Hod y 252 -cascenasces se tases nese caer see ee 216 262 260
1 Bys) Yea OURO) GLE: ene eer ta roe ree eee an ern reg Serr cretsepocic 188 260 236
Length of fore fOOte a9 a 22. eeeoe8 saa 2 ese or tenes eee er oreaeciac 25.40 26.40 27
Gensth ofhind toot... 2:2 .2ceassee cas ceseee eee eee aaities aaa! 48.80 52 52
ensth of alone hairion) back s22233 2 eae ee te lee settee cee 42.32 42 65
Renpthot skull’. 420.6. ceeete. Jace specee to cse tone eee eee | 50. 80 54 54
Gene thiof seriesiot upper molars 22.22 c.. se cee ae ee eee Mealy 10.10 10. 2
Cengthvoisirstiipper molanntes css ee ss.e smears ate ee eee ria 4, 23 4.20 4.50
Distance between incisors and first molar........-......-.-..----- 14.11 14.50 14
MUS ALBIGULARIS, new species.
WHITE-THROATED WHITE-TAILED RAT.
Oom-bough’ Kah-wee/-lee (Bagobos of Todaya on Mount Apo).
Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), Cat. No. 125258, U.S.N.M.
Collected on Mount Apo at 7,600 feet altitude, southern Mindanao,
Philippine Islands, July 3, 1904, by Edgar A. Mearns. (Original
number, 5699. )
Characters.—Pelage softer, longer, and much denser than that of
Mus wanthurus J. EB. Gray and J/. everett/ Giinther, with much fewer
spines; terminal two-thirds of tail whitish; size smaller than J/.
wanthurus, with ears relatively smaller. Mammie 4 pairs—2 pectoral
and 2 inguinal.
Color.—Upperparts yellowish brown (general effect mummy brown),
the pelage slate-gray at base except for a mixture of whitish spines,
darkest in the vertebral area; sides drab-gray, strongly mixed with
raw umber, with which many of the hairs are tipped; underparts
white; feet mouse gray, with toes grizzled white, and claws horn
color; ears drab-gray, fleshy within. The young are mouse gray
above, white below, with more or less brown and russet colors added
to the upperparts with increasing age.
Skull and teeth.—Closely resembling those of Mus wanthurus. The
teeth are not quite so simple as those of the M/us rattus group, there
No. 1402. NEW PHILIPPINE MAMMALS—MEA RNS. 44]
being a tendency to the development of extra tubercles or enamel
loops on the outer border of both upper and lower molars; but these
subsidiary supernumerary cusps lack uniformity, and are frequently
wanting; audital bulle prominent, indented externally.
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult male, from Mindanao.
No. 125258,
Measurement. U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm.
Basil ara ene ihe (EL COSCL printers eee tere cease ase a ee Som ochre eos cia an cueceee eect 45
OCEIpItTOsN asa) lB era a hea ae ee a Se 8 es SE OR re aaa ee mone 54
Interparietal breadth (from outer edge of beaded upper margins) .........--.--.--------- | 16
Hens ihnoOnimcernasalisutUnes: Stas ac cele oc oeisiitee else nie eek steel niclcreis eivisis sree ane cieecs.ceice | 20
Groatestibreadth) ofmrostrum==:-=-.-.2:2--2-5:4-2-2-252 See fe cee ce aa tosses eae = sslosccesasete 9.8
Wet aE MeO Me lel Ol aIas CIICS cers ce aceite tere e eee ees ee ae aed eicel oy aiaraeieteioe sia eeere tl joteeincrer | 10.2
External measurements of nine specimens from Mount Apo, southern Mindanao.
i [eg iitere frei eee le = eg nege) hag
eg fae ae cae a as hc | (a
A;|\42|\4 |4 |4 |4 |4 |4 |4
NL | ne | wn THe | et OD ey | Ree a OD eas NI
eS Sy lS ee a he |
P Fone Haz Se | ~a -3 Y's |-s = ot
Measurement (taken fresh). mais Howes Si. | ee ee =I -G a3 — 5 =
ee) sS (sg \/e8 |e | ok | oe | oe | od
asSlaovol/aA” |/as | ae | ae} ae | ad | sa
Yer =| elie ve) ite) } uO wD re) ve) Ww
Ne NS nN N N Nn Nn N Nn
Soon re =| ri | ri ri ri re So ri
fe) ) oy te) 3 S) S) ) fo}
A A A A A |4 A A Az
mn mm mm mm mm mn. | mm mm mm
ANOLE IGSAYEU) the nd sopeedes nea ce Cee EeE Hee EBOsee | 496 | 490} 517} 480 | 425 | 450 | 481 | 500 488
INGHIL SHQIIG oie) conse oe padsopsbooEeeseasenasas oe 236 | 242] 260) 245} 210} 225) 250] 255 248
DAU COMM COTM SN. alge estore a = sahara le we ates a) sme 24 247 | 263 | 248 | 213 | 228] 254] 258 | 250
ERET CTO OU ysnen eis ieee eects mts ae Sele = lele.s 52 52 64] 49 46 47 49 50 | 50
EVGA eee stan tease moSae sc acee kote 64/ 67] 65| 62| 60| 63) 63) 64) 64
Bars ADOVERGLOW asic aes cle Scicle seeiiaie(ee eee lianetlize 18 20 18 19 19 18 18 | 19
AIBA DOVE MOUCH 1s 22. Sino: sole se ac cons ve 2 2245 )@ 94") 95 | 22)| 25:| 26) 23) 283:| 25
NTE pOLMONIOltalli=ss8 yao. sci a2 eee Hdlsein |) Aietayd fs ee | 125A 123) | eens saace a sence eaaae
| i |
Remark.—A female, Cat. No. 1252638, U.S.N.M., contained 2
foetuses, July 9, 1904; another, 2 large foetuses, July 3.
Specimens examined.—Kighteen, 17 skins with skulls and 1 in
alcohol, all from Mount Apo, at 6,750 to 7,900 feet altitude, June 26
to July 9, 1904. Their stomachs were usually filled with fruit, largely
mixed with insects.
MUS MAGNIROSTRIS, new species.
PHILIPPINE GRAY RAT.
Ahmn-bough’ (Moros of Zamboanga).
Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), Cat. No. 125212, U.S.N.M.
Collected at Zamboanga (old Spanish hospital), western Mindanao,
Philippine Islands, January 15, 1904, by Edgar A. Mearns. (Original
number, 5639.)
Characters.—A member of the norvegicus group, resembling J/us
norvegicus Erxleben in general external appearance, but with a longer
4492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
tail, larger ears, iad an admixture of grooved spines in the eles of
the upper surface. Kight caudal annuli to the centimeter on middle
of tail (two less than in Scandinavian specimens of J/us norvegicus);
longest whiskers reaching beyond tips of extended ears.
Color. —Like that of the gray rat of Norway, but with pelage less
dense, and perhaps a trifle paler.
Shull and teeth.—Skull heavily ossified; temporal fossa smooth;
braincase smooth and flattened above, the region included between the
supraorbital beads narrow and triangular as in J/us norvegicus, anteor-
bital region broad and elevated; rostrum greatly thickened; nasals
broad, obtusely pointed posteriorly, ending opposite fronto-maxillary
suture; audital bulle flattened and broadened; teeth similar to those
of M. norvegicus.
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult female, from Zamboanga, Mindanao.
No. 125212,
Measurement. U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm,
Basilar'lene thy (Hensell)y cise cis s cc steer ensiase eos oo acer mee ieintets olaterel ar tela a ala ateiete arene ere celeretetere 39
Oceipitomasal length: 2222 ta- chico win iaacie «wee sie eines eines eee aaa See ieee ea eerie 46
Interparietal breadth (from outer edge of beaded upper margins) .....-.-...-.----------- 13
Length of internasal ane oS Sellecbcisisw osle cant Daemons cee eee et acme eee Seen eee a eee 18
Greatest width ofnostturas 2.50.0. hoes. cn cecs coon eens oceteenele foe ee eee een eee 9.3
Length Of mpper tOOUrOW sie oe coweeretsicie emer soe cleo sie cial ain eee tetalel aye ial= wale lala alaceletecel icicle ole 15D
External measurements of the type and of an adult male from Zamboanga, Mindanao.
[Taken from fresh specimen. |
No. 12521: 2, | + ore
Measurement. U.S.N.M., Ne me
type. pany Si
mm. mm.
13 0242 Ere eg I eR ete CO ONC ee eae or re meng ovOEAE SEM EA RO 404 | 420
atEViente DIse rs o's <i hs coe Bee is eet eet eae ale ease etapa neta e ae eee ere ete ereterenere 195 201
Hindtoot. cote sees ences 42 43
Mead a.) 28 Sagas eect cieens 53 56.5
Ear above crown 18 18
Ear above notch 22 21.5
Tailito ena" OrmHaits's 2. sees - sect cease odec ese cwlbsk cide Selinoes slecwiciewedaeseieeeeoe 199 |i oes hanes
Specimens examined.—The type and one topotype.
MUS MINDANENSIS, new species.
MINDANAO SPINY RAT.
Ree’-ah (Moros of Pantar).
Umb/-bough Hah-wee/-lee (Bagobos of Todaya).
Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), Cat. No. 125274, U.S.N.M.
Collected at Todaya, altitude 4,000 feet, Mount Apo, southern Min-
danao, July 9, 1904, by Edgar A. Mearns. (Original number, 5719.)
Characters.—A large member of the rattus group. Whiskers
reaching to shoulders; tail concolor; upper pelage quite thickly mixed
1}
No. 1402. NEW PHILIPPINE MAMMALS—MEARNS. 443
with flattened, channelled spines; caudal annuli, eight to the centi-
meter, at middle of tail.
Color.—General color of upperparts cinnamon-russet, more grayish
brown on the head, everywhere coarsely mixed with black; underparts
whitish drab-gray, washed with cinnamon in the pectoral region and
along the sides; fore and hind feet whitish drab, usually with a
darker area over the middle metatarsals—sometimas as dark as mouse
gray. Tail concolor, mouse gray or browner, Young, drab-gray
above, whitish smoke gray below.
Skull and teeth.—Braincase wide and arched; temporal fossa
ridged; audital bulle high and rounded. ‘Teeth not peculiar.
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult male, from Todaya, Mindanao.
No. 125274,
Measurement. U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm.
Bhior ligmeaqin (sina l))\ os scsagappooupescs Hoad suoSdacesaaqangcsedHseebsuosooucEscucesocsesne
Occipite-nasalilensth’ 225.----------.5----- =e FEE es ee ee ete et ay ae 47.5
Interparietal breadth (from outer edge of beaded upper margins) .........---------------- 16
Length of internasal suture - - JE Sees aie ee isc ors eiolntalars sje ere esciciner os 17
Gresitestiore sc uly Ot rOS trite oe rere c= lara ela alan = etalalalelafa slow owl eie mele teteie = wie pmininle ele ie eal alsinlelnie)=)ui=i=i=i=|= 9
CM STO Tepe La LOO UNO Were arte eter ic ears le leie icine ein eee =e see neiels « Boece sce aeaeaes 8
External measurements of the type, an adult male, from Todaya and of adult female from
Pantar, Mindanao.
No. 125274, | nro, 193099
Measurement (from fresh specimens). W:SsN. MM: | UWS NOV ae
type. | U-S-1 .M.
mm, MN,
NEGF PU Klee eee atest Pactra ore cto staat nte laerate afayaiete se eiaie ns altate sis lo seceicin erect 420 410
Ma TbOTeN GOlVEhUGDTe sss ce coins ace cnee en eins cles sso alscleisisie\ssslses\eis sereisieisiens 215 | 207
STIR OLCTI NG tall snInS Peres tee tre yaar a eset eo cleat 220 211
ELT CEL OG ta ee Se ee ME eS IIe ca Noe ce ce secs oweisee ane ane | 14 40
Headers s esse: eee eae EEE See tesco. Bees Soe sales Races ote = | 55 53
ATR DOV CIGNO Was ores eens cle ene eisai Sara nie Sine were Sis Sears e ejaisinlesaleieiaj= cioieie.e 19 18
LOM SOME MOOldt BS 855455 boboe dues ocUnor cocaine case a seo Oo oe SnES Sooo nee 23 24
Specimens examined.—Ten: three from sea-level, at Davao, Min-
danao; five from Pantar, Mindanao (altitude 1,907 feet); and two from
Todaya (altitude 4,000 feet), on Mount Apo, Mindanao,
MUS ZAMBOANGAZE, new species.
ZAMBOANGA SPINY-HAIRED RAT.
Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), Cat. No. 125279, U.S.N.M.
Collected at Zamboanga, western Mindanao, Philippine Islands, Janu-
ary 20, 1904, by Edgar A. Mearns. (Original number, 5753.)
Characters.—A member of the rattus-alerandrinus group. Pelage
of upperparts coarse and spiny, of feet and underparts short, fine,
and soft, whiskers long, reaching the shoulders; caudal annuli, 11 to
the centimeter, on middie of tail; tail concolor, longer than head and
body; ears medium-sized, nearly naked except on edges.
444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVHI.
Color—Upperparts cinnamon-russet, mixed with gray and black;
sides bordered by clear cinnamon; underparts pale drab-gray; feet
whitish drab, with a stripe of hair brown on upper surface; tail gray-
ish brown; whiskers black; anterior face of incisor teeth ochraceous.
Skull and teeth.—Skull small, narrow, with a short and narrow ros-
trum, braincase convex above, and with supraorbital bead bending
evenly outward posteriorly, without a marked prominence at the outer
extremity of the fronto-parietal suture; zygomatic arches very slen-
der; temporal fossa ridged; audital bulle small, very narrow, and
rather high; dentition weak.
Specimens examined. —Only the type.
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult male, from Zamboanga, Mindanao.
| No. 125279,
Measurement. U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm.
Basile emg tla (HST SC My es sea a a cect ee ste wre cre ec re ae oe tier 32
Occipito-nlsall lene pine Sos soe eter ra eteia potas erence Went Ques cchinanacec ee ero eae Cee 38.5
Interparietal breadth (from outer edge of beaded upper margins) .......-.--------------- 13.6
Menothioh imternmasalSubure ye case secre rele esate eee ecm ratte oe ee yee ocean eng ere Coat 12.5
Greatest width of rostrum a
Length of upper toothrow 6.7
External measurements (from well-made skin) .
No. 125279
’
Measurement. U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm.
Total lenesthe see 22 52 as seete nase sees ss ann Mate nei Ota Mate Se eee sea ie Neer eiate einer sinters | 815
4 Wi 25 u's) 6) = ae ee et Rare ey mys 4 Oe Sets hats ee oe Se Doc 165
Mall Toiendor hairs 252-42 2-22cece eee AOL Ee pete ets ie Sy Se ee eee rer et Se See 167
HANG: POO Gi a wieis1e.s, kote, Serec yee Saee ere Sa Loo cae Sirsa eee NGiee ee ee bye anai hese renee ate esate Meee 36
Height Of ear ia boy G/ CLO Wiles eiete 22 see crm access ene era a Cheater yet ese ayer eera ete etara tre eee 15
MUS KELLERI, new species.
DAVAO SOFT-HAIRED RAT.
Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), Cat. No. 125278, U.S.N.M.
Collected at Davao, southern Mindanao, Philippine Islands, July 20,
1904, by Edgar A. Mearns. (Original number, 5738.)
Characters.—Apparently a member of the rattus-alevandrinus group,
but without spiny hairs in the pelage; whiskers extending beyond the
tips of ears; caudal annuli 10 to the centimeter on middle of tail; tail
concolor, longer than head and body; ears large, scantily haired.
Mamme 4 pairs: 2 thoracic, 1 abdominal, and 1 inguinal.
Color.—Similar to Mus mindanensis (see page 442), but darker and
more reddish above. Upperparts mars brown, thickly mixed with
black; underparts yellowish white; nose sepia; forearm hair brown;
feet white with a band of hair brown above, narrow on the hind feet,
extending to the base of the toes; tail grayish brown.
No. 1402. NEW PHILIPPINE MAMMALS—MEARNS. 445
Skull and teeth.—Skull similar to that of Mus mindanensis, but
higher in the parietal region, with nasals and rostrum narrower, and
with audital bulle smaller and much narrower. Teeth not peculiar.
Specimens eramined.—Only the type.
This species is named in honor of Mr. Fletcher L. Keller, of Davao,
Mindanao.
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult female, from Davao, Mindanao.
No. 125273,
Measurement. U.S.N.M.,
type
: MIN,
Bastlanlene thm CH enseli) Pe sscceeeeeecse sce eee aoee ae ee meee ee merete eons eae stae.seas cogee 33.5
OCcipitosnase len glee pests cleratee eres etal lere incor sie ore ee taeeeatcteeimreke aise epee site eects 41
Interparietal breadth (from outer edge of beaded upper margins) 26g es eer bc Se ae ee T3e7
LATTA Oroahni~e once lle soe aoee CoGneGseEane Gace nbn co easter et eene == tee ean os Re anoraaee 14
Reaves red Cult OL OSELUIMM ete cect icms coi sc tree See cme cre wieree ols antlowste siz cic ~ieteerele ealsrejeteis cis ears 7
Men ethno tipper LOOCMTOW =< acoctewics sci toc ccte eis oe eisicyejs sie iiiecleisie e(evine bis)cein sie rinta eye pimcisicie nies 1.5
External measurements of the type.
| No 1: 25278,
Measurement (taken from fresh specimen). | U.S.N.M.
type.
mm.
TLGEANM 0 oc ccod Saag dea BS as CO SRESeEe oe SUCRE SEE SBS pam SELES Re Canarian RUA a Ieee Seo } 375
Tail vertebra....... | 198
Tail to end of hairs . | 202
Ag CLOO Vase se eee nein oe samc aecice Sie g 40
EV a een erat a cise nto Scetas oases ee euisls 50
ISLET BILSTON EH ORIN Nt: ao eee SRB eee sis erect ect er cae ce ere esea tt Ry ee ae 18.5
LEP OVO NT EY TOKO NEL ONS eee rE co RN coer IE ee St eC a ee es a 22
MUS TODAYENSIS, new species.
TODAYAN RAT.
Oomb/-bough Tahr-ree-ahn’ (Bagobos of Todaya, Mount Apo).
Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), Cat. No. 125224, U.S.N.M.
Collected at Todaya, altitude 4,000 feet, on Mount Apo, southern
Mindanao, Philippine Islands, July 11, 1904, by Edgar A. Mearns.
(Original number, 5722.)
Characters.—Size small; pelage very spiny; ears rather large, nearly
naked; tail concolor, finely haired, with annuli (numbering 12 to the
centimeter) plainly visible; whiskers extending beyond the tips of the
ears; tail about equaling the length of the head and body. Its gen-
eral appearance suggests the rats of the Mus surdus group, which are,
however, much more spiny.
Color.—Upperparts tawny-olive, finely mixed with black in the
vertebral area, and with broccoli brown on the sides; underparts
grayish white perceptibly washed with cinnamon; ears und tail pur-
plish gray-brown; feet pale drab-gray, with a stripe of sepia on upper
surface.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii
446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII,
Shull and teeth. —Skull high, with braincase expanded in the parie-
tal and contracted in the frontal region; supraorbital bead prominent;
temporal fossa ridged; rostrum stout; nasals narrowed and bluntly
pointed posteriorly; audital bulle high and elongate; post-palatal
notch wide; anterior surface of upper incisors ochraceous.
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult female, from Todaya, Mindanao.
Measurement. U.S.N.M.,
type
mm.
Basilar length (Hensel) 27
Occipito-nasalWeneth ..isc2..J-8s ese toe ces leet eee etes oe oie aaene eee ees bistaoeetes ae 34
Interparietal breadth (from outer edge of beaded upper margins) 13
Length of internasal suture ....2.2222. Sicn.c cae one c oeehe ee ene Seen Sce mine Sen emeges tele oe eee 13
Greatest breadth Of TOStLUM o.oo 5 os se cctecweeeaiss nota odes So aes Sees Deena sioeeee ae eee ae 6
Length ofuppertoothrowe~s2cn8 -<cee ene se ee esis acisieieis oer aia/astelelettiereciscte sees eee eee 5.9
External measurements of five adult specimens from Todaya, Mindanao.
No. 125224, | No. 125223, | No. 125225, | No. 125226, | No. 125227,
Measurement (taken fresh). U-S.N.M.,. | \U.S:N-M.,. | U-S:N-M.,|U-S2N-NG, «| SO: SENsMes
type.4 | topotype.a | topotype.> | topotype.® | topotype.>
mm. mm. mm. mm. | mm.
Motaltenethiteesscsess- oaee ere eee 283 QiBl |beaceswinecee 291 285
Mea Vieriebre ise cocceees lee cowes sess 145 1 Ve ge oe os 138 | 130
iieniutonem clita tne ies eee me ae eter a 148 IIE boeeegecoace 143 | 133
Han dfOOt se etteisa een Se ean sence ems 29 27 30 28.5 | 28
Heads aon ces ass eh one 42 39 43 AD 42
Ear above crown 13 13 13 13) | 13
Ear above notch 18 | 18 18 18 | 18
|
a Adult female. b Adult male.
Specimens examined.— Five adults, all from Todaya, on Mount Apo,
altitude 4,000 feet. Skins with skulls.
MUS VULCANI, new species.
APO VOLCANO RAT.
Oom’-bough Tahr-ree-ahn’ (Bagobo).
Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), Cat. No. 125216, U.S.N.M.
Collected on Mount Apo at 7,600 feet altitude, southern Mindanao,
Philippine Islands, June 26, 1904, by Edgar A. Mearns. (Original
number, 5674.)
Characters.—Similar to Mus concolor Blyth, but larger; also resem-
bling JZ. todayensis, but smaller, darker, with less spiny hair. Tail
not strictly unicolor, but paler on under side; whiskers reaching tip
of ears; caudal annuli 10 to the centimeter on middle of tail; ears
large, nearly naked; tail about equaling the length of the head and
body, but frequently longer.
Color.—-Central area of upperparts dusky chocolate; sides drab-gray
overlaid by tawny-olive tips to the long hairs; muzzle hair brown;
underparts whitish gray, perceptibly washed with cinnamon; tail
—
No. 1402, NEW PHILIPPINE MAMMALS—MEARNS. 447
dusky drab above, drab-gray below; feet whitish drab, without a
dusky stripe on upper side; ears drab; whiskers brownish black.
Skull and teeth.—Skull light, with prominent superciliary fronto-
parietal beads; braincase arched above; rostrum depressed; temporal
fossa slightly ridged; nasal bones rather narrow, pointed posteriorly;
audital bulle high, narrow, and elongate. Teeth not peculiar.
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult female, from Mount Apo, Mindanao.
No. 125216,
Measurement. ’ U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm.
Bastlarslencthn(Henseliweccmes cee nactecce doecs oe omemcsie cee seem oss ee nice sieeceae es cktineeeiebies 14.3
WeeipiLom Asal erie these space eee cneep net oie eee one me eee ne eh amen eens 30
Interparietal breadth (from outer edge of beaded upper margins) ...................----- 12.5
Rencthioiem Ferm asaleSuUbuUre ya sae e etm rela reice cna ee te oye a Poet rate in cya cee hte ce 11.5
(MEAT eSt mwa CG MNO LOSE secre ccc tees a eraeya ace he este cre ince ye ic meal i es ee Diao ee emcee 6
Bien SUN OL Upp CLUOOUNTOW sec sca sictes orate 2 oe Sleiciats elniste sels oeicisleleine oe sek mere Sis ae es as © Seine cele 5.1
External measurements of the type and of an adult male from Mount Apo, Mindanao.
FN SGEG No. 125216,
Measurement (from fresh specimens). Nord eee U.S.N.M.,
S.N.M. type.
mm. mm.
Sin Celle err ori ers roe eon cine Sole mere wieicts one oe ono eiaiemen ea teen soos 958 225
tiny) Wen Waloe shoe a aasenesadae SSeS SASr Ho enbo Eee Cc ReSSee BoB SOLA SS onaAS Sassen 125 135
FRANIETOLC CLO leh alt See sere ear ts eee Sg oe eee oe ey Oe eS Sa as BE 128 138
VRIGMKOL NOVO SSSI Ses a a pos I Ie ee a 25.5 27
LIQ Soo aseodeace BOSS eek anaes nee AS Ce Sane Stier eee ys aerate eee 35 36
Ear above crown ......----- Se PF Fae TT he oe ear Ne heer ates bewlne eins Aas’ 11 13
HATED OVEs OUCH Ati DAS Cae Se tees san Sen ao a eee eseape enon troeh eee aa aeibeminn weneee a4 18
a Ears probably abnormal.
Specimens examined.—Kight; T skins with skulls, and 1 in alcohol,
all from Mount Apo, at 7,600 feet altitude.
MUS VULCANI APICIS, new subspecies.
APO SUMMIT RAT.
Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), Cat. No. 125229, U.S.N.M.
Collected on the summit of Mount Apo, altitude about 9,700 feet,
southern Mindanao, Philippine Islands, July 6, 1904, by Edgar A.
Mearns. (Original number, 5709.)
Characters.-Resembling Mus vulcani vulcani, but differing in hay-
ing a much fuller and softer, almost spineless, pelage; ears shorter;
whiskers reaching tips of ears; caudal annuli thirteen to the centi-
meter on middle of tail.
Color.—Like vulcaniz, but darker above, and more whitish gray on
the underparts, which lack the cinnamon wash.
Skull and teeth.—Like those of vulcan/, but with shorter audital
bullae.
448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVUI.
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult female, from Mount Apo, Mindanao.
No. 125229,
Measurement. U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm,
Basilar length (Hensel) yoo. cick as soni Stott cto cieeinc ce see e tome ae « ele sicieiae weet eiasents ee 24.9
Occipito-masal length <<-s ose ic 2 cee cin wiicte slot efozes ojaisie store) ioe avaleieei etc erelalclarerajewesleleie oie eles stator ratele 30.1
Interparietal breadth (measured from the outer edge of beaded upper margins)........-. 12
Len othof In termasale Suture ee apecpn ee es hearer le wie ee primte nti epee cee etait ee ee 10.5
Greatest WiGthvok rostrum se Ag seo oaxtoetes ors sie erento ate teletetersier ae ate sine lotta ere Boe nia /s cee eeeaae 5.3
Bensthiof upper toothvow.2 sc csirccicc.ce eee ene stare = ee are tae lata eee eee ete reat 5.1
External measurements of the type, an adult female, from Mount Apo, Mindanao.
No. 125229
Measurement (taken from fresh specimen). U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm.
Total Teneths. Jo. cccesshs toes Sabas es che ce we ticce Sei eeneewees ae eee amen eee eae meee 248
Merl VELtC DUE cairn, < Baw .cceis ccctomySsierd. ose eee esinve f einte eyale Shep afe eter oieie syayets aietcioie ele eerste eres 120
Tail to.end of pencil 05. csc0cteeeacncmeete~ cecaws sick es sasetepeinss cee eee sees ane cece ae 123
PRIN OOUS 2 seen aos hie a eee as aererer= : 26.5
Head tsi 5 58 acces = Seen ee tee os tees ; 36
Hartrom: Crow @acaseesonecee yes -ee= Duleersisis bed Sore metre slalcmvels os See Seen 12
Ear from notch at base
Specimens examined.—Ouly the type.
MUS PANTARENSIS, new species.
PANTAR RUSSET MOUSE.
Ree’-ah (Moros of Pantar).
Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), Cat. No. 123294, U.S.N.M.
Collected at Pantar, altitude 1,907 feet, Mindanao, Philippine Islands,
September 4, 1903, by Edgar A. Mearns. (Original number, 5622.
Characters.—Size small; tail concolor, as long as head and body,
scantily coated with short, stiff hairs, with annuli numbering thirteen
to the centimeter near base of tail; pelage short, thickly mixed with
coarse, flattened and channeled spines; moderate-sized ears, nearly
naked; whiskers short, not reaching tip of ear.
Color.—Upperparts russet, finely mixed with black; underparts
grayish cream-buff; ears and tail pale drab; feet grayish white, with
a stripe of sepia on upper surface; whiskers brownish black.
Shull and teeth.—Skull considerably arched in the parietal region;
rostrum short and stout; audital bulle short, broad, and high; tempo-
ral fossa ridged; nasal bones truncate posteriorly. Dentition weak,
not otherwise peculiar.
Specimens examined.—Only the type.
No. M02. NEW PHILIPPINE MAMMALS—MEARNS. 449
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult female, from Pantar, Mindanao.
: | No. 123294,
Measurement. 1U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm.
Basilarmlen the GH Cnseinmcnsee aces seer sek nse sae eee asec cas eme- sce ee acels 24.5
WCCIPILOAMASA LEM SUNY 4 mee ester ticle sion isciee Sie ae wee ae eiscielsaeiteeiee a sicanee sk cStecccseecee 29
Interparietal breadth (from outer edge of beaded upper margins) ..........------- Sone 12.6
LOT MOT Tee ESM PSU ee ee ae OR a i ie en ee Oe ee ee 10
ELCHLeSMDLEAGUOIO MTOSLLUMIM ees cea ae tee ee ee oe eee meee cseita paces cea cotice cient 5
Men ss Gin PEM iLOOLMEO Wea cose eisere a= caine ee ee ec ert eee = eee emcee Selec facie eyes ae
External measurements, the type.
| No. 123294,
Measurement (taken from fresh specimen). 1U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm.
BIC Hee) Cord oh heer eae ee eee ee ae eS Se ee BY ne oe een aaa inet Moo ewe noe one 250
BT RENCE T2e ape tara toate Peer Bolom a tcle eynelere oe ce lyse Waser See isbiaie oa a Saincisses Socce are 125
ORT ORe TVA DHT QITSe nists ope iste ats wrstetsioiey amine Ase cite e lowe ori setae hel nas Saat sae ees cece 128
BING! WOO cas-eSoc bee Cee eee oe IE Re ee a See eae ee aN ta ay cee SL ae eee ee nas 27
PETG oa Ol een a esas iore vans StS ot fy an Simei = wi aefale min a Ciel Sing Seiwa thm bins Sloeete Seen SS ciclo wiejeld om aint Sinaia’ 36
SB sora AES Oven CTO UUM a tet tan ool =) Sratece dt ayalatar wats a chzrais arieyayetnia/=)slelmiece ois ate mee rane moetesiaaesiceciee ss 14
SURE OO CLTLO LG Leese frat cine Mesto a th need ee os Soe NC ae ool elena Merman Seals aere ial icles sileeimense 18
MUS COMMISSARIUS, new species.
PHILIPPINE HOUSE-MOUSE.
Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), Cat. No. 125218, U.S.N.M.
Collected in the military commissary building at Davao, southern
Mindanao, Philippine Islands, July 19, 1904, by Edgar A. Mearns.
(Original number, 5734.)
Characters.—Smaller than Mus musculus Linneeus; color similar,
but with underparts darker; whiskers not reaching tips of ears; tail
bicolor.
Color.—Upperparts hair brown, strongly washed with raw umber;
underparts drab, faintly washed with cinnamon; tail dusky brownish
above, soiled grayish white below.
Skull and teeth.—Similar to Mus musculus but smaller, with rela-
tively smaller audital bulle; nasals ending obtusely, considerably in
advance of the base of the premaxillaries, instead of acutely and even
with the premaxillaries.
Specimens examined.—Two. ‘The type, which contained two foetuses,
and male topotype, Cat. No. 125214, U.S.N.M.
450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL.MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult female, from Davao, Mindanao.
No. 125213,
Measurement. UsiSaNeiM.,
type.
mm.
Basilar lengsthe (Hensel)... ies. ccebeccs ec cto se eetes ae ee eee ae eee eee One eee ee 15.5
Occipito-nease len Sth cases sc cms oe ooo Se ese eae meee eee oe eres 19.5
Greatest parietal breadth ..................-.- 8.9
Greatest zygomatic breadth ; 10.2
hensth obaudital bullesicae. sas o- sees feces ee cece mee EDINS Naeate ad ena iise sereaia see ete 3
length ofantermasal Su ture i. sis<.c sieve arate csiersis siersiarensieve ears Oe as, st lalate atorefar ese, oar jsiete ua eiel se seersiere 6.2
Hengsthiof upper toothrow:\...< 2205 -sesenc-sae ease see ees cet eta eee ae anes eeee ane eee 3.1
Kvternal measurements of the type.
| No. 125213,
Measurement (taken from fresh specimen). U.S: N.M.,
| type.
mm.
Mota Vera Cbs sAisess crassa eters 5iaes ce ssa ere ears wens Ae ecm rs Scorers IS ee ee Ieee eee ee eee 167
Tailevertebrie.: 2 hoccee cde hes Joes See Ss RE se So as See eee ee oe eer 83
Tail toenaeof Waiws’ 25052. . aeeiaes. Son aeakc ce seb tec eee he aoe Boe eae eee eine eee eee 85
FAUIN AELOOG * 5 stenciadic Oe o1e wists apstersic alee Sz a2 5 Serer eRa a Site ere eyegatasn enlstete etereys ore orate cere eerate ratete 17
HeaGe. 2.80 eos Sekt che cee Rae eee See ce eS ee RSE cle he ete ee ee 24
Hat BDO V GGL O Willa a epsea re aye teats eae ates eae eee BPS See en ANS aul
FEST BDO VS TIO CCE ie wieiais wjevers areaolet eo rayzge servers otepe ehscae Goya cieve Sie joins w stetaheveiese (ele esl ey oievere elejave ete tasvereemretsiclee 13.5
BULLIMUS, new genus.
BAGOBO RATS.
Type.— Bullimus bagobus, new species.
Characters.—Similar to Mus, but with three additional subsidiary
cusps to the lower molar series of either side, placed externally, one
in front of the last series of cusps of the anterior molar, and one in
front of each series of the middle molar; lower jaw with a projecting
vapsule for the accommodation of the base of the lower incisor tooth;
audital bulle collapsed and flattened externally so that the audital
opening is compressed and directed posteriorly; skull elevated in the
anteorbital region; rostrum elongate; fronto-parietal bead slightly
marked, bony palate narrow (see measurements below). Size large;
pelage coarse, containing a mixture of ordinarily coarse hair and slen-
der spines on upper surface; whiskers long, reaching the shoulders.
BULLIMUS BAGOBUS, new species.
BAGOBO RAT.
Omb-boi’-say Oom-bough’ (Bagobo).
Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), Cat. No. 125248, U.S.N.M.
Collected at Todaya, a Bagobo village at 4,000 feet altitude on Mount
Apo, southern Mindanao, Philippine Islands, July 13, 1904, by Edgar A.
Mearns. (Original number, 5729.)
NO, 1402. NEW PHILIPPINE MAMMALS—MEARNS. YL
Characters.—Those of the genus. Tail slightly palest below, scantily
coated with fine short hairs which nowhere conceal the annuli, which
number about nine to the centimeter.
Color.— Dorsal area, from forehead to rump, clove brown, many of
the hairs tipped or ringed with tawny-olive, and with pelage slate
color at base; sides hair brown, thickly mixed with tawny-olive rings
and tips to the hairs, the pelage smoke gray at base; underparts yel-
lowish white, with the gray basal portion of hair appearing copiously
along the sides; feet sepia brown above, except the toes, which are dirty
grayish white; claws flesh color at base tipped with horn color; whisk-
ers black, slightly mixed with grayish-white ones; tail purplish brown
above, perceptibly paler and faintly rufescent below.
Skull and teeth.—The molars are rooted as follows: Anterior upper
molar 5-rooted; middle upper molar 4-rooted; posterior upper molar
2-rooted, the roots exhibiting a tendency to bifurcation.
Remark.—The unique specimen was snared by a native, who brought
it and a fine specimen of J/us mindanensis to me on the trail as I was
leaving the Bagobo village of 'Todaya.
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult female, from Todaya, Mindanao.
No. 125248,
Measurement. U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm.
Basilarslen ot hy (ECMSENM) lem acteerectec see este roe trem cisieie cae are ioeninars slime ee eciela cla sre) torete By aes reat 46
Occipito=-ndsalileng thers seeeeesece oaeecee sees ae 58
Greatest interparietal breadth 21.6
Interparietal breadth, measured from outer edge of fronto-parietal ridges.........--....- 16.5
A OMA CR OLGA GCN pat ers cee erehele asa ec arctan ister Srarsteentslajsrats, seis lala s.stelals cisteyessis sjsiaie\systeteis sleeve) sitsteiete 27
Lene thiotintennasalisuturentasscetere. isss oeee cee ce cemeee yee ecicem eee smectic sce. 23.3
Renpthro frau citabulllaweesccerecterec cress cetna: serene see oe seamee cece sep cemeaae 10
Wal clGhato fel it elit i eas a ee eee Serer oes ccizie ajasetsieiny sjavesereicis stesso ciai= =optele.c/stsre cloiaieeisve 7
Meng ihvomiupper toounro weenie. e te sce eo nie ee lenis ee esas aeesss occas ecie sine. e sieaeene= 10
MistancewetweenvantenlOrmm OlATS eee ecco ee esos aeeinra oeiata] ape cies ice elena miecciane 4
MISTAMEEIDERWE CHD OSLCTLO TAINO LATS erage eratayate loa sete raja) as ey =tehe the ere eaksrat= =, faerie) «fee fassyer= aterm amram iaetalace 4.6
External measurements of the type (from well-made skin).
No. 125248,
Measurement. U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm.
Ta tasaliepoyol loool See asec cae + eonSon aoe SHAS SeSEe sa ees oA oe SO AU ASE COCee CORSE SE Scr reeris 275
SEalvaponuon Oma lla (Endiapparemtlyg SOME) ese eee sates ela ta pees eielateciaie' 2 iets fala we ca as/ele are 128
TERT GREE OO Laer rere nea mete ste ate niph eee as ne Sie SES aaa ee lemonalle Seis Emit ce Sole Se te Belson 54
MONG ES tr WwihiS kerpeen te nae sets sec ante eaters osteo aty e eexia recinicie ese see Be ere re 76
LIMNOMYS, new genus.
MARSH-RATS.
Type.—Limnomys sibuanus, new species.
Characters. —Resembles Mus. Skull relatively broad and_ high,
with flattened audital bull; supraorbital beading slight, becoming
obsolete on front of parietals; teeth of type and only specimen too
452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
worn to furnish characters distinguishing them from those of J/us,
except that the incisors are relatively much narrower. Pelage long
and dense, that of underparts resembling Oryzomys; tail hairy,
especially near the end, where the annuli are concealed; ears moder-
ate in size, coated on edge and outer surface with short hair; feet
broad, with underside smooth and naked, with tubercles flattened, the
sixth or postero-external one obsolete.
LIMNOMYS SIBUAN US, new species.
SIBUAN RIVER MAKRSH-RAT.
Type.— Adult female (skin and skull), Cat. No. 125228, U.S.N.M.
Collected on Mount Apo at 6,600 feet altitude, southern Mindanao,
Philippine Islands, June 30, 1904, by Edgar A. Mearns. (Original
number, 5688.)
Characters. —Those of the genus. Tail concolor, with annuli six-
teen to the centimeter at middle, and extreme base smooth and naked
below; whiskers long, extending to the shoulders; belly so densely
furred that the mammee can not be detected; longest hairs of rump,
35 mm. in lene th.
Color. —General color of upperparts raw umber, washed with tawny-
olive on sides, darkest on middle area of upperparts, where the most
black hairs are intermixed; entire underparts, except tail, cream-buff,
washed with clay color on chest and around vent; tail grayish brown;
upper surface of feet broadly banded with seal brown, with toes and
sides of feet brownish white; nail-tufts grayish white; claws flesh
color tipped with horn color; ears dark drab, with pale yellowish
tufts of furat anterior base; muzzle grayish drab; whiskers mixed
black and white; pelage of upperparts gray (No. 6 Ridgway) at base,
of underparts cream-buff to the base.
Remark.—The unique type was trapped on a wet, mossy growth of
vegetation, on the left bank of a little stream which in its lower course
hecomes the Sibuan River, flowing from Mount Apo. In spite of
persistent efforts we failed to procure other specimens.
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult female, from Mount Apo, Mindanao.
| No, 125228,
Measurement. U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm.
Basilar'leng thy (Hensel) ji: 25272 <n az oa sis,0 oleain weiss sense eas ene miee caer eee eee enero nee 26
Occipito-nasallength oe 4s 15h a Sec abe ook ee Se ee eee ee a ee eee 32
Interparietal breadth (between outer edge of upper parietal margins) ..........-.--- See 14.5
Length of internasal/suturésesss-20.. +. <ce 302) secre poe eee eee eee eee Cee eee ane 12
Greatest breadthvob rostrum 2 3: hice ce See Be ee en ee ee eee ayers)
Length of upper toothrowaccks eccicinn oe so eee se ere eee ee ne en eee eee 5
No. 1402. NEW PHILIPPINE MAMMAIS—MEARNS. 453
External measurements of the type.
Nd. 125228,
Measurement (taken from fresh specimen). U.S.N.M.,
type.
num.
Motalblen Mth epseesce see eases ee re a aes cee Snes anal sees Mec oleeigeceet arece 275
PST VLG Pace enero eee oe a eae sa ae cet nis Settee Se a See eh tone Ace es ciel Se cae Aan eee ed 150
SRA Ue LOSE TEOUO LS) MAUTS eg ares 3 rary sc = cierto sie cate ce AS Seca e nee cia tateaiw es ShapetYereie Se eee 153
ELA TCIEL OO Ler ete eee rae oe ee ree es See RCM eee nt es Ori So ANB ake 30
TESR Ol oe pase ed Rous ES Cod oid SOU Se BES SOO OCI TSS ee eee ite ee eee ee ee 40)
ATA DOMEICTOM UME A ne seerseeite co ste oe ae ae act ceo slap eiceets Me Matcie scanners Ps oe Rs es 15
ITY D) SOG TOKE 9S. Ces Sees aa See Gee a See te eae ier di oo, ea 21
Diameter OEY Cres tae see se ere nee ere ee eee IO BEES fo Stee Sa ae eee set ese ecetsces 5.8
TARSOMYS, new genus.
TUBERCULATE-SOLED RATS.
Type.— Tarsomys apoensis new species.
Characters.—Related to Mus, Apomys, and LBatomys. General
external appearance similar to Szgmodon. Pelage long and rather
coarse, but not spiny, with hair of two lengths, the overhair being
about twice the length of the ordinary coat. Ear rather promi-
nent, its height from crown nearly one-third the length of head; skin
of ear roughened and coated on both surfaces with short, thick hairs.
Whiskers long, surpassing the ears. Eyes of medium size. Feet
naked below; fore feet 5-tuberculate; hind feet 6-tuberculate, those at
base of inner and outer digits 2-lobed, and with several small additional
tubercles. Tail hairy. Skull and teeth resembling those of Batomys
Thomas, but relatively broader, with a more inflated braincase, and
large vacuities above the auditory meatus. The lateral teeth are
extremely oblique in their position, the upper being rotated outward
and the lower correspondingly rotated inward. The anterior upper
molar resembles that of J/us, differing in that the anterior series com-
prises but two cusps, a small inner and a large outer one.
TARSOMYS APOENSIS, new species.
APO TUBERCULATE-SOLED RAT.
Type.—Adult male (skull, with remainder in alcohol), Cat. No. 125280,
U.S.N.M. Collected on Mount Apo at 6,750 feet altitude, southern
Mindanao, Philippine Islands, July 5, 1904, by Edgar A. Mearns.
(Original number, 5706.)
Characters.—Pelage coarse, longest on the rump, where the hairs of
the general coat measure 20 mm. in length, the stiff black overhairs
measuring 40 mm. The shorter hairs are tipped with yellowish brown,
shghtly grizzled. Palms and soles naked, but with a hairy tuft on
inner side at base of heel and a few long hairs at outer border of
wrist. The toes are tufted at base of claws, the hairs extending 3 mm.
454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XX VAIL.
beyond the tips of the claws. Fore foot 5-tuberculate; three small
anterior tubercles forming a triangle, the front one placed at the
junction of the third and fourth digits, the others, respectively, at the
junction of the second and third and fourth and fifth digits, the outer
one being slightly posterior. The two large palmar tubercles are
aligned on the abortive thumb, which has a small, round, flattened
nail, Hind foot with double-lobed tubercles at the base of the inner
and outer digits, small rounded tubercles at the junction of the second
and third and third and fourth digits, a small rounded one near the
outer margin of the naked sole anteriorly, and an elongated one
near the inner margin posteriorly. There are also several additional
tubercles of minute size, notably one or two behind the postero-
external one. The tail is concolor, quite thickly coated with stiff
brownish-black hairs which obscure the annuli, which latter number
thirteen to the centimeter on the middle of the tail.
Color.—Upperparts brownish slate, enlivened by yellowish-brown
tips to the hairs of the general coat; muzzle blackish; underparts
grizzled yellowish brown; tail dark purplish brown throughout; feet
well coated above with hairs which are drab-brown, slightly grizzled;
ears dark purplish brown, coated with blackish hairs; whiskers black-
ish, with a few grayish white ones; pelage of upperparts slate colored
at base, paler at base on underparts.
Skull and teeth.—In the general shape of the skull there is a resem-
blance to Apomys, the swollen braincase, lengthened rostrum, and
upper profile being similar; but the audital bulle, anterior palatine
foramen, and teeth are very different. In the form of the rostrum
and nasals and the length of the anterior palatine foramen, as well as
the general configuration, there is a similarity to Batomys, which is
strengthened by an external resemblance. The teeth are similar to
those of Mus, but the audital bull are more flattened and compressed
externally and the palate much broader. The skull is light, with a
large semicircular vacuity between the temporal and parietal bones,
above the auditory opening. Rostrum elongate; nasals narrow, trun-
cate posteriorly.
Specimens evamined.—Only the type.
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult male, from Mount Apo, Mindanao.
No. 125280,
Measurement. U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm.
BasilarlengthiCHensell\ re ove eis 2i ete casas fe lee ere ee ee re eee ee oe ee eee 28.5
Occipito-masalilenp tesa sree Se Se Sa ee ae a se ey ee 37.5
Greatest interparietalibread thick a8. 2.428 Soe tees ee ee eee ela cleo ee ey eee 16
Leéastanterorbitaly breathe ccri ere cc oc.scc ec ee ee eee een ees 6
Length ofinternasal sutures 5 22.25 2 oe ee ee eee eee ee ee eee eee een 15.2
Breadth of palate betweenast molars... 55 222 ee eee ale eee oe ae ee eae eeecerneee 5.1
Antero-posterior diameter of audital bulla................................ eon sect aeee ee 6.2
Length of upper toothroweeceec cases ctcecteae ec eee ie eee eae ce meee ceiecisteeten «eee nei 6.2
Mandible ss. ssa Gacec seman acimers ters ele cists oie io oon Sere ee ee ee eee eee eee 21
| |
@
=)
og
ct
=P,
(2)
Fr
B
5
©
i=]
a
=n
ion
i=]
i=
=
5
ao
°
°
=
5
5
Ee
for)
to
No. 102. NEW PHILIPPINE MAMMALS—MEARNS. 455
Lvternal measurements, the type.
No. 125280,
Measurement (taken from fresh specimen). U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm.
AR Cy et) 2 Os Caer aes estat ae a ect teint merelcta Slereyeis iio seis= sivas eee heres cciele dae ce Wiorcemencxe es 255
ANGHILAASIARS OES | GARG BOo as Bane BOOB SO oie CRO Actes mney A oe 120
PRAUIECOSCICO MAIS ae eee eee Sac ene ya A cee ade oe Said Morera se slob eon tote lets Nae fee 124
HONCHO O basremeres Son ie sareisiais oes eioicsiocinie ices ee scerinet cece memes sis cca jecwiloccce ms cece ee cess 16x5.5
IpbhovolWoltan eee § coe ces OOO o Eee anne oe Cera eras oe See eee I ne a eee Dace ais soe ee 32x8
ECS peat Se Ne oe SPE Ne tet pas ce nye 2 see em a oisiaiee weiss eile oteasnbccsleddes 15
FU ATERROMNECEO Ue Neer ee ita rie anc ascetic ts eee ee eee eee nana ee eens fam sont en acca 14
LOE Pi SON Ke LOLOL EN elon ee Sau eee a aeesod EGE ne sOae acorn Seer eo ooe ee See ee sae 20
MORES TROMLS Ke renee cia atte ce era ara ante eee Tae res era re Med ey ee aR eS acer Ne se oe 42
rametenoumcunrekestipant On Callas. 2 safe cea sees Nottcins aemniciaias= Seshe as eeesiclecic Hace asses 5.5
APO NYS, newnoenuis:
MOUNT APO MICE.
Type.
In general, Apomys is a connectant of the genera Aus and Peromys-
cus. The shape of the pterygoids and postpalatal notch closely resem-
bles those of the genus Chiropodomys. The teeth and character of
pelage are not unlike those of d/alacomys, with the exception of the
posterior upper molar, which is much smaller and less complex in
Apomys. The braincase resembles that of eromyscus and Cricetulus,
but is more swollen in the parietal region.
Characters.—General external form as in J/us,; pollex slightly less
rudimentary, with a rather broad nail; soles naked; fore foot with
5 tubercles, 4 of which are placed at the base of the digits, the fifth at
the outer side of the base of the palm, the two posterior tubercles
being relatively much larger than in J/us,; hind foot with 6 tubercles,
1 at the base of the first (inner) toe, 1 at the base of the second, 1 at
the junction of the third and fourth, 1 at the base of the fifth, a small
rounded one on the outer side of the sole a little behind the first digi-
tal tubercle, and an elongated one occupying the inner margin of the
sole;“ eyes relatively smaller than in J/us,; whiskers very long, reach-
ing to theabdomen; body thickly furred above and below, with pelage
long and soft; ears large, thin, and naked; tail scantily haired, longer
than head and body, sometimes white at the end, the annuli distinctly
visible; mammze, two pairs, inguinal. In eight females examined no
thoracic or abdominal mammz were detected. Skull elongate, with a
pronounced rostral portion; without superciliary bead; incisive fora-
men less than half the length of diastema between incisor and lateral
teeth; upper and lower incisors yellow on anterior face, and without
Apomys hylocetes, new species.
widely separated and oblique to each other. In Mus the outer tubercle of the mid-
dle pair is internal to the base of the outer digit, while in Apomys it is marginally
placed at the base of the digit.
456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
with three primary and three subsidiary cusps, the anterior series
comprising one large anterior tubercle and one small postero-internal
tubercle; middle series comprising one large median and two postero-
lateral subsidiary tubercles, one large posterior tubercle having an
internal ledge. Middle upper molar with two large and three subsid-
iary tubercles, a large anterior tubercle with a prominent antero-
internal and two small lateral tubercles, and a single large posterior
tubercle joined to the antero-lateral tubercles by low lateral ridges,
the external one obsolete. Third upper molar small, its crown a
roughened tubercle with a minute antero-internal groove and tubercle.
The two anterior lower molars are quadrituberculate with a posterior
step. The posterior lower molar has a notched anterior cusp and
rounded posterior tubercle. The anterior lower molar has the ante-
rior cusp but shallowly notched. With age, an anterior step is devel-
oped in the first and second lower molars which does not exist in
unworn teeth.
APOMYS HYLOCCETES, new species.
MOUNT APO FOREST-MOUSE.
Tah-dee’-ahn (Bagobo).
Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), Cat. No. 125246, U.S.N.M.
Collected on Mount Apo at 6,000 feet altitude, southern Mindanao,
Philippine Islands, July 2, 1904, by Edgar A. Mearns. (Original
number, 5696.)
Characters.—Those of the genus, of which it is a medium-sized
member. Head large and rounded; tail scantily and very finely haired
above and below, the rings distinetly visible throughout, the hairs
between the verticelli extending to the tip of the tail and measuring
about 2 mm. in length; caudal annuli numbering about 16 to the cen-
timeter; tip of tail white for about 20 mm.; soles of feet entirely
naked. In this species the tubercles of the hind foot are more crowded
and the two innermost much larger than in Apomys ¢nsignis (described
on page 459), the posterior tubercle averaging 6 mm. in length.
Color. —The type has the upperparts mummy brown, and the under-
parts cinnamon-fawn, with a white area in the center of the chest; back,
and especially the top of the head finely mixed with black; end of
muzzle, and throat, drab-gray; outer surface of fore limbs mouse
gray; fore feet whitish; hind feet pale drab-gray above, becoming
whitish on the toes, which are tufted at the base of the claws; claws
horn color; soles flesh color tinged with drab-gray; tail purplish slate
above, pale drab-gray below, white all round at tip; whiskers mixed
white and brownish black; naked ears smoke gray; wrists drab-gray
below; ankles seal brown; pelage of upperparts blackish slate at base,
of underparts (except in the white area) slate-gray. A young male
No. 1402. NEW PHILIPPINE MAMMALS—MEARNS. 457
(Cat. No. 125243, U. S. N. M., from the same locality, June 26, 1904),
just emerged from the gray juvenile pelage, has the upperparts sepia
brown, much mixed with black, and the underparts smoke gray with
a cinnamon-white area in the middle of the chest. The tail to the
unaided eye appears naked, but is covered throughout with downy
hairs. This, like the remaining specimens of this species, has the tip
of the tail white.
Skull and teeth.—Brainease inflated; upper profile of skull straight
and slightly declining anteriorly, very strongly arched posteriorly;
audital bulle rounded and very high; rostrum slender, elongate; nasals
ereatly expanded anteriorly, sharply compressed in the middle, thence
tapering to a slender point ending, at base, opposite the fronto-
maxillary suture.
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult female, from Mount Apo, Mindanao.
| No. 125246,
Measurement. U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm.
BASU MALE ple CELE USE) errata = erstellen sie eiermtarn = ater siiavatats ctsisie efoie e clers aimeiiare = oe 22.3
Ccorpriocnasailalemn piesa ces tote eh ae ee ee tare ects Slee oe te ese seis ates ersisas 31
IMLEr pane aleOLed CUM i= san eo osname tie she se eee ee ene nn oe ee case oa eee mele este we oes sees 14
INET oR CREE KOR, BRE Ae See SmeNe eS a aRaa nec Erbe Aes ASAE MOOD eco seb OUe mae neC ASHE sae 5
Mens thvomntermasalisuitnpes 2 228 Leh eee geo ee ccc cee: eae accine eee d aaa coe sce 11.5
Length of upper molar Sseries...-...-..-..------ Soe ee ee Oe ae Saree aes aiecine he SDs sss\e eA 5.9
Att SLO-POSteLlOmdIame Ler OMaulGital DULL aes case seb eicclse =o eae eiemcio es sa cece site 4
“ — —————
Measurements of five specimens from Mount Apo, Mindanao.
No. 125246, | No. 125249, | No. 125252, | No. 125250, | No. 125251,
Measurement (taken fresh). U.S.N.M.,@| U.S.N.M.,@| U.S.N.M.,a| U.S.N.M.,0| U.S.N.M.,6
type. 6,750 feet. | 6,000 feet. | 6,750 feet. | 6,000 feet.
mm. mm. mm. mm. mm.
oO falblengsthesscrrey cee kn aoe eo aos 250 248 265 263 268
Mailhtorend of vertebrae: .- as ssoce of.c ees 135 131 145 142 150
Maio en ClOMMaALIsy: po sasees een. oe 137 132 147 (¢) 151
ENGR OO baer ee ee aaa ee ronan 31 30 31 31.5 32
JBKORG S| 5 <= Oren Se ee a ee eer eee eae ; 35 37 BY/ 38.5 39
Hay aDOVEXCLOW Mere eee ees. oe ee koi oe 15 14.4 15 16 15
Hata DOVedOtCh == eae s acne cree chee eee 20 20 20 20 21
a Adult female.
b+ Adult male.
e End of tail gone.
Specimens examined.—Kight, 2 skins with skulls and 6 (3 males
and 3 females) in alcohol, all from Mount Apo, southern Mindanao.
Four came from the altitude of 6,000 feet and 4 from 6,750 feet.
Remarks.— Paler-colored feet and ears distinguish this species from
the largest Apomys.
purplish slate.
cially as to the two postero-internal ones.
The soles of the feet are flesh colored instead of
The feet are broader, with larger tubercles, espe-
458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
APOMYS PETRUS, new species.
MOUNT APO ROCK-MOUSE.
Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), Cat. No. 125245, U.S.N.M.
Collected on Mount Apo at 7,600 feet altitude, southern Mindanao,
Philippine Islands, June 30, 1904, by Edgar A. Mearns. (Original
number, 5690.)
Characters.—Those of the genus, of which it is the smallest known
species. Form and pelage like Peromyscus. Tail moderately hairy
above and below, dark-colored above to the naked tip; caudal annuli
about thirteen to the centimeter; hairs of tail about two caudal rings
in length on upper surface; soles of feet naked except at the heel.
Color.—The type has the upperparts a beautiful russet or mars
brown color; underparts pale fawn color, the colors of the upper and
under parts blending on the sides; muzzle, throat, and inner aspect of
fore limbs smoke gray; outer surface of fore limbs mouse gray;
wrists whitish below; feet smoke gray, fading to whitish on toes;
claws horn color; tail pale, purplish brown above, flesh color below;
whiskers mixed white and brownish black; naked ears drab-gray; iris
dark brown; hair of upperparts slate-gray at base, of underparts drab-
gray. A second specimen, an adult female topotype (Cat. No. 125244,
U.S.N.M.), differs from the type in being considerably darker, prin-
cipally from a fine admixture of black annuli and tips.in the pelage of
the upperparts. Prout’s brown approaches the general effect nearer
than any other shade in Ridgway’s Nomenclature of Colors. The color
of the underparts lacks the cinnamon tinge of the type, being nearer
clay color than fawn or cinnamon, and has a tendency to whiteness in
the hinder part of the belly.
Skull and teeth.—Braincase swollen in the parietal region; upper
profile of skull straight and slightly declining anteriorly, strongly
arched posteriorly; audital bullae high and rounded; rostrum moderate;
nasals expanded apically, tapering gradually to a pointed base oppo-
site the fronto-maxillary suture.
Specimens examined.—Two adult females (skins with skulls), from
a rocky talus at the altitude of 7,600 feet, above the forested portion
of Mount Apo, taken June 28 and 30, 1904.
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult female, from Mount Apo, Mindanao.
| No. 125245,
Measurement. U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm.
Basilar: Jeng th: (Hien sell) sos kocckScsctcod Ss acc see ete ne eee eee eee eee eee one 22
Occipito-nasal lengthy 2. [i s2.< S22 s sisis sige s nl.s 4 aisiejne arate Slesteiete Res Sos ale oa ale a eer toe ree eet 29.5
TInterparietal breadth: 2as8 ee os sce bn cdc ose Ste eee ee eee ee eee eee 14
Interorbital breadth: 5... 7ss- ses cach 2 osc oes pean t Soames eee ae aeiee sive eceeeeeeie seer 5.1
Leneth.of internasalisutunermes cess Saccte ance cele ce ctor eee ce lee oe eee eee eee eee 11.5
Antero-posterior'diameter.of audital bulla: <2 2. se Se cee eeiee cee eee icine mle peste ee | 4
Lengethiof upper molar seriesss. 2c see 2 oc tee ee ee ee eee 5.8
weed
No. 1402.
NEW PHILIPPINE MAMMALS
MEARNS.
459
External measurements of two adult females from Mount Apo, Mindanao.
No. 125245,
No. 125244,
Measurement (from fresh specimens). U.S.N.M., | U.S.N.M.,
type. topotype.
mm. mm,
TaN NAGE OS ea oobbocespaso de eo semeene aos mancaees Gbecd doece Sms eS cr peSeuepenede 231 236
Maile voOrenarotnaled itlpiesseee cece. celeste ee iaiaae oe sleisio cia elnisiticlois asia ne 120 122
Leeda GE lattes WOO 5 bo ano oSee caune Bee cdo OUNCE BNO NES peso Sones sooccaccenadee 30 28
ierayedilny Oh INGO! 2S sscuenssonecuaSteendoDneo0n Jodo 5eaGunos wosueddedcer aoseCHorAc 37 35
OEY DYONAD GOA AN 8S oe oko acne oaecesosee Sedona cE Bone oesCnaae gana cepoeaos 16 15
IDS? SOOKE MOOlNe | aoosoosocassusceodnesr op paaoeaD SS eobcob aSpo rose booHeacHaae 20 19
APOMYS INSIGNIS, new species.
GREAT APO MOUSE.
Tah-ko/-bo Oom-bougl’; Omb-boi’-say Oom-bough’ (Bagobo) .
Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), Cat. No. 125230, U.S.N.M.
Jollected on Mount Apo at 6,000 feet altitude, southern Mindanao,
Philippine Islands, July 8, 1904, by Edgar A. Mearns. (Original
number, 5711.)
Characters.—Those of the genus, of which it is the largest known
species; caudal rings about 12 to the centimeter; tubercles of hind
feet small and widely separated, the largest measuring less than 5 mm.
in length; longest whiskers 60 to 65 mm. in length.
Color.—Upperparts mummy brown; underparts cinnamon-fawn,
with a white area in the middle of the chest, top of head and back
very finely mixed with black; end of muzzle and throat drab-gray;
fore leg seal brown externally; fore feet white; hind feet whitish drab
above; toes white, tufted at base of claws; naked soles and ear pur-
plish slate; tail purplish slate, paler below, but not distinctly bicolor;
three of the fourteen specimens with extreme end of tail white; whis-
kers mixed white and black; wrists clay color below; ankles seal
brown; pelage of upperparts slate color at base, of underparts (except
in the white area) slate-gray. Iris dark brown; claws horn color.
The white area of the underparts varies from a small stripe between
the fore-legs to a broad, irregular ventral band ending near the vent.
In one case the white stripe is interrupted.
The young are mouse gray, becoming washed with brown above and
cinnamon below as they grow older.
Skull and teeth.—Braincase flattened as compared with the other
species of Apomys,; anterior profile of skull flat and level; rostrum
thickened; nasals evenly tapering to an acute base even with the
fronto-maxillary suture; audital bulle less inflated and rounded; teeth
large.
460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Cranial measurements of the type, an adult female, from Mount Apo, Mindanao.
No. 125230,
Measurement. U.S.N.M.,
type.
mm.
Basilarlengthi(Hensel)) sc 02223525 sn. 1 Pose 2 Sa cnic odds se ces aee coe sees sore een sees eee eee 24
Oceipito-nusailensth = os225.222 2 o.taoe asec er eeeeeeeenesee re Haye Stage ee te eee seat acter ete 32
Interparietal breadth ........ 13.5
Interorbital breadth ........- 5
Length of internasal suture LZ
Antero-posterior diameter of audital bulla --2f25:5 28. 255-5 seme cctew ic Hee sense eens sees 4.6
Meng thyOMupper- tOOtnTOw: « .cec- cies meade ce eee on eer ee eee ee eee eee eon ene 6.1
External measurements of fourteen specimens of Apomys insignis. @
Sale paren | Tail * : =
U.S.N.M. | Original arenes ; jes Tail Hind Ear, Ear,
Cat. No. No. Sex and age. Length. sles hairs. | foot. | e®4 | crown.! notch.
mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm.
5711 | Female adult...... 287 176 178 35 37 16 20
5726 | Female juvenile -. 217 1237S eeoe ee YAN el bere Me ire es ee Bo
5659 | Male adult -....... 261 154 155 34 38 16.5 20
5660) |=. =. GOR eae a 261 150 151 34 38 16.5 20
DOG2Z ie eaes (6 Ko Gann ere, Sees 275 153 154 35 38 16 22
5663 |..-.-- CO eee 268 152 153 385 37 16 22
bp eee GOR ce ee ee 254 142 144 34 36 15 19
DHEA eee Ole eee eee 284 164 166 36 38 17 21
5661 | Male immature.... 233) MBS) Rae eee OO Teor k Seale eee ecco
5664: ileseee OOe eo bactacs sees 266 64 seeea ake 84) (Wrecee sce eetas ce eee eee
5665 |.---- Owe Sees 239 L409 ee s/c eiete SAEt lo soaceac | oosiicee sieee eee
DO66u| eo oe Ov ease 217 12S | Seeeaee OL? lc. sean ae Seeeeeealeaeeeere
5683" |...-- GORE Sass. eee 255 155 157 34 35 I 20
Sy PARE oe, CO Reena 250 144 146 35 35 15 20
aTaken from fresh specimens.
Specimens examined.—Fourteen, of which two are in alcohol, the
remainder skins with skulls. All are from Mount Apo, Mindanao,
Philippine Islands, taken June 20 to July 12, 1904, at altitudes of 4,000
(2) and 6,000 (12) feet. Two are females, the remainder males.
Remark.—The type, taken on July 8, contained two small fcetuses.
atl
ON A COLLECTION OF ORTHOPTERA FROM SOUTHERN
ARIZONA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.
By ANDREW NELSON CAUDELL,
Of the Department of Agriculture.
The majority of the Orthoptera here noted were taken by E. J. Oslar,
mostly in the Huachuca Mountains, during the summer of 1908. A
few other species have been added, but where not otherwise mentioned
the specimens were collected by Oslar. All the specimens are now
deposited in the United States National Museum.
SPONGOPHORA APICIDENTATA, new species.
One male, one female, Tucson, Arizona, January 14, on giant cactus,
by H. G. Hubbard.
Description.—In size and general appearance very like S. brunne?-
pennis, the female being practically indistinguisha-
ble from that species. The males, however, differ
quite decidedly from brunneipennis in the form
of the forceps, which are shorter, more incurved,
and armed with a single tooth, near the apex, and
by having the pygidium wider and more broadly
concave apically. Lateral folds of the abdomen,
as in brunneipennis. The antenne seem to con-
sist of but fourteen segments, but some of them
may be missing.
Length, male, 9 mm.; female, 8 mm.; forceps,
male, 3 mm.; female, 8 mm.
Type.—Cat. No. 8257, U.S.N.M.
Besides the types, I have seen six males and
one female from the same place, taken under the
same circumstances, one male and two females — F!6. 1.—«, Sponcopnora
APIGIDENTATA. 0b, TER-
from Los Angeles and San Diego counties, Cali- HA AT PSRGHEENTR OW Ane
fornia, as well as several females, probably belong- DOMENIC HTS Sea
7 R a3 . Sb = PENNIS.
ing here, from Catalina Springs and Fort Yuma,
in Arizona, and a few taken under old leaves near Columbia, Texas.
The apparently fourteen segmented antennz would serve to locate
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1403.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxvili—04——30 46]
462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
this species in the genus Lih7a, but its close relationship to Spongo-
phora brunneipennis seems to justify its being placed as congeneric with
that species. While normally with fifteen segments in the antenne,
many specimens of S. brinnecpennis, even with antenne seemingly
perfect, have but fourteen. But in most forficulids the structure of
the antenne is such as to make it very difficult to tell if all the seg-
ments are present or not. The number of antennal segments in our
species of Spongophora, and probably of some other genera, may be
found to vary somewhat.
Apicidenata, asa whole, differs from its ally in being a little smaller,
the female seemingly less elongate as a rule, and generaily with the
wings more unicolorous. A figure of the apex of the abdomen of a
male branneipennis, showing the pygidium and forceps, is given for
comparison.
ISCHNOPTERA UHLERIANA Saussure.
One male, Patagonia Mountains, May 15; one male, Huachuca
Mountains, August 22.
BLATTA ORIENTALIS Linneus.
One male, Nogales, June 20.
The males of this species exhibit considerable variation in the length
of the elytra, some having them but twice as long as the pronotum
while in others they are two and one-half times as long.
PERIPLANETA AMERICANA Linneus.
One immature female, Nogales, June 14. Also an adult male from
Florence, Arizona, collected by Beiderman, and an adult female from
Yuma, Arizona, taken by H. Brown.
This nymph from Nogales is colored more like 7. austra/asix, and
would have been considered as that species but for the lack of records
of this species from Arizona.
HOMCEOGAMIA APACHA Saussure.
Five males, Nogales, June 17, July 25; three males, Huachuca
Mountains, August 20 to 28.
The U.S. National Museum contains specimens of «pacha from Cal-
ifornia and Arizona, and of //. erratica from Arizona, Texas, Colo-
rado and New Mexico. Color and interocular space are not always
correlated in these two species. Thus their distinctness is not so strik-
ine as was once thougnt.
A male taken at Phoenix, Arizona, on June 9, 1904, by R. E.
Kunzé is wholly infuscated, except for a pale emargination of the
front and sides of the pronotum and the anterior third of the costal
no. 1403. ORTHOPTERA FROM SOUTHERN ARIZONA—CAUDELL. 463
margin of the elytra. It corresponds with the variety n/gricans of
TT. bolliana, and may be called //. apacha var infuscata.
A typical male apacha, also taken by Kunzé at Phoenix, on May 13,
is below the record in size, measuring as follows: Length of elytra,
12 mm.; pronotum, 3.5 mm.; width of pronotum, 4.5 mm.
YERSINIA SOLITARIA Scudder.
One specimen, apparently immature, Huachuca Mountains, August
12:
This species occurs also in New Mexico, one of the specimens
recorded as Litaneutria minor by Scudder and Cockerell” being this
species. I also have it from Las Vegas Hot Springs, New Mexico,
August 11, and Dimmit Lake, New Mexico, August 21, all collected
by Cockerell.
LITANEUTRIA MINOR Scudder.
There are specimens of both sexes in the collection’ of the U.S.
National Museum. From a study of Scudder’s original specimens it
is seen that the four species now contained in our lists are very nearly
allied to each other. Obscura and pacifica are scarcely distinct from
minor, and borealis is retained with much doubt, being known only
from the female, and separable from typical minor only by the
smoother pronotum, a variable character. These nominal species
are separable as follows:
1. Wings of the males without a subbasal fuscous spot..........----------- pacifica.
Wings of the males with a subbasal fuscous spot ........-....-.:.-..-.-----.-2
2. Wings of the males quite deeply fuliginous throughout........---------- obscura.
Wings of the males, aside from the subbasal fuscous spot, lightly fuliginous ---.3.
DELON OcMMELOUrene dein tiered Cyeee ee ete Se yop seyret lea = ae minor.
roOnoTMmsnnoothermimbhe Te males = —e— asec ae sae eee a eae eres borealis.
Typical mnor, represented in the U.S. National Museum by six
males and six females from Colorado, Arizona, and California, has the
wings of the males lightly fuliginous, rarely if ever completely hya-
line. This infuscation is variable and merges into the obscura type.
Qbscura, represented in the national collection by four males and
four females from Arizona and California, has the wings of the males
wholly infuscated more deeply than in typical minor. The elytra is
also usually much darker and the veins more distinctly marked with
black than in m/nor. One specimen from California, however, has the
elytra light colored as in m/nor, and this specimen has the anal are of
the elytra infuscated at the base.
Pacifica, not represented in the collection of the U. 5. National
Museum, has the wings of the males feebly and uniformly fuliginous,
the subbasal fuliginous spot not represented.
@ Proc. Davenp. Acad. Se., IX, 1902, p. 10.
464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Borealis, represented by two females from Colorado, is scarcely dis-
tinguishable from m/nor, the pronotum of the female being somewhat
less tuberculous than in typical anor. The female elytra also seem
slightly more elongate in the specimens before me.
The length of the elytra of these insects varies considerably in the
males, the maximum being 22 mm. and the minimum 16mm. The few
specimens before me, however, exhibit a complete gradation from the
greatest to the smallest measurement. The females have the wings
infuscated mesially for nearly their entire width. Asarule the females,
being inseparable, must be placed according to their locality unless
associated with the males. A sufficient amount of fresh material would
very probably justify the reduction of one or more of these species to
the rank of variety.
STAGMOMANTIS LIMBATA Hahn.
Nine males, Nogales, June 15, August 3; one male, one female,
Huachuca Mountains, June 29, August 13. Two immature females,
Catalina Mountains, June 6.
This species is readily distinguished from carolina by the female
having the costal area of the elytra much broader and by that of the
male being opaque instead of transparent or translucent, as in carolina.
BACTROMANTIS VIRGA Scudder.
Four males, Huachuca Mountains, August 15. Four males, Nogales,
June 15, July 19.
These specimens are larger than a single male specimen in the U.S.
National Museum from Phoenix, Arizona. The elytra of this latter
measures but 21 mm. and the pronotum 9 mm., while the elytra of
the former measure 24 to 26 mm. and the pronotum 11 mm., except
one of the specimens from Huachuca Mountains, which is scarcely
larger than the one from Phoenix.
FIG. 2.— VATES TOWNSENDI, SIDE VIEW.
VATES TOWNSENDI Rehn.
Vates townsendi Reun, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XX VII, 1904, p. 573.
Two males, Nogales, June 14, July 18.
wo. 1403. ORTHOPTERA FROM SOUTHERN ARIZONA—CAUDELL. 465
The first reference of the occurrence of this handsome insect within
the United States was by the writer in February, 1903,“ under the
FIG. 3.—VATES TOWNSENDI, TOP VIEW.
name Vates sp., the record being based upon an immature specimen.
A figure of the adult male, made from these Arizona specimens, has
already been published and is here reprinted.’
PARABACILLUS COLORADUS Scudder.
One male, Huachuca Mountains, August 1s.
SYRBULA FUSCOVITTATA Thomas.
Two males, Huachuea Mountains, August 17. Altitude, 8,000 feet.
HESPEROTETTIX CURTIPENNIS Scudder.
One male, Hot Springs, July 2. Two females, Flagstaff, Arizona,
June 7 (Barber and Schwarz, collectors).
This species was described from females taken in Colorado, and until
now the male has remained unknown.
Description of male.—General color greenish. Head moderately
prominent, green with a darker green line above and paler next the
eyes above; vertex moderately tumid, slightly elevated above the pro-
notum: interocular space less than the width of the basal segment of
@ Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash., V, 1903, p. 165.
bJourn. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XIII, 1905, pl. ut.
466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
the antenne; fastigium rectangular, very declivate, moder ately Sule vate
with the bounding carinze rounded; frontal costa just failing to reach
the clypeus, moderately sulcate, more deeply between the antenne,
about as broad as the interocular space with sides parallel to near ne
vertex, where they converge to meet the fastigium. Eyes moderately
large and prominent, considerably longer than the infraocular portion
of the genae. Antenne rufotestaceous, obscure basally, about twice
as long as the pronotum, apically blunt. Thorax rounded, sides par-
allel, scarcely expanded posteriorily, color greenish with a slender light
dorsal line, and the lateral lobes marked with an elongate black spot
terminating at the posterior sulcus and not quite reaching the anterior
margin of the pronotum and bordered below with an ashy stripe; pro-
zona nearly smooth; metazona somewhat rugulose, slightly punctate;
anterior margin of the pronotum roundly truncate, hind margin obtuse
angulate, the angle a little rounded; lateral carinze not represented,
median carina subobsolete, scarcely noticeable except on the metazona
and there inconspicuous; transverse sulci slender but well developed,
not lined with black; prozona nearly twice as long as the metazona.
Prosternal spine short, pyramidal, well pointed and erect; interspace
between the mesosternal lobes subquadrate, a little longer than broad;
interspace between the metasternal lobes elongate, much longer than
broad. Elytra abbreviate, scarcely as long as the pronotum and just
touching each other above, scarcely overlapping, apically roundly
pointed, the costal margin well rounded; color uniformly green; wings
aborted. Fore and middle femora considerably and equally swollen,
light brown in color; tibize and tarsi dark green, spines black; posterior
femora moderately stout, uniformly green on the outer face, lighter
below and on the inner face, rufescent above, unbanded; posterior tibize
and tarsi greenish blue, the spines tipped with black, ten to eleven
in outer series. Abdomen brownish above and below, very faintly
tinged with greenish, apically scarcely swollen and very little upturned;
supraanal plate triangular, centrally elevated and briefly and broadly
suleate, the tip beyond the median elevation with a slight but deep
sulcus; furcula mere projections, no longer than broad, lying within
the bounding walls of the median sulcus of the supraanal plate; cerci
just reaching the tip of the supraanal plate, simple, tapering through-
out, more rapidly in the basal half, the tip sharp and moderately
incurved; subgenital plate no longer than broad, the subapical tubercle
prominent.
Length 17 mm., antenne 4 mm., pronotum 4.5 mm., elytra 3.5 mm.,
posterior femora 9.5 mm.
no. 1403. ORTHOPTERA FROM SOUTHERN ARIZONA—CA UDELL. 467
|
PSOLOESSA BUDDIANA Bruner.
One male, three females, July 17 to 30.
A female type of this species is in the U. S. National Museum and,
like this series, it has the foveole visible from above for their entire
length, thus differing from the other United States members of the
genus, and in this respect allied to the genus Sf/rapleura, where
indeed it may belong. The pronotal structure, however, is that of
Psoloessa. Except for the wholly visible foveole, some of the speci-
mens are very close to 2. ferruginea, but most are much darker than
that species.
STIRAPLEURA PUSILLA Scudder.
One male, Huachuca Mountains, August 15. One female, Nogales,
July 1.
ARPHIA ABERRANS Bruner, new species.
One male, one female, Nogales, June 24 to 29. One male, two
females, Huachuca Mountains, August 12 to 27.
Professor Bruner has very kindly sent me the following description
of this species, which he has previously recognized from a_ single
female taken in the Huachuca Mountains by Mr. Kunzé.
His description is as follows:
ARPHIA ABERRANS, new species.
A rather slender, long-winged, grayish brown, profusely mottled insect with
greenish-yellow wings and rather conspicuously banded hind femora.
Head of moderate size, about as wide as the front edge of the pronotum; the ver-
tex gently depressed, its scutellum shallowly suleate, oval (male) or pyriform
(female), the bounding walls fairly prominent but not high; lateral foveole tri-
angular, inconspicuous, rather flat and more or less filled with rugosities or coarse
granules, frontal costa plane, scarcely sulcate, narrowing above to little less than its
width at the ocellus and gradually merging into the sulcation of the vertex. Antennze
filiform, of moderate length. Pronotum a little constricted in advance of the prin-
cipal sulcus, the dise moderately coarsely granulate; median carina fairly prominent,
straight, cut in advance of the middle; anterior margin a little angulate, the hind
margin right-angled. Tegmina of medium width, extending considerably beyond
the tip of the abdomen in both sexes, the intercalary vein not especially prominent.
Hind femora neither very heavy nor especially slender; about normal for insects of
the group.
General color above, light grayish brown, profusely and rather evenly mottled and
streaked with dark brown and dull black; below pale testaceous, the dorsum of the
abdomen bluish tinged. Dorsum of prothorax obscurely decussate with paler, the
sides and head back of eyes longitudinally streaked alternately with darker and
paler dashes of brown and gray. Tegmina with the dorsal edge paler and nearly
destitute of the otherwise rather general dusky markings. Wings transparent
greenish-yellow on disc and along the anterior field nearly to the apex, the latter
portion vitreous; fuliginous band rather broad but pale and broken by the radial
veins, not quite reaching the anterior edge; tenia quite prominent and reaching
nearly to the base. Hind femora thrice obliquely banded with fuscous internally
oO
468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII,
black banded oath testaceous, be te ine mere tibize bluish with a wine: bake
pale basal annulus, the — testaceous.
Length of body, male 21, female 29 mm.; of antennze, male 7, female 7.5 mm.;
of pronotum, male 4.85, fe ee 5.5 mm.; of tegmina, male 23, female 25 mm.; of
hind femora, male 12, female 15 mm.
Habitat.—North America, Huachuca Mountains, Arizona, 1 female (R. E. Kunzé);
Nogales, Arizona, 1 male, 1 female; Huachuca Mountains, 1 male, 2 females, Oslar
(Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus. ).
Type.—Cat. No. 8258, U.S.N.M.
This insect reminds me very much of some of the pale winged species of Trimero-
tropis, to which it bears a strong resemblance at first glance. The species seems to
be rather loeal in its distribution, but may occur across the boundary line in Mexico
as well.
HIPPISCUS CORALLIPES Haldeman.
One female, Catalina Mountains, June 6.
Scudder, in his table,“ says the inside of the hind femora is blue, but
the original description vives it as bright vermilion. This specimen
from Catalina Mountains agrees with the original description. ///p-
piscus conspicuus is nearly allied to this species.
LEPRUS CYANEUS Cockerell.
One female, Nogales, August 1.
LACTISTA OSLARI, new species.
One male, Nogales, July 3.
Description.—Ashy gray, heavily mottled with brown. “Head scarcely
prominent, no wider than the posterior portion of the pronotum, brown
above, the lower half paler; vertex little elevated and with two oval
areas bounded by well-elevated carine, less distinctly so in front where
they join the elongate, somewhat declivate fastigium, which is deeply
suleate and with the bounding walls well elevated, fastigium without
median carina; interocular space not quite as broad as the width of one of
the eyes, nearly twice as wide as the basal segment of the antenne; frontal
costa pereurrent, somewhat narrower than the interocular space, sulcate
at and below the ocellus, flat and lightly punctate above the ocellus
and angularly expanded at the intersection with the fastigium. Eyes
moderate, quite prominent, about as long as the infraocular portion
of the gene. Antenne brown, about as long as the head and pro-
notum. Thorax compressed, slightly widening behind; color brown-
ish, with very obscure darker flecking on the sides; surface smooth,
except on the disk where it is slightly rugose, anterior marginscarcely
angulate, posterior margin acute-angulate, the apex quite sharp: lateral
lobes shghtly deeper than long, the posterior-inferior angle broadly
rounded; lateral carine rounded, subobsolete and broken before the
a Psyche, VI, 1892, p. 278.
no. 1403. ORTHOPTERA FROM SOUTHERN ARIZONA—CAUDELL. 469
principal sulcus, more distinct and sharp on the metazona; median
carina percurrent, considerably and evenly elevated, subcristate, cut
by one sulcus only; transverse sulci cutting the lateral carinee and well
developed on the lateral lobes. Interspace between the mesosternal
lobes half as broad again as long, of metasternal lobes quadrate.
Tegmina moderately slender, intercalary vein well developed and api-
‘ally nearer the median than the ulnar vein, color brownish with a
large, light-gray rectangular spot on the costal area just beyond the
humeral angle and a trace of the same color before the angle and also
beyond the costal spot; the lower portion of the tip is transparent
membraneous, and the whole elytra is marked with darker blotches.
Wings broad, about two-thirds as broad as long; basal half, or a little
more, yellow, followed by a moderately broad fuscous band which fails
to reach the anal angle below, interrupted narrowly at the first anal
vein and sending a tenia about half way to the base; beyond the fus-
cous band the wing is transparent with fuscous veins and with the
apex again becoming infuscated; stigma fuscous. Legs moderately
slender, fore and middle pairs brownish mottled lightly with fuscous;
posterior femora with two black bars across the dorsal surface, scarcely
extending across the brownish outer face, which has a pregenicular
ashy band; inner face black with a broad pregenicular light band;
geniculations black on the inner side, fuscous on the outer; hind tibiee
blue with a light-colored basal band; spines black to the base, nine to
ten in outer series. Abdomen light brown, darker above, moderately
slender.
Length 18 mm., antenne 7.5 mm., pronotum 4.25 mm., elytra 19
mm., posterior femora 10 min., greatest width of elytra + mm.. wing
imma:
Type.—Cat. No. 8261, U.S.N.M.
I have also a female taken by Oslar at Albuquerque, New Mexico,
without date. It is like the male, except the pronotum is somewhat
more rugose and the tips of the wings are less infuscated. It meas-
ures as follows: Length 22 mm., antenne 7.5 mm., pronotum 5 mm.,
elytra 23 mm., greatest width of elytra 4 mm., of wings 11.5 mm.
Professor Bruner says this is near to, but distinct from, Z. g7bhosus.
He also compared it with pellepidus and punctatus and found it differ-
ent. The Z. boscanus of Rehn has also been seen.
The insect recorded from New Mexico by Scudder and Cockerell ¢
as Lactista pellepidus is Tomonotus aztecus, as determined by careful
comparison of those specimens in the Scudder collection with typical
aztecus from Texas identified by Bruner.
@Proc. Davenp. Acad. Sc., LX, 1902, p. 31, pl. m1, fig. 1.
470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
TOMONOTUS AZTECUS Saussure.
Two males, three females, Nogales, July 19 to 30. One male, one
female, Huachuca Mountains, August 12 to 15.
Besides these specimens, the U. S. National Museum contains speci-
mens from Organ Mountains, New Mexico, taken by Townsend at
an elevation of 5,700 feet in Filimore Canyon and a few specimens
from the same region by Cockerell in September.
TOMONOTUS FERRUGINOSUS Bruner, new species.
Two males, two females, Huachuca Mountains, August 11 to 18.
One female, Nogales, no date.
Professor Bruner has furnished the description and following table
of species of Zomonotus of T. ferrug/nosus in advance of their pub-
lication in his work in the Biologia Centrali-America, Orthoptera, IL.
Description.—In general structure nearest to 7.
mexicanus Saussure, but differing from that insect
in its somewhat slenderer form, less strongly
granulous head and thorax, in the more elongate
and angulate pronotum, the longer and narrower
antenn, the plain unbanded hind tibiee and
hind femora, and in being of a uniform ferrugi-
nous color throughout instead of having the
tegmina and body mottled and marbled with
fuscous. The present species also differs from
the insect with which it has been compared in
having the wings tile red instead of rose color
and the margin along with the shorter and less
conspicuous tenia smoky brown instead of fulig-
inous. Its hind tibize vary from pale greenish
yellow, female, to glaucus, male, while in me.vi-
canus these members are pale and dark banded
as in Spharagemon boll,
Length of body, male 20 mm., female 32 mm.;
pronotum, male 6.5 mm., female 8.5 mm.; an-
tenn, male 8 mm., female 10.5 mm.; tegmina,
male 20.5 mm., female 28 mm.; hind femora,
male 13 mm., female 17 mm.
Habitat.—Fort Grant, Arizona (Collector L. Bruner); Santa Rita Mountains,
Arizona (E. A. Schwarz); Phoenix, Arizona (R. E. Kunzé); Huachuca Mountains,
Arizona (E. J. Oslar); California (A. Koebele).
FIG. 4.—TOMONOTUS FERRUGINOSUS,
TOP VIEW.
TABLE OF SPECIES OF THE GENUS TOMONOTUS.
A. Tegmina with their apices obliquely truncate. Head and pronotum rather
roughly granulose; the scutellum of the vertex gently declivent; wrinkled.
Eves smaller. Pronotum cristate or subcristate, decidedly angulate in front.
Wings some shade of red, the band following the border to anal angle.
Spurs of the hind tibiz rather unequal in length, the outer ones being much
shorter than the inner. Antenne decidedly flattened.
B. Pronotum strongly compressed, elevato-lamelliformly cristate, this strongly and
obliquely fissured; the anterior and posterior edges both angulate, upper
carina of hind femora suddenly narrowed beyond the middle.
no.1403. ORTHOPTERA FROM SOUTHERN ARIZONA—CA UDELL. 471
C. Color variable, varying from cinereous to fulyo-fuscous mottled and mar
morate, with blacker dark brown. Wings rose color, with a narrow fuscous
border and a prominent tenia reaching to the base; apex emarginately
vitreous. Hind edge of disk of pronotum little acute. Hind tibise banded
Witatuscousand testaceous. 2-20.22 52-2559. 222 25-5 - mexicanus Saussure.
C C. Color uniformly ferruginous, without darker mottling, and marbling.
Wings tile color, the fuscous border faint, the teenia inconspicuous and
not reaching the base of the wing, the apex not perceptibly hyaline.
Hind edge of disk of pronotum decidedly acute. Hind tibize unicolor-
ous, pale testaceous to glaucus ............--- ferruginosus, new species.
B B. Pronotum above plane, more gently cristate, the severing not oblique; ante-
rior edge very obtusely angulate, behind subacute. Wings bright car-
mine, the tenia and border deep black; apex emarginately vitreous.
Upper carina of hind femora not suddenly narrowed. . .-orizabe Saussure.
A A. Tegmina with their apices rounded. Head and pronotum less strongly gran-
ulate; scutellum of the vertex more strongly declivent, smoother. Eyes
larger. Pronotum carinate, but in nowise cristate; the anterior border sub-
truncate. Wings yellow, the fuscous band not reaching the anal angle.
Spurs of hind tibiz not greatly unequal .................- aztecus Saussure.
The above-described new species is very like a red winged Arphia,
so much so indeed that it is very liable to be taken as such. The
sternal characters serve, however, to separate it from the members of
that genus.
MESTOBREGMA GRACILIPES, new species.
Two males, Nogales, June 30, July 21. Two females. Huachuca
Mountains, August 25 and 27.
Description.—Light gray, conspicuously marked with fuscous.
Head prominent, strongly elevated above the pronotum; color fuscous
above with longitudinal ight stripes, in front and below ashy with the
face ornamented with a V-shaped black mark beginning below each
eye and meeting on the clypeus; the sides are also marked with a
horizontal black line parallel with the side of the V-shaped mark but
much less conspicuous; vertex flat, inclined upward and at vertex
between the eyes with an interrupted transverse carina; interocular
space about as broad as one of the eyes in the female and scarcely as
broad in the male, about twice as broad as the basal segment of the
antenna; fastigium of the vertex declivate, moderately suleate with
well-elevated walls, narrowing anteriorly to meet the walls of the
frontal costa from which it is not separated by transverse carine;
media carina absent; frontal costa not reaching the clypeus, at
“narrowest point, above the ocellus, about one-third as broad as the
interocular space, male, or about one-fourth as broad, female, deeply
sulcate, the walls well elevated and diverging uniformly. Eyes very
prominent, hemispherical, about as long, male, or not as long, female,
as the infraocular portion of the gene. Antenne rutfotestaceous,
slender, slightly, female, or considerably, male, longer than the head
472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
and pronotum. ‘Thorax mesially somewhat compressed, disk clepsy-
dral in shape and markings, the marking ght on dark background;
lateral lobes higher than broad, the lower margin descending, causing
posterioventral angles to be acute, though not very sharply so; color
fuscous on disk, margined above and behind with ashy and a more or
less distinct square spot of the same color on the anterioventral angle
and a slight semicircular spot on the center of the disk; anterior tmhar-
gin of the disk truncate, posterior rectangular, the sides straight;
median carina distinct, equally elevated throughout, cut a little in
front of the middle by the principal sulcus and in front of that point
cut very inconspicuously by the anterior sulcus; lateral carine slight
and the lateral lobes furnished about the middle of the upper half with
a short longitudinal carina, not reaching the anterior margin of the
pronotum and terminating at the anterior sulcus; interspuces between
the mesosternal and metasternal lobes about twice, male, or more than
twice, female, as broad as long. .Elytra long
and slender, nearly seven times as long as
broad; color light with a large triangular
fuscous spot at the humeral angle, a quadrate
spot about the same size located its own
width from the triangular spot on the costal
margin and three or four less conspicuous
rounded spots beyond on the costal area; the
tip of the elytra is membraneous with the
veins infuscated, the anal area pallid, basally
infuscated in male and wholly obscured in
the female; intercalary vein well developed.
Wine long and pointed, about twice as long
as broad, transparent with the basal fifth
washed with citrus, a bluish costal stigma
beyond the middle, no trace of a transverse fuscous band. Legs
Fic. 5.—MESTOBREGMA GRA-
CILIPES, TOP VIEW.
weak and very slender, the anterior and intermediate femora scarcely
more than one-half as broad as the interocular space, color light gray
with darker mottlings; posterior femora slender, pallid with the inner
face infuscated basally and the outer face with a short median black
streak and the dorsal surface marked with three oblique black spots,
conspicuous but small; hind tibiz light yellowish, the spines black
tipped, seven to ten or eleven in outer series. Abdomen slender, pale
vellowish, more or jess infuscated above and, in female, on the sides.
Leneth of body, male 17 mm., female 23 mm.; antenne, male 9
mm., female 9 mm.; pronotum, male 3.5 mm., female + mm.; elytra,
male 17 mm., female 23 mm.: posterior femora, male 10.5 mm.,
female 13 mm.; greatest width, elytra, male 2.5 mm., female 3.5
mm.; wing, male 7.5 mm., female 10 mm.
Type.—Cat. No. 8259, U.S.N.M.
oO
Fa)
(
no. 1403. ORTHOPTERA FROM SOUTHERN ARIZONA—CAUDELL. AS
This s species is allied, in n shape of wings, Prot -ocaccusat Sc tee
der, of which my Areopteryx penclope is a synonym as determined by
direct comparison with Scudder’s type. Penelope has been referred
to by Rehn as synonymous with Zrepidulous rosaceus McNeill. This
species, as well as the one here described and certain others, are
apparently generically distinct from typical J/estobregma, and either
Trepidulous or Areopteryx should properly be applied to them, depend-
ing upon whether or not Zrepédulous is the same as Areopteryr. The
type of Zrepidulous should be in the U.S. National Museum, but, like
a lot of other type material, was retained by the describer, all efforts
toward having it returned so far failing.
MESTOBREGMA PLATTEI Thomas.
One male, two females, Nogales, July
CONOZOA SULCIFRONS Scudder.
Five males, one female, Nogales, July 15 to 31. Two males, Hua-
chuca Mountains, August 20.
TRIMEROTROPIS ALLICIENS Scudder.
Trimerotropis alliciens ScuppER, Proc. Davenp. Acad. Sc., IX, p. 37, pl. m1, fig. 1,
1902.
Two males, Nogales, July 31.
These specimens were compared with Seudder’s types. Except for
the elytral bands being a very little more distinct in the type speci-
mens there seems to be no difference between them.
TRIMEROTROPIS BRUNERI McNeill.
Two males, July 21, August 2. One male, one female, Huachuca
Mountains, August 11 to 15.
Trimerotropis fascicula is quite certainly not distinct from this
species and 7. modesta is probably but a stronger marked form of the
same.
TRIMEROTROPIS CYANEIPES Bruner.
Four males, seven females, Huachuca Mountains, August 12 to 20.
These were taken at an altitude of 8,000 feet. One of the males
has the blue disk of the wing deeply tinged with sea green.
TRIMEROTROPIS LATICINCTA Saussure.
One male, five females, Huachuca Mountains, August 12 to 29.
Two females, Nogales, July 11 to 21.
Taken at an altitude of 8,000 feet. Some specimens of this species
rival melanopleura in the width of the wing band.
474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
TRIMEROTROPIS VINCULATA Scudder.
Four males, five females, Huachuca Mountains, August 11 to 25.
Twenty-three males, sixteen females, Nogales, June 17 to August 2.
Six males, one female, Patagonia Mountains, May 15. One male, two
females, Catalina Mountains, June 6.
This series is very uniform in coloration, but shows considerable
variation in shape of the thorax, some haying the pronotum much
longer and more slender than others, the short broad form approach-
ing MeNeill’s sarati/is.
HADROTETTIX TRIFASCIATUS Say.
Six males, two females, Huachuca Mountains, August 12 to 29.
Some of these specimens are labeled as having been taken at an
elevation of 8,000 feet.
HELIASTUS ARIDUS Bruner.
One female. Huachuca Mountains, August 12.
The collection also contains a female from Albuquerque, New Mexico.
HELIASTUS BENJAMINI, new species.
One male, one female, Huachuca Mountains, August 16. One
female, Nogales, July 5.
Description.—General color reddish brown, elytra banded with
black, and the wings red in basal half. Head moderately prominent,
color reddish brown above, lighter on the gen and face; vertex
scarcely tumid, somewhat elevated above the pronotum, especially in
the male; interocular space considerably less than (male) or almost as
(female) wide as the width of one of the eves; fastigium moderately
declivent. the bounding walls slight but distinct, no median carina;
lateral foveole faintly impressed elongate triangular spaces, below
ach of which is a very distinct ocellus; frontal costa not nearly reach-
ing the clypeus, about two-thirds as broad as the interocular space,
expanded at the ocellus, also somewhat expanded at the lower extremity
and above where it joins the vertex, the boundary walls but little
elevated but sharp and distinet; eyes prominent, more so in the male,
as long as (male) or considerably shorter (female) than the infraocular
portion of the genz:; antenne fuscous, basally more or less rufotesta-
ceous, about (female) or more than (male) as long as the head and
pronotum. Thorax rounded, broadening slightly posteriorily, quite
uniformly reddish brown, the lateral lobes sometimes, not always,
with a whitish central spot; surface smooth, slightly punctate on the
metazona: lateral lobes as deep as long, the posterior-inferior angle
rounded; lateral carines obsolete or, on metazona, bluntly indicated;
median carina indicated only on the metazona, and there linear; trans-
verse sulci well developed on lateral lobes, the posterior one dividing
a
no. 1408. ORTHOPTERA FROM SOUTHERN ARIZONA—CA UDELL. 475
the pronotum into nearly equal parts, the posterior probably a little
the longer, at least in some females; interspace between the meso-
sternal lobes nearly twice (male) or more than twice (female) as long as
broad, between the metasternal lobes slightly broader (male) or twice
as broad (female) as long. Tegemina moderately slender, extending
nearly a fourth of their length beyond the tips of the posterior
femora; basally densily reticulate, apically more coarsely reticulate
and membraneous; color reddish brown, marked at the location of
the humeral anele with a solid brownish-black band reaching com-
pletely across the elytra; beyond this transverse band are a number
of more or less distinct blotches of a brownish color. Wings with
the basal half red, except an obscure teenial interruption; beyond the
colored disk the wing is transparent with infuscated veins, transverse
fuscous band barely indicated; stigma fuscous, about one-fourth as
long as the wing. Posterior femora stout
and heavy, outer face brownish, with a mod-
erately broad blackish bar across near the
base of the outer half, faint in the female;
inner face of the hind femora light in color
with two broad, black transverse bars, the
basal one sometimes extending to the base:
hind tibize yellowish basally, the inside black-
ish, ringed just before the middle more or
less distinctly with black and beyond red;
spines black tipped, eight (male), six to seven
(female) in outer series; tarsi yellowish brown,
tinged with red, usually decidedly reddish.
Abdomen reddish brown, parallel not apically
swollen in the male; valves of the female
ovipositor unarmed, considerably scooped out; male subgenital plate
apically acutely elevated a little above the supraanal plate; supraanal
plate subtriangular, sides somewhat rounded, centrally tumid at the
base, and with a short basal sulcus, scarcely more than one-fourth as
long as the plate itself. Cerci simple, rapidly tapering in the basal
half, the apical half scarcely half as broad as the basal portion.
Length, body, male 19 mm., female 25 to 30 mm.; antenne, male 12
mm.,. female 12 mm.: pronotum, male + mm., female 5.5 to 6 mm.:
elytra, male 19 mm., female 23 to 24.5 mm.; posterior femora, male
11 mm., female 13 to 14 mm.; width at widest part, elvtra, male 3.5
mm., female 5 mm.:; wing, male 9.5 mm., female 11.5 mm.
Type.—Cat. No. 8260, U.S.N.M.
This species resembles somewhat the variety of //. swimichrast7
described from Texas, but is more robust, has stouter posterior femorz
and has the elytra more distinctly banded. Mr. Rehn says the body
is still smoother in //. astecus, with which he kindly compared these
Fic. 6.—HELIASTUS BENJAMINI.
476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
specimens. He further states that the elytral band is less distinct and
the legs more slender in aztecus than in the species here described.
I take pleasure in naming this handsome insect in honor of Dr,
Marcus Benjamin, the editor of the Proceedings of the United States
National Museum.
SCHISTOCERCA CARINATA Scudder.
'
Recently Doctor Kunzé submitted to me for identification a pair of
this species taken by him at Phoenix, Arizona, October 11 and 18.
They are now in the National Museum.
SCHISTOCERCA SHOSHONE Thomas.
One female, Huachuca Mountains, August 29; altitude, 8,000 feet.
SCHISTOCERCA VEGA Scudder.
Three males, Huachuca Mountains, August 22 to 27; six males, four
females, Nogales, June 29 to July 19; four females, Oracle, June 9 to
12; two females, Catalina Mountains, June 6; one female, Patagonia
Mountains, May 15.
While the females of this species seem quite uniform in size the
males are quite variable in this respect. The extreme measurements
exhibited by the males in this series, which perfectly intergrade, are as
follows: Pronotum, 6 mm. to 8.5 mm.; elytra, 33 mm. to 44 mm.;
posterior femora, 16.5 mm. to 22 min.
Aside from the maculate lateral lobes of the prothorax and the
more heavily maculate elytra, vega is very similar in appearance to
S. carinata.
SCHISTOCERCA VENUSTA Scudder.
One female, Huachuca Mountains, August 15.
This species is very similar to S. shoshone, and should probably be
considered as but a variety of it. The separating character, the
median stripe of the pronotum, varies from conspicuous, typical
venusta, to absent, typical shoshone.
CONALCAEA NEOMEXICANA Scudcer.
One male, Huachuca Mountains, August 17.
The antenne are nearly as long as the posterior femora and are
infuseated at the base and tip, the median portion reddish. The inter-
space between the mesosternal lobes is nearly twice as long as broad.
The measurements of this specimen are as follows: Antenne, 12 mm.;
thorax, 5 mm.; elytra, 4 mm.; posterior femora, 13.5 mm.
—
wo. 1403. ORTHOPTERA FROM SOUTHERN ARIZONA—CAUDELL. AUT
HORMILIA ELEGANS Scudder.
One female, Huachuca Mountains, August 15. One female, Cata-
lina Mountains, June 6.
The specimen from Huachuca Mountains was taken at an altitude
of 8,000 feet.
SCUDDERIA MEXICANA Scudder.
Three males, two females, Nogales, June 1 to July 30. One female,
Huachuca Mountains, August 18.
MICROCENTRUM RETINERVE Burmeister.
Ten males, Nogales, June 17 to July 22.
CACOPTERUS PUNCTATA Scudder.
One immature male, Nogales, July 13.
CEUTHOPHILUS CALIFORNIANUS Scudder.
One male, Huachuca Mountains, August 18.
GRYLLUS PENNSYLVANICUS Burmeister.
One maie, Patanonia Mountains, May 15. One female, Nogales,
July 13.
GRYLLUS PENNSYLVANICUS var. NEGLECTUS Scudder.
One male, two females, Huachuca Mountains, August 16 to 23.
This is very surely the insect described many years ago by Mr. Seud-
der under the name @Gry/lus neglectus and recently referred by him to
the synonymy under pennsylvanicus. It is nota distinct species, but is
avery good variety. Professor Morse, of Wellesley, in conversation
with the writer some months ago, said that he was informed by Doctor
Scudder that, owing to the misreading of a scale, some of his, Scud-
der’s, early deseriptions contained measurements one-half too small.
This quite probably explains the unusually short ovipositor and hind
femora of the type of neglectus.
That Blatchley’s G. amer/canus is a synonym of this species is quite
certain. The Scudder collection contains a number of specimens ret-
erable to neglectus and they seem specitically similar to ainericanus, ot
which Professor Blatchley has kindly sent me cotypes.
GRYLLUS PERSONATUS Uhler.
Two males, seven females, Nogales, July 13 to August 3. One male,
Huachuca Mountains, August 22. One female, Oracle, June 9. Two
immature females, Nogales, June 17.
CECANTHUS NIGRICORNIS Walker.
Two nymphs, Huachuca Mountains, August 15 to 18.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxxiii
NORTH AMERICAN PARASITIC COPEPODS BELONGING TO
THE FAMILY CALIGID/.
PART I.—THE CALIGIN/E.
By CnHartes Brancn WItson,
Department of Biology, State Normal School, Westfield, Massachusetts.
INTRODUCTION.
The present is the third paper in the series based upon the collection
belonging to the United States National Museum.
The other two papers treated of the Argulide and were published,
the first in Volume XXYV, and the second in Volume XXVI of these
Proceedings. Acknowledgment was made in them of valuable assist-
ance received from various sources, particularly from the United
States Bureau of Fisheries. That assistance concerned the present
family even more than the Argulide, and the author feels that any
success which may have been attained in working out the habits and
life histories is due almost entirely to the courtesy and assistance
extended by the Bureau of Fisheries.
Additional sources of material will be found mentioned under the
historical summary (p. 482).
This second family, the Caligidee, includes about thirty genera,
which separate naturaily into groups differing as much in their habits
as in their morphology, and thus constituting well-marked divisions.
(See Key on p. 532).
The genera here treated include all of the first group, the Caligine,
which have thus far been found in North American waters, and five
species, including one which is the type of a new genus, from foreign
localities. The North American species are twenty-three in number,
of which thirteen are new, namely: Ca/igus rufimaculatus, C. schistonyx,
7. mutabilis, C. aliancus, C. chelifer, C. latifrons, C. bonito, Caligodes
megacephalus, Lepeophtheirus longipes, L. edwardsi, L. dissimulatus,
L. parviventris, L. bifurcatus.
Of the five non-American species included in the Museum collection
four are new to science, namely, Ca//qgus teres, from Lota, Chile; Lepe-
ophtheirus innominatus, from Cornwall, England; Lepeophtheirus
PROCEEDINGS U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1404.
479
480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
chilensis, from Lota, Chile, and //omovotes palliata, the type of a new
genus, locality unknown.
In addition to these seventeen new species the present paper gives
for the first time the development stages of two species, Caligus rapaa
and C. curtus; almost the entire anatomy of a third, Achetus typicus
Kroyer, while it corrects or largely supplements the anatomical
details and rectifies the systematic position of seven other species,
Caligus pelamydis Kroyer, C. productus Dana, C. thymnt Dana, Lepe-
ophtheirus thompsont Baird, LZ. su/monis Kroyer, L. pacificus Gissler,
and Caligus centrodont? Baird, the last a non-American species.
Here also are presented for the first time a comparative anatomy of
the different species of Caligus and Lepeophtheirus, and artificial keys
for the determination of all known species under the several genera.
In the development are given for the first time figures of a metanau-
plius and the details of its anatomy. And there is introduced the first
continuous life history of any species belonging to the family, together
with a comparison of the life histories of several species and at least
two genera.
This subfamily, the Caliginw, is particularly interesting because the
genus Cal/gus, which is the type of the entire family, is one of the
oldest among the parasitic copepods and formerly included many
species which are now referred to other genera. Among these were
some which resembled the true Ca//gus very closely, except that they
lacked the lunules or sucking disks on the frontal plates. From these
Van Nordmann created the genus Lepeophtherus in 1832, but it was
not generally accepted at first, and the species of both genera continued
to be included under Ca/iqgus by many authors up to the appearance of
Kroéyer’s excellent memoir in 1863.
The genus Anuretes also was first placed by Kollar under Ca/igus
in the collection of the Vienna Museum. Like Lepeophtheirus it lacks
the lunules on the frontal plates, and hence Krdyer, who was the first
to publish a description of the species, classified it as a Lepeophtherrus,
and it was not until 1865 that it was established as a distinct genus by
Heller.
Of the other two genera, one, Ca/igodes, is simply a Caligus with
the free segment elongated into a neck and the genital segment and
abdomen moditied slightly, while the appendages are identical in the
two. The other genus is the new one //Jomodotes, and differs only in
having the genital segment covered with « dorsal plate. It has not
thus far been found in North American waters, but there is every
probability that it will be at some future time.
These genera are very closely related to one another therefore, and
since both the males and females of all except Caligodes can swim about
freely they furnish an excellent group to contrast with the Argulide
on the one side and the Pandarine on the other. The Argulidee are
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID 4— WILSON. 481
practically nondegenerate, while the Pandarine are very evidently
degenerate; this group therefore forms a connecting link between
the two and enables us to discover and emphasize the initiatory steps
in degeneration.
They thus possess the greatest possible ecological interest, and a care-
ful study of their habits and mode of life can not fail to yield valuable
facts and suggestions.
fo)
HISTORICAL.
The first accounts that can be referred to these genera with any
degree of certainty are those of Gunner (1765), Stroem (1762), and
Baster (1765). They describe and figure some parasites which they
call fish ice, but evidently they entirely mistook the nature of the ani-
mals, since they regarded the egg strings as antenne and printed their
figures upside down.
But the figures were accurate enough to show that these were really
parasitic copepods belonging to the family under discussion. Miller
in 1776 showed that these ‘tantenne” were ege strines, and he also
found and described the true antennee. But he blundered in regard
to the eyes as badly as his predecessors had done in regard to the anten-
ne, mistaking for them the sucking disks on the frontal plates and fail-
ing entirely to find the true eyes. Hence he introduced his specimens
under the genus name inocu/us, a name which survived for many
years. Slabber (1778) described and pictured one of the Caligine
under the name Oniscus lutosus; he also delineated the antenne and
many of the other appendages correctly and his figure is right side up.
Miller in a second paper (1785) corrected his previous error by dis-
covering that the sucking disks were not eyes. He then realized that
these copepods could no longer be classed in the heterogeneous group
known as Linoculus, and accordingly founded for them the genus
Caligus.
But again he blundered, for the very name“ tells us that he did not
find the true eyes, but considered these parasites to be blind.
Stroem (1762) was the first to study the habits of the genera from
living specimens, and he has given us many interesting observations.
A few additional data have been given by Leach (1813-14), Lamarck
(i818), Johnston (1824), Desmarest (1825), Burmeister (1833), Rathke
(1848), Baird (1850), Kréyer (1863), Heller (1865), Claus (1875),
Hesse (1877, 1883), and T. Scott (1894, 1900).
But although this list of names looks quite formidable they have
really given us almost nothing upon the habits and development of
the group. Johnston established for the first time the external differ-
ences in the sexes of Ca/7gus by describing in detail a male and a
female of Caliqus curtus from the cod.
« Caligus, from caligo, a medical term for blindness or weakness of the eyes.
489 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
But the life history was so little known up to 1852 that one of the
developmental stages, the chalimus stage, was regarded as an entirely
distinct genus, and several species were described by various authors.
F. Miller (1852) and Hesse (1877), however, explained the chaltmus
correctly, and recently A. Scott (1901) bas given a brief life history
of Lepeophtheirus pectoralis, in which the chalimus was still further
explained. But Scott states plainly that he has not worked out the
changes which take place in the developing embryo, so that we are
still left with only a general knowledge of the metamorphoses and
without a single authentic life history.
The work of American authors upon these genera is somewhat
superior both in quality and quantity to that upon the Argulidee.
Thomas Say, in his account of the Crustacea of the United States,
published in the Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences at Phila-
delphia in 1818, mentions two parasitic copepods, Pundarus sinuatus,
found on the dogtish, and another which he calls Biénoculus caudatus
on Callianassa, the latter being evidently a species of Ca/igus. Fol-
lowing him came an admirable monograph by Dana and Pickering
(1838) upon Caligus AMeriCanus = C. curtus), which was the best
account of a single species published up to that date and which
remained without a rival until Scott’s memoir just mentioned (1901).
The subsequent American papers came at considerable intervals.
Dana published several, which were entirely systematic, from 1845 to
1856. Smith in 1874 recorded all the species found in Vineyard Sound —
and adjacent waters, while Rathbun gave (1884) an annotated list of
the species found in American waters, and in 1887 described a new
species of 7reb/us from Vineyard Sound. And yet out of more than
100 species belonging to the genera here considered only 7 have been
reported from North America and 6 from the West Indies. It 1s
time, therefore, that the lists were thoroughly revised, for these
parasites are as common upon the fishes of our own coast as they are
in European waters.
The following account is drawn from all the sources here mentioned
and many other published papers; from the records of the United
States Bureau of Fisheries; from manuscript notes by R. R. Gurley on
The Vermine and Crustacean Parasites of Fresh-Water Fishes; from
very valuable manuscript notes and drawings by Richard Rathbun,
J. H. Emerton, J. H. Blake, and 8. I. Smith, all of which were kindly
turned over to the author by Mr. Rathbun; and last of all from the
author’s own personal investigations extending over several years.
ECOLOGY.
Advancing from a study of the Argulide to that of Ca/igus and its
associates the first thing to be noted, since it is the key to most of the
changes we meet, is the fact that the female of these species carries
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGIDA— WILSON. 483
her eggs about with her like most of the copepods. This habit neces-
sitates several departures from the conditions found existing among
the Argulide.
In the first place we must look for a greater difference between the
sexes both in their morphology and in their habits.
The genital segment of the female is considerably larger than that
of the male, and usually the first antennz are larger and stouter. On
the other hand, the second maxillipeds are larger in the male, and the
abdomen is often composed of two segments, while the female has
only one. The increase in the genital segment of the female, together
with the heavy egg cases which she has to carry, restrict her freedom
of motion.
And hence while both sexes can swim about freely it is only the
males which can be expected to compare favorably with the Argulide
in this regard. This sex difference is particularly emphasized during
the breeding season or just at the time when there is the greatest incen-
tive for free swimming. That this restriction of the female’s motion
is at least favorable to degeneration can not be doubted. But at the
same time we have to remember that all the copepods save the Argu-
lide are burdened in the same way, and yet all free-swimming forms
are able to combat the condition successfully. The condition in itself,
therefore, is scarcely enough to be regarded as the first step toward
degeneration; we must seek something more.
In ordinary free-swimming forms the female, even when burdened
with her egg strings, must move about in search of food. In fact, she
needs food more then than at any other time.
Again, in the Argulide, the female deposits her eges upon some con-
venient surface away from the body of her host, and such deposition
becomes not an incentive merely, but an imperative demand for free
swimming. The males follow the females at these times and also
search for them from fish to fish.
Caligus females, on the contrary (and the same applies to all para-
sitic genera), carrying their eges about until they hatch, find the sur-
face of the fish’s body one of the best possible positions to secure good
aeration for the eggs and to discharge the nauplii when they are sufli-
ciently matured.
Finally these parasites feed upon the blood of their host, or at least
upon something which they obtain while upon the host’s body; hence
by remaining here they are nearest the source of their food supply.
In short, all the incentives are for remaining, rather than leaving the
host and swimming about, and adult females almost always remain
upon the fish, even during the periods when they are without ege
strings.
The only inducement in these forms to free swimming on the part
of the female would be that which is common to all parasites, plant
-
484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
and animal alike, namely, the original search for a suitable host. But
this operates in developmental rather than in adult stages, and it is ¢
significant fact in this connection that nearly every female of these
genera which has been captured in the tow has been immature.
The mechanical hindrance afforded by the egg-strings, together with
the strong incentives just enumerated for remaining upon the body of
the host, may be fairly considered as constituting the first step toward
degeneration. Let us now look at the mode of locomotion in these
venera in order to discover the second step.
LOCOMOTION.
There are two modes of locomotion as in the Argulide, a free-
swimming and a scuttling motion. The presence or absence of the
latter has a greater significance than has hitherto been accorded to it.
By watching specimens of Avgu/us and Cal/gus in an aquarium it can
be seen that the latter are really the better swimmers. This is due
to the increased surface of the first three pairs of legs, particularly to
the large lamina or apron which connects the third pair across the ven-
tral surface of the body. These legs furnish a swimming organ which
propels the copepod through the water with strong and swift move-
ments. Often the motion is so erratic and persistent that the animals
seem to have fairly gone mad, dashing frantically about, turning sum-
mersaults, rushing for a distance along the sides of the aquarium, or
scuttling back downward across the under side of the surface film of
the water. Equipped with such a swimming apparatus it would nat-
urally be supposed that they would put it to frequent use, but we have
already seen that they lack the incentive. Asa matter of fact, mature
females of but one or two species have ever been taken with the males
at the surface.
Furthermore, as will appear in the descriptions which follow, these
few specimens were all of the genus Ca//gus, the species rapax being
most commonly secured. The other genera here treated do not show
as much inclination to free swimming as Ca/7gus and there are but one
or tavo very doubtful records of their capture in the tow. Indeed,
A. Scott goes so far as to conclude from a series of careful investiga-
tions that **Lepeophtherus throughout the remainder of its life and
under normal conditions remains on the same fish that it attached
itself to at the beginning of the chalimus stage.” And the same might
probably be said with regard to Anawretes and Trebius.
When we consider the amount of surface towing conducted every
year under the auspices of the United States Bureau of Fisheries, the
scarcity of these parasitic forms can only mean that at least the mature
females are not accustomed to swim freely at the surface, but only do
so under extreme provocation.
that fixedness of position which precedes radical degeneration, must
have some adequate cause. These three genera have practically the
same swimming apparatus as Caligus, and if it is never used there
must be some preventive influence which operates in their case but not
in that of Culigus.
In the author’s opinion this influence may be found in the presence
of sucking disks on the frontal plates of Ca/igus and their entire
absence in the other genera. Their presence gives to Caligus the
same scuttling motion as Argu/us obtains from its first maxillipeds.
In this way they move about over the surface of their hosts with great
rapidity and upon the slightest provocation. But the other genera,
lacking the sucking disks, are dependent upon the second antenne and
the maxillipeds for locomotion over the surface, and can not conse-
quently move about with any rapidity. Ifor this reason they do not
change their-position as often as Ca//gus but remain a long time fixed
in one place. Indeed, when an attempt is made to remove them from
their host, only the males and immature females move about in order
to escape. The mature females usually settle down 77 s¢¢u and only
cling the more tightly. When removed from their hosts and pl:ced in
aquaria these genera settle upon the bottom or sides and remain sta-
tionary for long periods, in marked contrast to the restless activity of
Caligus. This fixity of position can not help reacting unfavorably
upon any tendency toward free swimming which might still be
retained by the copepod.
To recapitulate, then, we find that none of the Argulidsx: exhibit
degeneration or even any tendency toward it. They have all retained
completely both the ability and the inclination to swim freely and to
move about over the body of their host.
Among the Caligine the genus Cul/gus possesses even more ability
than Avgu/us, and the males and immature females retain practically
the same incentives. ~ But for the mature females every influence oper-
ates toward remaining upon their host, and they are very seldom cap-
tured swimming freely. All the species of Ca/igus, however, still
move about over their host’s body upon the slightest provocation.
Other genera, being destitute of lunules, lack the ability to move
about on the body of their host with any freedom.
This acts as a stiil stronger damper upon their movements, and
although they retain fully the ability to swim they almost never exer-
cise it. They not only remain upon one host all their lives, but they
also fasten themselves ina single spot and stay there continuously.
They thus exhibit the initial stages of degeneration, whose next step
is to be a partial loss of the ability left unused.
While speaking of locomotion mention must be made of a pernicious
habit common to many of the Caligine. This consists in crawling up
486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII,
the sides of the dish or aquarium as far as possible above the surface
of the water and remaining there till thoroughly dried, and, of course,
dead and worthless. For this reason it is very difficult to keep such
species alive for any length of time. Even to carry them from the
collecting ground to the laboratory, or to keep them alive while being
examined, it is necessary to carefully stopper the bottle or to cover
the dish, so that the air above the water shall be so saturated with
moisture that the copepods can not dry in it.
Fortunately this disagreeable habit is practically confined to the genus
Cal/qus, and the other genera make quite tractable subjects for aquaria.
This is particularly the case with Lepeophtherrus, and A. Scott states
that LZ. pectoralis may be kept alive ‘tin sea water for upward of six
weeks after removal from the fish.”
PREHENSION.
The organs of prehension include both sucking disks ‘and claws; the
former are confined to a few genera; the latter are common to all the
genera. The arched carapace, also, in all the genera, acts as a large
sucking disk, its margin being pressed close to the surface, and the
contact sealed with water and slime. This constitutes a secondary
organ of prehension, vastly more effective than in the Argulidee,
since its margin is made continuous posteriorly by the broad lamina
connecting the third swimming legs. When flattened against a sur-
face by muscular contraction and then released it works very
powerfully.
The claws constitute the terminal joints of the second antennz and
the second maxillipeds, the entire joint functioning and being capable
of strong flexure upon the basal joint,
It seems probable that these different organs of prehension are used
in different localities upon the fish’s body. The lunules and the suc-
tion of the carapace afford the principal means of prehension on those
portions of the outside surface of the host which are covered with
scales. There is an integument over the scales, to be sure, and in
many of the fish which serve as hosts the scales have small spines upon
their free surfaces. But the integument is so thin and the spines are
so small and weak that they afford but a feeble hold for claws. There
is no chance to bury the claws sufficiently to withstand the ordinary
friction of water, to say nothing of that of sand or mud, which must
be overcome on the ventral surface of such fish as the flounder, skate,
ete. The fins, on the other hand, have no scales and the covering
integument is firmer and thicker, and affords an admirable material in
which the claws may fully bury themselves. So that although the tail
and other fins must, from their movements, subject the parasites to
considerable additional friction, this is more than counterbalanced by
the superior hold which they atford. The blood vessels also are more
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID A— WILSON. 487
easily accessible in the fins than under the scales. These two reasons
are sufficient to explain the preference of copepod parasites for such
localities.
It might be inferred that in those genera which are destitute of
lunules there would be a somewhat stronger development of the claws.
Possibly they are a little larger and stouter, but the difference is very
slight, and after careful examination it does not seem sufficient to
warrant any statement.
This method of prehension by claws renders it more difficult. to
remoye the parasite from its host. Ca/7gus comes off easily, but it
takes a decided pull to loosen one of the other genera, and often the
posterior part of the body will be torn away from the anterior without
weakening the hold, as noted by Scott.
Long experience has taught that the best way to remove these para-
sites intact is to slip one end of a pair of broad-tipped forceps well
under the carapace and lift the copepod off quickly as one would a
limpet.
Connected with prehension are the various devices to prevent slip-
ping backward upon the fish’s body. We miss in this group the
spines upon the ventral surface of the carapace and the roughened
plate with its posterior teeth on the basal joint of the second maxilli-
peds, which were so common amongst the Argulidee.
But we find instead a small plate that often bears spines upon the
basal joint of the first swimming legs, and a sternal fork. The broad
lamina joining the third legs also, when applied closely to the surface,
must act as a powerful preventative to slipping. And these creatures
need something that is powerful for they are often found upon the
ventral surface of such fish as the flounder, halibut, plaice, and skate
which frequent the bottom and often bury themselves entirely in the
sand or mud.
The friction at such times must be very great and tax to the utmost
both the flattened form and the prehensile powers of the parasites.
HOSTS.
In general the Pleuronectide and Gadidee are the most frequent
hosts of the Caligids, but many widely divergent families and genera
are represented in the host list. They may be found anywhere upon
the external surface or in the gill cavity of their host. while a few
species are commonly found inside the mouth, the most notable instance
being the new species of Cad/gus from the Bonito. On the outer
surface they often prefer the fins, especially the pectorals since
these furnish good opportunities for attachment and food as already
explained. And then as the parasite usually seeks the underside of
the fin it must also be protected in great measure by the latter from
the friction of the water or mud through which the fish is passing.
488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
Many species show a tendency to congregate in certain places to the
almost entire exclusion of the rest of the fish’s body, as in the case of
Caligus bonito and Lepeophtherrus pectoralis.
While many of the species stick to one particular host there are
others which change hosts from time to time and which are able like
the Argulide to live temporarily upon almost any fish that may be
available. Cal/qgus rapa easily takes the lead in this, having been
found upon twenty-tive or thirty different fish. A few of these like
the flounder and cod are regular hosts, and an examination of a very
few fish is almost certain to reveal the presence of this parasite.
At the right seasons also the chalimus stages of development may be
found attached to the fins and scales of the same fish. But for the
other hosts there is often a record of only a single specimen which was
evidently a strageler and took that particular fish until it could find °
something better.
FOOD.
These parasites feed upon the blood of their hosts which they obtain
in the same manner as did the Areulids by burrowing under the scales
or piercing the skin on the fins with their maxillipeds and proboscis.
This blood, filling the central digestive system, may often be seen as a
dark streak through the body, and is sometimes very prominent in
transparent specimens.
When taken from the fish those specimens usually live the longest
which have the most blood in them; the latter seems to digest slowly
and may often be seen for several days in the intestine.
Many authors write that these parasites, or some of them at least,
feed upon the mucus of the fish’s body and that no blood has ever been
found in their stomachs.
This statement seems to rest entirely upon the fact that no red color
can be seen in their digestive organs. A. Scott says of Lepeophtheirus
pectoralis, ** when taken directly from the living fish and placed under
the microscope it rarely shows even the faintest trace of red coloring
matter in the alimentary canal.”
But the same author concludes on the next page that this species
feeds to some extent on blood, and a little later he adds ‘‘they do not
hesitate to eat their comrades when these become feeble.” For animals
which will do this mucus must be a rather tame and inadequate food.
It is difficult to determine what the food really is, but there are sev-
eral considerations which will help us to form a rational judgment in
the matter. In the first place, it makes a difference what part of the
fish’s body the parasite is taken from, whether it shows any red in the
digestive organs or not.
If taken from the gill cavity the red is nearly always prominent,
while it seldom appears in those individuals taken from the outside of
the body. Some species are always found in the gill cavity and they
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGIDA— WILSON. 489
always show blood in the alimentary canal. Other species are always
found on the outside of the body and they are the so-called mucus
eaters. But there are still other species, like Culigus rapax, which may
be found in either place, and in them we find the same difference.
In explanation we must remember two facts: The gill cavity is the
easiest place to get blood on the fish’s body, and it is very possible
that such a species as C. rapar may slip into this cavity to get its
food and then slip out again to the exterior of the body. Consequently
when taken in the gill cavity it would have just finished eating, while
on the outer surface of the body the blood may have had time to par-
tially digest.
The second fact is that all these genera are supplied with powerful
digestive glands unlike the Lerneans. We shall see later (p. 513) that
one pair of these glands are situated in the anterior part of the cara-
pace and pour their fluid upon the food as soon as it strikes the stom-
ach. Only freshly aerated blood, in or near the fish’s gills, has a deep
red color; that in the capillaries of the skin and fins is not very red
when swallowed. Hence it would not take very much of a digestive
fluid to remove the color entirely.
It is very suggestive to note in this connection that the adult Ler-
neans, in which the food is so red as to leave no doubt of its nature,
have no digestive glands. During development, however, there is a
digestive gland, and the contents of the alimentary canal are not red.
It is scarcely possible that the young Lernean eats mucus while the
adult eats blood.
Again, if these creatures are seeking mucus for food why do they
not choose such fish as are most hountifully supplied with it? And
how dees it happen that they always hunt out those places upon the
fish’s body where the skin is unprotected and the thinnest? There is
more mucus on the scales than anywhere else; why should they choose
the fins or the inside of the operculum? Finally, the mouth parts of
species, which it is claimed eat mucus, are similar in every particular
to those of species which are acknowledged blood-suckers. The
eating of mucus, then, must be an acquired taste, and it is difficult to
understand how an animal with its mouth parts fitted for sucking
blood should be content to merely sip mucus while it still retains
enough of its old blood-sucking habits to choose the places on the tish’s
body best adapted for that purpose.
These parasites are very susceptible to any increase in temperature,
and a rise of a few degrees will speedily prove fatal.
This is the chief source of difficulty in keeping them alive in aquaria.
A. Scott gives 16° C. as the limit for Lepeophthetrus pectoralis, and
experiment has shown that other species do not differ much from this.
A general average of all the species experimented with would raise
this limit shghtly, to 18° or 20° C,
490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVITI.
On the contrary, they can withstand a very great decrease in tem-
perature. Scott states that the aquaria containing Lepeophtheirus
pectoralis were frozen several times without injury to the parasites.
Although this experiment has not been tried upon other species,
there is no reason to doubt that they could withstand as severe cold.
tepeated trials have shown that the best way to keep these creatures
alive for any length of time, particularly during hot weather, is to
pack the aquarium or bottle in ice. Those species which are other-
wise prone to crawl up out of the water are much less likely to do so,
but seem content to remain beneath the surface. Possibly this dis-
agreeable habit may be connected ordinarily with a rise in temperature
of the water in the aquarium.
SUMMARY.
1. The females of the genera here discussed carry their eggs about
with them. This necessarily restricts their freedom of motion, but
not to a greater extent than in free-swimming forms.
2. Added to the restriction, however, is a lack of incentive to free
swimming, since the parasite obtains its food upon its host and finds
there the best position for the aeration of its eggs.
These two conditions combined constitute the first step toward
degeneration.
3. These genera are really better swimmers than the Argulide,
owing to the increased surface of their swimming: legs, particularly
the third pair. But they do not exercise this ability nearly as often
as the Areulide, for the reasons just stated.
4. In addition to their free swimming, the Calégus species also
exhibit the same scuttling motion as the Argulidee, and it is accom-
plished in a similar manner by means of the sucking disks on the
frontal plates.
5. In other genera the sucking disks are absent, the scuttling
motion is impossible, and we find still less of an inclination for free
swimming. Careful observations indicate that these genera remain
throughout life upon the same fish to which they attached themselves
in the chalimus stage.
6. As another consequence of the loss of the scuttling motion they
remain for long periods in the same position upon their host, moving
only upon strong provocation. This fixity of position constitutes a
second step toward degeneration.
7. For prehension we find the sucking disks in Ca/¢gus, and stout
claws upon the second antenne and the second maxillipeds in all
genera. The edge of the carapace also, supplemented by the broad
lamina connecting the third swimming legs, is flattened against the
supporting surface and functions as a large sucking disk.
8. To prevent slipping backward under friction there are weak
spines upon the bases of the first swimming legs, and a stout sternal
No. 1404, PARASITIC COPEPODS— CA LIGIDA:— WILSON. 491
fork between the bases of the second maxillipeds. The lamina of the
third swimming legs also renders effective service in this direction.
% These genera show a decided preference for the Pleuronectide,
and the Gadide as hosts, but such of them as practice free swimming
may be found upon almost any host temporarily. Many of the species,
so far as observed, are confined to a single host.
10. These parasites feed upon the blood of their host in a similar
manner to the Argulide. They are very susceptible to heat, and an
increase of temperature of only a few degrees is quickly fatal. On
the contrary, they can withstand very severe cold, even freezing,
without apparent injury.
MORPHOLOGY.
A. Kirternal.—The types upon which Miller founded his genus Ca/7-
gus in 1785 included several genera beside the true Caligus. Indeed, the
only species amongst his types really belonging to the genus was Ca//gus
curtus. Hence his genus diagnosis was very broad and would have
included practically all our North American Caligine. In the present
morphology the statements have been made equally inclusive and are
to be understood as embracing all North American Caliginz unless
otherwise limited. The body of a Ca/igus is made up of four parts or
sections, a cephalo-thorax, a free thorax, a genital segment, and an
abdomen. The cephalon bears seven pairs of appendages, namely,
antennules, antenn, mandibles, first and second maxille, and first and
second maxillipeds. The three anterior thoracic segments are fused
with the cephalon so that the cephalo-thorax bears three pairs of
swimming legs in addition to the appendages just enumerated. The free
thorax consists of a small segment carrying the fourth pair of swimming
legs and the genital or reproductive segment. The latter has in both
sexes a pair of appendages which in the male are very evidently rudi-
mentary swimming legs of the fifth pair. In the female they are often
so reduced as to be recognized with difficulty, but their presence is sufli-
cient to show that this segment must be regarded as a portion of the
thorax if we are to be consistent in our nomenclature of the crustacea.
Hence, while retaining the designation ** genital segment,” already in
general use, it will be understood that this is really the fifth thoracic
segment, the second free one. It varies greatly in shape in different
species, in different stages of development in the same species, and in
the two sexes. In the male and in immature females it is always
smaller and often approximates the abdomen closely in size. But as
the female approaches maturity it increases greatly and becomes
usually much larger than the abdomen.
Furthermore, in undeveloped forms of both sexes the rudimentary
fifth legs are relatively much larger than inthe mature individual, and
may commonly be seen as a pair of large lobes or processes cleariy
492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
differentiated from the remainder of the genital segment (5, fig. 1).
As development progresses these lobes become assimilated more and
more with the body of the segment, until at the last they are oftentimes
invisible except from the ventral surface, and then only after careful
examination.
Owing to this extreme variation in size and shape the greatest care
must be exercised in comparing different specimens for purposes of
classification. The individuals compared must be alike in sex, in
maturity, and even in the period of pregnancy if the size or shape of
the genital segment is to have its full significance. Fortunately, one
breeding season follows another so rapidly that the female is never
left for any long interval without her
ege strings. Hence, in collecting these
parasites, fully ripe females are very
largely predominant. On being pre-
served the ege cases become very brit-
tleand break off easily, but examination
will quickly reveal the fact that they
have been present, which of course is
all that is required. In the Key which
is given later (see p. 555) the shape of
the genital seement is made one of the
y, \ final means of determination after the
other more important ones have been
y
exhausted, and even then it must not
ene be given too much prominence.
i‘ NN The length of the ege strings and
WAN INS the size of the eggs vary greatly in
y \ IN different species and in different ind1-
oN ‘\ viduals of the same species, and the
NN
best that can be done is to give the
Fic. 1.—YOUNG FEMALE OF LEPEOPHTHEIRUS general average. The size of the ego's
EDWARDSI, SHOWING THE FIFTH PAIR OF 4% a
SWIMMING LEGS AT THE POSTERIOR CoR- IS always a better euide than the
NERS OF THEGENITAL SEGMENT. @.1.,ANAL number.
LAMIN#E; 5, RUDIMENTARY FIFTH LEGS. . A
Like the genital segment, the abdo-
men is usually simple, but sometimes two-jointed, this condition
occurring more frequently in the male. There are two species of
Caligus also in which it is three-jointed, C. coryphene and C. angus-
tatus, and another in which it is four-jointed, C. aléuncus. (See
Plates VII and IX.)
The abdomen is terminated by two processes, one on either side of
the anus, and each furnished with three or four plumose sete (a. 1,
fie. 1). These processes have been given different names by different
authors. Milne Edwards calls them ‘* lames caudales;” Kréyer desig-
nates them as ‘‘halevedhaengene” in Danish, while in his Latin
diagnoses they are simply ‘tappendices;” Heller speaks of them as
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID4— WILSON. 493
**Schwanzanhange,” in his Latin diagnoses as ‘Sappendices caudales;”
Claus calls them ‘*Furcalanhange,” in Latin ‘‘foliola caudalia;”
Gerstaecker designates them as ‘** Endgabel (Furca);”’ while Bassett-
Smith speaks of them as ‘‘ caudal plates.”
There are several objections to these names. In the first place, most
of them preserve in some form the old name of ** tail,” given to the
abdomen, which was entirely a misnomer.
The use of **furca” or “‘ fork” is even worse, for we already havea
furca upon the ventral surface of the carapace, and the repetition of
the name for a very different appendage could not but breed confu-
sion. Why not apply to them the term ‘‘anal,” since they are always
situated beside the anus, and thus get a term to which there could be
no objection as a misnomer and which would be free from any danger
of confusion? Let us call them, then, anal plates or lamin, as we
called the appendages in the Argulidee, similar in position but differ-
ent in shape, anal papillee. ;
There is thus a cephalon bearing seven pairs of appendages, a thorax
of five segments, each bearing a single pair of appendages, the first
three united with the cephalon, and an abdomen of from one to four
segments, the last of which bears the paired anal laminve.
The cephalo-thorax is strongly flattened dorso-ventrally and is coy-
ered with a hard shell or carapace, which serves to protect the softer
parts underneath. In structure this shell is like that which covers the
anterior portion of the body in the Argulide, but its shape is consid-
erably different.
In the first place, the anterior antenne, instead of being concealed
beneath the carapace, form a wide articulated border across its ante-
rior margin, their free ends standing out prominently on either side.
In six genera
and Parapetalus—the frontal plates thus formed carry upon their ante-
rior margins sucking disks or lunules. In the other genera they are
perfectly plain.
These lunules often stand out prominently and, with the plates
themselves, give a squared appearance to the anterior margin (Plates
V, VI, XII). This is usually increased by an incision at the center
where the two plates meet, or by an emargination extending for some
distance on either side. In rare instances just the reverse takes place,
and the frontal margin is made pointed by a protrusion of the plates
between the lunules in the form of a beak or rostrum (Caligus henmu-
lonis, trritans, and murrayanus). Kither form presents a sharp con-
trast with the evenly rounded anterior margin in Argiu/us.
Again, instead of a single median posterior sinus, there are two, one
on either side, leaving a median lobe between them, which is usually
half the entire width or more.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04——32
Caliqus, Pseudocaliqus, Caligodes, Synestius, Homoiotes,
A494
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.
VOL. XXVIII.
But the regions of the cephalo-thorax are practically the same and
are very similarly arranged in the two.
As boundaries of these regions we find grooves similar to those in
fa=e)
[-—}
An
A
AN
uN
il
ci
ACCU
it
|
|
—
SF
G
Fig. 2.—ADULT FEMALE OF CALIGUS
MUTABILIS, SHOWING THE BODY
REGIONS AND THE AREAS OF THE
CARAPACE. A., ABDOMEN; C. A.,
CEPHALIC AREA; E. S., EGG-STRINGS;
F.P., FRONTAL PLATES; F. S., FREE
THORACIC SEGMENT; G. S., GENITAL
SEGMENT; L. A., LATERAL AREAS;
T. A., THORACIC AREA.
the Argulide but differently arranged, not
merely in the different genera, but in dif-
ferent species as well.
In general they may be described as fol-
lows: A pair of longitudinal grooves, one
on either side of the mid-line, more or less
parallel with itand removed some distance
from it, correspond with the sides of the
horseshoe suture in the Argulide.
But they extend backward farther,
reaching the posterior margin of the lateral
lobes, while they do not reach forward to
the frontal margin. They form the sides
of a large Jetter H and are connected by
the third groove transversely at or just
posterior to the center of the carapace
(fig. 2). The carapace is hinged along
these sutures and capable of some motion
upon them, as in the Argulide. On the
outside of the lateral grooves are the lateral
areas, extending back in a lobe on either
side of the carapace much narrower than in
Argulus (Li. A.).
The transverse suture marks the junce-
ture of the head and thorax so that the
central region in front of it is the cephalic
area(C. A.), while behind it is the thoracic
area (T. A.), the former being usually the
larger. These three grooves are present in
practically all the genera and species. In
addition there are others which occur with
more or less frequency. One of these isa
horseshoe-shaped groove extending from
the suture between the carapace and the
frontal plates backward around the eyes.
It is similar in shape to that in the Argu-
lide, but as the eyes in the two families
are entirely different it does not corre-
spond in morphological significance.
There are also grooves at the bases of the free portions of the first
antenne which extend inward on the carapace for a short distance,
while others appear often in the anterior portion of the lateral areas.
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID A— WILSON. 495
Rarely a second transverse groove is found in front of the crossbar of
the H as in Caliqus hemulonis and C. aliuncus and in Glotopotes
ornatus (See Plates IX, XVIII, XLEX, XXIII).
The frontal plates (F. P.) are separated from the carapace in all the
genera here considered by an irregular groove made up of several
symmetrically arranged curves.
These frontal plates are really the basal joints of the first antennz,
as can be readily seen in following the development, and they thus
correspond in function to the hooked claws on the base of the first
antenne of the Argulidee.
The two plates do not quite meet at the center, but are separated
anteriorly by a deep and very narrow sinus which marks the former
position of the filament for attachment in the chalimus stage, and by
a slight projection of the carapace from which this filament emerged.
On the ventral surface at the base of
the suture there is an oval opening
surrounded by a narrow fringe of
‘hitin. This represents the medi: ry
ee whieh Svea anc as ee om BS Wy cin ee
oped and forms an important organ
of adhesion in the early chalimus
stages (s. fig. 3). Its usefulness is
almost entirely superseded in the
adult Caligus by the sucking disks
which develop during the later chal-
imus stages, but in the other genera
it may serve as a ‘first aid in secur-
7 Fic. 3.—THE MEDIAN SUCKER OF CALIGUS
ing the animal to its host,” as sug- RAPAX. f. f., FRONTAL FILAMENT; m., AN-
gested by A. Scott (1901). TERIOR MARGIN OF FRONTAL PLATES; S.,
. a SUCKER.
In favorable specimens a chitinous
rod (f. f.) can be seen passing back from this sucker toward the eyes.
This rod is the remains of the filament, and at its inner end may be
seen the gland which secreted the substance of the filament.
The sucking disks, which in Ca/igus serve both for prehension and
locomotion, are of peculiar construction, resembling not the body or
basal portion of the sucking disks in Argu/us, but rather the free
membranous border. They consist of a short and rather flat cone of
membrane, often split for a considerable distance down the ventral or
anterior side.
This suture is often so wide that a cross section would take the form
of a horseshoe rather than a circle. The membrane is supported by a
very few transverse and by many longitudinal ribs of chitin, all of
which, however, are simple hairs or threads and not the complicated
affairs found in the Argulide.
496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
This cone is often partially or even almost completely concealed by
the border of the frontal plate in a dorsal view, so that it is only by
turning the animal over on its back that one could be sure whether it
has lunules or not. This is the condition with the entire genera Ca//-
godes, Synestius, amd Parapetalus, and rarely in some species of Caligus
like C. déaphanis.
The carapace, like all the rest of the body, is covered on both the
dorsal and ventral surfaces by a thin cuticle. At the margin where
these two cuticles come together they are fused and form a wide, per-
fectly transparent border along the frontal and lateral edges. Being
smooth and flexible this border can be applied very closely to the sup-
porting surface and forms thereby a tight joint which greatly aids in
prehension, as already noted (p. 486).
The eyes are situated on the median line, about one-third the dis-
tance from the front of the carapace. They are two in number, so
closely approximated as to be partially flattened, and are embedded
ina mass of pigment which lies wholly beneath the carapace. Each
consists of a spherical mass of pigment flattened on the inner side,
where it is separated from its fellow by a thin layer of chitin, lined
with the same pigment.
The lens is spherical and projects about half its diameter from the
outer or anterior margin. Behind the lens is a retina made up of a
single row of relatively large cells, which are lined on the inner side
with a layer of pigment. This pigment is usually black or very dark
wine-red in color, while the lens is colorless and perfectly transparent.
In quite a number of species, scattered through all the different
genera, the eyes are invisible (in preserved specimens) to even the
most careful scrutiny. But it seems probable that they are merely
concealed by overlying pigment and not really lacking. This point
‘an be determined only by a study of sections which are not at pres-
ent available.
From a study of the early development we find that these eyes are
originally placed much farther back in the carapace and are separated
by a greater distance from each other, and that they afterward
migrate forward and inward toward the mid line, until they are so
thoroughly fused as to appear as one eye with two lenses.
The free thoracic segment is small in nearly all the species; it rep-
resents the fourth thoracic segment of free-swimming copepods and
carries the fourth pair of swimming legs attached to its outer mar-
gins (F. S. fig. 2). In all the species figured, with one or two doubt-
ful exceptions (CL dubius and C. fallax), it is so much narrower than
the carapace and genital segment, especially where it Joins the former,
as to appear like a wasp waist connecting the two. This appearance
is heightened in Cu//godes by a considerable lengthening of the ség-
ment. The rare instances in which it is figured as double instead of
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGIDA— WILSON. 497
single (Caligus alalonge, chorinemt?, productus, robustus, and trachyp-
ter’) are very doubtful and the probability is strongly against them.
For instance, while Kréyer’s smaller figure of C. productus shows
two segments, Dana’s enlarged figure of the genital segment of the
same species shows also the free segment as single. In several species
(Caliqus irritans, monacanth?, and verator) the sides of this segment
are indented as if for another joint, but there is no actual division and
the cases just mentioned are probably the same.
Indeed, if these or any other species really had two free segments,
this would be sufficient ground for a generic rather than a specific
distinction.
The genital segment (G. S. fig. 2) is not, as its name would imply,
the seat of the reproductive organs proper, but merely of the ducts
leading from them, in the female the internal oviduct, and in the male
the vas deferens and the spermatophores (see figs. 32, 33, 34).
But since in the female the convolutions of the oviduct contained
within the genital segment are the place where most of the develop-
ment of the egg occurs, it follows that this segment is usually plump
and swollen. Its shape varies greatly and is indicated for each of the
different species in the keys on pages 555 and 615. In many of the
species the walls are so transparent that the structure of the internal
organs may be conveniently studied through them.
The abdomen (A. fig. 2) is always narrower than the genital segment
(except in Caligus hirsutus), often markedly so, and is usually shorter
and simple. In certain species, however, it is much longer (Ca/iqus
macrurus, pelamydis, scombri, and stromatec), and it is also sometimes
segmented, this occurring oftener in males than in females. And
then the abdomen in the male is relatively longer than in the
female, so as to give this sex a narrowed, drawn-out appearance, con-
trasting strongly with the plump, stocky figure of the female. The
external egg cases (E. 5. fig. 2) are cylindrical tubes, the substance of
which is secreted by a shell gland situated in the genital segment and
opening into the internal oviduct very near its exit from the segment.
The cylinder is divided into segments by cross partitions, one between
every two eges, so that often when the nauplii have escaped from the
egos there is left behind a sort of moulted skin which retains the exact
form of the original, but is entirely empty. When full these egg cases
are the most potent influence to check the ability of the female to move
about freely. Oftentimes they are relatively very large, and in one
species, Caligus diaphanus, the two strings taken together are nearly
as large as the entire body.
There are twelve pairs of appendages, namely, two pairs of antenna,
one pair of mandibles, two pairs of maxille, two pairs of maxillipeds,
and five pairs of swimming legs, all on the ventral surface except the
498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vor, XXVIII.
first antenne (an’, fig. 4). These latter are attached to the frontal
margin of the carapace and project sidewise from the body. Each is
made up of three joints; the basal joint is the largest and is in the form
of a lamina or plate, which bears a lunule on its margin. The median
joint is larger than the terminal and bears tactile plumose sete on its
anterior and outer margins. The terminal joint is usually more or
less club-shaped and furnished
with short and sharp spines at
and near its tip. These antennze
should be very highly sensitive,
if their innervation is any cri-
terion, for a large nerve enters
each from the supra-cesophageal
ganglion, and, dividing and sub-
dividing, sends a branch to the
sucking disk of the basal joint,
to each plumose seta of the
median joint, and each spine of
the distal joint.
The second antenne (an’”’) are
attached to the ventral surface
just posterior to the bases of the
first. They are each two-jointed,
the basal joint being short and
stout and plentifully supplied
with strong muscles. The apical
joint is modified into a stout pre-
hensile claw, which fits into a
cup or socket hollowed out of
the ventral surface of the cara-
pace near its front margin. In
the genera under discussion
these antennve have become en-
Fic. 4a.—VENTRAL SURFACE AND APPENDAGES OF AN tirely prehensile In function,
ADULT FEMALE LEPEOPHTHEIRUS EDWARDsI. an’., and, withthesecond maxillipeds,
FIRST ANTENN#; an’’., SECOND ANTENN#; f., FURCA; ; ey oe eed 2
m., MOUTH; mx’., FIRST MAXILLE; mMx’’., SECOND they are the chiet organs of at-
MAXILLE; MXp’., FIRST MAXILLIPEDS; mxp’’.,SEC- tachment in places where the
OND MAXILLIPEDS; 1, 2, 3, AND 4, SWIMMING LEGS. Soe é . rae
skin is accessible (fig. 5).
The mandibles are wholly inclosed within the mouth tube; they are
very slender, stylet-shaped and usually four-jointed.
The apical joints are visible through the mouth opening; they curve
in toward each other and are either serrated or crenated along their
inner edges, the number of teeth being twelve to sixteen.
In Lepeophtheirus the outer margins are smooth, but in Caligus
they are sometimes cut into very small acute teeth, eighteen to
No, 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID A— WILSON. 499
twenty in number (fig. 6). The bases of the mandibles are attached
just inside the lateral chitin rods of the lower lip, and are connected
with the ventral surface of the carapace by stout muscles. There are
no traces of mandibular palps.
The first maxille (mx’, figs. 4 and 5) are situated near the lateral
margin of the carapace, just outside of, and a little posterior to, the
bases of the second antenne. Each consists of a single joint in most
of the species, but of two joints in a few species of Caligus according
to the descriptions given. In
both sexes they are swollen at
the base and taper toward the >
tip; in the female they are short
and blunt and apparently of no y, as Ripe
service.
In the male they are much a
longer and taper to a slender,
sharp point at the apex; each
maxilla is also curved over
toward its fellow on the oppo-
site side and thus forms a claw
similar to that on one of the
second antenne (fig 5). And
their function would seem to
be similar, although we must
remember that they are shorter
and weaker than both the sec-
ond antenne and the second
maxillipeds and so could not
reach the host’s body until after
these others had been buried in
the skin. Possibly they may
Serve in both sexes to irritate
the wound and so stimulate the
flow of blood. In some species
of Caligus and Lepeophtheirus Fia. 4b.— VENTRAL SURFACE AND APPENDAGES OF AN
two minute sete are attached WIE EMU, PANS OO RO A EDWARDSI. (For
lettering see Fig. 4a.)
to the basal part of each max-
illa which A. Scott considers to represent the exopodite or palp
(e’, fig. 7).
The second maxillz (mx”, fig. 4) are placed at the sides of the mouth
just outside of the suctorial tube. Each is made up of a single joint,
stout at the base and slender toward the tip.
In Caligus and closely allied genera the terminal portion is undivided
while in Lepeophtheirus and its near relatives it is bifurcated.
5OO PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
This terminal portion represents the exopod and in many species of
both Caligus and Lepeophthe/rus there is also a distinct endopod
(e’, fig. 7), with two sete on its
apex attached to the base of the
exopod (Lepeophtheirus pectoralis,
Caligus rapa, ete.).
The mouth opening is terminal
or termino-ventral and may be
either circular in outline (Cal/équs
bonito, Lepeophtheirus edwards?),
transversely elliptical (Cul/qus ra-
put), or even strongly lunate
(Caligus curtus, Lepeophtheirus
pectoralis).
Whatever its shape it is always
hairs. Often in the incision at the
center of the under lip is a small
tuft of hairs considerably longer
yet. In living specimens these
hairs are seen to be motile and
: they must assist in drawing the
Fig. 5.—THE SECOND ANTENNE AND THE FIRST blood up the mouth tube by mak-
MAXILLZ OF THE ADULT CALIGUS BONITO. . “ee .
UPPER FIGURE, THE MALE; LOWER, THE FEMALE. Ing the joint at the mouth opening
tighter.
The framework of the mouth is quite complicated and consists of
two sets or series of rods running lengthwise, connected by others
d
Fic. 6.—MOUTH PARTS. a, DORSAL SURFACE OF MOUTH TUBE OF LEPEOPHTHEIRUS HIPPOGLOSSI; b,
VENTRAL SURFACE; C, MANDIBLE; d, MANDIBLE OF CALIGUS BONITO; f, FLEXIBLE FLAP AT ANTERIOR
END OF UPPER LIP: Tr, ROD ON LATERAL MARGIN OF FRAMEWORK OF LOWER LIP.
which are transverse. There is first a long rod on either side, running
the entire leneth of the framework along the lateral margins and
furnishing the requisite support for the whole mass (1, fig. 6, and 1’,
>
surrounded by a fringe of long:
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID 42— WILSON. 5OL
fig. 10). These rods are inclined toward each other as they proceed
away from the ventral surface; their proximal ends are bent sharply
and sometimes carried a short distance along the ventral surface of the
‘arapace as in Caligus curtus. They are articulated at the bend thus
made and again near the tip, making them three jointed. At the basal
joint they are also articulated with the ventral surface of the carapace,
and the muscles which elevate or lower the whole mass are fastened
here.
The short terminal joints curve inward and nearly meet at the mid
line (Caliqgus bonito, Lepeophtheirus edwardsi). Sometimes they are
reenforced here at the tip by other small rods which run in toward the
FIG. 7.—SECOND ANTENNE, FIRST AND SECOND MAXILLE® AND MOUTH TUBE OF ADULT CALIGUS RAPAX,
HIGHLY MAGNIFIED TO SHOW EXACT POSITION, RELATIONS, AND STRUCTURE. an/’’., SECOND AN-
TENN; @/., EXOPOD OF FIRST MAXILL; e’7,, ENDOPOD OF SECOND MAXILLE; M., MOUTH; mx’.,
FIRST MAXILL; MX’’,, SECOND MAXILLAE.
mid line parallel with the first (Caligus curtus). The lower lip is
stretched over this framework from side to side and projects somewhat
in front of the small anterior rods. It is divided at the center, and
the edges thus formed are fringed with a tuft of hairs fully twice the
length of those which fringe the rest of the mouth opening (fig. 6).
In A/ehjon there is a slit at either side instead of a single slit at the
center, and the fringe is not much lengthened.
In the membrane of the lower lip, between the marginal rods just
described, lies a complicated jointed framework of short rods which
help support the membrane. Their number, arrangement, and shape
502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
varies greatly in the different species as well as in the genera. In
Caligus curtus there is a long rod on either side of the mid line, the
two being approximately parallel to the very tips where they bend in
suddenly together and are united fora short distance along the mid
line (m, fig. 8). Connected with this united portion are three short
transverse rods (t). All of these rods are narrow and cylindrical in
shape (Pickering and Dana, 1838).
In Caliqgus rapax there is a large V-shaped rod at the base of the lips
(v’), and another (v’’) at the tip, the bases of the two Vs being toward
each other and their sides being connected by a series of short, almost
spherical rods (s, fig. 9). The V-shaped pieces are strongly flattened
FIG. 9.—VENTRAL VIEW OF THE MOUTH TUBE OF
CALIGUS RAPAX IN A LATE CHALIMUS STAGE.
Fic. 8.—VENTRAL SURFACE OF THE MOUTH TUBE OF
AN ADULT CALIGUS CURTUS. (AFTER PICKERING
AND DANA.) Mm, LONGITUDINAL CENTRAL RopS 1: ROD ON LATERAL MARGIN OF LOWER LIP;
IN FRAMEWORK OF LOWER LIP; t, TRANSVERSE % V’, V’, SHORT RODS FORMING THE FRAME-
RODS. WORK OF THE LOWER LIP.
and much wider than thick, and might well be called lamin instead
of rods.
The membrane forming the upper or dorsal portion of the mouth
tube may be called the upper lip. Like the lower lip, it has a chitin
rod (1, fig. 10) along either lateral margin, but in this instance, instead
of being connected at the tip by short transverse rods, the chitinous
edge is continuous around the anterior margin (fig. 6).
The proximinal ends of the rods are enlarged and flexed, but not as
sharply as those of the lower lip, and to them are attached muscles for
moving the lip. There is no central framework in this dorsal mem-
brane, but the latter is stretched from one marginal rod to the other.
In Caligus curtus and Lepeophtheirus edwardsi the anterior portion of
the chitinous margin is bent back in the form of a semicircle, into
which fits a more or less circular flap (f) of soft membrane whose front
NO. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID EH— WILSON. 503
edge is crenated and fringed with long cilia (fig. 6, a). This flap is
flexible and capable of more motion than the remainder of the lip, but
to call the latter ‘‘immovable” (Pickering and Dana) is certainly mis-
leading. The whole mouth tube moves together and freely, and cer-
tainly the dorsal portion of it is as movable as the ventral. In Cal/gus
rapax the anterior portion of the chitinous margin, instead of being
concave, is convex like the lower lip, and projecting in front of it is
a narrow flexible membrane flap, with its front edge incised at the cen-
ter and fringed throughout with cilia (fig. 10).
The statement of Pickering and Dana that the mouth ‘* appears to
be composed of the upper and lower lips, united with the different
parts of a pair of maxille ” (1838,
p. 73) can not stand. Those au-
thors made no attempt at any
explanation of the position or
connection of the maxille re-
ferred to, except to state that
they corresponded to the first
pair of maxillee in decapod crusta-
cea. And even this was not stated
directly, but ina roundabout fash-
ion, for they found a single pair
of appendages which they said
corresponded to the second max-
ille in decapod crustacea, but
which they called the first maxil-
lipeds. They proved to be in
reality the second antennz; it
must have been, therefore, the
first maxillee which they thought
were combined with the upper
: Fr¢. 10.—DORSAL SURFACE OF THE MOUTH TUBE
and lower lips. But we have al- OF CALIGUS RAPAX IN AN ADVANCED CHALIMUS
ready seen that both pairs of STAGE. r/, ROD ON LATERAL MARGIN OF FRAME-
maxille are fully accounted for iin i aa
outside the buccal tube. And A. Scott has shown by the innervation
in Lepeophtheirus pectoralis that the claws which Pickering and Dana
considered as appendages of their ‘* first maxillipeds” are really the
first maxillee.
Of the two pairs of maxillipeds, the first are situated about halfway
between the apex of the mouth and the lateral margin of the carapace.
Each one of this pair is two-jointed, the basal joint moderately stout
while the longer terminal joint is very slender and terminates in two
or three short and stout spines. Their function is probably that of
keeping the mouth clean of foreign matter by a sort of combing
motion (fig. 11).
The second maxillipeds arise near the mid line, a little posterior to
504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. voL. XXVIII.
the first. Each is made up of two joints, the basal of which is much
swollen and liberally supplied with stout muscles, while the apical
one is a powerful claw curved over inward and carrying a spinc
on its inner margin (fig. 12).
These are the chief organs of prehension,
as already noted, and are usually much larger
in the male. Their relative size, however,
varies greatly in the different species and
genera; in one they are evidently the chief
reliance for clinging to the host or to the
female; in another the second antenne are so
much enlarged and the first maxille in the
male are so stout that these maxillipeds evi-
dently share the honors at the least.
Lepeophtheirus innominatus is x good exam-
ple of the former, the basal joints of the second
maxillipeds being so large as to fill the cen-
Fig, 1—First MAxILiPep oF tral portion of the carapace (Plate XXVIII).
LEPEOPHTHEIRUS EDWARDSI. . . .
And Caligus schistonyx 1s a good example of
the latter, the terminal claw of the second maxillipeds being small
and very weak while the second antenne are large and stout (Plate VI).
In many other species the
two are just about equal in
strength and efficiency.
Between the swollen basal
joints of the second maxilli-
peds arises the furca or sternal
fork, which consists of a stout
chitin plate whose tip is bifid,
much like an old-fashioned
bootjack.
It varies consideraply in form
and relative size in the differ-
ent species, and for some au-
thors it serves on this account
as a secondary basis of classifi-
Fic. 12.—THE SECOND MAXILLIPEDS OF THE ADULT
cation. It 1S frequently ot con- CALIGUS BONITO, UPPER FIGURE, THE MALE, WITH
A LARGE BONY PLATE ON THE BASAL JOINT; LOWER
siderable service in this dire¢=. jean ane ema
tion, and in one or two cases
is sufliciently different to serve as the distinguishing characteristic of
the species. Witness the double bifurcation in Lepeophtheirus hip-
poglossi and L. bifurcatus, and the peculiar form in the genus (/ozo-
potes and in Cauligus platytars/, and the entire absence of this append-
age in the genus Alebion (see Plates XX, XXIII). Several uses have
been suggested for the appendage. I. C. Thompson thinks that it
No. 104. PARASITIC COPEPODS—C4A LIGIDA— WILSON. 5O5
may act as a support or crutch on which to raise the body of the
parasite high enough from its host to render the use of the swimming
feet and mouth org
which render such a function quite improbable. In the first place
the parasite uses its feet when on its host simply to keep the water
beneath the carapace agitated for purposes of respiration; and there
is space enough for this, ordinarily, without raising the carapace at
all. Again, the raising of the carapace and balancing it upon this
fork would weaken the parasite’s hold enough to render any sudden
or unlooked for friction dangerous. And then, if the fork were
to function as a support there would certainly be need of some mus-
cular arrangement to adjust, hold, and remove it, as occasion
demanded; but there are no such museles in connection with this fork,
and, so far as can be determined, no means of adjustment whatever.
And, finally, there would be very little demand for such a support,
because when the terminal claws of the second maxillipeds are driven
into the skin of the host the parasite’s body is ordinarily raised to a
greater distance than the length of the sternal fork, and by straighten-
ing the basal joints of the same appendages it can be raised still farther
without in the least loosening its hold.
A. Scott, in the memoir already referred to, writes that the function
of the furca is unknown. But it seems at least possible that it may
be used for the purpose already suggested, to prevent any slipping
backward upon the host when the parasite has loosened its. claws and
is moving about over the host’s body.
It would thus correspond in function as well as position with the
papillated area and the spines upon the basal joints of the second
maxillipeds in the Argulide. Its position between the bases of the
second maxillipeds, its backward inclination, and the entire absence of
spines or papillated areas upon the maxillipeds themselves give at
least a probability to this view.
Of the swimming legs the first and fourth pairs are uniramose in
nearly all the genera while the remaining pairs are biramose. The
genus Alehbion has the legs all biramose, but the fourth pair are rudi-
mentary. As will be seen from the key there are several other genera
not represented in North American waters which have all four pairs
biramose like A/ehion, while Ca/istes and Luethenia have the first pair
only uniramose, the other three being biramose.
In the first pair the basipod is simple and considerably larger than
the terminal joints, except in Ca//godes, where it is the same size. It
frequently carries upon its posterior ventral surface one or two spines
whose bases are enlarged and which are inclined backward (fig. 13).
The exopod is well developed, two-jointed and in line with the basipod.
The terminal joint is often appropriately called the ** hand” on account
of its shape.
ans possible. But there are several considerations
HOG PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
It carries on its outer margin three claws of about the same length,
at the outer posterior corner a long plumose seta ora spine longer
than the claws, and on its posterior border three stout plumose set.
Occasionally one of the terminal claws is developed at the expense of
the others, as in Lepeophtheirus monacanthus and L. quadratus and
Caligodes meqacephalus.
In the genus Glo/opotes two of the claws are curiously modified into
a three-pronged fork.
One or two species have been reported in which there were no
plumose sete upon the posterior border (Caligus hemulonis and C.
productus).
The endopod of these first legs is rudimentary and is represented in
some species by a minute joint bearing sete (Lepeophihetrus pectoralis)
and in others simply by the sete (Caliqgus rapax and C. bonito).
In the second pair of legs both exopod and endopod are well devel-
oped, two- or three-jointed, and plentifully supplied with plumose sete.
Fic. 13.—FIRST SWIMMING LEG OF ADULT FEMALE CALIGUS BONITO, VENTRAL VIEW.
These latter point inward on either leg and are often long enough to
overlap on the mid line, thus forming a very effective swimming lam-
ina. These legs are almost exactly alike in all the genera. The large
basipod carries on its posterior margin a stout plumose seta, inclined
backward and inward at an angle of about 45°. The basal joint of the
exopod is longer than either of the other two joints and carries a plu-
mose seta on its Inner margin and a stout spine at the outer distal cor-
ner (fig. 14). The second joint is short, with a plumose seta on the
inner margin anda spine at the outer distal corner. The terminal
joint is almost circular in outline and carries a row of six plumose sete
around its edge and a spine at the outer corner.
This exopod is in nearly the same line as the basipod, but the endo-
pod is bent inward until in Ca//gus and Lepeophtheirus it is at right
angles to the basipod, while in Glo/opotes and A/ebion it is nearly par-
allel with it, but running in the opposite direction. The basal joint of
this endopod is short and carries a single plumose seta on its inner
margin. The second joint is the longest of the three and usually the
widest, and carries two plumose sete at its distal end. The circular
|)
which is much narrowed at the end for this purpose, and it carries a
row of six plumose sete around its margin. The endopod is never
armed with spines, like the exopod, in any species.
In the third pair of legs the basipods are widened out into a broad
lamina, those from either leg meeting and fusing at the mid line into
a single solid apron the entire width of the thoracic area, and often
nearly equaling the width of the carapace (fig. 15). This forms a
powerful swimming organ and at the same time assists greatly in pre-
hension by closing the posterior edge of the carapace and enabling it
to act as a large sucking disk. In addition to these two functions, the
lamina is also inclined backward, and being stiff it must make a power-
ful prop to assist in the prevention of sipping backward. ‘The exopods
and endopods of this pair of legs are very small and are attached to
—
Fic. 14.—SECOND SWIMMING LEG O¥ ADULT FEMALE CALIGUS BONITO, VENTRAL SURFACE.
the outer margin of the basipod lamin, usually some little distance
apart. In some species, however, they are so close together as to be
almost fused. The endopod is one or two jointed, the basal joint being
very short and almost hidden by the edge of the lamina, while the
terminal joint is circular. The exopod is two or three jointed, the
basal joint armed with a stout claw on its ventral surface, the two
terminal joints being the halves of a small ellipse. In some species
the two terminal joints are elongated and appressed close to the mar-
gin of the basal lamina. Both rami are plentifully supplied with
plumose setze and fringed with fine hairs.
These first three pairs of legs are connected across the mid line by
sternal plates which increase in width from in front backward.
Those of the second and third pairs are fringed with hairs along their
posterior margins, while in the first legs this margin is smooth.
5OS PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
The fourth pair of legs are very different from the others, and they
vary greatly in the different species and genera, thus furnishing often
a useful means of identification (see Plates). In Caligus, Lepeoph-
thevrus, and allied genera they consist of a basipod usually as long as
all the remaining joints put together, and a one, two, or three jointed
exopod with no trace of an endopod.
The exopod is really always three-jointed, but in development the
joints often become so thoroughly fused that all trace of the original
division is lost. Each exopod joint bears at its outer distal corner a
sharp spine, usually straight, and the terminal joint ends in three
spines of unequal length, the inner one being the longest. In several
species there are short semicircular fringed lamine at the bases of
Fic. 15.—THIRD SWIMMING LEG OF ADULT FEMALE CALIGUS BONITO, VENTRAL VIEW.
these spines on the ventral surface (Caligus rapax, teres, mutabilis,
ete.) In Glo/opotes there is a continuous fringe of short, stiff spines
along each joint, on its outer margin,
The size and length of these legs is even more variable, and we can
find all gradations from the mere rudimentary stumps in the genera
Alebion and Pseudocaligus wp to legs which reach far beyond the tips
of the anal lamin (Caligus longipes, Lepeophtheirus longipes, Caliqus
nanus, ete.). In afew species the spines on these legs are widened
and flattened into lamine covered with hairs (Ca/igus hirsutus, C.
platytars?).
The fifth legs are rudimentary and are attached to the posterior end
of the genital segment. They consist of a short lamellar basipod,
terminated by two or three short spines or sete (5, fig. 1). These
fifth legs are usually more prominent in the male than in the female,
where they are often reduced so much as to be practically lost.
“
No. 1401. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGID.A-— WILSON. 5O9
SUMMARY.
1. The body of the Caligids here discussed is made up of three parts
or regions—a cephalo-thorax covered with a carapace, a free thorax of
two segments the posterior of which is the genital segment, and an
abdomen of from one to four segments.
2. The cephalon bears seven pairs of appendages, namely: Two pairs
of antenne, one pair of mandibles, two pairs of maxille, and two pairs
of maxillipeds. Each of the five thorax segments carries a single pair
of swimming legs, those on the fifth segment being rudimentary in
all the genera, while the fourth pair are also rudimentary in A/eh/on
and /’seudocaligus. The abdomen has no appendages, but carries at
its posterior end the paired anal lamine.
3. The carapace is oval or elliptical. Articulated with its anterior
margin are the frontal plates or modified basal joints of the first
antenne. In six of the genera
Caligus, Pseudocaliqgus, Caligodes,
Synestius, Llomovotes, and Parapetalus—these frontal plates are pro-
vided with lunules or sucking disks. The carapace is divided by
grooves or sutures into four areas—the cephalic, the thoracic, and the
right and left lateral areas—the principal grooves being arranged in
the shape of the letter H. The posterior part of the body is usually
much narrower than the carapace.
4. The first antenne are very fully innervated, and thus become
highly sensitive. The second antenne carry hooks or claws on their
terminal joints, and are modified into stout prehensile organs, particu-
larly large and strong in the male. The first maxillipeds are weak
and apparently useless, unless it be to keep the mouth parts clean.
The second maxillipeds are large and well developed, and, with their
terminal claws, form the chief organs of prehension for holding the
parasite on its host.
5. The eyes are simple and paired, but are fused together on the
median line instead of being separate, as in the Argulidse. The mouth
parts are modified into a proboscis for sucking up the food; the single
pair of mandibles are concealed within this proboscis, while the two
pairs of maxille are outside and free from it. The first pair are sim-
ple, but rudimentary, and have migrated to a position near the margin
of the carapace behind the second antennx. The second maxilla are
simple in those genera which have lunules on the frontal plates, but
are bifurcate in the remaining genera. They are situated close to the
proboscis on either side.
6. Situated upon the ventral surface, on the mid line, between the
bases of the second maxillipeds and the first swimming legs, is the
furca or sternal fork, consisting of a stout chitin plate whose tip is
bifid much like an old-fashioned bootjack. It points backward, and its
use Is probably to prevent the animal from slipping while on its host.
Proe. N. M. vol. xx viii—04——33
5TO PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
B. INTERNAL MORPHOLOGY.
Body wall.—The body wall is made up of three layers (1), the out-
vide laver of chitin cells forming the exoskeleton or cuticle (c. fig. 16);
(2), the cellular ** hypodermis” (h); (3), the connective tissue lamina
which lines the entire body walland supports the alimentary canal and
~
Fic. 16.—SECTION OF BODY WALL OF LEPEOPHTHEIRUS PECTORALIS. (AFTER CLAUS.) €, CUTICLE OR
CHITIN EXOSKELETON; ¢.t., CONNECTIVE TISSUE ENDODERM; h, CELLULAR HYPODERMIS.
other organs (c. t.). There is no continuous body cavity, but only a
series of lacune, through which the colorless blood is driven in spas-
modic currents. Furthermore these lacunse are so situated that no
extensive circulation is anywhere possible, but there is instead a series
of limited circuits which interlace with one another.
ALIMENTARY CANAL.
The mouth opens directly into a short, curved csophagus, which
passes backward between the supra and infracesophageal ganglion,
along the dorsal surface of the latter, and enters the ventral surface of
the stomach a little behind its anterior end. It is very narrow through-
out its entire length and is easily overlooked in both longitudinal and
transverse sections (oe. fig. 17). The stomach is many times the
width of the csophagus, but is only a little wider than the intestine.
It is situated close to the ventral surface of the carapace and stretches
from just behind the eyes backward along the mid line at least to the
center of the thoracic area (st. ).
It is somewhat wider in front than posteriorly, and is also raised
away from the ventral surface above the posterior end of the infra-
cesophageal ganglion. This raised end is produced into a median lobe
or cecum, reaching forward over the cesophagus and between the
ovaries or testes. The stomach tapers uniformly toward the posterior
end, where it opens directly into the intestine (i). There is a con-
striction at this point like the beginning of a sphincter muscle, but the
opening can not be closed. The intestine, therefore, is a direct continu-
ation of the stomach; it enlarges considerably just back of the stomach,
then contracts in the fourth thoracic segment, enlarges again in the
roy
<
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID A— WILSON. lel
genital segment, contracts as it enters the abdomen, enlarges in the
abdomen, and contracts finally to form a short rectum in front of the
anus. The latter is terminal and situated be-
tween the anal laminz (fig. 18).
At the anterior end where it leaves the
stomach the intestine is on the ventral sur-
FIG. 17.—LONGITUDINAL SECTION
OF LEPEOPHTHEIRUS SHOWING
RELATION OF INTERNAL OR-
GANS. (AFTER A. SCOTT.) a,
ANUS; b. S., BLOOD SPACE; ¢,
FILAMENT DUCT; ¢. g., FILA-
MENT GLAND; d, DUCT OF DI-
GESTIVEGLAND;€, EYE; i, INTES-
TINE; M, MOUTH; ml., MUSCLE;
Nn, VENTRAL NERVE; 0, OVARY;
0e., (ESOPHAGUS; Ir, RECTUM; Fic. 18.—THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM OF CALIGUS
sbg., *SUBG@SOPHAGEAL GAN- RAPAX; CHALIMUS FULLY GROWN. g g, DI-
GLION; Spg.,SUPRACESOPHAGEAL GESTIVE GLANDS; i, INTESTINE; 0, OVARY;
GANGLION; st., STOMACH. TY, RECTUM; Ss, STOMACH.
face and it remains there till it passes into the genital segment.
Here it lies close to the dorsal surface and remains there until after
it enters the abdomen, where it turns downward and occupies the center
of the body.
In transverse sections of young males and females the stomach and
512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. xxvm.
intestine appear circular in outline. But as development progresses
and the reproductive organs mature, they gradually encroach upon the
digestive tube and compress it. The ovaries or testes being located
above the anterior part of the stomach, push the latter together side-
wise and also push it downward, the result being that it assumes the
Fic. 19.—TRANSVERSE SECTION OF LEPEOPHTHEIRUS IN THE REGION OF THE SECOND MAXILLIPEDS.
(AFTER A. ScoTT.) b.s., BLOOD SPACES; C, CHITIN EXOSKELETON; M, MUSCLE; Mxp., MAXILLIPEDS;
Nl, VENTRAL NERVES; 0, OVARY; O. d., OVIDUCT; S, STOMACH.
form of a triangular prism, with one of the angles toward the dorsal
surface (fig. 19).
In the genital segment, on the contrary, the convolutions of the ovi-
duct are below and outside of the intestine, and consequently push it
together sidewise and upward. The result is again a triangular prism,
but this time one of the angles points downward and a flat side is in
contact with the dorsal surface (fig. 20). By the time the sexual
organs are fully mature there has been a strong compression of the
digestive organs.
Fic, 20.—CROSS SECTION OF THE GENITAL SEGMENT OF A LEPEOPHTHEIRUS. (AFTER A. SCOTT.)
b. s., BLOOD SPACE; ¢. g., CEMENT GLAND; i, INTESTINE; M, MUSCLES; 10, NERVES; od., OVIDUCT;
OV., OVA.
The wall of the digestive canal is not smooth, but is constricted trans-
versely at fairly regular intervals. When examined in the living
animal this wall is seldom at rest, but shows a series of peristaltic
movements passing intermittently along from the stomach to the
intestine, or vice versa. The action usually continues in the same
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID H— WILSON. 513
direction for some time and is then reversed. Under its influence
the contents of the stomach and intestine are thoroughly mixed and
brought in contact with every portion of the digestive surface. As
there is no valve between the stomach and intestine, the contents of
the two can pass back and forth without hindrance.
The alimentary canal is lined with endoderm, which is continuous
with the ectoderm at the mouth andanus. While the general structure
of this endoderm is distinet from that of the ectoderm, there does not
seem to be very much differentiation in the different body regions.
It is almost exactly alike in structure throughout its entire length.
But in both the stomach and intestine it is thrown up into longitudinal
folds which increase the digestive
surface.
In both Caligus and Lepeophtheirus
these folds increase in size as they
pass backward from the anterior end
of the stomach and attain their maxi-
mum in the genital segment, after
which they decrease toward the rectum.
Connected with these folds and usu-
ally most abundant alongside their
crests are numerous gland cells, which,
doubtless, secrete a digestive juice,
since they stain differently from the
remainder of the endoderm.
Connected with this alimentary canal
are two pairs of digestive glands,
which probably function something
like the salivary glands and the liver
ini iene animals. s sllve fnste pally 198... 57 “iamerivi GlANDS aN LOSROPH-
situated in the anterior partof the cara- — tHerrus. (Arrer A. Scorr.) 4, pucts;
pace and is made up of three portions. a ane ita cent pe ai
The smallest of these is median, and
situated just in front of the mouth tube. The other two portions are
larger, and are located sometimes close to the lateral margin of the
carapace, just behind the first antenne (Lepeophtheirus pectoralis, 2,
fig. 21), sometimes much nearer the median line (Ca/igus bonito). A
duct (d) extends from the anterior portion of each lateral division
across to the side of the median division, and the latter gives off at its
posterior end, just below the cesophagus, a third duct, which passes
backward and enters the anterior end of the stomach.
The second pair of digestive glands (g’’) is situated at about the
center of the thoracic area, on either side of and close to the median
line, and about opposite the posterior end of the stomach.
514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Both pairs of glands are dark brown in color, but while the
first pair are partially or wholly concealed among the muscles and
appendages of that portion of the carapace, the second pair stand out
conspicuously in dorsal view, since they are close to the dorsal sur-
face. In some species they are quite small and shaped like a comma,
the large, rounded body lying upon the upper surface of the intestine,
while the curved tail bends around laterally to the ventral surface of
the intestine, where it gives off a duct leading to the posterior end of
the stomach.
This is the condition in Lepeophtheirus pectoralis, while in Cal/qus
rapa the gland is much larger, horseshoe-shaped, and entirely free
from the intestine, though lying close to it. The duct here is given
off from the outer arm of the
horseshoe, turns downward and
then forward to enter the stom-
ach (fig. 22).
In many of the other species
and genera these glands are of
a decidedly different shape if the
brown bodies visible in the tho-
racic areas are any criterion.
Thus by a reference to the plates
of the new species here published
it will be seen that in Lepeoph-
theirus edwardsi, L. longi pes,
L. chilensis, and L. parviventris
as well as in Caliqgus pelamydis
these brown spots show as quite
regular oval or elliptical bodies
= flattened on the inner sides. In
. 99 __ PowppPptTo We ma na atel VTTS y 2 eer . = —
FIG, 22.—POSTERIOR DIGESTIVE GLANDS OF CALIGUS Glotopotes ornatus they are very
RAPAX. d, DUCT; g,GLAND; M, MUSCLES; S, STOMACH. :: 5
no
bi
NM
il
regular ellipses without being
flattened at all. In Caligus bon/to they are very small and seem fused
on the mid line into a bean-shaped body. In three species of Ca//qus—
lutifrons, extlis, and al/uncus—they are comma-shaped with the small
end pointing forward, and in the last species also outward. In Ca//qus
mutubilis they are even unlike in the two sexes, having a club-shape
in the male, the two clubs being strongly curved with their small ends
toward the front and their concave sides toward each other. In the
female they have the shape of a spherical triangle, the apices pointed
backward, with a small spherical enlargement on the outer side at
about the center.
In Lepeophtheirus hippogloss’ they have the form of paragraph
marks placed back to back. In the male of Caligus schistonyas they
show up as hatchet-shaped bodies, widely separated, and the handles
NO. M404, PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID A—WILSON. 515
pointing diagonally outward. And finally in Cal/qus teres and Lepe-
ophtheirus dissimulatus they appear to be made up of two parts, differ-
ing considerably in size, the smaller part being anterior in the Caligus
and posterior in the Lepeophthesrus species. A section of one of these
elands shows it to be divided into small lobules much like a pancreas,
and in the center of each lobule can be seen the divisions of the duct
for collecting the secretion.
THE BLOOD AND CIRCULATION.
The blood is made up of a colorless fluid in which floats numerous
corpuscles also colorless. These corpuscles are of different sizes and
shapes and are even capable of being changed in shape to accommodate
the diameter of the spaces through which they pass. There is no
heart nor blood vessels of any sort. The circulation is entirely lacu-
nar, and consists of an irregular pulsation or streaming of the blood
back and forth through the spaces left around the internal organs and
muscles, and between the bands of connective tissue in the body wall.
The propelling agent of these blood streams seems to be the peristaltic
movements of the alimentary canal and the respiratory movements of
the rectum. And since the peristaltic movements pass from the
anterior to the posterior for a portion of the time and then are
reversed, so in like manner the blood streams continue to flow in one
direction for a short time and then slacken and reverse. And, again,
since the movements of neither the intestine nor the rectum are uni-
form or continuous, so those of the blood current are spasmodic and
irregular. Often also, particularly at the times of slackening prior to
reversal, the motion consists of a simple oscillation back and forth,
without any definite movement in either direction.
The course of the blood streams varies so much in the different spe-
cies that it would be necessary to describe each separately. The only
descriptions givenare for Caligus curtus by Pickering and Dana (1838),
and for Lepeophtheirus pectoralis by A. Scott (1901), and these vary in
many essential particulars.
The following general statements will apply to all the species so far
observed. There is a central current along the median line under the
alimentary canal. A pair of lateral currents start from the region
just behind the eyes, and each flows outward and backward to the tip
of the lateral lobe on its side. It then turns forward along the lateral
margin of the carapace till it reaches the muscles connected with the
mandibles where it turns toward the median line.
A second pair of lateral currents start from nearly the same region,
course backward through the thoracic area and the free segment into
the genital segment. Here they turn outward, following the repro-
ductive organs to the posterior end of the segment, where they turn
516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
around inward and meet on the median line beneath the intestine.
The general course of these main currents is the same, but the details
differ greatly. As Pickering and Dana well say, they ‘‘ are merely
main directions, and the blood flows into them or from them through
all their extent.” The points where the main currents break up into
smaller currents and the courses of the latter also vary greatly. Pick-
ering and Dana deseribe in Ca//gus curtus two points upon the median
line where there is a valvular action, functioning somewhat as a heart
in this circulation.
One of these is situated at the apex of the posterior thoracic joint;
there are here three valves, one in the center ventrally and one on
either side dorsally, the dorsal and ventral valves opening alternately.
The pulsations are regular, and from 30 to 40 a minute. The second
point is between the basal joints of thesecondantenne. (Pickering and
Dana call them the first maxillipeds.) Here there is a single membra-
nous valve playing back and forth and thus preventing the return of
the blood that has passed it in either direction.
It must not be inferred that these two descriptions are characteristic
of the two genera and that Ca/7gus species have the valves while
Lepeophtheirus species do not. This would not be true; the descrip-
tions merely serve to indicate the amount of diversity to be found in
the details of circulation.
After examining a larger number of species while alive it may be
found advantageous to publish these details in a future paper.
RESPIRATION.
There are no independent organs of respiration, but Hartog, in 1880,
described the anal respiration in Cyclops, Canthocamptus, and allied
genera, and suggested that the blood of these parasites may be aerated
in the same way. That this is the actual condition the present author
has proved in several instances. And first, as noted by A. Scott (1901,
p. 21), the chitin exoskeleton is so thick over nearly all the body that
very little aeration could be effected through it, while the endoderm
lining the rectum is thin enough for this purpose.
Then there are the necessary muscles for such respiration, dilators
running from the abdomen wall to the rectum, while the peristaltic
movements, common to the rectum as to the rest of the alimentary
canal, serve for the contraction. These dilator muscles are figured by
Claus (1864) for Lepeophtheirus thompsoni (which he ealls Caligus
hranchialis) in Plate XXXII, fig. 5 of his memoir. They are said to
be present in Lepeophthetrus pectoralis by A. Scott (1901, p. 21), and
they have been observed by the present author in Lepeophtheirus
edwards: and in Caligus rapax (tig. 23) and C. bonito. These facts
create a strong presumption in favor of the existence of such respira-
tion, and it was only left to actually observe it in the living animal.
». 1404, PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGIDA— WILSON. malin
Such observation has been made in the three species last named and
the respiration was seen to be exactly like that described by Hartog
for Cyclops, save that it was not as regular.
It can be seen to best advantage in late chalimus stages, in which the
walls of the abdomen are usually very transparent, while the movement
itself seems more vigorous.
When the rectum contracts during peristaltic movements there is
left only a linear cavity along the mid line. Then the dilator muscles
immediately pull the rectum out to its full width, at the same time
opening the anal valves for an instant. This action fills the rectum
with outside water, which
then operates by endos-
mose through the thin ree- \
tum wall.
This same method of res-
piration is as normal to the
nauplii of these parasitic
forms as it is to those of
the free-swimming genera,
and the author has repeat-
edly observed it also in the
metanauplius of Caligus
rapax and in the chalimus
of the same species, as well
as those of Caligus curtus
Sr aneonh bein of 7 Oruecn were weics vmnins nib neo
wardsi. The fact that it
is thus the only method of respiration throughout the period when the
legs are as yet undeveloped, and that all the muscles concerned in it
remain in the mature form, furnishes strong circumstantial evidence
that it is the method also in the other forms here described, but in
which it has not as yet been actually observed.
LIP mm
he ET -
TE,
in
Ma
MUSCULAR SYSTEM.
Copepods belonging to the genera here considered are as a general
rule so transparent that their musculature can be determined with very
little effort. And then the muscles are so plainly striated that there
is very little danger of mistaking them for any other tissue. Indeed,
the striation in the muscles of Caligus curtus were among the very
first observed in any animal, and their discovery here by Pickering
and Dana was about contemporaneous with that in human muscle by
Doctor Hodgkin. (Pickering and Dana, 1838, p. 81, footnote. )
The frontal plates are flexed by two short and slender muscles, situ-
ated in nearly the same place in all the genera, directly behind the
lunules, attached to the posterior portion of the plates, and running
518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
bac ‘-kward and inw: rard. They band the frontal pl: ites downw ard, and
thus assist in attaching the lunules (a, fi igs. 24 and 25).
There are three pairs
of muscles which operate
in producing flexion be-
tween the cephalon and
the thorax along the
cross-bar of the H-shaped
he. Pea,
eroove already de-
scribed. The shortest of
these three pairs are the
nearest to the median
oes - 7 line and nearly parallel
dl with it (b). The second
gf pair are very much larg-
het ee ee DN er and extend from the
middle of the cross-bar
frontward and outward,
atan angle of 45 degrees,
to the very edge of the
carapace (c).
The third pair are
again nearly parallel with
the mid line but much
farther away fromitthan
the first pair (d).
The muscles for the
extension of the free
(fourth) thorax segment,
the genital segment, and
the abdomen arise side
} \ by side in pairs near the
\ median line in the pos-
| terior portion of — the
thoracic area (e). The
Be oe Ee OF A cpt ee veces a outer pair are the short-
PICKERING AND DANA.) &, FLEXORS OF FRONTAL PLATES; b,
¢, d, MUSCLES PRODUCING FLEXION BETWEEN THE CEPHALON est and terminate near
AND THORAX; €, eh aS een OF FREE SEGMENT, GENITAL SEG- the center of the fourth
MENT AND ABDOMEN; f, EXTENSORS BETWEEN THE GENITAL
SEGMENT AND ABDOMEN; g, PRODUCE FLEXION BETWEEN THO- seoment, controlling the
RACIGC AND LATERAL AREAS, h, i, MOTOR MUSCLES OF THE SEC- movements of that seg-
OND AND THIRD LEGS, 1, MANDIBLE MOTORS, i
ment. ‘The pair next in-
side of these are the longest and extend through the genital segment
and into the abdomen.
The third or inner pair terminate in the genital segment.
In connection with these we find shorter muscles farther back aris-
ine near the center of the genital segment and terminating in the
=
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID A— WILSON. 519
abdomen (f). These of course produce flexion between the two
segments in which they are situated.
The combined action of all these muscles produces a lateral motion
of the posterior segments of the body, flexion, extension, or a telescopic
contraction of the different body regions. In addition to these muscles
the thoracic area on either side of the mid line is provided with a
Fic. 25.—MUSCULATURE OF A MALE HOMOIOTES PALLIATA. a. FLEXORS OF FRONTAL PLATES; b, ¢, 4,
MUSCLES PRODUCING FLEXION BETWEEN THE CEPHALON AND THORAX; @, EXTENSORS OF FREE SEG-
MENT, GENITAL SEGMENT AND ABDOMEN; f, EXTENSORS BETWEEN THE GENITAL SEGMENT AND ABDO-
MEN; g, PRODICE FLEXION BETWEEN THORACIC AND LATERAL AREAS; h, i, MOTOR MUSCLES OF THE
SECOND AND 7'HIRD LEGS; le ELEVATORS OF THE MOUTH TUBE; k, MOTOR MUSCLES OF MOUTH TUBE;
1, MANDIBLE MOTORS; m, MOTORS OF SECOND MAXILLA.
number of muscles, some extending forward, others backward, and
still others laterally. A few of these are for producing flexion between
the thoracic and lateral areas and assisting the three pairs already
described in flexing the thorax on the cephalon (g). It is the combined
action of these muscles which arches or depresses the carapace, and
which makes of it an organ of prehension in the form of a large, suck-
590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
ine disk. But by far the larger portion of these thorax muscles are
the powerful locomotor agents which operate the second (h) and third
(i) swimming legs and make of them the chief propelling organs.
Each of the appendages and the mouth tube are also plentifully sup-
plied with muscles, both flexors and extensors, and a good idea of the
service performed by each may be obtained from an examination of its
muscle supply. The anterior antenne have two extensors and one
flexor. The powerful muscles used in the second antenne for clasp-
ing are quite similar to those in the second maxillipeds (fig. 26) and
nearly fill the basal joint.
They are much larger and stronger in the male than in the female.
We have already seen that the appendages themselves are larger in the
male and form the chief organs for clasping.
There are four short and narrow muscles attached to the base of the
proboscis framework by means of which the
latter may be elevated to a right angle with
the ventral surface (j).. Other muscles extend
posteriorly and laterally and assist in the ele-
ration or depression of the tube when suck-
ing up food (k).
The muscles controlling the mandibles are
surprisingly large and strong and fairly prove
that these appendages are vigorously used in
the process of eating, which is hardly con-
ceivable if the creature feeds on mucus.
They extend outward and backward obliquely
to the very margin of the carapace about
opposite the first pair of legs (1).
In the female the muscles of the first max-
Fig. 26.—MuscuLature or tHe ille are assmalland degenerate as the maxille
SeoND MAST aPEDS OF CES themselves; but in the male they are much
better developed and must give these append-
ages a strong clasping power. The muscles of the second maxille are
better developed than those of the first, and they are larger and stronger
renera (Lepeophtheirus, etc.) as have these appendages bifur-
=
in such
cate (m).
The muscles of the first maxillipeds are very meager in both quantity
and quality, and, with the weak structure of the appendages, show
plainly that they are not of much service to the animal. And Picker-
ing and Dana are probably right when they bestow upon them the
appellation ‘*rudimentary.” A good idea of the musculature of the
second maxillipeds can be obtained from fig. 26. These are the prin-
cipal clasping organs, and the muscles which operate them are both
large and stout, particularly the flexor of the terminal claw. The
first three pairs of feet possess a complicated musculature, as is well
shown in fig. 25, which makes them powerful propelling organs.
NO. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID 4— WILSON. Plt
But the fourth pair, even in those species in which they are rela-
tively large (Lepeophtheirus longipes, ete.), are notably defective in
muscles. Hence, they can be but little used by the copepod, and the
genera (Pseudocaligus, Alebion), in which they are reduced to mere
rudimentary stumps, can not suffer much inconvenience from their
loss. The muscles of the alimentary
canal and those used in respiration have
been already described.
NERVOUS SYSTEM.
The nervous system is composed of
two central ganglia and the paired nerves
which arise from them. One ganglion
lies above the cesophagus and the other
below it, but the lateral commissures con-
necting the two are so large that it would
be more strictly correct to speak of the
ganglia as fused together with a small
opening through the center for the pas-
sage of the cesophagus (Pickering and
Dana, p. 89). The upper, supracesopha-
geal ganglion or brain, is about half as
large as the lower and gives off from its
anterior end three pairs of nerves (fig.
27).
The first or inner pair (1) are optic
nerves and arise from a small optic lobe
produced on the dorsal surface of the
ganglion.
They are very short and their roots
cross so that each eye is supplied by
fibers from both sides of the brain.
In Lepeophtheirus the second pair (2)
arise just outside the first and go to the
first antenne. They are much larger
than the preceding pair and subdivide
intoa number of branches, which supply
Pachetieplumtose sees upon, the basal 26:27 Nexvous sistem oF A URESOFE
wee . . THEIRUS. (AFTER A. SCOTT.)
joint and the simple tactile sete: upon the
terminal joint. From the size of this nerve and the detail with which
every seta is innervated it is very evident, as A. Scott has well stated,
that these first antenne are important sensory organs. A branch
from this second pair of nerves extends inward to the gland which
secretes the filament for attachment during the chalimus stage. This
branch is not noted by Scott, but is mentioned by Pickering and
522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVUI.
Dana; but the latter are, of course, mistaken in interpreting the gland
itself as nervous tissue. Furthermore, the second nerves in Caliqus
curtus (fig. 28,2), which Pickering and Dana are describing, go, not to
the terminal joints of the first antenne, but to the frontal plates, and
thus correspond with the fifth pair described by Scott. The present
author has not had an opportunity to examine either of the species
described by these authors, but from
an examination of other species of both
genera it is fairly certain that the
branch spoken of comes from the sec-
ond pair of nerves, although its desti-
nation may vary slightly in different
genera. The remaining third pair of
neryes (3) arise from the angles of the
evangelion outside the second pair and
pass to the second antenne. They are
larger than the second pair, which
would seem to indicate the importance
of these second antenne as organs of
prehension. In their passage to the
second antenne these nerves pass under
the second pair.
These are all that are given off by
the upper ganglion. From the frontal
and lateral margins of the lower gan-
elion arise seven pairs of nerves, while
three other pairs are given off from
the posterior end and form a sort of
spinal cord, thus making thirteen pairs
in all (fig. 28). The ten pairs from the
lower ganglion supply the remainder
of theappendages and the body muscles.
The first of them, the fourth pair (4)
in sequence, arise near the center of
the anterior margin, and pass along the
muscles of the esophagus until they
reach those of the mandibles near the
base of the mouth. We have already
stated that the mandible muscles were surprisingly large. These
nerves are also of good size.
The fifth pair (5) have their origin near the anterior angle of the
ganglion and pass forward to innervate the frontal plates, running
under the nerves going to the first and second antenne.
Three other pairs, the sixth, seventh, and eighth, arise close together
in Lepeophtheirus at the anterior angle just outside the fifth pair.
The sixth pair (6) innervates the first maxille, the seventh (7) the
Fic. 28.—NERVOUS SYSTEM OF A CALIGUS.
(AFTER PICKERING AND DANA.)
NO. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGIDE— WILSON. Hee
second maxille, and the eighth (8) the muscles of the lateral area of
the carapace.
The ninth nerves (9) arise from the anterior lateral margin as a
single pair, each of which soon subdivides into four branches which go
to the first maxillipeds and adjacent muscles.
The tenth pair (10) have their origin in the posterior part of the
lateral margin and, subdividing into three branches, pass to the second
maxillipeds. These nerves are very large and indicate again the
importance of the appendages to which they go as prehensile organs.
At the posterior end of this ventral ganglion are given off the
eleventh, twelfth, and thirteenth pairs. The eleventh pair (11), which
are on the outside, go to the first legs and adjacent muscles. The
twelfth or middle pair (12) innervate the second lees and the muscles
of the thoracic area of the carapace. The thirteenth or inner pair (13)
are so close together as to be distinguished with some difficulty. They
extend backward side by side along the mid line of the body, through
the free segment and into the genital segment, where they separate
considerably, passing into the abdomen at about the centers of the
right and left halves. Each nerve gives off a branch to the third and
fourth swimming leg on its side, a large branch in the genital segment,
which courses along the lateral margin and terminates in the fifth lee,
and on entering the abdomen divides into two branches, one passing
to the anus and the other to the anal lamina.
In Caligus the structure and arrangement of the ganglia and their
nerves is almost identical with that in Lepeophtheirus, but the distri-
bution as given by Pickering and Dana for C. curtus differs in several
particulars.
Of the three pairs given off by the superior ganglion the first is the
same, but the second goes to the frontal plates, while the third goes to
the terminal joints of the first antenne. On the inferior ganglion an
extra pair arise close beside the fourth pair, which innervate the pro-
boscis. The fifth pair go to the second antenne instead of the frontal
plates. All the other pairs are identical, save that the sixth, seventh,
and eighth pairs are united at their roots and appear as branches of a
single nerve rather than three separate pairs. There is also an extra
pair close to the tenth which help to innervate the second maxillipeds.
Thus, out of thirteen pairs ten are identical in the two genera, while
the other three innervate the same regions but are interchanged, the
nerve entering tbe frontal plates being first in Ca//qgus and last in
Lepeophtheirus. :
It must be remembered that Pickering and Dana mistook the nature
of several of the appendages, notably the antenne. They understood
that the first antenne, or their rudiments, were situated in the central
incision of the frontal plates, while the actual first antennee they con-
sidered as the second, and they called the second antennx the first
524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
maxillipeds. Their judgement of the course taken by the several nerves
may well have been biased by these mistakes. The present author
has had no opportunity of verifying or disproving their statements by
an examination of the same species.
The similarity in the structure and use
of the appendages of all the genera here
considered renders it probable that their
innervation is practically the same, ditfer-
ing only in minor details.
REPRODUCTIVE ORGANS.
These consist in the female of a pair of
ovaries, a long, more or less convoluted
oviduct connected with each, a pair of
semen receptacles, glands for secreting the
material of the external ege cases and
these cases themselves (fig. 29).
The ovaries (0) are large oval or kidney-
shaped bodies situated on either side of
the anterior portion of the dorsal surface
of the stomach. When fully developed
they extend from the first swimming legs
a
gq
WES
DA
m
re]
ies
PS
Rll
mtn
Zl
ec. to the base of the second maxille and can
be plainly seen through the carapace in
dorsal view. Each gives off an oviduct
(o. d.) from the ventral surface at the an-
terior margin (fig. 30). This duct runs
backward in nearly a straight line through
the thoracic area, the free segment, and into
the genital segment. As soon as it enters
the latter it increases quickly in sizeand also
becomes convoluted. The number and ar-
rangement of the convolutions vary consid-
erably in the different species as well as the
rie, 09-—FEMALE Repropuctive genera, as may be seen by consulting figures.
ORGANS OF CALIGUS BONITO. In general, the conyolutions attain their
pan GraND ee wonense;, maximum number and size just before the
RGG CASES; 0, ovARY; 0.4., ovr extrusion of the external egg cases, and as
DUCE Se ty SEN Ee SOOH. as the “latter -are-tullyeatormed ache
oviduct has become nearly straight. This condition is retained at
least for some time subsequent to the hatching of the eggs and the
throwing off of the egg tubes, since the adult females are often found
in the condition shown in fig. 31.
On the ventral surface of the convolutions can be found an oblong,
nearly transparent gland, closed at the anterior end, and at the poste-
No. 104. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGID A! WILSON. 595
ing. This organ is a cement gland (c. g., fig. 29) and secretes the
material forming the external egg
tubes.
This is undoubtedly *‘the flat, eylin-
drical organ, usually as broad as the
external oviduct, and lying along the
central portion of the abdomen,” re-
ferred to by Pickering and Dana, and
whose function they could not in-
terpret.
Its shape differs considerably in the
different genera and species, and will
be described for each, so far as known.
The general features, however, are
the same for all species. It consists
of a long and flattened tube, which is
decidedly club-shaped in most species
‘rather than cylindrical. It is usually
inclined inward toward the mid line
Fic. 30.—OvaARY OF CALIGUS BONITO
ENLARGED. 0, d., OVIDUCT.
and reaches forward nearly tothe anterior margin of the genital segment.
The lumen of the tube is narrow and surrounded by a very thick
Fig. 31.—GENITAL SEGMENT OF LEPEOPH-
THEIRUS EDWARDSI JUST AFTER THE
HATCHING OF THE EGGS AND THE
THROWING OFF OF THE EGG-CASES. 0O.U.,
OS UTERI; Uu., UTERUS.
and transparent wall. It is further
divided into flattened cells by trans-
verse partitions, the cells being
strongly rounded at the edges and
thus looking very similar to the eggs.
So great is this resemblance that the
glands, though perfectly visible in
many species, are easily mistaken for
a part of the convolutions of the ovi-
duct. But they can be easily dis-
tinguished by the fact that in most
species the central lumen is consider-
ably narrower than the oviduct, while
in all species the anterior end is
closed.
In sections the ovary is seen to be
made up of a long, narrow tubule
coiled up into a dense snarl or skein.
The tubule is made up of a structure-
less membrane lined with germinal
epithelium. The latter gives rise to
the eggs, which are formed in the
lumen of the tubule, and which, when sufliciently developed, break
through the walls and pass into the oviduct.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxvili—04
526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
At first they are very small, simply nucleated cells, transversely
oblong, and not quite filling the lumen of the narrow portion of the
duct (c, fig. 32). As they pass backward they increase in size and
gradually acquire a vitelline membrane somewhere in the posterior
thoracic area. The cell contents also become finely granular with yolk
particles, so that on emerging into the genital segment and suddenly
increasing in diameter, the cells fuse somewhat and appear as a con-
tinuous granular mass in which it is practically impossible to distinguish
either cell walls or nucleus (g@, fig. 32). Very quickly, however, this
fo) >
mass begins to differentiate
again into Separate eges, in
each of which the yolk or
nutrient material separates
from the white or animal
material. The eggs are now
flattened together more and
more strongly through the
pressure generated by their
growth and finally become
biscuit-shaped as they ap-
proach the external open-
ing (hb). This posterior por-
tion of the oviduct is called
by Rathke the uterus (u, fig.
31), and Claus remarks that
the name is well applied,
since the eggs remain here
a long time. The oviduct
is considerably narrowed
just before reaching the
external opening, and the
egos must be altered in
shape as they pass through.
FIG. 32.—GENITAL SEGMENT OF CALIGUS RAPAX. b, EGGS
FULLY FORMED AND READY TO BE PUSHED OUT INTO THE During the passage each
nog CARE, os AN SIMFLH NUCLAATED CHIE WITH go ig fertilized by spert
ZATION; £, EGGS FUSED TOGETHER JUST AFTER ACQUIRING from the sperm receptacles,
THE YOLK PARTICLES. whose duct opens into the
oviduct very close to the external opening.
This opening of the oviduct to the exterior, which to follow out the
nomenclature of Rathke and Claus might well be called the os uteri
(o. u., fig. 31) is situated on the ventral surface of the genital segment -
very close to the posterior end, and usually just above the rudimen-
tary fifth legs.
On emerging to the exterior the eggs suddenly widen to nearly
twice their former diameter, and are correspondingly diminished in
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGID 4— WILSON. 527
length (e., fig. 82). In addition to forming a cylindrical tube in which
the eggs are arranged like a roll of lozenges, the cement gland also
pours out a layer of its secretion between every two adjacent eges.
This forms a membranous partition and divides the eg@ tube into a
series of narrow compartments, in each of which is a single eee, which
does not quite fill the space, leaving
ment of the larva.
The spermaries or sperm receptacles (s. r.) consist of a sack on
either side extending from the os uteri obliquely inward and forward
to the median line where it joins its fellow from the opposite side
(fig. 33). A canal, the vagina (va.), leads diagonally backward and
inward from the center of the posterior margin of each sack and opens
to the exterior on the posterior margin of the genital segment along-
room for the subsequent develop-
Fig. 33.—SEMEN RECEPTACLES AND VAGINA OF A FEMALE LEPEOPHTHEIRUS. (PARTLY AFTER CLAUS.)
C. g., CEMENT GLANDS; d, CEMENT GLAND DUCT; €. C., EGG CASES; 8, SPERMATOPHORES; S. Ir., SPERMA-
RIES; V, VULVA; Va., VAGINA; 5, FIFTH LEGS.
side the mid line. This is the vulva or sexual opening (y.) and just
inside it the vagina is enlarged considerably for the reception of the
spermatophores (s.). These spermatophores are white in color for
nearly all the species. They do not always enter the vulva, but may
often be found upon the external surface, usually in the immediate
vicinity of the vulva but sometimes elsewhere. On species like Lepe-
ophtheirus edwardsi and Caligus rapax which are well pigmented they
show up very prominently against the dark background.
A single copulation takes place just after the close of the chalimus
stage, and at that time these semen receptacles are filled by the male.
Their contents probably suftice for the fertilization of all the eggs the
female lays, during her entire life.
The sexual organs of the male are very similar in position and ar-
rangement to those of the female (fig. 34). They consist of a pair of
528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, XXVIII.
testes, a long vas deferens leading from each, and a pair of spermato-
phore receptacles in the genital segment. The testes (t.) are ovate or
conical bodies situated in positions corresponding exactly to those of
the ovaries.
They are considerably smaller than the ovaries and each gives off
frony its anterior end a duct, the vas deferens (v. d.), which leads
directly backward without any convolutions into the genital segment.
Here it enters the outer border of the spermatophore receptacle (s. r.)
at or posterior toits center. Each
receptacle is oval or elliptical in
shape, situated about in the cen-
ter of its own half of the genital
seement, and opens to the exter-
ior near the posterior angle of
@®) the segment. On the ventral
aa eft surface of the receptacle, ora
\ little to one side of it, is a small
cement gland (c. g.) which se-
| cretes the viscid substance com-
posing the covering of the sper-
matophore.
In the receptacles the sperms
are gathered into oval spermato-
phores, each of which is covered
by the viscid secretion from the
cement gland, in which condition
they are pushed out of the re-
ceptacle and into the vagina of
the female. As A. Scott re-
marks, the spermatophores do
not always reach the vagina, and
being viscid they stick to the
female’s body wherever they may
FIG. 34.—SEXUAL ORGANS OF A MALE LEPEOPHTHEI- touch it. We thus often find
RUS EDWARDSI, ¢. £., CEMENT GLAND; 0, oPENING them scattered in little bunches
OF THE SPERMATOPHORE RECEPTACLE, §. Y., TO THE
EXTERIOR; t, TESTIS; v. d., VAS DEFERENS,
or clusters in various places all
over the ventral surface in among
the appendages. This was probably what the earlier observers mis-
=)
took for eggs, after they had decided that the true egg sacks were
antenne.
SUMMARY.
1. The body wall is made up of three layers, the outside cuticle,
the median cellular tissue, and the inner connective tissue which
forms a lamina supporting the various organs.
2. The alimentary canal is practically a straight tube running from
the mouth to the anus, with the regions but slightly differentiated in
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGID A— WILSON. 529
structure. It is made up of a narrow cesophagus, a very much wider
stomach, a long and wide intestine, and a short and narrower rectum.
Connected with the canal are two pairs of digestive glands, one pair
in the anterior portion of the carapace near the margin, and the
other in the thoracic area near the mid line.
3. The alimentary canal is constricted at fairly regular intervals,
and in the living animal is in almost constant peristaltic movement,
the waves passing alternately backward and forward.
4. There is no heart nor any organs of circulation. The blood is
driven about through the lacune between the internal organs by the
peristaltic movements of the alimentary canal just referred to, and by
the respiratory movements of the rectum. In Ca//gus curtus Picker-
ing and Dana discovered valvular action at two points, the apex of
the posterior thoracic joint and between the basal joints of the second
antenne. No valves have been thus far seen in other species.
5. Respiration is anal, the posterior portion of the rectum being
supplied with the necessary muscles for the pulsating movement.
6. The muscular system is very highly developed, and can be seen
clearly through the transparent covering. All the muscles are plainly
striated.
7. The nervous system consists of a supra- and an infra-cesophageal
ganglion connected by stout commissures, and the paired nerves arising
from them. There is no spinal cord nor any ventral chain of ganglia.
8. The female reproductive organs consist of a pair of ovaries situ-
ated on either side of the dorsal surface of the stomach. From each
an oviduct leads back in nearly a straight line into the genital segment
where it is strongly convoluted, and finally emerges to the exterior at
the posterior margin of the segment. The oviduct is narrow at first
and the eggs are simple nucleated cells. On entering the genital seg-
ment the duct widens suddenly and its contents become finely granular
with yolk particles, and more or less fused. But the eggs quickly
separate and clear in the convolutions, and finally emerge in a long,
single row of lozenge-shaped forms, each occupying an apartment of
its own in the external egg cases. The eggs are fertilized as they issue
from the genital segment by sperm from a pair of sperm receptacles
situated in the posterior part of that segment.
9. The male reproductive organs consist of a pair of testes smaller
than the ovaries, but situated in an exactly similar position. From
each a vas deferens leads back into the genital segment, and there
enters one of a pair of spermatophore receptacles situated in the center
of each half of the segment.
Here the sperms are gathered into bunches or spermatophores, coy-
ered with a viscid substance, and in this condition they are subsequently
squeezed out of these receptacles into the vagina of the female.
530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
SYSTEMATIC.
HISTORICAL.
The first which can really be called a classification of the parasitic
copepods was made by Burmeister in 1833 and included only 23 out of
the 80 and more genera known at the present day.
The group was divided into families on the basis of the presence
and structure of the antenn and segmented feet.
Each family was divided into genera upon a different basis, that for
the Caligide consisting in the presence or absence of eyes and the
structure of the fourth thoracic feet.
The next important classification was by Milne Edwards in his great
work on the Crustacea in 1840. He raised the number of genera of
these parasites to 35 and divided them first according to the fusion of
the head and thorax, and the structure of the antenne. They were
then subdivided by the presence or absence of dorsal plates on the
free thoracic segments, while the Caligide were classified by the
structure of the fourth legs. This resulted in throwing all the forms
with dorsal plates on the thorax into the Pandarine, irrespective of
their relations in other particulars.
As there were only 9 genera known at that time in the Caligide, 2
of which, Chal/mus and Nogagus, were spurious, such a division
answered well enough, and it located each genus just where it stands
at the present time.
A third classification was published by Steenstrup and Liitken in
1861, and by Nordmann in 1864, the two being identical.
They increase the number of genera to 68, of which 20 belong to
the Caligidee; they divide them first according to the structure of the
ege sacks and the arrangement of the eges.
The second subdivision is on the basis of the degree of fusion
between the head and thorax, and on the presence or absence of a
carapace. In the family Caligidz the classification is based on the
structure of the fourth feet, the presence of dorsal plates on the free
seements of the thorax, and the presence of lunules on the frontal
plates.
Heller, in 1865, adopted practically the same classification, but gave
a much more elaborate analysis of the genera belonging to the Cali-
eid, which he increased to 26 in number.
For this analysis he makes use of (1) the structure of the rostrum
and ‘‘palps” (second maxille); (2) the degree of fusion between the
head and thorax; (3) the presence of dorsal plates on the free thorax
seements; (4) the presence of lunules; (5) the structure of the fourth
thoracic feet.
In the following year, 1866, there appeared the first number of
Bronn’s Thierreich, in the fifth volume of which, under the Copepoda,
No. 1404, PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGIDA— WILSON. aon
Gerstaecker published several years later another attempt at the sys-
tematization of this group. His classification is based almost entirely
upon the structure of the appendages and the genital segment, and
has remained the accepted classification up to the present time. For
the paper published by Bassett-Smith in 1899 can scarcely be called a
classification; it is rather an enumeration of species with portions of
the synonyms.
In Gerstaecker’s work there are certain errors which can be cor-
rected, and additions which must be made in order to bring the group
up to date. The latter is especially true of North American genera and
species, several of which were omitted by Gerstaecker through lack of
identification.
The name also, Nogagina, which he suggests for his second subfamily,
is very unfortunate since the genus called by older zoologists Wogaqgus
is really made up entirely of the males of other genera. Hence it has
no right to be continued at all, much less to be taken as the type of a
subfamily. Any attempt to preserve this old genus must be really the
introduction of a classification based entirely upon males into the midst
of another which considers both sexes equally.
Furthermore it does not seem that Gerstaecker’s arrangement shows
as clearly as might be done the gradual transition from non-degenerate
forms like Caligus and Lepeophtherus through those which show the
beginnings of degeneration, like Glovopotes and Alebion, down to
Pandarus and Cecrops which are manifestly quite degenerate.
The monograph published by J. D. Dana in 1852 on the Crustacea
of the Wilkes Exploring Expedition contains the only attempt at a
classification of the parasitic copepods thus far made by an American.
He divides the group into three tribes according to the structure of
the cephalothorax, the presence of a carapace, and the structure and
arrangement of the thoracic legs. He separates the second of these
tribes, the Caligoidea, into three families according to the segmenta-
tion of the first antenne and the structure of the maxillipeds. The
second family, the Caligidee, he subdivides into four subfamilies on
the structure of the mouth parts and the external ege tubes.
The classification here presented, like all its predecessors, appro-
priates the best in those which have gone before, especially that of
Gerstaecker, adds the new genera and species up to date, and such
North American forms as have been omitted. It can not claim origi-
nality since it differs chiefly in arrangement, but it is hoped that this
change in arrangement will show better than heretofore the relation-
ships between the genera.
539 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
FAMILY CALIGID.
Carapace broad and usually compressed. Cephalothorax incom-
pletely segmented, the free thoracic segments often partially over-
lapped or hidden by dorsal plates. Anterior antenne short, club-
shaped, with two or three free Joints, their basal segments anchylosed
with the anterior border of the carapace. Posterior antenne in the
form of a simple hooked claw, not extending beyond the carapace.
Mouth in the form of a more or less elongated suctorial beak, formed
out of the upper and under lips and inclosing the toothed mandibles.
Maxille free, both pairs rudimentary, the first pair sometimes lacking,
Maxillipeds also free and in the form of hooked claws, the first pair
weak, the second much stronger and used for prehension. First four
pairs of thoracic legs usually biramose, but the first and fourth pairs
frequently uniramose; the fifth pair rudimentary and often invisible
dorsally or entirely lacking. ‘Two simple eyes fused on the median
line, often lacking. Generative organs paired in both sexes; females
with two cord-like egg tubes, usually quite long; eggs in a single row.
Male usually smaller than the female and both sexes permanent para-
sites upon fish.
1. Three anterior segments of thorax fused with the head; fourth and genital seg-
MentSuree =... si bisected She ae se Soe eee ees Ree ee ee
1. Two anterior thoracic segments fused with the head; third, fourth, and genital
Sepments. 16 coc oh SOs eee ale eee se eS ae Subfamily TREBIN»E.
1. First thoracic segment only fused with the head, the others free; one or more of
them with paired dorsal plates; all four pairs of legs biramose.........-..-----3.
2. Fourth segment without dorsal plates or any appendages except the fourth
lOO. ..2c. du Late eee e ae os coe SE Se Fe ee Subfamily CaLiGin x.
2. Fourth segment with a pair of dorsal plates which usually overlap the genital
segment ..........-------------------+-e----------- Subfamily EuRYPHORINE.
3. Frontal plates distinct; egg cases visible their entire length.
Bf oa abcd he! Sees sae Oie ee ee eee Subfamily PANDARINE.
3. Frontal plates fused with the carapace; egg cases convoluted, entirely hidden.
Sted io cae i epee ee eee ee ee ee Subfamily CEcRoPINn®.
The genera belonging to the Caliginze are discussed in the present
paper; those belonging to the other subfamilies are left for subsequent
papers.
Subfamily CALIGIN AS.
Carapace broad and always flattened dorso-ventrally; free thorax
segment without plates or appendages of any sort except the fourth
pair of legs. Genital segment enlarged, but usually smaller than the
carapace; never much larger except in the genus Achetus. First and
fourth thoracic legs uniramose, second and third biramose; fifth pair
rudimentary but often visible as a pair of small papille at the posterior
corners of the genital segment. Adults active, most of the females as
well as the males capable of swimming about freely.
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIG LSON. joe
KEY TO THE GENERA.
1. First and fourth thoracic legs uniramose; second and third pairs biramose.-.-..2
1. First legs only uniramose; second to fourth biramose; frontal plates without
WUNMes 5 aS Sp ee eg ee epee Calistes (Dana, 1852).
1. Fourth legs only uniramose; first to third biramose; no lunules; genital segment
with two horny, dentate processes, as in the genus Pandarus.
Calina (van Beneden, 1892).
1. All four pairs of thoracic legs biramose; rami two-jointed; no lunules.
Dysgamus (Steenstrup and Litken, 1861).
. Frontal plates provided with lunules; second maxillee simple, spine-like- __3.
Frontal plates without lunules; second maxillze bifurcate or simple. -...--- fle
3. Genital segment simple, without plates or processes, and not elongated. _4
3. Genital segment without plates but prolonged posteriorly into processes
NCBEYEAselOMo AS bile AOC OMG) asset Nee cies ae eae oe Sacral aia areh 6.
3. Genital segment surrounded by a two-lobed membranous wing; abdomen
Wwithawines alsoreesss a2 ccne- Parapetalus (Steenstrup and Litken, 1861).
4. Free segment short; genital segment usually smaller, never much ieee than
Garapace san dail atten Cis ses Seinh se se ek ae eee peter ene ot Se ee 5.
4. Free segment produced into a long neck; genital segment many times larger than
Canaipacesceyvlimcnical anes eee ees nsee es eee ichetus (Kréyer, 1863), p. 611.
5. Fourth legs normal; furea and first maxillee present and well defined.
Caligus (Muller, 1785), p. 555.
5. Both furea and first maxillee wanting; host, the mollusk Nautilus.
subgenus. -Anchicaligus (Stebbing, 1901).
5. Fourth legs rudimentary, consisting of basal joint only, no exopod.
subgenus. - Pseudocaligus (A. Scott, 1901).
5. Carapace proportionally very small; genital segment elongated; abdomen
longer than rest of body; second maxillipeds large and massive.
subgenus. -Sciwnophilus (van Beneden, 1852).
6. Four of these processes; the free segment short.
a Synestius (Steenstrup and Lutken, 1861).
6. Only two processes; the free segment prolonged into an elongate neck.
Caligodes (Heller, 1865), p. 608.
7. Genital segment simple, without plates or processes. ........--.--------------- 8.
7. Genital segment without plates, but prolonged posteriorly into two processes twice
as long as the segment itself; second maxille simple; no furca.
Diphyllogaster (Brian, 1899).
the Genial segment covered with a fused dorsal plate extending backward over part
Gilat erbdomlenes tap ae eee te Sa eee S Fomoiotes, new genus, p. 661.
8. Carapace horizontal, not folded; abdomen normal.
Lepeophtheirus (Nordmann, 1832), p. 615.
8. Carapace normal, not folded; abdomen entirely wanting.
Anuretes (Heller, 1865), p. 647.
8. Carapace deeply incised at the center anteriorly; the two sides folded
(ROWRSL OVE ee Ee eee i ee tO aaa eee Hermilius (Heller, 1865).
ONTOGENY.
The life history of the various genera here included is practically
identical, so far as it is known. The development of the egg up to the
time it is extruded has already been given, and we have seen that each
egg was fertilized as it passed out.
534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
Since the ege tube is secreted only as there is a demand for more
space and is extended by the pressure of the issuing eggs, it follows
that this pressure, actingalways along the axis of the egg tube, flattens
the ege at right angles to that axis. Each egg assumes a biscuit shape,
with the exception of the one first extruded, which is hemispherical.
The form is usually fairly symmetrical, the pressure being equally
distributed, but sometimes an egg will get flattened on one side more
than the other (see fig. 2).
The germinal area is about in the center of the proximal side of the
biscuit in the great majority of cases. But here again there are excep-
tions and occasionally an egg is reversed as
it issues and the germinal area appears at
the center of the distal side. From this
center the embryo spreads gradually until it
covers the flattened side and extends down
over the edge of the biscuit, so that in
advanced development the appendages can
be distinctly seen on the edges of the eggs
under a high power (see fig. 85). Not only
are the germinal areas thus all upon the
center of the proximal sides of the eges,
but the symmetry is carried still farther in
the fact that the longitudinal axes of the
embryos are yery closely parallel. This
brings the corresponding appendages of
the different embryos in longitudinal rows
along the sides of the ege tubes.
The eges also change in color with ad-
vancing development. At first colorless or
with a yellowish tint, they gradually assume
the color of the pigment which is to distin-
euish the nauplius when it finally becomes
Fic. 35.—PoRTION oF AN EGG-srRING free.
ee ee gs UNGHTY This color varies in different species and
is readily visible to the naked eye against
a white background for some time previous to hatching. If the living
copepod be placed in a porcelain dish and examined with a hand lens
the color shows to good advantage. It is so constant in the same
species and so distinct in many of them as to afford a good supple-
mentary evidence of identity in females carrying fully developed eggs.
There is no regular breeding season. Females with fully developed
egos are found alongside those with egg strings only partially extruded
or with none at all. And oftentimes a single fish will yield these
different adult forms and several chalimus stages. But while there is
this great irregularity in the breeding season of different individuals,
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID AW— WILSON. 535
the period of incubation is approximately the same for all members of
the same species. And so far as known it does not vary much in
different species, although no judgement of value can be drawn on this
point without more extended observations. Eight weeks is required
in Caligus rapax, and from eight to ten weeks in Lepeophtheirus
pectoralis.
Hence while the stage of development reached by the various indi-
viduals found on any given fish may be widely different they are just
as likely to correspond closely. And there are certain times when a
given stage of development is more likely to be found than at others.
Nearly all the chalimus stages used in the present paper were obtained
from common flounders caught between the middle and the last of
August at Casco Bay on the Maine coast. The season would be a
little earlier in the vicinity of Woods Hole.
Again the whole of the embryos in the egg tubes of a given female
hatch at practically the same time, only an hour or two between the
first and the last. This greatly facilitates the rearing of the embryos
through successive moults, as the material requires very little sorting.
If a female is captured with eggs nearly but not fully ripe it is prac-
tically certain that the embryos will issue before the mother’s death.
But of course in such cases the percentage of survival is extremely
limited. If it is desired to rear the embryos females should be selected
whose ege tubes have the deepest color, and an almost total failure
may be simply due to the immature condition of the eggs and not to
the environment.
Usually each egg ruptures separately, and the inclosing membrane
of the egg tube splits opposite the egg, allowing the nauplius to
wriggle out. There is thus a break in the tube for each of the eggs
and nearly all the breaks are on one side, but in spite of this the empty
cases are usually left still attached to the female after the last larva
has-escaped. But sometimes, in the haste preceding the death of the
mother, when there is scant time for the hatching, or when the eggs
lack considerably of being fully ripe, the result is very different.
The struggles of the nauplii in freeing themselves first break the
tubes off from the genital segment of the mother and then tear them
all in pieces, leaving nothing but fragments scattered far and wide.
As soon as they are fully free the nauplii swim to the surface and
toward the light. Each has the typical nauplius form, ovate or ellip-
tical in outine, strongly flattened dorso-ventrally, and with three pairs
of appendages representing the first and second antenne and the man-
dibles (fig. 36). The body is very simple and without segmentation,
being made up of a cellular exterior surrounding the general body
cavity, through the center of which passes the primitive digestive tube.
The latter consists of a mouth opening on the ventral surface just
behind the bases of the first two pairs of appendages, and a straight
tube with no differentiation of parts.
536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
In the body cavity is a fluid representing the blood which circulates
somewhat. On the dorsal surface close to the anterior margin is the
median eye and the first traces of the nerve ganglion. Both the eye
and the dorsal surface of the ganglion are well pigmented. This
eanglion represents practically only the future supra-cesophageal one
and the esophagus does not pass through it. The infra-cesophageal
portion of the ganglion (see p. 552) appears with the development of
the appendages.
FIG. 836.—NEWLY HATCHED NAUPLIUS OF CALIGUS RAPAX, PIGMENT OF BRIGHT RUST COLOR.
The anterior part of the body is transparent and through it can-be
seen the muscles which move the appendages. They extend backward
obliquely on either side from the bases of the appendages to the
median line a little back of the center. They are faintly striated and
very well developed, furnishing powerful motors for swimming.
The posterior portion of the body, a little less than half, still retains
much of the nutritive material from the ege, by means of which the
nauplius is to be nourished during several moults until it can seek ¢
host and get its own food. These yolk granules make this portion of
the body opaque and nothing of the internal structure can be seen
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGIDA— WILSON. 537
through them. On either side at the center are two large spots of the
pigment, which characterizes the particular species. This varies
decidedly in color and pattern in the different species thus far exam-
ined and will probably furnish a useful means of identification.
There are other much smaller spots of the same pigment, which vary
somewhat in location in the different species, but are usually found,
one on either side, close to the posterior end of the body, and a median
unpaired spot just above the eye.
Of the appendages the first antennze are uniramous and terminate
in two long plumose sete. They are often carried close together and
pointing straight forward in front of the nauplius. The second
Fic. 37.—EARLY NAUPLIUS OF CALIGUS BONITO, DORSAL VIEW; PIGMENT CINNAMON BROWN IN A
CONTINUOUS LINE AROUND THE MARGIN OF THE BODY.
antenne and mandibles are biramous, the exopod four-jointed, each
joint bearing a long plumose seta, the endopod with a single joint ter-
minating in two similar sete. These three pairs of appendages pro-
pelled by the powerful muscles already noted make efficient locomotor
organs, and the nauplii move rapidly. And even at this early stage
some difference can be seen between the nauplii of the different
species. Those like Caligus rapa, which are very active in the adult
form, begin this activity in the early nauplius, while others appear
comparatively sluggish.
Near the posterior end of the body there is a pair of appendages
538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVHI.
which usually point obliquely backward, and are of peculiar shape.
Cylindrical at the base for about one-fifth of their entire length they
then flatten antero-posteriorly and broaden slightly into the shape of
a spatula or paper cutter.
They are not segmented and not readily movable; they seem to be
used as a kind of balancing organ when the nauplii assume an upright
position in the water on coming to rest.
The uniformity in the shape of these balancers as well as that of the
body of the nauplii and the three pairs of appendages is good evi-
dence of the close relationship of the genera here considered.
If a female be captured with eggs nearly or quite matured it is an
easy matter to secure nauplii by keeping her over night in cool water.
But to vear the nauplii suceessfully is a very different matter for many
reasons.
In the first place they are extremely sensitive to even a slight rise in
temperature and of course can not be kept in an aquarium of running
water, and as they advance toward the chalimus stage they require
freshly aerated water far more than in the nauplius stage, which it is
exceedingly difficult to supply properly. A great many different
methods have been tried, but the best success thus far has been
obtained by keeping the larvee in floating aquaria or bags of cheese
cloth, immersed in the ocean. The mouth of the bag is open and it is
floated at a sufficient height above the surface of the water to prevent
the washing out of the larve.
As the latter naturally swim at the surface, this insures just the
right temperature. And if they eat anything prior to the metanauplius
stage, which is very doubtful, apparently enough food gets in through
the meshes of the cheese cloth to keep them alive. In this way the
nauplii of two species of Culigus, C. rapax and C. bonito, and one
species of Lepeophthetrus, L. edwards’, have been carried through
several moults.
But of course when they reach the stage at which they would ordi-
narily fasten upon some host, all artificial methods fail, and we must
depend for further material upon a careful examination of the fish’s
body. ‘To achieve any success demands a knowledge of two things,
the particular host or hosts preferred by any given parasite and the
time of breeding. By securing a plentiful supply of the host just
after the parasite’s eves have hatched one may be reasonably sure of
finding some larvee attached to them.
But obviously the securing of these early stages will require a very
minute examination of every part of the fish’s body, since the larva
apparently fastens itself to the first place it happens upon, and may
show no indications whatever of a preference for particular localities,
which later in life becomes very marked. Especially is this true of
such species as frequent the mouth and gill cavity. Caligus bonito in
NO. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGIDA— WILSON. 539
the adult stage is never found on the outside surface of the body or
on the fins, but those are the very places most easily accessible to the
young metanauplius and where consequently it must be sought.
And then the lary are so small as almost to require a hand lens for
recognition, and their color is so similar to that of the fish’s body as to
afford them ample protection.
About the only way to detect them in most cases is to take the fish
directly from the water, and while it still retains a film of water over
the entire outside of the body hold it up to the light in such a way as
to get the rays reflected from the surface. The larva, being attached
loosely, stands off from the surface and breaks the reflection. If the
Fig. 38.—NAUPLIUS OF CALIGUS BONITO NEARLY READY TO MOULT iNTO A METANAUPLIUS. THE
PIGMENT, WHICH AT FIRST WAS IN A CONTINUOUS RING, IS NOW BROKEN UP. VENTRAL VIEW,
SHOWING LABRUM.
fish has been dropped to the ground or into the bottom of a boat there
is very little use to search it for development material.
In view of these difficulties it 1s not surprising that so few larval
stages have been secured hitherto, or that investigators overlooked all
but the largest and most advanced embryos.
As has been stated the nauplius at first is entirely unsegmented, with
the three pairs of appendages grouped around the mouth near the
anterior end of the body. The first moult occurs during the first
thirty-six hours, usually in the night; the nauplius emerges with its
body considerably elongated and with the evident beginnings of seg-
mentation posteriorly. The division between head and thorax is
plainly indicated in the clear edge which borders the carapace (fig. 37).
540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, XXVHI.
Behind this are two other sutures indicated in the same manner and
also by perceptible grooves in the body wall itself. There are also
traces of another joint farther back, very close to the balancers on
either side. The pigment, which is characteristic of the species, and
which at first was gathered more or less in the regions indicated, now
spreads along the sides of the body, while the two spots near the anus
fuse across the mid line.
The condition of this pigment as to whether it isa continuous line or
a series of irregular spots varies greatly even in the same species; now
the one condition prevails, now the other.
FIG. 389.—A NAUPLIUS OF LEPEOPHTHEIRUS EDWARDSI JUST READY TO MOULT INTO A METANAUPLIUS
THE NEW APPENDAGES CAN BE PLAINLY SEEN AT THE POSTERIOR END OF THE BODY.
The appendages remain unchanged, but between their bases on the
ventral surface the huge shield-like labrum becomes more prominent.
The spines also near the tips of the endopods of the two posterior
pairs of appendages are larger than before the molt, and they show
up plainly in a ventral view (fig. 38).
Hitherto the larva has been very active, but on getting ready for the
second moult it becomes more sluggish and moves about slowly. It
y
gel
also pays less attention to the light and gradually seeks the bottom of
~
NO. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID 4— WILSON. 541
theaquarium. At the same time the first antennx begin to show signs
of segmenting into two joints, and upon the ventral surface of the
posterior part of the body numerous fine lines appear curving from
the outer edge inward and backward toward the anus (fig. 39).
These represent the sete of the new appendages which are to appear
with the second moult. This
moult occurs during the sec-
ond thirty-six hours and the
larva comes forth radically
changed in many particulars.
The body has elongated more
than 50 per cent, while it has
broadened scarcely half that
amount, with the result that
it appears much narrower
than before (fig. 40). The
pigment now covers a wider
space along the margin and is
more uniformly distributed.
The median nauplius eye has
disappeared and instead we
find the pair of simple eyes
fused on the median line
which are to characterize the
adult. They are situated
farther back in the carapace
and in front of them a large
mass of pigment extends the
entire width of the carapace.
This latter is much more
clearly defined and now coy-
ers about two-thirds of the
entire body. There are two
free thoracic segments, each
bearing the rudiments of
pair of swimming legs, and
each more or less fused with 7q
the head. it
They are followed by a _ =e ;
: : ° Fic. 40.—THE METANAUPLIUS OF CALIGUS BONITO, DORSAL
third segment, and this In VIEW. PIGMENT UNEVEN AND A RUSTY-BROWN COLOR.
turn by an abdomen. ‘The
latter is short and terminated by a pair of blunt anal laminee (fig. 41).
Each lamina carries on its inner margin a stout two-jointed seta. The
shorter basal joint has a row of delicate hairs upon its inner margin,
while the longer distal joint is plumose. Opposite this seta on the
end of the lamina there is a long slender spine, and on the outer margin
are three shorter curved spines.
Proc. N. M. vol. xx vili—04——35
549 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
This alters the appearance of the larva completely, but the greatest
change has taken place in the appendages. The locomotor organs of
the nauplius have entirely disappeared, and in their place stand append-
ages which are evidently the rudimentary
forms of those found in the adult.
The first antenne are now distinctly two-
jointed, the basal joint carrying a single
a, \\ seta at about the center of its anterior
yA ~~ margin, while the terminal joint is tipped
/T/fg with from seven to nine short plumose
/ y; sete irregularly arranged (fig. 40). Fur-
Y thermore, instead of projecting directly
| forward in front of the body, as they did
in the nauplius, these appendages are now
appressed close to the anterior margin of
the carapace. Their basal joints lie in
exactly the position afterwards occupied
by the frontal plates, and are already
partially fused with the carapace. The
terminal joints, which are somewhat elongated, project at right angles
to the body axis in the same position which they occupy in the adult.
The second antenne have changed even more. They still retain
their biramous character, but have become prehensile organs instead of
locomotor (fig. 42). Each ‘consists of a long and very stout basipod
from which project the shorter terminal segments.
The latter are fused for a distance and then separate at nearly right
angles. The exopod is consid-
erably the shorter of the two
and is terminated by a short
rudimentary spine.
The endopod is much stouter
and terminates in a_ single
curved claw, nearly as long as
the endopod itself, and bent
over ventrally until its tip
points in toward, and nearly
touches, the ventral surface of
the basipod. ‘These are mani-
festly intended for clasping or-
gans and in furtherance of that \
=,
is
Fic. 41.—ANAL LAMIN# OF THE META-
NAUPLIUS OF CALIGUS BONITO.
design they extend forward in _ Fic. 42.—THE SECOND ANTENNE OF THE METANAU-
q ; pe PLIUS OF CALIGUS BONITO.
nearly the same position as that
occupied by the first antenne of the nauplius. Moreover, the larva
keeps snapping them viciously, giving a forward and downward rake
in the evident endeavor to hook them into something. They must be
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA4A LIGID A-— WILSON. HAO
the organs by means of which the larva is to obtain its first hold
upon its host.
Just posterior to their base is the mouth, which possesses the same
framework and mouth parts as in the adult, although the mouth parts
are not yet fully developed. On either side of the mouth, close to its
base, are the second maxille, which are also very rudimentary (mx.”,
fig. 48). There is no basipod; the endopod consists of a single conical
spine, longer and more slender than in the adult, while the exopod is
made up of two small circular chitin plates close to the base of the
spine. .
The first maxille can scarcely be distinguished as minute protuber-
ances close to the margin of the car-
apace opposite the mouth. The first %
maxillipeds (mxp.’) are much shorter
and stouter than in the adult, especially mx” m
in the terminal joint. They are tipped
with three strong spines or claws ar-
ranged in a row, the two inner ones
being pectinated like the hind toe of a
night-hawk’s foot. mxp’
The second maxillipeds, on the con-
trary, are much longer and more slen-
der than in the adult, and again this
difference is most marked in the termi-
nal joint and claw (mxp.”). They are mxp.”
so much elongated that they project far
beyond the edge of the carapace and
stand out prominently ina dorsal view.
The claw, even at this early stage,
is furnished with the small accessory
spine on its inner margin, which is Fig. 43.—MOUTH-PARTS OF THE METANAU-
PLIUS OF CALIGUS BONITO. mM, MOUTH;
found in the adult. mx’’., SECOND MAXILL#; Mxp’., FIRST
Evidently these appendages are to )**™hinim aoe ie
serve with the second antenne as pre-
hensile organs. They are especially serviceable in this elongated state
during the chalimus stage, as will be noted later. (See p. 546.)
Each of the two free segments of the thorax bears a pair of rudi-
mentary, biramous appendages whose terminal joints are fringed with
plumose setz. It was these sete seen through the skin of the nauplius
which gave rise to the long curved lines on the ventral surface at the
posterior end of the body just prior to this third stage. The append-
ages represent the first and second pairs of swimming legs of the adult,
but differ much from their ultimate form. The basipods are very short
and stout, wedge-shaped or oblong, and armed with short spines at their
ejb his
distal ends. The first pair are united across the mid line by a wide and
544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVITT.
strong sternum, which is thickened along its anterior edge (fig. 44). The
sternum uniting the second pair is very short and is made up of two
heart-shaped plates inclined toward each other and united at their tips
and for some distance along their adjacent sides (fig. 45).
The endopods and exopods of the two pairs of legs are quite similar
and each consists of a single joint, broadly lamellar and fringed dis-
tally with six large plumose sete, making them strong swimming
organs. Inthe arrangement of these
sete may be seen an indication of the
future segmentation of the append-
ages, Upon the third free segment
may be found a pair of small projec-
tions, unsegmented and unbranched,
which are the rudiments of the third
pair of legs. Each carries at its
distal end several short spines.
™“
Fic. 44,.—FIRST SWIMMING LEGS OF METANAU-
PLIUS OF CALIGUS BONITO. VENTRAL VIEW,
SHOWING CONNECTING VENTRAL PLATE.
Atthe third moult, which occurs
after about the same interval as
the others. there is little advance py
. > J} 4 Ai Pe
save in a few changes toward the BN All Ze\\ //p NF
4
4
adultform. The firstantenne now
become three-jointed, the basal
joints long and narrow and turned
back on and articulated with the i db dence ee
anterior margin of the Carapace. NAUPLIUS OF CALIGUS BONITO. VENTRAL
It is plainly evident that they yee SHOWING CONNECTING VENTRAL
are to become the frontal plates.
3etween them, in the very front of the head, there appears a large
median gland which secretes the material for attachment during the
following chalimus stage. (See fig. 46.) This gland is heart-shaped,
the larger end being anterior, and is close to the dorsal surface of the
carapace. A duct leads from the gland to a point at the very tip of
the carapace between the bases of the first antenna. — >
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID4— WILSON. 545
The second antenne and second maxillipeds retain their prehensile
function and have changed but little.
There has been a fusion of the first and a partial fusion of the second
thoracic segments of the previous stage with the cephalo-thorax. The
third segment has elongated; the rudimentary third legs have devel-
oped into a pair quite similar to the
first and second pairs of the previous
stage. Upon the posterior end of
this segment appear another pair of
rudimentary protuberances which are
to develop into the fourth legs.
The genital segment still remains
fused with the abdomen, and the two
have increased considerably in size.
The time has now arrived for the
larva to seek its host, and, when once
found, it fastens immediately to the
host’s body. Just how the host is
found remains a mystery, but certain
facts are self-evident.
In the first place the nauplii and
metanauplii swim freely at or very
near the surface, while the fish which
are to serve as their future hosts do
not frequent the surface. None of
the surface fish when examined are
found infested with parasites of the
genera here considered, with one or
two exceptions. And these are forms
which are peculiar to the fish on which
they occur.
There is nothing, therefore, in the
nature of an intermediate host; the
larva does not fasten itself upon the
fish which is nearest at hand and re-
main until it can seek its proper host.
It finds insome way at the very first
the fish it wants and upon which it is
to be found when fully developed.
Most of the genera here considered
infest fish which live at or near the bottom, the Gadide, Pleuronectidee,
ete. And every form of development from the earliest metanauplius
stage through to the sexually mature adults may be found upon the
same species of fish by careful search at the right season.
At some time, therefore, during the two metanauplius stages the
Fig. 46.—A YOUNG CHALIMUS OF CALIGUS
RAPAX.
546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
larva must leave the surface and seek the bottom, remaining there
until it can fasten itself to a host.
The passage from the surface to the bottom must form one of the
critical periods in its existence», and even after it gets there the chances
are not very favorable for finding a
suitable host within the brief time
necessary.
These metanauplii seize the fish with
their second antennie, stretching them
forward side by side and driving the
terminal claws deeply into the fish’s
flesh through its skin.
The antenne are so long and the
hold obtained is so firm that the larva
stands out from the surface of the skin
in a manner very suggestive of the
chalimus stage with its long frontal
filament. Furthermore the antenne,
being very close together and along
the median axis, allow almost as much
freedom of motion as a single filament.
After one or two moults in this
stage the larva emerges as a chalimus
and puts in operation the median fron-
tal eland with its secretion, which has
been developed as a means of attach-
ment. The way in which the larv:
handles this gland, produces the fila-
ment, and fastens itself to its host has
never been directly observed. But
the author was fortunate enough to
see a young chalimus refasten itself
after being torn away from the tail
fin of a flounder. In all probability
the original method was very similar,
if not identical. The larva seized the
Fic. 47.—CHALIMUS OF CALIGUS RAPAX. fin with its second antenne, piercing
es eee the skin and obtaining a good hold
on the fin ray. The posterior part of the body was then raised
upon the second maxillipeds, depressing the anterior margin until it
touched the fin at the point where the duct from the median gland
opens. The gland then poured out its secretion, which was thick and
viscid, and stuck firmly to the fin ray. The carapace was moved about
in such a way as to spread the secretion over a larger surface. The
larva then released its hold with the antenne and at the same time
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGID 4— WILSON. 547
secretion was pulled out into a long slender rod or cord, nearly as long
as the body of the larva.
The secretion seems to harden instantly and furnishes a strong and
very flexible means of attachment during the moults which intervene
before the adult stage is reached.
If one of the fin rays be examined under the microscope the filament
can be seen to penetrate the skin and to be attached along the side of
the ray for some little distance, as noted by Scott (1901). Often the
tip of the filament is spread out into a broad disc, giving it a firmer
hold around the ray.
Just how the secretion is brought in contact with the fin ray could
not be determined, but it has already been noted that the second
antenne, in grasping the fin, penetrated the skin and took hold on the
ray. It seems probable that in spreading the secretion about some of
it may enter the openings thus made and come in contact with the ray.
Its own adhesiveness would be sufficient to fasten it securely on
hardening.
In all the specimens collected the tip of the filament has been so
firmly fastened to the host that it could not be detached. In every
instance the filament either broke at the center or was torn out of the
chalimus’s carapace when an effort was made to detach it. And the
only way to obtain the fastening intact is to cut off the ray and pre-
serve it with the chalimus still attached.
The larva is frequently attached to a scale rather than a fin, and in
such cases the filament pierces the cutis covering the scale and is flat-
tened into a disk upon the surface of the scale itself. The idea in
every instance seems to be the attachment of the distal end of the fila-
ment to something that will not give way. In rare instances the
young may be found attached elsewhere upon the host, or even to
some portion of the body of an adult parasite, as noted by Hesse (1858).
The chalimus can pull itself down to its host at any time by means
of its long maxillipeds, and in this way obtain its food. The stage is
one of great interest, both on account of this peculiar means of attach-
ment and also historically.
Originally discovered by Burmeister, it was described by him in
1831 as a new genus of the Caligide, and several species were after-
wards added by the same and other authors. But the more careful
observers were quick to suspect its real relation to other members
of the family, and Kroyer very early suggested that it was only
the young of Cal/gus, or some closely related form. — Miller (1852)
and Stein (1852) soon proved this satisfactorily, and subsequently
Hesse (1858), Gerstaecker (1859), and Nordmann (1864) confirmed the
conclusion.
Of these writers Hesse had the notion that the mother voluntarily
548 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
attached the young to her own body, in order to render them material
assistance. He describes the ‘‘ filet” which fastens the embryo to its
mother, and designates it as the ‘‘cordon frontal.” It is long and
flexible enough to allow the young an independent action and to
permit it to apply itself to the fish upon which both the mother and
the young live. 2
It is a very curious and interesting spectacle, says Hesse, to see
these embryos, especially those of Trebius and Ca/igus, which swim
with considerable facility, following the evolutions of their mother,
like a small boat towed by a large ship. This liason of the two indi-
viduals ceases as soon as the young are able to procure their own
nourishment, the rupture taking place about the time of the second or
third moult.
This idea of voluntary attachment was strongly denied by Ger-
staecker and Nordmann, while Stein, who wrote six years before Hesse,
and whose work the latter entirely overlooked, also contended that
such attachment is purely accidental. That this is the true interpreta-
tion is evident from many considerations.
In the first place the larvee hatch as free-swimming nauplii, posi-
tively heliotropic, and therefore frequenting the surface, while most of
the fish which are to serve as their hosts live at or near the bottom, as
already noted. We have also seen that the larvee moult at least three
times before entering the chalimus stage, leaving the surface and
becoming negatively heliotropic after the second moult. Hence each
of them must seek out its own host, and there is not one chance ina
thousand that it will find the same host upon which it was bern.
And the probability of finding its own mother still upon that host
would be even less. Indeed the finding of its own mother under any
circumstances after a free-swimming period, no matter how short that
period might be, presupposes, if the union is to be voluntary, an
ability on the part of either mother or offspring to recognize the
other! Such recognition would be at least an anomaly among parasitic
crustacea.
3ut even if we grant that the larva might find its own mother, still
the act of attachment can not be performed .by the latter; it is wholly
the work of the larva itself, as we have just seen, and must be con-
trolled by instinet. And it could hardly be claimed that instinct guided
the larva to the body of its parent, since this would necessitate some
advantage to result from the union. Such an advantage would be
difficult to prove, and even if it were established we should still have to
explain the fact that only one or two larvee out of thousands followed
their instinct and availed themselves of the advantage. We can only
conclude that such a union by no means proves a close relationship
between the adult and the larva; that it is purely accidental and of
rare occurrence.
———
vi
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID A— WILSON.
4 .
2 ie
r, oe
é Lee
ae a. “} «
* (>
Ss
a
in
\
NH Mn
FIG. 48.—CHALIMUS OF CALIGUS RAPAX. (ONE MOULT LATER THAN FIG. 47.)
The changes which take place during this fourth moult and those
which subsequently oecur in the several moults of the chalimus period
are very suggestive in many ways.
as
DDO
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.
VOL. XXVIII.
The carapace, which is at first squarely truncated posteriorly (fig. 46)
and decidedly spindle-shaped, gradually develops a lobe on either side
and widens considerably into a form which is obovate or elliptical
(fig. 48).
DEVELOPED CHALIMUS OF FE-
Dor-
Fic. 49.—FULLY
MALE CALIGUS RAPAX FROM FLOUNDER,
SAL VIEW.
The first three segments of the thorax fuse completely with
the head and the sutures, which
subsequently separate the regions
of the carapace, appear and become
fairly well developed. The free
segment of the thorax is still very
long in the early chalimus stage,
but rapidly shortens with every
moult. The genital segment and
the abdomen begin to separate by
the second chalimus moult, the ab-
domen at first being several times
the larger (fig. 47). But before
the close of the chalimus stage the
genital segment has increased until
it is the larger, while the abdomen
has narrowed somewhat, and the
anal papille with their setz have
lengthened considerabty (fig. 49).
The eyes in the early chalimus
stages are relatively large and situ-
ated far back in the carapace,
nearly at its center. They move
steadily forward with every moult
until they reach the adult position
at a point about one-third of the
length of the carapace from its
anterior edge. Butthe appendages
move forward at the same time so
that the eyes remain all the while
just above the mouth.
The first antenne still remain
three-jointed, and in the later chali-
mus stages lunules gradually de-
velop upon the basal joints in such
species as are to possess them. This
is the final proof that these basal
joints become the frontal plates.
This fact, which has all along needed the testimony of development
in order to demonstrate it fully, now that it is established, entirely
changes the homology of the antenn.
So long as the frontal plates
were regarded as a portion of the carapace, no homology in structure
or function between the antenne of Ca//gus and those of Argu/us was
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGIDA— WILSON. syd yI
possible. But as soon as we recognize in the frontal plates the basal
joints of the first antennee, such a homology becomes not merely pos-
sible but very complete and significant. In both families the first
antenne are three-jointed, the basal joint being enlarged and modified
to serve a prehensile function, while the two terminal joints are much
smaller and wholly tactile. In Argulus the prehension is accom-
plished by means of a stout hook developed at the distal end of the
basal joint, while in Caligus the same result is attained by a sucking
disk or lunule.
The second antenne in Avgulus are largely tactile, only the basal
joints being prehensile in function, and even these have nothing but
stout spines to assist in preventing the copepod from slipping back-
TZ ee
mxp?2
4
3
FIG. 50.—A PPENDAGES OF THE EARLY CHALIMUS STAGE SHOWING MODE OF DEVELOPMENT. an®., SECOND
ANTENN#; mxpl. AND mxp*., MAXILLIPEDS; 1, 2, 8, AND 4, SWIMMING LEGS.
ward. But in Caligus the entire second antenna becomes prehensile
(fig. 50, an’.), the basal joint with a stout spine pointing backward,
as in Argulus, while the terminal joint is developed during the chali-
mus period into a strong sickle-shaped claw, operated by powerful
muscles, and fully capable of rendering material assistance to the
maxillipeds in piercing the skin of the host and obtaining a firm hold.
Both Baird (1850) and Pickering and Dana (1838) described these
second antenne as the first pair of foot-jaws, the former without
making any comparisons, the latter claiming that they corresponded
to the second maxillz in decapod crustacea, a manifest error.
The first and second maxillxe develop somewhat toward the close of
the chalimus period, but as they are rudimentary even in the adult no
marked development is possible in the larva.
hd2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
The other mouth parts and the four pairs of swimming legs develop
steadily toward the adult form, with no marked changes at any one
moult. The only features worthy of note are in the development of
the first and fourth pairs of swimming legs.
In early stages the first pair (fig. 50, 1) have a well-defined endopod,
much smaller than the exopod to be sure, and consisting of but a
single joint terminating in two small sete. Later this rudimentary
endopod almost entirely disappears, its place in the adult being indicated
by a long, slender seta.
The fourth legs are made up at first of two short and very broad
disk-like seements, totally unlike the long and slender adult form (4).
Furthermore, there are no sete anywhere upon them except at the tip
of the terminal joint where four very short and stubby ones stand in
a row. With almost the first chalimus moult, however, the nature of
these legs changes radically, and they quickly narrow and elongate, at
the same time acquiring sete upon all the joints.
With the beginning of the chalimus period the digestive organs
change into the adult form, and the reproductive organs appear. The
latter grow rapidly in the male and have attained their full develop-
ment by the close of the chalimus period, but in the female they
remain rudimentary until fertilization, which takes place only after
the larve have become free swimming. ‘The genital segment in the
female remains small, deeply lobed posteriorly, and with the fifth legs
showing prominently for quite a long time after the close of the
chalimus period,
The nervous system starts ina large ganglion just beneath the dorsal
surface of the carapace, posterior to the eyes. This ganglion is ellipti-
cal in shape, the eyes being situated just above its anterior end. A
pair of neryes, corresponding to the first pair in the adult, extend from
the anterior end of this ganglion to the eyes. From the posterior end
in early chalimus stages two or three pairs of slender nerves extend a
short distance backward but do not reach beyond the carapace. This
one ganglion evidently corresponds to parts of both the supra- and
infra-cesophageal ganglia in later development. As the young cope-
pod grows by successive moultings, and the various appendages appear
in regular order, the nervous system also develops. In this way for
‘ach of the appendages there appears at the proper time the pair of
nerves which are to innervate their muscles until the whole system is
completed. After a study of these forms extending over several years
it may be stated with a fair degree of accuracy that this period of
attachment to the host lasts from four to six weeks. During that time,
to judge from the material collected, there are at least five moults, if
not more,
At the close of the period the appendages have become fully
developed, and with the last moult the filament separates just at the
—
No. 04. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGIDA— WILSON. 55S
frontal margin of the carapace, leaving a notch where it emerged, and
usually a portion of the filament itself projecting from the base of the
notch and extending backward into the carapace to the gland. These
remains persist all through the adult life and are an abiding evidence
of the relation between chalimus and adult.
SUMMARY.
1. The eggs as they are extruded to the exterior in the egg tubes
assume a biscuit shape with the germinal area at about the center of
the proximal side. The embryos develop until they cover this side
and extend down over the edges ef the biscuit, their longitudinal axes
being closely parallel.
2. As the embryos develop they become pigmented, the pigment
varying in color and arrangement in different species, and in this way
affording good supplementary evidence of identity.
3. Each egg ruptures separately, and the membranes of the egg
tube split just opposite the embryos, allowing the latter to wriggle
out, and leaving behind the membranous framework of the egg tubes
the same size and shape as before and still attached to the female, but
empty.
4. The nauplii swim to the surface and toward the light as soon as
they are free. Each has a typical nauplius form, ovate or elliptical in
outline, strongly flattened dorso-ventrally, and with three pairs of
appendages representing the first and second antenne and the man-
dibles. .
5. The first antenne are uniramous and terminate in two long plu-
mose sete. The second antenne and mandibles are biramous, the
exopod four-jointed, each joint bearing a long plumose seta, the
endopod with a single joint terminating in two similar sete. Near the
posterior end of the body is a pair of spatula-shaped balancers.
6. The first moult occurs during the first thirty-six hours, usually
at night; the nauplius emerges with its body considerably elongated
and with the evident beginnings of segmentation posteriorly. The
appendages remain unchanged.
7..The second moult occurs during the second thirty-six hours, also
at night; the nauplius emerges radically changed. The median eye
has disappeared, and instead we find a pair of eyes fused on the median
line, as in the adult. The carapace is more clearly defined, and covers
about two-thirds of the body; there are two free thoracic segments,
each bearing the rudiments of swimming legs, followed by a third
segment with even more rudimentary appendages, and this in turn by
the fused genital segment and abdomen, the latter terminated by a
pair of blunt anal papille armed with sete. For appendages this
larva possesses first and second antenne, first and second maxille,
554 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
mandibles, a mouth tube or probocis, first and second maxillipeds, and
three pairs of rudimentary swimming legs.
8. The third moult occurs at about the same interval as the others.
The first thoracic segment has been entirely, and the second partially,
fused with the head. The third segment has elongated and the rudi-
ments of the fourth thoracic legs appear upon its posterior ventral
surface. The genital segment still remains fused with the abdomen,
but the two have increased considerably in size. The first antenne
have become three-jointed; the other appendages remain unchanged,
save that the swimming legs advance toward the adult form.
9. The larva now seeks its host and moults again into what is known
as the chalimus stage, the chief characteristic of which is the devel-
opment of along cord or filament by means of which the young are
attached to their host. This filament is made out of the material
secreted by a median gland situated just in front of the eyes.
10. The changes which take place during this fourth moult and
those which subsequently occur in the several moults of the chalimus
period are in the line of gradual development toward the adult form.
The carapace, at first squarely truncate posteriorly, gradually develops
a lobe on either side and widens. The first three thoracic segments
fuse with the cephalon, and the sutures on the dorsal surface of this
cephalo-thorax appear and become well developed. The genital seg-
ment and the abdomen separate at the second chalimus moult, the
abdomen at first being several times the larger. The eyes move
steadily forward with each moult, but as the appendages on the
ventral surface move forward also the relation of the two remains
unchanged.
11. The only appendages worth noting are the first and fourth
swimming legs. In the early chalimus stages the first pair have a
well-defined endopod, consisting of a single joint terminating in two
small sete. Later this disappears and its place in the adult is indicated,
if at all, by a long seta. The fourth legs are made up at first of two
short and broad, disk-like segments, without sete or spines. With
successive moults they narrow and elongate into the adult form, and
acquire both spines and sete.
12. This attached stage lasts from four to six weeks, and the larva
moults at least five times. At the close of the stage the male is prac-
tically fully developed, but the female remains immature, so faras the
reproductive organs are concerned, until fertilization has been effected
and the ova begin to descend the oviducts. With the last chalimus
moult the connecting filament separates just at tbe frontal margin of
the carapace and the copepod enters upon its free adult existence.
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGIDA— WILSON. 555
GENUS GCALIGUS Muller.
Carapace large, shield-shaped. Basal joints of the first antenne
provided with lunules; two terminal joints free, heavily armed with
sete. Mandibles often toothed along both margins. Second maxille
simple, spine-like. First and fourth thoracic legs uniramose, second
and third biramose. Fourth thorax segment without dorsal plates;
genital segment simple also, without plates or processes. Abdomen
one to many segmented. The young of both sexes with a frontai fila-
ment for attachment during the chalimus stage. Anal lamelle strongly
flattened and armed with long plumose sete.
(Caligo, obscurity, darkness.)
ARTIFICIAL KEY TO THE SPECIES.
The relative length of the different body regions is the most constant character
available for classification of species.
Both sexes are here included, since they usually exhibit radical differences, and
they must be sexually mature, although the presence of egg strings in the female is
not necessary. When the fifth legs are spoken of as visible or invisible it means in
dorsal view only, and has no reference to a microscopical examination of the ventral
surface. All measurements of length include the anal lamellee, but not the plumose
setee upon them. Differences of length must amount to eight per cent or ten per
cent; otherwise they are considered as ‘tabout equal.’? In any case where there
might still be danger of mistake after this liberal allowance the species has been
inserted twice. This key includes all valid species known at the present time. The
authority for each species is here given, and the reference can be found in the biblio-
graphy on p. 666.
There have been eliminated the following species:
First, those which subsequent examination has shown to belong to other genera.
Here are included bicolor (Lamarck, 1818), which is a Pandarus; branchialis (Steen-
strup and Litken, 1861), a Lepeophtheirus; brevipedis (B-Smith, 1896), a Pseudocaligus;
crassus (Abildgaard, 1794), an Anthosoma; gracilis (v. Beneden, 1851), hippoglossi
(Kroyer, 1837), molve (Latreille, 1825), nordmannii (M-Edwards, 1840), obscurus
(Baird, 1850), ornatus (Nordmann, 1832), pacificus (Gissler, 1883), pectoralis (Muller,
1785), pharaonis (Nordmann, 1832), salmonis (Kroyer, 1837), sturionis ( Kroyer, 1837),
stromii (Baird, 1850), and vespa (M-Edwards, 1840), all of which belong to the genus
Lepeophtheirus. Imbricatus (Risso, 1816) is an Anthosoma; oblongus ( Abildgaard, 1794)
is a Dichelestium; paradoxus (Otto, 1828) is a Demoleus, and smithii (Lamarck, 1818)
is an Anthosoma.
Second, those which have proved to be synonyms of species already described.
Here are included eglefini (Kroyer, 1863), a male curtus; americanus (Pickering and
Dana, 1838), also a curtus; bengoensis (T. Scott, 1894), a young male coryphenz;
bicuspidatus (Nordmann, 1832), a curtus; carangis (Kroyer, 1863), an alalonge;
diaphanus (Baird, 1850), a curtus; elegans (v. Beneden, 1851), a curtus; elongatus
(Nordmann, 1832), a rapax; leptochilus (Leuckart, 1847), also a rapax; longicaudus
(B-Smith, 1898, a), a trichiuri; mulleri (Leach, 1816), a curtus; scombri (B-Smith, 1896),
a productus; rissonianus (M-Edwards, 1840), a curtus; scutatus (M-Edwards, 1840), a
coryphane.
Third, forms of which no figure has ever been published and which were so poorly
described as to make their identification impossible. Here are included affinis
(Heller, 1866), put into the key provisionally; kroyerii (M-Edwards, 1840), piseinus
556 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
(Guerin, 1817), platessee (vy. Beneden, 1870), and the following which were simply
named by Richiardi in 1880, fissus, lepidopi, petersti, serrani, smaris, and trachuri; and
lessonianus (Risso, 1816).
Gay? is here included from a printed figure, the description not having been seen.
And finally, the author has been unable to secure either the figures or descriptions of
heptapus (Otto, 1821) or hyalinus (Czerniayski, 1868).
1. Carapace distinctly more than half the entire length....: 2.22.2, 2s225--- 2) ane 2.
1. ‘Carapace about half the entire length. 22.2 2-2. 2222 95. So a ee
1. Carapace decidedly less than half the entire length............22--2.----.-:; 41.
2. Abdomen four-jointed and shorter than genital segment; the latter quadrate.
aliuncus, new species, p. 576.
2. Abdomen two-jointed and longer than genital segment; all males.......-- 3
2. Abdomen two-jointed, the same length as genital segment -...-.-.-------- dD.
2. Abdomen two-jointed, shorter than genital segment........----.-------- iat,
2. Abdomen one-jointed, longer than genital segment..........---.-------- 1,
2. Abdomen one-jointed, the same length as genital segment...-.---.------ al.
2. Abdomen one-jointed, shorter than genital segment.....--.---.--------- U7/.
5. Abdomen joints abouwequall 2-2-0 ee eee ee bonito, new species, p. 589.
3. Abdomen joints unequal, the first much the shorter-.-..-..-.....-----.------ 4,
4. Genital segment oblong, no wider than abdomen; fifth legs invisible dorsally.
stromatet (Kroyer, 1863).
4. Genital segment quadrate, three-quarters wider than abdomen; fifth legs
Visible lar cess. ts aiee Ae eee eee -rufimaculatus, new species, p. 561.
4. Genital segment barrel-shaped, one-third wider than abdomen; fifth legs
Visible, csi alll eis ee ee ee ote schistonyx, new species, p. 564.
5. Males; fitth legs! plainly visiblemdorsally 2222222222 -- sss eee eee 6.
5. Males; fifth lepsinot visible dorsally 2232 222 222 h2- eo ee le
5. Females; fifth lees not visible dorsally 23252222222 eee ese ee 10.
6. Genital segment quadrate, half as wide as carapace; fourth legs large, all their
spines serrate and a large plumose seta at the tip of the basal joint.
coryphene (Steenstrup and Litken, 1861).
6. Genital segment quadrate, half as wide as carapace; fourth legs weak, no serrate
SpINess 10 SCleho- Ji ee eee a ee ee eee thymni (Dana, 1852) p. 603.
6. Genital segment oblong, one-quarter as wide as carapace; abdomen almost the
same width, jomts\equalis2222- sens <- ee eee eee diaphanus (Nordmann, 1832).
7. Genital segment oblong, no wider than abdomen.............-.-.-.----.- 8.
7. Genital segment obovate or spindle-shaped, from one and a half to twice wider
than the abdomen) - 2t.-.<'.22 2+). S252 So. 2222 See ee eee ee o
8. First abdomen joint one-third the second; fourth legs short, just reaching the
CLONING apes ae se aera = eee lee ene ee irritans (Heller, 1865).
8. Abdomen joints the same length; fourth legs reaching beyond tips of anal laminee.
longipes (B-Smith, 1898, ¢).
9. Free segment narrower than genital segment; frontal plates narrow, lunules
Simalilitcc. 220 tes es a ee a ee ee gurnardi (Kroyer, 1863).
9. Free segment same width as genital segment; frontal plates prominent, lunules
VERY 0 Gye eS. ts pee ee rapax (Milne-Edwards, 1840), p. 568.
9. Free segment wider than genital segment; third and fourth legs large and
StOUt se seen costes geek eee mutabilis, new species, p. 573.
10. Genital segment rectangular, wider than long; fourth legs very short; fureca
double, c - See eee 3c. 2 cio eee eee eee eee fallax (Kroyer, 1863).
10. Genital segment obcordate, deeply lobed; fourth legs reaching beyond tip of
abdomen 32. Sie ci: ais Dee ea eee longipes (B-Smith, 1898, ¢).
11. Males, genital segment subquadrate; fifth legs visible dorsally.
teres, new species, p. 649.
No. 1404, PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGID.A— WILSON. Dot
11. Males, genital segment elliptical; fifth legs not visible dorsally.
infestans (Heller, 1865).
12. Genital segment barrel-shaped, longer than wide, sides strongly curved; fifth
IG@S RES <6 SA aR ORS Gere Ro CESSES Seine eee ere eam minimus (Otto, 1828).
12. Genital segment quadrate, much wider than long, emarginate posteriorly; fifth
Fegsesiiall leet oo osc oe Reece ssh e hen aescces borealis (Olsson, 1877).
tou VMaleswtittimlersyplaimlyevistble: dorsally, 225222 ss5sssso5-2-2s2s2-- === 14.
iseehemalessiithy lees plamily: vaciblerdorsallly S220 6-2-5 -aas- = se 222-2 15.
ipeeuemalessmitodersmot visible dorsalillyee = ss=ceesesasseers se Ss as 16.
14. Genital segment semilunar, deeply lobed; free segment very short, almost con-
cealedkdorsallliv, eee e ase a oe eee eee centrodonti (Baird, 1850), p. 652.
14. Genital segment acorn-shaped, deeply lobed; twice as wide as free segment; lobes
ACULENE Sree cer tee A iene baliste (Steenstrup and Lutken, 1861), p. 601.
14. Genital segment oblong, no lobes; narrower than free segment; fourth legs very
NOR ac Se ere See SI le See tance Peet eS eee eS nanus (Kroyer, 1863).
14. Genital segment obcordate, lobes short; three times as wide as free segment.
parvus (B-Smith, 1898, a).
15. Genital segment acorn-shaped, rounded posteriorly; furca long and narrow.
borealis (Olsson, 1877).
16. Genital segment oblong, widened posteriorly; abdomen much longer than wide.
dubius (T. Seott, 1894).
16. Genital segment quadrangular, corners square; abdomen the same length and
Vi TOO UUFL Ch ies Me Met ee ee eee Eg gracilis (Dana, 1852).
17. Abdomen more than half the length of genital segment ...--..--------- 18.
17. Abdomen much less than half the genital segment ...........---------- 23.
18. Males, genital segment, but little wider than abdomen ........--.-----.---- 19)
18. Females, both the fifth and sixth legs visible dorsally ............-------.-- 20.
tosebemaless only: the fith legs visible dorsally 2225.22 222-2. 25225-02252 25 4. Zils
18. Females, neither fifth norsixth legs visible dorsally -.......-..------------- 22.
19. Genital segment spindle-shaped; fourth legs with three saber-like spines.
labracis (T. Seott, 1902).
19. Genital segment orbicular, as wide as long; fourth legs with one toothed
SVONIANS oe ee Bee SEO se eaer een eo curtus (Muller, 1785), p. 578.
19. Genital segment cylindrical, sides parallel; fifth legs invisible dorsally.
cheilodactyli (Kroyer, 1863)
20. Genital segment triangular .------ isonyx (Steenstrup and Liitken, 1861), p. 602.
21. Genital segment obcordate, lobes large; abdomen club-shaped, narrow.
minimus (Otto, 1828).
21. Genital segment rectangular, no lobes; abdomen as wide as long.
labracis (T. Seott, 1902).
21. Genital segment acorn-shaped, no lobes; abdomen spindle-shaped, longer
thanewi dl ele,2 = Sen 72 eases essa e Sees eee lumpi (Kroyer, 1863).
22. Genital segment oblong, no lobes; fourth legs only reaching its center.
curtus (Miller, 1785), p. 578.
22. Genital segment obcordate, as wide as long, with short lobes; fourth legs reach-
Taye tN) oTeVONaa YS) OW saa NO eee ee eee emer By eee gurnardi (Kroyer, 1863).
22. Genital segment barrel-shaped, wider than Jong; lobes short; toothed plates on
font less pimes ices esos oe. ate eee ee cisie teres, new species, p. 649.
22. Genital segment ovate, no lobes; whole body covered with spots of rust color.
rufimaculatus, new species, p. 561.
22. Genital segment barrel-shaped, wider than long; no lobes; abdomen narrow;
bodvahiehihy colored yas scs- semen eee S-Series = ==: gayi (Nicolet, 1849).
22. Genital segment elliptical, lobes short; terminal claws on first legs bipartite.
schistonyx, new species, p. 564.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04 36
558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
24.
24.
24.
24.
PASY
26
26.
YR
so.
OR
ao.
28.
YR
oo.
30.
30.
ar9)
OL.
35
OL.
23. Fifth legs visible dorsally; males or females; genital segment subquadrate.
abbreviatus (Kroyer, 1863).
28. Fifth legs invisibledorsally, all-females? 2... esos + eee eee eee ee 24.
Genital segment rectangular, much longer than wide, no lobes; sides nearly par-
allelesho se eee ene eee een eee brevicaudatus (A. Scott, 1901).
Genital segment rectangular, much wider than long, no lobes; sides nearly par-
allel 22 coe nee cee eee Sees Meee ee parvus (B-Smith, 1898, a).
Genital segment obovate, as wide as long, sides strongly curved; small plates on
freé Seoment.- 2.2... 500s = ee eee eee centrodonti (Baird, 1850), p. 652.
Genital segment obovate, deeply lobed; lobes acute, conical; free segment nar-
TO Weel CGLO LP e eee eee baliste (Steenstrup and Litken, 1861), p. 601.
25. Abdomen three-jointed; genital segment flask-shaped, truncate posteriorly.
angustatus (Kroyer, 1863).
25. Abdomen two-jointed. of varyinedengthss- 2925.6 226 eseeene ee eee 26.
25. Abdomen one-jointed, of varying lengths..................------------ 34.
Abdomen longer than the genital segment, males or females ..........------ 27.
Abdomen about the same length as the genital seginent........-...-----.---- 28.
Abdomen half as long as the genital segment or more ...........----------- 3l.
on
27. Males, genital segment quadrangular; free segment as wide as long.
hirsutus (B-Smith, 1898, a).
27. Males, genital segment narrow spindle-shaped; free segment four times as
Wideras) omg ti 2eesec cme cer See ae ae ee bonito, new species, p. 589.
27. Females, genital segment acorn-shaped; free segment twice and a half as
Wid esasslOn pee Seats Se oe a eee ee chelifer, new species, p. 582.
Males, fifth legs visible dorsally; genital segment acorn-shaped; first abdomen
’ fon) o fe fo)
Joint Simallersenys 22 a6 ee ee ee ee ee robustus (B-Smith, 1898, b).
Malesnitth lees imvistbleidorsalily= = 52 See ee ee On
Females, titth: leos: plamily yasible.22. o- =o es ae ee 30.
) ss ] J
Females, fifth legs invisible dorsally; genital segment oblong; basal abdomen
’ S Pie | g fan) z
Joint the lon verso. > es ot eee eee ee eee ee cybii (B-Smith, 1898, a).
29. Genital segment barrel-shaped, only a little longer than wide, corners angu-
| CN comer cepa eRe Carat ery TPL ey AUS Detar PT Le thymni (Dana, 1852), p. 603.
« 4 J
29. Genital segment narrow, club-shaped, twice as long as wide, corners rounded.
trichiurt (Kroyer, 1863).
Genital segment obcordate; basal abdomen joint four times the terminal.
robustus (B-Smith, 1898, b).
Genital segment oblong, widest posteriorly; terminal abdomen joint much the
lon eer 2 saeco soe eee ee ee a eee thymnti (Dana, 1852), p. 603.
3l. Males; -fitth’ lees mot vistble.dorsalily ..255222. 32522 oe eee 32:
Sl. Females, fiith legs not visible dorsally 2-2 222.522 eee ee te BBE
Genital segment orbicular, half as wide as carapace; basal abdomen joint short
Bnd swide@. hae oe ee ee ee eee infestans (Heller, 1865).
Genital segment elliptical, one-third as wide as carapace; basal abdomen joint
Quadra onl aioe es eee hemulonis (Kroyer, 1863), p. 606.
33. Genital segment oblong, narrowed anteriorly; deeply emarginate posteriorly ;
lobestlon ei 2252. Goes Aa ee ee ee eee infestans (Heller, 1865).
33. Genital segment flask-shaped; slightly emarginate posteriorly; lobes short
AN Cel Oa a fxn Sot. Sets Soe se eee ee belones (Kroyer, 1863), p. 586.
33. Genital segment orbicular, as long as wide, evenly rounded; basal abdomen
JOIN longer sess osc eee ee eee vevator (Heller, 1865).
Abdomen obconical, longer than the genital segment; the latter flask-shaped;
MAlesis 12 2228 Sak ee ee eae ere aes phipson (B-Smith, 1898, a).
Abdomen same length as genital segment; the latter oblong; fourth legs short
andaweak:“femalese ss 424. ote en eee eet ee dubius (T. Scott, 1894).
Ye
ios)
40).
40.
40.
42.
42.
42.
44.
44.
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGIDA— WILSON. Dog
Abdomen half the length of the genital segment or more ....-..-.-..------- aay
an
Abdomen distinctly less than half the genital segment...-.........--------- 40.
35. Males, genital segment narrow cylindrical, no wider than abdomen; fifth
BS ON IEN ORS Sa eee Senne cae eon ee ean eer chorineni (Kroyer, 1863).
go; Memates<fitth legs plainly visible dorsally ....2...2....-..--...-2----.- 36.
Soeebemalesmiitnelessmot) visible dorsalliyee. son soes cc sess + es Soc cee cece = 37.
Genital segment elongate-ovate; fifth legs close to the base of the abdomen.
gurnardi, var. (Kroyer, 1863).
Genital segment broad acorn-shaped; fifth legs at corners; fourth legs reaching
el Oa loners ees a ees Ee ee ee Se 2 ee ee fa eee © nanus (Kroyer, 1863).
Genital segment acorn-shaped, fourth legs not reaching its center; fifth legs at
CORMCTS ee setae eer ee aco Meee eae ae arse ae lumpt (Kroyer, 1863).
37. Genital segment distinctly more than half the carapace -.---.....------- 38.
37. Genital segment half as long as carapace or less -.-......---....-------- 39.
Genital segment oblong; abdomen club-shaped; free segment much longer than
GGUS NOs SE ee ees Sara es Si lL cee es ae ete medias phipsom (B-Smith, 1898, a).
Genital segment orbicular, wider than long; frontal plates projecting between
tives nim Sar cre eae ee ee nee ee yee ee hemulonis (Kroyer, 1863), p. 606.
Genital segment obcordate, the same length and width; free segment wider than
LON CREE et sree roe. aaa ene cr Sec ome trachypteri (Kroyer, 1863),
39. Genital segment obovate, sides strongly curved; carapace wider than long.
cheilodactyli (Kréyer, 1863).
39. Genital segment acorn-shaped, sides parallel; carapace elliptical; first antennie
SELIG 0 (2 Ca a aE lacustris (Steenstrup and Litken, 1861).
39. Genital segment acorn-shaped; carapace elliptical; first antenne large,
PLOMNINe bees =e eee eae eee ee rapax (Milne-Edwards, 1840), p. 568.
39. Genital segment quadrate; frontal plates wide, lunules large; carapace
ONES Sa seod Set ae ease Seeeeoe geen eee latifrons, new species, p. 587.
Genital segment obcordate, posterior lobes large; fourth legs large, stout; fifth
GAS SS OE oes oe ee ee ae A a eae minimus (Otto, 1828).
Genital segment flask-shaped, no lobes, fourth legs short, weak; fifth legs invis-
ON OseeSecees Sted aa eas Gee eens aie eee eee alalonge (Kroéyer, 1863).
Genital segment rectangular, much wider than long, no lobes; abdomen ex-
treme yes OT ener =e earn rae rene icine sy Sats yarns parvus (B-Smith, 1898, a).
41. Abdomen four-jointed; genital segment wedge-shaped and deeply lobed.
coryphenex (Steenstrup and Lutken, 1861).
41. Abdomen two-jointed, of varying lengths .......................------ 42.
41. Abdomen one-jointed, of varying lengths......+......-..........- eee 54.
Abdomen distinctly longer than the genital segment...............-. ..---- 43.
Abdomen about the same length as the genital segment ...............----- 47.
Abdomen consideraby shorter then the genital segment..........2-22-.--- 03.
43. Males, fitth legs concealed in a dorsal view....................---.----- 44.
foe bemales:mavnlegs. plainly visible dorsally >. 222-2... 2-2) scl cece sk 45.
43. Females, fifth legs concealed in dorsal view.............:-.-.-----.---- 46.
Genital segment quadrate; first abdomen segment less than half the second.
hirsutus (B-Smith, 1898, a).
Genital segment narrow ovate; first abdomen joint twice as long as the second.
trichiuri (Kroyer, 1863).
45. Genital segment broad ovate; fifth and sixth legs both showing in dorsal
RVG Woe pes epee ee pag ae k A L ty ts pelamydis (Kroyer, 1863), p. 594.
45. Genital segment acorn-shaped; fifth legs only showing and indistinctly;
abdomen twice as long as all the rest of the body. -macrurus (Heller, 1865).
45. Genital segment rectangular, much wider than long; fifth legs only show-
JSS Ss Atay See et a OM ee Ra re trichiuri (Kroyer, 1863).
560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
46.
46.
Genital segment triangular, much larger than carapace; abdomen longer than
restrot DOG 2c. seins oe eee eee 2 eee ee pharaonis (Nordmann, 1832).
Genital segment acorn-shaped; basal abdomen joint three times the terminal.
pelamydis (Kroyer, 1863), p. 594.
47. Males, fifth legs not visible in dorsal view ...---.----------.----------- 48.
47. Females, fifth legs plainly visible in dorsal view ------------..--------- 49.
47. Females, fifth legs concealed in dorsal view.......--.-....--.-----.---- 50.
Genital segment cylindrical, little wider than abdomen; median carapace lobe
projecting its full length behind the lateral lobes. .cossacki (B-Smmith, 1898, b).
Genital segment obovate, twice as wide as abdomen; median carapace lobe not
pLrojectinorat alll a= eee ees ee ee ee constrictus (Heller, 1865).
Genital segment barrel-shaped, three times as wide as abdomen; first abdomen
jouré the loncere. 324s ws oc be ee cense cs em eameteee eee affinis (Heller, 1866).
Genital segment oblong-obovate, twice as wide as abdomen; terminal abdomen
ieJaaK eH OTE TO Ve ley ene se er ee productus (Dana, 1852), p. 597.
49. Genital segment flask-shaped, no lobes; abdomen narrow; joints the same
Wi this aetna ee nee ee eee diaphanus (Nordmann, 1832).
49. Genital segment obcordate, deeply lobed; basal abdomen joint twice as wide
ACStenMN Nal eee eee ee ae a ee robustus (B-Smith, 1898, b).
50.. Abdomen joints about equal im length... .-5:.23.5 525. see ee 51.
50.. Abdomen joints very unequal in length <.......7....ss2200---sscease 52,
Genital segment acorn-shaped, longer than wide; fourth legs weak, three-jointed.
cossacki (B-Smith, 1898, b).
Genital segment orbicular, wider than long; fourth legs medium-sized, four-
JoInted 25 Sosae ae a seen eee ae Se ee eee torpedinis (Heller, 1865).
52. Genital segment oblong, deeply lobed; basal abdomen joint ten times the
GET TUATTA ie Geese Oe ke ee ee ek ee erga arti (B-Smith, 1898, b).
52. Genital segment oblong, slightly lobed; basal abdomen joint three times the
COT TTNI a eee ee ra ei oes cybii (B-Smith, 1898, a).
52. Genital segment elliptical, lobes long and very wide; basal abdomen joint
three times the tenmumall = ae wees yee bonito, new species, p. 589.
52. Genital segment flask-shaped, no lobes; basal abdomen joint twice the ter-
mMmINnal: 326, S- te. eee cee ee ae ee ee eee affinis (Heller, 1866).
Genital segment elongate-obovate, contracted anteriorly; fifth legs invisible;
abdomen joints equalis= 2 o-= eee eee eee. ae mutabilis, new species, p. 573.
Genital segment broad, acorn-shaped; fifth legs visible; basal abdomen joint three
timessthe terminals 2. eo sae ee ee a eee chorinemi (Kroyer, 1863).
Genital segment obovate, lobes short; basal abdomen joint four times the ter-
THUTEA) Re ty gers 2p eee pee ee ep eee ee irritans (Heller, 1865).
54. Abdomen distinctly longer than the genital segment-...-...-------.-.--- 55.
54. Abdomen about the same length as the genital segment......-....-.---- 56.
54. Abdomen considerably shorter than the genital segment...........----- 57.
Genital segment orbicular, showing both the fifth and sixth legs, female.
stromatei (Kroyer, 1863).
Genital segment triangular; only the fifth legs showing; fourth leg spines flat-
temedsm to amineee 5 se eee eee platytarsi (B-Smith, 1898, b).
Genital segment obcordate, little wider than abdomen; fifth legs concealed.
hirsutus (B-Smith, 1898, a).
Genital segment elliptical, three times.as wide as abdomen; fifth legs concealed.
productus (Dana, 1852), p. 597.
Genital segment elliptical, lobes long and narrow; free segment long and wide.
monacanthi (Kroyer, 1863) 607.
56. Genital segment oblong-obovate; lobes short and broad; free segment short,
NAITOM acca tote tse occ ee eee Cee ee eee productus (Dana, 1852), p. 597.
4 |
lon
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID 4— WILSON. 561
56. Genital segment rectangular; no lobes; free segment short and wide.
dakari (van Beneden, 1892).
57. Females, both fifth and sixth legs visible; genital segment acorn-shaped.
isonyx (Steenstrup and Litken, 1861), p. 602.
57a Kemales: no legs visible on) genital segment .-..-.-..------.---------------- 58.
57. Males, fifth legs concealed; genital seement narrow ovate, well lobed; emarginate
jOOSIRS ROA oS oe SAA reo i horn Ne eS a ere chorinemi (Kroyer, 1863).
58. Genital segment oblong, four times as wide as abdomen; no lobes; frontal
PALES H PLO) CCUM OA eter. seep cet enie aoe murrayanus (T. Seott, 1894).
58. Genital segment elliptical, twice as wide as abdomen; no lobes; free segment
VOTO ATO Wi ye ace ree oe Oe ee ie eee trachynoti (Heller, 1865).
58. Genital segment narrow obovate, well lobed; free segment short and broad.
tenax (Heller, 1865).
58. Genital segment oblong; lobes short, blunt; abdomen club-shaped; free seg-
rem Koyares IMEVIOHONY Gee ans aoeae oases seneose phipsoni (B-Smith, 1898, a).
CALIGUS RUFIMACULATUS, new species.
Plate V.
Female.—Carapacé more than half the entire length, elliptical, dis-
tinctly longer than wide, and scarcely narrowed anteriorly (fig. 51).
Frontal plates large and wide, nearly straight along their anterior
border, and deeply incised at the center, where may nearly always be
found the remains of the frontal filament projecting from the incision.
Lunules large, almost circular, and widely separated, but not project-
ing very much. Posterior sinuses wide and inclined to the central
axis, leaving the median lobe more than half the entire width and
projecting considerably beyond the lateral lobes. Lateral lobes nar-
row and curved inward at the tip. Free thorax segment small and
narrow, not distinctly separated from the genital segment, the divid-
ing groove being little more than a notch in either side, just back of
the fourth legs. Genital segment obovate, as wide as long, narrowed
anteriorly, with smooth, rounded outlines, and without appendages or
sete visible dorsally.
Abdomen short and one-jointed, three-fourths the length of the
genital segment and about twice as long as wide; somewhat swollen at
the center into a spindle-shape. Anal laminw large and stout. Ege
cases nearly as wide as the abdomen and about as long as the carapace,
35 or 40 eggs in each.
Anterior antenne large and stout, the two joints about the same
length and heavily armed with plumose sete and spines. Posterior
antenne rather slender, but long, and with the terminal hook sharply
bent near the tip; a short and stout accessory spine present posterior
to the basal joint. First maxille small and nearly straight, with a
swollen base. Second maxille also nearly straight and about as long
as the rostrum; rather stout and blunt and considerably widened at
the base.
562 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
First maxillipeds with a rather stout basal joint and the usual slender
terminal joint, the two joints in this species being about the same
length. The two terminal claws are fringed with hairs and look more
like plumose sete than like claws, and there is also a small protuber-
ance on the inner margin near the tip which carries a tuft of hairs.
The second maxillipeds have a stout basal joint, but a very weak
terminal claw, the tip of which is abruptly narrowed at the junction of
the accessory spine on the inner margin. Furea peculiar; branches
about the same length at the base, both-increasing in width from the
center, giving the whole structure somewhat the outline of an hour-
glass. Branches flattened dorso-ventrally, as wide at the tip as at the
base, and considerably divergent; lumen broad, triangular. First lees
with three weak terminal claws, a long and slender plumose seta at the
posterior corner, and the usual three plumose setie along the posterior
border of the terminal joint. Second and third legs large and stout;
the spine on the last joint of the exopod of the second legs is notice-
ably slender and weak, while that upon the basal joint of the exopod
of the third legs is stout and as wide at the tip as at the base. Rami
of the third legs well separated, large and prominent. Fourth legs
small and weak, not reaching the posterior margin of the genital
segment; three-jointed with five spines, the terminal ones graded in
length from without inward, the inner one three times as long as the
outer. Fifth legs very rudimentary, scarcely visible in ventral view.
Male.—Carapace the same shape as in the female, but relatively
much larger. Free thoracic segment much more distinctly separated
from the genital segment and nearly as wide as the latter (fig. 52).
Genital segment very much smaller than in the female, being only
a quarter the length of the carapace; fifth lees showing plainly on the
lateral margins about one-third the distance from the posterior end.
Abdomen little more than half the width of the genital seement and
about one-fifth longer; two-jointed, the basal joint less than half the
length of the terminal. Anal laminze much larger than those of the
female and armed with longer sete. The chief differences in the
appendages are found in the second antennze, the first maxillee, the
second maxillipeds, the furca, and the third and fourth swimming legs.
The second antenne are larger and stouter than those of the female
and are branched as is usual in the males of this genus.
The first maxille are fully twice as long as in the female, and are
strongly curved, evidently serving as secondary clasping organs. The
second maxillipeds are much enlarged in both the basal and terminal
joints. In the center of the basal joint on the inner margin, opposite
the base of the accessory spine, there is a large swelling capped by a
small hemispherical plate with a roughened surface. This aids in the
prevention of slipping, and shows that these maxillipeds with the sec-
5D
ond antenne are manifestly the chief organs of prehension (fig. 57).
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID H— WILSON. 5638
Furea much narrower than in the female, branches close together
and nearly parallel, destroying the hourglass outline.
Third legs larger than in the female, attached nearer the posterior
border of the carapace, and projecting laterally to the edge of the
carapace, and posteriorly to the center of the genital segment. The
basal joint of each is fully as large as the genital segment, and being
transparent the longitudinal fibers of the muscles show through plainly
and give the central portion a striated appearance. The fourth legs
are relatively much longer than those of the female.
Total length, female 3.63 mm.; male 3 mm. Length of carapace,
female 2mm.; male 1.9mm. Length of genital segment, female 0.84
mm.; male 0.5 mm. Leneth of abdomen, female 0.65 mm.; male 0.6
mm. Length of ege strings 1.9 mm.
Chalimus. —Carapace considerably more than half the entire length,
ovate, strongly narrowed anteriorly. Frontal plates large and well
defined. Posterior sinuses narrow and nearly parallel, the median lobe
proportionally a little wider and more squarely truncated posteriorly
than in the adult (fig. 53).
First antenne large, prominent, and well armed with plumose sete
and spines. Free segment very short, but as wide as the genital seg-
ment. The latter is barrel-shaped, one-quarter wider than long with
evenly rounded sides and squarely truncated anterior and posterior
borders.
The two abdomen segments are about the same relative size as in the
adult, but compared with the genital segment they are much wider, in
fact almost as wide as the genital seement itself.
The anal lamin are smaller than in the adult and their plumose
setze are shorter. The appendages appear about the same with the
exception that the second, as well as the third swimming legs show
posterior to the carapace in dorsal view. Total length 1.75 mm.
Length of carapace 1 mm.; width of the same 0.8 mm. Length of
genital segment 0.8 mm. Length of abdomen 0.4 mm.
Color, pale straw yellow, covered on both the dorsal and ventral sur-
faces with scattered spots of a rusty brown pigment. In some speci-
mens these spots are few in number and not noticeable, but in the great
majority of instances they are quite numerous and at once catch the
eye, particularly on the dorsal surface of the genital segment.
(rufus, rust color; maculatus, spotted.)
Specimens belonging to this species were obtained by the author
from /undulus majalis and Ff. heteroclitus.
They are more often found upon the former but are not at all com-
mon, a careful examination of five hundred of these minnows yielding
barely half a dozen specimens. The National Museum collection also
includes three specimens taken by Vinal N. Edwards, one from a mul-
let (Mugil cephalus), and the other two from the surface at the Fish
564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Commission, Woods Hole. The fact that these two were captured
in surface skimmings is an indication that this species swims about
freely at the breeding season.
As the measurements indicate they are very small and well suited to
parasitism upon such small fish. They are also very transparent and
might well have been named d/aphanus had not that name already been
preoccupied. Consequently it makes an excellent species for study,
since the internal anatomy can be plainly seen without dissection, and
the small size is to its advantage when examined under a high power.
It is a very lively species and moves about freely over the body of its
host. Like the Argulus found upon the same minnows, this species
occasionally forfeits its life when the fish get hungry, and the author
lost a tine lot of males and females which were being kept upon Fun-
dulus in an aquarium, the fish catching them as they were swimming
about.
CALIGUS SCHISTONYX, new species.
Plate VI.
Female.—Carapace one-sixth longer than the rest of the body,
about as wide as long, ovate, strongly narrowed anteriorly. Frontal
plates wide and prominent; lunules large, almost circular, slightly
projecting. Posterior sinuses rather narrow and somewhat inclined
to the median axis; median lobe less than half the entire width and
projecting but little beyond the lateral lobes; the latter broad and
well rounded (fig. 66).
The carapace is very peculiar in its grooving; the thoracic area is
almost quadrilateral and is about three-fifths of the length and width
of the carapace. From each of its anterior corners a pair of parallel
grooves extend diagonally forward and outward to the very edge of
the carapace. These grooves are close together and each makes a
break in the continuity of the carapace margin. This is the only
instance within the author’s experience, in which any of the carapace
grooves actually reach the margin, and it is very noticeable for that
reason.
Taken in connection with the groove along the anterior border of
the thoracic area it forms a joint extending the entire width of the
carapace and separates the head as completely from the thorax as the
latter is separated posteriorly from the abdomen.
The central portion of the thoracic area is raised considerably,
leaving a very narrow depressed border around the posterior margin.
The line of demarcation between the raised and depressed portions is
not parallel with the carapace margin, but on either side forms a
straight line inclined toward the central axis and in direct continuation
of the posterior of the two inclined grooves already noted. The com-
bination of this line of demarcation and the grooves thus produces a
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGIDA— WILSON. He
trapezium or wedge which stands out very prominently upon the
dorsal surface of the carapace, Furthermore, the transparent border
surrounding the carapace, instead of being more broadly rounded
than the lateral lobe at the posterior extremity of the latter, the con-
dition which prevails in all other species, comes to a sharp point,
giving the carapace a peculiar angular appearance.
The free thoracic segment is very short and narrow, about three-
fifths as wide as the genital segment. Genital segment oblong, with
well-rounded corners, half as wide as the carapace, with short and
blunt posterior lobes between which the posterior margin is concave.
Abdomen four-fifths as long as the genital segment and somewhat less
than half as wide; sharply contracted where it joins the genital seg-
ment and slightly swollen at the center. Anal papille large, well sep-
arated, and somewhat curved inward at the tips, bearing plumose
sete which are very long and slender. Egg cases three-quarters as
wide as the abdomen and a little longer than the carapace; about 60
eges in each. Anterior antenn short and stout, the basal joint very
plentifully supplied with plumose sete along its anterior and lateral
margins; terminal joint club-shaped.
Second antenne with a stout basal joint reinforced by a short, blunt
spine posteriorly; terminal joint long and slender, with an abrupt
curve. First maxille short, blunt, almost straight, and considerably
swollen at the base.
Second maxille simple, unbranched, nearly as long as the rostrum,
slightly curved if at all, and acuminate.
First maxillipeds with a stout basal joint and along slender terminal
joint; the inner terminal claw twice the length of the outer; a short
spur on the inner margin of this joint near the distal end. Second
maxillipeds with a stout and swollen basal joint and a very weak and
slender terminal claw, the disproportion between the two being quite
noticeable.
The claw is only half the length and not more than one-fifth the
width of the basal joint, and its terminal portion beyond the base of
the accessory spine is scarcely larger than the spine itself. The inner
margin of the basal joint is raised into a slight knob opposite the base
of the aecessory spine, but the flimsy little terminal claw does not
look as though it could hold down very much against this knob.
Furea long and narrow, with branches about the same length and width
as the basal portion; considerably narrowed at the center, like an hour-
glass. The divergent branches curve inward toward each other, while
the sides of the base curve outward away from each other, but only
slightly in either case. Often the branches are somewhat swollen at
the tips.
The first legs are short and stout, with two spines on the posterior
border of the basal joint and a single small spine at the distai end of
566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
the second joint, at the anterior corner. The terminal claws on these
legs are peculiar in that they are all three biramose, the division
extending well beyond the middle of the claw. Of the two branches
the endopod is nearly straight, while the exopod is strongly curved.
Furthermore, the appendage at the inner corner, between the termi-
nal claws and the posterior plumose sete, instead of being a smaller
plumose seta, as is usually the case, is here a long and stout claw,
unbranched and curved over strongly ventrally (fig. 75).
This peculiarity of the terminal claws has given the species its
name. The other legs are like those ordinarily found on Caligus.
The spines upon the last two joints of the exopod of the second legs
are very small and insignificant, while that upon the basal joint of the
exopod of the third legs is large and stout. The rami of these third
legs are widely separated and the endopod has but a single joint.
The fourth lees are very slender and weak, three-jointed, with the
basal joint as long as the other two. The second joint has a spine at
its distal end and another small one on its outer margin. The ter-
minal joint has the usual three terminal spines, of which the inner
one is fully twice as long as the second, and a small spine on its outer
margin.
The fifth legs are so far reduced as to be invisible except by very
careful scrutiny upon the ventral surface.
Male.—The sides of the carapace are not arched as in the female
but are nearly straight lines, and the anterior contraction is much
more decided. The posterior sinuses are a very broad U-shape,
throwing the tips of the lateral lobes outward away from the median
lobe. This, together with the sharp angles of the transparent border,
vives the carapace a marked trapezoidal form, the anterior and pos-
terior sides parallel, the former only two-fifths the length of the
latter, while the right and left sides are equally inclined. The trape-
zoid formed upon the dorsal surface by the grooves between the dif-
ferent areas is the exact reverse of this formed by the margin, and is
not as clearly defined as in the female. The thoracic area is more
nearly semicircular in outline than quadrilateral (fig. 65).
The large basal joints of the third legs project from either side of
the median carapace lobe and do not overlap the lateral lobes, nor
even reach them. The genital segment is very small, scarcely wider
than the abdomen, as wide as long, with evenly rounded sides. The
fifth legs appear as very small papille upon the lateral margins near
the posterior end of the segment. The abdomen is two-jointed, the
joints of the same diameter but the terminal one four times the length
of the basal.
Anal papille very large and foliaceous, with long and slender plumose
setae.
The only appendages which are at all worthy of special mention are
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGIDA— WILSON. 567
the second antenne and the second maxillipeds. The second antennze
are very much enlarged and three-jointed. The two basal joints are
stout and swollen, while the terminal joint is considerably smaller and
terminates in a short, stubby claw. The ventral surface of the second
joint is parted for a little distance from the distal end by a deep groove,
which, starting at about the center of the distal margin, curves around
inward in a broad sweep and disappears quickly upon the ventral sur-
face. Along either side of this groove the chitin integument is raised
in transverse folds whose anterior edge overlaps the posterior one of
the fold next in front, thus giving a rasp-like surface which must be of
creat assistance in the prevention of slipping. ‘The line of folds along
the inside of the groove extends backward, following the sweep of the
groove, across the ventral surface to the proximal end of the joint.
The folds along the outer side of the groove stop with the groove
itself. The terminal joint is exceptionally peculiar. It is about as
wide as long and consists essentially of a very stout claw which is blunt
and strongly curved at the tip. But upon the ventral surface of this
claw near the posterior margin are two stout accessory spines, each
arising from a raised base. And in the center of the basal portion of
the claw is a circular, raised area with its surface thrown into longi-
tudinal ridges or folds, which project considerably. This, like the
‘asp-surface on the second joint, must assist in obtaining a firm hold,
and are the more needed in the male since these antenne are used for
clasping organs.
The second maxillipeds are much larger than those of the female
but otherwise like them, and they evidently serve as accessory clasping
organs,
Total length of female 4 mm.; length of carapace 2.1 mm.; width
2.1 mm.; length of genital segment 1 mm.; length of the abdomen
0.8 mm.; length of egg-strings 3.5 mm. Total length of male 3 mm. ;
length of carapace 1.75 mm.; width 1.66 mm.; length of genital
segment 0.4 mm.; length of abdomen 0.62 mm.
Color a dark yellow, inclining toward brown in many specimens.
(schistonyw, oxiC@ to cut or divide, and “ovvé a claw.)
The National Museum collection includes five lots from the common
menhaden (Brevoortia tyrannus), numbered 6052, 6060, 6071, 6150,
6157. Of these, the first three contain but a single female each, while
the last two contain thirteen specimens, two of which are males. ‘They
were all obtained from the outside of the body. There is a single
female, numbered 6151, from the outside surface of the blue-fish
(Pomatomus saltatrix), and nine lots obtained from the tow. Of these
latter, eight are numbered 6038, 6070, 6095, 6098, 6099, 6100, 6101,
8111, while the ninth is without a number. The first of these lots con-
tains four males, the other eight lots are made up of a single specimen
each and evenly divided between the sexes.
56S PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
This distribution shows two facts very plainly. First, the menhaden
is evidently the host of the species, the presence of a single specimen
on the blue-fish being easily explained by the fact that the latter feeds
upon the menhaden. And then such a large percentage taken in the
tow indicates that this species is very active, as much so as CL rapa,
although its hosts are nowhere near as numerous as those of the latter
species.
There is also a strong suggestion that these parasites are not likely
to change their depth very materially; those which frequent surface
fish stick to the surface even when they are swimming about freely.
And probably the same can be said of those which are parasitic on fish
that frequent the botttom.
This species is not very abundant, as the paucity of specimens clearly
shows. As they were all taken in the latter part of August and the
first of September, this period is probably the height of the breeding
season.
The species can be recognized easily by the sharp angles at the
posterior corners of the carapace and the general trapezoidal appear-
ance of the latter. The diagnosis can then be verified by an examina-
tion of the claws at the tips of the first swimming legs.
CALIGUS RAPAX Milne Edwards.
Plate VII, figs. 3, 7, 9, 10, 18, 22, 23, 26, 32, 36, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50 in the text.
Caligus elongatus NORDMANN, 1882, p. 24.
Caligus elongatus IKRGYER, 1857, p. 201.
Caligus rapax MILNE Epwarps, 1840, p. 453, pl. xxxvui, figs. 9-12.
Caligus elongatus MILNE Epwarps, 1840, p. 454.
Caliqus leptochilus Frey and Leuckarr, 1847, p. 165.
Caligus rapax Bairp, 1850, p. 270, pl. xxxu, figs. 2 and 3.—Wuire, 1850, p.
119.—Sreenstrup and LirKen, 1861, p. 359, pl. u, fig. 4.-—Kréyer, 1863,
p. 71.—O.sson, 1868, p. 8.—Macintosu, 1874, p. 262.—Smiru, 1874, p. 575.—
RicHtArpDI, 1880, p. 148.—Basserr-Smitu, 1896, p. 156; 1899, p. 448.—Brian,
1898, p. 10, pl. 11, fig. 6; 1899, p. 2.—T. Scorr, 1900, p. 148, pl. v, figs. 13-19.
Female.Frontal plates wide; frontal margin slightly rounded;
lunules large, orbicular, and projecting considerably. Carapace ovate,
longer than wide; posterior sinuses narrow, of medium depth, and
with approximately parallel sides; thoracic area broad, three-fifths of
the entire width, well rounded, and projecting posteriorly about the
depth of the sinuses beyond the lobes; lobes narrow, short, slightly
wider at the tips (fig. 79).
Free thorax segment very short, only three-tenths as wide as the
carapace. Genital segment large, more or less quadrilateral, with
rounded corners, slightly wider than long, seven-tenths the width of
the carapace. Abdomen unsegmented, varying considerably in length
(from 0.5 to 0.8 the length of the genital segment), about half as wide
as the genital segment; anal sinus scarcely perceptible; anal lamin of
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGIDA— WILSON. 569
longest about three times the length of the lamine.
First antenne large, their tips nearly equaling the extreme width
of the carapace; terminal segment about the same length as the basal,
one-quarter as wide as long.
Second antenne close together and rather weak, with a small sup-
plementary hook on the posterior margin of the basal joint. Mouth
with a somewhat quadrilateral opening fringed by long sete; margin
of the upper lip incised at the center; mandibles stout, strongly
curved, and toothed along their inner border.
First maxillee small, short, and slightly curved; second maxille
slender, nearly straight, and acuminate.
First maxillipeds with a very slender terminal joint about half as
long again as the basal joint, the two curved claws at the tip very
unequal. Second maxillipeds fairly stout, the basal joint and the ter-
minal claw of about the same length, the latter with a small curved
spine on its inner margin.
Of the swimming legs the first pair is three-jointed; the basal joint
is swollen and armed with two spines on its outer margin, and a chitin
plate carrying a spine on its posterior margin.
The plate is transversely elongated and has a large blunt projection
near its distal end.
The fourth swimming legs are three-jointed; the triangular second
joint terminates externally in a long spine; the terminal joint has a
stout spine on its external margin, and three long and one short (the
inner) spine at the tip.
Total length 5-7 mm. Length of carapace 2.6-3.6 mm.; length of
genital segment 1.5-2.2 mm.; width of carapace 2.4-3.4 mm.; length
of abdomen 1-1.5 mm.; length of egg-strings 2.6-3 mm.
Male.—Carapace about as broad as long and relatively wider ante-
riorily than in the female; the posterior sinuses are also much wider
and their sides are flaring instead of parallel. The thoracic area is
only one-third the width of the carapace, and it scarcely projects pos-
teriorly at all; the lobes are much wider than those of the female and
are well rounded. The free thoracic segment is considerably longer
and narrower than in the female, while the genital segment is pear-
shaped, only one-third the width of the carapace and well rounded
posteriorly. The abdomen is about the same length as the genital
segment, two-jointed, with the first joint one-third as long as the
second (fig. 80).
The anal lamine are long and large,and are attached to the outer
posterior corners of the abdomen; the plumose sete are fully twice as
long as in the female.
On the ventral surface the second antennze and second maxillipeds
are stouter than in the female, and the small spine on the side of the
570 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
latteris much larger. In the fourth swimming legs the terminal joint
is longer, and the spines and setee differ slightly in their relative length
and arrangement. In both the male and female the bases of these
spines are reinforced by semicircular plates fringed with small hairs.
Total length 4-5 mm. Length of carapace 2.35 mm; width of same
2mm.; length of genital segment 0.75 mm.; length of abdomen 1 mm.
Nauplius larva.—Body elliptical, widest at about the center; width
to the length as 3 to 5. Appendages projecting far beyond the body
margin and typical in form (fig. 36, p. 536).
First antenne uniramous, terminating in two plumose set; second
antenne and mandibles biramous; exopod four-jointed, endopod two-
jointed; each joint of exopod bearing a long plumose seta, while the
terminal joint of the endopod carries two sete.
The median eye is placed very far forward and concealed beneath a
spot of pigment. The anal sete are flattened spoon-shaped, of good
length, and they project sidewise from the body instead of diagonally
backward. The color is a pale yellowish, with rust-colored pigment
distributed in five spots, a small area over the median eye anteriorly,
a large area on either side at the center, and a small area on either
side just in front of the anal setee or balancers. The pigment is com-
paratively faint and scarcely appears under a low power as it does in
other species. The anterior half of the body is very transparent and
shows the internal structure plainly. Total length, 0.4 mm. Width,
0.238 mm.
Chalimus stage.—Carapace elongate-ovate or spindle shape, nar-
rower anteriorly; frontal plates narrow and inclined backward along
the front margin of the carapace. Posterior lobes small, turned
inward strongly, and with scarcely any sinus; posterior margin of
‘arapace squarely truncate. Eyes a little behind the center of the
carapace, large and prominent; frontal gland very large and occupy-
ing the whole of the anterior angle of the carapace. Free segment
much larger than in the adult, one-third the length, and more than
half the width of the carapace, its sides strongly conyex. Genital
segment and abdomen at first fused and about the same width as the
free segment, but separating with the first moult, the abdomen several
times the larger. Anal laminv short and wide, and projecting diago-
nally sidewise rather than straight backward; the plumose sete very
short and stout. Both pairs of antennz and all the mouth parts pres-
ent but somewhat rudimentary, especially the second antennze, whose
terminal joint is little more than a small spine on the tip of the large
basal joint (figs. 46-50).
The first two pairs of swimming legs are the only ones developed in
arly chalimus stages, and they are worthy of notice from the fact
that the first pair is biramose; but the endopod is made up of a single
joint, which is very small and quickly disappears. Color the same as
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGID.A-— WILSON. 571
that of the adult, except that the pigment spots are much fewer in
number and more widely separated. Length 2 mm., increasing grad-
ually to 3.5 or 4mm. Width of carapace 1 mm., increasing to 2 mm.
Width of free segment 0.55 mm., length 0.55 mm. Length of abdomen
0.8 mm.
(rapaxr, rapacious, greedy.)
This is the most common species of the genus on the northeastern
coast of the United States, having been taken from more than twenty-
five different kinds of fish by many collectors working in the interests
of the United States Fish Commission.
The author, following the example of Mr. Richard Rathbun, as
expressed in some very valuable manuscript notes, the substance of
which is here presented, has been liberal in his interpretation of specific
characters. In consequence, there are included under this species indi-
viduals which some investigators would probably subdivide into several
lots. Butafter a very careful comparison the differences observed are
really too obscure to be of much value for classification. The variation
does not extend far in any one direction, and there is comparatively
little difference in size. The detail of the appendages agrees very
closely in all the specimens, and careful comparisons have been made
in every instance with authentic specimens from Europe. Specimens
from the mackerel present perhaps the most marked differences in
structure, but they vary among themselves and many are perfectly
normal. These differences concern chiefly the fourth pair of legs.
Sometimes the second of the terminal spines, counting from the proxi-
mal end of the terminal joint, is wanting. Again, the ultimate and
penultimate joints are relatively shorter and stouter than in normal
specimens; or the three successive spines on the outer margin may
overlap one another; or the fringed disks at the bases of these spines
may be so little developed as to be overlooked. In specimens from
other fish the furca may have shorter and stouter branches, while on
the common flounder individuals may be found with the abdomen so
much shortened as to appear like those of C. curtus. But in all these
instances the other appendages are perfectly normal, and it does not
seem as if these differences were worthy of creating even a well-marked
variety, to say nothing of a distinct species.
They must be mentioned, however, to show that they have been
noted and given the proper attention.
Both sexes are usually found upon the same fishand occur anywhere
upon the external surface, often showing a preference for the pectoral
fins. Upon the flounders and skates they are commonly on the upper
or pigmented surface, but also occur on the unpigmented ventral sur-
face. Here again, as in the case of the Arguli, when we reflect that
these fish frequent the bottom, and that they often bury themselves
in the sand or mud, we can appreciate better the effectiveness of a
572 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
prehensile apparatus which holds the Caligus securely to its host, even
in the presence of so much friction.
Of course the color of the Caligus harmonizes better with the pig-
mented side of the fish; on the under surface the copepod stands out
in strong contrast with its surroundings.
The egg strings in this species are comparatively short, and this gives
the female greater freedom of motion. Both males and. females are
more lively than most species, and they manifest this activity fre-
quently by leaving their host and swimming about freely. This hap-
pens more often at night than during the daytime, and several investi-
gators have recorded the capture of both sexes in the tow along with
free forms.
Such a habit possibly helps in explaining their presence upon so
many different kinds of fish. Many of the latter, no doubt, are mere
temporary makeshifts to tide over a necessary interval and to keep
the copepod supplied with food until it can return to its regular host.
Associated with its distribution among so many hosts is a consider-
able variation in the color pattern. Most specimens have a_ pale
orange tint and are more or less transparent, but it can be readily
seen that those obtained from dark fish or from the darker pigmented
surface are themselves of a deeper color and more opaque than others
from light fish or from a nonpigmented surface. The difference is due
to an increase or decrease in the number of pigment spots and not to
any fundamental change in the pigment itself. Each spot consists of
an uniformly colored center as if washed in with water color, and
long irregularly radiating filaments. The spots are thickest along the
margin of the carapace where the filaments are interwoven into a dense,
narrow band, close to the margin. Similar but much wider bands are
found along the sides of the genital segment and the abdomen. There
is also a spot of pigment just dorsal to the furca, and another upon
either side on the basal lamina of the third pair of legs, showing dor-
sally between the carapace and abdomen. The frontal plates, the
region over the eyes, the whole of the thorax, including the segments
fused with the head, and the center of the genital segment and abdo-
men are ordinarily free from pigment.
This species has been secured from the following fish on the North
American coast, mostly by the United States Bureau of Fisheries. The
numbers are those given to the separate lots in the National Museum.
From the common flounder (/’seudopleuronectes americanus), lots 1267
and W.18; from the four-spotted flounder (Paralichthys oblongus), lot
12607; from the cod (Gadus morhua), lots 8112, 8115, 12635, 12636,
12638, 12640, 12641, 12662, 19893; of those collected and numbered by
Vinal N. Edwards,V. N. E. 1405, 1412, 1413, 1417, 1420, 1423, 1462,
1466; of those collected and numbered by the author, W. 8, 10, 16, 22;
from the haddock (A/elanogramimus eglefinus), lots 12611, 12626, 12640,
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS— CA LIGIDE— WILSON. ie
ee 6; from the pollack (2%o/lachius v/rens), 12609, 12625, W. 1,
and ‘8; from the hake (Urophycis chuss), 12628, 12640, W. 2 and 23,
from tite hake (Urophycis tenuis), 6094, 6161, 6165; from the lumpfish
(Cyclopterus lumpus), 12617; from the mackerel (Scomber scombrus),
12620, 12621, 12622; from the scup (Stenotomus chrysops), 12630, W.
20; from the striped bass (/toceus lineatus), 12613; from the Aleit
(HG ye vernalis), 12624; from the sturgeon (Aec/penser sturio), 12623,
W. 21; from Acitpenser brevirostrum, 12610, 12615, 12618, 12629; from
the sting ray (Dasyatis centrura), 6188; from the skate (Rada levis),
6163, 12608, 12653, 12637, 12642, 12648; from Raza ocellata, 6065, 6LO4,
6112; from Lara erinacea, 1899, W. 14 and 24; from the spiny dogfish
(Squalus acanthias), 12639; from different sculpins, 8114; from the
whiting (Menticirrhus sawatilis), 6164; from the shad (Alosa sapidis-
sima), 12612; from the swordfish (Viphias gladius), W. 12; from
rudder fish (Ayphosus sectatrix), taken in floating gulf weed, W. 1
from the sand shark (Carcharias littoralis), W. 9; from the remora
(Remora remora), W. 13; from the crevalle (Caranx crysos), W. 15;
from the cutlass fish (Ziichiurus lepturus), W.19; from the sand launce
(Ammodytes americanus), one unnumbered lot. There is also a single
specimen of the chalimus stage still attached to a small J/onacanthus
and numbered W. 20. Other specimens of the chalimus are numbered
6110, 6148, 6191, and W. 1. From the surface were obtained lots
6097, 6197, 8110, 12614, 12616, 12619, and W. 3, some of which con-
tain several specimens. The National Museum also possesses a fine
series of specimens from the Durham coast, England, contributed by
the Rey. A. M. Norman, numbered 12906. These have been taken as
the types of the species, and with them all the American forms have
been carefully compared.
CALIGUS MUTABILIS, new species.
Plate VIII, fig. 2 in the text.
Fematle.—Carapace about three-seyenths the entire length, as long
as wide, not narrowed anteriorly. Frontal plates well defined, but less
than half the width of the carapace; lunules large, circular, and pro-
jecting. Posterior sinuses wide and slightly inclined away from the
central axis. Median lobe much less than half the entire width and
projecting only a little beyond the lateral lobes; the latter blunt and
well rounded (fig. 90).
Thoracic area medium size, the anterior groove almost a perfect
semicircle. Free thorax segment short and narrow, about one-fourth
the width of the carapace, and contracted into a much narrower neck
just in front of the bases of the fourth legs. Genital segment very
variable, according to the age of the individual as well as the develop-
mental stage of the eggs. In young females and in the adults before
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii
574 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
the protrusion of the egg cases this segment is a broad flask shape, a
little wider than long,with well-rounded sides, and a squarely-truncated
posterior border. Its width under these conditions is fully three-
fourths that of the carapace and sometimes more.
But after the protrusion of the egg cases it assumes an elongated
spindle shape, wider posteriorly, and with a somewhat emarginate pos-
terior border. In this condition it is about one-fifth longer than wide
and narrows toward either end, its extreme width being less than two-
thirds that of the carapace.
It is always contracted into a short, narrow neck where it joins the
free segment, and is wrinkled across this neck as though segmented.
The abdomen is short, but little more than half (0.64) the length of the
genital segment in females with egg cases, and about one-third its
width. It is two-jointed, the joints approximately the same length,
but the anterior one a little wider.
Anal lamin small, well separated, and somewhat curved in toward
rach other. Egg cases short, half the length of the body, but about as
wide as the abdomen, and each containing 50 eggs.
Anterior antenne short and closely appressed to the carapace; pos-
terior antenne stout, with a swollen basal joint bearing an accessory
spine and a strong terminal hook.
First maxille medium size with a blunt point and an enlarged base;
second maxillz very long and slender with an acuminate point. First
maxillipeds with an exceptionally stout basal joint, which is fully three
times the diameter of the terminal joint, this latter being the usual
weak type, a little shorter than ordinary and tipped with two strongly
curved claws. Furca a rounded Y-shape, the base being the same
length as the branches, but much narrower, while the branches are
stout, blunt, and strongly curved. First swimming legs short and
stout, with the usual terminal claws, the small seta at the corner, and
the three large plumose setze on the posterior margin of the terminal
joint. But these plumose sete differ from those in most species in
that the basal third is swollen in diameter and bordered not by plumose
hairs like the tip, but with spine-like projections. The seta nearest
the distal end has them on the outer margin only; the middle seta has
about half as many on the inner as on the outer margin, while the
inner seta has them on both margins equally.
The basal joint of the second legs is very much swollen, while the
two branches are short and stout. The spines on the endopod are
slender and acuminate. The rami of the third legs are large and stand
out prominently from the edge of the basal lamina. The spine at the
base of the exopod is also large, well curved, and blunt. The fourth
legs are short and weak, not reaching to the center of the genital seg-
ment, three-jointed, with five spines of about the same length situated
close together along the outer margin. The two terminal joints are
NO. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGIDA— WILSON. 5D
about eh same ieee aa iiameres as fine Reena joint. At the bases
of the spines are small semicircular lamin fringed with hairs like those
in C. rapar and several other species. The fifth legs are not visible
dorsally.
Total length 5.6 mm. Length of carapace 2.3 mm.; width of cara-
pace 2.2 mm.; length of genital segment 1.9 mm. ; Moh of abdomen
1.1 mm.; length of egg tubes 2.5 mm., 50 eges in each.
Male.—Carapace a little more than half the entire length, longer
than wide, otherwise similar to that of the female (fig. 91).
Free thorax segment bearing the same relation to the c: arapace as
in the female, but being w ider than the genital segment, owing to the
diminution of the latter.
Genital segment a very narrow spindle shape, less than one-fourth
the width of the carapace, and three fifths as wide as long.
It is wrinkled where it joins the free segment just as in the female,
but is narrowed almost none at all, for it is already much narrower
than the genital segment in consequence of its spindle shape. Abdo-
men the same length as the genital segment and two-thirds as wide,
made up of two joints, of which the anterior is considerably shorter
than the posterior and subspherical in shape. Anal laminz very large
and foliaceous. Appendages as in the female except that the poster-
ior antenne are branched, while the first maxille are elongated into a
long, slender hook, evidently used in prehension. The second maxil-
lipeds are enlarged and form the chief organs of prehension. The
fourth legs are relatively large and overlap somewhat the basal joint
of the abdomen.
Total length 3.4mm. Length of carapace 1.85 mm.; width of cara-
pace 1.7 mm.; length of genital segment 0.7 mm.; width of same
0.45 mm.
Color a light horn yellow, delicately pencilled with pigment spots of
pink and red, which are most prominent along the central axis of the
carapace and in the posterior lateral angles.
(mutabilis, changeable, referring to the shape of the genital seg-
ment at different times. )
This species agrees somewhat with a variety of C. gurnard/ figured
by Kroyer (1863, pl. 11, fig. 3, @), but the carapace is proportionally
shorter and broader, the lunules are larger, and the furea is much
more slender. The species /rr/tuns described by Heller (1865, p. 177,
pl. xv, figs. 7 and 8) has similar large lunules, but a much narrower
carapace and a very different furca. The species ¢sonyx, Steenstrup
and Liitken (1861, p. 358, pl. mm, fig. 5), has very much the same pro-
portions, but differs markedly in structural details.
It can be readily distinguished from other American forms by the
simple fact that it is the only one having the abdomen about the same
length as the genital segment and tio-jointed.
Suen PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII,
t is not a very lively species, and thus far has a limited number of
hosts. The National Museum collection includes several lots of speci-
mens taken at different times, but all, with two exceptions, from
similar hosts—the sea basses. As the scientific name of the host is not
recorded in most of the instances, it can not be determined whether
these hosts were all the same species or not. Lot 6155, consisting of
ten males and females from the mouth of Centropristes striatus, is
taken for the types of the new species. There is another lot, 6119,
from the mouth of a ‘‘sea bass,” and six unnumbered lots, all from
the mouths of **sea bass” at or near Woods Hole, except a single
female from the mouth of a pollock and another from the mouth of a
bonito.
CALIGUS ALIUNCUS, new species.
Plate IX.
Female.—Carapace ellipitical, one-fifth longer than wide. Frontal
plates distinct and very wide, not emarginate at the center; frontal
margin nearly straight. Lunules large, semicircular, prominent.
Posterior sinuses narrow and quite deep, leaving the median lobe
nearly two-thirds the entire width; lateral lobes narrow and curved
inward, Thoracic area very large, half the length of the carapace
and more than two-thirds of the width (fig. 103).
Free thorax segment transversely linear, nearly as wide as the geni-
tal segment, but very short. Genital segment quadrangular, two-
fifths as long as the carapace, a little wider than long, with short and
blunt posterior lobes.
Abdomen one-fifth shorter than the genital segment, but more than
half as wide, made up of four segments, of which the two end ones
are about equal and considerably larger than the middle ones.
The terminal segment is deeply hollowed on either side posteriorly
for the reception of the small, lateral anal laminee.
These latter are nearly spherical and do not reach beyond the tip of
the abdomen; they each carry three long plumose sete posteriorly and
a much shorter one on the outer margin.
Kee cases narrow, scarcely more than one-third as wide as the abdo-
men: eges small and numerous.
The first antenne are a little longer than the frontal plates, the two
joints about the same length, but the terminal one very much the nar-
rower. Second antenne short and stout, with a broad terminal claw
and no accessory spine. No trace could be found of the first maxillee.
Second maxille stout, broadly triangular, and nearly as long as the
mouth tube.
The latter is broadly U-shaped, a little more than half as wide as
long, and abruptly rounded at the tip.
Furea Y-shaped, the base longer than the branches and considerably
constricted; branches thick, blunt, and divergent,
E—WILSON. 577
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID.
Claw of the second maxilliped less than half the length of the basal
joint, slender, and strongly curved at the tip.
First thoracic legs tipped with the usual three claws but lacking
the seta at the inner distal corner between the three terminal claws
and the three posterior sete. The claws are short and stout, all of
the same length, and all fringed on either side from the base nearly
to the tip with a lamina or wing which is sharply serrate (fig. 109).
Second legs ordinary, save that the large spines upon the exopod are
ach fringed with a serrate wing like those on the claws of the first
legs. Rami of the third legs quite widely separated; claw on the
exopod very large, nearly straight, and with a wide, nonserrate wing
along either side, giving it a broadly spatulate outline.
Fourth lees large, reaching about to the posterior margin of the
genital segment, four-jointed, with the usual five spines; but the
spines upon the second and third joints are much larger and longer
than usual, and, together with the three curved terminal spines, are
fringed with a wide serrate wing along either side from the tip nearly
to the base. There is in addition a peculiar appendage upon the outer
distal margin of the basal joint. This consists of a thread-like or
whip-like projection longer than the second joint, very pliable, and
apparently muscular rather than chitinous. It is tipped with a long
plumose seta and is evidently tactile, but what other function it may
serve is a question. The fifth legs are situated just ventral to the
bases of the egg cases, are very small, and do not project beyond the
posterior border of the genital segment.
Total length 7mm. Length of carapace 4 mm.; width of same 3.3
mm.; length of genital segment 1.5 mm.; width of same 1.7 min.;
length of abdomen 1.23 mm. Egg strings broken so that their
length can not be determined.
Unfortunately there is but a single specimen—a female—as the expo-
nent of this species. This specimen was taken at the surface under
the attraction of an electric Hght. The label is one of the United
States Bureau of Fisheries steamer Adbatross labels, but no locality is
given. But the specimen differs in so many particulars from other
species of Cal7gus as to leave no doubt of its validity. There is only
one other species of Caligus known, C. coryphenex, in which the abdo-
men has four joints, and in that species the size and proportions of the
free and genital segment are entirely different. The winged margins
on the claws and spines is another distinctive feature, and is the one
which has suggested the specific name.
(aliuncus—ala, a wing, and wacus, a claw.)
578 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
CALIGUS CURTUS Muller.
Plate X, figs. 8, 24, 28 in the text.
Caligus curtus MUGLER, 1785, p. 130, pl. xx1, fig. 1.—Smirn, 1874, p. 575.—Raru-
BUN, 1884, p. 486.
Caligus mulleri Leacn, 1816, p. 405, pl. xx, figs. 1-8.—Dana, 1854, p. 1382.
Caligus bicuspidatus NORDMANN, 1832, II, p. 17.
Caligus americanus PICKERING and DANA, 1838, p. 65, pls. m1, Iv, v.—DAana,
1854, pl. xcuit.
Caligus diaphanus Bairp, 1850, p. 269, pl. xxxut, fig. 1.
Caligus elegans VAN BENEDEN, 1851, p. 91, a male.
Female. —Carapace somewhat longer than the rest of the body, obo-
vate. Frontal plates distinct, the anterior margin well rounded and
incised at the center. Lunules large and circular, not very widely
separated and not projecting. Posterior sinuses narrow, shallow, and
with nearly parallel sides; the median lobe less than half the entire
width, projecting for two-thirds of its length beyond the lateral lobes;
the latter broad and well rounded (fig. 113).
Thoracic area quadrilateral, comprising about one-third of the cara-
pace; its anterior groove nearly straight. Eyes small and situated far
forward. Free segment short and very narrow, not more than half
the width of the genital segment, and spindle-shaped. Genital seg-
ment oblong, half as long as the carapace, with parallel sides and well-
rounded corners. There are no lobes on this segment and the fifth
legs are not visible dorsally. Abdomen short, half as long as the
genital segment, often slightly swollen at the center. Amnai lamin
rather small with very long sete; ege strings wide and about as long
as the entire body.
Anterior antenne large, the basal joint much longer and wider than
the terminal and both joints plentifully supplied with sete: and spines.
These antenn stand out very prominently from the carapace. Second
antenne stout, with a long accessory spine on the inner border of the
terminal claw, near its base.
First maxille of good size and situated close to the edge of the
carapace, the terminal portion strongly curved and the base consider-
ably swollen. Second maxille broadly triangular with curved sides,
abruptly narrowed near the tip into an acuminate spine. This repre-
sents the endopod of the appendage, while upon the ventral surface of
the base of the triangle is the rudimentary exopod, consisting of a long,
slender spine and three or four small setze. This exopod is articulated
with the base of the endopod and is capable of considerable motion.
The mandibles are curved inward and dentated along the inner edge,
the number of teeth being about fourteen.
First maxillipeds very slender and weak, the terminal joint much
longer and narrower than the basal, with a short spine on its inner
marein near the distal end. The two claws at the tip of these append-
NO. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGIDA\— WILSON. 579
ages are doubly edged with a finely pectinated membrane. Second
maxillipeds large and stout, the basal joint much swollen and at least
a third longer than the terminal claw. Furca short and very stout,
the base longer than the branches, which are straight and slightly
divergent, the same diameter throughout and very blunt at the tips.
Of the swimming legs the three terminal spines at the tip of the first
pair are short, obtuse, and about the same length.
The seta at the outer corner is also short and naked; the plumose
sete on the posterior margin are large, with very short pinnules on the
outer margins, but of the usual length on the inner.
The rami of the third legs are large, well separated, and closely
approximated to the margin of the basal apron, the claw at the base of
the exopod being of medium size and rather blunt.
The fourth legs are three-jointed, with four spines, one at the
extremity of the second joint and three at the tip, all well curved.
The first three are small and of approximately the same size, the fourth
(the inner terminal) one is nearly three times as long and toothed on
its outer margin. The two short terminal spines are edged along
either side with a pectinated membrane. There is also a short semi-
circular membrane with a sharply serrated margin projecting like an
epaulette over the base of each of these three spines.
The fifth legs are so small as to be invisible dorsally. Total length
8-12 mm. Length of carapace 6.1 mm.; width of same 5.9 mm.;
length of genital segment 2 mm.; length of abdomen 1.2 mm.; length
of egg strings 14 mm.
Color a uniform transparent horn color, often marked in older
individuals with numerous dendritic delineations of an ocher yellow.
A short time after death the copepod assumes an entire change of
color, becoming a deep rose red. This new color is disposed in den-
dritic delineations corresponding to those of the ocher yellow and in
all probability the yellow is changed into the red during dissolution
(curtus, shortened. )
Male.—Carapace broad ovate, as wide as long, strongly narrowed
anteriorly. Posterior sinuses inclined toward the central axis; median
lobe wider than in the female; lateral lobes plump and well rounded.
Free segment as wide as the genital segment, but with the same spindle
shape as in the female. Genital segment orbicular with well-rounded
sides and posterior margin, a trifle wider than long, with the fifth legs
showing prominently at the posterior corners. It is much smaller
than in the female, being only one-third the length of the carapace.
The abdomen is a little longer than the genital segment, contracted
where it joins the latter, and considerably swollen at the center. Anal
laminee very large and foliaceous (fig. 112).
Of the appendages the second antennx and second maxillipeds are
the only ones requiring special mention.
jointed; the basal joint is broad and oblong and is attached to the ven-
tral surface by its long posterior side. At its inner extremity it turns
upward to receive the following joint. The second joint is broad and
well rounded; its entire inner and ventral surface is covered by a
swollen pad formed of chitin ridges overlapping one another like
clapboards on a house, giving an admirable rasp-like surface for the
prevention of slipping (fig. 123).
The terminal joint is obliquely articulated with this second joint and
is much smaller and shorter. It terminates in two stout claws, widely
divergent and quite strongly curved.
There is a slender seta on the outer margin and another on the inner
surface near the base.
The second maxillipeds are much enlarged, the basal joint being
swollen with a width considerably more than half its length (fig. 124).
The terminal claw is less than half the length of the basal joint, but
is stout and furnished with powerful muscles. Its tip shuts into a
socket formed at the base of a large spine on the ventral surface of
the basal joint, affording a strong grip. Between this spine and the
base of the terminal claw there is another shorter and smaller spine
with an acuminate tip. This sbuts in past the side of the terminal
claw when the latter is closed and thus strengthens the hold. The
other appendages are like those in the female.
This species is one in which the males are larger than the females, as
can be seen in the following measurements:
Total length 13-20 mm; length of carapace 7.5-12 mm.; width of
same 7.4-11.5 mm.; length of genital segment 2.5-4 mm.; length of
abdomen 2.5-4 mm.
Chalimus, later stages. —Carapace narrow ovate, much longer than
wide, about 0.64 of the entire length, contracted considerably through
the frontal-plates. Posterior sinuses narrow and slit-like; median lobe
projecting nearly its entire length behind the lateral lobes (fig. 115).
Posterior portion of the body very narrow and of nearly the same
diameter throughout. Free seement of good length and well rounded
at the sides; genital segment also well rounded, with the fifth legs
showing on either side near the posterior end.
Abdomen a little narrower, but with well-rounded sides; anal lamine
large and broad.
The lunules appear early upon the frontal plates and are large and
semicircular in outline. The eyes are small, highly colored, and placed
relatively much farther back of the frontal margin than in the adult.
The appendages are nearly the same as in the adult.
Chalimus, early stages.—Carapace, a still narrower ovate, becoming
sharply pointed in front. This latter is due almost entirely to the
frontal plates, whose width is more than one-third the length of the
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS— CA LIGID A:-— WILSON. 581
carapace. They taper forward to a sharp point at the base of the
frontal filament as though pulled out by the latter. The two terminal
joints of the first antenna are attached to the posterior border of the
frontal plates, giving them the appearance of being attached to the
lateral margin of the carapace, well back toward its center (fig. 114).
The eyes are so far back as to be a little behind the apparent center,
though they are not far- from the actual anterior margin of the cara-
pace. There are no posterior sinuses, the third thorax segment not
having yet fused with the head. This leaves the posterior margin of
the carapace concave, the posterior corners projecting somewhat. The
third thorax segment is separated by a well-defined groove from the
carapace; it is a little wider, but only half as long as the fourth seg-
ment, and from its well-rounded sides project the third swimming legs.
The latter have not vet acquired their broad basal apron, but are
almost exactly like the second pair, and the exopods can be plainly
seen in dorsal view. The fourth segment is long and large, with well-
rounded sides; the fourth legs are attached near its posterior margin
and are quite rudimentary.
The genital se#ment and abdomen are still fused, though the line of
separation is indicated by a deep indentation on either side.
The anal lamine are small but the plumose sete are long and stout.
The total length of the earliest stages is only a trifle over 2 milli-
meters, of which the carapace, including the frontal plate, makes up
about four-sevenths,
This species occurs very frequently and often in great abundanee
upon the codfish of our coast, but has been rarely observed on other
species of fish. Most of the specimens in the collection of the National
Museum agree closely with the Caligus americanus, so well described
by Pickering and Dana (1838).
But there are a few lots of females in which the abdomen is broader
and more nearly quadrangular. A careful examination of these
specimens, however, fails to reveal the slightest differences in the
appendages and hence they can not be regarded as even a variety.
This is one of the species upon which Miiller founded the genus
Caligus in 1785, and is the only one of the types which has proved to
be a real Caligus, the others belonging to other genera. Hence the
present species is left as the sole type of the genus.
Many lots of specimens have been obtained by the United States
Fish Commission from codfish taken along the New England coast
from Maine to New York, and on the offshore fishing banks. They
are exceedingly abundant during the autumn of the year when the
shoal-water fish are brought into the local markets, and they gradually
diminish as the season advances. They are most numerous on half-
grown fish and may be found anywhere upon the externa! surface or
the fins. They are also rarely taken in company with C. rapa in the
582 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
mouth, but never, to the author’s knowledge, within the gill covers.
They are not as ace as rapar, but upon occasion can move about
with equal speed and facility. They live but a short time after being
taken from their host since they exhibit to a marked degree the per-
nicious habit of crawling up out of the water and remaining there
until dead. They are also very susceptible to a slight rise in tempera-
ture; Pickering and Dana say (p. 67) that ‘*‘ when the temperature
has been as high as 60° F., they have generally died in the course of
a short time.” The author’s experience has been similar, although no
actual temperature tests have been made.
Being susceptible to so slight a rise it becomes extremely difficult
to handle them during the summer months, when most of the research
work is being done at the Marine Biological Laboratories. It is not
surprising, therefore, that so little has been ascertained in regard to
their habits and development, even though they are so common.
The Museum collection includes the following:
From the codfish (Gadus morhua) of Woods Hole and the imme-
diate vicinity four lots numbered 11618, and one each 12305, 12649,
12650, Acc. no, 19893, and the following collected by Vinal Ne
Edwards, 1301, 1884, 1393, 14177, 1423, 1463, 1466, 1485. These lots
include something like 250 specimens. From codfish off the coast of
Maine, chiefly near Casco Bay, lots 8022, 8028, 8024, 8025, 12646,
12653, 12654, 12655, 12660, 12661, 12907, nearly 200 specimens more.
From codfish in Massachusetts Bay lots 12656, 12657, 12658. From
other localities, chiefly stations of the U.S. Bureau of Fisheries vessels
Albatross and Grampus, lots 16644, 12645, 12647, 12648, 12671, 12672,
12673, and W. 31. From the haddock (Melanogrammus xeglefinus)
lots 123807, 12651, 12659, W. 25, W. 26, W. 41. From the hake
( Vrophycrs tenuis) lots 8026, 13208, W. 30. From the halibut (///ppo-
glossus hippoglossus) 12631. From the pollack (Pollachius virens)
W. 27, W. 28, W. 29. From the barn door skate (Raia laevis) 858,
6162. From the surface 12908 and W. 82. Specimens of the chali-
mus of this species are included in lots W. 36 from the tomcod; W. 37
host unknown, and 8116 from fin of codfish.
CALIGUS CHELIFER, new species.
Plate XI.
Temale.—Carapace ovate, a sixth to a quarter longer than wide, con-
siderably narrowed anteriorly. Frontal plates well defined; lunules
large, close together, nearly circular, and prominent (fig. 126).
Posterior sinuses wide and nearly parallel; median lobe half the
entire width, projecting considerably, and contracted into a narrow
neck where it joins the free seement.
Thoracic area two-thirds the width and one-half the length of the
carapace, subquadrilateral. Free thorax segment very short, a little
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—C4A LIGID A— WILSON. 583
wider than the neck of the median carapace lobe which joins it ante-
riorly, and passing insensibly into the genital segment posteriorly.
Genital segment acorn-shaped, the anterior and posterior margins
straight and parallel, the former about half the latter, contracted
strongly where it joins the free segment. In the alcoholic specimen
the dorsal surface of this genital segment has a row of three pits or
depressions on either side of the midline, the two central ones being
connected across the midline by a groove which is convex anteriorly,
while the two anterior ones are joined similarly by a straight @roove.
In the living specimens obtained by the author these pits and grooves
were almost invisible and would never have been noticed had not the
alcoholic specimen been studied first.
Abdomen narrow and two-jointed, four times as long as wide, the
terminal joint two to two and a half times the length of the basal.
The latter is enlarged where it joins the genital segment and tapers
somewhat toward the distal joint which has parallel sides. The pos-
terior end of this distal joint is wedge-shaped and the anal lamin are
attached to the sides of the wedge. They are long and narrow, cylin-
drical in form, and curved in toward each other at the tips, while the
plumose sete: which they carry are fully as long as the entire abdomen.
The egg cases are the same width as the abdomen and about half the
length of the entire body. The eggs are quite thick and number 45 or
50 in each case.
Of the ventral appendages the anterior antenne are small, with the
two joints about the same length. The posterior antenne are slender,
the terminal claw being but little longer than the basal joint. The
accessory spine behind the base of this antenna is long and sharp.
The first maxille are small, only slightly enlarged at the base and
with a blunt tip. The second maxille are simple, quite long and
nearly straight; each carries upon its base a raised papilla from whose
summit project two divergent sete representing the exopod of the
appendage asin C. rapax and several other species. First maxillipeds
of normal size and structure, bearing a small spine on the anterior
margin of the distal joint near the tip, and terminating in two curved
and winged claws of unequal length. The second maxillipeds are
peculiar. The basal joint is very large and as wide as it is long. It
sends out two protuberances on the inner margin, a large one at the
base which is hemispherical in form with a flattened tip, another still
larger at the distalend. This latter is broad and finger-like and extends
outward along the inner curve of the terminal claw, forming an inar-
ticulate half of a large chela, very similar to those borne by other
crustacea, It is notched at the tip where it is also covered with short
and stiff spines, making a rough surface admirable for retaining a firm
hold. The terminal claw is about two-thirds the length of the basal
584 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
joint, very stout, and furnished with a short accessory spine on the
ventral surface (fig. 150).
This claw is operated by powerful muscles contained in the basal
joint and it must make an effective prehensile organ.
Furca long and narrow, the base longer than the branches, the latter
of a broad U-shape with the sides nearly parallel.
The first thoracic legs are so small and weak as to appear shriveled;
this is especially noticeable in the plumose sete along the posterior
marein of the terminal joint, which are scarcely longer than the diam-
eter of the joint. In the alcoholic specimen taken from the menhaden
the two posterior of the three terminal claws are branched, the
branches being straight, longer than the tips of the claws, and
inserted nearly at right angles to the axis of the claw (fig. 133). In
the living specimens obtained by the author from the sword-fish the
claws are mostly unbranched, but are of the same relative size as in
the menhaden specimen.
In all the specimens the appendage at the inner corner of the joint
isa long, strongly curved claw instead of a plumose seta. .
This is similar to the condition in schéstony, but the relative size of
the claws and the seta is entirely different in the two species. The
second lees are large, of normal structure, and armed with long acumi-
nate spines. The rami of the third legs are well separated, the claw
on the basal joint of the exopod is large and slightly curved, while
the endopod is one-jointed.
The fourth legs are three-jointed, long and slender, the basal joint
as long as the other two. This leg carries five spines, one at the
distal end of the second joint, one on the outer margin of the terminal
joint and three at the end.
Of the latter the inner one is about twice as long as the outer.
The fifth legs are not visible dorsally.
Total length in menhaden specimen 5mm. Length of carapace 2.5
mi.; width of same 2.1 mm.; length of genital seoment 1 mm.; length
of abdomen 1.4 mm.
Total length of swordfish specimens 6-6.5 mm. Length of carapace
3min.: width of same 2.3 mm.; length of genital segment 1.6 mm.;
length of abdomen 1.45 mm.; length of egge strings 3.2 mm.; 45 or 50
ego's In each.
Color a transparent yellow, very thickly spotted on both the dorsal
and ventral surfaces with branching pigment dots of a rusty brown.
These spots are quite similar to those on (. vapaxr in shape and
arrangement, but the resultant color is a sober gray brown quite
different from the bright red tint of vapax. In fact, there is enough
difference in the color alone to distinguish the two species when taken
together on the swordfish.
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGIDA— WILSON. 585
( aoe ity. the aia ines Gh of aah cea, een Soero, to ieee
or carry.)
The National Museum collection when sent to the author contained
but a single specimen, a female, of this species. It was numbered
6079, and was obtained from Ae external surface of a menhaden at
Woods Hole by the United States Fish Commission. The character-
istics of this specimen, especially the pincher-like claw, were so differ-
ent from other species that it was decided to make it the type of a
new species. Much to the author’s gratification he was fortunate
enough to obtain several living females from swordfish captured off
Gay Head, Marthas Vineyard, in July, 1904. They were found on the
external surface in connection with C. rapax, but were not nearly as
numerous as that species, only five being obtained from four swordfish.
A single female taken from the cutlass fish (Z77échiurus lepturus) on
September 16, 1908, by V. N. Edwards, was afterwards placed in the
author’s possession. From the living specimens several facts were
ascertained, which have been incorporated in the previous description.
In addition it may be said that the species is almost as lively as rapa,
swimming about restlessly when kept in an aquarium. ‘That it has
never been captured in the tow is probably due to the fact that its
chief host, the swordfish, is an off-shore fish. So far as known this is
the only instance of a Caligus having anything which may fairly be
called a chela. Many other species have protuberances of various
sorts on the inner margin of the basal joint of the second maxillipeds,
but they are simple protuberances and do not in any way extend out-
ward alongside the terminal claw and in opposition to it. Here, on
the contrary, it is to be noted that the conditions reproduce exactly
those in higher crustacea. The outer, swollen branch of the chela is
articulated at its base, while the inner, larger branch is inarticulate
and forms a part of the preceding joint. In place of the rounded
teeth so commonly found on this part of the chela we have here short
and stiff spines. In the living specimens the chela was frequently
opened and closed, the tip of the claw, in the latter instance, folding
down over the end of the protuberance so tightly that the two seemed
all one piece.
The comparative measurements of the menhaden and swordfish
specimens furnish a good object lesson on the shrinkage which results
from preservation in alcohol.
One of the specimens was a female without egg-strings, and in this
condition the genital segment becomes so rounded anteriorly and pos-
teriorly as to be nearly a perfect circle in outline. The species may
be easily recognized by the shape of the anal lamin and the length of
their plumose sete. An examination of the tips of the second maxil-
lipeds will then verify the diagnosis beyond a doubt.
586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
CALIGUS BELONES Kroyer.
Plate XII, figs. 135-139.
Female.—Carapace about half the entire length, a little longer than
wide. Frontal plates prominent, the anterior margin almost straight,
with very little incision at the center. , Lunules large and widely sepa-
rated, strongly inclined toward the mid line, and subprominent. —Pos-
terior sinuses wide and shallow, leaving a median lobe less than half
the entire width, and projecting but little behind the lateral lobes.
Thoracic area about half the dorsal surface of the carapace, well
rounded anteriorly. The digestive glands in this area are pear-shaped
and inclined toward each other anteriorly.
Free segment short and strongly contracted where it joins the cara-
pace. Genital segment elliptical, one-third the entire length, emargi-
nate posteriorly, with short and blunt lobes. Fifth legs not visible
dorsally.
Abdomen elliptical, less than half the width of the genital seoment,
nearly twice as long as wide. It is contracted to almost half its width
where it joins the genital segment. Anal sinus broad and deep. Anal
lamin large, one-fourth as long as the abdomen, sublateral, with long
plumose sete.
Eee tubes half the width of the abdomen and a little longer than the
carapace, 30 or 40 eges in each.
Anterior antenne short, the two joints about the same length, but
the terminal joint very slender and closely appressed to the frontal
margin. The basal joint is plentifully supplied with plumose setee and
the terminal one with spines.
Second antenne small and short; basal joint nearly as long as the
terminal, the angle in the latter very close to the tip.
Accessory spine large and stout. First maxille long, slender, and
well curved; second pair little more than half as long as the mouth
tube, rather slender and blunt at the tip, but much widened at the
base. Mouth tube quite stout, a little longer than wide, well rounded
at the tip. First maxillipeds slender, the two joints almost equal in
length; second pair stout, with a short and blunt terminal claw. Furea
long and wide, the base elongate, very narrow, and about as long as
the branches, the latter stout and curved into the shape of a horseshoe,
of the same diameter throughout.
Rami of the third pair of thoracie legs well separated, large and
prominent; the spine at the base of the exopod slender and nearly
straight. The fourth legs are half the length of the genital segment,
three-jointed with four spines; basal joint stout and as long as the
two terminal joints, which latter are very slender. Second joint
longer than the third, with a slender terminal spine; the three ter-
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID 4/— WILSON. 587
minal spines on the last joint graded in size, the inner one twice as
long as the outer.
Total length 5mm. Length of carapace 2.6 mm.; width of same
2.3 mm.; leneth of genital segment 1.4 mm.; length of abdomen
1 mm.; length of egg strings 3 mm.
Color a light yellowish brown without pigment (in preserved speci-
mens).
(Aclones, generic name of one of its hosts.)
The National Museum collection includes a single lot of this species
from the body of a small dolphin (Coryphena equisetis), without a
number, and with the locality not given.
But as the label bears the signature of Mr. Vinal N. Edwards, and
was given to the author with other material collected at Woods Hole,
it is probable that the dolphin was caught in the North Atlantic.
The lot includes two females which resemble Kréyer’s species so
closely as to leave no doubt of the identity. Kréyer states that in his
specimens the abdomen was indistinctly segmented, but these two
show no sign of segmentation. The furca on these specimens is also
somewhat different but not enough so to warrant specific distinction.
In all other particulars the two lots agree perfectly. ‘The present host,
the small dolphin, is a new one, this species having been found pre-
viously upon Belone vulgaris, on what Kroyer calls the ‘* Hornfish,”
and on what Olsson designates as the ‘‘ Beak fish.” It is more of a
tropical than a northern species.
CALIGUS LATIFRONS, new species.
Plate XII, figs. 140-149.
Female.—Carapace half the entire length, a little longer than wide,
considerably narrowed anteriorly. Frontal plates very wide and
prominent; lunules large, almost circular in outline, and projecting
far in front of, and laterally over the bases of, the firstantenne. Eyes
large and situated far forward close to the anterior margin of the cara-
pace. Posterior sinuses wide and oblique, leaving a median lobe five-
eighths the width of the carapace and quite squarely truncated pos-
teriorly. Lateral lobes narrow and curved inward at the tip. Thoracic
area seven-eighths the entire width of the carapace and almost exactly
one-half the length, the anterior groove flattened similarly to the pos-
terior margin of the median lobe.
Free thorax segment two-thirds as wide as the genital segment, ab-
ruptly narrowed in front of the fourth legs.
Genital segment nearly quadrate with well-rounded corners, a little
more than half as long as the carapace and not quite half as wide.
Abdomen about four-fifths the length of the genital segment, one-half
longer than wide, swollen at the center, and narrowed at either end.
HSS PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
[ts posterior margin is wedge-shaped so that the small anal laminz are
joined sublaterally.
Each of these latter carries four plumose setee which are small and
short. No egg strings present in this female.
Of the ventral appendages the first antenne are elongate, with the
longer terminal joint very slender. Both joints are turned backward
and closely appressed to the anterior margin of the carapace. The
second antenne have alone and slender terminal claw and a rather
small basal joint.
Posterior to the base of these antenne is a stout accessory spine
which is relatively larger than in most species.
The first maxille are small and almost straight, with the base en-
larged scarcely at all; the second maxille are elongate, stout and blunt
at the tip. Furea large, the base about the same length as the branches
and nearly square, witha transversely semilunar foramen. The branches
are slender, blunt, andcurved in toward each other. Second maxillipeds
stout, the terminal claw about four-fifths as long as the basal joint, the
latter not swollen. The accessory spine on the terminal claw is short
and weak. First swimming legs stout, with a long plumose seta on
the distal end of the basal joint and a short spine on its posterior border
near the proximal end.
On the terminal joint the three claws are about the same length and
not very strongly curved. The outer one is smooth and nonserrate;
each of the other two is branched at about its center on the inner side.
The branches are more slender than the tips of the claws and extend
some little distance beyond them. They are also perfectly transparent,
while the claw itself is more or less opaque. The plumose set on the
posterior border of this joint and the seta at the inner distal corner
are like those in other species.
The spines on the exopod joints of the second legs are long and
acuminate and are bent inward at nearly right angles to the outer
marein; the basal joint of these legs is strongly flattened and is rela-
tively wider than in most species.
The rami of the third legs are widely separated, the exopod being
turned inward along the posterior border of the basal joint.
The claw on this exopod is large and stout, about the same diameter
throughout, with straight sides.
The fourth lees are long and stout, the basal joint nearly as long as
the two terminal ones. There are five spines—a large one at the tip
of the second joint, a much smaller one on the outer margin of the
terminal joint, and three at the tip—increasing in size from without
inward, the inner one more than twice the length of the outer. There
are foliaceous projections fringed with long hairs at the bases of the
first, second, third, and fifth spines and at the inner distal corner of
the terminal joint. These are almost exactly like those on C. rapax,
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID.E— WILSON. 589
but are arranged differently. The fifth legs are so small as to be
invisible in dorsal view.
Total length, 4.9 mm.; length of carapace, 2.46 mm.; width of same,
2.2mm.; length of genital segment, 1.25 mm.; length of abdomen, 1
mm.; egg strings not present.
Color of specimen preserved in formalin a pale dusky yellow witha
large brown area in the center of the dorsal surface of the genital seg-
ment, and the two glands in the thoracic area also brown.
(latifrons, latus, wide, and frons, forehead.)
This species resembles 7apax very closely in its general appearance,
but is clearly distinguished from it by the size and shape of the furea,
by the relative width and length of the median carapace lobe and the
free thorax segment, and by the details of the first swimming legs,
particularly the divided claws. From schistonyx, which has the claws
divided, this species is distinguished again by the size and shape of the
furca, by the great difference in the relative size of the terminal claw
on the second maxillipeds, and by the detail of the exopods of the third
and fourth legs.
From chelifer, which also has the claws divided, it is easily told by
the simple fact that its abdomen is unsegmented, while that of a female
chelifer is two-jointed. There is also a very essential difference in the
structure of the second maxillipeds, in the furca and in the fourth
legs. In spite of the fact, therefore, that the collection includes but a
single female for which neither the host nor the locality is given, there
must be established for it a new species.
CALIGUS BONITO, new species.
Plate XIII, figs. 150-153; figs. 5, 12, 18, 14, 15, 29, 30, 35, 37, 38, 40-45 in text.
Female.—Carapace orbicular, with the sides somewhat flattened, the
same length and width; posterior sinuses shallow, slightly curved and
enlarged at the base. Thoracic area broad, more than half the entire
width, somewhat flattened posteriorly and scarcely projecting beyond
the lobes; the latter narrow and curved inward (figs. 150, 151).
Free thoracic segment short and very narrow; much constricted in
front of the fourth legs. Genital segment elliptical, two-thirds as
wide and nearly as long as the carapace, projecting posteriorly in the
form of a blunt, conical lobe on either side of the abdomen. Abdo-
men somewhat spindle-shaped, more than three times as long as wide,
and two-jointed; the joints about equal in immature females, and pre-
senting a very close resemblance to that of the males, but the basal
joint three times as long as the terminal in fully developed individuals
and the segmentation very indistinct.
Anal sinus scarcely perceptible; anal laminze of good size, quad-
rangular in outline, each terminated by five plumose sete.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04——38
590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVHI.
Of these the outer and inner ones are very short, while the three
central ones are of the same length, which is nearly three times that
of the papille.
First antenne short, particularly the basal joints; frontal plates
wide but not very long; lunules orbicular, close together on either
side of the median line, projecting considerably, and occupying nearly
the whole of the frontal plates. The median joint has nearly the out-
line of an equilateral triangle, while the terminal joint is slender and
club-shaped.
Second antenne stout, the terminal joint a long, sickle-shaped hook
attached nearly at right angles to the basal joint (fig. 5, p. 500).
First and second maxille comparatively rudimentary, the former
with a slightly swollen base. Mouth tube broad, with the opening
elongated transversely and densely fringed with hairs. Mandibles
with a row of rounded teeth along the anterior and posterior margins
for some distance back from the tip.
Furea stout, with an accessory spine on either side at the base.
First maxillipeds long and slender; second pair of medium size, the
basal joint much longer than the terminal, the latter consisting of a
stout, curved claw, with a slender spine at about the center of its
inner margin (fig. 12, p. 504).
First swimming legs with a stout basal joint whose ventral surface
is nearly covered by a broad chitin plate. From the posterior margin
of this plate project a slender acuminate spine at about the center and
a stout blunt papilla at the outer corner (figs. 13-15).
The endopod is represented by a small, slightly curved spine. The
second joint is long and considerably swollen at the center.
The terminal joint carries three plumose sete in the usual position
on the posterior margin, the bases of the sete being pectinated. The
three terminal claws are the same length, while the seta at the corner
is plumose and three times as long as the claws.
The second swimming legs are not noticeable except for a row of
short, pectinate spines along the outer margin of the two proximal
joints of the endopod. The third swimming legs have a particularly
large and stout curved claw at the base of the exopod. The fourth
legs are large and strong for so small a copepod; the distal joint bears
three long curved spines at its tip and a smaller one upon its posterior
margin; the penultimate joint carries a single stout spine at its distal
end on the posterior margin.
The rudimentary fifth legs are not visible dorsally in either male or
female.
Total length, 8.3 mm.; length of carapace, 3 mm.; width of same,
3.mm.; length of genital segment, 3 mm.; length of abdomen, 2.3 mm. ;
length of egg strings, 8 mm.
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGID4A— WILSON. HOw
Color a pale transparent yellow without any pigment, except at the
tips of the lateral lobes and the adjacent thoracic area, which are
thickly spotted with light, rusty brown.
The copepod thus appears as if it had two large brown eyes, one on
either side of the body at the posterior end of the carapace, and it may
be readily recognized by these, since no other species is marked simi-
larly.
(bonito, the name of its host.)
Male.—Considerably different from the female. The carapace is
more nearly orbicular, while the thoracic area is much narrower
(fig. 152).
This gives the posterior end of the carapace a rounded appearance
quite different from the truncate look of the female.
The free thoracic segment is much wider posteriorly than anteriorly,
and projects so far beyond the sides of the genital segment that the
fourth legs are attached to its posterior rather than its lateral margin.
The genital segment is but little wider than the abdomen and quite
fusiform, the anterior end being usually well wrinkled. The abdomen
is the same length as the genital segment and is jointed once near the
center.
These alterations in shape produce equally marked changes in the
proportions of the various parts. Whereas in the female the propor-
tion in length between the cephalothorax and the remainder of the
body (exclusive of the egg strings) is as 7 to 10; in the male the same
proportion is as 7.5 to 6.5. This change is far more than usual. The
first antenne are relatively larger and longer than in the female, this
being particularly true of their basal joints with the lunules.
The second antenne are not as stout as those of the female, but the
first maxillee are nearly three times as large. This makes the two
appendages in the male nearly the same size, the maxille being a trifle
longer but not as stout.
In the second maxillipeds the basal joint is reinforced at its distal end
by a thick, bony plate on the inner side. The powerful terminal claw,
folding down against this plate, makes a very effective clasping organ.
Total length, 5.5 mm. Length of carapace, 3 mm.; width of same,
2.8mm.; length of genital segment, 1 mm.; length of abdomen, 1.2 mm.
Nauplius.—Vhe newly hatched nauplii are large and active. They
are rather elongate in form, the length being nearly three times the
width, and the body is bluntly rounded both anteriorly and posteriorly
(figs. 37, 38 in text). The three pairs of appendages have the typical
nauplius form. The labrum is oval in outline, with a broad, shallow
sinus on either side and in front, but with a wide, blunt projection
posteriorly. The body is pigmented with rusty brown in narrow
patches all along either side and posteriorly, the patches being irregu-
larly disposed. Sometimes these pigment patches are fused into an
599 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
irregular marginal band. And often the pigment extends out into the
antennules almost to their distal end and into the basipods of the other
two pairs of appendages. The balancers on either side of the anus
are long and stout (0.12 by 0.01 mm.), their length exceeding that of
the anterior appendages, exclusive of their sete. They are widest at
the center and taper somewhat toward either end. The basal third is
cylindrical in shape, while the terminal two-thirds is flattened or com-
pressed into a knife-blade form, the whole resembling in shape the
common form of paper cutter made froma cylinder. At the first moult
the skin over these anal appendages is shed exactly like that over the
others, but at the second moult the entire appendages disappear.
After the first moult also the pigment extends in toward the center of
the body, and by the second moult has become quite evenly distributed,
Metanauplius.—Body elongated and narrowed, carapace covering
two-thirds the entire length (fig. 40 in text). Carapace ellipitical,
well rounded anteriorly, narrowed and emarginate posteriorly. Three
free thorax segments and a terminal segment representing the genital
segment and abdomen, as yet unseparated. The eyes are placed far
back, near the center of the carapace, and are fused on the mid line, as
in the adult. The rusty brown color covers a wider space along the
margin and is more uniformly disposed than in the nauplius. In place
of the three pairs of nauplius appendages there are five pairs of
thorax appendages.
Anterior antenne are two-jointed, bearing long sete on the terminal
joint, irregularly disposed; basal joint closely approximated to the
anterior margin of the carapace.
Second antenne biramous; exopod short and rudimentary, ending
in a short spine; endopod longer and stouter, terminating in a curved
claw nearly as long as the endopod itself, and bent over ventrally until
its tip nearly touches the basipod (fig. 42 in text).
First and second maxille very rudimentary, the former a mere pro-
tuberance near the margin of the carapace, the latter consisting of
a single conical spine at the side of the mouth (fig. 43).
First maxillipeds shorter and stouter than in the adult, tipped with
three strong spines or claws, the two inner of which are pectinated.
Second maxillipeds longer and more slender than in the adult, pro-
jecting far beyond the edge of the carapace, the terminal claw with an
accessory spine on its inner margin.
First two pairs only of the swimming legs present on the first two
free thorax seements; both pairs rudimentary, biramous, the terminal
joints fringed with plumose sete (figs. 44, 45). Total length, 0.67
mm. Length of carapace, 0.42 mm.; width of same, 0.22 mm.
This small species is very abundant upon the common bonito (Gy7-
nosarda pelamis Linneeus), but has not been found thus far upon any
other fish. It frequents both the mouth and the gill cavity, more com-
No. 1405. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID 4— WILSON. 598
monly the latter, and in extremely rare instances may be found upon
the external surface near the head.
While bonito are frequently taken upon which not even a single
specimen of this parasite can be found, there are just as often others
which fairly swarm with the diminutive pests. As many as one hun-
dred can sometimes be secured from a single large fish.
They are very lively and scuttle about rapidly over the inside sur-
face of the gill cavity and the mouth, while the sucking disks are so
large that they can be removed only with considerable difficulty.
They move about constantly when put into sea water, but have two
pernicious habits. The first is one common to many species of this
genus and quickly results in suicide. It consists in swimming to the
side of the dish or aquarium and crawling an inch or an inch anda
half above the surface of the water, there to remain until thoroughly
dried.
This renders it very difficult to keep specimens alive for any leneth
of time. Indeed it is practically impossible unless they are placed in
a wide-mouthed bottle over whose mouth is tied a piece of fine gauze,
the whole being sunk beneath the surface of the water in the aquarium.
The other disagreeable habit is confined to the female and consists
in sloughing off her egg strings as soon as she is placed in fresh sea
water. This renders it impossible to allow the eggs to mature and
the larvee to hatch. If the eggs have not developed sufficiently for the
larve to emerge when the female is captured, there is practically no
hope of maturing them.
If, however, the eggs are just ready to hatch when captured, the
female apparently makes an exception of. the emergency and retains
the egg cases until the larvee have all escaped.
This species was first obtained at Woods Hole in the summer of 1883
by Richard Rathbun, who made many drawings and notes upon its
habits and anatomy. These, however, were never published, but,
together with one or two drawings by Emerton, were recently turned
over to the author and have been incorporated in the present account.
Mr. Rathbun had named the species Caligus bonito in his manuscript,
and this name has been retained (Jon7to, the name of its host).
A study of the development of this species is of peculiar interest
for the light which it throws upon the morphology of the adult. The
nauplius and metanauplius have already been described in detail; the
chalimus has not yet been obtained, butt specimens have been secured
which had just moulted from the chalimus stage. In them the carapace
is proportionally much larger than in the adult, while the genital seg-
ment is very much smaller. Indeed, so great is the difference between
females in these two stages that the younger immature specimens
resemble the males more than they do the adult females, and would
594 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII,
ordinarily be taken for males. The anterior portion of the genital
segment, where it joins the free segment, is contracted into quite a
long neck, well creased with wrinkles.
The body of the segment is not much wider than the abdomen and
is almost squarely truncated posteriorly without any lobes at the cor-
ners. The abdomen is considerably shorter than in the adult and is
plainly segmented at about the center—i. e., it is practically the same
as in the male. There is not the slightest doubt that these are really
young females, for the egg strings can be seen forming inside the
genital segment, and the second antenne and second maxillipeds have
the structure of those in the female and differ much from those in the
male.
The examination of these developing females led plainly to the con-
clusion that the abdomen is segmented in the adult, although the seg-
mentation is usually very well concealed.
Accordingly a large number of adults were carefully examined with
the result that two were found which showed a segmented abdomen
very plainly. As development proceeds the genital segment widens
and lengthens, sending out large lobes from the posterior corners; at
the same time the abdomen lengthens, the increase taking place almost
wholly in the basal segment.
Thus while in the immature female the segments of the abdomen are
about equal, in the adult the basal segment is three or four times the
leneth of the terminal.
This development also suggests an explanation for what have been
considered as variations in the species productus. (See p. 600.
The National Museum collection includes the following lots of this
species, all obtained from the same fish and quite constant in their spe-
cific characters: Two lots, numbered 6035, obtained by Mr. Rathbun
at Woods Hole; one lot, numbered 1307, taken by Vinal N. Edwards
at Woods Hole; five lots, numbered W 50, W 51, W 52, W 53, W 54,
obtained by Mr. Rathbun in Vineyard Sound, in the immediate vicinity
of Woods Hole; five lots, numbered W 55, W 56, W 57, W 58, W 59,
obtained by the author from Woods Hole and vicinity. The speci-
mens in Mr. Rathbun’s collections number nearly 200, while the author
obtained almost as many. The species must therefore be regarded as
a very common one on the single fish which it frequents.
CALIGUS PELAMYDIS Kroyer.
Plate XIII, figs. 154-161, Plate XIV, fig. 161a.
Caligus pelamydis Kroyer, 1863, p. 50, pl. tv, fig. 4, a-g.—RicH1Arp1, 1880, p.
148.—Carus, 1885, p. 357.—BassEtr-SmitH, 1899, p. 452.—Brian, 1899, p. 2.
Female.—Carapace orbicular, somewhat narrowed anteriorly, the
same width and leneth, which is much less than half the entire length
of the body, and with nearly straight lateral margins (fig. 154).
fa)
No. 1404, PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGID4— WILSON. 595
Frontal plates narrow, a little more than half as wide as the cara-
pace; lunules large, circular, but almost entirely concealed in dorsal
view, appearing only as a slight concavity at the base of the first anten-
ne. Posterior sinuses broadly triangular, the median lobe consider-
ably less than half the entire width. Thoracic area rather small, not
quite reaching the center of the carapace. Digestive glands situated
at about the center of this area, each in the form of a large right-
angled triangle, the perpendiculars parallel with the longitudinal axis,
the bases at the posterior ends.
Free thorax segment narrow and short, swollen considerably at the
center where the fourth legs are attached. Genital segment broad
acorn shape, narrowed into a slender neck where it joins the free seg-
ment and squarely truncate posteriorly.
It is two-thirds as wide as the carapace and the sides and posterior
corners are symmetrically rounded.
Abdomen as long as the carapace, the length three and a quarter
times the width, slightly swollen at the center and constricted where
it joins the genital segment. It is two-jointed, the first joint being
four times the length of the second.
In living specimens and in material preserved in formalin the joints
are distinct, but in material preserved in alcohol they become indis-
tinct. But in all specimens alike the abdomen is abruptly narrowed
at the groove between the joints, the terminal joint being considerably
narrower than the basal, and tapering posteriorly. Anal lamin of
medium size, and flattened, with the tips turned in toward each other.
Egg strings wide, considerably shorter than the body, each contain-
ing about thirty eggs.
First antenn small, the basal joint short and not very wide, but
heavily armed with sete; the terminal joint short, club-shaped, and
scarcely projecting beyond the edge of the carapace.
Second antenne with a very long and slender terminal claw, and
without any accessory spine at the base.
First maxille very small with a narrow, blunt tip and a slightly
swollen base. Second maxille long and acuminate, projecting some
distance beyond the tip of the rostrum.
Second maxillipeds with a stout basal joint, somewhat swollen, and
«a much shorter and rather slender terminal claw.
Furca short, the base not more than half as wide as the branches;
the latter simple, short, very wide, and curved.
The first natatories have a long plumose seta on the distal end of the
basal joint, a short curved claw at the distal end of the second joint,
while the terminal joint carries three very large plumose sete on the
posterior margin, and the usual terminal claws. The latter are all
curved, about the same size, and close together. In addition there is
a finger-like projection extending from the distal margin in the same
596 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
direction as the claws. It is of about the same diameter as the claws,
but considerably longer and carries at its tip a small curved spine.
The rami of the third legs are some distance apart, but as the
exopods are closely appressed to the margin of the basal apron, this
brings their tips close to the bases of the endopods.
The spines on the exopods of these legs are proportionally larger
than usual and parallel with the outer margin.
The fourth legs are short and stout, and made up of four joints; the
basal joint is as long as the remaining three. Of these latter the
second is the longest and the fourth the shortest.
- The latter joint is triangular and so arranged that the three spines
which it bears and the two upon the distal ends of the second and third
joints are close together along the outer margin. These spines are all
the same size and each has a row of hairs along its outer margin. The
fifth legs are very minute and situated on the ventral surface just at the
base of the ege cases.
Total length, 3.3mm. Length of carapace, 1.1 mm.; width of same,
1.1 mm.; length of genital seement, 0.9 mm.; length of abdomen, 1.2
mim.; leneth of egg strings, 2mm. Number of eges in each, 30.
Color, a uniform yellowish white, hghter on the genital segment,
which is almost pure white.
(pelamydis, the name of its host.)
In his monograph, published in 1863, Kréyer described (p. 50) two
small females of this species which had been found on the common
bonito (Gymnosarda pelamis). His description differs ina few par-
ticulars from that here given, the most noticeable one being the pres-
ence of double papille at the posterior corner representing the fifth
legs. In the present specimens also the carapace and genital segment
are more nearly the same size, but otherwise the two lots are identical.
It would certainly not be feasible to have two species, both from the
same host, and resembling each other so closely. The differences,
therefore, must be regarded as mere variations, found in many other
species also. Richiardi (1880) reports this species from the gill cavity
of the mackerel (Scomber scombrus), while Bassett-Smith describes
(1896) a species which he calls C. scombert from the gills of the same
fish. Again in 1901 'T. Scott described and figured a C. scombrz, in
this case a single specimen adhering to the inside of the gill cover of
a mackerel.
Bassett-Smith’s description is so meager as to be worthless for iden-
tification; in his figures the carapace is long and narrow and the fourth
legs have only three joints. But he has placed five spines in a row
upon the outer margin of the last joint and none on the second joint.
If this were the correct distribution it would be an anomaly indeed,
unlike anything known in other species. Scott does not describe the
species at all, but in the figure he has given the fourth legs are four-
||
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS— CALIGIDA— WILSON. 594
jointed and two of the five spines belong to the second and third joints,
respectively. The carapace also is almost exactly as here figured, and
the furca differs only in having the base a little longer. Both Scott
and Bassett-Smith figure the abdomen as one-jointed, but neither of
them makes any statement in regard to it. In both figures, however,
the abdomen narrows abruptly near the posterior end at exactly the
place where the joint occurs in the present species.
Bassett-Smith makes no statement of the dimensions of the speci-
mens he obtained, but in his explanation of the plate the magnification
of the figure is given as 6. This would give a length of 7 mm. Scott
states that the single specimen he obtained was 5.5 mm. In the pres-
ent species no specimen thus far obtained has exceeded 4 mm.
In view of these meager and conflicting descriptions, together with
the contradictions expressed in the figures, it becomes practically
impossible to decide just how many species are represented. The size
given for C. scomberi” seems to preclude its identity with pelamydes,
and yet the two agree in almost every detail as given by the one or
the other of the two authors quoted.
It will require a careful comparison of the original types to decide
the problem finally.
CALIGUS PRODUCTUS Dana.
Plate XIV, figs. 162-170.
Caligus productus DANA, 1854, p. 1354, pl. xcrv, fig. 4.—Sreensrrup and Lirken,
1861, p. 357, pl. mm, fig. 6.—Kréyer, 1863, p. 64, pl. m, fig. 4, a-i.—RarH-
BUN, 1884, p. 487.—BriAn, 1898, p. 10.
Female.—Carapace ovate, much less than half the entire length; as
long as wide, narrowed anteriorly. Frontal plates projecting strongly,
but not more than three-eighths of the width of the carapace. Lunules
small, orbicular, scarcely projecting. Posterior sinuses inclined out-
ward, and of medium width, leaving a median lobe less than half the
width of the carapace, and not projecting posteriorly. Lateral lobes
broad, well rounded, and turned inward slightly at the tips. Thoracic
area small, and contracted anteriorly. Eyes small, and placed well
back from the anterior margin.
Free thoracic segment very narrow and spindle-shaped, about one-
fourth the width of the carapace, and contracted into a neck anteriorly
where it joins the latter. Genital segment elliptical, with evenly curved
sides, like the free segment contracted anteriorly where it joins that
seement, and expanding abruptly to its full width. It is five-eighths
as wide, and almost seven-eighths as long as the carapace.
Abdomen elongate linear, somewhat swollen at the center, about one-
quarter longer than the genital segment, and more than four times as
«This is Bassett-Smith’s spelling; Scott changes it to scombri.
598 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
long as wide, apparently unsegmented. From a study of the figures
given by Kréyer and Steenstrup and Liitken, and from comparison
with the developmental history of C. bon7to it would seen: reasonably
certain that in the present species there is a similar development. In
immature females the abdomen is plainly two-jointed, the joints being
fairly equal, but as development proceeds the terminal joint increases
faster than the basal. Hence, in mature females the abdomen is prob-
ably two-jointed, with the basal joint only one-third or one-fourth of
the terminal. Anal laminee small, foliaceous, and curved in toward
each other. The plumose setve, with which they are armed, are rather
small. Ege cases narrow and reaching only to the tips of these sete,
each containing about thirty eges.
Anterior antenne with a short, stout basal joint and a very slender
terminal joint of about the same leneth, the whole appendage less than
the space between the lunules.
Second antenne with a stout basal joint bearing a short and blunt
accessory spine on its posterior border.
First maxille small and strongly curved; second maxille narrow
triangular with acuminate tips, twice as long as wide and straight.
First maxillipeds slender and of the usual form; second pair large
and stout, the basal joint much swollen, the terminal claw small. The
claw is scarcely half the length of the basal joint, but is stout and well
curved,
Furea slender, the basal portion narrower and shorter than the
branches, almost circular in outline, and connected with the branches
by a narrow neck. The branches are divergent, rather slender, and
blunt.
First swimming lees with the usual armament of three terminal claws
graded in size, a long slender plumose seta at the distal corner beside
the smallest claw, and three rather small plumose setze on the posterior
margin. The spines on the exopods of the second legs are very long
and acuminate; the two on the two basal joints are inclined at an angle
of about 45 degrees with the anterior margin, while the one on the
terminal joint is nearly parallel with that margin.
The rami of the third legs are well separated, but the two terminal
joints of the exopod are turned in and appressed close to the margin
of the basal apron. And they reach so far across the intervening
space between endopod and exopod that the two rami appear close
together. The spine on the basal joint of the exopod is long, slender,
and curved into a sickle shape.
The fourth lees are of medium size, but rather short and three-
jointed, with only four spines, one at the distal end of the second
joint, one on the outer margin, and two at the end of the terminal
joint. The last three are almost in a row, the outer one being but a
little behind the others. All these spines are very long and acuminate;
NO. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID 4— WILSON. 599
the two terminal ones are serrate along their outer margins. Fifth
legs invisible.
Total length 6mm. Length of carapace 2.1 mm.; breadth of same
2mm.; length of genital segment 1.6 mm.; length of abdomen 2 mm.;
length of egg strings 2.2 mm.; 30 eggs in each.
Male.—Carapace ovate like that of the female, but narrowed rather
more anteriorly, as long as wide; median lobe relatively wider and not
projecting backward as far. Free segment shorter and _ relatively
wider. Thoracic area wider than long and evenly rounded in front;
lateral lobes narrow and somewhat pointed. Genital segment narrow-
ovate, one-third longer than wide, the sides nearly straight.
This segment is much smaller than in the female, being less than
one-third the width of the carapace and not very much wider than the
abdomen. The fifth legs can not be seen in a dorsal view, and there
are no traces of lobes at the posterior corners.
The abdomen is elongate-linear, similar to that of the female, and is
made up of two distinct joints, which are about equal in length if we
leave out of account the anal lamin. The latter are small, scarcely
any larger than in the female, but the sete: with which they are armed
are considerably larger and longer than those of the female.
The appendages are as already described; there is the usual increase
in size of the second antennze and the second maxillipeds. And there
is the same absence of plumose sete on the posterior border of the
terminal joint of the. first swimming legs, which may be taken as
characteristic of the species.
The fourth legs are small and hardly reach the posterior border of
the genital segment. In other particulars the appendages are like
those of the female.
Total leneth 4.5mm. Length of carapace 2.2 mm.; breadth of same
2.2 mm.; length of genital segment 1.1 mm.; length of abdomen
le mom:
Color a uniform yellowish brown entirely destitute of pigment
markings of any sort.
(productus, lengthened or drawn out. )
There is one lot of this species in the National Museum collection,
consisting of four females taken from the common dolphin ( Coryphena
hippurus), from the inner side of the gill covers and the outer surface
of the body. The fish was captured by the United States Bureau of
Fisheries steamer A/batross in latitude 38, 19, 26 West and longitude
68, 20, 20 North. This is the original species described by Dana in
1854 as occurring on the same dolphin and on trigger fishes (L/7sfes)
in the West Indies. It was afterwards noted by Steenstrup and Liitken
(1861) as taken from the inside of the operculum of the ** Barracuda”
(Sphyrena), and by Kroyer (1863) as found on this same Coryphend.
The specimens described by these three authors agree closely in
600 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII,
general details, but differ in several particulars, as also do the speci-
mens here described. The greatest differences are found in the furca,
the first and fourth Swimming legs, the abdomen, and the egg strings.
In Dana’s original species the branches of the furca are longer and
more strongly curved, while in the present specimens the base of the
furca is larger and the branches are short, straight, and strongly
divergent.
All the authors unite in characterizing the species by a complete
absence of the sete on the posterior border of the first swimming legs.
In the present specimens they ure certainly present, but are unusually
small.
Dana’s species shows the fourth legs three-jointed, with five spines,
all about the same length; in the present specimens there are but four
spines, and the inner terminal one is twice the size of the others. All
the authors write that the abdomen is obscurely two-jointed, but Kroyer
ficures the adult female with an apparently one-jointed abdomen, as in
the figures herewith presented. Dana states that the egg strings are
‘longer than the body ” (p. 1354); Steenstrup and Liitken figure them
as only half the length of the body, but as twice the length of the
abdomen, with eggs so large that each tube could contain only twenty.
In the present specimens the egg tubes are but a trifle longer than
the abdomen (one-third the entire length), but each contains 40 eggs.
In view of such differences it might seem as if the present specimens
constituted a new species, but after careful consideration this does not
seem to be warranted. In the first place, they come from the same
host as those obtained by the authors mentioned, a good presumption
in favor of their identity.
Again, both Kroyer and Steenstrup and Liitken found great differ-
ences in their specimens, and they each figure what they call a variety
of the species fully as different from the type as the present speci-
mens. Nor do the egg tubes here shown differ any more from those
eiven by the authorities just quoted than the latter do among them-
selyes. For this reason these specimens have been referred to Dana’s
species, and possibly the males reported by Brian (1898) may belong
here also.
The foregoing are all the species of Caligus from North American
localities which are contained in the collection of the National Museum.
3ut in addition the following species have been reported from the
West Indies by various authors. The types of these species bave
been lost or are contained in foreign museums. In most instances
the species are represented by very few specimens, sometimes only
one or two, obtained many years ago, and none have since been found,
but this is chiefly, if not wholly, due to the fact that no investigations
have been made in that region since these specimens were found;
and there is every reason to believe that a careful search at the pres-
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIG ID AE— W. ILSON. 601
ent ‘day would yield some of the same species, as well as many new
ones.
The diagnoses of these species and the outline drawings presented
with them are taken from the original descriptions as far as possible,
and in one or two instances additions have been made from later
authors, for which acknowledgment is duly made. Dana’s species,
1. thymni, was obtained a long distance from the American shore, but
as it was found upon the same bonito which serves as host of three
other species here described, it is likely to be found here at any time;
and then it is really needed for purposes of comparison, and so is here
included.
CALIGUS BALIST Steenstrup and Litken.
Plate XV, figs. 172-177.
Caligus balist’e Sreenstrup and LUTKEN, 1861, p. 356, pl. 1, fig. 1.—Basserr-
Smitru, 1899, p. 448.
Female.—Carapace elliptical, as wide anteriorly as posteriorly, more
than half the entire length. Frontal plates not prominent nor very
distinct; lunules small and widely separated. Posterior sinuses shal-
low and nearly parallel with the longitudinal axis; median lobe about
half the entire width and shorter than the lateral lobes; the latter are
narrow and somewhat pointed.
Free segment very narrow and long, like a wasp waist, and not much
widened at the center through the bases of the fourth legs. Genital
segment obovate, well rounded anteriorly, but with a deeply concave
posterior margin, leaving the lobes at the external angles short and
acute.
Abdomen short and wide, only half the length of the genital segment
and somewhat club-shaped; anal laminze minute and armed with small
sete. Kee strings about the same width as the abdomen and as long
as the entire body; eggs large and well rounded, about fifty in each
string.
First antenne longer and more thickly beset with sete than usual,
those at the extremity of the terminal joint being very long. Second
antenne rather weak. Second maxillipeds with a stout basal joint and
a slender terminal claw, the accessory spine of the latter being much
nearer the tip than neual: Second maxille slender, curved and acu-
minate. Furca small, base wide and short, branches very slender,
straight, and divergent, about twice as long as the base. Fourth legs
three-jointed, with four spines; the latter slender and very long, all
four about the same length; fifth legs invisible dorsally. Total length
4.5mm. Length of carapace 2.6 mm.; width of same 2.2 mm.; length
of genital segment 1.4 mm.; length of abdomen 0.6 mm.; length of
egg strings 4.6 mm.
602 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXViN.
Male.—Carapace proportionally very large, twice as long and three
times as wide as the rest of the body, slightly narrowed anteriorly;
frontal plates small and narrow; free segment even smaller relatively
than in the female, which is very unusual; genital segment semilunar
in shape, nearly twice the width of the abdomen, with very long and
acuminate lobes at the posterior corners. Two pairs of setiferous
papille, one at the tips of the lobes and the other on the inner mar-
gins near the base.
Abdomen the same length as the genital segment and_ slightly
swollen near the tip; appendages as in the female, with the usual
increase in the size of the second antenne and second maxillipeds;
fourth legs proportionally longer and more slender than in the female.
Total leneth 4 mm.; length of carapace 2.68 mm.; width of same
2.35 mm.: leneth of genital segment 0.8 mm; length of abdomen
0.79 mam.
Color not given.
(alist, generic name of host.)
Several examples of this species were obtained from the gills and
fins of West Indian species of the genus Bu//stes.
A few individuals in the chalimus stage were also found still fastened
by a frontal filament.
CALIGUS ISONYX Steenstrup and Lutken.
Plate XIV, fig. 171; Plate XV, figs. 184-186.
Caligus isonyx STEENsTRUP and LirKEN, 1861, p. 358, pl. m1, fig. 5.—Basserr-
SmitH, 1899, p. 450.
Female.—Carapace considerably less than half the entire length, as
wide as long, narrowed anteriorly; frontal plates not prominent; lunules
very small; antenne short; posterior sinuses comparatively deep, with
parallel sides; median lobe scarcely one-third the entire width, its
posterior margin just even with those of the lateral lobes; free seg-
ment narrow, but long and not swollen much at the center; genital
segment acorn-shaped, narrowed into a slender neck, where it joins
the free segment, the sides symmetrically rounded, the posterior mar-
ein squarely truncated. There are two pairs of rudimentary leg
papille on this segment, one on the lateral margins considerably pos-
terior to the center of the segment, the other at the posterior corners.
Abdomen two-thirds the length of the genital segment, quite wide,
and enlarged a little toward the tip; anal lamine terminal, very small,
and carrying small sete; egg strings unknown. Frontal plates emar-
einate between the lunules; basal joint of first antenne short; terminal
joint much longer, but scarcely protruding beyond the margin of the
carapace,
Second antenne long and slender, with an clongated and narrow
terminal claw, strongly curved,
No, 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGIDA— WILSON. 6038
First maxilla short and strongly curved, the base only slightly
enlarged; second pair longer than the proboscis, straight and acu-
minate, with a small tooth on the inner margin near the center.
Terminal claw on the second maxillipeds bent nearly into a semi-
circle. Furca short and wide, the branches longer than the base,
straight and divergent. Claws at the tip of the first swimming legs
moderately long, and all, together with the seta at the distal corner,
the same length. Branches of the second legs longer than usual, the
exopod with long and pointed spines. Rami of the third legs large
and close together, the spine at the base of the exopod large and
strongly curved. Fourth legs four-jointed, with five spines, all
slightly curved, the one at the tip of the second joint longer and
curved more than the others, the rest about equal.
Total length 4.5 mm. Length of carapace 2 mm.; width of same
1.9 mm.; length of genital segment 1.4 mm.; length of abdomen
0.9 mm.
Color not given.
(sonyx, to0s, equal and 6vvé, a claw.)
This species is based on a single example, which is evidently a
female although it lacks the egg strings. It was taken from the gills
of the great barracuda, Sphyrena barracuda (Walbaum), in the West
Indies.
CALIGUS THYMNI Dana.
Plate XV, figs. 178, 179.
Caligus thymni Dana, 1852, p. 56.—Dana, 1852, p. 1353, pl. xciv, fig. 3, a-c.—
T. Scorr, 1894, p. 129, pl. xiv, fig. 21.—Basserr-SmitTH, 1899, p. 451.
Female.—Carapace oblong, not narrowed anteriorly, the length one
and a half times the width. No emargination at the center of the
frontal plates; lunules elliptical and not prominent. A short seta on
the frontal margin on either side about half way between the lunule
and the center. Eyes deep red on a black background. Free segment
short and wide. Genital segment oblong, the sides divergent, widest
posteriorly, where it is about twice the width of the abdomen; poste-
rior angles prominent and tipped with sete. Abdomen longer than
the genital segment, two-jointed, with the basal joint about half the
length of the terminal; anus prominent.
Anal laminz small, filling out the posterior angles and hardly pro-
jecting beyond the anus. The three plumose setie which they carry are
as long as the last joint of the abdomen, and do not diverge, as is many
species, but are parallel.
Eee tubes a little narrower than the abdomen, longer than the
entire body, each containing 40 eges.
First antenne small, terminal joint very slender and tipped with sete
as long as the joint itself. Second antenne of moderate size with a
604 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
basal joint.
First maxille lacking; second pair stout and broad. First maxilli-
veds with basal joint about three fourths the length of the terminal;
second pair very stout, basal joint subconical in shape, without protu-
berances, the terminal claw less than half the length of the basal joint.
Furea simple, the branches divergent, straight and acuminate. Fourth
legs three-jointed with four simple spines, no teeth on the spines nor
sheathing sete at their bases.
Total length 9.7 mm. Length of carapace 4.9 mm.; width of same
3.4 mm.
Color not given.
(thymn?, the generic name of its host.)
Male.—Carapace elliptical, about one-eighth longer than wide, not
narrowed much anteriorly. Frontal plates small, without an emarg1-
nation at the center and very narrow; lunules small and semicircular.
Free segment like that of the female. Genital segment nearly quad-
rate, the sides somewhat convex, the posterior margin almost squarely
truncate, with the posterior angles scarcely projecting at all, but each
armed with a bunch of sete representing the fifth leg of that side.
Abdomen a little shorter than the genital segment, almost as wide
as long, two-jointed, the basal joint only about half the terminal as in
the female. Anal lamin as before, but the plumose sete much
longer, as long as the entire abdomen.
The appendages show the usual increase in the size of the second
antenne and second maxillipeds. The former have a stout branch on
the inner margin of the terminal joint near its center. The fourth
legs are longer and more. slender than those of the female, and the
spines which they carry are longer and weaker.
This species was obtained from the oceanic bonito (Gymnosarda
pelamis Linneus; Thynnus pelamys Cuvier and Valenciennes), and is
the fourth species of Caligus to be recorded from that host. The
other three species are pelamydis, productus, and bonito. It will be
instructive to review here the distinguishing characters of these four
species.
They differ, first, in size, and may be arranged in an ascending
series, pelamydis, 3-4 mm. long; productus, 5-6.5 mm.; bonito, T-8
mim., and thymnz, 9-10 mm.
Again, they differ considerably in color, although unfortunately the
color of thymn? has never been given. Pelamydis is a light yellowish
white, the genital segment almost pure white without pigment of any
sort. Productus is a light dirt-brown, everywhere transparent, except
the egg strings; while /on/to is a very transparent white faintly tinged
with yellow, and with a large spot of rusty-brown pigment in the pos-
terior portion of the lateral area on either side, like a large lateral eye.
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID H— WILSON. 605
longer than wide (one-sixteenth), not narrowed into a neck anteriorly
and only slightly emarginate posteriorly.
In productus and bonito this segment is elliptical, narrowed into a
very marked neck anteriorly and with stout lobes prolonged far back-
ward posteriorly on either side of the abdomen.
In thymnz it is trapezoidal, widest posteriorly, with straight sides
and short, narrow posterior lobes.
The abdomen is two-jointed in each of the species, but in pelamydis
the basal joint is three times the length of the terminal and only one-
third as wide as the genital segment.
In bonito the basal joint is about twice the length of the terminal
and the abdomen is two-fifths the width of the genital segment. In
productus the terminal joint is twice the length of the basal and the
abdomen is one-third the width of the genital segment. In thymn7 the
terminal joint is also twice the basal, but the abdomen is fully half
the width of the genital segment. In the structure of the abdomen,
therefore, the species arrange themselves in two pairs, a large anda
small species in each pair, which correspond quite closely.
The fourth legs in pelamydis are four-jointed with five spines, the
last two joints very short and squat, bringing the five spines close
together in a row. In productus these legs are three-jointed with
four spines, the two terminal joints long and slender, the last two
spines toothed along their outer margins. In /onito the legs are of
medium length, three-jointed with five spines, none of which are
toothed. In thymnz they are long and slender, four-jointed with five
spines, none of which are toothed. All the authors who have hitherto
noticed productus are agreed that the first swimming legs have no
plumose setze on the posterior border of the terminal joint.
The male of pelamydis is unknown, but in the males of the other
three species there is even greater differences than in the females. In
productus the free segment of the male is a little narrower than the
genital segment, and the fourth legs do not reach its posterior margin.
The terminal joint of the abdomen is half as long again as the basal
and the anal papille are small. In the male bon/to the free segment
is a little wider than the genital segment and the fourth legs reach
considerably beyond its posterior margin. The two abdomen joints
are about equal and the anal lamin are very large.
In thymni the free segment is about half the width of the genital
segment and the fourth legs just reach its posterior margin. The
abdomen is as wide as it is long with the terminal joint nearly twice
the length of the basal. These four species are thus well distin-
guished in both sexes, but more clearly in the males, since there is not
as much specific variation in this sex.
Proc. N. M, vol, xxviili—04 39
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
CALIGUS HAMULONIS Kroyer.
Plate XV, figs. 180-183.
Caligus hemulonis Kroyrr, 1863, p. 48, pl. tv, fig. 3, a-d.—Basserr-SMITH,
1899, p. 448.
Female.—Carapace not quite half the entire length (as 9 to 20), as
wide as long. Frontal plates projecting very strongly between the
lunules, with a deep median incision. Lunules themselves large, ellip-
tical and widely separated. Posterior sinuses wide and_ shallow;
median lobe a little more than half the entire width, and projecting
but little behind the lateral lobes; the latter broad and well rounded.
Cephalic area very much larger than the thoracic; eyes over the base
of the proboscis and elliptical. Free segment very narrow and short,
standing out in sharp contrast with both carapace and genital segment.
Genital segment orbicular or slightly obcordate, a little wider than
long with a shallow posterior emargination. It is one-third shorter
than the carapace with symmetrically rounded sides and posterior
corners.
Abdomen a little more than half as long as the genital segment and
one-third as wide, contracted at its base and unsegmented; anal papillee
small with short sete; egg strings unknown.
First antenne small, the joints equal in length; second pair situated
so near the posterior border of the lunules as to partially hide them.
First maxille stout and sickle-shaped; second pair a little shorter than
the proboscis, situated far forward on either side of the latter and just
reaching its tip.
They are simple, somewhat weak, acuminate and slightly curved.
Maxillipeds of the usual form; furca large, base as long as the branches,
with parallel sides and an oval foramen; branches stout, acuminate,
curved, divergent, the space between them having a width equal to its
length. First swimming lees short and thick, the terminal spines all
the same length, while the plumose sete on the posterior border of the
terminal joint are entirely lacking. Rami of third legs widely sep-
arated, the outer branch long and stout. Fourth legs three-jointed,
the basal joint as long as both the others, minus the claws; second and
third joints the same length; claws quite close together.
Total length 2.8mm. Length of carapace 1.35 mm.; width of the
sume 1.3. mm.; length of genital segment 0.75 mm.; length of abdo-
men 0.6 mm.
No statement with regard to the color or habits.
Male.—Carapace slightly more than half the entire length; frontal
plates distinct, not projecting as in the female, but about as deeply
incised at the center. Lunules large and more nearly circular. —Pos-
terior sinuses even more shallow than in the female; median lobe con-
No. M04, PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGIDA— WILSON.
siderably more than half the entire width and quite squarely truncate
posteriorly.
Free segment five-sevenths as wide as the genital segment, and much
swollen at the center through the bases of the fourth legs.
Genital segment ovate, three-sevenths as long as the carapace, with
evenly rounded sides; fifth legs not visible dorsally.
Abdomen a little shorter than the genital segment, two-jointed, the
terminal joint three times as long as the basal; the latter considerably
wider than long; anal -papille as in the female, but the plumose setze
much longer.
Total length 2.25 mm. Length of carapace 1.25 mm.; width of
same 1.2mm.; length of genital segment 0.6 mm.; length of abdomen
0.5 mm.
Three specimens, two females anda male, of this well-defined species
were obtained from the gills of Zemulon elegans Cuvier, in the Danish
West Indies. The largest female was full size, with egg strings just
hatched.
(hemulonis, generic name of the host.)
607
CALIGUS MONACANTHI Kroyer.
Caligus monacanthi Kroyer, 1863, p. 59, pl. 111, fig. 2, a-e.—Basserr-Smirn, 1899>
p. 400.
Kroyer obtained what he states to be a male Ca/igus from the skin
of a Monacanthus in the West Indies. There was but the single speci-
men on which to found this new species.
After a careful examination of Kréyer’s figures and a study of his
description, it seems to the author that he must have mistaken the sex
of his specimen, and that what he really had was a young female Ca/7-
gus productus.
The general make-up of the creature is that of a female and not a
male; the genital segment is very large for a male, and if it were really
that sex with lobes at the posterior corners, as indicated, the sete of
the fifth legs would certainly be visible.
But Kroyer states that there are no sete. Again, if it were a male,
with an abdomen as long as indicated, that region would certainly be
seomented as in all other known species.
In the description Kroyer does not notice any differences in the sec-
ond antenne and second maxille, which are characteristic of all males.
On the other hand, his description is identical throughout with that
given for the female of productus, and we note particularly the absence
of plumose sete on the terminal joint of the first swimming legs, the
group of seven or eight pectinate projections on the outer border of
the basal joint of the endopod of the second legs, the widely separated
rami of the third legs, while the fourth legs are three-jointed, with
four spines, the inner termina] one much longer than the others. In
608 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
view of the marked similarity between this single specimen and the
female productus, it will at least be necessary to wait for further speci-
mens whose sex can be established beyond a doubt before admitting it
as a new species.
This completes the North American species so far as known at the
present time, but there are in the National Museum collection, speci-
mens of another species from South America which seem to be new to
science and whose description is here included. (See p. 649.)
Genus CALIGODES Heller.
Carapace minute, a very small fraction of the entire length. T’ron-
tal plates well defined and furnished with lunules. First maxillee
small with a swollen base; second maxille simple. Furca large and
prominent with the divergent and sharp-pointed branches bent so as
to appear like a grapnel anchor in side view. Free segment narrow
and somewhat elongated, forming a neck connecting the carapace with
the genital seement.
First and fourth legs uniramous, second and third biramous, the
fourth pair sometimes partially rudimentary.
Genital segment much swollen and prolonged posteriorly into two
processes as long as the abdomen and extending backward nearly
parallel with it on either side. Fifth legs lacking.
Abdomen elongate and flattened; anal lamine linear and minute.
Egg cases long and narrow; eggs as in Caligus.
(Caligodes, Caligus, and odes, a termination denoting likeness or
similarity. )
This genus will be distinguished from “/chetus under the latter
genus (see p. 615), and it only remains to separate it here from van
Beneden’s genus, Sciwnophilus. In the latter the free thorax seg-
ment is very short and wider than long, as it is in Caligus, while in
the present genus the free segment is much elongated. Again in
Scienophilus the genital segment is without processes or appendages,
while here it is prolonged on either side into an appendage as long and
as large as the abdomen. In Sezeenophilus, also, the second maxillipeds
are very large and massive, while here they are of moderate size.
ANALYSIS OF SPECIES.
1. Abdomen wide and produced into posterior lobes; fourth legs four-jointed with
five SpinestaX oe dee ase oe ee eee ee carangis (B-Smith, 1898, b).
1. Abdomen without lobes or processes, of medium width........-..-..--.----- 2.
2. Processes on genital segment longer than the abdomen; fourth legs inserted
close to the carapace, two-jointed with two spines.
megacephalus, new species.
2. Processes on genital segment shorter than the abdomen; fourth legs inserted
some distance back of the carapace, three-jointed with one small spine.
laciniatus (Kroyer, 1863).
No, 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGID A— WILSON. 609
CALIGODES MEGACEPHALUS, new species.
Plate X\ VI.
Female.—Carapace orbicular, a little longer than wide nearly one-
fourth the entire length. Frontal plates distinct and furnished with
small lunules, which are better developed than those on “ehetus.
Frontal margin deeply incised at the center, with the remains of the
basal portion of an attachment filament still left in the incision. In
this genus, therefore, the development is similar to that of Caligus,
and the larva at one period is attached by means of a frontal filament.
Posterior sinuses small, narrow, and inclined toward the central
axis; median lobe but little more than one-third of the entire width,
projecting half its length back of the lateral lobes. The latter are
rather pointed and curved inward at the tips. Thoracic area small,
half the width and a third of the length of the carapace. Eyes small
and situated far forward. Free segment elongate, a little more than
half the length and one-third the width of the carapace, contracted
where it joins the latter, but widened through the bases of the fourth
legs (fig. 187).
Genital segment also elongate, flask-shaped, produced into a long
neck anteriorly, while at the posterior end it extends backward in a
narrow lobe on either side of and nearly as long as the abdomen. On
the dorsal surface of this segment there is a broad horseshoe-shaped
curve, the toe of the shoe formed by a slight projection just over the
anus, while the sides of the shoe extend forward in a curve parallel
with the margin of the segment. Abdomen elongate, nearly as long
as the genital segment, only one-fifth as wide as long, and the same
diameter throughout, except at the very tip. It shows no trace of
segmentation. The anal papille are very minute and inclined toward
each other. The egg cases are narrow, while the eges are thick and
probably not very numerous, although that can not be decided with
certainty, since the cases are broken and the posterior portion is
lacking.
Of the ventral appendages the anterior antenne are as long as the
frontal plates, the terminal joint longer than the basal, and both armed
with setze in the usual manner.
Posterior antenne with a short basal joint and a long terminal claw
bent into a sickle shape. There is a short and blunt accessory spine
at the base of the first joint.
The first maxille are little more than a swelling on the ventral sur-
face of the carapace. The second maxille are broad: and triangular,
and as long as the mouth tube. They are removed some little distance
from this tube on either side and are rather blunt at the tip.
The first maxillipeds are short and stout, the joints approximately
even, the terminal claws short. The second maxillipeds are large and
610 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
strong, the terminal claw thre ee- fourths as Tous as ; the swollen basal
joint, with a large tooth on its inner margin near the base. Furca
small, the base about the same length as the branches. The latter are
slender, well separated, and nearly parallel. This furca is reenforced
on either side by a stout curved spine, s situated about halfway between
the furea and the bases of the first legs anda little distance from the
mid line.
First legs short and stout, the last joint bearing a single short termi-
nal spine, not curved, and the usual three plumose sete on its posterior
border. There are no terminal claws.
The second legs are like those of Ca/igus in segmentation and append-
ages, with the spines on the three joints of the exopod the same size
and rather small. Rami of the third legs close together, each two-
jointed and furnished with the usual sete and fringe of hairs. Fourth
legs two-jointed, the joints the same size and length, the second one
terminating in a single spine of medium size. Fifth legs entirely
lacking.
Total length, 6.1 mm. Length of carapace, 1.25 mm.; width of
same, 1.1 mm.; length of genital segment, 2 mm. (4 mm. including
the posterior processes); length of abdomen, 2.2 mm.; length of free
segment, 0.7 mm.
Color a dark yellowish brown, abdomen and egg strings darker than
the rest of the body.
(megacephalus, méyas large and Kedadn head.)
There is but a single female of this species in the National Museum
collection, numbered 6103 which was taken from the underside of
the mouth of a silver gar (Lepisosteus osseus) at Woods Hole. It has
apparently shrunk somewhat in the preservative, but as the shrinkage
has been uniform it has not affected the proportions of the different
parts.
This is of importance, because the details of the appendages in the
two species of this genus already described are meager, especially for
the species /ac/niatus, the type. Hence the distinction of species
must be based upon the relation of the different parts. This will
appear to better advantage in tabular form.
Megaceph- |
Measurements. | Laciniatus. | Carangis. Aas
a |
mm. mm. mm.
Totaldengt sass ee teen seen eee 5-515 12a ee |
eng throm Carapace=.csc= sects e eee .75 1.6 1,25 |
Length of free segment .........-.........-- 1.3 Ae ae,
Length of genital segment.............--.. 2.9 6.3 4 |
Waid thxot Carapace ss ce 2 eerces secs oe .8 abi ial
Width of genital segment.................. ne) 1.5 1.5 x
No. 1404, PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID.£— WILSON. 611
From this table it can be seen that the species carangis is about
twice the length of the other two, which are themselves approximately
equal. But the carapace in carang7s is only one-seventh the entire
length, while in megacephalus it is a quarter. The free segment in
megacephalus is actually three and a half times as long as in carangis,
or proportionately seven times the length, and yet it is only half as
long as the free segment in laciniatus. The relative width of the
genital segment and carapace also vary greatly in the three species.
And if Kréyer’s figure of the ventral surface of /aciniatus is to be
trusted for details of the appendages, the second maxillipeds in that
species have no tooth at the base of the terminal claw, and there are
no accessory spines in connection with the furea.
Genus ECHETUS Kroyer.
Carapace minute, a very small portion of the entire length; frontal
plates well defined and furnished with lunules. First maxille and
furca lacking; second maxillz simple.
Free thoracic segment very narrow and much elongated, forming a
long neck connecting the carapace and the genital segment.
First and fourth legs uniramous, the fourth pair partially rudi-
mentary; second and third pairs biramous. Genital segment swollen
several times the size of the carapace, without appendages or proc-
esses. Abdomen an elongate spindle attached to the genital segment
by a very short and narrow neck; anal lamine linear, minute. Ege
cases a little longer than the abdomen, eggs as in Caligus.
(Achetus, the name of a king mentioned in Odyssey, line 85.)
‘“efs Eyetov Pacidna, Spor@v SnAnmova mavt@y.”’
This name is peculiarly appropriate, as can be seen from atranslation
of the context, *‘And I shall send you to King Echetus, destroyer of
all men, who will cut off your nose and ears with pitiless steel, and
draw out your vitals and give them to dogs to eat raw,” |
Only one species known.
ECHETUS TYPICUS Kroyer.
Plate XVII.
Female.—Carapace about one-twentieth the entire length, longer than
wide. Frontal plates well defined and furnished with small lunules,
which are widely separated and not fully visible dorsally. The median
incision between the two plates is as deep as the plates themselves,
reaching the margin of the cephalic area. In this incision can be
plainly seen the remains of the base of an attachment filament similar
to those in Caligus.
614 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
This indicates plainly that the genus has a development similar to
that of the other members of this subfamily.
Posterior sinuses shallow with divergent sides; median lobe four-
sevenths the entire width, projecting far behind the lateral lobes, with
nearly straight, inclined sides, and an emarginate posterior border.
Lateral lobes short and well rounded. ‘Thoracic area very small, the
groove which defines its anterior border reaching only a short distance
in front of the posterior sinuses, or about one-third the entire length
of the carapace.
The longitudinal grooves separating the lateral from the cephalic
areas are not well defined and are consequently difficult to trace.
Eyes small and situated well forward.
Free thoracic segment cylindrical, about one-fourth the width of the
carapace, contracted considerably just before joining the latter and
prolonged posteriorly into a narrow, thread-like neck, nearly twice
the length of the rest of the body.
The fourth legs are attached close to the carapace just back of the
constriction.
Genital segment approximately an ellipsoid, two and a half times as
long and twice as wide as the carapace. It is flattened somewhat dorso-
ventrally and has three lobes on the posterior margin, a short blunt
one at the base of each of the egg cases and a smaller median one.
The dorsal surface of this segment is marked by two ridges which
start from the center of the lateral margins on either side and curve
in toward each other and pass backward close together alongside the
median line to the posterior median lobe. The areas at the posterior
endof the segment outside these ridges are darker in color than the
rest of the segment, and their surface is wrinkled irregularly. They
contain the ovaries and the internal oviduct.
The abdomen is an elongated spindle, nearly twice the length of the
genital segment and half its width, unsegmented. It is contracted
into a very narrow wasp-waist where it joins the genital segment and
tapers evenly and gradually toward the posterior end. It is attached
to the ventral surface of the genital segment, a short distance in front
of the posterior end, and in a side view stands out nearly at right
angles to the longitudinal axis of the segment.
Anal papille linear, almost thread-like, but quite long and tipped
with three short sete. Ege tubes narrow, only one-quarter as wide
as the abdomen but about the same length, each containing 40 to 50
eggs.
Anterior antenne the same length as the frontal plates; basal joints
thick, conical, and heavily armed with plumose sete; terminal joints
the same length as the basal, cylindrical, and bluntly rounded at the
ends where they show the usual nonplumose sete.
Frontal plates peculiar in that the outer portion between the lunules
No.0. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID.E— WILSON. 613
and the antenne curves forward and projects considerably, looking
like the stumps of an accessory pair of antennee.
Posterior antenne small, with a stout basal joint and a long slender
terminal hook, not bent very sharply. They are situated far forward
almost at the very anterior margin of the carapace. No trace could
be found of the first maxille or the furca after the most careful search.
Second maxille short and wide, triangular in outline with swollen
bases, and bluntly rounded at the tip. They are closely appressed to
the side of the mouth tube and are about two-thirds its length. The
mouth tube is short and wide, almost a semicircle in outline, and
flattened against the ventral surface of the carapace. It does not seem
capable of being raised any distance from the latter as in Ca/igus and
other genera.
First maxillipeds short and comparatively stout, the two joints
about the same length; terminal claws short and stout, the inner one
twice as long as the outer. Second maxillipeds greatly enlarged and
very strong, evidently serving as the principal organs of attachment
to its host. The basal joint is much swollen and furnished with power-
ful muscles; the terminal claw is two-thirds as long as the basal joint
and strongly curved. No accessory spine could be seen upon the
specimens examined.
The first thoracic legs are long and narrow, the second joint five
times as long as wide and cylindrical. The terminal joint is also much
longer than wide, and armed as in Ca//gus, with three terminal claws
of moderate length, three plumose set on the posterior margin, and
a long slender seta at the corner between the two. Second legs large,
with a long basal joint and a three-jointed endopod and exopod, the
joints of similar size and shape, and armed with spines and plumose
sete, as in Caligus. Third legs also large, the rami close together,
each two-jointed and furnished with the usual number of plumose
setee. The spine at the base of the exopod is of medium size and acu-
minate. Outside of the exopod on the margin of the apron is a wide
transparent flap, similar to that around the edge of the carapace, and
supported by numerous wavy hair-like ribs. Fourth legs short and
stout, two-jointed, the joints about equal. The terminal joint carries
three terminal spines and one on the outer margin, all nearly the same
size. No trace of the fifth legs can be found.
Total length, 23.5 mm. Length of carapace, 1.1 mm.; width of
same, 1 mm.; length of free segment, 14 mm.; length of genital seg-
ment, 3.1 mm.; length of abdomen, 5.5 mm.; length of egg strings,
6 mm.
Color of the carapace, a light yellowish brown, of the long neck-
like free segment a dark brown, of the genital segment a sulphur
yellow except in the posterior areas of the dorsal surface outside the
ridges, where the yellow is mixed with dark brown; color of the abdo-
614 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
men a brownish yellow, considerably darker than the genital segment;
of the egg strings a dark brown.
(typicus, typical, that is, the type of the genus.)
The National Museum collection includes three unnumbered lots
collected by Dr. H. M. Smith from the inside of the operculum of the
common channel bass (Se7enops ocellatus Linneeus) in the fish markets
in Washington city.
In 1863 Kroyer published the description of some specimens of
female copepods which he had obtained from this same channel bass
at New Orleans. He called the fish Coraina untmaculata in bis manu-
script. He states frankly that the parasites had no head and only ¢
portion of the long and slender neck. But they seemed to him so dif-
ferent from any of the others he had examined that he established for
them a new genus Zv/etus, and a new species, typicus. From his fig-
ures and description there is no doubt that his specimens were the
same as those here described, especially as they were obtained from
the same species of fish. The names which he gave have accordingly
been adopted, and the genus designation, which has already been
explained (p. 611) seems peculiarly appropriate for a creature which
burrows into the flesh of its host the entire length of the carapace and
long free segment, leaving nothing but the genital segment and abdo-
men exposed,
So firm is the hold which the creature thus obtains that it is impos-
sible to remoye one entire without cutting away the flesh from around
its neck and carapace. Those which Kroyer obtained were probably
pulled out without cutting the flesh, with the result that the free seg-
ment broke somewhere near the center, to judge by the measurements
which he gives. For the obtaining of the head intact upon several of
the present specimens the author is deeply indebted to the persistent
and careful efforts of Doctor Smith. And the result fully justifies the
efforts, for the addition of the head changes entirely the systematic
position of the genus and its relationships. Kréyer considered that
the portion which he obtained indicated considerable degeneration.
He states that ‘tthe large knobs on the dorsal surface are, as it were,
the beginning of a monstrosity of the genital parts observed in Lernze
branchialis and L. cyclopterina, and indicates an approximation to those
forms.” And in accordance with this view he places the species in a
group which he designates as Lerneocerina (Lernveide), including the
most degenerate forms known. But the general arrangement of the
various body regions, together with the details of the carapace and the
appendages, show at once that it belongs to the subfamily Caliginee
now under consideration. It thus takes its place among the least rather
than the most degenerate forms.
It is most closely related to the genus Caligodes, founded by Heller
in 1865. On comparing it carefully with the three species already
WILSON. 615
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGIDA
known in that genus, the following differences may be noted. First,
the carapace is relatively much smaller here and ovate instead of orbic-
ular. Again, the free segment or neck is nearly twice as long as in
Caligodes, and it is the same diameter throughout, instead of being
enlarged where it joins the genital segment. The latter is also very
different, having no processes of any kind in “chetus, but simply
short and rounded lobes, such as are common in Ca/igus and other
genera.
The dorsal surface of this segment is also marked by the ridges
already described, in a manner totally unlike Caligodes. Here the
abdomen is a symmetrical elongated spindle, while in Ca/éqgodes it is
broad and flattened, and in the species carang/s is produced into poste-
rior processes, like the genital segment. In this genus also the fourth
legs are different from those in the three species of Culigodes, but the
latter differ as much from each other, so that this could hardly become
a generic distinction.
Genus LE PE ORE TLHEIRUsS Nordmann:
Carapace large, shield-shaped. Basal joints of the first antenne
without the sucking dises characteristic of Caligus; the terminal joints
free. Mandibles toothed only on the inner margins. Second maxillee
small, bifurcate, the branches acuminate.
First and fourth thoracic legs uniramose, second and third biramose.
Free thoracic segment simple, without dorsal plates. Genital segment
also simple, without plates or processes. Abdomen one or two seg-
mented. The young with a frontal filament during the chalimus stage,
as in Caligus.
(Lepeophtheirus, Neos, a scab, and $#ézp, a louse.)
ARTIFICIAL KEY TO THE SPECIES.
This key is based upon the different body relations, as in Caligus (see p. 555). The
same method of measurement is used as in the former genus, and here also are
included all the valid species known at the present time, with the authority for each.
The author considers L. obscurus (Baird) to be the male of L. hippoglossi, while the
specimen called by Bassett-Smith (1896, plate tv, fig. 2) ‘ Caligus obscurus, Baird,”
is certainly not identical with Baird’s species, but is probably L. thompsoni (see
p. 622). Three of Kréyer’s ‘‘new species,”’ gibbus, gracilescens, and rhombi, are con-
sidered identical with ZL. thompsoni, as are also Malm’s L. branchialis and yan
Beneden’s L. gracilis, for reasons stated on page 622. Of the remaining species which
are included in this key there are five which are based on single specimens, namely,
cossyphi, longipalpus, molve, quadratus, and robustus. Another, ornatus, was not very
clearly differentiated by Milne-Edwards, and no figure of it has ever been published.
i Carapace definitely more than half the entire length..........:...-.------:- 2.
lee Carapaceabouuuall the.emtire length 22.- 20 -- 3-4-2 -22-- o22s--0--- 2 ees: 14.
1. Carapace decidedly less than half the entire length............------------- ee
2. Abdomen two-jointed, half as long as genital segment or more-...-.------ 3.
2. Abdomen two-jointed, less than half the genital segment....-.--------- 4,
2. Abdomen one-jointed, half the genital segment or more. ...------------ 5.
2. Abdomen one-jointed, less than half the genital segment ....-..-.------- 10.
616 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
3. Females, genital segment obovate, longer than wide; lobes long, conical;
fourth legslonpt ee oes eyes ee ee oe ee eee longipes, new species, p. 618.
3. Females, genital segment orbicular, a fourth wider than long; lobes short;
fourthileesish ort sce eee ens eter ee chilensis, new species, p. 658.
4. Males, genital segment obovate, three-fifths the carapace; fifth and sixth
legs iseparatedihac sh. aes eee nordmannit (M-Edwards, 1840), p. 623.
4. Males, genital segment oblong, one-fourth the carapace; fifth and sixth
legsiclosettocether22. Seac. Scene ee cease eee erecsont (Thomson, 1890)
5. Males, both fifth and sixth legs showing plainly.-..............--...------- 6.
5. Males, only fifth legs showing, but with a pair of dorsal papillee at the base of
the: venital:seemientisc Set See oe eee ee ee 7.
5s Males; “only fitth lees showines«no papillee. 952 o_o eee ee 8
5. Females, genital segment without appendages of any sort..............-.--- Oo;
6. Genital segment barrel-shaped, sides curved; no lobes; fourth legs reach-
ingiits:center isis 7. 2E Sse. eee ee ae seen eae, s pectoralis (Miller, 1776).
6. Genital segment oblong, sides parallel; well lobed; fourth legs reaching
abdomensips. 255 5e: een ao eee eae chilensis, new species, p. 658. |
7. Genital segment obcordate, one-third the carapace; fourth legs reaching its
Centerton!liy see eee cen ea te ee eee eres appendiculatus (Kroyer, 1863).
7. Genital segment quadrate, one-fifth the carapace; fourth legs reaching fully to i
LESNE UO eh Soe. pce Screen ae ee robustus (Kroyer, 1863), p. 646.
7. Genital segment reniform, wider than long; anterior appendages lateral rather
than diorsalt sence st isc te OER cee ee Rena ee ne crabro (Kroyer, 1863). :
8. Genital segment semilunar, wider than long; fourth legs nearly reaching its j
100 Ohne eee AP ee Se Cen as PEs oe rotundiventris (B-Smith, 1898, b).
8. Genital segment diamond-shaped, longer than wide; lobes short, acute; fourth
legs shiothaio > eas ek eee eee bagri (Dana, 1852).
9. Genital segment ovate, wider than long; lobes acute, spine-like; fourth legs reach-
1M) Gas Ul pee es a Nea a ee eee hee ee sulint (Brady, 1883).
9. Genital segment elliptical, longer than wide; lobes broad, rounded; fourth legs
reachine ite centers: .. 22-285 eee nordmannit. (M—Edwards, 1840 , p. 623.
9. Genital segment subquadrate, wider than long; lobes broad, rounded; fourth :
legs reaching abdomen tips. see see ees erecsont (Thomson, 1890).
10. Males, both fifth and sixth legs showing plainly .........--.--------.-- ae
10. Females, only the fifth legs showing dorsally .--.....-..--------------- 1,
10; Females, no appendages visible:dorsallly Sx 22222 = 2 ee eee eee 13.
11. Genital segment elliptical; fourth legs reaching abdomen tip; branches of furca
| OJ WBNS U seqeenr ap apaiete neta, Ae ot Mere ont Sia ok 3 hippoglossi. (Kroyer, 1837), p. 625.
11. Genital segment ovate; fourth legs not reaching its tip; furca branches flattened,
foliaceOus: S:8 Perse eee ee eo ee edwardsi, new species, p. 627.
11. Genital segment elliptical; fourth legs medium; furca branches acuminate, close
togethers 2s. See. er pe eee ene eee dissimulatus, new species, p. 631.
11. Genital segment quadrate; fourth legs medium; furea branches blunt, flanged,
widely separated: 2.2255 2 222 ak eee a ee parviventris, new species, p. 635.
12. Genital segment orbicular; abdomen minute, spindle-shaped, much widened
at CeNnlens eee Sas SE a Pee ee eee rotundiventris (B-Smith, 1898, b).
12. Genital segment broad flask-shaped; fifth legs longer than abdomen.
cossyphi (Kroyer, 1863), p. 644.
12. Genital segment orbicular, wider than long; abdomen nearly covered by it
POSteTlOrlye esos =) coe eee dissimulatus, new species, p. 631.
13. Genital segment elliptical, longer than wide; lobes short, narrow; furca
branches! pifid truncate es. eee eee hippoglossi (Kroyer, 1837), p. 626.
13. Genital segment orbicular, wider than long; no lobes; fourth legs two-jointed
Withethree/ spines es jeep oe eee ee oe ee brachyurus (Heller, 1865),
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS— -CA LIGIDA— WILSON. OL7
13. Genital segment subquadrate, as fhe as long; no inten Seth leg spines all
SGP soon cue 4 SoS eBEee 6 Eee ane ae eee edwardsi, new species, p. 627.
13. Genital segment obovate, longer than wide; lobes very wide and blunt; no serrate
SOMES. cociyegsaoaneHseneeesedcEarcsedocracer parviventris, new species, p. 635.
Genital segment obovate, longer than wide; no lobes; furea branches bifid,
bnanchiletsra cites easel. te a eee ares bifurcatus, new species, p. 637.
14. Abdomen four-jointed, as long as genital segment; the latter trapezoidal.
pacificus (Gissler, 1883), p. 642.
14. Abdomen two-jointed, as long as genital segment; latter elliptical; males.
pollachii (B-Smith, 1896).
“14. Abdomen two-jointed, shorter than genital segment .........---.------- 15.
14. Abdomen one-jointed, as long as genital segment; latter ovate; lobes short,
PoOmiied sss ae sake aca is Se eee eee: molve (M—Edwards, 1836-49).
Males, both fifth and sixth legs visible; genital segment narrow-ovate; abdomen
OMMIS) WUNEO ENN. = Seocosereepdseseenoee nordmannit (M-—Edwards, 1840), p. 623.
Females, genital segment without any visible appendages. .....-..---------- 16.
16. Genital segment obcordate; abdomen twice as long as wide; joints equal;
free segment as long as wide; fourth legs four-jointed, five spines.
crabro (Kroyer, 1863).
16. Genital segment obcordate; abdomen twice as long as wide; joints equal;
free segment three times as wide as long; fourth legs three-jointed, four
SON SCS Sp aad Reco ee lt ae Se a intercurrens (Kroyer, 1863).
Genital segment quadrate; abdomen as wide as long; joints equal; fourth
lessstoursjoImteds five Spimesac= o= ss a= 2 sc ce = pectoralis (Muller, 1776).
16. Genital segment obcordate; basal abdomen joint four times terminal; fourth
legs three-jointed, five spines........-.----:--- grohmanni ( Kroyer, 1863).
Abdomen two-jointed, longer than rest of body; genital segment triangular, twice
(ekcarapace pr semis coe aoe eee sees oc. sar pharaonis (Nordmann, 1882).
Abdomen two-jointed, longer than genital segment; females .........------- 18.
17. Abdomen two-jointed, shorter than genital segment...........--.---------- 19.
17. Abdomen one-jointed, three times the genital segment; latter subquadrate, spiny;
lobes antes ote reo secret Hoe eee 8 flores (van Beneden, 1892).
17. Abdomen one-jointed, a little longer than genital segment .......----------- 22s
Abdomen one-jointed, shorter than genital segment .........---.-..-------- 23.
18. Genital segment oblong, half the carapace; basal abdomen joint four times
(ReLGTOVOOY |e: = Res eae ones ie beet a yee ee longipalpus (B-Smith, 1898, b).
18. Genital segment oblong, as large as carapace; basal abdomen joint twice ter-
TNE 2) |S eee ek papa et el sie operate e innominatus new species, p. 656.
19. Females, abdomen distinctly more than half as long as the genital segment; fifth
Vera comcedlecidorsallyese. 9 foe Fe eee on so asc s sacleeiese cee 3-20;
19. Females, abdomen clearly less than half as long as the genital segment; fifth legs
COMCEALCCBINE OTSA ISAVIIC Wes See a ee Ne ocean ears. siciie Sia stores Ae arm Ze
20. Genital segment ovate; no lobes; fourth legs nearly reaching its tip.
sturionis (Kroyer, 1837).
20. Genital segment elliptical, lobes large; fourth legs not reaching its center.
thompson? (Baird, 1850), p. 619.
20. Genital segment elliptical; lobes broad, but short; abdomen half its width.
salmonis (Kréyer, 1888), p. 640.
21. Genital segment quadrate, as wide as long; joints of the abdomen nearly equal.
pectoralis (Muller, 1776).
21. Genital segment elongate, twice as long as wide; basal abdomen joint three times
(aoa lat ne PS eee ae eee Oe Boe eee eee bagri (Dana, 1852).
21. Genital segment flask-shaped, a fifth longer than wide; basal abdomen joint the
FON Ger ese ere soitoe ale. favs Face eae ete ee yee a ae quadratus (Kroyer, 1863).
618 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
21. Genital segment oblong, twice as long as wide; basal abdomen joint the wider,
butshortenste 2 oo. 2c en an re eee eee monacanthus (Heller, 1865).
22. Females, genital segment quadrate, nearly as long as carapace; no lobes.
pollachvi (B-Smith, 1896).
22. Females, genital segment bell-shaped, half the carapace; lobes long and
DOA oe EE aegis ee ee ee exculpatus (Fischer, 1860).
23. Females, genital segment elliptical, lobes short and broad; fifth legs concealed
dorsallliyioe® 2 ates ya So ee ee eee ree salmonis (Kroyer, 1838), p. 640.
23. Males, genital segment spindle-shaped; lobes narrow and two-thirds as long as
BDAOMED ox. Bape pha ye ee ee a ee flores (van Beneden, 1892).
23. Males, genital segment broad acorn-shaped; no lobes; both fifth and sixth legs
MAISIDLG Eee 2 aE en oy fe eee ee oP intercurrens (Kroyer, 1863).
LEPEOPHTHEIRUS LONGIPES, new species.
Plate X VIII, figs. 206-211, 222.
Fematle.—Carapace elliptical, one-seventh longer than wide. Frontal
plates well rounded and deeply incised at the center. Posterior sinuses
of medium width, with the sides nearly parallel; median lobe rather
more than half the entire width and projecting well back of the lateral
lobes. Free thorax segment four-fifths as wide as the genital segment,
four times as wide as long.
Genital segment oblong, somewhat less than half the width of the
‘arapace, a little wider posteriorly where it is produced into a narrow
conical lobe on either side.
Abdomen narrow, oblong, two-jointed, the basal joint somewhat
the larger. Anal lamine long, narrow, and curved inward so much
at the tips that the two overlap. Egg strings about the same diameter
as the abdomen and three-fourths as long as the body.
Anterior antenne two-thirds the length of the frontal plates, well-
armed with sete; posterior antenne sleader, the terminal claw much
longer than the basal joint and curved nearly a third of its length.
Both pairs of maxille very slender, the first pair not much curved,
the second pair divided about to the center with the branches close
together, parallel, and both curved slightly away from the rostrum.
Furea narrow and abruptly constricted at the base; the branches very
thick and stout, divergent, and much longer than the base.
Second maxillipeds stout, the claw three-quarters the length of the
swollen basal joint with an accessory spine longer and stouter than
ordinary. The plumose setze on the first swimming legs are short and
weak; the two outer terminal claws are pectinate, while the inner one
is smooth. On the second legs the spine at the tip of the basal joint
of the exopod is very large, nearly as long as the joint itself, and the
spines on the other two joints are also large. There is a curved claw
at the tip of the second joint of the endopod of these legs which is
totally unlike anything observed in other species. The fourth legs
are very large, relatively much longer than in any other species. The
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGID 4:— WILSON. 619
basal joints are thick and swollen, and they reach nearly to the center
of the genital segment, while the three terminal joints, much narrower,
extend well beyond the tips of the anal papille. There are the usual
five spines on these legs, arranged in the customary manner. There
are several species (erecson?, hippogloss/, nordmanni?, ete.) in which the
fourth legs of the male reach beyond the tips of the anal papille, but
this is the first instance where the same is true of the female. Fur-
thermore, these legs in the present species are far larger than those
of any known maie, the basal joint on each leg being actually larger
than the entire free segment to which it is attached.
This, therefore, may be taken as the distinguishing characteristic of
the species.
Total length 8.5 mm. Length of carapace +.25 mm.; width of the
same 3.6 mm.; length of genital segment 2.1 mm.; length of abdomen
1.25 mm.; length of egg strings 7 mm.; length of the fourth legs 4.2
min., including the spines.
The color in preserved specimens is a dark yellowish gray, without
any pigment visible.
(longipes, longus, long, and pes, foot.)
This species is very clearly differentiated from all others by the size
of the fourth legs, by the shape of the furca, and by the curved claw
on the endopod of the second legs.
The National Museum collection unfortunately includes only a single
unnumbered lot of two females, and there are no data as to the locality
or the host from which they were obtained.
LEPEOPHTHEIRUS THOMPSONI Baird.
Plate X VIII, figs. 212-219.
Lepeophtheirus thompsoni Bairp, 1850, p. 278, pl. xxximt, fig. 2.—Wntre, 1850, p.
121.—Basserr-Smiru, 1899, p. 455.—T. Scorr, 1900, p. 152, pl. v, figs. 43-45.
Caligus gracilis P. J. vAN BENEDEN, 1851, p. 90, pl. uy, figs. 1-7; 1861, p. 147.—
Ricurarpti, 1880, p. 148.
Caligus branchialis StreNsTRUP and LUtTKen, 1861, p. 362, pl. u, fig. 3.—Cuaus,
1864, p. 365, pl. xxxu, figs. 83-7; pl. xxxrv, figs. 8 and 9.
Lepeophtheirus rhombi KROYER, 1863, p. 118, pl. v, fig. 5, a-i.
Lepeophtheirus gibbus KROvER, 1863, p. 121, pl. xvi, fig. 2, a-1.
Lepeophtheirus gracilescens IKROYER, 1863, p. 124, pl. vi, fig. 2, a-i.
Lepeophtheirus gracilis Carus, 1885, p. 359.—BrriAn, 1898, p. 12, pl. 1, fig. 5;
1899, p. 3.
Lepeophtheirus obscurus Bassett-SmitH, 1896, a., p. 157; 1896, b., pl. iv, fig. 2.
Lepeophtheirus branchialis Basserr-Smirn, 1899, p. 456.
Lepeophtheirus obscurus T. Scorr, 1900, p. 153, pl. v1, figs. 16-19.
Female.—Carapace obovate, a little wider than long, not much nar-
rowed anteriorly. Frontal plates narrow but distinct, without any
incision at the center. Posterior sinuses widely triangular and shal-
low, leaving a median lobe less than half the entire width and not pro-
jecting beyond the lateral lobes.
620 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Of the | grooves ; separating the varapace areas, the crossbar of the
‘*H” is much farther forward than in the preceding spec ies, four-
ninths, or nearly half, the distance from the posterior margin. More-
over, it is strongly curved forward, and, together with the posterior
portion of the lateral grooves, it forms a nearly perfect semicircle.
The lateral grooves are not parallel with the margin of the carapace,
but diverge widely from it. The eves are smaller than in snnominatus,
but are situated in about the same relative position.
The free thoracic segment is less than half the width of the genital
segment, subtriangular in shape, and narrowed into a neck anteriorly
where it joins the carapace. This is in marked contrast with ¢anom7-
natus, the anterior margin of whose free segment is its widest part.
The genital segment has an elongate flask shape, narrowed into a
neck anteriorly, and then widening to about two-thirds the width of
the carapace. It is one-fourth longer than wide, with a deeply emar-
ginate posterior border and well-rounded lobes at the angles. The
abdomen is two-fifths the width of the genital segment and two and a
half times as long’ as it is wide.
It is two-jointed, the basal joint nearly three times as long as the ter-
minal. The abdomen is somewhat swollen at the joint, and then tapers
‘apidly toward the tip. The anal lamin are small and widely sepa-
‘ated, with the tips curved in toward each other. The sete are also
very small and slender.
The egg strings are only half the diameter of the abdomen and about
as long as the entire body. The eggs are thick, and number 125 or 130
in each string.
The first antenne are relatively smaller than in 7nnominatus, but are
as well provided with sete and spines; the second pair are small, with
a short terminal hook.
Both pairs of maxillex are slender, the second pair divided nearly to
their base with narrow, slender, divergent branches.
The furea is relatively large, fully twice the size of that in ¢nno-
minatus; it is strongly narrowed at the base and then widens into a
broad U-shape, with dilated branches.
The second m: ixillipeds are large but not to be compared w ith those
in “nnom/natus for size; the terminal claw is nearly as long as the basal
joint, but rather slender and strongly curved.
The first swimming legs have a stout spine on the posterior margin
of the basal joint and another at the anterior distal end of the second
joint, with the usual sete and terminal spines on the last joint. The
fourth legs are short and small, four-jointed with five spines; but
one of the spines is at the outer distal corner of the basal joint and
there is none on the second joint. These legs are about one-third the
length of the genital segment. The fifth legs are invisible in a dorsal
view,
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGIDA— WILSON. 621
Total length 8.4 mm.; length of carapace 3.2 mm.; width of same
3.4 mm.; length of genital segment 2.8 mm.; length of abdomen 2.1
mm.; length of egg strings 8.5 mm.; 125 or 130 eggs in each.
General color a light yellow, the hard parts turning much darker on
preservation.
(thompson, to William Thompson, who did much valuable work on
the Irish fauna. )
Male.—Carapace elliptical, one-sixth longer than wide, with evenly
rounded sides. It is twice as long and nearly three times as wide as
the rest of the body. The posterior sinuses are shallow and consider-
ably narrower than in the female, but the grooves and general propor-
tion of the parts are the same.
The free segment is more than half the width of the genital segment
and is swollen at the center through the bases of the fourth legs, so
that it becomes spindle-shaped.
The genital segment is orbicular, of about the same length and width,
one-third the length of the carapace. It carries two pairs of setiferous
papilla, one on the lateral margins near the posterior corners and the
other pair at the corners.
The posterior margin between the latter papille is slightly concave.
The abdomen is half the length of the genital segment, a little longer
than it is wide, and strongly narrowed at the base. The anal laminz
are minute and carry small sete. In the appendages there is the usual
increase in the size of the second antenn and second mavxillipeds;
otherwise the appendages are like those in the female.
Total length, 4 mm. Length of carapace, 2.8 mm.; width of the
same, 2.4 mm.; length of genital segment, 0.7 mm.; length of abdo-
men, 0.4 mm.
The specimens of this species in the possession of the National
Museum were obtained from Rey. A. M. Norman. The lot is num-
bered 8032 and consists of females only, taken from the turbot, 2/oim-
bus maximus, at Cornwall, England.
In all probability this is the species referred to by 5. I. Smith (1874,
p- 281) as found on the sting-ray (Dasyatis centrura) in Vineyard
Sound; but those specimens were not preserved, and none have since
been obtained from the same fish.
But during the past season the author received from Mr. V. N.
Edwards a single female of this species taken from a goosefish at
Woods Hole.
There has been the utmost confusion in the description of the species
of Lepeophtheirus intesting the common turbot and brill of European
waters. There are no less than seven species of this one genus, all
claiming to be valid and all infesting the same fish. These seven
species are as follows, given in the order of their discovery: Lepeoph-
theirus thompsoni Baird, 1850; gracilis van Beneden, 1851; branch-
Proc. N. Mie vol, xxyva11—04———40
622 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
dalis Steenstrup and Liitken, 1861; rhombi, gibbus, gracilescens Kroyer.
1863; obscurus Bassett-Smith, 1896.
The figures given by the various authors all show the same general
proportions, body regions, and appendages, especially the small fourth
legs. It is obviously impossible that there should be so many species
of the same genus on one fish and corresponding so closely. And
when we come to examine the figures and descriptions carefully we are
at a loss to discover anything of specific value. The differences are all
trivial and of no greater value than those recorded under the single
species Caligus rapax.
Bassett-Smith in his description of the species which he calls obscurus
makes his specimens, which were all females, the same species as Baird’s
male, which the latter described in 1850.
This decision is based upon the bifurcation of the branches of the
furea. If that were correct it would come the nearest to a specific
difference of anything connected with the entire seven species. But
Bassett-Smith in his first paper (1896) calls this species (obscurus) a
Lepeophtheirus; in another paper published the same year he labels
the figure he presents Ca//gus, and puts a pair of lunules in the frontal
plates; again in 1899 he goes back and calls it Lepeophthetrus.
In the face of such vacillation too much stress can not be placed
upon the bifurcation of the branches of the furca, especially as this
one detail is all he has ever presented in the way of a description.
Baird himself suggested in his original description that the male he
described as obscurus might very well be the male of the species A7ppo-
glossi, only the female of which was then known.
If his figure be compared with that given by other authors of a
male Aéppog/loss’, the resemblance will be found very close.
Furthermore Bassett-Smith places a question mark in every instance
after the name of his species. Until he can give us more convincing
proof, therefore, and a better description of his species we are not
warranted in accepting its validity.
With reference to Beneden’s species it is enough to say that not
very much credit can be given to an author who represents the fourth
legs as attached to the basal apron of the third legs, while the true
rami of the third legs are attached to the lateral lobes of the carapace(!).
A careful reading of Kréyer’s diagnosis of the three species rhombi,
gibbus, and gracilescens, together with a comparison of the figures he
presents, will quickly convince one that the three are identical. All
the details which he gives of the appendages show absolutely no differ-
ences, except trifling ones of size. The second antenne, second max-
illee, furca, second maxillipeds, and third and fourth swimming legs
are identical. The proportions of the different regions are also very
nearly identical, only such slight differences as occur in any species.
His specific distinctions, so far as one can judge, rest solely upon the
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID 4— WILSON. 623
size and shape of the carapace and of the genital segment, and he was
working entirely with preserved material.
The carapace is the one part of all others to be modified in a preserv-
ing fluid, while a candid examination of the genital segment of any
common species will show that it is capable of much variation, even
in living specimens. We are compelled to the conclusion, therefore,
that we have here only a single species subject to local variations, and
that the various forms given as distinct species are nothing more than
varieties. And of them all Kréyer’s gracilescens is the most worthy
of separation as a well marked variety.
With reference to Steenstrup and Liitken’s species branchialis the
figure which they give entire shows a genital segment quite different
in shape from that which has been taken as typical of thompson. But
the detail of the appendages, of which they present most admirable
figures, corresponds exactly with thompson. And they add a partial
figure showing the free and genital segments and the abdomen, which
they declare illustrates a common yariation, and which corresponds
very closely with that here given. Furthermore, they, as well as
Claus, give Caligus gracilis van Beneden as a synonym under Caligus
branchialis. The priority of branchialis presumably rests upon the
fact that it is a manuscript name given by Malm, to whom they ascribe
the species. But as Malm’s manuscript was never published, and
hence Beneden’s name, grac?/7s, antedates it by ten years, branchialis
would have to be regarded as a synonym of gracélis rather than vice
versa.
The important fact for us is that the two species are identical, and
that the one (branchialis) for which we have reliable details seems to be
identical also with thompsoni.
Finally the seven species here discussed agree remarkably in size,
the range being from 7 mm. in gracélescens to 8.4 mm. in thompson?, or
less than a millimeter and a half, which is no more than would be
expected in so large a species.
LEPEOPHTHEIRUS NORDMANNII Milne-Fdwards.
Plate XIX.
Caligus nordmannii M1LtNE-Epwarpbs, 1836--1849, pl. Lxxvu, fig. 1; 1840, p. 455.
Lepeophtheirus nordmannii Barrp, 1850, p. 275, pl. xx xu, fig. 1.—HELLER, 1865,
p. 180, pl. xvi, figs. 1 and 2.—Ratueun, 1884, p. 487.—THompson, 1895, p.
oF
118, pl. xxvur, fig. 5,a.—T. Scorr, 1900, p. 151, pl. v, figs. 32-37.
Female.—Carapace orbicular, as wide as long, and very squarely
truncated posteriorly, or even slightly emarginate. Frontal plates
small and narrow and not very well defined; posterior sinuses broad,
deep, and well rounded. Median lobe about one-half wider than the
lateral lobes, squarely cut or emarginate posteriorly, with sharp
corners terminating in short spines.
624 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Grooves separating the carapace areas considerably different from
those in other species. The two longitudinal grooves forming the
sides of the **H” are strongly inclined toward each other anteriorly,
and there are two crossbars instead of one, dividing the length of the
carapace into quite even thirds. Eyes very small and situated just in
front of the anterior crossbar. Free thorax segment subtriangular in
shape and a little more than half the width of the genital segment.
Genital segment obovate, not quite half as wide as the carapace,
with broad and well-rounded posterior lobes. Abdomen spindle
shaped, half the length of the genital segment, with a strongly
emarginate posterior margin. Anal lamine large and curved in well
toward each other.
The characteristic of the appendages is great length, combined with
a reduction in width, making them appear very slender. The first
antenne are somewhat of an exception to this rule; they are slender,
but are also very short and hardly show at all on the anterior margin.
But in the second pair the terminal hook is nearly twice the length of
the basal joint and is bent into an almost perfect sickle shape.
Both pairs of maxille are much elongated and narrowed, the
branches of the second pair diverging considerably. The terminal
claw of the second maxillipeds is longer than the basal joint and
strongly curved, but its accessory spine is small and weak.
The furea is much elongated, with widely divergent and slender
branches, which are somewhat enlarged at the very tips, but these
tips are not acuminate in American specimens, as was noted by Baird
in European specimens; they are rather blunt.
The first three pairs of thoracic legs are normal; the fourth pair
have a spine at the outer distal angle of every joint and three terminal
ones. The two largest of these latter are very distinctly toothed.
The fifth pair of legs, which are ordinarily rudimentary papille, are
in this species quite broadly foliaceous, but they do not protrude far
from the ventral surface.
Total length, 10 to12 mm. Length of carapace, 5.5 mm.; width of
the same, 5.4 mm.; length of genital segment, 2.85 mm.; length of
abdomen, 1.5 mm.; length of egg strings, 7 mm.
Color a dark yellow-white, without pigment spots of any kind.
. Male.—Carapace a little longer than the rest of the animal and itself
longer than wide, narrowed anteriorly and quite strongly convex.
Frontal plates rather more distinct than in the female; frontal margin
slightly rounded with a broad notch at the center. Free segment much
longer and narrower than in the female, about one-fourth the length
and one-fourth the width of the carapace; considerably widened at the
center through the bases of the fourth legs. Genital segment acorn-
shaped, longer than wide, much narrowed anteriorly and deeply emar-
ginate posteriorly; furnished with two acute lobes on either side at the
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID — WILSON. 625
posterior corner. Abdomen only one-third the length of the genital
segment, but two-jointed, the joints unequal, the basal one wider and
the terminal one longer. Anal laminv small, nearly linear, furnished
with short sete.
Of the appendages the second antenne are branched as usual in
males. The first maxille are very long and sickle-shaped. The sec-
ond maxillipeds have a stout spine or tooth on the inner margin of the
basal joint. The other appendages are the same as in the female.
Total length, 5 mm. Length of carapace, 2.75 mm.; width of same,
2.5 mm.; length of genital segment, 1.65 mm.; length of abdomen,
0.75 mm.
(nordmannii, to Dr. Alexander vy. Nordmann. )
This species was first described by Milne-Edwards in 1840, under
the genus Caligus. This error was corrected by Baird in 1850, and
the species was placed under the genus Lepeophtheirus, which had been
founded by Nordmann himself in 1832.
It is apparently confined to the sunfish of our own coast and in Euro-
pean waters, as all the recorded specimens have been obtained from
that fish. And it is not very abundant, only a few specimens being
obtained from among the many parasites which infest one of these
fishes. The National Museum collection includes three lots, 6018,
12667, 12668, the first and last from the vicinity of Woods Hole, the
other from Casco Bay.
LEPEOPHTHEIRUS HIPPOGLOSSI Kroyer.
Plate XX, fig. 6 in the text.
Caligus hippoglossi Kroyer, 1837, p. 625, pl. vi, fig. 38 A. and B.—MILNE-
Epwarps, 1840, p. 456.—RatTHKe, 1843, p. 102.—Sreensrrup and LUrken
? ? } ? ? } ?
1861, p. 355.
Lepeophtheirus hippoglossi Bairp, 1850, p. 276, pl. xxxu, fig. 12.—KrRoyer, 1863,
p- 131, pl. v1, fig. 5, a-d.—T. Scorr, 1900, p. 151, pl. v, figs. 38-42; pl. v1,
figs. 1-2.
Female.—Cavapace elliptical, widest at the center, one-fourth longer
than wide. Frontal plates very distinct, but rather narrow. Poste-
rior sinuses shallow and widely separated, leaving the median lobe
fully half the entire width of the carapace. This lobe has a very flat
posterior curve and usually overlaps the free segment. The lateral
lobes are short and curved inward strongly at their tips.
Free segment one-eighth the length of the carapace and four-fifths
as wide as the genital segment, the portion to which the fourth legs is
attached projecting strongly on either side.
Genital segment three-fifths the length of the carapace, narrow,
elliptical in outline, the length to the width in the proportion of 5 to
4; posterior lobes narrow and pointed.
626 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
Abdomen very small, about one-tenth the entire length, rather con-
ical in shape, and terminating in a pair of small anal lamine armed
with short plumose sete.
Terminal joints of the first antenne long and slender, club-shaped,
with only a few small setae. Second antennz with a stout basal joint
and a long and strongly curved terminal claw. Maxille relatively
very large, the first pair close to the tips of the second antennee, the
second pair in the usual place beside the proboscis. Each of this sec-
ond pair is fully as large as the entire proboscis, projects far beyond
the tip of the latter, and is bipartite for its terminal half. Each
branch is the shape of a sharp cone with a wide flange or wing on
either side at the center.
The proboscis is short and wide and bluntly rounded at the tip,
mouth opening terminal. The mandibles are long and slender, the
last joint short, quite strongly curved and toothed along its inner
margin. First maxillipeds normal; second pair slender, the terminal
claw but little more than half the length of the basal joint; the acces-
sory spine so small as to be easily overlooked. Furca long, narrow at
the base but flaring rapidly toward the tip, the prongs strongly flat-
tened, laminate, and each divided nearly to its base by a narrow sinus,
leaving the secondary branches with squarely truncate ends and paral-
lel sides. The central sinus isa broad U-shape, with a square base and
shghtly converging sides.
The first swimming legs are stout, the basal joint with a short spine
on its posterior margin, the second joint unarmed, the terminal joint
as in other species. Third legs with large and powerful basal apron,
but with very small and weak rami, scarcely projecting from the
fringe along the border of the apron. Fourth legs large and stout,
with four joints and four spines, the longest terminal one toothed on
its outer margin. Fifth legs situated close to the openings of the
oviducts and so rudimentary as to be scarcely visible.
Total length 12 mm. Length of carapace 7 mm.; width of same
6mm.; length of genital segment 4 mm.; length of abdomen 1.2 mm.;
length of egg strings 15 mm.
Color a light yellow, beautifully marked with spots of pink or red
distributed all over the body and the basal joints of the fourth legs in
an irregular pattern.
Male.—Carapace orbicular, as wide as long, the posterior sinuses
broader than in the female, the median lobe relatively narrower and
well rounded posteriorly, the lateral lobes not curved inward at their
tips. Free thoracic segment wider than the genital segment and about
half as long.
Genital segment small, of about the same length and width, and
carrying two pairs of large papille. One pair projects backward
from the lateral margin about one-third the distance from its posterior
bo
No. 1404, PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID.— WILSON. 627
end; the other pair are situated at the posterior corners. The papille
are all about equal in size and each is furnished with three small sete.
The abdomen is rather more quadrilateral than in the female, the
anal lamine are larger, and their sete are much longer.
The chief difference in the appendages is found in the usual enlareg-
ing of the second antenne and second maxillipeds. The fourth legs
are also relatively larger and project beyond the tips of the sete on
che anal papille, but their structure is the same as that in the female.
Total length 7.2mm. Length of carapace 4.85 mm.; width of same
4.75 mm.; length of genital segment 1.35 mm.; length of abdomen
0.7 mm.
Color as in the female.
(hippoglosst, generic name of its host.)
Like the preceding species, this one was first described by Kroyer
and Milne-Edwards under the genus Ca/igus, and was first recognized
as a true Lepeophtheirus by Baird in 1850.
Like nordmannii also it seems to be practically confined to a single
species of fish, the halibut, the few specimens obtained from other
fish having probably been rubbed off a halibut caught in the same boat,
as suggested by various authors.
The National Museum collection includes lots numbered 8031, 12038,
12631, 12634, and 30044, all from halibut caught off Greenland, Iceland,
and Cape Ann. 8031 are type specimens from Shetland.
LEPEOPHTHEIRUS EDWARDSI, new species.
Plate XXI; Plate X XII, fig. 258; fi
Female.—Carapace ovate, widest posteriorly, longer than wide.
Frontal plates distinct, strongly curved, not quite half the width of
the carapace. Posterior sinuses shallow, wide, and well rounded.
Median lobe three-eighths the entire width, squarely truncated pos-
teriorly, and projecting well back of the lateral lobes. The latter are
short, blunt, and straight (fig. 244).
Free thoracic segment of medium length and about half as wide as
the genital segment, contracted anteriorly where it joins the carapace.
Genital segment slightly obovate with gracefully rounded sides and
angles, contracted to a very short neck before joining the abdomen.
The latter is one-fifth as long as the genital segment, wider than long,
and tapering posteriorly. It is made up of a single joint which is cut
for one-third of its length at the anus. Anal papillee small, wider than
long, with short and stout sete. Egg tubes nearly as long as the entire
body and as wide as the abdomen, each containing 75 to 80 eggs.
Anterior antenne of medium size, and well armed with spines and
setz; posterior pair rather slender and strongly curved.
All the other appendages are tither lamellate or furnished with
lamellxe somewhere in their structure.
gs. 1, 4a, 4b, 11, 31, 34, 39 in the text.
628 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
The two pairs of maxille have wide wings along either side of the
the central spines; in the second maxille, although the spines are well
separated and divergent, these wings nearly touch each other at the
center. The first maxilliped has a spatulate lamella instead of a spine
inserted in the inner margin of the terminal joint near its center.
The second maxillipeds are large and stout, with a swollen basal
joint furnished on the posterior ventral margin, where it joins the
body, with a stout tongue-like lamella which projects downward at a
right angle to the ventral surface. The terminal claw is three-quarters
as long as the basal joint, rather slender, and furnished with a very
long and hair-like accessory spine on its inner margin. Furea large,
the base longer and narrower than the branches, and both base and
branches strongly flattened into fan-like lamelle. The branches are
nearly twice as wide as long, with radiating ridges and lines extending
outward from the thickened center. The median sinus is triangular,
the branches being so widened toward the tip as to nearly meet.
The first swimming legs have a small spine on the end of the basal
joint pointing outward, and a much stouter, blunt spine on the pos-
terior border of the same joint pointing backward.
The three claws on the terminal joint are about equal, with serrated
lamelle along their posterior margins. The second legs have a wide,
rounded flange or wing along the outer margin of the exopod. The
fourth legs are stout and four-jointed; the basal joint is swollen and
carries a slender, flexible hair on its outer margin near the distal end.
The short curved claw at the tip of the second joint, and the longer
ones on the third and fourth joints, are flanged on one or both sides
with serrate laminz.
The fifth legs are distinct and of medium size, plainly visible ven-
trally, but not dorsally. ,
Total length, 7.5 mm.; length of carapace, 4 mm.; width of same,
3.75 mm.; length of genital segment, 2.25 mm.; length of abdomen,
0.6 mm.; length of egg strings, 5.5 mm.
Color a delicate pinkish yellow, with small pigment spots of a pur-
plish or reddish brown distributed evenly over the entire dorsal sur-
face, so that the color is uniform throughout.
Under strong magnification each spot is seen to be very irregular,
and to consist of a dark-blue center bordered with purple, in both of
which the pigment is in small granules of uneven size, those in the
purple being the larger. From this granular center narrow convo-
luted processes extend outward in every direction. In these the pig-
ment is dark orange in color and is not granular, but like a water-
color wash. The combination is very striking, and affords the most
noteworthy instance of pigmentation thus far found among these
parasites.
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID.A— WILSON. 629
Male.—Carapace as in the female, except that it is relatively much
larger, five-eighths of the entire length (fig. 245).
Free thoracic segment considerably shortened by the overlapping of
the median lobe of the carapace. Unlike the condition in most males
this segment is not proportionally wider than in the female. The gen-
ital segment and the abdomen together form an almost perfect oval,
the widest end being anterior, while it narrows rapidly posteriorly.
The genital segment is one-third the length of the carapace, consid-
erably wider than long, and squarely truncated posteriorly. It is fur-
nished with two pairs of large papille—one on the lateral margins,
one-third the distance from the posterior end, the other pair at the
posterior corners. In both pairs the papille are sharply conical and
furnished with quite large plumose sete. The testes are very large,
elongate-elliptical in shape, and they fill nearly the entire segment.
The semen ducts open on the posterior ventral surface, on either side
of the abdomen. The abdomen and the anal papille are similar to
those of the female. There is the usual difference in the appendages,
but, while the second antenne are increased in size, they are not
branched as much as in most species.
Instead, at their bases are two large corrugated ridges of chitin,
inclined diagonally outward from the mid line, which serve to prevent
slipping.
Total length 3.6 mm. Length of carapace 2.2 mm.; width of same
2.2 mm.; length of genital segment, 0.8 mm.; length of abdomen
0.3 mm.
Color as in the female.
(edwardsi, to Vinal N. Edwards, of the United States Fish Com-
mission at Woods Hole, who discovered the species and collected
nearly all the specimens. )
Nauplius.—Body obovate or slightly spindle-shaped in outline, and
almost exactly twice as long as wide. The posterior end is quite
squarely truncated, while the anterior end is well rounded (figs. 39
and 257).
There are the usual three pairs of appendages, which do not differ
in form from those of other nauplii, except perhaps that they are a
little stouter. But the balancers on either side of the anus are consid-
erably shorter and wider than in most nauplii examined. They are
also considerably swollen at the outer ends and somewhat curved.
The pigment is a distinctive bright purple, foreshadowing that of
the adult, but it is distributed very sparingly in irregular patches,
which vary much in position, size, and shape. Sometimes there are
three pairs of patches along the sides of the posterior part of the
body, a central patch between the anterior pairs, and an anal patch,
each resembling a piece of tattered cobweb. But more often there is
no regularity whatever in the arrangement, the only constant factor
630 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVHI.
-- -_
being that the pigment is confined to the posterior two-thirds of the
body, with traces also in the antennules. The eye and brain are dis-
tinctly bilobed, each half semilunar in shape, the two convex sides
facing each other and fused at their centers, giving the whole very
much the shape of a rough H. :
Total length 0.5 mm.; width 0.26 mm.
After the first moult the larva becomes decidedly ovate, the pigment
increases considerably in area, the eye moves back from the anterior
edge of the carapace, and through the skin at the posterior end of the
body can be seen the segmentation and the rudimentary legs of the
metanauplius stage.
Chalimus.—Carapace elongate and spindle-shaped; frontal plates dis-
tinct and projecting strongly, giving the anterior portion of the body
a triangular outline; the frontal filament at the apex of this triangle
large and strong. The anterior portion of the carapace is considerably
narrowed. The posterior sinuses are also narrow and not very deep.
The median lobe is seven-tenths of the entire width and projects for
three-quarters of its length behind the small lateral lobes. The trans-
verse groove of the carapace is only a short distance in front of the
posterior sinuses, leaving the cephalic area much larger than the
thoracic, in spite of the great development of the median lobe. Eyes
showing yet as two distinct half moons fused on their convex sides,
and situated at some distance from the anterior border. Free seg-
ment as wide as the segments posterior to it and quite long; genital
segment and abdomen fused into an elongate ovoid, showing by a
slight constriction near the center where the two are to separate;
anal papille large and well provided with stout sete (fig. 258).
Color a pinkish yellow with pigment spots of the same purple as in
the nauplius and adult, rather sparingly and irregularly scattered over
the posterior two-thirds of the carapace; almost none anywhere else
on the body.
Total length 2.55 mm.; length of carapace 1.52 mm.; width of same
1 mm.; length of remainder of body 1 mm.
This is undoubtedly the species mentioned by Smith (1874, p. 281)
as found upon the flounder, Chenopsetta ocellaris, and which he desig-
nates as ‘ta species with a very short tail, and approaching Heller’s
genus Anuretes.” It is fairly-common on the four-spotted flounder
(Paralichthys oblongus), bat is not often found upon the summer
flounder. It affords a notable example of color protection, for the
pigment spots with which it is covered give it so nearly the hue of
the dorsal surface of its host that it can be distinguished only when in
motion.
It is always found upon the external surface, and so far as observed
always on the dorsal side of the body. It shows no decided preference
NO. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGIDA— WILSON. 631
for any particular locality, but may be found anywhere from the out-
side of the operculum to the tip of the tail.
When disturbed the males scuttle about over the surface in a lively
manner, but the females ordinarily remain quiet. In the aquarium
both sexes swim about freely, but the male is the more lively and
usually lives longer. They can be kept more successfully than many
other species, and do not bother by crawling up out of the water.
Females with eggs which are nearly ripe retain the egg strings even
under rough treatment, and the nauplii may be reared successfully.
The egg cases are separated rather more than usual at their origin
in the genital segment. At first they approach each other rapidly
until about their own diameter apart, and then extend backward
parallel with each other. They are light colored even when well
developed, so that it is difficult to judge of their maturity by their
color. This is due to the paucity of pigment in the larvie.
The National Museum collection includes the following lots of this
parasite, from the summer flounder (Paralichthys dentatus) 6065, 6081;
W. 61; W. 62; W. 65; W. 73, all from Woods Hole and vicinity.
From the four-spotted flounder (Paralichthys oblongus) 1285 (two
lots with the same number), 1308, 6040, W. 63; W. 64; W. 67; W. 68,
all also from the vicinity of Woods Hole.
From an unknown host 4403 from Great Ege Harbor, New Jersey,
and W. 66 from an unknown locality.
From the horse crevalle (Caranx hippos) a single specimen taken at
Woods Hole, W. 69.
From the gartish (7ylosurus marinus) a single male taken at Woods
Hole, W. 70, and from the summer skate (aja erinacec) a single female
at the same locality, W. 71.
LEPEOPHTHEIRUS DISSIMULATUS, new species.
Plate X XII.
Female.—Carapace orbicular, the width and length almost exactly
equal; frontal plates large and well defined. Posterior sinuses shallow
and broadly triangular; median lobe fully half the entire width of the
carapace, projecting but slightly beyond the lateral lobes and squarely
truncated posteriorly, sometimes slightly emarginate. Transverse
groove in the center of the carapace, its halves nearly straight lines
and inclined toward each other like the sides of a roof. Eyes small
and placed well forward. Free thoracic segment short and a little
more than one-third as wide as the genital segment, with the base of
the fourth legs projecting strongly.
Genital segment a sphere, flattened antero-posteriorly, its diameter
a little more than half that of the carapace, its dorsal surface over-
hanging the ventral posteriorly. From the rounded posterior margin
632 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, XXVIII.
of this dorsal surface, opposite each ege tube, projects a short, conical
papilla, without sete or spines.
From the ventral surface on either side of the abdomen and at a
little distance from it, a second pair of papillee project backwards.
These are much larger than the first pair, and each of them carries
three good-sized plumose sete. These latter are not arranged in a trio
at the tip as usual in this genus, but stand in a row along the outer
marein of the papilla, one close to the tip, another near the center,
and the third between these two, In the Bermuda specimens there is
also a third pair of papille, each of which is situated just outside and
superior to the base of the large ventral papilla on its side. This third
pair is the smallest of the three, and each of its papille is tipped with
a single long and slender seta. The large ventral pair evidently rep-
resent the fifth legs; the other pairs are simply processes without
special significance. Abdomen small, less than one-third the length
of the genital segment, and attached to the ventral surface of the latter
in front of its posterior border, so as to be almost wholly concealed in
a dorsal view. It is swollen a little near the base, and then at the base
where it joins the genital segment it is abruptly contracted into a short
neck of about one-third its full diameter. It is made up of a single
seoment, three-fifths as wide as long, and terminates in laminze, which
are three-quarters of its own length. These laminz are half as wide
as long, and are armed with four slender plumose setve considerably
longer than both abdomen and lamine. The ege@ strings are wide and
a little more than half as long as the whole body. Eggs very large,
their antero-posterior diameter being often fully half their lateral
diameter, and hence only 15 to 25 eges in each string.
Since the abdomen is thus upon the ventral surface, while the open-
ings of the ege tubes are in the center of the posterior surface dorsal
to the abdomen, it follows that the egg strings, when extruded, cover
the dorsal surface of the abdomen, and practically complete the con-
cealment partially accomplished by the overhanging of the dorsal sur-
face of the genital segment. This position of the egg strings, dorsal
to the abdomen, is very unusual in the genus, the two being exactly
reversed in relation in all other known species.
In the appendages the basal joint of the first antenne is robust and
heavily armed with spines along its anterior and inner border. The
terminal segment is slender, longer than the basal, and armed with
numerous spines toward the distal end, and a single one at the center
of the posterior border.
Second antennie of medium size, with the terminal hook strongly
curved. Both pairs of maxillee consist of single curved spines, the
first pair strongly curved, the second pair nearly straight. Terminal
claw of the second maxillipeds less than half the length of the basal
joint, the latter being fairly stout.
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID As— WILSON. 533
reaching beyond the center. The shape varies slightly in the speci-
mens from the two localities as indicated in the figures. First swim-
ming legs short and stout, the basal joint with a stout spine on its
posterior border, the two inner terminal claws pectinate.
Exopods of the second and third legs armed with long and stout
spines. Fourth legs of medium size, the basal joint about as long as
the other three and bearing a single small spine on its outer margin near
the distal end. A very long and slender spine at the distal end of the
second joint, a shorter and stouter one on the third joint, the two inner
terminal claws pectinate, the outer one very long and slender. Fifth
legs large and well defined as already described, protruding for more
than half their length beyond the posterior margin of the genital seg-
ment. They are broad at the base, but taper to a narrow tip, with the
plumose sete on the terminal half. This arrangement is totally dif-
ferent from that in any other species, except parviventris, and may be
used to great advantage in determining the species.
Totallength, 3.5mm. Length of carapace, 2.3 mm.; width of same,
2.3 mm.; length of genital segment, 1 mm.; length of egg strings, 2
mm.; 15 to 30 eggs in each.
Color a uniform dark yellow without pigment spots.
(dissimulatus, dissimulo, to conceal what really exists.)
Male.—Carapace similar to that of the female. Free thoracic seg-
ment relatively much larger, fully as wide as the genital segment and
nearly half as long, with the bases of the fourth legs protruding as
prominently as in the female.
Genital segment elliptical in outline, about as wide as long, and
squarely truncated posteriorly. The fifth legs appear as a pair of
prominent papille projecting from the posterior lateral margin on
either side, each papilla carrying three long spines.
Abdomen very short, wider tban long; anal papille large and armed
with plumose sete even longer than those in the female.
The second antenne are much longer than in the female and branched
several times like a stag’s horn; they evidently make effective clasping
organs. The other appendages are as in the female, except the fourth
legs, which are relatively much larger and stouter.
Total length, 2.5 mm.; length of carapace, 1.7 mm.; width of same,
1.6 mm.; length of genital segment, 0.37 mm.; length of abdomen,
0.2 mm.
The National Museum collection consisted of one lot, 1505, taken
from the white-spotted serranus, Apinephelus labriformis, at Charles
Island, one of the Galapagos group. This lot includes a male with
ten females, but the latter were not very well preserved, and hence
the author was much pleased to receive asecond lot of four females,
admirably preserved, which had been taken from a red grouper,
634 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
Epinephelus morio, at the Bermuda Islands, by Dr. Edwin Linton, in
the summer of 1903. It is from these latter specimens that most of
the female characters in the present description are taken. These
females resemble those described by Bassett-Smith under the name
L. rotundiventris,“ but the male is entirely different from the one
which he pictures.
If he is right, therefore, in assigning the male and female which he
describes to the same species, we have here a markedly different form.
But, whether right or wrong, the present species shows enough
important differences to leave no doubt of its validity. In this species
the second maxilla is much longer than in Bassett-Smith’s species and
the tip is not bifid in either sex. The furca is cut for three-fifths of
its length rather than fer one-tenth, as in rotundiventris, and it is
widest at the tip instead of at the base.
The detail of each pair of legs, especially the fourth, differs con-
siderably in minor characters. The abdomen in votundiventris is
attached on a level with the dorsal surface, as is usual. It is widest in
the center and tapers much toward the tip, where are attached the
small laminee.
In the present species the abdomen is attached on a level with the
ventral surface and so far forward that the overhanging dorsal surface
nearly conceals it in a dorsal view. It is widest at the base, and then
abruptly contracted where it joins the genital segment, and to its tip
are attached a pair of laminz nearly as large as the abdomen itself.
In the present species, also, the male’s genital segment is radically
different from that of the female, and is like that in other species. It
is flattened dorso-ventrally, has an acorn-shape, and is furnished with
two pairs of papille, one on the lateral margins and one at the poste-
rior corners. It does not project dorsally over the abdomen, but the
latter is attached to it, as in other species, on a level with the dorsal
surface.
The general relation of the different regions in the male would thus
correspond closely with that of both sexes in Bassett-Smith’s species,
but the details of structure are very different.
Another thing which renders the present species interesting is the
thickness and paucity of the eggs. In no other species, except b¢fur-
catus, is there any approach to the condition found here. That this is’
no accidental occurrence, nor the result of immaturity, is shown by
the fact that the egg@ strings of all the females are almost exactly
alike. Furthermore, a careful examination of the ege@ cases at the
point of their attachment to the genital segment shows that all the
eges have been extruded, and the cases have been pincbed off and
closed, as is normally done at the conclusion of egg extrusion.
ce
«He has used the term ‘‘ventris’’ here to express a portion of the thorax; it is
the genital segment which is rotund and not the abdomen.
NO. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGIDA— WILSON. 6385
Such a marked restriction in the number of eggs would lead us to
search for some accompanying advantages in the struggle for exist-
ence. One thing which suggests itself is a superior activity. All the
swimming legs in the adult are powerfully developed, particularly the
basal apron of the third pair. This constitutes the chief organ of
locomotion as already suggested, but whether there is a similar supe-
riority in all the stages of development only a careful study of the
nauplii and chalimus stage can determine.
But the chief interest of the species lies in its morphological relation
to such forms as Caligus and Lepeophtheirus on the one side and the
genus Anuretes on the other. In the latter genus the anal lamin
are attached directly to the ventral surface of the genital segment, and
usually at some little distance from the posterior margin of the latter.
It would be difficult to know just how to account for the disappear-
ance of the abdomen were it not for the present species. But the
structure here seems to indicate clearly that, starting from the dorsal
surface and of a normalsize, the abdomen has retreated gradually,
first to the ventral surface, and then away from the posterior margin,
diminishing in size all the while, until it has been finally absorbed
into the genital segment.
The anal lamine have not participated in the diminution, but,
retaining their original proportions, when the abdomen has disappeared
they still remain on either side of the anus as morphological indicators
of the degeneration which has taken place.
LEPEOPHTHEIRUS PARVIVENTRIS, new species.
Plate XXIII, figs. 275-284.
Female.—Carapace obovate, one-eighth longer than wide, broadest
posteriorly. Frontal plates of medium size and well defined; pos-
terior sinuses broad, shallow, and quite widely separated, leaving the
median lobe four-ninths of the entire width and rather squarely
truncated posteriorly. Lateral lobes broad and well rounded. Free
thoracic segment considerably less than half the width of the genital
segment, and of medium length. Genital segment a little more than
half the length of the carapace, as wide as long, and with nearly par-
allel sides and broad, well rounded posterior lobes. Abdomen quad-
rangular and very small, only one-third the length of the genital seg-
ment, and wider than long. Anal lamine large and curved outward,
each one armed with four long plumose sete.
The two joints of the first antennz about the same length, and both
plentifully supplied with sete. The second antenn short and small,
the terminal hook slender and strongly curved.
The first maxille are as large as the claw of the second antennx and
as strongly curved. The second maxille are also large, the branches
slightly longer than the basal portion, and curved in toward each
636 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
other. Each branch is slender, conical, and rather blunt, without
flanges or wings of any sort.
Between the bases of these maxille and those of the second antennee
there is on either side a pair of conical papille. The larger of these
is ina line between the two appendages mentioned, and is furnished
with a stout spine which is inclined strongly backward. The other
smaller papilla, which is without a spine, joins the larger one on its
outer border. These evidently represent the rudiments of the endopod
of the second maxille. The first maxillipeds are slender, the terminal
joint nearly twice the length of the basal and ending in three long
setwe, the inner two of which are pectinate. The second maxillipeds
are stouter, with the terminal claw nearly as long as the basal joint and
acuminate; the accessory spine is long and slender. Furca short and
very wide, the branches longer than the base, widely separated, and
nearly parallel, with the intervening sinus but little rounded. The
branches are short and blunt with a shght flange on the inner side,
making them widest at the center.
The first swimming legs are short and stout, the basal joints con-
nected across the median line by a narrow band of chitin, and each of
them armed posteriorly with a short, blunt spine. The second joints
are fringed with hairs posteriorly and carry a single small spine at the
distal end anteriorly. The three terminal claws decrease in size pos-
teriorly, the third one being only half as long as the first. The seta
at the distal corner is very small, being no longer than the shortest
claw. The second pair of legs are also stout, the basal joints being
nearly circular in outline and densely fringed with hairs around their
entire margin. The basal joint of the exopod is noticeably long, and
the spines are slender and sharp. The ramiof the third legs are large
and close together, the spine at the base of the exopod being twisted
until it is nearly parallel with the margin of the basal apron. The
fourth legs are large and reach back considerably beyond the posterior
margin of the genital segment; they are four-jointed, the basal and
third joints carrying spines at their distal ends, and the terminal joint
ending in three short spines of about equal length. The fifth legs are
well defined and their sete show beyond the edge of the genital
segment.
Total length 7mm. Length of carapace 4mm.; width of same 3.25
min.; length of genital segment 2.1 mm.; length of abdomen 0.5 mm.;
length of egg strings 6.3 mm.
Color a uniform light yellowish white.
(parviventris, parvus, small, and venter, the abdomen.)
Male.—Carapace elliptical, one-eighth longer than wide, the posterior
sinuses very broadly triangular, leaving a well-rounded median lobe
and lateral lobes, which flare outward.
Free thoracic segment considerably narrower than the genital seg-
of the carapace, longer than wide, and quite squarely truncated pos-
teriorly. There are two pairs of blunt papille projecting backward
from the posterior portion of the lateral margins of this segment.
The abdomen is quadrangular in outline, wider than long; the anal
laminz are very long, while the plumose sete which they carry are
nearly as long as the entire abdomen.
Total length 4.5 mm. Length of carapace 2.8 mm.; width of same
2.4mm.; leneth of genital segment 0.8 mm.; length of abdomen 0.4 mm.
This species closely resembles L. Aippoglossi (Kroyer) and L. appen-
diculatus (Kroyer), of the latter of which only the male is known.
But in both these species the branches of the furca are bifid and close
together, while the general proportions of the body and its parts are
also entirely different.
The National Museum collection includes several lots of this species
taken during the voyage of the United States Bureau of Fisheries
steamer Albatross in 1888. They are all from the northern Pacific, a
portion of them on the American side and the rest on the Asiatic
coast. From Humboldt Harbor, Shumagin Islands, Alaska, an unnum-
bered lot containing twenty females and ten males, no host given.
From Loring Harbor, Alaska, an unnumbered lot taken from the cod
of that region, Gadus macrocephalus.
From Chignik Bay, Alaska, another unnumbered lot; also from the
cod, Gadus macrocephalus. From the Commander (Kommandorski)
Islands, Siberia, ten females and one male taken from Plewrogrammus
monopterygius (Pallas). From a halibut taken off Alaska in the sum-
mer of 1880, an unnumbered lot of ten females. From station No.
4212 of the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer Albatross an
unnumbered lot taken from a species of Lep/dopsetta.
No specimens of the Caligus curtus or C. rapax were obtained from
these Pacific cod, as it seems practically certain would have been done
had those species been found there.
It would seem, therefore, as if this new species of Lepeophtheirus
took the place on the Pacific cod occupied by the two species of Caligus
on the Atlantic cod.
LEPEOPHTHEIRUS BIFURCATUS, new species.
Plate XXIII, figs. 285-293.
Frematle.—Carapace elliptical, distinctly longer than wide, and about
one-third longer than the rest of the body. Frontal plates well defined
with a shallow incision at the center.
Posterior sinuses broad, well rounded, and slightly inclined away
from the central axis, leaving a median lobe considerably less than
half the entire width and projecting well back of the lateral lobes.
The latter are broad and well rounded.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04—41
638 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
Thoracic area considerably smaller than the cephalic and somewhat
angular; digestive glands prominent, shaped like a comma, with the
convex sides toward each other.
Free segment short and narrow, about one-fourth the width of the
carapace, the bases of the fourth legs projecting strongly on either
side. Genital segment ovate, considerably more than half as wide as
the carapace, and three-fifths as long, with smoothly rounded corners
and a slightly emarginate posterior border. Abdomen very small,
wider than long, with small, widely separated papille. Ege tubes
about the same diameter as the abdomen and short, only a trifle longer
than the genital segment, each containing but twenty eges.
Of the appendages the anterior antennz are stout, the two joints
about the same length; the posterior antenne have a large basal joint
supplemented by a short and stout accessory spine, while the terminal
joint is long and abruptly bent.
The first maxille are very large for a female, strongly curved and
blunt at the tip. The second maxille are also very large, cut about
to the center, the branches thick and stout, and flanged along either
side. These branches are widely separated at their bases and diverge
considerably, giving the intervening sinus a deep basin shape. The
distance from tip to tip of the branches is the same as the entire length
of the maxilla.
The proboscis is long and of medium width, with nearly parallel
sides. The first maxillipeds are long and slender; the terminal joint
carries a small flattened spine on its anterior border at about the
center. The two terminal claws are very uneven in length and both
have serrated flanges along their sides. The second maxillipeds are
small and rather weak; the terminal claw is a little more than half the
length of the basal joint and strongly curved, with a small and weak
accessory spine on its inner margin.
The furca is very large and wholly unlike that of any other known
species. It is almost as wide at the tip as it is long, but is contracted
to less than half that width at the base, giving the entire appendage
somewhat the shape of a thick-stemmed wineglass. The sinus
between the branches reaches nearly to the center and has a broad U
shape, with the sides parallel.
The secondary branches are narrow and acuminate, and the sinus
between them is triangular and cut in as deeply as the central one. It
thus differs markedly from the furca of Aéppoglosst and appendicu-
latus, the only other species in which the furca is doubly bipartite.
In Aippogloss’ the central sinus is triangular and its sides approach
‘ach other rapidly and almost. touch at the tips. The secondary
branches are laminate and squarely truncate at the ends. In appen-
diculatus the secondary sinuses are not more thana very small fraction
of the length of the central sinus.
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGIDE— WILSON. 639
The first swimming legs of this new species are short and thick,
the basal joint with a short spine at the distal end, the terminal joint
with the usual spines and setz.
The second and third legs are slender but otherwise like those in
other species. The fourth legs are large and stout, four-jointed, the
basal joint somewhat swollen and as long as the other three, with a
plumose seta at its distal end on the outer margin. The second joint
has a very short and strongly curved claw at its tip; the third joint
has a much longer one, while the three terminal claws are still longer
and increase in size from without inwards. The last four claws are
close together and they all have serrate flanges along their outer
margins. At the base of each of the claws on the dorsal surface is :
large semicircular lamina made up of radiating thread-like spines,
connected by a membrane. The tips of the spines project beyond
the edge of the membrane, giving it a serrated appearance. The fifth
legs are small and are not visible dorsally.
Total length 4.8 mm. Length of carapace 2.7 mm.; width of same
2.4 mm.; length of genital segment 1.6 mm.; length of abdomen 0.3
mm.; length of egg cases 1.7 mm.; twenty eggs in each case.
Color, a dark-brownish yellow, without pigment spots.
(Lifurcatus, forked or divided into two branches, 1. e., with a double
furca.)
There is but a single lot containing two females of this new species,
and the male is unknown. They were taken from one of the common
flounders of the Pacific coast, Psettichthys melanostictus, in San Fran-
cisco Bay, California.
This species is distinguished from all others by the peculiar structure
of the furca, as already noted. The wide separation of the branches of
the second maxille is another distinguishing characteristic, the sinus
between the branches being very much broader than in any known
species. The fourth legs furnish a third character in the prominent
spiny lamelle at the bases of the claws. So far as known these are
not present in any other species of the genus. There is but a single
female with egg cases from which to diagnose the species, but every-
thing about them seems to point toa very small number of eggs. The
thickness of the eggs for any species does not vary appreciably,
whether many or few have been extruded, and in this species they are
much thicker than ordinary. In fact, the only other species which
approaches it in this respect is dss¢mulatus, which has just been
described.
640 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
LEPEOPHTHEIRUS SALMONIS Kroyer.
Plate. XXIV.
Caligus salmonis KrOyER, 1838, p. 13, pl. vi, fig. 7 a-e.
Caligus vespa MILNE-Epwarps, 1840, p. 456.
Caligus stromii BatrD, 1847.
Lepeophtheirus salmonis Barry, 1850, p. 274, pl. xxxu, figs. 8 and 9.—KroyeEr,
1863, p. 137, pl. xvun, fig. 1 a-b.—RatTusBun, 1884, p. 487.
Lepeophtheirus stromti Barrp, 1850, p. 274, pl. xxxur, figs. 8 and 9.—Basserr-
SmirH, 1899, p. 455.—T. Scorr, 1900, p. 152, pl. v1, figs. 3 to 8.
Female.—Carapace orbicular, as wide as long; frontal plates narrow
and not well defined; posterior sinuses narrow, shallow, and somewhat
inclined away from the median line. Median lobe broad and well
rounded, projecting but little beyond the lateral lobes, and often raised
posteriorly into a fold or wrinkle, which projects over the dorsal sur-
face of the free segment and hides it.
The grooves separating the carapace areas are well defined; the cross-
bar of the ‘‘H” is strongly curved, so that it makes a continuous half
circle with the lower portion of the sides. The free segment is very
short and narrow, less than half the width of the genital segment.
The latter is nearly as large as the carapace, fully as long but a trifle
narrower, with well-rounded lobes projecting posteriorly on either
side of the abdomen. The abdomen is four-fifths as long as the genital
segment and narrow, with a clearly marked constriction near the
posterior end. Such a constriction is usually good evidence of seg-
mentation, but the most rigid examination of the opaque preserved
specimens at the author’s disposal fails to confirm the segmentation.
It is quite possible, however, that living specimens would show it
clearly, and for that reason the present species has been included twice
in the artificial key herewith presented. The anal laminz are enlarged
considerably at the tips and curved in toward each other.
The egg strings are fully three times as long as the entire bodyv,and
at the same time very narrow, which of course emphasizes their elon-
gate appearance.
Of the appendages the second antenne are stout, with the terminal
hook considerably longer than the basal joint; the latter also lacks a
spine on its posterior margin.
The first maxille are very long and stout, the basal portion swollen
to about twice the diameter of the terminal curved part.
The second maxille are of the usual size and shape. The first max-
illipeds are stouter than usual, the terminal joint more than twice the
length of the basal. The shorter terminal claw is about three-fifths
the leneth of the longer one, and is dentate along its outer margin.
In the second maxillipeds the terminal claw is only about half as long
as the basal joint, and in all the specimens examined it lacked an acces-
sory spine on the inner margin. The furca is proportionally small,
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID A— WILSON. 641
with short and blunt branches, which are somewhat divergent. The
first swimming legs are short and stout; the basal joint has a short
spine at its distal posterior corner, while the second joint has a similar
one at the distal anterior corner. The terminal claws are nearly the
same length, and the plumose set on the posterior margin are uncom-
monly large. Second and third legs as usual. The fourth legs are
four-jointed, with four spines; the second joint has an enlarged tip,
with rough papillary elevations, but without a spine. The third joint
has a short spine, about as long as the two outer ones on the terminal
joint. The fourth or inner terminal spine is fully twice as long as the
others. The fifth legs are broadly triangular and terminated by three
small spines, but are not visible from the dorsal surface.
Total length 18.2mm. Length of carapace 6.6 mm.; ‘width of same
6.6 mm.; length of genital segment 6.6 mm.; length of abdomen 5
mm.; length of egg strings 53 mm.; total length including eg
65 mim.
Color a dirty yellow brown, the dorsal surface often having a
strongly metallic luster, quite different from any other species of this
eenus.
(salmonis, pertaining to the salmon.)
Male.—Carapace elliptical, one-third longer than the rest of the
body, and one-fifth longer than wide. Frontal plates distinct, but not
very wide; carapace areas as in the female.
Posterior sinuses much broader than in the female, but shallow and
leaving the median lobe projecting well beyond the lateral lobes.
Free segment long and narrow, only five-sevenths as wide as the gen-
ital segment, and swollen at the center through the bases of the fourth
legs.
Genital segment elliptical-oblong, slightly narrowed anteriorly and
with a shallow emargination on the posterior border, leaving very
short and blunt lobes on either side.
Abdomen oblong, a little wider posteriorly, made up of two seg-
ments the basal of which is only about one-third as long as the termi-
nal. Anal lamin very large, more than two-thirds as long as the
terminal joint and broadly foliaceous, each carrying four long plumose
sete.
There is the usual sexual difference in the appendages, but nothing
worthy of special note save that the fifth legs are not visible any
more than in the female.
Total length 6mm. Length of carapace 3.45 mm.; width of same
.9 mm.; length of genital segment 1.1 mm.; length of abdomen
29 mm.
This species was first described by Kréyer in 1838 under the genus
Caligus, and again in 1863 as a Lepeophtheirus, adopting Nordmann’s
@ strings
bo
a
independently by Baird in 1847 under the name Ca//qus strom77, which
he changed in 1850 to Lepeophthetrus stromi. This name of Baird’s
is the one subsequently retained by Bassett-Smith and T. Scott, the
former of which gives Kréyer’s name as a synonym under it.
But if the two species are identical, as there seems to be no doubt,
then Kréyer’s name has a priority of nine years over Baird’s, and must
be retained. ;
The species is common upon the salmon of our coasts as well as those
of European waters, and often attains a large size.
Some of the females examined by the author measured 22 mm. in
length, and that, too, although they had been preserved in alcohol.
They can be readily distinguished from other species by the extreme
length and slenderness of the egg strings and by the metallic luster so
common on the dorsal surface.
The males are very scarce, the material in the entire National Museum
collection yielding but a single specimen. So far as known, no figure
of the male has ever been published previous to the one here included.
The following are the lots in the National Museum collection: Cat. No.
8030, from salmon at the Tyne, England, used for identification of the
American specimens. No. 8109, four specimens, including the single
male from the gills of a salmon, locality not given. No. 8117, from
the king salmon at Kenai, Alaska. No. 8489, fifteen specimens, from
Ungava, Labrador, found on ‘salmon and sea trout.” No. 12666,
from salmon at St. Johns, Newfoundland. No. 36073, from salmon at
East Orland, Maine. No. 41840, two specimens, from ‘* Dolly Varden
trout” in Alitak Bay, Alaska. No. 6017, from Onchorhynchus gor-
hbuscha at Port Chatham, Cooks Inlet, Alaska. An unnumbered lot,
from Sa/mo salar, found at Rigolet, Labrador.
The salmon at East Orland, Maine, must have been from fresh water,
and several of the other species mentioned occur as entirely landlocked
forms in various localities. There can be very little doubt, therefore,
that this parasite is another instance of one which can remain upon its
host during the passage of the latter from salt to fresh water. It
would be of great interest to ascertain whether it remains upon such
forms as have become entirely landlocked.
LEPEOPHTHEIRUS PACIFICUS Gissler.
Plate X XV, figs. 304-310.
Caligus pacificus GIssLER, 1883, p. 885, figures in the text.
Female.—Carapace about half the entire length, elliptical, a little
longer than wide; frontal plates short and narrow, but well defined.
Posterior sinuses wide and shallow, leaving a broad median lobe,
more than half the entire width, and not projecting back of the lateral
lobes. Thoracic area relatively small and well rounded posteriorly;
No. 1404, PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGID A:— WILSON. 6438
eyes small and situated far forward in the carapace. Free segment
short and narrow. Genital segment quadrilateral, wider than lone,
widest and somewhat emarginate posteriorly; lobes very short and
well rounded.
Abdomen only one-fourth the width of, but slightly longer than,
the genital segment, and indistinctly four-jointed. It is cylindrical in
form and tapers somewhat toward the tip; the joints also diminish
regularly in length, the basal one being about twice the length of the
terminal. The anal lamin are large and leaf-shaped, but armed with
short sete.
The egg strings are two-thirds as long again as the entire body, of
medium width, and there are between sixty and seventy eggs in each.
The first antenne are short and inconspicuous, with the two joints
about the same length; the second antenne are stout, the basal joint
short and wide, and tapering rapidly outward. This joint is provided
on its inner surface with a knob-like process of chitin, the surface of
which is raised into parallel transverse ridges, overlapping one another.
There is thus formed a file-like surface which assists materially in the
prevention of slipping. The terminal claw of this second antenna
has a long slender spine on its outer margin. The mandibles are
three-jointed, the third joint curved in toward its fellow and toothed
along its inner margin.
The second maxille are triangular and bifurcate for about one-third
of their length; the branches are narrow and sharp while the basal
portion is wide and strong.
The first maxillipeds are very slender, the terminal joint much
longer than the basal and armed with a short, sharp spine on the inner
margin near the center. The two terminal claws are not as uneven as
in many species and both are bordered with a ‘‘ delicate pectinate
membrane” (Gissler). The second maxillipeds are large and stout,
the basal joint considerably longer than the terminal claw. The acces-
sory spine on the latter is near the base. The fourth swimming legs
are short and weak, four-jointed with five spines, the basal joint as
long as the other three, which latter are widened toward the tip.
The spine on the second joint is short and strongly curved, the other
four spines are about equal and arranged in a row at the tip of the
last joint. This is due to the fact that the second spine at the tip of
the third joint is carried out by the elongation of the joint to a level
with those on the terminal joint.
Total length 9.5 mm. Length of carapace 4.6 mm.; width of same
4muin.; length of genital segment 2.4 mm.; length of abdomen 2.5 mm. ;
length of egg strings 15 mm.
Color dark rufous on the dorsal surface, lighter below.
(pactficus, of or belonging to the Pacific.)
Twenty-three females of this species were obtained by Gissler from
644 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
a salmon (probably the ‘* blue-back salmon,” Oncorhynchus nerka)
inhabiting Puget Sound, on the Pacific coast.
They were described by him as a new species.“ He called the
species a Caligus, but that does not seem possible after a careful study
of his description and text figures.
There are no lunules on the frontal plates and the second maxillee
are bifurcated for one-third of their length, both of which are charac-
teristics of the genus Lepeophtheirus as distinguished from Caliqgus.
From correspondence with Gissler it was ascertained that his type
specimens had been turned over to the American Museum of Natural
History at New York City. Dr. H. C. Bumpus, the director of the
museum, very kindly made a careful search for the specimens at the
author's request, but they could not be found. The species will have
to stand, therefore, upon the original figures and description given by
Gissler. Fortunately, these were carefully made and give us definite
data to work upon. Nearly everything in the present account and
the figures which are herewith presented were taken from Gissler.
The species can be readily distinguished by the four-jointed abdomen;
no other species in this genus has more than two joints in the abdo-
men. However, Gissler states that the segmentation is indistinct in
fresh material, and only becomes distinct on being treated with acetic
acid.
There may be a suggestion in this that some species, like salmonis,
just described, in which the abdomen has been hitherto regarded as
unsegmented, would show a distinct segmentation if treated in the
same way with acetic acid.
The species bears some resemblance to sa/monis, but the size and
shape of the genital segment are entirely different, as ave the details of
every one of the appendages given by Gissler, particularly the second
antenne and the fourth legs.
LEPEOPHTHEIRUS COSSYPHI Kroyer.
Plate XXV, figs. 311-313.
Lepeophtheirus cossyphi KRGYER, 1863, p. 115, pl. vit, fig. 6, a-e.—BaAsserr-SMI7TH,
1899, p. 454.
Female.—Carapace longer than the rest of the body (as 7 to 4),
nearly as wide as long, narrowed anteriorly. Frontal plates medium
size, not well defined, without any emargination at the center. Free
segment very narrow and short, considerably less than one-fourth as
wide as the genital seement.
Genital segment half as long as the carapace, a little wider than long,
of a broad acorn shape, squarely truncated posteriorly. The corners
are well rounded, and to-them are attached the long and slender fifth
“American Naturalist, August, 1883, p. 885.
No. 1404, : PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID A— WILSON. 645
legs. These are conical and three-jointed, with a seta at the end of the
first and second joints.
The abdomen is rudimentary, only one-eighth the length of the genital
segment, and looking like a knob on its posterior border.
Anal lamine proportionally large, longer than the abdomen, as wide
as long, with stout sete three or four times the length of the lamin.
Kee strings not present.
Joints of the first antenne of about the same leneth and slender;
second antenn of medium size and the usual shape.
First maxille small and placed close to the second antennz, the base
swollen more than usual, so that they appear two-jointed.
Proboscis small and plump, of the same length and width, and
squarely rounded at the end. Second maxille the same length as the
proboscis, tolerably stout; the branches pointed and weakly curved.
Eyes small and circular.
First maxillipeds of the usual form; second pair not as large as
usual, and lacking the accessory spine on the terminal claw.
Furca small, the base squarely truncate, almost rectangular; the
foramen tolerably large and of about the same leneth and width.
Branches not as long as the base, simple, divergent, and pointed, the
sinus between them triangular, with the sides almost meeting ante-
riorly. Rami of the third legs close together, but pointing straight
backward. Fourth legs elongate, four-jointed, the basal joint as long
as the three terminal ones.
There are five spines, of wnich those on the second and third joints
are equal and of medium size, while of the three terminal spines the
middle one is more than twice the length of the other two.
Total length 3.35 mm. Length of carapace 2.1 mm.; width of same
1.8 mm.; length of genital segment 1.1 mm.; length of abdomen
0.125 mm.
Color not given.
(cossyphi, the generic name of its host.)
Kroyer bases this new species upon a single female taken from the
gills of the Spanish ladyfish or hogfish, //arpe rufa, in the West
Indies. But although thus confined to a single specimen, the species
presents well-defined characters which serve to distinguish it from all
others.
The first of these characters is the relative proportion of the various
body regions. The carapace and genital segment are noticeably large,
while the free segment and the abdomen are equally small. The gen-
ital segment is also of a peculiar shape, and the fifth legs are unusually
prominent.
But the crowning mark of distinction, if we may believe Kréyer’s
statement, is the fact that these fifth legs are indistinctly three-jointed.
In no other known species of Caligus or Lepeophtheirus is there any
646 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
indication of jointing in these appendages. We thus have here a
form in which the fifth legs are less rudimentary than usual, and one
which leaves no possible doubt as to their morphological significance.
LEPEOPHTHEIRUS ROBUSTUS Kroyer.
Plate XXV, figs. 314, 315.
Lepeophtheirus robustus Kroyer, 1863, p. 135, pl. v1, fig. 6 a-c.—Bassert-SMITH,
1899, p. 456.
Male.—Carapace longer than the rest of the body, the proportion
about 5 to 2 and strongly arched. Frontal plates weakly developed
and not very distinct. Free segment quadrangular in form with
rounded corners, a little contracted anteriorly.
Genital segment about one-fourth as long as the carapace, and of
the same width and length. On either side anteriorly there is a fold
of skin which fills up the space between this segment and the one in
front of it. The posterior corners are squarely rounded and the fifth
legs appear as stout pointed knobs armed with three or four long setze.
The abdomen is half as long as the genital segment and of about the
same width and length. The anal laminz are one-fourth as long as
the abdomen and a little wider than long. They are armed with sete
which are at least four times as long as they are themselves, and with
tufts of hair on either side at the base of the sete.
The first antenne are short, with the basal joint somewhat plump
and longer than the second joint. In the second antennz the terminal
claw is particularly long and sharp.
The first maxille are quite stout, while the second are larger still,
and are deeply cleft at the tip into two acuminate branches. The
proboscis is plump, not quite twice as long as wide. The first maxilli-
peds are weak, the inner terminal claw fully twice as long as the outer.
The second pair are proportionally larger but with a short terminal
claw.
Furea small and somewhat difficult to see; base longer than the
branches, squarely truncated anteriorly, with a slender frame and a
large, half-moon-shaped foramen. The branches are short and plump
and cleft at the ends; the secondary branches are very short, the outer
one much wider than the inner, and turned outward, while the inner
one points straight backward.
First swimming legs short and stout, the second joint plump and
ego-shaped, with a spine and a rounded protuberance on its anterior
border. Second swimming legs characterized by their stoutness;
rami of the third legs smalland close together. Fourth legs small but
stout, four-jointed, with the basal joint as long as the other three; the
latter decrease regularly in size in the proportion of 4, 3, and 2.
There are only four spines, the second joint ending in an enlarged and
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGIDA— WILSON. 647
papillated prominence instead of a spine. Of the three terminal
spines the outer, which is the smallest, has a peculiar knife-blade shape.
Total length 7.875 mm. Length of the carapace 5.5 mm.; width of
the same 4.3 mm.; length of genital segment 1.45 mm.; length of
abdomen 0.75 mm.
Color not given.
(robustus, stout, strong.)
This species was founded by Kroyer on two male specimens obtained
from a species of Raja otf the Greenland coast. It is not as well
defined as the preceding species, but seems fairly well characterized
by the skin protuberances on the genital segment and by the
bipartite furca.
Genus ANURETES Heller.
Carapace large and_ shield-shaped, as in the preceding genera.
Frontal plates well defined, without sucking disks. Second maxillee
small, simple, and straight. Second maxillipeds large and very power-
ful. First and fourth thoracic legs uniramose, second and third bira-
mose, the rudiments of the fifth pair large and prominent. Genital
segment large, well rounded, emarginate posteriorly. Free thorax
segment small and without dorsal plates. Abdomen entirely lacking,
the anal lamine only left, attached to the ventral surface of the genital
segment. Ege strings as in Caligus.
(Anuretes, av privitive, ovpa, tail.)
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
Genital segment semilunar, deeply cut posteriorly; fourth legs small, three-jointed,
LOUIES PINE SKC OSeMLO CELE alba Ul = seem aes =e ee ea heckelii, p. 647.
Genital segment almost circular, with shallow, triangular posterior depression; fourth
legs long, first spine removed some distance from the others..-..------- perplexus.
ANURETES HECKELII Kroyer.
Plate XXV, figs. 316-321.
Lepeophtheirus heckelii Kroyer, 1863, p. 110, pl. vu, figs. 4, a-h.
Anuretes heckelii HELLER, 1865, p. 186.—Basserr-SmirH, 1899, p. 457.
Female.—Carapace somewhat longer than the rest of the body, about
as wide as long. Frontal plates distinct, but narrow and only slightly
emarginate at the center. Posterior sinuses broad and shallow; median
lobe about half the entire width, projecting scarcely at all beyond the
lateral lobes.
Free segment narrow and proportionally long with almost parallel
sides. Genital segment two-thirds as long as the carapace and three-
fourths as wide, its sides strongly curved and projecting backward at
the corners as a pair of stout papille, representing the fifth legs.
Between these papillee the posterior border of the genital segment is
slightly convex, but the projecting papille give this border a deeply
648 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
emarginate appearance. Abdomen entirely lacking, or only appear:
ine in the faintest traces on the ventral surface of the genital segment.
Anal lamin as in other genera, not at all degenerate, but attached to
the ventral surface of the genital segment owing to the absence of the
abdomen. Their exact position varies considerably in-different speci-
mens, but they are usually attached some little distanee-m front of the
posterior border. For this reason they are wholly, orakmost wholly,
concealed in dorsal view, only their tips or the sete attached to them
appearing beyond the edge of the genital segment.
First antenne small and plump, the joints about even and armed as
in other genera; second pair with a large terminal claw bent at a
sharper angle than usual.
First maxille rather large and plump, not much swollen at the base;
second pair little more than half as long as the mouth tube, separated
from it quite a distance on either side, simple and pointed, with a
greatly enlarged base.
Mouth tube large, twice as long as wide, and well rounded at the
end. Eyes small, situated posterior to the base of the mouth tube, the
lenses separated by about twice their own diameter. First maxillipeds
with a blunt lobe on the middle of the inner margin of the terminal
joint. Second pair very large and strong, the basal segment much
swollen but without knobs or spines, the terminal claw stout, bent
abruptly, and without any accessory spine on the inner border.
Furca small, plump, the basal part slightly longer than the branches,
with a membranous frame and large oyal foramen.
The branches are simple, parallel and club-shaped, with obtuse ends;
the sinus between them is long and very narrow.
There is no spine at the distal corner of the terminal joint of the
first thoracic legs, but only the three terminal claws, the longest of
which is about the length of the joint.
Second swimming lees as in Ca//gus. Third pair different from the
genera already described; the basal lamine are larger and the rami
are not attached to their posterior border or at the posterior corners,
but high up on the lateral borders and close together so that they par-
tially overlap.
Furthermore the endopod consists of but a single segment, armed
with three strongly curved bristles which hardly deserve the name of
plumose sete. The exopod is two-jointed and but scantily armed.
The fourth legs are small but comparatively strong, three-jointed, the
basal joint as long as the other two. There is a spine at the end of the
second joint and three on the terminal joint, all so close together as to
form a single bunch or cluster.
The fifth legs appear as a pair of very stout and long papillee pro-
jecting from the posterior corners of the genital segment, each ending
in a single stout spine.
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID A— WILSON. 649
Total length 2.3mm. Length of carapace 1.53 mm.; width of same
1.6 mm.; length of genital segment | mm. Egg strings wanting.
Color not given.
(heckelii, to Prof. Ernst Héckel.)
This species: was founded by Kréyer upon three specimens, all
females, two of which he obtained from the Vienna Museum while
the third came from Biloxi, near New Orleans, on the shore of the Gult
of Mexico. The two Vienna specimens were said to have been found
by Héckel on the gills of an Aphippus gigas from the Brazilian coast.
They had been labeled by Kollar Caliqus heckelii and Kroyer retained
the specific name of the label but changed the genus. The North
American specimen was found on the gills of the same fish (the angel-
fish or spadefish, Chetodipterus faber, Broussonet).
This is the only representative of the genus found in North Ameri-
‘an waters and may be recognized by the entire absence of the
abdomen.
NONAMERICAN SPECIES.
The collection of the National Museum includes specimens of the
following species, which have not thus far been found in North Amer-
ican waters. Three of the species are new to science and one of them
is made the type of a new genus.
CALIGUS TERES, new species.
: Plate XXVI.
Female.—Carapace one-fourth longer than the rest of the body,
about the same length and width, and very strongly ovate in shape,
the posterior portion being more than twice as wide as the frontal
plates. The latter are well differentiated, with large, almost circular
lunules which project strongly in front of the antenne. The posterior
sinuses are wide and comparatively deep, leaving a median lobe about
half the entire width and projecting considerably behind the lateral
lobes. The sinuses are slightly inclined away from the mid line, and
the posterior margin of the median lobe is a little concave.
The lateral lobes are broad and well rounded, their thoracic portion
being very prominent and projecting considerably behind the rest of
the lobes. Thoracic area large and well rounded, embracing half the
length and fully two-thirds the width of the carapace. The crossbar
and the lower portion of the sides of the ‘‘H” make a nearly perfect
semicircle,
The free thorax segment is almost half as long as the genital seg-
ment, and is strongly narrowed in front of the bases of the fourth legs,
leaving the sides concave.
The genital segment has a broad, barrel shape, with evenly rounded
sides; it is two-fifths the length of the carapace, as wide as it is lone,
650 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
with an emarginate posterior border and short, well-rounded lobes.
The abdomen is three-fifths the length of the genital segment, and like
the latter has a broad, barrel shape, abruptly narrowed into a neck,
where it joins the genital segment.
The anal lamine are large and foliaceous, separated more than their
own diameter, and armed with large and stout sete.
The egg tubes are about half as long as the body; each has a diameter
a little more than half that of the abdomen and contains 60 eggs.
The anterior antenne are of medium size and very heavily armed with
sete and spines; the posterior pair have a stout basal joint and a long,
slender terminal hook. The accessory spines situated just posterior to
the base of these antennz are small and weak.
The first maxillee are of medium size, slightly curved, and consider-
ably enlarged at the base; the second pair are large and stout, as long
as the proboscis, and abruptly curved near the base.,
The terminal portion is nearly straight and ends in a rather blunt
point. The terminal joint of the first maxillipeds is much longer than
the basal and is tipped with two long and curved claws, the inner of
which is longer than the outer, and has a serrate lamina along its
anterior and posterior margins. There is also a stout curved spine
upon the anterior margin of this terminal joint near its distal end.
The second maxillipeds are large and stout, the terminal claw about
half the length of the swollen basal joint, with a long aceessory spine
upon its inner margin close to the tip.
The inner margin of the basal joint is also raised into a slight
protuberance just opposite the point of the claw.
The furca is narrow, the base as long as the branches and slightly
swollen; the branches are straight, almost parallel, and acute. The
three terminal claws on the first swimming leg are long and strongly
curved, decreasing in size from the anterior to the posterior. There
is no seta at the distal corner, but the three plumose sete on the
posterior margin are of the usual size. The second legs are noticeable
chiefly for the spines on the exopod and the curious shape of its ter-
minal joint. There are but two spines, one on the basal joint and one
on the second joint; the former is about three times the length of the
latter, and stretches across the second joint and projects beyond its
inner border nearly a third of its length. The terminal joint of this
exopod is shaped like the quadrant of an ellipse, the half of the
shorter diameter joining the second joint, while the half of the longer
diameter forms the anterior border. The plumose setz are arranged
in a row around the curved posterior margin.
The rami of the third legs are well separated; the exopod has a stout
basal joint with a medium-sized claw, and a considerably smaller ter-
minal joint, both joints being appressed closely to the margin of the
apron. The fourth legs are long and slender, three-jointed with five
No, 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGID A— WILSON. 65]
spines, of which three are terminal. The outer of these terminal three
is rudimentary and so small as to be easily overlooked. The tips of the
legs slightly overlap the abdomen, the basal joints, which are the same
size throughout, being about as long as the two terminal joints. On
the outer margin of the basal joint near the distal end is a short plumose
seta; there is a large spine at the distal end of the second joint, and one
on the outer margin of the terminal joint at about its center. At the
bases of this last spine and also of each of the three terminal spines
there is on the ventral surface a small lamina whose edge is cut into
very long and acuminate teeth. The fifth legs are so small as to be
wholly invisible dorsally and they can be seen on the ventral surface
only with difficulty.
Total length 4.75 mm. Length of carapace 2.6 mm.; width of
same 2.75 mm.; length of genital segment 1 mm.; length of abdo-
men 0.7 mm.; length of egg strings 2.2 mm. Sixty eggs in each.
Male.—Carapace three-fifths of the entire length, and proportion-
ally narrower posteriorly than in the female, but wider anteriorly.
Frontal plates wider and more prominent, and the lunules larger.
The eyes appear a little farther back in the carapace, owing to the
width of these frontal plates.
Thoracic area as large as in the female and rounded similarly. The
glands in this area which show as dark masses through the dorsal
integument are of peculiar shape and very similar in the two sexes.
Each consists of a large ovate posterior portion and a smaller elliptical
or spherical anterior portion, the two being connected by a narrow
neck. On the inner side both portions of these ghinds are flattened
against the intestine and present a nearly straight line for their entire
length.
The free segment is longer and wider than in the female, and is
similarly constricted in front of the fourth legs. It is fully as wide as
the genital segment and overlaps the anterior end of the latter on
either side by the width of the basal joint of the fourth legs.
The genital segment is oblong, narrowed considerably anteriorly
where it joins the free segment, and has a convex posterior margin.
On either side near the posterior end isa broad and blunt triangular
spine, on the ventral side of which may be found the fifth legs.
The abdomen is about two-thirds the width and seven-eighths the
leneth of the genital segment, two-jointed, the basal joint considerably
the smaller, with a strongly convex posterior margin.
The abdomen widens a little posteriorly and the anal lamine are set
into the sides as much as the end of the terminal joint. They are very
large and foliaceous, but the plumose sete upon them are not much
larger than those of the female.
The appendages are very similar to those of the female, the chief
differences being in the enlarged and branched second antenne, the
n
652 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
enlarged second maxillipeds, and the fourth legs. The latter have the
same detail as in the female, but reach well beyond the posterior margin
of the basal abdominal joint.
Total length 3.7mm. Length of carapace 2.2 mm.; width of same 2
mm.; length of genital segment 0.7 mm.; length of abdomen 0.54 mm.
Color, a dark-brownish yellow, without pigment spots.
(teres, smooth, well rounded. )
The National Museum collection includes two lots of this species, one
of twenty-five females and two males taken from a Callorhynchus, and
the other of about the same number taken from a ray, both at Lota,
Chile. The ray and the chimera were in the same tub of fish, so that
it is very possible the parasites may have crawled from one to the other.
This is a very clean-looking species, and the roundness of its outlines
gives it both grace and symmetry. It may be easily distinguished
from other species by the rounded barrel shape of the genital segment
and abdomen, and by the concave sides of the free segment. This
preliminary diagnosis may then be verified by the presence of toothed
lamin at the bases of the spines on the fourth legs.
In 1849 one Claudius Gay published what he styled Historia fisica
y politica de Chile, which was issued at Madrid and contained, among
other things, a review of the animal and plant life of the country. The
author has been unable to find a copy of the text of this work, but in
the volume of plates there is a figure” of a parasitic copepod which is
designated Caligus gayt. This was found upon an undetermined fish
and resembles the present species in many particulars, but there is still
enough difference, particularly in the coloration, to render it certain
that the two are distinct species.
CALIGUS CENTRODONTI Baird.
Plate XX VII.
Caligus centrodonti Barrp, 1850, p. 272, pl. xxxu, figs. 6 and 7.—Bassert-
Smitrn, 1899, p. 447.
Female.—Carapace considerably more than twice the length of the
rest of the body, and quite strongly narrowed anteriorly. Frontal
plates large and distinct, with a deep central incision; lunules large,
circular in outline, and not projecting much beyond the anterior mar-
gin. Posterior sinuses of medium depth, nearly parallel, and well
rounded; median lobe a little more than half the entire width, and
squarely truncate or slightly emarginate posteriorly. Thoracic area
large and very well defined but with indistinct digestive glands.
Eyes situated far forward and entirely separated from each other
but very close together, the axes slightly inclined toward each other
wnteriorly,
«Plate m1, fig. 12.
No. 1104. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID 4— WILSON. 653
Free segment short and narrow, overlapped by the carapace ante-
riorly and by the genital segment posteriorly. From either side of
this segment there projects over the base of the fourth leg a narrow,
blunt plate or spine, about half as long as the basal joint of the leg.
This overlying plate, together with the small size of the fourth legs,
renders the latter invisible in dorsal view.
Genital segment transversely semilunar in shape, one-third wider
than long, the sides well rounded, the posterior angles prolonged
backward as stout blunt lobes. The posterior margin between these
lobes is deeply concave, being fully one-third of the entire length.
The fifth legs are not visible dorsally, but may be distinctly seen upon
the ventral surface of the posterior lobes. The abdomen is so small
as to be at least partially rudimentary. It is less than one-fourth the
width of the genital segment and does not quite reach the level of the
tips of the posterior lobes of the genital segment. In shape it is
ovate, the base being contracted strongly and joining the genital seg-
ment on its ventral surface, a little anterior to its posterior margin.
The genital segment thus overlaps and partially conceals the base of
the abdomen.
The anal laminz are proportionally of good size, but armed with
small sete. Ege cases about two-thirds as long as the body, and con-
siderably wider than the abdomen, each containing thirty-five to forty
eLOS.
Of the appendages the anterior antenne are short, the two joints
about the same length and not very heavily armed with sete and spines.
Second antenne smali and without any accessory spine at the base of
the proximal joint.
First maxillee large and well curved, but with very little swelling at
the base. Second pair simple, with a wide triangular base and a short
blunt tip; they are attached opposite the base of the mouth tube and
extend slightly beyond its tip.
The mouth tube is short and evenly rounded, nearly as wide as it is
long. First maxillipeds of the usual form; second pair very small and
weak, hardly larger than the first pair; the terminal claw is a little
more than half the length, and considerably less than half the width,
of the basal joint.
The tiny accessory spine is attached close to the distal end of the
claw on the inner margin.
The first swimming legs are smaller than usual, with only one of the
three terminal claws at all developed, the other two being rudimentary.
The plumose setz on the posterior border of the terminal joint, how-
ever, are full size.
The exopod of the second legs has but two spines; the one on the
first joint is large and stout, but the one on the second joint is rudi-
mentary. The rami of the third legs are large and well separated,
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04 42
654 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
but the exopod is turned sidewise and appressed so close to the margin
of the basal apron that the latter overlaps it somewhat. This brings
the tip of the exopod over onto the endopod, so that the two appear
close together. The fourth legs are small and weak, three-jointed with
four spines; the first and third joints are about the same length, the
second joint is only one-third as long.
The spine at the tip of the second joint is long, slender, and perfectly
straight; of the three at the tip of the third joint the inner one is very
short and rudimentary; the outer one is about the same length as that
on the second joint, and like it slender and straight. The middle claw
is much larger, nearly as long as the joint itself and strongly curved.
Fifth legs as already stated.
Total length 4 mm. Length of carapace 2.7 mm.; width of the same
2.5 mm.; length of genital segment 1 mm.; length of abdomen 0.4
mm.; length of egg strings 3.5 mm.
Color a light yellowish brown without pigment spots.
(centrodonti, the specific name of its host.)
Male.—Carapace as in the female, but proportionally much larger
(as 7 to 2); not narrowed as much anteriorly. Frontal plate larger
and wider and lunules larger. The median posterior lobe is not quite
as large proportionally and is slightly rounded along the posterior
margin instead of being emarginate.
Free segment short and almost concealed beneath the carapace and
the genital segment. It is proportionally much wider than in the
female, and from tip to tip of the lateral plates is five-sevenths as wide
as the genital segment.
The latter is narrower than in the female, but is of the same shape.
The fifth legs show plainly at the tips of the posterior lobes. Abdomen
relatively larger than in the female, with anal lamin almost as large
as itself. The abdomen proper does not reach to the tips of the pos-
terior lobes of the genital segment, but the anal lamine project well
beyond them (fig. 344).
Of the appendages there is no increase in the size of the second
antennee, as is usual, but there is enough increase in the second maxil-
lipeds to more than compensate for this. Instead of the weak and
puny appendages found in the female, the male carries a pair of enor-
mous second maxillipeds.
The basal joint is swollen until it is fully as wide as long, and is
armed on the inner margin with two large protuberances or papille,
into the sinus between which the tip of the terminal claw fits snugly.
This basal joint is supplied with very powerful muscles, particularly
the one which closes the terminal claw. The latter is three-quarters
as long as the basal joint and stout.
The first maxillee are also very much enlarged, and are bent into a
sickle shape, with a slightly enlarged base.
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID A— WILSON. 655
Total length 3.5 mm. Length of carapace 2.5 mm.; width of same
2.3 mm.; length of genital segment 0.9 mm.; length of abdomen
0.25 mm.
The collection of the National Museum contains one lot of this
interesting species sent from England by Rev. A. M. Norman. It is
numbered 8105, and was obtained from the gill cavity of Pagellus
centrodontus. The species was originally discovered by Baird and
described by him in 1850, and no further description has ever been
given. Indeed, so far as known, it was not even noted by any other
author until Bassett-Smith in 1899, and he simply gives the name.
The description here given supplements that of Baird in many par-
ticulars, especially with regard to the appendages.
Attention should be called to the lateral plates or spines on the sides
of the free segment which are not mentioned by Baird, but which are
important as a connecting link between this form and those in the
following subfamily, the Euryphorine. The latter are characterized
by the presence of just such plates in all the species, while the Caligine,
which are here discussed, have no such plates or processes.
In the present species the plates are so small as to be easily over-
looked, but if the large aprons at the bases of the second legs be re-
moved and the copepod be then examined the plates appear plainly.
Most of the Euryphorine are unable to swim about freely, and with
thislack of free locomotion there appear the dorsal plates on the thorax,
or abdomen, or both.
It is interesting to find that the beginnings of these plates are found
among forms which still retain the ability, if not the disposition, to
move about freely.
Another detail of anatomy is equally interesting, and this also was
overlooked by Baird. The upper surface of the genital segment pro-
jects considerably over the base and sides of the abdomen, so that the
latter is partially concealed in dorsal view. But the posterior margin
of the genital segment is cut ina deep semicircle, which reveals most
of the dorsal surface of the abdomen. We have here, therefore, the
initial step in the disappearance of the abdomen; the genital segment
is deeply incised to receive it, and it is attached on the ventral surface
so as to be partly concealed. The second step is found in Lepeoph-
theirus dissimulatus, where the abdomen is attached as far forward on
the ventral surface, but the genital segment is no longer incised, and
consequently almost entirely covers the abdomen. The third and
last step is the complete disappearance of the abdomen in the genus
Anuretes.
656 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
LEPEOPHTHEIRUS INNOMINATUS, new species.
Plate XXVIII, figs. 345-352.
Female.—Carapace elliptical, one-eighth longer than wide, equally
narrowed anteriorly and posteriorly. Frontal plates small, but well
defined with a deep incision at the center.
Posterior sinuses shallow, narrow, somewhat enlarged at the base
and inclined diagonally outward. Of the grooves separating the car-
apace areas that which represents the crossbar of the ** H” is only
two-sevenths of the length of the carapace from its posterior margin.
Furthermore it is not curved, but is made up of two straight lines
meeting at the center like the sides of a very flat roof. This leaves a
thoracic area proportionally smaller than in any known species of
either Cal/gus or Lepeophtheirus. The longitudinal grooves are
strongly curved, so as to be practically parallel with the margin of the
‘rarapace. The eyes are situated well forward and are of good size.
The median lobe of the carapace projects backward well beyond the
lateral lobes; it is abruptly narrowed at about the center as if jointed,
the posterior half being semi-circular and overlapping the free segment
a little.
The latter is considerably more than half as wide as the genital
segment; is quite short and somewhat crescentic in shape.
The genital segment is fully as large as the carapace, quadrangular
in outline, with well rounded corners and a squarely truncated posterior
margin. Anteriorly it narrows into a short neck, where it joins the
free segment, the neck being considerably narrower than the free
segment.
The abdomen is narrow cylindrical, about one-third the width of the
genital segment, and nearly four times as long as wide. It is two-
jointed, the basal joint three times the length of the terminal; the latter
joint is also quite a little narrower than the former, but does not taper
posteriorly. The anal lamin are of good size and curve in toward
each other at their tips; the plumose sete are rather short and slender.
The egg strings are two-thirds as wide as the abdomen and five-
eighths the length of the body; the eggs are small, eighty or eighty-five
of them in each string.
Of the appendages, the first antenne are about as long as the frontal
plates, the two joints of the same length, and well supplied with sete
and spines. The second antenne are long and slender, the most of
the length being in the terminal claw, which is strongly bent near the
tip. The basal joint is short and stout. The two pairs of maxille are
small and slender, the second pair bifid for only a third of their
leneth, with the branches parallel and close together.
The furca is small, the base and branches about the same length,
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID A— WILSON. 657
latter of a broad U shape, with blunt points.
The second maxillipeds are enormous, the stout basal joints filling
the whole central portion of the carapace; the terminal claws are
nearly as long as the basal joint and are strongly curved near their tip.
The accessory spine is small and weak and is attached near the base
of the claw.
There are no spines on the first legs except on the terminal joint,
where there are the usual three, and three plumose setie on the poste-
rior border. The three spines on the exopod joints of the second legs
are the same size and all very sharp.
The rami of the third legs are close together, with a large spine at
the base of the exopod. The fourth legs are long and stout, three-
fourths the length of the genital segment.
The basal joint is nearly as long as the other three, exclusive of the
claws. Of the latter there are five, a tiny, rudimentary one at the
enlarged tip of the second joint, a somewhat larger one at the tip of
the third joint, and three terminal ones.
These last are graded in size from without inward. The outer one
is no larger than that on the second joint, the second one is three
times as large, while the inner one is twice the size of the second and
is toothed along its outer border.
The fifth legs are invisible dorsally, but are plainly discernible on
the ventral surface.
Total length 9.2 mm. Length of carapace 2.8 mm.; width of same
2.5 mm.; length of genital segment 2.8 mm.; length of abdomen 3.2
mm.; length of egg strings6mm. Eighty to eighty-five eggs in each.
Color a dark steel gray, changing but little in alcohol.
(*nnominatus, Without a name, the one given to it being preoccupied. )
The National Museum collection has a single lot of this species,
numbered 8028, and including three females taken from a salmon at
Cornwall, England, by the Rev. A. M. Norman.
These are labeled by Mr. Norman Lepeophtheirus gracilis, but that
name can not stand, for several reasons. In the first place, P. J. van
Beneden described, in 1851, « species which he called Cal/gqus gracilis,
but which was really a Lepeophtheirus. If any species of the genus
were to preserve the name graczlis, it would of necessity be this one.
But even a casual glance at Beneden’s figure will suftice to show that
he was really describing something very different from the present
species.
Again, Beneden’s species has been shown by various authors to be
the same as Z. thompson? Baird, and hence must be included under the
synonyms of that species. Therefore it could not stand for the
present species, an entirely different form.
658 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
For these reasons we have considered it necessary to change Nor-
man’s label, which has never been published, and leave Z. gracdlis in
its old place as a synonym of ZL. thompsond.
Under the latter species will be found (see p. 622) a full discussion
of these troublesome synonyms. It will suffice here to state that the
present species can be distinguished at once from ZL. thompsoni, with
which it is most likely to be confused, by the equality in size between
the carapace and genital segment, by the comparative length of the
abdomen (considerably longer than either carapace or genital ség-
ment), and by the large size of the second maxillipeds. In the present
species, also, the basal joint of the fourth leg reaches well beyond the
margins of both carapace and genital segment, while in ¢hompsoné the
entire leg, if straightened out, would not reach the margin of the cara-
pace, and the basal joint falls far short of reaching the margin of the
genital segment. Finally, the present species was found on a very
different host.
LEPEOPHTHEIRUS CHILENSIS, new species.
Plate XXVIII, figs. 353-364.
Fremale.—Carapace orbicular, as wide as long, the frontal margin
strongly curved and deeply incised at the center.
Posterior sinuses shallow and widely triangular; median lobe about
one-half the width of the carapace, and not projecting much behind
the lateral lobes. Transverse groove separating the cephalic from the
thoracic areas almost exactly in the center of the carapace; lateral
grooves nearly straight.
Free thoracic segment short and less than half the width of the
genital segment; very prominently widened at the center through the
base of the fourth leg. Genital segment half the width of the cara-
pace, one-fourth wider than long, with strongly curved lateral mar-
gins and somewhat reentrant posterior margin.
Abdomen half as long as the genital segment and one-fifth as wide,
distinctly two-jointed, the joints about equal.
Anal laminze small and widely separated, curved in slightly toward
aach other and armed with small and short sete.
The anterior antenne are large, three-fourths as long as the frontal
plates with the terminal joint shorter and much narrower than the
basal. Both joints are heavily armed with sete, those on the terminal
joint being gathered at the tip.
The posterior antennx are large, the basal joint swollen and with a
good-sized spine on its ventral surface. The terminal claw of these
appendages is strongly bent in a horizontal direction at the base, and
again in the usual vertical direction at the tip. The first maxille are
close to the tip of these antenne, are of medium size, and nearly
straight.
wo, 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGID A— WILSON.
659
The second maxillx are of about the same size as the furca and are
cut beyond their center with divergent branches, of which the inner
one is the larger and curved the more.
The first maxillipeds are of the usual form; the second pair are
rather small, the basal joint more than twice the length of the terminal
claw; the latter is weak and not much curved.
The furea is of medium size and cut beyond the center, making the
branches longer than the base. The former are conical and widely
divergent; the latter is swollen on either side at the center, giving a
spindle shape.
The first swimming legs have a stout spine upon the outer and another
upon the posterior margin of the basal joint. The terminal spines are
nearly equal and not pectinate, while the plumose sete are rather
short. The second legs have large spines upon the outer margin of
the exopod; the rami of the third legs are well separated and longer
than in most species. .
The fourth legs are large and stout, their tips reaching back beyond
the genital segment. They are four-jointed, the basal joint only half
as long as the other three, including the spines. This basal joint has
a stout spine on its outer border at a little distance from the distal end.
The third joint is longer than the second and fourth and ends in a
short spine. There is no spine on the second joint. The terminal
spines are strongly curved and vary much in length, the inner one
being nearly three times the length of the outer.
The fifth legs are large and prominent and project beyond the pos-
terior margin.
In young females the free segment and genital segment and abdomen
are each of nearly the same size, the fourth segment being the widest
and the others narrowing slightly in order. The fifth legs project as
very large papille from the posterior margin of the genital segment
and are much more prominent than even in the adult male. There is
no trace of segmentation in the abdomen, but this region is almost
exactly like that in the adult male.
Total length 5.3 mm. Length of carapace 3.2 mm.; width of same
3.1 mm.; length of genital segment 1.2 mm.; length of abdomen
0.55 mm.; length of ege strings 3.3 mm.
Color a dull yellow with a slight tinge of brown, with no pigment
spots visible in preserved specimens.
(chilensis, of or belonging to Chile.)
Male.—Carapace twice the length and more than four times the
width of the rest of the body, its own length and width being about
the same. Posterior sinuses the same as in the female, but the tho-
racic area is relatively smaller and the digestive glands are larger.
The free segment is as wide as the genital segment, one-fifth the width
of the carapace, and relatively longer than in the female. The fourth
660 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
legs are attached to its posterior lateral margins, which are much
widened through their bases. The genital segment is oblong, with
well-rounded anterior corners where it is contracted into a neck on
joining the free segment. It carries two pairs of papille, one at the
posterior corners and the other on the lateral margins just in front of
those corners.
The abdomen is small, only half the length of the genital segment,
as wide as long, with no trace of segmentation. The anal lamin are
much larger than in the female and their sets are very much longer
and stouter.
The second antenne are enlarged as usual in this sex into clasping
organs, but the branches are reduced to mere knobs. The rami of the
third legs are especially prominent and protrude a long distance from
the margin of the basal apron.
The fourth legs are relatively much larger than in the female; the
basal joints alone reach more than three-quarters of the length of the
eenital segment, while the tips extend well beyond the ends of the
anal laminee.
Total length 3.8 mm; length of carapace 2.2 mm.; width of same
2.2 mm.; length of genital segment 0.58 mm.; length of abdomen
0.8 mm.
Color somewhat darker than in the female.
The National Museum collection includes three lots of this new
species, all of which were obtained at Lota, Chile, during the voyage
of the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer Albatross in 1887-88.
The first two lots are numbered 1502 and 1503, while the third lot
is unnumbered. No host is given for the first lot; the second, 1503,
was taken from a ray, while the third was taken from a species of
Sebastes. This third lot includes twenty-five females and two males,
which are excellently preserved.
The species resembles parviventris at first sight, but is considerably
smaller and the proportions of the various body regions are markedly
different. This is seen especially in the general shape of the carapace
and genital segment and in the relative size of the two.
The abdomen, also, in this species is relatively longer and is made
up of two segments, while in parvdventris it is shorter and undivided.
The ege strings in parviventris are as long as the entire body, while
here they are only three-fifths as long. In parviventris the furca has
a broad U shape, the branches widely separate and parallel; here the
furca is much smaller, V shaped, with the branches starting close
together and diverging rapidly. In this species, also, the second
maxillipeds are small and weak, while the fourth legs are very large
and strong; in parviventris exactly the opposite is true.
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGID 4— WILSON. 661
Genus HOMOIOTES, new genus.
Carapace large and shield-shaped. Frontal plates without lunules.
Mandibles with sharp sawteeth along the inner margins only. Second
maxillze small and divided as in Lepeophthe:rus. First and fourth
swimming legs uniramose, second and third biramose. Genital seg-
ment covered by a pair of dorsal plates which finally fuse into one.
In the female this plate often grows forward and covers the free seg-
ment as well as the genital segment, overlapping the bases of the
fourth legs. It extends backward to the center of the abdomen and
on either side of the latter sends out a well-rounded, flattened lobe,
terminating in a stout blunt spine which reaches even beyond the tips
of the anal lamine. In the male the plate covers only the genital
segment and does not quite reach the base of the abdomen. In this
latter sex a pair of fifth and a pair of sixth legs are plainly visible on
the genital segment, the former very well differentiated.
Abdomen unseemented, without plates or processes; anal laminz
small, flattened and armed with plumose sete.
(omoiotes, 0jc01oTns, likeness or similarity.)
HOMOIOTES PALLIATA, new species.
Plate X XIX.
Female.—Carapace orbicular, as long as wide, much narrowed
anteriorly and posteriorly. Frontal plates well defined but narrow,
completely separated by a central incision, within which can be seen
the remains of a frontal filament. Posterior sinuses narrow, of medium
depth, and inclined outward, leaving a median lobe fully half the entire
width and rather flatly rounded posteriorly. The lateral lobes are
narrow, sharply rounded, and curved strongly inward. Thoracic area
rather small, the groove which separates it from the cephalic area
being made up of two straight lines inclined toward each other like
the sides of a roof. The digestive glands in the center of the area
show plainly and are semicircular in shape.
The free segment, seen from the ventral surface, is about half the
width of the genital segment and less than a third as long. In the
adult its dorsal surface is entirely covered by a mantle or lamina which
overlaps the bases of the fourth legs on either side and extends back
the entire length of the genital segment and half the length of the
abdomen.
This lamina belongs really to the genital segment and grows forward
over the free segment as can be seen in all young females, all males,
and in several of the adult females, where the free segment is without
any covering. It starts as a pair of small plates, one on either side at
the base of the genital segment. These grow inward toward each
662 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII
other, backward, and in the adult females usually forward, until they
finally fuse into a single plate or lamina.
The genital segment, seen from below, is about half the width of the
carapace, and is ovate in shape, narrowing rapidly toward the poste-
rior end. The sides are very evenly rounded and the dorsal lamina
which covers the entire upper surface projects considerably beyond the
lateral margins, and extends backward on either side of the abdomen
in a broad, flattened lobe. These lobes are about one-third the width
of the lamina at the point where they arise and each is tipped with a
stout spine. The sinus between them is deep and almost a perfect
semicircle in outline, leaving exposed the terminal half of the abdomen.
This latter is small, only one-fourth the length of the genital segment,
and composed of a single joint. Its base is concealed beneath the pos-
terior edge of the dorsal lamina, which covers both the free and geni-
tal segments, and it tapers strongly posteriorly. It is tipped with a
pair of small and narrow anal lamine, which are well separated and
armed with short sete. The egg strings are a trifle wider than the
abdomen and about as long as the carapace; each contains from seventy
to eighty eggs.
Of the appendages the first antenne are large, more than half the
length of the frontal plates; the two joints are the same length, the
terminal one being narrow and club-shaped.
The second pair are of medium size; the basal joint is not much
swollen and is furnished on its dorsal surface, at the inner corner of
the distal margin, with a circular plate covered with short and stiff
bristles. The terminal claw stands at right angles to the basal joint
and is sharply bent near its tip.
The first maxille are small, slender, and strongly curved; the second
pair are also small and are cut beyond the center, the inner branch
being considerably smaller than the outer one. The mandibles are
stronely curved at the tip, with about a dozen large serrate teeth along
the inner margin of the curve. The first maxillipeds have a small chitin
lamina inserted in the inner margin of the terminal joint near its cen-
ter. They terminate in three claws instead of the usual two; the
inner one is considerably longer than the two outer ones, which are
about the same leneth. The outer claw has a pectinate edge along its
outer margin.
The second maxillipeds are small, the terminal claw not more than
a third the length of the basal joint, with a long and slender accessory
spine inserted near its base.
The furca is smail, the base longer than the branches and somewhat
swollen, with a large rectangular foramen. The branches are short,
well separated, a little divergent, and blunt at the tips.
The first swimming legs have a large plumose seta on the posterior
margin of the basal joint and a stout spine at its distal corner. There
No. 1404, PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGID A— WILSON. 663-
is a slender spine at the anterior distal corner of the second joint and
the usual armature on the terminal joint, three plumose sete on the
posterior margin, three terminal claws, and a spine at the distal corner,
The second legs are like those of Caligus and Lepeophtheirus. The
rami of the third legs are very close together, but are not at all fused.
They project well beyond the edge of the basal apron. The exopod is
three-jointed and the endopod two-jointed. All the spines and sete
are small except those on the respective basal joints.
The fourth legs are large. The basal joint is stout, but is consider-
ably less than half the entire length. The three terminal joints are
about the same length. The second joint ends in a small and strongly
curved claw; the third joint is tipped with a longer and straighter
claw, while the fourth joint ends in the usual three claws, graded in
size from without inwards.
At the base of each claw is a large lamina tipped with radiating
bristles, like those in Lepeophthetrus edwards.
Along the outer margin of the two longest terminal claws, and along
both margins of the outer shortest claw, is a wide serrated fringe or
lamina, again like that in ZL. edwards.
The fifth legs are well defined with long sete, but are wholly con-
cealed in dorsal view by the dorsal lamina.
Total length 5.3 mm. Length of carapace 3.5 mm.; width of same
3.5 mm.; length of lamina covering free and genital segments 2 mm. ;
length of egg strings 3.1 mm. Seventy or eighty eggs in each.
Color a light cinnamon brown, the pigment uniformly distributed
and not in spots. 3
(palliata, wearing a cloak or mantle.)
Male.—Carapace more quadrangular than in the female, distinctly
wider than long, with the sides somewhat flattened.
Frontal plates well defined, relatively larger than in the female,
the joint which separates them from the carapace almost a straight
line. In this sex also the plates are completely separated by the deep
median incision, in which can be seen the remains of a frontal filament.
The posterior sinuses are broadly triangular, leaving a median lobe
less than half the entire width. The lateral lobes are broad and well
rounded and they do not curve in at all at their tips.
Grooves and thoracic areaas in the female, except that the digestive
elands are very pointed anteriorly and much elongated.
The free segment is as wide as the genital segment, but is quite short.
It is constricted anteriorly into a neck, where it joins the carapace, and
is considerably enlarged through the bases of the fourth legs into a
spindle shape.
There is no dorsal plate or lamella, as in the female, but the segment
is like that in Caligus and Lepeophthetrus.
The genital segment is quadrangular in outline, slightly emarginate
664 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
poster iorly, with AimeeE Rnmiont ee Te is only one- aaa as wide
as the carapace, about as wide as long, and carries two pairs of papillee—
one on the lateral margin and the other at the posterior corners, the
two close together.
The first pair, on the lateral margins, represent the fifth legs and
are much better developed than in any species of Caligus or Lepeoph-
theirus thus far observed. On the ventral surface in favorable speci-
mens this pair of legs may be traced to the very base of the genital
segment; and they also show an indistinct segmentation, which is very
unusual.
The second pair represent the sixth legs, and are in the condition
usually assumed by the fifth pair, except that they show only two
spines instead of three.
As in the female, the dorsal surface of this segment is covered with
a lamina which projects over either lateral margin and covers the
bases of the fifth legs posteriorly.
The abdomen is very short, scarcely reaching beyond the tips of the
fifth-lee papille, and is wider than it is long, with very large anal
laminv, armed with long and stout sete.
The first antenne are large and project well beyond the lateral mar-
gins of the carapace. The second pair are also enlarged, as usual in
this sex, and well branched.
The second maxillipeds are enlarged rather more than usual, and
must form powerful prehensile organs.
The basal lamine, or apron of the third legs, are very large and
reach back fully to the center of the genital segment. Being plenti-
fully supplied with powerful muscles, they form a swimming organ of
great strength, and must propel the animal through the water swiftly.
They must also be equally effective in the prevention of slipping.
The fourth legs are much enlarged and so long that they reach well
beyond the tips of the plumose sete on the anal lamine. The basal
joint on each of them is as large as the entire free segment. They are
armed, as in the female.
Total length 2.5mm. Length of carapace 1.8 mm.; width of same
2mm.; length of genital segment 0.35 mm.; length of the fourth legs
1.5 mm.
The National Museum collection includes a single lot of this inter-
esting species; it is numbered W. 75, and was taken from the blue cod,
Ophiodon clongatus, locality unknown.
Its chief interest lies in the fact that it forms a connecting link
between the subfamily Caliginze, which is here treated, and that of the
Kuryphorine, their nearest relatives.
By reference to the key on page 532 it will be seen that the Caligine
are characterized by the entire absence of dorsal plates or appendages
on the fourth segment of the thorax, with the exception of the fourth
No. 1404, PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGIDA— WILSON. 665
legs. The Euryphorine, on the other hand, have a pair of plates
on the dorsal surface of the fourth segment which usually overlap the
genital segment.
The present species has a pair of dorsal plates which start at the
groove between the free and genital segments and, in the female, grow
backward and forward until they fuse and cover both segments. In
the male they cover only the genital segment. It would seem at first
as if this new genus and species should be placed with the Euryphor-
ine by reason of these dorsal plates. But there are several good reasons
for placing it here among the Caligine.
First the growth and fusion of the dorsal plates is as unlike the con-
dition which pertains in the Euryphorine as it is unlike that in the
Caligine. No genus in the former subfamily shows such a fusion of
plates, nor do we find it until we come to the Pandarine. But in this
latter subfamily the character of the appendages has changed materi-
ally, and we no longer find anything there which resembles the Cali-
gine. The fusion of the plates then is like Pandarus, but the detail of
the appendages is still like that of Caligus Lepeophtheirus in every
particular.
Again attention has been called in both sexes to the fact that the
remains of a frontal filament can still be seen in the bottom of. the inci-
sion between the frontal plates.
This shows conclusively that in its development this genus has a
stage during which the young are fastened by a frontal filament,
exactly like the chalimus of the Caligine.
When we come to discuss the development of the Euryphorine we
shall find that they possess no frontal filament but accomplish their
attachment in an entirely different manner.
The present genus, therefore, in the detail of its appendages and in
the different stages of its development, is very plainly one of the
Caligine. Yet at the same time it possesses a pair of fused dorsal
plates, which are developed in a manner similar to that of the Pan-
darine.
Hence it is to be classed with the Caliginee, but regarded as exhibit-
ing the first signs of that degeneration in structure and function so
plainly shown in the Pandarinee.
In this first beginning the dorsal plates do not stiffen the body
enough, nor is their weight sufficient, to retard the copepod’s freedom
of motion. If they should offer an impediment in this direction the
increase in the size of the apron of the third legs, which is the chief
organ of locomotion, would more than offset it.
It is an extremely fortunate circumstance that this single lot of
parasites includes well-preserved adults of both sexes and the young
in several stages of development, so that the foregoing points are
clearly demonstrated.
666 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII,
— —
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
The following bibliography simply enumerates the papers to which reference is
made in the text. The author is compiling an exhaustive bibliography of the entire
group of parasitic copepods, which will be published at some future time.
1850. Batrp, W. The Natural History of the British Entgmostraca. Printed for
the Ray Society, London.
1896. Basserr-Smiru, P. W. Notes on the Parasitic Copepoda of Fish obtained at
Plymouth, with Descriptions of New Species. Annals and Magazine of
Natural History (6), X VIII, 16 pp., pls. 11-vt.
1898a. Basserr-Smiru, P. W. Some New Parasitic Copepods found on Fish at Bom-
bay. Annals and Magazine of Natural History (7), I, 17 pp., pls. 1-vm.
1898b. Basserr-Smirn, P. W. Further New Parasitic Copepods from Fish in the
Indo-tropical Region. Annals and Magazine of Natural History (7), II,
22 pp., pls. mI-vI.
1898c. Basserr-Smira, P. W. Some New or Rare Parasitic Copepods found on Fish
in the Indo-tropical Region. Annals and Magazine of Natural History (7),
II, 16 pp., pls. x—x1.
1899. Basserr-Smira, P. W. A Systematic Description of Parasitic Copepoda found
on Fishes, with an Enumeration of the Known Species. Proceedings of the
Zoological Society of London, 1899, pp. 488-507, pl. xxv.
1765. Basrer, Jos. Opuscula subseciva, observationes miscellaneas de animalculis
et plantis quibusdam marinis, eorumque ovaries et seminibus continentia.
2 vols., quarto. Harlem, 1759-1765.
1851. Benepen, P. J. van. Recherches sur quelques Crustacés inférieurs. _ Annales
des Sciences Naturelles (3), XVI, pp. 71-1381, pls. mvt. é;
1892. Benepen, P. J. vAN. Quelques nouveaux Caligidés de la Cote d’ Afrique, et de
VArchipel des Acores. Bulletins de l Académie Royale des Sciences, des
Lettres et des Beaux-arts de Belgique (3), X XIV, pp. 241-262, pls. 1-1v.
1883. Brapy, G. 8. Report on the Copepoda. Challenger Expedition, VIII, Pt.
XO ple ative
1898. Brian, A. Catalogo di Copepodi parassiti dei Pesci della Liguria. Atti della
Societa Ligustica di Scienze Naturali e Geografiche, IX, 31 pp., pls. I-rv.
1899. Brian, A. Diphyllogaster thompsoni, n. gen. di Caligidee della Dicerobatis giorne
(Giinther), idem, X, pp. 5-11, pl. m1.
1833. Burmeister, H. Beschreibung einiger neuen oder weniger bekannten Schma-
rotzerkrebse, nebst allgemeinen Betrachtungen tber die Gruppe, welcher
sie angehéren. Kaiserlich-leopoldinisch-carolinische deutsche Akademie
der Naturforscher, Acta, X VII, Pt. 1, pp. 271-336, pls. xxmi-xxv.
1885. Carus, J. V. Prodromus Faun Mediterranee, I, quarto, Stuttgart.
1864. Ciaus, C. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Schmarotzerkrebse. Zeitschrift ftir
wissenschaftliche Zoologie, XIV, pp. 365-882, pls. xXX1II-XXXVI.
1846. Dana, J. D. Notice of some Genera of Cyclopacea. Silliman’s American Jour-
nal of Science and Arts (2), I, pp. 225-230.
1852. Dana, J. D. Conspectus Crustaceorum que in Orbis Terrarum circumnaviga-
tione, Carolo Wilkes e Classe Reipublicze Foederatze Duce, lexit et descripsit
Jacobus D. Dana. Pt. 2. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts
and Sciences, Philadelphia, II, pp. 9-61.
1853. Dana, J. D. United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838, 1839,
1840, 1841, 1842, under the Command of Charles Wilkes, U. 8S. N., XIII,
Pt. 2, pp. 1309-1382, pls. xcrv—xcvI.
1825. Desmarest, A. G. Considérations générales sur la classe des Crustacés, et
description des espéces de ces animaux, qui vivent dans la mer, sur les cOtes,
ou dans les eaux douces de la France. Paris and Strasbourg.
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGID.E— WILSON. 667
1860.
1847.
1849.
1866.
1883.
1842.
1865,
1866.
1858.
1877.
1883.
1824.
1835.
1837.
1838.
1863.
1818.
Fiscuer, 8. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Entomostraceen. Abhandlungen der
mathematisch-physicalische Classe der Koeniglich bayerschen Akademie
der Wissenschaften, Munich, VIII, p. 645, pl. xx1r.
Frey, H., and Leuckart, R. Beitrige zar Kenntniss wirbelloser Thiere mit
besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Fauna des Norddeutschen Meeres. Braun-
schweig, 170 pp., 2 pls.
Gay, C. Historia fisica y politica de Chile. Madrid, quarto. Gives a figure
(Crustaceos, pl. 1, fig. 12) of Caligus gayi.
GERSTAECKER, A. The Copepoda in Bronn’s ‘‘ Klassen und Ordnungen des
Thierreichs,’’ V, Pt. 2.
Gisster, C. F. A new Parasitic Copepod Crustacean. American Naturalist,
XVII, pp. 885-887, 10 text figures.
Goopstr, H. D. 8S. Ona New Genus and on Six New Species of Crustacea,
with Observations on the Development of the Egg, and on the Metamor-
phoses of Caligus, Carcinas, and Pagurus. Edinburgh New Philosophical
Journal, XX XIII, pp. 174-192, pls. 1 and 11.
Heuer, C. Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte Novara, in den Jahren
1857, 1858 und 1859. Zoologische Theil, II, Pt. 3, Crustaceen. Wien.
Heuer, C. Carcinologische Beitrige zur Fauna des adriatischen Meeres.
Verhandlungen der Kaiserlich-koeniglichen, zoologisch-botanischen Gesell-
schaft, Wien, 1866, pp. 723-760.
Hessz, E. Mémoire sur les moyens a l’aide desquels certaines Crustacés para-
sites assurent la conservation de leurs espéces. Annales des Sciences Natu-
relles, Zoologie (4), IX, pp. 120-125.
Hessr, EK. Remarques sur le Genre Chalime. Annales des Sciences Naturelles
(6), Zoologie, V, article 10, 3 pp.
Hessr, EK. Crustacés rares ou nouveaux des cdtes de France. 33™° article.
Annales des Sciences Naturelles (6), XV, article 3, 48 pp., pls. rv-vi1. Closes
with a review of the classification of the parasitic Copepods.
Jounston, G. Notice respecting the Genus Caligus of Leach. Edinburgh
New Philosophical Journal, X, pp. 292-294, pl. vir.
Kouiar, V. Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Lerniienartigen Crustaceen. Annalen
des Wiener-Museums der Naturgeschichte, I, pp. 81-92, pls. 1x and x.
Kroyer, H. Om Snyltekrebsene, isaer med Hensyn til Danske Fauna. Natur-
historisk Tidsskrift, I, pp. 172-189, pl. 1; pp. 203-208, pl. 11; pp. 252-304,
pls. 1 and 111; pp. 476-505, pl. v.; pp. 605-628, pl. v1.
Kroyer, H. Idem. Idem, I, pp. 7-52, pl. 1; pp. 181-157, pl. 11.
Kroyer, H. Bidrag til Kundskab om Snyltekrebsene. Naturhistorisk Tids-
skrift, Tredie Raekke, Andet Bind, pp. 75-426.
Lamarck, J. B. P., Chevalier de. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans verte-
bres, V, Paris, July, 1818.
1813-1814. Leacn, W. E. Crustaceology. Edinburgh Encyclopedia, VII.
1816.
Leacu, W.E. Annulosa. Encyclopedia Britannica, Supplement I, 1816, p. 405,
pl. xx, figs. 1-5.
55. Lerpy, J. Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Marine Invertebrate
Fauna of the Coasts of Rhode Island and New Jersey. Journal of the
Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia, III, pp. 1-20, pls. x and xt.
Lemy, J. A Parasitic Copepod. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural
»Sciences at Philadelphia, 1889, p. 95, with figure in the text. A chalimus,
probably of Caligus rapax.
. McInrosn, W. C. On the Invertebrate Marine Fauna and Fishes of St.
Andrews. Annals and Magazine of Natural History (4), XIV, pp. 258-274.
Miune-Epwarps, H. Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés, Paris, II, pp. 482-529.
668 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
1776. Miuver, O. F. Woolnate inate aie { Copenhagen ], 1776. Introduces
the genus Caligus under the name Binoculus.
1785. Miuuter, O. F. Entomostraca seu Insecta Testacea quee in aquis Danie et
Norvegize reperit. Lipsize, 1785. Corrects his previous error and founds the
genus Caliqus.
1851. Miuner, F. Ueber Caligus appendiculatus, n.s. Archiv fur Naturgeschichte,
1851-22 VI, Pte ps0
1852. Manan F. Eine BeobaCHeune uberdie Beziehung der Gattungen Caligus und
Chalimus. Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, X VIII, Pt. 1, pp. 91 and 92.
1832. NoRDMANN, A. VAN. ee ee Hevage zur Naturgeschichte der wir-
bellosen Thiere, Berlin, quarto, 1832, Pt. 2, pls. 1x.
1864. NorpMANN, A. vAN. Neue Beitrage zur ereeiietes Parasitischer Copepoden.
Erster Beitrag. Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou,
XXX VII, No. 4, pp. 461-520, pls. v—viu.
1869. Otsson. P. Prodromus faunze Copepodorum parasitantium Scandinavize. Karo-
linska universitet, Lund, Arsskrift, 1868, p. 36.
1877. Outsson, P. Om Parasitiska Copepoder i Jemtland. Oefversigt af Kongl.
Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar, XXXIV, No. 5, pp. 75-88, pls.
IV-VI.
1828. Orro, A. W. Beschreibung einiger neuen, in den Jahren 1818 und 1819 im
Mittelliindischen Meere gefundener Crustaceen. Kaiserlich-leopoldinisch-
carolinische deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher, Nova Acta, XIV, pp.
331-354, pls. XXI-XXIII.
1838. Prckerina, C.,and Dana, J.D. Description of a Species of Caligus, CL ameri-
canus. American Journal of Science, XX XIV, pp. 65-106, pls. m1-v.
1884. Ratnupsun, R. Annotated List of the described Species of Copepods from Amer-
ican Waters contained in the U. 8. National Museum. Proceedings of the
U.S. National Museum, VII, pp. 483-492.
1843. Rarakr, M.H. Beitrige zur Fauna Norwegens, Crustacea, mit 12 Kupfertafeln.
Kaiserlich-leopoldinisch-carolinische deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher,
Verhandlungen, XX, Pt. 1, pp. 98-132, 244-249.
1880. Ricnrarpi, 8. Contribuzione alla Fauna d’ Italia. Catalogo sistematico dei
Crostacei che yivono sul corpo degli animali acquatici. Catalogo degli Espo-
sitori e delle Cose Esposte, Espozitione internazionale di Pesca in Berlino,
1880, pp. 147-152.
1818. Say, T. An Account of the Crustacea of the United States. Journal of the
Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia, I, Pts. 1 and 2.
190la. Scorr, A. Lepeophtheirus and Lernea. Transactions of the Liverpool Bio-
logical Society, XV, pp. 188-241, pls. 1-v.
1901b. Scorr, A. Some es to the Fauna of Liverpool Bay, Collected May 1,
1900, to April 30, 1901. Transactions of the Liverpool Biological Society,
XV, pp. 342- eA ae rand 1.
1894. Scorr, T. Report on Entomostraca from the Gulf of Guinea. Transactions of
the Linnean Society (2), Zoology, VI, Pt. 1, 161 pp., pls. -xv.
1900. Scorr, T. Notes on some Crustacean Parasites of Fishes. Eighteenth Annual
Report of the Fishery Board for Scotland, Pt. 3, pp. 144-187, pls. v—vim.
1902. Scorr, T. Notes on some Parasites of Fishes. Twentieth Annual Report of
the Fishery Board for Scotland, Pt. 3, pp. 288-303, pls. xm—X1I.
1778. Stapper, M. Naturkundige verlustigingen behelzende microscopise. Waar-
neemingen van in- en uitlandse Water- en Land-Dieren. Te Haarlem, 1769.
1874a. Smiru, S.: I. Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound. Report of the
Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries for 1871 and 1872, pp. 295-747, pl. vu
(parasitic copepods).
NO. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CALIGIDA— WILSON. 669
1874b. Smirn, S. I. Crustacean Parasites of Fresh-water Fishes. Report of the
U.S. Fish Commission for 1872 and 1873, Pt. 2, p. 662.
1901. Stespine, T. R. R. On crustacea brought by Doctor Willey from the South
Seas. Willey’s Zoological Researches, Pt. 5, pp. 605-690, pls. I-x1.
1861. Srrensrrup, J., and Lirkren, C. Bidrag til Kundskab om det aabne Hays
Snyltekrebs og Lerneer. Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs
Skrifter, 5te Raekke, naturhistorisk og mathematisk Afdeling, V, pp. 343-
432, pls. I-xv.
1762. Srromm, H. Physiske og Oeconomisk Beskrivelske over Fogderiet SGndmaor,
I, Deel, 1762.
1895. Tompson, I. C. Revised Report on the Copepoda of Liverpool Bay. Report
of the Fauna of Liverpool Bay, IV, pp. 81-136, pls. xv-xxxy.
1889. THomson, G. M.. Parasitic Copepoda of New Zealand. Transactions of the
New Zealand Institute, X XII, p. 354, pls. xxv—xxrx.
1890. THomson, G. M. On a New Parasitic Copepod. Transactions of the New
Zealand Institute, XXII, pp. 227-229, pl. xxi.
1850. Wairr, A. List of the Specimens of British Animals in the Collection of the
British Museum, Pt. 4, Crustacea, London, 1850, pp. 117-182.
1902. Witson, C. B. North American Parasitic Copepods of the Family Argulide,
with a Bibliography of the Group and a Systematic Review of all Known
Species. Proceedings of the U. 8. National Museum, X XV, pp. 635-742,
pls. viII-X XVII.
1904. Wiison, C. B. A New Species of Argulus, with a more complete Account of
two Species already described. Proceedings of the U. $8. National Museum,
XXVII, pp. 627-655, text figures.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Plate V. Caligus rufimaculatus, new species. Fig. 51, Dorsal view of female; fig. 52,
Dorsal view of male; fig. 53, Dorsal view of a fully developed male
chalimus; fig. 54, First maxilla and second antenna of female; fig. 45,
First maxilliped of female; fig. 56, Second maxilla of female; fig. 57,
Second maxilliped of male; fig. 58, Second maxilliped of female; fig.
59, Furca and first maxilla of male; fig. 60, Furca of female; figs.
61-64, First, second, third, and fourth swimming legs of female.
Plate VI. Caligus schistonyx, new species. Fig. 65, Dorsal view of male; fig. 66, Dor-
sal view of female; fig. 67, Second antenna of female; fig. 68, First
maxilliped of female; fig. 69, First maxilla of male and female; fig.
70, Second maxilliped of female; fig. 71, Second antenna of male;
fig. 72, Second maxilla of female; fig. 73, Furca of female; fig. 74, First
swimming leg of female; fig. 75, Tip of same enlarged to show the
divided claws; figs. 76-78, Second, third, and fourth swimming legs
of female.
Plate VII. Caligus rapar Milne-Edwards. Fig. 79, Dorsal view of adult female; fig.
80, Dorsal view of adult male; fig. 81, Dorsal view of young female,
showing fifth legs at the posterior corners of the genital segment;
fig. 82, Second antenna of female; fig. 83, Second maxilla; fig. 84,
Furea; figs. 85-88, First, second, third, and fourth swimming legs of
female; fig. 89, Ventral surface of genital segment, showing the
cement glands.
Plate VIII. Caligus mutabilis, new species. Fig. 90, Dorsal view of female; fig. 91,
Dorsal view of male; fig. 92, Second antenna; figs. 93 and 94, First
and second maxillee; fig. 95, Furea; figs. 96 and 97, First and second
Proc, N. M. vol. xxviii—04——43
O70 PROCEEDIN( iS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
maxillipeds; figs. 98 100- 102 ach, second, ane oul iene swim-
ming legs; fig. 99, One of the plumose setze from the posterior
border of the terminal joint of the first legs. All the appendages are
from the female.
Plate IX. Caligus aliuncus, new species. Fig. 103, Dorsal view of female; fig. 104,
Second antenna; fig. 105, Second maxilla; fig. 106, Furca; fig. 107,
Second maxilliped; fig. 108, First swimming leg; fig. 109, Terminal
claw of same enlarged to show its serrated border; figs. 110, 111, Third
and fourth swimming legs.
Plate X. Caligus curtus Miller. Fig. 112, Dorsal view of male; fig. 113, Dorsal view
of female; fig. 114, Very young Chalimus, the third thorax segment
not fully fused with the head; fig. 115, Fully developed male Chali-
mus;, fig. 116, First maxilliped; fig. 117, Second maxilliped; fig. 118,
Furea; fig. 119, Second swimming leg; fig. 120, First swimming leg;
figs. 121, 122, Third and fourth swimming legs; fig. 123, Second
antenna of male; fig. 124, Second maxilliped of male.
Plate XI. Caligus chelifer, new species. Fig. 125, Dorsal view of female without egg
strings; fig. 126, Dorsal view of female with egg strings, showing
difference in shape of genital segment; fig. 127, Second antenna and
first maxilla; fig. 128, Second maxilla, showing rudimentary endo-
pod; fig. 129, First maxilliped; fig. 130, Terminal claw, or chela, of
second maxilliped; fig. 131, Furca; fig. 132, First swimming leg; fig.
133, Terminal joint of he same, enlarged; fig. 134, Fourth swim-
ming leg.
Plate XII. Caligus belones Kroyer and Caligus latifrons, new species. Fig. 135, Caligus
belones, dorsal view of female; fig. 186, Second antenna; fig. 157,
First and second maxillee, and furca; figs. 138 and 139, Third and
fourth swimming legs; fig. 140, Caligus latifrons, dorsal view of
female; fig. 141, Second antenna; fig. 142, Second maxilla; fig. 148,
Second maxilliped; fig. 144, Furca; fig. 145, First swimming leg;
fig. 146, Terminal joint of same enlarged; figs. 147-149, Second, third,
and fourth swimming legs.
Plate XIII. Caligus bonito, new species, and Caligus pelamydis Kroyer. Fig. 150,
Caligus bonito, dorsal view of female with egg strings; fig. 151, dorsal
view of female without egg strings, drawn by Richard Rathbun; fig.
152, Dorsal view of male, drawn by Richard Rathbun; fig. 155, Pos-
terior part of young female, showing the abdomen segments of about
equal length; fig. 154, Caligus pelamydis, dorsal view of female; fig.
155, Second antenna; fig. 156, First and second maxillee; fig. 157,
Second mavxilliped; fig. 158, Furea; figs. 159-161, Second, third, and
fourth swimming legs.
Plate XIV. Caligus productus Dana and Caligus isonyx Steenstrup and Litken. Fig.
161 a, First swimming leg of Caligus pelamydis; fig. 162, Caligus pro-
ductus, dorsal view of female; fig. 163, Second batentisy fig. 164,
Second maxilla; fig. 165, Furea; fig. 166, Second Pence de figs.
167-170, First, second, third, and fourth swimming legs; fig. 171,
Caligus isonyx, dorsal view of female, after Steenstrup and Lutken.
Plate XV. North American species of Caligus not in the National Museum collec-
tion. Fig. 172, C. balistae, Steenstrup and Liitken, dorsal view of
female; fig. 173, idem, Dorsal view of male; fig. 174, Furea; fig. 175,
Second maxilliped; figs. 176, 177, Third and fourth swimming legs;
fig. 178, C. thymni Dana, ventral view of male; fig. 179, Dorsal view
of genital segment and abdomen of female; fig. 180, (. hemulonis
Kréyer, dorsal view of female; fig. 181, idem, Dorsal view of male;
No. 1404. PARASITIC COPEPODS—CA LIGID4— WILSON. 671
fig. 182, Furea; fig. 183, First swimming leg, showing absence of
plumose sete on the terminal joint; fig. 184, C. isonyv, second maxilla;
fig. 185, Furca; fig. 186, Fourth swimming leg. The figures on this
plate are all taken from the respective authors named.
Plate XVI. Caligodes megacephalus, new species. Fig. 187, Dorsal view of female;
fig. 188, Second antenna; fig. 189, Second maxilla; fig. 190, Accessory
spine on either side of the mouth tube; fig. 191, Furea; fig. 192,
Second maxilliped; figs. 193-195, First, second, and fourth swimming
legs.
Piate X VIL. chetus typicus Kroyer. Fig. 196, Dorsal view of female; fig. 197, Side
view of same female; fig. 198, Second antenna; fig. 199, Mouth tube
and second maxilla; fig. 200, First maxilliped; fig. 201, Second max-
illiped; figs. 202-205, First, second, third, and fourth swimming legs.
Plate XVII. Lepeophtherrus. Fig.
view of female; fig. 207, Second antenna; fig. 208, Second maxilliped;
fig. 209, Furca; figs. 210, 211, First and second swimming legs; fig.
212, L. thompsoni Baird, dorsal view of female; fig. 213, Second
antenna; fig. 214, Furea; fig. 215, Second maxilla; fig. 216, Second
maxilliped; figs. 217-219, First, second, and fourth swimming legs.
Fig. 220, L. innominatus, new species, second maxilla; fig. 221, Furea.
These two figures are under the same magnification as figs. 214 and
215. Fig. 222, LD. longipes, second maxilla.
Plate XIX. Lepeophtheirus nordmannii Milne-Edwards. Fig. 223, Dorsal view of
female, drawn by Emerton; fig. 224, Dorsal view of male; fig. 225,
Second antenna; fig. 226, First maxilla; fig. 227, Second maxilla;
fig. 228, Second maxilliped; fig. 229, Furca; figs. 230-233, First,
second, third, and fourth swimming legs.
Plate XX. Lepeophtheirus hippoglossi Kroyer. Fig. 234, Dorsal view of female; fig.
led
235, Dorsal view of male; fig. 236, Second antenna; fig. 237, Second
maxilla; fig. 238, Second maxilliped; fig. 239, Furca; figs. 240-243,
First, second, third, and fourth swimming legs.
Plate XXI. Lepeophtheirus edwardsi, new species. Fig. 244, Dorsal view of female;
fig. 245, Dorsal view of male; fig. 246, Second antenna of female; fig.
247, Terminal claw of second antenna of male; fig. 248, Second maxilla
of female; fig. 249, Second maxilla of male with accessory chitin
ridge; fig. 250, Furea; fig. 251, Second maxilliped of female; figs.
252-255, First, second, third, and fourth swimming legs; fig. 256,
Ventral view of genital segment of female, showing ¢. y. cement gland;
o. oviduct; s. spermatophores; s. 7. semen receptacles; ra. vagina;
fig. 257, Newly hatched nauplius, the pigment spots a deep yellowish
purple.
Plate XXII. Lepeophtheirus. Fig. 258, L. edwardsi, dorsal view of chalimus, half
developed; fig. 259, L. dissimulatus, new species, dorsal view of male;
fig. 260, Dorsal view of female; fig. 261, Second antenna of female; fig.
262, Second antenna of male, showing branches; fig. 263, First maxilla;
fig. 264, Second maxilla of Galapagos specimen; fig. 265, The same,
Bermuda specimen; fig. 266, Furca of Galapagos specimen; fig. 267,
The same, Bermuda specimen; fig. 268, Second maxilliped; figs. 269—
272, First, second, third, and fourth swimming legs; fig. 273, Ventral
view of genital segment and abdomen of Bermuda specimen; fig. 274,
The same, Galapagos specimen.
Plate XXII. Lepeophtheirus parviventris, new species, and L. bifurcatus, new species.
Fig. 275, L. parviventris, dorsal view of female; fig. 276, Dorsal view
of male; fig, 277, Second antenna, with accessory spine; fig. 278,
206, Lepeophtheirus longipes, new species, dorsal
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVill,
Second maxilla; fig. 279, Furea; fig. 280, Second maxilliped; figs.
281-284, First, second, third, and fourth swimming legs; fig. 285,
L. bifureatus, dorsal view of female; fig. 286, Second antenna with
accessory spine; fig. 287, First maxilla; fig. 288, Second maxilla; fig.
289, Second maxilliped; fig. 290, Furca; figs. 291-293, First, second,
and fourth swimming legs, with one of the toothed and ribbed plates
at the base of the spines on the fourth legs.
Plate XXIV. Lepeophtheirus salmonis Kroyer. Fig. 294, Dorsal view of female; fig.
295, Dorsal view of male; fig. 296, Second antenna; fig. 297, First
maxilla; fig. 298, Furea; fig. 299, Second maxilliped; fig. 300, First
maxilliped; figs. 8301-303, First, second, and fourth swimming legs.
Plate XX V. Lepeoptheirus and Anuretes. Fig. 304, L. pacificus Gissler, dorsal view
Plate. XX VI. ¢
Plate XX VII.
Plate XX VIII.
of female; fig. 305, Abdomen of the same after treatment with acetic
acid; fig. 306, Second antenna; fig. 307, Second maxilla; fig. 308,
Second maxilliped; fig. 309, Mandible; fig. 310, Fourth swimming leg.
All the figures after Gissler. Fig. 311, L. cossyphi Kroyer, genital seg-
ment and abdomen of female; fig. 312, Fourth swimming leg; fig.
313, Third swimming leg. All the figures from Kroyer, and the
only ones ever published. Fig. 314, ZL. robustus Kroyer, first swim-
ming leg of male; fig. 815, Furca. Both figures from Kroyer, and the
only ones ever published. Fig. 316, Anuretes heckelii Kroyer, ventral
view of female; fig. 317, Second antenna; fig. 818, Second maxilla,
fig. 319, Second maxilliped; fig. 320, Furca; fig. 321, Fourth swim-
ming leg. All the figures from Kroyer.
uligus teres, new species. Fig. 322, Dorsal view of female; fig. 323,
Dorsal view of male; fig. 324, Second antenna and first maxilla; fig.
9O7
325, Second maxilla; figs. 326, 327, First and second maxillipeds;
fig. 328, Furea; figs. 329-332, First, second, third, and fourth
swimuning legs.
Caligus centrodonti Baird. Fig. 333, Dorsal view of female; fig. 334,
Dorsal view of male; fig. 335, Second antenna; fig. 336, First max-
illa; fig. 8337, Second maxilla and mouth tube; fig. 338, Furea; fig.
339, Second maxilliped; figs. 340-848, First, second, third, and
fourth swimming legs; fig. 344, Genital segment and abdomen of
male, ventral view.
Lepeophtheirus innominatus, new species, and L. chilensis, new species.
Fig. 345, L. innominatus, dorsal view of female; fig. 346, Second
maxilla; fig. 8347, Second antenna; fig. 348, Second maxilliped; figs.
349-352, First, second, third, and fourth swimming legs; fig. 353,
L. chilensis, dorsal view of female; fig. 354, Dorsal view of male; fig.
355, Second antenna; fig. 356, First maxilla; fig. 357, Second max-
illa; fig. 358, Furca; fig. 359, Second maxilliped; figs. 360-363, First,
second, third, and fourth swimming legs; fig. 364, Dorsal view of
genital segment and abdomen of a young female, showing fifth legs.
Plate XXIX. Homoiotes palliata, new genus and new-species. Fig. 365, Dorsal view
of female; fig. 366, Dorsal view of male; fig. 867, Second antenna,
fig. 369, Mandible; figs. 370, 371, First and second maxillipeds;
fig. 372, Furea; figs. 373-376, First, second, third, and fourth swim-
ming legs; fig. 377, Dorsal view of genital segment and abdomen of
male, showing dorsal plate grown down over the fifth and sixth legs;
fig. 378, Dorsal view of genital segment of young femaie, showing
that the dorsal plate is really made up of two plates which start on
either side at the base of the segment and afterwards fuse along the
mid-line; fig. 379, Ventral view of genital segment of male, showing
the fifth and sixth legs,
Vv
RIES
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII
S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
U.
THE MALE AND FEMALE OF CALIaus RUFIMACULATUS.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 669,
PL. VI
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
Dun
\__ ee
ag
a
aed
TO
THE MALE AND FEMALE OF CALIGUS SCHISTONYX.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 669.
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVill FL. VII
THE MALE AND FEMALE OF CALIGUS RAPAX.
FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 669.
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII PL. VIII
TM
MMI
(
THE MALE AND FEMALE OF CALIGUS MUTABILIS.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGES 669, 670.
PL. IX
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
SoaeK
DoT
THE FEMALE OF CALIGUS ALIUNCUS.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 670.
“
4
.
Ny >
’ +
z 4
. 5
ee
~e
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII PL. X
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
boo
oe or eee
"
er
TC
@
at
THe MALE, FEMALE, AND CHALIMUS OF CALIGUS CURTUS.
For EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 670.
PL. XI
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
YUM
ee, eo are
ee TD
1S 22
THE FEMALE OF CALIGUS CHELIFER.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 670.
»
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII PL. XII
———
iii
COI
138
THE FEMALES OF CALIGUS BELONES AND CALIGUS LATIFRONS.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 670.
U S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII PL. XIII
CAL'GUS BONITO AND CALIGUS PELAMYDIS.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 670.
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII PL. XIV
RA
\)
ees S
~ ~
xy
oo 6%."
A LIES SSH
SSS OCS IO
FO SOS OOS S
SOS OSHS >
; ESS
si S55 ~ SSS
Cc SS SSS
PS
: rs
SS Ses
[ SX MQ MQOSOA SS
CALIGUS PRODUCTUS AND CALIGUS ISONYX.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 670.
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII PL. XV
CALIGUS SPECIES FROM THE WEST INDIES.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGES 670, 671.
i he
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
lmnm.
WUT
WD
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII PL. XVI
188
195
io
THE FEMALE OF CALIGODES MEGACEPHALUS.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 671.
af
PL.-XVII
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
KZ
y
mn nnNRNNONDNDONIIEE=
LTT
THE FEMALE OF ECHETUS TYPICUS.
ln
/
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 6
: 2
a A = =)
: Bi 8
i UUNLLLOCCHOLPCOONNNCOOCOROAUAAOULAUONUAAAAOGUUNOQNONID
> eS |
oO = a
{a)
Ww
WwW
oO
re)
[oa
jou
208
LEPEOPHTHEIRUS LONGIPES AND LEPEOPHTHEIRUS THOMPSONI.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 671
HNN nen HH
CMM
SAU aL
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII PL. XIX
THE MALE AND FEMALE OF LEPEOPHTHEIRUS NORDMANNII.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 671.
U S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII PL. XX
THE MALE AND FEMALE OF LEPEOPHTHEIRUS HIPPOGLOSSI.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 671.
7
ah
¢
nar
.
~
”
‘
»
‘
q a
05 ‘
. 8 "
é
oy
Ho ee
Se:
Soy 7
. =
=
PL. XXI
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
Ma wpe IO 2
SSsSa iecon
SH Eee ag \
=
PL
=f) / [LE
ate
<
KE
as
3
SS
A
ege
ma
25
AND NAUPLIUS GF LEPEOPHTHEIRUS EDWARDSI.
,
THE MALE, FEMALE
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 671.
-
7 ~
A . nd M ‘ LM
a —— => : - . ee . eee ee he ——_. =o,
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII PL. XXII
THE MALE AND FEMALE OF LEPEOPHTHEIRUS DISSIMULATUS.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 671,
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII PL. XXIII
LEPEOPHTHEIRUS PARVIVENTRIS AND LEPEOPHTHEIRUS BIFURCATUS.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGES 671, 672.
ces . : Olededs
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII PL. XXIV
THE MALE AND FEMALE OF LEPEOPHTHEIRUS SALMONIS.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 672,
of U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII PL. XXV
320
LEPEOPHTHEIRUS SPECIES AND ANURETES HECKELII.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 672.
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII PL. XXVI
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
Thee
T
I Mdneaiia Nitra f
THE MALE AND FEMALE OF CALIGUS TERES.
FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 672.
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVII|_ PL. XXVII
335
THE MALE AND FEMALE OF CALIGUS CENTRODONTI.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 672.
U. S NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVII| PL. XXVIII
LEPEOPHTHEIRUS INNOMINATUS AND LEPEOPHTHEIRUS CHILENSIS.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 672.
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII PL. XXIX
THE MALE AND FEMALE OF HOMOIOTES PALLIATA.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 672.
‘oes
7
¥
se
mani
oe,
fee cn
7
~
:
154
our
i
(
4 hs
%
rie:
PL. XXX
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
"USAIY AIZNAMOVI ‘SLYVdWVY SHL
NOTES ON MAMMALS COLLECTED AND OBSERVED IN
THE NORTHERN MACKENZIE RIVER DISTRICT, NORTH-
WEST TERRITORIES OF CANADA, WITH REMARKS ON
EXPLORERS AND EXPLORATIONS OF THE FAR NORTH.
By R. Mack arnanr.
Chief Factor, Hudson's Bay Company. i
Among the reasons which led me to prepare this list and relative
notes, together with the paper on the birds and eggs collected by me
and under my direction in Arctic America, recently published by
the Historical and Scientific Society of Manitoba, and by the U.S.
National Museum at Washington,” the following may be mentioned:
First, I desired thus to set an example to the fur-trade officers of the
Hudson’s Bay Company, which some of them could well follow, to
furnish similar experiences of their own. Secondly, I further desired
to incite the ambition of others, especially the younger men of the
service, stationed at posts on the Gulf of St. Lawrence, on the sea-
coasts of Labrador, Hudson Bay, and the North Pacific, amid the
fertile prairies and great forests, and on the banks of numerous rivers
and lakes of the vast interior of Old and New Canada, to resume and
continue making important additions to the company’s officers’ well-
known interesting contributions to the natural history of their former
chartered, licensed, and still occupied trade territories. Thirdly, |
wished that the Smithsonian Institution might appoint an agent for
the purpose of personally reviving the grand work begun by Robert
Kennicott in 1859, and afterwards followed by others, under the aus-
pices of the lamented Spencer Fullerton Baird. Lastly, but not least,
I trust that both papers may eventually aid in arousing the naturalists
of Canada to exert themselves more fully than ever, not only in the
way of ascertaining the existence of new species and the geographical
distribution of others, but also in obtaining specimens to fill up the
many gaps in the catalogues of well-known animals which are still
unrepresented in their national museums.
@ Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1892, pp. 413-446.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MuSEuM, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1405.
674 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
In its immense northwest territories, situated on both sides of the
tocky Mountains, and in the wilds of Quebee, Ontario, Labrador, and
Hudson Bay, but especially in the ‘* Great Mackenzie Basin,” the
Dominion of Canada presents an indubitably rich and varied field for
scientific investigation. For many years to come there should be
ample room within its continental boundaries (without reference to the
important outlying arctic islands and lands which extend almost to
the North Pole) not only for her own and other British explorers, but
also for like-minded brother-workers from the great neighboring
Republic, to make large and valuable acquisitions in all branches of
natural history; and if the former would only take hold of this inter-
esting and fascinating subject with characteristic zeal, energy, and per-
severance there can be little doubt that before the close of the second
Fic. 1.—SKETCH OF FORT ANDERSON.@
decade of the century our great Dominion would find itself in posses-
sion of a collection of Canadian objects and species worthy of the
country, and in some at least, if not in most, departments of science,
second to none in either hemisphere.
“In the month of March, 1865, the Reverend Emile Petitot, at that time Pére of
the Order of the Maurice Institution of the Good Hope, Mackenzie River Roman
Catholic Mission, paid a yisit to Fort Anderson, and while there made an excellent
winter sketch (subsequently painted in water colors) of the establishment. I for-
warded the latter to the Smithsonian Institution at Washington and Professor Baird
had it reproduced in, I think, Frank Leslie’s Weekly (1865 or 1867), with some rela-
tive information. It was on a much larger seale than this sketeh copied from Abbé
Petitot’s Les Grands Esquimaux.
The spruce poles, seen in the sketch, with their attached branches and sunk to the
bottom of the river through holes made in the ice soon after it set fast, formed a
no. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 675
The scope of country embraced by the following notes is, in the
main, the same northern section of the Mackenzie River District
referred to in the aforesaid paper on arctic birds and eggs. It is
bounded on the north by the Polar Sea, to the outlet of the Mackenzie
River; on the east, by the coast of Franklin Bay, from Cape Bathurst
to its depth in Langton Harbor; on the west, by the lower Mackenzie
River; and, on the south, by the sixty-seventh parallel of north latitude
to its intersection with longitude 124° west. The period during which
the collections herein mentioned were made extended from the begin-
ning of the year 1861 to the end of July, 1866. Fort Anderson (about
a
i
|
li
'
'
'
!
'
‘
i]
{
(1
a,
heme oer est
Aa prAataAsna”
Fic. 2,.—THE QUEEN’S ARCTIC MEDAL.
latitude 68° 30’ north, and longitude 128° west) was the principal
point of investigation. It was situated on the right bank of the Ander-
son River, first’ visited by me in 1857. The Anderson River, which
disembogues itself into Liverpool Bay, latitude 70° north, has its
sources in the Reverend Abbé Petitot’s ‘* Ti-Degale” (Frost-hardened
Mountain), lying at some ‘‘little distance” to the north of Great Bear
Lake. For this exploration and the recovery in June, 1862, of the
barrier from bank to bank, with an open space near the center, in which a net was
placed, and by means of which quite a large number of white fish and other fish
were annually secured in course of the two or three weeks ‘‘run.”? The other mark-
ing on the ice is that of a dog meat-hauling and Indian winter track to the country
lying across the Anderson River to the west of the fort.
676 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
dispatches delivered to the Eskimo by Capt. Robert McClure of Her
Majesty's arctic search expedition ship /nvestigator, when off Cape
Bathurst in the month of August, 1850, for transmission to England
by way of Fort Good Hope and other Hudson’s Bay posts, the British
Admiralty (through the good offices of Lord Strathcona and Mount
Royal, G. C. M. G.) were recently pleased to award me the Queen’s
arctic medal. When Sir Leopold McClintock returned to England
from his expedition of 1857-1859, which ascertained the fate of Sir
John Franklin and his companions, an octagonal form of the medal
was struck for presentation to several of his officers and crew who
had not received the round service medal of 1818-1855 previous to the
latter date.
Although these notes chiefly relate to the collections made by the
writer within the above-defined region, and at two‘or three other
points, yet many incidental references were deemed necessary in
respect to northern mammals obtained and observed by officers of the
Hudson’s Bay Company and others in the Mackenzie River District
and elsewhere. It was also considered advisable to refer to similar
work performed by officers of some of the British Government’s arctic
exploring and search expeditions which wintered in Dominion Polar
Sea lands. Brief extracts have also been made from Gen. A. W.
Greely’s Three Years of Arctic Service, and from other land and
water exploring publications, while the explanatory remarks, called
for under each species of animal entered in the company’s catalogues
of their annual London fur sales, practically include every noticeable
vantage point of observation throughout the vast domain in which
their trade and commercial business has been conducted, particularly
during the last eighty-two years.
With such a magnificent field for investigation as the ‘‘ Anderson,”
as well as other interesting points throughout the vast regions in
which he was stationed as a post and district manager for a period
exceeding forty years (1852-1894), the writer of these notes has since
deeply felt and regretted that, despite the many advantages pertaining
to his position as a company’s officer, he has not (except at Fort
Anderson) done a quarter as much as a collector and observer as he
might and ought to have accomplished in ascertaining and making
known to naturalists the copious wealth of the animal kingdom in the
northern lands of his adopted country.
It may be here premised that this paper was largely prepared for
publication at Cumberland House, the headquarters of Cumberland
District, early in the winter of 1890-91, but for various reasons it
was not completed at that time, while, unfortunately, several sheets
thereof, together with some relative memoranda, have since disap-
peared, and this will explain the paucity of the remarks appearing
under certain species headings. Quite a large number of the speci-
No. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 677
mens of mammals which had been collected were lost or much injured
by neglect on the part of their Indian and Eskimo collectors, or
from various causes beyond careful control. The nomenclature of
the following list has been carefully revised by the naturalists of the
U.S. National Museum.
PENG Cie AEA:
MOOSE.
Alces americanus (Clinton).
This valuable food animal used to be very numerous on the Peace
River, and, indeed, throughout the forest region of the northern por-
tion of the *‘ Great Mackenzie Basin;” but for the last twenty years
it has been much less abundant, and, indeed, remarkably scarce in
many parts, especially along the Athabasca, Peace, Liard, and other
rivers, and the larger lakes of the North. As moose have since been
found more or less plentiful in the eastern, western, and southern sec-
tions of territory where for many years previously they were rather
rare, or conspicuous by their absence, it is now supposed by some
observing natives and others that considerable numbers of them must
have migrated southward, particularly during the remarkably mild
winter of 1877-78. Be that as it may, it has been noticed that at
intervals, and for several years at a time, this animal has been rather
scarce in various sections where it had formerly been fairly abundant.
It is easily scared, and no doubt much hunting ultimately succeeds in
driving it away to distant and less accessible retreats. Previous to
the establishment of Fort Anderson, in 1861, moose were frequently
seen by us on our annual winter trade trips from Fort Good Hope to
(the Eskimos of) Liverpool Bay, feeding along the high sloping
banks of the Anderson River, but they soon after diminished in num-
bers, and had already become somewhat difficult to discover when the
post was abandoned, in 1866. They are, however, to be found sparsely
there to the very edge of the wooded country, especially in sheltered
river valleys. Traces were observed by us near the Wilmot Horton
River in the Barren Grounds, in about latitude 69> north and longi-
tude 126° 30’ west. I may also mention that on my way back from a
visit made to Anderson River in July, 1860, I came across and tray-
eled through a veritable moose preserve of some extent, which lay
between the usual hunting grounds of the Loucheux of Peel River and
the Hare Indians of Fort Good Hope. Several moose were seen and
one shot, while traces of them were very numerous. It was also the
resort of many black bears and woodland caribou. Again, for nearly
a decade subsequent to 1865 (in that year Fort Nelson, which with all
its inmates had been utterly destroyed by the Indians in 1815, was
reestablished near its former site on the eastern branch of the Liard
678 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
River), moose were much more abundant in the adjacent country than
they have ever been since. In the vicinity of farming and ranching set-
tlements, however, they would seem to have become somewhat accus-
tomed to the not distant presence of man, as is surely evidenced by their
comparative abundance still in the eastern sections of the province of
Manitoba (and elsewhere), although they have been much hunted there
of late years. No doubt the close season and the due enforcement of
the relatively restrictive killing law have been important accounting
factors for this state of affairs, which is so satisfactory not only to
naturalists and sportsmen but also to other interested residents.
During summer, when the weather is warm and mosquitoes very
troublesome, moose resort for protection to the shores of lakes and
streams, and while standing in the water they sometimes seem quite
indifferent to the near presence of man, and will then retire only after
being repeatedly fired at. I myself had proof of this on one occasion
when ascending the Anderson River in the end of June, 1866. There
were five or six in the party when we observed three full-grown moose
in the water. As they were not in good condition, we did not care to
kill them, but, in order to test the truth of this peculiarity, I made the
Indians fire a number of shots very close to them, but to no purpose.
In fact, we had to scream and yell at them before they.got out and
stalked away at a very leisurely pace. According to a consensus of
Indian reports from various quarters, the moose copulate annually
during the months, or moons, of September and October, and the off-
spring appear some nine months later. The female generally selects a
dense thicket on a lake island or islet, or ina clump of trees on a dry
spot in the midst of a marshy swamp or other submerged tract of for-
est, for the purpose of bringing forth her young, which are usually one
or two, and occasionally, it is said, as many as three, in number. At
birth, the hair-covering is very short and of a dirty-yellowish color,
the eyes are open, and the newcomer is rather weak and helpless; but,
after a comparatively short time, it is able to move about and soon
becomes quite active. Suckling is supposed to continue for two or
three months. When in good condition and stalked, the flesh of the
moose is excellent eating and, on the whole, more tender and luscious
than the venison of the red deer or either species of caribou; but ani-
mals killed after a long chase on snow, or during, or after the rutting
season are far from palatable, owing to a strong and very rank flavor
then acquired. The skins are dressed by native women and the result-
ing smoked leather is made into tents or lodges, moccasins, tunics,
shirts, and trousers for winter and summer use by the resident popu-
lation of the interior. Some skins are also cut up for pack cords and
others turned into parchment for the requirements of the Hudson’s
Bay Company and others. Hunters assert that hermaphrodites and
barren females are sometimes met with, and that these imperfect exam-
¥o.1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 679
ples almost invariably attain a larger size and heavier weight than
their fertile kindred. Chief Trader H. I. Moberly, an experienced
officer, hunter, and woodsman, confirms the truth of this statement
from his own personal observation. In his North West Passage, Doctor
Armstrong mentions that Capt. Sir Robert McClure, one of a small
party of explorers sent out in the spring of 1851 from Her Majesty’s
Franklin search-expedition ship /nvestigator, then wintering in Prince
of Wales Strait, said that he saw three animals which he firmly
believed to be moose in about latitude 71° north and longitude 114
west. I think this is the first and only record of this animal having
been met with on the lands lying to the north of the American
Continent.
Chief Trader James Lockhart has recorded that ‘*the moose down
at Peel River and Fort Yukon are much larger than up this way
[Great Slave Lake and Fort Simpson|. There, I have known two cases
of extraordinary moose having been killed | probably one or both were
obtained at Peel River], the meat alone of each of them weighing
over 1,000 pounds. The Loucheux have a superstition that the Indian
who meets with one of these extraordinarily large moose is sure to
die within the year, or else meet with some grievous misfortune ”.“
The above may belong to the gig
gantic species recently discovered
on the western coast of Alaska, or they may be representatives of
those referred to by Mr. Moberly. I have never met any of these
monster moose, although of course I have seen examples weighing
considerably over the general average.
WOODLAND CARIBOU.
rangifer caribou (Gmelin ).
I do not think this species extends much beyond latitude 67° 30/
north, except perhaps in spurs of the Rocky Mountains to the west.
It is a larger animal than the Barren Ground reindeer, and is not met
with in the ‘‘ barrens” proper, nor on the shores of the Polar Sea. Like
the latter, the females produce one or two fawns in spring. The rut-
ting season, as well as the period of gestation and time of birth, are
said to be much the same as in the case of moose. The eyes of the
young are open when born, the skin is light brown, and they soon
become quite lively and strong. They are suckled for several
months. The skin of the woodland caribou is dressed by the native
women and afterwards made into necessary moccasins, gloves, tunics,
and trousers, and sometimes women’s dresses. Those cut by the
gadfly are converted into ‘‘babiche” for lacing snow-shoes, and
occasionally into thongs of various thickness, which were formerly, if
not now, twisted into snares for capturing deer. Herds of the
«Proc. U. 8. National Museum, XIII, 1890, p. 307.
6S0 PROCEEDINGS OF THE TIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
eae species seldom exceed thirty or forty individealer except
in the autumn, when sometime. quite a large namber congregate
together. They do not associate with the Barren Ground reindeer,
and seldom quit the forest country. Although known to exist at no
ereat distance to the south, we never, to my knowledge, received
Fort Anderson an example in the feo except the ribs of a few in a
dried state; but in course of my six years’ charge of Fort Good Hope
(latitude 66° 16’ north), the Hare and Nahanni Indians frequently sup-
plied the establishment with a number of dressed skins and a consid-
erable quantity of the venison of this aninal. A similar remark would
apply to my five years’ residence at Fort Simpson (latitude 62° north,
longitude 122° west); but although the species is fairly distributed
throughout New Caledonia district, British Columbia, we soldom
obtained any of its meat or preserved skins during my two years
charge. It is not uncommon in the Athabasca and Peace River dis-
tricts. nor at Cumberland House, Saskatchewan, where we occasion-
ally received some venison and skins, while I was stationed there in
1889 to 1894. It is not improbable, however, that the variety of
woodland caribou found in the Rocky Mountains of northern Canada
may belong to the mountain caribou discovered in the Selkirk Range
of British Columbia and made known to science by Mr. Thompson
Seton in 1899. It is said to be darker in color than Maine and other
eastern specimens.
BARREN GROUND REINDEER.
Rangifer arcticus (Richardson).
Although this interesting animal has of late years been very irreg-
wlar in frequenting ancient passes and haunts in the forest country,
and in numbers very considerably less than formerly, yet it is believed
to be still very numerous in the ‘t‘ Mackenzie Basin.” The northern
Indians were accustomed, in the face of repeated remonstrances on the
part of the company’s officers and resident missionaries, to slaughter
thousands of reindeer annually, chiefly for the skins and tongues, and
too often from the sheer love of killing. But as they have latterly
experienced protracted spells of food scarcity and even actual starva-
tion, I believe it has taught them to be more careful and provident.
Since the introduction of steam also into the districts of Athabasca
(1883), and the Mackenzie River (1886), the provision posts of both
have not been called upon to furnish more than a bare quota of the
quantities of dried meat and pemmican absolutely required under the
old inland York boat system of transportation. The hunting of rein-
deer has, therefore, largely declined, no doubt to their increase in
numbers, and the Indians are able to devote more of their attention to
the trapping of fur-bearing animals. The Eskimos of Anderson and
Mackenzie rivers, however, were never guilty of waste of food in the
no. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 681
same inexcusable manner. They are a more provident race, and
seldom suffer privation for want of food. In course of the company’s
five years’ occupation of Fort Anderson, we received considerable quan-
tities of venison and many skins of the Barren Ground reindeer from
the Eskimos and Indians who resorted thereto for purposes of trade.
During the comparatively short season of open water, the Anderson
and Liverpool Bay Eskimos were engaged in fishing and hunting
reindeer along the river, as wellas walrus, seals, and sometimes whales
in the contiguous polar seas. In spring, when the reindeer were on
their annual migration to the coast, but especially on their fall return
to the woods, the Eskimos shot and speared a great number; in the
former season while browsing on the slopes and summits of the Ander-
son River banks, and in the latter, when in the water making for their
customary crossing points or passes. In both cases, the successful
hunter inserted an arrow in the carcass, so that on its floating by the
lodges lower down the river it might be taken ashore for the benefit
of the party by whom it had been killed. Early in December, the
Eskimos usually retired to their driftwood-constructed huts, or winter
houses, at various points along the coast, but before doing so they
always made more or less provision for their return to the Anderson
River in the beginning of the succeeding month of April, by placing
in one or more caches (built on and formed of large blocks of thick
ice, well protected from wolves and wolverines, the chief robbers to
be feared) some 30 or 40 miles from its outlet in Liverpool Bay, a con-
siderable quantity of fresh venison. Early in March, the female seals
begin to bring forth their young, and the seal then became the chief
object of chase by the Eskimos, who, as the days lengthened, moved
out seaward on the ice from their winter residences on the coast to
engage in the interesting task of hunting seals. After reaching
the aforesaid caches, the bulk of the Eskimos would remain in the
neighborhood, using the meat, trapping foxes, and killing a few rein-
deer and making the usual preparations for the summer season, until
the disruption of the ice, when many of them would ascend the river,
visit the post, and spend some days in its immediate vicinity, and in due
time proceed to the seashore.
When I first reached the mouth of the Anderson River, early in
February, 1859, instead of a village, as I was led to expect, there was
but one large house inhabited by fifteen men, women, and children,
while the nearest group of huts was, as they informed us, at too great
a distance for us to visit in the very cold and stormy weather which
usually occurs at that season, and which, indeed, prevailed during our
two days’ stay there. Our party comprised one Scotchman, one Swede,
one French half-breed, and one Loucheux Indian, with two trains or
teams of three dogs each. We found our quarters very warm and
comfortable. Fort Anderson was established in 1861, after we had
spring provision rendezvous on the ice, already mentioned. By the
autumn of 1865, however, several new huts were built at intervening
distances from there to within some 60 miles from the post. This was
done at my request, and their occupants met with some success in trap-
ping foxes and minks, with a few martens, in the wooded ravines
farther south. On this and subsequent winter trips to the coast, we
observed fresh traces of reindeer, while the Eskimos informed us that
some animals were occasionally seen, and a few shot, most every winter,
very close to the ice-covered sea. The Fort Indians usually snared a
number of reindeer in spring and summer, but their big annual hunt
was made in the fall, when they frequently shot and speared them by
the hundred. During the winter season they always succeeded in kill-
ing a few individuals now and then, but more, of course, when the
snow happened to be deeper than usual.
When the fall of snow is light and the weather severely cold, the
reindeer are almost constantly on the move, and are then very difficult
of approach. At such times, especialky when rabbits are scarce, the
**caribou-eating” Indians frequently suffer much privation for want of
food while following them for a living in their winter peregrinations.
The skin of the reindeer furnishes the Eskimos with nearly all of
their summer and winter clothing. The hair or fur is never removed
in this connection; the made-up skin of the fawn forms the inner shirt,
with the fur side next the body. (The skin of the musquash is some-
times used ina similar manner.) The outer tunic, shirt, or capote, with
hood attached, is made from selected portions of adult late summer or
sarly fall skins, with the hair outside and having the borders trimmed
with a thin strip of the fur of the wolf or wolverine. A sufficient
number of similarly scraped but undressed skins are sewed together
and mounted on poles to forma summer tent or lodge, and also for
sleeping robes or blankets for personal and family use. These robes
are as flexibly prepared as the tunics, and are very comfortable ona
cold, windy night. The Indians are also generally indebted to the
reindeer for winter robes and capotes, and likewise for tents and dressed
leather for making moccasins, gloves, tunics or shirts, trousers, game
bags, and women’s and children’s clothing. Certain inferior and many
fly-cut skins are converted into ‘* babiche” for lacing snowshoes, and
other suitable skins are made into deer snares and parchment for win-
dows, while the tendons of all are split and twisted into fine and excel-
lent thread for general use.
The remarks made under 72. car¢bou in respect to the number and
appearance of the young at birth, etc., are equally applicable to this
species. JI may here remark that albinos are very rare among the
northern deer. In 1886 I obtained a fine example, which was for-
warded to the Smithsonian Institution at Washington, It had been
no.1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 688
killed the previous winter by an Indian near Fort Chipewyan, Lake
Athabasca, but, although I heard of a few instances elsewhere, I think
this was the only one I ever saw in the interior. The company vener-
ally exports a number of reindeer in a parchmentary and Indian-dressed
state, which seldom realize more than their actual cost. In the years
1902 and 19038, respectively, they sold in London 321 and 267 reindeer
skins.
Doctor Armstrong, of the /nvestigutor, writes that besides several
white bears, musk oxen, and other polar animals herein referred to,
the hunters of that ship, while wintering in Prince of Wales Strait,
saw a number of reindeer, though they failed to secure even one. In
Mercy Bay, latitude 76° 6’ north and longitude 117> 55’ west, how-
ever, where it was finally abandoned on June 3, 1853, the total num-
ber of reindeer killed between October, 1851, and April, 1853, was 112.
After reaching Melville Island, about latitude 75” north and longitude
109° west, the doctor, with several officers and men of Her Majesty’s
arctic ships /esolute (Captain Kellett) and /ntrep/d (Captain MeClin-
tock), shot a large number of reindeer and several musk oxen, the meat
of which weighed over L0,000 pounds. After four seasons’ experience,
Doctor Armstrong came to the conclusion that the reindeer inhabiting
Baring Island do not migrate to the southward thereof. In Merey
Bay and Prince of Wales Strait, many individuals and small herds were
seen and a number shot during the severest months of the winter.
**In May and June the females calved in the ravines and valleys bor-
dering on the coast where the sandy soil mixed with the alluvium
forms a rich loam which highly favors vegetation and affords good pas-
turage for the hungry denizens of its wilds.” As reindeer are present
all winter on Melville, Baring, and other large islands of the polar
regions, I think it may be confidently assumed that there is no migra-
tion from them to the continent. On the latter, however, from Port
Kennedy (latitude 72° north and longitude 94° west), Bellot Strait,
its northeastern extremity, there is apparently a regularly recurring
season of migration south and north. There may be a similar annual
movement of reindeer between the northern coast and Wollaston Land
by way of the Union and Dolphin Strait, and also from Victoria Land
to Kent Peninsula by way of Dease Strait. Lieutenant Schwatka
and Colonel Gilder observed considerable numbers of them passing
over the ice on Simpson Strait late in the spring and early in the
winter of 1879 between Adelaide Peninsula and King William Land
(Island). General Greely gives latitude 82° 45’ north as the probable
highest polar range of the reindeer. An antler and old traces were
found on Grinnell Land. Sir J. C. Ross writes that the does arrived
at Boothia in April and the bucks a month later, while herds of several
hundred were seen in May. He also mentions that *‘the paunch of
the deer is esteemed a great delicacy, and its contents is the only
G84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
vegetable food which the Eskimos of that country ever taste.” While
stationed at Mercy Bay, Doctor Armstrong made ‘‘ various sectional
preparations of the antlers of the reindeer in different stages of
growth, as illustrative of its rapidity, in the hope of elucidating one
of the most surprising processes of animal growth which bounteous
nature enables us to contemplate as evidencing her wonderful repro-
ductive powers.” Unfortunately for science, however, these speci-
mens, together with a fine collection of birds, mammals, and other
objects of natural history, were left behind along with the abandoned
ship /nvestigator. As already mentioned, a number of hardy reindeer
bucks remain all winter near the arctic coast of the lower Anderson in
Liverpool Bay.
Statement showing the yearly migration of the Barren Ground reindeer from the north, and
their spring return thereto, as observed at the Hudsows Bay Companys post of Lac du
Brochet, Reindeer Lake, 1873 to 1890.
Season.
1873.
None were observed passing the neighborhood of the post.
IS74.
May 9. First deer seen on their spring migration to the north.
Noy. 14. First deer seen on their yearly return from the north.
1875.
Apr. 26. First deer seen on their spring return to the north.
Oct. 27. First deer seen on their autumn return from the north
1876.
May 17. First deer seen on their spring return to the north.
Oct. 29. First deer seen on their autumn return from the north
1877.
Apr. 21. First deer seen on their spring return to the north.
Dec. 28. First deer seen on their autumn return from the north,
1878.
Apr. 27. First deer seen on their spring return to the north.
Noy. 12. First deer seen on their autumn return from the north.
1879.
Apr. 24. First deer seen on their spring return to the north.
Noy. 18. First deer seen on their autumn return from the north.
1880.
May 12. First deer seen on their spring return to the north.
Noy. 26. First deer seen on their autumn return from the north.
1881.
Apr. 22. First deer seen on their spring return to the north.
Oct. 24. First deer seen on their autumn return from the north.
1882.
Apr. 26. First deer seen on their spring return to the north.
Dec. 15. First deer seen on their autumn return from the north.
1885.
Apr. 26. First deer seen on their spring return to the north.
Noy. 6. First deer seen on their autumn return from the north.
1884.
May 1}. First deer seen on their spring return to the north,
No. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 685
Season.
1885. None were observed within many miles of the establishments.
1886. None were observed in the spring or autumn of this season.
1887. None were observed in the spring or autumn of this season.
1888. None were observed in the spring or autumn of this season.
1389. None were observed in the spring of this year.
Dec. 21. First deer seen on their autumn migration from the north.
1890.
’ Apr. 16. First deer seen on their spring migration to the north.
ROCKY MOUNTAIN GOAT.
Oreamnos montanus (Ord).
The Nahanni tribe of Chipewyan, or Athabasca, Indians of the
Mackenzie River District killa number of these goats annually in the
northern ranges of the Rocky Mountains; but it is perhaps remarkable
that no wild sheep or goats are met with in even the most extensive
spurs thereof, situated on or to the eastward of that great river. They
extend, however, north to the Arctic Circle, if not beyond. At Forts
Norman and Good Hope the company frequently receives small quanti-
ties of the dried meat of this animal from their Indian hunters on the
west side of the river and in the mountains.
DALL’S MOUNTAIN SHEEP.
Ovis dalli (Nelson).
It is probably this recently-determined variety, or species, of wild
sheep which inhabits the Rocky Mountains of the lower Mackenzie
River to the arctic coast, while the true Bighorn, Ovzs canadensis
Shaw, exists in the ranges to the south. Some of the western Eski-
mos, who occasionally resorted to Fort Anderson, wore outer coats
or capotes made from the skin of this animal, with the hair attached.
The Nahanni tribe of Indians belonging to the company’s northern
posts of Nelson, Liard, Simpson, Norman, Good Hope, Peel River,
and La Pierre House usually brought in for trade, small supplies of
the meat of the goat and sheep of the Rockies ina partly smoked or
sun-dried state. We always considered it, when in prime condition,
second to no other variety of flesh food to be had in that extensive
territory.
MUSK OX.
Ovibos moschatus (Zimmermann ).
This interesting member of the family Bovidee has not, so far as I
am aware, been discovered in the flesh to the westward of the Macken-
zie River, nor, as a rule, are many met with in the tract of country
lying to the eastward between that stream andthe Anderson. Mr. P.
Deschambeault distinctly remembers having, upward of fifty years
Proc. N. M. vol. xx viii—04——44
686 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
ago, seen his first musk-ox skin at Fort McPherson, Peel River, then
in charge of his father, Chief Trader George Deschambeault. It had
probably been taken froma straggler by an Indian on the east side
of the Mackenzie River. In the ‘* Barrens” proper, however, as well
as along the arctic American coast, and on the borders of, and for a
short distance within the northern forest region to the southeastward,
in winter, musk oxen are fairly, though in no cne place or section very
numerous. In fact, very few were ever observed by us on any of our
several specimen-collecting tours from Fort Anderson to Franklin
Bay, or on any other of our many summer and winter journeys within
the Arctic Circle.
On one oceasion, however (July 4+, 1864), on our way back from that
bay, we saw a herd of twenty-five animals of various ages reposing
on the side (and just below the summit) of a gentle eminence in the
Barren Grounds. A patriarchal-looking bull on the top of the emi-
nence evidently kept guard, while the others appeared to sleep. I
had been for some time endeavoring to obtain a pair of live calves for
shipment to London and as this seemed a good opportunity for mak-
ing an attempt in that direction we rapidly advanced to about 300
yards from their position, when we halted and unloaded our twelve
Eskimo pack-carrying dogs and sent them at the herd, while sev-
eral of the fastest sprinters in our party of twenty followed as closely
as they could. As soon as the dogs were perceived, the sentinel gave
the alarm and the musk oxen immediately set off in different direc-
tions, apparently very much startled, but when the dogs began to
bark the musk oxen rallied instantly, came together, and presented
a rather formidable front to their assailants. This military-square-
like formation on the part of the musk oxen seemed to have a rather
terrifying effect on our dogs, as they almost ceased to bark, though
now within a few yards of the herd. In the meantime we were all
rapidly nearing the herd, and I was in hopes that with our dogs we
might be able to surround or run down and capture one or more of
the several spring calves observed. When they became aware of our
near presence—the close proximity of the dogs (who resumed their
barking) having taken up their attention—by the premature firing of
a shot which fatally wounded one of the larger animals they all scam-
pered away at such a sweeping canter that we soon gave up the chase
as hopeless, although our dogs continued to follow them for some
time, but later returned to partake of the spoil of the killed animal.
After skinning the three-year-old male, we noticed a moving object at
some distance, which we supposed to be one of the dogs, but it turned
out to be a spring calf which had evidently swerved from the main
body and was doubtless searching for its mother. Several of the
party thereupon started out with the dogs in full pursuit, and we all
had to show our best paces for several hundred yards before we could
wo. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 687
reach the spot where he was brought to bay. We at frcecenved him
by means of a looped line, but not before he was wounded by the
dogs. We had much trouble in getting the calf to accompany us—
in fact, we first let him rather exhaust himself in bucking and kicking
like a goat, while he stubbornly refused to be led by a line. After a
time, when prodded from behind, he would make a rush at his leader,
but he eventually quieted down and followed the Indian to the camp.
Next day he seemed rather subdued and gave no trouble, not even
when being carried across the Wilmot (pao River, but to my deep
regret he died at sunrise the following morning, having no doubt bled
to death internally. On reaching Rendezvous Lake, near the end of
the eastern limit of the woods, my disappointment was great when I
learned that a female spring musk-ox calf, which had shortly before
been secured for me by an Anderson River Indian, had been killed by
dogs during the previous night. Subsequent attempts in the same
desirable direction unfortunately failed, and the field is therefore still
open for the successful efforts of some favorably circumstanced and
luckier party.
On another occasion (June 29, 1865), near the Wilmot Horton River,
we shot a large bull which was grazing on a flat plain bordering on a
small stream named Eagle. After approaching him we unloaded our
dogs and they soon surrounded and began barking at him, a course
which he resented by endeavoring to- impale one of them on his
sharply curved horns, but just as we were coming within gun range
he noticed us and at once made off at full speed. It was surprising
to witness the seemingly easy, but really swift, gait at which this
rather short-legged and clumsy-looking beast asc eaded a somewhat
steep hill in front.of him. <A long and well-directed shot, however,
suddenly ended his career. The beef proved acceptable to the men
and dogs, and it neither smelled nor tasted of musk, as it often does
later in the year, but especially during the rutting season when it is
scarcely eatable except by natives and a few of the company’s servants
filenes with strong appetites and good digestive powers. The hide
was secured, but the skin was so dilapidated, owing to the thick inner
coating being still unshed except in large ugly patches, that it was
useless as a specimen.
During the severe cold of winter, the musk ox enters the outer sec-
tions of the forest and is frequently found therein to a distance of 40
or 50 miles, while we have heard of more than one instance where a
stray panal had been killed at fully 100 miles from the nearest ** Bar-
rens.” The most southerly wandering of the species beyond the
limits of its normal range is that recorded by Mr. Preble in Worth
American Fauna, No. 22 (1902). A pair was seen on the ** Barrens”
between York factory and Fort Churchill in about latitude 57> north,
and the male was shot. This authentic information was obtained by
688 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Mr. Preble from Dr. Alexander Milne, factor, Hudson’s Bay Com-
pany, Winnipeg.
The northern range of the musk ox is truly polar. Nearly every
wintering arctic expedition has met with them singly or in small (never
in large) herds. Former traces have also been observed at many
northern points, while on one occasion a traveling party on Melville
Land (Island) saw a pure white individual among a comparatively
large herd—probably the only instance of the kind on record. Be-
tween September 3, 1852, and September 9, 1853, the hunters of Her
Majesty’s arctic ship /eso/ute shot 114 musk oxen on Melville Island,
a clear proof of itself that they are fairly abundant in that locality.
Doctor Armstrong, of the /nvestigator, says that in Prince of Wales
Strait tive, and during his stay in Mercy Bay, Banks Land, two full-
grown animals were killed. Several were also shot by himself and
Lieutenant Pim on Melville Island. In 1875-76 Sir George Nares, of
Her Majesty’s exploring ship A/ert, who wintered in latitude 82° 27’
north, longitude 61° 22’ west, secured quite a number of animals.
The first herd seen consisted of a veteran and two young bulls and
four old and two young cows. They were all surrounded and, with
the exception of the first-mentioned, which required several bullets to
finish him, were easily killed. Nares refers to the fact that in 1872
the crew of the American expedition ship Polaris shot twenty-six
animals on the opposite side of Kennedy Channel during the twelve
months passed by them in that latitude.
Markham remarks that ‘‘ musk oxen ascend hills and climb over
rocks and rough surfaces with great ease.” He further adds that
“they are very irascible when wounded, and will sometimes attack <
hunter and seriously endanger his life.” Doctor Armstrong has also
recorded an interesting experience in Prince of Wales Strait in which
the dam and sire of a small herd brought to bay bravely stood in
front protecting the others in the rear, an action which surely
afforded strong proof of their affectionate instinct. On this occasion
three males, the mother, and a youne female calf were all shot. Sir
Leopold McClintock, who had been engaged in several Franklin search
expeditions, writes:
The white cow (the albino observed on Melville Island) was accompanied by a
black calf. The musk ox clambers up the steepest rocks like a goat, and, when run-
ning, his long black hair heaves up and down, streaming in the breeze, and gives
him a peculiarly savage appearance. It is so long that he occasionally treads thereon,
and one finds hairs almost 2 feet in length stamped into the snow. There is an
undergrowth of very thick wool so soft and silky that the warmest gloves have been
made of it. The musk ox is not absolutely deficient of a tail, but it never exceeds
1 inches in length. They do not seem to cross from one island to another, as the
reindeer do, but usually roam about in small herds. Unaeccustomed to man, they
seldom deigned to notice us until we came tolerably near; then they would gen-
PL. XXXI
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
Aue
duiog Avg s,uospny oy} yo ysod ATLoy LOU YsouL OUT
"USAIN 133d NO NOSYSHdq WW LYOS
ore
Eat ere
- ieee
jain sree =a
ah
q
a
ahi
ee
no. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 689
erally close together in an attitude of defense. While facing you their massive
horns so effectually shield every vital part that it is useless to fire, and therefore a
single sportsman must wait until their patience is exhausted and they alter their
position; but it is desirable to get behind a block of glassy ice, a rock, or some
rough ground, where they can not charge straight at you, which we have known them
to do before, as well as after being fired at. I once came across a solitary old bull
which instantly faced me, spent a few seconds rubbing his horns against his fore
legs (a sure sign that mischief is brewing) and rushed on me at full speed; but I had
taken the precaution so to approach him that I was able to shoot him when he halted
on the brink of the ravine down which I had retreated.
McClintock further says that three or four sportsmen may station
themselves about a herd at a distance of 70 or 80 yards, and then pick
off the restless ones first, which so greatly bewilders the remainder
that they are easily secured. He was himself one of three who thus
shot down a herd of ten in three or four minutes. No wonder, there-
fore, that he ardently longed for a similar experience at Fort Kennedy,
as it would have furnished the crew of his vessel with fresh meat every
day for three months, but unfortunately not an animal could be seen.
In the vicinity of Fort Conger, Lady Franklin Bay, Grinnell Land,
in latitude 81> 44’ north and longitude 64° 45’ west, General Greely,
U.S. Army, commander of the American expedition, secured 103
examples of the musk ox. He gives latitude 83~ 3’ north as the high-
est point where traces of this animal were observed by Lieutenant
(Captain) Lockwood.
One or two writers have said that lichens form an important item
in the diet of the musk ox, but Greely is positive (and I agree with
him) that none of his party ever observed them eating any, while the
stomachs of a large number examined by him did not contain a trace
thereof. The contents clearly demonstrated that they fed on dwarf wil-
low, saxifrages, and grasses. They use their hoofs in digging for these
when the ground is covered with snow. There must, however, be fairly
good pasturage in certain fertile spots amid the generally desolate
and sterile lands situated in high latitudes, similar to that described by
Doctor Armstrong as occurring on Baring Island, or it would be utterly
impossible for reindeer and musk oxen to subsist there, as many do all
the year round. Of course, no such food scarcity exists on continental
America, even in the so-called *‘ Barren Grounds.” Like all wild
animals, the musk ox in winter quenches its thirst by eating snow.
As spring advanced, the musk oxenof the Anderson country migrated
northward. ‘The females are said to produce one, and sometimes two,
ata birth. The company’s posts at which skins are usually traded
are Fort McPherson (from the eastern coast Eskimos), Forts Good
Hope and Norman (from the Anderson Eskimos and from post
Indians who specially hunt them), Rae and Resolution on Great Slave
Lake (from Indian hunters), Lac du Brochet, Reindeer Lake (from the
O90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vO. XXVIII.
inland Hskimos), and Fort Churchill (from the Hudson Bay Eskimos).
It is only in recent years, however, that the company has strongly
encouraged the hunting of musk oxen, and although there is no ree-
ord of the sale of any in the London Statement, 1853 and L877, yet we
now know that a number of pelts were occasionally, 1f not annually,
traded at Forts Churchill and Anderson, at least subsequent to 1860,
and that they must have sold there or in Montreal (the British com-
pany’s market for buffalo robes), as the statement of the northern
department fur-returns for outfit 1865, printed herewith (p. 756),
shows that the districts of Mackenzie River and York, Hudson Bay,
collected 25 and 66 musk-ox skins, respectively, in that year. During
the last thirty years, the Indians and Eskimos have devoted more
attention than before to the hunting of this valuable animal. In 1902,
271 skins and in 1903, 246 skins were exposed for sale, and the average
for the past twenty years probably ranged between 200 and 250 pelts.
The greater portion of those secured by the company are purchased in
London and reshipped to, and used in Canada and the United States,
chiefly as sleigh and cutter winter robes. In his Explorations in the
“ar North, Dr. Frank Russell, of the Iowa State University, has given
a very interesting account of his successful efforts in hunting the musk
ox in the Fort Rae Indian country. His other experiences in the ter-
ritories of Canada are well worthy of perusal, while his services to
science reflect much credit on himself and his alma mater. Mr. Cas-
par Whitney’s achievements in the pursuit of the musk ox, under the
unfavorable conditions as narrated in his published volume, also
deserve commendation.
WOODLAND BUFFALO.
Bison bison athabasee Rhoads.
This variety of the American bison was fairly numerous when I
first went north to Mackenzie River in 1853, but it has since gradually
diminished in numbers in the Athabasca district, and its utter exter-
mination is now only a question of time, unless restrictive hunting rules
are adopted without delay. When Thomas Simpson, the celebrated
arctic explorer, traveled down the valley of the Clearwater River in
January, 1837, traces of buffalo were quite abundant, but for the last
forty years they have practically forsaken that quarter and have dwin-
dled so greatly in number that only a few individuals are now to be
met with in open spaces and patches of prairie in sections on the west
side of the Athabasca River, between Fort McMurray and the Birch
Mountain, as wellas in similar tracts of country from Pointe a la Paix
on the lower Peace to the plains of Salt River in latitude 60° north,
which had from time immemorial been regularly frequented and occu-
pied by hordes of bison. At the end of the eighteenth and in the earlier
part of the nineteenth century, buffalo were abundant on the upper
no.1465. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 691
Peace River, and many also roamed to the northwest as far as the
Liard River. Even as late as 1864 a straggler was killed within 40
miles of the company’s post of that name and another in 1866 about 25
miles from the same. Sir J. Richardson states that there were some
bison in the Horn Mountain, southeast of Fort Simpson, in the begin-
ning of the last century (1800), while some were also met with on the
east side of the Athabasca, below and above Fort McMurray. Dur-
ing a residence of fifteen years (L870 to 1885) at Fort Chipewyan,
Lake Athabasea, our native fort hunters never failed in winter to kill
one or more bison for the use of the establishment, the meat of which
was hauled thereto by the company’s dogs and servants. Nearly all of
them were shot on the north side of the lower Peace River. At that
time, the Indians of Forts McMurray and Smith always secured a num-
ber in autumn and winter. Having seen the skins of numerous prai-
rie buffalo many years ago, and those of several of the woodland
variety, I think the only marked difference I noticed was that the
outer hair of the latter is darker in color, and the inner is of a finer,
thicker, and probably warmer texture than that of the former, while
it is doubtful if the average ‘‘ dressed beef” of either animal of the
same age would materially differ in weight. In the winter of 1871-72,
an Indian shotan albino example of the bison some 35 miles northwest
of Fort McMurray. This skin was throughout of a faint yellowish
white color. I have been repeatedly assured by Indians that the
female very rarely has more than one calf at a birth. They have
also said that, in winters of deep snow, wolves succeed in destroying
some animals. They themselves have too often been guilty of unnec-
essary slaughter of bison under similar conditions, especially in for-
mer years. In the month of March, 1879, a small band of Chipewyan
Indians discovered traces of a herd, consisting of twenty animals of
various ages, near the Birch Mountain, and the snow being deep they
did not suffer even one to escape. None of the flesh, however, was
wasted; all of it was consumed by the party. The company never
exported any Woodland bison skins for sale in London or Canada. Mr.
P. Deschambeault remembers seeing in the early fifties of the last cen-
tury two fine albino examples of the prairie buffalo in possession of
Chief Factors John Rowand and James G. Stewart, both of which had
been secured on the plains of the upper Saskatchewan River.
CARNIVORA
CANADA LYNX.
Lynx canadensis Kerr.
This is one of the principal periodic fur-bearing animals which
regularly increase and decrease in numbers about every decade. The
experience of observers, largely corroborated by the company’s London
692 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
sales, is pretty much as follows: The catch of lynxes for each of (say)
three seasons when they are least numerous, or rather comparatively
scarce, fell sometimes as low as 4,000 or 5,000 skins as the entire out-
put for the immense extent of territory covered by the Hudson’s Bay
Company’s business operations. The fourth year would double these
quantities, the fifth often more than doubled the fourth, the sixth
doubled the fifth, while the seventh almost invariably witnessed the
maximum trade of skins. The eighth would still be good, while the
ninth and tenth would each exhibit a startling decline in the returns,
which in quantity would closely correspond with the sixth and fifth
years, respectively, in each decade. Indeed, the regularity of these
peculiar results in seasons of scarcity and plenty is remarkably
interesting.
The Canada lynx is very widely distributed over the ‘*Great Mac-
kenzie Basin.” It feeds on eggs, ducks, partridges, mice, stranded
fish, and occasionally on a land-captured beaver, young deer, or sheep,
while rabbits, of course, form their staple article of diet. It is chiefly
taken in snares; some are trapped, and others are followed up with
dogs, treed, and shot. The flesh is white and tender, and is an
important and much-relished native country product. The female is
sud to bring forth from two to five, and not unfrequently as many as
six, at a birth annually in June and July, the period of gestation
being about three months. The young are about the size of a puppy,
with the eyes partly open, but are very helpless for several days.
They are suckled for about two months.
For the twenty-five years from 1853 to L877, inclusive, the company
sold in London a total of 507,450 skins of the Canada lynx, or an
average of 20,298 a year. During that period, the minimum sale
ras 4,448 in 1863, and the maximum year was 1868, with 76,556
skins. The number entered in their catalogue in 1902 is 5,701, and in
1908, 9,031.
WHITE WOLF.
Canus albus (Sabine).
GRAY AND BLACK WOLF.
Canis griseus (Sabine).
The white is the most abundant variety of wolf in the far north;
next comes the gray, and the black is the rarest. These wolves yearly
succeed in killing as prey quite a large number of reindeer and not a
few moose. On one occasion, while traveling upon the ice between
Forts Liard and Nelson, in the Mackenzie River District, we came
across a big patch of hard-packed snow on the Liard River where a
large buck moose had evidently been surrounded and no doubt over-
powered, after a most gallant fight for life, by perhaps a score of fero-
no.1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 698
cious and cowardly wolves. A few well-picked bones and the skull
were the only relics left. At a short distance, however, we perceived
a full-grown gray wolf, which was at once shot. It had one of its
hind legs shattered by a kick from the moose, which so disabled it
that it could scarcely crawl. Had its companions not been fully
gorged they would doubtless have fallen upon and eaten it too.
Although the old saying ‘‘mad as a March wolf” may not apply
generally, yet there are seasons when many of them undoubtedly suf-
fer from distemper similar to that which some vears attacks Indian
and Eskimo dogs, and are then more or less dangerous. In the
month of March, 1868, large numbers of northern wolves were thus
affected, and several Indians and one or two servants of the company
were attacked and narrowly escaped being bitten, while it was cur-
rently reported that an elderly native woman had been killed about
that time in the forest at a distance of several miles from Fort Rae,
Great Slave Lake. Instances have also occurred where they have car-
ried off dogs from the vicinity of the posts, and also from the winter
night encampments of northern travelers.
In some seasons, the woodland wolf is more abundant than usual at
certain points throughout the north. It is naturally more numerous
in sections where reindeer abound. It breeds once a year—the female
has from three to five, and occasionally as many as six at a birth.
The eyes of the young are closed, and they are as helpless as dog pups
for some days after they are born. The male is believed to assist his
mate in rearing the offspring. Copulation of the sexes takes place
during the months of February and March.
Wolves of this kind have been observed and some captured on
many of the large islands to the north of the American arctic coast.
Doctor Armstrong noticed a number on Baring Island and elsewhere,
while Sir James Clark Ross states that considerable numbers of them
collected on the narrow portion of the Isthmus of Boothia Felix in
order to intercept the reindeer on their annual spring migrations.
He also mentions that a single wolf will go among any number of
Eskimo dogs and carry off one from among them without the others
attempting an attack. General Greely’s party obtained six examples
at or near their winter quarters at Fort Conger, in Lady Franklin
Bay, and he gives latitude 82° 50’ as the northern limit of this animal
which is there indigenous. Sir Edward Parry records its presence on
Melville and the other North Georgian Islands.
In the sketch of North Western America (1868), Archbishop Taché,
of St. Boniface, Manitoba, recounts a remarkable instance of persever-
ing fortitude exhibited by a large dark wolf caught in a steel trap at
Isle & la Crosse many years ago. A month afterwards, it was killed
near Green Lake, 90 miles distant, with the trap and connecting wood
block still attached to one of its hind lees. It had evidently dragged
O94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
both around in the snow for many a mile, during a period of intense
cold, and it was therefore not surprising that he was a ‘ walking
skeleton” when finally secured.
From the statement L853—L877, inclusive, the company sold in Lon-
don as many as 171,770 wolf skins, or an average of nearly 6,871 a
year. I think more than half of them must have belonged to the
smaller variety (Canes latrans) of the prairies and British Columbia.
The three best sales were in 1855, with 15,419 (the maximum), 12,659
in 1859, and 12,616 in 1866; the three lowest, 2,802 in 1872, 2,083 in
L876, and 1,865 (the minimum) in 1877. In 1902, they sold 1,340, and
in 1903, 1,790 skins. From 1858 to 1884, Athabasca District con-
tributed 2,119 skins of the woodland (black, grey, and white) wolf to
the London sales. For the outfits 1885 to 1889, it made a further addi-
tion of 339 skins. Between 1863 and LS84, inclusive, the district of
Mackenzie River supplied a total of 1,880 skins of this animal. Its
quota in 1889 was only 49 skins. From 1862 to 1887, Fort Resolution,
Great Slave Lake, gave 193, and in 1884, 10 skins. The posts of the
upper Peace River, with its lake stations transferred from Edmonton,
sent in 48 woodland wolves in 1889.
The Eskimos use the fur of the different varieties of wolves for
trimming the hood and other portions of their deerskin capotes or
tunics.
COYOTE.
Canis latrans Say.
This smaller prairie wolf is not found much to the north of the
northern branch of the Saskatchewan River; but on the west side of
the Rocky Mountains it is, in some seasons, fairly numerous as far as
latitude 55° north. Mr. Moberly, an intelligent and experienced
observer, writes:
The prairie wolf seldom attacks any large animal except when led on by a wood-
land example. After atime, however, he will learn to kill domestic sheep without
any assistance. They generally hyve on mice, gophers, musquash, berries, and car-
rion. I think the wood wolf inhabiting the plains country is much smaller than
the kind found farther north, and also lighter in color, and may possibly be a cross
between both species. It is more cowardly than the true woodland wolf,
He further states that the male renders no assistance whatever to
the female in providing food for the young, which number from three
to five, and occasionally six. Indians have known of instances where
both kinds of wolves and some of their dogs have mated, and they have
always found that the resulting offspring were not only prolific, but also
better and stronger as beasts of burden. Parry records an instance
the first authentic one known to him—where a setter dog had inter-
course with a female wolf (Can/s griseus). It was soon afterwards
killed by a male of the same species.
no. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 695
New Caledonia District, British Columbia, usually sends in from +40
to 120 wolf skins annually, fully three-fourths of which belong to
Canis latrans.
ESKIMO DOG.
Canis familiaris borealis (Desmarest ).
The Eskimos make use of this indispensable animal for traveling
during the winter season, and in summer it renders much assistance
in tracking their boats (umiaks) upstream, on the Mackenzie, Peel,
Anderson, and other arctic rivers. These boats are manned by women,
and are always steered by an elderly man. When tracking on the
beach, the woman is attached to the cord hauling line next to the bow
of the umiak, then follow at intervals, similarly harnessed thereto,
from four to six dogs, who with their leader go forward or halt at the
‘all of their driver mistress. Nearly all of the hauling dogs used by
the company at Fort Anderson were obtained from the Eskimos.
Early in the month of February, 1864, a very virulent and fatal
form of distemper broke out among the post and native dogs, and, in
a short time, it carried off about three-fourths of their number; but as
there was still much work to be done in the way of transport of outfit
and returns between the Anderson and Fort Good Hope, besides the
hauling of fresh venison from the camp of the fort hunter for the spring
and summer use of the establishment, we had to be constantly on the
lookout to purchase as many dogs as could be spared by visiting Indi-
ans and Eskimos, to replace our heavy weekly losses. The distemper
did not much abate until May, when it ceased almost as suddenly as
it had appeared; but during the three and one-half months of its
prevalence, the company lost no less than sixty-five sleigh dogs at
Fort Anderson, while the total native losses must have been very
considerable. It was remarked at the time that bloodless fights
between healthy and affected animals resulted in no injury to the for-
mer, but when the fight was hard and bloody the disease was thereby
communicated and the bitten dog soon fell a victim to it. Compar-
atively few ever recovered. Most of the attacked animals became
very quarrelsome and some quite ferocious, while a few fled and died
quietly in the neighboring woods, or after traveling a distance of from
5 to 15 miles. In course of a residence of over thirty years in the
districts of Mackenzie River and Athabasca, I have known distemper
to occur on different occasions at several trading posts in both, and
always with fatal results to the dogs, but this Anderson epidemic was,
I think, one of the very worst ever experienced in the far north. I
find that Sir George Nares, when on his polar expedition of 1875-76,
long after the foregoing was written, lost quite a number of his Eskimo
dogs by distemper in his winter quarters in latitude 82° north.
He writes that the ‘‘first observed symptoms thereof in an animal
696 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
was his falling to the ground in a fit, soon followed by a rushing
about ina frantic manner as if wholly deprived of all sense of feel-
ing. On some occasions one would rush into the water and get
drowned. At other times a few would wander away from the ship
and be seen no more. Sometimes their sufferings would terminate in
death. Several appeared to suffer so very much that they were shot
to relieve the poor things from their pain.” Markham also remarks
‘that nearly all arctic expeditions have experienced the same kind of
disease and mortality among their dogs, and for which there has hith-
erto been no remedy. Hydrophobia is unknown among the Eskimo
or Indian dogs, as no one bitten by a diseased animal has ever suffered
permanent injury therefrom.”
Most of the true breed of Eskimo dog are more or less wolfish in
appearance, while others facially resemble the common fox. Many
of them are very playful and affectionate, but some others are bad
tempered, sulky, and vicious in disposition. McClintock mentions
one or two notable characteristics. **Chummie,” the favorite dog in
Commander Hobson’s Eskimo team, while on the /o in her cele-
brated pack-ice drift, disappeared and was supposed to be lost; but
“after an absence of six days he returned decidedly hungry, although
he could not have been without food all the time, and evinced creat
delight at getting back. He devoted his first attention to a hearty
meal, then rubbed himself up against his own particular associates,
after which he sought out and attacked the weakest of his enemies,
and, soothed by their angry howlings, lay down and coiled himself up
for a long sleep.”
Like domestic and Indian dogs, the female of the species under
review reproduces at various seasons, but as a rule most frequently
during the warmer months of the year. The litter of pups seldom
exceeds five in number, sometimes less and occasionally more, and there
is no apparent difference in other relative dog characteristics. The
full-grown female, however, is generally smaller in size than the male.
Arctic explorers and other voyagers of experience have written much
and spoken highly of the capacity, the fortitude, and the endurance
of the North American hauling dog. After half a century’s residence
in northwestern Canada the writer of these notes would be able to fill
many pages with dog lore, but he has no desire to thus tax the patience
of those who may peruse them. At the same time he thinks that a
few readers might possibly take a little interest in certain traits, as
well as in the performances of a small and rather short-legeed dog of
Eskimo breed, born tailless, which formed one of the train or team of a
ITudson Bay sled of dogs conducted by himself on a winter journey
of fully 2,000 miles, from Fort Simpson on the Mackenzie to Oak
Point near the southern end of Lake Manitoba. We left the former
point on November 30, 1869, and reached the latter place on Febru-
No. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 69%
ary 29, 1870. We e Rocommpanicd the old iemgne ee tiation pac ees
due to leave Fort Simpson annually on December 1, Fort Chipew ai
January 2, Isle a la Crosse January 20, and Carlton House, Saskatche-
wan, early in February; but by rapid traveling the party managed
to arrive at Chipewyan nine or ten days ahead of time. After a rest
of several days we started with my own and another team of fresh
dogs carrying our baggage and provisions. No time was lost on the
march; in fact, we got over the ground between the different company’s
posts at a very rapid gait, and always had fresh baggage, men, and
dogs, while the packet was dispatched independently on the usual dates
from Fort Chipewyan, post to post, to Carlton. By this means I was
enabled to give frequent rests, exclusive of Sundays, to my own team
and personal servant, and also spend about a month in the aggregate
with friends and acquaintances on the way. We never del wyed the
packet; on the contrary, when we finally overtook its bearers, our
fourth and their seventh day out from Carlton, the united ae made
better progress, and but for the first Red River rebellion of Louis
Riel it would have arrived at Fort Garry, if not earlier, certainly not
later, than the usual date. When we reached the company’s post at
Touchwood Hills, there were orders for the packet to report at Fort
Pelly instead of proceeding by the direct route by way of Fort Ellice.
This necessitated the adoption of a much longer and more tedious
course by way of Forts Quwappelle and Pelly, Shoal Lake, Waterhen
River, Manitoba House, Oak Point, and White Horse Plains to Fort
Garry, which was reached on February 25, 1870. Having long lost
the brief itinerary of this journey I can not at this late date give
details, but I firmly believe that the time actually consumed in travel-
ing was less than seven out of the twelve weeks spent thereon (except
at the last we always rested on Sundays), and for that time we aver-
aged more than 40 miles a day, a record probably never before or
since attained by the same dogs on a trip of equal extent. Four of
the five haulers were of Eskimo breed, and they were engaged thereon
from start to finish. A spare dog who lingered behind our second
day out from Fort Simpson was killed by a band of wolves not far
from our night encampment. Another of the team, which suffered
severely from sore paws, was replaced at Chipewyan. With the excep-
tion of one or two of the last of the many trade posts between Fort
Simpson and Oak Point, the team invariably arrived at a rattling fast
pace. It was the custom in those days, as it still is in some parts of
the great interior, for winter voyagers to stop for a short time within
a few miles of a post in order to make themselves presentable to the
inmates. The dogs were also dressed with worsted or silk-fringed
tapis of fine cloth, richly beaded or embroidered, and banded with
brass or silver-plated round bells. Ribbon-adorned iron branched
stands of small open bells screwed on top of their harness collars,
698 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
having three or four of a larger size stite shed to the lower part
thereof, made a fine display, while the jingling of the bells emitted
sounds of a musical and agreeable nature. From previous experience,
the dogs knew that they were approaching a haven of food, plenty,
and temporary rest, and once started, they lost no time in bani
over the intervening distance. In course of upward of forty years
personal knowledge and experience of hauling dogs of various breeds
in arctic America, British Columbia, and the Northwest Territories,
the already-alluded-to smallest dog in my own team, Aveshayoo (Cree
for tailless dog), was, for his size, the very best all-round hauler I
ever met, drove, or heard of in the country. The very nearest
approach to him in reac and other good qualities was Cerf-volant,
so highly and justly commended by Colonel (now General) Sir William
F. Butler, K. C. B., in his Wild North Land. During the winter of
[872-73, we traveled together from Cariton House to Fort Chipewyan,
and I had, therefore, ample opportunities of witnessing the admirable
qualities of that fine animal.
The mother of Avshayoo was barely a month old when [ bought her
from an elderly Eskimo woman at Fort Anderson, where she even-
tually developed into a small, but compactly built, creature. Her
first litter of pups consisted of three males (one died of distemper
months afterwards) and one female, who subsequently became the
mother of the unfortunate dog eaten up by wolves on December 1,
1869. (The two survivors made the long winter journey.) On this
occasion the mother appeared to suffer agonizing pain in endeavoring
to bring forth her first-born pup, but the administration of a dessert-
spoon full of tincture of lavender acted like acharm. The relief given
was immediate, and all four pups were born without delay.“ Her
next confinement, seven months later, was apparently easy. There
was but one male (Aes/ayoo) and two females.
A more devoted and affectionate family of dogs I never knew. In
corroboration of this view I would mention a few traits: The last litte1
was brought forth in a wooden kennel within the fort stockades, during
the season when Indians and Eskimos were frequent visitors, and some
of their huner ‘y dogs would have no hesitation in devouring any stray
puppies; but for months after their birth one or more of the first litter
kept guard with the mother in protecting the young puppies from this
or any other danger. In fact, they were never left alone during a
period of several weeks, but were always carefully watched. I can
not remember any instances of quarreling among themselves. On the
contrary, they never failed to stand by each other when attacked by
strange dogs or when they themselves became aggressive.
wl may foe Roce that I have A epics ine several cases in which this
medical preparation greatly aided both human and canine mothers under similar
circumstances.
no.1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 699
At times, long after he became a hauler, Aeshayoo seemed to delight
in beginning a fight with other dogs. He was bimself a living embodi-
ment of daring, energy, and pluck, quite capable of coping successfully
with many of a much larger size, knowing, as he did, that his brothers
would rally to his assistance in the event of his tackling a more pow-
erful antagonist, or ina general scrimmage. It was sometimes amus-
fn)
ing to watch Aeshayoo while being fed, both at Fort Simpson and at
the various posts on the above-described journey. A’ big ‘* bully”
among Visiting teams at the former (the fort dogs let him severely
alone) or the ‘*cock of the walk” at some one of the latter, judging
him by his small size, would brazenly come along and attempt to rob
him of his fish or meat, but almost in a twinkling of the eye the assail-
ant would be sprawling on his back, severely bitten, retiring after-
wards quite crestfallen, with his tail between his legs. The unexpected
suddenness and strength of the attack seemed to completely disconcert
the would-be robber. It was seldom, indeed. that a second attempt of
this kind was made at the same place.
Previous to the abandonment of Fort Anderson, early in July, L866,
it frequently surprised me to witness the joyful greeting which took
place between the mother and surviving offspring of both litters when
they met after days or weeks of necessary separation. Indeed, they
were constantly together whenever possible. Two of the later litter
died of distemper and the old mother herself perished a couple of
months after giving birth to four beautiful pups in her third and final
confinement. Unfortunately. they were accidentally frozen to death
in December, 1865.
AKeskayoo was exceedingly quick and active in moments of attack or
defense, while the protection afforded by his own remarkably long-
haired and densely thick fur skin-covering rendered it almost impos-
sible for any dog’s teeth to meet in any vulnerable portion of his body.
Poor Avshayoo died during my first brief visit to the old land in L870.
He was a wonderful little animal; he never seemed tired or weary; he
was always ready and willing to follow the track beater, or the sled
auhead of him; for three-fourths of the entire journey he acted as
foregoer or leader of his own team. Years of association with these
dogs naturally brings about an almost human regard or affection for
them, and their death frequently seems a personal loss.
Although much more of an interesting nature might be related of
this and other northern hauling dogs, the writer will conclude with a
few remarks regarding the appearance of what, from the perceptible
symptoms, must have been English dog distemper. In summer it was
usual to send the Fort Simpson dogs to Big Island at the west end of
Great Slave Lake, where fish are more or less abundant all the year
round, to he well fed until theautumn. Early inOctober, 1869, my team
of dogs arrived with the first fish boat from that point; but, to my deep
TOO PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII
regret, | found that two of the best had been ill for over a week and
utterly unable to walk or even stand up, and they had to be carried from
the river to a picketed yard adjoining the officers’ residence. Their
hinder parts seemed to be entirely paralyzed. As they were strong and
tried animals, I naturally desired to have them with me on my then con-
templated trip to Fort Garry (now Winnipeg City). Knowing that
there were several boxes of Holloway’s celebrated pills among the
post’s store of medicines, I determined to test their vaunted virtues
by ascertaining if they were equally efficient in canine, as they claimed
to be in human ills. 1 began by giving them each a dose of five pills,
night and morning. After one week’s course I reduced the number to
three, and at the end of the fortnight there was a perceptible improve-
ment, which became more marked and assuring as the weeks went by.
About the middle of November I began to harness and drive them
slowly around. The two convalescents staggered a great deal, and
this continued for some days; but a short time prior to our departure,
on November 30, 1869, they had nearly recovered and were able, with
the others, to make daily runs of several miles at a very good pace.
The improvement continued, and I think they became almost as strong
and untiring as ever. Some of the fort residents all along asserted
that they could not recover fully or stand the long journey; but I,
who had much previous knowledge of their staying powers, was of a
different opinion, and the result proved that I was right.
HARE INDIAN DOG.
Canis lagopus (Richardson),
This animal is more or less typical of the indigenous Indian dog of
the far north of Canada. It is not so stout or strong as the Eskimo
dog, but many individuals can endure a vast amount of hardship in
the shape of heavy sleigh and packing work with but little to eat.
It is even more necessary for the Indians, especially the so-called
‘caribou eaters” (as the latter move and travel about in winter fol-
lowing the reindeer) than is the case with their brethren who subsist
chiefly on fish, rabbits, beaver, and moose. The Eskimos, with the
exception of roving traders from the west and Alaskan coast of North
America, do not make any very extensive excursions during the win-
ter season. In birth, traits, habits, and liability to epidemics there
are no material differences between it and Canis familiaris borealis,
nor, for that matter, with the rather mongrel breed or introduced
varieties of hauling dogs used by the company, missionaries, and the
freemen” of the interior. I might also mention that I have heard
of one or two instances of English distemper having appeared among
inland dogs.
no.1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. "%Q1
RED FOX—CROSS FOX—SILVER FOX—BLACK FOX.
Vulpes sps.
The natives consider the foregoing as belonging to one and the
same species (the common red fox), an opinion generally, but not
universally, accepted by naturalists and collectors; and while it is just
probable that the different varieties have occasionally been found
among the litter of a red fox mother, yet I have for a long time been
of the opinion that there must have been originally two, distinct and
well-defined species of North American fox—the pure red and the
pure black (Vulpes fulva et V. nigra)—and, as a matter of fact, there
still exist many of the former and some of the latter throughout the
entire region under review. [also firmly believe that sexual intercourse
between a male and female red fox invariably results in the produc-
tion of only red foxes. I am equally satisfied that similar results
always follow cohabitation between a male and female black fox. In
course of many years’ trading of fox skins, I have observed perhaps
every possible degree of variation between the practically perfect,
typical red fox and the same description of the black form. These
varieties between the two are easily accounted for, as a consequence
of the natural commerce which exists among the sexes during the
annual seasons of copulation.
Since writing the above, I have come across Chief Trader Bernard
R. Ross’s Popular Treatise on the Fur-Bearing Animals of the Mac-
kenzie River District.“ I will now quote from page 16 thereof the
views held by him and therein stated, and with which I fully agree,
in this connection:
In treating on the different varieties of foxes I have spoken of, it is extremely
difficult to mark the line where one ends and the other commences. During my
residence in these regions I have seen every shade of colour among them, froma
bright flame tint to a perfectly black pelt, always excepting the tip of the tail, which
in all cases is white. Even the judgment of an experienced fur trader is sometimes
at fault to decide, in bartering, to which of the three varieties a skin should belong,
as they bear different prices. Still, notwithstanding this, I consider these colours to
have been produced by intermixture of breed. The different varieties, being in my
opinion, quite as distinct as those of the human race. And I do not think that any
of the progeny of two pairs of red foxes would be either black or cross. In cohabit-
ing the male foxes accompany the females in bands of from 3 to 10, much in the
manner of domestic dogs. At Dunvegan on Peace River, I have repeatedly observed
this. The males fight violently for the possession of the females, many are maimed
and some killed. A number of males thus in all likelihood cohabit with the same
female, which gives rise to the varieties of colour in a litter.
Instances are reported as having occurred in which all the varieties were taken in
one den, but of this I am rather doubtful. It is very difficult to tell the future colour
of cub foxes, the red appear to be cross, and the cross to be silver, which may have
caused an error, though I write under correction. I have seen many Indians even
«Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, VI, 1861.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04 45
702 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVHI.
mistaken in this. They have brought me live cub foxes for silver, which on growing
up proved to be cross. My own theory is that the silver fox is the offspring of two
silver parents, the cross, of a silver and red, the red, of ¢ vo reds, and the different
shades being caused by fresh inter-breeds. Thus two negroes will have neither white
nor mulatto children, nor will two whites have black or mulatto offspring. I do not
know whether I have explained my ideas on the subject clearly or not. They are the
result of my experience on a subject to which I have given no small attention. I
have often robbed fox dens, and have also bred the animals, and the summing up
of this part of my subject may be thus made—like colours reproduce like, black and
red being origins, the cross is the fruit of intermixture between these shades. I kept
a pair of cross foxes in confinement at Slave Lake; their offspring were adl cross. I
had only one litter when the bitch died. Foxes are very shy animals, and difficult
to tame, indeed when old they appear to pine away in confinement, when young
they are playful, but at all times rather snappish. They are far from sociable and
generally burrow alone, although it is not uncommon for the members of one family
to live together.
The above views, I deferentially opine, are perhaps as reasonably
probable as that of the eminent Prof. Spencer F. Baird in respect to
the origin of the American red fox, which he and others thought
might be the lineal descendant of individuals of the European red
fox introduced many years ago. The fact of their present abundance
and extent of distribution being no barrier to the reception of the
idea. It is rather remarkable, however, that the supposed varieties—
cross, red, silver, and black—should, in Europe as well as in America,
be confined to the northern portions of both continents. Neither can
the gray fox of the United States, entirely unknown in northwestern
Canada, be considered as their progenitor, as these varieties are con-
spicuous by their absence wherever that species of fox predominates.
T now regret that during my long residence in the Indian country I
neglected to have the theory of fox origin practically tested, but I
hope the matter will eventually receive due attention.
Doctor Armstrong mentions that one of the crew of the /ivestigator
saw a ‘* black fox” on the shores of Baring Land (island), near Cape
Colquhon, early in September, 1851. Again on November 11 of the
same year, one of the men observed another black fox on the ice,
about a mile from the ship, then wintering in Mercy Bay, latitude 76°
north. He further says that there was no previous record of the
appearance of this animal so far north, but that its existence there
could not be questioned. It may be asked in vain, Were these foxes
but one and the same individual twice seen, or were they indigenous,
ora pair of recent stragglers from the continent? With the excep-
tion of the blue and white foxes ( Vaudpes lagopus and Vulpes fuliginosa),
of which all arctic explorers make frequent mention, I believe these
are the only recorded instances of any species of fox having been
observed on the lands situated to the north of the American Continent.
In course of fifteen years’ residence at Fort Chipewyan, Lake Atha-
basea, the Indians brought me five litters of young foxes. Until they
PL. XXXII
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
‘3MV7] VOSVEVHLY ‘'NVAM3dIHD LYOS
Wa aaNi
i
NO. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. %08
were i syne old: it was very dime wilh & determine Ane variety
to which they belonged. The red first declared itself. Two of the lit-
ters (five and seven cubs, respectively) were all red, as was their mother;
two were all cross (mothers were cross), five cubs each; and the fifth
consisted of one red, one very fine, and three fair cross foxes, from a
red female. I would remark that they were successively kept within
a small, closely stockaded yard adjoining the office building at Fort
Chipewyan. At first, each litter was placed in a small wooden ken-
nel, and they were very lively and frolicsome. They soon came to
know those who fed and visited them, but they were timid, snappy,
and retiring with strangers. As they grew up and the season
advanced, they took to burrowing in the ground under the office, but
they never tried to get away. So soon, however, as winter approached
and snow began to fall, they became very restive and made frequent
attempts to escape by tunneling. under the building and the outer
stockades. In time, one or more of each litter were successful in
their efforts, and soon after fell victims to outside trappers at no great
distance from the establishment. This, of course, led us to dispatch
the others for the benefit of their attendant. Dogs also managed to
kill two or three of the total number.
The female brings forth annually in spring from three to as many
as six and seven at a birth. They are born blind, and are very help-
less for some days. Gestation occupies about two months, and the
young are said to leave their natal home when several months old.
They are generally most numerous around the shores of lakes and
among marshy tracts in the vicinity of the larger rivers.
It is a well-known fact that foxes greatly fluctuate in numbers—for
some years in succession they are very abundant, and then for a longer or
shorter period they become comparatively scarce. Chief Trader Ber-
nard R. Ross (1848 and 1862) estimated that the proportion of the various
colored foxes traded by the company in the Mackenzie River District
for ten years of his time would be about six-fifteenths red, seven-
fifteenths cross, and two-fifteenths silver and black. From 1853 to
1877, inclusive, the Hudson Bay sales in London totalled 59,650
cross, 260,775 red, and 20,100 silver and black. For thirteen of the
twenty-five years, the cross-fox sales fell below the average of 2,586 a
year, say from 1853 to 1856, 1862 to 1866, and 1872 to 1875, and these
minus quantities ranged from 1,172 in 1854 to 2,315 in 1873. The
other twelve years varied between the lowest, 2,455 for 1876, and the
highest, 5,174 skins in 1869. If we observe the same rule in dealing
with red foxes, we have only eight years which exceeded the average
of 10,431 skins. These are 1857 with 10,526, 1859 with 11,488, 1860
with 11,031, 1867 with 20,824, 1868 with 26,822, 1869 with 20,267,
1870 with 13 058, and 1877 with 11,233. Four more years were not
Si
far under the mark: 1858 with 9,707, 1861 with 8,897, 1875, with
704 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
8,973, and 1876 with 9,838. The remaining sales of the period
ranged between the lowest, 3,175, in 1854, and 8,760 in 1865. The
average number of silver and black foxes for the twenty-five years
was 804. Eleven of these years exceeded the average, namely: 18538
with 847; 1857, 1,072; 1858, 1,060; 1859, 1,164; 1860, 1,177; 186i,
1,066; 1868, 1,253; 1869, 1,490 (the maximum); 1870, 914, and 1877
with 971 skins. The year 1875 fell short by 9 skins. From the mini-
mum sale of 390 in 1854, we have had a series of four years between
that figure and 696 in 1871. In 1902 the company sold 1,447 cross,
5,912 red, and 280 silver foxes; and in March, 1903, 1,970 cross, 6,200
red, and 491 silver and black foxes. It may also be of interest to
mention that for fifteen (1863-1877) of the often-referred-to twenty-
five-year London sales statement, Mackenzie River District supplied
6,072 cross, 8,084 red, and 1,699 silver and black foxes. For twenty
years thereof (1858-1877), Athabasca District contributed 4,652 cross,
6,582 red, and 1,450 black and silver foxes. All these facts go to
establish the claim that these foxes should be classified among the
‘‘ periodical” fur-bearing animals of North America. In the Indian
country tributary to Fort Anderson, the several yarieties of foxes
were fairly abundant in good years, and this was more so on the
lower portion of the river and along the arctic coast between Her-
schel Island and Cape Bathurst.
KIT FOX.
Vulpes velox hebes Merriam.
This fox does not inhabit the territories to the north of the upper
Saskatchewan River, nor is it found in New Caledonia, British
Columbia. I never obtained an example during two years’ resi-
dence at Fort St. James, Stuart Lake. I was equally unsuccessful at
Cumberland House, lower Saskatchewan, where I was stationed from
1889 to 1894. It used to be abundant in the great prairies of the West
from that river to the international boundary. Naturalists may be
interested in the fact that the total number of skins of this animal
sold by the Hudson’s Bay Company in London from 1853 to L877,
inclusive, was 117,025. The best year was 1858, with 10,004, and the
poorest, 1864, with 2,410. There are no foxes of this kind entered in
their fur catalogues for 1902 and 1903.
WHITE FOX.
Vulpes lagopus tnnuitus Merriam.
The white fox is numerous most winter seasons on the arctic coast
inhabited by the Eskimos of the Anderson and Mackenzie rivers,
and no doubt more or less so on other American polar shores, and,
when this is the case, numbers are also met with in the timbered
regions to the south and on the larger ice-covered lakes and rivers,
No. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. "%05
Even northern sections of the country ‘hunted by Indians meloneine to
some of the company’s trade posts of Cumberland and Enelish River
districts have, at times, succeeded in trapping a few examples. In
1876, Cumberland House had 5; in 1873, Moose Lake secured 3; in
1885, the Pas had 2 and Pelican Narrows 16; in 1886, Rapid River
caught 2, and Lac du Brochét post traded 785 skins, nearly all from
its Sortie inland Eskimos; in the winter of 1890, amines La Loche
secured an example. A few white foxes have also been trapped on
the south shore of Great Slave Lake, but at Fort Resolution the
natives of Fond du Lac and the northeastern tract, who resort thereto,
seldom fail to bring in some skins every season. The catch there from
1862 to and @elnaaa outfit 1S77 averaged 42 a year. Fort Rae, at the
northern end of the same great inland sea, also turns out a few skins
most years. In uae at had only two examples, but the average
for 1880 to 1882 was 23 for the three outfits. Many years ago an
individual of the species was shot a considerable distance up the Peace
River. Sir John Richardson states that early in the nineteenth cen-
tury two white foxes were seen near Carlton House, on the Saskatche-
wan River.
We hardly ever saw a live white fox on our many summer and
winter trips in the arctic regions of Canada. Neither have I observed
among several thousand prime winter skins of this animal one that
was not almost if not wholly pure white, while the blue variety always
appeared distinct in color. MeClintock, who had many opportunities
for observation, writes that both white and blue foxes are found
all arctic lands, and that they are beautiful animals, full of tricks and
impudence. In September, 1853, he ‘‘ captured a litter of three cubs
of a dark grayish color—fierce little fellows with most restless eyes
and pliant weasel-shaped bodies. Not unfrequently foxes would ven-
ture on board the arctic ships in winter and be caught even in traps
set for them on deck. When irritated they gave a short, suppressed
bark, and they sometimes uttered a strange cry resembling that of a
hawk, goose, or gull.” At Port Kennedy, where he passed the winter
of 1858-59, McClintock secured two polar bears, nineteen white foxes,
nine hares, eight reindeer, and eighteen seals; several ermines and
lemmings were also caught. Sir J. Clark Ross, who passed several
years in Victoria Harbor, Boothia, latitude 70° north and longitude
91° west, states that the foxes breed there early in June, and have
from six to eight young at a birth. On one occasion, several weeks
later in the season, he captured six little ones in a sand burrow close
to the ship’s wintering position. White foxes were numerous in that
quarter, and upward of fifty were trapped. Sir George Nares
observed a ‘* mottled” fox in latitude 82° north. Doctor Armstrong
also refers to the presence of J. /agopus at Mercy Bay and Prince of
706 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
Wales Strait, where some fifty specimens were taken during their
long stay.
Other expeditions in the polar regions have met with many white
and a few blue foxes. General Greely obtained but twelve of the
former, and he gives latitude 83° 24’ north as the most northerly
range of this animal, which is there indigenous. He says that the
white fox of the Grinnell Land section is much more wary than that
of a few degrees of latitude farther south, and therefore very difficult
to approach for a shot, while all but one example rejected many
poisoned baits set for them. Mr. Peterson, the well known Eskimo
interpreter of several expeditions, asserted that this species made
caches of food for winter consumption. Captain Lockwood found
several fox lairs. In one hidden rock nook he found fifty dead lem-
mines, in others (sand and earth covered) there were from twenty to
thirty lemmings, while in a hollow he discovered a cache containing
part of a polar hare and the wings of a young brent goose and the
usual lemming. Some lairs appeared to be occupied from year to
year. McClintock writes that in March, 1859, at Port Kennedy, he
shot a couple of white foxes that came playing around the dogs,
and, conscious of their superior speed, were very impudent, snapping
at the dogs’ tails, and passing almost under their noses. The captain
intended both foxes for the mess table, but the dogs anticipated him in
respect to one. The flesh of the other proved insipid, but decidedly
better to the taste than the tinned meat.
When comparatively scarce, or rather less numerous than usual, as
sometimes happens in their native habitat; it is a rare thing to meet
with any foxes in the interior. It is said that a litter consists gen-
erally of three and four, seldom five, and when born the young are
blind and helpless, but they soon acquire sight and gradually increas-
ing strength, and they also become active and very playful. The
adult fox is seemingly stupid and is easily captured by both Indians
and Eskimos. It lives on mice, lemmings, birds, and carrion,
During the period of twenty-five years, 1853 to 1877, the company
sold in London a total of 124,100 skins, or an average of 4,964 a year.
The three best sales were in 1856, 1864, and 1869, which amounted
to 10,311, 12,242, and 12,088, respectively, and the three lowest were
in 1855, with 1,897, 1859, with 1,577, and 1871, with 1,805 skins. In
1902, 8,487 skins, and in 1903, 10,717 skins were sold at the same place.
If the Hudson Bay and Canadian arctic blue fox be a variety of
Vulpes lagopus, which I certainly doubt, the stone-blue fox of the
Pribilof Islands and other Alaskan islands, even in originally intro-
duced cases, is surely entitled to specific rank. Blue foxes occur very
sparingly on the northern, Hudson Bay, and Labrador coasts. We
secured very few skins thereof at Fort Anderson. It is, indeed, a
very rare inland visitor. Mr. Bernard R. Ross writes that up to the
~
No. 1405. MU MMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. [0%
close of outfit 1861 he had known of only two instances, and in both
the examples were secured on the verge of the ‘‘ Barren Grounds,”
situated near the eastern end of Great Slave Lake. The very next
season, however, after his departure from Fort Resolution in 1862,
the same Indian tribe killed one summer and three prime winter skins
thereof. Outfit 1872 also records another winter example. From
1853 to 1877 the company had in all but 1,100 blue foxes for sale in
London, an average of only 44a year. The three best year’s sales were
in 1864, with 82 skins, 1869, with 124 skins, and 1873 with 90 skins.
The smallest sales were 3 skins in 1860, and 13 skins in 1868. while
the years 1857, 1859, and 1871 yielded but 15 skins each. Chief
Factor Robert Campbell, one of my predecessors in charge of Atha-
baseca District, received three skins in 1859 and two more in 1862
from the most northerly Indians who resort to Fond du Lac, Atha-
basca. During my fourteen years’ management, we obtained 15 skins
from the same ** Barren Ground” quarter. It may also be mentioned
that between 1862 and 1883 the district of Mackenzie River traded
140 skins, nearly all from the Eskimos resorting to Fort McPherson.
Fort Good Hope gave an occasional skin as the result of Indian trade
with the Eskimos of the Anderson after the Fort was abandoned in
1866. In 1886 Fort McPherson turned out three and Good Hope
three also. In 1887 the former gave eleven skins and the latter one.
In 4889 Fort McPherson had one, Rampart House one, and Lae du
Brochét, Reindeer Lake, traded seven skins from its northern inland
Eskimos. Sir James C. Ross obtained three examples of this fox on
the shores of Boothia. Parry secured several, and although Armstrong
and Kellett of the Resolute, each have about fifty foxes in their game
lists, which have been considered as white, one or more of them may
have been blue. Nares, as above stated, observed a *‘ mottled” speci-
men, while Greely writes that eighteen of the twenty secured by him
on Grinnell Land were free from any sign or mark of white, red, or
yellow, and that all of them were smaller in size and lighter in weight
than the twelve of his captured dozen of V. lagopus. McClintock,
however, shot a prime blue fox while drifting in the /ox with the
pack ice in the winter of 1857-58, although 130 geographical miles
from the nearest land. It was very fat, having probably lived on
dovekies. McClintock often observed tracks of the arctic fox follow-
ing the polar bear for discarded seal scraps.
WOLVERINE—CARCAJOU.
Gulo luscus (Linnzeus).
This comparatively powerful and very destructive animal is to be
met with all over the northern continent to and along the shores of the
Polar Ocean. Although Doctor Armstrong does not have the wolverine
708 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
in his list of observed mammals, yet several arctic explorers have
either seen the animal or traces thereof in very high latitudes. A
skull, minus the lower jaw, was picked up on Melville Island, latitude
75° north. Sir James Ross found it abundant on Boothia Felix. He
received skins of two adult and two young wolverines from the
Eskimos. Another was captured in winter on shipboard, having fear-
lessly climbed over the banked snow in search of food which from his
thin condition he much needed.
When in prime condition, the fur of the wolverine is highly prized
by the Eskimos, more so than that of the wolf, for the purpose of
trimming the hood and other portions of their outer reindeer-skin
clothing. Several skulls of adults and two skins and skulls of young
animals were secured at Fort Anderson and duly forwarded to the
Smithsonian Institution at Washington.
The Company of Adventurers of England trading in Hudson’s Bay,
received and sold in London 32,975 skins of this species from 1853 to
1877. The returns were lowest in the years 1857 (923), 1866 (909),
and 1867 (768). The three best sales of skins in the statement were in
1871 (1,848), 1873 (2,095), and 1874 (1,763). The sales for 1902 and
1903 amounted to only 635 and 695 skins, respectively. It is esti-
mated that the old northern districts of Athabasca and Mackenzie
River furnished fully two-fifths of the foregoing quantities.
As the habits and depredations of this ‘uncivilized robber” have
already been fully and frequently recounted by naturalists, I need not
add to its well-known record. I may, however, say that copulation
of the sexes takes place in the months of March and April, and that
the female brings forth the offspring about sixty days later. They are
from one to three, four, and occasionally as many as five in number,
They are said to be born blind, and are very frail for some time, but
soon acquire more strength. Suckling is supposed to last for two or
three months. A discarded beaver-lodge, a vacant bear-hole, or any
other suitable depression in the ground serves as a nest. The male is
supposed to render some assistance in rearing the young.
Fortunately for the natives, who suffer so much from his depreda-
tions, the careajou is not very abundant anywhere, although doubtless
too much so everywhere, for the reason that even one will, in course
of a single season, do an incredible amount of damage. They are
first-class experts in persistently demolishing very extensive lines of
deadfall, marten, and other traps, as well as in hiding, eating, or
otherwise injuring the animals found in them. They treat rabbits and
lynx caught in snares in a similar manner. They will further break
up well-built caches of meat, fish, and sundries. The wolverine is
undoubtedly entitled to first place among the destructive animals of
North America, and is also the most detested of them all.
No. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. [O09
FISHER.
Mustela pennanti Erxleben.
It is very seldom, indeed, that an example of this species is found
beyond latitude 62° north in the Mackenzie River region, or any other
part of America. I never knew of any being taken at Fort Simpson,
while the very few skins received there were trapped by Indians in
the forest country some distance to the south; but on the upper Peace
River, and in the country farther south, east, and west, on both sides
of the Rocky Mountains, the fisher is fairly numerous.
The male and female are said to come together annually in the
months of February, March, or April, according to locality, and the
offspring vary between one and five in number. They are born blind
and helpless, but soon acquire sight and strength. They nest in a hole
in the ground. Some say the male assists in rearing the young, but
others deny the truth of this assertion. They subsist on rabbits, fish,
and mice. Mr. Colin Thomson states that for winter consumption
they provide quantities of ‘* hips” in advance.
It may be mentioned that from 1863 to 1883 Mackenzie River dis-
trict traded the skins of 331 fishers. More than three-fourths were
obtained from Indians resorting to Fort Resolution, who hunt to the
south of Great Slave Lake, as well as along the Slave River, the bal-
ance coming from natives belonging to Forts Simpson, Providence,
Liard, Halkett (abandoned), and Nelson. The last post (latitude 59°
north) had one skin for each of the outfits 1886, 1887, and 1889.
Fort Providence had one and Fort Simpson six examples in 1889. For
the period 1858 to 1884, Athabasca district turned out 5,138 fishers.
The average trade for the five succeeding outfits (1885 to 1889) would
be about 100 skins less a year, after making due allowance for the
gain by the Resolution transfer and the loss of the four upper Peace
River posts (constituted a new district in 1878). The contribution of
the latter for 1889 was 122. That of the stations added thereto (taken
from Edmonton) was as follows: White Fish Lake gave 33, Sturgeon
Lake 20, Trout Lake 20, and Lesser Slave Lake 61 skins for the same
year. English River district, by its posts at Isle a la Crosse, Portage
La Loche, and Green Lake supplied 63, 18, and 48 skins, respectively,
for 1889, and 22, 19, and 31 skins, respectively, in 1890. The district
of New Caledonia, British Columbia, gave an average of about 300
skins a year for the years 1885 to 1889, while Fort St. James, Stuart
Lake, and Frazer Lake always headed the list in nearly equal quanti-
ties; the other posts, except Babine, made up the balance with much
smaller quotas. Then we have Cumberland district, with a total of 195
skins for 1888 and 216 in 1889; but with the exception that Cumber-
land House had 51 and 42 skins for the two years, respectively, I can
not give details as to where the rest of the lots came from. Mr. P.
fk) PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Deschambeault never saw a jenells fisher dna his fifteen years in
charge of Lac du Brochét, Reindeer Lake.
While the annual London sales for the first twenty years, 1853 to
1872, ranged between the minimum, 4,605 for 1866, and the maximum,
7,959 in L870, the sales of the last five, 1873 to 1877, only amounted
to 3,639, 3,539, 3,558, 3,263, and 3,338 skins, respectiv ely. The three
best sales of the series were 7,197 for 1860, 7,477 in 1869, and 7,959 in
1870; and the three lowest were 1875 with 3,558, 1876 with 3,263, and
1877 with 3,338, as above mentioned. In 1902, the company sold 3,6
and in 1908, 3,223 skins, making a grand total of 144,107 for the
twenty-seven years in question. Judging from the northern depart-
ment returns for outfit 1865 (sold in London in 1867) | think that about
two-fifths or more of the fishers appearing in the company’s annual fur
‘ataloeue must be obtained from the western, southern, and Montreal
departments of-the Hudson Bay service. -
MARTEN.
Mustela americana abieticola Preble.
This is probably the most constant of the ‘* periodic” fur-bearing
animals, whose presence in considerable numbers is very largely
dependent upon a greater abundance of hares or rabbits, though mice
also form an important item of marten diet. The remarks made under
Lyne in this regard have a similar, but somewhat modified, application
to this American representative of the Russian sable. In years of
plenty the marten is very numerous throughout the entire northern
forest region; but it is not uniformly so at the same time in every
section of country all over the immense territories covered by the
Hudson’s Bay Company’s trading operations. When it is abundant or
scaree, say in the northern and western departments, it will generally
be found that there is an important and corresponding increase or
decrease in the southern and Montreal departments. The natives
maintain that lynxes and martens migrate from the north and west to
the east and south, and that when they have attained their height in
numbers for several seasons, the great bulk (no section is ever totally
devoid of martens) of those who escape capture resume the return
march until the next period of protracted migration. It must be
admitted that many old fur traders have come to entertain similar
views from their own personal experience and observation. Of course
there are post, district, and departmental fluctuations in annual results,
caused by local epidemics among the hunters and other relative reasons,
but, on the whole, I think the aforesaid twenty-five years’ London
sales statement adds strength to the migration theory, and is otherwise
of some interest. If it were possible, however, to obtain from the
London executive a complete abstract of all the furs and peltries annu-
ally disposed of by the Hudson’s Bay Company, since the union with
no.1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE 11
the Northwest Company of Montreal i in 1821, to 1903, a Perot of
eighty-two years, this opinion would probably receive further con-
firmation.
In this connection, native allegation in respect to a corresponding
increase and decrease in the birth rate of the marten and other ‘‘ peri-
odic” and migratory species may be worthy of a little attention from
interested naturalists. The following comparison of the yearly Lon-
don sales of this pelt may help any such in enabling them to arrive at
a better understanding of the subject, and for this purpose, sales
exceeding 100,000 will be classified as ‘‘ good” and under that figure
as “‘lean” years. To begin with, we have two of the latter—1853
with a sale of 73,050 skins, and 1854 with 91,882. I have reason to
believe that the three preceding years (1852, 1851, and 1850) would
come under the same grouping, while the ine previous (1849, 1848,
1847, 1846, and 1845) should be considered as ** good” years. Then we
have six of the same description, two of which, 1856 with 179,736, and
1857 with 171,022 skins, were probably the best ever realized by the
Hudson’s Bay Company from incorporation in 1670 to the present
time. The other four ‘‘ good” years’ sales were 187,009 skins in 1855,
138,535 in 1858, 139,124 in 1859, and 102,235 in 1860. These six years
were succeeded by silks three *‘ lean” years (1861 with 74,738, 1862 with
80,484, and 1863 with 79,979), which were immediately followed by
five ‘‘good” years—1864 with 112,396, 1865 with 124,830, 1866 with
142,970, 1867 with 126,616, and 1868 with 106,784 skins. Then came
no less than eight successive *‘ lean” years’ sales (1869 to 1877), having
but one bright break, in 1875, when the sale amounted to 131,170 skins.
I think the best since the transfer of the country to Canada was in 1870.
The total for each of the eight years last mentioned was 81,706, 52,308,
55,453, 60,455, 66,841, 66,750, 83,489, and 81,174, respectively. The
ageregate total sales of martens for the twenty-five years amounted to
no less than 2,590,691 skins. In 1902, the company sold 56,491, and
in 19038, 78,629 marten skins in London.
The two best and most successful months for the trapping of this
valuable animal are November and March, while comparatively few
are taken during December, January, February, and April. Severely
cold weather is not a favorable factor in hunting, for the reason that
at such times martens do not roam as much as on other occasions.
The sexes begin to copulate in February, and the process is continued
to the end of March, according to situation or other circumstances.
For some time afterwards, martens are more easily captured than at
almost any other period of the season. The young are blind and
helpless when born, but shortly acquire sight and strength. They
make their nests in hollow trees, or under fallen timber, and in holes
in the ground.
Comparatively few skins were obtained from the country north of
712 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Fort Anderson, but in the forest region to the south martens were
fairly abundant in some years. ‘The writer has seen several albino
examples, and also a considerable number of bright yellow and dark
orange colored martens in his time, particularly while stationed in the
districts of Mackenzie River and Athabasca. In the month of Feb-
ruary, 1890, Albert Flett, then chief of the Cumberland House band
of free Indians, brought me a large male marten somewhat different
from any that I had previously met with or specially noticed. After
it was properly skinned and prepared, it was forwarded to the Smith-
sonian Institution at Washington. I think the chief told me that he
had trapped it in the Pas Mountain, some 60 or 70 miles to the south-
ward of Cumberland House. He also informed me that he had seen
several similar animals captured in the same quarter. It is now
described under Mustela americana albieticola, sabsp. novy., Hudson
Bay Marten, in Worth American Fauna, No. 22, 1902, by that zealous
naturalist, Mr. Edward A. Preble of the U. 8. Biological Survey.
WEASEL—ERMINE.
Putorius arcticus Merriam, P. cicognannii (Bonaparte), and P. cicognannit richardsonit
( Bonaparte).
I believe the weasel extends to the north of Fort Anderson, where
several specimens were obtained from the natives in course of our
five years’ residence from 1861 to 1866. The Eskimos of the lower
Mackenzie and Anderson rivers use the skin of the weasel very largely
in their conjuring and other religious exercises. It may be here men-
tioned that ermines are not particularly abundant within the Arctic
Circle, although there, as elsewhere throughout the wooded country,
they are more numerous some seasons than others. Doctor Arm-
strong refers to the presence of one of these species on Baring Land.
Sir James Ross says they are fairly abundant at Boothia Felix, where
they feed mainly on lemmings. Sir George Nares observed many
ermines where he wintered in 1875-76. General Greely also secured
eight examples on Grinnell Land, and gives latitude 82° 36’ north as
about their highest range in that polar quarter.
Quite a large number of specimens of these animals were obtained
at Fort Anderson from the Eskimos, as well as from the Indians, and
a few were captured in the stores and in the vicinity of the place.
They range to the shores of the American coast. Ross, Nares, Greely,
and Doctor Armstrong refer to these species in their respective arctic
exploring volumes. The female gives birth to her young, from four
to eight, and sometimes as many as nine and ten, in May and June,
annually. They are said to be blind and very helpless when born, and
so continue for some time afterwards. Although ermines no doubt
destroy some food themselves, yet when one manages to get inside a
Hudson Bay inland store, it soon makes a clean sweep of field or other
No. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. %13
mice, which frequently do a considerable amount of damage by devour-
ing and concealing meat and other eatables, and in cutting up cloth
and goods. A domestic cat seldom evades death from native dogs.
In May, 1885, a skin of this species was forwarded from Fort Chipe-
wyan, Athabasca, to Dr. Robert Bell, of Ottawa; and in July, 1889,
three trade specimens from Babine Lake, British Columbia, were sent
to Washington. It is fairly abundant in New Caledonia District. The
Hudson’s Bay Company now annually trades and exports to England
many thousand ermine skins; but for several decades previous to 1887
the prices obtained for them were not remunerative, and their hunt-
ing was not therefore encouraged. Jubilee and coronation functions
have, however, brought them once more to the front, to the advantage
of the hunter, the trader, and the seller. From 1853 to L877, inelu-
sive, the company’s average London sales of ermines amounted to 2,476
skins a year. The five best years were 1873 with 4,012, 1874 with
4,447, 1875 with 4,732, 1876 with 6,360, and 1877 with 5,338; and the
five lowest, 1858 with 1,034, 1859 with 809, 1862 with 912, 1863 with
1,178, and 1864 with 899. As against all this, the sale of 1902 reached
16,374, and that of 1903, 33,883 skins.
MINK.
Lutreola vison lacustris Preble.
The mink is one of the company’s staple pelts, and although it is
but very slightly dependent on the American hare for food, yet it
somehow seems to periodically augment and decrease in numbers much
in the same way, not perhaps in as precise, but still in a remarkably
interesting manner. If we adopt a minimum of 50,000 and under as
a ‘‘lean” unit, and sales above that figure as ‘‘ good,” as was done in
the case of the marten sales, we may better understand this. The sales
of the years 1853 and 1854 were 25,152 and 42,375 skins, respectively.
There is reason to believe that the sales of the three previous years
were below the average. Then came five ‘‘ good” years in succes-
sion, 1855 with 50,839, 1856 with 61,581, 1857 with 61,951, 1858 with
76,231, and 1859 with 62,264 skins. Next we have four ‘‘lean” sales,
1860 with 44,730, 1861 with 31,094, 1862 with 49,452, and 1863 with
43,961 skins. These were followed by six ‘* good” years—1864 to
1869—with 61,727, 60,334, 51,404, 58,451, 738,575, and 74,343 skins,
respectively. Once more we have four ‘‘lean” sales, 1870 with
27,708, 1871 with 31,985, 1872 with 39,266, and 1873 with 44,740
skins. The year 1858, already mentioned, with 76,231, 1876 with
79,214 (maximum), and 1877 with 79,060 skins were the three largest
years’ sales for the period under review. The total output of minks,
exclusive of some 15,000 skins sold in Montreal and St. Paul, was
1,365,360.
714 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
This animal is to be found along the Anderson and other arctic
rivers to the coast, and also throughout the Dominion of Canada from
the Atlantic to the Pacific. The sexes come together in March and
April, and the female brings forth in due time five or six blind and
helpless little ones. I have also been assured that where the food con-
ditions are very good, instances of as many as eight, ten, and even
twelve have been observed. In this connection I would remark that
Indians in different parts of this vast country have asserted that when
the several periodical fur-bearing animals are at a minimum stage the
births are few, but that these augment annually in number during the
seasons of increase. This rather remarkable, but probable cireum-
stance, applies particularly to musquash, martens, minks, ermines,
foxes, and skunks. A number of hunters have also said to me that
they have sometimes noticed this peculiarity in the case of beaver.
Albinos are rare, but the writer has seen a few in the course of his
forty years’ service,
SKUNK.
Mephitis hudsonica (Richardson).
I believe that a few straggling individuals have been met with as
far north as the Upper Peace, the lower Athabasca, and the Upper
Slave rivers, but I never heard of any having been discovered in the
Mackenzie River District, or beyond Great Slave Lake. Chief Trader
B. R. Ross, however, found the bones and part of the skin of a skunk
at a short distance from the south shore of that great inland sea. As
already indicated, this is one of the herein-designated ‘* periodic”
species. The statement of sales in London rather corroborates this
view, although perhaps not in as exact a manner as under martens and
minks. First, we have 1,619 skins for 1853, then seven successive
‘Seood” years, ranging from the lowest (4,474 in 1854) to the highest
(11,320 in 1856) for the entire period of twenty-five years. These
were followed by seven ‘‘lean” years (1861 to 1867) with from 1,617
for 1865 to 8,758 in 1861. After that three more ‘‘ good” years, 6,208
in 1868, 6,679 in 1869, and 9,606 in 1870. Then we finish the list with
seven poor seasons from 1871 to 1877, varying between 1,322 in 1874
and 3,928 in 1877. I regret that I am unable to furnish details of
the later sales, except for the years 1888, 1902, and 1903, and they con-
sisted of 16,322, 5,682 and 5,206 skins, respectively. There is no
record of the trade of even one example of this fur-bearing animal in
the Athabasca or Peace River Districts for over thirty years subse-
quent to 1858, nor, I believe, previously; but from its former Edmon-
ton posts to the south some skins have since been obtained. In 1889,
Lesser Slave Lake gave 62, Sturgeon Lake 3, Trout Lake 2, and
Whitefish Lake 20 skins; English River District, to the southeast of
Athabasca, turned out 461 skins in 1889 and 207 in 1890, most of which
no. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. %15
were purchased from Indians resorting to Isle a la Crosse and Green
Lake. Portage La Loche had but 11 and 14 skins, respectively, for
those outfits. At Fort St. James, Stuart Lake, British Columbia,
the company traded 6 skunks in 1887, 23 in 1888, and 61 in 1889.
Frazer Lake post contributed about one-half of the number. It is said
that the sexes come together in the months of February and March, and
that the female produces from four to seven young, which for a time
are blind and rather weak and helpless. In May, 1885, I sent the skins
of two young skunks, secured shortly before by an Indian near Fort
Chipewyan, Lake Athabasca, and captured south of the place, to Dr.
Robert Bell, of the Canada geological survey at Ottawa.
BADGER.
Taxidea taxus (Schreber).
Sir John Richardson gives latitude 55° north as the limit of this
animal’s northern range. It used to be fairly abundant in the prairie
regions, but as these are settled, it is gradually diminishing in numbers.
If it ever extended as far as the Peace River it must have been many
years ago, as not a single example has been traded by the company
in that quarter since 1858 (1 have no earlier data), but elsewhere to the
south, they collected a total of 39,579 skins between 1853 and 1877.
The best three years were 1870 with 2,445, 1873 with 2,705, and 1876
with 2,274 skins, and the three lowest, 1854 with 886, 1857 with 871,
and 1867 with only 597 skins. In 1902 and 1903, respectively, the
London sales amounted to 1,141 and 824 skins.
The female badger has from three to five ata birth, and they are
said to be like most mammals, born blind and helpless. Mr. Donald
Gunn of the Red River Settlement, Manitoba, was misinformed when
he wrote that the Indian name for badger was Weenusk. This, I
believe, is the native (Cree) name for Arctomys monax and Mistunush
for the badger. In 1889, Isle a la Crosse and Green Lake each traded
one badger skin, and the latter one also in 1890.
RACCOON.
Procyon lotor (Linneeus).
According to the company’s twenty-five years’ statement (1853-1877),
they sold a total of 99,179 raccoon skins in the London market. During
that period, there were only six years when the annual sales exceeded
the average (3,967), and they varied between 4,011 in 1872 and 11,678 in
1867, with 21,321 for 1868 as the maximum. The remaining nineteen
years ranged from the minimum (1,042) in 1877 to 3,883 in 1863, the
maximum. Strange to say, there is not one raccoon entered in the Do-
minion senatorial report of the Lampson’s and Hudson’s Bay Company’s
fur catalogues for the year 1887. In the latter’s catalogue for 1902,
however, we have 1,967 and in that for 1903, 1,024 skins. I understand
716 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
that this species is, now at least, very rare in the northwest of Canada,
while it is probable that most of the foregoing returns were obtained
in other sections of the country, to the west, south, and eastward. In
the second volume of Audubon and Bachman’s Quadrupeds of North
America, Audubon has given us a full and interesting account of the
habits of this species. As to its northern and western distribution, he
quotes from Sir John Richardson and others. The former supposed
that the raccoon extended farther north on the shores of the Pacific
than it does on the eastern side of the Rocky Mountains. Dixon and
Pastlock confirm this, as they obtained skins from the natives of
Cook River in latitude 60° north. Richardson further states that the
company procured about 100 skins from the southern parts of the fur
distriets, as far north as the Red River in latitude 50° north. It is
said to hibernate for a portion if not most of the winter. The young,
usually from four to six in number, are quite small at their birth,
which generally takes place in May, though varying with the range.
LAND OTTER.
Lutra canadensis (Schreber).
The Canada otter is but very sparingly present on the lower Ander-
son, nor could it be truthfully stated that it was very abundant in the
far north; still, it is generally met with in every locality adapted to
its requirements. There are seasons also when,-for natural reasons
beyond our knowledge, it is more markedly numerous in certain sec-
tions of the country than is usually the case; but the very extraordinary
statements made by Bell” that there were imported into England
713,115 skins of the American otter in 1830, 494,067 in 1831, and
222,493 in 1832, must be enormously exaggerated. As only 23,889 is
the total given for 1833, the other figures must surely be grossly
incorrect. The company’s aggregate sales. for the twenty-five years
previous to L878 only amount to 318,140, or an average of about 12,723
skins a year. In March, 1888, they sold 11,588; in the same month of
1902, 8,675, and 10,273 in 1903. The three best years of said period
were 1864 with 15,448, 1866 with 18,380, and 1867 with 15,271, and
the three lowest 1853 with 8,991, 1874 with 9,010, and 1877 with 9,926
skins. In fifteen years (1863-1877) of the aforesaid twenty-five, Mac-
kenzie River district supplied 1,984, and the Athabasca district in
twenty years (1858-1877) supplied 4,861 skins toward the above grand
total. The Mackenzie River contribution by Fort Resolution, Great
Slave Lake, was 427 for the same period.
By widely separated hunters, this animal is said to mate during the
months of March, April, and May. The offspring are from three to
« British Quadrupeds, 1837, p. 136.
No. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. %1%
five in panen One informant says @ they are born Ww ith their eyes
wide open, but all of the others assert the contrary. Richardson
mentions that the female has one litter of from one to three annually
in April; but Indians in the far north (in New Caledonia, British
Columbia, on the Peace and Saskatchewan Rivers) vary in their sey-
eral accounts. ‘Traces of its ‘‘ sliding,” or travels from one stream to
another over the winter snow, have been frequently observed, and as
a result some—not all—of those seen are shot or run down and bludg-
eoned. I never, however, heard of any instance in keeping with
Godman’s ‘‘ otter-sport” hehe amusement.
GRAY SEA-OTTER.
Latax lutris (Linneeus).
During the oft-mentioned twenty-five years, the Hudson’s Bay Com-
pany obtained from the natives of Alaska and northern British Colum-
bia, a total of 4,100 skins of this formerly abundant but now rare and
very valuable sea-otter. The three best years were 1855, which pro-
duced 338 skins; 1856, 319 skins, and 1858, 343 skins, and the three poor
seasons were 1862 with 84, 1870 with 90, and 1872 with only 66 pelts.
Their London catalogue eles for 1902 and 1903 seen by me do not
contain a single entry of this animal.
GRIZZLY BEAR.
Ursus horribilis Ord.
There are no bears of this species in the Anderson River country,
nor on the adjoining arctic coast, but I believe they are sometimes
encountered, and their skins secured, in other parts of the northern
districts on the west side of the valley of the Mackenzie to the Rocky
Mountains. The female, it is said, brings forth one or two, and occa-
sionally as many as three at a birth, every third year. The first few
years are always spent by them in their mother’s company, after which
they are expected to provide food, a mate, and hibernating quarters for
themselves. Comparatively few skins of this bear are received from
the Indians, and they, together with most of those of (. richardsoni,
figure under gray inthe company’saccounts. Asallof the four kinds—
black, brown, gray are grouped together in the fur sales
statement, it is impossible to give the quantities of each for the period
in question; but the catalogues for 1902 and 1903 furnish details, while
their totals are only 148 skins below the average collections for the
twenty-five years. The year 1902 yielded 161, and 1903, 246 skins of
the ‘‘ gray” bear. For fifteen of the twenty-five years (1863 to 1877)
Mackenzie River District furnished 665 ‘gray’ bears. There are no
available data for a similar period for Athabasca; but in 1886, 1887,
and 1889, 68 more skins were obtained from that district, w hile the
Proc. N. M. vol. xxvili—04——46
718 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
posts on Upper Peace River gave 35 skins of the bears designated
above. The adjoining district of New Caledonia, on the west side of
the Rockies, also contributed a certain number of skins of this species
to each year’s London sales. Mr. Moberly, who spent several years
in British Columbia, says that he was credibly informed that many
years ago grizzly bears were occasionally met with in the Pas Moun-
tain of Cumberland District and amid the Touchwood Hills of Mani-
toba; but such is not the case now. He further says:
There seems to me to be a different species in the Rocky Mountains. They are
much larger than any other grizzly bears seen on either side. Their color is lighter
and they have a whitish mane, and are much more ferocious, but not so numerous as
the others. Indian hunters readily attack the latter; few, however, will willingly
venture on a contest with the Mountain King unless the chances are very favorable.
It is also on record that the grizzly bear, as well as the black bear,
were not uncommon to the eastward and in certain other wooded
sections of the Red River Valley at the end of the eighteenth and
beginning of the nineteenth century.
RICHARDSON’S BARREN GROUND BEAR.
Ursus richardsoni Swainson.
This bear is not uncommon in the Barren Grounds of the Anderson
region for on the polar shores of Franklin Bay, where, apart from a
few exported skins, we annually secured during our five years’ sojourn
at Fort Anderson one or two examples, with the skulls and skeletons
suitable for museum purposes. The characteristic disposition of this
rather formidable animal may be fairly judged from the following
experience: In the end of July, 1862, an Indian brought in the skin,
skull, and leg-bones of a medium-sized male, which he shot in the
Barren Grounds northeast of the post. He informed us that as soon
as the bear perceived him, it at once advanced toward him, and when
at a few yards distance, he fired at and killed it. On the 8th of the
same month an Eskimo secured a large male on the east side of the
lower Anderson, about 50 miles north of the fort. The first shot
struck and broke one of its hind legs, which greatly angered the bear,
which fiercely pursued its assailant, but a second ball fortunately laid
it low in rather close proximity to his person. Again, on June 30,
1863, a member of our Indian collecting party succeeded in killing a
very large male on the shores of Franklin Bay. From a high and
narrow shelving ridge near the head of a deep ravine, he observed
the bear at some distance below, and in order to attract its attention
he began to whistle and throw stones at it, much to master bruin’s dis-
gust, and it immediately started to ascend to where the Indian from
his chosen vantage ground stood prepared to receive it. After per-
mitting it to approach within 10 or 12 feet he fired at and mortally
no. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 719
wounded it, but to make his work sure he at once rushed out and drove
his knife to the hilt in the bear’s heart. The skin and complete skele-
ton of this animal were secured and forwarded the following summer
to the Smithsonian Institution at Washington. About three weeks
previous to our arrival at Franklin Bay, in the end of June, 1864, two
Eskimo hunters observed a brown bear at some distance, and being,
for them, well armed, they went forward to meet it and did their best
to annoy it by uttering very loud and shrill cries. They made a stop,
however, at a driftwood stand, shortly before constructed by them for
the purpose of shooting therefrom at passing ducks, geese, and swans,
and there prepared for action. One of them carried a Hudson Bay
single-barreled flintlock gun, and the other hada spear formed by firmly
attaching a long knife of Eskimo make to the end of a somewhat slen-
der pole about 6 feet in length. When the bear had closely approached
them, it was shot and severely wounded, which, of course, made it per-
fectly furious, and it came on so very quickly that there was no time
to reload the gun; but, just as it was about to spring at and close with
the man who had fired the gun at it, the other man struck fiercely at it
with his spear, and both soon dispatched it with their knives. This ani-
mal will not only hug, and if possible crush, any unfortunate falling
into its clutches, but will also bite with its sharp teeth and scratch
viciously with its powerful claws, as Indians and Eskimos have occasion-
ally experienced to their cost. In the spring of 1864, one of the leading
men of the Mackenzie River Eskimos, while hauling with a comrade
on the slopes of a high sea-bank, was suddenly attacked, knocked over,
and severely bitten by a large male, which would doubtless have speed-
ily finished him had not his companion, who happened to be near by,
killed the bear by a quick and well-directed knife thrust. Another
instance of biting occurred in the Anderson Barren Grounds in the
month of August in the same year. An Indian on a hauling tour
observed an animal of this species, which he determined to shoot, re-
posing on the top of a knoll, but to make sure of his quarry he crawled
quite close to it, and on pulling the trigger of his gun it unfortunately
snapped; but the sound awoke the bear, and before the Indian could
draw his knife he was thrown down, and the bear at once began to
bite him in the shoulders, arms, and legs; but for some unknown
reason it soon desisted and disappeared, leaving the poor fellow ina
badly mutilated and helpless condition. Luckily for him, his friends
missed him and a search was made which resulted in his discovery; he
was then taken on to his own lodge, not far away, where he was care-
fully attended to, but, some three or four months elapsed before he
recovered sufticiently to be able to hunt again, and he will no doubt
carry the scars of the wounds of his very narrow escape from death,
to his grave. The wonder is that he was not killed outright.
720 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII
Early in the morning of July 15, 1865, as I was in my tent,
emptying some birds’ eggs gathered the previous day a few miles east
of the Wilmot Horton River, I noticed the countenance of an Indian
assistant who was at the door suddenly change color and exhibit much
fear. LTasked him what ailed him, and he muttered ‘‘ sass,” which is
the Chipewyan general term for bear. I got up immediately, looked
out, and with much delight saw what under the peculiarly hazy mirage
of the hour, when objects not far away appear comparatively gigantic,
one enormous and two young Barren Ground bears coming direct for
our camp. I at once roused up our best shots and made ready to
accord them a very warm reception; but just as they were about arriy-
ing within range of our muzzle-loaders (there were no breech-loading
rifles in those days) the mother bear perceived the tent, as well as our
crouched party, which, under the stated atmospheric conditions must
have struck her with fearful astonishment, as she instantly got up on
her haunches, a proceeding followed by her offspring (over two years
old). After having a fairly good look at us, they all bolted, while
apparently not one of the dozen balls fired at them went home, as they
scampered away at a rapid pace, and so escaped. On the succeed-
ing evening, another large animal was seen, and he appeared to be
making right for our encampment; but, although he was allowed to
approach quite close, we failed to secure him. On another occasion,
several of our Indian hunters observed a bear busily engaged in feed-
ing on the carcass of a reindeer, which had probably died from the
effects of a bullet-wound received a short time previously on the arctic
coast, near Langton Harbor, Franklin Bay. As soon as they were
noticed, he got up on his hind legs and after a square look at them
decided to retire, and succeeded in doing so scathless. From all that
has been narrated herein, I think it will be readily admitted that the
male, at least, of Ursus réchardson/ is a bold and courageous animal, and
when wounded is quite as brave and formidable an antagonist on his
own grounds as his cousin, the true mountain grizzly, is in his terri-
tory. The female is doubtless less aggressive, except when defending
her young. Nearly all these referred to were males. The Indians
say that the females give birth to one or two cubs every third year,
and that they keep company and hibernate for two seasons in the same
shelter-hole or cave with their mother. The paunches of the bears
secured by us were mostly full of various edible roots, and one or two
contained some partially-digested venison. Exclusive of a compara-
tively small number of skins shipped as trade returns of the post, I
may mention that the Smithsonian Institution received several exam-
ples of the full-grown and some spring cubs of the male and female of
the Barren Ground bear. A. G. Dallas, esq., then resident governor-
in-chief of the Hudson’s Bay Company, had a fine large mountable
specimen sent to him by request. A similar sample was also forwarded
No. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 721
to Prince Jerome Napoleon, of France. The former was secured in
1863 and the latter in 1864. I have not noticed any reference to the
presence of this or the other species of bear on the lands to the north
of the American coast visited by the different arctic expeditions.
BLACK BEAR.
Ursus americanus Pallas.
The black bear is not at all common within the arctic portion of the
Anderson River, but in the forest country to the south on both sides
of the valley it is fairly abundant. It subsists chiefly on roots, edible
grasses, berries, and green leaves, and on stranded fish and dead ani-
mals when procurable. ‘The Indians occasionally kill a male or female
bear which has neglected to hibernate, or for some unknown reason
has left its winter shelter, and such examples are generally in a more
or less impoverished condition, while many of the ‘*winterers” are
still quite fat as late as March and April when shot or speared in their
holes or caves. In the far north, one and two, but rarely three, young
are produced ata birth; but the Indians of New Caledonia district,
British Columbia, have assured me that two, three, and four at atime
are events there of rather frequent occurrence, and that even as many
as five have been occasionally observed. This difference in prolific-
ness may be owing to the fact that while roots and berries may be
equally abundant in both sections of country, salmon are very abund-
ant in their season and easily accessible in the western spawning rivers
and streams, and there form the chief item of diet of the bears. The
young usually hibernate two seasons with their mother, after which
they are rather harshly repulsed by her and thereby made to under-
stand that they must set up house and provide for themselves. This
course would indicate that they breed only every third year, while
some Athabascan Indians thought they did so each alternate spring.
In this connection I would mention that the Carrier Indians of Stuart
Lake, British Columbia, have told me that it was an event of the
utmost rarity (one such occurred in the spring of 1889) to kill a hiber-
nating bear with unborn young. Even when attacked in their winter
shelters, they will almost invariably manage to abort the young, if not
already in existence, immediately on becoming aware of the near
presence of men with deadly intentions. During the rutting season,
the males of all bears are always more ferocious than on other ordi-
nary occasions. ‘They frequently fight together until one submits,
nor will they hesitate to attack any man they may meet at such
times. When bears quit their winter-quarters, they usually resort,
morning and evening, to the nearest small stream and feed on the
small fish. They also eat roots, etc., as already mentioned. When
wounded, they are said to utter a cry and moan in pain much as most
1 DY, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVHL.
men would do under similar circumstances. This is particularly the
‘ase with the black bear. They are taken in snares, shot, and cap-
tured in deadfall and powerful steel traps. The Indians themselves
can not account satisfactorily for the recurring seasons of excep-
tional scarcity of bears in certain regularly-occupied tracts. If the
hears perished by disease, or even starved to death—a very unusual
occurrence—they think that they should sometimes come across their
remains in their many hunting peregrinations, if only for the reason
that relics of a badly wounded animal are almost invariably discov-
ered sooner or later in the vicinity of the locality where it was shot.
Migration, therefore, seems the most reasonable solution of the diffi-
culty. Remarks as to food, habits, and distribution, but not numbers,
made under this heading are equally applicable to 0” cinnamoneus,
the skins of which are usuallv described as brown in the company’s
lists.
For the reasons already given under U. horribilis, 1 am unable to
show the quantities of each color sold in London for the period
from 1853 to 1877, but with the aid of the following data a fairly
correct estimate of the proportion of black and brown bears collected
in the northern district, at least, may be formed, namely: From
1863 to 1883, Mackenzie River District furnished a total of 906 black
and 571 brown, and for 1886, 1887, and 1889, 1,678 black and 183
brown skins. The posts of old Athabasca produced 712 black and 70
brown in outfit 1889. Then came the London catalogues for 1902,
with 7,087 black and 161 brown, and 1903, with 6,444 black and 246
brown bears. In the twenty-five years’ statement, all the bears are
grouped together under one heading, and they aggregate a total of
200,042, or an average of nearly 8,002 a year. The bear returns for
the two years 1902 and 1903 are only 143 skins below this average,
while the competition in the fur trade during the last three decades
has been far and away the greatest in its history since the coalition
with the Northwest Company in 1821. For twenty-seven years, from
1858 to 1884, inclusive, Athabasca District’s quota to the London sales
was 13,997 assorted bears. This total would have been upward of
2,000 larger but for the transfer in 1878 of the posts of Battle River,
Dunvegan, Hudson’s Hope, and St. John, with other Edmonton fur-
trade stations, to constitute the company’s new district of Peace River,
which, for outfit L889, turned out 500 black, 67 brown, and 38 gray
bears. For the five years 1885 to 1889, New Caledonia district, Brit-
ish Columbia, supplied 1,602 assorted bears, and in 1889, 333 black,
11 brown, and 21 gray, as against 412 black, 22 brown, and 20 gray
shipped the year previous. I may mention in conclusion that the
English River District, next on the southeast of Athabasca, traded 283
black and 64 brown in outfit 1889, and in 1890, 399 black, 120 brown,
and 1 gray bear skins.
No. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 723
POLAR BEAR.
Thalarctos maritimus (Phipps).
With the exception of a few trade skins annually received from
the Eskimos during our five years’ residence at Fort Anderson, we
secured but three assorted examples of this bear, which were for-
warded to Washington. One of them, the best, was shot in Liver-
pool Bay, and the other two, I think, were killed near the outlet of
the Wilmot Horton River in the Franklin Bay. The Eskimo who
brought us the latter stated that he and a companion were watching
for passing ducks and geese in a small sheltered, but open, stand,
which they had built with blocks or slabs of hard frozen snow close
to the shore, when they saw a large white bear coming from the sea
in their direction. They permitted it to almost reach them before one
of them fired at and wounded it very severely, while the other soon
finished it with his spear. The second animal was killed later in the
same spring (1865) in a similar manner.
The writer of these notes entered the service of the Hudson’s Bay
Company on June 25, 1852. We embarked in the company’s sailing’
ship Prince of Wales (Capt. Daniel Herd) at Strommess, Orkney, on
the 3d of July and reached York Factory, Hudson Bay, on the 15th
day of August following. While retarded in the navigation of Hud-
son Strait by large fields of drifting ice, a full-grown polar bear was
observed from the ship, and as the captain was desirous of procuring
a suitable specimen, he ordered his chief mate, John Hackland, to
lower and man one of the boats for this purpose. The company’s
surgeon (H. 5. Reddome) with several of the cabin passengers, myself
included, obtained permission to accompany him. As soon as bruin
perceived the boat proceeding in his direction, instead of being scared,
he boldly advanced to meet us, and we were therefore not long in
coming to close quarters. A couple of shots were fired at him, one of
which evidently struck home, as he immediately turned tail and set
off at a rapid and much blood-marked pace over the ice. After a hot
pursuit we gave up the chase, as it was impossible to follow him with
the boat or on the moving masses of floating ice. We then returned
to the ship greatly disappointed at the loss of such a fine ani-
mal. Next morning another bear was seen, but at a considerable dis-
tance; but we were more fortunate on a subsequent occasion, while
we were similarly delayed by ice near the center of Hudson Bay.
This attempt by the same boat party was crowned by the capture
of a much larger polar bear than Captain Herd had ever observed
in the course of the twenty voyages then made by him between
London and York Factory. It was an old veteran, and had evidently
participated in many a hard-fought battle for food and love, the proof
marks of which were deep and many in number. The last great
194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
fight for life was the culminating point of a career which surely
entitled him to hold the position of the unquestioned championship of
the white bears of Hudson Bay. The sailor in the crow’s-nest was
the first to perceive the bear at less than a mile’s distance. He
appeared to be engaged in a fierce combat with some large animal,
which turned out to be the case. When we came up to him he only
had had time to partake of a few mouthfuls of the warm flesh of an
enormous seal (Arignathus barbatus) which had been killed by him
after a terrible struggle, evidences of this being plainly visible. He
looked as if he was very angry indeed at our unseasonable interrup-
tion of his well-earned dinner, and at the same time determined to
stand by his hard-won prize. At first Mr. Hackland thought we
might be able to secure him alive, by noosing him with a stout rope
while in the water, but soon gave up the idea as too dangerous, and
we then, some six or seven men with guns, fired repeatedly at the bear
while on the ice and swimming in the sea, at very close quarters; but
although many of the bullets went wide of the mark, the shooters
being mostly youngsters of little experience, we afterwards ascertained
that it had taken a number of penetrating ones to oblige him to crouch
down and appear to die. After most of our party had landed on the
same large block of ice, in order to take possession of their prey, one of
them, with gun still loaded, noticed in time a rather sudden move-
ment of the bear, which might have resulted disastrously had he not
been promptly finished by a ball through his head. He had been
mortally wounded, but he no doubt feigned death in order to avenge
himself, and would probably have succeeded had he not been killed
outright as stated. We towed his carcass to the ship, and it was at
once hoisted on board and well skinned by expert Greenland whale-
fishery men among the crew. He was very fat and heavy. Very soon
after our return, a severe gale sprung up, which enabled us to leave
the ice fields for good.
Except for 1902 and 1903, when 170 and 96 skins, respectively, were
sold in London, I have no idea of the company’s annual sales of this
species. All the skins are obtained from natives of the arctic coast,
Hudson Bay, Ungava, and Labrador. When the North Pole is dis-
covered, as I expect it will be some day, I believe the white bear will
be one of the very few mammals found there. I think every arctic
exploring and Franklin search expedition refers to the presence of this
animal in the polar seas of Greenland and the Dominion. The /ivesti-
gator secured four large specimens in Prince of Wales Strait, and Doctor
Armstrong calls Baring Island ‘‘the land of the Polar Bear.” Sir
Leopold McClintock observed several individuals when drifting with
the /ox in the pack ice in 1858, at least 110 geographical miles from
the nearest land. On the other hand, Doctor Armstrong thought
the meeting of an example over one mile inland on Baring Island
No. 405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 725
an interesting and most unusual occurrence. Sir George Nares’s party
secured several specimens in 1875-76. General Greely obtained sey-
eral. He writes that they were very rare in Smith Sound, north of
Cape Sabine. Lieutenant Lockwood, however, saw a polar bear at
Cape Benét on the Greenland coast in latitude 82° 24’ north, which is
the most northerly American record. Sir Edward Parry, in 1827,
observed one on the ice also in latitude 82° 24’ north, to the north of
Spitzbergen Island. ‘*On August 18, 1859, while almost becalmed off
Cape Burney, a mother polar bear, with two interesting cubs about
the size of very large dogs, swam off to the ov and were all shot.”
McClintock says that the ‘‘ veal” of the young appeared among the
delicacies of their table, and that Christian had asked him for a
portion of the old bear to carry home to his mother in Greenland,
where the flesh is considered a real delicacy. He further says that he
acquired the arctic acquisition of eating frozen bear’s blubber in very
thin slices on biscuit, and vastly preferred it to frozen pork. At the
time of writing, however, he thought he could not even taste it, but
the same privation and sense of starvation from co/d, rather than
hunger, which induced him to eat it hen, would doubtless enable him
again to partake thereof very kindly, if similarly ‘cooked by frost.”
PINNERE. DIA:
WALRUS.
Odobenus rosmarus (Linneeus) and O. obesus (Llliger).
Fifty years ago, the walrus was numerous in the northern seas
between Point Barrow and Cape Bathurst and to the eastward. On
several of our overland bird and ege collecting expeditions from 1862
to 1865 we observed a few individuals basking in the sun on the pack,
as well as on large blocks of tide-swayed ice at the southern end
of Franklin Bay. The Anderson Eskimos frequently brought into
the post for trade various articles made from the ivory tusks of the
walrus. Their umiaks, or women’s boats, are usually made by sewing
the requisite number of hides together and placing them over a frame-
work composed of drift timber. The skins are also cut up into stout
thongs, which are highly valued, and the best procurable for dog-sled
line lashings. Its flesh and oil are greatly prized by the Eskimos.
After passing to the east of Point Barrow, Doctor Armstrong was
‘‘surprised by seeing numerous herds of walruses (Z7ichechus rosma-
rus) grouped together on the large detached masses of ice, drifted off
from the main pack, apparently asleep or basking in the sunshine.
The novelty of a sight so unexpected was gladly welcomed, and various
and amusing were the opinions given by the men who had never seen
them before as to what they could possibly be, while they gazed in
mute wonder and amazement at the strange sight before them. They
726 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
did not exhibit any feeling of alarm as we approached; one or two
could be seen dropping into the water, but it was not until we had got
within a few yards of them that, as if by a preconcerted signal, they
rolled or tumbled into the sea, and for a time became invisible. They
appeared to live in perfect harmony, a lazy, listless air characterized
the whole. I could not but admire the affection displayed by the dam
for her young which were crawling on the maternal back as we
approached; but the moment the mothers perceived the danger, they
seized them under their arms and disappeared; nor did we see them
again at the surface until there existed no cause for alarm. Green-
land Aretic seamen consider the ‘marine beef? of this animal excellent
ating, an opinion concurred in by all medical men who have been
engaged in polar explorations.”
General Greely gives latitude 79° 40’ north as the highest probable
range of the walrus. It is indigenous in Hudson Bay and strait and
also in many other portions of the northern ocean.
HARBOR SEAL.
Phoca vitulina Linneeus.
This is probably the most generally distributed and abundant of all
the northern species of hair seals. I believe it is also the most numer-
ous in the coast seas of arctic America. ‘The Anderson and Mackenzie
River Eskimos kill a great many annually. It is a very valuable
and useful animal for them; its skin is necessary for making boots and
hunting canoes and other purposes. Its dark and rather unsightly
flesh and extracted oil are among the chief and most esteemed articles
in their yearly diet; the latter is also used in their stone lamps
for tight, heat, and cooking their food. We noticed some seals on
the ice, basking in the sun, on each one of our four summer trips
(1862 to 1865) to Franklin Bay. The Eskimos with us killed a few
with the bows and arrows. Our Indian assistants did not seem to
relish the rather disagreeable-looking flesh, but the Eskimos par-
took thereof with avidity. Doctor Armstrong, of the /nrvestigator,
observed many and secured several examples of this species in the
waters of Baring Land. It has also been met with by other arctic
explorers. Sir Leopold MeClintock’s party secured 17 examples of
the smaller seals at Port Kennedy. During their eight months’ drift
in the pack ice, they killed 73 seals, 2 polar bears, 38 dovekies, and the
blue fox already referred to. On March 2, 1858, they shot 4 fat seals
and several dovekies; the largest seal weighed 170 pounds and the
smallest 150 pounds. They were males of the species P. hispida.
The flesh of this species was very disagreeable, a garlic-like taint so
strongly permeating the whole animal that even Eskimos are nearly
overpowered thereby, but the females are at all times free from fetor.
A week later two more seals were captured. The flesh being free
NO.1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. %27
from taint the Eskimos had fried liver and steaks for breakfast, the
latter preferred. They had been washed in two or three waters to
get rid of the blubber. The flesh was very dark and very tender.
McClintock doubts if seals breed in the drifting pack, as they never
saw any cubs during their stay in that risky position. 7”. A7sp/da may
also be known to the Eskimos of the northern coast of America.
General Greely writes that it is indigenous at Grinnell Land, and that
it was met with as high as latitude 82° 58’ north. 72. granlandica is
also present as far as latitude 81> 30’ north, but he considers it migra-
tory. They secured a number of the several resident species, including
27 examples of P. hispida. Sir Edward Parry’s highest latitude
(attained in 1827) was 82° 56’ north. Ina lane of open water in the
ice he observed one of the last-mentioned species. This was until
recently thought to be the most northerly position ever reached by
seals. Mir. Preble noticed a number of skins of this species in the
company’s stores at Fort Churchill, Hudson Bay.
From Hudson Bay, Ungava, and Labrador, the company receive and
sell in London annually thousands of hair-seal skins. From 1853
to 1877 the sales aggregated a total of 259,600. The three best years
in the series were 1867 with 21,458, 1861 with 18,104, and 1863 with
16,933; and the three lowest, 1853 with 1,425, 1854 with 2,021, and
1855 with 2,842. After along period of good results, the returns have
fallen to only 3,061 skins for 1902, and 2,509 for 1903. There is
reason to believe that other species of seals besides the harbor seal are
embraced in the foregoing sales statement.
(Some reference to Fort Churchill may not prove out of place
among these mammalian notes. Comparatively few of the Cana-
dians of to-day are aware that ‘‘ upon a rocky spit forming one side,
and commanding a splendid harbor, stand the still well-preserved
remains of a massive fortification, the most northerly one of British
America, scarcely inferior as such even to old Louisburg and early
Quebec, its site admirably chosen, its design and armament once per-
fect, and interesting still as a relic of a by-gone strife, and now only
useful as a beacon for the harbor it had failed to protect.” Some day
again, however, in the not distant future, when the Hudson Bay
route, now so much decried by many eastern and by a few western
‘*unbelievers,” shall have become an accomplished and successful navi-
gable ocean waterway between Canada and Europe, the Imperial Gov-
ernment may consider it advisable to rebuild upon the ruins of the
old, a new and impregnable ** Fort Prince of Wales.”)
~T
bo
CA
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII,
BEARDED SEAL.
Krignathus barbatus (Krxleben).
Although we received no whole skins of this species at Fort Ander-
son, we had every reason to believe that it is an inhabitant of the
northern ocean. It is common in Hudson Bay and Strait and along
the Alaskan coast from Bristol Bay northward. Ross observed it in
Boothia, and it has also been met with by other arctic explorers, includ-
ine Nares, and Greely obtained several specimens. The latter gives
latitude 81° 46’ north as the highest point where an example (8 feet
25 inches in length and weighing 640 pounds, gross) was secured. He
considers it a summer visitor so far north. McClintock mentions that
the Dane, Peterson, shot an example in Bellot Strait which weighed
500 pounds, and that its flesh was preferable to that of the smaller
seals. ‘The Eskimos who resorted to Fort Anderson made use of the
parchment-dressed skins of this species for the canoes, and occasionally
also for their women’s boats, instead of that of the walrus. They
heartily enjoy partaking of its flesh and oil, no matter how rank it
may become by keeping. They can and do eat raw meat and _ fish;
but during the summer season, as well as when living in their winter
huts on the coast, they cook the former, and the latter also when
fresh, much in the same way as do Indians and others. During our
five years’ sojourn at Fort Anderson we received large quantities of
sun-dried reindeer tongues and venison, in excellent shape for con-
sumption, from the river Eskimos.
BURSA:
Callorhinus alascana Jordan and Clark.
This valuable marine fur-bearing animal is introduced here, like
Phocena phocena, merely in connection with the company’s receipts
of the skins and sale of same in London. ‘There may have been
previous collectious, but the first record in the ‘‘ statement” is for
1854, with only 13 pelts; 1855 is but 2 better; then we have 388 for
1856, and 79 for 1857. Next follow 1858 with 116, 1859 with 196,
1860 with 186, 1861 with 176, 1862 with 403, 1863 with 655, and 1864
with 977 pelts. Afterwards the trade has been good, with 2,086 for
1865, and only three years under that figure, while the sales vary
between 2,151 and the maximum, 13,620, in 1871, subsequent to which
they irregularly decline to 1,588 for 1877. The total for the twenty
years is 44,322, or an average of nearly 1,846 skins a year. There
is no entry of fur seals in the Hudson Bay catalogues for 1902 and
1903. In recent years, however, the company’s trade of this pelt has
practically ceased on the western Pacific coast, but I understand that
they now sell on commission the bulk of the yearly catch of the
Victoria, British Columbia, sealing fleet.
No 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. %29
CETACEA.
WHITE WHALE.
Delphinapterus leucas (Pallas).
Common in the Arctic Sea and in the estuary of the Mackenzie
River, where the Eskimos capture a number every season. Many years
ago, it is said, several individuals ascended that river as far as Fort
Good Hope. They are abundant in Hudson Bay, where a large num-
ber are annually captured at Fort Churchill by servants of the com-
pany; the oil is extracted, duly shipped, and sold in London. The
various boat and ship discovery and Franklin arctic search expedi-
tions have all noticed the presence of white whales in the northern
sea under review. Greely gives latitude 81° 35’ north as its most
northerly migratory observed range.
On the question of the ‘‘ Northwest Passage’? Admiral Sir Edward Belcher, in
volume 2 page 258 of his Last of the Arctic Voyages, writes: ‘‘The original act was
to reward any persons who, by sailing from sea to sea, proved America to be an
island, and at the period the reward was offered, it was considered (I speak subject
to correction), by the wording of applications to the Treasury, with the assertion
‘that great benefit would arise to commerce.’ Now, when Sir Edward Parry made
good his claim, it was for the completion of @ portion between the meridians undis-
covered. The act then, . . . divided the undiscovered spaces into divisional
rewards. But inasmuch as Sir John Franklin, Sir John Richardson, Dease and
Simpson did not sail through, the rewards to which they were most justly entitled were
denied. But to my mind, and to those who are deemed to possess the clearest views
in such matters, it has been deemed that the solution of the question (or really that
America is sea-washed on its Arctic bounds) would have been incontestably proved
had any person passed down Peel’s Strait in open water and arrived at the positions
visited either by Captain Back in former times, or by Doctor Rae on his late journey
(1853-54). :
It has therefore been assumed by the friends of Sir John Franklin, that his ship
did so pass down Peel’s Strait, and was wrecked in a position which would entitle
him, if living, to contest this matter. And my own opinion goes to favor those who
have, by much more hazardous voyages than those made by Parry or his successors
determined the commercial interests which may, in consequence of their discoveries,
and probably will, be pursued at some future period along that sea-washed shore.”’
In this connection I would point out that the time has surely arrived for action
in respect to these remote and distant shores, as well as to our immense possessions
situated to the north of the American Continent. We already know that there are
copper deposits of much value up there. Coal has been met with and no doubt iron
and other minerals are also present in some sections. The reindeer and musk ox
have numerous representatives. Wolves, foxes, and polar bears are not scarce,
while many of the rivers abound in salmon and other fish. In the straits, inlets,
and larger bays whales, seals, and walruses are still in abundance, and call for
some attention from Canadian fishermen. Nor should it be forgotten that there are
many portions of the Canada of to-day fertile and of great metallic wealth, which,
but a few decades ago, were considered almost worthless; it would therefore be very
unwise to assume and continue to hold similar opinions regarding the resources of
many tracts of vast extent and importance, now virtually despised, which may yet
prove of great worth to the Dominion.
730 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. Vou. XXVIII.
GREENLAND WHALE—ARCTIC RIGHT WHALE.
Balena mysticetus Linneeus.
It was probably an individual of this large and widely distributed
species which Sir Alexander Mackenzie observed when he discovered
the great Mackenzie River in 1789. On that occasion he landed on an
island at its mouth, which he named *t Whale Island.” Although old
and recent traces of them were many, yet he did not meet with any
Eskimos. The Eskimos who frequented Fort Anderson succeeded
most seasons in killing one large whale, but seldom as many as
two. Plenty reigned for many months as a result. Quite a large
number of hunters were necessary for the successful pursuit of a
whale. The implements formerly used were an ivory barb, with an
iron or flint point, attached to a strong walrus line having an inflated
bladder at the other end. A long haft of wood was used to propel the
barb, which detached itself when the object was hit. This course was
followed until as many as a dozen or more floats were dragged by the
whale; he soon became exhausted by the persistent attack of his ene-
mies, and when that happened they approached and by repeated thrusts
lanced him to death. The fresh blubber resembles pork in color and
taste. Our servants preferred to eat it raw with their dry venison.
When fried, it was very rich and oily. Needless to state that the Eski-
mos of the arctic region are exceedingly fond of fat and oil, and that
during the long winter season they consume far more of these neces-
sary and cold-protecting foods than any other race on earth. On June
25, 1862, the tenth anniversary of his departure from Stornoway, Lewis,
Scotland, the writer had his first near view of the ice-covered polar
sea and of the bay named by Sir John Richardson, in 1826, after Eng-
land’s celebrated but hapless explorer, Admiral Sir John Franklin.¢
We then and there distinctly heard one or two large whales spouting
at a great rate in a narrow lane of water, which was clearly visible at
some distance amid the immense field of unbroken ice. In the end of
June, 1864, he had a similar experience in the same quarter. Since
the advent of American whalers, however, into these narrow seas,
about twenty years ago, whales are now said to be rapidly diminishing
in numbers to the westward of the Mackenzie, and this will soon be
the case in the narrow seas of the land-locked portions of the Canadian
polar ocean. In several suitable spots on the south shores of Franklin
Bay and Langton Harbor we saw some ribs, crown, and other large
bones of the whale, and certain other remains, including a human
skull, ancient Eskimo huts or winter houses. With the exception of
two families, with one large boat, or umiak, and three kayaks, or
«He had previously—in June, 1857—obtained a distant view, and but for a pre-
vailing blizzard would have had an equally close view of Liverpool Bay in January,
1859.
No: 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. [31
sanoes, who had been directed to come there from Liverpool Bay to
meet and assist us collecting birds, eggs, etc., and one or two young
men who accompanied us from Fort Anderson, we never saw any other
representatives of this intelligent and interesting race in that quarter.
I think the Greenland whale has been observed by all of the arctic
expeditions. Markham relates that the Nares ships of 1875-76 wit-
nessed numerous examples of the bottlenosed species near Davis
Strait, but as they do not yield much oil they are not in much request;
also one dead floating Greenland whale, worth £1,000. One of
Greely’s party found a rib of the latter as far north as latitude 82° 33’.
Upon the east side of Port Kennedy the bones of whales were found
in two places, a mile apart; the lowest was 180 feet and the highest
300 feet above the sea. They were more or less buried upon a flat
patch of rather rich earth and nearly a mile inland. McClintock asks:
‘*When did the skeletons of these whales drift to their present posi-
tion? When did the forest trees grow in Baring’s and Prince Patrick’s
Land, many of which are still fit for firewood? And when were the
lofty table-lands of North Devon and North Somerset scored by the
immense ravines, broad and deep, with sides almost perpendicular,
and rocky beds, sometimes 100 yards wide, where no rivers now exist,
nor even streamle ats, except during the few weeks of summer’s thaw?
Will geology ever solve these enigmas?”
NARWHAL.
Monodon monoceros Linneeus.
From Eskimo reports, as well as from the published accounts of
various exploratory expeditions, there can be no doubt that this
marine animal is at least sparingly present in almost every section of
the Alaskan and Canadian seas of Arctic America. Doctor Armstrong,
of the /nvestigator, has noted some among the mammals observed by
him; Sir John Ross, Sir George Nares, and other explorers refer
thereto, while General Greely gives latitude 81° 35’ north as its high-
est migratory range. Several skeletons and one tusk weighing about
143 pounds and 7 feet 95 inches in length were found on Boothia Felix
during the stay of Admiral Sir John Ross’s party there from 1829 to
1833, when they abandoned their ship and retreated by boat to Barrow
Strait, where they were rescued by a whaler, at one time commanded
by Ross himself. Doctor Armstrong, the accomplished surgeon and
naturalist of the /nvestigator, has written that in the large western
islands (Baring and Melville), ‘‘ where the soil is arenaceous, animal
life is more abundant than elsewhere; this gradually decreased as we
proceeded to the eastward, where the limestone formation generally
prevailed. But the greater number of bears, seals, walruses, and
sea fowl met with, although these are more difficult to procure than
32 ' PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
musk oxen or reindeer, by their great size afford sufficient compensa-
tion; the carbonaceous element of the food (fat), the great supporter
of respiration and life, being so largely supplied.”
HARBOR PORPOISE.
Phocena phocena (Linneeus) .
In the oft-referred-to statement of London fur sales, half skins of
the porpoise appear without a break from 1856 to 1869, inclusive (I
can not say if any were previously secured for export); then we have
the columns for 1870 and 1873 blank, while the catch varied between
4 (the lowest) in 1862, 5 in 1863, 6 in 1864, and the highest (2,278)
in 1865. The total sales for the twenty years amount to 14,048 half
skins—equal to, I presume, 7,024 killed porpoises. As neither Dr.
Robert Bell nor Mr. Preble mention this animal, it is probably not an
inhabitant of the waters of Hudson Bay, and must, therefore, be
considered as a product of Labrador seas.
The discoverer of the great Mackenzie River, which figures so frequently in these
notes, and from which a large amount of material was forwarded to the Smithsonian
Institution, and which has also for a long time been, and still is a valuable and rich
fur preserve, surely deserves some notice, especially by a later fellow-townsman. The
celebrated fur trader and explorer, Sir Alexander Mackenzie, was a native of Storno-
way, Lewis, Scotland, who emigrated to Canada in 1779, and soon after engaged in the
fur trade, and in time became a partner and leader in the Northwest Company. In
1789 he discovered and descended the Mackenzie River to its outlet in the Arctic Ocean.
In 1793, by way of Peace River, he was the first white man, with matchless prudence
and fortitude, to force his way across the Northern American continent, and there,
in latitude 52° 20’ north, left his mark on a rock by the seaside bearing the inscrip-
tion: ‘‘Alexander Mackenzie from Canada by land the twenty-second of July, one
thousand seven hundred and ninety-three.’’ Mackenzie’s discoveries added new
regions to the realms of British Empire and commerce, and in doing so extended the
boundaries of geographical science. He did much more, and but for his labors it is
doubtful if any part of that country would to-day be a portion of the Canadian
Dominion. Mackenzie is described as ‘‘ possessed of a vigorous intellect and a fine
physique, of medium stature, square, muscular build, very strong, lithe, and capable
of enduring great fatigue. He was a remarkably fine-looking man, firm and digni-
fied, refined and noble in thought, with a mind and energy bent on enterprise, and
filled with zeal for the benefit of his partners in trade, and with a desire for the well-
being of mankind in general.’? He died in Scotland on the 12th of March, 1820.
Another great explorer and trader of the Hudson’s Bay Company, the notable
Chief Trader Thomas Simpson, likewise calls for some proper reference herein. He
was a native of Dingwall, in the county of Ross, North Britain, and entered the
service of the company as secretary to his relative, the resident ‘‘emperor-governor,”’
Sir George Simpson. He left Fort Garry, Red River, on December 1, 1836, for Fort
Chipewyan, whence he was to set out in company with the prudent, capable, and
experienced Chief Factor Peter Warren Dease (the builder and provider of Fort
Franklin, on Great Bear Lake, where Sir John Franklin passed the winter after his
return from his second overland expedition to the northern coast in 1826), in order
to complete the exploratory work of that party west and east of the mouth of the
Mackenzie River. All know how well these officers performed the duties intrusted
to them. A perusal of Simpson’s narrative of their explorations should prove inter-
no.1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. %38
esting to Canadians. General Sabine, who revised the same, wrote as follows: ‘1
found the work in a state of such complete preparation that the alterations which |
saw any occasion to make were very few indeed, and these chiefly of a verbal nature.
It impressed me with an additionally high respect for your brother’s memory, that
he should have drawn up the narrative of the expedition on the spot in such a com-
plete manner that it might quite well have been printed verbatim.’”? On the 6th of
June, 1840, Simpson, who had returned to Fort Garry on the preceding 2d of Feb-
ruary, after an absence of three years and two months, marked by toils, perils, and
privations such as have seldom been endured, set out for England by crossing the
prairies to St. Peter’s (St. Paul and Minneapolis were not in existence then), and
thence to New York. He pursued his journey with much rapidity, left the main
body of buffalo hunters with whom he started, and in company with four men went
on ahead. Ona chart which was found among his other papers after his death his
last recorded day’s march (June 11) was 47 miles in a direct line. After that date
every circumstance is involved in mystery. He had evidently turned back, and all
that can be ascertained with certainty is that on the afternoon of the 13th or 14th of
June he shot two of his men, and that the other two mounted their horses and
rejoined the large brigade of hunters. A party of them went to the scene of the
shooting next morning, where his death took place. Whether he shot the two
men in self-defense, and was subsequently killed by their companions, or whether
the severe stretch to which his mental faculties had been subjected for several years
brought on a temporary aberration of mind, under which the melancholy tragedy
took place, is known only to God and the surviving actors therein.
‘*Man is a harp, whose chords elude the sight,
Each yielding harmony disposed aright;
The screws reversed (a task which, if he please,
God in a moment executes with ease),
Ten thousand thousand strings at once go loose,
Lost, till he tune them, all their power and use.”’
Thus perished, before he had completed his thirty-second year, Thomas Simpson,
aman of great ardor, resolution, and perseverence, one who had already achieyed
much, and has left a mame which will be classed by posterity with that of Cook,
Parry, Lander, Franklin, Rae, Ross, McClintock, and others of a later date. The
Royal Geographical Society presented to him in 1839 their founder’s gold medal,
which, however, never reached him. It was not until October, 1841, that the
remains of Simpson were sent for from where he fell and brought to Fort Garry for
interment.
BRO DEIN TLA:
BUSHY-TAILED WOOD RAT.
Neotoma drummondi (Richardson).
Chief Trader W. J. McLean informs me that Fort Liard, Mackenzie
River District, where he was post manager from 1863 to L872, is the
only place in the northern department of the company where he has
seen a few examples of this rat. This post is situated in latitude (about)
60° north and longitude 124° west. In New Caledonia District, British
Columbia, however, it is quite common, and individuals are sometimes
secured in native and other buildings. At present, Fort Liard may be
considered the eastern range limit and the northern as well; but it is
probably a more northerly resident on the west side of the Rocky
Proc. N, M. vol. xxviii—04 47
on PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL. MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Mountains. Mr. Moberly states that a wood mouse or rat, color light
brown inclined to gray, and about 5 inches long, was repeatedly seen by
him at Fort MeMurray, but nowhere else on this side, although not
uncommon in New Caledonia, British Columbia, where the people
speak of it as the ‘small wood rat.”
WHITE-FOOTED OR DEER MOUSE.
Peromyscus arcticus (Mearns) .
Although we failed to secure any specimens of this mouse at Fort
Anderson, it may still be discovered in the country to the northward
of Forts Liard, Simpson, Resolution, Rae, and Big Island, from which
points numerous examples were obtained by Messrs. Rossand Kennicott,
and forwarded to the Smithsonian Institution in the years L860 to 1862.
Mr. Moberly mentions the existence in the region of Athabasca and
Peace rivers of a brown wood mouse, which destroys martens and
other fur animals caught in dead-fall traps.
I incline to think that this mouse ranges farther north than the sey-
eral Mackenzie River District posts (Forts Simpson, Liard, Big Island,
Rae, and Resolution), from which specimens were forwarded to Wash-
ington by Messrs. Kennicott, Ross, Kirkby, Clarke, Reid, Brass, and
Mackenzie in the early sixties of the last century. From the descrip-
tion given, I think Mr. P. Deschambault met with this species, both at
Isle A la Crosse and at Lac du Brochét post, situated at the northeast-
ern end of Reindeer Lake. .
RED-BACKED MOUSE.
Evotomys sp.
A fairly large number of examples of this species was collected
by the Eskimos on the polar shores of Liverpool and Franklin bays,
and in the adjacent country of the lower Ande1son and Mackenzie
rivers. Some were also taken in the vicinity of Fort Anderson and
from the eastern Barren Lands. At nearly all of the company’s posts
in the Mackenzie River District likewise a number of skins were
obtained for the Smithsonian Institution, and the gentlemen of the
service above named were the contributors, together with Messrs.
Hardisty, Wilson, Lockhart, A. Flett, J. Flett, W. Thomson, Smith,
Gaudet, Taylor, Sibbiston, McDougall, Camsell, and MacFarlane.
Among the many northern Mackenzie River collectors of those distant days, to
whom reference was made in my paper on birds breeding in Arctic America, as well
as those specially referred to in these notes, but few besides the writer are now
living. I think they are Chief Factors James McDougall and J. S. Camsell, Chief
Traders C. P. Gaudet, W. J. McLean, and William C. King, and Messrs. Murdo
McLeod and John Edward Harriott. Archdeacon W. W. Kirkby, D. D., now of
Rye, N. Y., and Archdeacon Robert McDonald, D. D., of Peel River, also ranked
among the number of successful Smithsonian collectors of the early sixties of the last
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII
PL. XXxXIill
FORT RESOLUTION, GREAT SLAVE LAKE.
no. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. %35
century. Among those who have passed away are the lamented naturalist, Robert
Kennicott; Chief Factors William L. Hardisty and Lawrence Clarke; Chief Traders
Bernard R. Ross, James Lockhart, John Wilson, and John Reid, and Messrs.
Strachan Jones, A. Mackenzie, Andrew Flett, James Flett, J. Sibbiston, and Wil-
liam Brass; also the recently deceased Bishop Grandin, D. D., of St. Albert, Alberta,
who contributed more than one interesting specimen during his former mission
sojourn in the Mackenzie District. Neither has death spared the Smithsonian Insti-
tution. The eminent Professors Henry and Baird, together with the able Assistant
Secretary, Dr. G. Brown Goode, the genial and experienced zoologist, Maj. C. E.
Bendire and others, have been called away.
MEADOW MOUSE.
Microtus drummondi (Audubon and Bachman).
Quite a large number of skins were forwarded from Fort Anderson
to Washington. They were obtained from the Eskimos of the Mac-
kenzie and Anderson rivers, while a few were secured in the neighbor-
hood of the fort. In severely cold winters individual mice are often
found dead in stores and outhouses, and also on the snow in sparsely
wooded tracts of country. Disease may, however, be sometimes the
real cause of death. Some Indians assert that some species of mice
breed oftener than once annually.
LITTLE MEADOW MOUSE.
Microtus macfarlani Merriam.
The Indians, and especially the Eskimos, who resorted to Fort
Anderson, supplied a large proportion of the specimens received by
the Smithsonian Institution from the Mackenzie River region, in
course of the years from 1861 to 1866, inclusive. There are seasons
during which mice are exceptionally abundant in different parts of the
great Canadian northwest.
CHESTNUT-CHEEKED MOUSE.
Microtus xanthognathus (Leach).
This comparatively large mouse is very abundant most seasons in
the far north, as well as along the arctic coast of Canada. Numerous
skins thereof were secured at Fort Yukon (Alaska), Forts McPher-
son, Anderson, Good Hope, Norman, Simpson, Big Island, Rae, and
Resolution, Great Slave Lake.
TAWNY LEMMING.
Lemmus trimucronatus (Richardson).
From the polar shores of Liverpool Bay and Cape Bathurst, from
the lower Anderson River, from the neighborhood of Fort Anderson,
from Fort McPherson on Peel River, and from Fort Yukon in east-
ern Alaska, many examples were obtained of this small animal, which
736 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
were forwarded to the Smithsonian Institution at Washington some
forty years ago. From the published records of arctic exploration,
there can be little doubt that at least two species of lemmings are
comparatively abundant, even at the highest attained latitude, at
many points of the northern polar lands of the Dominion of Canada
visited by the various ship expeditions.
On Baring Island, Doctor Armstrong found them numerous in many
localities, at most periods of each season, and also in large numbers on
the ice during the spring thaws. He also knew them to prey on each
other, has himself partaken of their flesh, and thought it delicately nice
and tender, He writes that the female lemming produces from two
to six ata birth. Sir Edward Parry found two species of lemming
equally abundant on Melville Island; he gives the number of young
as varying between four and eight. A female captured in 1820 had
four /n utero. On July 12, he discovered a nest containing six blind,
naked, and helpless little ones, which grew so rapidly that they were
able to quit it ten days later. Lemmings subsist on the products of
the soil, such as dry dwarf willow, grasses, etc. Sir James Clark
Ross states that lemmings were very abundant in Boothia, and he
also confirms the above birth references from his observation. Cap-
tain Markham, of Sir George Nares’ expedition, met with lemmings
on his North Pole expedition of 1875-76, while General Greely found
them in large numbers on Grinnell Land, as far north as latitude
83° 24’ north. Eight examples were secured by his party during their
stay in that quarter. They live in comfortable nests, composed of dry
grasses, in holes in the ground, with two entrances to each. Sir John
Ross found the skeleton of a lemming on an ice floe 60 miles north of
Spitzbergen, in 1827.
HUDSON BAY LEMMING.
Dicrostonyx richardsoni Merriam.
This species is decidedly more abundant than Lemmus trimucronatus
in Arctic America. A considerable number of skins was collected in
various conditions of pelage from midsummer to midwinter, not only
in the vicinity of Fort Anderson, but also from the lower Anderson
River, the Barren Grounds, and on the coast shores of Liverpool and
Franklin bays. Two females secured in the ‘* Barrens” on June 26,
1865, each contained five embryos, while a few days later (June 30) a
dead male example, perfectly white, was discovered in the nest of a
golden eagle, 2 or 3 miles to the west of our usual summer crossing of
the Wilmot Horton River.
no. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. %87
MUSKRAT OR MUSQUASH.
Fiber zibethicus hudsonius Preble.
Like most of the important fur-bearing animals, the musquash
greatly fluctuates in number. We have usually several seasons in
succession when they are very abundant, followed by quite as many
when they are comparatively scarce, and then between these periodic
fluctuations we have a year or two when the returns are either above
or below the average trade, as will now be demonstrated. From 1853
to 1877, the company sold in London 10,600,056 musquash, or an aver-
age of about 424,000 skins a year. Outfits 1853 and 1854 exceeded
this result. They yielded, respectively, 493,952 and 512,291; but the
following nine sales (1855 to 1863) were all below the average, and
ranged between the period minimum (177,291 skins) in 1860 and 857,060
in 1863. There was a material increase in 1864 (509,769 skins), then
three years of decline (418,370, 320,824, and 412,164 skins). How-
ever, 1868 gave as many as 618,081 skins, after which the two succeed-
ing seasons fell below the average (404,173 and 232,251 skins), and
the statement of sales winds up with seven good years, varying between
437,121 skins in 1877 and 768,896 skins in 1873, which was the best of
the series.
The musquash abounds in all suitable localities throughout the entire
Northwest Territories of Canada. It is abundant in marshy tracts
on both sides of the mountains. It is also very common on the lower
Mackenzie River, and less so on the same portion of the Anderson
River, to their outlets in the polar sea. Albino examples are occa-
sionally met with, but in all sections of the country formerly ruled by
the Hudson’s Bay Company a few skins of a fine dark variety of this
species are annually secured by the native and other hunters. Seasons
of high water, however, are a necessary factor in the propagation of
the muskrat, while summers of drought and continued low water curtail
expansion and also cause many deaths during the succeeding winters.
In corroboration of this view I would offer a few remarks. The
outfit 1889 was my first of five years’ charge of the Cumberland Dis-
trict, lower Saskatchewan. The stage of water that autumn was fairly
good in the many marshy streams, small lakes, and ponds in this mus-
eee country (probably the best in western Canada), and the returns
therefore quadrupled those of the preceding season. The following
year was dry, and both water and the musquash catch shrunk consid-
erably, while many thousands of the animals perished miserably under
the ice and in their frozen up ‘‘ washes,” or winter houses. This
unfortunate occurrence adversely affected results for two or three
years, but in the meantime water conditions improved and have been
very favorable for the last decade, so much so, indeed, that the annual
738 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
catch of muequash therefor has more , than doubled that of any of
the previous ten years in the district’s history. In fact, I believe it
turned out about 450,000 skins for outfit 1900. When very numerous,
epidemic liver disease appears and carries off many thousands of mus-
quash. Last year’s Cumberland returns declined nearly two-thirds,
and they may go still lower for this season, after which they will, as
usual, rapidly increase again in numbers. More attention than before
is now given to the hunting of the musquash in this and other districts,
and as a result the company’s sales are very considerably above the
average of former years. In January, 1897, they sold 492,244 skins;
in January, 1900, 756,910 skins; in January, 1901, I am told that the
sales bordered on 2,000,000 skins; in January, 1902, 1,650,214 skins,
and in January, 1903, 1,482,670 skins. This last showing is only
53,122 skins less than double the figures for the best sale (1873) entered
in the London sales statement. The aggregate total for the period was
10,600,056 skins.
Leading hunters at the Pas, Cumberland, state that when about
a year old the musquash begins to breed. The female has but two
litters the first and three each succeeding season for a time. The
number of young brought forth at a birth varies between 8 and 20.
When born, they are weak and blind for some days, but they soon
acquire sight and strength and learn to swim about and aid in pro-
viding for their own gradually increasing wants. Their food consists
of esculent grasses and aquatic roots of various kinds. As already
mentioned, many thousands of musquash die of disease, and many
other thousands perish in seasons of low water. Mr. Colin Thomson,
an intelligent observer, remarks:
They have an instinctive habit which those who hunt them would do well to
learn. They have a general residence in which they live and exercise their natural
instincts; to this residence a storehouse is attached at a little distance, in which they
put up many dainty and succulent roots against the ‘‘rainy day’’ and a long winter;
and when misfortune drives them from their homes, they are not without a refuge,
although it be but asmall one. The material used in the construction of their houses
is such as they find in the marshy swamps where they live, and it is not uncommon
to find the entire family of a season living in one house, sometimes as many as sixty
in all.
Another informant, speaking of his own experience at Frazer Lake,
British Columbia, and of his residence at posts on the Saskatchewan,
Athabasca, and Peace rivers, writes that **the musquash copulates in
the months of May, June, and July; that the females have three litters
each season—the first being the most numerous, the second less, and
the third, the least fertile in the series—that they are born sightless,
and that the male assists in the rearing of the young.”
no. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. (39
JUMPING MOUSE.
Zapus hudsonius (Zimmermann ).
In the early sixties of the nineteenth century the Smithsonian In-
stitution at Washington received from Liard River, Fort Resolution,
Great Slave Lake, and from the Peace River several examples of this
mouse, but from report I do not think it is very common in these
localities. Mr. B. R. Ross states that it is numerous in the Portage
La Loche country, but rather rare in the district of Mackenzie
River, but I do not remember having seen any at Good Hope or the
Anderson. They may, however, be sparingly represented by examples
at Liard and other points in the distant north. Mr. P. Deschambeault
informs me that he has seen some jumping mice both at Isle a la
Crosse and Lac du Brochét. Mr. Moberly has also met with them on
the Athabasca and Peace rivers.
POLAR HARE.
Lepus arcticus Ross and L. grelandicus Rhoads.
I doubt if this hare is ‘‘ abundant” in the Barren Grounds, or on the
coast shores of arctic Canada, with the exception of the isthmus of
Boothia Felix. We hardly ever observed an individual on our many
summer and winter journeys in the far Northland, while I think we
secured but three specimens during our five years’ residence at Fort
Anderson. Two or three skins were also obtained by Chief Factor
Lawrence Clarke from the Barrens northeast of Fort Rae, Great Slave
Lake. They are said to be fairly numerous among the tundras of
northern Alaska, while arctic explorers have found the polar hare
‘*very abundant” on the large islands lying to the north of the Amer-
ican Continent. On Baring Island they were in considerable numbers
and many were shot. The /esolute obtained 146 on Melville Island
and Ross secured some in Boothia. Nares met with them on his polar
expedition, and Greely’s men captured 57 examples. He gives lati-
tude 83° 24’ north as its highest northern range. Lieutenant Lock-
wood killed 1 at Cape Benct on the coast of northwestern Greenland.
Captain Markham of the A/evt observed traces on the polar frozen
sea, 10 miles from the nearest land, in latitude 83° 10’ north. Doctor
Armstrong also mentions that individuals were occasionally seen on
the ice at a distance of 2 or 3 miles from the shore. He asserts that
they breed three or four times in the course of an arctic season, and
that the females have as many as eight and ten at a birth. This
seems both extraordinary and improbable, but the doctor was a close
observer and had had three years’ experience of Baring Island and
its fauna. Sir James Clark Ross, on the other hand, writes that a
female shot at Sheriff harbor, Boothia, on June 7, 1832, had four
740 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
young 7x utero nearly mature, each 53 inches long, and of a dark
eray color. In the uterus of one killed at Igloolik on June 2, six
young were found, not quite so far advanced. One taken by Ross
himself on June 28, a few days after birth, became suthciently tame
to eat from the hand but it died fifteen months later. He remarks
that the polar hare exists even in the most desolate sections of the
arctic regions, and that, too, throughout the long winter; nor does
it seek shelter by burrowing in the snow, but is often met with sitting
under the lee of a large stone where drifting snow has accumulated
and seems to afford some protection from the biting blast. Doctor
Armstrong, however, holds that this hare, as well as white foxes,
lemmings, and the very few native birds all burrow in the snow at
times during the winter for the sake of warmth.
NORTHERN VARYING HARE.
Lepus americanus macfarlant Merriam.
Australians used to complain bitterly of the great havoc committed by
the introduced Enelish hare, or rabbit, and at one time the government
offered as much as £20,000 for the discovery of a remedy which would
have the effect of extirpating the nuisance, or at least considerably
reducing the rabbits in number. We of the north then thought that
if the latter could be inoculated with the virus of the disease which
periodically affects the head and throat, and carries off many thousands
of the American hares, when they are most abundant, in each decade,
it would doubtless be highly appreciated in Australia, while, on the
other hand, the natives and others resident in the eastern, western,
and northern territories of Canada, would be greatly pleased if the
referred-to epidemic would recur in a less fatal form and thereby pre-
vent the years of scarcity frequently experienced. As already stated
in this paper, there are several fur-bearing animals, notably the lynx
and marten, whose numbers would seem to be chiefly dependent upon
the abundance or scarcity of this species. The yearly catch of lynxes
rapidly diminishes in volume as soon as the rabbits become scarce, and
when the latter are comparatively rare a large proportion of the great,
but now dwindling crowd of lynxes suffer privation, and some actually
starve to death. Indians occasionally find examples of such victims.
Nearly every post in the Mackenzie River District sent one or more
specimens of the American hare to the Smithsonian Institution. It is
said that it breeds two and three times each season; that the sexes
copulate in the end of March, May, and August; that the period of
gestation lasts about three weeks, and that the female seldom becomes
a mother before she isa year old. A litter usuall consists of three
or four; but when on the ** periodic” increase, females are known to
have as many as six, eight, and even ten at a time, and then gradually
return to three and four. The young are not born blind, nor, so far
No. 1465. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 741
as imnown, does the male render any aesiseunce in rearing them. |
am not sible to substantiate this statement by my own experience.
The Hudson’s Bay Company does not trade rabbit skins in the inte-
rior, but from the posts situated on the shores of Hudson Bay they
annually export to England many thousands. From 1853 to 1877 the
total amounted to 1,418,361 skins. Twelve of these years had sales
varying between a minimum of 1,036 in 1871 to 45,917 in 1869, and
then from 50,948 in 1876 to the maximum sale of 174,715 in 1855.
The three next years of the series turned out 141,403 in 1865, 145,930
in 1867, and 106,320 in 1868. Subsequent to 1877 I have no data,
except for January, 1897, when 81,759 skins were sold; January, 1900,
with 18,372, January, 1902, with 5,857, and January, 1903, with
16,873 skins. The pelt of this valuable food animal is of great service
to northern Indians, who cut up the fur skins into narrow strips and
therewith make them into robes for their women and children and
tunics or shirts for the men for winter use, and these garments cer-
tainly prove warm and comfortable for them. The American hare
does not inhabit any of the large islands situated to the north of the
continent. It is there replaced by Z. arcticus. Neither did MeClin-
tock at its extremity (Bellot Strait) nor Ross at near its center on
Boothia Felix meet with any examples or traces thereof on that far
extending northeastern portion of Canada’s continental territory.
LITTLE-CHIEF-HARE.
Ochotona princeps (Richardson).
Although I have never made the acquaintance of this hare-like mam-
mal, yet from what Mr. Moberly states I incline to think that it is
to be found sparingly on both sides of the Rocky Mountains as far
north as latitude 60°—Richardson’s northern limit. Moberly also
refers to a rabbit about the size of Lepus americanus, of a grayish
color, which does not change to white in winter, while its movements
are very swift. Indians informed Mr. Ross that little-chief-hares were
common in the mountains of the Liard River, while Jack McQuesten
obtained some specimens on the upper Yukon, about 200 miles south
of the old fort and in about latitude 63> north.
CANADA PORCUPINE.
Erethizon dorsatus (Linnaeus).
Porcupines are but rarely met with in the wooded country of the
northern Anderson River, but in the region to the south they are
somewhat more numerous, though nowhere in the far north very
abundant. It is said that they copulate in September, and that the
young are not brought forth until the following April. They are usu-
ally one or two in number, and, like most mammals, are born blind and
7492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
helpless. They nest in rock-sheltered holes. The male renders no
assistance in rearing his offspring. They spend much time among the
trees, on which they subsist. Indians consider them the most insolent
and the clumsiest of animals. Neither Doctor Russell nor the Messrs.
Preble met with this species on their recent arctic and Hudson Bay
expeditions. Mr. George Deschambeault says that the period of ges-
tation lasts about twelve months.
YELLOW-HAIRED PORCUPINE.
Erethizon epixanthus Brandt.
The northern Indians concede that there are two kinds of porcupines
in the Canadian territories. This species, however, is more numerous
toward the Rocky Mountains, where it probably replaces /. dorsatus.
The flesh of the porcupine is considered excellent eating, not only by
the natives but by all who have partaken thereof. Some hunters state
that the females bring forth two and three at a birth. The Slave tribe
of Indians inhabiting the Liard and Mackenzie rivers dye the quills of
various colors and weave them into belts, garters, bands, bracelets,
and rings for table napkins. They also ornament bark rogans and
other birch articles, women and children’s dresses, and the front
uppers of leather moccasins therewith. Mr. P. Deschambeault says
that he believes both species exist in the hunting grounds of the Isle
A la Crosse (English River district) and Lac du Brochét (Cumberland
district).
BEAVER.
Castor canadensis Iubl.
This well-known and valuable fur animal has been so fully described
by travelers, as well as naturalists, thit it is by no means easy to add
matter of interest to its history. 1 shall, however, venture to submit
a few items bearing thereon. From a consensus of statements and
opinions elicited by me from the examination of aged Chipewyans, of
Athabasea, and Carrier Indians of North Caledonia, British Columbia,
I believe that the sexes copulate in the months of January and Febru-
ary, and that the young are brought forth in April and May following.
The period of gestation is about three months. The young are born
blind and are very helpless, but both sight and strength are duly
acquired, and they soon display much activity. They are suckled for
some weeks, but early learn to feed on succulent stems and the tender
roots of aquatic and other plants. The most prolitic females are those
of middle age, and they annually produce from four to five and six at
a birth, while instances of as many as seven and even eight are not
infrequent on Peace River. Chief Trader Moberly has known of two
cases, in one of which the female had eight and in the other nine little
no. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 743
ones. A Chipewyan hunter also assured me that he once found as
many as nine well-formed embryos in the uterus of a female killed by
him on the lower Peace River. Both tribes state that the female bea-
ver seldom or never has young before the third year and that there
are only one or two cubs at first, but more the following seasons.
After attaining a certain stage in life the birth rate begins to decline.
The adult beaver subsists on various roots, poplar bark, green willows,
birch, and other deciduous leaves. The male assists in providing food
for the young in the earlier stage of their existence. When neces-
sary, this intelligent animal erects new, and always renovates old,
lodges and dams in the autumn. One or two kindred families fre-
quently live together, and their progeny continue for upward of two
years with their parents, after which they are usually expected to mate
and provide for themselves. The males often fight fiercely during the
rutting season. It is not an uncommon experience for hunters to find
one or more beavers dead of disease in their houses or ‘* washes.”
Such animals are seldom other than in good condition, but the Indians
will not eat the meat except they be verging on starvation. In this
connection, Mr. G. Deschambeault writes that ‘** when beaver are found
dead in their ‘wash’ they are generally (mouth and nostrils) infested
by numerous small white worms. Low water also causes the death of
beaver some winters in their lodges.” Some old veteran males become
very large and heavy. ‘The flesh of the beaver, except when very
lean, is very palatable and easy of digestion, and is much relished by
the natives and northern resident whites who have partaken thereof.
If let alone, or not much disturbed by hunting, the beaver will rap-
idly increase in numbers. In proof of this statement, I would mention
that many extensive tracts of country in which they had become scarce
or had wholly or almost entirely disappeared (as a result of the keen
and very costly rivalry in trade which had for many years existed
between the Northwest Company of Montreal and the Hudson’s Bay
Company of England previous to their coalition in 1821, it was uncer-
tain for some time ‘* which of them lost most money—neither of them
gained money,” while the general demoralization of Indians and
whites was very lamentable) they afterwards recovered under the
fostering policy of protection promptly inaugurated and intelligently
pursued by the now united Fur Trading and Governing Corporation.
For more than a decade subsequent to 1821, each beaver district in
the chartered and licensed territories of the Hudson’s Bay Company
was annually restricted to the collection of a certain fixed number of
beaver, which course eventually proved of much benefit to all con-
cerned. By thismeans the perpetuation of the beaver was insured in sec-
tions where reckless slaughter had almost exterminated it, while the
resulting expansion in more forward localities naturally followed. With
744 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
the view, howe ver, ‘of recone ‘iling them to this enforced mode of preser-
vation, the natives were strongly urged and encouraged to devote their
best energies to the trapping of martens and other fur-bearing animals.
After the beaver were known to have largely increased in numbers,
and still sold well, the above rule was gradually relaxed; and as the
wants of the Indians in those days were comparatively few, they never
experienced any particular hardship from the limit thus imposed upon
them in the general interest. It may be here mentioned that the com-
pany never encouraged the hunting of beaver or any other pelt out of
season. On the contrary they strictly prohibited the killing of beaver
in summer, and would only reluctantly accept the skins of such animals
as they were assured had been absolutely necessary for food purposes.
The introduction of nutria and silk in the manufacture of hats in
the early forties of the last century struck a deadly blow at the value
of beaver, the chief staple fur of Canada and the northwest for two
centuries, from which it has not yet quite recovered. For nearly
half a century thereafter, the prices annually obtained for pelts were
some 60 and 70 per cent below the average which had previously
ruled. Since the Alaska fur seal, however, has come into ** fashion,”
very much better rates have been realized by the smaller quantities of
beaver sold in recent years. With the view of obtaining better
prices in England, as well as for its future increase in numbers, the
company naturally favored a continuation of its beneficial poliey ot
restriction; but owing to the then general abundance of beaver, and
the advent of competition in the trade, this much desired course had
to be gradually abandoned. For the twenty-five years, from 1853 to
1877, the Hudson’s Bay Company sold a total of nearly three million
skins (2,965,389) of this important animal in the world’s fur mart,
London. The yearly catch from 1853 with 55,456 pelts to 87,013 in
1858 exhibited a steady increase. The year 1859, with 107,196 pelts,
was, I believe, the first to reach and exceed the century mark since
the union in 1821, but 1860 dropped to 91,459. While 1861 was only
926 skins below 1859, 1862 produced 115,580 pelts, 1863 produced
114,149, and 1864 produced 142,998, yet the last-mentioned year’s sale
was immediately followed by a decline of 24,750 pelts. The balance
of the series from 1866 to L877 varies between the minimum, 115,646
in IST77, and the maximum, 172,042 in 1867, certainly the highest and
best since 1821, and probably one of, if not, the most productive in the
history of the Hudson’s Bay Company. An old writer of repute,
however, writes that 175,000 beaver skins were collected by. the
‘ancient concern” in one year about the middle of the eighteenth
century. It is possible that this large number may have comprised
the country trade of two seasons. European wars were rather fre-
quent and somewhat protracted in those days, while it is on record
No. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. "(45
that one or two of the company’s ships { failed i n making the annual
round voyage between London and Hudson Bay. I think it is a mat-
ter of regret that neither of the two recent historians of the Hudson’s
Bay Company, while throwing much light on the earlier and some of
their later trade operations, have not also given us some definite state-
ments of their yearly fur shipments and sales, which would have been
generally appreciated. Mr. Beckles Willson has, however, given an
interesting account of the company’s first London public sale, which
took place on January 24, 1672. On this occasion the 3,000 weight of
beaver were put up in thirty lots, and fetched from 36 to 55 shillings
(a pound probably). The other furs and peltries, bear, marten, and
otter, etc., were reserved for a separate and subsequent auction, while
previous receipts from the bay had been disposed of by private
treaty.
This first official sale, as it subsequently proved, of a series of great transactions
which for upward of two centuries have made London the center of the world’s fur
trade, excited the greatest interest, and both the Prince of Wales and the Duke of York,
besides Dryden, the poet, were among the many spectators. Previous to the advent
of Canadian traders from the east, the Indians of the surrounding country were wont
to assemble in the spring at Lake Winnipeg to the number of perhaps 1,500, where
also birch-bark canoes were built. Six hundred of these containing a thousand
hunters, exclusive of women, came down annually to York factory with furs to
trade. Beaver were very numerous in those days, and a great many were wasted in
various ways, often as clothing and bedding. Not a few were hung on trees as
native offerings upon the death of a child or near relation; occasionally the fur was
burned off, and the beaver roasted whole for food banquets among the Indians.
He further states that in 1742, two large expeditions of natives from
the interior came down to York and Churchill (Fort Prince of Wales).
One of them had 200 packs of 100 skins each (20,000 beaver, probably
from Lake Winnipeg country), and the other 300 packs of 100 each
(30,000 beaver and 9,000 martens). This made a total of 50,000
beaver received from both ‘*expeditions.” I take it that these came
from the Chipewyan Indians of the distant Athabasca and intervening
country, reaching Churchill by way of the English and Churchill
rivers.
Doctor Bryce, in his concise history, writes that so effective and
successful were the operations of the great Northwest Company of
Montreal, that toward the end of the eighteenth century, a single
year’s trade produce was enormous, and comprised 106,000 beaver,
32,000 martens, 11,800 minks, 17,000 musquash, and 17,000 skins of
other animals. Still, if we knew the total Hudson’s Bay Company’s
eatch for that year, I doubt if both returns of beaver would much
exceed the total of 172,042 skins, given in the London fur sale state-
ment for 1867. From 1858 to 1884, the district of Athabasca con-
tributed 445,014, or an average of 17,116 a year to the company’s
London sales. The average for the selfsame posts for the five outtits
746 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
(1885 to 1889) is about 8,000; and with the ‘* opposition” trade added
from 1890 to the spring of 1903, both will undoubtedly exhibit a further
decline. From 1863 to 1883, Mackenzie River District exported a total
of 183,216 beaver, giving an average of 11,822 a year. For the three
years (1886, L887, 1889) of which | hold data, it had fallen to 6,852, and
is, I fear, very much lower at the present time. These are but sam-
ples of the general decrease in beaver receipts experienced at every
trade competing point from Quebec to the North Pacific and from
the international boundary to Hudson’s Bay and the northwestern
limit of its range in arctic America.
It is now well known that for some years prior to the coalition in
1821, the annual catch of beaver was rapidly dwindling, and that in
several sections it had been exterminated by reckless slaughter; another
decade or two of similar trade competition, would doubtless have led
to its extinction, except for a time in retreats remote and difficult of
access. We have had ample proof, however, by obtained results,
of the beneficial operation of the wise and far-reaching policy adopted
by Governor Sir George Simpson and the able and experienced fur-
trade counselors of the then united companies, for the due preserva-
tion of this valuable animal. For some years before and after the
transfer of the country to Canada in 1870, the entire Peace River,
together with many other streams and small ponds, throughout the
Territories, British Columbia, the Yukon, and the east were swarming
with beaver; but this, unfortunately, is not the case to-day. From
1853 to 1877, inclusive, the average number of skins sold by the Hud-
son’s Bay Company in London, was 118,615, as against their total
catalogue sales of about 50,000 for 1897, 48,000 in L900, 46,000 in 1902,
and 49,190 for 1903. This is without doubt a bad showing for some of
the later of the twenty-six years which have succeeded that statement.
Even with the addition thereto of the ‘** opposition” trade, in the very
same locality, it is doubtful if the aggregate of both would greatly
exceed one-half of thisaverage. It is generally assumed that ‘* oppo-
sition” or competition is the ‘‘life of trade” in all branches of busi-
ness; but, in the opinion of many competent judges, the fur trade, from
its very nature and the scope of its operations, is, or should be, one of
the few essential exceptions to the rule. It is a matter of fact that the
advent and continued presence of ** free traders” at a company’s inland
post has always had a more or less stimulating effect on the natives by
inducing them to exert themselves to a larger degree than usual in the
hunting of beaver and all other fur-bearing animals; but although at
first and for some time, all concerned appear to benefit by increased
returns, yet the inevitable accompaniment of reckless and indiscrimi-
nate slaughter, sooner or later, adversely manifests itself. This has
hitherto been the invariable experience at every assailed post or district
in North America.
No.1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. (47
We all know how the bison or buffalo of the prairies of Canada and
the United States has practically disappeared, although half a cen-
tury ago it was reckoned by millions. The beaver has been Canada’s
staple fur for centuries, and but for the Hudson’s Bay Company and
its officers it would long ago have ceased to exist as a commercial
asset. Unless further action speedily intervene in the premises, how-
ever, the ultimate extermination of the Canadian beaver is merely a
question of time. It has already disappeared for good from many
sections in which it was formerly present. It is becoming very scarce
in certain localities where it should receive immediate protection in
the way of several legally-assured years of rest and full exemption
from disturbance by hunters. In other districts, where it is gradually
but surely diminishing in numbers, its killing should be restricted on
lines similar to those pursued by the company for many years subse-
quent to 1821. Greater latitude might be accorded to hunting in now
unknown and not easily accessible parts where it probably abounds;
but except for food absolutely required no one should be permitted to
trap or shoot beaver out of season. It is useless making rules and
regulations, however, unless they be strictly enforced. The woodland
buffalo is now receiving some well-deserved attention in this regard,
and it is about time that the musk ox should be protected from indis-
criminate slaughter solely for the sake of his head or hide; there
should be a seasonable limit imposed upon hunters thereof. Neither
should the mountain goat and sheep, the elk, and the valuable food
animals—the moose and woodland caribou—be neglected in this con-
nection. Andalthough the Barren Ground reindeer is still abundant,
yet the northern Indians should not be permitted to continue or resume
their ancient vicious course of reckless and indiscriminate slaughter of
them whenever the opportunity appeared.
From Fort Anderson and nearly every other post, including Fort
Yukon, skulls and other parts of the beaver were obtained for trans-
mission to the Smithsonian Institution at Washington. While sta-
tioned at Fort St. James, British Columbia, in 1887 and 1889, I sent
to the same Institution two embryo skins taken from the uterus of a
female killed in the vicinity early in May (there were five in all),
together with that of a 2-weeks-old example captured in the latter end
of the same month. As to albinos, they are very rare, but I have
seen perhaps as many as ten skins in course of my long residence in the
Northwest Territories. I have also observed quite a number of fine
dark skins of the beaver in various parts of the country. I think
those taken by the natives of Quebee who resort to Bessimis post in
the Gulf of St. Lawrence are among the very finest. Labrador, Kast
Main, and other Hudson Bay posts also furnish a small number of
similar pelts. Asa rule, those which frequent clear-water streams have
a better color than is the case with the summer inhabitants of very
748 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII,
muddy rivers having their source in or beyond the Rocky Mountains
and flowing through a sandy clay soil. The skins of such beaver are
usually of a dirty rusty brown color, with the inner fur of a lighter
hue, and are certainly in appearance inferior to those of their cleaner-
furred brethren, and must therefore realize lower prices in London.
The substance contained in two pyriform sacs situated near the
organs of reproduction in the beaver, and commercially well known as
‘castoreum,” has always been traded from the natives; and although
it is not entered in the aforesaid statement of sales or in the fur cata-
logues for 1887, 1902, and 1903, yet the company’s officers annually
shipped to London considerable quantities of this valuable commodity.
“At one time it was largely employed as a medicine for derangement
of the nervous system, but now little used.” This, of course, adversely
affected prices, and for a number of years castoreum did not sell well.
Latterly, however, owing to its scarcity and its reported use as a base
in the manufacture of perfumery, its value has been greatly enhanced.
During my long stay at Fort Chipewyan, Lake Athabasca, upward
of twenty abnormally large examples of castoreum sacs, or ‘* pods,” as
designated in trade, containing from three to nearly five times as much
of the substance as is usually found within averaged-sized specimens,
were obtained, for the most part, from animals killed on the Peace
River. [also noticed and heard of a few similar ‘* pods” elsewhere
in the interior; but in those days Athabasca produced the very largest
I ever saw.
From certain documents in my possession I believe we can form
some idea of the extent of the castoreum trade of the last century.
As a rule the receipt of this article naturally corresponds with the
annual catch of Beaver. Mackenzie River District from 1863 to 1881
contributed a total of 6,251 pounds weight. From 1858 to 1884, old
Athabasca was premier, with 18,904 pounds, but in consequence of
increasing competition in the north the average of the former for
1886, L887, and 1889, is only 54 pounds, as against 32,918 for the period
ending in 1884. The trade of the latter for the five years (1885 to
L889) gives an average of but 211 pounds as against 700 pounds for
1858 to 1884. Its former posts on Upper Peace River had not one-
fourth as much castoreum in L889 as in other years. English River
district gave 40 pounds for each of the outfits, 1889 and 1890; Cum-
berland district only 26 pounds in L888, and 56 pounds in 1889; and
then we have New Caledonia, British Columbia, with 113 pounds for
‘ach of 1885 and 1886, and 390 pounds in 1887, 390 pounds in 1888,
402. pounds in 1889, and 231 pounds in 1890; all of these results are
very much below those realized previous to the advent of (the fre-
quently vaunted) ‘* free trade.”
— —s
‘0.1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. (49
NORTHERN POCKET-GOPHER.
Thomomys talpoides (Richardson ).
Never having seen an example of this species | know nothing about
it; but from what Mr. Moberly states it probably inhabits the banks
of the North Saskatchewan in the immediate vicinity of the Rocky
Mountains. He further adds that there is an allied but somewhat
larger gopher on the west side, from the Kootenay to the Frazer River.
It is about 2 inches longer than 7! ¢a/pordes and has very short ears,
with more brown about the body. Both kinds are good eating, and
they also form an important item in the diet of the grizzly bear.
NORTHERN FLYING-SQUIRREL.
Sciuropterus sabrinus (Shaw ).
Having lost some of my original field notes and several Smithso-
nian receipt lists, I can not feel quite sure of a few stated entries and
references in this paper. I have, however, an impression that I saw
a flying-squirrel north of Fort Simpson and several elsewhere in other
southern tracts of territory. Some specimens were collected at Fort
Liard by Mr. Hardisty, at Big Island by Messrs. Ross and Reid, at
Resolution by Mr. Lockhart, and one also labeled ‘‘Arectic America”
by Mr. Kennicott many years ago. In 18938, Dr. Frank Russell, of
the Iowa State University, secured one specimen at Grand Rapids,
where he says they are very rare. The brothers Preble, of the U.S.
Department of Agriculture, have also recently obtained some skins at
Oxford House and Norway House, Keewatin. Mr. Moberly writes
that the flying-squirrel of the Rockies must be S. a/p/nus, as it is not
found in the country to the east. Mr. Pierre Deschambeault writes
that the flying-squirrel is not uncommon at Isle a la Crosse and Lac
du Brochét.
RED SQUIRREL.
Sciurus hudsonicus (Erxleben).
This species is undoubtedly the most generally distributed of the
squirrel family, and it is more or less common throughout the entire
timbered region of northern continental Canada. It is also numerous
in Alaska, while specimens have been sent to Washington from nearly
every Hudson Bay post in the Mackenzie River district. It makes
its nest in a tree and has usually, once a year, from four to six, and
occasionally as many as seven young. I obtained an albino example
which must have been forwarded to the Smithsonian Institution. Mr.
Moberly writes:
This sqairrel is common at every place I have been since | came to the company’s
service in 1854—on the North Saskatchewan, Peace, and Athabasca rivers, and at
Frazer Lake, British Columbia.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04 48
750 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
There is another ground squirrel, smaller than the red, and more
brownish in color, and lives high up on the mountains, chiefly beyond
the tree limit. It has a peculiar call, more like a whistle than a chat-
ter. In British Columbia there are three kinds of squirrels not found
east of the Rockies. One has the head broader than the red squirrel
with ears very round and with tufts on them; the color brownish, the
whiskers quite black, as well as the tips of the tail. The other is
smaller and has the tip of the tail black. I have only seen it close to
the mountains. <A third is a large ground squirrel, with a tail some-
what resembling that of a flying-squirrel, which may be a spermophile.
NORTHERN CHIPMUNK.
Eutamias quadrivittatus borealis | Allen).
Specimens of this chipmunk were collected at Salt River (an affluent
of the Slave River below Fort Smith, Athabasca District), Forts Reso-
lution and Rae, Great Slave Lake, Fort Liard, and one also by the
writer, labelled ** Mackenzie River,” which was probably secured
between Fort Good Hope and Fort Simpson. I never saw any in
the Anderson region. Mr. Ross“ gives its range as extending to Fort
Good Hope; and that these animals were very destructive to such
garden produce as was raised at Fort Resolution. Dr. Frank Russell
secured two examples at Grand Rapids near the outlet of the Sas-
katchewan River into Lake Winnipeg.
CHIPMUNK.
Callospermophilus sp.
Mr. Drummond obtained examples of this species in the Rocky
Mountains some seventy or more years ago, in about latitude 57°
north. I can not say that I ever saw a specimen, neither did Mr.
Preble on his recent collecting expeditions to Hudson Bay meet with
or hear aught of this chipmunk.
PARRY’S SPERMOPHILE.
Citellus parryi (Richardson).
Abundant in the Barren Grounds, on the Arctic coast, and in the
vicinity of many of the rivers and lakes of the North Country. In
the early sixties of the last century, numerous specimens were obtained
from Fort Anderson, the Barren Grounds, Liverpool and Franklin
bays, from the Yukon, and from the Mackenzie River. They breed
once a year and have several young ata birth. They live in burrows,
as described by Mr. Preble, who secured specimens from a point 150
miles north of Fort Churchill. Doctor Russell also obtained three
examples at Herschel Island, situated to the west of the outlet of the
Mackenzie River.
« Manuscript notes in the Smithsonian Institution.
PL. XXXIV
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
“AdOH GOO) LYO4
ia
no. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 51
RICHARDSON’S SPERMOPHILE.
Citellus richardsoni (Sabine).
Richardson gives its range as not extending beyond latitude 55°
north, and in the neighborhood of the north branch of the Saskatche-
wan River, but I do not think I ever met this animal anywhere in the
country.
STRIPED SPERMOPHILE.
Citellus tridecemlineatus (Mitehill).
Richardson found this species quite common at Carlton House,
Saskatchewan. It is also said to have been abundant in all favorable
localities between the international boundary and the North Saskatche-
wan River. Ido not think it is an inhabitant of the regions beyond
that stream.
WOODCHUCK—GROUND HOG.
Marmota monax canadensis (Erxleben).
Mr. B. R. Ross gives latitude 62° north as the northern limit of this
animal. In 1889, three trade skins were obtained at Fort Simpson. I
do not remember if I ever saw any examples at Fort Anderson or else-
where in the Mackenzie River District, but at Fort Chipewyan, Atha-
basea, several were observed, and in May, 1885, I sent five skins to
Dr. R. Bell, of the Geological Survey, Ottawa. AtCumberland House,
Saskatchewan, however, the company annually trade and export a few
skins, which bring only a few cents in the London market. They are
not common at any of the posts of the Pas, Moose Lake, and Grand
Rapids. In 1888, one specimen was obtained at Pelican Narrows.
The adjoining district of English River, to the north, traded 3 skins
in 1889 and 127 in 1890. Of the last, 11 came from Isle a la Crosse,
2 from Portage La Loche, and 114 from Green Lake. It has also
been met with on the Nelson, Liard, and Peace rivers, while Chief
Frader Traill secured two examples at Fort St. James, Stuart Lake,
British Columbia, which he duly forwarded to the Smithsonian
Institution at Washington. The Cree Indian name of this animal is
‘“weenush.”
HOARY MARMOT.
Marmota caligata (Eschscholtz).
This species is decidedly more abundant than A. monaxv canadensis
in portions of the north country, especially in the neighborhood of the
Rocky Mountains and spurs thereof on or near the Mackenzie River.
Specimens have been collected on the Peace River, and at Forts Liard,
Simpson, Norman, and Good Hope, Mackenzie River District, as well
(52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
as Fort Yukon and other points in Alaska; said to be common there
beyond tbe Arctic Circle. In his list Mr. Ross writes: ‘‘ North to
Arctic Circle, abundant in the mountain ranges.” For some unknown
reason the company never export this fairly good fur pelt. The
natives make excellent robes with the skins. I have seen several
on the Mackenzie River. Mr. Turner states that the Indians of
Kotzebue Sound, North Pacific, use many skins of these for clothing.
In July, 1589, 1 obtained from a Connolly Lake (British Columbia)
Indian a fine robe, which was forwarded to Washington.
INSECTIVORA;
SHREW.
Sorex sp.
Mr. Ross writes: ‘* This genus (Sorex) is abundant throughout the
district (Mackenzie River) as far north as the Arctic coast. I can
not speak confidently of either the names or the number of the
species.” | have a strong impression that I have seen more than one
kind of shrew at Fort Anderson, Mackenzie River, in Athabasca, at
Stuart Lake, and at Cumberland House. A specimen in alcohol was
forwarded from Fort St. James, Stuart Lake, British Columbia,
which is entered under Sorex (Microsorex) hoyt Baird, in North
American Fauna, No. 10,1895, p. 90. Dr. Richard King has recorded
a specimen of S. forster/, which he found near the mouth of the Great
Fish River.
COUES’S SHREW.
Sorex sphagnicola Coues.
The type-locality of this species is given in the above publication as
Fort Liard, Mackenzie River District, and it probably extends much
farther north. This shrew may be indigenous in other sections of the
Canadian Northwest Territories. Mr. Moberly also refers to a small
short-tailed mole or shrew with a sharp longish nose found only in
beaver lodges.
CHIRO PTE RA.
SILVERY-HAIRED BAT.
Lasionycteris noctivagans (Le Conte).
Mr. Moberly states that he has seen examples of bats on the Peace,
Saskatchewan, and Athabasca rivers. Mr. P. Deschambeault writes
that he has met with this species, both at Isle a la Crosse and Lae du
Brochét, but I do not remember seeing any north of Cumberland
House.
no. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. %758
BLUNT-NOSED BAT.
Myotis lucifugus (Le Conte).
Mr. B. R. Ross, in his oft-referred-to list, mentions that this bat is
very rare, but that it extends northward to Salt River. This species
is entered among the specimens collected by Sir George Back on Great
Slave Lake, probably near Fort Reliance, about seventy years ago.
Mr. P. Deschambeault is also confident that it is sparingly present at
Isle a la Crosse and Lac du Brochét. Mr. Preble, however, did not
come across any examples in his trip to the shores of Hudson Bay,
while Dr. Robert Bell’s list contains both species.
ADDENDA.
1.
In the third report of the select committee of the senate of the
Dominion of Canada, appointed in 1888 to inquire into the resources
of the ‘**Great Mackenzie Basin,” we tind the following classified sum-
mary of one year’s catch of furs offered for sale in London by C. M.
Lampson & Co. and by the Hudson’s Bay Company, namely:
BAU COTS Re te ayaa br toses b ae Sy fete) (WR NAOOR) ake Coe ee eae 98, 342
Bears on alll kinds 2222 222.24: Te CeO a A bale ay eR ee Soe SKK ORB}
IBCAVCTHES as | ao Boe ho oe O42. OU eV KOK se kee eee 198
AGIOS eens Ske eas AL IIMS} || WikorsfoWe IN 3k oo oe ee sae 2, 485, 368
SW CrS eee eee ee ee @, 192; Hirai lc kee ee 13, 944
Foxes: (M@ttorcland: so. 2e85 2 8 14, 439
BWC Ree ey ere eee hae: AAO se Rab bits acs ieee ee © ee ae 114, 824
CrOSs ane ye ya es GarShalESa bles essays ves oes ee 3, 017
CORA eee ne ae eee sl odial seals nancy. 22s ee oe 13, 478
Ghats ee = ee ae 29 Malis Kei KG) ae species ke ae 682, 794
VG Nee Bee eee Se Ci) O22) Il Shiehilel co sosesaae Sean eee 57
Siliveryssos sha. She UL O15 (it WO livesets a te eee See 3, See 7, 156
Spyainitie e pee tS EBS) 10; 2a 7a Wolwerined 2.5 2405.0 7 1,581
Hox Pe ee ee ee ee 14, 520
It is to be regretted that the exact quantities of the foregoing furs
and peltries pertaining to each of the companies were not given in sepa-
rate columns, so that a naturalist, as well as the general public, might
not form erroneous opinions in respect to the fur resources of the
‘*Great Basin” in question. The annual fur sales of the Hudson’s
Bay Company in January and March comprise all of the pelts col-
lected by their officers and agents throughout their former chartered
and licensed territories and from parts of New Ontario, Quebec, and
Labrador. On the other hand, while the Lampson incorporation
undoubtedly received considerable quantities of the furs and peltries
sold by them from the same hunting grounds, yet it is believed that
the bulk of their entire yearly collection is obtained from Alaska and
754 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
other suitable sections of the United States of America. The Lamp-
son’s share of the foregoing summary statement would therefore be
subject to the following estimated outs‘de of Canada reductions:
Many of the badgers, bears, beavers, ermines, fishers, blue and cross
foxes, and all of the 31,597 gray, a large proportion of the silver and
white, with upward of three-fifths of the red foxes, and many also of
the white foxes, lvnxes, and martens; fully three-fifths of the minks;
more than two-thirds of the musquash; an important quota of the
otters and rabbits; all of the 3,517 sables; some of the dry hair-seals;
fourteen-fifteenths of the skunks, and a fair share of the wolves and
wolverines.
We find 57 swan skins in the above summary, and they no doubt
belonged to the Hudson’s Bay Company. Although no skins of Olor
columbianas or O. buccinator appear in their fur catalogues for 1897,
1900, 1902, or 1903, yet for many years they never failed in having
quite a number of swan skins for sale in London. From 1853 to 1877
they sold a total of 17,671, or an average of nearly 707 skins a year.
There were seven good years (1853 to 1856, 1561, 1862, and 1867), with
sales ranging between 985 and 1,312 in 1854 (maximum), and seven poor
years (1870 to 1877), with returns varying between 338 and the mini-
mum (122) in 1877. From 1858 to 1884, inclusive, Athabasca District
turned out 2,705 swan skins, nearly all of them from Fort Chipewyan.
Mackenzie River District, according to a statement in my possession,
supplied 2,500 skins from 1863 to 1883. From 1862 to 1877 Fort
Resolution, Great Slave Lake, contributed 798 thereof. For 1889
Athabasca traded but 33, as against 251 skins in 1853. In 1889 and
1890 Isle a la Crosse, headquarters of English River District, sent out
two skins for each outfit.
oO
—e
The wording of a corporation’s commission is almost unknown out-
side of the service, and the copying herein of the author’s own last
parchment may not therefore be considered out of place. His first as
chief trader was dated 1868, under the deed poll o 1834; the next as
factor under the deed poll of 1871 was granted in 1872, and the follow-
ing in 1875. I may premise that the former Sea but two ranks,
those of chief traders and chief factors, while the latter was four
erades, namely, junior chief traders, chief traders, factors, and chief
factors. Except in the title conferred, all of the commissions are
exactly similar. The chief factor commission is as follows:
Roperick MacFaruane, Esquire:
By virtue of the charter granted by King Charles the Second by his letters patent
under the great seal of England bearing date the second day of May in the twenty-
second year of his reign to the governor and company of adventurers trading into
Hudson’s Bay. We do hereby appoint you a chief factor of the said company in all
places where trade is carried on by the said company. You are therefore, in virtue of
this commission, to exercise all the powers and to perform all the duties which now
no. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. %55
are or hereafter may be exercised and performed by achief factor, and particularly to
observe all the provisions of the deed of regulations, under the common seal of the com-
pany, which bears date the nineteenth day of December, one thousand eight hundred
and seventy-one, and we do hereby order and direct all our clerks and other servants
strictly to obey such orders as you may think proper to give them in the execution
of the duties of your office. And you are to observe and follow such orders, from
time to time, as you shall receive from us, the governor, deputy governor, and com-
mittee of the company, or our successors for the time being, and all orders issued by
our chief commissioner or resident governor.
Given under our common seal at our house in London, this first day of June, one
thousand eight hundred and seventy-five.
By order of the governor, deputy governor, and committee.
[SEAL. ©] W. Armir, Secretary.
3.
Since the preamble to the foregoing notes was originally drafted,
the writer has observed with great pleasure that Canada, by means of
her capable and experienced officials, like the veteran Prof. John
Macoun and son, Mr. William Ogilvie, the brothers Tyrrell, and others
‘of the Dominion geological survey; by zealous missionaries like the
Rev. Father Morice, O. M. I., of Stuart Lake, British Columbia,
and the Rey. Mr. Stringer, C. M. 8., formerly of Herschel Island,
and now of White Horse, Yukon; and by other naturalists like the
accomplished Mr. Ernest Thompson Seton, and Mr. Raine of Toronto,
has already accomplished a good deal in the very desirable direction
therein indicated. The lamented death of Dr. George Mercer Dawson,
director-general of the Geological Survey, however, was a distinct loss
to science and his country; but he has been fortunately succeeded by
the clever and well informed Dr. Robert Bell, who will probably spare
no possible efforts in continuing the good work performed by his able
predecessors in office, Sir William Logan, Doctor Selwyn, and Doctor
Dawson. Iamalso glad to see that American naturalists have again
come forward to do their good share in the premises. Prof. C. C. Nut-
ting, Doctor Smith and Dr. Frank Russell (especially the latter, who
spent one winter at Grand Rapids, Saskatchewan, and another in the
Mackenzie River District) have done much in furthering the interests
of science and the State University of lowa; while the brothers Preble
of the U.S. Biological Survey at Washington have made an interesting
summer journey to the shores of Hudson Bay; and they have also,
in the spring of 1903, proceeded to Mackenzie River, where I think
one or both of them should remain for two or three seasons (Kenni-
cott was there from 1859 to 1862), and thereby render invaluable service
in the elucidation of obscure points, as well as in collecting new
material toward the ultimate completion of the natural history of con-
a The seal consists of a coat of arms, with motto Pro pelle cutem, around which are
the words ‘‘Hudson’s Bay Company. Incorporated, 1670.”’
The original seal is entirely of a blue color and omits the words ‘‘ Hudson’s Bay
Company. Incorporated, 1670.’’—R. McF.
756 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
tinental Arctic America. As to certain brief references herein to the
great fur traders of the Northwest and Hudson’s Bay Company of
former days, as well as to some of the Arctic explorers, especially to
those who have been engaged in the Franklin search, in which he has
always felt a deep and abiding interest, the compiler believes that
these digressions will be condoned by his readers, not only by the
older for reminding them of the almost forgotten past, but by the
younger, for calling their attention to the noble work accomplished
by those who have gone before; and also for the reason that the suc-
cessful collector and naturalist must necessarily be, more or less,
imbued with an ambitious, enterprising, and persevering spirit, similar
to that which, without doubt, actuated those men in their respectively
able and heroic labors for science, Crown, and country.
For items of new or corroborative information used in the prepara-
tion of these notes, the undersigned feels much indebted and obliged
to Chief Traders Henry J. Moberly, Pierre Deschambeault, William
J. McLean; to Factor Alexander Milne, M. D.; to Chief Factor Ar-
chibald McDonald; and to Messrs. Colin Thomson, George Descham-
beault, Murdo MacLeod, Henry MacKay, and Angus McLean of the
Hudson’s Bay Company.
Should this brief and far from perfect record of past achievements
by those mentioned therein, have the effect of somewhat stimulating
the innate ardor of some of the younger men of the company’s service,
and others, to make renewed and more systematic efforts than their
predecessors, in the already referred to and much desired direction of
obtaining and contributing material toward the completion of the
natural history of the great Dominion of Canada, he will consider
himself well repaid for the time, labor, and attention which he has
here and formerly given to the interesting and important subject in
question.
A.
Statement of fur returns for the Northern Department for outfit 1865.
Bears.
District. Baa Pers: |= aa ae ——,..._| Beavers. | Ermines. |Fishers.
Black. Brown. | Gray. | White.
| |
Mackenzie River. cc...se2-23|2s22seee 462 27 19 6 | 87490) |e eee | 9
Atha basta: = :-262 2-2) eae esi Sate 306 39 | LO}| Se eee IVER lees Sanade 46
PnplishtRiverss..-eeeceeeeeee | 5 376 77 Gy hesereee SU669n| ese 61
Cumberland) 2-2 2-.:S522-4--or | 28 88 22 Dice seen 3; 244 |io. jase eee 83
Saskatchewan .........-...--- 133 516 | 86 44 aoe 1105451 eee 113
SiwamkRiyen.s5 222-5. -08 eee 165 120 | 87 | 20; eerie 3,082 seeeeeee 46
RediRiver ies oe see eee S108 sosoe| 107 | TH aceeese 1,851 188 217
ac baMP lier 2s yo = eee mee eegoeis te 79 Qa actrees seme ceva eo Maeaser eee 322
Notway House. .-o....:-cecc=s 1 120 | Tes acescalsowanade Che lease aese _ 393
VOLES 4.202 Gocco see ee ocean eee eee 144 | LO RR cmee 3 12, 551 5d 106
Potala cee ae ee 642 | 2,643 465 | 113 9 68, 374 243 | 1,396
| |
|
|
NO.1405. WAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 757
Statement of fur returns for the Northern Department for outfit 1865—Continued.
Foxes. |
District. ie a ——_,...__,__ |Lynxes.] Martens. |Minks
Blue.| Cross. | Kitt. | Red. | Silver. | White.
Mackenzie River ............. 7 BY / ol ae es 445 76 1 goo} Beaulil 16, 452 138
PANEL D ASCH = sea aise E Qaoceadael Mensee 4060 ie eeee 563 HOSE |Beis see sis 3, 511 3, 917 423
Bn elishvRiviere. «sconces eee <= Wace ors 102 28 129 33 8] 4,495 4, 076
(Olpbanl| ost le na\s ARES ee opAge seca looses TAY) | 1B} 326 Gh oases 1, 643 2, 330 |
SES envol aVe( sn ae eee ee ee 83 | 462 274 OE eet see 4,185 2.714 |
DAUR RI VICRS See ceeta aa. dcccissll sn annic 148 | 1,126 | 2,600 Bee decor 1, 798 747
IRGXG | Ra tis Se en oe ee ee 217 | 2,698 | 3,886 (),| eae 1, 982 2,065
CHAP NT Geeee cacrem sae aera feces BOD alicterererere 604 OSt ececne. 1, 865 840 |
INOLWaY HIOUSG esere eaten tie oe Io i eee 182 BUA \eewne cbs 3, 297 6, 265 |
BVO Repent coerce cinta By ee 13 AU iecarcoe 292 64 | 1,598 964 (APs |
“100 21] lee oR ere) ar ee 20 2,009 | 4,437 9, 301 413 2,609 | 27,051 46,657 | 28,548
| | #
| w . wi o
District. S y ui | 6 Be id = o D
a rf I de A I > >
a is & a) 3 5 “ Ta rt
- tad ~ i] ao ay SS ne =
a A S) a D nm | = = =
| ae
Mackenzie River | 6,976 25 OMY Beers seme ee norma lees tenl ss seat 45 | 75
Athabasca ANH OMlerarststiers ite ees aaaqeeea MSaceren [eee See 27 | 48
English River 10, 790 OG sas ed seep oses becacere eens 50 44
Cumberland... | 18,000 |... S10 Hae ea ee 4 | 1 316 6
Saskatéhewanl..2.-.::--.22--:-| 45656 LOOM ae ASe eS Se A 0} |= ee 1,608 46
Swan River nee ATS 4 Gls esos OTe evcsaee| ae se tees 245] 18] 1,477 | 17
Red River = G44 785 aseaaee 442 Ag ere cee 362 | 21) 4,045 | 21
Lac La Pluie Tee ODS are tar 5284 Ses Beale ee 1,168 Silnraeitee as 3
Norway House | BPA) ones INOW ge soe herpes e 2a BU ieeeneee ok 24
York 9, 546 (Si | Bias le Se 1,415 4} 20 128 | 37
156, 982 91 | 6,210 47 | 1,415 | 1,790 | 178 | 7,696 | 321
4 |
\ | | | | |
The foregoing fur statement was extracted from Archbishop
Taché’s Sketch of Northwestern America, 1868. It was furnished
to him by Chief Factor William Mactavish, of Fort Garry, at that
time the resident governor of the Hudson’s Bay Company in Canada.
The other departments (western, southern, and Montreal) of the
service contributed the quantities of furs and peltries lacking in this
statement and the totals of same as sold in London. It may, how-
ever, be said that the company’s trade year or outfit begins on June 1
and ends on May 31 following, so that the 1865 returns in question
reached England in the fall of 1866, and were only disposed of in the
months of January and March, 1867. Previous to the introduction of
steam in Athabasca (1884) and Mackenzie River (1886), the trade of
Fort Yukon (abandoned 1870) was two years later in getting to mar-
ket; for instance, that of 1865 reached La Pierre House in the sum-
mer of 1866 and was conveyed by dog trains to Fort McPherson the
following winter. In 1867 the returns were forwarded by York boat
to Fort Simpson, and thence shipped in 1868 to London by way of Por-
tage La Loche and York Factory, Hudson Bay, where they were duly
sold in 1869. La Pierre House (abandoned 1891) and Fort MePher-
son returns occupied one year less in transit. Now, however, the
entire trade of the Mackenzie River district gets to market as early as
that of any other part of the Northwest Territories. In making esti.
758 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
mates or comparisons between one or more trade years or outfits, it
would be well to remember these relative facts.
The immense northern department of the Hudson’s Bay Company
may be briefly described as comprising the country extending from
the international boundary in latitude 49° north to the shores of the
polar ocean in latitude 70° north, a distance of some 1,500 miles. — Its
longitudinal breadth ranges from 92° to 122> and 141° west, and may
average between 1,100 and 1,200 miles. The trading posts and sta-
tions (many of them have since been abandoned, and others reorganized
or newly established) were as follows:
MACKENZIE RIVER DISTRICT. SASKATCHEWAN DIsTRICr—continued.
1. Fort Simpson (headquarters). 33. Fort Carlton.
2. Fort Resolution. | 34. Fort a la Corne.
3. Fort Rae. | 35. Jasper House.
4. Fort Liard. | 36. Rocky Mountain House.
5. Fort Nelson (reestablished 1865). | 87. Lac St. Anne.
6. Fort Norman (Great Bear Lake). | 38. Turtle Lake.
7. Fort Good Hope. | 39. Buffalo Lake.
8. Fort McPherson (Peel River). | 40. Whitefish Lake.
9. Fort Yukon (Alaska). 41. St. Albert.
10. La Pierre House. 42. St. Paul.
11. Big Island. 43. Lesser Slave Lake.
ATHABASCA DISTRICT. SWAN RIVER DISTRICT.
12. Fort Chipewyan (headquarters). 44. Fort Pelly (headquarters).
13. Fort Vermilion. 45. Fort Qu’appelle.
14. Fort Dunvegan. | 46. Fort Ellice.
15. Fort St. Johns. 47. Thunder Hills.
16. Fond du Lac. 48. Ego Lake.
17. Salt River. 49. Shoal River.
50. Duck Bay.
SNGLISH RIVER DISTRICT. ; ;
51. Water Hen River.
18. Isle 4 la Crosse (headquarters ). | 52. Fairford.
19. Portage La Loche. | 53. Manitoba House.
20. Green Lake.
21. Cold Lake. RED RIVER DISTRICT.
22. Rapid River (Stanley).
: 3 | 54. Fort Garry (headquarters).
23. Reindeer Lake. y | :
| 55. Stone Fort (Lower Fort Garry ).
CUMBERLAND DISTRICT. 56. Pembina.
57. White Horse Plains.
24. Cumberland House (headquarters). rs ae
58. Portage La Prairie.
25. Nepowin. 6 Iu onRs
. 59. Souris River.
26. The Pas. esas zy
ae tes | 60. St. Laurent.
27. Moose Lake. | 61. Oak Point
é é 61. Oak Point.
28. Chimawawin (Cedar Lake). | :
x _ = r, |
29. Grand Rapids (Saskatchewan River).
Y
LAC LA PLUIE DISTRICT.
SASKATCHEWAN DISTRICT. ee wae
62. Fort Alexander (headquarters).
30. Fort Edmonton (headquarters ) 63. Fort Frances.
31. Fort Victoria. 64. Rat Portage.
o25, Horteeitth 65. Lae Seul.
se ic a.
ec
no. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 759
LAC LA PLUIE DIsTRICcT—continued. YORK DISTRICT.
66. Hungry Hall. 73. York Factory (headquarters).
67. Eagle’s Nest. 74. Fort Churchill.
75. Severn.
NORWAY HOUSE DISTRICT. 76. (Orcford House.
68. Norway House (headquarters). 77. God’s Lake.
69. Split Lake. 78. Front Lake.
70. Nelson River. 79. Island Lake.
71. Beren’s River. 80. Jackson Bay.
72. Grand Rapid.
5.
The statement of the company’s London fur sales from 1853 to L877,
inclusive, so frequently quoted and referred to in these notes, was
given to me many years ago by my old friend, the late Chief Factor
Robert Campbell, F. R. G.S., the discoverer and explorer of the
Upper Yukon, with its important tributaries, the Lewis, Pelly, and
Stewart rivers.
Mr. Campbell was a man of great integrity of character, whose name comes close
to the end in a long list of active and undaunted men who, from the days of Sir
Alexander Mackenzie and the earlier times of the French Canadian and English
explorers, traversed mountains, ascended rivers, and trod the then unknown wilds
of North America. It would certainly be impossible to find their superiors, and not,
proportionally, very many their peers in any service. From 1838 to 1848 Mr. Camp-
bell made many remarkable explorations, the result of which, though scarcely
appreciated at the time even by the company for which he worked, can never be
forgotten in the history of northwestern Canada. He died in Manitoba in the month
of April, 1892, aged 80 years.
This is neither the time nor the place for dilating on the great serv-
ices rendered to Canada and the British Empire by her own splendid
Northwest Company of Montreal, as well as by the United Com-
panies, since 1821, but the writer must, however, be pardoned for
making one or two out of numerous published references thereto.
Bancroft, the American historian, writes that in his opinion:
Of all associations formed at any time or place for the purpose of obtaining the skins
of fur-bearing animals, the Northwest Company of Montreal was the most daring,
dashing, audacious, and ultimately successful. Its energy was only surpassed by
the apathy of its great chartered rival, which had been in existence one hundred
and thirteen years. Canada had been twenty years in British possession when it
was organized, without assistance, privileges, or government favors, by a few Scottish
Canadians for the better prosecution of a business with which they were all more or
less familiar.
Simon Dawson, chief surveyor of the Hind Expedition of 1857—5s,
who had visited Forts Garry, Ellice, Swan River, and many other
Hudson’s Bay Company’s posts, has put himself on record thus:
It is impossible not to admire the order and system which are everywhere observed
in the management of the company’s posts and trade. It isa vast system of economy,
carried out with the utmost sagacity and foresight in all its details, and a system, too,
760 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
which seems to work equally well under circumstances widely different. In the
back settlements of Canada, as on the stormy shores of Labrador, among the warring
tribes of the plains, or in the frozen regions of the far north, it seems to be alike suc-
cessful. An organization so perfect can only be traced to the agency of superior man-
agement, and Iam of the opinion that the success of the United Companies is as
much due to the high talent of the officers who have the direction of their affairs as
to other cireumstances to which it is more frequently attributed, and there can be no
doubt that the same judgment, care, and economy, brought to bear on any pursuit
would meet with a very marked measure of success.
In course of a speech delivered in Winnipeg in October, 1881, the
Marquis of Lorne, then governor-general of Canada and now Duke
of Argyll, said:
Let me advert for one moment to some of the causes which have enabled settlers
in this vast northwest country to enjoy in such peace the fruits of their industry.
Chief among these must be reckoned the policy of kindness and justice which was
inaugurated by the Hudson’s Bay Company in their treatment of the Indians.
There is one of the causes in which a traders’s association has upheld the maxim
> even when you are dealing with savages. The wis-
dom and righteousness of their dealing on enlightened principles, which are fully
followed out by their servants to-day, gave the cue to the Canadian government.
The Dominion to-day, through her Indian officers and her mounted constabulary, is
showing herself the inheritress of those traditions. She has been fortunate in organ-
izing the mounted police force, a corps of whose services it would be impossible to
speak too highly.
‘Ffonesty is the best policy,’
At the same place a few years earlier the late Marquis of Dufferin
expressed himself as follows:
There is no doubt that a great deal of the good feeling existing among the red men
and ourselyes is due to the influence and interposition of that invaluable class of
men, the half-breed settler and pioneer of Manitoba, who, combining, as they do,
the hardihood, the endurance, and love of enterprise generated by the strain of
Indian blood in their veins with the civilization, the institutions, and the intellectual
power derived from their fathers, have preached the gospel of peace and good will
and mutual respect with equally beneficent results to the Indian chieftain in his
lodge and the British settler in his shanty. They have been the ambassadors
between the East and the West, the interpreters of civilization, with its exigencies,
to the dwellers on the prairie, as well as the exponents to the white men of the
consideration justly due to the susceptibilities, the sensitive self-respect, the preju-
dices, the innate sense of justice of the Indian race. In fact, they have done for the
colony what would otherwise have been left unaccomplished and have introduced
between the white population and the red man a traditional feeling of amity and
friendship which, but for them, it might have been impossible to establish. Nor
can I pass by the humane, kindly, and considerate attention which has distinguished
the Hudson’s Bay Company in its dealings with the native population. But though
eiving credit to these fortunate influences among the causes that are conducing to
produce and preserve the happy result, the place of honor must be adjudged to that
honorable and generous policy which has been preserved by successive governments
of Canada toward the Indian, which at this moment is being superintended and car-
ried out by your present lieutenant-governor, under which the extinction of the
Indian title upon liberal terms has invariably been recognized as a necessary
preliminary to the occupation of a single square yard of native territory.
No. 1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. 761
- ———— ——————— a
It is almost needless to mention that the presence and work of both
Roman Catholic and Protestant missionaries in Red River (the former
first appeared in 1818 and the latter in 1820), and elsewhere, have also
been very important factors in the foregoing beneficial connection.
Gen. Sir William F. Butler, who had visited and sojourned for a
brief time at many of the company’s inland posts, thus wrote in LS87
PLC
Oo.
Wild, desolate, and remote are these isolated trading posts of the vast interior, vet
it is difficult to describe the feelings with which one beholds them across some ice-
bound lake or silent river as the dog trains wind slowly amidst the snow. Coming
in from the wilderness, from the wrack of tempest and the bitter cold, wearied with
long marches, foot-sore or frozen, one looks upon the wooden dwelling house as some
place of rest and contentment. I doubt if it be possible to know more acute com-
fort, for its measure is exactly the measure of that other extremity of discomfort
which excessive cold and hardship have carried with them. Nor does this feeling
of home and contentment lose aught*for want of a welcome at the threshold of the
lonely resting place. Nothing is held too good for the wayfarer—the best bed and
the best supper are his. He has perhaps brought letters or messages from long and
absent friends, or he comes with news of the outside world; but be he the bearer of
such things or only the chance carrier of his own fortunes, he is still a welcome vis-
itor at the Hudson’s Bay post.
Sir William further writes that—
In early days Fort Chipewyan, on Lake Athabasca, was an important center of the
fur trade, and in later times it has been made the starting point of many of the
exploratory parties to the northern coast. From old Fort Chipewayan Mackenzie
set forth to explore the great northern river, and to the same place he returned when,
first of all men north of the fortieth parallel, he had crossed in the summers of
1792-93 the American continent to the Pacific Ocean. It was from new Fort Chipew-
yan that Simpson set out to trace the coast line of the Arctic Ocean, and, earlier
than either, it was from Fond du Lac, at the eastern end of Lake Athabasca, that
Samuel Hearne wandered forth to reach the polar sea. At times Fort Chipewyan
has been the scene of strange excitements. Men came from afar and pitched their
tents awhile on these granite shores ere they struck deeper into the heart of the
Great North. Mackenzie and Simpson, and Franklin, Buck, Richardson, King,
and Rae rested here before piercing farther into unknown wilds, where they flew
the red-cross flag o’er seas and isles upon whose shores no human foot had pressed a
sand print. Chipewyan is emphatically a lonely spot in winter, but when the
wanderer’s eye meets the red flag, which we all know and love so well, flying above
the clustered buildings in the cold north blast, it is on such occasions as this that he
turns to it as the emblem of a home which distance has enshrined deeper in his
heart. But ‘‘ Eight hundred thousand pounds sterling sunk in the Arctic Sea,’’ will
exclaim my calculating friend behind the national counter; ‘‘ nearly a million gone
forever!’’ No, head cash keeper, you are wrong; that million of money will bear
interest higher than all your little speculations in times not far remote in the
misty future. In hours when life and honor lie at different sides of the ‘‘to do”’
or ‘‘not to do’”’ men will go back to times when other men, battling with nature or
with man, cast their vote on the side of honor, and by the white light thrown into
the future from the great dead past they will read their roads where many paths
commingle. To-day it is useful to recall these stray items of adventure from the
past in which they lie buried. It has been said by some one that a nation can not
be saved by a calculation—neitber can she be made by one. If to-day we are what we
are it is because a thousand men in bygone times did not stop to count the cost.
762 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
These, out of many available and interesting extracts, will now end
with one from a former noted Winnipeg divine, the Rey. D. M. Gor-
don, D. D., now principal of the Kingston University, Canada:
indeed it is difficult to discover what attractions many of the agents of the com-
pany find in their secluded and lonely life. Familiar, in many instances, in earlier
days with comfortable and even luxurious homes, and able to procure positions in
civilized life where a competence, if not a fortune, was assured, they have chosen
instead a life that in many cases cuts them off for a large portion of the year from
any intercourse with the outer world, or any companionship worthy the name, and
from all or almost all that we are accustomed to regard as the advantages of civiliza-
tion. When sickness comes they are dependent upon themselves or on their Indian
neighbors. When their children grow up they must send them away to school,
often at an expense which their incomes can not well afford. Their promotion
comes slowly at the best, for it is a service in which men live long, and promotion
may mean the charge of a post or district farther away from civilization, while the
prospect of becoming a chief factor or of being able to retire with a competency is
distant and shadowy. Many missionaries will undergo all this and even more than
this, but they are supposed to be animated by a clear and lofty purpose that nerves
them for exile and hardship if they can but fulfill their aim. Gold hunters will
undergo much, but they, too, have a definite object; but the spell of the Hudson’s
Bay Company’s service seems as vague and quite as powerful as that which binds
the sailor to his seafaring life, which he may often abuse, but which he can not aban-
don. Itsagents may be attracted by the freedom from the conventionalities and arti-
ficial restraints of society, by the authority which they enjoy over Indians and half-
breeds, as well as by the scope for adventure and the opportunity for sport which
most of them delight in. Ask them what fascination they find in it and they can
hardly tell you. Listen to them when several of them are together ‘‘ talking mus-
quash ’’ (to use their own term for discussing the business of the company) and they
have not many good words for the service; only when an outsider finds fault with it
will they speak up strongly in its defense, and yet let them leave it for a time and
many of them long to come back to it. One of them, a young Irish gentleman who
had spent years in the service on the Upper Ottawa River and went home to Ire-
land, informed some of his Canadian friends that he found Dublin awfully dull after
Temiscamingue. But, withal, among the officers of the Hudson’s Bay Company
you find men of education and refinement, competent to fill places of importance in
society had they chosen the more settled walks of life.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
The following are the principal works and articles relating to, or
containing some references to, the mammals of northern North Amer-
ica, consulted by the writer in the preparation of these notes:
1821. Parry (WitiramM Epwarp).—Journal of a Voyage for the Discovery of a
North-West Passage from the Atlantic to the Pacific; performed in the years
1819-20.
1825. FRANKLIN (JoHN).—Narrative of a Journey to the Shores of the Polar Sea in
the Years 1819, 1820, 1821, and 1822.
1835. Ross (JAMES CLARK ).—Appendix to the Narrative of a Second Voyage in Search
of a North-West Passage, * * * during the Years 1829, 1830, 1831, 1832,
and 1833 by Sir John Ross.
1856. Back (GrEorRGE).—Narrative of the Arctic Land Expedition to the Mouth of
the Great Fish River, and along the Shores of the Arctic Ocean, in the Years
1833, 1834, and 1835.
No.1405. MAMMALS OF NORTHWEST TERRITORIES—MACFARLANE. %™68
1845.
1855.
1857.
1857.
1859.
1861.
1862.
1870.
1877.
1877.
1880.
1881.
1886.
1886.
1887.
1889.
Simpson (THomas).—Narrative of the Discoveries on the North Coast. of
America, effected by the officers of the Hudson’s Bay Company, during the
Years 1836-39.
. AupuBon (JoHn J.) and BacHMAN (J.).—The Viviparous Quadrupeds of North
America. Three volumes with colored plates.
. Rak (Jonn).—Narrative of an Expedition to the Shores of the Arctic Sea in
1846-47.
. RicHarpson (JoHNn).—Arctic Searching Expedition: A Journal of a Boat-
Voyage through Rupert’s Land and the Arctic Sea, in Search of the Dis-
covery Ships under Command of Sir John Franklin [1847 to 1849].
Bretcuer (Epwarp).—The Last of the Arctic Voyages: being a Narrative of the
Expedition in H. M.S. Assistance under the command of Captain Sir Edward
Belcher, C. B., in search of Sir John Franklin, During the Years 1852-53-54.
ArmstronG (A.).—A Personal Narrative of the Discovery of the North-West
Passage, with numerous Incidents of Travel and Adventure during nearly
Five Years’ continuous Service in the Arctic Regions while in Search of the
Expedition under Sir John Franklin.
Bairp (Spencer F.).—Report on the Mammals of North America. United
States Explorations from the Mississippi to the Pacific Coast in the Years
1853 to 1856, Volume VIII.
McCurntock (F. L.).—Narrative of the Discovery of the Fate of Sir John
Franklin and His Companions.
Ross (Bernarp R.).—A Popular Treatise on the Fur-bearing Animals of the
Mackenzie River District. Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, Volume VI.
Article 2.
. Ross (Bernarp R.).—An Account of the Animals Useful in an Economie Point
of View to the Various Chipewyan Tribes. Canadian Naturalist and Geolo-
gist, Volume VI. Article 32. Montreal, 1861.
Ross (Bernarp R.).—List of Mammals, Birds, and Eggs observed in the
Mackenzie River District, with Notices. Canadian Naturalist and Geologist.
Volume VII. Article 15. Natural History Society of Montreal.
Tacnt (Archbishop).—Sketch of the Northwest of America. Published in
French in 1868 and translated into English in 1870.
Cours (Exuurorr) and Aten (J. A.).—Monograph of the Rodentia of North
America. U.S. Geological Survey of the Territories, Volume XI.
Cours (Extiorr).—Fur-bearing Animals. A Monograph of the Mustelidae of
North America. U.S. Geological Survey of the Territories. Miscellaneous
Publications No. 8.
MarkuHam (C. R.).—The Great Frozen Sea. A Personal Narrative of Admiral
Sir George Nares’ Polar Expedition of 1875-76.
GitpER (WitirAM H.).—Account of an Overland Journey by Lieutenant
Schwatka and himself from Hudson’s Bay to King William Island in
Search of Relics of Sir John Franklin.
Turner (Lucren M.).—Contributions to the Natural History of Alaska. Result
of Investigations made chiefly in the Yukon District and the Aleutian
Islands * * * May, 1874, to August, 1881. Arctic Series, U. 8S. Signal
Service, No. 2.
GREELY (A. W.).—Three Years of Arctic Service. An Account of the Lady
Franklin Bay Expedition of 1881-4 and the attainment of FARTHEREST
Norra.
NeEtson (Epwarp W.).—Report of Natural History Collections made in Alaska
between the Years 1877 and 1881. Arctic Series, U.S. Signal Service, No. 3.
TyrreLi (J. B.).—Catalogue of the Mammalia of Canada, exclusive of the
Cetacea.
764 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
1893. Nurrina (C. C.).—Report on Zoological Explorations on the Lower Saskatch-
ewan River during Summer of 1891.
1895. Merriam (C. Harr.).—Synopsis of the American Shrews of the Genus Sorex.
North American Fauna, No. 10, pp. 57-98.
1898. ALLEN (J. A.).—Revision of the Chickarees, or North American Red Squirrels
(Subgenus Tamiasciurus). Author's edition, Bulletin of the American
Museum of Natural History, X, pp. 249-298, 22 July.
1899. Russevn (Rank ).—Explorations in the Far North. Report of an Expedition
under the Auspices of the University of Iowa during the Years 1892-1894,
with Observations on Natural History of Grand Rapids.
1899. Presie (Mpwarp A.).—Revision of the Jumping Mice of the Genus Zapus.
North American Fauna, No. 15.
1899. Witison (Breckurs).—The Great Company. Being a History of the Hon-
ourable Company of Merchants-Adventurers trading into Hudson’s Bay.
1900. Bryce (GrorGe).—The Remarkable History of the Hudson’s Bay Company,
Including that of the French Traders of North-Western Canada and of the
North-West, XY, and Astor Fur Companies.
1900. Merriam (C. Harr).—Deseriptions of 26 New Mammals from Alaska and
British North America. Proceedings of the Washington Academy of Sciences,
1900, pp. 13-30.
1902. Preste (Kpwarp A.).—A_ Biological Investigation of the Hudson’s Bay
Region. North American Fauna, No. 22.
LIST OF PLATES.
PLATE XXX.
(Facing page 673.)
The Ramparts on Mackenzie River. The river here is only about one-third its
usual width, but is 360 feet. deep. It is forced between two great perpendicular
stretches of sandstone rock, from 180 to 300 feet high, and continues so for about
1 mile, when it again widens out.
PLATE XX XI.
(Facing page 688.)
Fort McPherson, the most northerly post of the Hudson’s Bay Company. It is
on Peel River, within the Aretie Circle, 2,000 miles north of Edmonton. The mid-
night sun shines here for about two weeks. The Eskimo frequently come as far
south as McPherson to trade.
PLATE XXXII.
(Facing page 702.)
Hudson’s Bay Company’s post, Chipewyan, on Athabasca Lake, 500 miles north
of Edmonton.
Prats XX XIII.
(Facing page 734.)
Hislop and Nagle trading steamer, bringing their supplies into the post at Resolu-
tion, Great Slave Lake.
PLaTE XXXIV.
(Facing page 750.)
Fort Good Hope, Hudson’s Bay Company, on the Arctic Circle, Mackenzie River.
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW TOAD FROM CUBA.
By LEONHARD STEJNEGER,
Curator, Division of Reptiles and Batrachians.
Two species of toads, both belonging to the section of the genus
Bufo, in which the skin of the head has become involved in the ossi-
fication of the skull, have long been known to occur in Cuba, namely,
B. peltocephalus, which is a large and common species, and 2. empu-
sus, somewhat smaller andof more local distribution. Both are con-
fined to the island (the former, at least, also inhabiting the Isle of
Pines), with related, though not closely allied, species in Haiti, Porto
Rico, and Central America.
The species here to be described belongs to an entirely different sec-
tion of the genus, and the skin of the top of the head is not only not
involved in the cranial ossification, but has not even a trace of the
bony ridges so characteristic of most toads. It was collected by
Messrs. William Palmer and J. A. Riley during their expedition to
Cuba in L900.
BUFO LONGINASUS, new species.
Diagnosis.—No cranial bony ridges; first finger shorter than second;
toes nearly fully webbed; skin smooth, pustulous, but without asperi-
ties; snout conical, projecting, pointed, with the nostrils near the tip;
parotoids enormous, their length almost equaling their distance from
the groin.
Habitat. —Cuba.
Type.—-Cat. No. 27419, U. S. N. M.; El Guama, Pinar del Rio, Cuba;
William Palmer and J. A. Riley, collectors; March 9, 1900.
Description of type.—Adult male: Head and body depressed, nearly
flat above; snout concave along median line, conical, projecting,
pointed; nostrils near the tip of snout and close together; canthus
rostralis rounded; interorbital width much greater than width of upper
eyelid; tympanum indistinct, about half the diameter of the eye; first
finger shorter than second, with a pad of dark brown nuptial asperi-
ties on top and side of basal portion; tips of finger and toes slightly
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MuSEuM, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1406.
Proc. N. M. vol. xx viii—04-———49 7695
766 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
swollen; toes nearly fully webbed; subarticular tubercles well devel-
oped, double; inner metatarsal tubercle moderate, not prominent,
outer conical; a tarsal fold, the distal end of which resembles the inner
metatarsal tubercle; tibio-tarsal articulation of hind leg extended for-
ward along the side of the body, reaches halfway between insertion of
fore leg and tympanum; skin above smooth with irregular smooth, dis-
tinctly pitted pustules separated posteriorly and on sides by anasto-
mosing furrows; parotoids enormous, their length almost equaling
Fic. 2.—BUFO LONGI- Fic. 3.—BUFO LONGI-
NASUS, THROAT AND NASUS, TOP OF HEAD
Fie. 1.—BUFO LONGINASUS, NATURAL CHIN. 2 X NATURAL AND PARATOIDS. 2 X
SIZE. SIZE. NATURAL SIZE.
Fig. 5.—BUFO LON- , Fic. 6.—BUFO LOon-
GINASUS, RIGHT GINASUS, RIGHT
Fic. 4.—BuUFO LONGINASUS, FOOT, UNDER HAND, UNDER
HEAD FROM SIDE. 2 X SIDE. 2 X NAT- SIDE. 2 X NAT-
NATURAL SIZE. URAL SIZE. URAL SIZE.
their distance from the groin, flat, descending on sides below the level
of the tympanum, deeply pitted; throat longitudinally wrinkled on
breast and belly, and underside of femurs coarsely granulated. Color
(in alcohol) above, dark purplish maroon; underneath, including the
upper lip, a narrow space above the insertion of the arm, and the inter-
nal half of the upper side of hands and feet white; a few dark purplish
brown specks on lips, chest, and tibia and a longitudinal mark of the
same color in front of insertion of fore legs.
No. 1406.
A NEW CUBAN TOAD—STEJNEGER.
Dimensions.
mm.
HotalWenoth iti prole snoubitomyenbessseeess22225505-5-2-- 25.0
WV Tol a Ot Inerel Re ee ee ee eee 9.5
From eye to posterior end of parotoid ......-.--.-.---..- 7.5
Kenetheoteioneblimaibrs sce sae seen meses erat cess aa)
Length of hind limb from vent to tip of longest toe...... 32.0
Remarks.—The type of this species is the only specimen brought
home by the expedition, and as it has thus far escaped all earlier col-
lectors in. Cuba, it is apparently quite rare or very local in its distri-
The label indicates that it was captured in a mountain stream.
This new toad is so distinct in every way that it requires no com-
parison with any of the numerous species composing the genus Bufo.
It has no relatives in the other Antilles or in North America.
bution.
LIST OF FISHES COLLECTED BY DR. BASHFORD DEAN
ON THE ISLAND OF NEGROS, PHILIPPINES.
By Davip Srarr JorDAN and ALVIN SEALE,
Of Stanford University.
In the winter of 1900 and 1901 Dr. Bashford Dean visited the
Philippine Archipelago. On the southern shore of the island of Negros
he made a considerable collection of the small fishes of the reefs, this
collection being sent by him to the United States National Museum.
The present paper contains a list of the species (114 in all) obtained
by Dr. Dean. Plates of the new species were prepared by Chloe
Lesley Starks and William Sackston Atkinson, with one each by Mr.
Robert L. Hudson, Miss Frances Lauderbach, and Mr. Sekko Shimada.
This collection shows that the fish fauna along the shores of the
Philippines is essentially identical with that of the East Indies, most
of the species being figured in Bleeker’s Atlas. A few species belong
to the fauna of India proper, and a few of the distinctive species of
the South seas are included. The collection is especially rich in small
fishes, the species usually overlooked by collectors. For this reason
no doubt the number of new species is greater than would have been
expected, and larger than a collection made in the market would show.
We are indebted to Dr. Charles H. Gilbert for material assistance
in the comparison of specimens.
The following species seem to be new to science:
Eleria philippina. Prosopodasys gogorze.
Caranw ( Citula) deani. Butis leucurus.
Amia gilberti. Gnatholepis calliurus.
Mionorus mydrus. Drombus palackyi.
oa fo. Glossogobius aglestes.
Pomacentvus delurus. Salarias deani.
Halicheres cymatogrammus. Salarias undecimalis.
Stethojulis zatima. Petroscirtes eretes.
Sebastapistes nivifer. Hypleurochilus loxias.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VoL XXVIII—No. 1407.
“1
=
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Family ELOPIDE.
MEGALOPS Lacépéde.
1. MEGALOPS CYRINOIDES (Broussonet).
Four small examples less than 3 inches long were secured.
Anal rays, 27 or #8; the fin, 5 in length of body. Dorsal filament
very short, its development probably a matter of age.
These specimens correspond to J/egalops macropterus Bleeker, a
species which is clearly the true J/egalops cyprinordes of Broussonet,
if indeed there be more than one valid species of J/egalops.
Family CLUPEID.
HARENGULA Cuvier and Valenciennes:
2. HARENGULA MOLUCCENSIS (Bleeker).
One small specimen, apparently referable to this species.
3. HARENGULA SUNDAICA (Bleeker).
Four small specimens were secured.
Depth 3.25, in length, considerably more than length of head.
Thickness of body, 3 in depth. A black spot at base of dorsal.
SARDINELLA Cuvier and Valenciennes.
4. SARDINELLA SIRM (Riippell).
A small example with the scales strongly striate, apparently refera-
ble to this species. It has no trace of black spots along the back.
The three generic names Surd/nella, Sardinia, and Amblygaster
seem all to belong to the group of sardines. To this group the present
species should be referred.
5. SARDINELLA CLUPEOIDES (Bleeker).
Two specimens, length, 2 inches. Scales not striate and not decidu-
ous as in other sardines.
This species is the type of Bleeker’s genus Aimblygaster.
STOLEPHORUS Lacepede:
(Spratelloides BLEEKER. )
6. STOLEPHORUS JAPONICUS (Houttuyn).
(Clipea argyrota nid BLEEKER; Npratelloides gracilis SCHLEGEL. )
Two small specimens were secured.
Lateral band very. distinct, but without dark streak above.
No. 1407. FISHES FROM NEGROS—JORDAN AND SEALE. frit
These specimens, corresponding to S. argyrotenda, seem to ditfer
from Japanese examples only in having no distinct dark streak along
the upper edge of the lateral band. Perhaps this may appear with
age, as it is not conspicuous in the smallest of our Japanese examples,
Family ENGRAULID 2.
ANCHOVIA Jordan and Evermann.
(Stolephorus BLEEKER, not of LACEPEDR. )
7. ANCHOVIA COMMERSONIANA (Lacépéde).
Numerous specimens of this species were secured.
Family DOROSOMATITD A.
ANODONTOSTOMA Bleeker.
8. ANODONTOSTOMA CHACUNDA (Hamilton Buchanan).
Numerous specimens of this species, representing the more elongate
form, figured by Bleeker as var. selangkat, were taken.
The name Anodontostoma may be used for the species of Dorosoma
which lack the dorsal filament. Gonostoma UXuhl and Van Hasselt,
1822) was devised for the same group, but was earlier used by Rafin-
esque for a different genus.
The generic names Olupanodon Lacépede, Thrissa Ratinesque, and
Chatoéssus Cuvier were all primarily based on a species from the
West Indies confounded by Linneus with Clupea thrissa, the type
of the latter called Op/sthonema by Dr. Theodore Gill. For this
American genus, and this only, the name C7upanodon should be used,
and its type species should stand as Clupanodon oglinus. Lacépede’s
account of Clupanodon thrissa was based on the American and not
on the Chinese species called Clupea thrissa. The Chinese species,
originally named Clupeu thrissa by Osbeck, must stand as Aonosirus
thrissa Linneus, the specific name thrissa having been taken by Lin-
neus from Osbeck (1757). As Osbeck counted the fin rays D. 16,
A. 24, Honosirus thrissa is no doubt identical with Clupea nasus Bloch
(Chatoéssus nasus Cuvier and Valenciennes), the only species of the
genus yet known from Hongkong and Canton. Chatoéssus aquosus
Richardson, from Canton, is based on a dried skin of Aonos/rus
thrissa, and there seems to be no trustworthy record of the Japanese
species Honosirus punctatus (Schlegel) from China.
ite PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Family SY NODONTID 4.
SAURIDA Cuvier and Valenciennes.
g. SAURIDA BADI (Cuvier).
One specimen was secured. yes well veiled by the adipose mem-
brane. Seales, 59. Snout rather blunt. This species seems to differ
from Saurida tumbil (Bloch) in the large adipose eyelid and the
absence of dark cross bands.
‘amily MY RID At.
NUR Ze IN LC Pia Eny Sr bilceker:
10. MURAENICHTHYS MACROPTERUS Bleeker.
r sae =
[wo small specimens were secured.
Family MURAANID/%.
GYMNOTHORAX Bloch.
11. GYMNOTHORAX PUNCTATO-FASCIATUS Bleeker.
Two specimens corresponding fairly to Bleeker’s figure, one speci-
men darker and with slightly broader cross-bands than the other.
12. GYMNOTHORAX PICTUS (Ahl).
One specimen of this species was secured.
UROPTERYGIUS Riippell.
13. UROPTERYGIUS CONCOLOR Riippell.
Tail one-fifth longer than rest of the body. Color a uniform warm
reddish brown.
A single small specimen was secured.
FGHIDNA: Forster:
14. ECHIDNA NEBULOSA (Ahl).
One specimen of the common moray was secured.
15. ECHIDNA DELICATULA (Kaup).
Head and body anteriorly finely dotted with dark brown. General
color brown. Bleeker’s figure of /. del/catulu represents this species
fairly. That of 2. amblyodon apparently represents a different species.
I. kishinouye? Jordan and Snyder, from Okinawa, Riukiu Islands,
seems to be identical with /. delécatula.
a |
a |
oo
No. 1407. FISHES FROM NEGROS—JORDAN AND SEALE.
Family MORINGUID ®.
MORINGUA Gray.
16. MORINGUA LUMBRICOIDEA Richardson.
One specimen about a foot long, and one small example.
These differ from most of the species in having the jaws equal.
Dorsal and anal fins traceable, depressed mesially; no pectorals. Head,
# or 10 in length; depth, about 40. Anal beginning close behind the
vent.
We hesitate to identify this species with Aphthalmichthys lumbri-
coidea, aS Our specimens have no trace of pectoral fin.
17-7; MORINGUA ABBREVIATA Bleeker.
One small example with no trace of fins except at the tip of the tail.
Head, 10 in length; depth, 40. As the head becomes relatively shorter
with age, this specimen is referable to J. abbreviata (head, 2 in length)
rather than to JZ. macrocephala, in which the head is 9 in the total
length.
Family BELONIDZ.
Me Oso URW Ss: Cocco:
18. TYLOSURUS GIGANTEUS (Schlegel).
( Belone annulata Cuvier and VALENCIENNES. )
‘Of the names g/ganteus and annulatus, of the same nomina! date,
1846, giganteus is doubtless the older, occurring also on an earlier
page in the volume.
One specimen of this widely distributed species.
Family SYNGNATHID.
GASTEROTOKEUS Heckel.
19. GASTEROTOKEUS BIACULEATUS Bloch.
Six fine specimens. According to Sherborn, the name b/aculeatus of
Bloch (1785) is prior to that of tetragonus, given by Thunberg in 1786.
HIPPOCAMPUS Linnezus.
20. HIPPOCAMPUS KUDA (Bleeker).
Two specimens, agreeing well with the account given by Jordan and
Snyder,
—T
~]
—
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
family ATHERINIDZ4N.
ATHERINA Linneus.
21. ATHERINA TEMMINCKI (Bleeker).
One example, agreeing fully with Bleeker’s description.
Head, 4.50 in leneth; depth, 6.55, greatest breadth, 8; eye, 3 in
head, snout 4.
D. VI-I, 8; A. I, 12. Scales, 42, two series above lateral stripe.
Sides with a broad silvery band; upper parts dotted; pectorals pale.
Family SPHYRASNID 2b.
SYPHAYNA Linnzus.
22. SPHYRAENA JELLO Cuvier and Valenciennes.
Two young specimens.
Family CARANGID EL.
ELERIA Jordan and Seale, new genus.
A new genus, allied to Scombero/des, but with a strong diverging
horizontal canine on each side of tip of lower jaw; outer teeth in both
jaws strong.
The genus is named for the late R. P. Fra Casto de Elera, °* Pro-
fesor de Amplificacion de Historia Natural,” in the University of Santo
Tomas de Manila, first local author to write on the fish fauna of the
Philippines. Fra Elera’s elaborate and painstaking work is entitled
**Catologo Metodico de Toda la Fauna de Filipinas conocida hasta el
presente, y a la vez de la coleccion del Museo de P. P. dominicos del
Colegio Universidad de Santo Tomas de Manila.”
23. ELERIA PHILIPPINA Jordan and Seale, new species.
Head, 4.15; depth, 3.10; eye, 4.10 in head; D. VII-I, 20; A. II-I;
18; lateral line slightly curved anteriorly; scales, about 200; snout,
3.50 in head; interorbital 3.50.
Body oblong
>)
compressed; depth of caudal peduncle 4.50 in head;
lower jaw large and prominent, but scarcely longer than upper when
mouth is closed; maxillary narrow, its length 1.75 in head, its distal
end under posterior third of eye; teeth on jaws, vomer, palatines,
and tongue; lower jaw with 2 strong procurrent diverging canines;
upper jaw with 4 smaller diverging canines; outer teeth in both
jaws enlarged; head naked; opercles entire, a slight median crest on
top of head; a distinet spine directed forward at origin of dorsal; dis-
tance from tip of this spine to tip of snout, 3.12 in leneth of fish with-
t
No. 1407. FISHES FROM NEGROS—JORDAN AND SEALE. 775
fod
out caudal, the longest spine, 2.75 in head; anterior dorsal ray, 1.85 in
head; none of rays of dorsal or anal detached; anal with two anterior
spines large and distinct from rest of fin; the second spine is the
longest, 2.50 in head; pectorals short, 1.75 in head; ventrals, 2 in head;
caudal well forked, its upper lobe, 1.10 in head.
FIG. 1.—ELERIA PHILIPPINA.
Color in spirits silvery with a wash of bluish above; no spots
or lines, except small black spot in axis of pectorals; fins uniform;
an indistinct shade of darker blue at upper margin of opercles and
above eye.
Four specimens from island of Negros.
Type.—Cat. No. 51945, U.S.N.M. Length, 4.75 inches.
CARANX Commerson.
24. CARANX FORSTERI (Cuvier and Valenciennes).
One specimen.
25. CARANX DEANI Jordan and Seale, new species.
Subgenus Ciltuda Cuvier and VALENCIENNES.
Head, 3.14; depth, 2; eye, 4 in head; D. VI-I, 22; A. II-I, 18;
scales very minute, about 54 in curved portion of lateral line and
44 developed scutes on the straight portion; snout, 3.10; interorbital, 4.
Body oblong, compressed, the upper profile more evenly rounded than
lower; depth of caudal peduncle equal to its width (including scutes),
5.20 in head; mouth moderate, the lower jaw scarcely longer than
upper; maxillary extending to a line with anterior margin of pupil;
teeth on jaws, vomer, palatines, and tongue; some of the anterior
ones in lower jaw enlarged and canine-like; opercles entire; sides of
head scaled; no scales on thorax; gill-rakers sharp pointed, slim, the
longest two-thirds width of eye, 18 on lower limb; 2 or 3 small unde-
veloped spines in front of dorsal and anal, under the skin; adipose
776 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
eyelid very slightly developed; longest dorsal spine, 3.10 in head; the
anterior rays of dorsal and anal greatly prolonged, being consider-
ably longer than the head; none of dorsal or anal rays detached; base
of sott dorsal, 2.25 in length of fish without caudal, its anterior ray,
2.50 in leneth of fish without caudal; anal spines very small and near
Fic. 2.—CARANX DEANI.
the fin; pectoral faleate, 2.85, in length, its tip reaching to the scutes;
ventrals, 1.75; caudal deeply forked, about 3 in length.
Color in spirits dull silvery, with a sheht wash of light brown above;
soft dorsal and anal with slight tip of dusky; no opercular spot.
Two specimens.
Type.—Cat. No. 51951, U.S.N.M. Length, 6 inches.
26. CARANX IRE Cuvier and Valenciennes.
(Caranx preustus BENNETT. )
Two specimens. The black lobe of the dorsal in this species is very
characteristic.
27. CARANX HASSELTI Cuvier and Valenciennes.
One specimen similar to others from Hawaii.
Family EQUULIDZ.
LEIOGNATHUS Lacépéde.
28. LEIOGNATHUS SPLENDENS Cuvier.
Fi ; tis
Ive specimens.
No. 1407. FISHES FROM NEGROS—JORDAN AND SEALE. ree
29. LEIOGNATHUS LEUCISUS (Ginther).
Three specimens, the dorsal spine a little shorter than indicated in
Giinther’s description.
EQUULA Cuvier.
30. EQUULA INSIDIATOR (Bloch).
One example.
GAZZA Cuvier and Valenciennes.
31. GAZZA MINUTA (Bloch).
Seven examples.
Family APOGONICHTHYID2.
AMIA Gronow.
(Apogon Lacépéde. )
32. AMIA NOVEMFASCIATA (Cuvier and Valenciennes}.
One specimen, with the lateral bands forming connivent stripes on
the caudal fin, as in Samoan examples.
33. AMIA NOVA-GUINEZ (Bleeker).
‘Two specimens, the one plain in color, the other crossed with faint
pale bars.
34. AMIA GILBERTI Jordan and Seale, new species.
Head, 2.50; depth, 2.45; eye, 2.25 in head; D. VI-I, 9; A. I, 9;
scales 2-24-6; lateral line complete; snout 1.75 in eye, 3.75 in head;
interorbital 4 in head.
Body compressed, rather short and deep; depth of caudal peduncle
2.75 in head; tip of upper jaw on horizontal line with lower margin of
pupil; mouth large; lower jaw slightly the longest; distal end of
maxillary reaches to below anterior half of pupil; minute teeth in jaws,
vomer and palatines; the posterior lower limb of preopercle is slightly
denticulate, otherwise preopercles and opercles entire; gill-rakers slim
and sharp pointed the longest equal to one-half of eye, 19 on lower
limb; distance from origin of dorsal to tip of snout, 2.45 in length of
fish without caudal; second dorsal spine rather elongate, 1.14 in head,
base of soft dorsal, 2 in head, the longest ray, 1.90 in head: base of anal,
2.05 in head, the origin of anal is under anterior third of soft dorsal;
pectorals, 1.30 in bead, their tip below middle of soft dorsal; ventrals
short, 2 in head, their tip not reaching base of anal; caudal probably
rounded, but the fin is so broken as to render shape uncertain.
778 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
Color in spirits yellowish-white, a distinct black spot on middle of
caudal peduncle at base of caudal; another distinet black spot on tip
of opercles, just above and a little anterior to base of pectorals; some
scattered minute black specks like pin-pricks on top of head, shoulders,
and posterior of body; fins all yellowish-white, the dorsals with a
Fic. 3.—AMIA GILBERTI.
slight shading of minute black specks; tip of ventrals also slightly
shaded with dusky; belly and cheeks rather brighter yellow, iris
golden, darker above.
Three specimens from Negros, Philippine Islands.
Type.—Cat. No. 51941, U.S.N.M. Length, 1.65 inches.
Named for Prof. Charles Henry Gilbert, of Stanford University.
MIONORUS Krefft.
Preopercle entire; lateral line complete; teeth on palatines.
35. MIONORUS MYDRUS Jordan and Seale, new species.
Head; 2.50; depth, 2.75; eye, 2.50 in head; D. VI-I, 9; A- JURE
scales, 2-¥4-7; lateral line complete; snout + in head; interorbital 3.01
in head.
Body compressed, rather short and deep; depth of caudal peduncle,
2.50 in head, 1.50, in its length; anterior of head evenly and dully
pointed; gill-rakers sharp-pointed, less in length than eye, 12 on lower
limb; small sharp-pointed teeth in jaws, vomer, and palatines; pre-
opercle entire; opercle with a sharp point on margin, being the end
of a short bony stay; distance from tip of snout to origin of dorsal 2
in leneth of fish without caudal; the second dorsal spine is longest, 2
in head; base of anal, 2.50 in head, its longest ray, 2.75; pectorals,
1.20 in head; ventrals reach to base of anal, their length, 1.30 in head.
In type specimen the fins are frayed and broken at ends so that it is
No. 1407. FISHES FROM NEGROS—JORDAN AND SEALE. 779
impossible to tell with certainty the shape of the caudal or its leneth.
The caudal is, however, doubtless, rounded in life.
Color in spirits bluish-black; on anterior half of head the ground
color seems to be yellowish covered with black dots or narrow reticu-
lating lines, the black markings predominating and gradually hiding
SS = ne ie
PRUE UR eee
i)
soe
a
Fig. 4.—MIoNorus MYDRUS.
the yellow coloring on posterior half of head; fins are black, the three
posterior rays of soft dorsal and anal are yellowish, base of pectoral
vellow, the pectoral itself gray; iris golden.
One specimen Cat. No. 51946, U.S.N.M., from Negros. Leneth, 0.78
inch.
FOA Jordan and Evermann, new genus.
Preopercle entire; lateral line incomplete; teeth on palatines.
This genus contains small species allied to Ama, but with the preo-
percle entire and the lateral line incomplete. From Apogonichthys
(= Fowleria; type aurita), Foa differs in the presence of teeth on the
palatines, these being absent in Apogonichthys. Mionorus differs in
having the lateral line complete. In Ama (Apogon) the posterior
limb of the preopercle is serrate; in /’r/st/apogon, both limbs. Fo is
the Samoan name for fishes of this family.
36. FOA FO Jordan and Seale, new species.
Head, 2.25; depth, 2.75; eye, 2.80 in head; D. VII-1-9; A. II, 8;
scales 2—23-6, lateral line not complete; snout 4.85 in head; interor-
bital equal to snout.
Body compressed, of moderate depth, the dorsal outline much more
convex than ventral, the greatest depth being at origin of dorsal fin;
depth of caudal peduncle equal to orbit; head rather pointed, the
lower jaw slightly the longer; mouth large; distal end of maxillary
below posterior margin of orbit; minute teeth in jaws, vomer and
780 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
palatines; preopercle entire; gill-rakers very short, the longest equal
to pupil, 7 on lower limb; distance from tip of snout to origin of
dorsal, 2.12 in head; spines of dorsal not elongate, its longest spine,
about 2 in head; longest rays of soft dorsal, 2 in head; base of anal,
3.75 in head, its longest ray, 2.50 in head; ventrals short, 2.25 in head;
caudal probably rounded.
Color in spirits, yellowish-white, mottled with brownish, the mott-
lings assuming a more or less irregular band-like arrangement over
back and sides; a dark stripe from lower posterior margin of orbit to
ARRYRERD
Sages
Peay aa
\%
4
L
Bee
Hy
Fig. 5.—FOA BRACHYGRAMMA.
lower limb of preoperele; a dark band over posterior part of nuchal
region; about 5 very indistinct darker bands around under part of
head; spinous dorsal with two dusky blotches; soft dorsal yellowish;
anal yellowish with about 5 indistinct brownish lines; ventrals with
inner half and posterior part deep black; pectorals yellow; caudal
yellow with four indistinct cross-bands of dusky; iris golden, darker
above.
One specimen, 1} inches long, from Negros, Philippine Islands.
We have also a specimen collected by Dr. George A. Lung, U.S. N.,
at Cavite.
Family PARAMBASSID.
PRIOPIS Kuhl and Vian tiasselt:
37- PRIOPIS GYMNOCEPHALUS (Lacépede).
One specimen. The genus /r/op/s (Kuhl and Van Hasselt) may be
defined as Chanda (Ambassis) with the lateral line interrupted. The
name Chanda Hamilton-Buchanan (1822) has priority over Ambass/s
(1828).
No. 1407. FISHES FROM NEGROS—JORDAN AND SEALE. 781
Family SERRANIDA,
Ee UN PEt eS Bloch
38. EPINEPHELUS TAUVINA (Forskal).
One large specimen.
CROMILEPTES Swainson.
39. CROMILEPTES ALTIVELIS Cuvier and Valenciennes.
One fine specimen.
PHAROPTERYX Ruppell.
( Plesiops CUVIER. )
40. PHAROPTERYX MELAS (Bleeker).
Three specimens, a
Kellogg in Samoa.
Oo
>
rreeing with specimens obtained by Jordan and
Family PSEUDOCHROMID.
PSEUDOCHROMIS Muller and Troschel.
41. PSEUDOCHROMIS TAPEINOSOMUS (Bleeker).
One specimen, agreeing fairly with the description.
Family LUTIANIDK.
MWA LAIN WS Bloch:
42. LUTIANUS JOHNI Bloch.
One specimen.
43. LUTIANUS DECUSSATUS (Cuvier and Valenciennes).
One specimen.
NEMIPTERUS Swainson.
44. NEMIPTERUS ISACANTHUS (Bleeker).
One small example, the teeth less prominent than in Bleeker’s figure.
Family HAAMULID.
TERA PON Cuvier:
45. TERAPON JARBUA (Forskal).
(Terapon serrus (BLoc#).)
One specimen.
SCOLOPSIs, Cuvier.
46. SCOLOPSIS CILIATA (Lacépéde).
One specimen.
Proe. N. M. vol. xxvili—04 50
729 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. you. xxvm.
Family SPARID 4.
LETHRINGS Cumier:
47. LETHRINUS BONHAMENSIS (Gunther).
Four specimens, agreeing with this species better than with L. harak
or any other figured by Doctor Bleeker.
Family GERRID 4.
XYSTAMA Jordan and Evermann.
48. XYSTAEMA PUNCTATUM (Cuvier and Valenciennes).
(Gerres filamentosus CuvipR and VALENCIENNES. )
Two specimens.
Family SILLAGINID 2.
SILLAGO Cuvier.
49. SILLAGO SIHAMA (Forskal).
Five examples. Dorsal unspotted.
Family MULLID.
PSEUDUPENEUS Bleeker.
50. PSEUDUPENEUS BARBERINUS (Bloch).
One specimen. ;
MULLOIDES Bleeker.
51. MULLOIDES AURIFLAMMA (Forskal).
Two specimens.
UPENEUS Cuvier.
52. UPENEUS TRAGULA (Bloch).
Several specimens.
Family OPHICEPHALID.
OPHICEPHAELUS Bloeh:
53. OPHICEPHALUS STRIATUS (Bloch).
One specimen.
Family ANABANTIDA.
ANABAS ‘Cuvier:
54. ANABAS TESTUDINEUS (Bleeker).
One specimen from the stomach of an Iguana.
No. 1407. FISHES FROM NEGROS
JORDAN AND SEALE. 783
Family POMACENTRID.
POMACENTRUS Lacépéde.
55- POMACENTRUS LIVIDUS (Forster).
Three specimens.
56. POMACENTRUS DELURUS Jordan and Seale, new species.
scales, 2-18-9; snout, 3.75; interorbital, 3.50; preopercle strongly
denticulate.
Body compressed, elevated; profile rather evenly rounded; depth of
caudal peduncle, 2.35 in head; mouth small; teeth in a single series in
each jaw; interorbital very narrow, about one-half as wide as pupil,
Head, 3; depth, 2.10; eye, 2.10 in head; D. XIII, 13; A. II, 18;
FIG. 6.—POMACENTRUS DELURUS.
the preorbital twice as wide as interorbital; angle of mouth is under
the anterior margin of orbit; top of head covered with very small
scales; dorsal spines graduated; the last spine not differing to any
degree in length from the first ray; base of anal, 1.30 in head; pec-
torals about equal to length of head, the outer rays slightly filiform,
bilobed, 1.12 in head.
Color in spirits dark brown; fins, except caudal and pectoral, black-
ish; the caudal is a bright yellow, the line of demarcation very abrupt
and sharp at base of fin; a large blue-edged black ocellus on outer half
of fifth to tenth rays of dorsal; a small black dot above opercle at
origin of lateral line; no black dot at axis of pectoral or on upper part
of caudal peduncle.
Two specimens from Negros, Philippine Islands.
Type.—Cat. No. 51, U.S.N.M. Length, 1:50 inches.
784 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
ABUDEFDUF Forskal.
57- ABUDEFDUF UNIMACULATUS (Cuvier and Valenciennes).
(Glyphisodon dispar GUNTHER. )
Five specimens.
Family LABRID.
CHEE RO Psa iwippell:
58. CHCEROPS SCHCENLEINI (Agassiz).
One specimen, apparently identical with the original Cossyphus.
schenleiné of Agassiz and Cuvier and Valenciennes from Celebes, but
not the Chwrops schanleini of Bleeker.
Head, 3; depth, 2.50; eye, 6.75 in head; D. XIII, 7; A. III, 10; scales,
4—-29-6, the tubule of each scale in lateral line with many branches, 7
Fic. 7.—CH@ROPS SCHCENLEINI.
rows of scales on cheeks; preopercle limb bare; snout, 2.10 in head; |
interorbital, 5 in head. |
Body oblong, compressed; anterior profile of head rather abrupt,
the snout having an angle of more than 45°; depth of caudal peduncle,
2.20 in head; mouth of moderate size, the angle is below the anterior
nostril; teeth as usual in the genus, a posterior canine on each side
of upper jaw, the four anterior canines in each jaw rather large;
six rows of scales in front of dorsal with some additional rudimentary
scales on nuchal region; the ventral fins and the posterior rays of dor-
sal and anal elongate; the posterior rays of dorsal reaching to caudal,
the longest ray being, 1.30 in head; base of anal, 1.15 in head, about 2
in base of dorsal, its longest ray, 1.50 in head; ventrals greater than
No. 1407. FISHES FROM NEGROS—JORDAN AND SEALE. 785
length of head, 2.40 in length of fish without caudal, their tip extend-
ing to third ray of anal; caudal truncate, 1.30 in head.
Color in spirits dull yellowish-white; grayish on head, with dis-
tinct markings slightly darker on nuchal region, the fins distinctly
and irregularly marked with brownish lines, some, especially on spin-
ous dorsal and tip of caudal, taking the form of circles: ventrals
unmarked; iris yellow; no black spot on dorsal.
One specimen in good condition. Length, 11.75 inches.
Two species of this genus are described by Cartier“ from young
examples from Cebu. One of these, Chwrops meander, has three
white cross-bands on the body, which anastomose below, forming an
irregular network. The other, Chwrops uwnimaculata, has a large
black spot on the last two spines of the dorsal fin. Both are based on
specimens less than 3 inches long and scantily described. The scales
in C. meander are 3-26 or 27-9, in C. schenleini 4-29-6. C. meander
and C. unimaculata are both said to have no posterior canine. With-
out much doubt Cherops meander is the young of Cherops anchorago,
while Chwrops unémaculata must be the young of Bleeker’s Chawrops
schanleint. Bleeker’s figure resembles the Chinese species, Chwrops
cyanostola (Richardson)= Chwrops ommoptera (Richardson), but it
shows a large yellow spot behind and below the black dorsal spot. This
is wanting in (€. cyanostola. Probably Bleeker’s species should stand
as C. unimaculata.
HALICHGZRES Ruppell.
59. HALICHCGERES BINOTOPSIS Bleeker.
A dozen specimens were secured.
60. HALICHCGERES PSEUDOMINIATUS (Bleeker).
Two specimens were secured.
61. HALICHCGERES MINIATUS Bleeker.
A single specimen was secured.
62. HALICHCERES PCECILUS (Lay and Bennett).
(Halicheres hartlofi Burexer, Halicheres annulatus FOwLEr. )
Head, 3; depth, 3.50; eye, 4.50 in head; D. IX, 11; A. III, 11;
scales, 2-27—9; snout, 2.75 in head; interorbital, 4.50 in head; head
naked; a posterior canine tooth.
Body compressed, oblong; anterior of head evenly pointed; depth
of caudal peduncle, 2.30 in head; lips with folds; teeth, small canines,
the anterior ones enlarged curved canines, a small posterior canine;
«Verh. Phys. Med. Ges., Wurzburg, V, 1873, p. 102.
786 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
ten rows of scales in front of dorsal fin; origin of dorsal directly
above anterior axis of pectoral, longest dorsal ray, 3 in head; base of
anal, 1.10 in head, 1.95 in base of dorsal, its longest ray, about 3 in
head; pectorals, 1.60 in head; ventrals 1.90 in head; caudal rounded,
1.75 in head.
Color in spirits dull yellowish-white with sheht bluish wash, a large
blue blotch above the posterior of pectoral fin, which occupies more
or less distinctly the upper anterior part of body, the posterior part
of this blotch is indistinctly divided in three or four bands which
descend to the ventral surface; three dark blotches along median line
of posterior half of body; six dusky bands over back with narrow
white lines between them, as in //. opercularis, these bands and lines
obsolete in some specimens; nuchal region with 5—6 short longitudinal
lines; a blue line from posterior margin of upper lip to eye. A deep-
blue bar back of eye, from which a line of equal width and deep blue
in color extends to origin of lateral line; lobe of opercle with a large
deep-blue spot, the upper part of which is black; a wide curved blue
line from upper posterior margin of preopercle, running down to
lower posterior margin of opercle, a round circle of blue on cheek,
either complete or in shape of a horseshoe (Aartloff? or pacilus), in
one case (annulatus) complete on one side and not on the other; two
blue lines on upper part of snout and three short longitudinal lines on
interorbital; axis of pectorals bluish white; dorsal fin with large black
spot on anterior rays, no spot between anterior spines, the base of
soft dorsal with circles of light coloring and narrow tip of bluish;
anal quite similar to that of //alichares dedalma, (Jordan and Seale
Ms. from Samoa) a row of round spots at base of fin, a light line
through center, the fin itself bluish. Caudal with some dusky ring-
like spots; pectorals and ventrals uncolored.
Two specimens from Negros, Philippine Islands. Length, 2.75
inches.
63. HALICHGERES CYMATOGRAMMUS Jordan and Seale, new species.
Head, 3; depth, 4.20; eye, 3.75 in head; D. IX, 10; A. III, 11;
scales, 2-28—6:; no scales on head or cheeks; snout, 3.52 in head; inter-
orbital 5.10 in head.
Body compressed, oblong, the ventral surface almost straight, dor-
sal surface convex; depth of caudal peduncle, 2.75 in head; snout rather
pointed; lips with folds; teeth small canines, the anterior ones in each
jaw curved and somewhat projecting, a single small posterior canine
at angle of jaws; origin of dorsal directly above axis of pectorals, its
longest ray is, about 3.25 in head; base of anal is, 1.15 in head, 2 in
base of dorsal, its longest ray, 3.50 in head; pectorals, 1.75 in head;
ventrals, 2.50 in head; caudal rounded, 1.75 in head.
No. 1407. FISHES FROM NEGROS—JORDAN AND SEALE. (Coxe
Color in spirits yellowish white, the belly and lower half of head
bluish white; a distinct dark brown wavy stripe slightly wider than
pupil from posterior margin of eye to base of caudal; a light brown
stripe from origin of dorsal to interorbital, where it divides into two,
which extend down to tip of snout; two short brown lines from upper
Fig. 8.—HALICH@RES CYMATOGRAMMUS.
orbitals to back part of head; indistinct brown line from front of eye
along sides of snout and around upper lip; a similar, but less distinct,
line around lower lip;*the tips of lips yellow, fins yellowish without
markings; iris yellow.
One specimen from Negros, Philippine Islands.
Type.—Cat. No. 51947, U.S.N.M. Length, 1.80 inches.
64. HALICHGERES ARGUS (Bennett).
Labrus guttatus Buocn, Ichthyologia, 1791, pl. ccLxxxvu, fig. 2, (not of Gmelin
1789).
Julis argus Bennett, Zool. Journal, III, p. 577, pl. xi, fig. 7 (not Labrus argus
Bloch and Schneider).
One fine specimen of this beautifully colored species.
STETHOJULIS Gunther.
65. STETHOJULIS PHEKADOPLEURA (Bleeker).
One specimen, with a distinct spot at base of caudal, similar to
Samoan examples, but a little deeper in body than Bleeker’s tigure of
phekadopleura. ead, 3 in length; depth, 3.10.
66. STETHOJULIS BANDANENSIS Bleeker.
Two specimens.
67. STETHOJULIS KALOSOMA Bleeker.
One specimen.
This species has the black line along sides almost obsolete; only a
short dusky line from back of eye to about tip of pectorals; eye larger
than in following species, being 4.50 in head, four lines of dots along
lower sides, with some fine dark specks between them and with
indistinct oblique lines.
788 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
68. STETHOJULIS ZATIMA Jordan and Seale, new species.
Head, 2.95; depth, 4; eye, 5 in head; D. IX,11; A. III, 11; scales,
226-9; head naked; lateral line bent but continuous; snout, 3.10 in
head; interorbital, 5.10.
Body oblong, compressed; depth of caudal peduncle, 3 in head; snout
pointed, the jaws protractile; lips with folds; teeth small canines, the
anterior ones somewhat enlarged, not extremely projecting; a small
posterior canine at angle; origin of dorsal is directly above upper axis
of pectorals, its longest ray is 2.75 in head; base of anal, 1.20 in head;
1.90, in base of dorsal; its longest ray, 3.50 in head; pectorals, 1.80 in
head; ventrals, 2.75 in head; cauda rounded, 1.75 in head.
Color in spirits; light brown on upper half of body and head; yel-
lowish white on lower half with five rows of brown dots on scales: no
dots on belly proper; no fine specks between rows of dots; a distinct
Fig. 9.—STETHOJULIS ZATIMA.
brown band around snout and extending posteriorly to base of caudal;
width of this band about equal to pupil; a black spot on caudal
peduncle just above end of this band; a black spot between last two
dorsal rays; dorsal fin with minute dark specks on its webs, all the
other fins yellowish white; iris golden.
Two specimens from Negros, Philippine Islands.
Type.—Cat. No. 51943, U.S.N.M. Length, 2.35 inches.
This species is near S. Aa/osoma, but has a smaller eye, a distinct
brown stripe the entire length of body; a black spot on caudal pedun-
cle and on posterior dorsal, with dark specks on the fin, all of which
S. halosoma \acks.
NOVACULICHTHYS Bleeker.
69. NOVACULICHTHYS KALLOSOMUS (Bleeker).
One fine specimen, identical with others from Pago Pago and
Honolulu.
70. NOVACULICHTHYS MACROLEPIDOTUS (Bloch).
One small specimen.
No. 1407. FISHES FROM NEGROS—JORDAN AND SEALE. 789
CHEILIO Lacépéde.
71. CHEILIO INERMIS (Forskal).
One specimen.
Family SCARICHTHYID.
'CALOTOMUS Gilbert.
72. CALOTOMUS MOLUCCENSIS (Bleeker).
One small example of this common species well marked by the black
band across the pectoral.
73. CALOTOMUS VAIGIENSIS (Quoy and Gaimard).
( Callyodon spinidens Cuvter and VALENCIENNES. )
One small specimen.
CALLYODON Gronow.
(Scarus Forskal. )
74. CALLYODON MURICATUS (Cuvier and Valenciennes).
Two specimens.
Family HPHIPPID®.
HPIsliieIHwW Sy Gurnee
75. EPHIPPUS ARGUS (Gmelin).
One specimen.
Family CHATODONTID.
PARACH A TODON Bleeker.
76. PARACHAZETODON OCELLATUS (Cuvier and Valenciennes ).
(Chetodon oligacanthus BLEEKER. )
One fine specimen.
Family SIGANID.
° SIGANUS Forskal.
77- SIGANUS CONCATENATUS (Cuvier and Valenciennes).
Two large specimens.
78. SIGANUS ORAMIN (Bloch and Schneider).
Six examples.
790 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Family TRIACANTHID.
TRIACANTD EUs Guvirer:
79. TRIACANTHUS STRIGILIFER Cantor.
One specimen apparently corresponding to this species, besides a
very small one deeper in body, but probably of the same species.
Family MONACANTHIDE.
MONACANTHUS Cuvier.
80. MONACANTHUS CHINENSIS (Bloch).
One small example.
81. MONACANTHUS SUROTHURA Van Hasselt.
(Monacanthus hajam BLEEKER. )
Four specimens, corresponding to Monacunthus hajam of Bloch, a
species apparently distinct from JZonacanthus tomentosus. The manu-
script name of Van Hasselt, swrothura, published by Bleeker in an
earlier paper, seems to claim priority over his own name /Aajam.
CANTHERINES Swainson.
82. CANTHERINES MACRURUS (Bloch).
One specimen. This species is the type of Pseudomonacanthus, a
subgenus differing from Canther‘nes in the unarmed dorsal spine, a
character apparently of less than generic importance.
Family OSTRACIID.
LACTORIA Jordan and Evermann.
83. LACTORIA CORNUTA (Linnzus).
One large example.
Family TETRAODONTID &.
SPHEROIDES (Lacépéde) Duméril.
84. SPHEROIDES LUNARIS (Bloch and Schneider).
Four examples.
TETRAODON Linneeus.
85. TETRAODON IMMACULATUS (Bloch and Schneider).
Five specimens, the smaller ones corresponding to Zetraodon manill-
ensis Procé, with lengthwise lines of black above and below; these
lines, obsolete on the larger example; caudal sharply edged with black.
’ I 2
No. 1407. FISHES FROM NEGROS—JORDAN AND SEALE. 791
86. TETRAODON RETICULARIS (Bloch and Schneider).
One specimen.
87. SPHEROIDES OCELLATUS (Osbeck).
Six small specimens apparently referable to this species, pale spots
honey-comb like, hexagonal surrounded by blackish reticulations; a
blackish bar across the back behind pectorals.
CANTHIGASTER Swainson.
88. CANTHIGASTER COMPRESSUS (Precé).
( Tetraodon striolatus QuoyY and GAIMARD. )
Two specimens. ‘The name compressus is prior to that of strzolatus,
given by Quoy and Gaimard to this species.
Family SCORPAINIDZ.
SH BAS WO PR Sls Gall
89. SEBASTOPSIS SCABRA Ramsey and Ogilby.
One specimen.
SH BASTAPTS TES Grill:
go. SEBASTAPISTES NIVIFER Jordan and Seale, new species.
Head, 2.20; depth, 3; eye, 3.50 in head; D. XI, I, 10; A. III, 5;
about 64 series of scales; interorbital in orbit; snout, 3 in head; a dis-
tinct fringed orbital tentacle about equal in length to width of eye.
Body compressed posteriorly, head large, spiny, naked, with some
distinct skinny flaps; depth of caudal peduncle 4 in head; small teeth
in jaws, vomer, and palatines; preorbital ends anteriorly in three
spines the lower one of which extends downward and slightly directed
backward over the maxillary; beneath this third spine is a large com-
pound skinny flap; orbital and nuchal spines distinct, the orbital ten-
tacle much more distinct than any of the spines; opercle has two dis-
tinct spines at posterior margin, these being the ends of two fan-like
stays; the preopercle has five distinct spines at its posterior margin,
the upper and largest one being opposite the posterior end of the bony
stay of cheeks; the interorbital is rather narrow with two distinct
ridges; gillrakers very short and thick, ten on lower limb; origin of
dorsal is slightly in advance of origin of ventral, its longest spine, 2.10
in head, the eleventh dorsal spine is about one-half the length of the
twelfth, the last ray of soft dorsal united by a membrane to caudal
peduncle; base of anal, 2 in head; the second anal spine the longest,
its tip, however, extending only to middle of fin, the length of the
79S PROCEEDINGS OF THi NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
spine being but little greater than orbit; pectorals, 1.50 in head; ven-
trals, 1.50 in head; caudal rounded, 1.50 in head.
Color in spirits grayish, mottled with light brown and whitish, a dis-
tinct white spot the size of eye on the posterior lobe of opercle; two dis-
tinct brown bands across interorbital space; two wide brown bands from
lower marein of orbit, and an indistinct one from posterior margin of
orbit; there are three short brown marks on each side of lower lip;
also similar marks on premaxillary, but the throat and under part of
FIG. 10.—SEBASTAPISTES NIVIFER.
the head is unmarked; the dorsal fin is irregularly dotted with a few
black and white spots; the posterior tip of the anal is gray, the middle
is blotched with dusky; the spines have three dark bands across them;
the pectoral is distinctly but irregularly banded by rows of black
spots, with a few white spots intermixed; basal half of ventrals darker
than posterior half; caudal gray, with slightly darker mottlings.
One specimen, Cat. No. 51954, U.S.N.M., from Negros, Philippine
Islands. Length, 1.15 inches.
SCORPA:NOPSIS Bleeker.
gt. SCORPAZENOPSIS NOV ZZ-GUINEZ (Cuvier and Valenciennes).
One specimen.
PROSORODASMS Cantor:
92. PROSOPODASYS GOGORZ£ Jordan and Seale, new species.
Head, 2.75; depth, 3; eye, 4 in head; D. III, X, 4; A. III, 4; inter-
orbital equal to eye; snout, 4.
jody compressed; depth of caudal peduncle, 3.10 in head, preorbital
ending anteriorly in 2 hooked spines; 2 spines at posterior mar-
gin of opercles; + spines on posterior margin of preopercle. The
No. 1407. FISHES FROM NEGROS—JORDAN AND SEALE. 793
upper one, which is also the longest, is situated at distal end of bony
stay of cheek. Spines of the head not strongly developed; 3 or 4
small spines posterior of eye and 2 or 3 inwardly curved spines
on nuchal region; scales on sides of head and body more or less rudi-
mentary; small teeth on jaws vomer and palatines; mouth large, open-
ing on dorsal profile; maxillary extending to below posterior margin
of pupil; the first 3 spines of dorsal separate and situated on nuchal
region directly above the opercle; distance between the two portions
of the spinous dorsal about equal to eye. The last ray of the dorsal
is attached by membrane to caudal peduncle. Base of anal, 1.50 in
head; third spine of anal longest and strongest, its length, 1.50 in head;
pectorals reaching to a line with origin of anal, its length equal to
head; ventrals broadly attached to belly, their length, 1.50 in head;
caudal rounded equal to head.
Color in spirits dull grayish, more or less marbled with pale brown;
Fig. 11.—PROSOPODASYS GOGORZ®.
two rather distinct brown bands on posterior of body, the posterior
one occupying the caudal peduncle; a rather indistinct irregular
brown band across interorbital and from eye obliquely down cheeks;
another irregular line near posterior margin of opercles; dorsal fin
grayish, the black bands of the posterior part of the body extending
into the fin; posterior third of anal fin dusky with white tip; the mid-
dle portion of the fin is white; the anterior portion gray; caudal with
black line at base and two dark lines on its posterior third, otherwise
fin white; pectorals dusky with irregular rows of black spots; ven-
trals black at tip, grayish anteriorly.
One specimen, Cat. No. 52054, U.S.N.M., from island of Negros,
Philippine Islands. Length, 1.15 inches.
(Named for José Gogorza y Gonzalez, of Madrid, author of an excel-
lent preliminary list of the vertebrate animals of the Philippines, 1888,
entitled Datos para la Fauna Filipina.)
794 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIIL
Family PLATYCEPHALID.
PEAY CE PHALT US Bloche
93. PLATYCEPHALUS INSIDIATOR (Forskal).
One large specimen.
Family GOBIIDZ.
PERIOPHTHALMUS Bloch.
94. PERIOPHTHALMUS BARBARUS (Linnzus).
Numerous specimens.
SCARTELAOS Swainson.
(Boleops GILt. )
95. SCARTELAOS VIRIDIS (Buchanan-Hamilton).
One fine specimen.
Fic. 12.—SCARTELAOS VIRIDIS.
VALENCIENNEA Bleeker.
96. VALENCIENNEA sp.
Four specimens, similar to others from Samoa.
Hy PSE EBOWRLS Guumathier:
97. HYPSELEOTRIS CYPRINOIDES Cuvier and Valenciennes.
Seven specimens, in good condition.
BU Eis Bleeker:
98. BUTIS LEUCURUS Jordan and Seale, new species.
Head, 3; depth, 5; eye, 5 in head; D. VI-9; A. 10; scales 29 from
posterior margin of opercle to caudal; snout, 2.75 in head; interorbital
6 in head; tongue rounded; no posterior canines; head covered with
minute seales; smooth bony ridges on head without serrations.
NO. 1407. FISHES FROM NEGROS—JORDAN AND SEALE. 795
Body elongate, moderately compressed, the snout pointed and broad;
lower jaw the longer; depth of caudal peduncle, 3.50 in head; mouth
large, the angle under the anterior margin of orbit; bands of minute
teeth in jaws, none on vomer or palatines; distance from tip of snout
to origin of dorsal, 2.60 in length without caudal; longest dorsal spine,
3.20 in head, the rays shghtly longer; base of anal, 2.10 in head; the
longest ray, 3 in head; pectorals, 1.30 in head; ventrals, 1.75 in head;
caudal rounded, 1.75 in head.
Color in spirits brownish with very indistinct brown longitudinal
lines, lights on chin and belly, some small scattered black dots over
body, 3 wide oblique brown lines on sides of head, the posterior
one usually dividing into 2 on opereles; a brown line from anterior
of orbit along sides of snout; 2 large irregular blotches on base of
pectoral rays with a fine brown dot below each spot, top of snout
slightly mottled with brownish lines; spinous dorsal gray with about
3 brownish bands; soft dorsal with some irregular dusky blotches;
ana] plain brown with white margins, caudal with very characteristic
Fic. 13.—BUTIS LEUCURUS.
marking, having the 4 upper rays white, the remainder of the fin
dusky with blackish vertical bands; pectorals yellowish white; ventrals
yellowish white with indistinct brown cross-bands.
One specimen Cat. No. 51953, U.S.N.M., from Negros, Philippine
Islands. Length, 3 inches. Several others of larger size and sharper
markings with the pectoral spot very conspicuous have been received
from Cavité from Surgeon George A. Lung, U. 5. N.
This species, having no serrated crests on the head, may not be con-
generic with Butis butis.
AMBLIYGOBIU'S Bleeker.
99. AMBLYGOBIUS BYNOENSIS (Richardson).
One fine specimen agreeing well with Day’s figure of this species.
100. AMBLYGOBIUS SPHINX (Cuvier and Valenciennes).
One specimen of this strikingly marked species.
796 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
GOBIMG ERG EYS Kelranazamacjrere:
101. GOBIICHTHYS PAPUENSIS (Cuvier and Valenciennes).
Three specimens.
RHINOGOBIUS Gill.
( Porogobius BLEBKER; Coryphopterus GILL. )
102. RHINOGOBIUS CANINUS (Cuvier and Valenciennes).
One specimen.
ZONOGOBIUS Bleeker.
103. ZONOGOBIUS SEMIDOLIATUS (Cuvier and Valenciennes).
One specimen, similar to others from Samoa.
GNATHOLEPIS Bleeker.
104. GNATHOLEPIS DELTOIDES (Seale).
Head, 3.45;, depth, 4.50; eye, 3.75 im head; D. VI-l1; Ae Ii no;
scales 24 in series from posterior margin of opercle; cheeks and oper-
cles scaled; tongue forked; snout, 3.50 in head; interorbital less than
pupil.
Body moderately elongate, compressed; profile of head rather
abruptly pointed, the upper jaw slightly the longer; depth of caudal
peduncle, 2.20 in head; mouth small, with two series of small sharp-
pointed teeth in each jaw; no posterior canines; angle of mouth is
below anterior third of eye, distance from tip of snout to origin of
dorsal is 2.75 in length of fish without caudal; longest rays of soft
dorsal, 1.25 in head; base of anal, 3 in length of fish without caudal;
pectorals, 3.10 in head; ventrals united equal to length of head; caudal
distinctly pointed, equal in length to head.
Color in spirits grayish with seven dusky blotches on sides, alter-
nating with dusky blotches over the back, a dark line down from eye
around throat, another indistinct line separate from this on lower part
of cheek and extending around chin, the two lines thus forming a
greek letter delta on the under part of head, dorsal plain dusky or with
indistinct Carker lines; caudal with dusky bars, anal with dusky blotches;
pectorals shaded with small dots.
Two specimens from Negros, Philippine Islands. These seem to
agree fairly with our Samoan specimens.
105. GNATHOLEPIS CALLIURUS, Jordan and Seale, new species.
Head, 3 in length; depth, 4.75; eye, 4 in head; D. VI-11; A. 10;
scales, 30; snout, 3.75; interorbital, 2 in pupil.
Body moderately elongate, compressed, anterior profile rounded,
the lower jaw slightly the longer, the angle under the middle of the
No. 1407. FISHES FROM NEGROS—JORDAN AND SEALE. 197
eye; depth of caudal peduncle, 2.40 in head; minute sharp-pointed
teeth in jaws, none on vomer or palatines; tongue rounded; opercles
and preopercles entire; cheeks with three or four rows of large scales;
opercles naked below, with about two series of large scales above; ten
rows of scales in front of dorsal; longest spine, 2.10 in head; the long-
est ray, about 1.50 in head; base of anal, 2.10 in head; pectorals, 1.15
in head; ventrals united, 1.50 in head, the membrane of the cup very
thin; caudal rounded, 1.50 in head.
Color in spirits light brownish, the margin of the scales darkest, a
round black spot on middle line of caudal peduncle at base of caudal;
four similar spots, but lighter in color, along the median line of sides;
a dusky spot on opercles directly in front of pectorals; two other small
spots on cheeks in front of this spot; a dark spot on lower posterior
Fig. 14.—GNATHOLEPIS CALLIURUS.
margin of orbit; from this spot up and back along the upper margin
of opercle is an indistinct dusky line; the dorsal fins are slightly
shaded with dusky, almost black on posterior part of spinous dorsal;
anal shaded with dusky; the middle of ventral shaded with dusky;
caudal dusky with about six irregular lines of white; pectorals with
dusky spot on upper and on lower base of fin.
Five specimens from Negros, Philippine Islands.
Type.—Cat. No. 51944, U.S.N.M. Length, 2.50 inches.
DROMBUS Jordan and Seale, new genus.
This genus differs from RA‘nogobius in the presence of mucous
channels bearing cross lines of minute cirri as in Gob/omorphus.
106. DROMBUS PALACKYI Jordan and Seale, new species.
Head, 3.10; depth, 6; eye, 3.75 in head; D. VI-11; A. 9; scales, 31
from posterior margin of opercle to base of caudal; snout, 4; interor-
bital about equal to pupil; tongue rounded.
Body moderately eloneate, compressed; head bluntly pointed, the
J : g ] Vek .
lower jaw slightly the longer; depth of caudal peduncle, 2.75 in head:
Proc, N. M. vol. xxviii—04——51
798 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
cheeks without scales but with numerous raised lines, probably mucous
canals extending over cheeks, opercles, and nuchal region; minute
teeth in jaws in several series, the outer row with the largest teeth;
angle of jaw is below the anterior margin of eye; opercles and pre-
opercles entire; distance from tip of snout to origin of dorsal, 2.50 in
leneth of fish without caudal; longest dorsal spine, about 1.75 in head;
longest dorsal ray, about 2.10 in head; base of anal, 1.75 in head, the
origin of the fin equally distant from base of caudal and posterior
Yarn.
Fie. 15.—DROMBUS PALACKYT,
margin of preopercle; pectorals, 1.10 in head; no silky rays at upper:
part of pectorals; ventrals united, 1.30 in head; caudal, 1.30 in head.
Color in spirits brown, with indistinct whitish specks scattered over
body; a dusky blotch on anterior third of pectorals, and with a whitish
area on base and in axil of fin; dorsal fins dusky, the spinous dorsal
with two or three darker blotches; anal, ventrals, and caudal dusky.
One specimen from Negros, Philippine Islands. Cat. No. 51954,
U.S.N.M.-. Length, 1.85 inches. Named for Dr. J.Palaeky, of Prag,
author of Die Verbreitung der Fische, a work containing a list of the
fishes of the Philippines.
GLOsSsOGOBMGS 7G:
107. GLOSSOGOBIUS AGLESTES Jordan and Seale, new species.
Head, 3.10 (not including lower jaw), depth, 5.25; eye,4.50 in head;
interorbital about equal to pupil; snout, 3.50 in head; D. VI-11; A. 9;
the last spine of spinous dorsal some distance from the others; lower
jaw much produced, its length from posterior of angle 2 in head, its
angle is below posterior margin of eye; scales, about 28.
Body eloneate, cylindrical, largest at pectoral girdle; depth of caudal
« foe . “ yes
peduncle, 3.75 in head; mouth large, the lower jaw projecting; maxil-
lary, 2.830 in head; two series of sharp, moveable teeth in each jaw, no
e 9 d
teeth on yvomer or palatines; tongue forked, its bony posterior two-
co) “
thirds roughened; opercles and preopercles entire; @ill-rakers scarcely
g | 78 ,
developed;. the eyes are very close together on the dorsal profile; scales
on nuchal region are smaller than on other parts of the hody; distance
No. 1407, FISHES FROM NEGROS—JORDAN AND SEALE. 799
from tip of snout to origin of spinous dorsal, 2.75 in length without
caudal; longest dorsal spine about two in head, equal in leneth to
longest dorsal ray; base of anal, 1.65 in head; pectoral, 1.45 in head;
ventrals united, the membranous cup’ rather deep with its anterior
margin notched; caudal rounded, 1.50 in head.
Color in spirits a dirty yellowish brown; the colors have almost
disappeared in the type, but the species is easily characterized by the
rather large white spots on under side of head and the markings of
Fiac. 16.—GLOSSOGOBIUS AGLESTES.
the fins, which are as follows: Spinous dorsal dusky with grayish on
anterior base; soft dorsal grayish, more or less banded with dusky;
caudal dusky with indistinct bars of lighter; anal and ventral dusky;
pectorals gray with a short dusky bar on lower rays at base and two
rather indistinct spots above; cheeks uniform brown.
One specimen from Negros, Philippine Islands. Cat. No. 51948,
U.S.N.M. Length, 2.80 inches.
Family BLENNITD©.
SALARIAS Guvier:
108. SALARIAS EDENTULUS (Forster),
Four specimens.
109. SALARIAS FASCIATUS (Bloch).
Three specimens.
110. SALARIAS DEANI Jordan and Seale, new species.
Head, 4.10; depth, 5; eye, 3.10 in head. D. XIII, 19; A. 21; no
canines; dorsal incised more than one-half its depth; lateral line short,
ending under eighth dorsal spine; nasal tentacle double, unfringed;
orbital tentacle simple, about as long as width of eye; no nuchal ten-
tacle; head and forehead projected beyond the mouth, the angle of
mouth being posterior of eye.
Body elongate, compressed; depth of caudal peduncle, 2.75 in head;
teeth in a single series in each jaw; distance from front of head to
origin of dorsal, 3.60 in length of body without caudal, longest dorsal
S00 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII,
spine, 1.75 1m head, longest dorsal ray about, 1.75 in head; posterior
ray of dorsal is attached by membrane to base of caudal fin; base of
anal fin, 2.50 in leneth of fish without caudal; the longest anal ray, 1.85
in head; pectorals slightly less than head; ventrals, 1.60 in head;
caudal rounded equal to head.
Color in spirits gray, with more or less bluish wash; head appar-
ently without markings; belly deep blue, about seven rather indistinet
bands of darker color on sides, these seemingly made up of a double
row of brownish spots more or less connected; the color-bands extend
Fic. 17.—SALARIAS DEANI.
slightly into base of soft dorsal fin, and to top of fin in spinous dorsal;
both dorsals have rather large blackish spots near the margin; caudal
with six very distinct bands of blackish; anal white with dusky at
margin; pectorals white with three rows of minute dots: ventrals
white, uncolored.
One specimen. Length, 2.10 inches. Cat. No. 51950, U.S.N.M.
From Negros, Philippine Islands.
111. SALARIAS UNDECIMALIS Jordan and Seale, new species.
Head from tip of opercle to most anterior point, 4.45; depth, 5; eye,
3 in head; D. XI, 17; A. 19; dorsal incised to one-half its depth; no
posterior canine; lateral line extends to base of LOth dorsal spine.
Body elongate, compressed, the forehead and eye projecting beyond
the mouth, the angle of mouth being slightly posterior to eye, a single
unfringed tentacle at nostril, another similar, but longer somewhat
greater than interorbital, over the eye, and a third short simple ten-
tacle on nuchal region: no distinct crest; a single series of small teeth
in each jaw; distance from forehead to origin of dorsal, 5.10 in length
of fish without caudal, the longest dorsal spine, 2 in head, the longest
ray, 1.50 in head, the posterior ray attached by membrane to base of
caudal; base of anal, 2 in leneth of fish without caudal, the anterior
rays the longest, about 1.25 in head; pectorals equal to length of head;
ventrals, 1.50 in head; caudal equal to length of head.
Color in spirits dull grayish, with slight wash of pale green, sides
of body banded with 12-14 double white bands, with numerous short
violet lines and dots alone the sides on and above the median line:
No. 1407. FISHES FROM NEGROS—JORDAN AND SEALE. SO]
these are most abundant on anterior half of body where they almost
obscure the white lines which are more or less broken up into white
dots, a row of about 19 small black dots alone the lateral fold; 8—9
black dots on caudal peduncle; cheeks covered with white dots which
are more or less encircled with a purple ring, chin purplish; a brown
ring of color at lower base of pectorals; belly uniform bluish gray;
blotch of purple at anal opening; dorsal fin mottled with white and
brown spots, the brown dots forming oblique lines on soft dorsal; anal
Frag. 18.—SALARIAS UNDECIMALIS.
gray without markings except slight wash of dusky caudal with dark
dots forming irregular lines, pectorals and ventrals white.
Four specimens, type is Cat. No. 51942, U.S.N.M. Length, 2 inches.
The smallest one of these four specimens, length 1.75 inches, lacks
the purplish color of the type but is easily distinguished by the three
sets of simple tentacles and the ring of brown on lower base of pec-
torals.
PHEROSCIRDES Ruppell.
112, PETROSCIRTES ERETES Jordan and Seale, new species,
Head, 3.85; depth, 5.50; eve, 3.75 in head; interorbital, 4 in head;
D. 30; A. 20; several dermal flaps about head, four on under jaw,
one on upper part of each eye, a minute one on posterior part of
superorbital, one on each side of nuchal region; with exception of the
one on eye these are all small and easily overlooked. Young speci-
mens show rather distinct papille at nostrils and on anterior interor-
bital region; four small papille on interorbital space.
Body elongate, compressed; upper profile of head evenly rounded;
the upper slightiy the longer; depth of caudal peduncle, 2.75 in head;
teeth generic, about 20 on each side of upper jaw; angle of mouth
under the anterior part of eye, 4.50 in length of fish without caudal;
the origin of the dorsal being on nuchal region, slightly anterior to
line with axis of ventrals; longest dorsal ray, 1.50 in head; base of
anal, 2.75 in length of fish without caudal; origin of anal is midway
S02 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
between pupil ue ey » and pase a ea ae Saeoniey. 1.50 in n head:
ventrals,. 1.50 in hes ade caudal, 1.10 in head.
Color in spirits yellowish, spotted and mottled with brown and
dusky; the brownish markings showing as fine vertical bands over
back and down sides usually very indistinct; the bands showing more
distinctly in young specimens, becoming almost obscure in adults;
under part of head, thorax, and belly yellowish white, a brown line
around marein of lower lip; some indistinct short brown lines radiate
from eye, the most distinct one being from posterior margin of orbit;
Fig. 19.—PETROCIRTES ERETES.
dorsal fin is grayish with numerous black blotches and dots; anal is
whitish with about five dusky blotches made up of black dots; caudal
white with dusky blotch at base; some very indistinct indications of
brown cross-bands on rays of fin; pectorals and ventrals uncolored.
Six specimens from Negros, Philippine Islands.
Type.—Cat. No. 51949, U.S.N.M. Length, 3.10 inches.
HYP LE UROC Ere GsSie air
113. HYPLEUROCHILUS LOXIAS Jordan and Seale, new species.
Head, 4.25; depth, 6; eye, 2.75 in head; D. XII, 20; A. 20; snout,
DalO: interorbital about equal to pupil; no lateral line; dorsal not
notched.
Body elongate, compressed, the anterior of head coming to a blunt
rounded point; the mouth is small; the teeth, as in Blennius, a some-
what enlarged fang-like curved canine in upper jaw, none in lower
jaw, otherwise the teeth consist of a single series in each jaw of rather
long, round, curved, sharp teeth about 10 on each side of upper jaw
and 7 on each side of lower jaw; opercles and preopercles entire; gill
openings small; angle of mouth is under anterior margin of orbit, dis-
tance from origin of dorsal to tip of snout, 5.10 in length of fish with-
out caudal, the last ray of dorsal connected by membrane to base of
caudal, longest ray of dorsal, 1.85 in head; base of anal, 2 in length of
fish, its origin slightly nearer tip of snout than base of caudal; pecto-
rals equal to leneth of head; ventrals, 1.25 in head; caudal rounded,
equal to length of head.
No. 1407. FISHES FROM NEGROS—JORDAN AND SEALE. 8038
Color in spirits pale greenish white with {4 bluish oblique lines or
spots on sides of body, the anterior ones most distinct, sloping
obliquely down and back, the 6-7 lines are most vertical, the lines
posterior of these slope exactly opposite to ones on anterior of body;
over the back are about 12 bands of brownish, made up of double rows
of indistinct spots; a large dusky spot on cheeks Just posterior and
below the eye; about 5 narrow dusky lines on sides of head and around
under part of head; top of snout dusky: dorsal fin whitish without
Fia. 20.—HYPLEUROCHILUS LOXTAS.
distinct markings; caudal white, the margin slightly shaded with
dusky; anal white with dusky margin; pectorals and ventrals white,
without markings.
One specimen, Cat. No. 51952, U.S.N.M., from Negros, Philippine
Islands. Length, 1.20 inches.
Family PLEURONECTID.
114. SCAXOPS PCECILURA (Bleeker).
One specimen. Gill-rakers very short and broad, scales large,
deciduous. Caudal with a black spot near the margin above and
below.
THE LIFE HISTORY OF THE SEA-HORSES (HIPPOCAMPIDS).
By THropore GILL,
Honorary Associate in Zoology.
In the ordinary works on fishes or natural history very little is said
about the interesting little fishes popularly known as_ sea-horses.
Many details, however, have been published in isolated notes or buried
in general articles, which only one familiar with ichthyological litera-
ture would be likely to know about or even to find by using the
current bibliographies. For the benefit of those interested in the
eroup the notes here presented, brought together for a general work
on fishes, are published.
1G
The sea-horses (Hippocampids) vary in form, but all are compressed
and incapable of flexing the body sideways to any very considerable
extent, the plates having extensions which are buttressed against cor-
Fic. 1.—BROAD-NOSED PIPE-FISH (SIPHONOSTOMA TYPHLE). SKULL FROM SIDE SHOWING ELONGATION
OF FACIAL BONES, SMALL MOUTH AND JAW BONES, AND ABSENCE OF PREOPERCLE. (AFTER SCHAFF. )
B. O., BASIOCCIPITAL; Ect., ECTETHMOID: Eth., ETHMOID; Ex. O., EXOCCIPITAL; Fr., FRONTAL: Hm.,
HYOMANDIBULAR: J. O., INFRAORBITAL; Md., MANDIBULAR; Ma., MAXILLARY; Op., OPERCULUM;
Pa., PARIETAL; Pl., PALATINE; Pmx., PREMAXILLARY; Pt., PTEROTIC; Qu., QUADRATE; S. O., 5UPRA-
OCCIPITAL; Sph., SPHENOTIC; Sym., SYMPLECTIC,
responding ones of the preceding and succeeding plates, thus prohibit-
ing any decided lateral movements. The tail is more or less curved
downward, and in typical forms highly prehensile; it is quadrangular
in section.
The head in front of the eyes, or snout, is prolonged in a tubiform
manner as in the pipe-fishes (Syngnathide), and the mouth and jaws
are small and at the end of the tube; the preopercle is absent and the
operculum greatly enlarged.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1408.
805
806
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.
VOL. XXVIII.
While there is essential similarity in such characters, as to the
cranium there is considerable dissimilarity between the pipe-fishes
and the sea-horses as will be evident from the accompanying figures.
The best known of these fishes are the typical sea-horses, but other
members of the family are much less aberrant from the pipe fishes,
and indeed grade into them.
There are in fact two distinct groups or
subfamilies, the Hippocampines and Solegnathines.
These differ in form and the
ridges of the body.
connate with the preceding plate.
Two typical and nearly related ge-
nera (//ippocampus and Acentro-
Fic. 2.—SEA-HORSE
(HIPPOCAMPUS RAM-
ULOSUS). SKULL i =
ROM ABOVE. ura) show these charactersam per
(Arrpr Scnire.) fection; three others (Phyllopte-
(For lettering see ;
ryan, Laliichthys, and Phycodurus)
share them in different degrees.
The typical sea-horses (//ippocampus) have the
trunk compressed and relatively deep backward,
the occipital region is surmounted by a sort of
*coronet,” and the tail is robust and rolled in-
ward. The mature males have a pouch under the
fore part of the tail with a small opening or slit in
front.
The likeness to the conventional knight of the
chessboard is much more marked than to a horse’s
head; indeed. if a spirula-shell or coiled worm were
attached to the base of a chess knight the sea-horse
would be well imitated. The ancient name ///p-
pocampus is therefore very apt, being derived
Fig. 1.)
from the Greek /A/ppos, horse, and /ampe, worm
or caterpillar. But let no one be deceived by
superficial resemblance of parts. The head of
the fish and that of a horse are essentially ho-
mologous, but here real likeness ends; the con-
form is determined
partly by, or perhaps expresses, the development of
The Hippocampines have the upper ridge of the
‘caudal region terminated forward under the dorsal
fin, and the lower caudal ridge continuous with the
lateral ridge of the trunk; the nuchal plate is more
or less elevated, crowns the back of the head, and is
Fie. 3.—_BROAD-NOSED
PIPE-FISH (SIPHONO-
STOMA TYPHLE). SKULL
FROM ABOVE SHOWING
DIFFERENCES FROM
SEA-HORSE. (AFTER
ScHAFF.) (For letter-
ing see Fig. 1.)
tracted part of the sea-horse does not correspond to the neck of a true
horse, but to the fore part of the abdomen, there being no true neck
in the fish; the lower part of the ‘‘neck” of the fish is really the
hinder part of the abdomen, and the anus marks its hinder boundary.
The peculiar modification of the finless tail deprives it of its locomo-
io erg
No. 1408. LIFE HISTORY OF SEA-HORSES—GILL. S07
tor faculty, but a new function—prehension—results from its power
to curl inward, and, to some extent, sideways.
The species are numerous, and one or more may be found in almost
every tropical and temperate sea. Somewhere near three dozen spe-
cies have been described, and of these one (//ippocampus hippocampus
or antiquorum) isa common European fish, and half a dozen are inhab-
itants of north or middle American seas. One of them (///ppocaim-
pus hudsonius) extends northward in the Atlantic as far as Cape Cod,
and another (//ppocampus ingens), one of the largest of the genus, in
the Pacific to San Diego.
Strongly marked and bizarre as is the form, the fishes nevertheless
are not conspicuous in the
midst of their natural sur-
rounding, and indeed the lit-
tle animals appear to be able
to readily adapt themselves
to their environment. Kent
(1883) tells that ‘*some very
extraordinary colored speci-
mens” of the common Medi-
terranean species (///ppocam-
pus hippocampus) were given
to him; some were *‘* bright
red, others pale pink, bright
or light yellow, and even
almost pure white, with many
other interblending shades.
Such colors had apparently
been assumed by the fish in
keeping with and as a means
of concealment among the
brilliant vegetation and zoo- Fig. 4.—SEA-HORSE (HIPPOCAMPUS RAMULOSUS). TWO
phytic growth indigenous to MIDDLE SIDE-SHIELDS SHOWING ee Oop Nase:
a LOCKING BUTTRESSES (AK. R.). (AFTER SCHAFF.)
the locality from whence they
were derived. These tints in confinement gradually disappeared, until
the fish had assumed the normal light-brown or speckled hue by which
they are generally characterized.”
10%
The attitudes and movements of the sea horses are eminently char-
acteristic. The most frequent is a state of rest, with the tail wound
around the stem of a plant or some other substance and the body is
then carried nearly or quite erect. Such is the most frequent position,
but notwithstanding the apparent rigidity of the cuirass, almost every
other attitude consistent with such a form may be assumed. The
SOS PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
body may be thrown outward at various angles and even downward
and the tail wound around a plant in a double coil. Once in a while
one eye may roll toward you, while another may be passive or look
backward or in an opposite direction. It becomes obvious that the
little fish can move its eyes independently of each other and in entirely
different ways.
A comical effect is produced by the way in which the little fishes
peer at some object, reminding one of the actions of a very near-
sighted person.
Releasing itself at length from its support, one may slowly progress,
still in a vertical position, its tail curved inward, its dorsal fin rapidly
undulating and reminding one of a screw propeller, its pectorals
vibrating in harmony. The rapidity of the undulatory or vibratory
movements of the dorsal and pectorals is especially noteworthy.
Incased as it is in an almost inflexible coat of mail, progression can
not be effected by lateral flexion of the body as in ordinary fishes, and
flexion in a vertical direction is limited.
With such limited powers of progression, a nice adjustment of organs
is called for, and Dufossé has explained one method. The air bladder
is comparatively large and always distended by a quantity of gas so
exactly in harmony with the specific gravity of the body that this
entire body is a hydrostatic apparatus of extreme sensibility. A proof
of this is that if a single bubble of gas no larger than the head of a
very small pin be extracted, the fish immediately loses its equilibrium
and falls to the ground, on which it must crawl till its wound has been
cicatrized and a new supply of gas secreted by the internal membrane
of the bladder.
DE:
Another noteworthy peculiarity is a faint sound which is sometimes
evoked. Kent, while making **some colored sketches” of the fishes,
had two ‘isolated in separate glass receptacles some few yards apart,
when unexpectedly a sharp little snapping noise was heard at short
and regular intervals to proceed from one of the vases placed on a side
table, and to which a response in a like manner was almost immedi-
diately made from the vase close at hand. On seeking for the cause,
the sound was found to proceed from the mouths of the little ///ppo-
campt, Which were thus conversing with, or signaling to, one another.
The noise observed was produced by the muscular closing and sudden
expansion of the lower jaw, and much resembled in strength and tone
the snapping sound produced for a similar purpose, but in this
instance with its claw, by the little scarlet prawn (Alpheus ruber),”
relatives of which occur along the southern coast of the United States.
The mechanism which produced the sounds emitted by the sea horse
was explained at length by Dufossé in 1874 to whose memoir refer-
ence may be made by those who wish to learn details. Suflice it here
No. 1408. LIFE HISTORY OF SEA-HORSES—GILL. 809
to note that Dufossé found that the fishes had the power of making
long series of movements so slight and so rapid that they evade the
sight, but are appreciable to touch, and consequently are simple quiver-
ings or vibrations (frémissements), and that these quivering move-
ments are accompanied by sounds which, however, are rarely distinctly
audible (commensurables). The sounds are produced by females as
well as males; notably in the spawning season, when they are both
more frequent and more intense.
IV.
The natural food of the sea-horses consists mainly of small crusta-
ceans, such as copepods, sand-fleas (Gammarids), and the opossum
shrimps (J/yszds) as well as the young of higher forms. Such being
not readily obtainable by aquarium keepers,
Kent improvised for his aquaria ‘*a suc- -
cesstul substitute in the form of the larvee
of the common gnat” or mosquito (Culex
pipiens) and ** other water insects.” “
The mode of feeding is curious. A sup-
ply of amphipodous crustaceans may be
supplied to them and a fish will slowly
move toward one, peering at it, approach-
ing the mouth to it, and suddenly the ani-
maleule may disappear without any per-
ceptible movement of the jaws as though
the fish had sucked it in. But the amphi-
pod (or other animal) must be at rest or on
the ground or a plant; for the fish is too
slow to get one moving; nevertheless it
must be alive. The fish may throw itself
on its side or in any other attitude most fit
to get hold of the coveted ** bug.”
\
V 7 AR
. Of NRE
LIK
As the season for reproduction approaches | Fie. 5.—Sra-worse (Hippocampus
irr = “ pee meri gts - HUDSONIUS). MALE WITH DILATED
the sexes become prepared for it. The pouch. (AFTER KAvp.)
mature female’s cloaca or ‘** genital papilla”
is somewhat extended and becomes a kind of intromittent organ for the
transfer of her eggs to the male. The receptive male’s pouch becomes
thickened and vascular and thus prepared for the reception of the
eggs and the nutriment of the embryos. The males, as usual in fishes,
are somewhat smaller than the females.
«The many sea-horses in the aquaria at St. Louis (1904) were fed almost entirely
on the larvee of trout and salmon; the yelk-sac of the latter was broken before the
larva could be swallowed.
810 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
Curiosity is naturally excited as to the manner in which the eggs are
transferred into the narrow-mouthed ovigerous sack of the male.
Many have watched, but, so far as known, the only one who has caught
the female and male in the act of transfer was Dr. Filipo Fanzago. In
May, 1874, the doctor observed the approach of the two in an aqua-
rium at Naples. The approach was not once for all, but oft repeated
and very short each time. The male remained passive and the egg-
burdened female advanced toward him and pressed
the aperture for the extrusion of the eggs against the
mouth of the male’s pouch. At the most a few eggs—
perhaps not more than a single one—were passed
from the female to the male and then she retreated.
After a not very long interval —it varied—she again
approached and another transfer was made. Five
times Fanzago observed this strange kind of copula-
Fic. 6—Seanorse 10n in a short space of time (in breve spazio di
(Hippocampus tempo), but exactly how long is not stated. He
BUR oe aneece eae hoped to be able to make further observations, but
sac. (Arrer Lock- has left no other records. The eges are doubtless
east fertilized during the act of transfer.
The ovigerous pouch is especially adapted not only for the reception
of the eges but for the sustenance of the newly hatched offspring.
Dufossé (1874) found that
there was a lining mucous
membrane which had the fac-
ulty of secreting an aériform
fluid. Further, this function
is-liable to pathologic deyvia-
tion, in which case the bladder
may become stopped up and
the fish be unable to control
itself and carried to the surface
of the water, where it remains
helpless till death follows.
Lockwood (1868), before the
investigations of Dufossé,
found out for himself that the
pouch May actually contribute F1G. 7.—SEA-HORSE (HIPPOCAMPUS HUDSONIUS). MALE
DISCHARGING YOUNG FROM POUCH. (AFTER LOCK-
WOOD).
in some way to the sustenance
of the brood. ‘‘At the time
of receiving the spawn the wall of the pouch is not less than 3 lines
thick and well stored internally with fat. At the time of expulsion of
the developed fry the same sack is not half a line thick and hangs
flaccid on the animal, a mere thin membrane.”
If the male would relieve itself of its burden it uses its tail. Lock-
wood has described the operation as he saw it. ‘‘ Bending this ap-
|
|
NO. 1408.
LIFE HISTORY OF SEA-HORSES—GILL.
Sil
pendage upward like an inverted crook, thus imparting to it muscular
rigidity, the animal pressed it against the bottom of the embryonal
pouch, which occupied the
lower part of the abdomen,
thus pushing its contents
upward, and forcing them
out of the opening on the
top of the sack, the creature
all this time sustaining its
normal, erect position in the
water.” Another may take
advantage of the presence of
some object on which it can
get a purchase—a_ winkle
shell, for instance. A ** win-
kle afforded real help in
the labor of extruding the
young” to another male ob-
served by Lockwood. This
operation ‘is in no sense a
parturient process, but on
the contrary is entirely me-
‘chanical, and in the present
case was effected in the fol-
lowing manner: With its
abdomen turned toward the
shell, its tail attached to the
under part of it, the body
erected to its full height,
the animal, by a contractile
exertion of the proper mus-
cles, would draw itself down-
ward and against the shell,
thus rubbing the pouch up-
ward, and in this simple,
yet effective way, expelled
the fry at the opening on
top of the sack.” This is
not a continuous operation,
but each effort was ‘*‘ fol-
lowed by a few minutes
of rest,” and the extru-
sion of the young ‘‘lasted
for nearly six hours, from
at a time.”
Fra, 8.—SEA-HORSE (HIPPOCAMPUS HUDSONIUS). YOUNG,
VIEWED FROM SIDE AS A TRANSPARENT OBJECT. (RE-
DUCED FROM RYDER.) ab, AIR BLADDER; af, ANAL FIN;
al, URINARY VESICLE OR BLADDER; dat, VENOUS SINUS;
au, AUDITORY CAPSULE; Db’, b/’, b/’’, b/’ ’’, FIRST, SECOND,
THIRD, AND FOURTH BRANCHIAL ARCHES OF THE RIGHT
SIDE; ba, BULBOUS AORTA; bc, BASIRADIAL CARTILAGES;
bf, BREAST OR PECTORAL FIN; ¢, CEREBELLUM; Ce, CERE-
BRUM; ch, CHORDA DORSALIS OR NOTOCHORD; C8, CORACO-
SCAPULAR ARCH, Cl), CERATOHY AL CARTILAGE; df, DORSAL
FIN; @, INTERNASAL CARTILAGE; hhy, HYPOHYAL CAR-
TILAGE; Am, HYOMANDIBULAR CARTILAGE; ic, INTER-
RADIAL GARTILAGES OR BASALIA OF FIN RAYS; tv, IN-
TESTINAL VALVE; lv, LIVER; m, MEDULLA SPINALIS OR
SPINAL CORD; m, MOUTH; mb, MID-BRAIN; mk, MECKEL’S
CARTILAGE; m0, MEDULLA OBLONGATA; mt, METAPTERY-
GOID CARTILAGE; nda, NASAL PIT, 0@, CGESOPHAGUS, Pp,
PARACHORDAL CARTILAGE; pn, PINEAL GLAND; py, PITU-
ITARY BODY, gq, ROD-LIKE QUADRATE CARTILAGE; re,
ROSTRAL CARTILAGE OR PROLONGATION OF THE TRA-
BECULAR CORNU: rv. RECTAL PORTION GF INTESTINE;
S, SPIRACULAR OUTLET OF THE GILL-CHAMBER: 8¢,
DERMAL SCUTES OR PLATES; 8i/, ELONGATED SYMPLECTIC;
t, TRABECULZ CRANII SEEN FROM THE SIDE, fc, TEGMEN
CRANII; 0, VENT OR ANUS; V€, VENTRICLE OF HEART; W,
WOLFFIAN OR SEGMENTAL DUCT; 2, SUPRA-ANGULAR
CARTILAGINOUS ELEMENT, THE RUDIMENT OF THE SUPRA-
MAXILLARY.
a
three to six individuals being set free
The young then are fully developed,
)
812 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
After the exclusion of the young, connection between them and the
parent ceases, so far at least as recourse to the pouch is concerned,
Unlike the open-pouched pipe-fishes the sea-horses apparently can
not readmit the young to the shelter of its small-mouthed sack-like
pouch. It was Lockwood's ** belief that with the sea-horse the termina-
tion of development is the end of their solicitude for the young.”
The newly born young, 5 to 6 lines in length, are quite unlike the
parent fish in some respects, while in others they resemble him. The
scales are undeveloped, and instead of the pipe-like mouth the snout is
short and broad; nevertheless the general form is similar to that of
the adult, and the tail, though shorter and rounded, is incurved inward.
The tail is immediately utilized, we are told by Lockwood.
vale
The species of //ippocampus are numerous (between 30 and 40), but
the many common characters are so much more prominent and striking
than the specific ones that the latter are apt to be lost sight of and
overshadowed by the former. The distinctions between the species
are chiefly based on the length and number of rays of the dorsal fin,
the number of rings encircling the body, the comparative lengths of
the body and tail behind the anus, the depth of the body or distance
across from the dorsal ridge to the ventral, and the relative length of
the head and snout in front of the eyes. These are supplemented by
the comparative development of the tubercles or spines, of the coronet
at the crown of the head or nape, of the filaments with which the body
may be covered, and the color. In illustration of such, figures are
given of four species.
The common eastern American sea-horse (//ippocampus hudsonius)
has a long dorsal with about 19 rays, about 45 (10+32-35) rings, the
tail longer than head and trunk combined, the snout short but appre-
ciably longer than rest of head (1.8—1.4:1), and the depth of the
body approximately equals the length of the head. The coronet is
little developed, the tubercles and spines weak, and the filaments
rather few, short, and mostly simple. The color is dusky and spotless
(but blotched) and the dorsal has a submarginal dark band.
The sea-wrack sea-horse (//ippocampus zostere) of Florida contrasts
with the common species of the north in most of its characters. It
has a short dorsal (covering only 3 rings) with about 12 rays, about 41
(114-30) rings, the tail rather shorter than the rest of the body, the
snout extremely short and not more than half the rest of the head, and
the depth of the body great and almost equal to length from snout to
margin of pectoral fins. The coronet is high, the spines are well
developed, and the filaments moderate and often branched. The color
is olive green, more or less mottled, and the dorsal has no distinct
ert
No. 1408. LIFE HISTORY OF SEA-HORSES—GILL. ola
submarginal band. It is, according to Jordan and Evermann, “the
smallest known species of sea-horse, abundant in shallow water in the
lagoons, always found clinging by its tail to the sea-wrack (Zostera
marina).”
With these two species, two from Japan first described not long ago
(1901) by Jordan and Snyder may be compared. The descriptions
Fic. 9.—SEA-HORSE (HIPPOCAMPUS HUDSO- yg. 10,—SEA-HORSE (HIPPOCAMPUS ZOSTER®).
NIUS). FEMALE. (AFTER JORDAN AND FEMALE. (AFTER JORDAN AND EVERMANN. )
EVERMANN.) i
here given will furnish hints enough to discriminate between them
and others and indicate the range of variation.
Vil.
Certain Hippocampines of southern seas, especially the Phy/lopteryr
foliatus and Phycodurus eques, develop exaggerated characteristics,
which are more or Jess manifest in the ordinary sea-horses. The
Proc. N. M. vol. xx viii—04——52
Sia PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
cutaneous appendages, which are merely tags of skin in most species,
become greatly developed, especially about the tail, and simulate in a
remarkable degree the appearance of the seaweeds in which they are
wont to lurk.
FIG. 11.—SEA-HORSE (HIPPOCAMPUS Fig. 12.—SEA-HORSE (HIPPOCAMPUS SIN-
ATERRIMUS). MALE. DONIS). MALE.
The Solegnathines have the upper ridge of the caudal region deflected
and continuous into the lateral ridge, while the lower caudal ridge is
continuous with the ventro-iateral ridge of the trunk; the nuchal plate
is not elevated and not connate with the head, Nothing is known
respecting their habits,
NOTES ON AN ADULT GOBLIN SHARK (MITSUKURINA
OWSTONT) OF JAPAN.
By Barton A. Bran,
Assistant Curator, Division of Fishes.
In 1897 Prof. Kakichi Mitsukuri, of the University of Tokyo, Japan,
brought to the United States one of the most remarkable of living
sharks and placed it in the hands of Dr. David S. Jordan, who made
it the type of a distinct family of lamnoid sharks (Mitsukurinide).
The specimen was a young male, being but 42 inches long, and the 11-
foot adult female which is the subject of this sketch shows quite a dif-
ference in the proportion of certain parts. The rostral appendage
and caudal fin of the adult are relatively shorter than those of the
young. In the latter (the type) the distance from tip of rostral append-
age to eye slightly exceeds that from eye to last gill-opening, while in
the adult it is contained one and one-third times in this distance; the
tail of the type is contained but two and three-fourths times in the
total length; inthe adult, three and one-third times in this same length.
The depth of body in the young animal is much greater proportionately
than in the adult. As will be seen by the illustration, the body is
remarkably short, only as long as the head in the young, and the head
of the adult is two-thirds as long as the body.
Mr. Owston in forwarding this shark to the National Museum wrote
that it was the longest so far obtained, and that they are taken mostly
at Kosu, near Odawara, latitude 35° 16’ north, longitude 130~ 17’ east,
where there is a bank of 52 fathoms depth and depths of from 300 to
400 fathoms close by. Mostly females are taken, and in the spring-
time only. It is thought that they resort to the bank to breed.
The shark appears to be fairly well known only at the exact locality
given; the fishermen style it Tengu-zame, meaning goblin or elfin
shark. They are caught m Naname (7-mesh) nets. Oil is extracted
from the liver, and the flesh is used only for fertilizing purposes. A
small one has been taken at Okinose, 10 miles south of Misaki, and
others, too, have been taken on shark lines along the coast of Izu.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VoL. XXVIII—No. 1409.
815
George before the shark was skinned:
Total length, 11 feet; depth at origin
of pectoral, 12 inches; depth at first
dorsal, 11 inches; tip of snout to eye,
17; inches; tip of snout to anterior
edge of first gill-opening, 273 inches;
tip of snout to base of first dorsal, 463
inches; length of upper margin of tail,
39 inches; lower margin to notch, 28
inches; length of rostral appendage
underneath, 12 inches; width of rostral
appendage, 6 inches; width at spiracles,
7% inches; width between the eyes, 8¢
inches; diameter of eye, 1} inches; spir-
acle, I$ inches wide, 34 inches from
front of eye and on line with it. Upper
jaw grooved and prolonged beyond the
lower jaw, which is deeper grooved at
the synthesis than the upper. There
are four rows of visible teeth, the in-
ner row partly embedded in the flesh.
Teeth long and slender, sharp-pointed,
curved and recurved, and having a
MITSUKURINA OWSTONI.
double base; more numerous and longer
at the extremity of the jaws than pos-
teriorly. Longest teeth in upper jaw,
seven-eighths of an inch; longest in
lower jaw, L inch. Five gill-openings.
The fin measurements in inches are as
follows: Base of first dorsal, 74; height
of first dorsal, 10; width of end of first
dorsal, 34. The second dorsal is imme-
diately over the space between ventrals
and anal, its base, 5; height, 8; width of
end, +. Pectoral, length of outer mar-
gin, 13; inner margin, 9; and width of
tip, 7. Ventral, length of base, 12;
length of anterior margin, 9; width of
tip, 94.. Anal, base; 112:
The basal bones of the fins count as
follows: Pectoral, 16; ventral, 23; anal,
23; second dorsal, 12.
The specimen is now preserved in the U. 5. National Museum as a
dried skin and a partial skeleton preserved in alcohol. It is Cat. No.
50972, U.S.N.M., and bears the following label:
Fic. 1.—GOBLIN SHARK,
oML(h
bd
AN ADULT GOBLIN SHARK—BEAN
No. 1409.
“AdAL ‘GIVI
ONOOK
‘Nyauor INOISMO VYNIWAMOSLIY—'% “OTA
818 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Mitsukurina owstoni, collected for Alan Owston, of Yokohama, Japan, February 26,
1903, between Umezawa and Mayegawa, near Kosu, Sagami Bay, Japan, at a depth
of from 150 to 200 fathoms. Purchased through Dr. D. 8. Jordan.
The cut from a photograph by Mr. Smillie gives a very good idea of
the appearance of this shark when received in Washington; it was
preserved in formalin and reached us frozen quite stiff. The taxider-
mist, Mr. Turner, says the skin is in good condition for mounting.
IT understand from recent travelers to Japan that Mr. Owston has a
good series of this shark on hand, ranging in length from 4 to LO feet.
For the purpose of comparison Plate X XVI from volume 26 of the
Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum is here reproduced so that
the reader may readily see for himself the difference between the
specimens of the young and the adult Goblin Shark.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
JorDAN, Dayip Starr. Description of a species of Fish (Mitsukurina owstoni) from
Japan, the type of a distinct family of Lamnoid Sharks.
Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 3d ser., Zool., I, pp. 199-204, pls. xi-x1r. San Fran-
cisco, California, 1898.
Woopwarp, A. Smiru. Note on Scapanorhynchus, a Cretaceous Shark apparently
surviving in Japanese Seas.
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), I1I, London, 1899, pp. 487-489.
JoRDAN, Davip Srarr, and SNyprER, JOHN OTTERBEIN. A preliminary Check List of
the Fishes of Japan. -
Annotationes Zoologicee Japonenses, III, partes Il and III, p. 40. Tokyo,
April 3, 1901,
JORDAN, Dayip Srarr, and Fowier, Henry W. Review of the Elasmobranchiate
Fishes of Japan.
Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XX VI, 1903, pp. 620-622, 2 pls.
Dean, Basurorp. Additional specimens of the Japanese Shark, Mitsukurima.
Science, new ser., XVII, April 17, 1903, pp. 6380-631.
Bripar, T. W.
The Cambridge, Nat. Hist., VII, p. 452. London, 1904.
JoRDAN, Davip Starr, and Snyper, JOHN OrrerBEIN. Ona collection of fishes made
by Mr. Alan Owston in the deep waters of Japan.
Smithsonian Mise. Coll. (Qr. issue), I, Parts II] and IV, April 11, 1904, p. 234.
NOTES ON CESTODE CYSTS, TANIA CHAMISSONII, NEW
SPECIES, FROM A PORPOISE.
By Epwin Linton,
Of Washington and Jefferson College.
On October 7, 1901, Mr. Vinal N. Edwards, of Woods Hole, Massa-
chusetts, collected a lot of about twenty-five cysts from the mesentery
of a skunk porpoise (Lagenorhynchus acutus) captured at Menemsha
Bight, Vineyard Sound.
This material, preserved in formalin, was submitted to me in
August, 1903, at which time I made a preliminary examination of it.
Later some of it was stained and sectioned.
I already had in my collection a few cysts from the same host which
were collected on an expedition from Woods Hole to the tile-fish
grounds, July 29, 1899.
In the older lot there were two kinds of cysts, one kind similar to
those of the later lot, and, like them, obtained from the body cavity.
The others were smaller, and according to the label, came from the
blubber. The scolex of one of these cysts was examined and proved
to be a Phyllobothrium.
It is with the larger cysts that this paper is especially concerned.
These cysts are, for the most part, oblong-ovate and from 20 to 30
mm. in length. Their connective tissue walls are rather thick, and
are dense, tough, and leathery. Upon opening one of them a slender
filament, which may be as much as five or six times as long as the
cyst, is seen attached to the inner wall. One of these filaments in an
averaged-sized cyst measured 127 mm. in length and less than 1 mm.
in diameter.
At first sight these filaments might be mistaken for nematoid worms,
but a closer examination will show them to be the inverted portions of
a bladder worm (cysticercus).
By careful manipulation the connective tissue layers of the cyst
may be removed and the contained bladder liberated. The outer wall
of the bladder is closely adherent to the inner wall of the cyst, and
the bladder itself is rather fragile in the preserved specimens.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1410.
819
820 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
The poner ALN W will be best under stood from the firures, the
explanation of which should be read.
It will be seen readily from the figures that the filiform structure is
the inverted portion of the cysticercus. The relation of these parts is
shown in fig. 11.
The lumen of the filiform part is lined with cuticle which, of course,
becomes the external layer when the worm is everted. The scolex
*is provided with four suckers which may be seen in fig. 8. Further-
more the scolex appears to be truncate Ras front. This at least is my
interpretation of the upper part of fig. 9, near the index line m. Near
the scolex the cuticle is much crumpled ihe Sand 9). In longitudinal
sections the lateral vessels are seen to be spiral; slightly shown in fig. 9.
The folds on the inner wall of the bladder at the origin of the fila-
mentar portion (7, in figs. 1, 2, and 5) were seen only in the lot collected
by Mr. Edwards. ‘They may be due to the action of the killing fluid.
Encysted cestode worms were recorded by Rudolphi under the name
Cysticercus delphini.“ Cobbold summarizes the literature of the sub-
ject thus:
The presence of larval cestodes has been indicated in several whales. Thus,
F. Cuvier and Van Beneden state that Surgeon-Major Carnot, in 1822, found an
enormous quantity of small hydatids in the nasal sinuses of a porpoise (Phocena
compressicaudata). These are supposed to be cysticerci. In like manner, Mr.
F. D. Bennett, in 1837, obtained numerous capsuled cysticerci from the skin and
blubber of Catodon (Physeter) macrocephala. * * *
The naturalist Bose noticed a larval cestode in the fatty tissue surrounding the
reproductive organs of Delphinus delphis. He called it an hydatid (Hydatis), and
Rudolphi placed it with the Cysticerci (C. delphini). According to Van Beneden
[P.-J.] the parasite in question is probably a sexually immature example of Phyllo-
hothrium delphini described by his son. Edward Van Beneden found this scolex in
great abundance in a dolphin (D. delphis), which he dissected at Concarceau in
1868. (Parasites of Man and Animals, pp. 421-422. )
The cysts described by Ed. Van Beneden’ undoubtedly belong to
the genus Phyllobothrium. In like manner the description given
by Rudolphi, under Cysticercus delphini, points to the genus
Phyllobothrium.
On the other hand, Rudolphi’s account of Cysticercus delphini@
indicates a very different form from that recorded under the same
name in his History of the Entozoa, and appears, indeed, to be iden-
tical with the cysts under consideration in this paper.
In the Synopsis’ Rudolphi gives a brief account of some very inter-
esting specimens which had been brought to him by his very dear
friend Chamisso, having oes collected by the poet-naturalist in his
«a Entoz. Hist., it Pt. , p. 236; Synopsis, pp. 182. 544, and 551.
» Bull. Acad. B elgigue, XXIX, 1870, p. 360.
¢Entoz. Hist., I1, Pt. 2, p. 236.
d ‘Synopsis, p. 501.
ce
No. 1410. NOTES ON CESTODE CYSTS—LINTON. 821
journey around the world, and brought back to Rudolphi as a mark of
his regard for the renowned helminthologist.
Unfortunately the alcohol in which the cysts had been preserved
was too weak and consequently the material was not in good condition
for study. So that nothing remained except the hard external vesicle,
which, he states, is harder and more coriaceous than ordinarily (solito
duriar et coriacea).
The cysticercus itself, he says, had lost its opening, and one of
them exhibited a decidedly oblong-ovate form, with the anterior part
very broad, the body and head being rectracted. This he was not
able to preserve even by pouring stronger alcohol upon it. More-
over, in the macerating cysticercus the interior part of the vesicle was
seen to contain a filamentous portion which was somewhat long and
slender, and which, when examined under the microscope, might be
said to be slightly crenulated on both sides or to consist of wrinkle-
like segments. The description closes with the remark that no one
had ever before seen a similar structure in other cysticerci, and for that
reason a further examination of the species is especially commended.
I think there can be little doubt that the description paraphrased
above applies to cysts specifically identical with those which are the
subject-matter of this paper, and furthermore that they are the sex-
ually immature stage of an undescribed species of Zivzéa or closely
related genus.
Since it is desirable that there should be a definite name for these
highly characteristic cysts, the new specific name Tiensa chaimissonie
is proposed for them.
Cobbold indicates the probable final host of Cysticereus delphini
thus:
The sexually mature state of this worm, as the Belgian savants (Beneden, father
and son) remark, is to be looked for in some one or other of the larger sharks.
This will doubtless prove true, since the adult form would be a
Phyllobothrium, and that genus is peculiar to selachians.
This will doubtless be the case with respect to the final host of //://-
lobothrium delphind, since that genus is peculiar to selachians.
It can hardly be the fate of Chamisso’s cysticercus, however, which,
being a true bladder worm, and not a plerocercus, characteristic of
Phyllobothrium and its allies, rather suggests a mammal as the final
host. It is more likely therefore that the final host of Chamisso’s
cysticercus will be found to be some pedaceous mammal like the killer
whale (Orcinus orca).
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV.
Letters having the same meaning in the different figures:
Fig.
b. Suckers of scolex.
bl. Bladder of cysticercus.
c, ¢, ce”, Cyst of connective tissue inclosing bladder.
Cu. Cuticle.
ex. Iexternal pore communicating with inverted portion of cysticercus.
. Granulo-fibrous layer of inverted portion of cysticercus.
i. Folds on inner wall of bladder at point of invertion.
Us Fine longitudinal fibers.
lv. Lateral, longitudinal vessels of inverted portion of cysticercus.
ml. Lumen of inverted portion of eysticercus.
p- Parenchyma. ;
3: Scolex.
ti Filiform inverted portion of cysticercus.
1. Cyst cut open on one side, showing the outer and thicker connective tissue
layer c of the cyst proper, the inner and thinner layer b/ or bladder, the
point of invertion 7, and the filiform, inverted portion f. Actual length
of cyst 80 mm.
. Bladder removed from cyst, opened and reflected, showing the filiform
portion with its point of attachment and the blunt, inverted scolex.
bo
Knlarged about 2 diameters.
3. A large cyst, 48 by 40 by 22 mm. in the three principal diameters. The
outer wall has been cut open and reflected, showing that what at first
appeared to be one cyst has others included within its outer wall. Each
of the included cysts is surrounded by connective tissue. Upon removal
of the outer coat there appeared to be three cysts inclosed, c’. One of
these, after further removal of connective tissue, was found to inclose two
cysts, c’’. In other words, the primary cyst inclosed four bladder worms,
which, starting from four laryze near together, grew and became enveloped,
at first in individual cysts and later in a common cyst, ¢.
4. Cysticercus removed from cyst. The filiform portion is protruding from a
perforation in the wall of the bladder.
5. Another cysticercus with a window cut in the wall to show that the filiform
portion is not everted, but is perforating the wall.
6. Transverse section of filiform portion of cysticercus near the scolex. The
section was 0.45 by 0.387 mm. in the two principal diameters.
7. Transverse section of filiform portion of cysticercus near middle of its length.
The section was 0.66 by 0.50 mm. in the two principal diameters.
8. A nearly transverse section through the scolex.
9. A nearly longitudinal section through the scolex.
10. A cysticercus with a portion of the bladder cut away so as to show the pore
on the exterior and its continuation in the filiform portion.
11. Diagram showing the relation of the bladder to the inverted filiform portion
and scolex.
12. Pediceled cyst; actual length of cyst, not including pedicel, 30 mm.
Figures 1 to 7 from lot collected October 7, 1901; figures 8 to 10 and 12
from lot collected July 29, 1899.
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XXVIII PL. XXXV
BLADDER WoRM (TANIA CHAMISSONII) FROM PORPOISE.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 822.
BIRDS COLLECTED BY DR. W. L. ABBOTT IN THE KILI-
MANJARO REGION, EAST AFRICA.
By Harry C. OBERHOLSER,
Assistant Ornithologist, Department of Agriculture.
>
The first collection of birds received by the United States National
Museum from the well-known and generous traveler and collector,
Dr. W. L. Abbott, was gathered by him on famous Mount Kiliman-
jaro and in the neighboring region east and south, chiefly during the
years 1888 and 1889.
Doctor Abbott reached Kidudwe, 90 miles inland from Zanzibar, in
December, 1887, journeying thence to Taveta, in southeastern British
Kast Africa, which latter place formed, as it were, his base of opera-
tions for the two years that followed. Collecting was assiduously
carried on at various places in the environs of Taveta, and trips were
made to Lake Jipé, Lake Chala, Kahé, Aruscha-wa-chini, and the Useri
-River, while Mount Kilimanjaro itself was several times ascended and
collections made at various altitudes up to 14,000 feet. Early in Janu-
ary of 1890 the Teita Hills were visited, and about the middle of the
same month Mombasa on the coast was finally reached. The localities
at which birds were obtained, together with the months in which the
respective collecting was done, are given below:
Kidudwe.—In German East Africa, 90 miles inland from Zanzibar.
December, 1887.
Mount Kilimanjaro.—On the boundary between German East Africa
and British East Africa, but lying mostly in the former, about 250
miles from the coast, and some 450 miles southeast of Victoria Nyanza;
altitude 19,780 feet. April, May, June, July, August, and Novem-
ber, 1888; August, September, November, and December, 1889; Jan-
uary, 1890.
Foot of Mount Kilimanjaro.—At the southeast side. April, 1888.
Mandara’s, Mount Kilimanjaro.—On the mountain, at 5,000 feet.
August and September, 1889.
Maranu, Mount Kilimanjaro.—On the southeastern slope of the
mountain, at 5,000 feet. Possibly the same as Marangu. April and
September, 1888.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1411.
823
894 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Pains of Ga eee near iene Nope? oh:
east of Mount Kilimanjaro.—Near the east base of the mountain.
August, September, October, December, 1888; January and July, 1889.
Useri, Kilimanjaro— Useri River.—Near the east base of Mount
Kilimanjaro. July, August, September, October, December, 1888;
January and July, 1889.
Zavetu.—In British East Africa, about 20 or 25 miles southeast of
Mount Kilimanjaro. February, March, April, May, June, July,
August, September, November, December, 1888; January, February,
and April, 1889.
Plains of Taveta.—Near Taveta. June, July, and August, 1888.
Lumi River.—In the vicinity of Taveta.” October and November,
1888.
Lake Jipé.—\n German East Africa, 10 or 15 miles south of Taveta.
May, 1888.
Plains of Lake Jipe.—Near Lake Jipé. May, 1888.
Lake Chala.—Between Taveta and the base of Mount Kilimanjaro
10 or 15 miles northwest of the former. July and August, 1888. |
Kahé.—South of Mount Kilimanjaro, and west of Taveta. May,
September, November, 1888; August, 1889.
Plains southwest of Mount Kilimanjaro.—May, 1889.
Aruscha-wa-chini.—In German East Africa, southwest of Mount
Kilimanjaro. October and November, 1888.
Teita [Hills.—In British East Africa, about 75 miles east of Mount
Kilimanjaro. January, 1890.
Mombasa. —On the coast of southern British East Africa, about 150
miles north of Zanzibar. January, 1890.
’
Mount Kilimanjaro is classic ground, ornithologically, and few
localities in Africa are now better known. Situated, as it is, approxi-
mately midway between north and south, the Kilimanjaro district is
part Abyssinian, part South African in tts affinities, possessing at the
same time, however, a considerable proportion of endemic forms.
Strange to say a surprisingly small namber of the mountain species
are identical with those of Mount Kenia in British East Africa, some
200 miles to the northward, a fact to which attention has already been
ralled.
Several collectors preceded Doctor Abbott in this region and many
have followed him, but few have achieved more important results,
and it is a matter of great regret that the published report on this
material should have been so lone delayed. Dr. Charles W, Richmond
based the genus //eterotrogon“ on specimens from this collection, and
described ten new forms,’ but little else concerning these birds of
Doctor Abbott’s has oper to been pr nee though many of them were
«Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XVII, 1895, pp. 601 -603.
6 Auk, XIV, 1897, pp. 154-164.
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER, 825
tentatively identified by Mr. Robert Ridgway, and later also by Doctor
Richmond. The 684 specimens represent 256 species and subspecies
belonging to 59 families. Most of the novelties have already been
described, but a few will be found named for the first time in the suc-
ceeding pages, together with several new genera created for species
first obtained by Doctor Abbott, as well as for some previously known.
Aside from these, there are a number of rare birds such as /rancolinus
uluensis, Caprimulgus donaldsoni, Micropus myoptilus, Melittophagus
oreobates, Hyphantornis schillingsi, Nigrita diabolica, Pseudonigrita
cabanisi, Pinarochroa hypospodia, Cisticola hunteri, Bradupterus har-
ratti, Batis mixta, Parus thruppi barake, and Zosterops eurycricota,;
also others in plumages that are undescribed; and still other specimens
that even at this late day extend the range of their respective species.
The best idea, however, of the marvelous richness of this collection of
Doctor Abbott’s is probably furnished by the subjoined list of 62
species and subspecies that were undescribed when obtained by him,
an exposition that is possibly of more than passing interest as indica-
tive of the great progress in African ornithology that the past eight-
een years have witnessed:
*
Struthio massaicus Neumann. Hyphantornis schillingsi (Reichenow ).
Astur sparsimfasciatus aceletus Oberhol- | Estrilda eyanocephala Richmond.
ser.@ Nigrita diabolica (Reichenow and Neu-
Francolinus uluensis Grant. mann).
Numida reichenowt Grant. Hypochera amauropteryx Sharpe.
Numida intermedia Neumann. Coccopygia dufresni kilimensis (Sharpe).
Pterocles gutturalis saturatior Hartert. Arizelopsar femoralis (Richmond ).
Turtur semitorquatus intermedius Erlanger. Stilbopsar stuhlmanni Reichenow.
Turtur capicola tropicus Reichenow. Arizelocichla nigriceps (Shelley).
Stigmatopelia senegalensis xquatorialis (Er- Arizelocichla striifacies (Reichenow and
langer). Neumann).
(Ena capensis anonyma Oberholser. ¢ Pycnonotus layardi micrus Oberholser. @
Chalcopelia chalcospila acanthina Ober- Phyllastrephus cerviniventris Shelley.
holser. ¢ Phyllastrephus placidus (Shelley ).
KHurystomus afer suahelicus Neamann. Argya saturata Sharpe.
Melittophagus oreobates Sharpe. Cossypha caffra iolema Reichenow.
Lophoceros melanoleucos suahelicus Neu- Cichladusa guttata rufipennis (Sharpe).
mann, | Cisticola hunteri Shelley.
Rhinopomastus cyanomelas schalowi (Neu- | Cisticola prinioides Neumann.
mann). | Bradypterus cinnamomeus salvadorii (Neu-
Asio maculosus amerimnus Oberholser. ¢ mann ).
Caprimulgus donaldsoni Sharpe. | Apalis thescela Oberholser. ?
Lybius abbotti Richmond. | Apalis griseiceps Reichenow and Neu-
Smilorhis kilimensis Shelley. mann.
Viridibucco leucomystax (Sharpe). Sylvietta whytii jacksoni (Sharpe).
Melignothes exilis meliphilus Oberholser.¢ | Muscicapa striata neumanni (Poche).
Dendropicus guineensis massaicus Neu- | Chloropeta natalensis similis (Richmond).
mann. , | Batis mixta (Shelley).
Hyphantornis jacksoni (Shelley ). | Platysteira cryptoleuca Oberholser. ?
« New subspecies. b New species.
826 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Tehitrea suahelica (Reichenow ). | Helionympha nectarimioides (Richmond),
Cryplolopha umbrovirens — dorcadichroa | Nectarinia tacazze unisplendens Neumann.
(Reichenow and Neumann). Psalidoprocne holomelas massaica Neu-
Parus thruppi barakee (Jackson). | mann.
Laniarius abbotti Richmond. | Hirundo emini Reichenow.
Nilaus afer minor (Sharpe). | Macronyx aurantiigulus Reichenow.
Prionops vinaceigularis Richmond. | Crithagra albifrons Sharpe.
Zosterops senegalensis flavilateralis (Reiche- | Crithagra striolata affinis Richmond.
now ). |
The writer has to thank Dr. R. Bowdler Sharpe, of the British
Museum, who, at Doctor Richmond’s request, identified a number of
the more obscure forms in the collection—a very acceptable service,
since in these cases the United States National Museum possessed little
or no material for comparison.
To the authorities of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences,
through Mr. Witmer Stone, for access to the library and for the loan
of specimens, as well as to Mr. Glover M. Allen for the verification of
several important references from books not available in Washington,
the writer’s thanks are also due. But he is under particular obligation
to Dr. Charles W. Richmond for freely placing at his disposal many
manuscript notes on the species of the collection, and for timely assist-
ance of many and various kinds too numerous to recount.
All matter between quotation marks, unless otherwise specifically
stated, is to be credited to Doctor Abbott, whose tield notes on the
specimen labels have been almost invariably transcribed. All measure-
ments are in millimeters.
Family STRUTHIONID:.
STRUTHIO MASSAICUS Neumann.
Struthio massaicus NEUMANN, Journ. f. Ornith., 1898, p. 243 (Ukamba, British
East Africa).
This recently described ostrich is represented in Doctor Abbott's |
collection by the skin of a head and neck, which was obtained some- |
where in East Africa, probably in the neighborhood of Mount
Kilimanjaro.
Family PHALACROCORACID 2.
PHALACROCORAX LUCIDUS LUGUBRIS (Riippell).
Phalacrocorax lugubris Répreiy, Syst. Uebers. Vog. Nord-Ost-Afr., 1845, p. 134,
pl. L (Shoa, Abyssinia).
One female, from Lake Chala, near Mount Kilimanjaro, July 2,
1888. This example is apparently quite typical of Phalacrocorax l.
lugubris, the wing measuring 315 mm., the exposed culmen 65 mm.
The upper breast is black mixed with white, exhibiting therefore a
aI
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 827
Pondition intermediate heme een 7. in Tee and Doctor Reichenow’s .
Phalacrocorax guttural/s,¢ and indicating strongly that the latter is,
as it has been recently considered by its describer,’ merely an adven-
titious variation of the former.
PHALACROCORAX AFRICANUS (Gmelin).
Pelecanus africanus GMELIN, Syst. Nat., I, il, 1788, p. 577 (Africa).
One specimen, from Taveta, February 5, 1889. ‘* Length 20 inches
[508 mm. |]; iris red; bill orange yellow.”
‘amily ARDEID ZA.
ARDEA MELANOCEPHALA Vigors and Children.
Ardea melanocephala Vicors and CHitprEN, in Denh. and Clapp. Narr. Tray.
Afr., II, App., 1826, p. 201 (Lake Tchad, Bornou).
One adult female, from the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro,
December 11, 188s.
HERODIAS ALBA (Linnezus).
Ardea alba Linn xus, Syst. Nat., 10th ed., I, 1758, p. 144 (Europe [type locality,
Sweden] ).
One adult, from ‘‘ Kast Africa.”
NYCTICORAX NYCTICORAX (Linnezus).
Ardea nycticorax LINN £us, Syst. Nat., 10th ed., I, 1758, p. 142 (southern Europe).
One specimen, without data.
ARDEOLA RALLOIDES (Scopoli).
Ardea ralloides Scopout, Ann. Hist. Nat., I, 1769, p. 88 (no locality given).
One specimen, a female, from the Useri River, near Mount Kili-
manjaro, August 27, 1888.
Family CICONIID.
CICONIA CICONIA (Linnzus).
Ardea ciconia Linnxus, Syst. Nat., 10th ed., I, 1758, p. 142 (Europe, Asia, Africa
[type locality, Sweden] ).
One Speen from eastern Africa.
«Journ. f. Ornith., 1892, p. 5 (Bukoba, Victoria Nyanza, German East Africa).
> Reichenow, V Res) Africas, I, 1900, p. 90.
828 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
family IBIDIDA.
IBIS AZTHIOPICA (Latham).
Tantalus «ethiopicus LarnAM, Ind. Orn., I1, 1790, p. 706 (‘‘ASthiopia’’).
Two specimens, from Aruscha-wa-chini, south of Mount Kilimanjaro,
October 25, 1889. ** Tris brown; scleroties red; head, neck, and feet
black; bare skin under wings carmine.”
HAGEDASHIA HAGEDASH (Latham).
Tantalus hagedash Laraam, Ind. Orn., II, 1790, p. 709 (Cape of Good Hope,
southern Africa).
One specimen, from East Africa, with no indication of more exact
locality.
Family ANATID/.
ALOPOCHEN 4GYPTIACA (Linnzus).
Anas egyptiaca Linn.tzus, Syst. Nat., 12th ed., I, 1766, p. 197 (Egypt).
One adult male, from the plains of Mount Kilimanjaro, August 22,
1888.
PAECILONITTA ERYTHRORHYNCHA (Gmelin).
Anas erythrorhyncha GMELIN, Syst. Nat., I, ii, 1788, p. 517 (Cape of Good Hope,
southern Africa).
One female, from the Useri River, on: the Kilimanjaro plains,
August 27, 1888.
The generic name of this duck has suffered much at the hands of
purist emenders; the original and therefore proper form of the word,
as written above, is rarely seen.
THALASSORNIS LEUCONOTA Eyton.
Thalassornis leuconotus Eyrox, Mon. Anat., 1838, p. 168 (Cape of Good Hope,
southern Africa).
Two specimens-—male and female—from the plains southwest of
Mount Kilimanjaro, May 10, 1889. =
The bird described by Doctor Richmond as Zhalassornis insularis,“
from specimens collected by Doctor Abbott in Madagascar, seems to be
undoubtedly distinct, and differs from the continental species as he
has indicated.“
@Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XIX, 1897, p. 678 (River Sakalés).
No.141k BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 829
Family FALCONID.
GYMNOGENYS« TYPICA (Smith).
Poloboroides [sic] typicus Smirx, 8S. Afr. Quar. Journ., II, 1830, p. 107 (eastern
Cape Colony, South Africa).
One male, from Taveta, taken February 5, 1889. It is not quite
adult, some of the brown feathers of the juvenal plumage still persist-
ing above and below; and the lower tail-coverts are mostly slate color
barred with white. ‘* Iris white; feet and the bare skin surrounding
the eyes yellow.”
MICRONISUS GABAR (Daudin).
Falco gabar Dauprn, Traité d’Orn., II, 1800, p. 87 (‘‘ prés des riviéres Swart-Kop
et Sondag; Camdeboo; entre les montagnes de Neige et le Bock-Veld [type
locality, Swart-Kop River, Cape Colony ] ).
4 } ] :
One immature female, from Taveta, January 31, 1889. ‘* Iris light
yellow; feet straw yellow.”
ASTUR SPARSIMFASCIATUS ACELETUS, new subspecies.
Chars. subsp.—Resembling Astur sparsimfasciatus sparsimfasci-
atus,’ but bill smaller; the throat, middle of abdomen, and lower tail-
coverts barred with brown.
Description.—Type, adult female, Cat. No. 117876, U.S.N.M.;
Taveta, British East Africa, July 7, 1888; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Upper
surface brownish slate color, almost clear slate on the nape; tail sepia
brown with a narrow white tip and three or four broad rather light-
brown bands which, on a few of the feathers, chiefly basally, become
whitish along the inner edge of the interior webs, but the middle
pair entirely without white; under surface of tail paler, the light
spaces brownish gray and better defined than above; wing-quills se,
barred basally on their inner webs with white, which is, however, all
concealed in the closed wing; wing-coverts brownish slate, like the
upper parts; sides of head and neck slate color with a brownish tinge;
entire lower surface buffy white, the chin, upper throat, middle of
abdomen, and under tail-coverts with narrow, widely spaced bars of
hair brown, the rest of the inferior surface with broad, dark, warm
hair-brown bars that are often narrowly margined with tawny; thighs
more closely barred with the same color, but the more conspicuous
tawny margins produce a rufescent general appearance; lining of
wing buffy white, with mottlings and irregular bars of sepia and
bistre. Length of wing, 251; tail, 218; exposed culmen with cere, 25;
a@See Richmond, Auk, 1902, p. 92.
b Astur sparsimfasciatus Reichenow, Ornith. Monatsber., 1895, p. 97 (Zanzibar,
eastern Africa).
Proce. N. M. vol. xxviii—04
53
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
830
culmen without cere, 19; tarsus, 65; middle toe, 38; middle claw, 15;
hind claw, 23 mm.
This evidently new form of an interesting yet rather difficult group
differs from Astur tachiro and its various subspecies most noticeably
in its much larger size, strikingly stouter feet and tarsi, lack of white
markings on the middle tail-feathers, and rather wider white inter-
spaces of the ventral surface. Doctor Reichenow has recently reduced
Astur sparsim fasciatus to a subspecies of Astur tachiro,” but he prob- |
ably errs in so doing, since the former, by his own showing,’ occurs
almost exclusively within the known range of the latter; the differ-
ences are such as would appear to be specific rather than subspecific;
and furthermore, there is no evidence of intergradation. The dis-
covery of the present new form, only a short distance across the
mountain from Moschi, where Mr. Neumann found what he consid-
ered typical A. tachiro,° is added proof of the distinctness of the two
species.
Doctor Abbott obtained only the single specimen above described,
and the bird appears to be rare. He notes the native name (Ki Taveta)
as °* Kinui.”
BUTEO AUGUR (Riippell).
Falco (Buteo) augur Ritprpett, Neue Wirb. Faun. Abyss., Vogel, 1835, p. 38,
pl. xvi (Abyssinia).
Four specimens from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 4,000 and 5,000 feet.
The three adults all have the lower tail-coverts more or less tipped
with tawny. ‘‘Iris brown; feet and cere yellow; bill horn blue;
Native name ‘githm’. Length (of male) 204 inches [514 mm.].” An
immature female just passing into the adult plumage has still the
brown, light-barred tail and the large spots on the breast, but many
black feathers are appearing in the plumage of the upper parts, while
the chin and throat are streaked with black as in the adult; the pos-
terior lower surface is strongly tinged with tawny, the thighs and
crissum somewhat mottled with the same; the wings are much less
blackish than those of the adult, and most of their conspicuous grayish
white markings are, particularly on the outer webs, either absent or
obscured.
BUTEO DESERTORUM (Daudin),
Falco desertorum Daupin, Traité d’Orn., II, 1800, p. 162 (based on Leyaillant;
no locality given, but probably southern Africa).
One immature female from Mount Kilimanjaro, 5,000 feet, Septem-
ber 1, 1889. This individual is not pure white below, but is tinged
with buff on breast, sides, and abdomen, and with ochraceous on flag's
and crissum. ‘*Iris straw color; cere light green.”
«Vogel Africas, I, 1901, p.554. %Idem, pp. 552-554. «Journ. f. Ornith., 1899, p. 42.
No. M11. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 83]
AQUILA RAPAX (Temminck).
Falco rapax TrmMinck, Pl. Col., I, 1828, pl. cccciy (southern Africa).
Two rather worm specimens: an adult male from the plains east of
Mount Kilimanjaro, September 21, 1888; and an immature female
from the plains of Taveta, July 5, 1888. Both have the cervix lighter
than the back—possibly a peculiarity of their abraded condition.
LOPHOAETUS OCCIPITALIS (Daudin).
Falco occipitalis Daupin, Traité d’Orn., II, 1800, p. 40 (‘pays d’ Auteniquoi et
Caffrerie’’).
One adult female, from Mount Kilimanjaro, 5,000 feet, October 1,
1889. :
KAUPIFALCO MONOGRAMMICUS MONOGRAMMICUS (Temminck).
Fulco monogrammicus TemMMinck, Pl. Col., I, 1824, pl. cecxiy (Senegal, western
Africa).
One adult female, from Taveta, January 31, 1889.
The generic name Aaupifulco Bonaparte,” founded upon this species,
is long anterior to the current Astwrinu/a Finsch and Hartlaub,’ and
should be employed for the group.
CIRCAETUS CINEREUS Vieillot.
Circaetus cinereus VirtttotT, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., XXIII, 1818, p. 445
(Senegal ).
One specimen, an apparently adult female, from Kahé, September
5, 1888. ‘‘ Iris orange yellow; feet dirty greenish white.”
PONTOAETUS VOCIFER (Daudin).
Falco vocifer Daupin, Traité d’Orn., II, 1800, p. 65 (type locality, Delagoa Bay,
Portuguese East Africa).
Halizxetus vocifer AUTHORS.
One fine old female of this magnificent eagle is in the collection. — It
was obtained at Taveta, April 29, 1888. ‘‘ Iris and feet soiled white;
cere yellow.”
MILVUS 42GYPTIUS (Gmelin).
Falco aegyptius GMELIN, Syst. Nat., I, 1, 1788, p. 261 (Egypt).
Five specimens: from Taveta; Mount Kilimanjaro at 5,000 feet; and
the plains east of this mountain. An adult female, taken March 25,
1888, had the ‘*‘ bill and feet yellow.” An adult male, November 14,
1889, measured in the flesh 22 inches (581 mm.) in length, and 533
@ Rey. et Mag. de Zool., 1854, p. 533.
b Finsch and Hartlaub, Vég. Ost-Afr., 1870, p. 59.
832 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
>
inches (1,359 mm.) in extent; an immature male, December 23, 1889,
was 214 inches (540 mm.) long: ‘‘Iris dark brown; bill black; cere
and feet yellow.” There is a conspicuous range of individual color
variation in this species, even among adult birds.
POLIHIERAX SEMITORQUATUS (Smith).
Falco simitorquata [err. typ.] Smira, Rep. Exped. Explor. Cent. Afr., 1836,
p. 44 (near old Latakoo, Bechuana Land, South Africa).
Two specimens of this diminutive falcon are in the collection—an
immature female from the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro, October
3, 1888, and an adult male from the Teita Hills, January 11, 1890.
‘Feet and cere (of adult male) red; bare skin around eyes red; iris
brown; bill very light slate blue, the tip black.” In our immature
female the white collar on the hind neck is deeply tinged with chest-
nut and ochraceous; the broad, light terminals of the secondaries are
strongly rufescent; the primaries and rectrices are tipped with chest-
nut or tawny; and the feathers of the entire lower parts, except the
chin and upper throat, have fine blackish shaft streaks.
Family TURNICID.
TURNIX SYLVATICA LEPURANA (Smith).
Ortygis lepurana Smirn, Rep. Exped. Explor. Cent. Afr., 1836, p. 55 (Kurri-
chaine, Bechuana Land, South Africa. )
Two specimens: Aruscha-wa-chini, October 26, 1889; and Kahé,
south side of Mount Kilimanjaro, May 4, 1888.
Family PHASIANIDL.
FRANCOLINUS SEPHAENA GRANTII (Hartlaub).
Francolinus grantii HartLaus, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 665, pl. xxxrx
fig. 1 (Unyamwezi, German East Africa). |
Five specimens, from Taveta. The female is smaller than the male,
is without spurs, and somewhat paler, more grayish on the upper sur-
face, though there seems to be no difference on the lower parts. A |
bird in juvenal plumage, taken March 21, 1888, isin color above very _
similar to the adult female, differing chiefly in being rather paler,
with less black on the nape; there is also less chestnut spotting on the |
jugulum; the ground color of the posterior lower parts, excepting the |
crissum, is deeper buff, and only a very little streaked and barred
with pale grayish, this confined mostly to the breast and sides. |
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. $33
FRANCOLINUS ULUENSIS Grant.
Francolinus uluensis GRANT, Ibis, 1892, p. 44 (Machako’s, Ulu country, British
East Africa).
Three specimens: one from Taveta; one from Lake Chala, near
Mount Kilimanjaro; the other without data. All appear to be typical,
bearing out the specific characters assigned by Mr. Grant. This
species has hitherto been reported oniy from Ukamba and the Ulu
country, south of Mount Kenia, so that Doctor Abbott’s specimens
extend its range some distance to the southward. Two of these
examples are further interesting on account of being females. They
are smaller than the male, and lack spurs, but are quite similar in
plumage, except for being possibly a little more grayish on the upper
parts. They measure as follows:
lex | areal
F M eS Ix posed) ,, _ |Middle
4OCE fe date. : all. | arsus.
Locality | Date Wing Tail arian, Tarsus | toe.
| —
| ment, mm. | nim. mem. mm,
akerGhalansces= a. cece | Aug. 20, 1888 166 83 | 24 dt 27
Mivetawesea. ses sas snes Apr. 18, 1889 159 76 | 28 39 28
| | |
FRANCOLINUS HILDEBRANDTI HILDEBRANDTI Cabanis.
Francolinus (Scleroptera) hildebrandti Capants, Journ, f. Ornith., 1878, pp. 206,
243, pl. iv, fig. 2 (Ndi, Teita, British East Africa).
Six specimens, from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 5,000 feet. One of the
two adult females differs from the other in having considerably paler
lower parts, a conspicuous mottling of blackish on the feathers of the
upper breast, and very broad dark-brown instead of rufous bars on
the lower tail-coverts. An immature female corresponds very closely
to the description of a similar specimen, the type of /rancolinus
fischeri, given by Reichenow,“ and in color differs from the adult of
the same sex in being lighter, much more coarsely mottled above, the
tertials particularly with large spear-shaped spots of deep brown;
very much paler below—ochraceous buff in place of deep tawny, many
of the feathers broadly margined with whitish, the chin and throat
whitish, the jugulum, breast, and sides of neck heavily streaked and
spotted with blackish brown, the sides of the body broadly streaked
with the same color; lower tail-coverts with but small obsolete sub-
terminal markings of dusky. The tarsal spur is not absent in the adult
female, but is shorter, stouter, and not so sharp as inthe male. Doctor
Abbott reports this species ‘‘very common, to judge from the num-
bers of snared ones brought for sale by the natives.”
« Vogel Africas, I, 1901, pp. 478-479.
834 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
FRANCOLINUS SCHUETTI SCHUETTI Cabanis.
Francolinus (Scleroptera) schuetti CaBanis, Journ. f. Ornith., 1880, p. 351
(Northern Lunda, Kongo Free State).
Five specimens from Mount Kilimanjaro, 5,000 and 7,000 feet. Of
an adult male, obtained April 6, 1888, Doctor Abbott says: ‘** Brought
alive by natives; bill and feet red, iris dark brown.” The female is
smaller than the male, but not appreciably different in color.
As the juvenal plumage of this species seems to be unknown, the fol-
lowing description, taken from a specimen collected August 9, 1888,
may be of interest: Pileum bistre brown, almost uniform; rest of upper
parts, including the tail, rich vandyke brown, the feathers of the
nape, back, and scapulars with large black subterminal markings, and
furthermore varied with bars and small shaft streaks of buff, tawny,
or ochraceous; rump and upper tail-coverts obscurely, irregularly,
and narrowly barred with blackish and tawny; the tail barred narrowly
with dusky; wings fuscous, the coverts and outer webs of the quills
reddish brown, paler than the upper surface of the body, finely ver-
miculated and obsoletely barred with blackish, the coverts and the
primaries in places with additional bars of ochraceous, the tertials
marked with black like the feathers of the back; extreme forehead,
lores, orbital region, and broad supercilium ochraceous buff; cheeks
and auriculars dull brown, slightly mixed with grayish; chin plain
buffy white; breast and jugulum, including the sides of the neck,
mottled with blackish brown, ochraceous, buff, and whitish, chiefly in
more or less irregular bars, the feathers with pale shaft lines; remain-
der of lower parts prout’s brown, paler medially, rather more rufes-
cent posteriorly, everywhere with various blackish, ochraceous, and
whitish markings, all these most obscured on the crissum; sides and
flanks with buffy shaft lines.
PTERNISTES LEUCOSCEPUS INFUSCATUS (Cabanis).
Pternistes infuscatus CABANts, Journ. f. Ornith., 1868, p. 413 (Lake Jipé, German
East Africa).
Three typical specimens without data, but presumably from the
neighborhood of Mount Kilimanjaro.
‘amily PERDICID/.
COTURNIX DELEGORGUEI Delegorgue.
Coturnix delegorguei DELEGoRGUE, Voy. I’ Afr. Austr., II, 1847, p. 615 (Limpopo
River, southeastern Africa).
Six specimens, from Taveta, and Mount Kilimanjaro at 5,000 feet
altitude. ‘‘Iris of adult male light brown; feet light straw color.”
An immature male, taken December 25, 1889, on Mount Kilimanjaro,
}
,
No. 1411. = BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 835
differs from the adult of the same sex in being appreciably paler, both
above and below; the anchor-shaped mark on the white throat is more
brownish; the black median area of the ventral surface is more
restricted, posteriorly brownish, and with edgings of pale grayish;
the streaks on sides and flanks are noticeably smaller; ‘‘iris light
brown; feet pale flesh color.” The single adult female, which con-
tained eggs ready for extrusion, is apparently of exceptional size,
being larger than any of the males: wing, 108; tail, 27; exposed cul-
men, 12; tarsus, 25; middle toe, 22 mm.
Family NUMIDID.
NUMIDA REICHENOW/I Grant.
Numida reichenowi Grant, Ibis, 1894, p. 536 (Makarungu, Ukambani District,
British East Africa).
One apparently typical specimen, from East Africa, but without
specific data.
NUMIDA INTERMEDIA (Neumann).
Numida marungensis intermedia NeuMann, Ornith. Monatsber., 1898, p. 21 (west
shore of Victoria Nyanza, German East Africa).
One adult male, from the plains of Taveta, July 2, 1888. This is
a typical specimen, answering perfectly to the descriptions of WV. ¢nter-
media, and considerably extends the range of the species which does
not seem previously to have been recorded except from the vicinity of
Lake Victoria Nyanza.
ACRYLLIUM VULTURINUM (Hardwicke).
Numida vulturina HAarpwicKke, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1834, p. 52 (coast of west-
ern Africa).
Two specimens, from Mount Kilimanjaro, and the plains east of that
mountain, respectively. Both are adults in fine plumage.
Family OTIDID %.
LOPHOTIS GINDIANA (Oustalet).
Eupodotis gindiana OustaLer, Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, 1881, p. 164 (Somali Land).
One specimen from the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro, Septem-
ber 22, 1888. This is an immature male, and seems to agree very well
with the description of the adult female, though we have no proper
specimens for comparison.
836 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL: XXVIII.
LISSOTIS MELANOGASTRA (Riippell).
Otis melanogaster RiippELL, Neue Wirb. Fauna Abyss., Vogel, 1835, p. 16, pl. vi
(Zana Lake, Dembea, Abyssinia).
Otis melanogaster RUPPELL, Mus. Senckenb., I, 1837, p. 240.
Lissotis lovati Grant, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, X, 1900, p. xxxix (Bilo, Abyssinia).
Two specimens: an adult female from the plains east of Mount
Kilimanjaro, September 19, 1888; and an adult male without data.
‘Iris of female yellow; legs and feet white.” The wing pattern of
the adult female in this species is very similar to that of the immature
male.
Both of Doctor Abbott’s birds belong to the species with much white
on the wings, which was named Lissot/s lovaté” by My. Grant, but
which is, unfortunately, also the true Lissot/s melanogastra of Riip-
pell,’ as may easily be seen by consulting the original plate and descrip-
tions.’ Riippell clearly and at considerable length characterizes the
bird with large white wing areas, and gives also a plate which unequivo-
‘ally represents the same species. Furthermore, Riippell’s type came
from Abyssinia, where, according to Mr. Grant,’ the black-winged
bird is not found at all, but where the white-winged one is of regular
and common occurrence. From these facts it appears that the form
with wings largely black, found in Natal” and elsewhere in southern
Africa, figured by Mr. Grant,’ is without a name; and, as it seems
to be a perfectly distinct species, may be called:
Lissotis notophila, new species.
The characters and geographical distribution of the two species have
been so fully and so carefully marked out by Mr. Grant that repetition
of these in the present connection is quite unnecessary, but for this
information his various publications on the subject should be
consulted.”
EUPODOTIS KORI (Burchell).
Otis kori BurcHELL, Tray. 8. Afr., I, 1822, pp. 393, 402 (mouth of Vaal River,
Griqualand West, South Africa).
Two specimens, male and female, from the Useri River, east of
Mount Kilimanjaro. The center of the crown is more brownish, less
slaty in the female than in the male. ‘‘Iris of male light yellowish
brown.”
@ Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, X, 1900, p. xxxix.
» Neue Wirb. Fauna Abyss., Vogel, 1835, p. 16, pl. vir; Mus. Senckenb., I], 1837,
p. 240.
¢ Ibis, 1902, pp. 456-457.
@ Durban, Natal, may be considered the type locality.
é Ibis, 1902, p. 455, fig. 11.
J Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, X, 1900, p. xxxix; Ibis, 1900, pp. 326-327; 1901, pp. 688-
689; 1902, pp. 458-457, pl. x1.
<<
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 837
Family HELIORNITHID.
PODICA SENEGALENSIS PETERSII (Hartlaub).
Podica petersti Harruaus, Abhandl. Nat. Ver. Hamburg, II, 1852, p. 62 (Mozam-
bique, eastern Africa).
One specimen from the Lumi River, near Taveta, November 30,
1888. ‘‘Iris brown; feet red; bill red, excepting a black line along
the culmen.” It isof large size, and in this, as otherwise, bears out
the characters accredited to peters? as distinguished from senegalensis
proper.
Family JACANIDA.
ACTOPHILUS AFRICANUS (Gmelin).
Parra africana GmeErin, Syst. Nat., I, ii, 1788, p. 709 ( Africa).
Three specitaens—one adult, two immature—from Aruscha-wa-chini,
south of Mount Kilimanjaro, October 26, 1889. The frontal shield
is much larger in the adult than in theimmature bird. ‘ Iris of adult
brown; frontal plate light blue; feet slate color. Iris of immature
(male and female) brown; frontal plate light green; feet g@reenish-
slate color.” ,
Family CHARADRIID.
HOPLOPTERUS SPECIOSUS (Wagler).
Charadrius speciosus WAGLER, Isis, 1829, p. 649 (from Lichtenstein, in Mus.
Berol.) (Kaffir Land, South Africa).
Three specimens: one from the Useri River, near Mount Kiliman-
jaro; the two others without data, but probably from the same or a
neighboring locality. In one of these birds there is a broad band of
pearl gray below and bordering the black of the breast; and in
another there is an indication of the same.
STEPHANIBYX CORONATUS (Boddaert).
Charadrius coronatus Bopparrt, Tabl. Pl. Enlum., 17838, p. 49 (Cape of Good
Hope, South Africa).
Two specimens, male and female, from the plains of Lake Jipé,
taken May 19, 1888, agree with a specimen in the United States
National Museum from Uitenhage, Cape Colony. ‘‘ Numerous on
the dry plain.”
OCHTHODROMUS ASIATICUS (Pallas).
Charadrius asiaticus Pauuas, Reis. Russ. Reichs, I], 1778, p. 715 (southern
Tartary ).
Three specimens, from the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro, Sep-
tember 30, 1888. All are immature, and in two of them the broad
brownish breast band is rather obscurely defined. ‘* Legs (of male)
greenish.”
838 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. xxvut.
Family SCOLOPACID.
RHYACOPHILUS GLAREOLA (Linnzus).
Tringa glareola LinN.xus, Syst. Nat., 10th ed., I, 1758, p. 149 (Europe [type
locality, Sweden] ).
Two specimens: one from the plains of Mount Kilimanjaro, August
25,1888; the other from the plains east of the same mountain, Decem-
ber 8, 1888. ‘* Feet greenish.” The former is not yet fully molted,
this particularly noticeable on the anterior upper parts; and further-
more it has the breast and jugulum medially white with only faded
brownish streaks.
The generic term PRhyacophilus” is the proper one for the present
species, whether or not //e/odromas’ be held as distinet; for Rhyaco-
philus, though published in the same work, occurs on a previous page.
Hence if //elodromas be united to PRhyacophilus the latter becomes the
proper name for the whole group. There seems, however, to be sufli-
cient reason for the generic separation of //elodromas ochropus trom
Rhyacophilus glareola, since in the former the tarsus is equal to the
culmen, or less, and the middle toe is less than the culmen; while in the
latter species the tarsus and middle toe each exceed the culmen. The
characters that distinguish Rhyacophilus from Totanus are as follows:
Tail about equal to combined length of tarsus and middle toe with
claw, instead of much shorter; middle toe with claw but little shorter
than tarsus, in place of being only about two-thirds as lone; feet when
extended reaching but little beyond the tail, instead of far beyond. ,
But with Rhyacophilus glareola must be associated Tringa solitaria
Wilson, for a careful comparison fails to reveal any structural differ-
ence, although the latter frequently has been considered congeneric
with //elodromas ochropus and generically separable from Rhyacophilus
glareola. Thus we shall have:
Helodromas ochropus (LINN «XUs).
Rhyacophilus glareola (LixNn aus).
Rhyacophilus solitarius solitarius (WItson ).
Rhyacophilus solitarius cinnamomeus (BREWSTER).
ACTODROMAS MINUTA (Leisler). :
Tringa minuta Leister, Nachtr. Bechsteins Naturg. Deutschl., I, 1812, p. 74
(Hanau, Germany ).
One example, from the Useri River, on the plains of Mount Kili-
manjaro, August 27,1888. This is an adult female not yet completely
molted into winter plumage.
@Kaup, Skizz. Entw.-Gesch. Eur. Thierw., 1829, p. 140 (type, Tringa glareola
Linnzeus).
> Kaup, idem, p. 144 (type, Tringa ochropus Linnzeus).
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 839
[: am vane to discover any characters by which the SO-C: eles genera
Leimonites“(= Actodromas”) and Heteropygia® can be satisfactorily dis-
tinguished from each other, and they therefore must be united. For
this combination the first name in nomenclatural precedence is Ledino-
nites, Which is several pages anterior to Actodromas, but it is untenable
by reason of Zimonitis Dalman,” a genus of Lepidoptera, and conse-
quently should give way to Actodromas.
GALLINAGO MEDIA (Latham).
Scolopax media LATHAM, Gen. Syn. Suppl., I, 1787, p. 292 (Kent, England).
Scolopax major GMELIN, Syst. Nat., I, ii, 1788, p. 661 (Engiand).
One adult male, from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 8,000 feet, November
20, 1888.
The correct name for this species is, as already has been pointed out,’
Gallinago media (Latham), since this has one year’s priority over Scolo-
pax major Gmelin.
Family RECURVIROSTRID.
HIMANTOPUS HIMANTOPUS (Linnzus).
Charadrius himantopus Linnxus, Syst. Nat., l0th ed., I, 1758, p. 151 (southern
Europe).
One specimen, from the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro, Decem-
ber 8, 1888. It is an immature female with gray head and hind neck.
‘Tris orange; feet flesh color.”
Family CURSORITD.
RHINOPTILUS BISIGNATUS (Hartlaub).
Cursorius bisignatus HarrLaus, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 87 (Benguela,
— southwestern Africa).
Two adults from Taveta are in the collection. The form described
by Doctor Sharpe from Somali Land, ?Acnoptilus bistgnatus hartingi~
is apparently an excellent race. An example of the latter in the
United States National Museum has, in addition to the characters
mentioned in descriptions, the throat and particularly the sides of the
head yee more whitish than in true bisiqnatus.
a eran See ania -Gesch. aa Thierw., 1929, p. 37 (type, Tringa temmincki
Leisler).
» Kaup, idem, p. 55 (type, Tringa minuta Leisler) .
¢Coues, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1861, p. 190 (type, Tringa bonapartii Schlegel=
Tringa fuscicollis Vieillot) .
—@Kgi. Vet.-Akad. Handl., 1816, p. 55.
€Oberholser, Auk, 1899, p. 179.
J Rhinoptilus hartingi SHarrek, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, III, 1893, p. xiv (Somali Land).
ft]
840 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
RHINOPTILUS CHALCOPTERUS (Temminck).
Cursorius chalcopterus Temmrnck, Pl. Col., V, 1824, pl. cexevirt (Senegal).
One specimen from Taveta, March 25, 1888. ‘* Legs red; iris very
dark brown.”
RHINOPTILUS CINCTUS (Heuglin).
Hemerodromus cinctus Hruaurn, Ibis, 1863, p. 31, pl. 1 (Gondokoro, White Nile,
5° N. Lat., British Equatorial Africa).
Two specimens, from Taveta, and the plains east of Mount Kili-
manjaro, respectively. They apparently do not differ from a Somali
Land example.
Family G2DICNEMID.
GEDICNEMUS CAPENSIS Lichtenstein.
Oedicnemus capensis LicHTENSTEIN, Verz. Doubl., 1828, p. 69 (Cape of Good
Hope).
Two examples, from the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro. One
of these, a male, taken July 13, 1889, is much paler than the other
and seems to be immature. ‘‘Iris (of adult female) yellow.” ‘*Com-
mon on the dry plains; almost always seen in pairs.”
Whether or not Doctor Reichenow is correct in his contention that
“dicnemus affinis is inseparable from Gdicnenius capensis,’ there 1s
no doubt that the specimens collected by Doctor Abbott are strictly
referable to the latter.
Family PTEROCLID 2%. |
PTEROCLURUS EXUSTUS (Temminck).
Pterocles exustus TemMMINCK, PI. Col., V, 1825, pls. cccLiv, cccLx (Senegal).
One apparently typical specimen, without data.
A specimen in the National Museum from Milmil, Somali Land, col-
lected July 30, 1894, by’ Dr. A. Donaldson Smith, sustains the cha “ace |
ters of Mr. Hartert’s new subspecies, Pteroclurus exustus somalicus,? |
except that itis not smaller than our examples of true exustus.
PTEROCLES DECORATUS Cabanis.
Pterocles decoratus CaBaNts,’ Journ. f. Ornith., 1868, p, 413 (Lake Jipé, German |
East Africa).
One adult female, from the plains near Mount Kilimanjaro, August
29, 1888.
«a Vogel Africas, I, 1900, p. 199.
» Pterocles exustus somalicus HArtTERT, Novit. Zool., 1900, p. 28 (Milmil, Somali Land).
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 841
PTEROCLES GUTTURALIS SATURATIOR Hartert.
Pterocles gutturalis saturatior Harrert, Novit. Zool., 1900, p. 29 (Campi-ya-Simba,
British East Africa).
Two adult males: one from the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro,
September 25, 1888; the other from the plains of Kilimanjaro, August
91,1888. The black bars on some of the lower tail-coverts, which are
present in both these specimens, seem to be nothing more than an
individual variation.
Family TRERONIDZ.
VINAGO CALVA WAKEFIELDI (Sharpe).
= < £ me yee Lard ~ .
Treron wakefieldi SHARPE, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1873, p. 715, pl. tvin, fig. 2
(Mombasa, British East Africa).
Two specimens, adult male and female, from Mount Kilimanjaro, at
5,000 feet, September 1, 1889. ‘‘Iris (of both) white; bill whitish;
cere light orange; feet dark red.” The female is smaller than the
male, also darker and duller colored, with a much less pronounced
plumbeous hind-neck, and a grayish green instead of greenish slate-
gray tail. These two birds are not typical of wakefield’, being larger
and having tails that incline to slate grayish; but they are apparently
wuch nearer this form than to Vinago calva nudirostris; they further-
more present in their intermediate characters almost indisputable
evidence that wakefield? is but a subspecies of V. ca/va, and therefore
its easternmost representative. There are thus four forms of Vinago
calva, as follows:
Vinago calva calva (Temminck and Knip).—West Africa, from Sierra Leone to
Angola.
Vinago calva nudirostris (Swainson).—Central Africa and the interior of East
Africa, north of the Zambesi River; northwest to Senegal.
Vinago calva wakefieldi (Sharpe).—Coast region of East Africa, from southern
British East Africa to the Zambesi River.
Vinago calva schalowi (Reichenow).—South Africa, from Matabele Land to
Ovambo Land.
Family COLUMBID.
COLUMBA ARQUATRIX ARQUATRICULA (Bonaparte).
Columba arquatricula BONAPARTE, Consp. Avium, II, 1854, p. 50 (Abyssinia).
Two specimens, adult male and female, from Mount Kilimanjaro,
at 6,000 and 5,000 feet, respectively. The male, taken November 10,
1888, is in nearly completed molt. *‘ Iris white; bill and feet bright
yellow.”
These differ so much from true Columba arquatrix of southern
Africa’ that they represent without apparent doubt a well character-
4@Temminck and Knip, Pigeons, I, 1808, fam. sec., p. 11, pl. v (Cape of Good Hope).
842 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
ized geographical race, to which Bonaparte’s name arqguatricula is
probably applicable. This northern form may be distinguished by
decidedly larger size, as well as by smaller, much less numerous spots
on the lower surface, and these confined chiefly to the upper breast,
whereas in arquatrix they are spread as thickly over also the lower
breast and median portion of the abdomen. The following measure-
ments of an adult female of each exhibit the dimensional difference
between these two subspecies:
a : ligvate : Exposed | Middle
N >, ocality. | ng. eu e N oes Tarsus. | ~
ame Locality Wing. | Tail culmen,| T4705: cae!
z = s ; Eee her | Pacsenlih |
mm. mm. | mm. | mm. mm.
Columba arquatrix arquatrix ...| Uitenhage, Cape Colony -.| 203 | 135 | 19 | 28 30
Columba arquatriz arquatricula.| Mount Kilimanjaro .....-. 238 152 18 28 30
|
| | | |
TURTUR LUGENS (Riippell).
Columba lugens Rtprett, Neue Wirb. Faun. Abyss., Vogel, 1835, p. 64, pl. xxm,
fig. 2 (Taranta Mountains, Tigré; and province of Simen, Abyssinia. )
One adult male, from Mount Kilimanjaro, 5,000 feet, taken July
24, 1888. ‘‘Iris orange.”
TURTUR SEMITORQUATUS INTERMEDIUS Erlanger.
Turtur semitorquatus intermedius ERLANGER, Journ. f. Ornith., 1905, p. 124
(Roba-Schalo, Lake region of southern Shoa, southern Abyssinia. )
Two adult males, from Taveta and Mount Kilimanjaro. ‘‘ Iris
orange.” These belong apparently to this newly described form which
seems, however, to be very close to Zurtur semitorquatus semitorquatus.
TURTUR CAPICOLA TROPICUS Reichenow.
Turtur capicola tropica REICHENOW, Ornith. Monatsber., 1902, p. 139 (East Africa).
Two specimens, from Taveta, and the plains east of Mount Kiliman-
jaro, respectively. Doctor Abbott reported it abundant during April,
1888, on the plains near Taveta. The adult female collected by him
is considerably smaller than the male, as well as decidedly paler,
especially on the breast, cervix, and sides of the neck, which parts are
more of a lavender hue; the forehead and crown are heavily overlaid
with dull ochraceous buff; the chin is less purely white.
This appears to be a good race, differing from true cap/cola chiefly
in its lighter general coloration, the pallor particularly noticeable on
wings and lower parts. It was made a subspecies of Zurtur damaren-
sis Finsch and Hartlaub” by Erlanger,’ but improperly so, as the con-
specific Zurtur capicola Sundevall* was described long before.
a Vog. Ost.-Afr., 1870, p. 550.
6 Journ. f. Ornith., 1905, p. 1238.
¢ Krit. om Leyaill., 1857, p. 54.
no.1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 843
The genus Streptopelia seems not to be sufliciently distinct for rec-
ognition, since aside from slight color distinctions it has no stable
characters that we can discover.
STIGMATOPELIA SENEGALENSIS AZQUATORIALIS (Erlanger).
Turtur senegalensis xquatorialis ERLANGER, Journ. f. Ornith., 1905, 117 (Menaballa,
southern Abyssinia).
Three specimens, from Taveta, and the Useri River, Mount Kiliman-
jaro. These are all females, and are somewhat smaller than the male
of the species, as well as decidedly duller in color, this difference
greatest on the back and cervix.
The peculiar bifurcated feathers of the foreneck, and the greater
graduation of the tail in this species appear to warrant recognition of
the genus Stigmatopelia.
TYMPANISTRIA TYMPANISTRIA (Temminck and Knip),
Columba tympanistria TemmMincK and Kwnip, Pigeons, I, 1809, fam. sec., p. 80,
pl. xxxvi (southern Africa, near Kaffir Land).
Two specimens, from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 5,000 feet. The imma-
ture bird differs as follows from the adult: Upper surface of the body
more rutescent; forehead grayish, slightly tinged with tawny; crown
washed, the back and rump barred, with rusty; wing-coverts and sec-
ondaries duller, as well as rather paler, with mottlings and some bars
of dark brown and tawny, the secondaries with a dark subterminal
bar; sides of the head shaded with ashy and brownish; anterior lower
parts more or less barred with dark brown and ochraceous; lower tail-
coverts with tips and sometimes bars of tawny.
CENA CAPENSIS ANONYMA, new subspecies.
Chars subsp.—Similar to Ena capensis capensis, but all the upper
parts paler, decidedly more grayish, the whitish band (between the
two blackish ones) on the rump less tinged with ochraceous; white on
outer web of outermost tail feather not subterminally interrupted by
black, but continuous; inferior-wing-coverts lighter chestnut.
Description.—Type, adult male, Cat. No. 117868, U.S.N.M.; plains
east of Mount Kilimanjaro, December 11, 1888; Dr. W. L. Abbott.
Upper surface brownish gray, paler anteriorly, becoming pearl gray
on the fore part of the crown; rump crossed by two blackish bands
inclosing a rather wider one of grayish white washed with buffy;
longest upper tail-coverts with broad blackish tips; tail black beneath;
middle pair of rectrices brownish slate color above; the next two pairs
slate color, with broad blackish terminal portions; remaining feathers
slate color, with a subterminal band of black, the outermost pair with
external webs largely white; wings chestnut, the primary coverts
margined exteriorly and tipped with blackish, the quills with fuscous;
844 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
lesser and median coverts plumbeous, the inner ones of the latter series
with metallic green or purple spots; greater coverts slate gray, with
broad blackish tips; innermost secondaries (tertials) brownish gray;
forehead, lores, chin, and throat black; sides of neck pale brownish
gray; sides of jugulum pearl gray; rest of lower surface white, except
the crissum, which is mostly black; lining of wing chestnut. Length of
wing, LO4; tail, 132; exposed culmen, 14; tarsus, 13; middle toe, 13 mm.
An adult female, taken at the same time and place as the type, has
a dusky bill, and is rather paler, more brownish, both above and below,
lacking, of course, all the black of head and throat, this being replaced
on forehead and chin by pale buff, on the throat by grayish ochraceous.
Compared with the female of the South African form it exhibits the
same subspecific characters as the male, except that there is no differ-
ence in the distribution of the white on the outermost rectrices.
This northern race of (na capensis has apparently hitherto
remained unnoticed, since all the names applied to the species” have
been based on the bird from southern Africa. Its exact distribution
remains yet to be determined, for the above comparison has been made
with birds from Cape Colony alone, but in all probability Gna ce.
anonyma occupies the region to the southward as far as the neighbor-
hood of the Zambesi River.
CHALCOPELIA AFRA (Linnezus).
Columba afra Linnxus, Syst. Nat., 12th ed., I, 1766, p. 284 (Senegal).
Four specimens, from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 5,000 feet altitude.
One of them, an adult, taken April 20, 1888, is in molt. The sexes
seem to be practically alike, the only observable difference being the
barely paler color and slightly smaller size of the female. An imma-
ture bird, however, is more rufescent on the back, cervix, and scapu-
lars; the secondaries, except the innermost, are paler, mottled with
dusky on their exterior webs, tipped with tawny or ochraceous, and
have a subterminal fuscous*bar; the forehead is pale buff, the crown
washed with the same color; the sides of head and neck, together with
the entire lower surface, excepting the crissum, are strongly tinged
with ochraceous; the lower parts, save the middle of the abdomen,
have obsolete dusky bars, these most conspicuous on the sides and
flanks; the edge of the wing is also barred with blackish.
Even so recent and discriminating an authority as Doctor Reichenow’
«These are:
Columba capensis Linneeus, Syst. Nat., 12th ed., I, 1766, p. 286 (Cape of Good
Hope).
Columb: atricollis Miller, Syst. Nat. Suppl., 1776, p. 185 (Cape of Good Hope).
Columba atrogularis Wagler, Syst. Avium, 1827 (Columba, sp. 108), p. 270 (new
name for Columba capensis).
b Végel Africas, I, 1291, p. 426.
no. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 845
used to consider Chalcopelia chalcospila (Wagler)” identical with the
present species; but he has changed his mind,’ and now agrees that
Erlanger is undoubtedly quite right in asserting their distinctness.¢
As the latter says, their occurrence in the same locality precludes the
possibility of their being but geographical races; and in connection
with this it may be stated as further proof that there are no specimens
that can be considered of an intermediate character. Aside from an
interesting difference in habits noted by Mr. Erlanger—chalcospila
living among the acacias on the plains, and @f7a more confined to the
forests—these two species may be distinguished as follows: Chalcopelia
afra is much larger; it has blue or purple instead of bright-green
metallic spots on the inner wing-coverts; the bill is yellow instead of
almost black; the brown area of the entire upper surface is decidedly
more rufescent; and the chin, as well as the cheeks, flanks, and abdo-
men, are strongly tinged with buff.
None of the specimens collected by Doctor Abbott approach either
of the forms recently described by Doctor Sharpe,” but are all appar-
ently typical afra.
CHALCOPELIA CHALCOSPILA ACANTHINA, new subspecies.
Chars. subsp.—Similar to Chalcopelia chalcospila chalcospila, but
larger; very much paler below; somewhat lighter above, particularly
on the wings.
Description.—Type, adult female, Cat. No. 119253, U.S.N.M.;
Mount Kilimanjaro, German East Africa, 5,000 feet, December 6,
1889; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Forehead pale gray, laterally whitish, and
passing posteriorly into the slate gray of the crown and occiput, both
of which are paler laterally; orbital region pale gray; a narrow
blackish line from eye to bill; cervix, back, and scapulars grayish
brown; rump with two bands of black inclosing one of pale brownish;
upper tail-coverts like the back, but slightly paler and more grayish,
the feathers with broad black tips; tail black below, dull brownish
gray above, with a broad black terminal band, the outermost feathers
slate gray basally, with outer webs whitish, this succeeded distally
by a broad zone of black which in turn gives place to a slate-colored
tip, paler on exterior web; wing-quills chestnut, margined exteriorly
and broadly tipped with dark brown, some of the inner secondaries
entirely of this color; alula blackish brown; primary-coverts chestnut
with wide outer margins of dark brown; remainder of wing-coverts,
=
“Syst. Avium, 1827 (Columba, sp. 83), p. 258.
bJourn. f. Ornith., 1902, p. 134.
¢Ornith. Monatsber., 1901, p. 183.
@ Chalcopelia abyssinica Sharpe, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, XII, 1902, No. xc, p. 88
(Kokai, Bogos Land, Abyssinia). Chalcopelia delicatula Sharpe, idem, p. 84 (Goz-
Abu-Gumar, White Nile).
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04 ——54
846 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII,
together with the innermost secondaries, brownish gray, the latter and
some of the inner greater coverts with large spots of rich metallic
golden green; under. surface vinaceous lavender, on the sides of neck
shading into the brownish of the upper parts, and fading posteriorly
into almost pure white on the anal region, the chin whitish, the flanks
tinged with brownish, the longer under tail-coverts mostly black;
lining of wing chestnut. ‘Iris brown; feet dark purple; bill dark
horn blue, nearly black.”
Measurements of the type compared with two specimens of true
chalcospila from western Africa are as follows:
| Nats Exposed
Sex. Name, Locality. | Wing. |} Tail. ‘culmen., [eaenes Mid
|
mm. mm. | mm. | mm. mm.
Female..| Chaleopelia chaleospila | Mount Kilimanjaro -.| 104 75 13 18 | 16.5
acanthina.
ne Chaleopelia chalcospila | Landana ........-.---- 99 72.5 13 18 15.5
chaleospila. |
1 mn ener GOines ees ose ea Massa Divas jsee=-eees | 96.5 62 13 18 16
|
The original Chalcopelia chalcospila” was based on ** La Tourterelle
du Sénégal (Turtur senegalensis)” of Brisson’ as is shown by Wagler’s
citations, and particularly his description which in all essential par-
ticulars is identical, except for its verbal construction, with that of -
Brisson; and the form of the species to bear the name chalcospila is
therefore that from western Africa. The only other old name that
needs mention here is Per/stera parallinostigma Wixrtemberg,” which,
however, is but a renaming of Chalcopelia chalcospila, and therefore
not available for any of its races.
The present comparison has been made with birds from near the
mouth of the Kongo, which are probably the same as true chalcospila
from Senegal, since in measurements and color characters they agree
with the original account; and they are, moreover, doubtless identical
with Chalcopelia chalcospila erlangert© from northern Angola, which
Doctor Reichenow described under the supposition that the East Afri-
can form was the typical one, in which he was, of course, mistaken,
as above shown; so that unless (. c. erlangeri can be proved distinct
from the Senegal bird it must be entered as a synonym. The Somali
Land race, Chalcopelia chalcospila somalica Erlanger,’ is apparently
9
“Columba chalcospilos Wagler, Syst. Avium, 1827 (Columba, sp. 83), p. 258
(Senegal).
»Ornith., I, 1760, p. 122, pl. x, fig. 1 (Senegal).
elt may be noted in this connection that Linnzeus (Syst. Nat., 12th ed., I, 1766,
p. 284) quotes this same name of Brisson’s under his Coluinba afra, though his
diagnosis is perfectly clear and refers to the bird with blue or purple wing spots
(Chalcopelia afra).
¢Naumannia, 1857, p. 454.
€ Reichenow, Journ. f. Ornith., 1902, p. 134.
J Journ. f. Ornith., 1905, p. 1384 (Salakle, southern Somali Land).
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 847
good, ditfering from acunthina of East Africa in its larger size, rather
paler upper parts, and much darker, more pinkish lower surface.
There seem thus to be five forms of Chalcopelia chalcospila, as
follows:
Chalcopelia chalcospila chalcospila (Wagler) (=erlangeri Reichenow ).—West
Africa from Senegal to Angola.
Chalcopelia chalcospila volkmannt Reichenow.¢—Damara Land.
Chalcopelia chalcospila caffra Reichenow.?—Southeastern Africa.
Chalcopelia chalcospila acanthina Oberholser.—East and Northeast Africa, except-
ing Somali Land.
Chalcopelia chalcospila somalica Erlanger.—Somali Land.
APLOPELIA LARVATA LARVATA (Temminck and Knip).
Columba larvata TemMincK and Knipe, Pigeons, I, fam. sec., 1809, p. 71, pl. xxx1
(Autiniquoi country, southern Africa).
Seven specimens from Mount Kilimanjaro, at altitudes of 5,000 and
6,000 feet. Those taken June 8-12, 1888, were just completing the
molt. A young bird in the barred plumage bears date of June LO, 1888.
These examples are appreciably smaller than typical A. larvata
from southern Africa, in this verging toward Aplopelia larvata
bronzina, but they are still much too large for the latter. Size, how-
ever, seems to be the only particular in which these birds differ from
true /arvata, and this is so slight that the recognition of another sub-
species (A7/7mensis)° is apparently not desirable. The characters
eiven in the original description of /:7//mensis® are probably based on
individual variation, for they are not borne out by Doctor Abbott's
Kilimanjaro specimens. ‘This is also the view taken by Doctor Reich-
enow,” who synonymizes Av///mensis with darvata, and states that
South Africa specimens do not differ from those taken on Kilimanjaro.
Furthermore Doctor Reichenow is apparently right in considering
Aplopelia johnstoni® a synonym of A. larvata.’ Our birds certainly
do not exhibit the characters assigned to this supposed form.
Family CUCULID 4.
CLAMATOR CAFER ( Lichtenstein.)
Cuculus cafer LICHTENSTEIN, Cat. rer. nat. Hamb., 1793, p. 14 (Kaftir Land).
Coccystes cafer AUTHORS.
One adult male, from Kidudwe, 90 miles inland from Zanzibar,
December, 1887.
aJourn. f. Ornith., 1902, p. 134 (Damara Land).
bIdem, 1902, p. 134 (Caffraria, southeastern Africa).
¢ Haplopelia larvata kilimensis Neumann, Journ. f. Ornith., 1898, p. 289 (Kiboscho,
Mount Kilimanjaro).
4Vo6gel Africas, I, 1901, pp. 420-421.
e Haplopelia johnstoni Shelley, Ibis, 1893, p. 28, pl. ur (Milanji Plateau, Nyassa
Land, British Central Africa).
Ff Vogel Africas, I, 1901, p. 421.
848 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
The change in the generic name of this species is due to Dr. L.
Stejneger,” who has recently pointed out the untenability of Coccystes
by reason of the prior Clamator.
CUCULUS CLAMOSUS Latham.
Cuculus clamosus LATHAM, Ind. Orn., Suppl., 1801, p. xxx (Cape of Good Hope).
One young female, with wings and tail not yet fully grown, from
Mount Kilimanjaro (5,000 feet), November 19, 1889. This bird differs
in appearance somewhat from the published accounts of young Cuculus
clamosus, and may be described as follows:
General color above black, inclining to dark brown on the wings,
the feathers slightly but distinctly margined with whitish, those of the
wines with tawny ochraceous; chin, throat, fore breast, with sides of
head and neck black, the feathers narrowly edged with whitish;
feathers of the fore breast and sides of neck with more or less con-
cealed bars of white; lower breast and abdomen buff with black bars,
the latter becoming narrower on thighs and lower tail-coverts; under
wing-coverts buff, mottled and barred with blackish; primaries mot-
tled on inner webs with dull tawny white or ochraceous; rectrices
black with a central white shaft spot toward the end of each feather,
and with buffy white terminal markings. ‘* Feet straw yellow.”
CHRYSOCOCCYX KLAAS (Stephens).
Cuculus klaas StepHENs, Shaw’s Gen. Zool., IX, 1815, p. 128 (Senegal).
A single adult male, from Taveta, August 17, 1888. It is much
smaller, and strikingly more bronzy green on the upper surface than
an adult of the same sex from Cape Colony.
CENTROPUS SUPERCILIOSUS Hemprich and Ehrenberg.
Centropus superciliosus HempricH and EHRENBERG, Symb. Phys., 1828, fol. r
(Arabia and A&thiopia [type locality, southern Arabia] ).
Three specimens, from Taveta and Mount Kilimanjaro (5,000 feet).
‘Tris of male red, of female dark carmine. Length of female, 162
inches [426 mm. ]|; extent, 20 inches [508 mm. |.”
The two males are much smaller than the female, and have, more-
over, dusky bars on the distal portion of all the wing-quills, an appar-
ent indication of recent youth, though in all other respects they are
precisely like the adult.
a@Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XV, 1902, p. 37.
yo.1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 849
Family MUSOPHAGID.™®.
TURACUS HARTLAUBI (Fischer and Reichenow).
Corythaix hartlaubi Fischer and ReicHeNnow, Journ. f. Ornith., 1884, p. 52 (base
of Mount Meru, Masai Land, German East Africa).
Eight specimens, from Mount Kilimanjaro, at altitudes of from 4,000
to 7,000 feet. An immature bird differs from the adult in the some-
what duller and darker green of the plumage; brownish-black abdo-
men and crissum; smaller and less purely white loral spot; dark
brownish bill; and the paler, decidedly more restricted crimson of the
wing-quills.
GALLIREX CHLOROCHLAMYS Shelley.
Gallirex chlorochlamys SHELLEY, Ibis, 1881, p. 118 (Ugogo, German East Africa).
One adult specimen from Kidudwe, 90 miles inland from Zanzibar,
December, 1887.
CHIZAZRHIS LEUCOGASTRA Riuppell.
Chizairhis leucogaster Rippett, Mus. Senckenb., III, 1842, p. 127 (tributaries of
the Nile, Shoa, Abyssinia).
Two adult females: one from the plains of Taveta; the other from
the Useri River, near Mount Kilimanjaro. ‘‘ Bill yellowish green;
iris brown.”
Family PSITTACID.
POICEPHALUS FUSCICAPILLUS (Verreaux and Des Murs).
Pionus fuscicapillus VERREAUX and Des Murs, Rey. et Mag. de Zool., 1849, p. 58
(Zanzibar, eastern Africa).
Two specimens from Kidudwe, 90 miles inland from Zanzibar,
taken in December, 1887. Both are immature, one having an olive
green pileum and brown auriculars, the other a yellowish olive brown
head, and auriculars just becoming grayish.
POICEPHALUS RUFIVENTRIS (Riippell).
Pionus rufiventris Riépreti, Syst. Uebers. Vég. Nord-Ost-Afr., 1845, p. 83, pl.
xxxit (Shoa, Abyssinia).
Four specimens—three adult males and an adult female-—from
Taveta, and the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro. ‘* Iris of both
male and female red.”
850 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Family CORACIID &.
CORACIAS GARRULUS Linnaeus.
Coracias garrulus LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 10th ed., I, 1758, p. 107 (Europe [type
locality, Sweden ]).
Seven specimens: two are without data; the others were taken at
Taveta, March 25, 1888; Mount Kili-nanjaro, 5,000 feet altitude, Octo-
ber 20, L889; and the Useri River, Mount Kilimanjaro, December 14
and 18, 1888. ‘* Irides of young brown. Very common now (Decem-
ber L&8, 1888), after an absence of seven months.” One of the imma-
ture birds, taken December 18, is Just completing a molt of the wing
quills.
CORACIURA CAUDATA (Linnaeus).
Coracias caudata LINNAEus, Syst. Nat., 12th ed., I, 1766, p. 160 (Angola).
Two specimens: an adult male from the plains east of Mount Kili-
manjaro; and a female from the plains near Taveta.
The remarkable development of the tail in the male of this and
several similar species seems to entitle them to the generic distinction
founded by Bonaparte on Coractas cyanoqgaster.4
EURYSTOMUS AFER SUAHELICUS Neumann.
Eurystomus afer suahelicus NEuMANN, Journ. f. Ornith., 1905, p. 186 (Tschara,
Tana River, British East Africa).
Three adult specimens, all from Taveta. One of them, a female,
measures as follows: Length of wing, 181; tail, 99; exposed culmen,
21; tarsus, 17; middle toe, 18 mm.
This recently described form differs from true Hurystomus afer in
its decidedly larger size, and appreciably darker, more rufous lower
surface. Doctor Sharpe long ago called attention’ to the dimensional
discrepancy existing between specimens of /urystomus afer from East
and those from West Africa, while Mr. Neumann some time ago
noticed’ their darker and more rufescent color. These differences
now seem sufficient to warrant recognition in nomenclature; and if
Doctor Reichenow’s Lurystomus rufobuccalis” is even subspecitically
distinct, as appears to be the case, the form of /. afer inhabiting the
eastern part of Africa should bear the name suahel7cus Neumann, since
“ Coraciura Bonaparte, Consp. Voluer. Anisod., 1854, p. 7.
6 Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., X VII, 1892, p. 31.
¢ Journ. f. Ornith., 1900, p. 209.
@ Kurystomus afer var. rufobuccalis Reichenow, Journ. f. Ornith., 1892, p. 27 (Man-
jonjo, Uganda, British East Africa).
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 851
all the synonyms of the species, as claimed by Neumann, apply with-
out much doubt to the bird of the west coast.@
Family ALCEDINID.
CERYLE RUDIS (Linnzus).
Alcedo rudis Linnus, Syst. Nat., 10th ed., I, 1758, p. 116 (Persia).
A single adult, from the Useri River, Mount Kilimanjaro, Decem-
ber 15,1888. This bird, though marked ** male,” has but one black
pectoral band, a circumstance which, borne out as it is by our other
specimens from various localities, serves to strengthen the doubt
Doctor Reichenow has expressed’ with regard to this supposed sexual
distinction. ; ;
ALCEDO SEMITORQUATA Swainson.
Alcedo semitorquata Swainson, Zool. Ilustr., 11, 1823, pl. cir (Great Fish River,
Cape Colony, South Africa) .
Two specimens—adult male and female—from Taveta. ‘ Feet (of
male) red; bill black, with a red streak on the under side.” The
female of this pair is slightly larger than the male, also somewhat
duller in color above, particularly on the wings, and appreciably
darker on the posterior part of the lower surface; the appearance of
the base of the maxilla in the skin indicates that this part was red in
life.
ISPIDINA PICTA (Boddaert).
Todus pictus Bopparrt, Tabl. Pl. Enl., 1783, p. 49 (Juida, Africa. )
Three adult males, from Taveta, and Mount Kilimanjaro (5,000 feet).
These are apparently identical with an example from Somali Land.
‘** Bill and feet red.”
HALCYON SEMICAERULEUS SEMICZERULEUS (Forskal).
Alcedo semicerulea Forsk At, Deser. Anim., 1775, p. 2 (Yemen, Turkey in Asia).
Three specimens, from the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro. *‘ Bill
and feet red.” These agree perfectly with birds from Somali Land,
thus showing noapproach to /alcyon semiceruleus hyacinthinus Reiche-
@Coracias afra Latham, Ind. Orn., I, 1790, p. 172 (Africa).
Coracias africana Shaw and Nodder, Nat. Mise., XI, 1799, pl. ccccr (new name for
EE. afer).
Eurystomus rubescens Vieillot, Nouy. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat., X XIX, 1819, p.426 (new
name for L. afer).
Eurystomus purpurascens Vieillot, Nouy. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., XXIX, 1819, p. 427
(Senegal).
Colaris viridis Wagler, Syst. Avium, 1827 (Colaris, sp.5), p. 107 (Senegambia).
b Vogel Africas, II, 1903, p. 296.
852 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
now. If laleyon semiceruleus centralis Neumann“ is anything more
than an individual variation its range certainly does not include the
Kilimanjaro region.
HALCYON ALBIVENTVIS ORIENTALIS (Peters).
Halcyon orientalis Perers, Journ. f. Ornith., 1868, p. 134 (Inhambane, Portu-
guese East Africa).
Four specimens, from Taveta, and Mount Kilimanjaro (5,000 feet).
Both male and female have the ‘tiris dark brown; feet red; bill dark
red.” One adult male is strongly tinged with ochraceous on the cer-
vical band and on the posterior lower parts. All these individuals
have at least faint, dusky shaft streakings on the breast, which are
much more conspicuous in the females.
Concerning a pair obtained on Mount Kilimanjaro, Doctor Abbott
writes as follows: ‘These were brought to me alive by natives who
had caught them in their nest hole. The stomach of the female was
filled with Coleoptera. The nest was 3 feet from the entrance and
contained three young birds just hatched.”
HALCYON CHELICUTI CHELICUTI (Stanley).
Alaudo [sic] chelicuti StaNLEy, in Salt’s Voyage Abyss., App. IV, 1814,? p. lvi
(Chelicut, Abyssinia).
Four specimens: from Taveta; plains of Taveta; and plains of
Mount Kilimanjaro. ‘‘Common in the dry plains (of Taveta), June
28, 1888.” A-young bird in first plumage differs from the adults in
being more conspicuously tinged with ochraceous on the light portions
of the plumage, particularly on the posterior lower surface.
Family MEROPIDD.
MELITTOPHAGUS PUSILLUS CYANOSTICTUS (Cabanis).
Merops cyanostictus CABANIS, von der Decken’s Reisen, III, 1869, p. 34 (Mom-
basa, British East Africa; and Dschagga, German East Africa).
Melittophagus sharpei Harter, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, X, 1899, p. xxvii (The
Haud, Somali Land).
Six specimens, from the following localities: ‘Mount Kilimanjaro,
5,000 feet; plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro; Kahé, south of Kili-
manjaro; and plains of Taveta. There seems to be no plumage dif-
ference between the sexes. ‘‘ Iris red.”
Two of these birds—one from Kahé, the other from Mount Kiliman-
jaro—are perfectly typical cyanostictus,; but the remainder are variously
aJourn. f. Ornith., 1905, p. 189 (Bussissi, Victoria Nyanza).
bQuoted as ‘41834’ by Sharpe, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., X VII, 1892, p. 239; Shelley,
Birds of Africa, I, 1896, p. 117; and Hartert, Novit. Zool., VII, 1900, p. 34. Doctor
Reichenow, however, Vogel Africas, II, 1903, p. 271, has it correct.
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 8538
mrermediate eran ‘ ae tus t ral meridionalis, the blue line across
the forehead being very narrow, in two cases all but obsolete. These
differences, moreover, are quite surely not due to age, as the birds are
all adults; nor to sex, as the same appear in both male and female.
The series as a whole, however, is to be referred decidedly to cyanos-
tictus, but, hailing as it does from an intermediate region, demon-
strates with apparent conclusiveness that MJel/ttophagus cyanostictus is
only subspecifically related to J/. meridionalis; and since mer/dionalis
intergrades with J/. pusl/us, the Kilimanjaro form: should stand
as Melittophagus pusillus cyanostictus.
The original description of Jeléttophagus cyanostictus” was based
on specimens from Mombasa and Dschagea latter, it will be
noticed, practically the same as the locality from which our series
comes—both of them places where the green-fronted bird (meridionalis -
Sharpe=cyanostictus Hartert, not Cabanis), is not known to occur.
Doctor Cabanis, not suspecting, of course, the existence of the two
forms cyanostictus and ee compared his new species with
Melittophagus pusillus, or, as he called it, JL erythropterus; there-
fore the fact that he did not specifically mention the presence of the
blue frontal band is of comparatively little consequence in determining
the identity of the form he was describing. In fact, considered apart,
there is nothing at all in the description itself that does not apply
equally well to both cyanostictus and meridionalis, as the following
quotation will show:
‘**Entschiedeneres blaues Superciliarband, ein deutlicher aus-
gepriigtes schmales schén blaues Halsband als Abschluss der gelben
Kehle, merklich breitere schwarze Binde am Fliigel und vor der
Schwanzspitze.”
Not until several years later’ does Cabanis mention having seen other
birds of the same species from Natal and Loango, and that he consid-
ered these identical with his original specimens of cyanostictus can
have little bearing on the case; nor, indeed, is it surprising in view of
the great confusion which then ented among the names of birds of
this genus, and still less remarkable—in truth, almost inevitable—if
some of his examples from Dschagga were intermediate, as are those
collected by Doctor Abbott. Doctor Sharpe was the first to do the
service of extricating these birds from chaos, and he very properly
named the green-fronted bird, until then always confounded with
true cyanostictus, calling it meridionalis.°
The ranges of these two forms are complimentary, as those of geo-
graphical races ought to be, and do not overlap, although intermediates
of various kinds may Re e BUEN in the region of their inosculation,
a Merops Se aitidiies ( year , von der Dec ie n’s on III, 1869, p. 34.
6 Journ. fur Ornith., 1875, : 340.
¢Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., X VII, 1892, p. 45.
854 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
from Zanzibar to Upanda, The blue- fronted. form, Welitophages
pusillus cyanostictus, extends from Zanzibar and Mount Kilimanjaro
to Shoa and Somali Land; the green-fronted bird, Melittophagus pusil-
lus meridionalis, occurs from Zanzibar, U ganda, and Loango to Angola
and Natal. It is possible, furthermore, that the latter may prove to
be separable into an eastern and-a western race.
We are sorry to differ from Mr. Hartert in this matter, and thus to
continue the already more than unfortunate shifting of names which
has fallen to the lot of this much buffeted species, but the facts as we
see them allow no other course. It should be mentioned, moreover,
that Doctor Reichenow, who undoubtedly had access to the type of
cyanostictus, has arrived at precisely the same result as above set forth,
and gives at some length the reasons for his position, 4 He, however,
treats meridional/s and cyanostictus as distinct species.
MELITTOPHAGUS OREOBATES Sharpe.
Melittophagus oreobates SHARPE, Ibis, 1892, p. 320 (Mount Elgon, British East
Africa).
A single adult male of this rare bee-eater was taken by Doctor
Abbott at Marannu, at an altitude of 5,000 feet on Mount Kilimanjaro,
April 23, 1888. As will be noticed this specimen was obtained almost
two years before the type was collected by Mr. Jackson, so that
although the fact has so long remained unannounced Doctor Abbott
was in reality the discoverer of the species.
MEROPS APIASTER Linnezus.
Merops apiaster LINN ©us, Syst. Nat., 10th ed., I, 1758, p. 117 (Southern Europe).
Six specimens, from the following localities: Mount Kilimanjaro,
5,000 feet, October 16, 17, 1889; Taveta, December 4, 1888; Lumi
River, near Mount Kilimanjaro, October 9, 1888; Aruscha-wa-chini,
southwest of Kilimanjaro, October 22, 1888. All are in the well-
known immature plumage, but have a narrow dusky bar, though not
always conspicuous, below the yellow throat. ‘‘Iris red.” One,
taken December 4, is in process of molt.
MEROPS PERSICUS Pallas.
Merops persica Patuas, Reis. Russ. Reichs, I, 1773, p. 708 (Caspian Sea).
Three specimens: two from the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro,
December 11, 1888, and January 5, 1889; with one from Taveta,
November 8, 1888. ‘‘Iris red.” These are very much more greenish
than specimens in ordinary plumage, differing further as detailed for
similar examples by Doctor Reichenow,’ and seem, as he suggests,? to
represent the winter dress of the species.
«Ornith. Monatsber., 1900, pp. 86-87. bv ol aarieane I, 1902, p- ,. 823,
Co
On
Qn
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER.
MEROPS NUBICUS Gmelin.
Merops nubicus GMELIN, Syst. Nat., I, i, 1788, p. 464 (Nubia).
One adult male, from Mombasa, taken January 20, 1890. ‘* [rides
red.”
Family BUCEROTIDA.
LOPHOCEROS MELANOLEUCOS SUAHELICUS Neumann.
Lophoceros melanoleucos suahelicus NeuMANN, Journ. f. Ornith., 1905, p. 187,
(Morogoro, German East Africa).
Two specimens, from Taveta, taken, respectively, June 22 and August
16, 1888.
LOPHOCEROS DECKENI (Cabanis).
Buceros (Rhynchaceros) deckeni CABANis, von der Decken’s Reisen, III, 1869,
p. 37, pl. v1 (East Africa).
One specimen, from the plains of Taveta, June 28, L888.
BYCANISTES CRISTATUS (Riippell).
Buceros cristatus RiippEtt, Neue Wirb. Faun. Abyss., Végel, 1835, p. 3, pl. 1,
(Goraza, Zana Lake, Dembea, Abyssinia).
Five specimens, from Mount Kilimanjaro, Taveta, and Kahé.
Family IRRISORID.
IRRISOR ERYTHRORYNCHOS ERYTHRORYNCHOS (Latham).
Upupa erythrorynchos Larnam, Ind. Orn., I, 1790, p. 280 (Africa and Asia).
One immature male, from Taveta, taken February 8, 1889.
Doctor Reichenow 1s apparently right in reducing /rrisor viridis to
a subspecies and restricting its range to extreme southern Africa,” for
the color of the tail is not a satisfactory character, although the birds
_ from the Cape region are, as he claims,@ distinguishable by reason of
a shorter tail and less extensive white wing markings.
RHINOPOMASTUS CABANISI (De Filippi).
TIrrisor cabanisi Dr Finiprr, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1853, p. 289 (Upper White
Nile, British Equatorial Africa).
One adult male, from the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro, taken
October 1, 1888. ‘* Bill orange.”
RHINOPOMASTUS CYANOMELAS SCHALOWI (Neumann).
Rhinopomastus schalowi Neumann, Journ. f. Ornith., 1900, p. 221 (Usandawe,
German East Africa).
One adult male, from Taveta, August 14, 1888.
a Vogel Africas, II, 1903, p. 340.
856 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Family UPUPID/AL.
UPUPA AFRICANA Bechstein.
Upupa africana BrcustEinx, Latham’s Allgem. Uebers. Vogel, IV, 1811, p. 172
(type locality, Cape of Good Hope, South Africa).
A single specimen, from the Useri River, near Mount Kilimanjaro,
January 22, 1889. It is marked female, is decidedly paler than the
male, has the abdomen streaked, and the lower tail-coverts white, but
lacks the black band across the middle of the white basal part of the
secondaries, such as it ought to have, and as other females in the
United States National Museum collection show.
amily ASIONID A.
ASIO MACULOSUS AMERIMNUS, new subspecies.
Chars. subsp.—Resembling As‘o” maculosus maculosus, bat much
paler throughout, as well as generally more ochraceous; legs, feet,
face, and crissum less heavily barred with dusky.
Geographical distribution.—Eastern Africa, from Natal to German
East Africa.
Description.—Type, adult female, Cat. No. 86457, U.S.N.M.; Dur-
ban, Natal; Thomas Ayres. Upper parts bistre brown, much mottled
with buff, light ochraceous, and whitish, the last most conspicuous in
large roundish spots on the hind-neck and external webs of the scap-
ulars; tail bistre with broad broken bars of buff; wings of the same
color, the coverts mottled with buff and buffy white, some of the
greater series with broad, ill-defined broken bars of buffy, and large
terminal or subterminal spots of white on the exterior webs, the quills
with wide, irregular, and more or less imperfect bars of buff; face dull
brownish gray, with obsolete barrings of darker; chin and throat
white, separated by a bar of brown and ochraceous feathers; remainder
of lower surface dull white, tinged with buff, particularly on breast
and sides, and everywhere marked thickly with narrow cross lines of
bistre, these least numerous on the lower tail-coverts; the breast,
abdomen, and sides with scattered splotches of the same color; feet
and thighs dull white with a tinge of buff, the latter considerably, the
former scarcely, barred narrowly with bistre; lining of wing white,
mottled and narrowly barred with bistre. Length of wing, 330;? tail,
2003; exposed culmen, 36; culmen without cere, 23; tarsus, 68 mm.
This hitherto unrecognized race appears to be of the same size as
true As?o maculosus. Its differences from the latter are, however, not
such as appear to be attributable to individual variation, since the
«For change of the generic name from Bubo to Asio see Stone, Auk, 1903, pp. 272-
276
410,
» Imperfect.
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 857
Natal specimens are all in the gray phase. It may be distinguished
from Aso maculosus cinerascens,” whose range it approaches to the
northward, in greater size, heavily feathered toes, and larger, more con-
spicuous whitish spots on cervix and scapulars. It seems to be quite
certainly without a name, for the original As/o maculosus,” as well as
its only synonym,’ were both based on specimens from the Cape of
Good Hope. -
The single example of As/o maculosus amerimnus secured by Doctor
Abbott was taken on Mount Kilimanjaro, at an altitude of 5,000 feet,
November $8, 1889. It is a young female, chiefly in the downy
plumage, though with wings and tail nearly full grown. The face
is tawny ochraceous, scarcely barred, thus quite similar in this respect
to the specimen from Rehoboth, Damara Land, mentioned by Doctor
Reichenow;” the general tone of the plumage is much more ochraceous
than that of our specimens from Natal, and this, in connection with
what Doctor Reichenow says of a bird from Songea, near Lake Nyassa,”
is added evidence of what has been intimated by a recent writer,’
that there exists in this species a kind of dichromatism, like that in the
American forms of the genus.’ It is noteworthy that even in such a
young bird the iris as reported by the collector is ‘‘ straw yellow.”
ASIO LACTEUS (Temminck).
Strix lactea TeMMincK, Pl. Col., I, 1820, pl. 1v (Senegal).
Bubo lacteus AUTHORS.
One apparently typical specimen, from the plains east of Mount
Kilimanjaro, October 7, 1888. ‘‘ Iris brown.”
Family CAPRIMULGID.
CAPRIMULGUS FOSSII FOSSII Hartlaub.
Caprimulgus fossii HARTLAUB, Orn. Westafr., 1857, p. 23 (Verreaux, manuscript)
(Gabun, western Africa).
Five specimens: one without data; the others from Kahé, south of
Mount Kilimanjaro, May 8, 1888, September 5, 1888, and August 4,
1889. They appear to be typical foss//, though rather small. Aside
from the sexual distinctions pointed out by Doctors Sharpe’ and
Reichenow,” our single adult female differs from the male in being
more closely and evenly barred with dark brown or blackish on the
« Bubo cinerascens Guérin, Rey. Zool., 1848, p. 321 (Abyssinia).
6 Strix maculosa Vieillot, Nouv. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat., VII, 1817, p. 44.
¢ Strix africana Temminck, Pl. Col., II, 1821, pl. x.
dV ogel Africas, 1, 1901, p. 655.
eSharpe, Ibis, 1904, p. 24.
f Oberholser, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., XX VII, 1904, pp. 177 et seq.
9 Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., X VI, 1892, p. 551.
h Vogel Africas, II, 1903, p. 365.
S58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. xxviii.
lower surface, this being particularly noticeable on the thighs, flanks,
crissum, and lower abdomen.
Two immature birds—male and female—are paler and more grayish
both above and below than the adults; both resemble the adult ma/e
in the barring of the posterior lower parts; otherwise the immature
female is like the adult of that sex; while the immature male differs
from the young female in having whitish instead of ochraceous tips
to the innermost secondaries, nearly pure white in place of partly
tawny spots on the primaries, and paler buff external webs of the out-
ermost tail-feathers. ;
CAPRIMULGUS DONALDSONI Sharpe.
Caprimulgus donaldsoni SaHarpr, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, [V, No. XXYV, 1895,
p. xxix (Hargeisa, Somali Land).
A single specimen of this pretty as well as uncommon goatsucker
was secured by Doctor Abbott. It is a female, not quite adult, from
Taveta, August 18, 1888. This is quite an extension of its range, for
the southernmost previous record of its occurrence appears to be Lake
Baringo, British East Africa.” It will be noted, also, that this is
another of the many species of which Doctor Abbott was the real dis-
coverer, but which, through unfortunate delay in publication, have
fallen to the credit of others.
In view of the rarity of the species and the meagerness of most
published accounts, the following description of Doctor Abbott's
specimen may be of interest:
Forehead and crown chestnut, the feathers with irregularly shaped
black shaft marks; nape like the crown, with but slight traces of
black, these in the form of small, subterminal, triangular or tear-
shaped spots, the feathers tipped with yellowish buff; back, rump,
and upper tail-coverts paler—between hazel brown and chestnut—
most of the feathers with narrow, brownish black shaft lines, broadest
on the back; feathers of the rump, and toa less degree those of the
upper tail-coverts, with very narrow, subterminal bars of blackish,
immediately succeeded by broader, buffy white tips; scapulars chest-
nut, most of them with irregular black markings, terminating in
bold, somewhat triangular, spots, and bordered distally, mostly on the
outer webs, with buff; primaries brownish black, the three outer ones
very sparsely mottled at the tip with chestnut; inner ones heavily
mottled with pale chestnut; first primary with a small, roundish,
pure white spot on the inner web, not reaching the shaft; second
with a larger, less rounded white spot; third with a white bar on
the inner web, touching the shaft, and a more narrow buffy white
spot on the outer web; fourth with a pale cinnamon rufous bar on
both webs; secondaries brownish black, with heavy, broken bars of
«Sharpe, Ibis, 1902, p. 111.
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLNSER. 859
pale chestnut, the innermost feathers almost entirely of this color;
wing-coverts chestnut, deeper on the bend of the wing, and mottled
with blackish; middle and greater coverts broadly tipped with buffy
white, most of the feathers with subterminal blackish bars; primary-
coverts blackish, with broad hazel bars, the feathers mainly blackish
at tips; under wing-coverts, bend of wing, and axillaries buff, with
blackish and rufous bars on outer border of the under wing-coverts;
first three primaries without hazel edging on inner webs, the remain-
der of the series conspicuously edged with this color: tail light hazel,
much paler on the two middle feathers, which are finely, irregularly,
and indistinctly freckled with dusky, the outer feathers more heavily
marked and barred with blackish, the two outermost rectrices with a
white tip that, on the inner web of the last feather, is 13.8 mm. long;
lores, sides of head including ear-coverts, sides of neck and breast
chestnut, some of the feathers on sides of neck tipped with buffy like
nape, those of the middle of breast terminated with buffy white, most
of them having also narrow, black shaft marks; chin and upper throat
cinnamon rufous; lower throat with two white spots, separated by a
narrow line of black-tipped rufous feathers, the lower border of these
white spots also with black-tipped feathers; cheeks mixed cinnamon
rufous and buffy white; abdomen and under tail-coverts buff, the for-
mer more or less obsoletely barred with brownish and rufous; feet
and tarsi light brown in the dried skin. Length of wing, 130; tail,
92; tarsus, 19; culmen, 10.5 mm.
In the above description no mention is made of certain feathers of
the plumage that are apparently those of the immature stage, from
which the bird has recently emerged. These consist of a number of
buffy gray feathers with fine darker vermiculations, that are scattered
over the forehead and sides of the crown; and several similar feathers
with blackish shaft lines, changing terminally to chestnut, that are to
be found among the inner scapulars. The buffy under tail-coverts are
probably also of the immature dress, as the feathers are of the char-
acteristic, fluffy kind common to young birds.
In order that there should be as little chance as possible for an error
in identification, Doctor Richmond compared the Abbott specimen
with that collected by Mr. D. G. Elliot at The Haud in Somali Land,
and has furnished the following result:
Our bird isso very similar that there can be no possible doubt regarding its identity.
The Somali Land specimen has more vermiculated gray feathers on the head, back,
and wings, while the rump and middle tail-feathers are largely of this color, and the
other rectrices have more black; the white spot in the wing occupies the first four
primaries instead of three as in our bird; also the white tip of the tail is more exten-
sive than in ours.
In measurements the wings are almost exactly alike; the tail in our bird is 92 mm.,
in the other 97 mm.; the tarsus in both is the same, but the middle toe is nearly 2.5
mm. longer in our bird.
860 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Family MICROPODID.
TACHYNAUTES,@¢ new genus.
Cypsiurus Lesson, Echo du Monde Savant, ann. 10, ser. 2, VIII, 18438, p. 13
(type, Cypselus ambrosiacus Temminck=Cypselus parvus Lichtenstein) (not
Cypsilurus Swainson, 1839 [Pisces] ).
Chars. gen.—Similar to Tachornis Gosse, but tail very loig—about
three-fourths the length of the wing, and forked for nearly two-
thirds its length, the outer feathers distally very narrow and much
attenuated.
Type.— Cypselus parvus Lichtenstein.
The type and sole species of this genus is quite remarkable for the
development of the tail which is actually, and excepting Claudia
sguamata, relatively longer than in any other member of the sub-
family Micropodinz, also with the single exception of Punyptila
sanctihieronym? more deeply forficate. All the other species of the
genus Zachornis Gosse,’ with which parvus has commonly been asso-
ciated, have the tail barely more than half as long as the wing, or less,
and forked for less than half its own length.
Although Zachynautes parvus has apparently not before been for-
mally separated from its associates in the genus 7achornis, it formed
the type of Lesson’s Cyps/urus, a name now unavailable by reason of
Cypsilurus, employed by Swainson’ for a genus of fishes.
TACHYNAUTES PARVUS PARVUS (Lichtenstein).
Cupselus parvus LICHTENSTEIN, Verz. Doubl. Zool. Mus. Berlin, 1823, p. 58 (Nubia,
Africa).
Two specimens: one from Kahé, south of Mount Kilimanjaro, Sep-
tember 7, 1888; the other from the Lumi River, near Taveta, Decem-
ber 1, 1888. So far as it is possible to determine without examples of
typical Zuchynautes parvus for comparison, Doctor Abbott’s birds
seem to belong to this form. Their wing measurement is 127 and 125
mm., respectively, thus below the minimum given by Reichenow @ for
even parvus, and in color also they answer better to the description
of parvus than to that of myochrous, the form to be expected in this
locality, though they are evidently to some degree intermediate in this
respect. Assuming this identification to be correct, the range of par-
vus is thereby extended considerably to the southward.
Although Hartert in his recent review of this group recognizes but
two forms of parvus,’ there seem to be at least four that are worthy
of designation by name,’ as follows:
a@rTaxvs, rapidus; vavrns, nauta.
» Birds Jamaica, 1847, p. 58, pl. 1x (type, Tachornis phanicobia Gosse ).
¢ Nat. Hist. Fishes, Amphib., and Rept., I, 1838, p. 299.
d@ Vogel Africas, II, 19038, p. 384.
€ Tierreich, I, 1897, p. 81.
Jf See Reichenow, Vogel Africas, II, 1903, pp. 385-386.
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. S61
Bahan cites PUPVUS parvus (ine pene Biante astern and northwestern
Africa, from Nubia to Senegal and the Kilimanjaro region.
Tachynautes parvus myochrous (Reichenow).—Eastern Africa, from German East
Africa to the Zambesi River.
Tachynautes parvus brachypterus (Reichenow )¢.—Western Africa, from Gambia to
Damara Land.
Tuchynautes parvus gracilis (Sharpe ).—Madagas¢ ar.
MICROPUS MELBA AFRICANUS (Temminck).
Cypselus alpinus africanus Temmixck, Man. d’Orn., 1815, p. 270 (southern
Africa).
Two specimens from Mount Kilimanjaro, taken at 5,000 and 10,000
feet, respectively. These are darker on the upper parts than examples
from Europe and Asia in the United States National Museum, but that
this is, as it seems to be, an additional character separating J//ceropus
m. africanus trom true melba, our series is unfortunately not exten-
~ sive enough to determine.
If the generic term Apus Scopoli,? applied to the swifts of this
group, be refused as identical with the prior Apos Scopoli,’ the name
to be used is not Cypselus Hliger,” but Wicropus Wolf,’ which latter
Doctor Sharpe rejects’ apparently because of a supposed earlier
Micropus Linneus. So far as we are aware no such generic term
was ever used by Linnzeus.
MICROPUS HORUS (Heuglin).
Cypselus affinis var. horus Heuer, Ornith. Nordost-Atr., I, 1869, p. 147 ( Hart-
laub, manuscript) (South Africa).
One adult female from Kahé, south of Mount Kilimanjaro, taken
May 3, 1888.
MICROPUS MYOPTILUS (Salvadori).
Cypselus myoptilus SALVADORI, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, X XVI, 1888, p. 228 (Let
Marefia, Shoa, Abyssinia).
A single adult male of this rare species was obtained by Doctor
Abbott at an altitude of 5,000 feet, on Mount Kilimanjaro, January 2
1890. This apparently is the second known specimen, as well as the
first adult bird, the original description having been based on the
immature plumage, and, furthermore, greatly extends the known
range of the species. It may be described as follows:
Upper parts dark grayish: brown, rather comes on the interscapulum,
a me noes parvus brachypterus DOeTNO Vv al Africas, I1, 1893, p. 386 (Gambia
to Damara Land, western Africa).
> Introd. Hist. Nat., 1777, p. 483 (type, Hirundo apus Linneus).
¢ Idem, 1777, p. 404 (Crustacea).
@ Prod. Syst. Mam. et Avium, 1811, p. 229.
¢Meyer and Wolf, Taschenb. deutsch. Végelk., I, 1810, p. 280.
J Hand-List Gen. and Spec. Birds, II, 1900, p. 95.
9This is not a nomen nudum as stated by Reichenow (Vogel Africas, I, 1903,
p. 381).
s Proc. N. M. vol. xxvili—04
or
or
862 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
hol
and noticeably paler on the forehead, particularly the lateral portions,
the pileum, rump, and upper tail-coverts with slightly paler margins,
producing an obsoletely squamate effect; tail of the same color as the
back, and deeply forked, the outer feathers conspicuously narrowed
terminally, as in W//cropus caffer, but more extensively; wings like the
upper surface, but the outer webs of the quills darker, the inner ones
lighter than the back; a blackish spot in front of the eye; sides of head
and neck rather paler than the pileum; chin and upper throat pale gray-
ish brown, merging insensibly into the darker color of the surround-
ing parts; rest of ventral surface grayish brown, somewhat lighter than
that of the upper parts; the feathers of lower abdomen and inferior
tail-coverts with obsoletely paler tips; under wing-coverts grayish
brown like the lower parts, but lighter along the edge of the wing.
Length of wing, 127; outermost tail-feathers, 79; middle tail-feathers,
Ai exposed culmen, 5.5; tarsus, 8.5; middle toe, 7.5 mm.
Family COLIID.
COLIUS LEUCOTIS AFFINIS Shelley.
Colius leucotis affinis SHpLLEY, Ibis, 1885, p. 312 (Dar-es-Salaam, German East
Africa).
Five specimens: from ‘Taveta; Mount Kilimanjaro, 5,000 feet;
Maranu, Kilimanjaro; and Kahé, south of Kilimanjaro. ‘‘Iris red;
feet dark pink, sometimes red.” These are apparently typical afinzs,;
they vary much in color individually, as do others mentioned by
Doctor Reichenow.”
UROCOLIUS MACROURUS MACROURUS (Linnzus).
Lanius macrourus LINNaus, Syst. Nat., 12th ed., I, 1766, p. 184 (Senegal, western
Africa).
Colius macrourus pulcher NEUMANN, Journ. f. Ornith., 1900, p. 190 (Teita, British
fast Africa).
One adult male, from the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro, Sep-
tember 21, 1888. So far as we can discover it does not differ, except
in slightly larger size, from an example taken in Somali Land.
Mr. Osear Neumann has recently separated the German and British
Kast Africa bird from that of Abyssinia, under the name Colzus
macrourus pulcher,s* at the same time suggesting that the bird from
S
Senegal might be different, and if so, should be called Colius
MLACTOULUS senegalensts (Gmelin). The Senegal bird, not that from
Abyssinia as supposed by Mr. Neumann, is, however, the true
macrourus, for Linneeus’ description” was founded on the ‘*Coliou
« Captain Shelley, in letter. ¢ Journ. f. Ornith., 1900, p. 190.
b Vogel Africas, II, 1903, p. 205. aSyst. Nat., 12th ed., I,.1766, p. 134.
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. Sbé
hupé du Sénégal” of Brisson;“ of which Gmelin’s Co//us seneqalensis,?
based primarily on the same description and figure, is of course a
pure synonym. Neumann gives no characters to distinguish from
typical macrourus of western Africa the form which he calls pulcher,
as a consequence of which the status of this race must for the present
be held in abeyance. The subspecies from Abyssinia is thus left
without a name, and should it prove sufficiently different, as Neumann
asserts, by reason of its paler head, yellowish forehead, and lack of
bluish wash on the crown, it may be known as Uvocolius macrourus
syntactus.
There seems to be excellent reason for recognizing at least two
genera of Coliide, instead of the single one currently considered
coextensive with the family. The two species, macrourus and indicus
(=erythromelon Authors), including of course their yarious sub-
species, are both very much in contrast to all the others by reason of
their peculiar, narrow tail-feathers, comparatively long outermost
primary, red basal portion of the maxilla, and other details of colora-
tion. The type of Coléus® is C. colius, so that this name must be
restricted to the broad-tailed species; while for the others the term
Urocolius,? type C. macrourus, is available.
The following forms of Uocol/us seem to be recognizable:
Urocolius macrourus macrourus (LINN £Us) .
Urocolius macrourus syntactus OBERHOLSER.
Urocolius indicus indicus (LATHAM).
Urocolius indicus mossambicus (RetciENxow ).
Urocolius indicus lacteifrons (SHARPE ).
Urocolius indicus pallidus (REICHENOW ).
Urocolius indicus angolensis (RricurNnow).
Family TROGONTID 4.
APALODERMA NARINA NARINA (Stephens).
Trogon narina STEPHENS, Shaw’s Gen. Zool., IX, 1815, p. 14 (Caffraria; Aute-
niquoi country to the Gamtoo River [type locality, Kaftir Land]).
One adult male, taken at Taveta, July 6, 188s.
HETEROTROGON VITTATUS (Shelley).
Hapaloderma vittatum SHELLEY, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1882, p. 306 (Mamboio,
German East Africa).
Four specimens of this rare trogon were collected by Doctor Abbott
on Mount Kilimanjaro, at altitudes of 6,000 and 7,000 feet. Two of
these are females and have been already fully described by Dr. Charles
x
‘ans
=
—
2:
<
nm
nH
las}
~
d
cS
=
a
~
ds
=
Hm
Pat
i)
ard
Ss:
>
=
g
>
=
n
—
Vw
ES
=r
Th
t™!
o)
=)
~
~
~
i=)
ae
ct
=)
—
—
_
ft
~J
ok
=)
—
= |
Oo |
-~
|
nw
<
re
og
USyst. Nat., I, 1, 1788, p. 842.
¢Brisson, Ornith., III, 1760, p. 304.
4 Bonaparte, Consp. Volucr. Anisod., 1854, p. 3.
éProc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X VII, 1895, pp. 602-603.
Sb64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII,
Family CAPITONIDZ.
LYBIUS MELANOPTERUS (Peters).
Pogonias (Laimodon) melanopterus Prerers, Bericht Verhandl. Kgl. Akad. Wiss.
3erlin, 1854, p. 134 (Mozambique).
One specimen, from eastern Africa.
LYBIUS ABBOTTI (Richmond).
Melanobucco abbotti Ricamonnp, Auk, XTV, 1897, p. 164 (Plains of Taveta, British
East Africa). .
One specimen, an adult female, was obtained by Doctor Abbott on
the plains of Taveta, July 22, 1888. This is the type of the species,
to Doctor Richmond’s original description of which there is little to
add. Doctor Reichenow has synonymized Lybius abbott? with Lybius
alhicaudus”, giving the intimation that he considers it simply an older
individual of that species. If this be really the case, then Lybcus
senex is also undoubtedly the same, a possibility that Doctor Reiche-
now has already suggested, though he keeps the two birds separate.’
It is indeed somewhat strange that three species so closely allied
should occupy so nearly the same general region; but the changes of
plumage in this genus are so imperfectly known, the differences char-
acterizing awhicaudus, abbotti, and senex, so well marked, and so little
appear to be due to age, that without actual intermediates it seems
preferable, under the circumstances, to consider them distinct species
until positive proof to the contrary be forthcoming. The three may
be distinguished chiefly as follows:
Lybius albicaudus.—Breast and abdomen dark brown, the feathers with white
tips. F
Liybius abbotti.cBreast and upper abdomen pure white, only the sides, flanks,
and lower abdomen dark brown mixed with white.
Lybius senex.—Entire lower surface pure white.
TRICHOLAMA LACRYMOSUM Cabanis.
Tricholaema lacrymosa CABAnts, Journ. f. Ornith., 1878, p. 205 (Kitui, and Adi
River, British East Africa).
One adult male from Taveta, August 15, 1888.
TRICHOLAEMA STIGMATOTHORAX Cabanis.
Tricholaema. stigmatothorax CABants, Journ. f. Ornith., 1878, p. 205 (Ndi, Teita,
British East Africa).
One adult female from the Useri River, near Mount Kilimanjaro,
January 17, 1889.
a Vogel Africas, II, 1903, pp. 122-123. bIdem, II, 1903, p. 128.
No, 1411, BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. S65
SMILORHIS KILIMENSIS Shelley.
Smilorhis Filimensis Sueuiey, Ibis, 1889, p. 477 (Kilimanjaro district, eastern
Africa).
Three specimens: one from Taveta, August 14, L888, the two others
without date. One of these is evidently immature, and has the rump
chiefly brownish black with an admixture of white; but the ridge-like
crest on the base of the culmen is fairly well developed.
VIRIDIBUCCO,“ new genus.
Chars. gen.—Similar to Xylobucco (Barbatula of authors), but bill
smaller, weaker, less turgid, the culmen perfectly straight instead of
decidedly curved, and rounded, with scarcely a perceptible ridge; no
naked space surrounding the eye; secondaries not so long, falling
short of the primary tips by almost the length of the exposed culmen.
Type.— Barbatula leucomystax Sharpe.
The type of this new genus has been usually included among the
forms of Xylobucco, but, as will be readily seen by the above diagnosis,
it is quite out of place in such company. Captain Shelley referred it
to Stactolema Marshall,’ but it differs radically from the members of
that group, as follows: Bill smaller, weaker, much less turgid,
the culmen straight; rictal and frontal bristles numerous and well
developed; secondaries shorter; length of first toe less than half the
fourth. Apparently the only other congeneric species is PBarba-
tula simplex Fischer and Reichenow.* This group will therefore
comprise Viridibucco leucomystax (Sharpe) and Viridibucco simplex
(Fischer and Reichenow).
Several changes appear to be necessary in Doctor Reichenow’s recent
arrangement” of the species belonging to the current genera Barbatula,
Smilorhis, and Stactolema. Dr. C. W. Richmond has called my atten-
tion to the fact that the name Larhatula Lesson‘ is preoccupied in
ichthyology by Barbatula Linck;/ and it must therefore be rejected
in favor of Xylobucco Bonaparte,’ since Xylobucco scolopaceus Bona-
parte, the type of the last, is strictly congeneric with Bucco erythro-
notus Cuvier, the type of Barbatula Lesson. Doctor Reichenow’s
Lignobuceo,” based on X. scolopaceus, is of course synonymous. The
same author has attempted’ to separate Larbatula duchaillud Cassin
@ Viridis + bueco.
b Birds of Africa, I, 1896, p. 129.
¢ Journ. f. Ornith., 1884, p. 180 (Pangani, German East Africa).
d Vogel Africas, 11, 1903, pp. 139-155.
€Compl. Buffon; IX, 1837, p. 292.
J Mag. Neuste Phys. u. Nat., VI (3), 1790, p. 38.
gConsp. Avium, I, 1850, p. 141.
-kJourn. f. Ornith., 1887, p. 299.
¢ Vogel Africas, II, 1903, pp. 142-143.
S66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
from its associates in the genus Vy/obucco (= Barbatula), and to
unite it generically with the species of the genera Stactolema and
Smilorhis under the name Buccanodon Hartlaub.“ He bases this
separation of B. duchaidlui trom Nylobucco apparently on the suppo-
sition that this species has the proportion of the toes different from
that obtaining among the species of Vy/obucco, and like that found in
Smilorhis and Stactolema, i. e., the first toe about equal to the half
of the fourth; but in all the fw//y adi/é and otherwise perfect spect:
mens of duciallué examined by us the length of the first toe is
decidedly less than half the fourth, and thus exactly as in Nylobucco,
though curiously enough in one or two examples that are apparently
immature the proportions of the first and fourth toes are as in Smzlo-
rhis and Stactoleema. As there are absolutely no other characters to
separate duchaillud from Xylobucco, it must be replaced in that group,
and the two generic names founded upon it, Buccanodon Hartlaub “
and Cladurus Reichenow,? be entered as synonyms under X7y/obucco.
Both Smilorhis and Stactolema are perfectly good genera, as Doctor
Sharpe has always consistently claimed, and there seems to be no good
reason for uniting them as Doctor Reichenow has done. Their char-
acters, as well as those of the two other genera here involved, will
appear in the following diagnoses:
1. Stactolama.
Stactolema MarsHatt, Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1870, p. 118 (type, Buccanodon
anchiete Bocage ).
Bill large and swollen, the culmen curved, with no conspicuous
ridge; rictal and frontal bristles few or none, and, if present, very
weak; no naked space surrounding the eye; secondaries falling short
of the primaries by not more than two-thirds of exposed culmen; first
toe about equal to half the fourth.
The species of this genus are:
Stactolema anchietiv ( Bocage ).
Stactolema olivaceuim (Shelley ).
Stactolema woodward Shelley.
2. Smilorhis.
Smilorhis SuNDEVALL, Meth. Ay. Tent. 1873, p. 75 (type, Megalema leucotis
Sundeyall).
Bill large and turgid, the culmen curved throughout, with a con-
spicuous crest on its basal portion; rictal and frontal bristles fairly
well developed; an unfeathered space around the eye; secondaries
short, the difference between their tips and those of the primaries
more than the length of exposed culmen; first toe about equal to the
fourth.
«Orn. Westafr., 1857, p. 171. » Journ. f. Ornith., 1877, p. 17.
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 867
The following species appear to be referable here:
Smilorhis whytii Shelley.
Smilorhis sowerbyi (Sharpe).
Smilorhis bocagei (Sousa). ‘
Smilorhis leucotis (Sundevyall ).
Smilorhis kilimensis Shelley.
3. Viridibucco.
Viridibucco OBERHOLSER, p. 865 (type, Barbatiula leucomystar Sharpe).
Bill small, weak, not swollen, the culmen straight, rounded, with
scarcely a perceptible ridge; rictal and frontal bristles well developed;
no bare space around the eye; secondaries falling short of the pri-
maries by almost the length of the exposed culmen; first toe less than
half the length of the fourth.
Two species are to be included:
Viridibucco leucomystax (Sharpe).
Viridibucco simplex (Fischer and Reichenow ).
4. Xylobucco.
Barbatula Lesson, Compl. Buffon, 1X, 1837, p. 292 (not Gmelin) (type, Bueco
erythronotus Cuvier ).
Xylobucco BONAPARTE, Consp. Avium, I, 1850, p. 141 (type, Vylobucco scolopaceus
Bonaparte).
Buccanodon Hartiaus, Orn. Westatr., 1857, p. 171 (type, Barbatula duchaillui
Cassin ).
Cladurus REIcHENow, Journ. f. Ornith, 1877, p. 17 (type, Barhatula duchaillui
Cassin).
Lignobucco RricHENow, Journ. f. Ornith, 1887, p. 299 (type, Vylobucco scolopaceus
Bonaparte ).
Bill comparatively large and turgid, the culmen curved, with a well-
defined ridge on its basal portion; rictal and frontal bristles well
developed; a naked space surrounding the eye; secondaries falling
short of primaries by less than half of exposed culmen; first toe less
than half of fourth.
This genus comprises the following species:
Xylobucco scolopaceus scolopaceus Bonaparte.
Xylobucco scolopaceus stellatus (Jardine and Fraser ).
Xylobucco scolopaceus flavisquamatus (Verreaux ).
Xylobucco scolopaceus consobrinus ( Reichenow ).
Xylobucco erythronotus (Cuvier).
Xylobucco leucolaimus (Verreaux ).
Xylobucco bilineatus (Sundeyall).
Xylobucco fischeri (Reichenow ).
Xylobucco kandti (Reichenow ).
Xylobucco jacksoni (Sharpe).
Nylobucco chrysopygus (Shelley ).
Xylobucco subsulphureus (Fraser).
NXylobucco chrysocomus chrysocomus(Temminck).
Xylobucco chrysocomus guineensis (Reichenow ).
Nylobuceo chrysocomus xanthostictus (Blundell and Lovat).
Xylobucco chrysocomus schoanus (Neumann).
Xylobucco chrysocomus centralis (Reichenow ).
Xylobucco chrysocomus extoni (Layard).
Xylobucco duchaillui duchaillut (Cassin).
Xylobucco duchaillui ugandx ( Reichenow ).
Xylobucco pusillus (Dumont).
Xylobucco minutus (Bonaparte ).
NXylobucco affinis (Reichenow) .
Xylobucco uropygialis (Heuglin).
Xylobucco coryphxus (Reichenow ).
S68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
A key to the four genera above treated would read somewhat as
follows:
a. Bill-weal=culmentstraicht 2-52. 2 See ee ee Viridibucco
a.’ Bill stout! culmen curved.
b. No naked space around eye; bristles of bill few or absent... ..----- Stactolema
b.’ A naked space around eye; bristles of bill well developed.
c. First toe about equal to half of fourth; secondaries falling
short of primaries by more than exposed culmen....-...-.------- Smilorhis
c./ First toe decidedly less than half of fourth; secondaries fall-
ing short of primaries by less than half of exposed culmen-----... Yylobucco
VIRIDIBUCCO LEUCOMYSTAX (Sharpe).
=
Barbatula leucomystar SHARPE, Ibis, 1892, p. 310 (Sotik, British East Africa).
Two specimens: an adult male, from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 5,000
feet, September 1, 1889; and an adult female, from Mount Kilimanjaro,
at 6,000 feet, November 10, 1888. The male is a little brighter in
color above than the female, but in other respects appears to be
identical.
Family INDICATORIDZ.
INDICATOR INDICATOR (Sparrman).
Cuculus indicator SPARRMAN, Philos. Trans., 1777, p. 43 (‘‘Groot Vaders Bosch,”
near Swellendam, vicinity of Cape of Good Hope, South Africa).
Cuculus indicator GMELIN, Syst. Nat., I, 1, 1788, p. 418 (interior of Africa).
Two specimens: an adult male, from the plains east of Mount Kili-
manjaro, October 5, 1888; and an immature male, from the Useri River,
Mount Kilimanjaro, December 13,1888. The latter is in the plumage
which so closely and puzzlingly resembles /ndicator macor, the short
median upper tail-coverts being pure white, the jugulum and throat
tinged with yellow, the chin faintly washed with the same, the flanks
without brown streaks, the feathers of the forehead and crown mar-
gined with yellowish brown; but the chin and upper throat are mot-_
tled with brownish black and the bill is pale brownish, both of which
are distinguishing marks.
MELIGNOTHES MINOR DIADEMATUS (Ruppell).
Indicator diadematus Riprrii, Neue Wirb. Faun. Abyss., Vogel, 1855, p. 61
(wooded region of Abyssinia).
Indicator ininor teitensis NeumMANN, Journ. f. Ornith., 1900, p. 195 (Bura, Teita,
British East Africa).
A single female was obtained by Doctor Abbott at Taveta, July 7,
1888. ‘Skin extremely tough.” Its measurements are: Wing, 82;
tail, 51; exposed culmen, 9.5; tarsus, 14; middle toe, 12 mm.
That two species of small honey-guides inhabit most of Abyssinia
was suspected by Riippell, who distinguished them and named the
paler one d/adematus,;“ by mistake, however, considering the darker
« Neue Wirb. Faun. Abyss., Vogel., 1835, p. 61.
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. S69
bird true minor. The latter (znor of Riippell) is in reality identical
with pachyrhynchus of Heuglin,“ which is specifically distinet from
minor, as hereinafter shown. The bird named déadematus by Riippell,
though closely related to mnor, appears to be subspecitically separable.
Neumann, missing the point that there are two distinct species found
together in northeastern Africa, also failing to discover Riippell’s
error in identification of mdnor, thereby identified d/ademuatus
Riippell with pachyrhynchus Heuglin. Then,as a natural consequence,
he thought the northern form of menor (diadematus) undescribed,
and renamed it ¢eztenszs.” The latter name must therefore give way
to diadematus, unless future investigation prove the bird from the
Kilimanjaro region different from both the South African m7nor and
the Abyssinian diadematus.
MELIGNOTHES EXILIS MELIPHILUS, new subspecies.
Chars. subsp. —Similar to Melignothes extlis exilis,° but decidedly
larger; white area on tail less extensive; crown and cervix much more
tinged with yellowish olive green; upper parts less streaked with dark
brown—almost uniform.
Description.—Type, adult male, Cat. No. 117965, U.S.N.M.;
Taveta, British East Africa, August 15, 1888; Dr. W. L. Abbott.
Pileum and nape dull grayish olive green, the extreme forehead black-
ish, with a very small white spot behind the nostrils, the feathers of
the fore part of the crown with blackish shafts; back, scapulars, rump,
and upper tail-coverts golden olive green, the centers of the feathers
narrowly and obscurely brownish, this barely noticeable when the
plumage is undisturbed; four middle tail-feathers blackish brown,
edged with olive green; remaining rectrices white, with restricted tips
of dark brown, and similarly colored basal areas that on the two outer
pairs of feathers are barely visible, but on the others occupy diagonally .
nearly two-thirds of the length; wings fuscous, the quills edged exter-
nally with golden olive green, the greater and median coverts more
broadly margined with the same, the lesser coverts almost uniform
olive; sides of head and neck brownish gray with a wash of greenish;
chin whitish, broadly streaked with dark brownish gray; throat plain
brownish ashy; breast, sides, and flanks dull buffy gray with a green-
ish tinge, the flanks paler and broadly streaked with dark brown;
abdomen and crissum brownish white; under wing-coverts brownish
gray, the axillars paler, the edge of wing whitish olive yellow; bill
brownish black, the base of mandible decidedly paler. Length of wing,
73; tail, 47.5; exposed culmen, 7.5; tarsus, 12.5; middle toe, 11 mm.
@ Melignothes pachyrhynchus Heuglin, Journ. i. Ornith., 1864, p. 266,
b Journ. f. Ornith., 1900, p. 195.
¢ Type compared.
S70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVHI.
Doctor Abbott secured only the single specimen above described,
but this is an adult in fresh plumage, and demonstrates clearly its
specific distinctness from Jelignothes minor diadenatus (Ritppell)
(=ftevtensis Neumann) obtained at the same locality, proving thus the
existence of two entirely distinct species in this part of Africa. From
diadematus this new form differs as follows: Size smaller, particularly
the wing and bill; upper parts darker, less yellowish, the head more
eveenish; chin and throat darker, the former conspicuously streaked;
breast with more of a greenish wash, inferior wing-coverts brownish
eray instead of dull white. From J/dignothes exilis pachyrhynchus
(Heuelin) it may be distinguished by its decidedly smaller size and the
lack of blackish shaft streaks on the upper parts. Considerable hesita-
tion preceded the determination to describe meliphi/us as new, but a
very careful investigation, involving all the known forms of the
smaller honey-guides seems to permit no other logical course. As
this study has revealed the apparent necessity of some readjustment
of previously entertained views of the relationships of the species, the
results may be here set forth as a slight contribution to our knowledge
of these difficult birds.
The genus /nd/cator,as at present regarded, comprises two well-
defined groups—one of generally larger species, with longer, more
slender bills, typitied by Znd/ecator ‘ndicator; the other of smaller
forms, with relatively short, stout beaks, represented by /. condrostris.
The structural differences characterizing the latter, as below detailed,
seem quite sufficient for its recognition as a separate genus, to which
the name J/e/ignothes Cassin,” based on J. controstris, therefore becomes
applicable. Doctor Reichenow admits only five forms of this group,’
all of which he treats as distinct species; while Mr. Neumann,’ going
to the other extreme, holds them all for subspecies of a7nor, with the
addition of d/adematus, and excepting Jovat/ which was at that time
not vet described. There seem to be, however, at least three specific
types —/nor, exilis, and conirostris—with possibly a fourth in /ovat7;
and all the other admissible forms appear to be but geographical races
of these. To judge from the characters —osteological and other—-given
by Stoliezika,” the Indian Pseudofringlla vanthonota (Blyth) is gener-
ically very distinct from both /ndicator and Melignothes. Other
pertinent notes are set forth in the following review of the
Genus Melignothes Cassin.
Melignothes Cassin, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 156 (type, Melignothes
conirostris Cassin ).
Meliqnostes Heine, Journ. f. Ornith., 1860, p. 102 (nom. emend. pro Melignothes)
(type, Melignothes conirostris Cassin).
@ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 156. ¢Journ. f. Ornith., 1900, p. 195.
b Vogel Africas, I1, 1903, pp. 110-1138. @Stray Feathers, I, 1873, p. 426.
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 871
Chars. gen.—Similar to /ndicator Vieillot.¢ but bril shorter, stouter,
more conoid, its height at base not decidedly less than length of cul-
men from anterior edge of nasal fossa, nor less than length of gonys;
gonydeal angle much more prominent, the gonys much more ascend-
ing; nares more rounded, provided with a more prominent tubular
membrane, and set at a greater posteriorly divergent angle to the axis
of the culmen, lying thus parallel to the lateral outlines of the bill
instead of to the sides of its central ridge.
Geographical distribution.—Al\l of Africa, except the northwestern
portion.
ANALYTICAL KEY TO THE SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES OF MELIGNOTHES.
A. Bill entirely black; under surface darker—slate gray.
GMAT OW MMUKCntln Gi DACK et neste tert a oa) NEC ee ial citer cie pene ussheri
a’, Crown conspicuously different from back.
b. Head and neck more slaty; yellowish edgings of
Bae kaaneyphies! DOr tk cee flo aia gars eal mie as stapes conirostris
b’. Head and neck more brownish; yellowish edgings
(yi |ovelke euavelayabaresh(ohbUU lee Ae ee Bene Bee ee ee eee eens ae lovati
B. Bill with base of mandible pale; under surface lighter
dull pale brownish gray, or whitish.
a. Lighter; upper parts more yellowish; under wing-
coverts white or nearly so; bill usually larger.
Geillarser— wine’ generally Over 8b MM .-. 222. Soar oe 2 oS ees eee minor
b’. Smaller—wing generally under 85 mm .........---------------- diadematus
a’. Darker; upper parts less yellowish; under wing-cov-
erts dull grayish or brownish; bill smaller.
[aE OF OCT (eV pliN IM ee ites tps a eee oS eh soe We aa ee se sias pachyrhynchus
L’. Wing under 75 mm.
c. Back not conspicuously streaked with blackish or dark brown ~..meliphilus
c’. Back conspicuously streaked with blackish or dark brown.
o-obileun ¢hietivayellowishiolives: 222.22 25-22s-2ee. son csi o= ace willcockst
d’, Pileum chiefly gray or brown.
ACLowi Unit OLMmuCIMeKeOUs= ss42- ese. se oes ee See ee cee = poensis
e’. Crown brownish gray, with darker shaft-
streaks, and slightly washed with olive
VE ULO We eee ee a ber aa eee Be aeeniates exilis
1. Melignothes conirostris conirostris Cass/i.
Melignothes conirostris Casstx, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 156 (Munda
River, Gabun, western Africa).
Indicator occidentalis Hartuaus, Orn. Westafr., 1857, p. 185, in text ( Verreaux,
manuscript) (Gabun, western Africa).
Geographical distribution.—Gabun to Kamerun, western Africa.
This large, dark-colored species is very distinct from both J/. exi/7s
and J/. minor, occupying practically the same region as the former,
and it can by no means be considered only a subspecies of the latter,
as proposed by Mr. Neumann.’ The type is still in the collection of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and still in a good
state of preservation. Through the kindness of Mr. Witmer Stone
it has been examined, and the following measurements taken: Wing,
83; tail, 53; exposed culmen, 9.5; tarsus, 16; middle toe, 13.5 mm. —
4 Analyse Ornith., 1816, p. 28 (type, Cuculus indicator Sparrman ).
6 Journ. f. Ornith., 1900, p. 195.
>
=I
bo
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVUL.
2. Melignothes conirostris ussheri (Sipe).
Indicator ussheri Suarer, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, XII, 1902, p. 80 (Fantee, west-
ern Africa.
Geographical distribution. —Gold Coast, western Africa
This recently described form is the northern representative of con/-
rostris, and apparently only a subspecies. It differs chiefly in. the
more golden olive cast of the pileum and the rather paler lower parts.
The wing length given by Doctor Sharpe ‘4. 65 inches (117 mm.)
is evidently a mistake, possibly a slip for 3.65 inches, as this dimen-
sion as given would make wss/er/ larger in length of wing than any
other honey-euide, with other measurements disproportionately small,
3. Melignothes lovati ( (runt).
Indicator lovati GRANT, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, X, 1900, p. xxxix (Gelongol, south-
ern Abyssinia).
Geographical distribution.—Southern Abyssinia.
Apparently most nearly related to JW. conirostris, possibly only sub-
specifically distinct, and distinguishable by its grayish brown head
and cervix, together with the decidedly duller yellow ish edgings of
back and wing-coverts. Mr, Neumann is probably wrong in treating
lovat? as a subspe cies of minor.”
4. Melignothes minor minor (Stephens).
Indicator minor SvepHENS, Shaw’s Gen. Zool., IX, 1815, p. 140 (Cape of Good
Hope).
Indicator minimus TemMMinck, Pl. Col., II, 1822, pl. pxuu, fig. 1 (southern
Africa).
Indicator buphagoides LEADBEATER, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., XVI, 1829, p. 91
(interior of Africa).
Indicator apivorus LicHTENSTEIN, Nomencl. Av., 1854, p. 78 (nomen nudum).
Geographical distribution.—Southern Africa, north to Damara Land
and probably at least the Zambesi River.
The much paler, less variegated upper parts, light basal portion of
the mandible, much paler, more brownish lower “parts, and white or
brownish white lower wing-coyerts easily distinguish this species from
Meliqnothes conirostris. The northern limit of its distribution in
astern Africa, as well as the area of its inosculation with J/. m7nor
diadematus, remain to be determined. The name /ndicator bupha-
govdes® apparently is, as commonly regarded, a synonym of manor,
though it is based on a bird with a bill somewhat too small, if there
be no mistake in the measurement as recorded in the original
description.
5. Melignothes minor diadematus ( Riippel/).
Indicator diadematus Riippriit, Neue Wirb. Faun. Abyss., Vogel, 1835, p. 61
(wooded region of Abyssinia).
Indicator minor teitensis NAUMANN, Journ. f. Ornith., 1900, p. 195 (Bura, Teita,
British East Africa).
Geographical distribution.—German East Africa north to Somali
Band; Abyssinia, and Bongo in the southeastern Sudan.
“Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, XII, 1902, p. 80.
» Journ. f. Ornith., 1904, p. 384.
¢Leadbeater, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., X VI, 1829, p. 91.
no.M4i1. = BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERIIOLSER. 873
This northern form seems to differ from m/n0r principally in its
smaller size, a character, however, which is quite decided enough for
purposes of subspecific separation. The application of the names d/a-
dematus-and teitensis has been discussed above.
6. Melignothes exilis exilis Cassin.
Melignothes exilis Cassix, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 157 (Munda
River, Gabun, western Africa).
Geographical distribution.—Loango to Kamerun, western Africa.
This species, including its various forms, is, as held by Doctor
Reichenow,’ specifically distinct from minor. It differs as a whole
from the latter in its usually darker, less yellowish upper parts:
darker anterior lower surface; smaller bill: and dull grayish or
brownish, instead of white or whitish under wing-coverts. Races of
the two species—iminor and er//is—occur together in northeastern
Africa as far south, at least, as the Kilimanjaro district, but elsewhere
occupy separate geographical areas.
The type of evilis is a bird somewhat immature, and has for many
years been exposed as a mounted specimen, therefore is rather duller
than fresh adult examples. Its entire lower surface, excepting the
paler crissum and median portion of the lower abdomen, is dull
greenish gray. Its measurements are: Wing, 62.5; tail, 40: exposed
culmen, 7; tarsus, 13; middle toe, 11.5 mm. -
7. Melignothes exilis willcocksi (Alexander).
Indicator willcocksi ALEXANDER, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, XII, 1901, p. 11 (Prahon,
Gold Coast Colony, western Africa).
Geographical distribution.—Gold Coast, western Africa.
A northern form of ¢z7/7s in which the crown is more conspicuously
and chiefly yellowish olive instead of olive brown; there also seems
to be a Jess distinct dusky band below the cheeks and auriculars.
There is not the material difference in the size of the two forms
claimed by Mr. Alexander,’ but w7//cocksi is apparently entitled to
stand as a subspecies, although Doctor Reichenow has synonymized it
with exilis.7
8. Melignothes exilis poensis ( Alexander).
Indicator poensis ALEXANDER, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, XIII, 1903, p. 33 (Bakaki,
Fernando Po).
Geographical distribution.—Fernando Po, western Africa.
An island race of ei/is, which differs principally in its uniform
cinereous crown. As may be seen by comparison of the original
measurements of poens/s’ with the above given dimensions of the type
of exilis, the present form is not mentionably smaller.
g. Melignothes exilis pachyrhynchus ( Hevglin).
Melignothes pachyrhynchus Heve is, Journ. f. Ornith., 1864, p. 266 (Bongo, south-
eastern Sudan, central Africa).
Indicator pygmaeus REIcHENOW, Journ. f. Ornith., 1892, p. 24 (Bukoba, Victoria
Nyanza, German East Africa).
a See pp. 868-869. d Végel Africas, 11; 1903, p. 113.
b Vogel Africas, II, 1903, p. 113. ¢ Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, XIII, 1903, p. 33.
¢ Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, XdI, 1901, p. 11.
874 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. XXVIII.
Geographical distribution.— Abyssinia and Bongo, south to Victoria
Nyanza.
This form appears to be easily separable from er///s, though chiefly
on account of its much larger size and rather more greenish pileum
and cervix.
The name J/elignothes pachyrhynchus of Heuglin® undoubtedly
applies to a bird of the exi/7s type, as an examination of his descrip-
tions and his accompanying comments clearly shows. Doctor Reich-
enow’s /nrdicator pygmeus,? trom the same general region, a little
Pathe to the southward, appears to be quite certainly “the ‘same, as
indicated by its almost identical dimensions and blackish-striped
mantle. The bird from Sotik recorded as true exis by Doctor
Sharpe‘ is probably also pachyrhynchus.
10. Melignothes exilis meliphilus Oherholser,
Melignothes exilis ineliphilus OBERHOLSER, p. 869.
Geographical distribution. —Kilimanjaro region, eastern Africa.
‘amily PICID Ab.
CAMPETHERA NUBICA (Boddaert).
Picus nubicus Bopparrt, Tabl. Plan. Enlum., 1788, p. 41 (Nubia).
Two adult females: one from Taveta, the other from the plains east
of Mount Kilimanjaro. ‘* Trides pink.” Both are apparently typical,
showing no approach to pallida or neumanni.
Misled by an incorrect quotation of Captain Shelley’s,” which inad-
vertently was not verified at the time, the present writer was unfortu-
nately induced to enter a plea’ for the retention of the generic name
Dendromus for the group to which the above species belongs. The
proper name, however, is undoubtedly Campethera Gray, since
Dendromus Swainson, 1837, is preoccupied by Dendromus Smith,”
which latter proves to be identical in orthography.
DENDROPICOS GUINEENSIS MASSAICUS Neumann.
Dendropicus guineensis massaicus NEUMANN, Journ. f. Ornith., 1900, p. 206 (Ndala-
lani, Neuruman Lake, Masai Land, German East Africa).
Two adult females from Taveta. These both are apparently typical
of the small-sized form with red upper tail-coverts and distinctly
barred back, which Neumann has named as above, and which seems to
be an excellent race, although Doctor Reichenow is inclined to deny
it recognition.’
a Journ. f. Ornith., 1864, p. 266; Ornith. Nordost-Afr., I, 1871, p. 773.
bIdem, 1892, p. 24.
¢Tbis, 1892, p. 309.
d Birds of Africa, I, 1896, p. 181, footnote.
é Proc. U: 8S, Nat: Mus.; X XT 1899.5: 14:
f Smith, Zool. Journ., IV, 1829, p. 439.
g Vogel Africas, II, 1902, p. 194.
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 875
MESOPICOS SPODOCEPHALUS RHODEOGASTER (Fischer and
Reichenow ).
Picus (Mesopicus) rhodeogaster FiscHeR and RercHeNnow, Journ. f. Ornith., 1884,
p. 180 (Aruscha, Masai Land, German East Africa).
A single adult male, from Aruscha-wa-chini, southwest of Mount
Kilimanjaro, seems to be typical of this form, as of course it should
be, from so near the type locality. It was taken on October 29, and
is molting some of the tail-feathers, though otherwise apparently in
perfect plumage.
‘amily ALAUDIDAE.
MIRAFRA PCECILOSTERNA (Reichenow).
Alauda poecilosterna RricuEnow, Ornith. Centralblatt, 1879, p. 155 (Kibaradja,
British East Africa).
Three specimens: two from the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro; and
one from Kahé, south of the same mountain. ‘‘Iris brown.” The last
of these, taken September 7, 1888, is much less rufescent throughout
than the others, this due apparently to its more freshly molted, possi-
bly immature, condition. .
PYRRHULAUDA LEUCOPAREIA (Fischer and Reichenow).
Coraphites leucopareia FiscHer and Reicnenow, Journ. f. Ornith., 1884, p. 55
(Nguruman, Masai Land, German East Africa).
One female, from the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro, January 6,
1889. It still retains some traces of unfinished molt.
Family PLOCEID.
TEXTOR NIGER INTERMEDIUS (Cabanis).
Textor intermedius CABANIS, von der Decken’s Reisen, III, 1869, p. 32, pl. xr
(Kisnani, German East Africa).
One specimen, an adult male, from Taveta, April 26, 1888. ‘* Build-
ing nests at this time.”
Doctor Reichenow“ and Mr. Neumann? consider this bird a subspe-
cies of Zvrtor albirostris (Vieillot), but, by reason of its red bill and
the white on the inner webs of the primaries, it is evidently much
more closely related to Tertor niger (Smith), which latter seems to be
specifically distinct from Zuctor albirostris.
DINEMELLIA DINEMELLI (Gray).
Textor dinemelli Gray, Genera Birds, II, 1844, pl. txxxvu, fig. 2; idem, 1849,
p. 350; Rtprevy, Syst. Uebers. Vég. Nord—Ost-Afr., 1845, p. 72, pl. xxx
(Horsfield, manuscript) (Shoa, Abyssinia).
Three specimens: two from the Useri River, near Mount Kiliman-
jaro; and one from the plains east of this mountain. **Trides dark
« Vogel Africas, III, 1904, p. 4. » Journ. f. Ornith., 1905, p. 335.
S76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
brown. Common, frequenting the scattered Ween trees in floc ke of
8 or LO individuals.”
The specific name of this species is usually attributed to Riippell,
but the latter states in his first published account” that the plate in
Gray’s Genera of Birds, on which this bird was labeled ** Zeator dine-
melli Horst...” was previously published;’ and the name therefore
inust be credited to Gray. The text belonging to this plate, however,
seems not to have appeared until 1849, and in it Gray cites Riippell’s
plate.°
AMBLYOSPIZA UNICOLOR (Fischer and Reichenow).
Pyrenestes unicolor Fiscuer and ReicHEenow, Ornith. Centralblatt, 1878, p. 88
(Mombasa, British East Africa; and Zanzibar).
The single specimen, an adult female, from Taveta, May 25, 1888,
apparently agrees with the original description.
HYPHANTORNIS RUBIGINOSUS (Riuppell).
Ploceus rubiginosus Ripert, Neue Wirb. Faun. Abyss., Vogel, 1835, p. 93, pl.
xxxut, fig. 1 (Temben, Abyssinia).
One specimen, from the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro, October 1,
I8ss. It is an immature male, and corresponds perfectly with Doctor
Sharpe’s description of the adult female.” ‘The bill is dull brown above,
paler below.
We can discover no satisfactory characters to separate this species
generically from /Zyphantornis.
HYPHANTORNIS CABANISII Peters.
Hyphantornis cabanisii Prrers, Journ. f. Ornith., 1868, p. 133 (Inhambane, Por-
tuguese East Africa).
Five specimens—three adult males and two females—all from Taveta.
The bill of the female is not black, as is that of the male, but is dull
brown above, dull whitish below. One of the females seems to agree
minutely with Doctor Sharpe’s description,’ but the other differs in a
more yellowish tone above, particularly on the head; in having a clear
yellow throat and breast, the latter with no saffron tinge; the lower
breast yellow like the throat; the abdomen laterally tinged with the
same color; and the under tail-coverts distinctly yellow. ‘*Abundant in
the plain, where it breeds in large colonies in the J//mosa trees, build-
ing zy globular hanging n nest with a hole in the side.”
a Syst. vu aber Vog. cee Ost- nes Ae boo one ot 3.9.0.
b“ Wihrend ich toch mit der Hered gegenwirtigen Werkchens beschiftigte,
hat Herr G. R. Gray eine Abbildung von diesem sch6nen Webervogel in dem ersten
Heft seiner Genera of Birds unter yorstehendem Namen [ T7extor dinemelli Horst. ]
veroffentlicht, nach einem yon Major Harris vor Kurzem aus Schoa nach England
uberbrachten Exemplare.’”? Ruppell, /oc. cit.
¢Genera Birds, II, 1849, p. 350.
a Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XITI, 1890, p. 474.
¢Tdem, p. 461.
No.1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. Ree
HYPHANTORNIS JACKSONI (Shelley).
Ploceus jacksoni SHELLEY, Ibis, 1888, p. 293, pl. vi (Taveta, British East Africa).
Three adult males and one female, all from Taveta. The males of
this species may be readily distinguished from those of /lyphantornis
dimidiatus Salvadori, its nearest ally, by the much greater posterior
extent of the chestnut on the lower surface. The female resembles
that of Hyphantornis cabanisii, but the upper parts, including the
wings and tail, are more yellowish, the dusky centers of the feathers
less conspicuous; the wings are lighter brown, with edgings broader,
those of the superior coverts, secondaries, and tertials being olive
yellow, like the color of the back, instead of very pale yellowish, these
differences combining to impart to the wings a more uniform appear-
ance; throat, breast, and sides of head more deeply suffused with
yellow; under wing-coverts and broad inner margins of the wing-quills
rich yellow instead of brownish or yellowish white; feet flesh color
instead of dusky.
HYPHANTORNIS NIGRICEPS Layard.
Hyphantornis ngriceps Lay ary, Birds 8. Africa, 1867, p. 180 (Kuruman, Bechuana
Land, South Africa).
Five specimens (three males, two females), from Taveta.’? ‘* [ris
(of male) red.”
HYPHANTORNIS BOJERI Cabanis.
Hyphantornis bojeri CABANIS, von der Decken’s Reisen, III, 1869, p. 32 ( Hart-
laub and Finsch, manuscript) (Mombasa, British East Africa).
Three specimens, from Taveta, collected in March, 1888. An
immature male differs from the adult of the same sex in having the
cheeks, auriculars, throat, and remainder of the lower parts almost
uniform yellow, without any decided orange tinge; the upper parts
from forehead to tail, including the wings, darker, duller, and more
greenish; the head concolor with the back; the bill dull brown. A
female that is possibly immature is olive brown above, with a mixture
of yellowish and olive green, the back streaked broadly with darker
brown, yellowish, and buff; tail greenish olive, edged with yellowish;
wings sepia, margined with yellow and olive green; a yellow super-
ciliary stripe; lores dark brown; sides of head and neck mixed yellow-
ish and brownish; lower surface pale yellow, rather darker and duller
across the breast, somewhat paler on the abdomen; lining of wing
pale yellow; maxilla dark brown; mandible yellowish white.
«This is the type locality as given by Captain Shelley in the original description
which occurs in the account of a collection made by Mr. F. J. Jackson in the vicinity
of Mount Kilimanjaro; and the collector says that the only specimen was brought
to him by a little Taveta boy. Doctor Sharpe, however (Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XIII,
1890, p. 459), gives Manda Island as the type locality.
> Two are without data, but are presumably from this locality.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxvili—04 a6
878 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. _ vow. xxvut.
HYPHANTORNIS SCHILLINGSI (Reichenow).
Ploceus schillingsi ReicHenow, Ornith. Monatsber., 1902, p. 158 (Rufu River,
German East Africa).
Four specimens of this recently described weaver-bird were
obtained by Doctor Abbott. In view of the rarity of the species, the
following somewhat detailed descriptions may be of interest.
In general appearance this bird is similar to //Zyphantornis castanei-
ceps, but the hind neck is yellow, in conspicuous contrast to the olive-
green back; the crown is rich yellow, with a broad occipital band of
bay; and there is a narrow collar,of orange rufous on the foreneck.
An adult male, Cat. No. 118302, U.S.N.M., from Lake Jipé (south-
vast of Mount Kilimanjaro), May 20, 1888, may be described as
follows: Back and rump uniform yellowish olive green; upper tail-
-coverts olive yellow; tail like the back, but somewhat brownish, and
mareined with olive yellow; wings fuscous, the inner webs of the
quills basally pale yellow, and distally with broad edgings of the
same color; outer vanes of quills margined with golden olive green
and olive yellow; lesser coverts wholly olive green, the median coverts
broadly edged with golden yellow, the greater series with golden
olive; forehead and crown rich golden vellow; hind neck and sides of
head and neck gamboge yellow, sharply defined posteriorly against
the olive green of the back; occiput with a broad (8 mm.) well-defined
band of bay, which is produced as a narrow necklace of orange rufous
down the sides of the neck behind the auriculars and across the jugu-
lum, where it widens; with this exception all the under parts, inelud-
ing bend and lining of wing, are rich gamboge yellow; bill black.
Another adult male, from Taveta, has the rufous collar on the fore-
neck rather obsolete, but is otherwise identical. Still another speci-
men, from the Useri River,-Mount Kilimanjaro, is rather paler on the
back; the occipital band is not so deeply bay; and the jugular crescent
of orange rufous is broader and more conspicuous.
An immature male, from Taveta, may be described as follows:
Upper parts brownish olive green, the rump more brownish, the
upper tail-coverts more greenish, the back broadly streaked with dark
brown; tail like the upper surface, and edged with yellowish; wings
fuscous, with olive green and olive yellow edgings, the quills with
pale yellow inner margins; a pale yellow superciliary stripe; a dusky
stripe through the eye; sides of head and neck, together with the
entire lower surface, including bend and lining of wing, light yellow,
somewhat shaded with brownish laterally; maxilla dark horn brown;
mandible whitish.
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. S79
Measurements of three adult males are as below:
a | i: Exposed) ; Middle
ve te € » | r | Te 4 =! r t ST S
Locality. Date. Wing. | Tail. | cuimen,| /arsus Foes
mn, | mun, Mm, mum, mm,
Mav. ciape ees) ssc o eee Mar. 27, 1888 | 77 54 16 22.5 16
Makerip@iscsn: su see one May 20, 1888 76 53 17 2225) 16
(RUSE TISRUVET: 22a rcmtere tai Dec. 13, 1888 79 56.5 AE /N5) 24.5 15.5
INVELAR CO) M2 emo eck a one see ae eee leo 54.5 16.8 Done 15,8
Doctor Abbott writes that at the time of his visit (May, 1888) the
species was breeding in great numbers among the reeds bordering
Lake Jipé.
SITAGRA OCULARIA CROCATA (Hartlaub).
Hyphantornis crocata Harriaus, Abhandl. nat. Ver. Bremen, VII, 1881, p. 100
(Magungo, British East Africa).
Four specimens: one from Taveta; one from Maranu, Mount Kili-
manjaro, 5,000 feet; two without data. An immature bird has the bill
pale brownish. ‘‘Irides of male straw yellow.” This form differs
from true ocv/aria of South Africa as indicated by Doctor Sharpe.@
HETERHYPHANTES REICHENOW/I (Fischer).
Sycobrotus reichenowi Fiscuer, Journ, f. Ornith., 1884, p. 180 (Lake Naivasha,
British East Africa).
Three specimens, from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 5,000 feet altitude,
June 13 and December 9. ‘* Ivides light straw yellow; bill black;
feet pinkish flesh color (adult male and female).” An immature male
resembles the adult female, but has the upper parts brownish black
and much mixed with yellowish olive, particularly on the nape; the
bill dull brown, paler below.
GRANATINA IANTHINOGASTRA (Reichenow).
Uraeginthus ianthinogaster RricHENow, Ornith. Centralblatt, 1879, p. 114 (Massa,
British East Africa).
Two specimens, an adult and an immature male, of this rare weaver-
bird were taken by Doctor Abbott on the plains east of Mount Kili-
manjaro. ‘* Bill, irides, and the bare skin encircling the eyes, red (in
adult male).” The immature male differs considerably from the adult,
and may be described as follows:
Head and cervix cinnamon rufous; back and rump dull cinnamon;
wings fuscous, margined with dull reddish cinnamon; upper tail-
coverts bright blue; tail brownish black, the outer feathers narrowly
_edged with dark cinnamon brown; orbital region bright blue; sides of
neck like the crown; auriculars the same, but darker; lower surface
cinnamon rufous, much paler posteriorly.
«Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XIII, 1890, p. 428.
S50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
ESTRILDA RHODOPYGA Sundevall.
Estrilda rhodopyga Sunprvauy, Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Férh. Stockholm, 1850, p.
126 (Eastern Africa).
Four specimens from Taveta, three of them immature. The adult
female, which is the only adult we have for comparison, has the lower
tail-coyerts deep buff, much mottled with brown, and with scarcely a
tinge of reddish; the cheeks, chin, and upper throat are buff instead of
white. The young birds (both sexes) lack the crimson line through
the eye, and the vermiculations of the adult, and have the crissum
only slightly suffused with reddish. The cheeks, chin, and throat are
buffy, like those of the adult female.
ESTRILDA ASTRILD MINOR (Cabanis).
Habropyga minor CaBANis, Journ. f. Ornith., 1878, p. 229 (Voi River, British
East Africa).
Four specimens, from Maranu, Mount Kilimanjaro, 5,000 feet.
**Very common everywhere on the mountain up to 6,000 feet.” The
females of this well differentiated race are duller and more brownish
throughout than the males.
ESTRILDA BENGALUS (Linneus).
Fringilla bengalus Linnmus, Syst. Nat., 12th ed., I, 1766, p. 323 (‘‘ Bengala;”’
locality erroneous; probably from Senegal).
Estrelda phenicotis Swatxson, Birds West Afr., I, 1837, p. 192, pl. xiv (Senegal).
A single young male, from Taveta, August 14, 1888. It is almost
adult: The cheeks and ear-coverts are blue—the latter mixed with
brown and crimson. .
The specific name phanicotis, by which this bird has been commonly
known, is long antedated by benga/us of Linnzeus, and there appears
to be no valid reason why the latter should not be employed.
There seem to be no structural characters by which the genus
Ureginthus can be distinguished from “%stri/da. Doctor Reichenow’s
separation“ is based on color.
ESTRILDA CYANOCEPHALA Richmond.
Estrilda cyanocéphala Ricamonp, Auk, XIV, 1897, p. 157 (Useri River, near
Mount Kilimanjaro, East Africa).
Two adult males, one from the Useri River, near Mount Kiliman-
jaro, the other from the plains east of the same mountain. ‘* Bill and
irides red.” The characters of this very distinct species, one of Doctor
Abbott’s most interesting discoveries in Africa, have been already
sufficiently detailed by Doctor Richmond,’ rendering unnecessary
their repetition here.
aVégel Africas, LIT, 1904, pp. 105, 206. v Auk, XIV, 1897, pp. 157-158.
No.1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 881
ESTRILDA SUBFLAVA ( Vieillot).
Fringilla subflava Virittor, Nouy. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat., XXX, 1819, p. 575 (Sen-
egal). ,
Three specimens—two males and a female—from Aruscha-wa-chini,
southwest of Kilimanjaro, taken November, 1, 1888.
It seems hardly advisable to recognize a genus Sporeginthus, for
the supposed differences, at most slight, are apparently all obliterated
by intermediate species.
NIGRITA DIABOLICA (Reichenow and Neumann).
Atopornis diabolicus RetcHENow and NeuMANN, Ornith. Monatsber., 1895, p. 74
(Kifinika, 3,000 m., Mount Kilimanjaro, German East Africa).
One adult female of this rare species was taken by Doctor Abbott,
on Mount Kilimanjaro, at 9,000 feet, July 30, 1888.
HYPOCHERA AMAUROPTERYX Sharpe.
Hypochxra amauropteryx Suarrp, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XIII, 1890, p. 309
(South Africa to the Zambesi River, Mozambique, and Oyvambo Land).
One adult male, from Taveta, April 18, 1889.
COCCOPYGIA DUFRESNI KILIMENSIS (Sharpe).
Coccopygia quartinia subsp. a. kilimensis SHarpe, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XIII, 1890,
p. 307 (Mount Kilimanjaro, East Africa).
Five specimens, from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 5,000 feet. Three of
them have the back finely, but distinctly, vermiculated with dusky.
The name Veisna Bonaparte“ has been used for this genus by Doc-
tor Reichenow;? but the type of Ve7sna is the first species mentioned,
Fringilla subjflava Vieillot, as fixed by Doctor Sharpe.” This makes
Neisnaa synonym of Estrilda; and Coccopygia Reichenbach therefore
becomes the correct name for the present group.
AMADINA FASCIATA (Gmelin).
Loxia fasciata GMELIN, Syst. Nat., I, ii, 1788, p. 859 (Africa).
Two adult females, from the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro,
taken December 11, 1888. There are pronounced traces of chestnut
b Vogel Africas, III, 1904, p. 203.
¢Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XIII, 1890, p. 305.
882 FROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIU,
HYPARGOS NIVEOGUTTATUS (Peters).
Spermophaga nivcogutata Perers, Journ. f. Ornith., 1868, p. 135 (Inhambane,
Portuguese Kast Africa).
Ten specimens: four without labels; the rest from Mount Kili-
manjaro (5,000. feet); Taveta; and Kahé, south of Kilimanjaro. In
none of these is the wimp crimson,” but it is brown, like the back, the
crimson being restricted to the upper tail-coverts. The adult females
differ from the males in their lighter upper parts; the sides of the
head are brownish gray instead of crimson; the crimson on the breast,
throat, and sides of neck is paler and diluted with tawny; the chin is
tawny without any crimson; and the black of the posterior lower sur-
face is replaced by brownish slate. The immature female resembles
the adult, but has less of crimson on throat, breast, and sides of neck.
A young male is in general like the adult female, but is darker
throughout, particularly on the throat and breast; the abdomen is
also more blackish; and only a few of the crimson feathers of the
head and the anterior lower parts have made their appearance. ‘‘ Iris
(of adult male) dark brown; feet dark flesh color; bare skin around
eyes light blue. Iris (of adult female) brown; bill blue, black at tip;
feet slate blue; bare skin around eyes light blue.” .
SPERMESTES CUCULLATUS SCUTATUS (Heuglin).
Spermestes scutatus Hua iy, Journ. f. Ornith., 1868, p. 18 (Dembea, Abyssinia).
Two specimens: an adult female from Mount Kilimanjaro (5,000
feet), December 29, 1889; and an immature bird without data. ** Bill
(of adult female) black above, slate blue below.”
LEPIDOPYGIA NIGRICEPS (Cassin).
Spermestes nigriceps Casstn, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1852, p. 185 (Zanzibar
East Africa).
Four specimens, all adults: two without labels; the others from
Taveta, March 22, 1888.
The genus Spermestes,’ as commonly constituted, contains two well
differentiated types of structure which are quite deserving of generic
separation. True Sperimestes should be restricted to Spermestes cucul-
latus Swainson and Spermestes cucullatus scutatus (Heuglin), and the
other species be called Lep/dopygia.* The latter differs from Sper-
mestes in having the second primary of about the same width as the
.
«See Sharpe, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XIII, 1890, p. 274.
bSwainson, Birds West Afr., I, 1837, p. 201 (type, Spermestes cucullata Swainson).
¢ Reichenbach, Singyogel, 1863, p. 48 (type, Pyrrhula nana Pucheran).
No. 1411, BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 883
third, whereas in Spermestes it is much narrowed, particularly toward
the tip; the cutting edge of the maxilla much more lobed or festooned
basally, which makes its outline very like an elongated ~~, while in
Spermestes it is almost a regular though rather slight concave curve;
and the tertials much shorter, nof reaching, as in Sperimestes, very
nearly or quite to the ends of the primaries.
The species to be referred to Lepidopygia are us follows:
Lepidopygia bicolor bicolor (Fraser ).
Lepidopygia bicolor punctata (Heuglin).
Lepidopygia poensis poensis (Fraser).
Lepidopygia poensis stigmatophora (Reichenow ).
Lepidopygia nigriceps nigriceps (Cassin ).
Lepidopygia nigriceps minor ( Erlanger).
7
ODONTOSPIZA,” new genus.
Chars. gen.—Similar to Spermestes Swainson, but bill more turgid
and more conical; the maxillar tomium with a well-defined obtusely
angular tooth-like lobe near the middle; the mandibular tomium with
a sharply defined basal angle, the edge straight from the gape to this
point, and straight or even slightly concave thence to the tip, whereas
in Spermestes the cutting edge of the mandible is a more or less regu-
lar convex curve from gape to tip, the basal angle being mech rounded
and comparatively inconspicuous; nostrils not set into the corneous
base of the maxilla, as in Spermestes, but wholly posterior, so that
their anterior margin, as well as the rest of the latero-basal outline of
the maxilla, is much less concave; nasal fossi quite filled with short
feathers which completely cover the nares; tail longer, about three-
fourths instead of two-thirds the length of wing; tertials much
shorter.
Type.— Pitylia caniceps Reichenow.
This peculiar species was placed by Doctor Sharpe in the oriental
genus Uroloncha,’ but it is manifestly-out of place in such company,
for it differs from the members of that group in its shorter, more
turgid and more conical bill; toothed maxillar tomium; feather-hidden
nostrils which do not open in the horny sheath of the bill; less concave
latero-basal outline of maxilla; moderately rounded tail without much
projecting narrowed central feathers; and a much narrowed second
primary. From Lepidopygia it may be distinguished by the same
various peculiarities of bill and nostrils that separate it from Sper-
mestes, and as well by the laterally much reduced second primary.
The type is the only species referable to this new genus.
aédo0v8, dens; 6mtla, fringilla.
> Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XIII, 1890, p. 356.
S84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
ODONTOSPIZA CANICEPS (Reichenow).
Pitylia caniceps ReicHenow, Ornith. Centralblatt, 1879, p. 189 (Massa, British
East Africa).
One specimen, an adult female, from the plains east of Mount Kili-
manjaro, August 25, 1888. It apparently does not differ from the
adult male.
QUELEA CARDINALIS (Hartlaub).
Hyphantica cardinalis Harriaus, Journ. f. Ornith., 1880, p. 325 (Lado, Upper
White Nile, British Equatorial Africa).
Two adult males, both from Taveta.
QUELEA SANGUINIROSTRIS AZTHIOPICA (Sundevall).
Ploceus sanguinirostris var. major ( PlLoceus]zethiopicus) SUNDEVALL Ofv. k. Vet.-
Akad. Forh. Stockholm, 1850, p. 126 (Sennaar, Egyptian Sudan).
Six specimens, from Taveta and the plains east of Mount Kili-
manjaro. At the latter place Doctor Abbott found them in very large
flocks, September 22, 1888. The immature male seems to be quite
the same as the adult female, except for rather paler upper parts.
PSEUDONIGRITA CABANISI CABANISI (Fischer and Reichenow).
Nigrita cabanisi Fiscuer and ReicHenow, Journ. f. Ornith., 1884, p. 54 (Pare
Mountains, Masai Land, German East Africa).
One specimen, an adult male, of this rare and interesting species,
from the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro, October 38, 1888. ** Nest-
ing at the present time, in colonies of 20 to 30; building a globular,
hanging nest.” Mr. F. J. Jackson found a colony nest building in
March.”
HYPERANTHUS CAPENSIS XANTHOMELAS (Rippell).
Euplectes xanthomelas RiiprpELL, Nene Wirb. Faun. Abyss., Vogel, 1835, p. 94 (Tem-
ben and Simen, Abyssinia).
Two specimens, an adult and an immature male, from the foot of
Mount Kilimanjaro, at 3,000 feet. This immature male closely resem-
bles the adult female.
Doctor Reichenow? is quite right in separating this species and
HHyperanthus capensis (Linneeus) from Pyromelana, for the lengthened,
rounded tail, which is from two-thirds to three-fourths the length
of the wing, is very different from the truncate tail of Pyromelana,
scarcely more than half as long as the wing.
Shelley, Ibis, 1888, p. 292. b Vogel Africas, III, 1904, p. 125.
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 885
The name /wplectes Swainson,“ employed by Doctor Reichenow? for
this group, is preoccupied in Coleoptera by Huplectus Leach, ° for
which reason it was long ago rejected by Doctor Sharpe.” It should
be replaced by /yperanthus Gistel. ‘
PYROMELANA FLAMMICEPS (Swainson).
Euplectes flammiceps Swainson, Birds West Afr., 1837, I, p. 186, pl. x11 (Sen-
egal).
Six specimens, all in winter plumage: from Mount Kilimanjaro, at
5,000 feet altitude, November 10 and 21, 1888; and Taveta, September,
1888. In the individuals of this series there is a great deal of differ-
ence in the depth of the ochraceous suffusion both on the upper and
lower parts, and this does not appear to be due to sex.
COLIUSPASSER EQUES (Hartlaub).
Vidua eques Hartuaus, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1863, p. 106, pl. xv (Kazeh,
Victoria Nyanza, German East Africa).
One specimen, an adult male, from Taveta, April 26, 1888.
LINURA FISCHERI Reichenow.
Tinura fischeri RercHENow, Ornith. Centralblatt, 1882, p. 91 (Usegua, German
East Africa).
A single adult female, from Taveta, November 8, 1888. This differs
from the female of Vidua macroura (=principalis) in having the
tawny of the vertex and post-superciliary stripe replaced by butt or
whitish; the dark parts of the plumage everywhere brown, not black,
though the pattern of coloration is practically the same; and the breast
of a duller ochraceous.
VIDUA MACROURA (Pallas).
Fringilla macroura Pauuas, in Vroeg’s Catal., 1764, Adumbrat., p. 3 (‘‘East
Indies;”’ locality erroneous; should be Africa).
Emberiza serena Linn «us, Syst. Nat., 12th ed., I, 1766, p. 312 (no locality given).
Vidua principalis AuTHORs.
Five specimens, from Taveta and Mount Kilimanjaro (Maranu,
5,000 feet). An immature male just acquiring its lengthened tail-
feathers is, in color, quite like the adult female, though more exten-
sively black above and with the rump partly white.
«Birds West Afr., I, 1837, p. 180 (type, Loxia capensis Linnzeus).
b Vogel Africas, III, 1904, p. 125. °
¢Zool. Miscell., III, 1817, pp. 80, 82.
@Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XIII, 1890, p. 227.
é¢Naturg. Thierr. héh. Schul., 1848, p. IX (nom. emend. pro. Huplectes).
S86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
The specific name principalis,” by which this bird has been gen-
erally known, should give place to macroura,” as already clearly shown
by Dr. C. W. Richmond. ¢
Family STURNIDX.
BUPHAGUS AFRICANUS Linnezus.
Buphaga africana Linn mus, Syst. Nat., 12th ed., I, 1766, p. 154 (Senegal).
One adult male, from the Useri River, Mount Kilimanjaro, July 10,
Iss9. Another specimen in the U. S. National Museum, from the
Transvaal, is apparently immature, as the bill lacks the red spot; the
rump is duller; the other upper parts less rufescent brown; and
the lower surface more grayish, most of the posterior portion, includ-
ing the inferior tail-coverts, being light brownish gray instead of
bright ochraceous.
The name of this genus is usually spelled Buphaga, and credited to
Linneus;” but the Buphagus of Brisson’ is of identical application and
earlier date. Doctor Reichenow has made this change,’ and should be
followed by all who accept Brissonian genera.
SPREO SUPERBUS (Riuppell).
Lamprotornis superbus RbPPELL, Syst. Uebers. Vog. Nord.-Ost.-Afr., 1845, p. 65,
pl. xxvr (Shoa, Abyssinia). :
Three specimens, from the plains of Kilimanjaro, August 25, 1888,
and the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro, October 3 and 6, 1888. An
immature male differs from the adult in having the throat, breast,
and entire upper parts, excepting the wings and tail, dull blackish,
with only slight metallic reflections; the superior wing-coverts with-
out velvety black spots; the white breast-band barely indicated; and
the posterior lower parts paler rufous.
SPREO HILDEBRANDTII (Cabanis).
Notauges hildebrandti Cananis, Journ. f. Ornith., 1878, p. 233, pl. in, fig. 1
(Ukamba, British East Africa).
One immature specimen from the plains of Taveta, July 1, 1888,
which differs from the adult in having the upper parts dull black
with comparatively inconsiderable metallic sheen; the wings and tail
duller; and the entire lower surface rufous, the throat and breast
darker and more grayish than the abdomen. Doctor Abbott reported
the species common at Taveta in July, 188s.
« Emberiza principalis Linnveus, Syst. Nat., 12th ed., I, 176¢
» Pallas in Vroeg’s Catal., 1764, Adumbrat., p. 3.
¢Smithson. Quart., IT, 1905, p. 345.
ad Syst. Nat., 12th ed., I, 1766, p. 154.
eOrnith, II, 1760, p. 437.
J Vogel Africas, II, 1903, p. 665.
a
—
—
we
0%
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 887
The generic name Spreo has commonly been credited to Lesson,” but
he used it only in a vernacular sense. In his ** Traité” he sets out the
group headings, corresponding to our generic or subgeneric divisions,
with the vernacular name in capitals, followed by the technical term
in small italic letters—for example:
IV°. Sous-genre. Mrerin; JJerula.
In the case of Spreo, however, the Latin name is omitted, thus:
III°. Sous-genre. SpRHO.
Under such circumstances this term, at least as dating from Lesson,
ean, of course, not be accepted. Bonaparte was apparently the first
author to employ Spreo in a correct nomenclatural form,’ and the
name thus fortunately continues prior to .Votauges Cabanis.°
ARIZELOPSAR,?@ new genus.
Chars. gen.—Similar to Spreo Lesson, but bill relatively much
broader; feet falling much short of the end of tail, the combined
length of tarsus and middle toe with claw only about two-thirds the
leneth of the tail; tail emarginate and nearly three-fourths the length
of the wing.
Type.— Pholidauges femoralis Richmond.
From Cinnyricinclus (= Pholidauges), in which the type and sole
species of this new genus was placed by its describer,’ Ar/zelopsar
differs chiefly as follows: Feathers of forehead not extending to distal
end of nasal fosse; outermost (spurious) primary broad, and longer
than primary coverts; tarsus decidedly longer than middle toe and
claw; tail about three-fourths of wine; and four primaries sinuate on
their outer webs. Doctor Reichenow has referred Pholidauges femo-
ralis to Spreo,’ but that it is almost as much out of place in that genus
as in Cinnyricinclus the above diagnosis indicates. An additional
differential character is the absence of the rounded notch on the distal
third of the inner webs of several of the outer primaries, which is
present in Spreo.
The Spreo albicapillus of Blyth,’ which has been referred to Hete-
ropsar by Doctor Sharpe,” seems not to belong to either of these groups,
being in many of its characters very much nearer Ar/zelopsar, from
which, however, it so much differs in its long, much rounded, almost
graduated tail, not to mention its peculiar coloration, that its generic
separation seems advisable.
@ Traité d’Orn., 1831, p. 407.
’Consp. Avium, I, 1850, p. 416.
¢ Mus. Hein., I, 1851, p. 198 (type, Turdus bicolor Gmelin).
d apilyAos, evidens; wap, sturnus.
€ Richmond, Auk, XIV, 1897, p. 160.
f Vogel Africas, IT, 1903, p. 678.
g Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, X XIV, 1856, p. 301 (Somali Land).
4 Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XIII, 1890, p. 186.
888 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
F rom Spreo it differs qnost conspic icuously j in its long tail and abbre-
viated feet. Its characters are more fully shown in the following
comparative diagnoses:
1. Poneropsar,” new genus.”
Bill rather broad, the feathering of forehead not extending to
anterior end of nasal fosse; outermost (first) primary broad, and
longer than primary coverts; tail much rounded, about three- fourths
the leneth of wing: feet not reaching to end of tail; tarsus decidedly
longer than middle toe and claw; hind toe longer than middle toe;
metallic plumage of upper surface not stiffened and scale-like.
Species:
Poneropsar albicapillus ( Blyth).
2. Arizelopsar Oberholser.¢
Bill broad, the feathering of forehead not extending to anterior
end of nasal fossee; four primaries sinuate on outer webs, no notch on
inner webs; first primary broad, and longer than primary coverts;
tail emarginate, and about three-fourths of wing; feet falling much
short of end of tail, the tarsus, middle toe, and middle claw combined
not over two-thirds the leneth of tail; tarsus decidedly longer than
middle toe with claw; hind toe longer than middle toe; metallic plumn-
age of upper parts not stiffened and scale-like.
Species:
Arizelopsar femoralis (Richmond).
3. Spreo Bonaparte.@
Bill compar atively narrow, the frontal feathering not extending
to anterior end of nasal fosse; four primaries sinuate on outer webs,
with also a conspicuous notch on inner webs; first primary broad, and
longer than the primary coverts; tail rounded, less than two-thirds the
length of wing; feet reaching nearly or quite to end of tail, the com-
bined length of tarsus, middle toe, and middle claw about three-fourths
the length of tail; tarsus decidedly longer than middle toe and claw;
hind toe longer than middle toe; met: allic plumage of upper parts not
stiffened and scale-like.
Species:
Spreo bicolor (Gmelin).
Spreo superbus (Ruppell).
Spreo pulcher (Mululer).
Spreo hildebrandti hildebrandti (Cabanis).
Spreo hildebrandti shelleyi (Sharpe).
Spreo fischeri (Reichenow ).
4. Heteropsar Sharpe.
Bill rather narrow, the frontal feathering not extending to ante-
rior end of nasal eS a first pEDay y narrow, and not longer than
érovnpos, difficilis; pap, sturnus.
» Type, Spreo albicapillus Blyth.
¢ See p. 887.
4 Consp. Avium, I, 1850, p. 416 (type, Turdus bicolor Gmelin).
éCat. Birds Brit. Mus., XIII, 1890, p. 185 (type, Lamprocolius acuticaudus Bocage).
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 889)
primary coverts; t tail evaduated, about four -fifths the length of wing;
feet not reaching to end of tail; tarsus decidedly longer “than middle
toe and claw; hind toe longer than middle toe; metallic feathers of
upper surface not stiffened or scale-like.
Species:
Heteropsar acuticaudus (Bocage).
5. Cinnyricinclus Lesson.”
Bill rather broad, the frontal feathering extending along the upper
sides of the nasal fossx to their anterior ends; three. primaries sinuate
on their outer webs, no notch on inner webs; outermost primary
narrow, and not longer than primary coverts; tail emarginate, and
less than two-thirds the length of wing; feet falling much short of
end of tail, the tarsus and middle toe with claw combined not over
two-thirds the length of tail; tarsus not decidedly longer than middle
toe and claw: hind toe not longer than middle toe; metallic feathers
of upper parts and breast stiffened and scale-like.
Species:
Cinnyricinclus leucogaster leucogaster (Gmelin).
Cinnyricinclus leucogaster verreauxi (Finsch and Hartlaub),
The subjoined key to these five genera may serve more clearly to
exhibit some of their most prominent characteristics:
A. Outermost (first) primary not longer than primary coverts.
a. Tarsus not decidedly longer than middle toé and claw; tail
emarginate, less than two-thirds the length of wing.....-..--- Cinnyricinclus
ad. Tarsus decidedly longer than middle toe and claw; tail much
rounded and more than two-thirds the length of wing. .-....-.--- Heteropsar
B. Outermost (first) primary longer than primary coverts.
a. Tail less than two-thirds of wing; feet reaching to about end of tail... -- Spreo
a’. ‘Tail more than two-thirds of wing; feet not reaching to end of tail.
Pemelan ROM an oinater sete yee yoke 9a cee spima Fe Somes Oc Sn ce kD eae Se a See Arizelopsar
PARC AU SURON Oy erOUN CEUs at te a Same he OS. a cls nana sil) see a oh ee eee Poneropsar
ARIZELOPSAR FEMORALIS (Richmond).
Pholidauges Jemoralis RicuMonp, Auk, XIV, 1897, p. 160 (Mount Kilimanjaro,
East Africa).
A single adult male, the type of this very distinct species, was taken
by Doctor Abbott on Mount Kilimanjaro, at 6,000 feet, June 12, L888.
AMYDRUS MORIO RUPPELLII ( Verreaux).
Amydrus ruppellii V ERREAUX, in Chenu., Encyel. Méth., V, 1856, p. 166 ( Abyssinia).
Two specimens—female and male—from Mount Kilimanjaro, and
Mandara’s, Mount Kilimanjaro, 5,000 feet, respectively. These belong
without doubt to the well-differentiated subspecies ruppellic of north-
eastern Africa, which differs from true A. mor/o in longer wing and
@Rey. Zool., 1840, p. 279 (une. pis fe oe Gmemnn
890 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
tail, stouter bill, anal ee pur hon Sheen a the met: allic portions of the
plumage. So far as our material indicates, the birds from British and
German East Africa are not different enough from ruppel/i7 to warrant
the recognition of another and intermediate subspecies shelleys.”
PYRRHOCHEIRA WALLERI WALLERI (Shelley).
Amydrus walleri Sue uiey, Ibis, 1880, p. 335, pl. vi (Usambara Mts., German
Kast Africa).
A single adult female, from Mount Kilimanjaro, 5,000 feet, Sep- .
tember, 1889. It has broad terminal shaft streaks of metallic greenish
black on the dark gray feathers of the hind neck; otherwise it does
not differ from descriptions.
This species is out of place in the genus Hier us, and belongs with-
out doubt in Pyrrhocheira, where it has been placed by Doctor
Reichenow.? ;
STILBOPSAR STUHLMANNI Reichenow.
Stilbopsar stuhlmanni RetcHENow, Ornith. Monatsber., 1893, p. 31 (Badjua, Albert
Nyanza, British East Africa).
Amydrus ? dubius Ricamonp, Auk, 1897, p. 158 (Taveta, British East Africa).
Peoptera greyi Jackson, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, VIII, 1899, No. LXIII, p. 1
(Nandi, British East Africa).
One adult female, from Taveta, August 17, 1888. ‘‘ Iris light yel-
low.” Doctor Richmond’s Amydrus dubius, based on this specimen, is
apparently the same as St//bopsar stuhlmanné Reichenow,” as is also
Pwoptera grey? Jackson; and Stilbopsar henrichi (Shelley) “is dubiously
distinct.
COSMOPSARUS REGIUS Reichenow.
Cosmopsarus regius REICHENOW, Ornith. Centralblatt, 1879, p. 108 (Massa, British
East Africa).
Three specimens of this beautiful starling were obtained by Doctor
Abbott on the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro, Octobér 5, 1888.
One of these has just molted into the adult plumage, and has still
some brown feathers among the metallic ones of the under wing-
coverts. There are also fine black spots on the tips of some of the
ereater and median wing-coverts, though whether or not this is an
evidence of immaturity there is nothing to determine; but these
spots are not present in the two other specimens. ‘‘ Iris white.” The
female apparently does not differ in color from the male, but is
evidently smaller, as our birds, which are all females, measure, respect-
wely, abu tO ta 9, and 126 millimeters in length of wing.
a Wonee Morio Son yi Hartert, Cat. Voge iene Mus. Se tekenbe. TSONepsaos
» Vogel Africas, IT, 1903, p. 697.
cAuk, XIV, 1897, p. 158.
@Ornith. Monatsber., 1893, p. 31.
¢Peoptera kenricki Suevuey, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, III, 1894, No. XVIII, p. xlil
(Usambara Mts.. German East Africa).
No, LILI. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. S91
Family PYCNONOTID.
ARIZELOCICHLA“ NIGRICEPS (Shelley)
Xenocichla nigriceps SHeuury, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 362 (Mount
Kilimanjaro, East Africa) .
Arizelocichla nigriceps OBERHOLSER, Smithson. Quart., ILL, 1905, p. 164.
Eight specimens, all from Mount Kilimanjaro, at altitudes of 6,000,
7,000, and 10,000 feet, collected in April, May, June, and August,
1888. The females are much smaller than the males, but in other
respects are indistinguishable.
ARIZELOCICHLA STRIIFACIES (Reichenow and Neumann).
Nenocichla striifacies RetcHEeNow and NeuMannN, Ornith. Monatsber., 1895, p. 74
(Marangu, Mount Kilimanjaro).
Arizelocichla striifacies OBERHOLSER, Smithson. Quart., LIT, 1905, p. 164.
One adult female of this rare species was obtained by Doctor
Abbott at an altitude of 5,000 feet on Mount Kilimanjaro, October
16, 1889. It agrees perfectly with Doctor Reichenow’s descriptions,’
except for the lack of most of the fine white streaking on the chin,
this part being instead narrowly barred with whitish.
PYCNONOTUS LAYARDI MICRUS, new subspecies.
Chirs. subsp.—Similar to Pycnonotus layardi layardi, but very
much smaller.
Description.—Type, adult male, Cat. No. 117995, U.S.N.M.; Taveta,
British East Africa, March 22, 1888; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Pileum,
chin, and sides of head brownish black; throat, breast, sides of neck,
and remainder of upper parts, including wings and tail, fuscous
brown, the breast rather lighter, the tail darker, and the feathers
nearly everywhere with paler tips which on the breast and outer tail-
feathers become whitish; lower breast and abdomen white, the sides
and flanks washed with brownish; crissum bright yellow; under wing-
coverts brownish white, washed with yellow along the edge of the
wing. ;
Doctor Sharpe long ago called attention to the difference character-
izing the birds of this species found in East Africa,© but no name
appears yet to have been bestowed upon this race. Although practt-
‘ally the same in color, the birds from East Africa exhibit such a
wide and apparently quite constant discrepancy in size from those of
the southern part of the continent that their subspecitic separation
seems justified. This may be seen from the subjoined measurements.
@See Oberholser, Smithson. Quart., LIT, 1905, p. 163.
»Ornith. Monatsber., 1895, p. 74; Vogel Africas, III, 1904, p. 391.
¢Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., VI, 1881, p. 133. :
ROY PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVUL.
Pycnonotus layardi layardi.
| B mai} [ExXposed| | Middle
sex re tg « » | « ‘¢ 112
Sex. Locality. Date, | Wing.) Tail. |aiimen,| Latsus. raed
nai. man, mm, mm. mim,
Male ..| Pretoria, Transvaal ................ July —, 1895 | 101 90 1g 9) 21 “16
Male...) Umzila’s:Kinedom, South Africa ..2)22..2...4- 24-2 97 85 16.5 22.5 1525)
Male --| Natal S35 onsse ew cece Sedo bch cia c® call otra eee | .99 90 17 24.5 16
Male ..;} Grahamstown, Cape Colony......-.- | May —, 1895 98 91 18.5 23.9 16
Mal eras een td Oe hick saloarosesacm mine ae ieee —, 1896 100 93 17 23 16
IAN CIEL Clee Secee ae ei ate eae Se eai eee eee | 99 89.8 17.3 22.9 15.9
Pycnonotus layardi micrus.
| . mint. | mm. | mm. mm. mm,
Male ..| Taveta, British East Africa......... May 25, 1888 SO si ills) 22 | 14
Mail, 2: |) EAC ONC ee ee ees eee | Mar. 22, 1888 91.5; 80 14 LOF St 13
Male --| Maranu, Mount Kilimanjaro, East | Apr. 18, 1888 84°) 73 14.5 22 | 14.5
Africa. |
Male wel eee WO oh en eee Cee eee ete Apr. 19, 1888 94 83 TOMES eolaoe 14.5
Male ..| Mount Kilimanjaro, East Africa..., June 8, 1888 85 80 14 PAE NG 14
|
| Average ....--...- ee eae lieve ereere mst cteree 88.7 | 78.6 14.5 21.4 14
| | | | |
aType.
The type of Pycnonotus layardi layard: came from Rustenburg,
Transvaal,“ and examples from this region are like those from Cape
Colony. The range of Pycnonotus layardi micrus extends from south-
sastern British East Africa (Mombasa) south through German East
Africa, and probably to the Zambesi River, though no specimens are
at hand to determine the exact limits of its range in this direction.
Ten specimens in all were obtained by Doctor Abbott, at the follow-
ing localities: Kidudwe, 90 miles inland from Zanzibar; Taveta; and
Maranu, Mount Kilimanjaro, 5,000 feet, where the collector reports
it common. These examples are very uniform in coloration, the chief
essential difference observable being in the extent of blackish on the
chin and sides of the head, a variation apparently not influenced by
sex, age, or season. Much worn birds are rather more rufescent; and
an immature, taken April 13, 1888, differs similarly, particularly on
the cervix, rump, and superior wing coverts, as well as additionally
in the much less blackish pileum.
PHYLLASTREPHUS STREPITANS (Reichenow).
Criniger strepitans ReicnENow, Ornith. Centralblatt, 1879, p. 189 (Malindi, British
East Africa).
One specimen, without more definite locality than ‘* East Africa,”
but probably from the Kilimanjaro region. This example has been
identified as Phyllastrephus pauper by Dr. R. B. Sharpe, but it seems
to agree better with 7. strepitans. It Phyllastrephus pauper,’ by
« Ayres, Ibis, 1879, p. 390.
b Phyllostrophus pauper Sharpe, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1895, p. 489 (Shebeli, west-
ern Somali Land).
No.1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 893
reason of its smaller size, differs from /. strepitans, it is at most only
a subspecies and should be called Phyllastyephus strepitans rufescens
(Hartlaub),“ which name applies quite certainly to the same bird and
is of earlier date. Another synonym is probably P. parvus Fischer
and Reichenow.?
PHYLLASTREPHUS CERVINIVENTRIS Shelley.
Phyllostrophus cerviniventris SHELLEY, Ibis, 1894, p. 10, pl. u, fig. 1 (Zomba and
Tschiromo, Nyassa Land, British Central Africa).
One adult female, from Taveta, taken August 14, 1888.
PHYLLASTREPHUS PLACIDUS (Shelley).
Xenocichla placida SHELLEY, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 363 (Mount Kili-
manjaro, East Africa).
Five adults, from Taveta, and from Mount Kilimanjaro at 6,000
feet; taken in April, May, and August, 1888. These exhibit little
individual color variation; the females are considerably smaller than
the males, but appear to be otherwise identical.
Family TIMALIID.
ARGYA SATURATA Sharpe.
Argya saturata SHARPE, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 488 (Zanzibar, East
Africa).
Two specimens—male and female—from Taveta, September 11,
1888. ‘Bill and feet white; iris yellowish white.”
COSSYPHA NATALENSIS Smith.
Cossypha natalensis Smrru, Ill. Zool. 8. Afr., 1840, pl. ux, (Port Natal [Durban],
Natal, South Africa).
Five specimens: from Mount Kilimanjaro, 5,000 feet; Taveta; and
the Useri River. The three in adult plumage vary but slightly
except in the amount of fulvous on the back and of blackish cross
lines on the pileum, though one has ochraceous tips to the tertials and
some of the wing coverts, evidently retained from the juvenal plum-
age. ‘‘Bill black; iris brown; feet dark brown.” The two young
birds, taken respectively October 5, 1888, and December 7, 1889, are
in a plumage apparently undescribed and differ from the adult as fol-
lows: Top and sides of head and neck brownish black with broad shaft
markings of deep ochraceous and tawny; most feathers of rump and
upper tail-coverts narrowly tipped with blackish; tertials, scapulars,
« Phyllastrephus rufescens Hartlaub, Ornith. Centralblatt, 1882, p. 91 (Central Africa,
collected by Emin Bey).
>Phyllostrephus parvus Fischer and Reichenow, Journ. f. Ornith., 1884, p. 262
(Murentiit, near Lake Naivascha, British East Africa).
Proc. N. M. vol. xx xili—04 a7
8y4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
greater and median coverts with terminal spots of ochraceous; chin
and upper throat pale buff with fine, irregular streaks of blackish;
juculum and breast buff with coarsely squamate markings of brownish
black; sides of breast deep ochraceous, similarly mottled; a few scat-
tered blackish squamations on the rest of the lower surface; middle of
abdomen pale ochraceous or even whitish.
COSSYPHA CAFFRA IOLAEMA Reichenow.
Cossypha caffra iolzema ReicHENnow, Ornith. Monatsber., 1900, p. 5 (Nyassa Land
to Mount Kilima&yjaro).
Five specimens from Mount Kilimanjaro, at altitudes of 5,000 and
6,000 feet. ‘*Common in bushy places.” Compared with a series of
South African specimens of true Cossypha caffra, these bear out the
characters claimed by Doctor Reichenow for Cossypha ¢. colema,” and
moreover show it to be an excellent race.
COSSYPHA HEUGLINI INTERMEDIA (Cabanis).
Bessornis intermedia CABANIS, von der Decken’s Reisen, ILI, 1869, Pt. 1, p. 22,
pl. xu (coast of East Africa).
One adult male from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 5,000 feet, July 22,
[sss. This appears to be typical of the southern race ¢ntermedia
which. differs from true Aeug/iné chiefly in much smaller size and
darker lower surface. :
The genus Cossypha, though commonly considered to belong to
the Timaliidee, has been recently placed in the Turdidse by Doctor
Sharpe,’ where, however, by reason of its scutellate tarsi it seems not
satisfactorily located.
Family TURDID.
MERULA DECKENI (Cabanis).
Turdus deckent CABANIS, Journ. f. Ornith., 1868, p. 412 (type locality not known;
probably somewhere in East Africa).
Three specimens, two adults and one young, from Mount Kiliman-
javo, at 5,000 feet. One of the adults is paler throughout than the
other, this particularly conspicuous on abdomen and crissum, and
may be the female, though marked male. The juvenal example, taken
August 4, 1888, is rather more rufescent brown above, especially on
the wings, the back with scarcely noticeable darker edgings; darker,
more rufescent on the throat and breast; paler on abdomen; and has
most of the lower surface spotted or barred with blackish.
“Ornith. Monatsber., 1900, p. 5.
» Wand-List Gen. and Spec. Birds, IV, 1903, p. 162.
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. S95
The two adult males measure as follows:
| Middle |
iw : |
se aa: Exposed |
Date. Wing. | Tail. culmen.| _@Tsus. fads
|
| | |
| mm. | mm, mm, | mui, mim,
OetNISA1GB9 Hc ck tes cee eestini7ea. | tat ORs | le bh 34 23.5
| Dos eet eoemeeee eae |s "28 | 3
JOT) > 220.5: || 34:5 | 2
LUSCINIA MEGARHYNCHA Brehm.
Luscinia megarhynchos Breum, Handb. Naturg. Vog. Deutschl., 1831, p. 356
(Germany ).
Daulias luscinia AurHors (not Linnzeus).
Aédon megarhyncha Suarrr, Hand-List Gen. and Spec. Birds, TV, 1908, p. 153.
One adult female, from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 5,000 feet, November
23, 1889. ‘‘Iris brown; feet dark brownish flesh color. Length 178
(Daya tags
Dr. C. W. Richmond has called the writer’s attention to the fact
that the generic name Addon Forster,“ recently employed for this
group, is posterior to Luscin/a Forster,’ and the latter should there-
fore be adopted—a return to the name so much used for the group,
and a fortunate circumstance if change must be made in this much-
changed genus.
CICHLADUSA GUTTATA RUFIPENNIS (Sharpe).
Cichladusa rufipennis. Suaree‘, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, XII, 1901, p. 35 (Lamu,
British East Africa).
One adult male from Kahé, taken September 5, 1888. In its reduced
size(wing 81 mm.) this specimenagrees with Doctor Sharpe's C/chladusa
rufipennis which is undoubtedly not more than a subspecies of Cichla-
dusa guttata, and a form whose characters are apparently so slight
that without specimens for comparison a satisfactory determination is
necessarily difficult. Possibly, however, all the birds from east and
south of Victoria Nyanza ought to be referred to Cichladusa guttata
PUpi pennies.
This genus appears to be much more properly placed in the Turdide,
as recently done by Doctor Sharpe,’ than in the Timaliidee, as ordi-
narily treated by authors, for its tarsi are conspicuously booted.
PRATINCOLA AXILLARIS Shelley.
Pratincola axillaris SHeuury, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1884, p. 556 (Mount Kili-
manjaro, East Africa).
Twelve specimens, from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 5,000, 5,000, and
10,000 feet. Freshly molted specimens taken in April have much
“Synopt. Cat. Brit. Birds, 1817, p. 53 (type, Sylvia luscinia Forster, not Linneeus) .
bTdem, p. 14 (type, Luscinia aédon Forster=Sylvia luscinia Forster [not Lin-
nieeus |= Luscinia megarhynchos Brehm).
¢ Hand-List Gen. and Spec. Birds, LV, 1903, p. 166.
896 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. Vou. XXVIII.
wood brown or dull tawny buff on the upper parts, principally on the
tips of the feathers; but later in the season, in July or August, this
wears off, leaving these parts almost solid black. Some males, prob-
ably young of the previous year, have whitish or buffy tips to the
feathers of the throat; more brownish wing-quills with more conspicu-
ous pale tawny edgings on tertials and wing-coverts; and a suffusion
of buff, more or less strong, on the abdomen. Not so much summer
change appears to take place in the streaked upper plumage of the
adult female, though one killed December 15, 1889, is almost uniform
brownish black above, all but narrow lateral traces of the buffy, brown-
ish, or ochraceous edgings of the feathers having disappeared, and
those that remain of these are principally on the back. Immature
females quite closely resemble the adults, their chief difference lying
in the more blended appearance of the upper parts. One specimen
that is evidently an immature male is darker above, including wings,
tail, sides of head, and sides of neck, with a black throat somewhat
overlaid by pale brown. The wing measurement in adult males of
our series ranges from 67 to 74 mm.
In Pratincola sibilla from Madagascar the inner webs of the wing-
quills have pure white edgings, which increase inwardly until the
whole of the inner webs of the secondaries is white, while in Pratin-
cola axillaris these edgings are less extensive and pale brown. This
affords a ready means of distinguishing the two species, especially in
fresh plumage, when the black axillars and under wing-coyerts of
Pratincola arillaris ave broadly tipped with white. In size 2. shila
is about the same as 2. axillaris. From Pratincola salax of western
Africa the present species differs much as it does from P. s/bi/la, and
in addition is of larger size, the wing of 7. sa/az measuring only about
60 to 65 mm.
PINAROCHROA HYPOSPODIA Shelley.
Pinarochroa hypospodia SHELLEY, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1885, p. 226, pl. xr.
(Mount Kilimanjaro, East Africa).
Six specimens from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 10,000, 11,000, and
14,000 feet. Two of these in much worn plumage, taken November
15 and December 14, respectively, differ from two others in freshly
molted condition, shot April 15, in the more grayish tint of their
brown color, particularly on rump, upper tail-coverts, breast, sides,
flanks, and crissum. Two young birds, taken November 15, 1888, in
a plumage that appears to be undescribed, contrast with the fresh plu-
maged adult in being rather lighter, more rufescent above, posteriorly
with broad obsolete blackish terminal bars; and somewhat duller
below, with obsolete irregular dusky bars and squamate markings.
No. M11. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 897
Turdide by Doctor Sharpe,“ and apparently with good reason, for its
affinities are thoroughly turdine.
TARSIGER CUCULLATUS Blyth.
Tarsiger cucullatus Buyru, Ibis, 1867, p. 16 (Gould, manuscript) (‘‘Africa or
India;’’ undoubtedly the former).
Tarsiger orientalis Fiscuer and ReicHENow, Journ. f. Ornith., 1884, p. 57 (Pan-
gani, German East “Africa).
Five specimens, all taken on Mount Kilimanjaro, at from 7,000 to
10,000 feet altitude.
The Zursiger cucullatus of Blyth,’ although always without ques-
tion synonymized with 7. stellatus, is quite certainly identical with
the northern bird subsequently by Fischer and ‘Reichenow named
Tarsiger orientalis,’ as clearly shown by Blyth’s description, in which
the yellow upper tail-coverts are mentioned.
This genus, by reason of. its booted tarsi and other turdine charac-
teristics, seems more at home in the Turdide than where usually
placed, in the Muscicapide.
Family SYLVIID.
ACROCEPHALUS SCHCENOBZAENUS (Linnzus).
Motacilla schenobenus Linnxus, Syst. Nat., 10th ed., I, 1758, p. 184 (Europe;
[type locality, Sweder]).
Acrocephalus phragmitis AuTHORS.
One specimen, from Taveta, taken May 1, 1888. ‘* Extremely fat.”
The name by which this species is commonly known—Acrocephalus
phragmitis’As much antedated by the Linnean designation above
adopted, which, furthermore, rests on a basis quite firm enough to
warrant its acceptance.
The determination of the generic name properly applicable to the
present species has led incidentally to an examination of the entire group
at present comprised under the name clcrocephalus, and the results of
this investigation may be briefly outlined here. After segregating
the species belonging to Zutare, which seems to be a sufticiently well
characterized genus, though by a number of authors recently merged
with Acrocephalus, those that remain in Acrocephalus should appar-
ently be divided into at least three generic groups, though by far the
ereater number of species still are to be ranged under the original
name.
@ Wand-List Gen. and Spec. Birds, IV, 1903, p. 173.
b Ibis, 1867, p. 16.
¢ Journ. f. Ornith., 1884, p. 57.
¢ Sylvia phragmitis Bechstein, Orn. Taschenb. Deutschl., 1803, p. 186.
898 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
1. Acrocephalus.
Subgenus Acrocephalus.
Acrocephalus NAuMANN, Nat. Land.-u. Wass.-Vog. nordl. Deutschl., Nachtr.
IV, 1811, p. 199 (type, Acrocephalus lacustris Naumann = Turdus arundinaceus
Linneeus, ¢ [= Sylvia turdoides Meyer ?]).
Calamoherpe Botr, Isis, 1822, p. 552 (type, Sylvia turdoides Meyer= Turdus arundi-
naceus Linnieus ).
Hydrocopsichus Kaur, Skizz. Entw.-Gesch. Eur. Thierw., 1829, p. 121 (type,
Sylvia turdoides Meyer=Turdus arundinaceus Linnzus ).
Arundinaceus Lesson, Traité d’Orn., 1831, p. 419 (type, Sylvia turdoides Meyer=
Turdus arundinaceus Linneeus ).
Salicaria Seupy, Ul. Brit. Orn., I, 1838, pp. 196, 197 (type, Sylvia turdoides
Meyer= Turdus arundinaceus Linnzeus ).
Junco RricHeNBACH, Ay. Syst. Nat., 1850, pl. uxt (type, Turdus arundinaceas
Linnzeus ).
Subgenus Muscipeta.
Muscipeta Kocn, Syst. baier. Zool., 1816, p. 162 (type, Sylria phragmitis Bech-
stein= Motacilla schenobenus Linneeus ©).
Calamodus Kaur, Skizz. Entw.-Gesch. Eur. Thierw., 1829, p. 117 (type, Sylvia
phragmitis Bechstein = Motacilla schanobenus Linneus ).
Calamodyta Kaur, Skizz. Entw.-Gesch. Eur. Thierw., 1829, p. 118 (type, Sylvia
aquatica Temminck=Sylvia paludicola Vieillot).
Caricicola Breum, Isis, 1835, p. 245 (type, Sylvia paludicola Vieillot).
Caricicola Breum, Naumannia, 1855, p. 284 (type, Sylvia phraginitis Bechstein=
Motacilla scheenobenus Linneeus ).
Bill of moderate length; feet not large; secondaries not lengthened,
falling short of primaries by more than the exposed culmen; outer-
most primary narrow, more or less acuminate, shorter than primary
coverts, and less than one-third the second primary; second primary
longer than the seventh.
Although at first sight there seems to be a great structural difference
among some members of this genus as here constituted, this difference
lies wholly in the bill, and even here the gap existing between the
rather stout turdine beak of Acrocephalus stentoreus, with its curved
culmen, and the shorter, more slender bill of A. schwnobenus, with
culmen straight except at the tip, is quite perfectly bridged by <A.
arundinaceus and A. palustris, together with their related forms.
There is, consequently, no choice but to place all under the name Aero-
cephalus, though two subgenera may with propriety be recognized:
Acrocephalus, to include the Great Reed Warblers—aA. arundinaceus
a@Syst. Nat., 10th ed., I, 1758, p. 170.
bVég. Liy.-und Esthl., 1815, p. 116. There seems to be little or no reason for
not accepting the name arundinaceus Linneeus for the bird now commonly called
Acrocephalus turdoides, since the Linnzean name is of unquestioned pertinency and
far earlier date. The species should therefore be known as Acrocephalus arundinaceus
(Linnzeus).
¢ The type of this genus is ordinarily given as turdoides( =arundinaceus), but quite
certainly in mistake, for the figure of the characteristic bill given by Koch is
apparently that of A. schwnobenus, which is also the first species mentioned.
no. Hi, BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 899
and te Pines nue DMascn ape eae = ay. SC Te Ae ane A. daca
which represent the extreme differentiation, together with all the other
forms, such as A. palustris and A. streperus, not referable to Zatare
or to either of the two new genera proposed below.
The current names of two other species of Acrocephalus appear to
require change. The Aquatic Warbler is at present usually called
Acrocephalus aquaticus (Temminck);@ but an examination of the work
in which this appears at once shows that Temminck here does not pro-
pose a new rime, but merely refers his bird to the Metncitia aquatica
of Gmelin.’ Therefore if the term aquatica be used at all for this
warbler it must be credited to Gmelin; but, since Gmelin’s description
is so very doubtfully identifiable, it is probably best to leave it alto-
gether out of consideration. Following this course, and taking up
the first untainted name, the designation of this bird becomes Acro-
cephalus paludicola Vieillot.¢
The name of the bird now known as Acrocephalus macrorhynchus
Hume,” is rendered untenable by reason of Calamoherpe macrorhyncha
von Miller,” a synonym of Aecrocephalus stentoreus, so long as the
species is retained in the genus Acrocephalus, and since this. appears
to be its proper position it may be called
Acrocephalus orinus, new name.
There seems to be no doubt of the subspecific relationship of Aero-
cephalus arundinaceus orientalis (Temminck and Schlegel) with Acro-
cephalus arundinaceus (Linneeus), since there is perfect intergradation
between the two; but Acrocephalus stentoreus (Hemprich and Ehren-
berg) appears on the other hand to be a separate species, for aside
from other differences of proportion, that of the primaries is, in a
large series of specimens, constantly distinctive.
The species of this genus are as follows:
(Subgenus Acrocephalus. )
Acrocephalus inevpectatus Berezowski and Bianchi.
Acrocephalus stentorcus (Hemprich and Ehrenberg).
Acrocephalus arundinaceus arundinaceus (Linneeus ).
(Subgenus Muscipeta. )
Acrocephalus palustris (Bechstein ).
Acrocephalus streperus (Vieillot).
Acrocephalus obsoletus (Heuglin).
Acrocephalus arundinaceus orientalis (Temminek and Schlegel) .
Acrocephalus dumetorum dumetorum Blyth.
a Sylvia aquatica Temminek, Man. d’Orn., 1815, p. 1381.
6 Syst. Nat., I, 11, 1788, p. 953.
e Sylvia paludicola Vieillot, Nouy. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat., XI, 1817, p. 202 (Lorraine,
Germany ).
@ Phyllopneuste macrorhyncha Hume, Ibis, 1869, p. 357 (Rampur, Sutlej Valley,
Himalaya Mountains, northwestern India).
€ Calamoherpe macrorhyncha yon Miller, Beitr. Ornith. Africas, 1853, pl. rx (Fua,
Lower Egypt).
900 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
Acrocephalus dumetorum affinis Zaradny.
Acrocephalus orinus Oberholser.
Acrocephalus sorgophilus (Swinhoe).
Acrocephalus paludicola (Vieillot).
Acrocephalus schenobenus (Linneus ).
2. Latare,
Tatare Lesson, Traité d’Orn., 1831, p. 317 (type, Tatare otaitensis Lesson = Sitta
cufra Sparrman [= Turdus eee Gmelin] ).
Eparnetes ReicHenBacn, Ay. Syst. Nat., 1850, pl. tv (type, Sylvia syrinx
Kittlitz).
Bill long; feet not proportionately large; secondaries lengthened,
falling short of primaries by less than the “exposed culmen; outermost
primary narrow, more or less ac uminate, shorter than primary coverts,
and less than one-third the second primary; second primary not longer
than the seventh.
The long bill, the relatively short second primary, together with the
long secondaries re paching to within the length of the “culmen of the
tips of the primaries, separate this group sufticiently well from Acro-
cephalus. Among: the species to be included here is Zatare familiaris
Rothschild ¢ from YLaysan Island, Pacitic Ocean.
The bird commonly known as Tatare longirostris (Gmelin)? should
be called Zatare caffer (Sparrman),° for the latter name undoubtedly
applies to the same bird, as well shown by Sundeyall,“and is of earlier
date.
The species of 7atare are:
Tatare celebensis (Heinroth).
Tatare gouldi (Dubois).
Tatare australis (Gould).
Tutare cervinus (De Vis).
Tatare caffer (Sparrman ).
Tatare mendane (Tristram).
Tatare pistor (Tristram) .
Tatare syrine (KWitthtz).
Tatare rehsei (Finseh).
Tatare luscania Quoy and Gaimard.
Tataure vaughani (Sharpe).
Tatare wquinoctialis (Latham).
Tatare familiaris Rothschild.
3- Notiocichla, ¢ new genus.
Type.— Sylvia beticuta Vieillot.
Bill long; feet large, with long claws, particolanly: on middle cue
apa’ Feanilians Roteeonilas Aan and Tee Nat. Hist., 6th ser. se 1892, p. 109.
» Turdus longirostris Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, i, 1788, p. 823 (Eimeo aad York Islands).
¢Sitta caffra Sparrman, Mus. Carlson., i 1786, pl. rv (no locality given; probably
from the Society Islands).
¢ Krit. om Sparrman’s Mus. Carlson., 1857, p. 4.
« yorios, meridianus; KixAy, turdus.
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 9O1
hind toes; secondaries long, falling short of primaries by less than
the exposed culmen; outermost primary broad, not acuminate, much
longer than primary coverts and about one-half the length of the
second primary; second primary not longer than the seventh.
The type and apparently sole species of this genus, Votcocichla
bexticata (Vieillot), differs so greatly from typical members of the
genus Acrocephalus that its generic separation seems desirable, if
indeed not inevitable. Its principal points of structural distinction
from that group are its very long, broad first primary, long second-
aries, long bill, large feet with long claws, and more rounded wing,
the second primary about equal to the seventh, or even shorter. In
some of these characters Votiocich/a agrees with Zatare, but may be
distinguished by its long, broad first primary, relatively large feet,
with lone middle and hind claws.
°
4. Anteliocichla,” new genus.
Type.—Acrocephalus bistrigiceps Swinhoe.
Bill short, feet rather slender; secondaries falling short of primary
tips by more than the length of exposed culmen; outermost primary
rather narrow, somewhat acuminate, longer than primary coverts,
though less than one-third the length of the second primary; second
primary not longer than the seventh, usually about equal.
This group differs from Acrocephalus chiefly in its longer first pri-
mary, which decidedly exceeds the primary coverts; in its relatively
shorter second primary; and in its shorter bill, though in this
respect it agrees with some forms of the subgenus J/usccpeta. In
Acrocephalus (Muscipeta) dumetoruin birds of the year sometimes
appear to have the first primary slightly longer than the primary
coverts, which is probably due to the imperfect development of the
latter, and should not be held to invalidate the generic distinction
above set forth, since adults have the first primary always shorter than
the primary coverts. From Zatare the present group differs principally
by reason of its shorter secondaries, comparatively longer first primary,
and shorter bill; from Vot/oe/chla in its less lengthened secondaries,
shorter, more acuminate first primary, more abbreviated bill, and
much more slender feet.
Apparently the only species to be placed in this genus are:
Anteliocicila bistrigiceps (Swinhoe) .
Anteliocichla agricola (Jerdon).
CISTICOLA HUNTERI Shelley.
Cisticola hunteri SHELLEY, Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 364 (Mount Kiliman-
jaro, East Africa).
One specimen from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 10,000 feet, April 15,
1888. ‘Abundant in low bushes at 10,000 feet.”
« avrnAtos, orientalis; KiyAy, turdus.
902 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII,
CISTICOLA PRINIOIDES Neumann.
Cisticola prinioides NpeuMANN, Journ. f. Ornith., 1900, p. 304 (Mau Mountain,
British East Africa).
Six specimens, from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 5,000, 6,000, and 8,000
feet, April 3 to 11, L888. Some of them have not entirely completed
the molt. ‘*‘Abundant in low bushes from 4,000 to 8,000 feet.”
These examples exhibit considerable purely individual difference in
the streaking on the back, this being in some almost obsolete, in others
very broad and conspicuous. Young birds are darker, duller, more
uniform on the lower surface, with a heavier wash of ochraceous; also
rather darker and duller on the upper parts, with less contrast between
pileum and back. ‘
This species differs from its ally C¢stécola hunter?” in its lighter,
much more rufescent upper surface, including wings and tail, the
pileum being dull rufous in conspicuous contrast to the other upper
parts; less blackish (more brownish) streaks on the back; and decid-
edly paler lower surface, the median portion lighter than the rest and
dull yellowish white. Both CV hunter? and C. prinioides, with the
intermediate C/sticola neumanni,’? seem to be closely related, and differ
so much from C¢sticola subruficapilla in their deeply colored lores
and orbital region, as well as lack of light superciliary, not to mention
their darker lower surface, together with much duller upper parts,
that they should not be easily confused with the last-mentioned spe-
cles. This record of Césticola prinioides is apparently the first for
Mount Kilimanjaro, and is, furthermore, a considerable extension of
range. It appears to take the place of C7sticola hunter’ on the lower
slopes of the mountain, at least up to 8,000 feet, which fact taken
together with the lack of intermediate specimens indicates that C.
prinioides is x distinct species, not,as Mr. Hartert has suggested,’ a
subspecies of C. hunter.”
CISTICOLA ERYTHROPS (Hartlaub).
Drymoeca erythrops Harriaus, Orn. Westatr., 1857, p. 58 (Calabar, Southern
Nigeria, Western Africa).
Two adult males, from Maranu, Mount Kilimanjaro, 5,000 feet,
taken April 3 and 22, respectively. ‘* Iris light yellowish brown; feet
white.”
«Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 364.
> Hartert, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, XII, 1901, p. 13 (Mount Kenia, British East Africa).
¢ Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, XII, 1901, p. 13.
No. 14H. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 908
CISTICOLA LUGUBRIS (Riippell).
Sylvia ( Cisticola) lugubris Riiprpeit, Neue Wirb. Faun. Abyss., Vogel, 1835, p. 111
(Gondar, Abyssinia).
One adult male, from Taveta, April 29, 1888.
CISTICOLA CHINIANA (Smith).
Drymoica chiniana Smrvru, Il. Zool. 8, Afr., 1848, pl. uxyrx (North of Kurri-
chaine, Bechuana Land, South Africa).
One adult specimen, from Kahé, south of Mount Kilimanjaro, Sep-
tember 5, 1888. This large edition of Césticola subruficapilla is some-
times with difficulty to be distinguished from the latter, especially as
both appear to occur in the same localities. More light on their rela-
tionships is needed. The original spelling of the specific nate is not
cheniana, as often written, but chiniana.@
BRADYPTERUS CINNAMOMEUS SALVADORII (Neumann).
Bradypterus salvadorii Neumann, Journ. f. Ormth., 1900, p. 304 (Mount Gurui,
German East Africa).
One molting female, from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 10,000 feet, April
16, 1888. Without specimens for comparison this example appears to
agree with the characters given by Mr. Neumann for the southern
form of Bradypterus cinnamomeus recently described by him.?
BRADYPTERUS BARRATTI Sharpe.
Bradypterus barratti SHAres, Ibis, 1876, p. 53 (Pilgrim’s Rest, Lydenburg District,
Transvaal ).
Bradypterus rufoflavidus ReicHeNow and NruMANN, Ornith. Monatsber., 1895,
p- 75 (Mount Kilimanjaro, East Africa).
Four specimens, from Maranu, Mount Kilimanjaro, 6,000 feet. The
adult male agrees very closely with the original description of the
species, as does also the adult female, though the latter is slightly
paler above than the male, rather darker, more rufescent across the
breast, less broadly and therefore less conspicuously streaked on the
jugulum. <A male in juvenal plumage, taken April 4, 1588, is like the
adult above, but is darker, duller below, the throat and breast being
grayish olive green streaked with yellowish, while the entire lower
surface, superciliary stripe, sides of head and neck are strongly suf-
fused with yellowish. A young female, secured April 3, 1888, Is very
similar but somewhat paler throughout, with less olivaceous on throat
and breast. ‘‘Abundant in any low bushes, and very restless, con-
tinually uttering a short, sharp ‘ chirrup.’”
@Smith, Ill. Zool. 8. Afr., 1843, pl. uxxrx.
b Journ. f. Ornith., 1900, p. 304.
904 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
This species appears not to have been recorded from Mount Kili-
manjaro under the name Lradypterus barratt7, but a careful examina-
tion of the description of Bradypterus rufoflavidus Reichenow and
Neumann,” from Mount Kilimanjaro, seem to leave little doubt that
the latter is but the juvenal plumage of 2. barratt: described above.
The range of B. barratt: is thus extended from Natal and the Trans-
vaal to Mount Kilimanjaro.
®
CALAMONASTES SIMPLEX (Cabanis).
Thamnobia simplex CABANtis, Journ. f{. Ornith., 1878, pp. 205, 221 (Ndi, Teita,
Sritish East Africa).
One adult male, from Taveta, August 15, 1888.
APALIS THESCELA, new species.
Chars. sp.—Resembling Apalis griseiceps, but occiput and cervix
brown without a slaty tinge; back, rump, together with edgings of
cas)
upper wing-coverts and wing-quills, slate color with but a slight wash
of olive green; sides of breast brown with scarcely any olive green;
lining of wing pure white; abdomen white, with only a faint tinge of
yellow; four outer tail-feathers tipped with white.
Description.—Ty pe, adult male, Cat. No. 118074, U.S.N.M.; Mount
Kilimanjaro, East Africa, 6,000 feet, August 4, 1888; Dr. W. L. Abbott.
Whole head and cervix broccoli brown, paler on forehead, cheeks, and
auriculars; back, rump, and upper tail-coverts slate color with a wash
of olive green, this most conspicuous on the middle of the back; tail
blackish slate color, the central feathers margined with lighter, the
two outer pairs with their terminal half white, the next pair with the
terminal third of the inner vane white, the fourth pair with white tips;
wing-quills and superior coverts sepia brown, all edged exteriorly
with slightly greenish slate color, the quills with paler brown inner
margins; chin, throat, and breast white, with a black band across
the jugulum; sides of breast grayish brown, with a very slight wash
of olive green; remainder of under surface yellowish white, the
flanks tinged with ashy; lining of wing white; thighs pale brown.
Length of wing, 53; tail, 50; exposed culmen, 11; tarsus, 20.5; mid-
dle toe, 11.5 mm.
Doctor Abbott obtained only the single specimen above described,
but its differences from Apalis griseiceps,’ with which alone it needs
comparison, are so marked, and so improbably those of either sex,
age, or season, that it appears to represent a species hitherto unde-
scribed, In Apalis griseiceps, which was also first discovered on Mount
“Ornith. Monatsber., 1895, p. 75. See also Neumann, Journ. f. Ornith., 1900,
p. 300.
> Reichenow and Neumann, Ornith. Monatsber., 1895, p. 75.
.
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 905
Ka hivene iro, vente since annlen Pron the Uluguru Mountains,
German East Africa, southwest of Zanzibar,’ the occiput and cervix
have a noticeably slaty shade, in contrast to the clear brown of crown
and forehead; the back, sides of breast, and edgings of wing-quills
and wing-coverts are almost clear glive green; the lining of the wing
is distinctly yellowish; there are only three outer tail-feathers tipped
with white; the abdomen is much deeper yellow than in Apal/s thes-
cela; and the thighs are much darker brown, with a considerable
admixture of yellowish olive green, which is almost entirely absent in
this new species. There seems to be little, if any, difference in size
between A. griserceps and A. thescela. The type of the latter, as well
as the specimens of uf. gr/se7ceps obtained by Doctor Abbott, were
taken at about the same season, and are in fresh perfect plumage,
excellent for purposes of comparison. The original examples of A.
griseiceps came from an altitude of about 10,000 feet, and it seems
probable that from what is now known of its distribution the species
does*not occur much lower down than this, its place on the lower
slopes of the mountain being taken by Apad7s thescela.
APALIS GRISEICEPS Reichenow and Neumann.
Apalis griseiceps REICHENOW and NEUMANN, Ornith. Monatsber., 1895, p. 75 (Mount
Kilimanjaro, East Africa).
Two specimens from Mount Kilimanjaro: one, a male, taken July
31, 1888, at 10,000 i the other, with sex undetermined, obtained
at 9,000 feet, Tuly 3 ), ISSS. The latter seems to be adult, and in
most cee is fe ie the other, but has a rather paler head and
only a narrow, incomplete, black iapulie band. It appears thus to be
in immature plumage, but if so is hardly a bird of the year. Can it
be an adult female /
EUPRINODES GOLZI Fischer and Reichenow.
duprinodes golzi Fischer and Retcurnow, Journ. f. Ornith., 1884, p. 182 (Great
Aruscha, German East Africa).
One adult from Kahé, south of Mount Kilimanjaro, September 7,
1sss. “*Tris light brown.” This example is marked female, though
possessing the small black breast spot which Doctor Reichenow states
is found only in the male.’ So far as may be determined from
déscriptions Doctor Abbott's specimen is quite different from Hupr/-
nodes flavocinctus® from Ukambani and agrees perfectly with 7. golzi,
which seems to take the place of /. flavocinctus in Masai Land. The
back and ae are clear yonow sh oe ereen; the head slate gray,
c=)
Noon Journ. f. Onan 1900, p. 307.
» Vigel Deutsch Ost-Afr., 1894, p. 224.
¢Sharpe, Journ. f. Ornith., 1882, p. 346 (Athi River, Ukambani, British East
Africa).
906 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
with but a slight wash of greenish; lores dull grayish white; orbital
region dull grayish.
There seems to be not sufficient reason for merging the genus
Kuprinodes with Apalis, as has been done by Doctor Reichenow, “
and more recently by Mr. Neumann,’ for the relatively much smaller
size of the feet in the former is a satisfactory distinction in so far at
least as it concerns the species we have examined.
SYLVIETTA MICRURA (Riippell).
Troglodytes inicrurus Riéprety, Neue Wirb. Faun. Abyss., Vogel, 1835, p. 109, pl.
xu, fig. 2 (KKordofan, Sennaar, and all Abyssinia).
One adult female, from the plains of Taveta, August 13, 1888.’ This
is true S. merura, with white chin, cheeks, and superciliary stripe.
It is probably worth while to call attention to the fact that the
original and therefore proper spelling of the genus to which this spe-
cies belongs is Sy/v7etta,© not Sylviella, as commonly written, the
latter being simply an emended form.
SYLVIETTA WHYTII JACKSONI (Sharpe).
Sylviella jacksoni Suarvw, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, VII, 1897, p. vii (Kamassia,
British East Africa) .
One molting female, from Taveta, July 6, 1888.
Mr. Grant synonymized” this form with Sy/ocetta whyti, but
Doctor Sharpe, with additional material at his disposal, has since
asserted its distinctness.” It seems to be larger and darker than S.
whyti/,? and, though closely allied, is doubtless separable as a sub-
species, the northern representative of true Sylovetta, whytii from
Nyassa Land.
The measurements of Doctor Abbott’s specimen are: Wing, 57;
tail, 26; exposed culmen, 10.5; tarsus, 18; middle toe, 10.5 mm.
EREMOMELA SCOTOPS Sundevall.
7
Eremomela scotops SuNprv au, Oty. K. Vet.-Akad. Férh. Stockholm, 1850, p. 108
(‘‘Caffraria superiore,’’ 25° S. Lat.).
One adult, from Kidudwe, 90 miles inland from Zanzibar, December,
1ss7. This agrees perfectly with descriptions of specimens from
a Vogel Deutsch Ost-Afr., 1894, p. 224.
» Journ. f. Ornith., 1900, p. 306.
¢ Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1839, p. 258.
@ This, 1900, p. 155. :
eSylviella whytii Shelley, Ibis, 1894, p. 13 (Zomba, Nyassa Land).
Ff Ibis, 1901, p. 70.
7 In the original description of Sylvietta whytii (Ibis, 1894, p. 13) the length of wing
is given as 3.15 inches, which is manifestly an crror, probably for 2.15, as the wing
of Sylvietta rifescens, a larger species, is only about 2.50 inches.
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. YO7T
Transvaal and Mashona Land; and furthermore Dr. Rk. B. Sharpe, to
whom it was submitted for examination, professed his inability to
separate it from South African examples. The species has previously
not been recorded from north of Mashona Land, so its range is hereby
greatly extended.
CAMAROPTERA BREVICAUDATA (Cretzschmar).
Sylvia brevicaudata CrerzscHMAr, in Riippell’s Atlas Reis. Nordl. Afr., Vog.,
1826, p. 53, pl. xxxvb (Kordofan, northern Africa).
Six specimens, from Taveta and Mount Kilimanjaro, at 5,000 feet.
‘Tris light brown.” Immature birds, taken in May, are more brown-
ish above than the adults, and are strongly tinged with ochraceous
across the breast. One still younger is olive brown above except on
rump and scapulars—the latter being olive green, the former slate
gray—and has some light yellow on abdomen, breast, chin, throat,
and sides of head. In all these examples, adult as well as young, but
more conspicuous in the latter, there are on the breast, and some-
times on upper abdomen and sides as well, obsolete pale grayish
vermiculations.
PRINIA MISTACEA Riippell.
Prinia mistacea Riippett, Neue Wirb. Faun. Abyss., Végel, 1835, p. 110 (Gondar,
Abyssinia).
Two males, from Taveta, taken March 23, 1888. One is in the
lighter, more rufescent plumage of the immature.
Family MUSCICAPID 2.
MELAENORNIS ATER TROPICALIS (Cabanis).
Melanopepla tropicalis CaBanis, Journ. f. Ornith., 1884, p. 241 (Ukamba, British
East Africa).
One example, from Taveta, August 18, 1888. This is a female in
the black plumage, but small tips of ochraceous on the greater wing-
coverts and the innermost secondaries, together with a few ochraceous-
barred feathers on the breast and abdomen, indicate its immaturity.
MUSCICAPA STRIATA NEUMANNI (Poche).
Muscicapa grisola sibirica NEUMANN (not Gmelin), Journ. f. Ornith., 1900, p. 259
(Loita Mountain, northwestern Masai Land, German East Africa, winter).
Muscicapa grisola neumanni Pocne, Ornith. Monatsber., 1904, p. 26 (nom. emend. ).
Two specimens: one from ‘* East Africa,” the other from the Useri
River near Mount Kilimanjaro, August 30, 1888. Though rather
darker than one from the Thian Shan Mountains, central Asia, these
two specimens belong without doubt to the apparently recognizable
form stbirica recently described by Mr. Neumann. Its principal
908 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIIF.
character is the much paler color of the upper surface; for the less
conspicuous streaking of the lower parts, given by Neumann as an
additional distinction, appears not to be constant enough to be of value.
Unfortunately Mr. Neamann’s term s7/r/ca is preoccupied by J/us-
cicapu sibirica Gmelin,” which is now Llemichelidon stbirica (Gmelin),
and another name is therefore necessary for the central Asian form of
Muscicapa striata he distinguished. This has been recently supplied
by Poche,’ and the bird should accordingly be called Museteapa
striata neumanni, as above. The Muscicapa grisola of Linneus,? of
which this form is a subspecies, must give place to the earlier
Motacila striata of Pallas,“ as already pointed out by Dr. C. W.
Richmond.‘
ALSEONAX MURINUS MURINUS Fischer and Reichenow.
Alsconax murina Fiscuer and RercHenow, Journ. f. Ornith., 1884, p. 54 (Mount
Meru, Masai Land, German East Africa).
Four specimens, from Mount Iilimanjaro, at 5,000 and 10,000 feet.
Two of these, male and female, taken respectively June 8 and July
23, L888, are in fresh plumage, and are much more buffy on the lower
surface than a worn female obtained April 16, 188s.
The fourth example, secured April 19, 1888, is a male in the unre-
corded juvenal plumage, and may be described as follows: Upper parts
grayish brown, becoming more rufescent posteriorly, everywhere with
hastate spots of buffy or ochraceous, these palest on crown and darkest
on upper tail-coverts, least numerous on head, smallest on nape; wing's
and tail fuscous, the tertials, inner secondaries, median and greater
coyerts margined with ochraceous buff; lores, eye ring, and extreme
forehead ochraceous, much mixed with blackish; sides of head and
neck, with entire lower surface, buff, thickiy streaked with brownish
black, except on lower abdomen and crissum, which are immaculate;
lining of wing ochraceous buff mixed with brownish.
CICHLOMYIA,f new genus.
Chars. gen.—Similar to Juscicupa Brisson, but tail longer (about
three-fourths of wing); second primary shorter than sixth; four pri-
maries sinuate on their outer webs; spurious primary very much
longer than primary coverts.
Type.— Butalis cerulescens Hartlaub.
By most authors this genus has been included, at least partly, in
aSyst. Nat-, I, ii, 1788, p. 936:
6 Ornith. Monatsber., 1904, p. 26.
cSyst. Nat., 12th ed., I, 1766, p. 328.
@In Vroeg’s. Catal., 1764, Adumbrat., p. 3.
eSmithson. Quart., II, 1905, p. 345.
J kKixdAy, turdus; evra, musca.
ft
No. 1ill. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 909
Muscicapa, and by Doctor Reichenow in Alseonax,” but it is suffi-
ciently different from either to have a name of its own.
From A/seonax it may be distinguished by its much narrower, more
compressed bill, very similar to Dioptrornis, the culmen more arched,
more curved, and the terminal portion more strongly ungulate; also
the rictal bristles are usually less well developed. The segregation of
this group makes necessary a rearrangement of some of the closely
allied genera, and accordingly there will be found below a statement
of the characters that distinguish these, together with enumeration of
the species that appear to belong to each.
1. Muscicapa.
Muscicapa Brisson, Ornith., I, 1760, p. 357 (type, Muscicapa grisola Linnzeus=
Motacilla striata Pallas).
Butalis Botr, Isis, 1826, p. 973 (type, Muscicapa grisola Linnezeus= Motacilla
striata Pallas).
Bill somewhat depressed, the culmen almost straight except at the
decurved tip; rictal bristles moderately developed; exposed culmen
about equal to middle toe without claw; tail about two-thirds the
length of wing; wing much _ pointed, the second primary longer than
the | fifth; three primaries sinuate on their outer webs; spurious pri-
mary about equal to primary coverts.
Typical Vuscicapa as above defined becomes restricted to the follow-
ing forms:
Muscicapa striata striata (Pallas).
Muscicapa striata neumanni (Poche).
? Muscicapa finschi Bocage.
2. Ficedula.
Ficedula Brisson, Ornith., III, 1760, p. 369 (type, Motacilla ficedula Linnezeus ?).
Hedymela SUNDEVALL, Ofy. K. Vet. Ak. Forh. Stockholm, 1846 (1847), p. 225
(type, Motacilla atricapilla Linnzeus= Motacilla ficedula Linnzeus).
Bill slightly parine, only a little depressed, the culmen almost
straight except at the decurved tip; rictal bristles weak; exposed
culmen decidedly less than middle toe without claw; tail about two-
thirds the length of wing; wing much pointed, the second primary
shorter than the fifth, but. longer than the sixth; three primaries sinu-
ate on outer webs; outermost primary barely if at all longer than
primary coverts.
This genus, commonly merged with J/uscicapa, has been recently
and very justly separated by Doctor Sharpe under the antedated name
Hedymela. Its forms are:
Ficedula ficedula ficedula (Linnzeus).
Ficedula ficedula speculigera (Bonaparte).
Ficedula semitorquata (Homeyer).
Ficedula aibicollis (Temminck) (=collaris Bechstein “).
aVogel Africas, II, 1908, pp. 452-460.
b Motacilla ficedula Linneeus, Syst. Nat., 10th ed., I, 1758, p. 185. This is undoubt-
edly the same as Motacilla atr icapilla Linn:eus, Syst. Nat:, 10th ed., I, 1758, p. 187,
and as it stands first should be adopted.
¢ Hand-List Gen. and Spee. Birds, III, 1901, p. 213.
@See Oberholser, Smithson. Quart., III, 1905, p. 68,
Proc. N. M. vol. xx vili—04 58
910 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVUTL.
3. Arizelomyia,@ new genus.
Type. — Muscicapa latirostris Rattles.
Bill depressed: the culmen nearly straight except at the ungulate
tip; rictal bristles moderately developed; exposed culmen equal to
middle toe without claw; tailabout three-fourths of wing; wing pointed,
the second primary longer than the sixth; three primar ies sinuate on
their outer webs; first (outermost) primary decidedly (at least 5 mm.)
longer than primary coverts.
This genus differs from A/sconar, with which it has been commonly
associated, in the following partic ulars: Bill narrow er; rictal bristles
usually not so well developed; only three primaries sinuate on their
outer vanes; wing more pointed, the second primary longer than the
sixth. From Muscicapa it may be distinguished by its relatively
longer tail, long outermost primary, and broader bill.
The type species, Ar7zelomya latirostris (Rates), is the only one now
certainly referable to this genus, though A/seonaw muttui (Layard)
may prove to belong here; Muscicapa puficauda of Swainson, which
has been examined, is not congeneric W ith Ar izelomyta latirostris.
4. Alseonax.
Alseonax CABANIS, Mus. Hein, I, 1850, p. (type, Butalis adusta Boer
Bill broad, much depressed, the sae almost straight except at
the decurved tip; rictal bristles strongly developed; exposed culmen
about equal to middle toe without claw; tail about three-fourths the
leneth of wing; wing rounded, the second primary about equal to the
seventh; four primaries sinuate on their outer webs; outermost. pri-
mary dec idedly (more than 5 mm.) longer than primary coverts.
The following species are to be referred to this genus:
Alseonax adustus (Boie).
Alseonax subadustus Shelley.
Alseonax angolensis Reichenow.
Alseonax murinus murinus Fischer and Reichenow.
Alseonax murinus pumilus (Reichenow).
Alseonax murinus djamdjamensis Neumann. ?
Alseonax murinus obscurus (Sjostedt ).
Alseonax murinus poensis (Alexander).
Alseonax gambage Alexander.
Alseonax comitatus (Cassin). ¢
Alseonax epulatus epulatus (Cassin).
Alseonax epulatus fantisiensis (Sharpe) .
Alseonax infulatus (Hartlaub).
Alseonax aquaticus (Heuglin).
5. Cichlomyia.
Cichlomyia OBERHOLSER, p. 908 (type, Butalis cerulescens Hartlaub).
Bill somewhat compressed, rather vireonine, the culmen more or
less curved throughout most of its length, the tip strongly ungulate;
rictal bristles moderately developed; exposed culmen about equal to
middle toe without claw; tail about three-fourths the length of wing;
“aptiydos, evidens; “via, museca.
> Journ. f. Ornith., 1905, p. 206.
“An examination of Cassin’s type shows this species to be a true Alseonax, though
placed in Pedilorhynchus by Doctor Reichenow (Végel Africas, I1, 1903, p. 461).
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 911
wing pointed, second primary about equal to the seventh; four prima-
ries sinuate on outer webs; outermost primary much (more than 5 mm.)
longer than primary coverts.
The species that appear to belong to this genus are as follows:
Cichlomyia cerulescens cerulescens (Hartlaub).
Cichlomyia cerulescens cinerascens (Sharpe).
Cichlomyia toruensis (Hartert).
Cichlomyta lugens (Hartlaub) .
Cichlomyia modesta (Hartlaub).
Cichlomyia minima (Heuglin).
6. Dioptrornis.
Dioptrornis Fischer and Rercuenow, Journ. f. Ornith., 1884, p. 53 (type, Diop-
trornis fischeri Reichenow) .
Bill somewhat compressed, rather vireonine, the culmen more or less
curved throughout most of its length, the tip strongly ungulate; rictal
bristles strongly developed; exposed culmen shorter than middle toe
without claw; tail long, about four-fifths the length of the wing; wing
rounded, the second primary shorter than the ninth; four primaries
sinuate on their outer webs; outermost primary more than 5mm. longer
than primary coverts.
This genus appears to be more closely allied to Céchlomyza than to
any of the others above diz vgnosed, but is readily distinguishable from
that group. The following species are current:
Dioptrornis brunneus Cabanis.
Dioptrornis fischeri Reichenow.
Dioptrornis nyikensis (Shelley ).
Dioptrornis chocolatinus (Rippell).
Dioptrornis reichenowi (Neumann).
The following key to the six genera of Muscicapide above involved
may be of some assistance in identification as well as in further com-
parison of characters:
A. Three primaries sinuate on outer webs; second primary longer than sixth.
a. Tail longer—about three-fourths of wing; bill broader; first pri-
mary exceeding primary coverts by at least 5mm ......-----.--. Arizelomyia
Vv. Tail shorter—about two-thirds of wing; bill more narrow; first pri-
mary exceeding primary coverts by less than 5 mm.
b. Bill not shorter than middle toe without claw; rictal bristles well
developed; second primary longer than fifth -..........-..-----1 Muscicapa
b’. Bill shorter than middle toe without claw; rictal bristles weak;
second’ primary shorter than tiith: 3.2. eas 2 Soe oon os eae Ficedula
B. Four primaries sinuate on outer webs; second primary shorter than sixth.
Comp illgbonondiamd states seme aiaeyee teh nis) sears ore Sao chem neces eee {/seonax
v’. Bill narrow and arched.
b. Rictal bristles reaching beyond middle of bill; second primary
shorter than ninth; bill shorter than middle toe without claw. . Dioptror nis
b’. Rictal bristles not reaching to middle of bill; second primary
longer than eighth; bill about equal to middle toe without claw. . Cichlomyia
CICHLOMYIA CA®RULESCENS (Hartlaub).
Butalis cxrulescens Harriaus, Ibis, 1865, p. 267 (Natal).
Two adults, from Taveta, March 23 and July 22, 1888.
JZ PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
DIOPTRORNIS FISCHERI Reichenow.
Dioptrornis fischeri RercHeNow, Journ. f. Ornith., 1884, p. 53 (Mount Meru,
Masai Land, German East Africa).
Two adult females from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 5,000 feet, October
18 and November 23, 1889. ‘‘ Iris dark brown.”
CHLOROPETA NATALENSIS SIMILIS (Richmond).
Chloropeta similis Ricumonp, Auk, XIV, 1897, p. 163 (Mount Kilimanjaro,
East Africa).
Chloropeta kenya Suarpe, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, XII, 1901, p. 35 (Mount Kenia,
British East Africa).
Four specimens, from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 8,000 and 10,000 feet,
June 10 and July 29, 1888.
There can be little doubt of the identity of Doctor Richmond’s
Chloropeta similis and Doctor Sharpe’s Chloropeta kenya, for the
original specimens of the former differ from CA/oropeta natalensis
natalensis exactly as mentioned for the latter by Doctor Sharpe,” as
well as in some other particulars which were not noted by him.
Doctor Sharpe apparently overlooked the description of Chloropeta
similis, and Doctor Reichenow, curiously enough, appears to have
done the same, since this name is not to be found in his recent treat-
ment of the genus.’ From Chloropeta natalensis natalensis this
northern form C. 2. s/mil7s may readily be distinguished by its more
greenish (less yellowish), olive-green upper parts, this particularly
evident on the back and upper tail-coverts; darker auricular and
orbital regions, these being nearly like the crown; more greenish,
less buffy yellow of lower surface; more olivaceous thighs, flanks,
sides of neck and of body. Mount Kenia and Mount Kilimanjaro
seem to be the only localities at which this race of xatalensis has yet
been discovered.
BATIS SENEGALENSIS ORIENTALIS (Heuglin).
Platystira orientalis Heuer, Ornith. Nordost-Afr., I, 1871, p. 449 (Abyssinia).
One adult female, from Taveta, August 17, 1888. In this example
the white of the cervix and the upper part of the sides of the neck is
strongly tinged with ochraceous, a vergence toward Latis senegalensis,
from which form oréental/s appears to be but subspecifically separable.
BATIS MIXTA (Shelley).
Pachyprora mixta SHELLEY, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 359 (Mount Kiliman-
jaro, 6,000-7,000 feet, Kast Africa).
Three adults —two males and a female—from Mount Kilimanjaro,
at 6,000 feet, collected June 12, August 11, and August 8, 1888,
@ Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, XII, 1901, p. 36.
bVogel Africas, IT, 1903, pp. 464-466.
No, 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 913
respectively. In all these specimens, the female included, the upper
tail-coverts are glossy black, not gray, as given by Captain Shelley;4—
and the rump has large concealed spots of white. In one of the males
the white nuchal spot is very indistinct. In the female the rufous of
the breast is quite deep in color, though overlaid to some extent by
white unworn tips of the feathers, and is much darker than that of
the throat, from which it is separated medially by a pure white spot
some 10 millimeters wide, both of which are characters that look
toward Latis dimorpha Shelley,’ and, together with what Doctor
Reichenow has pointed out,’ indicate that 2. dimorpha, if really
distinct from ZB. mixta, is but a subspecies, and should stand as Lat/s
miata dimorpha.
It will be noted by reference to the above-given dates of collection
that Doctor Abbott’s specimens of Batis mixta were the first of the
species taken; and, furthermore, with the exception of the two
obtained by Mr. H. C. V. Hunter, from which the species was
described by Captain Shelley,” they seem to be the only ones thus far
known. Our three specimens exhibit the following measurements:
i - | a: = ae
| IR Ts ic S
Sex. Locality. Date. | Wing. | Tail. Exposed Tarsus. Middle
- | | )culinen. toe.
= t= ee a js = Sees | eee eee
| mum. mm. | mm. Wink, mm.
Maile 5.2 ==: Mount Kilimanjaro, East | June 12,1888 62 36 12 16 10
Africa. | |
Walley ee 252-2 oi GO see eect Se eee eye Aug. 11,1888 62 3725 | DOES etn fy aes) 10
Remalesossiosee Oi arte oe as eee 8 oe | Aug. 8, 1888 63 36 | 12 | 17.5 10
PLATYSTEIRA CRYPTOLEUCA, new species.
Chars. sp.—Like Platyste‘ra peltata, but cervix with a large con-
cealed patch of pure white, and the feathers of the rump entirely with-
out white markings.
Description.—Type, adult male, Cat. No. 118133, U.S.N.M.; Useri
River, plains of Mount Kilimanjaro, August 29, 1888; Dr. W. L.
Abbott. Pileum, cervix, and upper tail-coverts black with a steel-
green gloss; the cervix with bases of its feathers pure white, forming
a large concealed patch; back-and rump greenish slate color with con-
siderable metallic gloss, especially on the former, the latter without
either white concealed spots or white tips on the feathers; tail blackish
with steel green metallic sheen, the feathers margined externally with
erayish and tipped ever so slightly with whitish; wings blackish brown,
the lesser and median coverts, together with broad margins of greater
coverts and tertials, black with metallic green gloss like the crown,
«Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 359.
» Pachyprora dimorpha Shelley, Ibis, 1893, p. 18 (Milanji Plateau, Nyassa Land,
eastern Africa).
¢ Vogel Africas, II, 1903, pp. 478-479.
914 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, XXVIII.
the primaries and secondaries edged externally with grayish; sides of
head and neck, with a broad pectoral band, metallic greenish like the
pileum; rest of lower surface white; thighs blackish mixed with white;
lining of wing white interiorly, then brown, and finally metallic green
along the edge of the wing. Length of wing, 65; tail, 52; exposed
culmen, 13; tarsus, 18.5; middle toe, 10 mm.
Two other specimens were obtained by Doctor Abbott: an immature
male at Taveta, August 14, 1888; and an immature female at Kahé,
south of Mount Kilimanjaro, September 6, 1888. These birds both
have a large concealed white nuchal spot, though it is less pronounced
than in the adult.
The immature male is mostly brownish slate color, slightly glossy
on the upper surface, mixed with metallic greenish or bluish black
feathers on head and sides of neck; tail sepia brown, except one
metallic greenish middle feather which belongs to the adult stage, the
outer webs of rectrices with grayish buff edges; outermost pair of
feathers bordered on both webs with buffy white at tip, forming a
V-shaped terminal mark; second pair with only inner web white at
end; wing-quills fuscous, the feathers edged with dull ochraceous;
greater wing-coverts broadly, and primary coverts somewhat, mar-
gined and tipped with tawny ochraceous; lesser and middle coverts
tawny olive; under wing-coverts partly brown, partly white; axillars
white; inner webs of wing-quills broadly edged with buffy white; the
metallic greenish black pectoral band is making its appearance and
displacing some wood brown feathers which preceded it; throat and
chest buffy white, mixed with dusky; rest of lower surface yellowish
white.
The immature female is very much like the immature male just
described, but lacks the greenish black feathers of pectoral band and
head; the lores are mixed with whitish; there is a patch of cinnamon
on each side of the breast, which extends to the side of the neck; the
wing-quills and greater wing-coverts have paler ochraceous edges, the
lesser and middle coverts are wood brown; the tail-feathers are edged
with grayish white instead of grayish buff, the outer web of the outer-
most feather margined with pure white for most of its exposed por-
tion; and the under parts are more purely white. In both of these
immature birds the eye wattle is, in the dried skin, ochraceous buff;
in the adult male in life it is red, but in the skin yellow, though of
much deeper shade than that of the immature.
None of the descriptions of Platystetra peltata make any mention
of a concealed white spot on the hind neck, and it seems incredible that
a character so conspicuous on the slightest disturbance of the over-
lying feathers should, if present, have so uniformly been overlooked,
particularly since the same is carefully noticed in other species. In
size Platyste/ra eryptoleuca seems not to differ from P. peltata.
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 915
TROCHOCERCUS BIVITTATUS Reichenow.
Trochocercus bivittatus RercHENow, Ornith. Centralblatt, 1879, p. 108 (Muniuni,
British East Africa).
Three specimens of this rare species: one adult male from Taveta,
July 6, 1888; and two immature males from Mount Kilimanjaro, at
6,000 feet, June 12 and August 8, 1888.
The immature males may be described as follows: Upper parts
brownish slate, rather clearer on the upper tail-coverts and the some-
what crested pileum, the latter with a slight metallic gloss; tail-feathers
grayish brown with slate-colored outer margins; wings fuscous, the
quills with paler outer edges, the lesser coverts slate-color, the tertials
and the primary coverts narrowly margined with ochraceous, the
greater coverts with broad ochraceous tips that form a conspicuous
wing-band; sides of head and neck slate-gray, the auriculars rather
brownish, the lores, orbital ring, and cheeks mixed with white; throat,
breast, and sides slate gray, the last streaked, the others spotted, with
white; abdomen and crissum white; inferior wing-coverts brownish
slate with some white; axillars white.
TCHITREA SUAHELICA (Reichenow).
Terpsiphone perspicillata suahelica Reicupnow, Werth. Mittl Hochl. deutsch
Ost-Afr., 1898, p. 275 (East Africa).
Five specimens, from Taveta, and Mount Kilimanjaro at 5,000 feet.
Allare in the chestnut-backed plumage, and two of the males have
fully developed long tail-feathers. Another male is just like these
except for a short tail. The two others, one a male, the other not
marked for sex, are quite young, and aside from having short tails,
differ further in being paler above, the head dull slaty with little
metallic sheen and this confined to the top; wings dull brown with
rufous but no white edgings; lower parts paler, the throat slate color
like the breast, the under tail-coverts more strongly rufescent; sides
of head and neck slate color. ** Iris (of older males) brown; feet slaty
blue; bill light blue, black at tip, light green inside; bare skin around
eyes and at angle of mouth light blue.”
As Mr. Oscar Neumann has aptly intimated,“ the relationships of
Tchitrea suahelica, T. viridis, and 7. perspicillata are by no means
satisfactorily demonstrated. The first mentioned is apparently a dis-
tinct species, as formerly maintained by Neumann,” but in’ many
characters it is intermediate between 7. perspicillata and 7. viridis,
on the whole scarcely nearer one than the other. Its more blackish
primaries and primary coverts (both of which have white outer edg-
ings), more bluish head, and possession of a white-backed adult plum-
age point strongly its affinity toward 7. w/ridis; while the much paler,
@ Journ. f. Ornith., 1900, p. 228.
916 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
more grayish, lower parts, with whitish crissum and under wing-
coverts, and metallic color of the throat but little if at all extended
back over the breast, are characters shared by 7. perspicillata. Two
birds in white-backed plumage, from Somali Land, collected by Dr. A.
Donaldson Smith, are in the United States National Museum, and are
clearly referable to 7chitrea viridis, or, if Mr. Neumann’s recently pro-
posed separation. be accepted,? TZchitrea viridis ferreti (Guérin),
although from this region we might naturally expect Z! swahelica.
CRYPTOLOPHA UMBROVIRENS DORCADICHROA (Reichenow and
Neumann).
Camaroptera dorcadichroa REIcCHENOW and NEUMANN, Ornith. Monatsber., 1895,
p. 76 (Mount Kilimanjaro, East Africa).
Seven specimens from Mount Kilimanjaro, at altitudes of 6,000,
7,000, and 10,000 feet. *‘ Abundant in the forest zone.”
This fine series appears to establish the validity of Doctor Reichenow’s
Cryptolopha dorcadichroa, as distinct from Cu. mackenziana, a view
already expressed by Dr. Sharpe.? Despite a considerable individual
variation these specimens do not agree well with either the original
description’ or the plate” of Cryptolopha u. mackenziana, particularly
on the lower surface, but do agree, as they should from geographical
considerations, with the description of C. uw. dorcadichroa,’ barring
the single unimportant exception that the lesser wing-coverts are like
the others, not of the same color as the back. The six adults—males
and females—are very uniform on the upper parts, but differ consid-
erably below. Most of them have the chin and upper throat dull
ochraceous buff, mixed to some degree with yellowish; the jugulum
rather paler and more grayish; the breast almost like the upper throat;
but no two specimens are exactly alike in these respects. One has the
whole anterior lower surface.almost uniformly pale dull grayish ochra-
ceous mixed with yellowish; another has the chin and upper throat
principally dull yellow with a slight wash of ochraceous buff, the
breast and jugulum ochraceous buff mingled with yellow. In some
examples the central portion of the abdomen is almost pure white, in
others strongly tinged with yellow; there is also a very appreciable
variation in the shade of the cinnamon brown on flanks and sides;
while the crissum ranges in different individuals from almost pure pale
yellow to light cinnamon color. Thus Cryptolopha u. dorcadichroa
differs chiefly from C. w. mackenziana in that the fore parts below are
asa rule much more yellowish, and the chin with the upper throat dull
@ Journ. f. Ornith., 1905, p. 211.
b Ibis, 1901, p. 91.
¢Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 153.
@Tbis, 1901, pl. 11, fig. 1.
¢ Reichenow and Neumann, Ornith. Monatsber., 1895, p. 76.
No. 1411, BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 917
oc ae *eOUS butt or eae awny aie ead as eoray ish Ww hit. An immature
bird, a female, is like the adults above, but has the superciliary stripe
and the entire lower surface deeply tinged with yellow, the latter being
almost uniform, save that the abdomen is rather paler, the flanks and
sides cinnamomeous, the throat and breast somewhat though incon-
spictously washed with ochraceous.
Family PARID.
PARUS THRUPPI BARAK£ (Jackson).
Parus barakae JAckson, Ibis, 1899, p. 639 (Njemps, British East Africa).
One adult female, from the plains east of Mount Iilimanjaro,
October 3, 1888. The type, and the example recorded by Neumann “
seem to be the only ones besides this Abbott specimen that have thus
far been taken. This last agrees well with the original description,
and seems to indicate the validity of barakae, at least as a subspecies.
ANTHOSCOPUS MUSCULUS (Hartlaub).
Aegithalus musculus Warruaus, Ornith. Centralblatt, 1882, p. 91 (Lado, Upper
White Nile, British Equatorial Africa).
One female, from Taveta, August 18, 1888. This appears to be the
southernmost locality for the species and considerably extends its range.
The records of Captain Shelley’ and Doctor Sharpe‘ for the vicinity
of Mount Kilimanjaro were both based on this example.
Family CORVID.
CORVULTUR ALBICOLLIS (Latham).
Corvus albicollis LavHAM, Ind. Orn., I, 1790, p. 151 (Africa).
Two specimens: an adult female from Maranu, Mount Kilimanjaro,
5,000 feet, April 5, 1888; anda male from Kahé, south of the same
mountain, May 8, 1888. ‘‘ Length of male, 22 inches.”
CORVUS SCAPULATUS Daudin.
Corvus scapulatus Daupiy, Traité @Orn., II, 1800, p. 252 (type locality, Cape of
Good Hope).
Two specimens from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 5,000 feet altitude,
December 6, 1889. These appear to be absolutely identical with birds
from Madagascar na felis los Island.
a ote f. Ornith., 1900, p. 301.
» Birds of Africa, IL, 1900, p. 255.
¢ Hand-List Gen. and Spec. Birds, IV, 1903, p. 341.
JAS
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
Family ORIOLID.E.
ORIOLUS LARVATUS ROLLETI (Salvadori).
Oriolus rolleti Satvapvort, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat., VII, 1864, p. 161 (White Nile,
eastern Africa).
Three males, two of them adult, the other immature, from Taveta,
seem to be typical of this form. Dr. Abbott writes that it was taken
also on Mount Kilimanjaro, but no specimens were sent from this
locality.
The characters separating Ordolus rolleti from O. larvatus are such
that a trinomial best expresses their relationship.
ORIOLUS NOTATUS Peters.
Oriolus notatus PErers, Journ, f. Ornith., 1868, p. 182 (Tete, Portuguese East
Africa).
Two specimens, adult male and female, from Taveta.
ORIOLUS ORIOLUS Linneus.
Coracias oriolus LiiNN us, Syst. Nat., 10th ed., I, 1758, p. 107 (Europe and Asia).
Two females, from the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro, taken
October 8, 1888. ‘‘ Iris red.”
If Linneus be taken at 1758, the proper name for the present spe-
cies is Or 'olus or/olus, as above given, instead of the current Orzolus
galbula.@
Family DICRURID.
DICRURUS ADSIMILIS DIVARICATUS (Lichtenstein).
Muscicapa divaricata LicHreNstEIN, Verz. Doubl. Zool. Mus. Berlin, 1825, p. 52
(Senegambia, western Africa).
Two specimens: one from Kidudwe, 90 miles inland from Zanzibar,
December, 1887; the other from the plains east of Mount Kiliman-
jaro, October 6, 1888. ‘* Iris red.”
There seem to be absolutely no trenchant structural characters by
which the so-called genus Bhuchanga can be separated from L/crurus.
The chief, if indeed not the only, distinction claimed is the difference
in the emargination of the tail; but this is subject to such variation
in the different species, and withal presents so many intermediate
phases, that its generic value is quite obliterated.
In treating the present species Doctor Reichenow ’
«See Reichenow, Vogel Deutsch Ost-Afr., 1894, p. 168.
» Vogel Africas, II, 1908, pp. 646-650.
recognizes by
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 919
name only a single form, although he admits that there are other
recognizable races, and that they occupy definite geographic areas.
His reason for refusing them recognition in nomenclature—** :
gehen indessen derartig ineinander iiber ” “—is hardly sufficient, par-
ticularly from a modern standpoint! At least three subspecies of
Dicrurus adsimilis may readily be distinguished, as follows:
1. Dicrurus adsimilis adsimilis (Bechstein).
Corvus afer LICHTENSTEIN, Cat. Rer. Nat. Rar. Hamburg, 1793, p. 10 (not Lin-
neeus) (South Africa).
Corvus adsimilis BrecustEIn, Latham’s Allgem. Uebers. Vogel, II, 1794, p. 362
(South Africa).
Dicrurus musicus VierttotT, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., IX, 1817, p. 586 (Cape of
Good Hope).
Muscicapa emarginata LicHTENSTEIN, Verz. Doubl. Zool. Mus. Berlin, 1823, p. 52
(Caffraria ).
Size largest, the wing measuring 133-146 mm.; wing-quills brown
or blackish brown, paler on the inner webs.
Cape Colony, north probably to Transvaal and German Southwest
Africa.
Doctor Reichenow has used the specific name afer of Lichtenstein?
for this species,“ and in this he has been followed by some other
authorities; but aside from the fact that Corvus afer ‘Lichtenstein ?
is preoccupied by Coreus ufer Linnewus,” and thus of course untenable,
this name of Lichtenstein’s is not. as has apparently been supposed, a
new name at all, but as may easily be seen by reference to the origi-
nal,’ indicates merely a doubtful identification of the specimen in hi ind
with the Corvus afer of Linneus. All of Lichtenstein’s novelties in
the ‘‘ Catalogus” are followed by the word ‘* nobis,” but in the pres-
ent instance he writes only ‘‘ 99 Corvus afer ? Linn. spec. 12,” prefer-
ring to use this name with a query instead of describing his bird as
new, though he goes on to point out the fact that it does not agree
entirely with the species to which he refers it, and is probably unde-
scribed. There are a large number of similar cases in this work, and
it is perfectly evident that Lichtenstein did not even intend any of
these citations as new names. The proper designation for the species,
after afer is disposed of, seems to be undoubtedly Corvus adsimilis
Bechstein,’ which rests upon a firm basis, being adequately described,
and furthermore a renaming of Lichtenstein’s Corvus afer. Doctor
Sharpe quotes and uses this name,/ though he cites the wrong page,
which mistake may possibly account for the apparent inability of
Doctor Reichenow to verify the reference, the latter giving it only on
Wockor Hue s authority.@
a Vagel inte asaellr 1903, p- 647.
bCat. Rer. Nat. fe Hamburg, 1793, p. 10.
¢ Vogel Africas, II, 19038, p. 646.
a@Syst. Nat., 12th ed., I, 1766, p. 157 (=Cryptorhina afra) .
é€Latham’s Allgem. Uebers. Vogel, II, 1794, p. 362.
f Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., III, 1877, p. 247
£<O
bo
=
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
2. Dicrurus adsimilis divaricatus ( Lichtenstein).
Muscicapa divaricatw Licurenstern, Verz. Doubl. Zool. Mus. Berlin, 1828, pe. 52
(Senegambia).
Edolius lugubris Hempricn and Enxrenperc, Symb. Phys., Aves, 1828, fol. s.,
pl. vurnefig. 8 (Ambukol, Dongola, Nubia).
Dicrurus canipennis Swainson, Birds West Afr., I, 1857, p. 254 (Senegal).
Dicrurus aculeatus Casstn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1851, p. 348 (Fazogl,
Abyssinia).
Dicrourus erythrophthalmus Heverry, Journ. f. Ornith., 1867, p. 294 (Wurtem-
berg, manuscript) (Sennaar, Egyptian Sudan; and Fazogl, Abyssinia).
Dicrurus fugax Prerers, Journ. f. Ornith., 1868, p. 1382 (Tete and Inhambane,
Portuguese Kast Africa).
Similar to Dicrurus adsimilis adsimilis, but very much smaller, the
wing measuring only 118-130 mm.
Central and northern Africa, from Angola and Mashona Land to
Somali Land, Nubia, the Sudan, and Senegal.
Examples from Angola are larger than those from more northern
localities, and show in this a vergence toward true adszii/is, but they
appear to be undoubtedly nearer d/varicatus. So far as we have been
able to determine from specimens examined, the birds from Senegal,
Senegambia, Nubia, and Somali Land seem to be the same as those
from German East Africa and the Zambesi River, so that the name
divaricatus Lichtenstein, based on specimens from Senegambia, becomes
available for this race. Mr. Oscar Neumann has recently shown the
ereat difference in size which exists between adsiii//s and divaricatus,“
but he employs for the latter the subspecific term fugav Peters,’
apparently overlooking the five prior names.
3. Dicrurus adsimilis atactus ( Oberholser).
Dicrurus modestus atactus OBERHOLSER, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., X XII, 1899, p. 35
(Fantee, western Africa).
Like Dicrurus adsimilis divaricatus in size; but the wing-quills
darker, more blackish; the plumage of upper and lower parts more
velvety in appearance, with more of a bluish than a greenish metallic
sheen. Coast region of central western Africa, from Liberia to the
Niger River.
This form differs so much from both ads/mil/s and d/varicatus in
the velvety bluish color of the upper parts that Doctor Sharpe was
induced to consider it the same as Dierurus modestus | =coracinus|, to
which he referred his specimens from the Gold Coast.“ Misled by
this the present writer described utactus as a subspecies of sodestus,”
whereas there is now no doubt at all of its correct position as a sub-
species of 2). adsimilis. These differences, moreover, are not, as
Captain Shelley infers,’ simply adventitious, but have a definite geo-
graphical significance.
@ Journ. f. Ornith., 1900, p. 277.
b Dicrurus fugax Peters, Journ. f. Ornith., 1868, p. 132. -
¢Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., III, 1877, p. 233.
«Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X XII, 1899, p. 35.
€Tbis, 1901, p. 589.
No. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 921
Family CAMPEPHAGIDL.
CAMPEPHAGA FLAVA Vieillot.
Campephaga flava Virititot, Nouy. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat., X, 1817, p. 49 (female)
(southern Africa).
Campephaga nigra Virtutor, Nouy. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., X, 1817, p. 50 (male)
(southern Africa). ;
Four specimens: three from Taveta; and one from Mount Kili-
manjaro, at 5,000 feet. A freshly molted female that seems to be
immature, taken August 15, 1888, differs from an adult of the same
sex in being a little more grayish on the anterior upper parts; rather
paler on the sides of the head, particularly the auriculars; in having
the black barring of scapulars, lower back, rump, and upper tail-
coverts obsolescent (not simply obscured by the brown tips of the
feathers), the upper surface consequently much more uniform in
appearance; the yellow edgings of the wings paler, those of the ter-
tials whitish; the upper throat almost immaculate; the lower throat
and breast with more yellow; the flanks and crissum with a heavier
wash of buff; the yellow margins of the tail-feathers lighter and
duller; the lining of the wings paler yellow. There seems to be little
or no difference in size between the sexes.
Although this species commonly passes as Campephaga nigra,” the
name flava, based on the female, occurs on the previous page,’ and
should be used instead.
Family LANITD.®.
LANIUS CAUDATUS Cabanis.
Lanius caudatus CaBANis, Journ. f. Ornith., 1868, p. 412 (Mombasa, British East
Africa).
Two specimens, both immature. One of these, a female taken June
28, 1888, on the plains near Taveta, is in almost completed molt, only
a few of the feathers of the juvenal plumage remaining, and these
chiefly on the back. The other example, a male from Lake Chala,
near Mount Kilimanjaro, August 20, 1888, still has almost all of its
juvenal plumage on the upper parts, though nearly pure white below.
The careful examination of a large number of species of Lan/us has
failed to reveal the presence of any satisfactory characters by which
the so-called genera Phoneus, Fiscus, Enneoctonus, Cephalophoneus,
and Ofomela can be distinguished. It is true that there are some dif-
ferences in the proportions of wing and tail, in the length and breadth
of the outermost primary, in the graduation of the tail, and in the
number of primaries sinuate on the outer web; but these all so closely
@Vieillot, Nouy. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat., X, 1817, p. 50.
bIdem, p. 49.
929 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIIL
and complicatedly interdigitate that -it seems impossible to draw any |.
lines of generic division. Even color, on which some writers rely to
separate these groups, fails as a character. The proper course appears
to be the mergence of all into the genus Landus.
LANIUS COLLURIO Linneus.
Lanius collurio Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., LOth ed., I, 1758, p. 94 (Europe [type local-
ity, Sweden] ).
One specimen, an adult female in perfect plumage, from Maranu,
Mount Kilimanjaro, at 5,000 feet, April 4, 1888.
LANIUS ISABELLINUS Hemprich and Ehrenberg.
Lanius isabellinus Hemprich and EHRENBERG, Symb. Phys., I, 1828, fol. e, note
(Gumfudam, Arabia).
One adult male from Mount Kilimanjaro, 5,000 feet, December 29,
1889. It seems to be identical with birds from central Asia. ‘‘ Bill
dark horn-brown above, lower mandible white, black at tip; feet
black.”
LANIARIUS ABBOTTI Richmond.
Laniarius abbotti Ricumonp, Auk, XIV, 1897, p. 161 (Mount Kilimanjaro, East
Africa).
Malaconotus manning? SHELLEY, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, VIII, No. LX, February,
1899, p. xxxv (Mambwe district, British Central Africa).
The only specimen obtained by Doctor Abbott is the one from
which Doctor Richmond described this pretty species. It is an adult
male, from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 5,000 feet, October 18, L889.
‘Tris red.”
There seems to be little doubt that the present species is identical
with Maluconotus manning? Shelley, as Doctor Reichenow has already
indicated.” It differs from Lanzarius nigrifrons Reichenow?’ in its
orange instead of yellow throat; its orange in place of golden brownish
breast; and in the greater extent of the black band on the sides of the
head, which in ahott7 involves the entire orbital and auricular regions.
The genus Chlorophoneus Cabanis’ appears to be inseparable from
Laniarius unless quite arbitrary color characters be requisitioned, for
there are no obvious structural differences, nor, indeed, does Doctor
Reichenow adduce any save the clearly invalid one of a stouter bill
for Laniarius.“ Mr. Neumann’s Cosmophoneus® is still less tenable,
being simply a further refinement of Ch/orophoneus purely on grounds
of coloration.
aVogel Africas, II, 1903, p. 460.
bOrnith. Monatsber., 1896, p. 95 (Marangu, Mount Kilimanjaro).
¢Mus. Hein., I, 1850, p. 70.
ad Vogel Africas, II, 1903, p. 571.
eJourn. f. Ornith., 1899, p. 392 (type, Lanius multicolor Gray ).
No.1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLESER. 925
LANIARIUS SUBLACTEUS (Cassin).
Dryoscopus sublacteus Cassin, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., V, 1851, p. 246 (eastern
Africa ?).
Three adults from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 5,000 feet. One of these,
taken April 5, 1888, was molting the wing and tail-feathers. ‘* Feet
(of female) slate blue; bill black.” The female of this species seems
to be just like the male, except for rather darker feet and tarsi. All
of these specimens have some white spots on the scapulars.
The slight difference in pattern of coloration, which alone appears
to distinguish the so-called genus Dryoscopus from Laniar/us, is hardly
sufficient reason for the recognition of the former.
LANIARIUS FUNEBRIS (Hartlaub).
Dryoscopus funebris Harriaus, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond., 1868, p. 105 (Meninga,
Unyamwezi, German Kast Africa).
One specimen, a female, from Taveta, August 14, 1888. It is not
quite mature, as is indicated by the narrow ochraceous edgines on the
upper wing-coverts and by the yellowish barred feathers of the center
of the abdomen.
LANIARIUS CUBLA HAMATUS (Hartlaub).
Dryoscopus hamatus Hartuaus, Proe, Zool. Soc. Lond., 1863, p. 106 (Kazeh, Vie-
toria Nyanza, German East Africa).
Dryoscopus cubla suahelicus NeuMANN, Journ. f. Ornith., 1899, p. 414 (Kakoma,
German East Africa).
Three adult males from Taveta. The wing-feathers of one, taken
March 23, 1888, are in process of molt. ‘‘ Iris (of male) red.”
POMATORHYNCHUS SENEGALUS SENEGALUS (Linnzus).
Lanius senegalus Linnxus, Syst. Nat., 12th ed., 1, 1766, p. 137 (Senegal).
Two males: one from Taveta, May 1, 1888, the other from the plains
of Taveta, June 28, 1888.
POMATORHYNCHUS AUSTRALIS MINOR (Reichenow).
Telephonus minor ReicHenow, Journ. f. Ornith., 1887, p. 64 (Kagehi, Victoria
Nyanza, German East Africa).
Three specimens, from Mount Kilimanjaro, 4,000 feet, and Maranu,
Kilimanjaro, 5,000 feet. One of these is apparently inmature, to judge
from its brown bill, and has the crown of a deeper brown. the lower
parts more suffused with ochraceous than the two others.
924 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. | vat. xxvut.
Family PRIONOPIDE.
NILAUS AFER MINOR (Sharpe).
Nilaus minor SHARPE, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 13895, p. 479 (Milmil, Sibbe, The
Haud, and Okoto, western Somali Land).
One specimen from the Useri River, near Mount Kilimanjaro,
August 30, 1888. It is a female, in which the black of the upper
parts is replaced by brown, except on the rump and upper tail-coverts,
and the white portions of the upper surface and tail are more bufty
than in the adult male. This is the plumage supposed to characterize
the immature bird, but the present example is apparently adult.
The most satisfactory difference between the Laniidz and the Prion-
opide consists in the scutellation of the posterior portion of the
lateral face of the tarsus in the forms of the latter family, whereas in
Laniide this part is entire. Using this character as a criterion,
Nilaus belongs in the Prionopide.
EUROCEPHALUS ANGUITIMENS RUPPELLI (Bonaparte).
Eurocephaius ruppelli BoNAPARTE, Rey. et Mag. Zool., 1853, p. 440 (White Nile,
and Shoa, Abyssinia).
One adult male, from Taveta, August 14, 1888. It is decidedly
smaller than a female from Somali Land, as well as much less brownish
on the breast and sides. Its measurements are: Wing, 121; tail, 88;
exposed culmen, 16.5; tarsus, 21; middle toe, 15.5mm. As Neumann
contends, this species is much better placed in the Prionopide than in
the Laniide.
PRIONOPS VINACEIGULARIS Richmond.
Prionops vinaceigularis Ricumonp, Auk, XIV, 1897, p. 162 (plains east of Mount
Kilimanjaro, British East Africa).
Three specimens, from which this very distinct species was origi-
nally described, were taken by Doctor Abbott on the plains east of
Mount Kilimanjaro. ‘‘ Feet (of male) red; iris yellow; bare skin
around eyes green. Feet (of female) red; iris and skin around eyes
yellowish green.” The females lack the white edgings of the superior
wine-coverts, a difference additional to those mentioned by Doctor
Richmond.’ Measurements of these birds are as follows:
]
eee. Sencree ; Pe Se Exposed| ,,,._.... | Middle
Sex. Locality. Date. Wing | Tail. eulmen. ToS oe
| mm. mm. | mm. mm. | - mm.
Male.... Plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro-..| Oct. 1, 1888 1038 84 | aly PAL | 14.5
Female ..}..... CO Ses See sae aie Oct. 6, 1888 106 87 18 22.5 | 15
14.5
DO ssn} oces CO Ses pe onscee cate ene eee all ey Gone a= 108 91 | 20 | 22
«Journ. f. Ornith., 1900, p. 273.
6 Auk, XIV, 1897, p. 163.
sett
No. 1111. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 92 5
SIGMODUS RETZII GRACULINUS (Cabanis).
Prionops graculinus CaBANtis, Journ. f. Ornith., 1868, p. 412, pl. 11 (Mombasa,
British East Africa).
One specimen from Kahé, south of Mount Kilimanjaro, taken Sep-
tember 5, 1888. It has a slight indication of a white bar on the under
side of the wing, but this is confined to small areas on the edges of the
inner webs of some of the primaries; and there seems to be no doubt
of the correctness of the above identification.
Family ZOSTEROPID.
ZOSTEROPS SENEGALENSIS FLAVILATERALIS (Reichenow).
Zosterops flavilateralis RetcHENow, Journ. f. Ornith., 1892, pp. 192, 193 (Kast
Africa).
Four specimens, from Taveta, and from Mount Kilimanjaro at 5,000
feet, belong to this form of Zosterops senegalensis. Captain Shelley is
probably wrong in citing” faviiateralis as a synonym of Zosterops
pallescens Heuglin® (= Zosterops heuglini Hartlaub’), for the latter is
much more probably the same as Z. stuhlmanni Reichenow “% or Z.
superciliosa Reichenow,’ if indeed the last two are not also identical.
ZOSTEROPS EURYCRICOTA Fischer and Reichenow.
Zosterops eurycricotus FiscHerR and ReicHenow, Journ. f. Ornith., 1884, p. 55
(base of Meru Mountains, Great Aruscha, Masai Land, German East Africa).
Zosterops perspicillata SHELLEY, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1889 p. 366, pl. x11, fig.
1 (Mount Kilimanjaro).
Eight specimens, all from Mount Kilimanjaro, at altitudes of 5,000,
6,000, and 10,000 feet. With the exception of the type, two specimens
in the British Museum, and two recorded from Mount Kilimanjaro by
Neumann,’ these appear to be the only ones of this rare species known.
They generally agree very closely with published descriptions, but in
one bird, taken at 10,000 feet in April, the forehead is almost as yellow
as the throat, though darker, and the under parts are somewhat lighter
yellow than in any of the rest of our series, while the upper surface
has more of an olive tinge. The yellowish forehead can hardly be
considered sufficient for the reference of this bird to Zosterops stuhl-
mann?,? because other individuals are intermediate in this respect.
« Birds of Africa, II, 1900, p. 176.
> Journ. f. Ornith., 1864, p. 260 (Bongo).
¢Idem, 1865, p. 11 (Bongo).
dTdem, 1892, p. 54 (Bukoba, German East Africa).
Idem, 1892, p. 193 (Wadelai, British Equatorial Africa).
J Idem, 1900, p. 295.
g Reichenow, Journ. f. Ornith., 1892, p. 192 (Bukoba, German East Africa).
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04——59
926 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII
The only other example collected by Doctor Abbott at the same
altitude is a female, in which the forehead is similar to the remainder
of the upper surface—a yellowish green with scarcely a trace of olive—
and the yellow of the inferior surface is no lighter than usual. In one
specimen the chin and two or three feathers of the throat are black—
apparently a tendency toward melanism. An immature female is
duller above than the adult, and paler, conspicuously less yellowish
below, but otherwise is apparently not different. Male and female
are seemingly just alike in color.
Family NECTARINIIDZE.
ANTHREPTES ORIENTALIS Hartlaub.
Anthreptes orientalis Hartruaun, Journ. f. Ornith, 1880, p. 218 (Lado, Upper
White Nile, British Equatorial Africa).
One adult male, taken August 30, 1888, on the Useri River, near
Mount Kilimanjaro.
It is quite probable that Anthreptes orientalis may prove to be but
a subspecies of Anthreptes longuemari/, for though we have no series
of either species, the variations noted by Captain Shelley” point
significantly in this direction.
ANTHREPTES COLLARIS ZAMBESIANUS (Sharpe).
Anthodiata zambesiana Suarpr, Layard’s Birds §. Afr., 1876, p. 321 (Shupanga,
Zambesi River near mouth of Shiré River, Portuguese East Africa) .
Ten specimens, probably all from Taveta, though several have no
locality indicated on the label.
Taking these specimens as a basis for comparison, Anthreptes c. zam-
hesianus is a perfectly good race. It differs from Anthreptes colluris
collaris as does A. ¢. hypodilus—in the golden olive instead of metallic
green edgings of the secondaries, greater and primary coverts;’? and
still further in its larger size and much paler posterior lower parts.
From Anthreptes collaris hypodilus, with which of course it is most
nearly allied, it may readily be distinguished by the decidedly paler
yellow of the under surface; by the rather lighter shade of the golden
olive quill margins; and by somewhat larger size.
Among the adult males there is quite a noticeable variation in the
color above, some specimens showing much more golden green than
others. The adult females are not uniformly yellow below, but are
shaded anteriorly with a considerable admixture of grayish, this coin-
cident in extent with the metallic throat colors of the adult male. An
immature male is similar.
« Birds of Africa, II, 1900, p. 146.
» In stating this distinction on a previous occasion (Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XXII,
1899, p. 33) I inadvertently transpdsed the terms ‘‘golden olive’? and ‘‘metallic
9
green,”’
No. 411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 927
CINNYRIS OLIVACEA RAGAZZII (Salvadori).
Eleocerthia ragazzii SALvAporI, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, Ser. 2", VI (XX VI)
1888, p. 247 (Fekerie Ghem forest, Shoa, Abyssinia).
Six specimens, from Mount Kilimanjaro (5,000, and 6,000 feet) and
Taveta. There appears to be little, if any, color contrast between the
sexes, though our single adult female is rather paler than the males,
particularly below. A female in juvenal plumage, taken March 23,
however, differs from the adult of the same sex in the total lack of
pectoral tufts, and in the much more conspicuous yellow suffusion on
the under surface, the throat being particularly bright.
This species, though superficially close to C/nnyris obscura, may
easily be distinguished by its darker, more yellowish green lower
parts, especially the throat, where the difference is striking; and par-
ticularly by the entirely black or brownish black bill—in obscura the
base of the mandible being yellowish or brownish white. There is
apparently no difference in dimensions between obscura and ragazet/;
and the males of the latter in Doctor Abbott’s collection measure,
respectively, 65,63, 62,and 60mm. Young birds of ragvzz// are much
brighter than the corresponding plumage of ohsewra, particularly on
the sides of neck and head, and on the lower surface, which last is
much more deeply yellowish, especially on the throat.
Altogether there does not seem to be the slightest reason for
synonymizing Cénnyris ragazzti with C. obscura, as has been done by
Captain Shelley; since, in fact, the former is probably really more
closely allied to Cénnyris olivacea from South Africa, of which it is
apparently but a northern subspecies, and from which it differs in
smaller size, particularly the bill, and in paler, duller coloration of the
lower parts. With Cinnyris obscura neglecta® from East Africa our
specimens do not agree, being more greenish below than obscura,
while neglecta is described as less so. Since both Cénnyris obscura
neglecta and Cinnyris olivacea ragazzti occur over the same areas in
at least parts of East Africa and possibly Abyssinia, they must be
regarded as distinct species. Thus we have altogether four forms,
with geographical distribution approximately as follows: ¢
Cinnyris olivacea olivacea SmitH. South Africa,
Cinnyris olivacea ragazzii (SALVADORI). East Africa to Abyssinia.
Cinnyris obscura obscura (JARDINE). West Africa, from Liberia to the Kongo;
and Central Africa.
Cinnyris obscura neglecta (NEUMANN). East Africa.
There seem to be no characters sufficient for the separation of
Cyanomitra trom Cinnyris proper.
a Birds of Africa, II, 1900, pp. 125, 127.
b Cyanomitra obscura neglecta Neumann, Journ. f. Ornith., 1900, p. 297 (Kibuesi,
Ukamba, British East Africa).
¢ Nectarinia olivacina Peters, Journ. f. Ornith., 1881, p. 50, from Inhambane,
Portuguese East Africa, is doubtfully distinct.
928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
CINNYRIS AFFINIS FALKENSTEINI (Fischer and Reichenow).
Cinnyris falkensteini FiscHER and ReicHEenow, Journ. f. Ornith., 1884, p. 56 (Lake
Naivasha, British East Africa).
Ten specimens, eight of them adult males, from Mount Kilimanjaro,
at 4,000 and 5,000 feet, collected in April, June, September, and
November. Doctor Abbott reports this bird abundant at the latter
elevation.
The West African Chnnyris venusta seems to be a distinct species;
but the above series indicates that Cinnyris falkensteini is but a sub-
species of C. affinis. Every character adduced to separate C. ‘falhen-
stein? from C. affinés our adult males show to be more or less inconstant.
The throat sometimes is noticeably greenish entirely across its middle
portion; the abdomen and lower breast are light yellow; the upper
parts, except the crown and superior tail-coverts, show scarcely a tinge
of bluish; and the brown of the under wing-coverts is mixed with ashy.
An adult female is olive brown above, the tail and its upper coverts
black with dull metallic green edgings; wings fuscous, inconspicuously
paler margined; a poorly defined light brownish superciliary stripe;
sides of head and neck like the back; lower surface pale yellow, shaded
with olive on the throat and upper breast; lining of wing pale yellow.
An immature male differs from the adult female in the possession of
orange pectoral tufts; rather darker upper parts, with some admix-
ture of the new metallic feathers; more deeply yellow posterior lower
parts; and metallic feathers on the median portion of the throat.
Probably in the entire first plumage, before the molt has begun, the
young male is quite like the adult female.
CINNYRIS MEDIOCRIS Shelley.
Cinnyris mediocris SHELLEY, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1885, p. 228 (Mount Kili-
manjaro, 12,000 feet, Kast Africa).
Twelve specimens, all but one adult males, from Mount Kiliman-
jaro, at 5,000 and 6,000 feet altitude. Some of the males have the
upper parts much less golden green than others, and one has the
lower tail-coverts tipped with reddish.
CINNYRIS KIRKII Shelley.
Cinnyris kirkii SHEvLEY, Mon. Nect., 1876, p. 273, pl. Lxxxv (Shupanga, Zam-
besi River near mouth of Shiré River, Portuguese East Africa).
Eleven specimens: from Taveta; Mount Kilimanjaro (5,000 feet);
Kahé, south of Mount Kilimanjaro; and Aruscha-wa-chini. An imma-
ture male, taken December 6, 1889, has the dark-brown body plumage
curiously mottled with buffy and pale-brownish tipped feathers.
We fail to discover any satisfactory characters to serve for the
recognition of the genus C'halcomitra.
No, 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOTLSER. 929
HELIONYMPHA,¢@ new genus.
Chars. gen.—Similar to Cinnyris, but tail very much longer than
wing, the central feathers narrow and elongated, projecting nearly 20
millimeters beyond the others.
Type.— Cinnyris nectarinioides Richmond.
The above-presented characters so trenchantly separate this form
from all the others of this intricate group that there seems little ques-
tion of the propriety of instituting this new genus. From ZAthopyya
it may be distinguished by the more strongly curved bill, and by the
shape of the tail, which is, with the exception of the long middle
feathers, rounded instead of wedge-shaped. It is so widely differ-
ent from Wectarinia and Sledydipna that no formal comparison is
necessary.
HELIONYMPHA NECTARINIOIDES (Richmond).
Cinnyris nectarinioides Ricamonnp, Auk, XIV, 1897, p. 158 (plains east of Mount
Kilimanjaro, East Africa).
Two adult males—one the type of the species, the other from
Aruscha-wa-chini, southwest of Mount Kilimanjaro. ‘To the remarks
of Doctor Richmond? there is nothing to be added, except that the
broad pectoral band of the second specimen is deep reddish orange
instead of vermilion.
NECTARINIA CUPREONITENS Shelley.
Nectarinia cupreonitens SHELLEY, Mon. Nect., 1876, p. 17, pl. v1, fig. 1 (Abyssinia).
One specimen, an immature male, from Mount Kilimanjaro, 5,000
feet, December 14, 1889. It is in process of acquiring the full green
plumage. If Vectarinia eneiqgularis Sharpe® is really even subspecific-
ally distinct from WV. cupreonitens, of which we are not at all assured,
our bird of course belongs to the former. This species is indeed very
close to V. famosa, and were it not for the peculiar shape of the
slender bill we should be inclined to consider it but a subspecies of
the latter.
NECTARINIA JOHNSTONI Shelley.
Nectarinia johnstoni SHELLEY, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1885, p. 227 (Mount Kili-
manjaro, 11,000 feet, East Africa).
Of this rare, beautiful, and interesting sunbird Doctor Abbott
obtained a fine series of ten adult males in perfect plumage, together
_ with two adult females. They were collected in November and Decem-
anAtos, sol; vUsedy, nympha.
b Auk, XIV, 1897, p. 158.
¢Ipis, 1891, p. 444 (Sotik, British East Africa).
930 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
ber, at altitudes of 10,000 and 11,000 feet on Mount Kilimanjaro.
Doctor Abbott writes that they live in the scattered, stunted trees
above the forest zone, and that they were very common at an eleva-
tion of 11,000 feet, in November, 1888.
This is a species certainly very distinct from Wectarinia famosa, the
male differing from the same sex of the latter, as indicated by its
describer, in possessing bright scarlet instead of yellow pectoral
tufts, and in having much longer central tail-feathers which in fully
developed condition exceed those of WV. famosa by 30 to 50 millimeters,
Other distinctions, two of them quite as marked as those already
noted, and to which little if any attention seems to have been called,
are the somewhat shorter bill of johnstonz; the very decidedly more
glittering or shining appearance of the entire body plumage, and the
total lack of metallic green on the lower abdomen and under tail-
coverts, which parts are dull bluish black, with scarce a hint of
metallic reflections, often some of the feathers even tipped with pale
brownish. Among all the males there is very little individual color
variation, such as there is consisting in a more golden cast to the
metallic green of the upper and lower parts, most noticeable ante-
riorly.
The female, which seems never to have been described, is much
smaller than the male, and differs from the female of Wectarinéa
Samosa in being decidedly darker both above and below, with the
pileum appreciably more deeply colored than the back, instead of
concolor; the exterior tail-feathers lack the white outer webs and the
conspicuous white tips of the inner vanes; reddish orange pectoral
tufts are present; there is no decided yellow on the cheeks or chin
and very little on the abdomen; the bill is slightly shorter. The fol-
lowing description of one of these specimens may prove of interest:
Adult female, Cat. No. 119198, U. S. Nat. Mus.; Mount Kiliman-
jaro (10,000 feet), December 15, 1889. Upper parts sepia brown, the
pileum, wings, and tail darker than the rest, and with slight bluish
and greenish metallic reflections, most noticeable on the tail; super-
ciliary stripe, cheeks, and chin dull brownish buff; remainder of lower
surface sepia brown, rather lighter than that of the upper parts, the
center of the abdomen pale yellowish, the under tail-coverts broadly
margined with yellowish white, a small reddish orange tuft on each
side of the breast; lining of wing yellowish white mixed with brownish.
Length of wing, 72; tail, 49; exposed culmen, 29; tarsus, 18; middle
toe, 12 mm.
no. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER.
931
NECTARINIA TACAZZE UNISPLENDENS Neumann.
Nectarinia takazze unisplendens NeuMANN, Journ. f. Ornith., 1900, p. 300 (Nifinika,
Mount Kilimanjaro, East Africa).
A single adult male from Mount Kilimanjaro, 6,000 feet, December
16, 1889, does not, so far as we can discover, differ much from the
descriptions of typical Nectarinia tacazze from Abyssinia,“ but no
specimens of the latter are available. ectarinia jackson?” is a very
dubious form, probably nothing more than an individual variation of
NV. tacazze; and the same is possibly true of wasplendens.
DREPANORHYNCHUS KILIMENSIS (Shelley).
Vectarinia kilimensis SHetuey, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1884, p. 555 (Mount Kili-
manjaro—5,000 feet—East Africa).
Seven adult males, from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 5,000 feet altitude,
taken in April, June, and August. Doctor Abbott writes that the
species is common at 5,000 feet on the mountain, but is not found at a
much greater elevation.
This species differs very markedly from Wectarinéa tacazze in the
shorter, much more curved bill, and in the presence of a narrow naked
median line on the forehead—in these characters agreeing much more
closely with Drepanorhynchus reichenow?, although in neither respect
quite so extreme.
DREPANORHYNCHUS REICHENOWI Fischer.
Drepanorhynchus reichenowi Fiscurr, Journ. f. Ornith., 1884, p.6 (Lake Naivasha,
British East Africa).
Of this magnificent species Doctor Abbott secured a fine series of 13
adults—10 males and 3 females--on Mount Kilimanjaro, at altitudes
of 5,000 and 6,000 feet, in April, August, and December. The four
males taken in December are much tinged with golden green above,
which difference from all the others is very possibly due to season and
to the abrasion of the feathers.
This species has a very strongly curved bill, and in both male and
female a narrow naked median line parting the feathers of the fore-
head—characters shared by Nectarinia kilimensis, and which seem of
generic significance. In every one of the other species of Vectarinia
examined, and we have seen all except WV. melanogastra and NV. bocag?,
the frontal feathers form almost a straight line across the base of the
culmen.
@ Certhia tacazze Stanley, in Salt’s Voyage Abyss., 1814, App. iv, p. lvili (Tacazze
River, Tigré, Abyssinia).
b Nectarinia jacksoni Neumann, Ornith. Monatsber., 1899, p. 24 (Mau, British Kast
Africa).
932 : PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Family HIRUNDINIDZ.
PSALIDOPROCNE HOLOMELAS MASSAICA Neumann.
Psalidoprocne holomelena massaica NEUMANN, Ornith. Monatsber., 1904, p. 144
(Kikuyu, British East Africa).
This recently described form is similar to Psalidoprocne holomelas
holomelas, but much larger; the inferior wing-coverts and axillars are
paler brown, and the greenish metallic sheen of the plumage is more
pronounced. ;
The description of an adult male, Cat. No. 118125, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
collected by Doctor Abbott at Maranu on Mount Kilimanjaro, 5,000
feet, April 23, 1888, is as follows: Entire upper and lower parts black
with a decided greenish gloss; wings and tail deep blackish brown,
exteriorly with the same greenish tinge, the wing-quills lighter brown-
ish on at least the basal portion of the inner webs; under wing-coverts
and axillars still paler grayish brown. Four adult males, including
the one above described, measure as below:
Le ; lace me Exposed >
Locality. | Date. | Wing. | Tail. malnient Tarsus.
| | mm. mm. mm. mm.
Maranu, Mount Kilimanjaro, 5,000 feet..| Apr. 28,1888 | 114 | 94 5.5 10
1) Osos ek ie ome oe ees eee do ii a 94 5.5 oe
DO sas cnc basic cnt mentom eens soe esse opoace loneee io) 112.5 92 5 9 }
Foot of Mount Kilimanjaro, 3,000 feet ...| Apr. 25,1888 | - 113.5 104 5.5 11
| ee ee |
JAVICTA SO a as weer ee eee |Sebe coca eee | 112.8 | 96 5.4) Rug
A specimen of true holomelas, of about average size, from Pinetown,
Natal, measures: Wing, 104; tail, 80; exposed culmen, 5; tarsus, 9 mm.
Mr. Neumann failed to mention the much greater size, which is one
of the best characters distinguishing this new form from the South
African holomelas. The range of massaica probably includes the
greater part, if not all, of German East Africa, and extends north-
ward to Mount Kenia, and to Mount Elgon whence it has been recorded
as Psalidoprocne orientalis by Mr. Jackson.4
True Psalidoprocne holomelas was described by Sundevall?’ from
specimens collected at Port Natal, Natal, and is therefore the small
South African race, to which also clearly apply both the other syno-
nyms of the species.°
Besides the four specimens listed above, Doctor Abbott obtained a
single immature male at Taveta, August 19, 1888, which differs from
@Tbis, 1901, p. 95. See Shelley, Ibis, 1901, pp. 171-172.
b Hirundo holomelas Sundeyall, Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Férh. Stockholm, 1850, p. 108.
© Atticora hamigera Cassin, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1850, p. 57, pl. xm (Port
Natal, Natal).
Psalidoprocne cypselina Cabanis, Mus. Hein., I, 1850, p. 48 (South Africa).
NO. 1411. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 933
the adult in ifs Tpoticeably 1 more brownish plumage, partic ularly on
the rump and abdomen, and in its darker brown inferior wing- -coverts
and axillars.
HIRUNDO MONTEIRI Hartlaub.
Hirundo monteiri Harriacs, Ibis, 1862, p. 340, pl. xr (Massangano and Cam-
bambe, Angola).
Four specimens, from Kahé, south of Mount Kilimanjaro. The
female is rather duller on.the upper surface than the male, and is
smaller, with less well-developed lateral tail feathers. Both female
and immature have the innermost secondaries tipped with buff.
HIRUNDO PUELLA ABYSSINICA (Guerin).
Hirundo abyssinica Guerin, Rey. Zool., 18438, p. 322 (Abyssinia).
- Two adult specimens, male and female, from Taveta.
There are undoubtedly at least two easily distinguishable races of
Hirundo puedla: one confined to western Africa, the other to the
eastern part of the continent but ranging from Cape Colony to Abys-
sinia. The first description of //érundo puella” was based on the bird
from the coast of Guinea, and consequently is applicable to the west
African form; and of this //irundo korthalsi Bonaparte,’ from an
unknown locality, is apparently a synonym. For the eastern bird
there is available /rundo abyssinica Guérin,’ described from Abys-
sinia, and shortly afterwards renamed by Riippell Cecrop7s str/olata® on
specimens from the same region. The eastern bird stands, therefore,
as Hirundo puella abyssinica, and differs from Hirundo puella puella
in larger size; much more broadly streaked lower parts, particularly
on sides and abdomen; more whitish (less rufescent) crissum, sides,
flanks, and lining of wing; rather paler rump and pileum. The table
of measurements in Sharpe and Wyatt’s Monograph of the Hirun-
dinidve (pages 342-343) so well exhibits the difference in size between
the two forms that further measurements are really not necessary.
The dimensions of Doctor Abbott’s examples, however, are as
follows:
Wi SN a tke
Tail. | Ex posed! Ts
: : eee ;
| NG: | Sex. | Locality. Date. | Wing le ulmen., ike
| | mm, mim, mm, mm,
118122 | Male ..... MaAVeta) ssees ae cee Feb. 7, 1889 110 a95 | Gaype ae
| 118123 | Female...|..... Lee Sans teas (eas don. ee 107 89 | 6.5] 13 |
a Imperfect.
“Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Aves, 1842, p. 34.
»Consp. Avium, I, 1850, p. 340.
¢ Rey. Zool., 1848, p. 322.
dSyst. Uebers. Vog. Nord.-Ost.-Afr., 1845, p. 18, pl: vr.
934 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
HIRUNDO EMINI Reichenow.
Hirundo emini Reicnenow, Journ. f. Ornith., 1892, pp. 30, 215 (Bussisi and
Bukoba, Victoria Nyanza, German East Africa).
Two specimens, from Lake Chala, and from Maranu, Mount Kili-
manjaro, at 5,000 feet, respectively. The former is an immature
female, taken July 1, 1888, and differs from the adult male in smaller
size: broader, less lengthened lateral tail-feathers; paler abdomen;
duller upper parts; ochraceous rump, in which chestnut feathers are
just making their appearance; secondaries and inner primaries either
very narrowly tipped, or edged on distal portion of inner webs with
cream white; and tertials rather conspicuously tipped with buff.
This species, it will be noted, is another of those that were undescribed
when Doctor Abbott’s specimens were collected.
HIRUNDO RUSTICA Linneus.
Hirundo rustica Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., 10th ed., I, 1758, p. 191 (Europe [type
locality, Sweden] ).
Three specimens: one adult female from Kahé, south of Mount
Kilimanjaro, September 6, 1888; and two immature males from Mount
Kilimanjaro, one of these taken November 15, 1888, at 8,000 feet,
the other November 20, at 10,000 feet.
Family MOTACILLID 2.
MACRONYX AURANTIIGULUS Reichenow.
Macronyx aurantiiguia Reicaenow, Journ. f. Ornith., 1891, p. 222 (Pangani
River, German East Africa).
Three apparently typical specimens, from the plains near Mount
Kilimanjaro, and Aruscha-wa-chini, southwest of Kilimanjaro. There
is no observable difference between the sexes.
MOTACILLA VIDUA Sundevall.
Motacilla vidua Sunpevaui, Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Férh. Stockholm, 1850, p. 128
(Kaffir Land, South Africa).
Three specimens, from Taveta, March 27 and 28, 1888. One of
these is an adult in perfect black-backed plumage; the two others are
immature birds with dark grayish brown upper parts, and some nar-
row white edgings to the black feathers of the pectoral crescent.
BUDYTES CAMPESTRIS (Pallas).
Motacilla campestris Pavuas, Reis. Russ. Reichs, III, 1776, p. 696 (Russian
Empire).
One female, from the plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro, January,
1889. It is an immature bird with yellowish olive green upper parts,
and lower surface posteriorly much mixed with white.
No. M1. BIRDS FROM MOUNT KILIMANJARO—OBERHOLSER. 935
Family FRINGILLID™.
EMBERIZA FLAVIVENTRIS (Vieillot).
Passerina flaviventris Virittor, Encye. Méth., II, 1823, p. 929 (Cape of Good
Hope, South Africa).
One immature male, with wing-quills in process of molt, from the
plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro, October 5, 1888.
CRITHAGRA ALBIFRONS Sharpe.
Crithagra albifrons SHarer, Ibis, 1891, p. 118 (Kikuyu, British East Africa).
Crithagra kilimensis Ricamonp, Auk, XIV, 1897, p. 155 (Mount Kilimanjaro,
Kast Africa).
Two specimens, from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 6,000 and 7,000 feet,
respectively. One taken April 16, 1888, is evidently immature and is
much more rufescent or ochraceous—less grayish—both above and
below than the other, but is not otherwise importantly different.
These examples formed the basis of Doctor Richmond's Crithagra
kilimensis, which seems now to be identical with Crithagra albifrons
of Sharpe.
There appears to be no good reason for not recognizing the genus
Crithagra as different from Ser/nus, since the large, turgid bill and
relatively short wings of the former group are alone sufficient to
maintain its distinctness.
CRITHAGRA STRIOLATA AFFINIS Richmond.
Crithagra striolata affinis Ricamonp, Auk, XIV, 1897, p. 156 (Mount Kilimanjaro,
Yast Africa).
Five specimens, from Mount Kilimanjaro, at 5,000, 6,000, and 7,000
feet. These, by reason of their yellowish chins, dark colors, and
small size, seem to indicate that the southern examples of Cr/thagra
striolata are subspecifically separable from those of Abyssinia. An
immature bird taken at Maranu, 5,000 feet, on Mount Kilimanjaro,
April 17, 1888, is rather paler, more ochraceous above than the adults.
SERINUS FLAVIVERTEX (Blanford).
Crithagra flaviverter BLANForD, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., VI, 1869,
p. 330 (Adigrat, Tigré, Abyssinia).
Two specimens, from Mount Kilimanjaro, 10,000 feet, December 15,
1889. One of these is an immature bird still partially in juvenal
plumage, and differs from the adult in being duller and more greenish
on the upper parts, the pileum yellowish olive green streaked with
dark brown, on the hind neck some brown and buffy streaked feathers
of the earlier plumage persisting; yellow edgings of wings and tail
paler, those of the greater and median wing-coverts particularly so;
936 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII,
lower surface much paler throughout, the breast and jugulum bufty
mixed with a little yellow and streaked with dark brown, this streak-
ing extending also to the flanks, the crissum yellowish white; lining
of wing grayish and whitish, with but little wash of yellow.
PETRONIA PYRGITA (Heuglin).
Nanthodina pyrgita Heuer, Journ. f. Ornith., 1862, p. 30 (Bogos Mountains,
Abyssinia).
Two specimens: plains east of Mount Kilimanjaro, October 3, 1888;
and Useri River, near Mount Kilimanjaro, August 30, 1888. One of
these is immature, and has an evident though not conspicuous light
brown superciliary stripe; the yellow throat patch is smaller and much
paler than in the adult; the rest of the lower surface is also lighter;
otherwise it does not differ. Two specimens of this species from
Somali Land are decidedly more grayish both above and below than
those obtained by Doctor Abbott, but whether this is geographical or
individual our material is not sufficient to determine.
A DESCRIPTIVE LIST OF A COLLECTION OF EARLY
STAGES OF JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA.
By Harrison G. Dyar,
Custodian of Lepidoptera.
This collection was prepared by Mr. Y. Nawa, of Gifu, Japan, and
exhibited at the Louisiana Purchase Exposition in St. Louis, Missouri.
Afterwards it was brought to Washington by Mr. U. Nawa and pre-
‘sented to the U.S. Department of Agriculture. The specimens are
now in the U. S. National Museum.
Fifty-four species are represented, the adults, with pupe, larve,
and eggs of many, at least the larve of all. Of many of the
species 1 find no published account of the early stages, and these
are therefore described in this paper. Most of the
species are of economic importance, being injurious
to cultivated plants.
Family PAPILIONIDZ.
PAPILIO SARPEDON Linnzus.
AOSUJI-AGEH A-CHO.
Food plant: Cinnamomum camphora.
The larva agrees in general with the excellent tigure
by Scott,” but is less diversified in color. It is en-
tirely velvety green, with faint lighter spottings, the
thorax being dark green, and not of a different yel- ¥!%- 1—Pariio sar
lowish shade. There: is no violet shading subven-
trally nor on the terminal abdominal segments as in the Australian
larva. The subventral and pedal lines are pale yellow. The sub-
dorsal angles of the metathoracic segment are blunt and rounded, not
long and pointed as in Scott’s figure. They are yellow with a black
ring at the base. The scent organ is protruded in the specimen, but
has been broken.
« Australian Lepidoptera, Australian Museum, Sydney, II, 1891, pl. xvu.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1412.
937
938 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
PAPILIO ALCINOUS Klug.
This species is not represented in the Nawa collection, but the U.S.
National Museum has it from the collection exhibited at Chicago in
1893, which was presented by Professor Mitsukuri. I refer to it on
account of the peculiar larva, which is the most gen-
eralized of the three now referred to, namely, a/c7n-
ous, demetrius, and wuthus. It is allied to the Ameri-
can philenor, and retains in the last stage the peculiar
black and white coloration, resembling bird excre-
ment, so characteristic of most all young Papilios.
The tubercles are produced into smooth papillee, all
of about equal length, about three times as long as
wide at base.
PAPILIO DEMETRIUS Cramer.
KURO-AGEH A-CHO.
Food plant: C7trus nobilis.
Fig. 2—Pariio al- The young larva resembles bird excrement. It is
ie ra lilaceous brown, with a white saddle and lateral shades
on thorax and abdominal segments 7 and 8 The tubercles show
rather prominently at the extremities and are pilose. There are
numerous small black markings, of which subdorsal spots on second
and seventh abdominal segments are the largest. The shape is normal.
The mature larva is largely green. Head oval,
rounded, brown. Meso- and meta-thorax enlarged,
swollen, smooth. Bright green; subdorsal ocellar
mark on metathorax oval, black, with reddish central
dash, reddish ring and fine black line. The pair are
joined across the dorsum by a series of eight spots in
two rows, black rings on a slightly yellowish field.
Subventral region of thorax purplish, the color reach-
ing up into the posterior metathoracic incisure to form
a band across; on anterior edge of first abdominal
segment a black band. The purple color continues
along subventral region of abdomen and rises on the
fourth, sixth, and ninth segments in a white triangu- :
lar blotch, from which a purple and white mottled Fic. 3—Parruo pe-
band runs obliquely backward on segments 4 and 5,00 “#78 "ARV
joining dorsally on 5 posteriorly; on segment 7 it rises more verti-
cally and forms a subdorsal patch on the posterior edge of the
segment. Anal segment whitish and purple. The larva is smooth
without traces of tubercles.
No. 1412. SOME JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA—DYAR. 939
PAPILIO XUTHUS Linneus.
AGEHA-NO-CHO.
Food plant: C/trus nobilis.
The adult has a marked resemblance to 7. machaon Linneus; but
that this is of no systematic value and is probably mimetic, is shown
by the larva, which is nearly allied to that of demetrius. The young
larva is not preserved in the collection before me, so
I can not say whether the primitive coloration persists
to the penultimate stage or not, though it apparently
does, since Graeser remarks” on its resemblance to the
excrement of birds.
The mature larva is smooth, dark green, the meta-
thoracic ocellar mark much as in demetrius, joined by
an irregular black line, which is imperfectly broken
into ringlets. The subventral coloration is modified
from the primitive mottled purple of demetrius to a
darker shade of green, and the white exists as concrete
triangular blotches on the bases of the feet. The four
transverse bands of the subventral color in the posterior
metathoracic incisure, on abdominal segments 4-5, 7,
and 10, respectively, are olivaceous shaded and edged with fine black
lines. The positions of the obsolete tubercles are shown by reddish
spots.
Fig. 4.— PAPILIO
XUTHUS, LARVA.
PAPILIO MACHAON Linneus.
KI-AGEHA-CHO.
Food plant: Daucus carota.
This larva is well known in Europe, and Japanese specimens present
the charactertistic appearance. The larva of the American 2. poly-
xenes is marked with the same pattern.
Family PIERID.
PIERIS RAP Linneus.
MON-SCIO-CHO.
Food plant: Brassica chinensis.
The well-known ‘‘cabbage worm” of Europe, now spread over the
world. The larve are normal, as remarked by Pryer.’
“Berl. Ent. Zeit., p. 1888, p. 62.
6 Leech, Butt. China, Jap. and Corea, II, 1894, p. 458.
940 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
Family NYMPHALIDZ.
VANESSA XANTHOMELAS Schiffermiller.
HIODOSHI-CHO.
Food plant: Celtis sinensis.
The larva agrees with European specimens as figured by Hofmann.”
> e
PYRAMEIS CARDUI Linnezus.
HIME-AKATATEHA-CHO.
Food plant: Arcticum lappa.
The larva of this widespread species is generally known on thistle,
but has several other food plants.
Family LYCAENID 4h.
POLYOMMATUS BAETICUS Linnzus.
URANAMI-SHIJIMI-CHO.
Food plant: Dolichos lablab.
The larva is of the dark form mentioned by Doctor Lang.”
Family HESPERIID 2.
PARNARA GUTTATA Bremer and Grey.
ICHIMOJI-SESERI.
Food plant: Oryza sativa.
The larva forms a house of rice blades. The head is high, rounded
triangular, vertical suture depressed, whitish, the suture and posterior
rim of occiput narrowly black. Body small at joint 2, else robust,
cylindrical; transparent whitish, thin skinned, minutely pilose. Cer-
vical shield narrow, transverse, whitish, with a black linear posterior
edge.
The pupa is inclosed in the larval house.
Family SPHINGID 2.
CEPHNODES HYLAS Linneus.
O-SUKASHIBA.
Food plant: Gardenia florida.
> Butt. Eur., 1884, p. 99.
¢ Nawa, Icones Japonicorum Insectorum, I, 1904, pl. 1, fig. 6.
No. 1412. SOME JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA—DYAR. 941
GURLECA MASURIENSIS Butler, var. SANGAICA Butler.
HIME-HOJAKU.
Food plant: Paederia tomentosa.
The larva is figured by Nagano.“
THERETRA JAPONICA de lOrza.
KO-SUZUME.
Food plant: Vitis viniferu.
The larva is figured by Nagano,’ but the figure does not bring out
the subdorsal ring marks on the anterior abdominal segments promi-
nently enough.
THERETRA OLDENLANDI& Fabricius.
SESUJI-SUZUME.
Food plant: Colocasia antiquarum.
The larva is figured by Nagano,’ but the specimens before me are
more distinctly marked, with larger, brighter ring marks and more
distinct yellow thoracic dots.
THERETRA NESSUS Drury.
SUZUME-GA.
Food plant: Droseorea japonica.
The larva is well figured by Nagano.¢@
PERGESA ELPENOR Linnezus, var. LEWISI Butler.
BENI-SUZUME.
Food plant: Oenothera biennis, var. lamarchiana.
The larva before me is much darker than Nagano’s figure,’ being
entirely black and brown, all the green color obscured. It is the dark
form which Nagano describes as the ‘first form.”
This species is called by Rothschild and Jordan /rgesa elpenor, var.
lewis? Butler, and they give Japan and China as localities. I can, how-
ever, hardly separate it from a specimen of r7vularis Boisduval
(=fraterna Butler) from Sikkim, and I think the species is a race of
rivularis rather than e/penor, if these names really represent distinct
species.
«Plate ur, fig. 5. d Plate tv, fig. 6.
> Plate 1, fig. 3. ePlate 1, fig 2.
¢ Plate 1, fig. 2.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04———60
942 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
HERSE CONVOLVULI Linneus.
EBIGARA-SUZUME.
Food plant: /pomwa batatas.
The larva is figured by Nagano,“ who gives the green form. The
specimen before me is of the brown one.
ACHERONTIA STYX Westwood, var. CRATHIS Rothschild and Jordan.
MENGATA-SUZUME.
Food plant: Sesamum indicum.
The larva is figured by Nagano.’ This form is given a new name,
crathis, by Rothschild and Jordan. It is the medusa of Butler, not of
Moore.
PSILOGRAMMA MENEPHRON Cramer, var. INCRETA Walker.
SHIMOFURI-SUZUME.
Food plant: Paulownia tomentosa.
The larva is figured by Nagano,’ who gives the green form. One
of the specimens before me is like this, the other is heavily spotted
with purplish brown.
HYLOICUS CALIGINEUS Butler.
KURO-SUZUME.
Food plant: Pinus densiflora.
The larva is figured by Nagano.“ My specimen agrees with the
figure, but is rather larger and better fed.
MARUMBA GASCHKEWITCHI Bremer and Grey, var. ECHEPHRON
Boisduval.
MOMO-SUZUME.
Food plant: Prunus percica, var. vulgaris.
The larva is figured by Nagano.‘
SPHINX PLANUS Walker
UCHI-SUZUME.
Food plant: Sa/i sp.
The larva is figured by Nagano./
« Plate 1, fig. 5. ¢ Plate 11, fig. 3. é Plate 11, fig. 2.
Plate 1, fig. 4. @ Plate 11, fig. 4. f Plate 1, fig. 1.
No. 1412. SOME JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA—DYAR. 943
Family SATURNIIDZ.
ACTIAS SELENE Hibner, var. ARTEMIS Bremer.
O-AO-GA,
Food plant: Alnus maritima.
The larva is green, with tubercles rather large, yellow with black
basal rings, the subdorsal ones of joints 3 and 4 and single dorsal one
of joint 12 larger than the others. Tubercle hairs black; white sec-
ondary hairs scattered over the body. A yellow substigmatal line.
Spiracles red with yellow center. Head and joint 2 green, anal plates
and tips of anal abdominal feet red brown, edged with yellow.
This form is close to the Asiatic se/ene, but the larva has a distinct
lateral line which is not mentioned by Moore for se/ene nor shown in
his figure.@
CALIGULA JAPONICA Moore.
KURI-KEMUSHL.
Food plant: Castnea vulgaris, var. japonica.
Doctor Packard has described the larva at length, giving all the
stages.”
Family ARCTIID.
CAMPTOLOMA INTERIORATA Walker.
SARASA-MON-GA.
Food plant: Quercus serrata.
Hampson classes this genus among the Arctiidee in his Moths of
India (1894) and is followed by Leech; but I think it
might be better placed in the Noctuidee. Hampson has
in fact omitted the genus from the Arctiidee in the Cat.
Lep. Phalene (1901). Vein 8 of the hind wings is
united to vein 7 for a short distance at base, which is
characteristic of the Arctiidz, but the larva is a Noctuid.
It does not appear to be a degenerate form, the arrange-
ment of the single hairs appearing primitive. Appar-
ently we have here the origin of the Arctiide from
the Noctuide. The eggs are laid in a mass on the back A
of the leaf, entirely covered by the dark-red scales from Fre. 5.—Campro-
the abdomen of the female moth. The specimens before — *ews mirc
me are shrunken, but appear to have been spheroidal,
about one-half as high as wide, evenly rounded, circular from vertical
aspect, smooth without prominent sculpture, whitish; diameter about
0.6 mm.
aLep. Ceylon, II, 1883, p. 124, pl. cxxv1, fig. la.
bProc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., XX XIX, 1904, p. 564,
¢Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1899, p. 164,
944 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII,
Four fully grown larvee are preserved. The head is elliptical,
higher than wide, scarcely bilobed, smooth, black with a few faint
whitish reticulated lines, of which one straight across the front above
clypeus is most distinct. Body cylindrical, smooth, slightly tapered
at the end. Cervical shield large, dull black, quadrate, bisected;
thoracic feet, abdominal foot shields and anal plate likewise black.
Body dark brown with numerous pale yellowish lines. These are
dorsal, addorsal (tubercle 1), upper subdorsal, lower subdorsal (tuber-
cle i), upper lateral, lateral (tubercle iii), stigmatal (tuberele iv),
upper subventral (tubercle v), lower subventral (tubercle vi), the lines
more or less flexuous, slightly anastomosed, the subventral ones more
irregular and confused. Tubercles single, small, dark, with long
coarse white sete; on the abdomen 1 dorsad to i1, iii suprastigmatal,
iy stigmatal posterior, vy subventral, vi lower subventral, normal; a
hair on the leg shield. On the thorax ia to iib separate, nearly equally
spaced, iib rather smaller; cervical shield covering all the six hairs.
The cocoon is a tough, silken sack, cylindrical, sharply compressed
at the front end, with an open slip for emergence, covered by loose
silk.
The pupa is thick and robust, brown, entirely without cremaster,
the abdomen bluntly rounded with a ring of elongate punctures.
These structures indicate an affinity with the Nycteolide.
DIACRISIA SUBCARNEA Walker.
HARAAKA-SHIRO-GA.
Food plant: Morus alba.
The larva is a large hairy Arctian of the shape of the North American
Estigmene acraca Drury, lightly colored as in pale specimens of /)ca-
crisia virginica Fabricius. The head, thoracic feet and abdominal leg
plates are black. Body immaculate, except for broken
mottled dark subdorsal and substigmatal stripes.
DIACRISIA IMPARILIS Butler.
KUWA-KEMUSHI.
Food plant: J/orus alba.
The eggs are laid in a patch covered by the brown-
ish wool from the abdomen of the female moth.
The larve resemble those of Arslonche albovenosa
in color, being black with yellow spots and red warts.
The hairs are black and white, rather thin and do not
obscure the body coloration. Head rounded, bilobed,
flat before, shining black, paraclypeus reddish, epis-
toma and bases of antenne white. Body cylindrical,
normal, with large, elevated, bright-red warts. Wart i small, ii, ili,
and y large, iv absent, vi large, black, base of leg broadly hairy. On
Fic. 6.—DIACRISIA IM-
PARILIS, LARVA.
No, 1412. SOME JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA—DYAR. 945
the thorax, two warts above the stigmatal wart, normal. Cervical
shield densely hairy. Black; a dorsal yellow line, broken into two
spots on each segment; fine yellow dottings to a narrow broken sub-
dorsal line; sides more heavily dotted to a waved broken substigmatal
line. Feet reddish with black shields.
The cocoon is composed of hair and thin silk. The pupa has the
usual Arctian shape.
Family NOCTUIDZ.
APATELA MAJOR Bremer.
KUWA-NO-SHIRO-KEMUSHI.
Food plant: Jorus alba.
The larva before me has unfortunately been nearly deprived of
hairs, yet a few points may be noted. Head shining black, quadrate
bilobed, epistoma and bases of antennze pale. Body cylindrical, uni-
form, densely covered with secondary hairs, the warts all obscure and
reduced. Pale yellowish, a broad black dorsal band, widened diamond-
shape on the segments, forming distinct diamonds on joints 5, 7, 8-9,
and 12. Spiracles black, with dark dots, forming a stigmatal line,
below which is a diffuse whitish band. Hairs whitish yellow and
black, the black apparently tufted subdorsally on the black diamonds,
but no pencils. Yellow tufted hairs dorsally on joints 6, 10, and 11;
lateral hairs longer, pale. A good specimen would be of interest.
MAMESTRA BRASSIC£ Linnzus.
EN DO-NO-KIRIMUSHI.
Food plant: Pisum sativun.
An egg mass, two green young larvee, two black mature larvee, and
a pupa are preserved. The species is well known and common in
Europe.
LEUCANIA UNIPUNCTA Haworth.
AWA-NO-YOTOMUSHI.
Food plant: Setaria ¢talica, var. germanica.
The well-known *t army worm.”
HELIOTHIS ARMIGERA Hiibner.
TABAKO-NO-AOMUSHI.
Food plant: Wicotiana tabacum.
The well-known ‘‘ boll worm” of the United States.
946 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
PLUSIA FESTUC# Linnezus.
INE-NO-O-AOMUSHI.
Food plant: Oryza sutiva.
rly aN A Mé . .
Che larve are paler than European specimens, being entirely green,
with a white substigmatal stripe, without the black shadings shown in
Hofmann’s figure.“
PLUSIA CHRYSITINA Martyn.
TSUMAKIN-GA.
Food plant: Daucus carota.
Hampson briefly describes the larva.’ The description applies to
the young larva before me, but in the mature ones the markings are
modified.
The head is green with a heavy black band on the posterior side
from mouth nearly to vertex. Body ro-
bust, more slender before, abdominal feet
on joints 9, 10, and 13. Green, a gemi-
nate, waved, linear dorsal line; traces of
a subdorsal line and a narrow’ broken
suprastigmatal one. Tubercle ii black,
the rest white. A small black anal plate;
cervical shield green. Setze coarse, white, normal. Skin all finely
pilose from the produced skin spines.
Cocoon a thin white web. Pupa black with brown incisures, a
rounded prominence at the end of the wing cases; cremaster hooked.
FIG. 7.—PLUSIA CHRYSITINA, LARVA.
NARANGA DIFFUSA Walker.
INE-NO-AOMUSHI.
Food plant: Oryza sativa.
The eggs are shown laid in straight rows of four or five on a rice
blade, the larvee are mounted on young rice plants about four inches
high, and the pupa is folded up in a blade.
The larve are slender, green, without marks, the tubercles small
and concolorous, normal. The feet of joints 7 and 8 are small, the
rest well developed.
Hampson’s figure of the adult is misleading, as it appears to repre-
sent a dark moth with pale bands,’ whereas the species is really pale
with dark bands.
«Gros Schmett. Eur., pl. xxxv, fig. 10.
» Moths of India, II, 1891, p. 573.
¢Idem, II, 1894, p. 333.
No, 1412. SOME JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA—DYAR. 947
Family NYCTEOLID.
EARIAS CHROMATARIA Walker.
WATA-NO-RINMUSHI.
Food plant: Gossypium herbaceum.
If at all abundant, this must be a serious pest for cotton. The
young larva is mounted between bracts, the mature one within a boll,
the contents of which it has destroyed; another is placed upon a flower.
Head rounded, bilobed, small, withdrawn into joint
2, black, purple on the lobes, reddish on the sides, su-
tures of clypeus very broadly whitish, clypeus black
in the center. Body robust, thick, uniform, with two 1. 8.—Eartas cHRo-
rows of ciliated papille corresponding to tubercles ii gee,
and iv; other tubercles small with long single sete. Purplish brown, a
white subgeminate dorsal band, widened on joints 7-8 and 9-11. Tuber-
cles of joints 2 to 4 broadly ringed with orange; orange spots subdorsally
and substigmatally on the abdominal segments. Spiracles black; feet
normal; subdorsal papille of joints 3, 4, 6,9, 12 black, the rest white.
Cocoon of white sill with vertical slit for emergence
as usual in the family. Pupa without cremaster.
Family NOTODONTID4.
PHALERA FLAVESCENS Bremer and Grey.
SAKURA-KEMUSHI.
Food plants: Pyrus malus.
Eggs laid in a patch: Shape of two-thirds of a
sphere, white and smooth, slightly shagreened; a cir-
cular clearer vertical area; diameter, 0.7 mm.
The larva has the structure of the North American
genus Datana. The young larva (stage iv) is dark-
ae ae wine ned, head, shields, thoracic feet and spiracles
eee Ga i black. Traces of longitudinal pale lines on the sides,
a subdorsal and a lateral visible. Tubercles black; i.
rather large; ii, small; iii, iv, and v, small; iv, behind the spiracle,
normal. Hair short, white, nearly lost in the numerous short secon-
dary ones, which are thick subventrally, and obscure tubercle vi. In
the last stage the larva is entirely black with scarcely a trace of lines
(the subdorsal showing faintly intersegmentally). Hair secondary, the
primary tubercles indistinguishable, short, white, tufted subdorsally on
the segments. A few long ones, especially anteriorly and subventrally.
Head elliptical, higher than wide, slightly bilobed, black, shagreened,
with many white hairs.
The pupa is mahogany brown, as in Datana, the cremaster with
short spines, in two groups.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Family LIPARIDZ.
PORTHETRIA DISPAR Linnezus, var. JAPONICA Motschulsky.
HANNOKI-KEMUSHI.
Food plant: Alnus maritima.
This has been called the same as the European dispar Linneus,” but
the moths are twice the size and the female more dusky colored. I
should call it a good geographical race at least. Swinhoe lists it as a
distinct species.’ The egg mass, larva, and pupa are preserved, all as
in dispar, but proportionately larger. 7
EUPROCTIS CONSPERSA Butler.
CHA-KEMUSHI.
Food plant: Thea chinensis.
The larve are apparently gregarious. Head rounded,
pale reddish, immaculate. Body cylindrical, robust, ta-
Ak pering a little on the thorax. Tubercles small, flattened,
es ee with weak, but numerous, hairs, longer subventrally.
TIS CONSPERSA, ()n joints 5 to 12a circular subdorsal area involving warts
et i and ii is slightly raised and tufted with hairs. The areas
become confluent on joints 5 and 6, but are smaller and separate pos-
teriorly. Dorsal eversible glands of joints 10 and 11 weak, and not
contrastingly colored. Dorsum reddish; a broad black subdorsal band
separated by a narrow yellowish line from a black lateral one about
half the width of the subdorsal.. Sides and subventer pale. Subdorsal
areas black, weakly tufted with short hairs, which do not
form tussocks. Subdorsal wart of joint 2 subpapillose.
PORTHESIA SIMILIS Fuessly, var. XKANTHOCAMPA, new
variety.
KIN-KEMUSHI.
Food plant: Morus alba.
The larva differs strikingly in coloration from its EKu-
ropean representative, though it has the same structure
and pattern. The subdorsal tubercles of joint 2, sub- Fe. 11—porrne-
ventral ones (tubercle v), and a patch on joint 13 are 814 XANTHocAM-
: ; ‘ : PA, LARVA.
bright red, but the other markings are yellow. Instead
of the double narrow red dorsal line of the European larva there is a
broad yellow band covering the whole dorsum to tubercle 11, single, or
divided by a reddish dorsal line. The semicircle about the tuft on
“Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1899, p. 130.
> Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1903, p. 483.
NO. 1412. SOME JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA—DYAR. 949
joint 5 is yellow; sides overspread with yellow; a narrow suprastig-
matal and broad substigmatal band partly confluent. Hairs as in the
western form.
Type.—Cat. No. 8395, U.S.N.M.
Family LASIOCAMPID.
MALACOSOMA NEUSTRIA Linnezus, var. TESTACEA Motschulsky.
UME-KEMUSHI.
Food plant: Prunus mume.
The larva differs distinctly from the European one, so that I think
a racial name is justified, although Leech sinks festacea as a synonym.“
The dorsal stripe is blue (not white), of the color of the lateral shad-
ings, while the lower of the orange subdorsal lines is
entirely absent. It much resembles the North Ameri-
can WM. fragilis Stretch, but the addorsal orange line
is straight and concrete, not diffused and mottled.
\f
DENDROLIMUS PINI Linnezus.
MATSU-KEMUSHI.
Food plant: Pinus densiflora.
The larve before me are in several stages, but none
fully grown. They differ from my European speci-
mens in lacking the pale dorsal mottlings which form
blotches on the abdomen. These larve are uniformly
darkly colored.
Family BOMBYCID2.
BOMBYX MANDARINUS Moore.
KUWAGO. mm
Fig. 12.—MALAco-
Food plant: Morus alba. SOMA TESTACEA,
LARVA.
Leech states that this is probably the wild form of
the cultivated silkworm, Bombyx mori Linneus.’ Both adults and
larvee are much darker in color than the cultivated form.
Family GEOMETRID.
CISTIDIA COUAGGARIA Guenee.
JME-SHAKUTORI-MUSHI.
Food plant: Prunus mume.
The larva has a black head, with a transverse yellow line across the
clypeus and a narrow, short, vertical one on the apex of each lobe.
«Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1899, p. 111.
bIdem., 1898, p. 271.
950 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Body stout, normal; a small pair of functionless feet on joint 8 and a
still smaller one on joint 7. Color black and orange. Ground color
black; dorsal, subdorsal, lateral, and substigmatal yellow lines, broken
into dots, the lateral one nearly all lost, joined by
yellow bands on the posterior edges of the seg-
ments. A few yellow dots subventrally and on the
leg bases. Yellow color extensive in the thoracic
incisures. Skin smooth, but numerously annulate;
Cape tubercles and setae minute.
eS ene The pupa is shown in an open hammock of
threads. It is pale, striped and banded with black.
This species was described as Balthia eurymede by Motschulsky,
placed in the genus V/thora by Leech“ and in C%stidia by Swinhoe?
Guenée’s specific name couaggaria is the oldest.
PHTHONANDRIA ATRILINEATA Butler.
EDA-SHAKUTORI-MUSHI.
Food plant: Morus alba.
The eggs are distributed on the back of a leaf.
The larva resembles a twig in shape, as the Japanese name implies.
Head rounded, slightly bilobed, brown. Thoracic feet large, black
lined. Body robust, joint
9 collared dorsally; tuber-
cles ii of joints 5 and 9
elevated, white. Mottled
red-brown, blackish, and
white without defined pat-
tern. An irregular pale
dorsal and subdorsal line
and white blotches on joints
5, 8, and 9. <A divided
black bar before the collar on joint 9 with three white dots below
tubercle ii. Pupa in a thin cocoon.
Fic. 14.—PHTHONANDRIA ARTRILINEATA, LARVA.
PHTHONOSEMA TENDINOSARIA Bremer.
CHA-NO:SHIMOFURI-SHAKUTORI-MUSHL.
Food plant: Thea chinensis.
The larva has the head flat before, bilobed, brown with numerous
angular black dots. Body robust, uniform, wood brown, annulate,
covered with numerous minute black or brown rings, most of which
contain white central dots. At the posterior end of joints 5 and 6 are
white raised elliptical spots like Tachinid eggs. These are repeated
a@Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), XIX, 1897, p. 459.
bCat. Lep. Oxf., II, 1900, p. 307.
{
No. 1412. SOME JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA—DYAR. 951
on joints 6 to 10, but less extensively, being dorsal only and smaller.
Tubercles i of joint 12 approximate, elevated, pointed. A black shade
about the spiracle on joint 5. Feet normal, concolorous, black lined.
I have been unable to consult the original figure “and there exists
no subsequent description; conse-
quently the identification is in some
doubt. Mr. Nawa’s name, Opthal-
modes cretacea Butler, is obviously
oo
ree
Fic. 15.—PHTHONOSEMA TENDINOSA- FIG, 16.—PHTHONOSEMA TENDINOSARIA,
RIA, LARVA. ADULT.
incorrect, since this is synonymous with the European Ascofis se/e-
naria Schittermiiller.?
ACANTHOCAMPA, new genus.
Male antennre lengthily bipectinate, the pectinations decumbent;
of female simple. Palpi not exceeding the frontal hairs, porrect,
hairy below. Front with a large, three-sided prominence above,
pointed and slightly ridged on the angles, largely covered by the ves-
titure. A tuft of scales on vertex of head; thorax densely hairy;
abdomen smooth, short, robust. Legs with long hair posteriorly;
hind tibie with four spurs, not swollen. In the fore-wing vein 2
before angle of cell, 3-4 stalked, 5 above the middle of the very broad
cell, 6 below apex, 7 out of 8, 8 out of 9 near apex, 10 absent, prob-
ably coincident with 11; wing long and narrow, costa slightly con-
cave, outer margin convex, very oblique, a little crenulate. Hind
Fic, 17.—ACANTHOCAMPA EXCAVATA,
LARVA. Fic. 18,—ACANTHOCAMPA EXCAVATA, ADULT.
wings with vein 2 before the angle of the cell, 3-4 stalked, 5 absent
but with a slight projection on the margin, 6-7 long stalked, 8 very
strong, running close to 7, ending in the costa soon after end of cell;
wing narrow, costa concave in both sexes, outer margin long, convex,
crenulate, the most distinct projection at end of vein 6.
« Bremer, Lep. Ost.-Sib., 1864, p. 73, pl. vir, fig. 17.
bSwinhoe, Cat. Lep. Oxf., II, 1900, p. 289.
952 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
ACANTHOCAMPA EXCAVATA, new species.
TOGE-SHAKUTORI-MUSHI.
Food plant: Morus alba.
Head white with vertical tuft brown, thorax gray brown. Wings
grayish white overspread with fuscous on the margins and on base of
inner margin of fore wings to outer line, with scattered brown irrora-
tions. Lines broad, black and brown, both bent in on median vein.
A subterminal shade joins the fuscous margin to costa before apex.
Hind wing with a broad central band. The fuscous shading is some-
what more extensive and continuous in the male; otherwise the sexes
are alike in coloration. Expanse: male, 45 mm., female 55 mm.
This is probably Zamacra albofasciaria Leech,“ but I have been
unable to consult the original description. The new genus seems jus-
tified in any case, as this species differs from Zamacra in having four
spurs on the hind tibie, equally developed. I prefer, therefore, to
found it on a definite species, even if it prove to be a synonym.
The peculiar larva has long prominences like thorns, as indicated in
the Japanese name. In the position of repelling attack, in which one
larva is mounted, the head is curved beneath the body and the dorsal
thorns project prominently. Body robust, feet normal. Head rather
small, dark brown. A small dorsal elevation, carrying tubercles i on
joint 5; on joints 6, 7,and 8 a high thorn-shaped papilla. Two slender
papille (tubercle ii) on joint 12. A series of small-pointed subventral
papille on joints 5 to 9. Green, a broad brown dorsal area on joints
2-4 and 9-13, broken, except for slight mottlings, on joints 5 to 8 in
the region of the dorsal thorns, edged with white, which becomes
white streaks on the bases of the thorns. Traces of a subdorsal pale
line; spiracles white, black ringed; thorns dark tipped.
Pupa in an earthen cell.
Type.—Cat. No. 8396, U.S.N.M.
Family COCHLIDIID.
CNIDOCAMPA?! FLAVESCENS Walker.
ITRA-MUSHI.
Food plant: Diospyros hak.
The larva has the general structure of J//resa, long subdorsal horrs
at the extremities, covered with stinging spines and a bright colora-
@Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) XIX, 1897, p. 322.
>A new name for Monema Walker (1855), not Greville (1829). Staudinger
pointed out that this name was preoccupied (Rom. Mem., VI, 1892, p. 301), but did
not propose a substitute, as he thought the species referable to Miresa. It is, no
doubt, derived from Miresa, but the pectinations of the male antenne haye entirely
disappeared and I regard it as a distinct generic type.
No. 1412. SOME JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA—DYAR. 953
tion. The larva is allied also to .Vatada, as I do not detect either
caltrope spines or the detachable terminal ones of /vc/ea, but it is not
a degenerate form like the North American Watada nason’, since the
spines are well developed and the coloration of a warning character
rather than adapted for concealment.
Horns of subdorsal row short on joints 3, 12, and 13, longer on 4,
very long on 5 and 11, minute on 6 and 10, small on 7 to 9, all spined.
Side horns short on joint 3, rather long on 4,
absent on 5, with the spiracle moved up, moderate
on 6 to 12. Skin subgranular shagreened. The
color is partially destroyed in the inflated speci-
mens. Graeser briefly describes it from larve
which he saw at Chabarofka and Blagowescht-
schensk, in Amurland, as ‘‘dark green, with a shield-shaped mark-
ing covering most of the back of dark red-brown.” Interpreting my
larvee by this, they are as follows: Purplish brown dorsally, including
a diffuse white dorsal band with dark edges, distinct only centrally.
Sides green, just covering the lateral horns of joint 4, reaching up to
the subdorsal horns on joints 7 to 9, retreating to the lateral horn on
joint 11, but covering joints 12 and 13, and in an angular patch about
the subdorsal horns of joint 11; green spots below
the subdorsal horns of joints 4 and 5. A white
broken lateral band with dark edges; subventral
edge pale, with a dark line above. The depressed
spaces are but little developed and not distinguish-
wble in the specimens.
The cocoon is spun on the twigs of the food plant.
It is elliptical, usually white, with strangely shaped
broad brown streaks, looking, as Pryer says, like a
bird’s egg. Some of the cocoons are evenly mixed
white and brown. They are firmly attached to the
ee twig, and will often break before they can be de-
ye soe tached. Like other Cochlidians, it has a variety of
food plants, any smooth-leaved tree being acceptable.
Under these conditions it is a species most easily imported. I have
had specimens from San Francisco, California, brought on young trees
from Japan. There is also reported the importation of what was
evidently this species to Hamburg, Germany,” but the species has
never become acclimated anywhere that I know of.
FIG. 19.—CNIDOCAMPA FLA-
VESCENS, LARVA.
“ Kraepelin, Mitth. a. d. Naturhist. Mus. Hamburg, X VIII, 1901, p. 196.
954 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Family PSYCHIDA.
CLANIA MINUSCULA Butler.
MINO-MUSHI.
Food plant: Thea chinensis.
The bags are shown in various stages, a fully grown larva and the
male pupa. The bags and larvee are so similar to the North American
Thryridopteryx ephemerxformis that a separate description is unnec-
essary.
Family ZYGAENID ®. :
ILLIBERIS PRUNI, new species.
HOSHI-HAMAKI-KEMUSHLI.
This species was named by Doctor Holland ** Procris nigra Leech,”
and Mr. Nawa had the same identification. It is certainly incorrect, as
Leech says of Procris nigra ** female antenne simple,” whereas in the
specimens before me they are pectinated in both sexes.
The specimens agree with Leech’s figure of WVorthia
dirce, except that there is no black apex to fore wing;
they disagree with Butler’s figure of Worthia tenuis in
having the abdomen blackish without green tint. I
have sixteen specimens without trace of green. They
Fig. 2l—Inuineris agree partly with ///éheris consimilis Leech which is
PRUNT TARVA’ said to be closely allied to fenwis, but the costal area
of hind wings not blackish. | It is, however, blackish in my specimens.
Besides these, Leech mentions from Japan s/nensis Walker, nigra
Leech and psychina Oberth., but I can not reconcile the descriptions
with my specimens. Of course this form has been received from
Japan before, but it must have been referred wrongly, if the descrip-
tions are to be relied upon.
Wings hyaline, veins and margin narrowly black, costal and internal
areas of fore wings and costal area of hind wings black shaded.
Antenne greenish; thorax and abdomen brown black.
Food plant: Pyrus communis.
The larva has the structure of the European species of Adsc7ta, the
warts lowand flattened, with short hairs only. Dorsum pale (green 4),
subventral region reddish, warts concolorous. A black dorsal band,
widened on the segments and a subdorsal round spot on each segment
below the subdorsal wart. Head marked with black; cervical shield
black dusted.
The cocoon is of white silk and spun among leaves.
Type.—Cat. No. 8897, U.S.N.M.
No. 1412. SOME JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA—DYAR. 955
BINTHA CHINENSIS Felder.
TAKE-KEMUSHI.
Leech ¢ puts this species in Arzocera, but incorrectly, as that genus
has the male antennz simple while they are pectinated in the present
species. The specimens are labeled ** Procris funeralis” and perhaps
really are that species, i.e. Adscita funeralis Butler; but Butler’s
description, though very short, disagrees with the specimens before
me. The abdomen is said to be black, the claspers
and proboscis horn yellow, while in the form before
me the body is leaden bluish as described by Felder,
the tongue seems concolorous, and the claspers are
entirely concealed. I place the species in B/ntha,
although the palpi are rather short, not exceeding
the front, and there are no spots on the wings.
Food plant: Arundinaria japonica.
The larva resembles. the preceding, but is more
elongate and has long hair from the terminal and lateval warts. Pale
dorsally, brown subventrally, the warts black, those of joints 3, 4,
12, and 13 enlarged and distinctly black.
Fig. 22.—BINTHA CHI-
NENSIS, LARVA.
Family PYRALID.
MARGARONIA PYLOALIS Walker.
KUWA-HAMAKI-MUSHI.
Food plant: Morus alba.
Nearly allied to the North American J/. s/hi//alis Walker, and with
the same food habit. It webs up the leaves of mulberry. Head
brown, body green with the small tubercles black. An addorsal and
a stigmatal whitish line.
PYRAUSTA POLYGONI, new species.
AI-NO-MUSHI.
The moth looks very much like P. nwbclalis Hiitbner, and has prob-
ably been confused with it. 7. nubilalis occurs in Japan, I have a
specimen from Professor Matsumura labeled ** Stalk borer, injurious
to Panicum family,” which shows that the larva has a different food
habit. The present species has the dark streak at base of vein 1 of
fore wing, characteristic of the subgenus J//cratis Warren. The
wings are not quite as pointed as in nvb7lal/s and veins and 5 of hind
wings are farther spaced at origin. The sexes are colored alike, the
lines as in the female nzwhcla//s, but the outer line is softer and less
@Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1898, p. 332.
956 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII,
dentate; the subterminal band is a smooth shade only, not visibly den-
tate. On the hind wings the median shade is more outwardly placed
and more dentate, most produced at vein 2; sub-
terminal line close to the margin, rather dis-
tinctly dentate in the female specimen before
me, more clouded in the male.
Food plant: Polygonum tinctorium.
The larva is shown within a swelling in the
FiG. 23.—PYRAUSTA POLY- stem of the food plant, which is cut of. awitm
GONI, ADULT. :
a hole at the top. Head marked with brown,
the body colorless wit’. rather large pale tubercles.
Type.—Cat. No. 8398, U.S.N.M.
CHILO SIMPLEX Butler.
INE-NO-ZUIMUSHI.
Food plant: Oryza sativa.
The larva is shown within the rice stem. It is pale, with subdorsal
and lateral purplish bands, the tubercles small, black centered, obscure.
Head brown.
Family TORTRICID. ,
EXARTEMA MORI Matsumura.
AO-HAMAKI-MUSHI.
Food plant: Morus alba.
The larva is shown on the leaves of mulberry. The head is black,
shining, the body entirely immaculate, probably green.
EXARTEMA MORIVORA Matsumura.
SHIN-MUSHI.
Food plant: Morus alba.
The larva is shown on the very young leaves of mulberry. Head
shining black, cordate; cervical shield large, shining brown-black;
tubercles small, but decidedly brown-black, the body otherwise pale
(green’), Anal plate dark. The larva is about half the size of the
preceding species.
Professor Matsumura described this species as Sericoris morivora, @
but it seems to me more properly referred to Hrartema, as the dorsal
lobe of hind wing is fully as long as in the preceding species. Lord
Walsingham? calls attention to the presence of the dorsal lobe in a
rudimentary state in Olethreutes (=Sericoris); but this is well
developed.
ant. Nachr., XX VI, 1900, p. 195.
b Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), VI, 1900, p. 28.
~~
ADDITIONS TO THE RECORDED HYMENOPTEROUS FAUNA
OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF
NEW SPECIES.
By Wirti1am H. AsHMEap,
Assistant Curator, Division of Insects.
In my previous papers on the Hymenopterous fauna of the Philip-
pine Islands, I find that I overlooked many species recorded from the
archipelago. Below, therefore, I give a list of these omissions and
follow with descriptions of two new genera and twenty-eight new
species received recently from Father Robert Brown, 8S. J., of the
Philippine Weather Bureau, Manila, Prof. Charles S. Banks, of the
Government Laboratories, Manila, and Dr. E. A. Mearns, U.S. A.
Family APID.
TRIGONA BIROI Friese.
Trigone birot FRIESE, Termes Fuzetek, X XT, 1898, p. 42, female.
This is the only stingless honeybee recorded from the islands,
although several are known from India. Undoubtedly other species
will be found.
Family NOMADID.
NOMADA PHILIPPINENSIS Vachal.
NOMIA DIMIDIATA Vachal.“
Family XYLOCOPID.
The following carpenter bees were described by Mr. J. Pérez:?’ (1)
Nylocopa fuliginosa Pérez, female, p. 41, Mindanao, (2) YY. amaurop-
tera Pérez, female, Palauan, (3) A. su/eifrons Pérez, female, Palauan,
(4) XY. vachali Pérez, male, Palauan, (5) . euchlora Pérez, male,
Palauan, (6) X. adusta Pérez, female, Mindanao, and (7) 4. oceipita-
lis Pérez, Mindanao.
@ Miscell. Entom., V, 1897, p. 8.
» Actes de la Sociéte Linnéen de Bordeaux, LVI, 1901.
PROCEEDINGS U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1413.
Proc. N. M. vol. xx viii—04——61 957
958 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. . vou. xxvut.
Family MEGACHILIDZ.
Ctenoplectra vagaus CoCKERELL, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) XIV, 1904, p.
204, male.
Superfamily Formicoidea.
An important paper by Prof. C. Emery,” treating of the ants from
the island of Luzon, was overlooked by me. He gives a list of the
species and describes some new varieties and species. Here they are:
(1) Diacamma geometricum, var. viridipurpureum, Emery, female,
Antipolo; (2) Odontoponera transversus Smith, female, Antipolo; (3)
Poneralutecpes Mayr, female, Antipolo; Ponera, sp. ¢ (4) Odontomachus
hematodes Linneus, female, Manila; (5) O. cnfaundus Smith, female,
Antipolo; (6) O. papuans Emery, var. Manila; (7) Bothroponera gla-
bripes Emery, female, Mindanao; (8) S7ia alloborans Walker, Manila,
Antipolo; (9) Wonomorium destructor Jerdon, female, Manila, Antipolo;
(10) Cremastogaster ochracea Mayr, female, Antipolo; (11) C. s¢moni
Emery, female, Manila, Antipolo; (12) C. semperi Emery, female,
Manila; (13) C. /ongiclava Emery, female, Antipolo; (14) C. erass¢cor-
nis Emery, female, Manila; (15) (. bicolor Mayr, subsp. 7mbellis
Emery, female, Manila; (16) Lhedologeton pygmaeus Emery, var.
albipes Emery, female, Antipolo; (17) Solenopsis geminata Fabricius,
female, Manila, Antipolo; (18) Phedole simont Emery, (soldier),
Manila; (1%) 7% sp., female, Antipolo; (20) Zetramorium pacificum
Mayr, subsp. suhscubrum Emery, female, Antipolo; (21) Dolichoderus
tuberculatus Mayr, female, Manila, Antipolo, Quruiia; (22) Zapinoma
melaunocephalum Fabricius, female, Manila, Antipolo; (23) Zechnom-
yrinca albipes Smith, female, Manila; (24) Plagdolepis longipes Jerdon,
female, Antipolo; (25) Ecophylla smaragdina Fabricius var. subaitida
Emery, female, Antipolo; (26) Prenlepis, sp., female, Antipolo; (27)
Camponotus pallidus Smith, female, Manila; (28) C. sp., female, Anti-
polo; (29) C. (Colobopsis) pubescens Mayr, female, Manila; (30) C. quad-
risectus Smith, female, Mindanao; (31) C. platypus Roger, female,
Mindanao; (32) C. nigricans Roger, female, Jolo; (83) C. pennsylva-
nicus Var. juponicus Mayr, female, Mindanao; (34) C. n. sp., female,
Mindanao; (35) Polyrhachis trinaw Roger, subsp. satgonensis Forel,
female, Manila, Antipolo; (86) 2. thrinax subsp. javana Mayr, female,
Quruna; (37) P. dbihamata Drury, female, Antipolo; (88) P. pubescens
Mayr, female, Antipolo; (39) 2. dzcolor Smith, female, Antipolo; (40)
P. dives Smith, female, Manila; (41) 2?. argentea Mayr, female, Manila,
Antipolo.
@Ann. Soc. Ent. France, LXII, 18938, p. 261 et seq.
No. 1413. NEW FILIPINO HYMENOPTERA—ASHMEAD. 959
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.
‘amily BOMBIDZ.
Genus BOMBUS Latreille.
1. BOMBUS MEARNSII, new species.
Female.—Length # mm. Black, clothed with a long, grayish
pubescence, that on the abdomen more or Jess yellowish, mixed with
some black hairs, that on the tibie and tarsi ferruginous; ventral
segments at apex narrowly testaceous; all tarsi and the middle and
hind tibie ferruginous; claws black and cleft. The head is smooth
and shining, but sparsely and minutely punctured on the face; the
malar space is distinet, fully as long as wide; the first joint of the
flagellum is about as long as joints 2 and 3 united, while the second
joint is only a little longer than thick and much shorter than the third.
Wings hyaline, with the stigma, costal and median veins blackish, the
other veins flavo-testaceous.
Type.—Cat. No. 8323, U.S.N.M.
Mindanao. This species is described from a single specimen taken
by Dr. E. A. Mearns on Mount Apo, at an altitude of 6,000 feet. It is
the first species to be described from the Philippines, and is named in
honor of its discoverer.
Family PROSOPIDID.X.
Genus PROSOPIS Fabricius.
2. PROSOPIS TAGALA, new species.
Female.—Length 6mm. Black, the head and thorax finely, closely
punctate, the triangular area on metanotum rugulose, the abdomen
smooth and shining, impunctate; the triangular lateral plates on each
side of the clypeus, a stripe on each side of the upper margin of
the prothorax, the prothoracic tubercle, a sma!] spot on the tegule
anteriorly, and the tibial spurs are white, rest of legs black, but the
sutures of the tarsal joints and beneath are more or less ferruginous
or brownish. Wings hyaline, the stigma and veins dark brown, the
former being nearly black; the first and second recurrent neryures
are, respectively, interstitial with the first and second transverse cubital
neryures, the second cabital cell being quadrate, or very nearly.
. Type.—Cat. No. 8200, U.S.N.M.
Manila. Described from a single specimen received from Mr.
Charles 8. Banks, of the Bureau of Government Laboratories.
960 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Family OXYBELIDZ.
Genus NOTOGLOSSA Dahlbom.
3. NOTOGLOSSA BANKSI, new species.
Female.—Lenegth, 4mm. Opaque, black, closely, confluently pune-
tured, the face below the antennse and the sternum clothed with
sparse, silvery-white hairs; the clypeus has a median ridge and is
slightly emarginate anteriorly; the mandibles are testaceous; the
prothoracic tubercles, the tegule, a spot on front femora beneath
toward apex, the apex of the middle femora, a broad annulus at the
base of the hind tibize, and all the other tibize and tarsi are yellowish-
white; the scales on each side of the scutellum and the apical margins
of the emarginate scale at its apex are also white or yellowish-white;
the abdomen is black, but there is an oblong white spot on each lateral
apical margin of the first and second segments. Wings hyaline, the
stigma and veins brown.
Type.—Cat. No. 8201, U.S.N.M.
Manila. This species closely resembles the North American species
N. emarginata Say, but the prothoracic tubercles in that species are not
white and the emarginated scale at the apex of the scutellum is shorter,
more deeply emarginate, and quite different in shape.
Only a single specimen is known and was sent me by Mr. Charles
S. Banks, in honor of whom the species is named.
“amily LARRIDL.
Genus PISON Spinola.
4. PISON PUNCTULATUS, new species.
Male.—Leneth 7 mm. Black and shining, the forehead and the
thorax finely, microscopically punctulate, and clothed with a silvery
pubescence, the metathorax striated, the strie on the metanotum
oblique, the basal area not defined, the median sulcus only shghtly
indicated, with a delicate carina basally; the median sulcus on the
truncature is well defined; legs, including tibial spurs, entirely black;
the abdomen is black and impunctate, with a faint silvery pubescence
at the sides and at the apex of the segments, very distinct in certain
lights, but absent on the pygidium and the two preceding segments.
Wings hyaline, faintly tinted at apex, the stigma and veins black; the
second cubital cell is longly petiolated and receives the first recurrent
nervure very near its basal angle; the second recurrent nervure is
interstitial or nearly with the second transverse cubitus.
Type.—Cat. No. 8338, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Robert Brown.)
Allied to 7. dagunz Ashmead, but quite distinct in punctuation and
in metathoracic differences.
No. 1413. NEW FILIPINO HYMENOPTERA—ASHMEAD. 961
Genus PISONOIDES Smith.
5- PISONOIDES BROWNI, new species.
Male.—Length 6 mm. Black and shining, nearly smooth, and
clothed with a silvery white pubescence, the clypeus with a slight
triangular process anteriorly, the mesonotum with two short, grooved
lines near the lateral middle, the metathorax with a crenate-grooved
line down the middle and a grooved line on its oblique apical trunca-
ture, the truncature being transversely striated, the metanotum being
smooth; the tegule, the subcostal vein, all knees, the front tibize and
tarsi, the titial spurs, extreme apex of middle tibiz, the apices of the
joints of the middle tarsi, and the last joint of the hind tarsi are
yellowish; the abdomen is shining, but distinctly, minutely punctulate,
the outer margins and the apices of the segments /ateral/y being clothed
with a fine, silvery pubescence. Wings hyaline, the stigma and veins,
except the subcostal vein, black; there are only ¢wo cubital cells; the
second recurrent nervure is nearly interstitial with the first trans-
verse cubitus, the first recurrent joins the second cubital cell at its
lower hind angle.
Type.—Cat. No. 8332, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Robert Brown.)
Pisonoides isa good genus and to it belong the Indian species placed
in Pison by Colonel Bingham, under his section B, namely: 7?. erythro-
pus Kohl, 2. agile Smith, P. rothneyt Cameron, and 2. obliteratum
Smith, the last mentioned being the type of the genus.
Family TRYPOXYLID.
Genus TRYPOXYLON Latreille.
6. TRYPOXYLON ELONGATUM, new species.
Female.—Length 16.5 to17 mm. Very elongate, black and shining;
the mandibles, flagellum beneath, a spot at base of all tibie, the
extreme base and apex of the second dorsal abdominal segment, the
lateral margins of the same broadly, and the base and lateral margins
of the third dorsal abdominal segment, are red; the front and middle
tarsi and all tibial spurs are yellowish; the head anteriorly, the cly-
peus (densely), the temples and the sides of the thorax (sparsely) are
clothed with a silvery white pubescence; the very longly petiolated
abdomen is fully twice as long as the head and thorax united, the
petiole alone being nearly as long as the thorax. Wings hyaline, the-
stigma and veins black.
Type.—Cat. No. 8334, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Robert Brown.)
962 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Family VESPID 6.
‘The specific name of the /carza” recently described by me should
read Caugayunensis instead of Cayayanensis. I am indebted to Mr,
Charles 8. Banks for calling my attention to this typographical error,
Family EUMENID 2.
Genus LEIONOTUS Saussure.
7. LEIONOTUS XANTHOZONATUS, new species.
Fimale.—Length 9 mm. Black, the head and thorax coarsely pune-
tate, the abdomen impunctate, but microscopically coriaceously sculp-
tured; the clypeus is covered with a short yellowish-white pubescence;
there isan oblique oblong spot on each side at base of clypeus, a small
spot in the incision of the eyes, a stripe back of eyes, two nearly con-
fluent spots on the upper middle of the pronotum, a spot at base and
apex of the tegule, a spot on the hind angle of the mesonotum next
to the tegule, a spot beneath the tegule, the post-scutellum, the
apical margins of the firstand second dorsal segments of the abdomen,
a large spot at the apical third of the front and middle femora beneath,
and a stripe on the front, middle, and hind tibize outwardly, all yellow;
wings smoky hyaline with the stigma and veins black. The first joint |
of the flagellum is the longest joint, being nearly one-half longer than
the second, the following joints to the last gradually shortening, the
four joints before the last being a little wider than long.
Type.—Cat. No. 8335, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Robert Brown.)
Family MOUTILLIDX.
Genus TROGASPIDIA Ashmead.
8. TROGASPIDIA BICOLOR, new species.
Male.—Length, 17 to19 mm. Head, thorax, legs, and the first and
last two segments of the abdomen black; the rest of the abdomen is
red; the head and the thorax are rugosely punctured; the scutellum
has a smooth, conically elevation at apex above; the metanotum has a |
broad, smooth, median sulcus, which is broadly widened out at its base;
the face, cheeks, legs, and the mesopleura are clothed with rather
long, somewhat dense, white hairs, almost silvery beneath the eyes;
the clypeus is smooth and shining, broadly and shallowly or subsemi-
circularly emarginate anteriorly; the scape is bicarinate beneath; the
wings are brown black, with a purplish tinge, the tegule being large ~
and smooth, with only a few scattered punctures; the first segment of
the abdomen is rather strongly, closely punctured, has a large tooth
a@Can. Ent., XXXV, 1905, p. 3.
no. 14138, NEW FILIPINO HYMENOPTERA —ASHMEAD. 96%
beneath, and is clothed with long, sparse, whitish hairs; the other
segments are smooth and shining, although with some sparse punctures,
the two apical segments being black and clothed with black hairs.
Type.—Cat. No. 8202, U.S.N.M.
Manila. Described from five specimens received from Mr. Charles
S. Banks.
g. TROGASPIDIA MINOR, new species.
Male.—Length 12-13 mm. Resembles 7) b7co/or very closely, but
is considerably smaller and not so closely sculptured on the head; the
abdominal segments 1 to 4.and the base of the fifth are red, the rest
black; the median sulcus on the metanotum is not so broadly dilated
at its base as in 7. dzcolor, the wings not so dark, and with only the
faintest tinge of purple in certain lights.
Type.—Cat. No. 8208, U:S.N.M.
Manila. Described from several specimens taken by Mr. Charles
S. Banks. The species is evidently allied to J/uti//a analis Lepel,
described from India.
Family SCELIONID®.
Genus MACROTELEIA Westwood.
10. MACROTELEIA MANILENSIS, new species.
Male.—Length 2.2mm. Black, clothed with a sparse whitish pubes-
cence, the head closely punctured, the thorax more finely punctured,
the parapsidal furrows indicated by two punctate lines; the apex of
the scutellum has two tufts of long white hairs; the abdomen is opaque,
very finely sculptured, but with the extreme apex of the segments
shining; the legs, including the coxe, are pale brownish yellow. The
wings are hyaline, but with a faint smoky tinge, the veins being brown-
black; the marginal vein is only about half the length of the post-
marginal; the stigmal vein is short and delicate, slightly curved, a
little shorter than the marginal, and ends in a small knob.
Type.—Cat. No. 8341, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Robert Brown.)
Genus S@EETO@: Eatreilile:
11. SCELIO PHILIPPINENSIS, new species.
Male.—Length 2.8 mm. Black, the head and thorax umbilicately
punctate, the mesonotum with parapsidal furrows, but not sharply
defined; the scape of the antenne, except at apex, the tegule, and
the legs, except the hind tarsi, which are fuscous, are brownish yellow.
The wings are hyaline, the apex of the subcostal vein, the small stigma,
and the short poststigmal and stigmal veins are brown-black.
964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
The first joint of the funicle is the longest joint; it is obconical and
about thrice as long as thick at apex, or nearly twice as long as the
pedicel; the second joint is hardly two-thirds the length of the first;
the following six joints constitute the club, the joints of which, except
the first and the last, which are longer than thick, are not or hardly
longer than wide. The abdomen is longitudinally striated, the striz
being very distinct on all the ventral segments.
Type.—Cat. No. 8336, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Robert Brown.)
: Family PLATYGASTERIDA.
Genus ANOPEDIAS Forster.
12, ANOPEDIAS LUZONICUS, new species.
Female.—Leneth 0.8mm. Polished black, impunctate; the antenne,
except the club joints, and the legs, except the coxe, tips of middle
and hind femora, and tips of hind tibiz, are yellow; the joints of the
antennal club and the cox are black, while the middle and hind
femora toward apex, and the tips of the hind tibizx, are brownish.
The abdomen is conically pointed, a little longer than the head
and thorax united, the basal segment being clothed with a whitish
pubescence.
Type.—Cat. No. 8315, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Robert Brown.)
Family CHALCIDID ®.
Genus CHALCIS Linneeus.
13. CHALCIS BANKSI, new species.
Male and female.—Length 2.6 to 2.8 mm. Black, the head and
thorax closely, opaquely punctate, the metathorax coarsely reticulated,
clothed with a sparse whitish pubescence; the tegule, the apices of the
femora, and the tibiw, except a black spot on the front and middle
tibive beneath, and a black stripe on the hind tibie beneath, a narrow
black annulus at the base and at the middle of the hind tibie, and all
the tarsi, except the pulvilli, are white. Wings hyaline, the veins
black; the marginal vein is nearly four times as long as the stigmal
vein, the latter being only about half the length of the postmarginal.
The legs, including the cox, are highly polished, impunctate. The
abdomen is also highly polished, but dorsal segments 4 to 7 exhibit
some fine punctures toward apex.
Type.—Cat. No. 8892, U.S.N.M.
Manila. Described from 3 specimens (Chas. S. Banks). Allied to
C. albotibialis Ashmead, but is quite distinct in the opaquely punctate
head and thorax, and in the color of the legs.
\
.
No. 1418. NEW FILIPINO HYMENOPTERA—ASHMEAD. 965
Family EURYTOMIDZE.
Genus EURYTOMA Illiger.
14. EURYTOMA BANKSI, new species.
Female.—Length 1.6 mm. Stature and general appearance of /.
manile, but differs decidedly in the color of the antennz and legs.
The scape, except at the extreme apex, the trochanters, more or less,
the front tibise, and the middle and -hind knees are honey-vellow; the
tips of the middle and hind tibiz, and all tarsi, are snow-white; the tip
of the scape and the rounded pedicel are black; the flagellum is brown-
black and pubescent, the first joint the longest, about twice as long as
thick, the foliowing joints to the club shortening, the last being
scarcely longer than thick.
Male.—Length 1.3 tol.4 mm. Readily recognized by the structure
of the antenne, or flagellum, and the abdomen. The flagellum is a
little more than thrice as long as the scape, the funicle joints being
nodose, pedicellate at apex, the nodose part of the joints with whorls
of long hair; the knees of the middle and hind legs are honey-yellow,
the front tibiae, except a brown spot in front near the base, the tips of
middle and hind tibiz and all tarsi, being white. The abdomen is
short, oval, highly polished, and attached to the thorax by a petiole
which is as long as the hind coxe.
Type.—Cat. No. 8204, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Charles S. Banks.) Many specimens.
15. EURYTOMA ALBOTIBIALIS, new species.
Female.—Length + mm. Black, the head and thorax closely,
umbilicately punctured, clothed with a fine, sparse, white pubescence;
the scape, tegule, and tips of all the femora are honey-yellow, the tibize
and tarsi white, the tibiz toward base faintly tinged with brown, the
rest of the antenne black. The first joint of the flagellum is the
longest joint; it is a little more than twice longer than thick, the fol-
lowing joints to the club imperceptibly shortening, the club about
one-half longer than the first funicle joint. Wings clear hyaline, the
veins pale yellowish, the marginal vein being longer than the post-
marginal and thicker; the stigmal vein, with its knob, is about half
the length of the marginal. The abdomen is subpetiolate, conic-ovate,
subcompressed, pointed at apex, polished black, with the extreme tips
of the sheaths of the ovipositor honey-yellow.
Type.—Cat. No. 8215, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Charles 8. Banks.)
966 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Family EULOPHIDA.
NESOLYNX, new genus.
This new genus falls into my tribe //uchertiné, and in my table of
the genera” falls between the genera Scotolinw Ashmead and Olynax
Forst. The table may be modified to contain it as follows:
11. Mesonotum a little longer than wide.
Abdomen ovate; flagellum not compressed, the joints cylindrical, not or
scarcely longer thant thigk22: See hae ee ae ee Nesolyna Ashmead.
Abdomen conic-ovate; flagellum compressed, the joints longer than wide.
Olynx Forster.
16. NESOLYNX FLAVIPES, new species.
Female.—Length 0.8mm. Black and shining, impunctate, the meso-
notum and abdomen with a metallic aeneous tinge in certain lights;
scape, pedicel and legs, including the coxee, pale yellowish, the flagel-
lum brown or brown-black; palpi and tegule white. Wings hyaline,
the veins brown; the marginal vein is long, about six times as long as
the short stigmal vein, which terminates in a small rounded knob;
the postmarginal vein is long and slender. The ovate abdomen is as
long as the head and thorax united, the basal segment being the
longest, the following segments being subequal.
Type.—Cat. No. 8328, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Robert Brown.)
Family ICHNEUMONID2.
Genus CHIODES Forster.
17, CHIODES OCULATUS, new species.
Male.—Length4.5mm. Head and thorax black and shining, impune-
tate, the metathorax long, areolated; the eyes are very large and
occupy the whole sides of the head, converging anteriorly, the malar
space wholly wanting; the palpi, tegule, front coxz and trochanters,
front tibize and tarsi, middle and hind trochanters, more or less of the
middle tibize and tarsi, an annulus at base of hind tibisx, the ventral
segments 1 to 4, inclusive, and the base of dorsal segments 1 and 2, are
white; base of dorsal abdominal segments 3 and 4 yellowish; the rest
of the legs, except as hereafter noted, brownish-yellow; the hind
cox have a black spot at base, the second joint of their trochanters,
their femora, tibie, and tarsi being fuscous or dark reddish-brown.
The antennz, except the first four joints, which are yellow, are black;
the first joint of the flagellum is a little longer than the second. The
wings are hyaline with the veins, except near the tegule, brown, the
costal vein blackish.
Type.—Cat. No. 8316, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Robert Brown.) One male specimen.
« Classification of the Chalcidoidea, p. 554.
No. 1418. NEW FILIPINO HYMENOPTERA—ASHMEAD. 967
Genus MESOSTENUS Gravenhorst.
18. MESOSTENUS LEUCOZONATUS, new species.
Male.—Length 6.5 mm. Black and shiny, impunctate, with the
orbits slightly interrupted at apex of eyes, the face below antenne, the
clypeus mandibles, except teeth, palpi, an annulus on the antenne,
tegule, a spot beneath, hind margin of prothorax, a large spot on disk of
mesopleura, and the large spot on lower hind end, a line on the hind
margin of the same, a large triangle spot at base of the insertion of the
hind wings, the apical half of the metathorax, the apical margins of
all the abdominal segments, the front and middle coxx and trochan-
ters, the apex of the hind cox, basal two joints of front tarsi and the
hind tarsi, except base and apex of the first joint, the apex of joints
two and three and the following joints, which are black, pure white,
the rest of the legs, except the three terminal joints of front tarsi, apex
of middle tibiz, their tarsi, apex of hind femora, apex of hind tibie,
and all tibial spurs, which are black, being red; the antenne, except
the first four or five joints beneath and the broad white annulus,
occupying joints 14 to 16, are black. Wings hyaline, the stigma and
veins black, the areolate small, nearly quadrate, receiving the second
recurrent nervure a little beyond its middle.
Type.—Cat. No. 8330, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Robert Brown.)
NESOMESOCHORINI, new tribe.
NESOMESOGHORUS: nev genus:
This curious new genus is based upon a single female specimen
received recently from: Father Brown, and its position is uncertain.
It is remarkable in several particulars and difficult to classify. In
venation and in the petiolated, compressed abdomen it shows some
affinity with the tribes Anomaliné and Campoplegini, but it certainly
can not belong to either of these tribes, and in my perplexity I have
made it the type of a new tribe next to the Jesochorini.
The head is transverse, the eyes being abnormally large and occupy-
ing the whole sides of the head, converging anteriorly and reaching to:
the base of the mandibles, there being no malar space; the clypeus is
represented by a small convex prominence; the mandibles are small
and bidentate at apex; the thorax is about two and a half times as lone
as thick, narrowed posteriorly, the mesonotum with two sharply
defined parapsidal furrows that converge posteriorly; the metathorax
is as long as the scutellum, the meso- and pro-notum united, and is dis-
tinctly areolated, the basal area being triangular, the areola being
long and hexagonal; the abdomen is about twice as long as the head
and thorax united, strongly compressed and longly petiolated, and
965 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
ends In a prominent ovipositor. The wing venation is similar to that
in JMJesochorus, only the stigma is not so well developed but linear,
while the areolet is absent, as in some //em7¢telind.
19. NESOMESOCHORUS OCULATUS, new species.
Fenale.—Lenegth about 6 mm.; the ovipositor about one-third the
length of the abdomen. Black and shining, impunctate, except the
metathorax posteriorly, where the surfa e is wrinkled transversely;
the mesopleura have a long oblique, crenate furrow; the antenne are
ringed with white, the white ring occupying joints 13 to 16, the joints
beyond, and the 5 or 6 before, being black; the other joints, except
the pedicel, which is white, being brownish or yellowish; the palpi,
the tegule, front coxe and trochanters, the first jot of the middle
and hind trochanters, and a narrow annulus at base of hind tibie are—
white; the rest of the legs, except the second joint of the hind trochan-
ters, hind femora, and tibiwe, which are dark fuscous, and the basal
third or more of the abdominal petiole, are reddish-yellow; the second
and third dorsal segments of the abdomen narrowly at the extreme
base, and the venter, are whitish; the first and second abdominal seg-
ments are very long, about equal in length; the third and fourth
segments subequal, united not longer than the second, while the fol-
lowing segments are still shorter. Wings hyaline, iridescent, the
costal and internal venis brown.
Type.—Cat. No. 8337, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Robert Brown.) One specimen.
Family BRACONIDi.
Genus METEORUS Haliday.
20. METEORUS BROWNII, new species.
Tvemale.—Length 3.5 to4mm. Brownish-yellow, with the dorsum
and apex of the metathorax, the apex of the abdominal petiole, and
the base of the second dorsal abdominal segment black; the palpi and
the base of the abdominal petiole are white; eyes brown or purplish
brown in certain lights. The metathorax is regulose, while the
abdominal petiole is longitudinally striated; wings hyaline, iridescent,
the costal vein black, the stigma and internal veins light brownish.
Type. —Cat. No. 8317, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Robert Brown.) Three specimens, all females.
Genus CHELONUS Jurine.
21. CHELONUS ALBICINCTUS, new species.
Male.—Leneth 2.8 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen, except the
basal two-fifths, which is white, black, the mandibles red with black
teeth, the palpi. trochanters, front tibize and tarsi, basal two-thirds of
NO. 1413. NEW FILIPINO HYMENOPTERA—ASHMEAD. 969
middle tibiv, their tarsi, a very broad band on the hind tibiz, and the
hind tarsi, are white; the front femora are more or less reddish, the
middle and hind femora, and the base and apex of the bind tibiae, are
fuscous black. The wings are hyaline, the internal veins reddish-
brown, the stigma piceous. The abdomen is finely regulose with a
transverse groove or slit at apex.
Type. —Cat. No. 8818, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Robert Brown.)
Genus PHANEROTOMA Wesmael.
22. PHANEROTOMA ALBISCAPA, new species.
Male.—Length 2.2 mm. Black, the head and thorax finely, closely,
punctate; mandibles yellowish; the palpi, the scape and pedicel of the
antenne, the tegule mostly, the ventral membrane, and the lees,
except as hereafter noted, are white; the hind femora, except at
extreme apex, and the hind tibiew, except a broad annulus at base, are
black. The wings are hyaline, but the apical two-thirds of the front
wings have a faint smoky tinge; the costal vein, the stigma, the basal
vein, and the veins beyond are black or dark brownish-black, while
the median and submedian veins are, for the most part, yellowish; the
second cubital cell is long triangular and rather narrow.
Type.—Cat. No. 8338, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Robert Brown.)
Genus PSEUDAPANTELES Ashmead.
23. PSEUDAPANTALES AGILIS, new specics.
Female.—Length, 1.7 mm.; ovipositor slender, as long as the abdo-
men. Black and shining, the head and scutellum smooth and shining,
impunctate, the thorax, except the scutellum, being finely, minutely
punctate; the face has a delicate median carina; the palpi, tegule, and
median veins basally are yellowish-white; the legs, except the front
and middle coxe basally, the hind coxe, hind femora, tips of hind
tibie, and hind tarsi, which are black or fuscous black, are yellow or
light brownish yellow; the abdomen is smooth and shining, the plate
of the first segment being long trapezoidal. Wings hyaline, the costal
vein, stigma, and post stigmal veins being brown, the internal veins
paler.
Type.—Cat. No. 8339, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Robert Brown.)
ra) PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
Genus BIOSTERES Forster.
24. BIOSTERES LONGICAUDATUS, new species.
Female.— Length, 3.2 mm.; ovipositor longer than the whole insect.
Uniformly brownish-vellow, the eyes brown, the antennz very long,
gradually becoming black from the basal fourth, the sheaths of the
ovipositor black.
The head and the thorax, except the metantoum, are smooth and
impunctate; the parapsidal furrows are deep and converge and meet or
unite just in front of the scutellum, the latter with a broad deep fur-
row at base, which is separated into two by a delicate median carina;
the metanotum is areolated and punctulate. Wings hyaline, the
stigma and veins brown. The abdomen is a little longer than the
head and thorax united; it is smooth and impunctate, except dorsal
segments 1 and 2, which are more or less longitudinally striated.
Type.—Cat. No. 8319, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Robert Brown.)
Genus RHYSSALUS Hathiday:
- 25. RHYSSALUS UNICOLOR, new species.
Female.—Length 1.5 mm.; ovipositor shorter than the hind tarsi.
Brownish yellow, the sutures of the three-segmented abdomen black-
ish; stemmaticum black; eyes purplish brown; antenne toward base
(the first five or six joints), the palpi, and the legs white or yellowish
white. Wings hyaline, the stigma, except at apex, and the internal
veins, except as hereafter noted, yellowish white; the apex of the
stigma, the radius, and the costal veins brownish. Head and thorax
smooth, the metanotum with a forked carina. The abdomen is longi-
tudinally striated, the segments subopaque.
Type.—Cat. 8320, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Robert Brown.) One specimen.
Genus RHOGAS Nees.
26. RHOGAS MELANOSOMA, new species.
Male. Length 4.5 mm. Head and thorax brownish yellow, the
ocelli pale and placed on a black spot, the eyes black; the antenne,
except the first two joints, a spot at apex of the middle and hind fem-
ora, more or less of the base and apex of the hind tibi, the hind
tarsi, and the whole dorsum of the abdomen, are black. The abdomen
is rugulose, the first, second, and third segments with a median longi-
tudinal carina, that oa the third subobsolete. Wings hyaline, the
stigma and veins brown.
Type.—Cat. No. 8321, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Brown.)
No. 1418. NEW FILIPINO HYMENOPTERA—ASHMEAD. Sel
Genus BRACON Fabricius.
27. BRACON VAU, new species.
Fematle.—Length 2 mm.; ovipositor about two-thirds the length of
the abdomen. Black; the venter, a V-shaped mark on the second
dorsal segment of the abdomen, and a median line on the following
segments are yellow; the scape of the antenne, the mandibles—
except the teeth, which are black, the palpi, the tegule, and the legs
entirely, except the hind tarsi, are yellow; the hind tarsi are dark
fuscous or black.
The head and thorax are smooth and shining, impunctate, the parap-
sidal furrows being indicated by depressed lines that converge pos-
teriorly and nearly meet at the base of the scutellum; the dorsum of
the abdomen is finely, opaquely sculptured or shagreened.
Wings hyaline; the stigma and the veins, except the median and
submedian veins basally, are dark brown; the second cubital cell is
rather narrow, only about two-thirds longer than wide at apex, the
second transverse cubitus being shorter than the first.
Male.-—Length 1.8mm. Agrees well with the female, except that
the antenne are longer, the legs entirely yellow, the hind tarsi not
fuscous, while the median yellow line is absent on the two last
segments.
Type.—Cat. No. 8340, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Robert Brown.)
Family SELANDRIID.
Genus PARASELANDRIA Ashmead.
28. PARASELANDRIA IMITATRIX, new species.
Male.—Length 3mm. Black and shining, impunctate, the anterior
tibiz in front and the apex of middle tibizw yellowish; apices of the
joints of middle tarsi are also yellowish; the head has two broad
antennal sulci; the third joint of the antennz is the longest, a little
longer than the two preceding joints united or a little longer than the
fourth, the following joints shortening. Wings smoky black, the
stigma and veins brown black.
Type.—Cat. No. 8322, U.S.N.M.
Manila. (Father Robert Brown.) One specimen.
This is the first sawfly I have seen from the Philippines.
i ie a a an — a 7 -_ 7 _ a |. eft, ee ee Ss =e 7 - _.
i
NOTES ON THE FISHES OF PUGET SOUND.
By Cuarves H. GILpert,
Of Stanford University,
AND
JosEPH C. THOMPSON,
Assistant Surgeon, U. S. Navy.
The following notes are based on collections made at various locali-
_ties in Puget Sound during the summer of 1903 by Prof. Trevor Kin-
‘aid, of the University of Washington, and Dr. J. C. Thompson,
U.S. Navy, and on a further collection made by Professor Kincaid
during the summer of 1904. The specimens were secured along shore
or by dredging in shallow water. The majority of the species were
well-known and are not here listed, but in addition to these the
collection contains two undescribed species and six which have not
been reported hitherto from Puget Sound. Of the latter, two species
have been known only from Alaskan waters, one from the coast of
Oregon, two from California, and one from the Gulf of California.
That such notable extensions of range can be made on limited collect-
ing indicates that we are still far from an adequate knowledge of the
distribution of the fishes of the Pacific coast.
The authors desire to acknowledge their indebtedness to Professor
Kincaid for submitting to them this material.
ENTOSPHENUS TRIDENTATUS (Gairdner).
A male specimen, 350 mm. long, taken in Lake Washington, near
Seattle, differs widely from current descriptions of /. trédentatus.
The differences may be sexual, and the ordinary male form may have
been overlooked hitherto. Among the collections of Stanford Uni-
versity is a male specimen from the Rogue River, Oregon, which
agrees in almost all details with the Seattle specimen here described.
Other specimens before us exhibit the usual conditions and are all
females or doubtful as to sex, and the material is too scanty to permit
a determination of the question.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. XXVIII—No. 1414.
Proc. N. M. vol. xxvili—04——62 97
ceo
974 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
The principal differences from the previously recognized form of
tridentatus are the posterior origin of the first dorsal, the absence of
any interval between the two dorsal fins, and the greater height of the
fins; there is also a distinct precaudal fold which extends forward to
the vent. The head is also longer, the eye larger, and the tail shorter,
The arrangement of the teeth is wholly similar to that in ordinary
tridentutus. The supra-oral plate contains two large lateral and a
small median cusp, the latter distinct, but less than half the length of
the lateral cusps. The infra-oral plate is crescentic, with five equally
spaced broadly triangular cusps. There are about three series of very
small simple teeth on the disk in front of the pre-oral plate, the
median tooth larger than the others. Behind the infra-oral lamina
are two series, one near the margin, the other halfway between the
margin and the infra-oral lamina. The inner series consists of 16
small teeth, each inserted at the inner end of a short radial furrow.
The anterior tooth on each side is bicuspid, all the others simple. The
lateral portion of the disk contains on each side four larger plates,
the anterior and posterior of which are bicuspid, the others tricuspid.
The anterior lingual plate has a straight transverse margin, very
finely pectinate. The margin of the disk is densely fringed.
The eye is large, its diameter equaling half the interorbital width.
The front of the dorsal is behind the middle of the total length.
Its greatest height is two-fifths the length of the fin behind its origin.
Posteriorly, it joins the base of the second dorsal, being abruptly
notched at point of union. The second dorsal is very high, its longest
rays, including muscular area at base, one-fourth the length of the
base. A vertical line from the vent traverses the second dorsal at the
end of its first fourth. In advance of the lower half of the caudal fin
a well-defined rayless fold of the integument extends forward to the
vent, increasing in height anteriorly and ending in a rounded lobe.
In spirits, the color is slaty-brown, the posterior part of the first
dorsal and the anterior end of the anal fold white. The caudal fin is
largely black. The lips and gullet are slaty, the buccal disk whitish.
Measurements in hundredths of total length.
| |
ronnie Rogue |Klamath) Rogue | Rogue
| hetori River. | River. | River. | River.
Male. Male. Female. | Female. | Sex?
Total leneth(insmillimeters)/s2.5.....<.0-.2ccnecce 300 425 263, 535 580
Men eth OSM O Ut. shine sarap ta ess otal teeters 8.9 9 8 deel fffeal
Length of head to first gill slit.....-. 14 14.5 TS) 11.4 li
Distance between first and Jast gill sl 10.8 11 9.5 10. 2 10.5
Diameter ofiey ewe scanner ee Na Sea eee eee PP} 2-3 1.9 1.4 | 1)
Lenpth-beforeidorsall. 5322 see seme weciteincosccseecee 54 51.5 50 49 46.5
Base .offirstidorsall 05265. o- seep «2 25 oe noe eceeeee 16 15.5 14 15 | 7
Interspace between, dorsals 2. seo. 42 2.2 ees eesis- 0 0 5.2 Oy | 5
Heizht.offirstdorsall2 22-2 oeeseeee -2 Bae Aen ohGeritec 2.6 AS 34|. Sie e.ctoce 2.5 |} to
Baseronseconad:dorsalisc-e wee cence cece eee | 23.3 26.5 | 24.5 25 | 24
Length of caudal from upper notch ........-.- ree 6.5 8 7 7 7.8
Distance from vent itotip Of taile..2 oo ceseeeeeee 25 26 29.3 29.5 29.2
no. 1414. FISHES FROM PUGET SOUND—GILBERT AND THOMPSON. 975
CATULUS BRUNNEUS Gilbert.
A single specimen of this species, known hitherto only from the
type which was captured in deep water in the Gulf of California, was
taken by Doctor Thompson, at Brinnon, Hood’s Canal, Puget Sound.
It has been compared directly with the type specimen and found to
agree with it closely.
Specimen a female, 42 cm. long.
Body narrow, elongate, compressed, the vent in the middle of the
total length. Head slender, with comparatively long pointed snout,
strongly resembling the long-snouted species of J/uste/us. The pre-
oral length of the snout slightly exceeds the distance between outer
edges of nostrils and equals the interorbital width. The greatest
width of the snout slightly exceeds its length before orbits. Anterior
nasal valve with a narrowly rounded lobe, the width of which exceeds
its length; isthmus between nostrils equaling or slightly exceeding
the length of the nostril; labial folds well developed, the upper
slightly the longer, the lower one-third or two-fifths the distance from
outer labial angle to symphysis.
The teeth bear each a moderate, nearly straight, central cusp, anda
pair of small but obvious lateral cusps. Borne on the extreme base of
each lateral cusp is a minute denticle, which is usually wholly con-
cealed.
The eyes are small, one-third the width of the mouth between outer
labial angles, the small spiracles separated from them by less than
one-third their diameter.
The head is very soft and spongy. The snout bears a flask-shaped
patch of coarse pores on the middle line above and an elliptical patch
below. Other conspicuous patches are one below the front of the eye,
one behind the nostril, one behind the spiracle, a pair on interorbital
space, and a series running backward and outward from near angle of
mouth.
The pectoral is short, with broadly rounded angles; the length of
its anterior margin equals its distance from orbit. The base of the
anterior dorsal extends a little behind the line of attachment of the
ventrals; the anterior fin is smaller than the posterior, the length of its
base about three-fifths the distance between dorsals. The length of the
anal base is twice that of the second dorsal and extends very slightly
behind it. The caudal bears a sharp notch below its terminal lobe,
which is about one-sixth its length.
The skin is everywhere covered with minute, closely appressed,
triangular scales, each bearing a median cusp and a pair of diverging
lateral cusps. All the fins are wholly invested with similar scales.
No enlarged plates along back of tail.
976 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
Color in spirits: Top of head and a streak along middle of back in
front of first dorsal, warm brown; sides of head and body and the
fins slate-color; under parts slaty, a light-gray streak extending for-
ward from each ventral base nearly half way to pectorals. All the
fins are narrowly black-edged anteriorly. The color may have been
uniform brownish in life.
Measurements in hundredths of total length.
Type,
Brinnon,| Gulf of
Wash. | Califor-
nia.
Greates tide poles sata teeta ee ors ete ee ea ka alee tae ele Rene ie eerste 14.5 14
Length-of head-to-anterioneil leslits-<-sseen ee ot ae aoe eee ere ees 19.5 19
HonPitudinal iam eterOLov Dit. eck oe ec see ree ale cis ote a lere eet 3 | 3
Intéerorbitaliwidth wscoos Mens tes SS aecaeee ents cee ees ae ie eee ee ee cee 8 (hea)
Preocular lenge thomsnoulterc aceeccee cere asec Ca as en ON yO he er ec 9.5 9.5
Preoral Jenmoth of isnot: sik 2-2 coc cin ts ecto ee Seep ccleaner ae ee Oe eter ore teens 8 Heit
Width of head behind!spiracless:.2...2.2jc6-.c.scccas Soups ce see eae ose eee 11 ail
Greatest widthvol snouts: <=. cen. tena ctcis ce locate sce = eles Sele sees Oe ene eae 11 10
Width between outer labial angles EE OEE ISS Ore PONS TREO L A Goce ebobd 9.5 | 9
Lenpth-onfoldofiupperdip = 2ssseee assess sce eee ee ee eae ine aerate 3 oop
Lenethofdolavotlowerlips oss) nc See ste oe eat eee Se see ee casein! eee oe eee 2s 3
Distance betweensinnerends.ofmostrilss.- 22.0 a-e--noe ose eee sees Bt tse aha} 3
Distance fromssnout tompectoraly base\ 22 4-2 ce aa ee eee ae eee ene 23 24
Length of anterior margin: of pectoral. = .o< sic -oo sec a dacrecic sensi se eee scree cites 10.5 | 10.5
Lengeth of interval between pectorals and: ventralsy S52 22 sen ect e eeeeecie a 18 17
Base of first, dorsal ancluding antenordolds oo strro..es o-oo eee lace iectesies Ti 6.5
Distance between dorsals.. 2222s tes eos 0 Se sos sleisig ae wisleoiwsvalels + sisemlaa ele Se iepeeeiosts 8 7.5
Wenethioh base of second orsall. 22s. 4-22 cee e ee eee ee ee eee ae 6 | 6
Lene thiofianal base 12) .82) sees cc cs ee ienie 2 teens eee eee ee 13 | J2.5
Leneth-ofedudal,measiredsbelow ane cc seceeiccercte teins = eee eens 30 28
Distance from, outer Tabialangle toisymphysisic2 2 2eassc2-- seine ceteee eee eee 5ap) 6
Total lengsths(in millimeters) 222s sae aoe secs oree eee ocean eee eee 420 485
TARANDICHTHYS FILAMENTOSUS (Gilbert).
A perfectly typical specimen, 98 mm. long, from Hood’s Canal.
The species was originally described from the Santa Barbara channel,
and has been known hitherto only from southern and central Califor-
nia.” Current descriptions should be corrected in two respects: (1)
The interorbital area is comparatively wide, shallowly grooved, the
width increasing with age, but the maximum width is only about two-
thirds the diameter of the pupil, not, as described, more than half the
diameter of the orbit. (2) The two anterior filamentous dorsal spines
are produced far beyond the fin-membranes, the latter connecting
their basal portions and joining them to the third spine at a level
corresponding to the tips of the third and some of the succeeding
spines.
ICELINUS BOREALIS Gilbert.
Icelinus strabo SrarKs, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d ser., VI, 1896, p. 551.
Three specimens, the largest 70 mm. ee were dredged by Pro-
fessor Kincaid in Griffin Bay, East Sound and West Sound. Reex-
amination of the types of /. strado show ca uney are ypicae ce range
@Gilbert Rept. Comr. Fish Bnd Poe for 1993 ( 1396), p- “469.
>
nh
No. 1414. FISHES FROM PUGET SOUND—GILBERT AND THOMPSON. 7 f
ot variation of ee Pe and belongs. with that s species. “The sti ste.
ment introduced by Jordan and Evermann into the key to species of
Icelinus,” denying the presence of a nasal tentacle in /. strabo, is an
error. A simple nasal tentacle is present in the types of /. strabo,
wholly similar to that found in typical bored//s.
ASTROLYTES FENESTRALIS (Jordan and Gilbert).
Artedius asperulus SrarKs, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d ser., VI, 1896, p. 55:
No specimen of this common species was included in the submitted
material. It is mentioned here to place on record the fact that the
immature types of Artedius asperulus are members of this species.
In the young of Asfro/ytes, the lowermost of the three prongs of the
preopercular spine is still undeveloped at a time when the upper two
prongs are strong and equally developed. The third or lower prong
makes its appearance first asa small, flattened prominence on the lower
side of the middle prong near its base. We find it undeveloped on one
side, but evident on the other, in a specimen of A. fenestral/s nearly
twice the size of the types of A. awsperu/us. In one of the latter it
is apparent on one side, though minute. In all the types, the occiput
is partly covered with spinous plates and bears a number of filaments.
We have compared the types directly with A. fenestra//s and find them
to agree in all respects.
The genus Avyrias Starks? is scarcely distinct from Astro/ytes, with
which it agrees in all characters except the slenderness of the preoper-
cular spine. In the type of Awyr/as harrington7, a short prominence
is found on the lower side ofthe lower prong, agreeing in position
with the third prong in Astro/ytes fenestralis.
STELGIDONOTUS, new genus (Cottide).
AJlied to Rastrinus » differing in the cuboid head, with its wide inter-
orbital space, vertical cheeks, blunt snout, and broad U-shaped subin-
ferior mouth, in the absence of plates or spines on the head, and in the
simple, strong, falcate preopercular spine.
Type.—Stelgidonotus latifrons, new species.
STELGIDONOTUS LATIFRONS, new species.
Type 24 mm. long, from Friday Harbor, Washington, collected by
Prof. Trevor Kincaid. Cat. No. 53027, U.S.N.M.
Dorsal [X, 19; anal 15; pectoral 13; a eatcal 1, 3: tubes in lateral
line 39.
Body slender, terete, tapering to the very slender caudal peduncle.
Head with vertical cheeks, its height and width equal. Occiput gently
@¥ishes of North and Middle America, p. 1894.
db Proce. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d ser., VI, 1896, p. 554
978 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
convex transversely; the broad interorbital space with a shallow length-
wise groove. Snout short and bluntly rounded, its sides vertical.
Nasal spines strong. Width of preorbital 2.1 times in orbit. Mouth
horizontal, broadly U-shaped, at lower side of snout, the mandible
included. Maxillary reaching vertical from middle of orbit. Well-
developed bands of teeth in jaws and on vomer and palatines. Top of
head smooth, without plates, ridges, spines, or dermal flaps. Upper
preopercular spine simple, strong, falcate, its length two-thirds the
diameter of the eye; three blunt prominences below it. Opercle witha
strong horizontal rib, but without spine. Eyes circular, without ver-
tical range. Gill membranes united across throat, forming a wide,
free fold. No slit or pore behind fourth gill arch. Head with series
of very large mucous pores.
Back and sides thickly invested with small plates, each bearing a
depressed spine. The spinous area includes the nape, and the back and
sides of the caudal peduncle. A narrow strip along base of anal is
naked, as are also the lower side of caudal peduncle, the entire head,
Fic. 1.—STELGIDONOTUS LATIFRONS.
breast, and abdomen, and the postaxial area. There are no enlarged
plates or spines. The plates of the lateral line are very thin and incon-
spicuous; each pore is armed with a pair of minute diverging prickles.
Anterior dorsal low, continuous, gently rounded, of slender spines,
wholly distinct from the second dorsal. Anal similar to second dorsal,
beginning slightly in advance of dorsal and ending well in advance of
last dorsal ray. Vent immediately in front of first anal ray. Pec-
torals very long and slender, the middle rays longest, reaching base of
sixth or seventh ray of second dorsal. Ventrals reaching vent.
In spirits light gray, the upper parts coarsely punctate with black.
Faint dark bars cross the back, two under spinous dorsal, three under
soft dorsal, one on back of caudal peduncle. On the posterior half of
sides, just below the lateral line, a series of small, round light spots
are surrounded by incursions of the darker color of the back. Fins
translucent. According to Professor Kincaid, the specimen was bright
green in life.
Nno.1414. FISHES FROM PUGET SOUND—GILBERT AND THOMPSON. 979
Measurements in hundredths of length to base of caudal.
UL Geayae] Ov. ME MOYEN lL ares ae ee gr ee 32
SA LCOHUD (O1t TS lo ets anna Oo eel pera Suse ne a 2 nn ar ee le ene eee 20
Hiner Gull tranche Ae es cee St eee wine Srey eens Serene Nees Boy See, ae cee Slat 10
EMO IROUECILO Utes yee sek ts st Sead Ca yd een eee? Spee Pe. 2k BS NS 2 8
WA DSUN CIPESID OUT a a ai ere CS ne 10
DWYANE TEE: ONE ES SS een tet A a 10
HEeote MMO TUN ANON ATG 27 yk > Sy oF erie Scie ary ea ee ws ee as Bue elas 3
NBIC Tem O UU eee eyo see ts Ae A ete ate on eee ee CS BSE et eee 12
iiproimchoutionrst dorsalispimess 2-25 sce. 5 2252 Stel Jsctee oS. nai sane ne dees 30
Hisndorsal spine tounont oh second dorsalit=s2 62254. eee so eee eee 23
IBS: CL, URGING RG otc a ee eg a eae aa Se Oe DP en a 37
IBM: Oa, GNGN ao ANS AEP ie eet ety oe, a gee el eRe eee Nm are mE 35
ec eh SEI IMPI CO COUTL ee sealer. 8 eens prc eR ey otra eel ee eee Sk eo he De eee 38
Pea UCL a Wem Wie lee eter yey teeta cet 4S Sosy NSE eens ame tcc a oe eee 18
VLSTHEUHT, GON GE (008 NE SS ea pe eee Tey SRR net ee ge OG 1 A oe 25
Pengeth of caudal peduncle from lastianal ray: 22... 22is.00222 2222-2. 2bscact 12
Wenothetosbaseoncaudals Gmimulllimeters\o-o- -s assess sess s2 + se. see eee 19
MALACOCOTTUS KINCAIDI, new species.
Type 67 mm. long, from Brinnon, Hood’s Canal, Washington; col-
lected by Prof. Trevor Kincaid. Cat. No. 53028, U.S.N.M.
FIG. 2.—MALACOCOTTUS KINCAIDI.
Similar to Malacocottus zonurus, differing in the less robust form,
the shorter head, the reduction or obsolescence of the cirri on the
head, and the absence of the accessory spine which in JZ. zonurus pro-
jects laterally at right angles to the cheek, from the base of the mid-
dle preopercular spine. In structure of fins and in color the two
species are very similar.
Dorsals [X-14; anal 11, the last ray divided to the base; ventral
1, 3; pectoral 21.
Length of head 40 hundredths of total length to base of caudal;
eye 13; interorbital width 5.5; length of snout 11; maxillary 18;
depth of body 27; depth of caudal peduncle 7; length of caudal
peduncle 17; length of pectoral 29; length of caudal 27; length of
ventrals 14; length of longest soft dorsal ray 22.
980 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
Head large, with nearly vertical cheeks, and a gently arched upper
profile. The mouth is somewhat oblique, the maxillary extending
nearly to the vertical from the posterior margin of the pupil. A pair
of low occipital protuberances are present, less developed than in
M. zonurus. The interorbital space is gently concave; it bears pos-
teriorly a pair of ridges which join the supraorbital rim anteriorly,
and converge toward the occiput but do not meet. No nasal spines
are present. The posterior margin of the anterior nostril bears a
short flap. The preopercle bears two slender diverging spines at the
angle, the lower without trace of the accessory spinelet so conspicu-
ous in J. zonvrus, below and in front of the two diverging spines is
a third directed downwards and forwards. The opercle is marked
with two strong ribs, the upper of which is broad and longitudinally
striate, but the ribs do not terminate in spines.
The jaws contain narrow bands of villiform teeth; the vomer and
palatines are toothless. The gill membranes are broadly attached to
the throat, and have the posterior margin wholly adnate. The append-
ages to the branchial arches are tubercular and spinous, similar on all
the arches, those on the anterior limb nine in number. The fourth
arch bears but a single row of filaments, and is without posterior pore
or slit. A free fold of membrane, with marginal papille, is attached
to the inner face of the ceratohyval, and serves obviously as a valve to
close the cleft in front of the first gill arch. The pseudobranchiz are
large.
The dorsal fins are contiguous, the anterior low, with weak flexible
spines. The second dorsal is longer than the anal, overpassing it both
anteriorly and posteriorly. The pectorals have a broad procurrent
base, the lower rays rapidly shortened. The ventrals are short, their
length about equaling the diameter of the orbit, their basal half
included within the integument of the abdomen.
Series of large mucous pores on the top and sides of the head; those
along the course of the lateral line 15 in number.
Two pairs of blackish cross-blotches on the lips, the anterior much
the larger. Head inconspicuously blotched and spotted with dusky.
Three irregular dark cross-bars on the back, one under spinous dorsal.
a broad well-marked bar below second dorsal, and a narrower one ou
the caudal peduncle and the basal portion of the caudal tin. The bars
are more or less broken up by streaks or mottlings of the lighter brown
color. The abdomen has a bluish or purplish tinge, and is punctate
with black. The pectorals are dusky on the basal third, sometimes
mottled, a light bar sometimes occupying the middle third of all except
the lower rays; the terminal third is blackish, all except a few of the
uppermost rays with whitish tips. The ventrals are dusky with whitish
tips. The spinous dorsal is blackish, the soft dorsal with three or four
oblique blackish bars, the anterior bar usually much wider than the
no.1414. FISHES FROM PUGET SOUND—GILBERT AND THOMPSON. 981
others. The anal is obscurely marked with oblique narrow cross-bars.
The basal dark bar of the caudal is continued backwards on the upper
and the lower rays, and serves partly to inclose the broad white bar
which follows. The distal half of the fin is marked with one or two
dark bars, and has a narrow white margin.
Numerous specimens have been examined. The species is evidently
abundant in Puget Sound, where it is easily dredged in shallow water.
The species is named for Prof. Trevor Kincaid, who is so energetically
increasing our knowledge of the zoology of Puget Sound.
GILBERTIDIA SIGOLUTES (Jordan and Starks).
A second specimen of this interesting species, 68 mm. long, was
dredged by Professor Kincaid in East Sound, in August, 1904. We
have compared it directly with the diminutive type of the species
without discovering important differences. The mouth seems less
oblique and the mandible less prominent, but this may be due toa
slight distortion in the tvpe. We have examined it in connection also
with specimens of Psychrolutes paradoxus, with a view to determining
the value of the characters alleged to separate G//hertidia and Psy-
chrolutes. The distinctive characters of G7/bertidia “are said to be:
(1) the very long continuous dorsal and anal fins; (2) the condition of
the anterior rays of the dorsal, which are not concealed beneath the
integument of the back; (3) the form of the mouth. Psychrolutes was
originally described as having no spinous dorsal, but Jordan and Ever-
mann say that the spinous dorsal consists of **short, slender, flexible
spines, entirely embedded in the skin and not visible without dissec-
tion, as the spines do not rise above the level of the muscles.” Again
they say: ** Dorsals united, with a slight notch between, the first buried
ina ridge of skin so that its delicate spines can not be counted from
without.” Reexamination of Psychrolutes has shown that the above
statements do not adequately represent the facts. There is usually no
external trace of the spinous dorsal, the thick skin passing smoothly
over the middorsal line without fold or attachment. On removing
the integument, the spinous dorsal is found to consist of well-developed
slender spines, lying loosely in the subcutaneous tissue, and joined
together by membrane in the usual manner. They are movably artic-
ulated at the base, and are not at all embedded in the muscular tissue.
They slightly increase in length posteriorly, and join the soft dorsal
without notch. The spines are 10 to 12 in number, the soft rays 12
to 14; the first spine is inserted over the opercular flap.
It is evident therefore that in length and shape the dorsal fin in
Psychrolutes does not differ from that in G7/bertidia, the only ditfer-
@ Gilbertina (preoccupied) Jordan and Starks, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., (2), V, 1895,
pp. 811, 812. Jordan and Evermann, Fishes of North and Middle America, Pt. 2,
p. 2027.
982 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII,
ence of importance consisting in the concealment of the spinous dor-
sal in Psychrolutes. A minor difference is found in the backward
extension of the vertical fins in @7/bertidia, the dorsal and anal being
separated from the caudal only by a notch, leaving none of the caudal
peduncle free. Because of the condition of the type of G. sigolutes,
this character could not be determined and is incorrectly represented
in the figure of the type. In the larger specimen before us, the upper
protile of the anterior part of the head is less concave than is repre-
sented in the type drawing, the snout is more bluntly rounded, the
mouth is less oblique, and the maxillary scarcely extends beyond the
vertical from the middle of the eye. The shape of the head does not
differ essentially from that of Psychrolutes paradowus. In Gilbertidia,
however, the fold of the lower jaw is continuous across the sym-
physeal region, while in /sychrolutes it is broadly interrupted in the
middle line by a frenum. The spine described on the anterior end of
the preorbital and that on the upper part of the shoulder girdle are
not externally apparent in this larger example. The fin rays and pro-
portions are as follows:
Dorsal VIII, 16; anal, 13; pectoral, 16.
Potalsleme thins 234s sjp5.ce = SS ae eer ec millimeters... 68
heneth 46 base ob caudal: ses 2 ae ee ee a ee dos = 08
Lenoth of ihead). 222 223.5. 40 see te ee eee hundredths.. 39
Greatest depth...) 2-2" soe oe eee eee doz... 26
Depth,of caudal peduncler.. 2 s2-cccc et etoee ee oe eee ee ee Coiaeee. 7
Greatest width Ol bead:s ses cs 52. sete betes ie es eee OKO}s ey 5)
Lengthror SmOutoe scccei0 es eee aes speeleeta te eee ee do. -.. m2
Diameteroieyersaci2./. Soe eke each eos ee te ee ee dosent
Tnterotular Widths 225 20% ok ae eee cee eee d0a. oe a4
Lengthyot maxihlary <o3s2cs2 Seana o 25 kis ok ee ec ee done25 aula
Snout tomirst dorsal"spime v3. cote ae ete eee ee See ie = eee dotaeeaon
benothotpectoral oo. a: oie test oo cities See ee Cease ah
eneth of ventrals 2 woes. .2222 See ioe eo eee ee dota aula
Isenothvol caudal. ot bot care eee ao eee ee ee dOl==ene2o
XENERETMUS INFRASPINATUS Gilbert.
One specimen of this well-marked species, 98 mm. long, was dredged
by Professor Kincaid in East Sound, July, 1904. The only speci-
mens hitherto known were the type and cotype taken by the U.S.
Bureau of Fisheries steamer Albatross off Cape Flattery at a depth of °
71 fathoms.” The specimen here listed agrees with the type in fin-
formule and measurements and in all the distinctive characters of the
species. The following corrections should be made in the original
description, and apply as well to the type as.to this specimen. The
least interorbital width equals three-fourths the diameter of the orbit.
The rostral plate contains six instead of five spines, as follows: three
short spines on its upper surface, directed upwards and backwards; one
@Gilbert, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 3d ser., III, 1904, p. 262, pl. xxvit.
No. 1414. FISHES FROM PUGET SOUND—GILBERT AND THOMPSON. 983
strong spine at e eek outer epee. directed ange and backw: ar das one
very small spine between the two last mentioned, directed forwards
from the median line. This median spine is not found in any other
known species. There are faint, darker (not lighter) bars on back
and sides.
Still a fourth specimen, a female, is in the collection of Stanford
University, taken by the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries steamer Albatross
at station 3259, in Bering Sea, depth 41 fathoms. The head and body
are very much wider than in the specimens noted above, which are
all males. The spines are shorter and blunter, the eye smaller, the
ventrals shorter, and the lower pectoral rays are not produced beyond
the outline of the fin. These are all sexual characters, parallel differ-
ences being found between the sexes in other species. The fin-rays
are dorsal V—5, anal 8.
LIPARIS DENNYI Jordan and Starks.
Numerous specimens were dredged by Professor Kincaid in East
Sound, Friday Harbor, and Upright Channel, Washington, in July
and August, 1904.
The species is very close to LZ. fucensis, agreeing in size of disk and
in the very wide gill-cleft. Z. denny? is more robust in form, with
longer dorsal and anal fins, and these more extensively connate with
the caudal fin. The two species form an evident transition to .Veo-
liparis. In L. denny? the first five to seven dorsal rays are unjointed,
slender, and spine-like, but they usually increase in length regularly
from the first and can not be distinguished from the articulated rays
except by dissection. In the adult type of the species, the first twelve
rays are unjointed, indicating apparently that this condition invades
the fin with increasing age. Both dorsal and anal join the caudal for
almost the entire height of the fins, with little or no notch, the basal
third or two-fifths of the caudal being thus adnate with the anal. The
dorsal contains in all 38 to 40 rays.
In ZL. fucensis the first tive dorsal rays are slender and unjointed.
They sometimes pass imperceptibly into the rayed portion of the fin,
but more often form an anterior lower lobe, separated by a shallow
notch from the rest of the fin, the middle spines a little higher than
the anterior and posterior. Both dorsal and anal terminate in rounded
posterior lobes, and are either wholly free from the caudal or join the
latter only at its extreme base. The dorsal contains in all 35 or 36
rays. Weol/paris fissuratus Starks“ is a synonym of L. fucensis. The
genus Veol/paris apparently should be withdrawn.
Tn the type of LZ. denny/, the diameter of the disk is contained 1}
times in its distance from tip of mandible, 14 times in its distance
from front of anal. The vent is very slightly nearer the front of the
a@Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d ser., VI, 1896, p. 560.
984. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, XXVIII.
anal than the posterior margin of the disk. In younger individuals
the vent is more posteriorly placed, its distance from front of anal
varying from one-third to two-thirds the distance to edge of disk,
according to the size of the specimen. The teeth seem to be uniformly.
in 13 or 14 series in each half of either jaw.
Four different types of coloration are found among the new material:
(1) Nearly plain brown with obscure dusky mottlings, the pectoral
finely cross-barred with black and white. (2) The entire upper parts,
including the dorsal fin, marked with parallel wavy light streaks with
darker margins, the intervals between the streaks dusky olive;’pecto-
ral more obscurely barred. (3) Entire upper parts dark olive, thickly
covered with small, white spots less than the diameter of the pupil.
(4) Lighter olive, marked with few whitish or silvery white narrow
streaks or bars, which are black margined. One series of these cross
the dorsal fin, another the anal, both continued a variable distance on
the body. Other streaks or spots occupy the top and sides of the
head and may be svmmetrically disposed on the two sides of the same
individual, although not agreeing in different specimens. An approach
to this type is found in one specimen in which the brown of the sides
is divided by coarsely reticulating light lines, some of which run out
on the bases of the fins.
PLECTOBRANCHUS EVIDES Gilbert.
The present collection contains a fine specimen of this species, 129
mm. long, from Hood’s Canal; the second to be placed on record. The
type was dredged by the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries steamer A/batross
in shallow water off the coast of Oregon.
The pair of canines in the front of the premaxillaries are less marked
than the type description would indicate, being evident, but not much
larger than the remaining teeth of the outer series. The mandibular
teeth form anteriorly a moderate band which tapers behind, but is not
reduced to a single (irregular) series much in advance of the corner of
ithe mouth. No anterior canines are visible on the mandible in this
specimen.
No pores are evident in the lateral line, but its course is indicated
by a series of widely spaced whitish bodies, much less numerous than
the scales.
The nostril opens in a short tube with thin walls, collapsing in pre-
served specimens, and resembling then a simple flap.
The dorsal contains 55 spines; the anal 2 spines and 35 rays; the
pectoral 15 rays.
Measurements in hundredths of length, without caudal.
Length of head: = 2222 2a Ses ae ee ee ee all
bength; of snouts 2 ae 5 oe ee ee ee ee er 5
Diameter of -ey@oie 2 2S Se a ee oe ern ee
|
No. 144. FISHES FROM PUGET SOUND—GILBERT AND THOMPSON. 985
eS ULD. (ON TOU O.G NG nee Oe = ee ce a rr rr i
| EYE ns Gil SROCE I Si eee Pe ee Ey go 11
Pen MCATC a ep eUNCle a. 8 oa e a en ete eee 4.5
SiomncenToniGanout to dorsal 2523. n 0s) oe eee oo osinc ee oa snes Sack 17
Moncumorlongcest COGAl Spine... a .s-cce ee ease cases e cll ccc ecko soos wae 5
Perce mM rOMsnOUl tO anal... Sas, 22 oe at ace ws bee see Saheis aS 48
Pent meOis CCONG. ANG iSPING=)o5 a. ee es nee oe oa ne See bees oe 3
Bet MEMO MCMC Ie pets ste os he ye os eee ge A Ot 155
Pe trneO te Oncestapectonraliray o4 22 sso sec ao SNe Seo. . sees eee es ED
ULEAD GaP NATIT sp Ra al ps ei Sr 8
Plectobranchus is most nearly allied to Leptoclinus, agreeing with
the latter in the nonprotractile premaxillaries, the development of a
pair of anterior canines in each jaw, and the elongation of the lower
ud
ee *
FIG. 3.—PLECTOBRANCHUS EVIDES.
pectoral rays. /%vrocliénus also has the upper jaw nonprotractile, while
in Leptoblennius and Lumpenus a post-labial fold is well developed.
BROSMOPHYCIS MARGINATUS (Ayres).
A specimen 177mm. long, from Puget Sound, gives a notable exten-
sion of the range of this rare species, known hitherto only from the
vicinity of San Francisco.
The dorsal contains 108 rays, the anal 75. - Ina specimen from San
Francisco, described by Jordan and Evermann,“ the fin rays have been
incorrectly enumerated, and should stand: Dorsal 100, anal 76.
Measurements in hundredths of length, without caudal.
SEsEeS NGC ee et ee er oe Dea ee Se AS nak te 5,2 Steers woe Se ot eb
[Danae Owe EAVES Os erertes ep See er oe ee Se en a Eee ee 4
1 TVET TSC Pe ch ee a, een gat ee 4.5
Bear un eOles i OULeee sal eke ie ee eee 8 cag Esa gop Sel aes Screed A 2 leeds 6
ILeetmye eli aE TRAVERS UD EET cat arees SER ORES Sea Soe reais NS oe ee ON 11.5
WY TIGHT oV SCORE TONGS Ute ie aS - pepe toe ee a ae Se Ee nS Se EE: 12.5
PRCALGS CED Uln ma untT OIG Oly ClO Tsai rae eae tia peey Re eee ae es See 20
Depth at base of caudal ....-...----- BS Pe Se Re ae ho et av ha ts B= 2.5
Dictancestromysnoutito dorsaleeese san. sete ook See See Sec oe ein see ee SSeeee 33
JONSOMGE TROT SOO WIDE) Cag. oe Sam oo anno dae hae a sone aes Hee eee ne 19
DFS teres MnOMIEST OU ytOee Tl ll et oye Ae ee eee pee eS ie we eee See 50
en cghimo lave mi bral seems ts ay ee Se ete eee MS Rt. ee Aero Ge yeni eevee 14
RH OGR Oia CCUO La Sear tress Heep eee ee ese ee eta rks Se A ee Ok ee Se 16
O86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. XXVIII.
The last anal ray is s partly united with the basal portion of the « cau-
dal in this young northern specimen—a character we can not verify in
southern adults. The species has 7 branchiostegals and the lateral line
is evident, forming a strong arch anteriorly above the pectorals.
LYCODES BREVIPES Bean.
A single specimen, 192 mm. long, was taken by Professor Kincaid
in East Sound, Puget Sound. The species has been known previously
only from Alaskan waters. The fin rays have been incorrectly enu-
merated in this species. Counting to the middle of the tail, we find in
four specimens, including the Puget Sound example, the dorsal con-
tains 98 to 102 rays and the anal 82 to 89. The differences between
L. brevipes and L. palearis are small in amount, but seem to be con-
stant. The suggestion having been made that they were due to sex,
we have examined that matter in 9 specimens of ZL. brevipes, with the
result that 5 were found to be females and + males. We give below
measurements of the Puget Sound specimen in hundredths of the total
leneth:
Leneth-of head 2i.2.222. Jon 2. = FS ks ee ee
Leneth of snouts. 2.22 2362s. eeeeeceS sees ee oe ee ee (39
Diameter Ob 6ye. 2. cs ele sae ene eae ie ee ee 5
Leneth of maxillary ts.2s6.0.2 tess setae Soe ai eee ee 8)
Distance to frontof dorsal: -2222. 222s see ens le ee nee ee Ce)
Distanceito. venti... 25.2 224.22. cb 02 ee cee Sees cee eee ee 45
Depth ol body. S225 a. ee ao ee eestor ch ate ete te ae 12
Length of pectoral con 22.25.25 tase sete jas ote atthe ete a eee 12
Leneth of ventral: 22.0 2h cete bance nee ake eee nee oe oe eee 2
LYCONECTES ALEUTENSIS Gilbert.
Lyconectes aleutensis GILBERT, Rept. U. 8. Fish Comr. for 1893 (1896), p. 452,
pl. xxXIv.
Two tine specimens, 205 and 238 mm. long, were taken at Brinnon,
Hood’s Canal, Puget Sound. The species has been known hitherto
only from the type specimen, taken by the U. 5. Bureau of Fisheries
steamer Albatross in 1890, north of Unalaska Island, at a depth of 45
fathoms.
In the specimens before us, the dorsal contains 67 spines, the anal
46 and 49 rays, the pectorals 1 13 rays, the caudal 17 and 18 rays. The
first two anal rays are spine-like, being simple, stiff, and pungent, but
they are distinctly articulated. The remaining anal rays are all soft,
and are once cleft near their tips, the branches thus formed being
closely joined throughout except in the posterior rays, where then
diverge.
The eyes completely fill the sockets, their sunken condition in the
type having been obviously the result of the strong spirits employed
in its preservation. There is a deep circular pit, with diameter about
no. 1414. FISHES FROM PUGET SOUND—GILBERT AND THOMPSON. 987
equaling the diameter of the pupil, on the median line of the snout
immediately behind the tips of the short premaxillary spines. There
are but three strong conical teeth on the head of the vomer in one
specimen, four in the other; the palatines are toothless. The smaller
specimen contains two slender filaments on the margin of the inter-
opercle, and one at the lower edge of the cheek. These are not evi-
dent on the larger example.
The lateral line could not be distinguished in the type, doubtless
owing to the shriveled condition of the skin. It consists of a series
of small distant papille, each perforated with a central pore. They
are irregularly spaced, long and short intervals frequently alternating,
giving thus the appearance of a paired arrangement. Six or seven of
them form a crowded series on the basal fourth of the caudal fin.
Measurements in hundredths of length, without caudal.
Leman OF lnenel. ce coees Seay oaccod sa GUCREo Caan ECS pEoe een eee. 16 15.5
Genes: GION Ss Sa esas eee eee eee ee a rere ie oe en fea ee 7.5 8
TL pSamyse) oe OHe SLAVONIC, cs expe Se ean egy eee ana te eae tinea oy eee ee 3.5 4
ID NIG ROVEINETE KON, CME) ee een ae a ND SS OS le pt Ds ee ee ge ee ae ee 1 il
Nero ital evylCli lee ne eeepc une ese Le Bok eee 3 2.5
Wen sungoigniaxallll atygeee ee he Sone eee ea Ste ts, Sere ee as 5 5.5
Witiliin @i lnenyol 34 e aan 2 ee ee ee eee ee ee eee eS eee 8 8.5
DiStancemnonmesnoutitOnd Olea lee oe pare are Seem see eee eens ea se 16 16
Wistancestromysmoutstovamall yes hone oe eee oie ose ia cisiers ce sees Stic 44 45
IL@MVEAHN Olt OCOROM eee Sa te Sen oo Se ena ps ee eee eee ee eee 3.5 4
Bere: Clnwe te cat Cle maemo Beep arcs vase ee he tetas ars eer ee ore eae ey 8s)
4 Page.
_ Abbott, Dr. W. L., Birds Collected by, in
the Kilimanjaro Region, East Africa, by
4 Jelnipedy Op,.(8) 8100 (6) syeh oe eee ae ar ee ee ee 823
Ablepharus bontonii peecilopleurus........ 117
PRTC L OU Pee Ors yee Sele Saw a ciehaan eerie acy 784
. LMI ACTH ATISES Se a0 asset 784
eed CALM O CAM Dale mo. ce mens ea Jesse 951
f PEACODWNo= Geceéocaessasa== 952
Acanthocaulos, Note on the Genus Prionu-
‘ RUsOr py Lheodore Gill’. s222-<en-24s-6--2 121
' Acanthogobius flavimanus............--. 208-209
i TYDIG Oy Se pe Be ne eee 208-209
; Sthi@mMOthinuUs 2.226222" 209
PAT CAI a aete eetate sie eis sis seine eis cise sie einseaee 4
Acarina or Mites, A Treatise on the, by Na-
_ a wae) 8 0 SC ee ee eee ee 1
INEST OO Geet ee eee eee Ree eee oe 806
Acherontia styx, var. crathis.........-....- 942
ANGIUIN CIO) no <4 BeOS eee eee eee 36
Acipenser brevirostrum - 5..s.-2--..-2..--.- 573
RUE] ORS Nee me re cincine cls apuac.e ass 573
BAIGORTIUIM soci c secas ce oes SE OR Go aA Oneee 156
Acrocephaluss. - 252.0. c.c0.02--a2---- 897,898, 901 |
UCU ILL GUIS reser iseroe tiene 899
BRUNGINACEHS seseeeee eee - - = 899
arundinaceus. 899
orientalis ....- 899
DISELICIGE PS 2 scsceaciec emcee 901
dumetorum affinis........... 900
dumetorum..... 899
inexpectatus. ...- CS eer: 899
MAcrOrhiyNCHUSSs4s4-sc5-46<" 899
(Muscipeta) dumetorum....- 901
ODSOIEHISE ase aa ee ens 899
QMMUS) Sane een scades sane 899, 900
paludicola s-cssce cases se 899, 900
PMlUStrIss = <= seis ase soes= ces 899
PATAP MISS ace cs oeses eee 897
schcenobeenus ..... 897,898, 899, 900
SOLS Op MINUS es pace eee 900
StEMLOLCUS Sono ns cece emis 898, 899 |
SURCDELUS:,,.2 bs acnccines-s seems 899
Acrothele: (7) mMinwWta ss. 2.s..9e- << =< 526-22. 303
(mobergia) granulata........... 304
TALUS pepee toe taleyes ic smre clelesitas 303
SUDSIGU Se Seco oscil ote cies erences 304
PAG TO UENVID Ane ase es eres oon ce ctasseseiesemee 299
MUNO seen esas seth toe ae 303
PNGTOUNG LA sce om ok See tne wacciejetiinters eels 313
MELCTIU AGA es se hae tae ale thereto Se 298
nsailieyiey ss -= coe ee eee 298
DISCCLBS sek Sse ate pee a ececene 298
Proe. N. M. vol. xxviii—04——63
INDEX.
ACLOULCta i CANCellatay sects cceaeeeen ae seers 299
errerrindensiSnne. = asecen seca 299
CMIMONSIGsss secre sees oe eee 300
gemma ..... Gaupocensebeesassesct 298
Id AN OCMSIS ia .s-eeclasioeeioele cee 300
AGA Socrates Sreeee 298, 301
SULCHtieceeee snes eeee 300, 302
KeutOre ala sae occ se Seen cae 295
IDE Web sara CRB R Sea eaAeSe: CceEee 300
TUIGROSCOPI CAE tee ace eee eee 302
NEDOCNSIS soos scious see weiaas earn 300
NOR sche ckc castes ee Oseceeeee 301
DaACiicay. (eh sleet ae see 301
SAPVINGe s Hohn soe sees wae eee 299
shantunPensis ----s-eese-50- eae 301, 329
SIPOP ae tae aoe oe See 298
SPIN OShy Soe ee ak se eee seen 302
UplanGensis! sscce~c== ssi acos ee 302
uplandica limonensis.........--. 303
Actias selene, var. artemis .......-........- 943
A CHIME Gai aSccn sh ceeee tenes econ en Soe neat 22
AGHIMOSELIS <2 s.4 = 220 2s seal OS eeRES aces 382
Cenomanensis.---s2se--2- 24225 382
AC TOGTOMAS so -pe canes semee nee mee sen as 839
DMINUWED j= sas Sareea joecass 838
ACtOpP HU VS AMC AMUS|s esa as cic eeetorrse ese 837
A Crydi am syarl Gui Se = ae era re one ere <se= =m 835
Additions to the Recorded Hymenopterous
Fauna of the Philippine Islands, with De-
seriptions of New Species, by William H.
PAS DIN CRORE Santee teste ai acta ite seite cise 957
INAS CULAR ease namon scene os aince aise Heese aee 954
funeralish cwemscorss ne eslaseeee ai 955
Adult Goblin Shark (Mitsukurina owstoni)
' of Japan, Notesonan, by Barton A. Bean. 815
| Aedon megarhynGhs..on.- == oneneecee = - se - 895
Aepithalus musculus: .os26sceccs ssa. see 917
PH DNOD YS Aino sees Soecioae Sense ee sasic ree 929
Africa, East, Birds Collected by Dr. W. L.
Abbott in the Kilimanjaro Region, by
Marry G1 Oberholsers* ost 52-5 sss 2 sss. $23
YAf¢:K0) 0008 U2) aes OAS OE ee Ane aA Ree D 154
INS ATI CIS CTESSO ef ana ececie aoa eerie nas Bese bys
INCE TONS ED) a ERS OE EAE OB OMA GE RAGS 384
NO ANCHO aaaceetowe eee Aa ck ces eee 384, 419
Ap ani Cini eetemsicio ses steamers Jase tame 378, 374
bA Drs CLL Bene, sie crore asap cisterns eichavsateeroete eer 146, 157
APO iNGT Ulysse «ja cstercicte steer ee se aero = 146, 157
A ONVOY S22 srataicists omielsiasiteaiciaieis ers Siersieciermctmss 41
AimeheianO-ChOimen. eases eins set eae eee ae 939
Agenia ...... See ele ae a aesioe eames i3sslor
CinPWlatAe ese ee econseecce ee 1838, 151
990 INDEX.
Page. Page.
AP ONIIN SA. c2c.cose ce ce ecseeecseme cose tees 133,151 |) Amig) cilbentisss. snes ss. SOCRACHOSAADCaaS 769, 777
A OTIONIGSS sno sak on ee oe iy cern oe eee 167 MOVE-IN saaserc cisco aieee ee nene 77
APPIONINS,....2oe,clicine setae oe ce aaeiea ee eee ee 175 NOVEMPASCIALA: se. ee seen eee 777
A PTIOPUSic sama dotcnas ste Der eet eee ee 221 9 AMIMOGVLES 25-7 ce iacler etek isle te etsiee atte 159, 160, 163
APT OUV PLO! toon eee ee peel leihe vei 155 AMETICAMUS| se cctaacteretelee eters 573
AS TORMETEIUGCS ac- cere cis cos cers cenit niece eiet'=-< 142,156 LODIAMUS - ies eemcne oe eee EOE Ee 163
BUDICOXISMey crsene oe ee eee 149-1560 AM MOU yids: osse eae eee ee 159, 160, 161
unifasciatus............... 149: 156' | EAmmMOoOaytids Se: esse nao Sees 161
VOL GHISatesae nee aes 156.) Ammod ytifOnmesiac ce os cece sense eee 161
Ahm “pough !o- 225.225 es sacceeeeeee eh 439.441 |" Ammodytina 2 .oacccse ce eeee nee ee eee 161
IAIN“! S es So ces eee a eae te 498) (Ammo yitinse Se shoes cee cen eee 161
DATE= TL O=TINUTS MUL ae hc a recreate ee nett certs 955 | Ammodytoid Fishes, On the Systematic Re-
Alsuda poecilosternges. ses eec sce ee cee nes 875 lations of the, by Theodore Gill.......... 159
yQEN SCob ct: -aapuees me ere Oe See ot Ri gk 875.) Ammodytordsewes: = 20... oc oe eee 159, 161
Alaudo [sic] chelicuti........... Bee eee e: 8522 |) Ammodytoideav-= so eeccks eee eee eee eee 159
Al@edinidte. cocoate) oo eee eee 851 |) Ammodytoidels.cose.ascee ae oe ee ee
Aleedomidisus..keko ee aceasta eee SH ip AMMONIA. 2 2 eisjstecisites se a cee eee eee 17
Semi cserulenke see eee ene Shi: >|, Ammophilait sca leasa cleo. eee eee eee 150
SEMITONGUATHS = - 5-25 conan eee 851 StLIPCS 232 1-2 be eee ee eee 150
ACES AIMETICAMUS S. cats ote sous cee eae 677 COLMA ace eeu ascesiee co eeeeee 150
ATEDIONG 62) Senki nee eee oe 505, 506, 508, 521, 531 SUPErCilidriSas. 222 eee 150
AVGUTOBIUS 3 aoe eee te Se ee re 81:89"83>) “Ammophilinse: sce oe eee oC eee 150
TTT Soi tee oe ee eee 83 |) Ampulex.4 sek. 50. gor Oo ate eee 151
Ad TanMAle eS sacn. eae FMR a er 90 COMPLessiac.c > cece ase eee eee 151
gracilepinnatus...............-- 90 levigatar ssc sceteee reer eee 127151
Allodaperassaseariesadoc soe. eee ees eee 149) ))| Aum pulicidte=-2 22 «27 eee ee ee ee See ee 151
philippinensis\....3+0c2.csecesee ee "149 | Am pulictivss .2.258 cc coe sesecieies ee neers eee 151
INTO D tes eae ean Se OO MAM YArUS’s.csascee soe ee 890
AINUSINATINMAw nace ces cena ee ee ee 943, 948 Qubius?s..2.0 ae ee eee 890
MOM Yind <2.-€- acc cce co eceee Soe cn sence 155 MOTION Mose Sac owe ces oa eee eee 889
Alopochentes ypuaGa.2s2ascs.mcceeeesseeces 828 TUPellil 2s. esnacose eee 889
AlOSaiSAPIGISSIING), 2a. J2ce. nee ieeeee eae 573 SHEWEC Yl ot scee seen nee 890
AN PNHEUS TUDE, sca oti cecietene asserts cies alee ns 808 Wallerh, cosceeaceccnsneusae eee 890
Wh olauts bho ae AS OR ASR TaA Senate Aa 156% “AMR DACIA. <<. cena seeeee het meee eee 378, 406
IAL SCOM ARMs e chess eae eee east ese 909) 9107011 |Amabaciadse. seco Al a fa. occ cietes eta catia santo ite 376
adustus ...... SST Soe ts Bea ee 9101) Ama bantid euisscacecacecic cee sae eeeeies 206, 782
anpolensis.23522 25,5 sea Seen ae O10: |) AMADAS: so. S ccwiteics ssl eiels seats teaee eee 782
FGUANCUSE = sac cee ocee eee 910 OligolepisS ~-sccece.n sc eee ee eee 206
GOMMBLUS oe cane oo oeeeeceeeeas 910 testudineus'; 32... s2tease- sseee rere 782
epulatus epulatus................ O10 ai) ANGDIACINe act ectece cece eee 401, 402, 403, 420
FAM TISLIENSIS = -1,242.0.06%5 910 pajociana-<:%. sosc..cccceeeoeee 403
PAM Oe ee eases eee eee 9107) -Amabraciideei.. 2. tases sce ee sees 379, 402, 420
TMTUUA GUS SNe cess wenc ate woe ce 910") Anacrabronimee: .2.225ec2 5.0 acne aeeeen ies 150
IMUTING sist ccntcne see coseweaenene 908) || AmagyTuSss52 2c) ci cey eon eae arene 137
murinus djamdjamensis. ........ O1.0i| PATIOS CS reas secs a ante eee see eee ee 90, 93
MULIMUS:.. 5. She Ss208 2 908, 910 CremiIdonotus.2..-ce-2-o eee eee oe 93
ODSCULUS 222: cs seae cee ee 910 Gigitatus!::<.s2sscscscene ee selec 94
POCISIS#Peeneee ooeees 910 ToNgISPINOSUS: <<... 5 72 oe clalelswislersle els 93
PULIVNS tyes see ee 910 PaSSCLINUS! ence se=o see ee eee 94
MNUGGU aoe ee ecche Ae ome emacs 910 tridentulatus 22222 5-eec cee tee eeeee 93
SuUbaGustust... tose see oe 910 tyrannicc. cic hs ai iaeest seen eee 93
ATV GUS2 5%. wc ccce'sccis casieas once senesienes se 15;.|| wAnsal eesidte see = ane see see ec eee 11,87
PAU VISIO SES cretes sean ne we ot oes eee area sta eee 156 |PANAaSeeypllacaje-c- 2c. sse eee eee ee eeae 828
AMAGINGATASCINDAC. © too ce ckic Seiocaeerreeie 881 erythrorhymehavenc.-sseres-ceeereeeos 828
AMATO DIUS ferOxX:- 225.26. ose sne eee eae 17 | -<Anastatus <ssse.stecne oc coco ciece cease ae 154
Aum Dly Paster 4552-2 ces cs.ccscncw. cee amare eee 770 stantoni's:....-oocseccesenoeee eee 154
AM DLY SO MINS chs 26a <niccdeisce teaedemeaee ces 795° \|\"Anaitides-/cias.soecencccee ee ence nets cee $28
VNOSNSISE as cee eeeeeice 79d || Anchicaliguss:2.<ssasccs<csseeeeeeeaeeeees 533
SPhinKccccce es cacete wecasesee 795; | “ATICHOVIG. oss. o< 2 - cece see esieeeeemiseeee eee 771
Am blyOMING <..2tesecee cee sees cee eieeias 47,49 COMMersoniana< -22.-ss0scsoe ee 771
GM CTICAN A eseaecetioeeeee cee 49) ||, “AN CIStLOCELUS er scnt-ee sae eects 133, 152
Crendtas eo sa. eee ee ones 49 bizonatuseeesee=eeeeeeeeeee 133, 152
LUDERCULWLOm eae sent Rear 49) ||| Ancylis'albacostanas..--s2 ses -eeeeaeeeeee 360
AMDbYOSpH1Za UNCOOL = 2. ses sees seme seee 876 Giminuatanaie-eceaseeeee cee eeeeee 361
AINIB ih) 5. ccc Motes Saleh state Cameleon enite eee 777,779 Gubianaeerntssses eee 360
(A POSOD))! ssc Scr s oa wioetec earereie te enretete ate 779 goodelliana.......... Sees Sedact 361
ee a re
INDEX. oon
Page. | Page,
PANT CVIISHSEIMIOVAN Ares o nae a= sce Sele ciecles sone 360 | Aplocheilichthys latipes ..................- 202
PANE) CV.SUTOPUSts- ee tiare& wistatsccicretss Stee seme eles 61 Aplopelianjohnstomies-22-c22sss ee eee S47
RePAIn Ger dis = eae oes a una vee eee 128, 150 | Ne VaVLa fe ere sets crcteta,slaeisicicwie, viele S47
ANY WSs ni a STi 150 ONO ZU te reps aes ee 847
BPS DUSODLCULA eaacetee 2 isiviee nce eccse sence cae se 169 | Ley Mia seeeemen ee nese sees 847
; RUC A Ee eet oe oe ee ote 181 | Apo tuberculate-soled rat ......--.:.....-..; 453
ATCC, Bo ee areca es Rae ee Ee aE anne ats Seno 39 V.OLCHIN OSTA ee eee ee a tree meee nL 446
BPATHIOC ONTOSCOMS, oo-= oe. se ee =e eect oe saat ULL | eA OR OM mem St oe eee eee ee ev Ar ae RA ne Ti7
GHACUMC a scseso sees eee right ChiDnonshias* Seo gonScsKe see aese 123
ASTON S Seb oeonse see ceeeee Ameen 144,156,967 | (Apogon Evermanni) from the Hawaiian
BPANOMILES JEN tiCUIATIS:. 2... 2 cece cee woes ence 273 | Islands, with Notes on Other Spe-
PAOLO PC ULL US ee ete rota ote ara e'or nica tcla/ evo nya atelerolStahe 964 | cies, Description of a New Species
UL ZO IN CUS serene erestoe see mers 964 | of Fish, by David Starr Jordan
PASTL OFDM ie) listens taret-neatepc erate fala fye2vee-u a\ cher ayarais'es ‘151 and John Otterbein Snyder...... 123
RATE linc Chillin) eck. cca on waladevecleecie wees 901 LMC TUS see Epes Se te es 203
; AGTICO lovee hoes eee ee S0in | MApOgonichithyid eevee. eee eee eee ee 777
biStinis1GepSee cere sce cecees O01 PA POSONIGHUDY SK reelseies cece accion aoe 779
PANT My GTUEL Cy INO TUS eereratar crates tt reratclalctatelete: <tetect stale) aia DO FOSH| MAD OS ONT -ticm cries cals lcs aoe wins see e eee 203
We CLeTietr-crelow a rentecjocts OSm WA DOIG CaS cee ceiee cater crtonineie ence eee 149
» Anthennarius commersoni..............- SL 2 Oh ie AND OLN Se eter ot cies cee cee eee 453, 455
PATUEMNOCO PLCS a eratterc ciate inlclacreleccterace v.ccewyele otnie ate 104 NylOCostesi- neces eee ee ae 425, 426, 456
» Anthodieta zambesiana ..................- 926 HHOKN OU GE Boe eee 2 Oe 2 426, 456, 459
j PANTIE OT aerate aE Mere tno yo callie ate se 149 DCLIEUSS epee ee dee sk toseee tae 426, 458
j Gi Sul ats see eae oe AOR PAD OPIN ES cre atersee ere rosie ae ehai oe ereraeine Sees 151
ZOMAU Ae io ets A Ae, eS ene stale AOR PAG UMLOR Tap axerc ee sccee oes ake eecee renee 831
FATIUMODMOTI Gene se She Sco se ck sce ee ce AO Ar G lini ls eeeseeereetae eee eens eee eine aaa 2,4
AninoOphyllumdistortum, 2--25..22....---- DOA PATA CUS erie erates tot- siete scatayeles ster statcteveiere sores sere 19
ergllelenseie. s.5-sse-c see eee ATO CEMA Sooo ease Sec ue to ee 955
FAMIUAOSCOPUSTMUSCUIUS =<... sc5-cocs-sscee-5 [e120 O PLOT Vexa tare retcie neice jeiclviecinsteiysse eee seis 473
FAMINMSOMARCLASSUS = amas coe nese cee eee ae Denelopesn casos steers jee 473
Tidal owOKEL Ib eae Boe Sp EeaSeOOBOS | ATCHEOCY BUNUShs sos econ aes ase eee eee 311
Suoviel inl aeons Sone Se ase eee Se ene | IAT CHA COSCLISsesas seers ste eos ence een 377
Anthreptes collaris hypodilus.............. PeAIrChit eG Upa sees 45 ye sere eee re eras te ee ees 169
J zambesianus..........- | IDOE NOE eo ooaacbootcdeeaccoadc 169
VOM EMTS MN ETA ere sieite icles ss = cic sie sicic O26n ATC hipsipunpunanlaessss sees seeceenee eee 363
OLLEM CATS ts 5 Setek once helen scleee s 926 NOSACCAM A, svete meee cee sense 363
BASTIUSIUUIS een Ae = Stages ste sc mre See pee wins =e 119 AT CU CAI iiawih all @iee sas ae mateeeneeenne ae 730
SAN GNLOSCLISes Ss Neca ae 2 no he 8 ae nee 386,590; 4205 PAN CH CUINP ADD Ama. coe -.e as es eee eee ee 940
PAMIIMOMUGLUSKs sees ses = aN ea Pesan cscs LOSS AMC tid ae eees acsd haa ae Sesto oe he oe 943
MMTV G IS ees, Sse sae aveiaece neve T56aeArd ak all parece sees eee ce natecceas = 827
PACINUIT CLOG Serre = a5 Sass = «is 480, 484, 533, 680, 647, 655 CICOMIA re ee eee aoe sac eases a eee 827
HVE CKO eke nis oe Genet want aches 647 melanOCepMalapa--=aetesissa sees cae 827
DEVDIGRUS see ce aes sys sees cic/oe 647 TY. CLIC OLE ee mr cesar teloceine cine aoe 827
«ANISH 6 eee PS Geena ee aee ae PAL YP) 4) JOR DE ace Conadue: bprdentice Ja0C0SsCseser 827
UPA G ee eee RARE are ane neo rats De lweArdeOlabralloid Sha aee sess eee eee aoe: 827
NOSUPI-AS OU A-COOL ssaaecie csc gscseccce sk de OST WAT EAS Seek S sae, oiyeven oc viesicieeiats te cre tetseleis ore 45
PAUSE OnISCICCDS! aacio2 sic ses ance csr. 825, 904, 905 MUMMUATA Ns 25.554 cays ereleis osere,5 = acres 46
WH CSCO] SE. we aceyaaee ores ie &25, 904, 905 Telus. gti wasessasde sheaewe odeseaee 46
Apaloderma narina narina................. 863 SaMChezil: = 5 ois ae sash eela cee resieice ae cw 46
BP AOAMGCVES 2 25 52.5 fies caso bs sioes Ses stele sicje aici IBY) | PAV SASIO SS) = <0 Sse cess ss amiss Sue citicie Saco one 12, 45
TUN EVTUT OB so iots aie y oes it Ss fatoc 2 aistalsiarsis ers = Seip ATTA PUT a= = Jes oles Seisicie oes elec steteecte 175
PLUMP PIN SSIS ee setae eters stale LO Mey|| PATE UMS eS: a= 2 Same ee nats aoe melee 484, 493, 495, 551
Apatela major......: Tete ena eerste ae etree O4be | MALTON AUSA LUT tone ease eee rece eee ee 825, 893
ADOT aN IS eee Serna et ao Seen Sees caMScesee 139 3
LSTOIAVEI Ta I) 01 5 Stee ee ee ye 139, 155 SUrlLiacics ase eee 825, 891
BNO GU CYNGUS nent. eee eee eecne ae © DOF |PATIZCl OMNIS cose eee elec tae oc coe Soe 910, 911
pallidipesss omer eee eee 155 VatOStTISHe see. nee eee 910
AOU DICT age ce eee cere eed ae ee ae LOGY [EPAIZELOPSALS. aso sese coe essa $87, 888, 889
PAP HTASCOOLACONING 5-2-5. <c-see eceesces te 157 MEMO AMS. <5 sas toceoe oe eee 888, 589
Aphthalmichthys lumbricoidea..........-. 773 | Arizona, On a Collection of Orthoptera from
ASO GS (od SRSA ROS ae i as A Cee 149, 957 Southern, with Descriptions of New Spe-
ONIN < 3 FER he re ao 149 cies, by Andrew Nelson Caudell.......... 461
NDS) 3. OS SR Gg Soe eee See Sees aeeeend iG) | MENG loves Move athaG cone coue cooceorec dens cuSer 467
MUG MIMET Aan es Se ieee ote icine Scns 149) PAT ONULUS sannctce ceecscese cs ace aeesisem= 35, 37, 38
MLPTOCIN GTA ESA ase k nc sei ae eeR ee ee HEY) || BWBRS IOUS ticccoadesebernocecrmesacdesonusc 136, 154
IMI COOLERS Ea same seaceen nse anaes Saris qatae 149 | SUAMITONI sc een sans neisoaee ee 136, 154
” wectiipial —
992 INDEX.”
Page. Page.
Arsilonche ‘albovenosa..- --e se psec secee 944 | Banks, Nathan, A Treatise on the Acarina,
Artedius‘asperulus: 25... suas -eeeeecn eas 977 Or Mites S222 ca stesinnis ses einice eels eee eeee 14
Arun dinaTria japonica 22s... Jecncace aes a. 955") Barbatulaiicn set octets ee seeeneeeeeys 865, 867
ASCOLSSCIONATIOS sc. asec scam a ee 951 Guchailluims ss. sess eee eeeee 865, 867
ASE COMES stat Ss eee oe c ere ee a ose eee are 138, 155 lewComystaxsooa-ceeee secs 865, 867, 868
CLASIM sae Soe eee reai i ctya es ere 138, 155 Simplexr st Pease. cee eee oe eee 865 4
Ashmead, William H., Descriptions of New Barren Ground :-Reindeer.+-- seeeceseeeenee 680: @
Genera and Species of Hymenoptera from Bathry thrix-: S25... se. = sos So eee eee 141,155 9
the Philippine Island@s’ 2252-22. -sse- msec 127 striatus? 22.48 <n eee eee 141, 155
ASIO: MACuUlOSUS. sheen laine asec se. eS 856) || Bathiyactis aa. sacemns scene teens see 384,385,419
AMEFIMMUS cae. se sete 825, 856, 857 SVIMMCtliCae ac oom ee see ae eee 385
CINCTASCENS=4= ssseee eens ee 807; |: Batis:dimorphale-ce sco n= eee electra 913
MAGCULOSUS Pe anacasee see eee 856 MIKE ee sate ese eee meee ee 825, 912, 913
Aisi Oni Ges sss ais tastes ese ete oe ctas cle eee 856 dimorph access cee eee eee 913
Aspidiotiphasus.... esse ssesceteseancee ae 139, 155 senegalensis ete. a5. eee ones 912
aleyrodise 2 saeco sae 139, 155 Orlentalis=: cen ae sees 912
ASpidiotusitenebricosus—2.- .-2---55--ss-2-1- 30) | BatomyS ies. sce. otc csecscee te vemsee eee 453
A SHIGISCUS 7:5. sstoee ane cca o nesta cestoerce ADD Bayadera see seme ee oe aeeonn sane eee 169
IASTOTOSCLIS) sc hots se ne one oe See 408 420\:) Bella) 2.2 sccisccen case cee Saeco arene Se eee 16,17
COYOMUNAsci.22 ons nea aoe omens 408 OY CU oa... 202 sos eosee eee eae eetocee 16
AISHIS IN At ahe as es acee Anemee = see Geant ee 9 Cardinalis:.2422 52820 ss seeee eee eere 17
ASLOMALNS 32 2 cei 's echoed ae oe ieee aalde cerns 31 INATIN AY S8e taccicces -elacleee Perec ne 17
ASEOMASPIS Ss ee tee eee Sawes Seek ac ae 140, 155 PeLeevin dss Fo sas e cee eee So oaee 178 |
MCtATMOTACIA. see. oeee see ce 140, 155 tenella. ccs iet oo osc oiloe Bee 17
iAstreeid p22. : ances eee ee 493°"|\ Bdellidze: 3 :c2c0- ee eee 12,150 |
ASSURING Sooo coc eee Secs ceca same ce sonia 413 | Bean, Barton A., Notes on an Adult Goblin
IAStPOMOLP Mal eocncccsees 6 cee cee eee ences 374 Shark (Mitsukurina owstoni) of Japan... 815
Astreeomorphing.....-.-....2-.2.. Bae 876) |) Bearded sealoes2 oq0e see eee eee 728 4 |
ASTLANP1a COM ea Aas estes eae ae eee eee 990), || BEAVER: sits tejecs Sind sale min eres ie eens 742
Astreal brevaSSimias.«sicciscersaltcns'ene incre cers 390’ |, Belone/anmulata® sci s.- scenes ets so arewieie 773
Genadnodea essa cesese ee cies cee 372 VUISSTIS': 325000 io sete eee ee eee 587
IASUROLYLCS 3a sea cae eee ae ee eee O77 | Belomidee.2 <>. 2a 6 2 eee See eee eee ile
femMeStralise 2. c.scee cee se ete ee ORT) | "Beliy tid says... cease eee ie See eee 153
ASTUTISDETSIMMPASCIA TUS o-c secs ce sss ese 8295830; ||| Bem bicideet Seas ects eee eee etscroe 150
aceletusiss.2ceccac $25,829") Beni-suzume: -.... 32... one cos oe eae nee eR eee 941
sparsimfasciatus.... - 829° || Berycoidel..- 2225.52. 5-285-40-- oo eee eee 159
ECHO rege tapes sa, ee sees ae ese 830°) ‘Bessornisiintermediase. ace eee S94
AStirimullaes ace 5 eek ee eee -eeeeeee 831! || Bethylidee. 2 20sec ange eben sae eee 134, 15218
AUER 5 Oi fic eee aie eosceiiee oe ates ce See see 35;38)39; 40" | Bethylines 2.5. S.)52c<riceniciste ae eisiaels er steerer 134,152 _
A GHETING 0 seein Sa ee ett ae caer eee Wi | Bhuchanga. 2 =. 2. oes bet Se gospels 918
LENIN Clos ee ae eee ee Wt4, | SBillinesellatiss 622224 koe, eee 227, 247, 279, 280 %
Atherinids 2. tar fo ec oene nee sac 160, 774 alberto. 3s... St-cecceeeee 248
SA TNENIN OLE 2 esc ose eee saa eee soccer = 159 ?-ANOMal ass) = eens eeee 229, 230, 231
PATO Bias ose sins onsite oS ere de te 5) Vappalachifie- ess ssecesteees 229, 231
ACtLOPOLDIS Gig DOlCUS cscs gee ee Nee ne 8sl coloradoensis ..... so. 228,229
ETE. CHIG CS) sa esas eee cis Dee eee de 38 7 231, 233, 236, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242 7
(A LVOMMCGIISS = 5s tee A oan ecient ee 144 Gite. 22 3! Pee eee ee 229, 234 7
MUNN TLS cee ee tee eee 144 ex porrectaaasassasee= 229, 234, 236, 237
ASCO PNG), <tc 5 cee asians ee neeece ee orrs 148, 156 ; var. rugosicostata. 229, 236
CIYPCArlae es. 5 Seat Gece a ascicasie 143, 156 festinata<=.c.esa5 se eee eee 249
AtEY DS JEMtL@UIOVISS Jcicaicaminclosae naan ee 273 harlanensis. ..2. =. s..<is s22es- 229, 200mm
ATHLCOTaM AMI Sera (ois cae eee eee 933 DICKSe2 S-5 oe ee eee 229, 237
AVULUS tans Ws Musee aioe eRe eee eae 38, 39 highlandensis=:; 3... 2-.ceeee 229,237
Avlichth ys; apomicus, 25..<4..jssee cece eee 203 Lind Stromie sass. sass eee 29, 238
Aaalorhiym Glide 2-22) xictenieic tes bree ieee 208 MA] OG. sna eee eel , 233, 239
Aqwa-no-yotuomushi . <3. 202250 sss en cee eee 945 QDSCUTA S02 ae ase ae eae 29, 239
J p.ab hbo Ge Got cea noe ECR soto ocApor edna: 154 OLICN taS\ee coe eee Spcsce , 229,239
AK OSM Tara pIN Boe onscreen cece 402 « (Otusia) sandbergi .........-2- 246
AV TTACIE Se Se cree sisicisioraie Sqeeeie, «nis Dace ce ine 977 Pepina ss. 25-55 coher 231, 327
Bactromantisivitees..i-<nccmene see ease 464 plicatelia- sss 229, 233, 236, 240, 245
Badger i. enna tale gee sake slew sciticacmieeeene 715 pumpellyi 5-22. sssa-e eee 229, 242
Bacineen ones 2 S325 eo ceeee Seas eae 153 QU COENSISU 2 == eee eee 284
Bagobo matic. <= o2-caee oases 450 retroflexains-wa2s sees eee 270
Baleena mysticetus.....:.----.c----s-2----- 730 | richthoteniess- 4-252 - 2a See 229, 242
Balthia eunymeder.. 2... <see as seen eee 950 FOMIN GS Cheese ssecee ae 229, 234, 242, 243
Banchiniise 2. woce occ eee eee eee eee 156 saflordi. 2565 sso eee 229, 244
INDEX. 993
Page. Page.
Bullimesellarsall emensis.as-6---- 4-2-2 -- 229 240,246) |) Buro peltocephalus:. --... .c <5. cencs-ccicis <i 765
SGTIAGA eiops,s erate sclecyare eee SOOM R Seales GES WUMITINIULS et aes oe ebreae ace alern tocle cmicfetere sn: 450
Wb el Gah =.) or mctjon cre Lee 229, 245, 246 DAG ODUSlyes- ects aecieceae es 425, 426, 450
UNIS) Aner e ee eicrsel-nt eae. ele seisicrereini Sele | BUpOASUS ainiGANUS sees. aaeee = eee © S86
STROM CL Ses ob eo ae aoe Rederiet AOOeae 481 | Burma and Lower Siam, The Dragonflies
CAG MTNSess ns acerca s sone eee 482 (Odonata) of, by Edward Bruce William-
Rumi lstiesctnemce Saree swiss ~ aiscisiem ae oe er eeeie se 955 SOM). 5 ne Sa aoe eee Capea eS aan emer o nese 165
CHIN ENSISen1-aarore Saree ieee soc oate 955 | Bushy-tailed WiOOGsra Gter ete sec aes cee oe 733
MOS UCLOSHE eis cws Saale cnn saised Secons ne sisi SAO) Wa Sve. «3 = crgeeieeteieicis etic eeniciecee cee 909
Ton SICH ans sa seee eee eee 970 | AGUStay esc lc sceeagactee cease 910
Birds Collected by Dr. W. L, Abbott in the | GeeruleEsSCGlS eeeeee = eee 908, 910, 911
Kilimanjaro Region, East Africa, by | BUTCOMUSUTA: = s4oceen ce eeeee mee tee eee 830
Harve HODEENOISERS..-6 s- cee sass o25 Fee 823) | desertorumisossec~ assets cee coe ace 830
Bison ISON abhaAbascweis.s--—- ssc cmeee oa = GOON IE tite eane ee Meee «Sena more ne uaa 794
FISTS aon eee 157 | BUlisetheee ee ee eae 795
Pete Ka eae eee tem eistele eee cletecics siete = 721 | IGUCUTRUSS Sate ee oan aiaeee eee 769, 794
UL OMA see seh acre fesiocisc eis sect cite Ole PBycamistes eristatusee.- 22 -see ase eee 855
ES aittayOnlentaliSeee- mse. ces S-hie esc s ties 46261) CACCOMY PIA sees cence esos eee ose 881
BICCKOT her mess pase kc ne men ct ccm tieniscuice's 160 | quartinia kilimensis.:......... 851
WAV TSUOU Te eee ce eitocle ste as Sets LOOM CACO pCETUSH AUN CLA GAN sare totesclcrctefete oer tetstel 477
eT ce esseisire Aecicececiccmine -ciseiecl= ale DINE SOM |e Cee Cli cle wane eee ene eee IDLER!
ISTO SEC! Nin swe coompooouBSbeese GUE senos 753 | COPA A 4a8 s "eves SEs SebeseReeeobrocodsated 3
Boleophthalmus Ghinensisis- 2. -cecice Jael-< <= 206 | SDINCTUG ANNU Sem eyas <i eeee ies ee era 34
ROCA Sees ete eraicerecieiesicisto (eine se 794 | Cagayan Sulu fruit-eating bat.............. 433
BO MIRC So meee een oen ee noce aeeeese 149, 959 | IMACAGIC eeceee cose se me eeeeee 431
BE ONO Sie eatrernletsiesisisise cect ceca ci ceret socere ss QHOF Il CAP AVATICTISIS= aise saree sisexeieraia sietel =e «) siaverorase 962
MEARS Vers baie cia ceiesee lacs SSeS Cia ball KORY Novosti Gee pepe a neen sae aoaeeeocecaessachn 898
TRINA OAOIKG Gc SARS Caan onee coon aes oneasase oes 949s CalamOod yilate aa acces acm aerate eterter 898
BOMPWXSMANGATIMUS) soe. 2ecis ea =ieee sce ni 949 | -Calamoherpe macrorhyncha.....-.-...-.---- 899
SOO PLUS pare Serer cid cepsteie cise aarti tae 43747) Calamonastes simplex 22.22... = ose See 904
MOM DWSee cee. se eee ee == e/a) SOP NWO be SCL eas Sone ean e se eomcane pooSE ans 132, 151
BOTW Serer sce sere cweetie ees ences sciences 463 | SCrICOSOMG) -nomeces cee css a-ak 151
IBOLHTOPONETa Ss 1BbTip eS... -5- 22's cc~ oe 958 | California, Descriptions of a new Genus of
Brachiopoda, Cambrian, with Descriptions | Tsopoda belonging to the Family Tanaide
of New Genera and Species, by Charles D. and of a new Species of Tanais, both from
WH GOU MS ge Sees dun See en apeasase eee 227 Monterey Bay, by Harriet Richardson... 367
BES AU COMI seen ete ars a(S cietavetaia)eisais wiclesovate Th Ley CyAl | (Ciutat ooo nqeneschoadenospmbassooqcuSssenace 532
TUG COMM cise caries ee siete mice « 148,157 | Caligide, North American Parasitic Cope-
VLU So a tedoe metre itera seca 971 | pods belonging to the Family:
IBTACOMUAG: ae ceais-e a= eon eee ec cekis as 145, 156, 968 | Part I—The Caligine, by
RAC OMIM Ce keystore aciseeiceecaciniane ne ne (/= Tees yl 4). Charles Branch Wilson ..-.--.-..-- 479
IRTAC OMe 552 coco eee cine cmscciec te ce: aye | MORN habeas os oe See ee b een saa Soma aaSe seer 532
Bradypterus barratti ...........--.---- 825,903,904 | Caliginee, Part I—The North American Par-
CINMNAMOMEUS: sass esses ceace 903. | asitice Copepods belonging to
salvadorii.... 825, 903 the Family Caligide, by
THUUONA AKO NDI eS = oe eee 908, 904 Charles Branch Wilson......... 479
SoU AGL OT llaeee soto ae eoereteere restos S0Sh |p Calis odesis-eneme sc sa-mrer 480, 493, 496, 509, 533, 608
Brassica, CHINCNSISse cee ecne ecemeee veces 939 GATAN PIS 5A e skates ee eeee ae 608
PB TeV OORUAL yA MINS sepa cists clase nye ole taretalsfaials 567 TACINIALUSH cece roneeee ace 608
Brosmophycis marginatus. ...........--...- 985 megacephalus ..... 479, 506, 608, 609, 671
PBIAVO DL Beery nia totes eres recites stellata Doon ts COMO ONUS) om cioaecre arsenic ciacieciee se eee eas 24
DUBUENSIS oeeeee eee eee ceases DA Caio sta pOUlGR eee eee eiaee eee se 943
BUD OIGIMETASCONS= soc sjeee cieleie ia iaieia iioer= erate Sov Call RUS esc eee stra 481, 484, 490, 491, 493, 495,
TACTOUS es seeisicisaie is cal <elloae sian eeiat= 857 49%, 509, 531, 538, 551, 555
SIC CAN OG Ol aysactocistacroaitac seinissicisiseiss Seiciaile = 867 ANDRE VIAUS!, 525 assets nie i 558
MNCHICTE. esse cece bse s eer 866 af Mis soso mec esectees ete esis 599, 560
Quchailluiss.se see. esse ee 866 alalON Sees aes eee ste eee 497, 555, 559
BuUCCOREVUNTONOGUSnseeeemems ance cine ses 865, 867 aliunecus ..... 479, 492, 495, 514, 556, 576, 670
BWECIOS Ga ei esosuss seceoesboacesposoans sD: AMET GANUStsaseee erase 482, 555, 578, 581
(Rhynchaceros) deckeni....---.... AN SUSCAUUS ae so oeee eee cee 492, 558
IBUGETO Wd ees o sence te eic ecco cio aes hoa By AMM eee = solncie None oem auai na eaeeee es 560
IBUWGIVGES CAMPESLLIS. <2 = 22 sense acne mnie 934 Pxlisted: ss Scrsseceeacieoaewe 557, 558, 601, 670
ER MGM Stee ee See eettereiaisiaicle seein e 223 DelONESWassaececsscrs cae -eecets 558, 586, 670
SIRE Opts ere ce ne Sala cla seio eile aee 765 DENE WCNSISe saeco ee ne eee é
GiuFHUS WCE See acbooNcEccsnebeenssonesae 765 IDCOlONS= seer eascereene, cee seee ee aoe
WOM SIN ASUS see see ess sates misleise teins sta 765 bichspidatus)\=ssose----e 0 oe 4 OOO OTS
994
Caligus bonito
INDEX.
Page Page.
Be ee rine Rn es Cas 479, | Caligus pelamydis.... 480, 497, 514, 559, 560, 594, 670
488, 500, 506, 518, 514, 516, 588 Peterslissessen cease ee seeeeee 556
556, 558, 560, 589, 593, 598, 670 phaTraoniss-eee se ceesece ae eeeere 555, 560
Donealigan 28s soeas eae eee ras 557 PHIpPSONi oe oe sss wept ates seistOOS OO
pranichialis 4 222ct2220.=- 516, 555, 619, 623 DISCINUS tse as- te ee eee eee 5d5
brevienid satus os ee wtenace eee ce Dlatesscekeg en eee erect eae eee 556
PreViPediS#c sees cee ee er DIAGYtATSL cr ecceiiieee eerie 504, 508, 560
GALATIG ISH: cisco cteiecic PLOMUCHUSe reste ee eee ee eee 480,
centrodont.. ..2.-.% 2. 48 497, 506, 555, 560, 597, 607, 670
cheilodactyla’ 22.2.6 2<..cseeesee see TRUDI oh 2. Seca cee eee 480, 488, 489,
CGhelifer: 22.5 283 ce sseeee = 479, 558, 582, a 500, 502, 503, 506, 508, 514, 516,
CHorimeml a= -2 eee ee 497, 559, 569, 561 517, 527, 535, 537, 538, 555, 556,
CODSbTMICTUS Senses ac osee emacs seca 560 559, 568, 581, 583, 622, 637, 669
coryphene .......--2 492, 555, 556, 559, 577 TISSOMMANUS! tas eee eae ae eee ee 559
GOSSHGIO 2. acinar Se cle Saar ae 560 TODUStUS! 22 220. Jansen eee ee eee 497, 560
-y (GLASSUS) = Soon cteee ses Seer are aatemts 5d9 rufimaculatus........ 479, 556, 557, 561, 669
eurtus.... 480,481, 482, 500,501, 502,515,516, SSINIONIS Avasce. eee eee 555, 640
517, 528, 529, 559, 55 , 578, 637, 670 schistonyx... 479, 504, 514, 556, 557, 564, 669
GW Dilan ool s ee coterie eee eee 558, 560 SCOUMDLLT 5 oe cps seco naoeee 497, 555, 596
akan cet ston cseee tees sae scone 561 SCULATUS S222. 2222 eee eer eee eee 555
diaphansme =ossecce 496, 497, 556, 560, 578 SCTrANT S22. fete e ese eo eee 556
GUIS 8. cae ee ees aoe 496, 557, 558 Smiaris 22025. 35. 2a. ce sete eee 556
Qlegans Benoa acters oes saesceeenece WDD yOTO Stromatels sos-eo seit hoes 497, 556, 560
GlON AUS Beraaacscic odarrs ences <ielreDOD 008 StLOMM ace 7 conse ae eee eee 555 640
(3): Lec hare gE eer (ee eS i at 514 SUUTIONIS 222. 2S. c. ce sca cee 555
Rell aK 2 oscye sas :2 systemic ete merece f CON GRstaciec noe hates ose hearer 561
HISSUS\oc2 Seed teeeincee = cece eee tae 56 USTCS2 speretelsleface late 508, 515, 556, 557, 649, 672
PAVE Mee eee eee 557, 65: thymine st se2e 2. 480, 556, 558, 601, 603, 670
PTACHISS se se2c cm aciee 9, 623, 6 tOrpedinis: Seat. eee ee eee 560
SUIMANG Soe ee eco seeas ese sce "BBE 6, 997, 559 trachuris ies ve. stec tose eee eee 556
enw ONISee.sseecsse 493, 495, 506, 558, 606 trachynotit: a2. 2cee ces ae ee eee 561
Weck elie At aaa eae eae escent: 649 trachy pterig.sc22<- een eee 497, 559
TED LAID US ere oe a eine eet 556 TRICDIMYWaec.n2 eee ee ee eee 555, 558, 559
hippoPlosst. asec aces steseesic scree 595, 625 VOSDAI f- 6 sale sorts s Manas see 5as, 640
Hisgswtus.45. 5-62-0222 497, 508, 558, 559, 560 VO abOlueeen sean see EE a Se Sc 497, 558
Hadi Mipy see kee aie eee meas 906) | ICRlINAS cose. Se ce abet 2 tel see eee 533
TM DTICHUUS - 22sec oe ee es sac eee Dod: | Calipheear tei... ccn cee ot eae oe eee 167
INGEStANS|.s22.5.5.5<l- Pate och schist DOU}, 008 1|| (OMNSTCS ccc toate sakes a eee eee eee ee 505, 583
ALTITANS 82. iaceaan nese eceee 93;4975006,'560. |)" Calliamassai: “22.52. 2 - Le eee 482
ISONYR cs.catetocwcn es msee te a) et 561, 602, 67 Callicanthus metoposophron.............-- 125
TOWER. tec cece ee GalliclisiSex23.2..¢36e 2p ec eee eee 156
VE DUAGCIS poe ee aes ree ealseyet els furcifer. 2222.22 sete eee eee 156
lemUlonise tees. teehee cisncaasene Callionyimidie sso. Sse aceon 211
JatifrOnS ds 22.5 s.<,sieecs sees 479, 514, 587, 6 Callionymus valenciennesi’.---2 2 os2caseee 211
NGPIGOD ea. eae emcee cis cep eee Callorhinusalascana.:..2 23. e sce eee 728
leptochilus 222.2 2 cc5 22s cle- 2-8 000,,000) | Calllospermop hisses sare heer 750
TESSOMMANUS 22%... ste wegecse sss esas Cally odomie=: Se 2ceasen- sce secre eee 789
Jongicauduss.ss22-tsseet-eeseseese: MUN Ca VUStees ae eee eee 789
JONGIPICS Weck c.cche eee esese ess 508, 5: SPIN GENS eee see cence aCe Reece 789
VMN PIs Aaa tee f aeae Sata nieyscte ete DOT OO Calopterveideusces cee ee ts ae eee eee 167
MACKULUS Ae. ss shn-- ese cee seee eee 497, 5! Caloplerveimeece- -eee nsec cceecceeee 167
MAMIMUS Coates pee tease neat MOO MOL Calopteryxmaculatas ess... a-ce aces 175
MOL ViGSS ayrde lars aswe-cis os oc Se hee eee 55x? CalOSOtCT a.) tach team eee noe 154
MONRACANTHS jena te ee eteeeeme 497, 560, 607 BMeCNe TUS Joe eet ete sererae 154
MULLET. So. ccs Ss oe aos gc ee ODF DLS Ill | CRIOSGYAIS Sette ree steers le ete eae eet 395
MMUMTLAVWANUS 22 ccc cecccac eee cece 493, 56 Calotomus 2.282 s.)-c84- 2 anes sola eee 789
mutabilis .... 479, 508, 514, 556, 560, 5738, MONCCENSISH sae ree eee ease 789
TONS See een se ees 508, 557, Vaigiensis. 5o.-s-heccene see ereeee 789
NOLGIMANNI. ces eee eee 55d, Camarellarantiquamsas es. -eeeeeeee eee 296
ODOM RUS ee ee ea ee eee Caleileray sree rtea seit eerie 288, 289, 295
GDSCULUS eh aeeneet aia. maoe wees 555, 61 VOIDOLiNi nan sone cece at eee eee 289
QUTAGUS SE Pepe etiets cee ioe eee ate eee Camaroptera brevicaudata............-...- 907
PACH CUSTs seat oe sees se cee dorcadichroateca- sees eee 916
DATHOQORUS see ces cee eee eee é Cambrian Brachiopoda, with Descriptions
DAT VUStsce eens a Nees eco res 557, 558, 559 of New Genera and Species, by Charles
DECLOIBIISH Sams cen eae coe eee oes 555 DnWalcotthas....soceesecmercee Sodccounca is
aa
Tr ate
Se yeas
¥
Patt ee Se Ee et ee ee
at "aA
INDEX. 995
Page.
GanrerellalantGUAbal > soc cemciee se see sece 5 296
Galciferasssoeessedase oceeeeees 289, 295
@ampeplhage Waves. «cc eacclentecdsceec secce 921
MIVA stein sis cosas vite eaters 921
Campephagide..... Bia eas Sins bora as eeneee 921
Campethera MUbIGA: o.oo «ase «melee ce mee ects 874
GA MBON GUUS Aeeicre sis eielares cle (siais oeicicie seis sree 153
GIMGrHSCCUS! =~ == 5 sees 153 |
(Colobopsis) pubescens .....-- 958
SIMA ee tee sees Saje co eiciaiere estes 153
TNT OMG ANG etoisrcie <intcioncaoe erie es 958
MeV GUS Raia ss oe <ehis/cye eee 153, 958
pennsylvanicus, yar. japoni-
CU Gap re citersivomtr a sie serate tae 958
DIMEMPUS Se sasce cscs acento 958
OWENS} ACEO Rope eon bopeceeSsees 958
@ampoplepimisss: -asseeecss ve cc2 ce ose ac 156, 967
Camptolom~a imteriorata..-.--------4-+--s-- 943
Cama aliy nae scetia-6 sasercs cease eee ss 691
Canada, Northwest Territoriesof. Noteson
Mammals Collected and Observed
in the Northern Mackenzie River
District, with Remarks on Ex-
plorers and Explorations of the
Far North, by R. MacFarlane.... 6738
POVCUPINTC seems esses ne cee ees ons 741
(CEIMGRIOTITENE Ss Soe sees Boo eee eee ene eae 87
Mame triMiG ais see leas ices siete ae sie cite es 11
@ame suming yer. oes e scale nase en ae eee 86
WamistalibUSeees = eae ss she tne hese sees ote 692
familiaris borealis 695
TIS EL] SNe ee men. cae me eS 692
VEAP OP USta erie ctc tt eeiatee << Seiarars ere nee 700
MURR S eeeecet sock es nessees Some ose t Se 694
CRMIGHeERIM GSiser. pee ase 2 a1 ee en cc aias 790
WIP ACRUT US Sepia, Saeieelaiete/e\ceets= care 790
(GEWA ONSET) Ko PS tS Ae eee eee re 791
COMPTESSUS = cose senate e 791
(Chg a Ul eager ies eee et eee 97,99
CAHN Gee sess erie ccc eel vane pues e es 864
REMPD BUNT NUT 91 Gl cer oe ines Sar eet ne eth acre
Caprimulgus donaldsoni
FOSSHUTOSSIIS a pees ree ens, os 857
(CE WHE OYOYCICS ae Act hee eos Cae een ae Fhe,
MUI PCW sence cies chee soe eae ee 72
(GI OON YA, os so aconeBeEHeee UASmOGaAG 72
(CEM a¥eaI(0 roe Reger Renee ae Re eee a eee 203, 774
MG ADIN Ope oar cysttot te a arene wt Aapepera spars at atestae tals 775
((@ivuled Gamil) ieee nsmescee arene 769
GEV SOS breteiejoterete ose mice ete er eleioeiners eae oe 573
Ge AINE eee cispyne se cra svete Meares ete ete te 775
POVSUCLIG 2 Secs one ces te Oe see 775
INASSGltL: Se BR eae emcee ee ee eas 776
HPPOS RS sete ee ae eee 631
UGG sa re poe me ce ares Sain OS Sains 776
PLEEUSWUS! cee ose e ose ces ase eee 776
COMTASSIUS MUL AUUS) a. oe ses ee oan. series sae 195
AMC BION) mwapacnsictc /cicies. ee o' nate eae ce sei esis 707
Ganchamas i tiOraliSssssens see. Sessa lisee 573
(Chives hoyelawiibho ts atest oe See SeS EAR Sebed 157
CHITNOGO) hia AS ea doN ate aaero Geeooron ener Ree 898 |
AMEVOTA oa. ase sahsc sees ee sees seeeceseet 691 |
Car pOCADSa LOLCMUAs «sce ciccccs heme nies eeietsce 362
Garmpoolyphusie ac. ~aiceces scion c acistsise ode eleeiae 79, 81
PASSA TOME eee eae sie 85 |
Castnea vulgaris, var. japonica ............ 943
Page.
@astor canadensis ..:--....:-...- Shr eck eer 742
Catodon (Physeter) macrocephala .......-.. 820
CaniwliStocLUNM CUS s-seseeeeecse ered esse eee 975
Caudell, Andrew Nelson. On a Collection
of Orthoptera from Southern Arizona,
with Descriptions of New Species .......- 461
Cecidoptesiprumine -ereeceee eee reece eer 105
CeCropince ssn wae sence sateen reser ates 532
C@CrOPS tas ccc -Goetie essence eeceeesee eSese 2s 53
Striolatan. 5 so5et\-2 Sos 5 pec oneciee 933
@elenOmeats.asc chee eyoccn usc. See ee ened 63
CelenOpsish js. cccteeel crane eee aos eee 56, 57
G@elitisisimensis)- 232c20 ease ee eee 940
Cantina straeaesccemactomae sien ssc a tees aioe 377
Cenitropristes|striatlis=-- sas. 2 ese sees ess ae 576
Centropus’superciliosus!..-<--.-occs22-esee=e 848
Cephalacanthus orientalis ...............-- 126
Gephaloneonh ie coces cctstscnciacctee neice ae see 102
Cephalophoneusie-. .2--.-ccer oer eee 921
@ephideeie nose = es Lean cis stones aeiiocine mremine 158
Cephnodes bylasis2.: so-2-s.-sceee eee 940
Ceraphnronsthos-koe 2 sects essence eine 135, 153
MLA Cees see ios s eee esas 135, 153
Ceraphronigdess8 sissies sjemans soe cece 135, 153
Cera tines see cer oa ene He aleoewals ci ooemaers 149
COMP AGC tah ar seiaeteleeeiel etal aioe encore 149
hero gly phicdan-..-sa.e-2 4 eneee ae 149
PAU PINE NSIS se ease eee 149
Ceratimidwe es sss-5. cetneeaseece eee ee ee eees 149
@ercerintce Set sae see oace coe ice eens 150
Ger Cristie aes s oe es Seen On ee ees 150
Ag: Wild: | ae eer a ne aa 150
@eropallidecttc ge. se sce an eee dees 132, 151
Gonthier tacazZel ss 2c eee eee eae eee 931
Ceryilemrudist:.,.. f2scae. ionsuse es sees ieee ee 851
Cestode Cysts, Notes on, Tenia chamis-
sonii, New Species, from a Porpoise, by
BaiwineintOnse. == nee eee ae $19
COLA Cease sede few hate cess eee ene we 729
Ceuthophilus californiamus .2--2.2..-2......- 477
Cheenogobius macrognathos................ 208
Cheenopsetta ocellaris................0..--- 630
Cheetodipterusiabers.-1.2-2seesassscsaem. ee 649
Cheetodon olsacanbhusiae asses acesetees ace. 789
Chestodomuldeet. secse ss - e- ee ers ee ere 789
Chaskemils hie eeass cee soccer oe = 2 eee 948
@Halcedechimeee sae ck oe cea ee 154
(ale dtdes ta sisecros-ccaataiees sere oe 136, 154, 964
Chaleidine ea2 hse ss ies nece oe eee ee eee 136, 154
Chaleidini es. se ceteoceeate renee 136, 154
Chalcidoideat = a-sase cee Jakes see face 154
ChalaistsYsisssassste st cscnsss snes eee 136, 154, 964
all botibiglisesescc ace see ee 154, 964
ATA EN UMMMONSS. Sacco see ae aes 154
bamksi M2. meme vem essqes nears 964.
PROG ENIG ia coc tess ae Se ae a 136, 154
DULCHTipeste sae Scere sae ase 154
(3) 1G) 0 BOs HEGRE BE ae mEOCARAECE 127, 154
Chalcitellimin scart seine sasteee see saeco 136, 154
Chal Comirgis- nesses tees 2c csn cess <= onsale 928
ChalcopeliaabyssimicGale-. 2: ---1.s+- 12+ see S45
Chile ae See eee REE ene $44, 846
chaleospilaisess cease see $45, 846, 847
: acanthing esses. = 825,
845, 846, 847
Cafira.< ti Seen: 347
996 INDEX.
Page. | Page.
Chalcopelia chalcospila chalcospila.. 845,846,847 | Choerops meander.......-.-...--.2--2---2-- 785
erlangeri< 22-522: 847 | OMMODUCTS: S540 ee ee eee ee eee 785
Somalica 2Ss2..-- 846,847 | schoenl einicss-n eee eee eee 784
volkmanni:-:..... 847 | LIniMaAculatacer..c sees eee eee 785
Gelicatula- 22s 3 ss. e eee. S47 CHONG O OE coc cee ae eee ee ene ee 426, 428
Chalcuraey.+ tek sone eee te ee een oe dod) Chorioptest se. ss2 ce see osae- ee cee eee 97,99
PEPIN CLs se eeioee sce seeiese se oe 154 | Chortoglyphus 2.226 e-pecee cere ce eereee 86
MASUA,2 cab nockmasmet cae Stace wate 154"), ChriolaxceVolansS’sccc.<<t2ees2 eee eee ene 340
Challenger 222s .c3o22 thar te ste aseeen eainses 385 | Chrithoptes monunguiculosus.............. ed
CHalybion.22.s.c.22ec os25 ce eeniais haste stoalasie 151 | Chrysidids :..---- SRC PaBu A QdbeM Senos c 152
VIOlAGCCWINsce. cc ees en se tee ae WI: ||), CHTYSIS os iste Sejreeese eee eee ne ee 152
Chamissonii, Taenia, New Species, from a fuscipennis. 5-2) ..sas22 ence eee Boao. hay
Porpoise, Notes on Cestode Cysts, by Ed- Chrysococcys Klaas: 2-5. se oee eee $48
WINE MtOM ice seme tae mepe en ee pee ee S819) || (CHEVSODE nc tcc scclcw emo on ee as area eee eee 30
Chanda GAmbassis)<<22 2: -sesseaceuteoeec ete 780) | wChyzeria, ti'a2o- oe ae oe oe eee eee 33
@ham Os 'ChanOssncssesec ous tae eee 124") *Cichladusa‘guttatan <.s2- 22 ees eee eee 895
Cha-no-shimofuri-shakutori-mushi......... 950 TUAPeNNIS: S222 see 825, 895
Charaon dtd Sees eee een cee ee eee Sot || (CICHLOMY 182s soascete ee eee ene eee 908, 910, 911
Charadrius aslaticuss-20 2.22 4eeee se eens 837 | Caerulescens 25-46 eee ees 911
GOrONaLUS ee scece eee sey 837 | ‘ ceerulescens...... 910
DUN AN GOBUS 2 cea cee eae hese se 839 | cinerascens -...-. 911
SDEGIOSUS tape cnceeee wee tee eee 837 MUP OMS s.. Ge. cestes cee ee eee Ee 911
ChasmiasmMiswkius ees. cess nae eee sone 208 MUNIN ese ee eee 911
Chasmichthys dolichognathus ............. 208 “NOG eStahc S22 cuc eee ee eee 911
PU OSUS See sey ee eee eee eee 208 LOLUCOSIS- 2 2) seca ee eee 911
CHatOCSSUSin cn Sean cider come ee ote maaan TEL | CiGhlOPSis 2s eas wicclacs ass cee eee ee 119
BQUOSUS. 2 a2 wig scissile nies ete 771 + Cichlops, Labracinus the Proper Name for
NASUSieees eee cee eee 771 the Fish Genus, by Theodore Gill. 119
GREUTG sais Sane ea wiactenent-eels ents seo eee 789 || CicOnIa ClCONIAes = sence cee eee eee 827
DI OEMS ee ian oe ee caer re eee 789.4 CiCOnIG Soc cette esse ee eee 827
CGherlodactylus yittatus sass -aceeten ee see 195 j@iliba soc. o5.kepceccc ects See eee 62,63
Gheloninse: 3 Sect. ease cese eee 146, 157 Circularisicc.<osc-52 | ee cece ee eee 63
GHETOMUS 2. 2o epee tte ete 1465157..968) | \CimDIGlO es eee etree te eee eee 158
a DICIN CHUShsoctmaas ee akan ace ene 968 |, Cinnamomum ‘camphora..-2.sa5ec--e eee 937
SCMIUPM VALU = sete croete tee teers 146.157 |) Cinnyricinclus: toa:...22.-ce see eee 887, 889
Chestnut-cheeked mouse.................-- 735 | leucogaster leucogaster .... 889
Gheyletiaews = hat acaer sees eae te eee 19 Verbeauxieonses 889
UU OLAS SE steers = Sietarn atineia eee eee 19:3) (Cinnyris aminis2ss-.cscsceke =e eee eee 928
ClaWISPIMMUS Sse eee eee eee see 19 | falkensteinic = ss.ccceeeee 928
PYGIOUNNIS! fas See ee cscs see 19 | falkensteimis 2-2 as seseee eee 928
Chevile tide: ext essenneseeseeseene sees 12,17,19 ibd Gl ae Anes ces ha ase Sb Saes 928
@hevletellags 19-46 aan ee oe 19,21 | mediocris.......-. ew ee eee 928
(Che Vvletuisa secession crevelayae 19, 81, 95 NeCctarinigides) S31. hee eee eee 929
DATASIUIVORE Maye ceck oes = set eee ce 19 ODSCUT ES eos tae S2 oreo eee 927
Chilo simplex. 5 Sana ttecn as (ose oceans ate 956 neglectaras:scsse es soci 927
8) sh Yo (=) ee er an ae re eraser aes 966 | ODSCUTST- 2-2 eee eee 927
OCWIALUS? 4... soem em ate neice eee 966 OlIVACES, atc soos Eee eee eee 927
GJ abl 0} nbn 61) :cereener teen nese Ale ee ee 750 Ollivaceadt rs as eee 927
ChOITOGISCUSSE Fete nce eee eae 94 TALAZZI yee ee ee 927
Chiropodomys-2e. asco ssakee cect eee eee 455 PALAZZI eae ae eee 927
CHITOPtON gy es < sapere de arate. cisteisicietetsjice we ee eies 752 VelUSla os ceo esteea eee ee 928
CHICO Gsemace ete me acetate ede eee eae Al. | \CircRetus/cim Creus: 5-227 -5--5- asec eee 831
ChizterbisTeucogastra ......-.:.<.t2 dence es sese 849) || ‘Cisticola chiuiamaccs2-se—-+seee oemeee SheseS 903
Chizarhbisileucogaster 2...-2:,.2225- 24523-2056 849 erythrops 3 staat oases nee eee 902
Chloes castaneai jee ee censc. neem tee eee 208 hunters. Sea seecete ees $25, 901, 902
SATGMYVOMIS Act eee Gaa eee ea em cee 208 IUSUDEIS 27. eco eee coe eee pee 903
CDIOTION te eet oo sae ee ae 150 NEUMANN. ecesse = eee eee °Q2-
LOHOtUMEs: 2.245 02.22 552 eee 150 prinioidis....... whtarejteiseise Sets $25, 902
Chlioropetavken vars. jos cnc ce wice oeeen eee 912 subruficapilla toassse- seers ee eee 902, 903
natalensis natalens OUD Cistidiawe zoe. ce wc int iatasate as i a eee mere 950
SlmMilis zee ses cee , 912 COURLPATIA Ts oa.lo cena sisi cece eee 949, 950
SLUMS Eee cers Be Prt eee O12") |'Citellus parny lt ss. sese-.see eee eee Pereira (ii)
Chilorophoneuss-csa-22-n eee ee eee 922 richardsonil=: .ses2--s-esceet- eee 751
CHOLODS! See ab en nn eee gees eee 784 tridecemlin eats;-—-ee—sce eee ee 7al
ANCHOLALO Ska ree See eee 785.1 (Citrus mObWIS sees ae eee eee eee 938, 939
GYAN OStOl Sa. anocccoee eae eee 785) ||| “Oibullas ose.5 Sate es eee ea eee 779
ae
bm in
ee Ree Dee
77 =<
Pn ee oer |
a
; INDEX. 99%
Page. Page.
(CHAGITIIUE cons cds cossonanteaaneenaadeenCOeee SGUMIBCOlOUNI EAS. oc ce. cecec- oeceee sw eeaee nee 339, 340, 342
(CIGSTNAONS Heke so agsosanopeEeencod meoocese a6 848 SUCAENSIIMS Jonette ee sacs er oose 340
(HN « so5 SogoRAaSnonosoedconmoyDre Se fe | OOMIMTD AI ATT Alc. cx senate hoce ee a ec eric srs S44
@laniganinusculla asec. co 2~ scese. oso osse 994 arquatriculaseeeeceecs- acest esse. S41
Classification, A Critical Review of the PhyOWP HH ab- Cane Hae ent e ee Sere 841
Literature on the Simple Genera of the arquatricula.......... 841, 842°
Madreporaria Fungida, with a Tentative, SEO UAUG TUN are rete ate $42
Dyeo Wayland, Vaurhamn 3. So. jacee c= = 371 MtriGollisteses ete ce ece see 844
eI AI SQUAMIA TA se soc alee reese le Seo tail) aiTOLUALIS) eeeseces coer acces S44
CE OTUV ING S04). sre os ac eet le sie Siew cs Se cis ste 154 FAD CIISISi aes etioe ee tee eee “S44
CliGoranaihaes iS sancaesecee seep a ROese on oCenee 154 hal cosipilloseeapeceecteeeeee eens 846
MONTE CODRSIS Seite artes oe cisions ns oees on 170 TA TAV EL Ce vest ee ee rane erotics 847
MOSS OS ee Saceecace Sone oEoOSone 186 AUIS ON Se sence clare eleee oe sme eerseloe 842
MOM SUM eee eae sacee= = 175, 186 EYP BM STE as ere eere aera 843
Clitambonites (Gonambonites) plana yar. Golumbid sera asset eee eee 841
TEULOHER Aerie eles = ial D7 OMe Comosenilise cece eae ee eee ee eee 377
planus retrofilexus.........- 270 | COMOSCLIS =. os aseeee st esc cece eae ce cease 377
OOS TEROC CTU Sse ete ae agai lalla etaiaiaial=-i= -iel= afe)=1- 188,155 | Conalcaea neomexicana..........-.+.-.---- 476
lon n ob SooenoongsuaarqdooDe NSS ODP al CON OSIEUS Heep ee eee ie eo oe ete eisisj-feaieisis ears 193
(Gihbjopnateys loin - Sena sop Soe sEnonOnaeeaaooas NOS Ailes NCONOZUSUIGINTONSs2 aa. eee = = setece cecal isee 473
OeUiMUS Ee nas eee emcee eects re || Copepods, North American Parasitic, be-
lp eavaroyirO teem Seer lee c woe ee ane aie 770 | longing tothe Family Caligidee. Part L—
MAGUS Pe peteotrenece aoe se ecieeiisie eis 771 | TheCaligine, by Charles Branch Wilson. 479
GMT SS ae ee ee caesar cacasesimabeicis se hile MOOTAClAS AITANs ese eere cs caee sce scrmtecre ose 851
WMA 4o poscemnctaoo Sa se ee aana USE 573 SITiGHMas ee ecaicn nace ec ctemisece 851
UCL ae ee teeta ose ae ce reins @eisicle «eis 193, 770 CAC ATA eecace eee Sele clecicts sects 850
GneEMGOCOPLES Hem. cen ss cee moe cia sees 97, 99 GVAMOPASLeMaesee eta s seen eae aeer 850
SAMI sero s ie aes siciecicivw se 100 SCOTT US Seem eee eee eee 850
, DIUM S 2 jaratarearininte eaoressi= ata 100 ONIONS aeemiersrerrene eae <teeieeie ete 918
Cinidocam pa HAVeSCENS .. . << os ce= = isle wcn a= DO2ZGIICOTACI Aa ae emia cto ae eiciset- feat ah semis cree 850
(Cialis We ose nGo np oC Spee Rbapeoapereoscas 20H | MC OTaACiUralCRUGR tA --2 Seo emeeees eee 850
Cobitis tenia 2015) Coraphites leucopareiacs-: 2c-c.-.<20-10<-<5- 875
Cobitopsidee --. TEOMIGS IW CORCLUS ene eeee eee ee nee ee 197
(Ole DOs - acsdoososeos sp osucuEESesOsae 160, 168 COLODSISSoceee, ster een eene 197
© (CG RR ase area ee Ae ea ee 163 | Cornufer jagorii.............22.--2----- hoeet uote
MOCCIOEU CY TOUS saa c ss scec cs esac sas cc eles se 155 | WORCEStOD ec sactoc ec oa Sec eee ete 345
manilee LHS RCORVIG eee ee Meee Sera eee seen eer es 917
Coccopygia dufresni kilimensis........-- SAD Sole || COMVMINAMMIMAGCRI ALA aca siste toe e = mi= ole 614
: quartinia subsp. a. kilimensis.. 881 | Corvulturalbicollis...............-.--2----: 917
(CloyYOON CUES she so edddee pbeconescac opocegsnenHe Sasi lie GOmmUS @ClSimtly Sore see eee eae eee 919
CALCITE aan ecieic eilasjs eevee saicieytoe ae 847 | BNW bags Gee Gp eSae CE DROP SAAS Some aaOn ror 919
CloeinliGhnges | heeae BeBe os coe sen ose eEeOnnaE 992 aD GONMUSSei seine seen ts iene 917
WOM ORIN Eee ase ce ati sea mein= = =e 149 SGA UA GUS apestefe teteleis = steeo/a = (al aintavatalic 917
(Qo Glvon Alsen oeeeesoseeor ee seeeoncr secnaenacas TAO i CONV DNEEN diss o1-eeeistoe (cee esis a tetas ices sia 159
MUL PIWENSIS see ates sae weloe slate 149 CUTS CUS Sears tase rereratalefatatatel rime otal 587
Co lIShVATICIS-sc:- aoe e~ seen= sciesioe cle <a 851 HIPPUTUS Hs. c ee eee ects sere sists 599
(Chobits «BES osha esseoetocoe spepeeaeeoope 862 | Corypnoplenusiaes esac cm eesti 206, 208, 796
Clothing} Gobitipas ase ses Saopacepecencospeueeane 863 Pern ad OWIp ea. seeeer = see 207
LEUCOSIAMINIS == Saoasce sess sta 862 pilates eee eee see 208
AN AGCTOULU SNe eee ae 863 | VIC AbUlUS 4. ace seeee see 206, 208
WUNCN Cleese ease eee Sb2a | Conyp uses eee ines nee esis eeeee 155
senegalensis) .......2.-2.- 868 apiCalis: (Noss soe. oe woe toe eee 155
Senegal eNS Sees esse emer eee eaaae SGBia| MOloaiddetnbedachanleholopssoApGnmemsocseccdoso se 849
OUR TEMS Secapocnosacsas 863 | Coscinareea....... Sey ttaietoetae siociom aoe 418
MU OLIMISPASSCTIC CW CS eas <= ata =e cle amino eines isla) |] (Clo ING ES Seo e ao cnoccSquoporeccoobaccmoaseree 152
Collection of Fishes made in Korea, by CoOSMOPNOMCUS ee sietse sae el esiecln sale =a aan 922
Pierre Louis Jouy, with Descriptions of |e Cosmopsarus:T6PSiUS=.-- 2s aaa es eee 890
New Species, by David Starr Jordan and GCossypha Ca fire. scarce se ee 894
Bdwim Chapin Starks 2-25. .52--s5---c2--15 193 POLSON Ge eae erseroectesle se 825, 894
Collection of Orthoptera from Southern heuglini intermedia .....-...-.--- 894
Arizona, with Descriptions of New Species, | DAtMlENSIS aso teres cee see ee 893
On a, by Andrew Nelson Caudell......... 4610 |Cossy phusschcenleini 2-525 -2 22s2-jse een === 784
COM CTI de ae eee ocloe ee Soe wees ee acia= se TH540) |) COLONY oS 5 Soe som Ace ooposeeaoroeicageosssos 206
Collie@hibha ys WC USS see eas ee ratnvela sisiele 9040 | Coturmixadelecorgued 32. ---- ose sseece cen 834
GLO WO CCLAS sac e- Oeinieise aero <ieloe epee eis ore Ala COMES StS DIRC Waser ate electors saiolelateieiaiainis carcino 752
WOLOCAS Av UMULC WAMU seo meets iolels orale aie CU MG OVOUCs ane ee ean = snies eters erates Bpseseosancee 694
998 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Crabronids 22 -=--.--e- Mae AOR TEE Bo ae 1D9NI50: Cy Clolitess sasce= conse eect 374, 393, 402, 404, 420
Crabronine 2 soles. cco es esas tee eee 150 | MIPIM cee ee ee eee eee 408
Craspedophy lia... -e ceo ae eee 391, 402, 420 | altavillensiss.cesesss cee ae 408
Cristatannt.o 2 seem acces 402 SLOT] oe eee eee eee 408
PVACIUS) Socinierteeeee ease 401 Crem atase sae aes sete 408.
GYLeMaAsti Nit eee eases ses ces erevesdess - See 156 CLIStA ba sya SoS Sze atele cles tee 405
Gremastogaster bicolor'..io...- 02.22. soc. 2 “. 958 GISCOIG Ca zi ke wisest eee eee 404
CTASSICOMMNIS soe. cicpeitcetren =a 958 Clliptica:. os 2. soerteaestocee eeeee 404
IVSUba secs tose ses 63 | NAIMEIOs. 2 ac. ch getiens soe eee 408.
limeolatais ose cheese ears 63 hemispheerica.2... 9. ee oeeee eee 404, 405
Jongiclava:-scs22 seen: 2225 958 MACKOSTOM Ais os eee eee 405, 406
OCHTaCea<= 3.5 =: sees 958 NUMISMalisesss.-4 oes see 404, 405
SEMPCLI ss ce soesacccsee soe 958 polymorphic se.csee se seeee eee 404
SIMLOMD 5-2 -2t osoeedaace ss 958 TAMIKObI J. acces feces eee 408
GLEMMTNOPS!= ses deo ees rete eee 146, 157 Strigta).< Joi... losececee sete 408
COW ATIS# as nan esa ea ae ae 146, 157 SUDCTDO nose een ee eee 408
OPRICCtIUIUS =o. i ctins cetee nee etn dansee eee ae 455 | UNG ata Meets eee eee 394, 404
Criniger'strepitans’ =... eeasc esas atccsie 892 | VAGHT VLE i Nok rs cee eon ae eer 408
Crithagra-al bitronss. 242-2 2¢cscctece sees 926,935. | Gy clolitinge a. 2: cc... occ nstee siete cielee eee 374
HaAWIVCTtOX osc. Sac. Sueetcee seks 935) | Cyclops..:.:.- Foil tele. dis s ie Beste De eee Ieee 516
kilimensis;22-2=ce a aes 935 | Cyclopterusilumpusi- 2-2 --2) 2s: sees soe eee 573
SURIOlAth ee eee ee occa oe Seat 935:2)/"Cycloseris! =.) vz. es ccs Se oee eee eee 382, 407
SLUMS he oes eestor ee Ss 826;:935:.| Cym berem seus! ©. ssc soc secon eee eee eres 71
Critical Review, A, of the Literature on the MArsinaglisy 22.2 See 72
Simple Genera of the Madreporaria Fun- | OyDiplde nc. 55 222 eso ee eee 153
gida, with a Tentative Classification, by @ynipoiden 2-9 153
T Wayland Vaughan 22.223 se0cos42-<565 71s | Cynomoleus: 22... -e2--. cece ote eee eee 426
CTOCISS 2s Ses cielo cee Seb eee deena ree cee, 149 CAG AVANUS <2 en soe ceo 426, 431
Lemp OSOMLM See ee eens acre mace 149 mindanensis.... 426, 428, 429, 430, 481
MUI A Sees ce eye eee see eee 149 apoensis ...... 426, 429
@romileptes =. c..cenctescc oe sac ce ae ec 781 mindanensis.... 429
GIUBIVOUIS oc aa oe Chen sa eoeeee 781 philippinensis ...... 426,428, 430, 431
CrOSStiONMe ee ee eee eee a eee ees 701 suluensis ....... se-ase-- 426, 430, 431
Cry ptabaciastal pina. 2 ces 202 sae eeen ee 380; 351), | Cyprinids... see ees wee cee sae eee eer 195
(OUR oh th ot: stoves emer ayo ae aa ete od PERE 140, 155 | Cy PrinUsiGarpion s22.22-sne eens eee 195
OLY PED: 2 siejceGriecrsepele oie ere.oeale bisnyeie See cetes 142,156.| :\Cypselusiafinis var. horus: “.- 22025225 scene Sol
Cry ptoceridie.. ates. ccc slew cece tencn cassie ae) | alpinus ViricamMus -... 22. -s--es oes . 861
CYY PUOSM ATMS ois cco oct oo caieie elo seteisleise 28 | GM DROSIA GUS ste ate eee ena 860
Cryptolopha umbrovirens doreadichroa.. 826,916 | Myoptilustss- a eee Boe 2 eotsctees 861
mackenziana.... 916 | PATVUS) 22. oo Mee ote et ee eee 860
Cryptorbina Qira o-.2. 0.222 eeemece sees 919 | Cy PSUNUTUSs. eee ont eee ae oe eee 860
CHYPLOSH SMA in Socls etnm cose eee ee ) Cypsiurus....- ijn ee one yee eee 860
ClenOLODIUS tic. cn:t-ceecceee ec ceceece tte 206° | “Cyrtoleclaps 222-22 7. 2s ae eee 57
GEL 5.2.2 Sc Ge enteicre Se eciencincate 206,208 | ‘Cysticercus delphini:-<-25.% =. os-2=-eeeee 820, 821
CfaSClatus) 2-5. ceec cs <-ecen oe ae 206 | Cysts, Notes on Cestode, Tzenia chamissonii,
Ctenoplectra varans=o2. 25. ates ee sees oe 958 New Species, from a Porpoise, by Edwin
Cuba, Description of a New Toad from, by intone... 5 PP reenter A Li 819
Heonhard Ste] Negen . secre easars eects cre se FGDs | SOY CE cee ans torcte erate nese eee ete eae ee 16,17
Oucwhds esas ee Se cen ci uieioe eee ears sl S47 AMCLiCAND .230. cee et ee eee eee 17
Gueulus:chtenme =) os. cee seman eee ee oe 847 | Cy toditeso. s...22eceche ee ceeee eee oe cites 100
ClAMYOSUS et ct Soctoncte ace ees 848" | (Cy toleichid'ee ss sc.2c ees ee ateeieceem- eee eee 11, 100
INGICATON Scie. aoe eee eer Mae 868,:871. |) ‘CytoleiGhus:<-..-.2es se ce eelceeeenee nae 100, 101
Mel AS horses stites wchietows Eee eats 848 NLUGUS 2-2. oie stats seine stele Seat 100
Culex; piplens. A. eee ses oe eto cca eee 809) | Dall’s' MountainiSheeprse 2 sscec-e teeters 685
Culterirecurviceps.. js s.0-- ene oct trees apa 201 5) Dasyatisicembrura ee eeen sere ee eeeeeee 573, 621
G@umsoriid cee eo eos. h eee sooo eeeee test 839" | (Dasyproctust. cesses eee a a eee 129, 150
Cursoruis*bisignatus.).. 5.2m. ess ae we oeet 839 ATi oomienes eee Meee 129, 150
Chalcopienustsca-c.. sae ene $40) Datanarce . 2.2 ee owesan ee eelecece ote eee 947
CUPTICID nese ect a See eee eee SLO || Daucusiearolat scene eee eee 939, 946
elesamtula@= oe. 325. ences ceae 319\ | Dauliasuscimia.: -- 2-2 ome ces e teres 895
Cyanomitra obscura neglecta .............. 927 | Dean, Dr. Bashford, List of Fishes Collected
Gyathocveniain.s santero ote eeieeer eae 418s by, on the Island of Negros, Philippines,
WG] ADACIA face keene ee eee eee 409,420 | by David Starr Jordan and Alvin Seale... 769
fromentelit joes <teecn ese nee 409 | DecatOmiInigas.-5-—scesecoa seen eeeeee ee 154
Seng lObOsaeccee neh eee eee 409 | Delphinapterus leucas...............------- 729
stelliterd: noo fase seca 409: |, Delphinus!delphist=. 2. = c-jsceseeetieeeceee ee $20
OR FP Pee
———
INDEX, 999
Page, | Page
Wemod ecidcopamtee sete se ciss occ eeee neeee {07s eDiacrisia imparilisy--.-2s.sescssee. 222s. e .. 944
Demodex...... re oietotere sila c oieteicistoinicisic oeretsiore 107 | SUDGANIVE RIS Jee saeco eee 944
OWS eer prerete tel tat cto See ere a ets 107 | VIDOUMRT Came eaters ee ee oe 944
ab KO IKON DIAN | SeecobooeEeaebenee 1079 eDiahun gia. seems eee oe 5 BOOS OS TAO
joloh Aloe (i Aaa oaananececeoose 107 | prramullaitancarce s seesiseiceckicssc sts 388
MemaehoGkeds srsceeteEodsuseesecosseeeesoe (Ue DiapEmnuect: =. Seemann se ote et ee 1538
EMYOOICOLM CHE s ois .cr2 as 2.2 cie'siats Sativieee \aeiesioe LOM SD 1egsenisuer. to aceite sere cite Soc eisai 382
MemOoOlensyparadoOXus 22.5.2 ass nce cess. DOD MUIALOnameear ec cee ara stiet ce eter ceccee aoe 141, 155
Mencdrochirus|ParWeLy, 72.2.2 sac cesne ese ce 126 PROC CMe Neco eee eee 141, 155.
CHIOTEUS tse ees aces sie sase ee 193. | WHE MOMS Sos as sccsdaeccodesessesceonce 312,319
MUGSOMIscece eso necceceee 126 appalachiavesecerecccesso eer 313,414
Wendrokimuswpindes sos toccss--saecece se 949 MANUS. sence sae eee eee 318, 314
Dendropicus guineensis massaicus ....... 825, 874 SEN AMUIS fs Sep oro ooohondeEdaseace 313, 315
IDSC ONO Soc ecobesen Jgs0n sosbee qoeaso 64. pectenOid ese sece asses e eee 318, 316
WCLHIA CEMLOM EM see e cinisicis cae ecliscisisiceee eebiac 47, 48 PONtUSIAe esac ase 312, 313, 316, 319
MELICW ACLS <pesee stetefes erectile clare 48 | Dichelestium oblongus:........<......-.--- 555
Varia Dllisiscess asec se oe 48 | Dichrostonyx richardsoni.............2.... 736
Men sl ei GHUSls seers cae c ners ecto camesiaceoes 89 | Dicrourus erythrophthalmus.............-. 920
Wermanyssides 2222-525 22-2 -se ee. cess Til CRGERAA || OWED oa aaseceaneceepecuesneaaoserseeoGe 918
PLANE MYSSUN Chere asiee es. cceicincictomsiiecie aac 59 | Dicrurus aculeatus...............2---.--.-- 920
PRETEEN AUTUY SS US brats raters ote cia ore sinners cts Rioters interes aie 59, 60 | SO SLIN Sees ee ee eee 919, 920
AUNTIE Nayersyaratars acters sete sera Sion 60 RASiIMIISSoesece ee eee 919, 920
WerMOP ly PINUS is aac: crecineooSe.sies ote ole isles 90 alactuseesseceeeeemer eee 920
Description of a New Species of Fish (Apo- Givaricatusi -eessseece 918, 920
gon evermanni) from the CANIPCNMISS cee cme crn ss eceeceiseee 920
Hawaiian Islands, with TUS AKI eae ncisiis cca ocie eerie 920
Notes on Other Species, MOGEStUS!= is. <sccscs sesereee eer 920
by David Starr Jordan and MLUSICUSH ao se econ aa ee eee 919
JOUMAOiterbeimeSmy Gens qeageel230 | DIG aC hy lair seer = cles ee ysis) nee seece see 221
Description of a New Toad from Cuba, by imo rpharcedeewsee cee a aceeeee eee 378
Leonhard Stejneger ...... 765 j COmbiMUae ese eee ene eee 373
Descriptions of a new Genus of Isopoda, be- DIMO TPH ASiceae sees se esas eee SORES 377
longing to the Family | Dinemellia dinemelli ..........-....-.-.0-- 875
Tanaide, and of a New Dineuridve. ae sess ce ites acess since eee ane 158
Species of Tanais, both el DOK Clb RE Cseeaeshesaanpe Unagcoppdcausseen6 63, 64
from Monterey Bay, Cali- | DiOpbtrommiSeee eee. ee seee oe Fe eee Get 909, 911
fornia, by Harriet Rich- | PLUMTLCUSE jemi sees etee 911
ARASOM see een aoe 367 | chocolatinussea-sseermaasaaeeee 911
Descriptions of New Genera and Species of | HISCH Eves Seca ae eee ae see 911, 912
Hymenoptera, from the YMC SI Shas == Aenea aoe 911
. Philippine Islands, by TEICHENO Wil occa mccsee ees a eeer 911
William H. Ashmead..... iy | IDOSsebNY Cocoon bebendosesa5sae sqsocnseosee 157
Descriptions of New Genera and Species of DIOS PY TOS ee legen saaecigs Seca eee see 952
Mammals, from the Phil- Diphylorastertssn 2s a2 oan a ae ens waeeae 8
ippine Islands, by Edgar Dipl anes aa- ce hee eee awe ee ae atraioe o ees ace 418
NANT CAINS sae eens seas HOP DIL OG OMCUS ma ceee ses ceecmeee mem ctereacce 37
Descriptions of New Species, Additions to PINOT ye els anata gee ae eee emer erate 154
the Recorded Hymenop- IDiheevbah EP S56 dos ooeeatpoSspasseso+ cues Seaaoe 154
terous Fauna of the Phil- AMGATA Cleans eee eee ates 154
ippine Islands, with, by , | Discoeline .......-.......---------+22.---2- 151
William H. Ashmead..... QB Hal IDISCOlIA a seierre sneer. erstereiel-ciste eee ero eeeicie eee 152
Descriptions of New Species of Tortricid Biba OMHVS, a5 cone naonodscohooece 162
Moths, from North Caro- ELatiCawecce ncn c5.ceceuen acca racer 152
lina, with Notes, by Wil- MIVOVOENE ice en poDReoausanmaadcereaaas 152
esa IDA ANE Sollicas Bue) | MOE eoyotosaiy Saemoe soso ossaaoseanoenecdnassace 63
Descriptions of New Species, On a Collec- DISH ATIPES se ae ote chee eee ee oe eee 76,77
tion of Orthoptera from Dissomphallusvassteec- = see ee eee oe ee 134, 152
Southern Arizona, with, TDIRNS 7a sone ce ence bee 134, 152
by Andrew Nelson Cau- Distinet Genus, The Scorpenoid Fish Neose-
Gel ee ser: Saeco nice techeins 461 bastes Entaxis, as the Type of a, by Theo-
NW EVAC ALAS 2-2 cic wictcw crs osinjais czciects Seize oi5i5 ois 167 Ore Gilles Ase we aac cee see See eS eee ya 219
i ALSYVOLUES ooo )iate cc jarcterere snes cies eietete AZO} Ditremay tem min Clim. .a- sees. a6 seeeceees 205
ID Eve iron) eee arabe etad SoSReae Heer ane O eae 153u | PDIversipesmrna. sepmeaaseecrcc = easements 77
geometricum, var. viridipur- Dolichoderidse)-s2ssc-- 53s 2528-2 seiccmnesaaee 153
WIEN “Seon coeostoseaceasace Heh || Well Nays se poo oesappccsooesooseerescs 153
VEISICOlON e222 se ceeie cee - se e—e 153 bituberculatus..- <5 sees ses 153
1000 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Dolichoderus' tuberculatusis.c.: 2.562. Jose. 958: |, (Hla mia da ata n eats nee eee 322
Dolichosdablab. assess cee ee sees 940" | SRI DP LOSCrISi.-saetaneeeeeeete nee se ee eee 409, 412, 420
DolChuning.. 4s 55 1ese fee ce es ee eee 151 | APCKUA sae ceeee eee eee ee 412
DOTOSOIN a eens oe VG eee wer Hide HlOpideey s- sacs sso eee ae ee eee 77
DOVOSOMAtIC Bim = cee42<cctee ecco e Wick: | METIS COTCANUS Eine nae aceae Sacoseemeee eee 201
Worvetimils eee sc cs tte. Se cyan acco See ck 157 NIKKONISS Sse cosets noeee eee eee 201
ID ORV CSR ee LN ea See alte Seas 8 153° | -Emberiza faviventris 7sc....ce-ss oeee eee ee 935
Dragonflies (Odonata) of Burma and Lower PLINCipalisis se seewie see eee 886
Siam.—l. Subfamily Calopterygine, by SCRON Oy oe aise eee teen eee eee 885
Edward Bruce Williamson .............-. 1653) “emblotocidae...- Asteodteat se see eee 205
Drepanorhynchus kilimensis............... O31: ||) Embolemin ge yasen ccs eee cee eee 152
PelCHeNO Wileceeeee eae O31) Bmibolaghthysisac sss saccee cee eee - 160, 162
Dromibus Sas tveotetese seacreeeane eee 797) SE MO GY AMUTaseteeeee eects see ee 116
palackyisesn. secsesejeeeosce cee 769; 79% 4 Enarmonia, americanays...--2--see eee Bebo 7 Ay
Droseores JAPONICA... ce. =-- cena ccceee eee O41 |) ENG yrtidee... i: ses aae ceded necieeeeiaee eee 187, 154
DEVIWIN is 5 w= o Soe ces cekeesc shoo menee eee 1341152 BA CYrbINse. ccs aceeeee ese Cee eee eee 154
DEVINUS Ais. Boe eae en eee cen eee eee 134,152) |, Eneyrtint so. Jces.e. secs ee cence eee 154
SUAMLOM Ist nae soe cce heer 1345152); Endo=no-kirimushis.. ...-.2. nese eeeeeeee 945
Drvmoles) Chinlartasecs- ace tes steers 9030) “Eneraulides a2. soe ocoas coin oe eee 771
Dryoscopus cubla suahelicus.........0..... 923), Rene ra lidid oo tr. csctese ceeccletcoccse eee eee 194
NAMALUS siesreisietictews creates: $23... (Ene raulisjaponicus's...cecss sec aoese eee 194
sublacteus gasses teem cee 923. ME NI COSpIUS 2-5: noes ete ete eee 156
DDNSCAIMUS 3 as ence = Sen See eae eee 533 ASHPY1s. 2 scises esse a eee eee 156
Dy¥Sph eee fica? asctcp see ea oe oe 166,169 ,|| Enneoctonus 222-2 2.2ncacnee ncceeen eee 921
IMD BB artes sols cise ee Base eatne. 166,182 | Entaxis, Neosebastes, The Scorpzenoid
Harias'chromataria....2... 20-2... ssecees seen 947 Fish, as the Type of a Distinct Genus, by
East Africa, Birds Collected by Dr. W. L. Ab- Theodore Gu oe. cere ace selene cnielene saree 219
bott, in the Kilimanjaro Region, by Harry HM PeC Onin cetse aise oeineemce mae mene eee 138, 155
GmODELHOISGIA. =~. scss oeeeoase ee eee eee $23) || Entedoninia. Jassie ese eose eee eee 138, 155
ELOM 1a 1 Bt Soe S8~, <2 ea cernee oe ee ee 30 | Entosphenus tridentatus.s.2: .2.. see eee eee 973
DIS ATA-SUZUME ma lqteee see eeeee naeeee 942: |, Hostrophomensd <a. <22-- 5 eee eect eee 256
Eedytolopha insiticiana...........2...-2..: /362:.|| Epagoge:suliereana 22222222 jase cesemeneees 362
ECHO UU Side tete= 5 ee oe sels ame 032,099, G11, || MH parnietes <2 <- stosoe =aee ele eee eee 900
USPICUS Acccinaee cee nee nee et 480,611,671" Ephippidser <2 at2 52-2 ee encriceces see eee 789
CHIC Ae Ae ame asae een Anon Aen eee 172s) HphippuSecm.c sc trcoceos poodles ace eee eee 789
choi bird bowen a ee a See er Te? £21410 a EE Oe A ee ooe.c 789
GELLGE TU Bese ee ae eee 772 | PISAS Abe asa ee eee eee 649
eiShiNOUVeliss -fRecces toon cee Ti20) EEPlCTius’.\., s2 sso «ice se toicw at's vs catsnisele cise roe 56, 57
TIED] OSH ae ok oats ese 772 | Epimepbelus s.22) 3? Jee. leeaate see ene 781
INGINIESTS: «a ccicceatee sees elas o peace eee 382 | labriformist-cike-ceuseeeeceeeee 633
BGLTOMIN Tae. lax ee ec Sa eee eee e 137, 154 | MOTION eSacces ce se sa eee 634
Edasshakutori-mushi< sss. sacchotse soca 950 | TAUVING |. 2. -Heoe eeeisteeneeeeee 781
GLOMUS MUS MDM Se2 anc eyetemertte ace seen 920) | MPISeLIS se.) a sc <erelnse een is ects sie ecnee eee 406
1) FM} a ot) 0k: <i re ee oe eee a 165°) “Episteniayc-22 5.6 oso sees ec eteeeeeee 154
TACH em binie e aooo8 2 see eee 966 | Na 355.) cose ee 154
Wlasmi dels. sees = eee tesa ee eee 188, 155 feretius.isekcnee a: aseehaceeeeee 154
BD ASMNU Sh ee uias-sasce nese eaeie Ree ee 138, 155, ||| Epistreptophyllinge 3; ee ene eee eee 413
philippinensis.....2............. 188,155 Epistreptophyllumiseaeeateencese 396, 398, 413, 420
BleoGerthia ragazzil acc. 65-4. 927 COMIMUNC 2 -. .eee eee 413, 414
TS GT Bigs eta seers atte eae TL A cylindratumee-eeeeeaees 413
Phiip plies Hc se teecee aoe 769, R74 |) Hpitrimle@rus:<c<.6cstecaee sone eceeeee eee 104
OLE Chaat: eee ase ee reeee ae, cer aR ee 152:| -Eptatretidce:<--2s.--m- nese totes eee eee eee 193
WIT Set ee eee Med o.s.0 hs Seca ee 152°) Eptatretus burgeri ce -es.. 2-5-9 e eee 193
albicollisesseaate sc ccanecy-eeenmoe es 152) SB Quulajes sce 5 ceno tees aeee ee ee eee eee 777
anmulatas. co e8 coe comeweiteciceet ee ece 152; | Hquulidte. ct osgeascin-e seco eee ees eee 776
MUTCICOMIS ey. Sos Seen cae rere ese ee 152)5]/ SEREMCeUS ay. care oer Tae rie es ee eee a 71
ROSSA a mrtspa oe Aa cio aleyny tele eas ae eee 152 PLLOSUS 23s2- case cee eee EEE EEE he
VINNGle mM Te Ree a eee se ea ee 152 | Eremomelalscovops.cac-esccee cen nee 906
NOGhuOsatan Secu SiGe chccmecueee ceee eee 152) |Hrethizonidorsatus: ... ---pecaeee ete eee 741
QUAOTiaSCIaty. 225s soe kee ee ee 152 | epixanthusssse 9-2 eee eee 742
reticulata sheet ete 6 eee 1527). Erignathus barbatus)....-.ce. sessessecees 724, 728
THOLACCIG. tacet eh eee esc ee eee es 152.) WrINe@ UMA ee access aoc eee eee ee eee 102
JOOS aa Ae See ee te aoe 8212 SBTIOPHYeS: 2. <2: since ieee cece a aeeeeee 102, 104
AMbIP MAT oo eee ee a eee 322 | SOSSH Pllc oS kins kee See RAE 106
ele re See ered ar Oe ae oes 323 OleiMOruS acetic ae ee eee eee 105
Gesiderata cos... cen Meee eee eee 322 Phic@ocoptes|sa2--c- eee ne eee 105
INDEX. 1001
; Page. | Page.
Eriophyes pyri........ Ral Ne cane se oaeeeee ele ee MUpel Mines S22 cence er wale ctictcieisih icisisieicle ne cise 154
QUA GLIPeS => once = f-ac ce ce eeeee 106 HP ElIM IMs Sys eer emes eas oe cael eieae 154
LID IS Ser needa eee eee cay HOO EBUpPHeB ance Sacco cena eeacet ade Sones 166, 169
CHIShPIACUS sen occas acosesene Eee e06 IM Pavioneeeaseec anseeeels aeons ce 166-
VAIS Eine cena a cee Ree eRe 106 MN ASO MM Rees ese ee yao ee eee = 5 182
BIBL PO Vad deeresces ss. one sae See 2,11, 54, 101 | OCHTACCHs =0 too. te canoe caoeeicele ce sic 181
IBIEIMUM Cmmyemiaay Waseca 2 oc aaec we heme c ele Ali MEU MO WIN eso orate seis Iataisce = = Aseteie e = cesere 156
TD GRD oR eehe Cone Gaara eee 223)|-Wsuplectes tam mice psi9. .<r- 22 -2-.--~24--+- 885
PBIB GLO Snape sper ars aasiassjors)-'-.eisje aise cinesepre\siers 15} XANGHOMelaAS tee eee aera see 884
HIIMACCUM Kaeo eas yas aeciae-mene ees PPB ULE GURU sae etae se = tosicie soe eeiele's ereialele anes 155
HIGH CALS Se pre eee ence Acie eitnsiaeee Seis OOM PBuplectnusis-ceteat eee eee renee ere 155
REVS] CL OG weate far ove (a) 2/ ste. ie(aie'c,cieisieccie\satsiwloreisia'e Seal AN M Ul eB eee rteree eer eercee eee 155
BRP VIG OSUIS ay ctate erate ic eysje/oicieterss vice eisiscieiaioe = sieves 22: PHUipPINeNSis cess sees oases 155
BES Rall O8 CL OP gee seetnaic ceeieclatsiesciheseeracesens GOD) | MEUPOGES =e eremecckencetiecas inenisla aac se doe
BSH CMTE TOCA Caen e ste eiaie.s cc Selene sis sires 944 VATA bUlish sae coasesiaowsiessteeeree 14
BSERC) Cap MGENICOLIS < seese le. s< tees micas SCO Pupodidsere ae see et oececcees cee Sosieece 1,
PSG Gavastril GN OL. asec cee <i sa1- ome S80" |B upodoidesa meanness. saonce s.ccea cee eseeee ileal 2
benpalist= =o ..22 9... ceesss Sees emi ce 880s MB UpOdotisypingdilanay...s2.sces cece aceseeeee = 836
CYANOCephala) =: see. teseccenees 825, 880 IROTICP ee cceiene Sone ees 835
rhodopyes -...... Seer seeenade 8805) Huprinodes tlavocinetus.2---..-.2+-2seoe~s 905
SUD Mavala. coc sec ave sccm cs eS seer 881 DO eae oe se hee ee eae 905
BEIT O LLG te et is oto aiosin ote ei cfei-2- cise © Shigools ooo) | PEUPLOCbIS'CONSPersa a... o- se secnions- oe eee ee 948
TBWIGIINGVaIe), Boe Ga esen Aye o Ree AOBCnO Ban ooESsSe 7a MES SAINT ae eer rtecie re ein ciliary eee eras 418
UC MIT CLE tercrereysie fe javei<sare) sto ciais sid elaiocicre'e(m/sie' =e UES 45 (UES UO SevIMV NN Cl geese ejects Ssjse = ciciearsiare ae 395, 409, 418
PEGG Bin Se stare oe raya 2 etcta|ajoistclctajerere Sim eiclnye ele aic)eieyeis'e 953. +=Eurocephalus anguitimens ruppelli.......- 924
HUCOSM A AD LUP tA w <<.2<i0.c'<=122-% sii--- 2 = = 854 TUPI PGs wae eee seer asco 924
UGLY NCTA a =a eratate o,aeyers oinieie<s<isisinie SO | MEEGULL Vi OLUM ES eee sois ssc yicie ae cc eiateremictalsice 5382
SOUS G EAM, are ec oe ols ate cieicteis ci etes = Boom | MHULYSLOMMUS Alenses acces esciacteeeseesics ces 850
QLOMOSAN Bee ease seseatseeeince can 353 sSuahelicus eeepc s neo $25, $50
CHLAGlYStiIANaae = sasseecec ae ac ae 393 Var: TULObUCCAIISc c+. aoe 850
GCIRGUIAN GR. = sees ceericse cease =e 352 DUGPUCASCEM Stee eee sees eee 851
GONSURICTAN deems a eas ee eae 359 TUDESCENSaasee eee senee Ete 851
dorsisignatana Clemens var. Con- MULODUCCHIIS See seers cee as eee 850
TET Ah mass cite cts svar wis ce Bode | MHUnYteN CSE cos cet =< se coe ose ceteris 148, 157
var. diffusama .... 355 NADUS sas ocee sande ssecee seek 148, 157
NSKC ANG es sa <= Nolan cters reine s ceeete BOSH Pel TLS VI LOM Bierarere-te (ciate oreelalers aletetais aaieteieietera= *. 154, 965
giganteana .-......, padieteeinzesieieicios 304 | al bopibialiSnacca-cecese see ececer 965
DTACUIAM A oe aise oe seers oes s5e1e 352 DAINKSiS 22 on cee eee aonanss 965
MORON, cabcosapebecd aes ce eeBee 353 | TITEL Di] Sees ce eee eee 154
TUDO MOU DENTE) Se occsocebadeeareore Bb4) | Bunytomides. 222 <2 as <leist cere lerste ais oe ase a= 154, 965
TTMUUMIUEMM Bye om roe aeewceceee sos) Sila || MOA top olibalt Gus a coD bs Seroan=sodaaaagsae 154
MOVOLTAMMANA= 52s cena swe BDoF | USGCIIMUS te seme oo cys oelclela > eletciare ain loletetaiore 145, 156
OQUOSAN Saas. ss = see ainsi os cise ee. B55 ManMilse gs Meese octeike s aceclece. 145, 156
pallidipal pamaves=.--cscc2-- ste SHane BUSI eee see ase see ow eee ncisielewicinni=,~ 413
Mere anC eam aee salaries, se'oc\-<15 352-| Eutamias quadrivittatus borealis ........--. 750
quinquemaculana........-.....-- 390 | ESV GUIIah soc) aciedese lisesi anes ceeccelmae 139, 155
LODIMSOMIAMT Geese ree = a5 atte <inn « 350 | ANMUIIPES see a tacatleosecer ee oer eas 139, 155
Grote var.tyronana. 350 | APPCNGISAStELr aes seesiaesee sees 155
TUSCIGAN Eo <2 2 tae as aienis =)=1s/ ste <re 358 ATO ROSSA msl peteretetsteletieles ieee aie ina 155
SCUCGEMANA -s2- othe see eee 355 VELNUCOSHsa. veces cscs ssseocsseeee se 155
SOMPLCANA-- on aac eee NaS etsteice Shim | Wy anulG oo. assesses ere wees vecies ses ce 139,155
IIWSIOSIGRE 6 Soe pe cosaropeanesendccooS nee SAS IEE) | MONO oe 4 SSE aae sa Aocensoodnassousesoed 13
AVL UTM AN Ay oct. Seecioe nermee sealer netoce 363 | Evermanni) from. the Hawaiian Islands,
EFOULO DING 20 eee aac else sie onera tetas ae eet 138, 155,966 | with Notes on Other Species, Description
PBILIMMV OTN CS ata severe cicie o cresreio soe ia et ae aialeine soe 151 of a New Species of Fish (Apogon, by
COMI CH o8e asscsee eee eosin 151 David Starr Jordan and John Otterbein
CULV SILA janes oe eee ees ae er 151 STAN OK Sr Saga aeacndaosadcbdososesEasccsaes 123
fulivipenMise 4-5. -f eee eer 151 | Evetria gemistrigulana ..........-......--. 349
MGOUIK scocsSa0seodau sb AS Haccesas 151 | FEV. O UOT Siete coe osama retnse nate l ote ao olarataysial sie ei 734
PPM CWC oe ere arte Neerrreeisats ae mote eee LSS ee G62e eB xantem gem OVIVOLe as te laicie sisicre, ae arsiolamiciaret=ter= 956
Siete SoD = ABasoooceoopbLe Coub AUEeSuOSbS iss) Jboyl ||) iBetexeraeiinmotet Seo eedcoos ooccdsesHocacussuces 203
INE NIIN ore a tastaree geese see nae Sete 2 alga | IBEX OLISUOD IB ree cette aie le cies sieeelotsr ste seiciara tee 155
IE HOVUSiet ~- Saccsoccsosecrouse ctl odeesodes 28 | pPhilippinensis'- 22 -6..42.-02--e2c 155
BP aUS? 2/2) = Bun aint tec een deeeels cue Gi We BexOUneGimiten. <tc anni Raeh se caeCenine Sees 157
1002
Page.
Explorations of the Far North, Notes on
Mammals Collected and Observed in the
Northern Mackenzie River District,
Northwest Territories of Canada, with Re-
marks on Explorers and, by R. MacFar-
VAMC rocccc te Ale ras Bie = Seater eee oe Oe 673
Explorers and Explorations of the Far
North, Notes on Mammals Collected and
Observed in the Northern Mackenzie
River District, Northwest Territories of
Canada, with Remarks on, by R. Mac-
MA TlANe: Soepemees eeae sce eee ee 673
WY TAI Ss (ites cperela sive oie ore ee ioe aie loa eee 37
EVV ANS ii crite ereeece See eee eee anne eee 37,38
MalCigery eee pass costae cate etnee ace eee 92
Malcoiaery phius cence case ante ee ee ee 83
(Buteo) Auguri.. cn cece n aceon $30
CADET eo cine eitosietine oe ee ee See eee 829
MONOSTAMMICUSE sash = cceachec sie ce aa 83
OCCIPILAIST = eee ete ee eee one 831
TA POX cic cass Saqeye ssa ceise eee aie scheme $30
SIMMOTQUGUD...us sacs > ce acca ese ae 832
VOGIIER iS. -.eeacenc aes se eee eee 831
Pa COMICS. eee cee eck cine seers teens 829
Mealeuliiens states sks Sasi ot oe een ce 90, 92
TOSUTALUS ceneeeeeee- cee ee eee 92
Far North, Notes on Mammals Collected
and Observed in the Northern Mackenzie
River District, Northwest Territories of
Canada, with Remarks on Explorers and
Explorations of the, by R. MacFarlane... 673
Fauna of the Philippine Islands, Additions |
to the Recorded Hymenopterous, with
Descriptions of New Species, by William
WASHINGS Gl Ser ctcersevatice ke cia sien sea ae 957
Me CRA alice cee tenance sce eee oe eee 64
Dal 1g ate en eis eee ene tie ee eS 38
Merreolomorp ll aiecaeecacceeeceericcte ae ceeme 1382
Fiber zibethicus hudsonius ................ 737
PIGCCUIG: Sea. 2st ee sess ea eemee eee aee 909, 911
aIDICOMS oes cep cae eee eee 909
ficeduls, ficedula a. 2-2 see se 909
Spequligera: 22-22 pene 909
SOMILOLQUAtH eee eee eee eee 909
IRAP SB spots ds niece eee ene eS ee oat ae 153
HMIMkeln PUTO ae san tse ese eee ceeeneaes 277
Amel mb Ure ees ces oe ees 277
Miscas:: Ae eee ese LES Arete aie ae eh Nie SAR 921
Fish (Apogon evermanni) from the Ha-
Waiian Islands, with Notes on Other
Species, Description of a New Species
of, by David Starr Jordan and John
Otterbein! Snyder 5.5. s-2cehesce ee 123
Fish Genus Cichlops, Labracinus, The Prop-
er Name for the, by Theodore Gill-. 119
Fish, The Scorpzenoid, Neosebastes entaxis,
as the Type of a Distinct Genus, by
Mheodore:Gillis secee tess ee eee 219
MISHere smote eek ckicee ne ocean noe ee 709
Fishes, List of, Collected by Dr. Bashford
Dean on the Island of Negros, Philippines,
by David Starr Jordan and Alvin Seale...
Fishes of Puget Sound, Notes on the, by
Charles H.Gilbertand JosephC.Thompson
769
INDEX.
Page.
Fishes, On a Collection of, made in Korea,
by Pierre Louis Jouy, with Descriptions
of New Species by DavidStarr Jordan and
Bdiwin«Chapinistarksie.. enc... -en eee 193
Fishes, On the Systematic Relations of the
Ammodytoid, by Theodore Gill .......... 159
Fishes, Synanceine and Pelorine, Note on
the Genera of, by Theodore Gill.......... 221
Wissalaic..oeccece nse faee eet eee ee ene 342
| MOS’ eae ci latte ee oe 779
EOthss shine ae oa cee ose Meee ores eee ee aCe 779
brachygramima tee. ce -eece asec eeeemre 780
LO © Penies ee Ree Can Mace eine CRO ee 769, 779
FOrMICd otc cee cca een eee noe ee eC EeEe 153
TUS io wee ccs cree ee cee rae 153
POrmicid eo so tcncc 2 eee ee ase eee ee eee 153
Bormicoid ear... 22-20 neces ee oNee Coen oe 153, 958
Krancolinusserantitizceccssceeeoeeeeee ieee 832
hildebrandti hildebrandti.... 833
(Sceleroptera) hildebrandti... 833
schuctii@escse 834
schuetti schuetti ............-- 834
sephena grantiis.-.-osc-seess- 832
WIWeNSISne. secon oe eee 825, 883
Firechig: S22 cgcencnccce one nee 377, 391, 396, 418, 420
COIMUtTTORMIS cane oe eee 396
FYe yale: 222. 2cte oe: asee cee accaeee eee eee 89, 90
ANSErINa:...-2- sees ae eee on ee eee 90
CAPUTIM CC USE 7 meters eee 90
Fringilla bengalus 22h s-- os seeee eee 880
MAaCrOUrB Ss. > cee eee ayoniee ome 885
SUDMaVay toro ese naee eee eee 881
Bringillidee.i 352) c seas cee ee eee eeeeeeee 935
Frogs, Three New, and One New Gecko from
the Philippine Islands, by Leonhard Stej-
ba =i" o) Meena ee EME yay Mee SI ee a A 343
Fundulus heteroclitus: 2. - cee cence niece 563
WA) QS ei oe rere ee eee eee 563
MUNA 2 = 2eecee cece ee eeeen pa ease 380, 419
ALATICLONMIS sas see ee eee eee 380, 381
complanditar sc. =- 2. sssceeeoseeeeeee 403
COPFONUIA anc ceiceee =o eee eee 387
Cy. Clolites 2.04 seen coe ee eee 381
dentigeris.. 2.224 sneer eee eee rete 383
echinatass ss oe ce See ee eee 383
ehrenbergi i222 oct eine cee eee cee 383
JIM ACINA eo see eee aoe eteee 380, 381, 383
patellays rece tee ieee ree 381
patellarist. taco. ceckee ese eee ee eee 381
DIGUS So ences toe cee eee 381
SCULATIBRG cee ee eee eee eee 380, 381, 382
SYMIMNEWICA Reece - eee eee eee 385
tal pina. cease ae science eee 381
Hungideyvathus2e: cesses eee eee sine 384, 386, 419
fragilis \o.ccemceck -ceeecee 385, 386
1Ubbote# Ot waren ee eananpagdacoajodaeosasoanoD 377
Fungida, Madreporaria, A Critical Review
of the Literature on the Simple Genera of
the, with a Tentative Classification, by
TA Wayland Vaughan soscccmeacenn sae 371
Bin cides as -eeececacceee eee 373, 375, 379, 413
IDDBA D0 beeen ANG See GS SCONeS aa5c Pees iC 379, 419
Rungines ceeccss a sceeme see eeeeeee 373, 374, 376, 379
973 | Fungus pileus oblongus............. nadeoces 383
INDEX. 1008
Page. Page,
FTCIISG SOE als ili 723 | Gill, Theodore, Labracinus the Proper —
FVM CIM ASD UK AW E8 o ses cclaacie cow a-e ¢ alors ecre cele 206 Name for the Fish Ge-
IPLIRHVERRURY A cS SUS BOR See ae ae ane See 86 MUS CiGh] OpSie-mesceseaee 119
TRUER GUD Sone n Se ec eee meee 198 Note on the Genera of Sy-
(GAGE 5 Ce eg 198 nanceine and Pelorine
Radustmacrocephalus.....2-....cstces--- 2a. 637 MISHES¥ Sessa Ae: sees soe 221
BBM OVI Aeaerrce = eel rme csc ers 572, 582 Note on the Genus Prionn-
RecSMU LNs Opa CCU Ae miceerct a ctelsieiascicio cic nis stereos ate 839 rus or Acanthocaulos.... 121
ce inexachlOoroehlantys)....-2.c--oneccen- = S49 On the Generie Character-
Mes UUUIINI See ee Salo ieee otic cies Seas clei s 78) istics of Prionotus Stearn-
PULLS eon aiciateie cies cies eee sista nce octane 72 Sliy. | esa eeere s eeeeaeine 339
RUA OME) SEM a AC AerORe SAPO GOR Cee Ee 72 On the Systematic Rela-
PUTS UU GEleys Ses e a cinte ci eos ee Mesias 72 tions of the Ammodytoid
DUSLCUSISS eter aes tose keae doses 71 Hishes-26 2h. eee tk ea 159
HEIN ASCIUUIS Memes nals ieccles Coetisce seas se scae 57 The Life History of the Sea-
MereMNeIS CoC we Reese ececice tawa.c oi teces 3, 6, 11, 52, 56 horses (Hippocampids).. 805
CEITISIG 56.65 Goa ae NCE ee eR knee 7 The Scarpenoid Fish, Ne-
AM ASOIG CAE cect isa geitece Seca cs s . 10,11. 49 osebostes entaxis, as. the
58, 80, 81 Type of Distinct Genus... 219
FORRRTONIOCE hae sSSSes Seep Se Sense Eee eee 809s |) GlaucosomMaeaseneneeesee ea seec eee ceeeree eee 119
GrECeniag Oni dae ves. sace assassin. ecee ees OAQH| ip GLOLOPOteSseeste-e- eae eee 504, 506, 508, 531
REA SUCKOSUCIC Suet icine <atctele saricisiemic eis atioates 208 OLMALUS epee. scene as Seca 495, 514
MGISLOTOSUCUMISIMENSIS oe ricci cise cisiceeinie cial nies D038 y | GlOssog ODIUS iso ee cierto ote cs 6 <istw oslcleinisteveteiers sje 798
MG ASUCLOLOK CUS nace ec ta lente eicise nintercraisieleremieaetels 773 ‘ ARIESTESS Soke ss siss cacm eee er 769, 798
piReuileatuse.2 see cee oe cae 77a a nLY CLD NAM US arias aes eee ce eraieiereie rears 79, 80, 81, 82, 83
GOR jaS Had eB SSUH BORE SE OE Ee Een ene Perl Gp ISOGOM esp alent ie seetes ciao laces 784
La\Ti} OUD eg ee ee tegen ee eg ee ae We GV LO PSIS i ocicict coe cis eee ena wees aaa eee 62, 63
ME GLO OMSL berelaalefetavelcravalato'sicinieis ea wishes Siseadedna'e DOF Glyptapanmtelessemascermmceececiec cone a es 147, 157
WEED) My ee oars Seis on yiacetos «actin see 22 Mani ee seems. sees 147, 157
Gecko, from the Philippine Islands, Three Guatholepistoccccastecn eo seere scat sees 796
New Frogs and One New, by Leonhard CalliMRUS eee ase ocmece aes 769, 796
SS LGIMOR Classes succinic Snioeeeovees cieclncies 343 deltoides....- Lee ce erie’ sec esee 796
GRMN ONC). so5sbus GaaEEOSEE CEOS SEE OSS eCHes 378h | MGObUGhtbY Sac ssp eee ees sce ceca ce cece sare 796
Genera and Species, Cambrian Brachio- PAPWENSISieey. cesses ae Dees 796
poda with descriptions of New, by Charles GOD Resecniclesicec. cece seeaece cee mee 206, 794
1D), VARIG) His Seba pe OSee Be neree nese sesreres 997, | SGODIOMOLPHUS) ccc seins 22 2 ce ieee clseeterisiaisel= 797
Genera and Species of Mammals, Descrip- Goblin Shark. Notes on an Adult (Mitsu-
tions of New, from the Philippine Islands, kurina owstoni) of Japan, by Barton A.
veh sara Mearnsisc: secioce. veeeecc <2 425 BG a Tie an aoe are eee Oma aie emisciote $15
Genera of Synanceine and Pelorine Fishes, Gonambonites plana var, retroflexa .....--. 270
Note on the, by Theodore Gill........... Oo Goniomertisimusculiniws):..- sce ssese scene 21
Genera of the Madreporaria Fungida, A GOMIOSCrISmrssas sae saree eiceee ane 412, 420
Critical Review of the Literature on the aneulaita sce 22 (decscasccses senses 413
Simple, with a Tentative Classification, GOMIOZUSI ee Soe ne aes a eae dare aeoeine oe He 134, 152
byl. Wayland Vaughan. -. 2222... 22... - 371 PhUlippimensisee. o-sss—= ee see 134, 152
Generic Characteristics of Prionotus GON OSTOIT Eps tereet ote salsa eer areereite teeter 771
Stearnsii; by Theodore Gill ..:........... 339 | Gossypium herbaceum ...............--.... 947
Genus Cichlops, Labracinus the Proper | Granatina lanthinogastra ................-. 879
Name for the Fish, by Theodore Gill..... 19) Gray, andyblack= wolf tepic. ey se enle cine isla 692
Genus of Isopoda, Descriptions of a New, Gray Sear Olen ocas asic ls secs seca sate 717
belonging to the family Tanaide and of a (GER EeAN ONO USC. atetere cates ciate tele Stree erainetetet= 459
new species of Tanais, both from Monte- | KarsissobK NG ope pence ecn st pdansarnenessonmocoe 56
rey Bay, California, by Harriet Richard- | <Ghasernllnavel qlee nooo shoe seedogercosponece 730
SO Mersey apafaic sy wis(elereais nia ais cints Cpate Slots eravereioncieiors 367) Grizzly bear... ---- pores tesssesseeeeee cee 717
Genus Prionurus or Acanthocaulos, Note Gunyltistam eri Canis ices soe ease ae 477
Onsthen by, LheodoreiGilll;-2 ee... 2-4-2 ne 121 MECTECHUS Me genes pes ate ale Sees 477
NGC OIRG GTI 2 sei cis Sacesciew eee esos ce cee ee 949 pennsylvanicus ....... Spear aepane 477
<TeRUespdlein CILOSUS sae<isacmsccas cece cieceac 782 var. neglectus..... 477
(GHOTINIES Gr gcpsbocdcQoteteEeoReagEsocseQnbo 782 ELSON MUU Sy seee seer ener see a 477
Gilbert, Charles H., and Joseph C. Thomp- GUlopuscCustses<-ase seocee cateooss eee eeee 707
son, Notes on the Fishes of Puget Sound. 973 Gurleca masuriensis var. sangaica .......-.. 941
GUDELUGIA:.- = oss. cesas sa csacss ees sees 981,982 | Gurnardus gymnostethus ..........-------- 340
SISOLUICES He mecriassteces ences at 981,982 | Gymnandrosoma punctidiscanum ......... 362
1004 INDEX.
Page. : Page.
Gyimno bates’ sas-c se ela PE saree cee Tall Hlarborisedllc sas estaneea-eniea= eee eer eee 726
Gey INNO MIM ECUS sanyesem ei ee elceerneeieeitee = 71" |)\ soare indian dog tae ae ees see cena ere 700
GYVMNOLENYS LY PICA. = 5 scces cee eset 829). | Haren puillay --oeeees concern aeee eens 770
Gymnosarda pelamis.........-..--------- 596, 604 MOlUCCeENsiss: see sees ee eee 770
Gy MNOwMOVAx eames eee cn eee eee = 772 SUNGRICA ea. eee ose meee erie 770
POCUUSIon. pees ceeie eee slo 772 ADEs See anoeeonapascseqcac0s005 193
punctato-fasciatus ........-. Wid. | SHAT PO TUL ae fic eam aiaseiarelslciniatote aloo epee aeteate ~ 645
Gyroseris ....... Sa fhe eee 8914999) 420) li arpyrhynchusiessesecce acetic seen eee 19, 20
patellarisicpe. ys eeaaseemeee= sccee 392 longipilus! saeco ees 20
Mabropy Pad nOw eee. sees eeeetee = cite 880 | Hawaiian Islands, with Notes on Other Spe-
Hagronotus: sss. c2 se ee sees ee meee eae 158 cies, Description of a New Species of Fish
PHAlip PINEM SISK sees see 153 (Apogon evermanni) from the, by David
*Hadrotettix: tritasciatuss sepyse eter a= 474 Starr Jordan, and John OtterbeinSnyder. 123
Heemalaston = 22s! ss nceccn ecco ieee seen 49 | Hawaiian Reptiles from the Island of Maui,
Heemaphy Salis. © oe. sce miccet meer cisiewiclet=te “47,48 Notes on, by Richard C. McGregor......-- 115
Vea Chiittten Oe reset ee ee aes 490) Hecaboliniges. ssaesacseceman acerca ceeincee 157
ise moO Pam asusisecessen sane eee 5D; 6400) |) ECG V.dilpn aisencem seen eases ae ees 929
ce Wid ees sae Baca Sater ee eee 204.781. o| MHedyMel ais: oa. Sas ccieee ee eee eee eee eee 909
Hagedashia hagedashves 22-6 S25. omc eer 828) || “Hielconin ce, Ste eset cenit. stem ee eee 145, 156
Halacaride:<:2s0c025-2csesesee2723 cece 1240 | Peli aS tusie rl GUS cee os ccs eee serene 474
Halacarusicc wv acasecesscse ses sssess es scceee 41, 42 ASCECUS Seas ee nee eee eee 475
Halarachne ;:2s:2iscssesacc ssc cee cscs see 59, 61 benjamini= ee eesee sees eee 474
Malarachnine::<42s:222-05-2<ass22-5-2e 5-0 59 SUMICH TAS as. c-e eee eee eee 475
Halcyon a:biventvis orientalis............- 852 | Helionympha ....-.-.. Si attinndee eee ee eee 929
chelicuti chelieuti--.2..:-ss5-.22° 852 nectariniordes............. $?6, 929
orientalis -22s=2 ces. 4sseeec ees = 8527) Melionnithidce 22 2. sec seee eee eee eee eee 837
semiceruleus centralis .....---.-- 892) |) Heliothisrarmigeraes + -.e- ce.) ee = ees 945
hyacinthinus ...-.. 851.) Bellwigiinis -S2ecjcns-cmseciee eee oees seers 156
semiceruleus ....-- 851) |) Helodromas 3222 ecee ee heee eee eee eee 838
Halisetus vocifer. -:-:.2.22522- 2525-2 4e2=s 831 OChTOPUS ers. ee eater 838
Halichoeres. 222-222 -2-ec25eees eaeeeenesaese 780))|\ Heloridee a soscen aya. os eee eee Sees 153
ANDUIAtUSs== =. 2s. sete peas 785." “HA emMerocetest sols oe one eee eres 160, 161, 162
ALOUSt x ees cea at ta teen esiosinwce 787 || Memerodromus.cinctus-... ce. ssceeee ees 340
DIN OLOPSIS: . 45 Fees Sule Sees ellison 780° | Hemichelidom) si biviGact-. pr ee iseeeose ts 908
cymatogrammus.......-.--:.- 769,786) |) Hemicyathus' i. 2s. c ate scien se stares ee oer 382
Geedalma.. 1.2 teeceeeecscle wes e 786:\| hemigasterinioe s<.-.e- ses ere ee eeeeeeetee 156
WaVelomiyst eA. Sees anette eyes 785.0] FLEMIpPepsiSe see seeeine cele. jc sie eee 151
TMMINIAWIS esas erect as te 789 tage a Sees haces cates aisle ction 127, 151
OPCTCULALIG ar. chore ratte crete areretare mia. 786 | Hemisarcoptes coccisugus....-........----- 87
PCSCIIOPLENUS ys. kee tee er 205" || Hem itelimi See ieee act cee eee 10, 155
DOGCIUS wen sete ease tee 780 ||) Eeresiar@hinis acco: assets ee ee eee 153
ET UA CEINED va ecatareraretoretar~. otete atatstafeyereterannratataieieiote 128150 WHericias-< ete ese se ee eee ee eres 82, 86
aL GEUS ete eaters eee eh ease sts ee 01; 128,150" || SHerman nial. foc aiactae to see eile eee 7
PHITP PIN EMSIS jor. coats a erase ic iereerets sae = 128°) Herm iius:: = .4 seems. . tase = =e se eee eee 533
TOD Dili weereremeeeee cts cecal oes ae 150 || Herodiasialba os: .. w--cc- come eee eee 827
PR STS VOSSA rox seteretersrs acetate ree tenteteele eleteterentoicic.e isle 383 | Herpetolitha limax ............-.--.- 380, 381, 383
POMOSS a ctor teere earn Ae oe sees 383 | stricta. 52.22 ee eee 380
IMCELTUp tarot, = cio tees eeeevaleeeiste 38a | Herse‘convolvulis2- ai. ese -sisseeieseeeeee 942
Stell arise jc.osctee 28 se ceisicicie se 383) | MELCSPEril doe <re nips oe cere area eee ete etcetera 940
Haliichthys oi. ernie ee eiete ire eee eee ee 806 | Hesperotettix curtipennis...............--- 465
Lalomi trairrG ew aris es referer terctereso ate eres stew 379 | Heterhyphantes reichenowi ............--- 879
PHU pPPINSNSis 5-1cecarsecistamrmss-in le <= 380 | Heterocyathus equicostatus .....-.....-.-- 416
DILCUS Renee ae eee eee eee 381 alternatus...... oS eee 416
Haltichellaw.+ esse eeene eee meee ereas 154 hemispheericus .......-.---- 417
LUGO wees settee seen n mele 154 JapONICUSs ac saceeee ee aeee 415, 416
MASUGA ergo eee ace se eee 154 TOUSSHAMUS = yee a= eel 415
ValidiGOrMmisS. jj<o-csecie oes 154 [Stephanoseris] roussaeanus 416
Haltiehellinimea. +2 <i vcconiateie eee sence 1154/7) SHieterop haga ea esccnics oeeecee = eee ere 149
Hannoki-kemushi--s.5-)- Fac tew sis caeie ee sie cele 948)|| -Heteropsam mia to 3 so. oee eee ee eee 415, 416
Hapaloderma vittatum...........-+-------- 863),|) Heteropsarije. cc secs aon ah eee 887, 888, 889
iMaplarcea eevee asec oe 374, 391, 395, 418, 420 | ACUTICANGUS Ze 4one sees eee 889
GNefe47h bela os odete GoosobaSeEacae ss $95.) Heteropus ventricosus -.......-.6.--------- 75
Haplopeliajohnstoni--2--esccc reac’ sect 847 i) ELeteropYyeilaneccemeee bee eee eee eeeret 839
larvatavkilimensiSternescerrectet= 847 | Heterotrogonise.eeaee- ene ee eee eee 824
Haraaka-Shiro-2 le smas-ine eerste eerie 944 WIGtAGUSi ys eee rice 863
Harbor poOrpoiseh.mseene eerie cio 750 >| Mexastieaie 6-c neste eee cee eee eee 418
vee ee Vk ee ed
J
Es
INDEX. 1005
Page. Page.
Himantopus himantopus.......-...-.....-- SSO MEV eTODRTES see eeee rece eee cee eee 38, 39
Hime-alkatavena-ChOr.,. =.= <a<ccccices ona cease O40 PPE SrO Dati Nee oae aerate seer ctesia meen 3
FAIL C= ON BLU ope xpetaiatetelaseieymscieie tale c/a Siels cieteisieisisie O4is mbvlelastesya cis con eecsitess saccades ae 57
IOGOSMECH Ome eae tase secre asc eeeenasee ee S40n PEL OICUS CAliCIneUusepesee sane e eee eee ee 942
EMP PISCUS|COUSPICUUS! ce ace cl= 2) seals ieee ciseiaie 4687) Elylomiysisuillusey ae tapes ine seiciesrelsinee eeeiae 437
GOPrBl Mes! Secescicwisackl-e secsenee AGS Eby lOtomidse=' sae te-e en tae cleat cence eee e 158
(Hippocampids), The Life History of the Hymenoptera from the Philippine Islands,
Sea-Horses, by Theodore Gill............. 805 Descriptions of New Genera and Species
I POCAMP Usteer etic ci-Sacle- (crc sissies 773, 806 of, by William H. Ashmead .............. 127
CNS ANO RS esecboonsbocbasnodc 814 | Hymenopterous Fauna of the Philippine
hUppoOCamMpusi=s=--2---- a2 s-=1- 807 Islands, Additions to the, Recorded with
MG SOMTUS ee eee eee ene 807, 812 Descriptions of New Species, by William
INS ONS este e resets ease atts 807 EUGEA Shiniea dic eoseecmre cite sie eerscnsiceeeas 957
UG As wacnctoosaance deck co seee Tise |) Ely pare os miveorwttatise. a. ase. cece ee 882
TAMULOSUS ease sscoee see eeet es 806) ||) Hiyperanittinus' capensis. cscncscnees cs seecece 884
SIN CONUS e250 ee ete eee 814 xanthomelas........ 884
ZOSUCTO tec micets lone cececaes S125 (AH yPeCroplus "sa. ese cstceciesteeceee eee eee 163
Hippoglossus hippoglossus .........-..-.--- 582 @anceolatus)\ oe -2esssssaeeeee 163
LIM GMT ge Seance psccciecs- secs ctiecee on 932))|) Hy phantica cardinalis.s2-- secesesees sce 884
INI G OAD VSSENI CAs oaesee elect sao cicie ee 9330) Eby PHAM OMMISI PO] eia-csss-<ciseesceee ee se cete 877
UP USterstars cite ieleisateie) sei seastee i ateiare iste 861 Gabanisit.< ssfsccesescacce ce 876
CMM secisytes sae as eee ase 826, 934 CAStAMCLCEDSies so = sage see 878
MOlOIMELAS eae conan ecine Seine le 932 CLOCR TAS. ck seen tat eee soem 879
KOLGISISTS cseisctee co tenieaenteaeee 933 JACKSONL Ses seen saree 825, 877
TH OMbG MT meee clea a canmee fies 933 MISTICEPSindest cee coer eee 877
DUC Ay onsscet ie ccioe ne se see ese 933 TUDISINOSUS! sa-22\-c5 eee e eee 876
SaiDVSSINI Gale "ea eee sees 932 Schulllingsieeeeeaces eee 825, 878
puellase: stestacsseemaacne OS3ilm Livi pleunoChilussseccere cc. secceeeeseee ones 802
BUSULCH Roses ieee ne ieee 934 NORMS Sone the Ae eee 769, 802
SPO P AS LEU testers clos linlacie fascia oe aaa 81,84 | Hypochera amauropteryx.........-----.. 825, 881
CAUDIOM ete tis tee crcieiceitos eae Sal ELy POC ht hOmMiUsssseeec ec eee sneer aac (AIS TB:
ENtOMOPN AUS eee er eae S4U ey pod ec teSaae see teccemen eo aces 92, 93
ESOS UOT Bese sae = aie alate siete sleserleleteleie eteietat= 81825 |My poderas® ose. S22 sciences Sooteee sce wien 92
AIMETIGAN UM se secee ss sce = eae S28 EEL YO DUS waystestermiciisae cists 8, 77, 79, 80, 82, 83, 84, 86, 88
ere hiss ethical cece tess verte 82 CONGCOlORA2 taschewcen ee soc eeee sees 15
MMUSCHMUIM es eosese ss oeee- eres cs S25 Ey pOLhaMphus! say Oblacse sce se res = eee ae 203
History, Life, of the Sea-Horses (Hippocam- EbypSeleOtriss ase. atin. cee eens occeer 794
p1ds) ,iby Lheodore Gill e322 55. sc 805 CYPHNOldesze- reece seem eee 794
FORM Ye ATMO bier ates 2 cetera ee afalelaare (IL |) MONG HOE aap hobodc guconpoacaccastiococsccgecce 828
TOMO NICs Sco co4 osu rsoones essere seqoe seabES DOE elbistcet hi OplCha-ccsce seroma esate eee 828
HoniceogaminiapacChay csc. s ec. so-eses soe AGD'S SN GATIA Se seater coe sisnioe Rares ee einen ate 151, 962
var. infuscata......- 463 PHUippinensistqqseee sass sees eet 151
WOUMAN Asoc .cs soccer eciteSs 463. |) LCElINUS POLCALISY sae cise see se 2 976, 977
CITA CA 2 sass cine siete sess 462 StPaDO! Si8ss see Sane - ae eceesce 976, 977
EVOMOIOLES os acece =e one === A805A93) 509 5sa, OO lei UChIMOjIESCSEN) «cocis os ce me eni= ce cite clo = e 940
pallintarts-sssess eases ASONGOIM 6720 fl MVE MIM OMT esos eeeeeieis watt tele ee ele 140, 155, 966
HO plod Cnn aes emeesaeemneoneeeccecccee 68e70gichneumonineeteseso-s see ee te = eee 155
PO plOdenmid si oesnteseceetes lec ieiwine wicjemie re 12e PGhneumon Inia sees . oe neces eeisee eee aoe 155
ETOP LOMOMM Wetec cme eee iene se nines 150" PLEhMeumMoOnOid Chisecac ree meee ee a ee 155
: quWadniascigtaiessseoss se - cee 150M LUI DETISICONSIMMISiossee eee ae ee 954
oplopterus speciosus. -.---2.. 2.2.2... 5.22. 837 PrUNil; Fees sss ssc ees see 954
Monmiliaelesansis amen cesses sneeane ners Aiea) LTO PAT PCS) seen eee sae = eee ieee leery 77
ORM Neen seme ee actns te eeiee emia cere 157) ln dT Catone Ply OCUStes seme acer tanee eat 872
TIONG) <= Gaede pen oacessTastenospancrce 221 PUphapold esaet -— cesar sae 872
Hoshi-hamaki-kemushi ..............-...-- 954 GONMITOStLIS +s cesses 870
Hucho blackistoni ...-. een cenneenaacs areas 365 Gigdematusiee sc acsee eee as sees 868, 872
GUIs etera sem tyeisereleiastors eicieieiclate 365, 366 AMGICAtOTao\- sete = are atarai= ss 2 sie 868, 870
Hudson Bay lemming.-- 2 -=-------e4--2--' 737 lovatibis sh56 seaeeeee. sens ease 872
laiMoym ban See sd eobcadn bones BOqeoGR sop onee sc 47 pVISTDEMP I oe ome Gano pepeoopDoveeaabe 872
A CCA Aire ste stein cine se oe Terteirclecis eset 9 WAIMOL Ss 2 chet sec ctcnis He.ceic's 872
(ety dita GTI Ale s-.2 oclele a ae etes seis te Seicieeeictase 37 TELteN SIS! Seca ono ce 868, 272
Tah xabitolabol6 be eee oq enodos Hooan enon sab DosC 12, 34 OCCIOCMAISe ere = aera ee WoL
Phy Oma Ties se meas- ete iets ea eeee 37 DOIUSISMas sateen ecco eae 873
eividrachnoid eaia. ss sss. -.--1- ae seeios eee eec Thay PYSMAUS esas ss soe wisest 873, 874
PV OTOMAMNASUS) ce ceric cna ccsoe sass Aaa = 57 DECIYS ate senes Sars Seer eer rene 872
PivdrypHaMtesec ssc sscose sees ceetisce cr 37nd i catonidteen-sas-sesess-cees se cee een 868
Proc. N, M. vol, xxviii—04—-——64
1006 INDEX.
Page Page.
IN€-N0-AOMUSHI shee seccess ace ee cneeeeee cone 946 | Jordan, David Starr, and Alvin Seale, List
ZULMUSI eee tee sete oes eerae es 956 of Fishes Collected by Dr. Bashford Dean
IMIMIUCIN Gs hoac ese aceeces cece sem cee eieole see 224 on the Island of Negros . 2-2 o.. ccc cece eons 769
Unimicus se. ee ese eee te ees Coe Cenc 224 | Jordan, David Starr, and John Otterbein
IMSECtIVOLB one see ee seas ieee see nee eee 752 Snyder, Description
Uphiaul ax cesses aaissecee oe secce ee mee cme 157 of a New Species of
Meceptorss-cessaerese sceeaeecee es 157 Fish (Apogon ever-
Muiteltrons sas. meeneeetosseas ss 157 manni) from the
MISTILTONS ie ea= emis o tele scerecincl 157 Hawaiian Islands,
Iphidea sacsacecc ce seecenseenen eres sec 299, 304 with Notes on Other
labradorite ccecccseeeecitetecccnee 297 Speciess. .2-seeeeeee 123
Iphidella.: coc sseee ce sacs esse cine cr oecse 304 Note on the Salmon
alabamaensis 42sec escceoeee ce coe 306 and Troutof Japan. 365
Japradoricasaa-ees eecee ence eee 304 On a Collection of
Orlentalisee wees see 305 Fishes Made in Ko-
swantonensis ........ 305 rea, by Pierre Louis
UtHhensiSinassceee sane 306 Jouy, with Descrip-
ANS] OTe lacs sate ees merioe eerie 304 tions of New Spe-
TMSUS! Vo ceotesicccumemm cece epee 305 CLES. sscstises seme 193
pannulacecessce soe cee cceciser 306,310 | Jouy, Pierre Louis, On a Collection of Fishes
MAlAdENsishs_ cesses see 306 Made in Korea, by, with Descriptions of
OpHITENSIS)- tc. cecee Coe ee 306 New Species, by David Starr Jordan and
POI I. Sake oes ee eee reas 305 Hdwini Chapini Starks: sss: se ==. sseeeeeoses 193
sSculptilis2-2t2as--.-\oecoses seer 3055307 snd WS argusiscsscoce sneeeeeeeeees eae eee eeenee 787
SUPCEDOAT Sere ese soecaec mene = cece 3045306) || Jumping, Mouse 22-2. --eee sees nee eee eee eee 739
Iphiopisasasecss ssoececee. = eee mete eee 56557 =| JUNGCO? jag - os ne erin niieinio cee sels eee eee 898
Ipomoca: batatusiee sc acca eeie ce os cine csieceice 949.2) Rah bOOg ex.s ac miete caleielee ows s eiceteie cee 432
jracundusisignifenets.-2s426:seecessessoeee 126 |), Kareiusibicoloratus'..- s.cccss= see eh eeeeeeee 210
Tra-MUShIe sea ssecls co sceceeeer esate seem 952) | (Kaupiialcozssc-eece ees eeeeeeees Rieepeeee 831
Trresularesysc oe 32s cemcec ec cee cent 373 monogrammicus monogrammi-
Irrisor erythrorynchos erythrorynchos. .... 855 CUS SS osceece onscacisst ee ee eee 831
VITIGIS S52 Pensa cise cee aac eee 855 | Kearfott, William Dunham, Descriptions
Ischnogasterimweeaccc cs soces rcs see 151 of a New Species of Tortricid Moths, from
Tschnoptera uhleriqnaryesosss ssc eee 462 North Carolina, with Notes .............. 349
Island of Maui, Notes on Hawaiian Rep- Ki-ageha-chossicarne ss soce ee cee eee neeeeee 939
tiles from the, by Richard C. MeGregor.. 115 | Kilimanjaro Region, East Africa, Birds Col-
Island of Negros, Philippines, List of Fishes lected by Dr. W. L. Abbott in the, by
Collected by Dr. Bashford Dean on the, Harry.C; Oberholsérivsna-.s-e-2 2c eee 823
by David’ Starr Jordan and -Alvyin:Seale <=: 769" |: ‘Kin-kemushi.=.-2.:..2---ee.sss-eseeo ccna 948
Isopoda, Descriptions of a New Genus of, Kat fOR¢ she ss gee ace ses meee nee een 704
belonging to the Family Tanaide and of KODY.8ics.c0ccePececec cece oat ee came eee 377
a New Species of Tanais, Both from Mon- Koenikeas 22222 sscce cos ost tine wee eee 38, 39
terey Bay, California, by Harriet Rich- Konosirusipumctatus\.-2 2222-2... ++ eeeneeee 771
ATOSON Gee Se eeras ys Seana cas ee eaen access 367 thrissa aes -2 oF 222 serene eee 771
TSOSOMIN Ieee eee ate meiaee ae ae oa 154 | Korea, On a Collection of Fishes, Made in,
Tspidinaspictasesce sepa ee eee cen 851 by Pierre Louis Jouy, with Descriptions
ito Salmorblackistoniles- acess eee eee ee ee 365 of New Species, by David Starr Jordan
Txalusslcitensis® 2 cceess-eteneenenececees 347 | and Edwin Chapin Starks: 2.) sscsee-e-== 193
TPROdeS \ oc Ye 555. soe ena oe neat ces 347548) | KO-SUZUM Ct seen isso eee eee eneeereee 941
CEUCIATIUS): ite oe gate cece eee 49) | iKrendowskiastiussscs3ecsocee thera cree cee 37,39
TICINUS ie Yee Soh eee, eee a eee 49:2; Kunis Kemushiy steer sseen ee eee eee eer 943
SCapUlarisi a: Se sescose seas cmere onsets 49%)" Kouro-ageha-Cho:-=-c.c.cesceciee eee eeece eee 938
Ib-<elob is Lear ameetoSednoASeebEe seaseoBode pre Lend SUZUM CG: seemenniesers see ae eee eects 942
TROGOIMCAL fee soserinss case c eta eaee cess apo ae OF eel Qbivo py phobaeeeemeeamanoos sesso scacece coos 306, 311
VACA SOAs eee sem ce oe ne, Seen Dears 837 cingulatac-e-sseeeeeee 297, 307, 308, 311
JaMesell ae acecisnaccac Seem eeen eee 248, 252 labrad Ori@alsensss--eeeee eerie 307
Japan, Note on the Salmon and Trout of, swantonensis. .....- 307
bys DavidisStarrJOrdallisss2-ee-eee eee 365 Ja tOUTeNSISase cee ce eee eee ene 282, 307
Japan, Notes on an Adult Goblin Shark Minutissimaees-ceeee ee =e 307
(Mitsukurina owstoni) of, by Barton A. pannula sce sc eee eee 307
BEANO NE eke o et ticmane catenin Sore 815 perugate 22 ssceceeceisasteoee 307, 310
fo} 2) tel tes SHen eso cososaocooodacbnnnaieseasosse 155 PIOSpeCtensis qsess se eee eee eee 307
Jordan and Snyder, On the Liparis (Tris- sardinigensisSs -<2---. esos 307, 311
megistus) Owstoni, by Peter Schmidt.... 189 SCULp hlisteress- ease eee eee 308
——) ee
i le |
Y—""”
it Ed oe el
INDEX. 1007
Page Page.
RA LOLMM ABS DIN OSB rate fase w osaiaisreb vice eciersionee ZO Tm CLONOtUS CYSCHTIUS=sseeeee eee sec eceeaeee ce 152
SHISSINIAENSISia> jeeoae cee enema oe 308 PUN CUI Eeeesereee osc ce cece s 133, 152
Witt el Qiks: scm aces seins Aes ose 246, 308 KANTMOZONALUS a: see cccccee cece. 962
KSC WE O Mice cia Sarat Sic cicie sie isle Seb cisee science O49S Lela pines ssc ccs seeiere ce dat ecaveceeees oe ees 154
GURU MN eK NY oc oso cis|sininlevo ete) «sree 955%) Lemmus*trimucronatus's..ccccencss + cess 735, 736
OMNIS WSs apersiS si ass Sie seid wraeaiwrSanicne Q44y) | Lentun pull wesc neice ccieeecinws ccs ce oes acces 86
no-shiro-kemushi............-- Waeaae 945° || “Lepeophtheirus' <2. <----20------- 498, 531, 583, 615
Key PHOSUSISCCLU UNI. |. soc ewes science eeieecie 573 appendieulatust. = os.--<. 637
iLale@ihiel = op Bee Oe ae ee eee ee 156 bifurcatus....... 479, 504, 637, 671
Tea bated eistetste ete ays ferate(sialejele/= cis /ia/-iaicie wicivieja cine sicrete 462 branchialis...... 555, 614, 615, 619
EREORNICLOCO LD USeer rs sets mcieyaiares os als iaferai crest sysrercral 94, 95 chilensisias4> eer 480, 514, 658, 672
WRIA OD MOTUS tars aistelsieeici= occ iors siorcere Swisinierwiesic ¢ 81, 83 COSSY|p Wiles ce seco een 644, 672
SRC ENUI Seater So eye c nin\aiaie wis oaivie'siciarsi>avareive ores 119 dissimulatus. 479,515, 631, 655, 671
Labracinus, The Proper Name for the Fish edwardsi.... 479,500, 501, 502, 514,
Genus Cichlops, by Theodore 516, 517, 527, 588, 627, 663, 671
(Gin) lees SS Sere nee ey eee 119 Fi) 10) 0.5 to RN Rie Ee yar ea 619
VOTE] OGG (5 ee ee ee a a 205, 784 gractlescensoe: 3.22.0. .c00- 619
AA DRUSAT SUS ee eeee cme cme oe eee ec emwee os 787 PPACHIS Es casose. Seeee 615, 619, 657
PUNGUAU She creelgssiee ee Ne eiss hela cee orice 787 heckeliiy. 2 ----eacceesneee 647, 672
MERIC LOUIS yarate ate rcropaet ciel clate si ciciec s aicieioio eye. cie ns oicis 857 hippoglossiaecenseeeescne 504,
WA CUIStAIDOSCANMS 7.202 05 ee csceminccee es 469 514, 555, 615, 625, 637, 671
PIDDOSUSH See oon cess Oehectceieece te 469 innominatus .... 479, 504, 656, 672
OS aera heen ce eee ce oo ceecce 468 longipestaectosee cee 479,
MeMEpIGUSss cee cet Sesenese cee ece 469 508, 514, 521, 616, 618, 671
HAC LOD a nse ceeee is siacioes 2 ais Seitetcteimrc sereieae 790 MOV eet eee 555
COTM eeece cas sccae cemeteries 790 MONACANtMUS ees seceeeeeee 506
Neeelsa pS eeemmerinctc ac const e eceeclecmceececs 55, 57, 58 nordmannii......... 555, 623, 671
CQUILANS sete enc cee rec saeceeecee ae 55 ODSCULUSS sce eoeeceeee 555, 615, 619
DIACIGUS eens onc oa eaeceee cere eee 58 OINAtUS'. Sesseceis ocean oseeete 555
asenorhynehus(acuuuss. s-sc-.<c--'s sic «)-1 819 pacificusss. .ceses 480, 555, 642, 672
Lake Lanao fruit-eating bat................ 432 parviventris..... 479, 514, 635, 671
AIMUTMOSIOPUCSeee sae se seeencmsciier cicesis ccise 100 pectoralis.-ess-eese eee ee 482, 486,
Gysticolatsoctmese ce crooccoe ce 100 488, 489, 490, 500, 503, 506,
Lamprocolius acuticaudus ........:........ 888 513, 514, 515, 516, 535, 555
WAM PTOLOLMIS SUPCTDUSee occ. -ass+ccscmccse 886 PHATAONIS see cce see cae cert 555
Wav OLt elem owes ve sa sese feiscd oie see <rels 716 Quadratus:s ss see ase ecie see 506
HaMiaTiUstabbOtticecescsecc ascii sceccac 826, 922 THOM Diese sses ee eee Ere 619
cUblashamatuss sas. ssec-esecee <= 923 TODUSCUS jesnesaeiceseiiacee 646, 672
MM STILCOMS seme seca eeicecece sees 922 rotundiventris:2-222-:--2-- 634
SULA CHCUStae~ cece eaetewicn isaac: 923 Pysalmoniss.a--e os 480, 555, 640, 672
NR SIENING CO eeteneereistere tis ais ¢ ajatviowsis sie aiacis sic macicie ws 921 Stromily: soe ceccteses ose 555, 640
NDING! COU CBUUMS are cinerisiuis cise cise wit orcieic ie cies 921 StUTIONIS Sse cc cee eres eeceae 55
COMMTIO RS se soe aa soe se isisisvieiaisive ces 922 thompsoni...... seaonen 480, 516,
ASA DEMIM US ope cat ememcc estes ose cl 922 615, 617, 619, 621, 657
HOEK ROUEN 55 Sogns assed 36s o5SHonoSS 862 | VES SG eaheacsassoroce sde0c6 555
MUL COLON eeemaees ee cos eeectwenss 9227 suepidodactylus labialis) <-s-- -.- -=sses emcees 348
Semegalius'-s2-5 602 sbecececaecedesccs 923 lugubrise in acsesce cee oane 348
MarimichthySss-.-- ccw tones oncec se se cheeses 204 | planicaudusizes-- seceeee sce 348
rathbune....... sadpaonogdsast 2045 LepIdOPYP1Bs..osecincco seer see oes ciceensene 882
WGATINVUS! o2's'acc cs sicisins ae siesisie ties ss cmreisissisis\s 204 bicoloribicoloms-veesssseereeee 883
NATL OD) ciara misieree (seis nse sees alesse 130, 150, 960 pUNCtHtat-se-. se seee ee 883
BAEDIN ese siren csc eis cas cee ile Sess 180, 150 Nigricepsyerssccsessecementonenee 882
BASIOCAM PIG sree sisi eetse cists aac. coie iis rere 949 MINOE seca. ieesss 883
Lasionycteris noctivagans...........-....-- 752 nigricepSic-....<.-.. 883
NRASIUES re er oreteisieeine = cicicleie ciate's\cisiclsielc wiessiciereieitie 63 poensis poensis..- 22.22. --c.-- 883
AME LI CAIUS) owe iieieicisis sie cisieis'otciz ssielsis 58 stigmatophora.......- 883
NBDE XUUUGTIS ctore te cc cciscics ciel s Sisisresisisins emsewicis 717 | Lepidotrigla giintheri...................... 206
MAtOMACANGTS si. c-2ccicce- cose ae csccocecsss 377, SLEPISOStCUS) OSICUSE - oe eiciciciaisets seis nies 610
Me eG Ul dmertatericisteram ose aleisisitcrcleis =. celewmcicielos 38h PLC DLUS CYAN CU Stisece aces et aaa eater 468
WENO NITES ecetee vec ce ccc cces > seas citcicou see 839| | Lepteena barabuensis........:.....-.-..---- 290
WEIORNATNUS 2 </2 = coixistisinic.celse's sc esisaisess sicic Gm be plo DLCNMIUS Es -smeries cicismisiee ec iele ee eieeiele 985
LEM GISUSte arise tee sieiseis ee ee = dia loe pLOC MINUS ees smeenesa ste tese ee ee eee 985
SplenGens: ce. .ce sacs celeste (6 | eptophyllia <----5.:----- 374, 391, 393, 396, 411, 420
TECTONOLUS) Sees cis stee cevcicwiccic vices wicisicis 133, 152, 962 Clavatajia.c.s2scacice: B atatais - 393, 411
1008 INDEX.
; Page. Page
Leptophyllia irregularis...:..2......2...- 3934s: ipaniSiUniCataesecccceeeeeee cece teen eEnee 190
Meptophyillidceres 8s: ottse cere BVI VS0L, 420':|" LipoOmyssusinececaee sects osceee see 59, 60
Beptophiylliidsetssts eres. cee ecseeeeee 378; 891, || Lireaspistaraseossc sees on seer at cee eee 56, 58
LEptopy sus! ore riias eee ae ace cere eeeneees ALG] SLL SSO TO NTN areas ere ae ere epee 143, 156
stan pliceen sot as ee eee ne ss 156: ||; eissotishlovartilese ses sec eee e ee eee eee 836
Leprosy mM aNnCeiaesecce eee see oe ee eee ee 222, 224 INELAMLOSAS Laeger Sasa ee ee eee 836
TSC DLUSPceee cs oae esac te eee cate etee eee 31 motophilaz seen an wabianwemiecmeiiee 836
Lepus americanus macfarlani.............- 740 | List of Fishes Collected by Dr. Bashford
AYCHLCUSS +See) a See nose seer ee eee 739, 741 Dean on the Island of Negros, Philippines,
eroelandicCUs: ee -oeeee cesar ee eee eeee 739 by David Starr Jordan and Alvin Seale... 769
Isernce cy. clopterinay.csscac-eeeeee eee ee eee 6140 Sistrodrominivess ssceceee cece cer eeeeeeeeeee 155
TWhestinge eso oe eee eee ee eee 167/4| suistrophoridses.s5sse- ease ee ee 11,94
Westrophonussscnessccoe caesar eeeee 20594595.) HLitaneuthia minor<snssscaeeet en sence eee 463
Tethrinusree eee cots. ah ay ete sen Senin 782 | Literature, A Critical Review of the, on the
bonhamensis 22. j.ceeesee cc nce ee 782 Simple Genera of the Madreporaria Fun-
Heucaniavinipunctar a-cacseemcceteeceeece ne 945 gida, with a Tentative Classification, by
Teuciscusihakuensisicscsescs ene e ase eceee 199 TaWayland Vaughanieessscccs- co nceeeeee 371
| OUN treats cote eemnc cee cone ne 200" | Lithactinia}galeriformist:---s.ss5-seo eee 380
; semotilus sis. cess ceee cee ee LOO MILICHOSCLISIS-c secre eccncee sees 391, 396, 398, 420
taCZANOWSEKiliee essere eee a 200 COMPIessAice niece aaciceicioce eee 398
eucospidinee pss asb-ncese oe aoe seme eee 154 eracilis= ss.-ssace cae. oe eee 398
TEUCOSPIS: sacs-1jo bo ones Sige eee cee see oee 154) || (Little-chief-bare=- <2... -scsoseseeeneeeteee 741
ROP Alis sae a eee ee eee 154 ||; Littles;meadow,mouse!-<=- =: o-s-es cease 735
WA CATUS esas eee ee ci eens See te mec one WL | MO DOSCEIGIA sasaacetancceeaeme earnest eee 153
NLLAUS Hoses asst soeeede seis esee 72 THTCSCENS seems see eeeeet 153
igcose sess PAB eS eek oe eae ah ah . 152. | Long-footed woodshrew..-.--.--22--scscece 437
ANALIS TS Net ae Se sete eee 152 | Long-legged woodshrews .............-...- 436
ibellagocss=. <r ee ses ee teen aspen 169° || SLongurio: so .ase nee. -eosclece oe ene ee 196
Wittataiac s. ciaccsc sn Se ehcmeeen secee 173 AUD YIMIUS eee anc as- asec eee 197
Tbell Uline Ase ek eae ete ee wee 175:4) LO0'=tOONE=s.s- cee hese cease ee ee eee esate aeeee 429
Life History of the Sea-horses (Hippocam- LOPETIAS = ase ness oeaae oe ee cee ne ee beeee eee 287
pids), by Pheodore Gill’ss-2as-.- 2c tees 805 | Lophosetus/occipitalis\< 2 5-2--a-screcicccsees 831
ipNoODUCCO gs evesee ac oe errr ere 805,| Lophoceros deckente seen. eee eee 855
WEIN a eS Shree stennre sto alain ote noe (ntelsteies sete eee 15 melanoleucos suahelicus .... 825, 855
MAMTMVESI AN create Sam tisnoe dees seein se cet 36,08) '69 |) LOphoOseridee sce. soee ee eee emanate ee 376, 384
TAmMNOCh ares SS 26 ee os swicic sy se enone 37,38 ageresate esse san seeeeeeee 376
Gimmocharinte re sseecnse ceeeeeececccee ees 37 simplices os2-s.ceerme= cece 76
IMN OMYSe == Sac ss aca onae ne Sosa cee onan oe 4517} Lophoserin 2) ss2s- seoseeceeeee 373, 374, 376, 381, 384
SIDUaNUSa-—ocee essere 425,426, 451,452 | “bophotis gindiana. 25. 2... cs -ccenereneee ee 835
AGIMONI IS sesso e eee eee eee §39'2| "“ophyridae:s: Sosos2 messes tsiee ere emeeeeee 158
In Genin Bese sacs eens oe ee eee 150 | Lower Siam, The Dragonflies (Odonata) of
TIM aaDOCL MI Cae espa cee nem ect e cen ee 335 Burma and, by Edward Bruce Wil-
MPO Aes. ca cece eee emee es steer 316 liamMsons Cee eeaniee ew sae ee eee eee 165
TOURUIG ees es ee cee eee cee ee 311 | Loxiacapensis............. saat eeeseree 885
bing ulasmialses asses Mohs soscteeeiesicnie ssices 322 fasciatarsceco Soin omelette 881
LAnsulells asco eee Ce eee ee eee 3347 | uuetkenia: 2 222ecaee ces pose seers 505
fuchsl'. 3 eerste coos eee 332° |; GUMPCINUS \s2h aoe ne See oe eeee ae eeeeeee 985
WAM CCI aes as see sen cee 332, Lusciniaymerarhyncha cesses sseceece eee 895
Lingulepisimatinalis= -- -sseecee sees ee 325 Merah yNChos ese ee ccs see eee 895
PLIM A test ak hoses wee 816 5|\Dutianidée 22-27% ce sce sec se ose eee 781
Linnarssonellae=-ae-onesscon eee eee tesees 313) outianuse oo eon eee cic aoe eee eee 781
TAN OPOGES are ease ste eisoce + eee eee nace 13,14 Gecussatuss-i-c. cess spose eee 781
Linton, Edwin, Notes on Cestode Cysts, JOWMI sei ost ee seen Seon 781
Tenia chamissonii, New Species from a Gutra canadensis! 3085... - secesease eee eee 716
POLrpOlsee cece ote ee ere ee Ce eae 819") “Lutreola wason lacustristassccesc oc ees eeeeeee 713
MUTA tISCHErie sae sock te.e cee cee cee oe ae 885) iy biusiabDOttlica.sesceeaeee eee eee 825, 864
ei pAarl deeremerceeececesnescice cee eee 948 albicaudus) 3. -...22.-seeeeeeeeeee 864
IGIPATIS 2s cefs ot cae seniscicweseononc ese sec nee 189 melanopterus) =~ aeescesscee-ceeeeeee 864
AEASSIZIN Peeks es coe cess eee 190 | Lycaenid& _..-..----- Ualceohaee eet seeeree 940
GEMM Ydhee wemten teen te nsiciceneee eens 983%)! ey. codes ibrevipes see eee septate eee ones 986
PADTICH Ae aecleiooe ee ee eae tees 190 palearis; 222s. cie- ceases eee 986
VlEPLOSMerinc eee e oeee eae 190\_|| hyeconecttes'aleutensis 22... --=s=5- secs seeer 986
PUCENSISHe 130 sees seco neem ee eee 983°") uy:didee a-ha eke segs ne tess ea enee eee 158
OWSLODI =e econ. ooee ince cote Sone ee 1:90) | Mliynxcanad ensiShee--cemesesseeeee rosea ae 691
Liparis (Trismegistus) owstoni Jordan and Macacus:palpebrosusscecc.ccceceneee eeeee 426
Snyder, by Peter Schmidt........ 189 philippinensis/2-+3-secescemeeeee se 426
Stas ie
INDEX. 1009
Page. Page.
Macaques, or long-tailed green monkeys .. 426 | Maui, Noteson Hawaiian Reptiles from the
MacFarlane, R., Notes on Mammals Col- Island of, by Richard C. MeGregor....... 115
lected and Observed in the Northern Mica domamMnO USE. Saaasee mee Seas soos asi 735
Mackenzie River District, Northwest Ter- Mearns, Edgar A., Deseriptions of New
ritories of Canada, with Remarks on Ex-
plorersand Explorations ofthe FarNorth. — 673
McGregor, Richard C., Notes on Hawaiian
Reptiles from the Island of Maui....--.--- 115
Mackenzie River District, Notes on Mam-
mals Collected and Observed in the
Northern, Northwest Territories of Can-
ada, with Remarks on Explorers and
Explorations of the Far North, by R.
Vere R irs) HIN ests ape torw aesiniel acta e welicneecinee 673
IMTOO CEMUNUS teers ceca soc se sce les eae 145, 156
philippinensisi2ss-------- - 145, 156
MaAGCrOCephallsicccccc tcc caiecces secitee semen 224
IMiSGnO@H GES eris eee ae eer minis wlecciste wie 21 56, 58
NOU coos Soe acasacosdgdesee 58
WIA GrOMELISenasenoe ese inc crs ain cower ee asl
NAGE: | eee esac sndebooone 151
Mia CrOmiy sa GUAM GH SU aes eels =e == = 934
AIT ANGLIN Stee eerste rele areca os 826, 934
NEACKOLELCI amet noee ci ses ono ace clelcinsi are 963
NT SUT CLS Seer esi wists eis 963
WieKabd2) olor HE Vah MOU EE Saecse aes Sb DCS oSeCeE 380
CHIN ALA cen. ceases ee aneaan =e 383
HUD PITS Paes eecee see essceeae 380, 381
Datel asses ee oe eee 381
DICUS Hoses se eseci =e ee 380, 383
Vaio eee ce sono mastascmees 383
MAGE DOAN at os esa toceine = fae steseieciaece ao 382, 411
Madreporaria Fungida, A Critical Review
of the Literature on the Simple Genera
of the, with a Tentative Classification, by
VW avlandVvauehan=s--o2-- 225. sie 371
Malaecocothas kin Caldil sos..cc-ccc-s-c ee nee 979
ZOMUNUS ease secrete cece ae 979, 980
Malaconotus manningi ....-...------- Se 922
Mal PCOLOM ANAS" jeje eoele ge se <eie-= arc 9419
MATHESTNERDLASSIC2E sac - dais osm since toons 945
Mammals Collected and Observed in the
Northern Mackenzie River District,
Northwest Territories of Canada, with
Remarks on Explorers and Explorations
of the Far North, Notes on, by R. Mac-
JIEHWRNIIY anes goaepoeasser Sap eeeGnnJOUGseS 673
Mammals, Descriptions of New Genera and
Species of, from the Philippine Islands,
Dye BdgarvAy Mearns: sc. c.----2-22s--~=—-. 425
Manicine liber’... 2.222. e.cs2 525 bee ee ee 383
AVUrsural STA CACTI G) toe Sse ctert-tateistatet isis lee ere =)-7 426
NATE ATOM ap VOB Sees aise tote rene == 2-1 955
SIDI QIS een hee erasiectoce siete 955
WikinisnOit, CHUTES Ch ssconnpacooe esas cobososes 751
monax canadensis: ........--..--= 751
IMTS -ra tSoaeerte teiais wo ciee tes cae eemeas 451
Misitenetses<ciewien ote sea cscs sisemicisis eicincieict= 710
Marumba gaschkewitchi var. echephron .. 942
IMASATIOG oe eas cee ss oe ences Se eeccmineeeele 152
Wiknimll bing 6 SS een eaeapaGsocasdencoeS y= ae 152
VEEL ORO MI Lee eee tes ortN ew slerarataisiaeiietehtoiciateie 170
MISTI PC CIS = see eee erie = 187
IMTERONOIG C8222 eco neces sees once sate 170
MISUSE RTE tte en npeooaoees Boe aoe ase 949 |
Genera and Species of Mammals from the
Bhilip pines an Qsees eee eeeere eee 425
Meéeking: primass-s5 2 saecuicciecececes cee ese 313
Megachile: Asesuesacsecin ct ence ecc ener 128, 149
Cha eH yer arene ar ah oe 149
latice Ds 2 pci sae nee ee aes 149
1X0)0) 0) be ee nate Brrscas 128, 149
Mer aehiliid a sce ences eee 128, 149, 958
Mier achilles 22m. ahaa. sn eameees Byars 128, 149
Megaleemaleucotissss-.2sse0-2252 eee aeees 866
Megalomim ajc cars 45 sees eee ee eerie 132, 150
Quadnicinehumpes:--sa--=5 132, 150
Megalopsaiccs cena De tee ama oes errors 770
CYPINOIGES S25,..-ee ee seyret 770
Miegapis 22228 svercre ce ceeccc aos coe a eaee 149
Gorsataectes, ZH aches seca teas 149
ZONAL enc tie ecies etic s nis poeta 149
Miegisthamuscnsqtecner cscs ctee= cmieineaceiars 56
HOLGUN Scns see ree e. 58
Mepniniaes.ciiseoos ccies Sek oe oo owe eee 90, 93
ACWCALUSI Uy Some erat ance ee 93
albiduusvssinc.s esecckiceapenceenis 93
TOLCIPATUSS: see sete ise einer 93
Gladigtoryse ccs 5-ee ec eee 93
DPICI-M 2] OLISuee eee ere eee ea 93
tyrrellicicgss. ssc Seee ee yee 93
Melzenornis ater tropicalis -.-....:.-....--- 907
Melanobuccoabbottife-.--teeee nee 864.
Melanogrammus eglefinus.........--..-- 572, 582
Melanopepla tropicalishs-- =: sss es. --e ee 907
Melignothes: 2 scenes a cscios eee tees ceric 870
CONITOSULIS s-ce- eee eee 870, 871, 872
COMIXOStPIS: sca ~ 871
ussheriesa.ssceeaee 872
Gia gdemahusie sane ssceeeeenes 871
Ox ilig st eae) siesta soe ee 871, 873
@xilis ees sa cee oe 869, 873
meliphilus .....—.- 825, 869, 874
pachyrhynchus....--- 870, 873
POCUSISH acct esos een e see 873
WaAllLCOCKSItee --eeeeece eee 873
loVvati sis. 2a2 Seetinss esse 871, 872
meliphilus:. 2223 5325-2 9= =sian- 871
MUN OLS see cee ee er eee ees 871
diadematus. ..-..- 868, 870, 873
MINON so. Saas este 872
pachyrhynehus..... 869,871,878, 874
DOCUSISae cece ee eae ee 871
USSHeLi= Secs sen e eeece 871
WillCOCKSISaseere asec 871
Meliponin 2 ease eee ere ee eee 149
Melittophagus cyanostictus .........------- 853
meridionalissse essere tee 853
oreobatesiascane-sene oe _.. 825, 854
PUSS seen eae 853
eyanostictus - 852, 853, 854
meridionalis..-....- 854
Sharpeltes-ssecee ee eee 852
IMellinidse see sce janes seston ones 132, 150
Mengata-suzume -.........-.-------- eek EE 942
MenTLCITT AIS SA XMS eee =a eta eee 573
1010 INDEX.
Page. Page
Mephitisihudsonicay sosse- lece en canee eee hl4> | Microplitissmantl ssis.5 seo eee a eeeeee ee etee 157
Meropid 552-8 Viens tence sce eer ee 852 Pitilippiaensis;._--eee- eee ae 157
Merapsiaipiasters. sc: s sa52-22 eee eeeee eae 855 | sMicropodide.<-5..22 +2: Seceeeaes ea eee eee 860
CHARS COUS Ss. oes see cee eeee eee ee 852°853)| SMicropusicafier.s:.chc- eo eee eee eee 862
MUDICUS Hs oso seen cnn eee ee 855 HOLUS® 23855, 52e eee a eee Eee 861
POTSICUS Soo sb ad het oe cents eciictacie 854 melba;atricanuss-.:.--eeeeeeeeeee 861
Merle osc aay -sceeseae hate eae eee ences 887 myoptilus’.22-2-.- SS eae eae 825, 861
Geckenivc ses tescceer eee eo eeene 894. | Microserisi: 2s cicer case eee perce eee 407, 420
MCLUING soon ce sews eter cce sete eee ee aae 373 Nemispherichess-sees esse eee 407
Merulininse) 33 sace ances een aa ae eeiceee 375) | Mi crosmiligies.-eeceeeee ener ee eeeeeee 388, 399, 420
Merulinus:carolinuseccesaeecesoseeee eee ne 340; | Microsolena caoscesemee ce seen ee eee eee 374, 378
Mesochoriniss:-tc-cpseces sen cer eae 144°156,967.) Microsolenide!e-e-sseepeeeee reso 378, 402, 403, 406
Miesochorus 2 2naan-ee es eeeceree eee meee 144156) > Microtronibidiumys4-5+-+ce see eee eee 32
philippinensiss-.sse.sscse eee 144°:156\-|\ Microtus drummongail -2--5-2- sessses- eee 735
Mesoleptinisess 6 a-cceee se eee eect 156 mactarlani es cecaee sae eee 735
Mesomornphay 32 252. Sec ns sceeeencsteniascecree 374 XAMthosnahussaeceeteres sees 735
Mesopicos spodocephalus rhodeogaster .... 875°| Mideopsis........2.........ceccecsececcncces 38, 39
Mesostenint A.2cc. mc enon tie cacao 1435156) >|) MilvusieegyptinS-ceeseec cee cee se emeaeeeeeee 831
Niteratusstanteseet cscs 156; Mindanao;macaguer.--ssscse- ce eceeeeeere 428
MATPINALUS! sseceteeeee sea eee ee 156 Spiny-Tab:--. 25.2 siceaseeeeeeeeee 443
Mesostenoideus@ a een-c- ee eater acne 143156," Mink 5 Ses 4cte soa eee Ce eee eee 713
OClLOZONATUS eee eeeee ce cee 1437156) | Mino-mushit a -- senses cease ee eee eee 954
philippinensis......... Sens,” WL56y'|; MiOnOrUusy “eee. osseeen ae twccee eee ee eeeee 778
Mesostenus:osc4 so ciche son ene eee eee 967 MV ALUS 5a ooo. ccmanecewatece eee 769, 778
leucozonatuste ceca eeeeee neces 967). Mirafra;poecilosterna.a- s.a-c-seeeeneeeeneee 875
Mesostigmatarscse cesses eceoeee een ereee 9-| UMiresa 2asaccis-act co ocean tieeia eee ee eee 952
Mestobrermatee. <5... ce mence eee eee 4733 || Mirinit testaemoscecsaeeacce: Sacer ee eee 155
STACIIPesmacese coerce ceee sees 471) Miscogasteridtess.-ce ec -c- cece ee eee 154
platteie te s-ete ee ee eee 473) Miscogasteringess 22-22 = eee eee 154
TOSAGCUS Ste sae ere eee nee 473 | Misgurnus anguillicaudatus ............... 201
Metadoxidesiaee=-stece a. sens mee eee eee 311 | Mites, A Treatise on the Acarina, or, by
Metapelma seca socc se eee eke ean a eee 154 Nathan: Bankse: S-ecers cee eee eee eee 1
PIOTIOSA Aces ee eee 154 | Mitsukurina owstoni................. 816, 817, 818
Metastigmatatecccneos: on ses ecoe nace eee 9 | Mitsukurina owstoni, of Japan, Notes on an
Meteorinwtn ee eee eke eeeer cnien cere oe 156 AdultGoblin Shark,
Meteorite, The Mount Vernon, by Wirt by Barton A. Bean. 815
TASSIN wast fee as See ces ne eene suse eee 218) MM BISiee. Sec ace sale ee wpesiceiaie siete eee 169, 184
MeleOnUs 2 iSosc sv acai oo oe cee ncoeeioncees 156, 968 aNGersonivzs j.ks. ccc ose ee eee eee 184
DACOOLENSISs coe nesee teste ee seers 156 earnsha wil)... 2232.5. acace eee 185
DrOWRIS jsceeee ese cee eee 968° ||| Momo-suzume-.-<2 4. S<5 semeeiee ese eee 942
Metethmos:snce sacs ne eeeseeeeere 3775391, 398,420 | Monacanthidse®a-----5--5-o eeeeeeeceeee 205, 790
blanfordiees. 226s ee ae 398) |Monacanthussas-eeeese ssa ae eens 573, 790
Mi chrOosenisacr-nessccepieeiewna lesemacentecnee 407 chinensis ee escceeaeee eee 790
Mickwitzia moniliferaiecsace-ssccsaceces sae 310 HajaM wec-<wcse ee cose eee 790
Micrabacia a. yscseoccascscee aecccese 386, 387, 420 SuUrOtHUTaL acco are eeee 790
COLONUI ase eeeese en ccee renee 387 tomentosus ies -os.ee eee eee 790
Micrabactides 2 . eek ee ee eeee eee 378, 379, 386,420 |. Monodon monoceros .................------ 731
Micrapiss 3. 22ese se soctichico non eee eee 149: Monolexisssa4cecce scien chee eee 157
HOre a sense yeso ase eee cme en eee 149 manilensis;3...a.ceet eee 157
MicTatist tts cmecc ccc ceeeec ee cence eee eee 955 | Monomorium destructor’.................... 958
Microcentrumiretinervie...--2sc-e-seee sales 477*:|- Mon-SCi0-ChO!..g2.sjacc cee cee Oe eee 939
Microcry Ptuse saa. ceoeces sescene cee eters 155 | Monterey Bay, California, Descriptions of a
PIPES wae sete sacha eee 155 New Genus of Isopoda belonging to the
MiICTOGING eerie scce. en cece eee eee eee 146, 157 Family Tanaide, and of a New Species of
MiCrodisGus-<oas. scencce ese cease eee 251 Tanais, both from, by Harriet Richardson. 367
Microzastenn daa. -c-ceescceceeae nemeaes 147.157 || eMonthivaltia= 2-2 a---e se onsen secs eeeeee 398, 419
Microlichus Acre cab oes sence elec ereerne 89, 91 boleti forms ...so-5- see 401
MiCcrOMmeruS# eee toe ence eee eee ee 167, 169 dichotoma\s2s-ee--= eee 400
AUNANGA eens eee eee eee 172 |. Montlivaultiz.........- AE eae sic 406
HUTANvUACUss-s.-e see ee seer ee 172°) SMOOSC Aiea crete eos a eee 677
lineatus 25:2. ..sscesauee recone AZ) i" Moringua.. 22525. osescaceseseasaseee ese 773
Martinwessasscc cesses eee 172 abbreviallas = hic soca eee 773
ODSCULUSS Ss ances oseisisareeenece 171 lumibricoid ae. asec eeseeeeees 773
signatusttees- Ssc-ececcesncemee 172 macrocephal aes sesso 773
Micronisusigabarsc.ccosceeeae cee seen eecene 829 | -Moringuidte.igsstis secs se eee eee ee 773
Microplitis) 232 cic-etisccesieiee coco amiocsice 157 | Morus alba....--. 944, 945, 948, 949, 950, 952, 955, 956
—
ae TTT Oe PAPE
ee ee
INDEX. 1011
Page. Page.
Motacilla aquatica -..........-..-..- BCDOnaG SOO Mus zamboange:. sccciesccececitiee sae ecine 426, 443
SULIT CAPM Baers acer are Sera eae SOOM MNISCICADAS Na cece oseietene eisocoac ee eines 909, 911
GHIMPOSLLISissa cee ven ese sects 934 Givaricdtapeas. sacs ee 918, 920
AICCCR aera amore ieceieeseeae ee) 909. CMATLING tajaserteccse otto 919
SENCeMODENUS: sei =\elelac = wemarla 897, 898 finschivecasescascs oeherecsse 909
SUMMLM eo cate coo ae seer ee 908, 909 PTISOlAR rere Cee eee nae 908, 909
WAC A Rertotaiee ies Gieis ecrsie Acie tale Seisise 934 NEUMANN Sse. eee oe 907
NICS CHUL 22 arers 215 c\cters.c:0 ss elareciciele'e:sjasclajsersstae 934 SIDILICH cen enone eee koe 907
Moths from North Carolina, Descriptions of latirostrigy: coos assess eeaceeses 910
New Species of Tortricid, with Notes, by PUL CAUG Ber seer cee se eceneeee 910
William Dunham Kearfott............... 349 SIDIVICA asec cies nooo ae Beate 908
Mount Apo forest-mouse ..................- 456 striata neumanni..... 825, 907, 908, 909
long-tailed green monkey or Strata 2 osc. nsce-n setae 909
MACACUMEasscccceciee cele es eis 429" | MUSCICADIGE: sa. c asker one ceeces 907
LOCK MOUSCHe ease come eee stcee 4585 Muscipetassccsa--sso-enceeee ee oeecee aeee 898, 899
round-tailed tupaia..........-. AZ | NLUS KO Xai iere nares cane cckiacecno eae aoe ae 685
Mount Vernon Meteorite, by Wirt Tassin.. 213 | Muskrat or Musquash...................... 737
chromite oceur- IMusophagide eaccencneet ncsneoee see eee sees 849
TINS nieces = 216 | Mustela americana abieticola.............. 710
general structure | PENN aN tissue Sa seer osc 709
and composi- Musteluis esc cniecne: voc seis oiseia ne toe cease 75
tion Of 2222252 FANS Ya | Fh! 6 ev WE) a ee is oma Oe eee eSIees eee a 135, 152
nickel-iron alloy MIE 5 oe a SSO ASRS GHE DOB AIEODCCTOESS 152
contained in.. 214 PHU ppIMeNsis-e es sess cese eee 152
olivine occurring S@mperi es ssos sae sees so seek Se 135, 152
AN Sola Soaiet ones 217 SUSPICIOSH) teens Soe oe se ces eeoieee 152
schreibersite oc- IMA brid aoe eersee settee em eee 135, 152, 962
curring in..... Bos Minit linge sce sae ea res Seale aoe scenes 135
tenite occurring : IMnatilinit— <a eo eens See eee 135, 152
ITE ete Boe aces Ls eV O Dl altos sysscieenictioets ce Seco eae eee 19, 21
the mineralogic- MUSCUIDAEs ee see mee 21
al composition Myocoptes...... aja bia als ievaleswle weicie Waaieisieteretele 94
ofthese tease s= 2145 | My OUSUUCIIMSUSreeee eee eect ate een acces 753
the specular ma- IMiyrid ons ace neaa soar sseectesee eee 772
terial in’ 2222-2 216R |) Myriophyilliiai=2-22 nese —eeeees 391, 399, 400, 420
troilite occurring badioticary soe scecen- cess cee 400
IN js ceca 216 pracilis'.:seassdscmeaseance 401
IS Cep HAUSE aera ae ees alaie see oats ere == 203 MOjSVAll j-sSss sae teswGaeesse 400
WIDEGHINGES 555 Se pserc aes cscageadaeanccocesoscc 203 MUNStenlsrcshecasces eases 400
MEL OP'O DIS acres ore ance dane ne ciseliciae <istas 206M | Mayr Clea 5-2) iane ce clare inte sicicte Mais ce csieis cle 153
Mit ll OL cee © aS erersice access ect cele ce ses 159M Myr ONY SSUS\c ss 4acctoeoe es yaceet ome ceises 58
IVI Chew emae acts amas ot heii ae eeeee seciccs cess 7325 eMiyTm OSIG gees on se oses acne cent cece onclee 152
MINT OIMES eee sa scicce cscs wows ce cecsmstecct Sle (Ly SI OStese aes sores s cicisielsiers ss alelow le cia cae setesro cles 809
AM AMIN AY saan aeascceccis aces s-e (82m ley tllaspiSeacs.)-eeaccsceenetore oseneecaneces 84
hilulgaMke MANES. Capodoon se oceeossepooeonobeT CDA ENE ZATILO 22 yao kecinans seciesis se oecistccueeeat Soe 152
MACrOPLETUS= coe s-s- = ee aS 42) | Na jaGicolanc<2 jes ssc-s es soseseasnienss snsse 38
PMiuirec Ta Ol seme e teat er ete aie salenlersiciatae oe UP |) Ene, Ghtinbe ea anopceanaeBaosonesebOGnO> 946
IMU Spears Serer cre rine setnrots cate tyarecioncin as aalen 4537400) Na@rwhall. 3222s focrsc acter sc seein ares oreo 731
MDI MaAris sen see scsesc eee sees sass 426° 440) | Natadsy...:cs ss2<--5-5e ons s eee encase 953
GOMMISSATIUSS == see cece esses eee 426, 449 NASON Saaecs as een ee eee 953
GCONCOLOTH22 2 </secccaciseseoceiacceaa aes Ae Onn ON UL TATA CHI yere ey serasac aicre'e ores evereraloleraaracarareteret 37
OV ETOLUUS Se oe daccicie n= sc sisieleleita janetc ASONAAO a SNeCtaTIN Asa cee sae eee aos mean. setae 929
EG@illigil. Ae docaaeeboncopsoecaguedcsess 426, 444 WUCISWI AVIS neciesiesoecie ss eesicces 929
UPZOMTCUS eestor te cere tis state ioretcia oceeeias 439 DOCH seer sess cece te seine 931
IMAP MINOStLISe= 2 enc cys «cee soe cee teens 426, 441 CUPTCOMILEMSSeceeeeeeeeen ee eees 929
mindanensis ............ 426, 442, 444, 445, 451 fAIMOSA ane eer eee cecmenes 929, 930
MIMS CUS eere se eae cee aes sence 449 JACKSON oar ceceneeeee ee ee cee 931
MOMVESICUS seers = sea eeseineee mcisese 442 JOhNstONiieccosensescemcsersee ose 929
PAGAN CISISS setae alae eieeereleaee 426, 448 Kilimensisisnssoscsscses sancese ee 931
MALU Stee eeetiee eiciines wees asicaeceemeccere 440 MELANOLASUTA ceaseless ee ee 931
SUNCUSHE lets ee wicesins Se = clea eee 445 OMVACINA Secs smc esesias ee esee ates 927
La Ulay CNSISHs]-— -eece cee ee cie ase 426, 439 tacazze unisplendens ......... 826, 931
LOGMY CNSISURiae oat eee cae aoee eee eee ADGr ALD a MNO CLATINILG Sc ccsecoemacsc cis oemisemee sce cle 926
WUIGAMI cee ck scec mca toes ata 5 426,446 | Negros, Philippines, List of Fishes Col-
MAPICS ee seew seen eases 426, 447 lected by Dr. Bashford Dean on the
WILLCATIIE + emeaeiecme ck cise (a-enr 447 Island of, by David Starr Jordan and
MMTUUNUEUS Sere ttecctise cms close os Be dS Os AAO ae AVLIN | SCA Cciaiararerotalelviatel stele ctoicialaratclatciateterentere's 769
1012 INDEX.
Page. Page.
INIGISI ate oe eos soe cee eee nee aise tarot - .881 | Nisusia festinata.....-..-.45.:..- 248, 249, 251, 307
NfSGhnts be sabes. ae tsa inaace Kee Epa not nDe 158 tramsversa .....-5----..-. 251
NemipterUSes secon eooe eee ee eeenee a 781 (Wamesella) 2 eeeae seer see eee 256
ISACRMTNUSe see Seeecr eee tee 781 AMM Fe 7 eee Gases 252
Neochalcis tarsalis.-....2<.2- ese ose ace wee 154 arg enta sess. cc eee 252
NeOliod estes jena eens eeoasecisece se 71 ‘ erecta en. cGeeodcesos 253
GONGeNUTICNS#. --ctee ee Ee ea 72 kuthani se -ceceseee eee 253
IN@olipariSiei---- 55. cmcees == een ein 983 perpastis- secs 249, 251, 254
MISSUITALUS ace sects oerersierersle clear: 983 MACra? =. -52--OD
Neopbyllobius' 2s- ees eereceee ee eee 23, 27 subquadrata. 255
INGOSCDASLEOS ee fale cin cre atta ereieieree sie lala iaeis l= 219 utahensis...........--. 255
entaxis’. co) aseerecc eee eae 2193220) “Noctuidie.n.0 me ee eee 945
Neosebastes entaxis, The Scorpenoid Fish, | Noma dart. c2it na eke Pa Sine re 149
as the Type of a Distinct Ge- lusGa fos. ee Be eee 149
nus, by Theodore Gill....... 219 | philippinensis...........0.--0+--+- 957
SCOMpPeMOIMeS . 2 2 -se se saciane 21952207 Nomadidee cae ee eee 149, 957
Neotoma drummundi 2) 2225-2222 2s = 733: \i-Nomia dimidiata... 22s. 2 eee 957
NesOlynX ...-.-------- +--+ 22-22 eee cree cree 966 | North American Parasitic Copepods belong-
flavipes. .....-...---------+--++++-- 966 ing to the Family Caligide. Part I. The
Nesomesochorini.......-.---+------+-+++-+- 967 Caliginz, by Charles Branch Wilson..... 479
Nesomesochorus-2 ssc. 2e-4- ene ace eeeaciecamel= 967 North Carolina, Descriptions of New Spe-
oculatus ..........-..----- 968 cies of Tortricid Moths from, with Notes,
IN CLIN ANN a eres = sees eee ea sees 38,40 | by William Dunham Kearfott..........-. 349
NeUnODaSIS sasee ccs eee eee een eeeceee 170 North, Notes on Mammals Collected and
chinensis ...--.---..-++-+-+----+ 187 Observed in the Northern Mackenzie
New Genera ana Species, Cambrian Brachio- | River District, Northwest Territories of
poda with Descriptions of, by Charles D. | Canada, with Remarks on Explorers and
Wiel CObL eae ne oo eas nse mee eee sai 227 Explorations of the Far, by R. MacFar-
New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera Jane 22 6 ee ee ee 673
from the Philippine Islands, Descriptions | Northern chipmun kee. <2... see. senna ee 750
of, by William H. Ashmead .........-.-.- 127 flyinesquirrelis=--. s2ese sspears 749
New Genera and Species of Mammals from Northern Mackenzie River District, Notes
the Philippine Islands, Descriptions of, on Mammals Collected and Ob-
by Edgar A. Mearns............--.------- 425 served in the, Northwest Territo-
New Genus of Isopoda belonging to the ries of Canada; withRemarks on
Family Tanaidz and of a New Species of | Explorers and Explorations of
Tanais, both from Monterey Bay, Califor- the Far North, by R. MacFarlane — 673
nia, Descriptions of a, by Harriet Rich- | pocket-popherss.s.sessseeeseseeee 749
BTOSOM ae ete ae eeemtes le eler =e los Cree ane 367 Varying hareeesscs-n ee ose eee 740
New Species, Additions to the Recorded | Northia dirces---p nate ete onan eee nee 954
Hymenopterous Fauna of the Philippine Penis Ar a oes e ase eee eee 954
Islands, with Descriptions of, by William Notaspis...2 (ss. sece- noes ene teen a eee eee 71
HeeAshimea Giehee amc ceeciete. sea ieee 957 punctulatusscecs.5-e-- esse eee 72
New Species from a Porpoise, Notes on Ces- Notauges:hildebrandti = 2 -a.2---eeeeeeeee 886
tode Cysts, Tenia chamissonii, by Edwin | Note on the Genera of Synanceine and Pe-
WINtON =~ 2. 2- ese eeee ee eee eace Noes 819 lorine Fishes, by Theodore Gill........-.- 221
New Species of Fish (Apogon eyermanni) Note on the Genus Prionurus or Acantho-
from the Hawaiian Islands, with Notes on | caulos, by Theodore Gill ...............-- 121
Other Species, Descriptions of a, by David Note on the Salmon and Trout of Japan, by
Starr Jordan and John Otterbein Snyder. 123 | David Starr Jordan........-... a ee eee 365
New Species of Tortricid Moths from North Notes on an Adult Goblin Shark (Mitsuku-
Carolina, Descriptions of, with Notes, by | rina owstoni) of Japan, by Barton A.
William Dunham Kearfott ........--....- 849) (| «Bean .onc a2. ode solos Ss aoe ee ee 81&
New Species, On a Collection of Orthoptera _ Notes on Cestode Cysts, Tzenea chamissonii,
from Southern Arizona, with Descriptions New Species, from a Porpoise, by Edwin
of, by Andrew Nelson Candell.........--. 461 TointoOn z..c.54 S203 cose sotn eae Ree Eee sic
New Toad from Cuba, Description of a, by Notes on Descriptions of New Species of
Leonhard: Stejneger,- <7 <2 jeaqeeeene = eee 765 | | Tortricid Moths from North Carolina, by
Nicoleticlla == soot sare assce eee eee eee se 73 William Dunham Kearfott ...........---. 349
Nicotiana tabacuniwecns soc see eceeeere sere 945 | Noteson Hawaiian Reptiles from the Island
Nigrita cabamist =. esses seeeececciac cere $84 of Maui, by Richard C. McGregor ........ 115
GisbOliCa ean sassmee ee soe eee 825,881 | Noteson Mammals Collected and Observed
Nilans‘aferminor: 2. 2-s7-sseceaee ee eee 826, 924 in the Northern Mackenzie River District,
MIN OMG sace le we cee oh os ee eee EERE 924 Northwest Territories of Canada, With
INA SUSIE occa oa See ce aisia laine ee ails eee 247 Remarks on Explorers and Explorations
glbertaeccccese sce ce sceee 248, 249, 255, 256 of the Far North, by R. MacFarlane....-.- 673
se
INDEX. 10138
Page. | Page.
Notes on Other Species, Description of a New Obolus (Lingulella) oweni...,............- 333
Species of Fish (Apogon evermanni) from PEliAS eee she oe ces cts 330
the Hawaiian Islands, with, by David POg_OMIpPeNnsis......-.-- 330
Starr Jordan and John Otterbein Snyder. 128 | PIINGeli. 3 2S 2 coe eis 329
Notes on the Fishes of Puget Sound, by | MUNCATISE sass scenes 30
Charles H. Gilbert and Joseph C. Thomp- | quadrilateralis........ 301
BU eeme eens icieieie etoe, sv aiainieu losis saben, ce eee 973 TOMAS acsees ah 331
INODIMUS acess socom siecese eco eSecetet 33, 65, 68,71 | Septallis'ss--33.0-2 ase 331
ERRGISUIS Bette nate cece oo eee nae 73 | UP IS Sees saeco neti ee ae 331
MUU OSS fe soto = 2st eiaciaisCicie Sisieiernseoe 73 Wa lmieckiieeeeces sacs 332
SIMPLE Nears A clerics Se secs see eeaesest 73 WIMONR, o> secceeece see 330
HEU CALIS Sa see esac toe cic isle eine 73 ZEUS oan oecive= acces 333
NOG OCICH ame eee te tec ees cicn ase ces caeee 900 (Lingulepis) acuminatus........... 334
DPC alate Ses icc sos se scien 901 | var.meeki 327
NOLOU OLMIC Ee esce eect nese act aoe eins 947 | weeksi.... 333
INGTLOCOMES We aetireies nator eee wo cme te Sasneees 97,99 | GIOS sok aeecen eee se 303
INO WOR OSS One sacs na tie ca twilacie ces sees ces Sue 960 | TOW. Glige hee oerce iste 304
DSINKST 52 fo teae gee sea ne ws eacee os 9650 | Ma binalisheeree sec eiss ete ee eee 325
IN OLOS OM ance en see Sec taee oo eee eee aces 130, 150 MMII Sees ees lee seer Bi see 325
TA BOTIOSHtsemcs ae eaten eee een a: 150 | THUD GIN aos one seas ones 326
INE HONE es Sade me emae ao eee eae 130, 150 OWSCUTUSES sae os eeeison teense eee 326
NOONE Steeeteseecrcete eas eect asec ceeine 13, 14 PECLEN OU CSee ee ene ce nee eee eee eee 316
INGLO Dra Chinese sae ace aa veel trices te secs 156 Dheresesss 2s tat se eee eee 328
Nowvaculichthysiacs-- cae osnceh cheeses se 788 THER See noe Seen te ae Eee Roemer 3263
Kallosomarssscecccseciac nese 125 SIENSICMSISi a ecer tere ociee ere eer ieee B27
ka) OSOMUSS 4. Seco ae eeoe 788 CELOMEDS ISM ements soo eee eeeeeee 327
macrolepidotus .........-- 788 NINUS-o- se eee see 328
INitIM damintermediats<2.-5c52ccec: nec ce 825, 8385 (Westonia) alandensis.............. 334
marungensis intermedia .........- 835 Daliiea iia: ate see 334
TELCNENO Wil sse saeco vssses cece 825, 835 blackwelderi........... 335
MULGUTIN Go 2e eye oen casi cississs oc 835 bottnicaeeeeses-ceeeee 334, 330
INNING eRe rcice Soe seis cece eres Souece te 835 Ghuarensiseesesseee eee 331
INV CLEOUO Rae tices sec sce wee ccwis'es same 947 Glia tee e ean ee pe ee 330
INVGt COPA xen ChICOTAKs..coocsseese ose case 827 euglyphus)..2.----sceese 332
IN ATA ONT OE Be Sara AAO ene mare 940 finlandensis)..2......:.- 335
INGVSS OTE 86 Sie tote e cicierctors ncelsial siaternisieieie kideic S oresareie 150 iphisseses2 ose s ose 336
OrHO Paw eneiook es cc cesees oesese eo te see esse 943 themis as se eee 336
Oberholser, Harry C., Birds Collected by Dr. WiLL Stee eters ements 337
W. L. Abbott in the Kilimanjaro Region, ODsc ura ss Saeco nee 463
MAS GRATRICAN Serie ccc cae veineie sacee eae creas 8235) |mOchetobiusilucens* sass. aseascen er eeeee cee 195
Obolellaweretec sans ss icctscucess sees 300,313 | Ochthodromus asiaticus.................... 837
ASIBULCA sace jnce occ De secc eects cece 20/= se OCHOLONS, prin COPS =emenecsemeee ee ance ee 741
cingulate ssc ~ oe stls cee ane oes BOSD OCLO POC aremse seta aaaeae sincere sitaoee cies 9
GING Cimeeree reas Soeees satene snes 320m ROGYPEtUBIss ao eac weleicoe soe ei eisiccedaioeeece « 31
CLASSAisetse eye ernie nas deities S21e | OCO breenuUStOWESUSs =e cemeece nae reel ae eee cee 725
(Kutorgina) cingulata..........-.. 308 TOSMATUS/ Sse eesoc ce eee ee ctcceeice 725
MAN Bee eee a eee oe oes ecm sien DI4h | MOdonatar 5 aoe tence ces cee ceases 167
Pectenoides:ascesesew sels se steseclee eis 316 | (Odonata), The Dragonflies of Burma and
PADHATIEPS Ls ecteewistns.ciscises seco ne ce 308 Lower Siam.—I. Subfamily Caloptery-
PEDOIMAE os esinace scence hace cee 316 gine, by Edward Bruce Williamson ..... 165
Obolulus (Paleobolus) bretonensis ......... 325) | -Odomtomachidaee:scsesses-cmeseeeeee eee eee 153
WDOMISEACR AICHE sean rer = 2 cia cretemnle’s apres 3240 OGOnNtOMachUs- esses.) = eee er aese ee eae 153
BNCEDSa sak eels c cement ce ate seers 326 nsematodesttece-ssseeeeee ee 958
apPOlIMUs’ =. a eemsee sees eee ee 316 UNAM GU Ste mews ssa == 153, 958
TSMC Gye aers sat eteiscieid Sereno Saeies 325 DAPUANS 2. saaere esos eee 958
(Hingulella) caniusiss-es-c--2-- = S305331s| COGOntOponera sseases cele se sees eaeeeeee ces 153
Chintensisese seeesees 302, 328 denticulataz.--cee--ee-ee eae. 153
Collician esses sass. 330, 331 transyersuse-sess.- oases eee 958
Gamesics Soca ~e cess ae 929i|> OGONtOSPIZAL <9. <n oe Sees eee csc Sec acer <a 883
desideratus.< ==. .5.2)- 330 CaNiceps.2-sssos. ee eee 884
AUMENSISS seem a eee 3508) POOVNErINI es see soe toca eee eee 138, 152
TUCKS roses eee Soe) | ChGanthusmigricOristssss-- 4-222 es ssse sce 477
PLCL Was encetase see. 300;|) Chcophyllajsmaragding.°22----.------.--226 958
ASSOC sate eee sees SUL | CoGiCn mid cetas eee eee cece eee rioss eee 840
MOSIA Sots ee se elie SOU MECH GICHEMUS AMiDISe assesses aise aicliereteee ae 840
OLUS Sasa toe onan 330 COPCBSIS ive ee aca s as aeseee eee 840
1014 INDEX.
Page. Page.
China capensis: 5 s2e) woe she ole eae eee eee eee 844. | Oriolideisss cess tsoed Ssce See cea eee se 915
ANONYM) ey eae eee $25,843. |) Oriolus'galbulatsetceree eee ae see eee eee 918
CAPENSIS) sense scree ees 843 LATVatusic Sos ea osee eta eee eene 918
(Enothera biennis, var. lamarckiana.....-- 941 TOMEtie 33 ee eee eee 918
Olemellus:s 2.2 Seis). sects se ses eee eels = 251 Notatuse. 2-22 Fes ee eeete eee eee 918
Pil berth teeters ah ee nets 238 OLIOMIS' ess: Sete tee eee reece 918
THOM PSOne ee oes 240, 297, 309, 312 TOM Stita=t: thee ek eee ee 918
Olenoidesilevis' sao 2s secre ee eee ese 238) Ornichthys punctatus o--2.-- ee. = seer eee 340
Olenopsisin-2- ec ewacete => poeee aceon ee eens SLT | Ormith Od OL Os eye eerie ate a atate telesales 45, 46
Olethreutes--.25 sages se ee eee saccen ec eeesic 956 | Mmegninis— pee eee eee eet 46
hebesanashseataen ce eee 350 | savirnit.2..222eotes ase 47
Olorbuceinstonmeee a se-ee aeeeeea 754 | buricatass: ae Sas ese eee 46
Columbianasieecse-seaeee eee cece 7542) (Orthisu.cescsccee eee ee ee 257
Olymixe Fee eee nee et eae eee aes 966 | SQuIValVISS- one eee eenaaseeeeeee 257
Omb-boi’-say Oom-bough’ .........--------- 450 PAC atti Kot heer eee soem Sscocococda- 288
Omphalinies -35--6 eee oe eee eee 138 | pbaraibuensis @2 2-2 -eee ee aaa eee 288, 290
Omphalophylliaws2-cosse- cece 391, 400, 402, 420 (Billingsella) pepina- 222 -2-2-22ss-ee 231
boletiformisitesssesene ee 401 billingsi= 225.4226 eee 281, 286
eyclolitiformisn -£—--=--=- 400 Malla Ctis'</S2 cs Risen ee ere eee 257
RTACIISi sa eee 400 calligramimagees scenes eee ee earre 257
On a Collection of Orthoptera from South- ColoradOenSisi- sense ee ee eee 228, 231, 261
ern Arizona, with Descriptions of New sins = eae ae eee 2.260
Species, by Andrew Nelson Caudell....-- 461 desmopleuras += 22 s5-- eee eee 261
Oncorhynchus gorbuscha ....-....--------- 366 eurékensis: 3. 22s eeoee tee eee 277
: Ketan Sees cee seer eeu 365 ex porrectai. q.csne2 Seer eeeeree 234, 236, 266
MASON Ss aes sees eee eee 365 festinata:. a. S25 22ceecce eas eee eee 248
milktsehitchs-o--teeeeee-- =. 366. | (Finkelnburgia) finkelnburgi......- 278
NOTA sch oral es eee ee 366 | Osceola sees 279
tschaiwytschars sa. eee 366 | corrugata.. 280
VeOSSOCOSIS" Scocc pce e sees 365. | fissiCosta,. ess s 2. sat oe eee ee eee 257
OniscusMutoOSusSs a) eee: esse Be erate 481 | hamburghensises 222.2 2e.e seers 262
On the Generic Characteristics of Prionotus hicksipt seeks seers sane 236, 237, 266
Stearnsii, by Theodore Gill_-.......-.-.-- 339 | highlandensis2 ss se eee 237
On the Liparis (Trismegistus) owstonii Jor- JAM esis a Ce ohne ee a eee eee 257
dan and Snyder, by Peter Schmidt..--.-... 189 kutheanieisss.55 2c So en ee eee 253
One New Geckofrom the Philippine Islands, lenticularisu Ac 25a aes 273
Three New Frogs and, by Leonhard Ste}- var. strophomenoides... 274
MES ET 37 See sore eee e aoe eee eee 343 lind stromiie: sexe oe ee eater 238
Oom-bough’ Kah-wee’-lee...........------- . 440 linnarssoni-.s oe eee 266
Oom/’-bough Tahr-ree-ahn’ .......--...--- 445, 446 MeWtOMeNSiS 4s 5 eee 267
Ophelin nig. s5.esten snd eee meee 155 | 2 (Orthisina:2): pepinarssass-eeeeeaine 231
Ophicephalids: 222. sss. seeasce sein ce sic 206, 782 | (Orusia) eurekensis.-...-...-------- 277
Ophicephalus2.422-e4.cceese seen. see aeeee 782 | lenticularise--e-----ee oes 271, 273.
AT SUS Ss arse ae eae mee ees 206 | atrypoides .... 276
StriAt usm seer ee eee 782 | lyncioides..... 277
Ophidioidees: sscshs.cacecenecosner eeeec eres 159 | PATVE- coc 5 scce ben es ee eee 261
Ophidioid eles. ss.ce eee eelasemeree eae 160 | pepina) 2.2. sss eee ee 228, 231
Ophiditnm #252. 52452 SSeteeee see oe eee 159 | Perpasta ooo sent ee ee eee 252, 254
OphiodeSs.eeetseee seen ee ee seen sees 49 | Vail. WECrs onee eases eee 253
Ophiodonlelongatustssssscece cee see 664 subquadrata .......... 255
Ophioninesst see oe ee eee ice eee 144 plicatella= <=. 2n.scaoe eee eens 257, 258
Ophionini Sos. 34 cesses ene cee eee 156 QUACOENSIS 252 See aoe See eee 284
Opline so sacecccs soe eaeee eenceeenee eee 148, 157 remnicha...... Seer Sosa 257, 261, 264
Opisthomemaasase cesses a= eee 771 YOMIN S CTs sss oe eee 242, 253
OO) DE SBocecoantsaasaeocaecas sacacacoocnac 148, 157 saltensis.....- Sogo SEA se Sees 271
philippinensiss-e.-222-—4-=5-eeseee 148, 157 Sand bergi, ews cee eee eee eee 246
Opthalmodesteretaces: 5--- 22252 452-8 ee 951 Sinvats, 225. s ses eee ee eee 257
OTcinuslOrcayets. meen wee scmccee Noe iese ase 821 subquadratan.: =o. ease ee eee 257
Oreamnos'montanuS)<<)...<). <2sce0 ssa 685 tricenariay ss. cs eee eee 257
Ovibatatc ses eead eee eee ca eee eee 71 triplicatella.22 222.2 -c222-2eeeeeee 257
MINUtA =.ceceee eee cee emacs 72,| Orthisinga, alberta 2-222.) s—eee eee 248
Oribatella:< .. 2222 essere wwrssmeitese eee oe 71 festinata:. 2: sack See eee eee 249
aquatica... fes2teenett assess se 7 johannensis 2228. ¢e eee 265
Oribatidse. sosteceemsccecees oseeec 3, 6, 9, 12, 38, 42 Orientalisk -2.<4s42-- eee eeeeneee 239, 265
Oribatodes 22 .05.0.5-4562 couse. see ee eee 71 PEPIN Sse cee wel eine 265
Oribatoidea:..1.2=sscaen eee ee nee eee 11,12, 64 24TaNSVersa..\--<ceeees eee Sestenre 251
oh we
aoe
ee eee eoooorreeeeeeleeeee
SE
oat
INDEX. 1015
Page. Page.
Orthoptera, On a Collection of, from South- PA piiO;XUbMUS ae sane one ae eeeee eee eons 988, 839
ern Arizona, with Descriptions of New Ba pulionideeseeac searcaen cement ose ets els 937
Species, by Andrew Nelson Caudell...... AGG BEADUIOSUS). 2ac-cte een ste see ese ce cess aes 221
Orinochetes)=-. oss 5. cnsissdeccscceensccee 266 | Parabacillus.coloradus .....::.............. 465
Ortyeisdepunawa « .< ...22.2<ssec.eecectesaase 832 | Paracentropogon rubripinnis .............- 206
(OTHE ed otto COP ERC IS Cn Soe os Sn ee ae 27% Parachtetod Oneacsescasas=.o case ocicteacte s sane 789
HeMtiCularisecaccacchcccicwisc acres aoaee 273 ocellatusiinat seccasetek cece 789
COTA ASTSIKG UE 2S a te Rs a SS 15 7e| Pb aradOxiG 6SiCESsinle =a scrnt ater ey. ee sce 336
ORVGSU Serna ears ccicte seis eins cross sero c awe 157m Baralichthys dentatus-- 5-2... 222222 cee 631
MIACWUNPEMMIS vs =~ snse sees nels stocteisieis 157 OblOn gus! Sees eee ee 572, 630, 631
Onyzarsntivaeretsene scence case valence GA0RG4 On Me PATEL ass Cl coe eens ae ee 780
OGY ZA OMIVIS Bere cece teen ee sacs caeceieeeles S020 (are OMM ahs s sess cee cc ciie sereetta ee eee 150
OS TIMITI CEM eects tis seins sie sme cine secs 149 StaNtOnI- ose Pere eee 150
Sra eeemesen see ne ae ase sce asec tie ce 7905 |(earapelecusargenteuss.--2ecesesosee eee eee 201
COSUTACION SE bse leee seas ae secion = aiwanrecis cioeisioe 125 aL OUY eres sc te acres os ee 200
RO STM S I Dalen sass ce sis secs ais cc's = /ain'a steperetcininse 940 MLA CHSeNIUStaeene cee ete See 201
OTA CUSTe seen ce cass cioe Nae cretnics ac ci eles 140;155 || Parapercis\cylindricat.<2...2.---2-4 snore 211
siboamnulus*ie-s-22-.o-eeeses- 140, 155 | SOYVGCMIE 4 s sacicaeenee ctieceee pee 20
DLO eyes ses aee sine soeis icles ae bemieecmisienels aon bara petalus =o aces eer ce eee eee ee 496, 509, 533
Otis Kori 2.225: ey Bee ae en we otecnah <cneecee es SaOu ara hvlaxeenes ossscsc eco cessecek oes eee 141, 155
IM CIAMOPASCEL en cerca eee sek Seine 836 fASCIALIPENMISs ==-seseeee tees 141, 155
WiOdeClOseeeme reer sees ae cee conc ees ees SOO ms ML arasel an irl dass amceaemmtine reeaer mae eee 971
Gyo ONS ieee. ceccac ete cca cies 99 IMTtaAtvix hese eee sea oe 971
@tOmelatercsose. octe tec ta ncee ns oes eee chee 921 | Parasitic Copepods, North America, belong-
CO LOTIV SUSIE eee fee. tee tt Ih 32. | ing to the family Caligide. Part I—The
(ODED) 5334p Senece hose ae aes ees aerate 229, 246 Caliginee, by Charles Branch Wilson..... 479
SANG DerPisersse css Westen secees sees ess 229h ebarastrop hig. -s-secsscces soscieesn setae ce as 290
OnbOSHMOS CNA UUS!= casas ec cece mesicinne ects G84 || JPATIC Ge mets nos aelees Haseena eels cee eee 917
OmisiGAMAGCNSIS 22 sc2ec chs <2 -sc ance se cece 685 | Parmar. cuttatacc.ccssecceceecs sce e eee: 940
CAN eee c sisic se cccceciebeniseaccccisae 68b5)|MParravatrican aoe. qce. seca Edis bieisidemioeee ely 837
Owstoni Jordan and Snyder, On the Liparis MEATY: S SPerMOpDle sss aeeeeiser ace eee 750
(Trismegistus), by Peter Schmidt ......-.- 189is || SPaniisipeara Kees sseecse nes steerer asta ete 917
(Gwstoni, Mitsukurina) of Japan, Notes thruppl barakcesc----5-sccee- ee 825, 826, 917
onan Adult Goblin Shark, by Barton A. Passerinatilaviventrisicsca: 0-2 -e-eeeeeee eee 935
IB ChilPeere. ae oareseeeaen <c8.-oe Fas ee nets toe 815 | Paulownia tomentosa ....-..............--. 942
Ose Sek co seasscnesseeesser mee ee ise 15096032 Parx-vilOmimin sess ee eee eee see ee 2 ae 156
(OPS ON STO AIRES) GR OH GeO a ees eee LOD Pediculoides!>.casscsooccoee es eee eae 7,74, 75
acne) ap Seer. eo cnicam cae scseeacmeee 57 STAMINIS sess sas eee eee ee ee 76
Pach yiproraylGlMOrphae- 222s 222-22 os - al 913 L215 0 ae ee eee ea es 76
MRL Bee oe eee eee eee 912 Ventricosustis--s= seae se ceaae 76
TRACE 545584 G6CCRCDDE So BOSD a Aarecaaesecnoe 463s | MPediCWloOidinwsa-7eseceaenesesonsens acer ete 75
Pecilonitta erythrorhyncha..............-- 828) |S PRedilorhbynchus'ss--=-=ce -2o-e sense sce 910
SEBEAETIA TOMENTOSA 22 scje ec. occ ow o-oo oes O41) | Pelecanusi striGanUse — soso. sae ase oman ee 827
Paceliusicentrodontus...2-....cccee< cece ne Goo) |) Pelecinidse:.-..-------- Fite Ss RON Ol wlan eee ae 153
BaP TUS CHOU Semem cies coer siciteetecroe came DOSHAPElONYVSSUSte css smc scee sacaeeermene smacaeane 32
AML COSCTIS so seiss secon iciciesecikiaels se eels Oost oSON4aL On | Mel ODSeenssccsciccivss cisiiecite + Saecsinees seeeaae 71,73
Fe PIL OSOIM Acme nie ene cee cic c cistlane kine TEY4 THAN Bt) a) Oa 6 ee oS SRNL MEDS DECC SEAnaaReCos 221, 224
Rul pr Gi Penis sere seemee eens 151 HlAMeENTOSUBE. -sesce sce tecsee eee ere ees 224
AIM OMIM Us seek css Nee Oe eee ce cea seen THM CLOMIMGM., --4=.a1 sass teens nce oes sesso cies 224
AT COMIS Meese ean oM ee Ree een ca cs ces 367 Pelorine Fishes, Note on the Genera of
CaliTORMIienSsisesss-eeeeeeee eee eee 367, 368 Synanceine and, by Theodore Gill.....-. 221
AN Gainey see. «teccsci merece cesar meee 532 | Peltura scarabeeoides..........--.----..+--- 276
IB ATIC ATUS re 2 situ c26 «sacs oes -sleieosjscemece s Holeboom| = emphred ONG eee ere csetter aise omens ste cle eeiaiete 150
: iCOlON -Sscccce ccc sce ce eeeease se DORE PemMtUnaleUs rete seer rere cia sister temiel isietarsreeee iets 15
SITUS tS eee sass eee a eee ee ASO bPa pain cease oh ae eee see neem 132, 151
PANG eMIS MTA ec. oe eee ocr weet ici Boom lRenCeSOCeSae ac aseee eee eee ae tee cles sae 160, 163
lean oli SS Sse SEEocesces tenereeseces a aanee 1569 PP CrGiCl Od teexsen cases ce eeeecee ecto seas 834
ADIN SUIS pbs iciatnicisiecja.c cisievaicieieis aiTomfene ates cee 37 | Pergesa elpenor, var. lewisi .........--<.-.- 941
AML ATITUSSEL. AN OUSC® sciseee cow cleteeiseisto aisieiele 448 > MUVULATIS seca conse eete aston rises 941
IEBMtOpteLes <=... cece ss2=- Pie ejewasazseee 1GIP MPenighischnussssteeecoostsccse eres soca 60
PAINT ST GB eee occ cinierteeie siaee oe eee saioeie 160" |Penilampideers..s.secisee ss ocemec cece eae cece 154
Panyptila sanctihieronymi............-.... 860h | sberniophthalmus? senses cee ncaa messes 794
ATO; CIN OUSH a0 <2,-2-cencisceeeeene cece s 938 Darbariisyes. seeceecmcisclee 794
Genletnlse eseece eee Seer 938, 939 cantonensis- .-5----n2oe-ce 206
MACHAONM cor ctae sec ete Sac ececie sae 939 | Periplaneta americana.................---- 462
SUTPCOOU ye vent cout ce teenie cece 937 australasice ce cee -5c--cesesees 462
1016 INDEX.
Page. | Page.
Peristera parallinostigma ..........---.---- 846 | Pholidauges femoralis...2....-.2--2---:-- 887,889 |
IPETOMYSCUSet ta scenes oe eeree sees 455, 458 | Pholisitaczanowski-- cesses eee ee eee eee 211
ARCICUS =n a-ce ase ete eee W34 || (PHONECUSS zo.82 ser ces oe eee ee eee eee eee eee 921
Peropus mmlMlatus: 2c. ese eee 116%) || FP DOtOpsiGini es =r leeeestsere 152
IROL Vildee eoeee sacs seis acee rene sacehie seein 158) sPhthiracatusesss ss-see: meee se eee 70
Peproni apy Treita gasses eee eee eee 936 plabrataw ccna ssc. eae 70
PEtrOSCITLES ete ees acleth acre - Coca seee 801) Phthonandria atrilineata! = — se... -eeeeeete 950
eretes..... RIE eA 769, 801 | Phthonosema tendinosaria..............--. 950
PEZOMAGCHINT sec ces nice ctecse cle sisters terete einer 1563) Sehty COGUEUSI eeene eee eeeeceee Bate ee 806
PH OL CNINI mone coset ecole smeseeeis tee ate 155 OQules 255 522 Sore ceee Senet 813
Pa aeCrOCOLACI seers aac eta eteretore ai atrcinte sioieista 8265) Phy gadeuonimiteey sot aceesen eee eae eee 155
Phalacrocorax atricanus. sect -anccee == 827 | Phyllastrephus cerviniventris ...........-. 893
euithuralistee meee seccerciscr 827 PALVUS 22 ei cate se ae eels 893
luciduslugubris..........:. 826 Pallper:: <2 J25-¢ se ceeseceee 892
ISU bTiS masses eee oa seee tess 826 placidus 222 ase -e soe ee -. 825, 893
Phalanpidsie- eee snersena oe eeeee eee eae 2 TULESCCNS ea aceeeeeereee 893
Phaleraiavesc eng aaceasee tema asics 947 | strepltans! *¢-osssceceeeeeer 892
iPhalonisianeustanansce= ee oe staccato 363 rufescens.......- 893
DUN beaN as Sos ice sree a rclelelsiewtat 363, | Phylleriumiss. 222-2. sce enes asce eee eee 102
dorsimaculamacaaseceenees seen 3644| -Phyllobothniumbess2--2-ce- se ceaae see ae 819, 821
Gubitanags.sassemeas sc Aste ee 363, delphini--24--s--eee 820, 821
fermaldanams-sesee- tees o eee ar 3637) Phy llocoptes Sac se ee scees ae eae eee 104
TL ATT cee ee tears ey eereete eck eis state 363 | Phyllopneuste macrorhyncha ............. 899
PHAN CrOLOM ass seer eee tree eee ce = 11575969) || “Phy llopteryxss.-soo-nceae seo eee ieee eeeeeee 806
MI DISCADAe see tase ee cas sets 969 foliatus):< e222: nse eeeene oe 813
philippinensis'-=.2.2-ecs-.55- 157, | sPhyllostrephus|parvusteeos seems eee 893
PHATOPLELY Xemccwmeeecinc oc secie daeele isnot eet 7Z1 | Phyllostrophus cerviniventris ..........-.- 893
ME]ASK se sas eae eee eee 781 | Phylloxeras2s. Soc0- cece secs eee eae 32, 70, 85
(PHESL AMO ce Seeeratalafere eee reer aera errata 832 | Physoseris.....------.-------+-------- 392, 396, 420
Phegmatoseris ......-- Boe ajoe esteem cate 407,420 3| Phytophagarcccasso 420 ceaneee ease eee 157
Hebe llitoOnimM Sim eeeeeeeseisets 40 7:4 Phyto pts! ac...) -ne-e ceeee nearness 102
Pheidolesimoniss s-eeceee eee see eee 9581| {Picidas. 0 s2c-se0 os. uesee aes eee eee 874
Rheidolopitonmsccss ee eee eee eee es 1535|Picobidess.. se 8 Beene een noe ae eee 19, 21
CLV. OTSUS Seca eecee ree eee 158 VL OSBircte ric ele ela niataielacitetete Setaceteiciaete 21
DY LMAUSEs ewes eee ee 958 | Piecus (Mesopicus) rhodeogaster .......---- 875
Philamthid aceeeecmceccccaseeee conte sare 150 nubicus . - sgotttssccteecest et eeees cess 874
PHIUAUtUS ACUUITOSELIS! See sce ee eee 847) Bierides.c.0- cece. = oe eee eee eer ee 939
bimaculatus S22 222 sneer cna BY WP Iasi aH he ee coerannopEaacuaanooconSadacdscc 939
LeMbenSiS cee races eee sees 347) |7PigmeophOLust ss. sees esse e eee eae eee 76
VOM PICTUS He ocean te nelote er Spode 347 || Pim plajscee-es tee ceresnesneeee ee eCeeemeae 156
MAIN COLE SIS eee ee sees cee 347 (Huxorides) furciterss--ecajeaiasevers 127
SChmMaCkKerieeas se. ssc eee: 347 puUNnctimM eet faeces eee eee 156
WOOGM S32 ante scents ccttse se hae 34653470 |) Pimpling sac sclseeee re lee stein eee eet etet 143, 156
PhiUIppimeera vera beeen asec esses eeies 441) (Pimplinie.s-c.ceee- ss aie = Se eee 156
NOMSC-TMOUSCHe eee eee eee 449 | Pinarochroa hypospodia ...........-..--- 825, 896
Philippine Islands, Additions to the Re- Pinnipedia).<2.¢ 2.2400. .necee Jeet eee eee 725
corded Hymenopterous Fauna of the, Pinus densiflora o-oo eee eee eee 942, 949
with Descriptions of New Species, by Wil- PION AS: Fosse od oa ee eee Ce Cee 38
Ti gm sels eAs hm Ca Cicer seer ese minal aretetetaials 957 (Gurvipes)/s. 2226-256. eee 40
Philippine Islands, Descriptions of New Pionus TUAVENtLISh a. eee oo ee eee eee 849
Genera and Species of Hymenoptera from Pireninge a 2oc.ce.tec cca ececie ns eee eee 154
the, by William H. Ashmead ............ 1D Fel (PISO ee eee ee ee ee Eee 131, 150, 960
Philippine Islands, Descriptions of New Japuniessese a2 2 sce eee 131, 150, 960
Genera and Species of Mammals from the, punctulatus ee. ose e ne e eee eeeee 960
bysbdgartAteMea rns ssce. te cseeeeeeeeeeee 495 "| (PISOMING: «05 cee ee lone ane See eee 131, 150
Philippine Islands, Three New Frogs and Pisonitus).32 2. .o-n coon eee eee eee 131, 150
One New Gecko from the, by Leonhard argenteus 222) S25=. 42 ss eee eee 181, 150
Stejnegerteara sacs sfece nee toe eee siesta 34315) SRISONOIG CS see eles oe ta lae ee ieee 961
Philippines, List of Fishes Collected by Dr. agile 2... 2 ses gesiesie eee ene ee 961
Bashford Dean on the Island of Negros, DIOWDI"S o2520 282 seems arenes 961
by David Starr Jordan and Alyin Seale.. 769 erythropus) esas: sses-iseeee eee 961
Bhilogampacsessecrace vee cise Sotelo eee cee 167 ObLiteratum a eee eee ecto eter 961
Phocareroenlandicarece ssscman assesses at 727 rothne yi ee eee 961
hispida 2 22 228 sen ceeeerts esse 7262727 ol EISUMUSA ti VIN ee ett a ate ale alee eater ate 945
WitWiM ey: Seem Secret lei tate ee cteistelets 726.4) -Pitylia caniGepseassss= sss aerate 883, 884
Phocena phocsena = 222 hee. 2 --c-mces aces 732 ¢|- PIRCOSCIIS! sascenc ease ces soee eee ees 391, 399, 420
INDEX. 1017
:
. Page Page.
BIACOSELIS PAUEll Ayssa. = soacs once aeescmocee Soon @LOdosymnurar ss ss= seer ccc eeee lance een 436
Beplularinlepismetases0 5). oases: seks oesoees 153 tenes eee ee 425, 126, 436, 437
lonmipesmer ascent eccce seme Ths S058 LOG OSCLriSme qe ee eee ene teak incre. OOO. Seen 420
mee blatichthysistellatus -<..22....22<.02-cm.2c- 2 210 elon paltdeeaenes ace nas see, ae 389
Bee lal VoyCe pa liGse. cies, < <feicieisceieeecls wo. =e soe 794 TA AMATO NIN eee seers ae ne <i 389
Peel evby Cepia US oe ween nee nan OAS ME OCCIIN Cree erecta oats clin are wee nee 202
DSTO ATOR stone eee ass 794 | Poeoptera greyi........- SEE ae eee ae 890
Platyenentis imperfecta s-2..2 <5. cn 76 | Pogonias (Laimodon) melanopterus ...._-- 864
AVA RAS CONEC 22 yom oie mystic a ein nie, Seis Aaiwicn. ces 153, 964 | Poicephalus fuscicapillus ............:2:..- 849
Re ele O POG ete eats storia oor = oS See Sie ier 149 RUM VENUS hoe cee ae ae eater 849
RVUUPESR Se Sostyscnt ie none eee 140% Polaribedraso-secsecccre Fey NO ae i a 723
; EeMULCOMMIseet eee aaa eeeace 149 NATE sce ee se sone oes tos ere a 739
p Ptlatvnota flavedana........-............... 363 | Polihierax semitorquatus...........2...2.. 832
Platysteira cryptoleuca............... SPorOlsdOlay | PPolistellays cee csaeemocecocearcme seas 133, 151
Re De ltatae ees ee eh eee GTS Ode WRONStess pesca. eet ae eee ares 133, 151
e- Piatystira orientalis’.........0:222-0.2-2s..< 912 Gubins <5. tesccsee ce eee eet 151
e Plecoglossus altivelis...............-..--- 195, 366 ebrcusetces ts see ee 151
4 11 GUNS (OMT ar eA ee 156 | MAN ensisee ee sles eee see 133, 151
Bee Ptectorpranchusevides. ....-. 2.2252... --2- 984 philippin'ensiss.ss03 ees sek ee 151
Bee OCEONUMIS) sacs nec ae cae w= ote Sivas a ice DOT ADU Din a ROWSUUM Gera ctsncisresie Scere Sects slate ee ene 133, 151
’ LEN] ENS Ree ee A yp 508 PolachiUSnvirensSeecin=- ace. ac soe sees en TO OOo
@hnishiamiceees seek soe 260e261 27s eoloboroldesitypiCus ----.-2--e-see- ones ee 829
GANIMNIS) Soest seme oe ie Ole 2 Glee ROlyaAS DISH ee saises seek ne aes coos ce mete 63
desmopleura......... Pole 2666268; 2 lus me OLy CAULUS eeeessess-iemeao cee ciceeereeee oe 222-224
DYN phWees see se cee 262)" Poly chrosis liriodendrana- 2. =: ---22--- =. 350
; CISD] OFS ere yee neers cree ne hela 262 | PolLysonumybine tonic. cece sae ee 956
GOTSIS a2: sesicwet eta ciaseneee es 262m eePolymematordcey s-caee sewers aoe nein 159
| nastingsensisw pecs sssseee aes 263m OlVMeEMIG ee tes sseee hes ee cena ase ees 159
LOCI Slee seer ccs ae acess 264; 267 | Polyommatus baeticus ...................-- 940
} INGIAN Ol cscs ces oe Vase) Ola RON ll eo Mad eo vk| aoeseceoeaasen scses seeeccccer sae 153
| J OMMMIMECNSIS see see tee a= ae 268, 265 | abdominaliseecc--s-seseers see 153
; KEVSCLIN Ax soe Ces ae setom se ts se 266 acCleulatat. soa eee eae eee 153
JINMATSSOMMee sect ese eee 2e See 266 argente@aec. sss ceeecerere Nese eS:
| Me WiLONEN SIS meceseecececae ose 267 ALIN A eis S eateries ee 153
PAS OC teen seek ccc cnice es nek Soe 267 bellicosays. ssssasese se eae ae 153
DAP LAS Pee ase eee nine 268 bicoloryess<<6 -sseemawee cece 158, 958
TEMMMICM Besse ee 4-202, 20862105 2a bibanratass cosas ce eees ss 1538, 958
SUICS tal saaceemes see 269 CYADLVeENULIS! sss - = eee eee ee 153
: LOXan areca sta es eae 270 GV eS oscadnsscteaccseseneees 153, 958
winfieldensis........ 270 M Align a sAe-eesesseeee eee 153
; WROD eo oocmoasoosecacSaae 258, 270 MAY Tine are soe esate cones 153
§ SAIGCMGSIS maiscte ce sis cnc ecisiccs 271 philippinensigesssase+-eeess. 153
Culllbergie see aces case creenee 271 pUbEeSCenS:s2 25 sce <a-e2 see eee 958
wichitaensis.. 258, 265, 266, 268, 271, 272 TAStellatae pessoas 153
; laeviusculus ...... 272 BEXSPINOSaSe cascade haccsaceeae 153
Nis nolysucut ar oot aes oes 260, 272 thrinax subsp. javana......... 958
RIES OLLI PC cops sae ee ae ae ee ee ise 375 saigonensis.... 958
Be PLENIODOLUIGS Jen cinns sha cae a ceccieece aoe ane OUm PE OLV COCCHI Ate s seria acest eee 295
Pisa ily oi asa aan Pook eee an 781 ? montanensis .-.--.----------- 295
Pleurogrammus monopterygius..........-- 637) Romacentridse: a2 --ssss--ceshesseees eee a 783
BTCUMOMECTESISCULILEL: Sec oac' cep cteinc see cies LOM PROMeaCentLUStsscomcee masa aes eieier a tate eee 783
; BIeTInMMe CLO ee eee sates secon ae eee 210, 803 Gelurusssss cs: eens ssceneces 769, 783
= eleuronichthys cormmutus'....3-.5.s.----.-.- 210 iVIGUSiss secs so oacone ena 783
j FGCOLO ke sceiacicis je ccinisinrce cere Sea tee me cleo 7 Dm LOM aC asi Sue S ties sass ama eenesaatee ae ae 204
) IEIGGeUSs ACKSONI::-/s52)5 seen seem eis Sie |) Boma tomus|sal ta trix seas aetna 567
NUDISINOSUS:. 22 = sec oe oe cle ce 876 | Pomatorhynchus australis minor........-.- 923
; sanguinirostris var. major (Ploceus : senegalus senegalus ...-. 923
BUEMIOPICUS) Seem .mescs sea cece ce 8845 Pompilusyeraphicusissssceesees ees sees 127
SCHUUINS Sle aeae cars seein ase S78 RON eTatsec meas ciate aca ces teleh Sins sistas ae 958
. PIT CONG header saensccsdebesoas cases 946 LUTCI POS ss soe sae eine e eas clones se 958
TOSEUCH see ct aseisis nye sie eieicleine terete Jererets Q46R |G POMeTIC Ree sac.c2a cae dees 2 cele ce Potente 153
BPI UIMOMYSSUS) < 3525 <taccicece ssccies esses ces HOPG hONCrO PSA acne aan aac ee tease 888, 889
OCAPOM PUSS aasse csncnsceas ieee oc eee ene 76 al bicapillusiemess--2-sss sceeee 888
PROGIGHRPELELS So; 2a 2c ce A Seles Ataris Seasick SS7a le RONTATSCHNS ascce ce ot eer e cote ce acetate 37
senegalensis petersii..-......-..-.-- Soil PEON vRe tus VOCIien 2 asso eee eee 831
OMOGIEIIMTE eee cae sce at ee se oa M eee atte HOR MPOTITIG Soe cea cen tact ele eass ante lela siesta 395
1018 INDEX.
Page. Page.
IPOLIZOMID ae neers ee eee on eee EEE =- 106. ||. Protorthis'quacoensiSe---.-eeeeeee ene 281, 284, 286
POrOCINUS Mast sss ee ere co eee 985 SPONGE so h20 Soe ones eee 281, 285
POLOgObiNse. es nee ee ee ae eee 796 | Wileiccee) Scene eee 281, 286
Porpoise, Notes on Cestode Cysts, Tenia | Pro.osiphon kempanum™ 222-22 -eeeeeeee 282
chamissonii, New Species, from a, by Ed- | PYOVGSDa sr 2 ees ook ene ce eee ae eee 151
Winelintonesss see cee ee 819 | Goryllold essere seescesee ee eens 151
Porthesia similis var, xanthocampa .....-- 948>)|) Prunus MUM C2ise sn asta e eee ae 949
Porthetria dispar yar. Japonica............ 948 percica var.yulpanis=s- eee eeeeee 942
Pratincolataxillaristedss)ste-eeen ee eee 895, 896 | Psalidoprocne cypselina ...............-... 932
Salk. Set sees cee eee eae 896 holomelas holomelas ...-..- 932
Bibillaessves4-or eee ee see eae 896 massaica:....2- 826, 932
Prenlepis:. .23scs2ssa-bacecenk scene ee amecne 958 Orlentalise > 2. se. === ee eee 933
Prinia mista cead=s ss. cas: oc oeee ae eee eee 907e:|) Psaimmoseriscaases =seeceee eee ae 415, 416, 417, 420
Prion opide Heer sane a eee coe ee eons 924 | Psettichthys melanostictus........:........ 639
Prionopsigraculimuseeeeeeeeceee eee ee eee 925-4; Psendageniantcctescnoe nce so oee see eee sees 151
Vinlacelpularistenssnsseso oc creses 826, 924 Unifasclatavn= sc: 2 --eeeceneeee 151
PriQnotuss-sca secon eee oe eae ee 330)249,342> | Pseudapantalesta se aceeasmeece seme enciecee 969
Blatus= fessies cee ee eee ee eee eee 342 agiliseeer sos ee eee 969
€VOlaMS: Sooscemee hoes a eer 340 | Pseudoagaricine......... ERT ee eee 373, 374
Stéarm sil ossae eee oe eee 339, 340, 342 — Pseudoastracine--tsse.-ee eae eee eee 373, 374
Prionotus stearnsii, On the Generic Charac- Tegulares= 23 tss--e eee 374
teristics of, by Theo- Pseudoblennius percoides. -................ 206
doreiGillesssoseecees 339 | Pseudocaligus's-c-s----e-0s=" 493, 508, 509, 521, 533
Strigatuswe..cccacccsese ee mer aie 341 Dreviped ise tec 25. sae eee 555
Prionurejmicrolepidote’ sc: << imcnesec ses eee 121%) (Pseudochromidee sor eases sens eee 781
PriQnurlus Wises sec cles wets eee eee eee oeeiee 121) 4|> Pseudochromiser. eee a2. cee eee ee eee 781
MicrolepidoOtusses-=s--eseeseseee 121 tA peINOSOMUS#E she eee 781
Prionurus or Acanthocaulos, Note on the Pseudofringilla xanthonota..........-..--- 871
Genus, by Theodore Gill...--- 121 | Pseudogalleria inimicella ...............-.- 350
Prigpisssste cee csc ae ee eee een eae meicee 780) | Pseudomonacanthus2-22-2-----5-0e= Stes 790
eymnocephaluste coceessceesete cess 780) || Pseudonigritaicabanisic.=-ce22-s eas seers 825
Pristomerinis 3 ae--e6 seca een ee 145,156 | Cabamisie asec sere 884
PristOMeLUS sone se seers =e See 145,156 Pseudopleuronectes americanus............ 572
Navusi eee ee ees cae eee 14551564 Pseudosaliustss.eces oo == ee eee eee 132, 151
ProcrisfUNeralisssss-cc osteo cee c eee sees ace 955 bipartitus:-soeccetee cee eee 151
MMP RA Te oe ose a= eee aan ee eee eee 954.) (Pseudupeneus=.ccc-cienss esse eee eee 782
Proctophyllodesesasaasce sescoecee eee eeeases 89, 90 | barberinus=-ce-eeee eee 782
Teticulifermesssaceeee ee eeee 91 | Psilogramma menephron, var. increta....- 942
Proctotry pide ...d-s2e=- ss sse c= «2 ene eee ase 153: | “Psith yrid ee... 5: 22... Sa: ace ace ae eee 149
Proctobrypoidea: S-.2 ssc adeaese ee ee eee 153%); ‘PsittaGidse.soc-cecn ce cece: ose ae eer eee 349
Procyclolites}=<-s-s sce eee ene 294; '391,894::404 490. || ‘Psolodesmus’22c2 os cae ceca ee eee eee eees 169
inigdicuses.cesnsccecoe sete 3043: Psoloessaxe et soc cece acc teen cee eee se eee 467
IPLOCVOMN:lOtOLsece woe sees sasccese coe caneeeee 715 buddiana: w55.2 tcc e secon ceeeee 467
Proper Name for the Fish Genus Cichlops, | ferrugines jos. ccs eee ee eee 467
Labracinus the, by Theodore Gill ........ 1190 | Psorereatesianscncccsn cee cee eee eee eee 19, 20
PLOSOPlAS sinc atic nce ects csises ce este eee ce 150: | Psoroptes: s.2c2e see ese see 97, 98, 99
Prosopidide S22 occ asisivisceessemisceecseses 959 communis, var. ovis ...--.. A: tee 98
IPIOSOPISt ete esse cies eee rien ae cele eee eee 959 Psy Chide a. Sacseee eee ene eee eae 954
tagalat 2s es cocci. maar cece ge semeee 959) | Psy. chrolutes?ssss-scemeseetee 2s eee ee eee 981
PYOSOPOMASYS! = 22s chee cee see e ee ee saree 792 DATACOXUS2 sees eee eee rece 981, 982
POLOYZL = secm eee mee cane 709.2920 Pe teralloptes!sscacecer ameneeee ase eee 90, 95
ProsopodectesPesseerccee cnet sceeet orn neces 97,99) |) (Ptermistes-imfuscatusiass..-e. eee eee 834
Prostipmatarencaa cece aesticictemae soccer eene 9 leucoscepus infuseatus ...--....- 835
Protalgesiece soscece os <eesteeneecenee eee 90) | Pterocles decoratus 22222 acee eet se aS
Protethmoseaesecasseene eases. 377, 391, 395, 396, 420 | @XUStUSHS Secs. eee ae eee 840
Oldnamicrs 2 er toe sie aee 395 gutturalis saturatior...........- 825, 841
iProtorhynchavantiquathe-..s-cess seemee ee 296 | Pteroclide ....- Fo wk oS eae ee 840
Protorthisie ce paecoc ocean ee sare cee eee 280,286 | Pteroclurus exustus somalicus ........-.... 840
billingsize asc. cheer acters 281° Pterodectes<.-222. son eee eee eee eee eee 89, 90
PEOULCKENSSeeaccniccaseecetescees 277, || Pterogobius elapoides: 55.2. - 5-2 -ser--- ees 208
helena weeckeee terticies cutee eee 282) 1 SPterois' barberl sees. tena -eee oe ee eee 126
Teevis 3 csSeoccs cet nee oer cemeee 283, Pterolichus = ..ececiecsee o-e eae eee eee 90; 91, 92
[atOUurensisesee: oer ee eee eee 281, 282 aquilinus.2.S2.cc8eses eee eee
(Loperia) dougaldensis......... 287 buchholZis. sco -.cee- see ae 91
NAULES soe Stes cee yonie= eres 281, 283 longiventeri.--=ssc--- sess 91
? nunnebergensis ..........-.- 281.284." Pteromalidw@ic.2aoces ecco cmon e eee meee eee 155
INDEX. 1019
Page. Page.
IBteromMalineres sana. ose cc cceus-c cence cicer NSD RCO SGUITTC] 2. 3 toscielon sce eee mace ters sper se 749
PTETOMYSSUS! 2c. so- = =-1- AP ae fee ops OONOSul Reeth. scna'2 ssis aiejocuiaciecracisisse ccs pee a salts 442, 448
SUMO ees reese ere ce see eyes OS MERE MUATES i. 26 ok sale iajere oicts a eisteressisieieie> erases 373
BMC CIOSUSS cre sm se sen ncine stale seis 93 | Relations of the Ammodytoid Fishes, On
[Avan Use ee ae ee ee 93 the Systematic, by Theodore Gill......... 159
IPLEROPSALI Ge eeciescc ao ecco ote esses see = 210 | Remarks on Explorers and Explorations of
VERO WUUGE ee eee Meco s SA neces = 35 2,36, 59, 60 the Far North, Notes on Mammals Col-
Falke NOD See ees sets etsle act icinicic's ale aejatnicin Se 432, lected and Observed in the Northern
CHA VAMNS ae aees--eeea. cae 426, 433, 434 Mackenzie River District, Northwest Ter-
MY POMEIUMUS esac ee eae seine = eee 434 | ritories of Canada, with, by R. MacFar-
RET SIG eee sd ees ioe ADGRASD Aly plate asus. fe ale Soo Sahat eee amen Se 673
RVELITUP anemia sore ota ore erisizers ain 43975 |i MReGM OTA) TCMOLA i eon ance eiceinetecosees 573
Bebteryeopnon dc =. -a.-s2a-22-=---)-)-- 2-2 158 | Reptiles from the Island of Maui, Notes on
FaOMIV SUS eat yeiae sre ese sess are cine ee 09,00) 61. Hawaiian, by Richard C. McGregor.... 115
Puget Sound, Notes on the Fishes of, by Review, A Critical, of the Literature on the
Charles H. Gilbert and Joseph C. Thomp- Simple Genera of the Madreporaria
SL eee tera eta oe sree tows ot oicjeicjajsialediavare 973 Fungida, with a Tentative Classification,
STIPOTA US ATC LUC WS tops ayers Se, ceto sya «1c sintcle.<iahe'siure Nore 712 byes Wai ylencl WW euohenic ccm <\jeeisaee ase 371
CIC OR MAM MU ee sei ee see ere eee ALOT NEEL ALOU Chil Citas ree acess ersten yar spate ayes Aa ata as 13,14
richardsonil. +: - 2... Hill) CR a suey eee en hse sien 2 Lis eee ernie retainers 14
AVC MOL Ol Cte reees sce aes Scio te cae ieec eee s 891 | OLN DS STAR Ae eee ieee at i aera ic 14
Pyecnonotus layardi layardi .....-........ 891, 892 | FRUIT OC yjp lieeepe etree ore ciaretatai ntsc tare cictersincee 169, 173
TOLGIUG soe = er 825, 891, 892 | AO AMATI es eee se cee 174
Pygosteus sinensis............... ea Ses 203 | AIGA Seezen cece hae eee sees 173
SPCMIO ACHMED ee es 2 sccm ere ccleneciee 203 . aurulenta ke ecccae ces ctsceineee 174
DES VATEUN Cees eteeeealate ene sje eS «Geeta wiciat wee 955 ILO Rat ay en oe seein a e 179
EMIS CISICARCUM cas <,- 222 sata sms. EEE es Coe 940 bisionatas ees sseetescs eee ee 173
Teena ay boy) EY ba SS eee ae oes 955 PYAUCL- Jase ee eee cock ces 174
MOMVP OMT ase esas cee enema neee ote 955 fenestrellavct ses ccecciooeseeee 178
VCTIESLES UMIGOlON = So gaa. oe oc cicfntocsnle l= 876 | OFF F40) al Gao Ame ORO Ome ca 174
PYRO DG 53a ee gee ee em eae 884 TEU PSNMIS see see see see 179
LeU ENN CE DS Essie seen ce ola a= 885 AMS ase sncetesee Gece ace acners 174
IPYLOSOMa, DISEMIMINWM . - 22 scence se - on - = 43,47 UPL Obes oa ct cote eee aces 173, 187
VINO CM GInaeeee koma er. «cress oiialeitre oc creteies.= 890 pagenstecherisc. accsceeseaccre 173
Wwallert walleri. 2:2 a... -t2<..< 890 quadnimaculatazen.. caesseceee 176
Pyrrhulauda leucopareia................--- 875 SCIYSISS Sookie ose cee ee eee eee 174
ES VSTIS COMMIT UNS ees arm ats ental = crea, = 2ieicte ra, ora/a/a me 954 Sty Pdatocose soe ceaesc cee eres 173
TINA). 3 OSes eget ee 947 GUECOMM Esa oececinsceieeee eee —e 173
QYRG YER. 3S A See ee eee 320 | whitehed Gil ae--c eee scene eee 174
CINCO mee se ee a Jone ees 320 al RHINO PO DIUS! S205 hcfe nee cae cols wen meen eee 797
@Oucleseardinalis; 5.->.25 s<4 Sans eos oeanee 884. CalinwUs!-sseosse= SAO R Aare EEE 796
sanguinirostris ethiopica.......-.-- Se och. |S Rhinonyssinee): oe asc 2s sess osc sieeeins none = 61
(UIETCUSISCEN ATA seme aia. babes ccc. aeeseee 943 | RUDITTOMYSSUS es ieeta cefuters vistors so eicine eines Sateele ees 61
RUD hie Re See Boe 2715p) Rin Op iaseateses sae ce teas aaah s See 295
Rahimesquinsa Matava, -2.2.256-.022.22+sce 5. 259 | PLOW AOSA +2 2e See oh sect heeeare 225
Reataeninaceac--..5----2 5 - been aoe hes eA 573 | Rhinopomastus cabanisi ..............----- 895
IG ai aie Qoeeiee ae aioe aoe roe Seem 573. 582 | cyanomelas schalowi ... 825, 855
OCCA AM mete se sas ee ee itnace selene 573 | SChAlOWilee nee scn ae eee 855
PANNE tl Bisse sos oso ace Selec sei cs 93, 50, 56, 57 | Rhino ppulis) bisioMavusi cee ce sees seseeieee 839
SUUBIS Eee eo eae e ee aac met on 57 | lof benb alt See aces one 839
Bia) MerinaCears ss. 4-652 22 -an oe eee es ca 631 | cChalcopterusesasccscs seers 840
RA METIVCATTISI Ab stycet ee a ees noosa oe 343 | Cinchus ees oe eee 840
HeMpOraliss so. =. aa pects a mimacisiels client 345 | ihartin p16 peck yoo ope. 839
Eesunl Pune My uC UCUS a8 oteecle cts eretois cintalsiciale lai’ 5) GSilet | Ruhuipl Cephatsesrs ne. eee cece er ree te et 7
GATI DOU 2 Serine Saas aces mins fri 679,682 | Rhipistoma..-....... Sah oer hore ae 48
Beimpeielocsine. 2.8 dicseceee Sikes 2h 52-2 ese 15s wlhizan pis sek seas eek sees. 390
ERUPT SL UNIS = els ae are OTS OA ees ce we 24 | BOOS WiGkis sae semetiectias.o<seeers 390
VEN GION Serene care = aarate re ia ataiclae Sul wetncie = <ciee RYE || WelawiCoyed by OWS ee Soc oapoceceodecoes=ocae ee 81, 82, 84
HME PUUS- ALOK ATG TIMUS or 2 We crea als co sciete = nine 443, 444 ECHINOPUS!Re oes aces eee 84
Recorded Hymencpterous Fauna of the heteromorphus..-......-....- 85
Philippine Islands, Additions to the, with hyacinthy -93.25.)-5 eae 84
Descriptions of New Species, by William phyloxersee: ss. acee = oe 85
IOPARHINGR Os wens ec omace sees Suck eeccedece Ob7e | whopadinese ase eee esa ne sole ae eee 157
VE GTIGVATOSLING co )ecise oe eins leita clelsiele ome = eie BBE) Uh Movojeaobielt 6 Bere Se 5- 50 5Seccee noose reeee 157
RCC DAC KCC MIMOUSC rs secre sajncicise eie le eeieionie = Toto PER OPAS ese ens ce cain emma eaemasaecics 970
TOxae Saree eereelegs aya) acy oyu sterelalere/ alarm wie 701 TIVE 18/11 OSOMN Sipereietern eieeioyieie aietsree eterna se 970
1020 INDEX.
Page. Page
Rhombornathusrssse:--cscenscse soe ee eee oe 41 | Sarcoptes scabei-crustose ......:..........- 98
Rhopalinges recess tere eee eee 1295150 |) Sarcoptidze + s---ese"s56- erate eres ae anaes ieee 11,95
Rhopallosomidseivcacescm- ace 2 eee e eae eee 1525 || Sarcoptides:cysticolesieace.- ssa eee eee 100
Rhopalum ses cscs sae sec e ee secon ieee oe 130, 150 detricoles ceases oman eee eee 78
Blbocollanes sasjececne ee acne 130 gliricolesit2cs...sts-ccb see 94
albocollaristese-ccesn cates 150 plumicolesi..cs--=-ssaece = secee 87
Rhyacophilus ssc sos ccseiten eee cee seco 838 PSOLIGUECS a. 2, se += semen 95
SlATeolaneies sau cmc secre cet 838: | Sarcoptolded 4.2ca-4-eeeee asec eee eee 11
solitarius cinnamomeusi-.-.. 838.) Sarda chilensis- 27-2. «ne eine eee 125
solitarius 2a... 1. 838 lineolatac;. << serecevineaes none eee eee 125
Rhynehiumitc. -cseoaseece ee eee eee 152 orientalis soc2e 6s ace tee eee 125
Chi di is tetra ee tlc cteiceraa 152": Sard inellaycs 2 ie ase cee eee eee 193, 770
Rhyncholophidsesec- oss. caeace seme eieeeee 12, 28 | clupeoides: 222%... ike ssencoe eee 770
Rhyncholoplwustast-ceccee sneer secs sas 22, 30 SITIMN S| Acree sects eee eee ee 770
cinChipesttscrs sees ares 30M Sardinia. pe once cease eee een eee 193, 770
ION GIPeS: eass sees 3014] (Saturniid sess ates ones ceesereetieeee a eee 943
MAGCULAtUS eels eeclesicee S04 MSMULrid att sews ese se eee ee Oreo iP
Rhynchoprion spinosum ..........----- ea 46 DOG 252-2 sca cesciscee sae seamen 772
Rinyssalinitsss..2sesnee seats ene eee 157 tumble asec Sc coe none sees 772
Rhiyssalus soos nk seacreonee ee eee 970 Scelopsepcecilunae sass eae eee eee 803
UNICOlOM Ss eee mee oase ean ene 970..\2Scaptognathuss.-.-0-ca--es-e sss] ee eee 41
Richardson, Harriet, Descriptions of a New Scarichthyidtei232 52-6. ose ne eee 789
Genus of Isopoda belonging to the Family Scartelaos*scscctewoce ce cect eee eee eee 794
Tanaide and of a New Species of Tanais, WALIGIS; Sais cits aoe ieee eee 794
both from Monterey Bay, California ..... 367..| USCALUS see ceneicsisa consis eee tate eee eee 789
Richardson’s barren ground Bear.....-.--- W184] (SCCliO ea ee ee see cte wwe cree sre ceele mee eee 963
sSpermop hile hotest ses 751 Philip pinensiSicec esse ee eee eee 963
Re yaM eee her os ee Oe fetes Boat wae eee 154 |2Scelionidest ce eae cece oe eee 153, 963
RiIpersia Maribinraos cases see emis eee ese ae 33. | Scelioning. <2 -2-o-c-6 22 secre eee eee 153
RAV OULASIAE conic earceececke Geer enor 90!91-|\“Sceliphronjca-cce--s--tee ace aeee ee teeee 151
ROCCUS Mea TUS es. Jose sincle sico< cine cieicree cee 573 conspicillatumiss ses esse eee 151
Rocky-Mountainigoat...2 sie. se ccce sco eee 685 madraspatanumr sees sso ose 151
ROGCNtIS) sascee = ee ease ecko Sacer ener 733 | VWiOlACeUMs 2261 cee 151
LOT Cares Sens cee aay wan es Tae eee otters 197.3“ Sceliphroninvesece- sesso eae cece see eee 151
Round-tailedstupaiases.-cosolse case seen ee 435.) sceloporus floridanus: “2. see. ccc ace ase 22
RUpICUNGa Seacet cece see- oe eee eee Nee eee 221s 'Sehistocercaicaninatasna.a----- ee nee eee 476
RUStella teers aot ee cee cee ee ee 311, 319 shoshone:. 3s: someas sae nee 476
CdSOML enews ctl nctere eee me eee 311 MOS al. 5 wsccnen cs ckee ec ee eres 476
Sakura-kemushil. Goo. oc wcsie see cess etic 947 VenUSsta sss ons coed eee 476
SMlANLASS seme Seca eb. Ch Caos maces 799" || SCDIZOCSTPUS % cuacec ele ele see tele seer eee 94
Geani ee eee e ee eae eee 769, 799 MIN SAUGi 2 yee ee eee eee 95
fascias, cee ccecis secs ae eee ee. 799" Schizoeyathusifissilisj.- 22 --senceeneeeeeee 388
MNGeCimMallis sees: oe eee eee 769,800 | Schmidt, Peter, On the Liparis (Trismegis-
Salliuste sactee ot po ains te sex comecrmance eee nei 132, 151 tus) owstoni Jordan and Snyder .....-..-- 189
bipartitus's2.sess- os see asses 132-1" Schuchertinas= sss. scene sas eee 323
A VAIS iow ersatees meteor ne ome eee este ete 151 Cambria ca. site c eee 323
Pulsidipenwis 22. seco e eee See eee 132) Scieenophilus=s.5 242-2 se eee eee eee 533, 608
STAPNICUS wae ee rss as iste te eee 151" |: Scizenops ocellatus:.< 22. - 22-2 e eee 614
SEEN Dees pies cere Sr Sera Nama Apart SI gt bast aS Og 9425 We Scirulav..:..* 2m. eo eee wee ee 16
Salmo -Kisutchieeseestiess reese eee cs 3655 || SCIrus «22 ee sara Seton he sae oot ae eee 16,17
MACTOSLOMA Seon ee ces cs owen e eee ere 865 _|(c¢Sciuropterusisabrinus;: 2-2-2 - ese eeeee ee 749
MASON Fe eersiaiiec nls «sin ete Cie inatene nee 365;:866;,| sSClUTUS*HUGSONI CUS! = eeess ee =e ee eee 749
miliktschitehiecs.cs- tees ceeeeaeeeere 365) || Scleenidaica2 ces socsce eeeee eee Selooe 204.
DOYS) ip ln pe Sea Re Ao eS 865! JScoliay.-<.5-cenceeecnce feeee See ee a eae
Salmon and Trout of Japan, Note on the, Capltatatesss-ccescsss eee eee 152
by David Starr Jordan 5.2 .2-+.2 e.cs one oe 365 TMMAaNi es. Swat eecee ee eee 152
SalMOnid Syece Saas ees a as eeisloee easel 195 PIOCECLA: Ss oss obese ee ee 152
Salveclinusskundschazc. cece eee eee 365, 366 whiteheadils:siacs cee as eet 152
MaAlmMave jc -cecc sles scenes eee 86533660; SCOlMIG 25 =e cao ae eee eee 152
DPIUVIUS 2h es reas ce eee 865m|= Scoliing. <<. oss sees secese Sece aaa 152
Sapveidesct sistas ecene seis cae ere incase 152%) Scolopacidse Sa. - sete. cine ae eee 1838
Sarasa-mon=a=. jcccccesscmcceeececcease ces 943 | Scolopax MajOLieecc-as soo see eee 839
Sarcophaga choses waseceen ees seco ae eeee 15 Medias sesso ae ee eee eee 839
Sarcopterussesec: =e ae eeee eee eee 184205" Scolopend races. = eee ee eee eee eee eee 5om
DATCOPLeS sais ee ccsece ceehciceeaeeeee 963,97, 98, 100) |" Scolopsis: =. 22.0.5 - csc cise oe eae 781
SCabelsses=sctecs sameeren te ceeee 97 ciliata, 22s.0ce~ eee eee Aadadaas 781
ee
a
INDEX. 1021
Page. Page.
SGOMPEL SCOMMPTUS! -\-<1- <ccucs cee sesicsseee 573,596 | Sigmodus retzii graculinus...............-.. 925
SO TARONGINS. Segoe tae BeSOeee epee CUBAN PSASNODUCCO's .= Se snsasieeoeeaee er eae ae see 867
SS @OlaT PLESOGIM eer. cfs occle sacs cece access ec GOM Poillarini dee: 722 asecescs noes ose es ease 205, 782
SSO Clem eppeerss iets «12,01, s/s,cieveleseiste was Salar 2OSM PSU EO oo tos = seer lacie yee nie SASS oe Sse 782
SIERO OLG OC lmeetec een Acs oe che esta cis ciciols « 160 | Sihamayeereess eee ans aes 205, 782
SCOMMGETOMOLUSISINENSIS: - oc... 02... ccc aes AUST Ie STAVE sO xe ar teeta tas ater Neto 8 eet crete na 701
SCOUN GSH AKGOLLOIG ES. 2s.cccisc.c c.c5 cecil’ ne oie 22M Sle nven aired bata: escisee s aee seee 752
WE OU GLOSS ees ctstcteinahiecinie'sc eras atone ee 220 1G| MS LTT Sh ee etree ce eset cece foe Re 153
PSG E FEAST MOL cepts steteteicta cca = eivioie'=)fale\s's/s,c/s\e/=y5 206,791 | AWIODOLaAN Set ceee Sesto ee eee 153, 958
Scorpenoid Fish Neosebastes entaxis, as | wsvienoy Woks Nal ecco aponecacehopess sae sees oes 41
the Type of a Distinct Genus, by Theo- [ISiIIO Did SMe. santa ae eee ere ei eke oe 224
(lene CH: 6 codioose SOS S CoA eee ae eaeaae 219 | GICTRCURIUS Seer oe ene toes eee 221
MECH UIODSISee men Asc ccetemicwe etic ccioteocce fo2e\ SIpPhOnNostomartypoie. sae. sses -- seen ee ee 805
NOvee-fuinese ......-..-..--.- HOSTS SITI CIO 2. cee none ieeeec teres Meee ens 158
PSs COLOUR rae eae roforelciarel asta lacie =raicisiceareiqme ese OOGUI SILC Old Cay feces seer ee ane ee cee ere eee 157
DeUudderia MEXICANA... sccs-s0- cacieccetesc 477 | Sitagra ocularia crocata.............. eee 879
SUL MEM Nene Maia saree cette torts a\iavains bicieeete AD ln SOLLELOD LCS tseree ey see mea rato R eet, See 76
poo kz esha) ICs Aree See Rae 72 | LOCA CALIIAeEe eee ces eRe oe eee 900
Sea-horses (Hippocampids), The Life His- WISIN ae er a creiilor cscs sae eo oace tee ae 714
tory of the, by Theodore Gill............. SOD MN ROMMAT CG tem cseee im eseerase Sates ce coke see 29
Seale, Alvin, and David Starr Jordan, List [ROT GTS See ran seen cece eia see ale caeirete cep oe aoe
of Fishes Collected by Dr. Bashford Dean aSirii crimmienes epee 21st hl Site ican 154
on the Island of Negros, Philippines ..... 788) || ShiniGVAN GE .sesccodeeeneebodssbhoacoe 865, 866, 868
SCDASCAMIS hes MMULVILCT! oe cana cles cise eee sn 769, 791 | OCR PCIE Cheers sheassrn cet aceee 867
Sebastiscus marmoratus................--.. 206 | Toll Wane GN hee esse oadaseeceus 825, 865, 867
ME DESUGd CStiqseechie ats cece sce e asics seca cscs 220 NGUCOLG cent. aaa tence 867
HUISCESGENIS coo aye eae ace ne 206 SOWCLDYIs asco -e een oe eee aes 867
GDaRLODSISmpeee aes a5 ean ce eo caer se ccerne 791 WA Vtlit pets sate eee see oe 867
SOD] OTs Sen aa oeee Bea eeneaeneos 791 | Snyder, John Otterbein, and Dayid Starr
ME DAS LOSCINUISE seniors aracicrayais oles cisleais sees ae ok 220 | Jordan, Description of a New Species of
Cini: h.¢ it aan pOSGAn cer ee OeeEe 220 | Fish (Apogon eyermanni) from the
GLO OS breve micaiesais ec ore otals casas /se.s ceiejciciels/atele = 57 | Hawaiian Islands, with Notes on Other
SS couU IU GeMeEeEteepseterate ofa s\arcisiers ole te eecie tebe c= OS al Pee SD CGLOS ese met ss cerns eeee mesa cms seer 123
SIONS) od6 CoS CaO ES SRE BREE BOCA aE eee eran b7, 50) | SOLENOPSIS} MeCMNUINGLA oe See eas el asl see oie 958
Polam mind ce mearmncacts stisec cate kismiteiciecs os LSS AO Tse Ol p US Aweaee esc cies ces esses oie eenaerce 2
MEMAGEL NIM OSes asceprciesis od cee a otinSs ot see nc 3 (da POOL PU RLS er ccis jstetcoe sat ee tear ators cere eee 2
SomOCliie ecooegsce SasOeaeoe eee Eee Gf Slanted ares Hae as caee Ges CoE CA Baan ee mameae = 75
UDO CCERUL CHa ses ee cie= cists iteeio eye see 158 LOTStORV eae tisas Soutee cet aceiee Le ee 752
SOUIGOMS MOR LW OL 22 asiccieiias sclesin cies: czecese 956 (@\iierosorexs)ihoyilee- ene aeee eee 752
CUMULUS Seat etete fee oi ote arcade -etaiate sis os creseieisisine, deine 985 | Splaemicolas set sccm ve ceemes eee 762
WH ONAhV OIG. (Spee See CBN GaenE se cenee 935 | Southern Arizona, On a_ Collection of
SET OTNOES — 3 6c SERRE SSeS eS eRe ee eee bere ae 781 Orthoptera from, with Descriptions of
SCID 2h eee aoe s SaaS eee cee s 66 New Species, by Andrew Nelson Can-
Sean booor whevohie bee) SOA sae eeee a eee eae 942 GENE AA aeR tern sine nce hae cias sats o Sheersieai 461
GSU IESUIAUIING ee stem cyets cise Sere sn ncisiei cares oe Sa Sparano misarroresd=.\.5 1. --s-scece: oes 362
Setaria italica, var. germanica............. Oo ies Parl Ose ee ee erts. ae a= sterclenesisinic esto eileen 203, 782
Senipimna cilbertl +... ccicewestoae aeotiae 1OAM EGnarustschlegelivassseinteseeseeee aaa seer 203
MIELAMOCHI a. smear ean cies IGE Asjos Wl cubhok: emaa aS asaacnSarereSeOneEcah ao sen 148, 157
LIEW A ice Gap Cee Con Enea Sec can OeeS EE NB) Spo obb bles oeo sae saan ebeeocrcoanssnSqc0 148, 157
Shark, Notes on an Adult Goblin (Mitsu- S| Sef ON Cas tae Aan e er er ABR RROS er S6 eee 148, 157
kurina owstoni) of Japan, by Barton A. Philippinensis= sess = sess een 148, 157
LSOY S465 GaSe B URS ABE Ot OE OBEe EE Soon a eeear 815 | Species, Cambrian Brachiopoda, with De-
SMUATORUMIS SIZING 32 S22 3c iss oc = crore ccicie te > ace 942 scriptions of New Genera and, by Charles
FHMIMETENUI GIN eyaretare: chorea eaicia ies, scicisfe\ wigs sinless: <rsei te 956 DiWialcottss sows so cceytace toe e a eres 227
IU ete yas) crassa /acei2is scevee(s Siterece ls a1pysyerer oles} sy aieteta 752 | Species, Description of a New Species of
Siam, The Dragonflies (Odonata) of Burma Fish (Apogon evermanni) from the Ha-
and Lower. I. Subfamily Calopterygine, waiian Islands, with Notes on Other, by
by Edward Bruce Williamson ..........-- 165 = David Starr Jordan and John Otterbein
Sibuan Riyersmarsh-rat-.:............0-s-- 452 | SUNG Coe One e AS Se ee Abbe se es aaciee 123
‘Sty 2.7311 OOO OYE Sy 2 ee ge ee 157 | Species, New, from a Porpoise, Notes on
eee SUE Leo re cee iene Se Soe cee, Sa, BEES a 789 Cestode Cysts, Tenia chamissonii, by
BEDI IS meyers oe orc Sie creases See Saw Sea oes TERY | love hiypbotd Hbaton ye GA ee Reema as nae cece 819
Concatenatusi 5-2 25- ccc .csescnc-cns 789 | Species of Hymenoptera from the Philip-
OTANI Ya eteresseaisekeine dectsccicmcwmcs 789 pine Islands, Descriptions of New Genera
DIPIMOCOMB acetic sacle censieec cons ta eeet eee 453 and, by William H. Ashmead............ 127
Proc. N. M. vol. xxviii—04——65
1022
Page.
Species of Mammals, Descriptions of New
Genera and, from the Philippine Islands,
INDEX.
Stactolema olivaceum
woodwardi
byebdgarsAcMicarns: 32. 1 ssceee ee nae eee 425 | Stagmomantis limbata |
Species of Tanais, Descriptions of a New Stantonian 2s = econ eee eee eee 127,146,157 )
Genus of Isopoda belonging to the Family HAVES <ccoctt ence eee eee 147, 157
Tanaide and of a New, both from Mon- Starks, Edwin Chapin, On a Collection of |
terey Bay, California, by Harriet Richard- Fishes made in Korea, by Pierre Louis
SON sta eeee Bee ce See eee Ree = Soe Ree 367 | Jouy, with Descriptions of New Species.. 193
Species of Tortricid Moths from North Caro- | Stearnsii, Prionotus, On the Generic Char- |
lina, Descriptions of New, with Notes, by | acteristics of, by Theodore Gill .......... 3398
William Dunham Kearfott-..¢..2--....2 349) ||" Steranaspisi a.cc. see ee eee eee eee 37,39
Species. On a Collection of Orthoptera from | Stejneger, Leonhard, Description of a New
Southern Arizona, with Descriptions of Toad from Cuba... 765
New, by Andrew Nelson Candell ........ 461 Three New Frogs
Species, With Descriptions of New, Ona Col- and One New Gecko
lection of Fishes made in Korea, by Pierre from the Philip- |
Louis Jouy, by David Starr Jordan and pine Islands....... 343
Ediwin'@hapiniStarke 2. -cassches eens 1980) stelpldOnoOtus esses eee eee eee 977
Spectrumen .c--asesore saeme see ace ee 434 | la tifrons: 22 s2- sna ee cee eee 977
SPCLCHONM = so ee). eee ee eR Ce ee eee 3839)||' Stelididie.ss0-e- teases eee 149
SPCLMECSLCS ech eee ee ne ne ee ee 883") eS telidingejs.= sc Soar seceae seca cee eee 149
Cueullatuset sos ssn eee 882 | Stenotomus ChrySOpPS 3s. =. s224- noe oe bY@)
SCulatus- eee tee cee 882) | Stephanibyxcoronatuss.. see eee eee eee ee $37
Mig TriGeps ee. ene eee eee 882, | eetephanidies steers ems sa ncsh eee ee ee 157
SCutatlS er act esacete es ceerice 882 | Stephanolepis japonicus.................... 205 |
Spermophaga niveoguttata........2.....--. 882 | Stephanophyillioidai-te-se- see eee eee 409 |
SpheCidstemeres wen sates ee see eee eee 150 | StePNaANOSerisice ee ee eee eee eee eee 408, 415, 420
Sphecings teas ose eee eee 150 | JAPONICAe- secrete -eereeee 415, 416
Sphecodine <A seme see aoe ae eee eee 150 lamellOsasesceseeecee eee eee 416
Sphecoideas cease se cetera eee eee 150 SulCa tah ncct cose Nace maececenee 416
SPNErOId eS ork as see eee eee eae FO0s| Stephanus aivaeer cena sence noes ee eee 157
sl boplumbeus ssss22e sess. eeeee 205 COPONATOL Sas - asec ten cones 157 9
LUnAiSee acest ee encn ee eee 790 IN GGUS /F.6s eeece ene er ee eee 127, 157
OCELIALUS xa Ss yates opens 791 MISTICAUGUS! sane ee meeeeee 157
S PICs reece eee ee ee ee ees en Mia oe 150 SUICIITON SE ee ien. heen sete nets 157
AUTULEMGUSK = Sees oe seo 150 | TATSA CUS Ses -\ecie ccc celeste sie ceeseeee 157
TELrruPiMeUSs==.- 225 eee 150 UDICOlOL Sones nee eee 157
LIMGOMISE See sce aepe nee 150 SterMOStOMUIM Goes. sels esw se ecesisee eee eee 61
SCTICCUSIse aoe eee 150 | rhinonlethrum.............. 61
SULCISCUA. SiSaae-cacn eee eee 127-1500 | Stethojulissece=seer—. eee se cee eee eee 787
UMD LOSUS <2. Seen ee oe eee 150 bandanensis <3. .s.seeee esses [87
plumifenuseses.2s eee eee 150 ka] OSOME, erejeec wale /alnieleineeneeeite 787, 788
raAbbal Xo e ANG AAC aE adee 150 phekadopleura) =: .....-c-eeeeeeaee 787
Sphin gidce) Ses soceasecocecieees vs aecamoae es 940 Za so Sec ao ee eee 769,788
Sphinx planus: seersecseeten scene eeerine tc 942))| Stibastreea So - < mae en cietie ciisieee se eee eeeee 371
Sphiyrenaparracud assessment cs eases 603 >| pStigmeuss2co- cs ccm csece seen see ee eeeee 23,278
HOMLON pecsetia eee ee REE ee eee 774 floridanus! s2s5-.2.65 =e eee 2
Sphyrenidessss.: aetec2 pease pace ees 159,774 | Stigmatopelia senegalensis equatorialis . 825,843 :
Spiriiera: lenticularis?s.--cs---sceeeeeecae ee 273|) pulbopsarkenriGkilean-ceceseeeeecceeeoeeeee - 89058
Spongiomorphidges.2os—eecer ae woeeeeeisces 376 stuhlmannicts. o.oo ee ee eeee 890
Spongophora apicidentata -................ 461...) \Stilbuim : Sock sees eeroeeie net hee eee eee 152 | |
PLUNMeIpeMNISe 42> accca none 461, 462 amethystinum ...... doosRShesasce 152 9
Sporprinthusie sees ee 881 splendidum\-.-¢2es- eee eee 152m |
Spratelloidesemie: sso Asse cs sas eee eee eetnes TCO) | Stilpnini:< 2.552422 5s2e5 eee eee 1550
PTACHISs 2. enaece ores ee 410 \ Stirapleura. 32222 so -2c se sae ee see so 26 |
SNC0)e Sore oan cere Meese aco tocod bar ltseMi stereo) pusilla esses nee sanananoGsr 467 |
alipicapillusie seeses. a= -ceaee eeeeeee 8875888. || Stizide.. sccactscncocscees=t sine O ene er eee 150
bicolonesc tea ances ene ere ee 888))| ‘Stolephoruss.oser s2.-eee eee sae eee 770% |
fISCHCTIR Ae Shope ok oe ee eee 888 japonicus: 2. -: --.2-eee eee 710 &
hildebrandtiee ese ten. anc eee ee 886; || Streptopeliai cc: s2- cent. sim snes tee eee 843.
hildebrandilse-sceessee 888 | Stricklandinia? arachne............-.....- 288 =
shellevitermas easceee ee 888 ?jarethusa sc... csee eee 288 ]
pulcher vf ePoee aus mre. gee 888 | Striped spermophile..............22--2-20+ 751 @
SUPCIDUS.2 cas: 2 nceee- mee oe ce nate O06) SOSa | A ObnIXG a Eni Ca Ose eR eee Se Sea 857 @
Squalusacamitih las seeeese seas eeeeeeee eee 5 lactea:: tsa. 222 wet ea emenene oseeeeeone 857 ‘4
Slactolemares sea ce eee eee eae 865, S66, 868 MACULOSARS54 =< eee ee ee eeee ee 857 |
q
2.
INDEX, 1023
Page. Page.
SRONMAVINGES. oc. oe boooes SSB Se BEES ABeRDenee 203 e(aoymtrophia lateralis.. 2222.2. .-.6 le le 2=8, 289
Stromateoides argenteus ............2...... 203 TUM Gn oe eee eet tey ee 289
SURO} AGO AS Eee eae 256 Ovientalissa scanners es 289, 292
GAIV Slipe tee = ats aso12 ys Cie cysieiisieieets 259 PLIMONGIASeee see eae: ate 289299
POROUS Marten alc, ci chate « aiclne ergs) a getare 256 EOIN. Saaccss eee 293
(Eostrophomena)elegantula. 256 POUMMG Aes nose rina = ce ee OO 2o6
SEMUT OL OMMNASSAICUS <2 oF. c. = -c- cee tee ens 825, 826 TOLMMGAGUS!s 5. aes ae. eee 289
‘SViPOI MOVIN ED 35 one Sener eee eee aeeoe 826 OX AINA come itera ester eteiee 289, 290, 294
UUEUNLO Duara sects =. .sjia1- aos one, soe eens 886 leeviusculus ............- 294
Str? oy qlan/l ic he eee ee cenee eee A aL SF AZO MW Ov Dee VIA = ee eee acetate ea 774
SiMlOMMVMOMSIS csv aeincccwacc oske AN elo 420) es Syrbula tuscoyvittatae. 0. seo see ae eee 465
GHespilOsa, = o22-jasseecce see GUO Svinte OD iaies scene sete ee ae nee 90
OS HO MMe oe eee race aalG) [fp Syeeborerey lanblbes =. eo nemoscsscseucacceccsos 19,21
MOIS VAC ss eater oss do BS) DIpecChnaticasess- sce ee 21
DOM ACCS ace. cere ee ea 419 | Systematic Relations of the Ammodytoid
MU CIS eee steepest acess 419 Fishes, On the, by Theodore Gill.......-. 159
PACK KCN Deuce eee eer AOS ePabako-n 0-0 mUshiee ss aseeee. Se eee ee 945
Eye OP MMMM eas A eiclapte. jer ence See Ses ao Oa DC OTN I Sieeeey ae eae eee ee See 860
pPolycanthums- =. ees ce 418 parvus brachypterus ............ 861
SUSUNTr NE ere 0 I OVE as 5 gee eee eee eee Sey ae 2500 achynauteswr peste nc ase. on. oe. ee 860
BSULZULIN Cn 2 Mtetatteter ictal eases cisere =-sfe wise ao 941 | DEUIEWAIS Saree sates ie ria tee ee 860
RSUVEU ENG OUU Asyatston hers aterm cid crete itye mnie Cyaceis sieiapotcvclars 296 | brachypterus|s-=2 5... - S61
EE GUS Ieee eerste cele cysis sic teatcieia 297 PTAC ISAs eeeeeee pee 861
SIDS SINE Ce esa nGebe Rae Soe eee Eee 864 NUVOCHTOUSS see seee nee 861
BYCODrLOtUS TeIChenOWd ----- 222+ --2-a-< 2-222 879 DAT VUS! eyo ee eresaicis 860, S61
Dy lvia alqiaticayj 5... 5... 222-2. 2-----. 098,099 | Tania Chamissonii .-.-.222--.....<+.<---0- 821
Nee UL Geli belepsie tes ofan /)afol clere ese />) 9-150 coir 900 | Tenia chamissonii, New Species from a Por-
(Gisticola) lugubriss - 22 ene aS ese - 903. | poise, Notes on Cestode Cysts, by Edwin
IVGIIOUNEY 5 eke cone oeenAn OT SaRE sees SOD laeuslrinl One Meee erm ere ner ae eae 819
BARC OLA etsy rks cians as for eislsiascia ee = SUS AGO iy ALCL Are oe ree (ote M at stcie apt -. SNe 137, 154
APOMMOGU PATS oes (e ay = fa ecient re wteysiclcheteicl/sim,cle:e 898 ORO CEM Tes ee ci caste: ene ae ee ee 137,154
SSNS RGe MS ees ore ats a ENS El ceicpe fata ays are'a,s 900 | Tagulayan white-tailed rat ...............- 439
(iGiVolenGless deme eaeonean ale Gs asoaaeene SOSe meh deecalmis sae2 tees. eae eee ents 456
Pie MLe sup) MEK SOM ears: iascjcs cintese cin’ oss tir aes 906 | Tah-ko’-bo Oom-bough’; Omb-boi’-say Oom-
Wahi (0l ape8 arbor nOneeor cee eee 906 DOU pil eee ees ae ee en ey ee 459
BLE ULAR TORU Me. Wale ora icye = ace\icre cimnicie ssi = = 906" ||) Bah’ =r Balli/-boo-eyz-0 0... 42.0) 02:22 -cn- 43
TULPES CRS barare Mesrare he eee ae ese as Swim 906): ) Darin/“tah Ban!-bo00-Cyc. = <= =. cesee/-ce anne ae 435
WOU as css See aac ee tees 3 SU Ges eel ce ROTTS Neier p Sete ee 955
ELC CS OMe see ater seeys afore 825,996 | Tanaidz, Descriptions of a New Genus of
RMP eee ear fe nc ortcicicic Biatelatere ates so Sis ad oaae Isopoda belonging to the Family, and of
Eumplectoptes'Gysticolais.2.42.0-22--- se aa50 a New Species of Tanais, both from Mon-
RNUMEET COLO as seamen. ncjace eerie oemeeeceseet terey Bay, California, by Harriet Rich-
ASLO DIED Aeeels =e 53 = oe eee Ne eax CSO Ws: certs Net cek x. bine aciene ager etme 367
NO UEG Berle ea iaiciareis swe ates sere 221, li Manas alagcensis_qu-.-...-<-..4:.---2---- 370
PlaibyrMy MG HS. eci- 2 e sa gece Tanais, Deseriptions of a New Genus of
VENI COS Bitareeyate nal <)-n= ale ae iorerlejasey Isopoda belonging to the Family
VBELMGCCICMUNYS + - A's = cocci ies oc Fo neces aia5 > Tanaide and of a New Species of,
Shane aVeho) Se eernee ease ee Conan eee both from Monterey Bay, Cali-
Synanceine and Pelorine Fishes, Note on fornia, by Harriet Richardson... 367
the Genera of, by Theodore Gill.......... 221 TIO LINN eee see eye eee 369
SVGGINON Uh 3 connegoeagobonccGeece Son p Ae IAPRS) ill ad th atekor| tors clues Sere oe meinen e eivele 154
UE Cl DIGS seeen es sce aaron eees PA MN VITCOR MAGNUS “ee eeee see cece casei ectcieinee 37
SVAN CHIME sense ese. see aces 2a ean tals cethiOpiGussecs: a sseee noses ee 828
WMmacmicephalusteess- sea seeeaee= 221 hagedashy se sacra. a ee eee 828
PyMLI AMICI eres = ante isrstcinatns alas Sacre Sys 223 | Tapinoma melanocephalum ..............- 958
RSVIFCSHUG 2 hiya 's careers neve ss were 493, 496, 509, 533 | Tarandichthys filamentosus...............- 976
SAVLUOC NaNO C ee eeeen es See ~ See ee teed 203 ion LATSIS eT CUCUIMAISa: sence asaaee ease sees cece 897
pynenabthus schlegeli-. 22:2. .s.<22e=-22 2.2 203 Orientalis sane a ceeieanee see cae sees 897
RSVANL CLOMID Goer sya evan sceseaeee Siete asinine’ sah zc 772 SUCMIRCUS = safc ase enyetsietervere eee oe. 897
SMIMOCUS VATIUS Se os o/0:5.<.e ccm sc een wsc ces’ = te 120)1 | RATSOMLY Sere c eros aisle sieves aici cise seers wea ee 453
SUI TRO]OON EE Balan eel Bese amie ae ae aeee 288 GPOENSIS Bee ecee ease aetse 425, 426, 453
ADNOTMUS 2s seem sepa te eee OO 04 || | MATSONEMGce = Janos ste oh sceac cen ete eee 11,74
DAT AOt ase Se ee ence 2OOsCOOM kM ESOMe MIN ces se eam see eee a ar see see een 75, 76
bara buensisie: seecce eee sae Zoos eID | MMATSOMCONUSH. seis) t2 2 nc eo eernn so erections wre ree 2,74, 76
illine sia: aces ce sence eee CO LOL MMASH TH ee ce Seen ns, coe 77
@alcileraien. os sccee oasacte ea ae 289 baneroftitces 25. S5.0-(sen cease 77
1024 INDEX.
Page. Page,
Larsonemus(canestrimile---=--e-eseesee sees lide |) Letraod OnGsuriol situs sees. See ee 791
(Govbioomkcvouksh a Gasaeadscneocouuonc TO \hetraodontid =. 54ers seen eee 205
InbectusPes ne oe ee eee eee Hie Letra pod ale as sss ere epee eee ee ee 9
VAGUS 2 aie orale aera etsle smote aise ets 77. | Debrastichinse’ .---2-heeee esc e ee ee 155.
OLY ZB ore oe aes Son ae 76. Retrastichiisn. sss eere eae sas ee 155
DAlUiusisseesocke cee eae On| philippinensise. see eee 155
SPInieXwee ae ee eee eee (ie DEXtorial PITOSUnIS=a52 44 -e eee een he eee 875
Tassin, Wirt, The Mount Vernon Meteorite. 213 | dinemelice ase aceee ree sae eee 875, 876
Matarce sacs. akin ce eee 897, 899, 900 | Intermediuss. qos eee eee 875
QUINOCHaAlIiSis== see re eee 900 | Nig en asses eee ee eee 875
AUSTALIS cece er soe eee ees telat ase 900 | inbermediuses-. sess. eee 875
Cafler: Sa: Serer eee 900:| ‘TLhalarctosamaritimus)-:.-..-.--5. <2 se ee 723
Celebensistes ses saonen meena ees 900°’; Dhalassarachua yerrilli..3) sees snes 42
CeLVINUS aot sae eae cee se ee ene 900) || ‘Dhalassormisiinsularis\ 5.22 092 -e eee 828
familignisy ey. cs- me ee Se ee tee 900 | LeuUconObUSs=-s-2-2e8e = eee 828
PTOUMMISnsa eee laa eee SR Eis e hee 900i Mhamnanraea cs ecesss-ase he ee ae ee 378
lonpirostnises.sieee een eee eee 900) Sihamnastenia so. 2645 cee eee 872
MUSCINIA Loniea seme see = see tee aes 900 | 1AM OULOUR Es eee eee eee 372
TVET GAT cose ate See eee ea 900:+| Tharmnastreeg, <<" 22-ss set se seo 372, 374, 376, 377
OtAItENSIS ac) ee sec een ce se = 900 | arachnoides!.. 2.22220) eee 373, 376
pPistore +: hots esccghes sees eee eee 900 | Phammnastreeide-ee ee eee eee 376, 377, 379
re) olc( se eae ee tae Oper 900) |) ‘Dhamnastreincs--.-ssa.2se eee 374, 376, 377
SV TUX eect ech sera ese 900 | The Life History of the Sea-horses (Hippo-
VPA Mh 5 ae ne ee ieee eaten eerste 900 campids), by Theodore Gill .............. 805
Ta WOVACMMING +~2<-ee echoes ee cei enseaae 735 |) thearchinensis----ee- cea eae reese aes 948, 950, 954
Maxi eae USS ese See eee ee ee ee 715 ah (Pe COSCriSt= ese eee ee eee eee 414, 420
Tehitreaperspicillata:...: 5-2 -sssses 2s. 915, 916 | patellatass. Sosce 5 ae eee 414
SU Weli Ca MA ecrvecn sess 826,915,916), |, Pheretrayjaponicay=--.-s.4824-soesee tee ee 941
VIGIGIS: Ssaece ea see amas see eee 915, 916 NCSSUSSechen - sees ee eee 941
TOLLCtL cence eee eeemare 916 oldienlaudite= 22. 2-e- see tence eee 941
PECHMOMV TIM CX cc eae ae eeseaem oe mee ee pine ae 1534 hiodiseradiatana tes eck ae eee 359
eulipesss 2h =e seen ee 153, 958. | Thomomiystalpoides's.--.----e- eee eee 749
dUeeXel cele aeeese sa deces aaerddsaascaus oo 104. Three New Frogs and One New Gecko from
*RClCA SIN see Soe, ee ecie he Sale ones neo ee 1538 the Philippine Islands, by Leonhard
Melenominees~ 2h, ascciece: seek eee mere 153 Stejmegente <-caccscccte ie acc ele eee eee ene 343
TelephonUssmlin Ose see eee eeeeee ate 993) | Tihiri ssa sete s poe eee as ae) tee ent a 771
MeMeMIiChS hee sass eae oe eee ee eee 156..|. Thrombidoides..-.2..22.2 0. 2ees eee eee ibL
DHUIPPNEISIS S..no ces soe cs eee 156 | THEYPHONIMN sees. eee cess eee ee eee 156
MenthreainiG sss... cat aac ae ee ee ee eae 158 | Thryridopteryx ephemerzformis .......... 954 —
MenthuredinO1dedrs «see sence eee eee eee 158; |) Dyas.) 2 2 hee See les aes eee ne ee eee 37, 38
RETLGPAM ONUUIM << Set coe ese ec eee 153 | Thynnidee: (22s. ceces. esse ee eee 152
RETUUD a PUSS ersclce arses Slee isienee e - eeiaee 23°28 7) Dhynnusipelamys<----.-eeee en sees seer 604
CHlSOTNIGUS Basses eos ieee o8 Phyreopine< qs). <i: 552. = oe ele ee Eee 150
PRETO Me etee meee e eerie. eee enieiee 781) |) (Bh ysanurans' so). <2 cet eeee ee ee eee eee 54
far Ua oo ere eeeeney ne tee naar 781 | Mined ee 7. cae veces see oe os) eee ee 893
SCLVUS; Shae soe cay eee ase aee aes 781 | Piphia << chee sie arco creteste eis eee eRe 152
Terpsiphone perspicillata suahelica........ 915 | COMPTESS8.\-/2e = sien sees eo ee 152
Metracampinies ss -chees ces ee se eee ate sf pa tyG oe obbUS He Qa occa sasssees a Stersie ie aioe eee 152
Peliramornum SUINENSISs = ees. sae see eee 153 | Toad from Cuba, Description of a New, by
PACH CUMES Sa eae sees 958 | Leonhard Stejmever. 2.2.22 sSee oes te eee 765 |
TetramyChid cor ac-c = eon wae se eee eens 125237) ROdkyan ates ce see <2 asec eee saeer “445
TetranyChoidesen eek sna sccee = eeiaeeee ee 23;28| Todusipictus'*-3.55-2-- s + = see eee 851
CHlILOLNICH sa see eee nae 28) Toge-shakutori-mushi..-2-2..--see seseeeee 952
MetranyChOpsiS mess. -e ese anise eee ee eee eae 29.) Momonotusiaztecus= 2s ssce=eseee see 469, 470, 471
MetranviGhusessnnet seco eee eee eee 23, 24, 27 fernuginOsus}=-ceese eee ee eeee 470, 471
DIGOLOTS: case ee nee eae men MCX1CANUSs7 eee ee eee ee eee 471
IMAC UlatUs ceases ml oceeeeie 25 | OVIZADR hz. Se eels atone eee 471
bioculatusy. = 22e peer eee eee 28 | Tortricid Moths from North Carolina, De-
CUCUIMNCLISIS: se seee eee eee 25 scriptions of New Species of, with Notes,
SIOVETI Set ass: ake te eee nese 26 | by William Dunham Kearfott ........-.. 349
My tlASPIGis)-- sea see eee 25) |) Mortrix Commictinae.--se-—e oe eee eee 363
sexmaculatuse--s-+) eee eens 26 fumiteranas2es- se ses eee eee eee 363
Tetraogon , eens cee ee eee eee ren ee eateme 790. ||*'Dorymidse = 22s: ee eee see cee eee 154
LIMNIM ACULALUS: eseseee ee eeeeaee ee 790) +|. Lotamus’= 3.2.22 242 coe bea ose eee eee 838
mamnillensis!*2ecccacscie soe ee 7904| Mrachicephalusseces sacee sence eee ee eeenee 221, 224
TOLICWIATIS*52- sep ce en oeee eee 791 MITANOSCOPUSie-- ee eee eee 221
INDEX. 1025
Page. Page,
Trachidermus ansatus............. Siicicasese 2063), Lrocharea actiniformis.ss22....-.--.2. 2... 406
INGA OMNES) o- os Go SS oa Os BORED OaanCseSSee 2245) Patelitonmisteeeeres-ceseeercese 406
SREACHUGUSHITACMUNUS -).(..-12c'/os ows ones ee ee Vom meLCOCN OCELGUSID1 VALAIS pate oae ceeenic cea 915
Bre CliyC PNAS: tote elec scclecc seek ee tees aod rOChOplegm a) <a. senate 378, 402, 403, 404, 420
Brae LOS sesso S so tsc cos socec Abe en caer 63 tenuilamellosa ..... eee ate 404
Treatise on the Acarina, or Mites, A, by (Pairochosenices= sess see eee Shae ONT g
TOA NER ANIKS eee acto acer coast et es il W.OOU Site nee sak tee 385
PRUE DI oe eae = cos ooo secciemaynse once <sase ose. ||) Drochosmiliay 23. eb =neer ects = bee ees cele 393, 396
TRGIDITE ic nape Get Onc ane ae ee eee 482, 484 | ATOLL See ee eS eae se ae 397
PRR NNO Nee aje Sareo o's a eiaroie wise wa «sie Hoare oisis 158 | AMS OMS eesysig eer eee eee eens 397
MA OTICO NISHA eee asics aac wercakiaeeeee 5 Sis el NOMASPIGIA S25 kee ae meee season 962
SPA OU US eee ance cas eons meceaeeceee 73 | bicolorts.p/ j-c estes ees 962, 963
HOSA CCUGS ee mea ten eee rmecee sae 4.3 MUN ONS Co Pace oc aes 963
PRRETOIM WV MICCM el Clee cc's rertcecc ccc/snlosternioee Say | DLOSLOGyteSsnMTeTUnUSi a seme ae seca. ele 906
TREO RS See oecen ease Sooo ee eee cee Sale roOponeManindia-sosscee aes eee see ee 86:
TiiBVOne WONG Ga aaa een ROC eee tenor e COO PAL OL OM b Gases sep eee nh eee aes eee 863
BIBT EVING EN ULS geyetsrotays) r=, ote raia ere sic ss2/a'a'eie =, srore/ere easel TOO Ero mpellanoeeass seme cc ate ceee ceases 33
SULIS WUT ED sscy ovina ces iersiore wie s (908 |p brombididgemimscsacscsecs aon nee ae ee seecte babe
SPRIGHEGHUSIROSMADUSS 25% ois, fo a Aetieie eee ccs Hg MT OTIC co races sae serene oe aisiste tea eleee 30
ERriGHiUTUS LOPUUGUS.<ciee 2 oe cle eee airieie see 573, 585 5, 28, 29, 32, 33, 34
MiniGnodacuylusme aac <2-lern sacs s soeeewe see SOig ea en EO CUSLECU ME seen ee ae oe 32
PING MOC OMe eee seacaia ele acces sees et seeeansce 221 MAPSMILCUM sees ce eacctices es 33
SR MIGH OSGI Sea core atc cis)= cers. cs ase cicisctor cc 94 OY EVTL GIA reres et eiemieee see 3
Bbrieholeema JaCrY MOS) m2 2c. ness eee ste cs 864 | SCLICGUMYasees asoceees co coeeee 33
TAERYMTOSUM = on oe - nee 6 864 | EUNCTOLIUMe see seeee . ooeee Bh
Stipm atOuWOraxs<.cose2 an45.2 55 Sos | DTOM DIG Old Cat sess saseccicee se eee eee 12
PINT GMOINO ULC ce emia a)versts ars sic/ae/sisimapo 2s ae er J6TS ropidi chithiyisipseemaac-cese ses ancce case ae 125
Pri GHONO UN Spee eae ese Sinn ol =e aii cia tee eee NOMA browessantelllaacee ss ccoee se weenie eens cemee 41
Trichophasia 224 | Trout of Japan, Note on the Salmon and, by
METGMOSOM a MAM TOM 2 2). ayo, rejoice = =e s'eic = =< 194 David Stann Jordan «-- see cesses seer seeeee 365
PN CHO CANS US eeeysats-< ie a2 vis c a/aicie plates eure sie sales Sl S6aie nyc Onalid@ee 2. 2-25-25. <osceeaewace cea tee 152
OSUMIe a ccc eiereicine'e sterols Sb Very poxsylid ere. cess aces o coon en nee 150, 961
XO OCOPEE, aoe aeipiccigeeieee eels’ SOs eEnV pO VLOMM een en neecaceeec ee eee ee 150, 961
eriGhiny SiS eee ser eae %,- lai ok ocisceelelaten as 0s 152 DICOLOMSc eee ens renee 150
SRDS) cocobcadopoocUsEUSy Babee 152 el koyo¥ed Mi bboolee cane aete anes eee 961
THORS ATERS. > hisco cas en seer SiSuleCsumelein ease sae sates eee eee eee 946
Mridentigerspilasciavus.2.42--. s.a25-c5ccn ne 2105 || huberculate:soled rats 3205--24- sc. eee nee 453
OWSCULUSteeeee nes os- eas. cece ALP euraens heir blac aa ceee cece eee $49
SIS Ya UNIT Coates cool. avaeveie eiere e oe Sime oe Sete eis 154 | Turbinolia delemontana ..............-.... 388
SIMD eM epee is, 2 5 Sa cuncrte sich arate Sasa sie ze 339,340 | Turbinoseris ......... 389, 390, 394, 396, 409, 410, 420
MUMG HBR ce om Corsi pe ercecinae sae seine 341 delromentelizee. sess sce see oe 410
BRS ST GL Ce eats ot a= aise “wf=siomnrbre Ses inse cfaceseizi's Brerctsta = 206 COCENICH Seco c se ere aoe cies 391
MIS OMaY DITO, o.cee atsc.c02 sce seciiscieeie ees oe OO fis eMC ee Saket hrisee setts esis ee tece Cec aieiwce 894
RM OMENS! coset wie. secs cececeese 1520) MEUrdUsianuMGinaCeuse= sac. = see anes eee 898
FACMW MT OSA ses = akc mis.c.cleesa ere 152 DICGlLOMecheke oo nek se ce meins ws case 887
pMIMNCKOM Ak ate ciee eee sas nas eves clas temeee’ 322 deekenit) Sesto. toscls = seiielesierar ae 894
PUIMNELOULOPIS secs = cscese teats: si seegcasees 468 JG@UCOPASLEIS. 3.227 <2 ~<ieiejece see ycemere 889
WITICIENS = apc itaisireise soccer crete 473 LON SITOSUNISlra-ecic ak Saini= eos ees 900
BEUneris :2ase oe oasescteeee ATS |P MUGMI CIA 220 ose lec /eroctes.c ais « sreisic Seen ese 832
CYANEIDES sceeane cep e seas. 73 | Turnix sylvatica 832
fascicullaewessecesceese. oseee An oml| MAUL CADICO] Bzmac«cjeseeciis snes = aeeiaeie oo coe 842
TRtICINICHY ee seeasses eae see 473 ULOPICUS ee esos eee $25, 842
MOGeSthensccesss seca ees 473 Gamanrensishsaccssse epee cece sccee 842
VINCI ates cmcrincee eens oe NWR rem accen< cescnnaanaseomeessc $42
MB YISW ID OTL EL GUI Le areyars eres ote s Ereyaielsice saree senegalensis equatorialis .......... 843
SACOM A pyateie ayaioerctereierers ais =. siecayae eset semitorquatus intermedius. ...... $25, 842
ATU Asc avers oasis ass dee ozie a= See is $38;639[5 RV Geusi=2 =p sees cece tine eke semaitee nar coer 13,14
GEHROP US iactarsveratelere cesterssis. sisisieteins/ ares 838 14
SOMA A tec cicie’saiee slalclsiemclaciwsiese 838 14
POMC KM aerate aiave cys c atsvetsleccsa/ele ocictsis 839 773
PGT PESTA) CHI CI ONE «i misscis,e sis s.csealce/ste te esis ais 292 PISAMCCUS A ecies = seem eeciemeteine Tite
ACER ALIS) soe eyaiaae ss aoers stele se eters 288 IN ATAVUS eorcis oct tiene sie cee ioe ein oe cic 631
PLIMMOL AIA IS Ses ais seis isiere ster oie e' 289,292 | Tympanistria tympanistria ...............- $43
PARISNTCHISUUS OWSLOMM. 2 clacr.c cere ere cisie sieicicie 189,191 | Type of a Distinct Genus, The Secrpeenoid
(Trismegistus) owstoni Jordan and Snyder, ‘Fish, Neosebastes entaxis,as the, by Theo-
On the Liparis, by Peter Schmidt ........ 189 COT ONGIG Poe crcrersetiie ters aistes cine eee ees 219
FRROCMARE As 2ajsisrsteatae ons seis = 374, 378, 402, 406,420 | Tyroglyphide..... Veleisieisie) By O59) 11, 04.74, 10; 00,80
1026 INDEX.
Page Page,
Tyroglyphus ........ eee Sr 79° 80881; 82:84 -86) 1° VieSpoid@a. 2 see se eae ace eee eee 151
liintmerié.s Sse soese re eee 83). |) Mestaligic:< 3.) sae ott aes ae ean tea ee 169
LON GION o-c hes eee ee eee 84 PINON Aes eee = ole foes nee eee 183 —
WASIMAM DLS sen cerns eee eer 84 gracilis; ass) he ee eee eee 183
Tyrrellianesk eaeen soos te ees eee 38 SMATASCIN A so2-ee ec eee eee 183.
Wchi-snzumle cs seer aasse ose eee eee ater 942) |) Vida equesss. ss42.n-eence cence oe eee 885
Umb bolt Lah-koo!-bune:..... 22. cece eee 439 IMACROULAN sa cece sactaee eee eee 885
Umb’-bough Hah-wee’-lee................-- 442 Prin cipalisizas-c< esas ee eee ee Se5am
Wie Kemi SH gee ee es ee eee 949) | Van aeo) calva-callvaleesse oan ee see 841
UWmie-shakutori-mushil soe: sa. caseeeciee ne ac 949 TMAGTTOSLLIS: - sees ee aa eee 841
Ungulata sso. ee oo eee cine anes 677 schalowic.eeeeens-see nee 841
WNi0: 3220 sss tae cee ee eee eee 39 Wakeneldil@..--eees see see S41
Wnionicolor see cece sseeeerieee eee 40)5|| Varig buccomss-cpseee eee oe eee 865, 867, 868
Upeneus):.. 25st .ccck occas eae en Seeeeesece 782 leucomystax .... 825, 865, 866, 867, 868 —
(LAS. Wasos cere ene see 782 Simplex (2: sass hen cee ree 865, 867°
Upuparafricanacas..s-neccaneteteeeen sane 8562) SVathora 2225 ee ose ee ee ee ee 950.
Gry thrornynChos s2esessaees eee 8500)| Mitissvinileras 2 seecoccncesee a. ee eeen ore 941
Upitpidcers sees otea cena ees 86.01, Mol volifex 226 jaan oenece. os cee eee 102
Unrserin thius22 aes tae cee eee ener =) 880) Vulpes filiginosay acer aeecee sence = eee 702
ianthinozastenseosee eee ne 879 Pull Val ee eset as eee 701
Uranami-shijimi-chossesa een esse nieleinaicle 940 lagopus 22. 2cc=- 2 eiaiererafeee eee eee 702, 705, 707
Uranoblepus ae .cee seen sae tee eee 224 IDMUILU See seat eee reeee eee - 704
ULAMOSCOPalsseceretee oe eee eee anne eeseee 221 NIPLA.7 Sse tae spnaceece ee aarp eee 701
Urocolius indicus angolensis ....-....-.---- 863 veloxshebes os: <2he. cece eee eee ene (ee
TNGUCUS Fs seem fo eytorin eerie 863 | Walcott, Charles D., Cambrian Brachi-
JACKEIINONStessceet see ce sae 863 opode, with Descriptions of New Genera ;
MOSSAIMDICUSHE sere ees 863 ang Species’. aces ee woe eee: 227
pallidus’: sos: scenes eee 863|| Walrusittc ssac- ne sontsie nace eee paca cee eeee 725
macrourus macrourus....-. ‘24 862.863" | Wata-no-rinmnshisese 2 enone eee eee 947
SVIMtACTUS Hee ae nenmiece 863%) Weaseless-ceccse soe oos-ae cae sore Deere 712:
Wroraler sce eae sree soe re re eleatetebeefercrere 435 | White-footed or deer mouse................ 734
Cylindruraceeeso see eee 425, 426, 435 0). Og aera Ea ase rates arAeOsBoSbbonacs 704 —
AVETO HLS c esac eee oe cee ee 435 throated white-tailed rat............ 440
UWirogasternac. soeeien eseins Con eene smacaie sists 157 Whalesa 55s: shee ene atten ctrcete seeieee 729
phHilippinensis’-. cee cc ce.ceeime ero 157 WOlP DoS este oduct ste a ces cee eee 692
Stato Me aot Sate ese oct arora he 157 | Williamson, Edward Bruce, on The Dragon-
Wrolonch a) see. case ane eee neater 883 flies (Odonata) of Burma and Lower
Urophycis chussees: tes ae essere 573 Siam. 1. Subfamily Calopterygine...... 165 _—
COWS ern eee eee 578,582 | Wilson, Charles Branch,.North American
UO POORe Tt ehrsce ee eaantiaa eee 1, 3, 54, 62, 63 Parasitic Copepods belonging to the Fam-
Uropodelila. ore so eee se eee eee 64 ily Caligide. Part I. The Caligine...... 479
Riropodid Beeee sd: see eetos pero eens 1115456) | J Wolverine: 222 omcsesies ose ccna Sele ements 707
Wropteryeiusiee..scccmecsesecesccss sees sc 772 | Woodechuck—Ground hog .........--------- 751
CONGCOlOL sae e cine econ i2. \> Woodland burial ome sae e)> oe eerste eee 690 —
WTOSCiUSsestceh. 2 beeen eet aoe oaee eee 63 (italelo Eee eeaEpee sec aa asocsas 679 —
Ursusamericanus <2. scene aeceeeceoease es 721 | Xanthodinapyrpitac.- 2... 2c. e- oeeeee cere 936
NOLVID UTS Saree siositemierere eee ineeryamccions alia | Xeneretmus infras pinatus................- 982
TICHArdSGul, pence cece ee emee easee 719) Ssenocichla nigricepses.cs ae sees eee 891
Valenciennes = oscesee sees: ee ene 794 placids. set pees ee eee ee 893
Vanessa xanthomelas s-cec-oseeeeeeeecce se 940 | striifacies isa) esc oce eee eee 891
Vates townsend iteeseass es ieee eens 464>| “Xiphias pladiusias-ce. = cscs socee ate eee 573
Vaughan, T. Wayland, A Critical Review of Miphyarildee; ose ssn: Wscecoe seceeseeee nee 158
the Literature on the Simple Genera of the ROlOPtess ses ees aes ee eee 90 —
Madreporaria Fungida, with a Tentative || MOPMIGINI «52 ssseesccc Gone eke eee eee 156
Classic atio nae. say s5-/ vente sae eeee BVA le| |) ewe) Wee sabe sencnopsnoSGnbsaSocstoosscsen- 158
Weel orn ece scree oes oe se eae 9) |) Xylobuteo ss -2ac. cosh sne sae eee 865, 867, 868
IWErTUCOSARYaoce cman Gancee nee nee eee 221 affinis 2.2. doce neces eee ee eeeees 867
VieS Pa acen pctoc. cas Go aie Sate nae eee ie eee 151 biUIN ea tUss 22sec. eee 867
VESTS reste o cre tsceeicisorie we niece tee 13 chrysocomus chrysocomus.....- 867
(AU IYO Taser ane SRCAROnercrinid pantnose 151 extOnlstae scree 867
OVAD REY 6 oe a aa on AME Here ea & Aaa 151 guineensis ........ 867
lctuosa cece: koet cea ee sae Ceeee 151 schoamus.2s-¢--2=4 867
Nigripennisig-pa--eecer eee eee ens 151 xanthostictus..... 867
philippinensis sass. o-eee eee ee eee 151 ChLYSOPY EUS eer sae ee eee $67
WESDIC CoP seem a testes peeceies seeriae 133, 151, 962 (Copa AOI: Soyganscadpososeecséc 867
WeSpinae jecciks gscces canes poca antec ta eoe ae 151 duchaillui ugande ............. 867 —
INDEX. 1027
Page. Page,
Xylobucco erythronotus ................--- SOME MESSVSLOMOUUS: osteitis hotter concn cloeeles ee 38, 39
SCH EI « Ceiste aerisictels.s sistscyera nse, 867 | Yellow-haired porcupine................... 742
jacksoni ..... egadag agaacneosEpE SOT MVETSIN1 a SOMME Ae. seein eter ee eles 463
Heninelitt a gees anasgad coocedonuosTee SO in MNO DIST Ser Stas He ere aero eee ese ee 2 eisai terain se 321
leucolaimlsiess.-ceesseeese sess SGvneZacco temminGkiieseesss..236.-4.5-25- 252 198
MIM Ste eicieie t= occ cis sisisreciets S67 Zamacraal bolasciamiae soe. ce oce cess a acise 952
HUG Sea eeeoauaeeacedascsaees 867 | Zamboanga spiny-haired rat ............... 443
BCOlOPAGCUS Hae eee) soe siocics BBbe S676 ee Zap send SOMMISIE me essen ae See eee 739
consobrinus......-.- SOTGe LOM MI sare ian oeisio nics odie ween e aewicrsla sewers 156
flavisquamatus .... 867 | ZENOL ODUSHmo re. ves cee clet ee eee ees 796
scolopaceus ........ OMe MACTCON vacissis cs ocsine view aen On cere te aesaacres ee 57
stellatus'=ssee-ss-- SHUR LEZOLW eee ae orca ae om in ate Aa Hiss Se RO 197
SUDSUIPHUTCUS:. o.2--.s-02e-2-55 SO Male ALbbe LO DUD Pal oie ete een ee ers eae eres 408, 420
MLOPY PIAS! Saassc co cwctcs sss. ose Some lOancecielongatuseesen as gee seem eeee eee eer 212
DOVLIOMOE Bias osenenenaodossacboc sae seeoseeoss 56, 149 PUTT E Sse cre ee eee rsteat ere siaiaie seie 212
FXGNURNIN), «= Sgedaeooo =abooseeaDsasuC DD fie ie LOBTCIO Setoe crstere tae sta tis late ciarate lee erator veers ersten 212
RITUAL O DUCA ere salala sats) oielofe «iste lsinal 907) | FZONOSO biUS/SEMNIG OMACUS!s mer olerccieistelsm are ofsiete 796
DOMUDITONMDIS sree care cecowle celeises AQ ELOOPlUSke Clim aw eee -terersste aioe arerateretotertetele ote 380
RIAN OTGUEE ote a Setatees essere tele cterelareicice 149 AZOSLETaMMa nina ce:y- 2-6 ee wists os aioe sees 813
GSS UCRNG! (See oe eee Re eee ees TAD ae ZOSLELODIG Es rjc ene aaccinicms acces cee = 925
CHCHVOTA et ss2=1t ss oie ssfemece seine 957 i PZOSLCLODS GULY GEICO baie jee tee eine ies $25, 925
RUIN eI OSAYME: So nose ee 957 | fvilatermlisees:<-o 442s eee 925
ADU TENTED ee tetet Pe cole) srof ocas—saletete= fesaiens 149 VSL STING eretetetsetetstees sles eetctaice cia 925
CWB ONG» ae eoseeee aoaeocee 957 mallescensses Sti Soe tenon chs sae yen 925
PHUIppiMNensis <2. -s-.<5c<--5 <5 149 DELS PICM ULer sea eee ecesea att 925
SUMCITONS 2 Suc son sewecceeswes ses eie 957 | SENCSALENSIS| ese cse os ce eens 925
URILASCIALan cs aeeece os ae ce ae cess 149 flavilateralis...... 826, 925
VEKOIOGIN cogecRdangescnocenagesopE 957 stubbilmanmn ike, sex.com cls ose ee sie 925
PREVI COW Gee eeeee eee ie tne om eeewisiinie cele 149, 957 SUPEKCIMLOSAs sess sie ee eee ee 925
PROV ST COIN Setsevavateiers aie ain oe aie bees Wisle ateinia siewe sisielm = BoM EAU CONIC cotees meee cra at Sepelevereema Seioetercieie 954
; PRUUEL GEM IETE e wtetctele eo mcieetsteieiatsiaiaaie= 782 | ZNEOPUCED a scieteeieteisioielelave's Bauboderodgek sodout 167
PRGV SINT Oi ctemigtats seis = le ccm inin'viniejeiersiaie dejecesiccecs 153
O
— >
oy
.
- —
+
5
_ =
_ 1
- .
3
)
= ~
= é
ae
Faoay
ul Ries
£]
SL
Xe
IG’
nN
SS
a oq 1
yy
7,
&
ae
my oy =
ees
- ¥
ee H
acai
hai
See ane
=
fs
. ABs = :
trrwices =
he ott Any, us .
[(BFED
< al f
S)
Hy
™
SEN
WA?
w?
X )
a Eke
Pee)
oP rs’)
ly aeniacate, If
YK AIT ey
oO, tinron ee 5
x
x
BS
| | = 1%, ty
4 itil fil wll
fe ee re
YW, :
ty ge) (Eres a es :
f ba
\ ws oy
che Ae.) y
“A.
%, vi
encroe
Z mou 3) —
ff AER
4
siete
tt
\
4
#p
gy
4
of
sath
sin <4 |
t
Mt
li
“f a
& i
Hy
Hl
a
i
il
ill
i .
2
>
i. fey, Cy SE
a i er a I — a tlt ag Si i a, tap Oe My tl gl in, en a Rig le Cel ly: gy A Ctl ve ile sy ls lg ig feet all ihn
Se a ne ee
‘ - SS eee NR a ee Oe I ,_ | eae ee
EE EE NR Ee RE Ry SUE ORIEN DN re aed ERE LENSE ONE TE VIB At! Rm eee ae
aime samen FN ee — ae ‘ a
oaen, <Enwthasoeke > Serge teres ayn ed LOE dod ots see tnenss er een ae *
a ~ : ~ : =
: 5
nn
|
it
3 9088 014
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11